Update upstream source from tag 'upstream/8.6.10'
Update to upstream version '8.6.10'
with Debian dir 15367f51c037410e2311a0183ff96085ae9362f2
Sergei Golovan
4 years ago
| 0 | 0 | A NOTE ON THE CHANGELOG: |
| 1 | 1 | Starting in early 2011, Tk source code has been under the management of |
| 2 | fossil, hosted at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline" | |
| 2 | fossil, hosted at https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline" | |
| 3 | 3 | view of changes made that is superior in every way to a hand edited log file. |
| 4 | 4 | Because of this, many Tk developers are now out of the habit of maintaining |
| 5 | 5 | this log file. You may still find useful things in it, but the Timeline is |
| 5217 | 5217 | 2000-05-31 Eric Melski <ericm@scriptics.com> |
| 5218 | 5218 | |
| 5219 | 5219 | * library/bgerror.tcl: Improved bgerror based on work by Donal |
| 5220 | K. Fellows; no longer dependant on tk_dialog; features a | |
| 5220 | K. Fellows; no longer dependent on tk_dialog; features a | |
| 5221 | 5221 | Windows-esque "Details" button, and a customizable extra function |
| 5222 | 5222 | button that allows the user to (for example) save the stack trace |
| 5223 | 5223 | to a file. |
| 0 | README: Tk | |
| 1 | This is the Tk 8.6.9 source distribution. | |
| 2 | http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/ | |
| 3 | You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above. | |
| 4 | ||
| 5 | 1. Introduction | |
| 6 | --------------- | |
| 7 | ||
| 8 | This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11 | |
| 9 | toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. | |
| 10 | ||
| 11 | For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with | |
| 12 | this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page at | |
| 13 | ||
| 14 | http://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.6.html | |
| 15 | ||
| 16 | or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a | |
| 17 | historical record of all changes to Tk. | |
| 18 | ||
| 19 | Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. | |
| 20 | Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests | |
| 21 | takes place at: | |
| 22 | ||
| 23 | http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ | |
| 24 | ||
| 25 | with the Tcl Developer Xchange at: | |
| 26 | ||
| 27 | http://www.tcl-lang.org/ | |
| 28 | ||
| 29 | Tk is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually | |
| 30 | anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it, | |
| 31 | and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file | |
| 32 | "license.terms" for complete information. | |
| 33 | ||
| 34 | 2. See Tcl README | |
| 35 | ----------------- | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | Please see the README file that comes with the associated Tcl release | |
| 38 | for more information. There are pointers there to extensive | |
| 39 | documentation. In addition, there are additional README files | |
| 40 | in the subdirectories of this distribution. |
| 0 | # README: Tk | |
| 1 | ||
| 2 | This is the **Tk 8.6.10** source distribution. | |
| 3 | ||
| 4 | You can get any source release of Tk from [our distribution | |
| 5 | site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/). | |
| 6 | ||
| 7 | ||
| 8 | ## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction | |
| 9 | ||
| 10 | This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, a | |
| 11 | cross-platform GUI toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. | |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with | |
| 14 | this release, see [the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.6.html) | |
| 15 | or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a | |
| 16 | historical record of all changes to Tk. | |
| 17 | ||
| 18 | Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. | |
| 19 | Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests | |
| 20 | takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/). | |
| 21 | Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by | |
| 22 | SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) | |
| 23 | with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at | |
| 24 | [www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org). | |
| 25 | ||
| 26 | Tk is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually | |
| 27 | anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it, | |
| 28 | and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file | |
| 29 | `license.terms` for complete information. | |
| 30 | ||
| 31 | ## <a id="tcl">2.</a> See Tcl README.md | |
| 32 | ||
| 33 | Please see the README.md file that comes with the associated Tcl release | |
| 34 | for more information. There are pointers there to extensive | |
| 35 | documentation. In addition, there are additional README files | |
| 36 | in the subdirectories of this distribution. |
| 7071 | 7071 | |
| 7072 | 7072 | 2013-08-25 (bug fix)[3016181] Cocoa: [destroy $scrollbar] => crash (goddard) |
| 7073 | 7073 | |
| 7074 | --- Released 8.6.1, September 19, 2013 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7074 | --- Released 8.6.1, September 19, 2013 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7075 | 7075 | |
| 7076 | 7076 | 2013-10-27 (bug fix) OSX drawing lags (deily,steffen,walzer) |
| 7077 | 7077 | |
| 7119 | 7119 | |
| 7120 | 7120 | 2014-08-01 (bug fix) OSX font config crash (rob@bitkeeper) |
| 7121 | 7121 | |
| 7122 | --- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7122 | --- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7123 | 7123 | |
| 7124 | 7124 | 2014-08-27 (bug) Cocoa: Crash after [$button destroy] (walzer) |
| 7125 | 7125 | |
| 7143 | 7143 | |
| 7144 | 7144 | 2014-11-07 (bug)[3529885] [scale] handling of negative resolution (vogel) |
| 7145 | 7145 | |
| 7146 | --- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7146 | --- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7147 | 7147 | |
| 7148 | 7148 | 2014-11-14 (bug)[d43a10] shimmer-related crash in [tk_getOpenFile] (nadkarni) |
| 7149 | 7149 | |
| 7165 | 7165 | Tk Cocoa 2.0: App Store enabled (walzer,culler,desmera,owen,nyberg,reincke) |
| 7166 | 7166 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** |
| 7167 | 7167 | |
| 7168 | --- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7168 | --- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7169 | 7169 | |
| 7170 | 7170 | 2015-03-10 (bug) Cocoa: premature image free crash (walzer) |
| 7171 | 7171 | |
| 7264 | 7264 | |
| 7265 | 7265 | Tk Cocoa 2.0: More drawing internals refinements (culler,walzer) |
| 7266 | 7266 | |
| 7267 | --- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7267 | --- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7268 | 7268 | |
| 7269 | 7269 | 2016-03-07 (bug)[3137232] spinbox teardown hygiene (vogel) |
| 7270 | 7270 | |
| 7311 | 7311 | |
| 7312 | 7312 | 2016-07-21 (bug)[450bb0] Aqua: memory corruption from [tk busy] (porter) |
| 7313 | 7313 | |
| 7314 | --- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7314 | --- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7315 | 7315 | |
| 7316 | 7316 | 2016-08-23 (bug)[a2abc4] Wrong warp cursor position on 2nd display (vogel) |
| 7317 | 7317 | |
| 7413 | 7413 | |
| 7414 | 7414 | 2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer) |
| 7415 | 7415 | |
| 7416 | --- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7416 | --- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7417 | 7417 | |
| 7418 | 7418 | 2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3) |
| 7419 | 7419 | |
| 7493 | 7493 | |
| 7494 | 7494 | 2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel) |
| 7495 | 7495 | |
| 7496 | --- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details | |
| 7496 | --- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7497 | 7497 | |
| 7498 | 7498 | 2017-12-31 (bug)[aa7679] crash using window after master destroyed (vogel) |
| 7499 | 7499 | |
| 7567 | 7567 | |
| 7568 | 7568 | 2018-11-04 (bug)[6b22d4] [treeview] binding fix (ohagan) |
| 7569 | 7569 | |
| 7570 | - Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - http://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details - | |
| 7570 | - Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 7571 | ||
| 7572 | 2018-11-19 (bug)[0a9c91] crash in text-11a.22 (vogel) | |
| 7573 | ||
| 7574 | 2018-11-20 (bug)[9705d1] crash activating "Alt" theme (culler) | |
| 7575 | ||
| 7576 | 2018-11-24 (bug)[e3b954] cursor offset at full screen display (culler) | |
| 7577 | ||
| 7578 | 2019-01-04 (bug)[18a4ba] cross-platform [winfo containing] (culler) | |
| 7579 | ||
| 7580 | 2019-01-08 (feature) local grab on Mac OSX (culler) | |
| 7581 | ||
| 7582 | 2019-01-10 (build) 'None', 'ControlMask' symbol conflicts (nijtmans) | |
| 7583 | ||
| 7584 | 2019-01-20 (bug)[509caf] [treeview tag configure] regression (mcdonald,vogel) | |
| 7585 | ||
| 7586 | 2019-01-26 (bug)[3003895] [scale] res rounds and -from (tischler,pieper,vogel) | |
| 7587 | ||
| 7588 | 2019-02-02 (new)[TIP 533] [$mb post x y idx] (culler,vogel) | |
| 7589 | ||
| 7590 | 2019-02-08 (bug)[1529659] embed toplevel blocks outer menu (culler) | |
| 7591 | ||
| 7592 | 2019-02-10 (bug)[8814bd] crash in [NSMenu size] (culler) | |
| 7593 | ||
| 7594 | 2019-02-13 (bug)[b389df] Aqua: mouse position on dual screen (culler) | |
| 7595 | ||
| 7596 | 2019-02-23 (bug)[56a182] Aqua: [tk_getOpenFile] causes off-screen toplevels (culler,walzer) | |
| 7597 | ||
| 7598 | 2019-02-23 (bug)[9771ae] Aqua: workaround incompatible transient window models (culler,walzer) | |
| 7599 | ||
| 7600 | 2019-03-01 (bug)[1951ab] Prevent transient window cycles (crashed on Aqua) (culler,vogel) | |
| 7601 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7602 | ||
| 7603 | 2019-03-04 (bug)[4da219] Incomplete read of multi-image GIF (oehlmann) | |
| 7604 | ||
| 7605 | 2019-03-14 (bug)[609e00] Aqua: wrong coords from MouseWheel binding (vogel,culler) | |
| 7606 | ||
| 7607 | 2019-03-25 (bug)[48c394] Aqua: recompute text layout for empty string (culler) | |
| 7608 | ||
| 7609 | 2019-03-31 (new)[TIP 535] Precision of ::scale widget tick mark values (vogel) | |
| 7610 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7611 | ||
| 7612 | 2019-03-31 (bug)[da3914] [$treeview identify element] failure (ulfalizer,vogel) | |
| 7613 | ||
| 7614 | 2019-04-06 (bug)[897ffe] Prevent cross-manager loops of geom management (culler,vogel) | |
| 7615 | ||
| 7616 | 2019-04-11 (new) Apple Dark Mode support (culler) | |
| 7617 | ||
| 7618 | 2019-04-14 (new) Aqua: Use color names consistent with NSColor (culler) | |
| 7619 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7620 | ||
| 7621 | 2019-04-14 (new) Aqua: [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle isdark] (culler) | |
| 7622 | ||
| 7623 | 2019-04-19 (bug)[368fa4] Prevent toggle of hidden treeview indicators (ulfalizer,vogel) | |
| 7624 | ||
| 7625 | 2019-04-24 (bug)[4d2e8d] Aqua: notebook pane redraws (culler) | |
| 7626 | ||
| 7627 | 2019-04-24 (bug)[928652] Apply TIP 533 for ttk::menubutton (culler,vogel) | |
| 7628 | ||
| 7629 | 2019-04-24 (bug)[1001070] X-platform rework of label options -highlight* (seal,culler,vogel) | |
| 7630 | ||
| 7631 | 2019-04-28 (bug)[6286fd] checkbutton handling of -selectcolor (ralfixx) | |
| 7632 | ||
| 7633 | 2019-04-30 (bug)[4f9a99] Win: crash in [style element create] (oehlman,vogel) | |
| 7634 | ||
| 7635 | 2019-05-08 (bug) Ttk scrolling bugs, see tests treeview-9.1, entry-3.[3-6] (vogel) | |
| 7636 | ||
| 7637 | 2019-05-08 (bug)[51b4b1] Aqua: combobox use native ttk scrollbar (bll,vogel) | |
| 7638 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7639 | ||
| 7640 | 2019-05-18 (new)[eb2996] Win: support for horizontal scrolling (chavez,vogel) | |
| 7641 | ||
| 7642 | 2019-05-26 (new)[TIP 541] [combobox current] support "end" index (vogel) | |
| 7643 | ||
| 7644 | 2019-05-26 (bug)[2a6c62] <<TreeviewSelect>> trigger on item delete (vogel) | |
| 7645 | ||
| 7646 | 2019-06-05 (bug)[9ebc6f] Aqua: fix incorrect reports of mouse coords (chavez, culler) | |
| 7647 | ||
| 7648 | 2019-06-14 (bug)[436ad6] Corrected Aqua regressions in [wm manage] (walzer, culler) | |
| 7649 | ||
| 7650 | 2019-06-15 (bug)[75b8fb] Crash with some [event generate]d <ButtonRelease> (leunissen,vogel) | |
| 7651 | ||
| 7652 | 2019-06-15 (new)[TIP 536] New tk::mac::* commands for IPC on Mac OSX (walzer) | |
| 7653 | ||
| 7654 | 2019-07-13 (bug)[4566e2] Aqua: Make default background color of Tk and Ttk agree (walzer,culler) | |
| 7655 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7656 | ||
| 7657 | 2019-07-16 (bug)[5ddeca] Stop app switching exposing withdrawn windows as zombies (culler) | |
| 7658 | ||
| 7659 | 2019-07-25 (new)[1fb7af] Win support for buttons 4 and 5 (chavez,vogel,nijtmans) | |
| 7660 | ||
| 7661 | 2019-08-18 (new) Refactor all MouseWheel bindings (nijtmans) | |
| 7662 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7663 | ||
| 7664 | 2019-08-21 (bug)[c8ccd1] up array key in [text] takes to index 1.0 (ulfalizer,vogel) | |
| 7665 | ||
| 7666 | 2019-08-28 (new)[TIP 532] Tk event loop rewrite to prevent ring overflow (cramer) | |
| 7667 | *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** | |
| 7668 | ||
| 7669 | 2019-08-28 (bug)[943d5e] Win: embedded widget destruction cancels window resize (nemethi,vogel,nijtmans) | |
| 7670 | ||
| 7671 | 2019-09-12 (bug)[2834776] Stop disabled spinbox from generating <<Increment>> & <<Decrement>> (vogel) | |
| 7672 | ||
| 7673 | 2019-09-24 (bug)[96bce5] Aqua: Prevent crash drawing 1x1 rounded rectangles (bll,culler) | |
| 7674 | ||
| 7675 | 2019-10-03 (bug)[3ed5b6] Win: root window position with highlightthickness>0 (leunissem,vogel,nijtmans) | |
| 7676 | ||
| 7677 | 2019-10-09 (bug)[a01b6f7] Workaround XWayland bug reporting screen width (werner,nijtmans) | |
| 7678 | ||
| 7679 | 2019-10-10 (bug) Aqua: Prevent crash deactivating menu during menu deletion (culler) | |
| 7680 | ||
| 7681 | 2019-10-21 (bug)[aea00b] Aqua: Better handling of resolution changes (chavez, culler) | |
| 7682 | ||
| 7683 | 2019-10-25 (bug)[b82bd4] Fix [style configure -compound] (culler,vogel) | |
| 7684 | ||
| 7685 | 2019-10-27 (bug)[f7a4f7] Aqua: embedded toplevel, forced focus and mouse coords (naaus,culler) | |
| 7686 | ||
| 7687 | 2019-11-13 (new) Win: keycodes Mail, AudioMedia, Launch0, Launch1 (nijtmans) | |
| 7688 | ||
| 7689 | 2019-11-15 (bug)[69b48f] failing test textTag-18.1 (vogel) | |
| 7690 | ||
| 7691 | 2019-11-17 (bug)[c4abd2] panic in stackorder command (culler) | |
| 7692 | ||
| 7693 | 2019-11-17 (bug)[53d280] [wm iconphoto] crash on empty image (culler) | |
| 7694 | ||
| 7695 | 2019-11-17 [90d555] workaround NSFontManager bad selections (culler) | |
| 7696 | ||
| 7697 | 2019-11-19 (new) Partial Emoji support in text displays (nijtmans,culler) | |
| 7698 | ||
| 7699 | - Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details | |
| 143 | 143 | .PP |
| 144 | 144 | .CS |
| 145 | 145 | static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc, |
| 146 | Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL | |
| 146 | Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL | |
| 147 | 147 | }; |
| 148 | 148 | |
| 149 | 149 | static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = { |
| 30 | 30 | The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR; |
| 31 | 31 | this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events |
| 32 | 32 | through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that |
| 33 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 33 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 34 | 34 | \fBTk_MainLoop\fR). |
| 35 | 35 | .PP |
| 36 | 36 | \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the |
| 37 | 37 | The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR; |
| 38 | 38 | this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events |
| 39 | 39 | through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that |
| 40 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 40 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 41 | 41 | \fBTk_MainLoop\fR). |
| 42 | 42 | .PP |
| 43 | 43 | \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the |
| 37 | 37 | The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR; |
| 38 | 38 | this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events |
| 39 | 39 | through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that |
| 40 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 40 | call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or | |
| 41 | 41 | \fBTk_MainLoop\fR). |
| 42 | 42 | .PP |
| 43 | 43 | \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the |
| 14 | 14 | \fB#include <tk.h>\fR |
| 15 | 15 | .sp |
| 16 | 16 | int |
| 17 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj(\fIinterp, objc, objv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR | |
| 17 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj(\fIinterp, objc, objv, fractionPtr, stepsPtr\fB)\fR | |
| 18 | 18 | .sp |
| 19 | 19 | int |
| 20 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfo(\fIinterp, argc, argv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR | |
| 20 | \fBTk_GetScrollInfo(\fIinterp, argc, argv, fractionPtr, stepsPtr\fB)\fR | |
| 21 | 21 | .SH ARGUMENTS |
| 22 | 22 | .AS "Tcl_Interp" *fractionPtr |
| 23 | 23 | .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in |
| 24 | 24 | .PP |
| 25 | 25 | \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR is a lower-level procedure that deals with window |
| 26 | 26 | events. It is called by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR (and indirectly by |
| 27 | \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR), and in a few other cases within Tk. | |
| 27 | \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR), and in a few other cases within Tk. | |
| 28 | 28 | It makes callbacks to any window event |
| 29 | 29 | handlers (created by calls to \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR) |
| 30 | 30 | that match \fIeventPtr\fR and then returns. In some cases |
| 45 | 45 | When \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR is called it does not immediately |
| 46 | 46 | pass on the new desired location to the window manager; it defers |
| 47 | 47 | this action until all other outstanding work has been completed, |
| 48 | using the \fBTk_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism. | |
| 48 | using the \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism. | |
| 49 | 49 | .SH KEYWORDS |
| 50 | 50 | position, top-level window, window manager |
| 2 | 2 | '\" |
| 3 | 3 | '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 4 | 4 | '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 5 | '\" | |
| 5 | '\" | |
| 6 | 6 | .TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" |
| 7 | 7 | .so man.macros |
| 8 | 8 | .BS |
| 13 | 13 | \fB#include <tk.h>\fR |
| 14 | 14 | .sp |
| 15 | 15 | const char * |
| 16 | \fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fItypePtr\fR) | |
| 16 | \fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fIimageMaster\fR) | |
| 17 | 17 | .SH ARGUMENTS |
| 18 | .AS Tk_ImageMaster *masterPtr | |
| 19 | .AP Tk_ImageMaster *masterPtr in | |
| 18 | .AS Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster | |
| 19 | .AP Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster in | |
| 20 | 20 | Token for image, which was passed to image manager's \fIcreateProc\fR when |
| 21 | 21 | the image was created. |
| 22 | 22 | .BE |
| 313 | 313 | Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = { |
| 314 | 314 | {"\-X", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &debugFlag, |
| 315 | 315 | "Turn on debugging printfs"}, |
| 316 | {"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, (char *) NULL, (char *) &numReps, | |
| 316 | {"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, NULL, (char *) &numReps, | |
| 317 | 317 | "Number of repetitions"}, |
| 318 | {"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &fileName, | |
| 318 | {"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &fileName, | |
| 319 | 319 | "Name of file for output"}, |
| 320 | {"x", TK_ARGV_REST, (char *) NULL, (char *) &exec, | |
| 320 | {"x", TK_ARGV_REST, NULL, (char *) &exec, | |
| 321 | 321 | "File to exec, followed by any arguments (must be last argument)."}, |
| 322 | {(char *) NULL, TK_ARGV_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, | |
| 323 | (char *) NULL} | |
| 322 | {NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL, | |
| 323 | NULL} | |
| 324 | 324 | }; |
| 325 | 325 | |
| 326 | 326 | main(argc, argv) |
| 29 | 29 | .PP |
| 30 | 30 | This procedure is useful in certain situations where applications |
| 31 | 31 | are only prepared to receive certain X events. After |
| 32 | \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is called, \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR (and | |
| 32 | \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is called, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR (and | |
| 33 | 33 | hence \fBTk_MainLoop\fR) will filter X input events through |
| 34 | 34 | \fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR indicates whether a |
| 35 | 35 | given event is to be processed immediately, deferred until some |
| 47 | 47 | information it needs to filter events. The \fIeventPtr\fR points to |
| 48 | 48 | an event under consideration. \fIProc\fR returns a restrict action |
| 49 | 49 | (enumerated type \fBTk_RestrictAction\fR) that indicates what |
| 50 | \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR should do with the event. If the return value is | |
| 50 | \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR should do with the event. If the return value is | |
| 51 | 51 | \fBTK_PROCESS_EVENT\fR, then the event will be handled immediately. |
| 52 | 52 | If the return value is \fBTK_DEFER_EVENT\fR, then the event will be |
| 53 | 53 | left on the event queue for later processing. If the return value is |
| 73 | 73 | \fBXWindowEvent\fR, but these procedures cannot be used because |
| 74 | 74 | Tk keeps its own event queue that is separate from the X event |
| 75 | 75 | queue. Instead, call \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR to set up a filter, |
| 76 | then call \fBTk_DoOneEvent\fR to retrieve the desired event(s). | |
| 76 | then call \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to retrieve the desired event(s). | |
| 77 | 77 | .SH KEYWORDS |
| 78 | 78 | delay, event, filter, restriction |
| 55 | 55 | will be identical to the \fIinstanceData\fR parameter passed to |
| 56 | 56 | \fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR. |
| 57 | 57 | .PP |
| 58 | \fIcreateProc\fR is used to create platform-dependant windows. It is | |
| 58 | \fIcreateProc\fR is used to create platform-dependent windows. It is | |
| 59 | 59 | invoked by \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR. \fIcreateProc\fR should have |
| 60 | 60 | arguments and results that match the type \fBTk_ClassCreateProc\fR: |
| 61 | 61 | .CS |
| 4 | 4 | '\" |
| 5 | 5 | '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 6 | 6 | '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 7 | '\" | |
| 7 | '\" | |
| 8 | 8 | .TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" |
| 9 | 9 | .so man.macros |
| 10 | 10 | .BS |
| 565 | 565 | If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted |
| 566 | 566 | values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root. |
| 567 | 567 | Valid only for |
| 568 | \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, | |
| 569 | and \fBMotion\fR events. | |
| 568 | \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, | |
| 569 | \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR and \fBMotion\fR events. | |
| 570 | 570 | Same meaning as \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR, except relative to the (virtual) root |
| 571 | 571 | window. |
| 572 | 572 | .LP |
| 637 | 637 | .IP (c) |
| 638 | 638 | if the modifiers specified in one pattern are a subset of the |
| 639 | 639 | modifiers in another pattern, then the pattern with more modifiers |
| 640 | is more specific. | |
| 640 | is more specific; | |
| 641 | 641 | .IP (d) |
| 642 | 642 | a virtual event whose physical pattern matches the sequence is less |
| 643 | 643 | specific than the same physical pattern that is not associated with a |
| 644 | virtual event. | |
| 644 | virtual event; | |
| 645 | 645 | .IP (e) |
| 646 | 646 | given a sequence that matches two or more virtual events, one |
| 647 | 647 | of the virtual events will be chosen, but the order is undefined. |
| 1218 | 1218 | Specifies the color to be used to fill item's area. |
| 1219 | 1219 | in its normal, active, and disabled states, |
| 1220 | 1220 | \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. |
| 1221 | If \fIcolor\fR is an empty string (the default), | |
| 1222 | then the item will not be filled. | |
| 1223 | 1221 | For the line item, it specifies the color of the line drawn. |
| 1224 | 1222 | For the text item, it specifies the foreground color of the text. |
| 1223 | If \fIcolor\fR is an empty string (the default for all canvas items | |
| 1224 | except line and text), then the item will not be filled. | |
| 1225 | 1225 | .TP |
| 1226 | 1226 | \fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR |
| 1227 | 1227 | .TP |
| 1232 | 1232 | This option specifies the color that should be used to draw the |
| 1233 | 1233 | outline of the item in its normal, active and disabled states. |
| 1234 | 1234 | \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. |
| 1235 | This option defaults to \fBblack\fR. If \fIcolor\fR is specified | |
| 1236 | as an empty string then no outline is drawn for the item. | |
| 1235 | If \fIcolor\fR is specified as an empty string then no outline is drawn | |
| 1236 | for the item. | |
| 1237 | 1237 | .TP |
| 1238 | 1238 | \fB\-offset \fIoffset\fR |
| 1239 | 1239 | . |
| 1441 | 1441 | Specifies the color to use for each of the bitmap's |
| 1442 | 1442 | .QW 1 |
| 1443 | 1443 | valued pixels in its normal, active and disabled states. |
| 1444 | \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR and | |
| 1445 | defaults to \fBblack\fR. | |
| 1444 | \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. | |
| 1446 | 1445 | .SS "IMAGE ITEMS" |
| 1447 | 1446 | .PP |
| 1448 | 1447 | Items of type \fBimage\fR are used to display images on a |
| 783 | 783 | .TP |
| 784 | 784 | \fBMac OS X\fR |
| 785 | 785 | . |
| 786 | On Mac OS X, the following additional system colors are available | |
| 787 | (note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme, | |
| 788 | and typically many of these will in fact be patterns rather than pure colors): | |
| 786 | On macOS, the following additional system colors are available. | |
| 787 | This first group contains all colors available in the HIToolbox library. | |
| 788 | (Note that in some cases the actual color values may depend on the | |
| 789 | current Appearance.) | |
| 789 | 790 | .RS |
| 790 | 791 | .DS |
| 791 | 792 | systemActiveAreaFill |
| 899 | 900 | systemScrollBarDelimiterInactive |
| 900 | 901 | systemSecondaryGroupBoxBackground |
| 901 | 902 | systemSecondaryHighlightColor |
| 903 | systemSelectedTabTextColor | |
| 902 | 904 | systemSheetBackground |
| 903 | 905 | systemSheetBackgroundOpaque |
| 904 | 906 | systemSheetBackgroundTransparent |
| 924 | 926 | systemWindowHeaderInactiveText |
| 925 | 927 | .DE |
| 926 | 928 | .RE |
| 929 | . | |
| 930 | The second group of MacOS colors below are based on Apple's "semantic" | |
| 931 | NScolors. On OSX 10.14 (Mojave) and later these colors change value | |
| 932 | when Dark Mode is enabled. However, the change is only observable | |
| 933 | when the Apple window manager is drawing to the screen. So the | |
| 934 | \fBwinfo rgb\fR command will return the color coordinates used in the | |
| 935 | standard Aqua mode, even if Dark Mode has been selected in the system | |
| 936 | preferences. The numbered systemWindowBackgroundColors are used in | |
| 937 | the \fBttk::notebook\fR and \fBttk::labelframe\fR widgets to provide a | |
| 938 | contrasting background. Each numbered color constrasts with its | |
| 939 | predecessor. | |
| 940 | .RS | |
| 941 | .DS | |
| 942 | systemControlAccentColor | |
| 943 | systemControlTextColor | |
| 944 | systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 945 | systemLabelColor | |
| 946 | systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 947 | systemSelectedTextColor | |
| 948 | systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 949 | systemTextColor | |
| 950 | systemWindowBackgroundColor | |
| 951 | systemWindowBackgroundColor1 | |
| 952 | systemWindowBackgroundColor2 | |
| 953 | systemWindowBackgroundColor3 | |
| 954 | systemWindowBackgroundColor4 | |
| 955 | systemWindowBackgroundColor5 | |
| 956 | systemWindowBackgroundColor6 | |
| 957 | systemWindowBackgroundColor7 | |
| 958 | .DE | |
| 959 | .RE | |
| 927 | 960 | .TP |
| 961 | ||
| 962 | ||
| 928 | 963 | \fBWindows\fR |
| 929 | 964 | . |
| 930 | 965 | On Windows, the following additional system colors are available |
| 238 | 238 | .TP |
| 239 | 239 | \fB\-time\fI integer\fR |
| 240 | 240 | \fIInteger\fR must be an integer value; it specifies the \fItime\fR field |
| 241 | for the event. | |
| 241 | for the event. Additonally the special value \fBcurrent\fR is allowed, | |
| 242 | this value will be substituted by the current event time. | |
| 242 | 243 | Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, |
| 243 | 244 | \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBMotion\fR, |
| 244 | 245 | and \fBProperty\fR events. |
| 98 | 98 | name is the same as the path name of the frame's window. This |
| 99 | 99 | command may be used to invoke various |
| 100 | 100 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: |
| 101 | .PP | |
| 101 | 102 | .CS |
| 102 | 103 | \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? |
| 103 | 104 | .CE |
| 105 | .PP | |
| 104 | 106 | \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as |
| 105 | 107 | the frame widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs |
| 106 | 108 | determine the exact behavior of the command. The following |
| 107 | 109 | commands are possible for frame widgets: |
| 108 | 110 | .TP |
| 109 | 111 | \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR |
| 112 | . | |
| 110 | 113 | Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| 111 | 114 | by \fIoption\fR. |
| 112 | 115 | \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBframe\fR |
| 113 | 116 | command. |
| 114 | 117 | .TP |
| 115 | 118 | \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR? |
| 119 | . | |
| 116 | 120 | Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. |
| 117 | 121 | If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of |
| 118 | 122 | the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for |
| 59 | 59 | The \fBfocus\fR command is still used to determine which window in the |
| 60 | 60 | application receives the keyboard events. |
| 61 | 61 | The keyboard grab is released when the grab is released. |
| 62 | .PP | |
| 63 | On macOS a global grab affects all windows created by one Tk process. | |
| 64 | No window in that process other than the grab window can even be | |
| 65 | focused, hence no other window receives key or mouse events. A local | |
| 66 | grab on macOS affects all windows created by one Tcl interpreter. It | |
| 67 | is possible to focus any window belonging to the Tk process during a | |
| 68 | local grab but the grab window is the only window created by its | |
| 69 | interpreter which receives key or mouse events. Windows belonging to the | |
| 70 | same process but created by different interpreters continue to receive | |
| 71 | key and mouse events normally. | |
| 62 | 72 | .PP |
| 63 | 73 | Grabs apply to particular displays. If an application has windows |
| 64 | 74 | on multiple displays then it can establish a separate grab on each |
| 440 | 440 | .PP |
| 441 | 441 | .CS |
| 442 | 442 | button .b \-text "Foo" |
| 443 | entry .e \-variable foo | |
| 443 | entry .e \-textvariable foo ; set foo "Hello World!" | |
| 444 | 444 | label .l \-text "This is a fairly long piece of text" |
| 445 | 445 | |
| 446 | 446 | \fBgrid\fR .b .e .l \-sticky ew |
| 17 | 17 | be valid on all platforms, and some keysyms are also available on |
| 18 | 18 | platforms that have a different native name for that key. |
| 19 | 19 | For example, on Unix systems, the presence |
| 20 | of a particular keysym is dependant on the configuration of the | |
| 20 | of a particular keysym is dependent on the configuration of the | |
| 21 | 21 | keyboard modifier map. This list shows keysyms along with their |
| 22 | 22 | decimal and hexadecimal values. |
| 23 | 23 | .PP |
| 24 | 24 | .CS |
| 25 | space 32 0x0020 | |
| 26 | exclam 33 0x0021 | |
| 27 | quotedbl 34 0x0022 | |
| 28 | numbersign 35 0x0023 | |
| 29 | dollar 36 0x0024 | |
| 30 | percent 37 0x0025 | |
| 31 | ampersand 38 0x0026 | |
| 32 | quoteright 39 0x0027 | |
| 33 | parenleft 40 0x0028 | |
| 34 | parenright 41 0x0029 | |
| 35 | asterisk 42 0x002a | |
| 36 | plus 43 0x002b | |
| 37 | comma 44 0x002c | |
| 38 | minus 45 0x002d | |
| 39 | period 46 0x002e | |
| 40 | slash 47 0x002f | |
| 41 | 0 48 0x0030 | |
| 42 | 1 49 0x0031 | |
| 43 | 2 50 0x0032 | |
| 44 | 3 51 0x0033 | |
| 45 | 4 52 0x0034 | |
| 46 | 5 53 0x0035 | |
| 47 | 6 54 0x0036 | |
| 48 | 7 55 0x0037 | |
| 49 | 8 56 0x0038 | |
| 50 | 9 57 0x0039 | |
| 51 | colon 58 0x003a | |
| 52 | semicolon 59 0x003b | |
| 53 | less 60 0x003c | |
| 54 | equal 61 0x003d | |
| 55 | greater 62 0x003e | |
| 56 | question 63 0x003f | |
| 57 | at 64 0x0040 | |
| 58 | A 65 0x0041 | |
| 59 | B 66 0x0042 | |
| 60 | C 67 0x0043 | |
| 61 | D 68 0x0044 | |
| 62 | E 69 0x0045 | |
| 63 | F 70 0x0046 | |
| 64 | G 71 0x0047 | |
| 65 | H 72 0x0048 | |
| 66 | I 73 0x0049 | |
| 67 | J 74 0x004a | |
| 68 | K 75 0x004b | |
| 69 | L 76 0x004c | |
| 70 | M 77 0x004d | |
| 71 | N 78 0x004e | |
| 72 | O 79 0x004f | |
| 73 | P 80 0x0050 | |
| 74 | Q 81 0x0051 | |
| 75 | R 82 0x0052 | |
| 76 | S 83 0x0053 | |
| 77 | T 84 0x0054 | |
| 78 | U 85 0x0055 | |
| 79 | V 86 0x0056 | |
| 80 | W 87 0x0057 | |
| 81 | X 88 0x0058 | |
| 82 | Y 89 0x0059 | |
| 83 | Z 90 0x005a | |
| 84 | bracketleft 91 0x005b | |
| 85 | backslash 92 0x005c | |
| 86 | bracketright 93 0x005d | |
| 87 | asciicircum 94 0x005e | |
| 88 | underscore 95 0x005f | |
| 89 | quoteleft 96 0x0060 | |
| 90 | a 97 0x0061 | |
| 91 | b 98 0x0062 | |
| 92 | c 99 0x0063 | |
| 93 | d 100 0x0064 | |
| 94 | e 101 0x0065 | |
| 95 | f 102 0x0066 | |
| 96 | g 103 0x0067 | |
| 97 | h 104 0x0068 | |
| 98 | i 105 0x0069 | |
| 99 | j 106 0x006a | |
| 100 | k 107 0x006b | |
| 101 | l 108 0x006c | |
| 102 | m 109 0x006d | |
| 103 | n 110 0x006e | |
| 104 | o 111 0x006f | |
| 105 | p 112 0x0070 | |
| 106 | q 113 0x0071 | |
| 107 | r 114 0x0072 | |
| 108 | s 115 0x0073 | |
| 109 | t 116 0x0074 | |
| 110 | u 117 0x0075 | |
| 111 | v 118 0x0076 | |
| 112 | w 119 0x0077 | |
| 113 | x 120 0x0078 | |
| 114 | y 121 0x0079 | |
| 115 | z 122 0x007a | |
| 116 | braceleft 123 0x007b | |
| 117 | bar 124 0x007c | |
| 118 | braceright 125 0x007d | |
| 119 | asciitilde 126 0x007e | |
| 120 | nobreakspace 160 0x00a0 | |
| 121 | exclamdown 161 0x00a1 | |
| 122 | cent 162 0x00a2 | |
| 123 | sterling 163 0x00a3 | |
| 124 | currency 164 0x00a4 | |
| 125 | yen 165 0x00a5 | |
| 126 | brokenbar 166 0x00a6 | |
| 127 | section 167 0x00a7 | |
| 128 | diaeresis 168 0x00a8 | |
| 129 | copyright 169 0x00a9 | |
| 130 | ordfeminine 170 0x00aa | |
| 131 | guillemotleft 171 0x00ab | |
| 132 | notsign 172 0x00ac | |
| 133 | hyphen 173 0x00ad | |
| 134 | registered 174 0x00ae | |
| 135 | macron 175 0x00af | |
| 136 | degree 176 0x00b0 | |
| 137 | plusminus 177 0x00b1 | |
| 138 | twosuperior 178 0x00b2 | |
| 139 | threesuperior 179 0x00b3 | |
| 140 | acute 180 0x00b4 | |
| 141 | mu 181 0x00b5 | |
| 142 | paragraph 182 0x00b6 | |
| 143 | periodcentered 183 0x00b7 | |
| 144 | cedilla 184 0x00b8 | |
| 145 | onesuperior 185 0x00b9 | |
| 146 | masculine 186 0x00ba | |
| 147 | guillemotright 187 0x00bb | |
| 148 | onequarter 188 0x00bc | |
| 149 | onehalf 189 0x00bd | |
| 150 | threequarters 190 0x00be | |
| 151 | questiondown 191 0x00bf | |
| 152 | Agrave 192 0x00c0 | |
| 153 | Aacute 193 0x00c1 | |
| 154 | Acircumflex 194 0x00c2 | |
| 155 | Atilde 195 0x00c3 | |
| 156 | Adiaeresis 196 0x00c4 | |
| 157 | Aring 197 0x00c5 | |
| 158 | AE 198 0x00c6 | |
| 159 | Ccedilla 199 0x00c7 | |
| 160 | Egrave 200 0x00c8 | |
| 161 | Eacute 201 0x00c9 | |
| 162 | Ecircumflex 202 0x00ca | |
| 163 | Ediaeresis 203 0x00cb | |
| 164 | Igrave 204 0x00cc | |
| 165 | Iacute 205 0x00cd | |
| 166 | Icircumflex 206 0x00ce | |
| 167 | Idiaeresis 207 0x00cf | |
| 168 | Eth 208 0x00d0 | |
| 169 | Ntilde 209 0x00d1 | |
| 170 | Ograve 210 0x00d2 | |
| 171 | Oacute 211 0x00d3 | |
| 172 | Ocircumflex 212 0x00d4 | |
| 173 | Otilde 213 0x00d5 | |
| 174 | Odiaeresis 214 0x00d6 | |
| 175 | multiply 215 0x00d7 | |
| 176 | Ooblique 216 0x00d8 | |
| 177 | Ugrave 217 0x00d9 | |
| 178 | Uacute 218 0x00da | |
| 179 | Ucircumflex 219 0x00db | |
| 180 | Udiaeresis 220 0x00dc | |
| 181 | Yacute 221 0x00dd | |
| 182 | Thorn 222 0x00de | |
| 183 | ssharp 223 0x00df | |
| 184 | agrave 224 0x00e0 | |
| 185 | aacute 225 0x00e1 | |
| 186 | acircumflex 226 0x00e2 | |
| 187 | atilde 227 0x00e3 | |
| 188 | adiaeresis 228 0x00e4 | |
| 189 | aring 229 0x00e5 | |
| 190 | ae 230 0x00e6 | |
| 191 | ccedilla 231 0x00e7 | |
| 192 | egrave 232 0x00e8 | |
| 193 | eacute 233 0x00e9 | |
| 194 | ecircumflex 234 0x00ea | |
| 195 | ediaeresis 235 0x00eb | |
| 196 | igrave 236 0x00ec | |
| 197 | iacute 237 0x00ed | |
| 198 | icircumflex 238 0x00ee | |
| 199 | idiaeresis 239 0x00ef | |
| 200 | eth 240 0x00f0 | |
| 201 | ntilde 241 0x00f1 | |
| 202 | ograve 242 0x00f2 | |
| 203 | oacute 243 0x00f3 | |
| 204 | ocircumflex 244 0x00f4 | |
| 205 | otilde 245 0x00f5 | |
| 206 | odiaeresis 246 0x00f6 | |
| 207 | division 247 0x00f7 | |
| 208 | oslash 248 0x00f8 | |
| 209 | ugrave 249 0x00f9 | |
| 210 | uacute 250 0x00fa | |
| 211 | ucircumflex 251 0x00fb | |
| 212 | udiaeresis 252 0x00fc | |
| 213 | yacute 253 0x00fd | |
| 214 | thorn 254 0x00fe | |
| 215 | ydiaeresis 255 0x00ff | |
| 216 | Aogonek 417 0x01a1 | |
| 217 | breve 418 0x01a2 | |
| 218 | Lstroke 419 0x01a3 | |
| 219 | Lcaron 421 0x01a5 | |
| 220 | Sacute 422 0x01a6 | |
| 221 | Scaron 425 0x01a9 | |
| 222 | Scedilla 426 0x01aa | |
| 223 | Tcaron 427 0x01ab | |
| 224 | Zacute 428 0x01ac | |
| 25 | space 32 0x20 | |
| 26 | exclam 33 0x21 | |
| 27 | quotedbl 34 0x22 | |
| 28 | numbersign 35 0x23 | |
| 29 | dollar 36 0x24 | |
| 30 | percent 37 0x25 | |
| 31 | ampersand 38 0x26 | |
| 32 | apostrophe 39 0x27 | |
| 33 | parenleft 40 0x28 | |
| 34 | parenright 41 0x29 | |
| 35 | asterisk 42 0x2A | |
| 36 | plus 43 0x2B | |
| 37 | comma 44 0x2C | |
| 38 | minus 45 0x2D | |
| 39 | period 46 0x2E | |
| 40 | slash 47 0x2F | |
| 41 | 0 48 0x30 | |
| 42 | 1 49 0x31 | |
| 43 | 2 50 0x32 | |
| 44 | 3 51 0x33 | |
| 45 | 4 52 0x34 | |
| 46 | 5 53 0x35 | |
| 47 | 6 54 0x36 | |
| 48 | 7 55 0x37 | |
| 49 | 8 56 0x38 | |
| 50 | 9 57 0x39 | |
| 51 | colon 58 0x3A | |
| 52 | semicolon 59 0x3B | |
| 53 | less 60 0x3C | |
| 54 | equal 61 0x3D | |
| 55 | greater 62 0x3E | |
| 56 | question 63 0x3F | |
| 57 | at 64 0x40 | |
| 58 | A 65 0x41 | |
| 59 | B 66 0x42 | |
| 60 | C 67 0x43 | |
| 61 | D 68 0x44 | |
| 62 | E 69 0x45 | |
| 63 | F 70 0x46 | |
| 64 | G 71 0x47 | |
| 65 | H 72 0x48 | |
| 66 | I 73 0x49 | |
| 67 | J 74 0x4A | |
| 68 | K 75 0x4B | |
| 69 | L 76 0x4C | |
| 70 | M 77 0x4D | |
| 71 | N 78 0x4E | |
| 72 | O 79 0x4F | |
| 73 | P 80 0x50 | |
| 74 | Q 81 0x51 | |
| 75 | R 82 0x52 | |
| 76 | S 83 0x53 | |
| 77 | T 84 0x54 | |
| 78 | U 85 0x55 | |
| 79 | V 86 0x56 | |
| 80 | W 87 0x57 | |
| 81 | X 88 0x58 | |
| 82 | Y 89 0x59 | |
| 83 | Z 90 0x5A | |
| 84 | bracketleft 91 0x5B | |
| 85 | backslash 92 0x5C | |
| 86 | bracketright 93 0x5D | |
| 87 | asciicircum 94 0x5E | |
| 88 | underscore 95 0x5F | |
| 89 | grave 96 0x60 | |
| 90 | a 97 0x61 | |
| 91 | b 98 0x62 | |
| 92 | c 99 0x63 | |
| 93 | d 100 0x64 | |
| 94 | e 101 0x65 | |
| 95 | f 102 0x66 | |
| 96 | g 103 0x67 | |
| 97 | h 104 0x68 | |
| 98 | i 105 0x69 | |
| 99 | j 106 0x6A | |
| 100 | k 107 0x6B | |
| 101 | l 108 0x6C | |
| 102 | m 109 0x6D | |
| 103 | n 110 0x6E | |
| 104 | o 111 0x6F | |
| 105 | p 112 0x70 | |
| 106 | q 113 0x71 | |
| 107 | r 114 0x72 | |
| 108 | s 115 0x73 | |
| 109 | t 116 0x74 | |
| 110 | u 117 0x75 | |
| 111 | v 118 0x76 | |
| 112 | w 119 0x77 | |
| 113 | x 120 0x78 | |
| 114 | y 121 0x79 | |
| 115 | z 122 0x7A | |
| 116 | braceleft 123 0x7B | |
| 117 | bar 124 0x7C | |
| 118 | braceright 125 0x7D | |
| 119 | asciitilde 126 0x7E | |
| 120 | nobreakspace 160 0xA0 | |
| 121 | exclamdown 161 0xA1 | |
| 122 | cent 162 0xA2 | |
| 123 | sterling 163 0xA3 | |
| 124 | currency 164 0xA4 | |
| 125 | yen 165 0xA5 | |
| 126 | brokenbar 166 0xA6 | |
| 127 | section 167 0xA7 | |
| 128 | diaeresis 168 0xA8 | |
| 129 | copyright 169 0xA9 | |
| 130 | ordfeminine 170 0xAA | |
| 131 | guillemotleft 171 0xAB | |
| 132 | notsign 172 0xAC | |
| 133 | hyphen 173 0xAD | |
| 134 | registered 174 0xAE | |
| 135 | macron 175 0xAF | |
| 136 | degree 176 0xB0 | |
| 137 | plusminus 177 0xB1 | |
| 138 | twosuperior 178 0xB2 | |
| 139 | threesuperior 179 0xB3 | |
| 140 | acute 180 0xB4 | |
| 141 | mu 181 0xB5 | |
| 142 | paragraph 182 0xB6 | |
| 143 | periodcentered 183 0xB7 | |
| 144 | cedilla 184 0xB8 | |
| 145 | onesuperior 185 0xB9 | |
| 146 | masculine 186 0xBA | |
| 147 | guillemotright 187 0xBB | |
| 148 | onequarter 188 0xBC | |
| 149 | onehalf 189 0xBD | |
| 150 | threequarters 190 0xBE | |
| 151 | questiondown 191 0xBF | |
| 152 | Agrave 192 0xC0 | |
| 153 | Aacute 193 0xC1 | |
| 154 | Acircumflex 194 0xC2 | |
| 155 | Atilde 195 0xC3 | |
| 156 | Adiaeresis 196 0xC4 | |
| 157 | Aring 197 0xC5 | |
| 158 | AE 198 0xC6 | |
| 159 | Ccedilla 199 0xC7 | |
| 160 | Egrave 200 0xC8 | |
| 161 | Eacute 201 0xC9 | |
| 162 | Ecircumflex 202 0xCA | |
| 163 | Ediaeresis 203 0xCB | |
| 164 | Igrave 204 0xCC | |
| 165 | Iacute 205 0xCD | |
| 166 | Icircumflex 206 0xCE | |
| 167 | Idiaeresis 207 0xCF | |
| 168 | ETH 208 0xD0 | |
| 169 | Ntilde 209 0xD1 | |
| 170 | Ograve 210 0xD2 | |
| 171 | Oacute 211 0xD3 | |
| 172 | Ocircumflex 212 0xD4 | |
| 173 | Otilde 213 0xD5 | |
| 174 | Odiaeresis 214 0xD6 | |
| 175 | multiply 215 0xD7 | |
| 176 | Oslash 216 0xD8 | |
| 177 | Ugrave 217 0xD9 | |
| 178 | Uacute 218 0xDA | |
| 179 | Ucircumflex 219 0xDB | |
| 180 | Udiaeresis 220 0xDC | |
| 181 | Yacute 221 0xDD | |
| 182 | THORN 222 0xDE | |
| 183 | ssharp 223 0xDF | |
| 184 | agrave 224 0xE0 | |
| 185 | aacute 225 0xE1 | |
| 186 | acircumflex 226 0xE2 | |
| 187 | atilde 227 0xE3 | |
| 188 | adiaeresis 228 0xE4 | |
| 189 | aring 229 0xE5 | |
| 190 | ae 230 0xE6 | |
| 191 | ccedilla 231 0xE7 | |
| 192 | egrave 232 0xE8 | |
| 193 | eacute 233 0xE9 | |
| 194 | ecircumflex 234 0xEA | |
| 195 | ediaeresis 235 0xEB | |
| 196 | igrave 236 0xEC | |
| 197 | iacute 237 0xED | |
| 198 | icircumflex 238 0xEE | |
| 199 | idiaeresis 239 0xEF | |
| 200 | eth 240 0xF0 | |
| 201 | ntilde 241 0xF1 | |
| 202 | ograve 242 0xF2 | |
| 203 | oacute 243 0xF3 | |
| 204 | ocircumflex 244 0xF4 | |
| 205 | otilde 245 0xF5 | |
| 206 | odiaeresis 246 0xF6 | |
| 207 | division 247 0xF7 | |
| 208 | oslash 248 0xF8 | |
| 209 | ugrave 249 0xF9 | |
| 210 | uacute 250 0xFA | |
| 211 | ucircumflex 251 0xFB | |
| 212 | udiaeresis 252 0xFC | |
| 213 | yacute 253 0xFD | |
| 214 | thorn 254 0xFE | |
| 215 | ydiaeresis 255 0xFF | |
| 216 | Aogonek 417 0x1A1 | |
| 217 | breve 418 0x1A2 | |
| 218 | Lstroke 419 0x1A3 | |
| 219 | Lcaron 421 0x1A5 | |
| 220 | Sacute 422 0x1A6 | |
| 221 | Scaron 425 0x1A9 | |
| 222 | Scedilla 426 0x1AA | |
| 223 | Tcaron 427 0x1AB | |
| 224 | Zacute 428 0x1AC | |
| 225 | 225 | .CE |
| 226 | 226 | .CS |
| 227 | Zcaron 430 0x01ae | |
| 228 | Zabovedot 431 0x01af | |
| 229 | aogonek 433 0x01b1 | |
| 230 | ogonek 434 0x01b2 | |
| 231 | lstroke 435 0x01b3 | |
| 232 | lcaron 437 0x01b5 | |
| 233 | sacute 438 0x01b6 | |
| 234 | caron 439 0x01b7 | |
| 235 | scaron 441 0x01b9 | |
| 236 | scedilla 442 0x01ba | |
| 237 | tcaron 443 0x01bb | |
| 238 | zacute 444 0x01bc | |
| 239 | doubleacute 445 0x01bd | |
| 240 | zcaron 446 0x01be | |
| 241 | zabovedot 447 0x01bf | |
| 242 | Racute 448 0x01c0 | |
| 243 | Abreve 451 0x01c3 | |
| 244 | Cacute 454 0x01c6 | |
| 245 | Ccaron 456 0x01c8 | |
| 246 | Eogonek 458 0x01ca | |
| 247 | Ecaron 460 0x01cc | |
| 248 | Dcaron 463 0x01cf | |
| 249 | Nacute 465 0x01d1 | |
| 250 | Ncaron 466 0x01d2 | |
| 251 | Odoubleacute 469 0x01d5 | |
| 252 | Rcaron 472 0x01d8 | |
| 253 | Uring 473 0x01d9 | |
| 254 | Udoubleacute 475 0x01db | |
| 255 | Tcedilla 478 0x01de | |
| 256 | racute 480 0x01e0 | |
| 257 | abreve 483 0x01e3 | |
| 258 | cacute 486 0x01e6 | |
| 259 | ccaron 488 0x01e8 | |
| 260 | eogonek 490 0x01ea | |
| 261 | ecaron 492 0x01ec | |
| 262 | dcaron 495 0x01ef | |
| 263 | nacute 497 0x01f1 | |
| 264 | ncaron 498 0x01f2 | |
| 265 | odoubleacute 501 0x01f5 | |
| 266 | rcaron 504 0x01f8 | |
| 267 | uring 505 0x01f9 | |
| 268 | udoubleacute 507 0x01fb | |
| 269 | tcedilla 510 0x01fe | |
| 270 | abovedot 511 0x01ff | |
| 271 | Hstroke 673 0x02a1 | |
| 272 | Hcircumflex 678 0x02a6 | |
| 273 | Iabovedot 681 0x02a9 | |
| 274 | Gbreve 683 0x02ab | |
| 275 | Jcircumflex 684 0x02ac | |
| 276 | hstroke 689 0x02b1 | |
| 277 | hcircumflex 694 0x02b6 | |
| 278 | idotless 697 0x02b9 | |
| 279 | gbreve 699 0x02bb | |
| 280 | jcircumflex 700 0x02bc | |
| 281 | Cabovedot 709 0x02c5 | |
| 282 | Ccircumflex 710 0x02c6 | |
| 283 | Gabovedot 725 0x02d5 | |
| 284 | Gcircumflex 728 0x02d8 | |
| 285 | Ubreve 733 0x02dd | |
| 286 | Scircumflex 734 0x02de | |
| 287 | cabovedot 741 0x02e5 | |
| 288 | ccircumflex 742 0x02e6 | |
| 289 | gabovedot 757 0x02f5 | |
| 290 | gcircumflex 760 0x02f8 | |
| 291 | ubreve 765 0x02fd | |
| 292 | scircumflex 766 0x02fe | |
| 293 | kappa 930 0x03a2 | |
| 294 | Rcedilla 931 0x03a3 | |
| 295 | Itilde 933 0x03a5 | |
| 296 | Lcedilla 934 0x03a6 | |
| 297 | Emacron 938 0x03aa | |
| 298 | Gcedilla 939 0x03ab | |
| 299 | Tslash 940 0x03ac | |
| 300 | rcedilla 947 0x03b3 | |
| 301 | itilde 949 0x03b5 | |
| 302 | lcedilla 950 0x03b6 | |
| 303 | emacron 954 0x03ba | |
| 304 | gacute 955 0x03bb | |
| 305 | tslash 956 0x03bc | |
| 306 | ENG 957 0x03bd | |
| 307 | eng 959 0x03bf | |
| 308 | Amacron 960 0x03c0 | |
| 309 | Iogonek 967 0x03c7 | |
| 310 | Eabovedot 972 0x03cc | |
| 311 | Imacron 975 0x03cf | |
| 312 | Ncedilla 977 0x03d1 | |
| 313 | Omacron 978 0x03d2 | |
| 314 | Kcedilla 979 0x03d3 | |
| 315 | Uogonek 985 0x03d9 | |
| 316 | Utilde 989 0x03dd | |
| 317 | Umacron 990 0x03de | |
| 318 | amacron 992 0x03e0 | |
| 319 | iogonek 999 0x03e7 | |
| 320 | eabovedot 1004 0x03ec | |
| 321 | imacron 1007 0x03ef | |
| 322 | ncedilla 1009 0x03f1 | |
| 323 | omacron 1010 0x03f2 | |
| 324 | kcedilla 1011 0x03f3 | |
| 325 | uogonek 1017 0x03f9 | |
| 326 | utilde 1021 0x03fd | |
| 327 | umacron 1022 0x03fe | |
| 328 | overline 1150 0x047e | |
| 329 | kana_fullstop 1185 0x04a1 | |
| 330 | kana_openingbracket 1186 0x04a2 | |
| 331 | kana_closingbracket 1187 0x04a3 | |
| 332 | kana_comma 1188 0x04a4 | |
| 333 | kana_middledot 1189 0x04a5 | |
| 334 | kana_WO 1190 0x04a6 | |
| 335 | kana_a 1191 0x04a7 | |
| 336 | kana_i 1192 0x04a8 | |
| 337 | kana_u 1193 0x04a9 | |
| 338 | kana_e 1194 0x04aa | |
| 339 | kana_o 1195 0x04ab | |
| 340 | kana_ya 1196 0x04ac | |
| 341 | kana_yu 1197 0x04ad | |
| 342 | kana_yo 1198 0x04ae | |
| 343 | kana_tu 1199 0x04af | |
| 344 | prolongedsound 1200 0x04b0 | |
| 345 | kana_A 1201 0x04b1 | |
| 346 | kana_I 1202 0x04b2 | |
| 347 | kana_U 1203 0x04b3 | |
| 348 | kana_E 1204 0x04b4 | |
| 349 | kana_O 1205 0x04b5 | |
| 350 | kana_KA 1206 0x04b6 | |
| 351 | kana_KI 1207 0x04b7 | |
| 352 | kana_KU 1208 0x04b8 | |
| 353 | kana_KE 1209 0x04b9 | |
| 354 | kana_KO 1210 0x04ba | |
| 355 | kana_SA 1211 0x04bb | |
| 356 | kana_SHI 1212 0x04bc | |
| 357 | kana_SU 1213 0x04bd | |
| 358 | kana_SE 1214 0x04be | |
| 359 | kana_SO 1215 0x04bf | |
| 360 | kana_TA 1216 0x04c0 | |
| 361 | kana_TI 1217 0x04c1 | |
| 362 | kana_TU 1218 0x04c2 | |
| 363 | kana_TE 1219 0x04c3 | |
| 364 | kana_TO 1220 0x04c4 | |
| 365 | kana_NA 1221 0x04c5 | |
| 366 | kana_NI 1222 0x04c6 | |
| 367 | kana_NU 1223 0x04c7 | |
| 368 | kana_NE 1224 0x04c8 | |
| 369 | kana_NO 1225 0x04c9 | |
| 370 | kana_HA 1226 0x04ca | |
| 371 | kana_HI 1227 0x04cb | |
| 372 | kana_HU 1228 0x04cc | |
| 373 | kana_HE 1229 0x04cd | |
| 374 | kana_HO 1230 0x04ce | |
| 375 | kana_MA 1231 0x04cf | |
| 376 | kana_MI 1232 0x04d0 | |
| 377 | kana_MU 1233 0x04d1 | |
| 378 | kana_ME 1234 0x04d2 | |
| 379 | kana_MO 1235 0x04d3 | |
| 380 | kana_YA 1236 0x04d4 | |
| 381 | kana_YU 1237 0x04d5 | |
| 382 | kana_YO 1238 0x04d6 | |
| 383 | kana_RA 1239 0x04d7 | |
| 384 | kana_RI 1240 0x04d8 | |
| 385 | kana_RU 1241 0x04d9 | |
| 386 | kana_RE 1242 0x04da | |
| 387 | kana_RO 1243 0x04db | |
| 388 | kana_WA 1244 0x04dc | |
| 389 | kana_N 1245 0x04dd | |
| 390 | voicedsound 1246 0x04de | |
| 391 | semivoicedsound 1247 0x04df | |
| 392 | Arabic_comma 1452 0x05ac | |
| 393 | Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x05bb | |
| 394 | Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x05bf | |
| 395 | Arabic_hamza 1473 0x05c1 | |
| 396 | Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x05c2 | |
| 397 | Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x05c3 | |
| 398 | Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x05c4 | |
| 399 | Arabic_hamzaunderalef 1477 0x05c5 | |
| 400 | Arabic_hamzaonyeh 1478 0x05c6 | |
| 401 | Arabic_alef 1479 0x05c7 | |
| 402 | Arabic_beh 1480 0x05c8 | |
| 403 | Arabic_tehmarbuta 1481 0x05c9 | |
| 404 | Arabic_teh 1482 0x05ca | |
| 405 | Arabic_theh 1483 0x05cb | |
| 406 | Arabic_jeem 1484 0x05cc | |
| 407 | Arabic_hah 1485 0x05cd | |
| 408 | Arabic_khah 1486 0x05ce | |
| 409 | Arabic_dal 1487 0x05cf | |
| 410 | Arabic_thal 1488 0x05d0 | |
| 411 | Arabic_ra 1489 0x05d1 | |
| 412 | Arabic_zain 1490 0x05d2 | |
| 413 | Arabic_seen 1491 0x05d3 | |
| 414 | Arabic_sheen 1492 0x05d4 | |
| 415 | Arabic_sad 1493 0x05d5 | |
| 416 | Arabic_dad 1494 0x05d6 | |
| 417 | Arabic_tah 1495 0x05d7 | |
| 418 | Arabic_zah 1496 0x05d8 | |
| 419 | Arabic_ain 1497 0x05d9 | |
| 420 | Arabic_ghain 1498 0x05da | |
| 421 | Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x05e0 | |
| 422 | Arabic_feh 1505 0x05e1 | |
| 423 | Arabic_qaf 1506 0x05e2 | |
| 424 | Arabic_kaf 1507 0x05e3 | |
| 425 | Arabic_lam 1508 0x05e4 | |
| 426 | Arabic_meem 1509 0x05e5 | |
| 227 | Zcaron 430 0x1AE | |
| 228 | Zabovedot 431 0x1AF | |
| 229 | aogonek 433 0x1B1 | |
| 230 | ogonek 434 0x1B2 | |
| 231 | lstroke 435 0x1B3 | |
| 232 | lcaron 437 0x1B5 | |
| 233 | sacute 438 0x1B6 | |
| 234 | caron 439 0x1B7 | |
| 235 | scaron 441 0x1B9 | |
| 236 | scedilla 442 0x1BA | |
| 237 | tcaron 443 0x1BB | |
| 238 | zacute 444 0x1BC | |
| 239 | doubleacute 445 0x1BD | |
| 240 | zcaron 446 0x1BE | |
| 241 | zabovedot 447 0x1BF | |
| 242 | Racute 448 0x1C0 | |
| 243 | Abreve 451 0x1C3 | |
| 244 | Lacute 453 0x1C5 | |
| 245 | Cacute 454 0x1C6 | |
| 246 | Ccaron 456 0x1C8 | |
| 247 | Eogonek 458 0x1CA | |
| 248 | Ecaron 460 0x1CC | |
| 249 | Dcaron 463 0x1CF | |
| 250 | Dstroke 464 0x1D0 | |
| 251 | Nacute 465 0x1D1 | |
| 252 | Ncaron 466 0x1D2 | |
| 253 | Odoubleacute 469 0x1D5 | |
| 254 | Rcaron 472 0x1D8 | |
| 255 | Uring 473 0x1D9 | |
| 256 | Udoubleacute 475 0x1DB | |
| 257 | Tcedilla 478 0x1DE | |
| 258 | racute 480 0x1E0 | |
| 259 | abreve 483 0x1E3 | |
| 260 | lacute 485 0x1E5 | |
| 261 | cacute 486 0x1E6 | |
| 262 | ccaron 488 0x1E8 | |
| 263 | eogonek 490 0x1EA | |
| 264 | ecaron 492 0x1EC | |
| 265 | dcaron 495 0x1EF | |
| 266 | dstroke 496 0x1F0 | |
| 267 | nacute 497 0x1F1 | |
| 268 | ncaron 498 0x1F2 | |
| 269 | odoubleacute 501 0x1F5 | |
| 270 | rcaron 504 0x1F8 | |
| 271 | uring 505 0x1F9 | |
| 272 | udoubleacute 507 0x1FB | |
| 273 | tcedilla 510 0x1FE | |
| 274 | abovedot 511 0x1FF | |
| 275 | Hstroke 673 0x2A1 | |
| 276 | Hcircumflex 678 0x2A6 | |
| 277 | Iabovedot 681 0x2A9 | |
| 278 | Gbreve 683 0x2AB | |
| 279 | Jcircumflex 684 0x2AC | |
| 280 | hstroke 689 0x2B1 | |
| 281 | hcircumflex 694 0x2B6 | |
| 282 | idotless 697 0x2B9 | |
| 283 | gbreve 699 0x2BB | |
| 284 | jcircumflex 700 0x2BC | |
| 285 | Cabovedot 709 0x2C5 | |
| 286 | Ccircumflex 710 0x2C6 | |
| 287 | Gabovedot 725 0x2D5 | |
| 288 | Gcircumflex 728 0x2D8 | |
| 289 | Ubreve 733 0x2DD | |
| 290 | Scircumflex 734 0x2DE | |
| 291 | cabovedot 741 0x2E5 | |
| 292 | ccircumflex 742 0x2E6 | |
| 293 | gabovedot 757 0x2F5 | |
| 294 | gcircumflex 760 0x2F8 | |
| 295 | ubreve 765 0x2FD | |
| 296 | scircumflex 766 0x2FE | |
| 297 | kra 930 0x3A2 | |
| 298 | Rcedilla 931 0x3A3 | |
| 299 | Itilde 933 0x3A5 | |
| 300 | Lcedilla 934 0x3A6 | |
| 301 | Emacron 938 0x3AA | |
| 302 | Gcedilla 939 0x3AB | |
| 303 | Tslash 940 0x3AC | |
| 304 | rcedilla 947 0x3B3 | |
| 305 | itilde 949 0x3B5 | |
| 306 | lcedilla 950 0x3B6 | |
| 307 | emacron 954 0x3BA | |
| 308 | gcedilla 955 0x3BB | |
| 309 | tslash 956 0x3BC | |
| 310 | ENG 957 0x3BD | |
| 311 | eng 959 0x3BF | |
| 312 | Amacron 960 0x3C0 | |
| 313 | Iogonek 967 0x3C7 | |
| 314 | Eabovedot 972 0x3CC | |
| 315 | Imacron 975 0x3CF | |
| 316 | Ncedilla 977 0x3D1 | |
| 317 | Omacron 978 0x3D2 | |
| 318 | Kcedilla 979 0x3D3 | |
| 319 | Uogonek 985 0x3D9 | |
| 320 | Utilde 989 0x3DD | |
| 321 | Umacron 990 0x3DE | |
| 322 | amacron 992 0x3E0 | |
| 323 | iogonek 999 0x3E7 | |
| 324 | eabovedot 1004 0x3EC | |
| 325 | imacron 1007 0x3EF | |
| 326 | ncedilla 1009 0x3F1 | |
| 327 | omacron 1010 0x3F2 | |
| 328 | kcedilla 1011 0x3F3 | |
| 329 | uogonek 1017 0x3F9 | |
| 330 | utilde 1021 0x3FD | |
| 331 | umacron 1022 0x3FE | |
| 332 | overline 1150 0x47E | |
| 333 | kana_fullstop 1185 0x4A1 | |
| 334 | kana_openingbracket 1186 0x4A2 | |
| 335 | kana_closingbracket 1187 0x4A3 | |
| 336 | kana_comma 1188 0x4A4 | |
| 337 | kana_conjunctive 1189 0x4A5 | |
| 338 | kana_WO 1190 0x4A6 | |
| 339 | kana_a 1191 0x4A7 | |
| 340 | kana_i 1192 0x4A8 | |
| 341 | kana_u 1193 0x4A9 | |
| 342 | kana_e 1194 0x4AA | |
| 343 | kana_o 1195 0x4AB | |
| 344 | kana_ya 1196 0x4AC | |
| 345 | kana_yu 1197 0x4AD | |
| 346 | kana_yo 1198 0x4AE | |
| 347 | kana_tsu 1199 0x4AF | |
| 348 | prolongedsound 1200 0x4B0 | |
| 349 | kana_A 1201 0x4B1 | |
| 350 | kana_I 1202 0x4B2 | |
| 351 | kana_U 1203 0x4B3 | |
| 352 | kana_E 1204 0x4B4 | |
| 353 | kana_O 1205 0x4B5 | |
| 354 | kana_KA 1206 0x4B6 | |
| 355 | kana_KI 1207 0x4B7 | |
| 356 | kana_KU 1208 0x4B8 | |
| 357 | kana_KE 1209 0x4B9 | |
| 358 | kana_KO 1210 0x4BA | |
| 359 | kana_SA 1211 0x4BB | |
| 360 | kana_SHI 1212 0x4BC | |
| 361 | kana_SU 1213 0x4BD | |
| 362 | kana_SE 1214 0x4BE | |
| 363 | kana_SO 1215 0x4BF | |
| 364 | kana_TA 1216 0x4C0 | |
| 365 | kana_CHI 1217 0x4C1 | |
| 366 | kana_TSU 1218 0x4C2 | |
| 367 | kana_TE 1219 0x4C3 | |
| 368 | kana_TO 1220 0x4C4 | |
| 369 | kana_NA 1221 0x4C5 | |
| 370 | kana_NI 1222 0x4C6 | |
| 371 | kana_NU 1223 0x4C7 | |
| 372 | kana_NE 1224 0x4C8 | |
| 373 | kana_NO 1225 0x4C9 | |
| 374 | kana_HA 1226 0x4CA | |
| 375 | kana_HI 1227 0x4CB | |
| 376 | kana_FU 1228 0x4CC | |
| 377 | kana_HE 1229 0x4CD | |
| 378 | kana_HO 1230 0x4CE | |
| 379 | kana_MA 1231 0x4CF | |
| 380 | kana_MI 1232 0x4D0 | |
| 381 | kana_MU 1233 0x4D1 | |
| 382 | kana_ME 1234 0x4D2 | |
| 383 | kana_MO 1235 0x4D3 | |
| 384 | kana_YA 1236 0x4D4 | |
| 385 | kana_YU 1237 0x4D5 | |
| 386 | kana_YO 1238 0x4D6 | |
| 387 | kana_RA 1239 0x4D7 | |
| 388 | kana_RI 1240 0x4D8 | |
| 389 | kana_RU 1241 0x4D9 | |
| 390 | kana_RE 1242 0x4DA | |
| 391 | kana_RO 1243 0x4DB | |
| 392 | kana_WA 1244 0x4DC | |
| 393 | kana_N 1245 0x4DD | |
| 394 | voicedsound 1246 0x4DE | |
| 395 | semivoicedsound 1247 0x4DF | |
| 396 | Arabic_comma 1452 0x5AC | |
| 397 | Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x5BB | |
| 398 | Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x5BF | |
| 399 | Arabic_hamza 1473 0x5C1 | |
| 400 | Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x5C2 | |
| 401 | Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x5C3 | |
| 402 | Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x5C4 | |
| 403 | Arabic_hamzaunderalef 1477 0x5C5 | |
| 404 | Arabic_hamzaonyeh 1478 0x5C6 | |
| 405 | Arabic_alef 1479 0x5C7 | |
| 406 | Arabic_beh 1480 0x5C8 | |
| 407 | Arabic_tehmarbuta 1481 0x5C9 | |
| 408 | Arabic_teh 1482 0x5CA | |
| 409 | Arabic_theh 1483 0x5CB | |
| 410 | Arabic_jeem 1484 0x5CC | |
| 411 | Arabic_hah 1485 0x5CD | |
| 412 | Arabic_khah 1486 0x5CE | |
| 413 | Arabic_dal 1487 0x5CF | |
| 414 | Arabic_thal 1488 0x5D0 | |
| 415 | Arabic_ra 1489 0x5D1 | |
| 416 | Arabic_zain 1490 0x5D2 | |
| 417 | Arabic_seen 1491 0x5D3 | |
| 418 | Arabic_sheen 1492 0x5D4 | |
| 419 | Arabic_sad 1493 0x5D5 | |
| 420 | Arabic_dad 1494 0x5D6 | |
| 421 | Arabic_tah 1495 0x5D7 | |
| 422 | Arabic_zah 1496 0x5D8 | |
| 423 | Arabic_ain 1497 0x5D9 | |
| 424 | Arabic_ghain 1498 0x5DA | |
| 425 | Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x5E0 | |
| 426 | Arabic_feh 1505 0x5E1 | |
| 427 | Arabic_qaf 1506 0x5E2 | |
| 428 | Arabic_kaf 1507 0x5E3 | |
| 429 | Arabic_lam 1508 0x5E4 | |
| 430 | Arabic_meem 1509 0x5E5 | |
| 427 | 431 | .CE |
| 428 | 432 | .CS |
| 429 | Arabic_noon 1510 0x05e6 | |
| 430 | Arabic_heh 1511 0x05e7 | |
| 431 | Arabic_waw 1512 0x05e8 | |
| 432 | Arabic_alefmaksura 1513 0x05e9 | |
| 433 | Arabic_yeh 1514 0x05ea | |
| 434 | Arabic_fathatan 1515 0x05eb | |
| 435 | Arabic_dammatan 1516 0x05ec | |
| 436 | Arabic_kasratan 1517 0x05ed | |
| 437 | Arabic_fatha 1518 0x05ee | |
| 438 | Arabic_damma 1519 0x05ef | |
| 439 | Arabic_kasra 1520 0x05f0 | |
| 440 | Arabic_shadda 1521 0x05f1 | |
| 441 | Arabic_sukun 1522 0x05f2 | |
| 442 | Serbian_dje 1697 0x06a1 | |
| 443 | Macedonia_gje 1698 0x06a2 | |
| 444 | Cyrillic_io 1699 0x06a3 | |
| 445 | Ukranian_je 1700 0x06a4 | |
| 446 | Macedonia_dse 1701 0x06a5 | |
| 447 | Ukranian_i 1702 0x06a6 | |
| 448 | Ukranian_yi 1703 0x06a7 | |
| 449 | Serbian_je 1704 0x06a8 | |
| 450 | Serbian_lje 1705 0x06a9 | |
| 451 | Serbian_nje 1706 0x06aa | |
| 452 | Serbian_tshe 1707 0x06ab | |
| 453 | Macedonia_kje 1708 0x06ac | |
| 454 | Byelorussian_shortu 1710 0x06ae | |
| 455 | Serbian_dze 1711 0x06af | |
| 456 | numerosign 1712 0x06b0 | |
| 457 | Serbian_DJE 1713 0x06b1 | |
| 458 | Macedonia_GJE 1714 0x06b2 | |
| 459 | Cyrillic_IO 1715 0x06b3 | |
| 460 | Ukranian_JE 1716 0x06b4 | |
| 461 | Macedonia_DSE 1717 0x06b5 | |
| 462 | Ukranian_I 1718 0x06b6 | |
| 463 | Ukranian_YI 1719 0x06b7 | |
| 464 | Serbian_JE 1720 0x06b8 | |
| 465 | Serbian_LJE 1721 0x06b9 | |
| 466 | Serbian_NJE 1722 0x06ba | |
| 467 | Serbian_TSHE 1723 0x06bb | |
| 468 | Macedonia_KJE 1724 0x06bc | |
| 469 | Byelorussian_SHORTU 1726 0x06be | |
| 470 | Serbian_DZE 1727 0x06bf | |
| 471 | Cyrillic_yu 1728 0x06c0 | |
| 472 | Cyrillic_a 1729 0x06c1 | |
| 473 | Cyrillic_be 1730 0x06c2 | |
| 474 | Cyrillic_tse 1731 0x06c3 | |
| 475 | Cyrillic_de 1732 0x06c4 | |
| 476 | Cyrillic_ie 1733 0x06c5 | |
| 477 | Cyrillic_ef 1734 0x06c6 | |
| 478 | Cyrillic_ghe 1735 0x06c7 | |
| 479 | Cyrillic_ha 1736 0x06c8 | |
| 480 | Cyrillic_i 1737 0x06c9 | |
| 481 | Cyrillic_shorti 1738 0x06ca | |
| 482 | Cyrillic_ka 1739 0x06cb | |
| 483 | Cyrillic_el 1740 0x06cc | |
| 484 | Cyrillic_em 1741 0x06cd | |
| 485 | Cyrillic_en 1742 0x06ce | |
| 486 | Cyrillic_o 1743 0x06cf | |
| 487 | Cyrillic_pe 1744 0x06d0 | |
| 488 | Cyrillic_ya 1745 0x06d1 | |
| 489 | Cyrillic_er 1746 0x06d2 | |
| 490 | Cyrillic_es 1747 0x06d3 | |
| 491 | Cyrillic_te 1748 0x06d4 | |
| 492 | Cyrillic_u 1749 0x06d5 | |
| 493 | Cyrillic_zhe 1750 0x06d6 | |
| 494 | Cyrillic_ve 1751 0x06d7 | |
| 495 | Cyrillic_softsign 1752 0x06d8 | |
| 496 | Cyrillic_yeru 1753 0x06d9 | |
| 497 | Cyrillic_ze 1754 0x06da | |
| 498 | Cyrillic_sha 1755 0x06db | |
| 499 | Cyrillic_e 1756 0x06dc | |
| 500 | Cyrillic_shcha 1757 0x06dd | |
| 501 | Cyrillic_che 1758 0x06de | |
| 502 | Cyrillic_hardsign 1759 0x06df | |
| 503 | Cyrillic_YU 1760 0x06e0 | |
| 504 | Cyrillic_A 1761 0x06e1 | |
| 505 | Cyrillic_BE 1762 0x06e2 | |
| 506 | Cyrillic_TSE 1763 0x06e3 | |
| 507 | Cyrillic_DE 1764 0x06e4 | |
| 508 | Cyrillic_IE 1765 0x06e5 | |
| 509 | Cyrillic_EF 1766 0x06e6 | |
| 510 | Cyrillic_GHE 1767 0x06e7 | |
| 511 | Cyrillic_HA 1768 0x06e8 | |
| 512 | Cyrillic_I 1769 0x06e9 | |
| 513 | Cyrillic_SHORTI 1770 0x06ea | |
| 514 | Cyrillic_KA 1771 0x06eb | |
| 515 | Cyrillic_EL 1772 0x06ec | |
| 516 | Cyrillic_EM 1773 0x06ed | |
| 517 | Cyrillic_EN 1774 0x06ee | |
| 518 | Cyrillic_O 1775 0x06ef | |
| 519 | Cyrillic_PE 1776 0x06f0 | |
| 520 | Cyrillic_YA 1777 0x06f1 | |
| 521 | Cyrillic_ER 1778 0x06f2 | |
| 522 | Cyrillic_ES 1779 0x06f3 | |
| 523 | Cyrillic_TE 1780 0x06f4 | |
| 524 | Cyrillic_U 1781 0x06f5 | |
| 525 | Cyrillic_ZHE 1782 0x06f6 | |
| 526 | Cyrillic_VE 1783 0x06f7 | |
| 527 | Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN 1784 0x06f8 | |
| 528 | Cyrillic_YERU 1785 0x06f9 | |
| 529 | Cyrillic_ZE 1786 0x06fa | |
| 530 | Cyrillic_SHA 1787 0x06fb | |
| 531 | Cyrillic_E 1788 0x06fc | |
| 532 | Cyrillic_SHCHA 1789 0x06fd | |
| 533 | Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x06fe | |
| 534 | Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x06ff | |
| 535 | Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x07a1 | |
| 536 | Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x07a2 | |
| 537 | Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x07a3 | |
| 538 | Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x07a4 | |
| 539 | Greek_IOTAdiaeresis 1957 0x07a5 | |
| 540 | Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis 1958 0x07a6 | |
| 541 | Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x07a7 | |
| 542 | Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x07a8 | |
| 543 | Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x07a9 | |
| 544 | Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis 1962 0x07aa | |
| 545 | Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x07ab | |
| 546 | Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x07b1 | |
| 547 | Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x07b2 | |
| 548 | Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x07b3 | |
| 549 | Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x07b4 | |
| 550 | Greek_iotadieresis 1973 0x07b5 | |
| 551 | Greek_iotaaccentdieresis 1974 0x07b6 | |
| 552 | Greek_omicronaccent 1975 0x07b7 | |
| 553 | Greek_upsilonaccent 1976 0x07b8 | |
| 554 | Greek_upsilondieresis 1977 0x07b9 | |
| 555 | Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis 1978 0x07ba | |
| 556 | Greek_omegaaccent 1979 0x07bb | |
| 557 | Greek_ALPHA 1985 0x07c1 | |
| 558 | Greek_BETA 1986 0x07c2 | |
| 559 | Greek_GAMMA 1987 0x07c3 | |
| 560 | Greek_DELTA 1988 0x07c4 | |
| 561 | Greek_EPSILON 1989 0x07c5 | |
| 562 | Greek_ZETA 1990 0x07c6 | |
| 563 | Greek_ETA 1991 0x07c7 | |
| 564 | Greek_THETA 1992 0x07c8 | |
| 565 | Greek_IOTA 1993 0x07c9 | |
| 566 | Greek_KAPPA 1994 0x07ca | |
| 567 | Greek_LAMBDA 1995 0x07cb | |
| 568 | Greek_MU 1996 0x07cc | |
| 569 | Greek_NU 1997 0x07cd | |
| 570 | Greek_XI 1998 0x07ce | |
| 571 | Greek_OMICRON 1999 0x07cf | |
| 572 | Greek_PI 2000 0x07d0 | |
| 573 | Greek_RHO 2001 0x07d1 | |
| 574 | Greek_SIGMA 2002 0x07d2 | |
| 575 | Greek_TAU 2004 0x07d4 | |
| 576 | Greek_UPSILON 2005 0x07d5 | |
| 577 | Greek_PHI 2006 0x07d6 | |
| 578 | Greek_CHI 2007 0x07d7 | |
| 579 | Greek_PSI 2008 0x07d8 | |
| 580 | Greek_OMEGA 2009 0x07d9 | |
| 581 | Greek_alpha 2017 0x07e1 | |
| 582 | Greek_beta 2018 0x07e2 | |
| 583 | Greek_gamma 2019 0x07e3 | |
| 584 | Greek_delta 2020 0x07e4 | |
| 585 | Greek_epsilon 2021 0x07e5 | |
| 586 | Greek_zeta 2022 0x07e6 | |
| 587 | Greek_eta 2023 0x07e7 | |
| 588 | Greek_theta 2024 0x07e8 | |
| 589 | Greek_iota 2025 0x07e9 | |
| 590 | Greek_kappa 2026 0x07ea | |
| 591 | Greek_lambda 2027 0x07eb | |
| 592 | Greek_mu 2028 0x07ec | |
| 593 | Greek_nu 2029 0x07ed | |
| 594 | Greek_xi 2030 0x07ee | |
| 595 | Greek_omicron 2031 0x07ef | |
| 596 | Greek_pi 2032 0x07f0 | |
| 597 | Greek_rho 2033 0x07f1 | |
| 598 | Greek_sigma 2034 0x07f2 | |
| 599 | Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x07f3 | |
| 600 | Greek_tau 2036 0x07f4 | |
| 601 | Greek_upsilon 2037 0x07f5 | |
| 602 | Greek_phi 2038 0x07f6 | |
| 603 | Greek_chi 2039 0x07f7 | |
| 604 | Greek_psi 2040 0x07f8 | |
| 605 | Greek_omega 2041 0x07f9 | |
| 606 | leftradical 2209 0x08a1 | |
| 607 | topleftradical 2210 0x08a2 | |
| 608 | horizconnector 2211 0x08a3 | |
| 609 | topintegral 2212 0x08a4 | |
| 610 | botintegral 2213 0x08a5 | |
| 611 | vertconnector 2214 0x08a6 | |
| 612 | topleftsqbracket 2215 0x08a7 | |
| 613 | botleftsqbracket 2216 0x08a8 | |
| 614 | toprightsqbracket 2217 0x08a9 | |
| 615 | botrightsqbracket 2218 0x08aa | |
| 616 | topleftparens 2219 0x08ab | |
| 617 | botleftparens 2220 0x08ac | |
| 618 | toprightparens 2221 0x08ad | |
| 619 | botrightparens 2222 0x08ae | |
| 620 | leftmiddlecurlybrace 2223 0x08af | |
| 621 | rightmiddlecurlybrace 2224 0x08b0 | |
| 622 | topleftsummation 2225 0x08b1 | |
| 623 | botleftsummation 2226 0x08b2 | |
| 624 | topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x08b3 | |
| 625 | botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x08b4 | |
| 626 | toprightsummation 2229 0x08b5 | |
| 627 | botrightsummation 2230 0x08b6 | |
| 628 | rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x08b7 | |
| 433 | Arabic_noon 1510 0x5E6 | |
| 434 | Arabic_ha 1511 0x5E7 | |
| 435 | Arabic_waw 1512 0x5E8 | |
| 436 | Arabic_alefmaksura 1513 0x5E9 | |
| 437 | Arabic_yeh 1514 0x5EA | |
| 438 | Arabic_fathatan 1515 0x5EB | |
| 439 | Arabic_dammatan 1516 0x5EC | |
| 440 | Arabic_kasratan 1517 0x5ED | |
| 441 | Arabic_fatha 1518 0x5EE | |
| 442 | Arabic_damma 1519 0x5EF | |
| 443 | Arabic_kasra 1520 0x5F0 | |
| 444 | Arabic_shadda 1521 0x5F1 | |
| 445 | Arabic_sukun 1522 0x5F2 | |
| 446 | Serbian_dje 1697 0x6A1 | |
| 447 | Macedonia_gje 1698 0x6A2 | |
| 448 | Cyrillic_io 1699 0x6A3 | |
| 449 | Ukrainian_ie 1700 0x6A4 | |
| 450 | Macedonia_dse 1701 0x6A5 | |
| 451 | Ukrainian_i 1702 0x6A6 | |
| 452 | Ukrainian_yi 1703 0x6A7 | |
| 453 | Cyrillic_je 1704 0x6A8 | |
| 454 | Cyrillic_lje 1705 0x6A9 | |
| 455 | Cyrillic_nje 1706 0x6AA | |
| 456 | Serbian_tshe 1707 0x6AB | |
| 457 | Macedonia_kje 1708 0x6AC | |
| 458 | Byelorussian_shortu 1710 0x6AE | |
| 459 | Cyrillic_dzhe 1711 0x6AF | |
| 460 | numerosign 1712 0x6B0 | |
| 461 | Serbian_DJE 1713 0x6B1 | |
| 462 | Macedonia_GJE 1714 0x6B2 | |
| 463 | Cyrillic_IO 1715 0x6B3 | |
| 464 | Ukrainian_IE 1716 0x6B4 | |
| 465 | Macedonia_DSE 1717 0x6B5 | |
| 466 | Ukrainian_I 1718 0x6B6 | |
| 467 | Ukrainian_YI 1719 0x6B7 | |
| 468 | Cyrillic_JE 1720 0x6B8 | |
| 469 | Cyrillic_LJE 1721 0x6B9 | |
| 470 | Cyrillic_NJE 1722 0x6BA | |
| 471 | Serbian_TSHE 1723 0x6BB | |
| 472 | Macedonia_KJE 1724 0x6BC | |
| 473 | Byelorussian_SHORTU 1726 0x6BE | |
| 474 | Cyrillic_DZHE 1727 0x6BF | |
| 475 | Cyrillic_yu 1728 0x6C0 | |
| 476 | Cyrillic_a 1729 0x6C1 | |
| 477 | Cyrillic_be 1730 0x6C2 | |
| 478 | Cyrillic_tse 1731 0x6C3 | |
| 479 | Cyrillic_de 1732 0x6C4 | |
| 480 | Cyrillic_ie 1733 0x6C5 | |
| 481 | Cyrillic_ef 1734 0x6C6 | |
| 482 | Cyrillic_ghe 1735 0x6C7 | |
| 483 | Cyrillic_ha 1736 0x6C8 | |
| 484 | Cyrillic_i 1737 0x6C9 | |
| 485 | Cyrillic_shorti 1738 0x6CA | |
| 486 | Cyrillic_ka 1739 0x6CB | |
| 487 | Cyrillic_el 1740 0x6CC | |
| 488 | Cyrillic_em 1741 0x6CD | |
| 489 | Cyrillic_en 1742 0x6CE | |
| 490 | Cyrillic_o 1743 0x6CF | |
| 491 | Cyrillic_pe 1744 0x6D0 | |
| 492 | Cyrillic_ya 1745 0x6D1 | |
| 493 | Cyrillic_er 1746 0x6D2 | |
| 494 | Cyrillic_es 1747 0x6D3 | |
| 495 | Cyrillic_te 1748 0x6D4 | |
| 496 | Cyrillic_u 1749 0x6D5 | |
| 497 | Cyrillic_zhe 1750 0x6D6 | |
| 498 | Cyrillic_ve 1751 0x6D7 | |
| 499 | Cyrillic_softsign 1752 0x6D8 | |
| 500 | Cyrillic_yeru 1753 0x6D9 | |
| 501 | Cyrillic_ze 1754 0x6DA | |
| 502 | Cyrillic_sha 1755 0x6DB | |
| 503 | Cyrillic_e 1756 0x6DC | |
| 504 | Cyrillic_shcha 1757 0x6DD | |
| 505 | Cyrillic_che 1758 0x6DE | |
| 506 | Cyrillic_hardsign 1759 0x6DF | |
| 507 | Cyrillic_YU 1760 0x6E0 | |
| 508 | Cyrillic_A 1761 0x6E1 | |
| 509 | Cyrillic_BE 1762 0x6E2 | |
| 510 | Cyrillic_TSE 1763 0x6E3 | |
| 511 | Cyrillic_DE 1764 0x6E4 | |
| 512 | Cyrillic_IE 1765 0x6E5 | |
| 513 | Cyrillic_EF 1766 0x6E6 | |
| 514 | Cyrillic_GHE 1767 0x6E7 | |
| 515 | Cyrillic_HA 1768 0x6E8 | |
| 516 | Cyrillic_I 1769 0x6E9 | |
| 517 | Cyrillic_SHORTI 1770 0x6EA | |
| 518 | Cyrillic_KA 1771 0x6EB | |
| 519 | Cyrillic_EL 1772 0x6EC | |
| 520 | Cyrillic_EM 1773 0x6ED | |
| 521 | Cyrillic_EN 1774 0x6EE | |
| 522 | Cyrillic_O 1775 0x6EF | |
| 523 | Cyrillic_PE 1776 0x6F0 | |
| 524 | Cyrillic_YA 1777 0x6F1 | |
| 525 | Cyrillic_ER 1778 0x6F2 | |
| 526 | Cyrillic_ES 1779 0x6F3 | |
| 527 | Cyrillic_TE 1780 0x6F4 | |
| 528 | Cyrillic_U 1781 0x6F5 | |
| 529 | Cyrillic_ZHE 1782 0x6F6 | |
| 530 | Cyrillic_VE 1783 0x6F7 | |
| 531 | Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN 1784 0x6F8 | |
| 532 | Cyrillic_YERU 1785 0x6F9 | |
| 533 | Cyrillic_ZE 1786 0x6FA | |
| 534 | Cyrillic_SHA 1787 0x6FB | |
| 535 | Cyrillic_E 1788 0x6FC | |
| 536 | Cyrillic_SHCHA 1789 0x6FD | |
| 537 | Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x6FE | |
| 538 | Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x6FF | |
| 539 | Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x7A1 | |
| 540 | Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x7A2 | |
| 541 | Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x7A3 | |
| 542 | Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x7A4 | |
| 543 | Greek_IOTAdieresis 1957 0x7A5 | |
| 544 | Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis 1958 0x7A6 | |
| 545 | Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x7A7 | |
| 546 | Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x7A8 | |
| 547 | Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x7A9 | |
| 548 | Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis 1962 0x7AA | |
| 549 | Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x7AB | |
| 550 | Greek_accentdieresis 1966 0x7AE | |
| 551 | Greek_horizbar 1967 0x7AF | |
| 552 | Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x7B1 | |
| 553 | Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x7B2 | |
| 554 | Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x7B3 | |
| 555 | Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x7B4 | |
| 556 | Greek_iotadieresis 1973 0x7B5 | |
| 557 | Greek_iotaaccentdieresis 1974 0x7B6 | |
| 558 | Greek_omicronaccent 1975 0x7B7 | |
| 559 | Greek_upsilonaccent 1976 0x7B8 | |
| 560 | Greek_upsilondieresis 1977 0x7B9 | |
| 561 | Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis 1978 0x7BA | |
| 562 | Greek_omegaaccent 1979 0x7BB | |
| 563 | Greek_ALPHA 1985 0x7C1 | |
| 564 | Greek_BETA 1986 0x7C2 | |
| 565 | Greek_GAMMA 1987 0x7C3 | |
| 566 | Greek_DELTA 1988 0x7C4 | |
| 567 | Greek_EPSILON 1989 0x7C5 | |
| 568 | Greek_ZETA 1990 0x7C6 | |
| 569 | Greek_ETA 1991 0x7C7 | |
| 570 | Greek_THETA 1992 0x7C8 | |
| 571 | Greek_IOTA 1993 0x7C9 | |
| 572 | Greek_KAPPA 1994 0x7CA | |
| 573 | Greek_LAMDA 1995 0x7CB | |
| 574 | Greek_MU 1996 0x7CC | |
| 575 | Greek_NU 1997 0x7CD | |
| 576 | Greek_XI 1998 0x7CE | |
| 577 | Greek_OMICRON 1999 0x7CF | |
| 578 | Greek_PI 2000 0x7D0 | |
| 579 | Greek_RHO 2001 0x7D1 | |
| 580 | Greek_SIGMA 2002 0x7D2 | |
| 581 | Greek_TAU 2004 0x7D4 | |
| 582 | Greek_UPSILON 2005 0x7D5 | |
| 583 | Greek_PHI 2006 0x7D6 | |
| 584 | Greek_CHI 2007 0x7D7 | |
| 585 | Greek_PSI 2008 0x7D8 | |
| 586 | Greek_OMEGA 2009 0x7D9 | |
| 587 | Greek_alpha 2017 0x7E1 | |
| 588 | Greek_beta 2018 0x7E2 | |
| 589 | Greek_gamma 2019 0x7E3 | |
| 590 | Greek_delta 2020 0x7E4 | |
| 591 | Greek_epsilon 2021 0x7E5 | |
| 592 | Greek_zeta 2022 0x7E6 | |
| 593 | Greek_eta 2023 0x7E7 | |
| 594 | Greek_theta 2024 0x7E8 | |
| 595 | Greek_iota 2025 0x7E9 | |
| 596 | Greek_kappa 2026 0x7EA | |
| 597 | Greek_lamda 2027 0x7EB | |
| 598 | Greek_mu 2028 0x7EC | |
| 599 | Greek_nu 2029 0x7ED | |
| 600 | Greek_xi 2030 0x7EE | |
| 601 | Greek_omicron 2031 0x7EF | |
| 602 | Greek_pi 2032 0x7F0 | |
| 603 | Greek_rho 2033 0x7F1 | |
| 604 | Greek_sigma 2034 0x7F2 | |
| 605 | Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x7F3 | |
| 606 | Greek_tau 2036 0x7F4 | |
| 607 | Greek_upsilon 2037 0x7F5 | |
| 608 | Greek_phi 2038 0x7F6 | |
| 609 | Greek_chi 2039 0x7F7 | |
| 610 | Greek_psi 2040 0x7F8 | |
| 611 | Greek_omega 2041 0x7F9 | |
| 612 | leftradical 2209 0x8A1 | |
| 613 | topleftradical 2210 0x8A2 | |
| 614 | horizconnector 2211 0x8A3 | |
| 615 | topintegral 2212 0x8A4 | |
| 616 | botintegral 2213 0x8A5 | |
| 617 | vertconnector 2214 0x8A6 | |
| 618 | topleftsqbracket 2215 0x8A7 | |
| 619 | botleftsqbracket 2216 0x8A8 | |
| 620 | toprightsqbracket 2217 0x8A9 | |
| 621 | botrightsqbracket 2218 0x8AA | |
| 622 | topleftparens 2219 0x8AB | |
| 623 | botleftparens 2220 0x8AC | |
| 624 | toprightparens 2221 0x8AD | |
| 625 | botrightparens 2222 0x8AE | |
| 626 | leftmiddlecurlybrace 2223 0x8AF | |
| 627 | rightmiddlecurlybrace 2224 0x8B0 | |
| 628 | topleftsummation 2225 0x8B1 | |
| 629 | botleftsummation 2226 0x8B2 | |
| 630 | topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x8B3 | |
| 631 | botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x8B4 | |
| 632 | toprightsummation 2229 0x8B5 | |
| 633 | botrightsummation 2230 0x8B6 | |
| 634 | rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x8B7 | |
| 629 | 635 | .CE |
| 630 | 636 | .CS |
| 631 | lessthanequal 2236 0x08bc | |
| 632 | notequal 2237 0x08bd | |
| 633 | greaterthanequal 2238 0x08be | |
| 634 | integral 2239 0x08bf | |
| 635 | therefore 2240 0x08c0 | |
| 636 | variation 2241 0x08c1 | |
| 637 | infinity 2242 0x08c2 | |
| 638 | nabla 2245 0x08c5 | |
| 639 | approximate 2248 0x08c8 | |
| 640 | similarequal 2249 0x08c9 | |
| 641 | ifonlyif 2253 0x08cd | |
| 642 | implies 2254 0x08ce | |
| 643 | identical 2255 0x08cf | |
| 644 | radical 2262 0x08d6 | |
| 645 | includedin 2266 0x08da | |
| 646 | includes 2267 0x08db | |
| 647 | intersection 2268 0x08dc | |
| 648 | union 2269 0x08dd | |
| 649 | logicaland 2270 0x08de | |
| 650 | logicalor 2271 0x08df | |
| 651 | partialderivative 2287 0x08ef | |
| 652 | function 2294 0x08f6 | |
| 653 | leftarrow 2299 0x08fb | |
| 654 | uparrow 2300 0x08fc | |
| 655 | rightarrow 2301 0x08fd | |
| 656 | downarrow 2302 0x08fe | |
| 657 | blank 2527 0x09df | |
| 658 | soliddiamond 2528 0x09e0 | |
| 659 | checkerboard 2529 0x09e1 | |
| 660 | ht 2530 0x09e2 | |
| 661 | ff 2531 0x09e3 | |
| 662 | cr 2532 0x09e4 | |
| 663 | lf 2533 0x09e5 | |
| 664 | nl 2536 0x09e8 | |
| 665 | vt 2537 0x09e9 | |
| 666 | lowrightcorner 2538 0x09ea | |
| 667 | uprightcorner 2539 0x09eb | |
| 668 | upleftcorner 2540 0x09ec | |
| 669 | lowleftcorner 2541 0x09ed | |
| 670 | crossinglines 2542 0x09ee | |
| 671 | horizlinescan1 2543 0x09ef | |
| 672 | horizlinescan3 2544 0x09f0 | |
| 673 | horizlinescan5 2545 0x09f1 | |
| 674 | horizlinescan7 2546 0x09f2 | |
| 675 | horizlinescan9 2547 0x09f3 | |
| 676 | leftt 2548 0x09f4 | |
| 677 | rightt 2549 0x09f5 | |
| 678 | bott 2550 0x09f6 | |
| 679 | topt 2551 0x09f7 | |
| 680 | vertbar 2552 0x09f8 | |
| 681 | emspace 2721 0x0aa1 | |
| 682 | enspace 2722 0x0aa2 | |
| 683 | em3space 2723 0x0aa3 | |
| 684 | em4space 2724 0x0aa4 | |
| 685 | digitspace 2725 0x0aa5 | |
| 686 | punctspace 2726 0x0aa6 | |
| 687 | thinspace 2727 0x0aa7 | |
| 688 | hairspace 2728 0x0aa8 | |
| 689 | emdash 2729 0x0aa9 | |
| 690 | endash 2730 0x0aaa | |
| 691 | signifblank 2732 0x0aac | |
| 692 | ellipsis 2734 0x0aae | |
| 693 | doubbaselinedot 2735 0x0aaf | |
| 694 | onethird 2736 0x0ab0 | |
| 695 | twothirds 2737 0x0ab1 | |
| 696 | onefifth 2738 0x0ab2 | |
| 697 | twofifths 2739 0x0ab3 | |
| 698 | threefifths 2740 0x0ab4 | |
| 699 | fourfifths 2741 0x0ab5 | |
| 700 | onesixth 2742 0x0ab6 | |
| 701 | fivesixths 2743 0x0ab7 | |
| 702 | careof 2744 0x0ab8 | |
| 703 | figdash 2747 0x0abb | |
| 704 | leftanglebracket 2748 0x0abc | |
| 705 | decimalpoint 2749 0x0abd | |
| 706 | rightanglebracket 2750 0x0abe | |
| 707 | marker 2751 0x0abf | |
| 708 | oneeighth 2755 0x0ac3 | |
| 709 | threeeighths 2756 0x0ac4 | |
| 710 | fiveeighths 2757 0x0ac5 | |
| 711 | seveneighths 2758 0x0ac6 | |
| 712 | trademark 2761 0x0ac9 | |
| 713 | signaturemark 2762 0x0aca | |
| 714 | trademarkincircle 2763 0x0acb | |
| 715 | leftopentriangle 2764 0x0acc | |
| 716 | rightopentriangle 2765 0x0acd | |
| 717 | emopencircle 2766 0x0ace | |
| 718 | emopenrectangle 2767 0x0acf | |
| 719 | leftsinglequotemark 2768 0x0ad0 | |
| 720 | rightsinglequotemark 2769 0x0ad1 | |
| 721 | leftdoublequotemark 2770 0x0ad2 | |
| 722 | rightdoublequotemark 2771 0x0ad3 | |
| 723 | prescription 2772 0x0ad4 | |
| 724 | minutes 2774 0x0ad6 | |
| 725 | seconds 2775 0x0ad7 | |
| 726 | latincross 2777 0x0ad9 | |
| 727 | hexagram 2778 0x0ada | |
| 728 | filledrectbullet 2779 0x0adb | |
| 729 | filledlefttribullet 2780 0x0adc | |
| 730 | filledrighttribullet 2781 0x0add | |
| 731 | emfilledcircle 2782 0x0ade | |
| 732 | emfilledrect 2783 0x0adf | |
| 733 | enopencircbullet 2784 0x0ae0 | |
| 734 | enopensquarebullet 2785 0x0ae1 | |
| 735 | openrectbullet 2786 0x0ae2 | |
| 736 | opentribulletup 2787 0x0ae3 | |
| 737 | opentribulletdown 2788 0x0ae4 | |
| 738 | openstar 2789 0x0ae5 | |
| 739 | enfilledcircbullet 2790 0x0ae6 | |
| 740 | enfilledsqbullet 2791 0x0ae7 | |
| 741 | filledtribulletup 2792 0x0ae8 | |
| 742 | filledtribulletdown 2793 0x0ae9 | |
| 743 | leftpointer 2794 0x0aea | |
| 744 | rightpointer 2795 0x0aeb | |
| 745 | club 2796 0x0aec | |
| 746 | diamond 2797 0x0aed | |
| 747 | heart 2798 0x0aee | |
| 748 | maltesecross 2800 0x0af0 | |
| 749 | dagger 2801 0x0af1 | |
| 750 | doubledagger 2802 0x0af2 | |
| 751 | checkmark 2803 0x0af3 | |
| 752 | ballotcross 2804 0x0af4 | |
| 753 | musicalsharp 2805 0x0af5 | |
| 754 | musicalflat 2806 0x0af6 | |
| 755 | malesymbol 2807 0x0af7 | |
| 756 | femalesymbol 2808 0x0af8 | |
| 757 | telephone 2809 0x0af9 | |
| 758 | telephonerecorder 2810 0x0afa | |
| 759 | phonographcopyright 2811 0x0afb | |
| 760 | caret 2812 0x0afc | |
| 761 | singlelowquotemark 2813 0x0afd | |
| 762 | doublelowquotemark 2814 0x0afe | |
| 763 | cursor 2815 0x0aff | |
| 764 | leftcaret 2979 0x0ba3 | |
| 765 | rightcaret 2982 0x0ba6 | |
| 766 | downcaret 2984 0x0ba8 | |
| 767 | upcaret 2985 0x0ba9 | |
| 768 | overbar 3008 0x0bc0 | |
| 769 | downtack 3010 0x0bc2 | |
| 770 | upshoe 3011 0x0bc3 | |
| 771 | downstile 3012 0x0bc4 | |
| 772 | underbar 3014 0x0bc6 | |
| 773 | jot 3018 0x0bca | |
| 774 | quad 3020 0x0bcc | |
| 775 | uptack 3022 0x0bce | |
| 776 | circle 3023 0x0bcf | |
| 777 | upstile 3027 0x0bd3 | |
| 778 | downshoe 3030 0x0bd6 | |
| 779 | rightshoe 3032 0x0bd8 | |
| 780 | leftshoe 3034 0x0bda | |
| 781 | lefttack 3036 0x0bdc | |
| 782 | righttack 3068 0x0bfc | |
| 783 | hebrew_aleph 3296 0x0ce0 | |
| 784 | hebrew_beth 3297 0x0ce1 | |
| 785 | hebrew_gimmel 3298 0x0ce2 | |
| 786 | hebrew_daleth 3299 0x0ce3 | |
| 787 | hebrew_he 3300 0x0ce4 | |
| 788 | hebrew_waw 3301 0x0ce5 | |
| 789 | hebrew_zayin 3302 0x0ce6 | |
| 790 | hebrew_het 3303 0x0ce7 | |
| 791 | hebrew_teth 3304 0x0ce8 | |
| 792 | hebrew_yod 3305 0x0ce9 | |
| 793 | hebrew_finalkaph 3306 0x0cea | |
| 794 | hebrew_kaph 3307 0x0ceb | |
| 795 | hebrew_lamed 3308 0x0cec | |
| 796 | hebrew_finalmem 3309 0x0ced | |
| 797 | hebrew_mem 3310 0x0cee | |
| 798 | hebrew_finalnun 3311 0x0cef | |
| 799 | hebrew_nun 3312 0x0cf0 | |
| 800 | hebrew_samekh 3313 0x0cf1 | |
| 801 | hebrew_ayin 3314 0x0cf2 | |
| 802 | hebrew_finalpe 3315 0x0cf3 | |
| 803 | hebrew_pe 3316 0x0cf4 | |
| 804 | hebrew_finalzadi 3317 0x0cf5 | |
| 805 | hebrew_zadi 3318 0x0cf6 | |
| 806 | hebrew_kuf 3319 0x0cf7 | |
| 807 | hebrew_resh 3320 0x0cf8 | |
| 808 | hebrew_shin 3321 0x0cf9 | |
| 809 | hebrew_taf 3322 0x0cfa | |
| 810 | BackSpace 65288 0xff08 | |
| 811 | Tab 65289 0xff09 | |
| 812 | Linefeed 65290 0xff0a | |
| 813 | Clear 65291 0xff0b | |
| 814 | Return 65293 0xff0d | |
| 815 | Pause 65299 0xff13 | |
| 816 | Scroll_Lock 65300 0xff14 | |
| 817 | Sys_Req 65301 0xff15 | |
| 818 | Escape 65307 0xff1b | |
| 819 | Multi_key 65312 0xff20 | |
| 820 | Kanji 65313 0xff21 | |
| 821 | Home 65360 0xff50 | |
| 822 | Left 65361 0xff51 | |
| 823 | Up 65362 0xff52 | |
| 824 | Right 65363 0xff53 | |
| 825 | Down 65364 0xff54 | |
| 826 | Prior 65365 0xff55 | |
| 827 | Next 65366 0xff56 | |
| 828 | End 65367 0xff57 | |
| 829 | Begin 65368 0xff58 | |
| 830 | Win_L 65371 0xff5b | |
| 831 | Win_R 65372 0xff5c | |
| 637 | lessthanequal 2236 0x8BC | |
| 638 | notequal 2237 0x8BD | |
| 639 | greaterthanequal 2238 0x8BE | |
| 640 | integral 2239 0x8BF | |
| 641 | therefore 2240 0x8C0 | |
| 642 | variation 2241 0x8C1 | |
| 643 | infinity 2242 0x8C2 | |
| 644 | nabla 2245 0x8C5 | |
| 645 | approximate 2248 0x8C8 | |
| 646 | similarequal 2249 0x8C9 | |
| 647 | ifonlyif 2253 0x8CD | |
| 648 | implies 2254 0x8CE | |
| 649 | identical 2255 0x8CF | |
| 650 | radical 2262 0x8D6 | |
| 651 | includedin 2266 0x8DA | |
| 652 | includes 2267 0x8DB | |
| 653 | intersection 2268 0x8DC | |
| 654 | union 2269 0x8DD | |
| 655 | logicaland 2270 0x8DE | |
| 656 | logicalor 2271 0x8DF | |
| 657 | partialderivative 2287 0x8EF | |
| 658 | function 2294 0x8F6 | |
| 659 | leftarrow 2299 0x8FB | |
| 660 | uparrow 2300 0x8FC | |
| 661 | rightarrow 2301 0x8FD | |
| 662 | downarrow 2302 0x8FE | |
| 663 | blank 2527 0x9DF | |
| 664 | soliddiamond 2528 0x9E0 | |
| 665 | checkerboard 2529 0x9E1 | |
| 666 | ht 2530 0x9E2 | |
| 667 | ff 2531 0x9E3 | |
| 668 | cr 2532 0x9E4 | |
| 669 | lf 2533 0x9E5 | |
| 670 | nl 2536 0x9E8 | |
| 671 | vt 2537 0x9E9 | |
| 672 | lowrightcorner 2538 0x9EA | |
| 673 | uprightcorner 2539 0x9EB | |
| 674 | upleftcorner 2540 0x9EC | |
| 675 | lowleftcorner 2541 0x9ED | |
| 676 | crossinglines 2542 0x9EE | |
| 677 | horizlinescan1 2543 0x9EF | |
| 678 | horizlinescan3 2544 0x9F0 | |
| 679 | horizlinescan5 2545 0x9F1 | |
| 680 | horizlinescan7 2546 0x9F2 | |
| 681 | horizlinescan9 2547 0x9F3 | |
| 682 | leftt 2548 0x9F4 | |
| 683 | rightt 2549 0x9F5 | |
| 684 | bott 2550 0x9F6 | |
| 685 | topt 2551 0x9F7 | |
| 686 | vertbar 2552 0x9F8 | |
| 687 | emspace 2721 0xAA1 | |
| 688 | enspace 2722 0xAA2 | |
| 689 | em3space 2723 0xAA3 | |
| 690 | em4space 2724 0xAA4 | |
| 691 | digitspace 2725 0xAA5 | |
| 692 | punctspace 2726 0xAA6 | |
| 693 | thinspace 2727 0xAA7 | |
| 694 | hairspace 2728 0xAA8 | |
| 695 | emdash 2729 0xAA9 | |
| 696 | endash 2730 0xAAA | |
| 697 | signifblank 2732 0xAAC | |
| 698 | ellipsis 2734 0xAAE | |
| 699 | doubbaselinedot 2735 0xAAF | |
| 700 | onethird 2736 0xAB0 | |
| 701 | twothirds 2737 0xAB1 | |
| 702 | onefifth 2738 0xAB2 | |
| 703 | twofifths 2739 0xAB3 | |
| 704 | threefifths 2740 0xAB4 | |
| 705 | fourfifths 2741 0xAB5 | |
| 706 | onesixth 2742 0xAB6 | |
| 707 | fivesixths 2743 0xAB7 | |
| 708 | careof 2744 0xAB8 | |
| 709 | figdash 2747 0xABB | |
| 710 | leftanglebracket 2748 0xABC | |
| 711 | decimalpoint 2749 0xABD | |
| 712 | rightanglebracket 2750 0xABE | |
| 713 | marker 2751 0xABF | |
| 714 | oneeighth 2755 0xAC3 | |
| 715 | threeeighths 2756 0xAC4 | |
| 716 | fiveeighths 2757 0xAC5 | |
| 717 | seveneighths 2758 0xAC6 | |
| 718 | trademark 2761 0xAC9 | |
| 719 | signaturemark 2762 0xACA | |
| 720 | trademarkincircle 2763 0xACB | |
| 721 | leftopentriangle 2764 0xACC | |
| 722 | rightopentriangle 2765 0xACD | |
| 723 | emopencircle 2766 0xACE | |
| 724 | emopenrectangle 2767 0xACF | |
| 725 | leftsinglequotemark 2768 0xAD0 | |
| 726 | rightsinglequotemark 2769 0xAD1 | |
| 727 | leftdoublequotemark 2770 0xAD2 | |
| 728 | rightdoublequotemark 2771 0xAD3 | |
| 729 | prescription 2772 0xAD4 | |
| 730 | minutes 2774 0xAD6 | |
| 731 | seconds 2775 0xAD7 | |
| 732 | latincross 2777 0xAD9 | |
| 733 | hexagram 2778 0xADA | |
| 734 | filledrectbullet 2779 0xADB | |
| 735 | filledlefttribullet 2780 0xADC | |
| 736 | filledrighttribullet 2781 0xADD | |
| 737 | emfilledcircle 2782 0xADE | |
| 738 | emfilledrect 2783 0xADF | |
| 739 | enopencircbullet 2784 0xAE0 | |
| 740 | enopensquarebullet 2785 0xAE1 | |
| 741 | openrectbullet 2786 0xAE2 | |
| 742 | opentribulletup 2787 0xAE3 | |
| 743 | opentribulletdown 2788 0xAE4 | |
| 744 | openstar 2789 0xAE5 | |
| 745 | enfilledcircbullet 2790 0xAE6 | |
| 746 | enfilledsqbullet 2791 0xAE7 | |
| 747 | filledtribulletup 2792 0xAE8 | |
| 748 | filledtribulletdown 2793 0xAE9 | |
| 749 | leftpointer 2794 0xAEA | |
| 750 | rightpointer 2795 0xAEB | |
| 751 | club 2796 0xAEC | |
| 752 | diamond 2797 0xAED | |
| 753 | heart 2798 0xAEE | |
| 754 | maltesecross 2800 0xAF0 | |
| 755 | dagger 2801 0xAF1 | |
| 756 | doubledagger 2802 0xAF2 | |
| 757 | checkmark 2803 0xAF3 | |
| 758 | ballotcross 2804 0xAF4 | |
| 759 | musicalsharp 2805 0xAF5 | |
| 760 | musicalflat 2806 0xAF6 | |
| 761 | malesymbol 2807 0xAF7 | |
| 762 | femalesymbol 2808 0xAF8 | |
| 763 | telephone 2809 0xAF9 | |
| 764 | telephonerecorder 2810 0xAFA | |
| 765 | phonographcopyright 2811 0xAFB | |
| 766 | caret 2812 0xAFC | |
| 767 | singlelowquotemark 2813 0xAFD | |
| 768 | doublelowquotemark 2814 0xAFE | |
| 769 | cursor 2815 0xAFF | |
| 770 | leftcaret 2979 0xBA3 | |
| 771 | rightcaret 2982 0xBA6 | |
| 772 | downcaret 2984 0xBA8 | |
| 773 | upcaret 2985 0xBA9 | |
| 774 | overbar 3008 0xBC0 | |
| 775 | downtack 3010 0xBC2 | |
| 776 | upshoe 3011 0xBC3 | |
| 777 | downstile 3012 0xBC4 | |
| 778 | underbar 3014 0xBC6 | |
| 779 | jot 3018 0xBCA | |
| 780 | quad 3020 0xBCC | |
| 781 | uptack 3022 0xBCE | |
| 782 | circle 3023 0xBCF | |
| 783 | upstile 3027 0xBD3 | |
| 784 | downshoe 3030 0xBD6 | |
| 785 | rightshoe 3032 0xBD8 | |
| 786 | leftshoe 3034 0xBDA | |
| 787 | lefttack 3036 0xBDC | |
| 788 | righttack 3068 0xBFC | |
| 789 | hebrew_doublelowline 3295 0xCDF | |
| 790 | hebrew_aleph 3296 0xCE0 | |
| 791 | hebrew_bet 3297 0xCE1 | |
| 792 | hebrew_gimel 3298 0xCE2 | |
| 793 | hebrew_dalet 3299 0xCE3 | |
| 794 | hebrew_he 3300 0xCE4 | |
| 795 | hebrew_waw 3301 0xCE5 | |
| 796 | hebrew_zain 3302 0xCE6 | |
| 797 | hebrew_chet 3303 0xCE7 | |
| 798 | hebrew_tet 3304 0xCE8 | |
| 799 | hebrew_yod 3305 0xCE9 | |
| 800 | hebrew_finalkaph 3306 0xCEA | |
| 801 | hebrew_kaph 3307 0xCEB | |
| 802 | hebrew_lamed 3308 0xCEC | |
| 803 | hebrew_finalmem 3309 0xCED | |
| 804 | hebrew_mem 3310 0xCEE | |
| 805 | hebrew_finalnun 3311 0xCEF | |
| 806 | hebrew_nun 3312 0xCF0 | |
| 807 | hebrew_samech 3313 0xCF1 | |
| 808 | hebrew_ayin 3314 0xCF2 | |
| 809 | hebrew_finalpe 3315 0xCF3 | |
| 810 | hebrew_pe 3316 0xCF4 | |
| 811 | hebrew_finalzade 3317 0xCF5 | |
| 812 | hebrew_zade 3318 0xCF6 | |
| 813 | hebrew_qoph 3319 0xCF7 | |
| 814 | hebrew_resh 3320 0xCF8 | |
| 815 | hebrew_shin 3321 0xCF9 | |
| 816 | hebrew_taw 3322 0xCFA | |
| 817 | BackSpace 65288 0xFF08 | |
| 818 | Tab 65289 0xFF09 | |
| 819 | Linefeed 65290 0xFF0A | |
| 820 | Clear 65291 0xFF0B | |
| 821 | Return 65293 0xFF0D | |
| 822 | Pause 65299 0xFF13 | |
| 823 | Scroll_Lock 65300 0xFF14 | |
| 824 | Sys_Req 65301 0xFF15 | |
| 825 | Escape 65307 0xFF1B | |
| 826 | Multi_key 65312 0xFF20 | |
| 827 | Kanji 65313 0xFF21 | |
| 828 | Muhenkan 65314 0xFF22 | |
| 829 | Henkan_Mode 65315 0xFF23 | |
| 830 | Romaji 65316 0xFF24 | |
| 831 | Hiragana 65317 0xFF25 | |
| 832 | Katakana 65318 0xFF26 | |
| 833 | Hiragana_Katakana 65319 0xFF27 | |
| 834 | Zenkaku 65320 0xFF28 | |
| 835 | Hankaku 65321 0xFF29 | |
| 836 | Zenkaku_Hankaku 65322 0xFF2A | |
| 837 | Touroku 65323 0xFF2B | |
| 838 | Massyo 65324 0xFF2C | |
| 839 | Kana_Lock 65325 0xFF2D | |
| 840 | Kana_Shift 65326 0xFF2E | |
| 841 | Eisu_Shift 65327 0xFF2F | |
| 842 | Eisu_toggle 65328 0xFF30 | |
| 843 | Home 65360 0xFF50 | |
| 844 | Left 65361 0xFF51 | |
| 845 | Up 65362 0xFF52 | |
| 846 | Right 65363 0xFF53 | |
| 847 | Down 65364 0xFF54 | |
| 848 | Prior 65365 0xFF55 | |
| 849 | Next 65366 0xFF56 | |
| 850 | End 65367 0xFF57 | |
| 851 | Begin 65368 0xFF58 | |
| 852 | Win_L 65371 0xFF5B | |
| 853 | Win_R 65372 0xFF5C | |
| 832 | 854 | .CE |
| 833 | 855 | .CS |
| 834 | App 65373 0xff5d | |
| 835 | Select 65376 0xff60 | |
| 836 | Print 65377 0xff61 | |
| 837 | Execute 65378 0xff62 | |
| 838 | Insert 65379 0xff63 | |
| 839 | Undo 65381 0xff65 | |
| 840 | Redo 65382 0xff66 | |
| 841 | Menu 65383 0xff67 | |
| 842 | Find 65384 0xff68 | |
| 843 | Cancel 65385 0xff69 | |
| 844 | Help 65386 0xff6a | |
| 845 | Break 65387 0xff6b | |
| 846 | Hebrew_switch 65406 0xff7e | |
| 847 | Num_Lock 65407 0xff7f | |
| 848 | KP_Space 65408 0xff80 | |
| 849 | KP_Tab 65417 0xff89 | |
| 850 | KP_Enter 65421 0xff8d | |
| 851 | KP_F1 65425 0xff91 | |
| 852 | KP_F2 65426 0xff92 | |
| 853 | KP_F3 65427 0xff93 | |
| 854 | KP_F4 65428 0xff94 | |
| 855 | KP_Multiply 65450 0xffaa | |
| 856 | KP_Add 65451 0xffab | |
| 857 | KP_Separator 65452 0xffac | |
| 858 | KP_Subtract 65453 0xffad | |
| 859 | KP_Decimal 65454 0xffae | |
| 860 | KP_Divide 65455 0xffaf | |
| 861 | KP_0 65456 0xffb0 | |
| 862 | KP_1 65457 0xffb1 | |
| 863 | KP_2 65458 0xffb2 | |
| 864 | KP_3 65459 0xffb3 | |
| 865 | KP_4 65460 0xffb4 | |
| 866 | KP_5 65461 0xffb5 | |
| 867 | KP_6 65462 0xffb6 | |
| 868 | KP_7 65463 0xffb7 | |
| 869 | KP_8 65464 0xffb8 | |
| 870 | KP_9 65465 0xffb9 | |
| 871 | KP_Equal 65469 0xffbd | |
| 872 | F1 65470 0xffbe | |
| 873 | F2 65471 0xffbf | |
| 874 | F3 65472 0xffc0 | |
| 875 | F4 65473 0xffc1 | |
| 876 | F5 65474 0xffc2 | |
| 877 | F6 65475 0xffc3 | |
| 878 | F7 65476 0xffc4 | |
| 879 | F8 65477 0xffc5 | |
| 880 | F9 65478 0xffc6 | |
| 881 | F10 65479 0xffc7 | |
| 882 | L1 65480 0xffc8 | |
| 883 | L2 65481 0xffc9 | |
| 884 | L3 65482 0xffca | |
| 885 | L4 65483 0xffcb | |
| 886 | L5 65484 0xffcc | |
| 887 | L6 65485 0xffcd | |
| 888 | L7 65486 0xffce | |
| 889 | L8 65487 0xffcf | |
| 890 | L9 65488 0xffd0 | |
| 891 | L10 65489 0xffd1 | |
| 892 | R1 65490 0xffd2 | |
| 893 | R2 65491 0xffd3 | |
| 894 | R3 65492 0xffd4 | |
| 895 | R4 65493 0xffd5 | |
| 896 | R5 65494 0xffd6 | |
| 897 | R6 65495 0xffd7 | |
| 898 | R7 65496 0xffd8 | |
| 899 | R8 65497 0xffd9 | |
| 900 | R9 65498 0xffda | |
| 901 | R10 65499 0xffdb | |
| 902 | R11 65500 0xffdc | |
| 903 | R12 65501 0xffdd | |
| 904 | F33 65502 0xffde | |
| 905 | R14 65503 0xffdf | |
| 906 | R15 65504 0xffe0 | |
| 907 | Shift_L 65505 0xffe1 | |
| 908 | Shift_R 65506 0xffe2 | |
| 909 | Control_L 65507 0xffe3 | |
| 910 | Control_R 65508 0xffe4 | |
| 911 | Caps_Lock 65509 0xffe5 | |
| 912 | Shift_Lock 65510 0xffe6 | |
| 913 | Meta_L 65511 0xffe7 | |
| 914 | Meta_R 65512 0xffe8 | |
| 915 | Alt_L 65513 0xffe9 | |
| 916 | Alt_R 65514 0xffea | |
| 917 | Super_L 65515 0xffeb | |
| 918 | Super_R 65516 0xffec | |
| 919 | Hyper_L 65517 0xffed | |
| 920 | Hyper_R 65518 0xffee | |
| 921 | Delete 65535 0xffff | |
| 856 | App 65373 0xFF5D | |
| 857 | Select 65376 0xFF60 | |
| 858 | Print 65377 0xFF61 | |
| 859 | Execute 65378 0xFF62 | |
| 860 | Insert 65379 0xFF63 | |
| 861 | Undo 65381 0xFF65 | |
| 862 | Redo 65382 0xFF66 | |
| 863 | Menu 65383 0xFF67 | |
| 864 | Find 65384 0xFF68 | |
| 865 | Cancel 65385 0xFF69 | |
| 866 | Help 65386 0xFF6A | |
| 867 | Break 65387 0xFF6B | |
| 868 | Mode_switch 65406 0xFF7E | |
| 869 | Num_Lock 65407 0xFF7F | |
| 870 | KP_Space 65408 0xFF80 | |
| 871 | KP_Tab 65417 0xFF89 | |
| 872 | KP_Enter 65421 0xFF8D | |
| 873 | KP_F1 65425 0xFF91 | |
| 874 | KP_F2 65426 0xFF92 | |
| 875 | KP_F3 65427 0xFF93 | |
| 876 | KP_F4 65428 0xFF94 | |
| 877 | KP_Home 65429 0xFF95 | |
| 878 | KP_Left 65430 0xFF96 | |
| 879 | KP_Up 65431 0xFF97 | |
| 880 | KP_Right 65432 0xFF98 | |
| 881 | KP_Down 65433 0xFF99 | |
| 882 | KP_Prior 65434 0xFF9A | |
| 883 | KP_Next 65435 0xFF9B | |
| 884 | KP_End 65436 0xFF9C | |
| 885 | KP_Begin 65437 0xFF9D | |
| 886 | KP_Insert 65438 0xFF9E | |
| 887 | KP_Delete 65439 0xFF9F | |
| 888 | KP_Multiply 65450 0xFFAA | |
| 889 | KP_Add 65451 0xFFAB | |
| 890 | KP_Separator 65452 0xFFAC | |
| 891 | KP_Subtract 65453 0xFFAD | |
| 892 | KP_Decimal 65454 0xFFAE | |
| 893 | KP_Divide 65455 0xFFAF | |
| 894 | KP_0 65456 0xFFB0 | |
| 895 | KP_1 65457 0xFFB1 | |
| 896 | KP_2 65458 0xFFB2 | |
| 897 | KP_3 65459 0xFFB3 | |
| 898 | KP_4 65460 0xFFB4 | |
| 899 | KP_5 65461 0xFFB5 | |
| 900 | KP_6 65462 0xFFB6 | |
| 901 | KP_7 65463 0xFFB7 | |
| 902 | KP_8 65464 0xFFB8 | |
| 903 | KP_9 65465 0xFFB9 | |
| 904 | KP_Equal 65469 0xFFBD | |
| 905 | F1 65470 0xFFBE | |
| 906 | F2 65471 0xFFBF | |
| 907 | F3 65472 0xFFC0 | |
| 908 | F4 65473 0xFFC1 | |
| 909 | F5 65474 0xFFC2 | |
| 910 | F6 65475 0xFFC3 | |
| 911 | F7 65476 0xFFC4 | |
| 912 | F8 65477 0xFFC5 | |
| 913 | F9 65478 0xFFC6 | |
| 914 | F10 65479 0xFFC7 | |
| 915 | F11 65480 0xFFC8 | |
| 916 | F12 65481 0xFFC9 | |
| 917 | F13 65482 0xFFCA | |
| 918 | F14 65483 0xFFCB | |
| 919 | F15 65484 0xFFCC | |
| 920 | F16 65485 0xFFCD | |
| 921 | F17 65486 0xFFCE | |
| 922 | F18 65487 0xFFCF | |
| 923 | F19 65488 0xFFD0 | |
| 924 | F20 65489 0xFFD1 | |
| 925 | F21 65490 0xFFD2 | |
| 926 | F22 65491 0xFFD3 | |
| 927 | F23 65492 0xFFD4 | |
| 928 | F24 65493 0xFFD5 | |
| 929 | F25 65494 0xFFD6 | |
| 930 | F26 65495 0xFFD7 | |
| 931 | F27 65496 0xFFD8 | |
| 932 | F28 65497 0xFFD9 | |
| 933 | F29 65498 0xFFDA | |
| 934 | F30 65499 0xFFDB | |
| 935 | F31 65500 0xFFDC | |
| 936 | F32 65501 0xFFDD | |
| 937 | F33 65502 0xFFDE | |
| 938 | F34 65503 0xFFDF | |
| 939 | F35 65504 0xFFE0 | |
| 940 | Shift_L 65505 0xFFE1 | |
| 941 | Shift_R 65506 0xFFE2 | |
| 942 | Control_L 65507 0xFFE3 | |
| 943 | Control_R 65508 0xFFE4 | |
| 944 | Caps_Lock 65509 0xFFE5 | |
| 945 | Shift_Lock 65510 0xFFE6 | |
| 946 | Meta_L 65511 0xFFE7 | |
| 947 | Meta_R 65512 0xFFE8 | |
| 948 | Alt_L 65513 0xFFE9 | |
| 949 | Alt_R 65514 0xFFEA | |
| 950 | Super_L 65515 0xFFEB | |
| 951 | Super_R 65516 0xFFEC | |
| 952 | Hyper_L 65517 0xFFED | |
| 953 | Hyper_R 65518 0xFFEE | |
| 954 | Delete 65535 0xFFFF | |
| 922 | 955 | XF86AudioLowerVolume 269025041 0x1008FF11 |
| 923 | 956 | XF86AudioMute 269025042 0x1008FF12 |
| 924 | 957 | XF86AudioRaiseVolume 269025043 0x1008FF13 |
| 263 | 263 | menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in |
| 264 | 264 | the menu are provided by Mac OS X, and the names of the current |
| 265 | 265 | toplevels are automatically appended after all the Tk-defined items and |
| 266 | a separator. | |
| 266 | a separator. The Window menu on the Mac also allows toggling the | |
| 267 | window into a fullscreen state, and managing a tabbed window interface | |
| 268 | (multiple windows grouped into a single window) if supported by that | |
| 269 | version of the operating system. | |
| 267 | 270 | .PP |
| 268 | 271 | When Tk sees a .menubar.help menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents |
| 269 | 272 | are appended to the standard Help menu of the user's menubar whenever |
| 466 | 469 | bindings normally take care of this before invoking the \fBinvoke\fR |
| 467 | 470 | widget command. |
| 468 | 471 | .TP |
| 469 | \fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR | |
| 472 | \fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR ?\fIindex\fR? | |
| 470 | 473 | . |
| 471 | 474 | Arrange for the menu to be displayed on the screen at the root-window |
| 472 | coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR. These coordinates are | |
| 473 | adjusted if necessary to guarantee that the entire menu is visible on | |
| 474 | the screen. This command normally returns an empty string. | |
| 475 | If the \fB\-postcommand\fR option has been specified, then its value is | |
| 476 | executed as a Tcl script before posting the menu and the result of | |
| 477 | that script is returned as the result of the \fBpost\fR widget | |
| 478 | command. | |
| 479 | If an error returns while executing the command, then the error is | |
| 480 | returned without posting the menu. | |
| 475 | coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR. If an index is specified | |
| 476 | the menu will be located so that the entry with that index is | |
| 477 | displayed at the point. These coordinates are adjusted if necessary to | |
| 478 | guarantee that the entire menu is visible on the screen. This command | |
| 479 | normally returns an empty string. If the \fB\-postcommand\fR option | |
| 480 | has been specified, then its value is executed as a Tcl script before | |
| 481 | posting the menu and the result of that script is returned as the | |
| 482 | result of the \fBpost\fR widget command. If an error returns while | |
| 483 | executing the command, then the error is returned without posting the | |
| 484 | menu. | |
| 481 | 485 | .TP |
| 482 | 486 | \fIpathName \fBpostcascade \fIindex\fR |
| 483 | 487 | . |
| 330 | 330 | (rightmost or bottommost) pane in the window. |
| 331 | 331 | .PP |
| 332 | 332 | Unlike slave windows managed by e.g. pack or grid, the panes managed by a |
| 333 | panedwindow do not change width or height to accomodate changes in the | |
| 333 | panedwindow do not change width or height to accommodate changes in the | |
| 334 | 334 | requested widths or heights of the panes, once these have become mapped. |
| 335 | 335 | Therefore it may be advisable, particularly when creating layouts |
| 336 | 336 | interactively, to not add a pane to the panedwindow widget until after the |
| 54 | 54 | .OP \-resolution resolution Resolution |
| 55 | 55 | A real value specifying the resolution for the scale. |
| 56 | 56 | If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be |
| 57 | rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will tick marks and | |
| 57 | rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will | |
| 58 | 58 | the endpoints of the scale. If the value is less than zero then no |
| 59 | 59 | rounding occurs. Defaults to 1 (i.e., the value will be integral). |
| 60 | 60 | .OP \-showvalue showValue ShowValue |
| 77 | 77 | .OP \-tickinterval tickInterval TickInterval |
| 78 | 78 | Must be a real value. |
| 79 | 79 | Determines the spacing between numerical |
| 80 | tick marks displayed below or to the left of the slider. | |
| 80 | tick marks displayed below or to the left of the slider. The values will all be displayed with the same number of decimal places, which will be enough to ensure they are all accurate to within 20% of a tick interval. | |
| 81 | 81 | If 0, no tick marks will be displayed. |
| 82 | 82 | .OP \-to to To |
| 83 | 83 | Specifies a real value corresponding |
| 12 | 12 | tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk |
| 13 | 13 | .SH SYNOPSIS |
| 14 | 14 | .nf |
| 15 | \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR | |
| 16 | \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR | |
| 15 | 17 | \fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR |
| 16 | 18 | \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR |
| 17 | 19 | \fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR |
| 21 | 23 | \fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR |
| 22 | 24 | \fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR |
| 23 | 25 | \fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR |
| 26 | \fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR | |
| 27 | \fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR | |
| 28 | \fB::tk::mac::GetAppPath\fR | |
| 24 | 29 | |
| 25 | 30 | \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR |
| 26 | 31 | |
| 29 | 34 | \fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR |
| 30 | 35 | \fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR |
| 31 | 36 | |
| 37 | ||
| 32 | 38 | \fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR |
| 33 | 39 | .fi |
| 34 | 40 | .BE |
| 38 | 44 | events that applications should respond to. These events are mapped by Tk to |
| 39 | 45 | calls to commands in the \fB::tk::mac\fR namespace; unless otherwise noted, if |
| 40 | 46 | the command is absent, no action will be taken. |
| 47 | .TP | |
| 48 | \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptFile\fR | |
| 49 | . | |
| 50 | The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command | |
| 51 | executes a Tcl file when an AppleScript sends a | |
| 52 | .QW "do script" | |
| 53 | command to Wish with a file path as a parameter. | |
| 54 | .TP | |
| 55 | \fB::tk::mac::DoScriptText\fR | |
| 56 | . | |
| 57 | The default Apple Event handler for AEDoScriptHandler. This command | |
| 58 | executes Tcl code when an AppleScript sends a | |
| 59 | .QW "do script" | |
| 60 | command to Wish with Tcl code or a Tcl procedure as a parameter. | |
| 41 | 61 | .TP |
| 42 | 62 | \fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR |
| 43 | 63 | . |
| 60 | 80 | \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR |
| 61 | 81 | . |
| 62 | 82 | If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application |
| 63 | is intially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for | |
| 83 | is initially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for | |
| 64 | 84 | kAEOpenApplication, |
| 65 | 85 | .QW oapp . |
| 66 | 86 | .TP |
| 109 | 129 | If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for |
| 110 | 130 | kAEPrintDocuments, |
| 111 | 131 | .QW pdoc , |
| 112 | the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print one or more | |
| 113 | documents (e.g., via the Print menu item in the Finder). It works the same | |
| 114 | way as \fBtk::mac::OpenDocument\fR in terms of arguments. | |
| 132 | the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print a | |
| 133 | document. It takes a single absolute file path as an argument. | |
| 115 | 134 | .TP |
| 116 | 135 | \fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR |
| 117 | 136 | . |
| 140 | 159 | platform-specific standard Help menu item |
| 141 | 160 | .QW "YourApp Help" |
| 142 | 161 | performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the |
| 143 | application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). | |
| 162 | application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is | |
| 163 | set). | |
| 164 | .TP | |
| 165 | \fB::tk::mac::PerformService\fR | |
| 166 | . | |
| 167 | Executes a Tcl procedure called from the macOS | |
| 168 | .QW Services | |
| 169 | menu in the Application menu item. The | |
| 170 | .QW Services | |
| 171 | menu item allows for inter-application communication; data from one | |
| 172 | application, such as selected text, can be sent to another application | |
| 173 | for processing, for example to Safari as a search item for Google, or | |
| 174 | to TextEdit to be appended to a file. An example of the proc is below, | |
| 175 | and should be rewritten in an application script for customization: | |
| 176 | .RS | |
| 177 | .PP | |
| 178 | .CS | |
| 179 | proc ::tk::mac::PerformService {} { | |
| 180 | set data [clipboard get] | |
| 181 | $w insert end $data | |
| 182 | } | |
| 183 | .CE | |
| 184 | .RE | |
| 185 | Note that the mechanism for retrieving the data is from the clipboard; | |
| 186 | there is no other supported way to obtain the data. If the Services | |
| 187 | process is not desired, the NSServices keys can be deleted from | |
| 188 | the application's Info.plist file. The underlying code supporting this | |
| 189 | command also allows the text, entry and ttk::entry widgets to access | |
| 190 | services from other applications via the Services menu. The NSPortName | |
| 191 | key in Wish's Info.plist file is currently set as | |
| 192 | .QW "Wish" | |
| 193 | ; if a developer changes the name of the Wish executable to something | |
| 194 | else, this key should be modified with the same name. | |
| 195 | .TP | |
| 196 | \fB::tk::mac::LaunchURL \fIURL...\fR | |
| 197 | . | |
| 198 | If defined, launches a URL within Tk. This would be used if a Tk | |
| 199 | application wants to handle a URL itself, such as displaying data from | |
| 200 | an RSS feed, rather than launching a default application to handle the | |
| 201 | URL, although it can defined as such. Wish includes a stub URL scheme | |
| 202 | of | |
| 203 | .QW foo:// | |
| 204 | in the CFBundleURLSchemes key of its Info.plist file; this should be customized for the specific URL | |
| 205 | scheme the developer wants to support. | |
| 206 | .TP | |
| 207 | \fB::tk::mac::GetAppPath\fR | |
| 208 | . | |
| 209 | Returns the current applications's file path. | |
| 210 | .TP | |
| 211 | ||
| 212 | ||
| 144 | 213 | .SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS" |
| 145 | 214 | .PP |
| 146 | 215 | The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should |
| 103 | 103 | and relief. The \fBtoplevel\fR command returns the |
| 104 | 104 | path name of the new window. |
| 105 | 105 | .PP |
| 106 | A toplevel is similar to a frame except that it is created as a | |
| 106 | A toplevel is similar to a \fBframe\fR except that it is created as a | |
| 107 | 107 | top-level window: its X parent is the root window of a screen |
| 108 | rather than the logical parent from its path name. The primary | |
| 108 | rather than the logical parent from its Tk path name. The primary | |
| 109 | 109 | purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes |
| 110 | 110 | and other collections of widgets. The only visible features |
| 111 | 111 | of a toplevel are its background color and an optional 3-D border |
| 116 | 116 | name is the same as the path name of the toplevel's window. This |
| 117 | 117 | command may be used to invoke various |
| 118 | 118 | operations on the widget. It has the following general form: |
| 119 | .PP | |
| 119 | 120 | .CS |
| 120 | 121 | \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? |
| 121 | 122 | .CE |
| 123 | .PP | |
| 122 | 124 | \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as |
| 123 | 125 | the toplevel widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs |
| 124 | 126 | determine the exact behavior of the command. The following |
| 125 | 127 | commands are possible for toplevel widgets: |
| 126 | 128 | .TP |
| 127 | 129 | \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR |
| 130 | . | |
| 128 | 131 | Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| 129 | 132 | by \fIoption\fR. |
| 130 | 133 | \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR |
| 131 | 134 | command. |
| 132 | 135 | .TP |
| 133 | 136 | \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? |
| 137 | . | |
| 134 | 138 | Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. |
| 135 | 139 | If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of |
| 136 | 140 | the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for |
| 147 | 151 | .PP |
| 148 | 152 | When a new toplevel is created, it has no default event bindings: |
| 149 | 153 | toplevels are not intended to be interactive. |
| 154 | .PP | |
| 155 | Be aware that bindings on toplevels may receive events from subwidgets. | |
| 150 | 156 | .SH "SEE ALSO" |
| 151 | frame(n) | |
| 157 | bind(n), bindtags(n), frame(n), wm(n) | |
| 152 | 158 | .SH KEYWORDS |
| 153 | 159 | toplevel, widget |
| 154 | 160 | '\" Local Variables: |
| 211 | 211 | .PP |
| 212 | 212 | \fBTtk_GetBorderFromObj\fR is the same as \fBTtk_GetPaddingFromObj\fR |
| 213 | 213 | except that the lengths are specified as integers |
| 214 | (i.e., resolution-dependant values like \fI3m\fR are not allowed). | |
| 214 | (i.e., resolution-dependent values like \fI3m\fR are not allowed). | |
| 215 | 215 | .PP |
| 216 | 216 | \fBTtk_GetStickyFromObj\fR converts the string in \fIobjPtr\fR |
| 217 | 217 | to a \fIsticky\fR bitmask. The string contains zero or more |
| 71 | 71 | .br |
| 72 | 72 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 73 | 73 | .br |
| 74 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 75 | .br | |
| 74 | 76 | \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 75 | 77 | .br |
| 76 | 78 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 79 | 79 | .PP |
| 80 | 80 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 81 | 81 | .br |
| 82 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 83 | .br | |
| 82 | 84 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 83 | 85 | .br |
| 84 | 86 | \fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 66 | 66 | .TP |
| 67 | 67 | \fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR? |
| 68 | 68 | If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value |
| 69 | to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR. | |
| 69 | to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR | |
| 70 | (in addition to integers, the \fBend\fR index is supported and indicates | |
| 71 | the last element of the list). | |
| 70 | 72 | Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of |
| 71 | 73 | \fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list. |
| 72 | 74 | .TP |
| 123 | 125 | .PP |
| 124 | 126 | \fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 125 | 127 | .br |
| 128 | \fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP | |
| 129 | .br | |
| 126 | 130 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 127 | 131 | .br |
| 128 | 132 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 221 | 221 | Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds. |
| 222 | 222 | Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly. |
| 223 | 223 | See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details. |
| 224 | .TP | |
| 225 | \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR | |
| 226 | This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the | |
| 227 | text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following | |
| 228 | forms: | |
| 229 | .RS | |
| 230 | .TP | |
| 231 | \fIpathName \fBxview\fR | |
| 232 | Returns a list containing two elements. | |
| 233 | Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe | |
| 234 | the horizontal span that is visible in the window. | |
| 235 | For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, | |
| 236 | 20% of the entry's text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible | |
| 237 | in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right. | |
| 238 | These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR | |
| 239 | option. | |
| 240 | .TP | |
| 241 | \fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR | |
| 242 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character given by \fIindex\fR | |
| 243 | is displayed at the left edge of the window. | |
| 244 | .TP | |
| 245 | \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR | |
| 246 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the | |
| 247 | way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. | |
| 248 | \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. | |
| 249 | .TP | |
| 250 | \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR | |
| 251 | This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to | |
| 252 | \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | |
| 253 | \fINumber\fR must be an integer. | |
| 254 | \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. | |
| 255 | '\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that. | |
| 256 | If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by | |
| 257 | \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is | |
| 258 | \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. | |
| 259 | If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left | |
| 260 | become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right | |
| 261 | become visible. | |
| 262 | .RE | |
| 263 | 224 | .PP |
| 264 | 225 | The entry widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR |
| 265 | 226 | widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details): |
| 266 | 227 | .DS |
| 267 | 228 | .ta 5.5c 11c |
| 268 | 229 | \fBcget\fR \fBconfigure\fR \fBidentify\fR |
| 269 | \fBinstate\fR \fBstate\fR | |
| 230 | \fBinstate\fR \fBstate\fR \fBxview\fR | |
| 270 | 231 | .DE |
| 271 | 232 | .SH VALIDATION |
| 272 | 233 | .PP |
| 471 | 432 | .PP |
| 472 | 433 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 473 | 434 | .RS |
| 474 | When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. | |
| 435 | For backwards compatibility, when using the aqua theme (for macOS), this | |
| 436 | option behaves as an alias for the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP provided that no | |
| 437 | value is specified for \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. Otherwise it is ignored. | |
| 475 | 438 | .RE |
| 476 | 439 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 477 | 440 | .br |
| 479 | 442 | .br |
| 480 | 443 | \fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 481 | 444 | .RS |
| 482 | Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X). | |
| 483 | .br | |
| 484 | 445 | Some themes use a graphical background and their field background colors cannot be changed. |
| 485 | 446 | .RE |
| 486 | 447 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 22 | 22 | .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" |
| 23 | 23 | .OP \-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth |
| 24 | 24 | The desired width of the widget border. Defaults to 0. |
| 25 | May be ignored depending on the theme used. | |
| 25 | 26 | .OP \-relief relief Relief |
| 26 | 27 | One of the standard Tk border styles: |
| 27 | 28 | \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, |
| 52 | 53 | are: |
| 53 | 54 | .PP |
| 54 | 55 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 56 | .br | |
| 57 | \fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP | |
| 55 | 58 | .PP |
| 56 | 59 | Some options are only available for specific themes. |
| 57 | 60 | .PP |
| 58 | 61 | See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure |
| 59 | 62 | ttk styles. |
| 63 | .SH BINDINGS | |
| 64 | .PP | |
| 65 | When a new \fBttk::frame\fR is created, it has no default event bindings; | |
| 66 | \fBttk::frame\fRs are not intended to be interactive. | |
| 60 | 67 | .SH "SEE ALSO" |
| 61 | 68 | ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n) |
| 62 | 69 | .SH "KEYWORDS" |
| 12 | 12 | .SH "OVERVIEW" |
| 13 | 13 | .PP |
| 14 | 14 | The Tk themed widget set is based on a revised and enhanced version |
| 15 | of TIP #48 (http://tip.tcl.tk/48) specified style engine. | |
| 15 | of TIP #48 (https://tip.tcl-lang.org/48) specified style engine. | |
| 16 | 16 | The main concepts are described below. |
| 17 | 17 | The basic idea is to separate, to the extent possible, |
| 18 | 18 | the code implementing a widget's behavior from |
| 48 | 48 | Valid values are |
| 49 | 49 | \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, |
| 50 | 50 | and \fBsunken\fR. |
| 51 | .OP \-text text Text | |
| 52 | Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget | |
| 53 | (unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR). | |
| 54 | 51 | .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength |
| 55 | 52 | Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). |
| 56 | 53 | If this option is less than or equal to zero, |
| 73 | 70 | .PP |
| 74 | 71 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 75 | 72 | .br |
| 73 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 74 | .br | |
| 76 | 75 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 77 | 76 | .br |
| 78 | 77 | \fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP |
| 29 | 29 | .\" XXX: \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, |
| 30 | 30 | .\" XXX: \fBsolid\fR, or \fBsunken\fR. |
| 31 | 31 | .\" XXX: Default is theme-dependent. |
| 32 | .OP \-height height Height | |
| 33 | If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. | |
| 34 | (See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and | |
| 35 | \fB\-height\fR). | |
| 32 | 36 | .OP \-labelanchor labelAnchor LabelAnchor |
| 33 | 37 | Specifies where to place the label. |
| 34 | 38 | Allowed values are (clockwise from the top upper left corner): |
| 39 | 43 | .\" and specifies which side the label should be placed on; |
| 40 | 44 | .\" the remaining characters specify how the label is aligned on that side. |
| 41 | 45 | .\" NOTE: Now allows other values as well; leave this undocumented for now |
| 46 | .OP \-labelwidget labelWidget LabelWidget | |
| 47 | The name of a widget to use for the label. | |
| 48 | If set, overrides the \fB\-text\fR option. | |
| 49 | The \fB\-labelwidget\fR must be a child of the \fBlabelframe\fR widget | |
| 50 | or one of the \fBlabelframe\fR's ancestors, and must belong to the | |
| 51 | same top-level widget as the \fBlabelframe\fR. | |
| 42 | 52 | .OP \-text text Text |
| 43 | 53 | Specifies the text of the label. |
| 44 | 54 | .OP \-underline underline Underline |
| 47 | 57 | The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation. |
| 48 | 58 | Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR |
| 49 | 59 | sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget. |
| 50 | .OP \-labelwidget labelWidget LabelWidget | |
| 51 | The name of a widget to use for the label. | |
| 52 | If set, overrides the \fB\-text\fR option. | |
| 53 | The \fB\-labelwidget\fR must be a child of the \fBlabelframe\fR widget | |
| 54 | or one of the \fBlabelframe\fR's ancestors, and must belong to the | |
| 55 | same top-level widget as the \fBlabelframe\fR. | |
| 56 | 60 | .OP \-width width Width |
| 57 | 61 | If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. |
| 58 | .OP \-height height Height | |
| 59 | If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. | |
| 60 | (See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and | |
| 61 | \fB\-height\fR). | |
| 62 | 62 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" |
| 63 | 63 | .PP |
| 64 | 64 | Supports the standard widget commands |
| 57 | 57 | .br |
| 58 | 58 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 59 | 59 | .br |
| 60 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 61 | .br | |
| 60 | 62 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 61 | 63 | .br |
| 62 | 64 | \fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP |
| 241 | 241 | .br |
| 242 | 242 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 243 | 243 | .br |
| 244 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 245 | .br | |
| 244 | 246 | \fB\-expand\fP \fIpadding\fP |
| 245 | 247 | .RS |
| 246 | 248 | Defines how much the tab grows in size. Usually used with the |
| 48 | 48 | that is, the progress bar completes one |
| 49 | 49 | .QW cycle |
| 50 | 50 | when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR. |
| 51 | If \fB\-variable\fR is set to an existing variable, specifying \fB\-value\fR | |
| 52 | has no effect (the variable value takes precedence). | |
| 51 | 53 | .OP \-variable variable Variable |
| 52 | 54 | The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR. |
| 53 | If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is | |
| 55 | If specified to an existing variable, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is | |
| 54 | 56 | automatically set to the value of the variable whenever |
| 55 | 57 | the latter is modified. |
| 56 | 58 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" |
| 76 | 76 | .PP |
| 77 | 77 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 78 | 78 | .br |
| 79 | \fB\-compound\fP \fIcompound\fP | |
| 80 | .br | |
| 79 | 81 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 80 | 82 | .br |
| 81 | 83 | \fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 41 | 41 | This value may be either less than or greater than the \fB\-from\fR option. |
| 42 | 42 | .OP \-value value Value |
| 43 | 43 | Specifies the current floating-point value of the variable. |
| 44 | If \fB\-variable\fR is set to an existing variable, specifying \fB\-value\fR | |
| 45 | has no effect (the variable value takes precedence). | |
| 44 | 46 | .OP \-variable variable Variable |
| 45 | 47 | Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the |
| 46 | 48 | value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value. |
| 92 | 94 | is omitted. |
| 93 | 95 | .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" |
| 94 | 96 | .PP |
| 95 | The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP. | |
| 97 | The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP. | |
| 96 | 98 | .PP |
| 97 | 99 | Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP. |
| 98 | 100 | .PP |
| 75 | 75 | .SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS" |
| 76 | 76 | .PP |
| 77 | 77 | The following widget commands are used internally |
| 78 | by the TScrollbar widget class bindings. | |
| 78 | by the \fBTScrollbar\fP widget class bindings. | |
| 79 | 79 | .TP |
| 80 | 80 | \fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR |
| 81 | 81 | Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in |
| 152 | 152 | grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew |
| 153 | 153 | grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1 |
| 154 | 154 | grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1 |
| 155 | pack $f | |
| 155 | 156 | .CE |
| 156 | 157 | .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" |
| 157 | 158 | .PP |
| 159 | 160 | .PP |
| 160 | 161 | Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP. |
| 161 | 162 | .PP |
| 162 | \fBTScrollbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP | |
| 163 | are: | |
| 163 | \fBTScrollbar\fP (or more specifically \fBVertical.TScrollbar\fP and | |
| 164 | \fBHorizontal.TScrollbar\fP) styling options that are configurable with | |
| 165 | \fBttk::style\fP are: | |
| 164 | 166 | .PP |
| 165 | 167 | \fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 168 | .br | |
| 169 | \fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP | |
| 166 | 170 | .br |
| 167 | 171 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 168 | 172 | .br |
| 169 | 173 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 170 | 174 | .br |
| 171 | \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP | |
| 175 | \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP (color of the dark part of the 3D relief) | |
| 172 | 176 | .br |
| 173 | 177 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 174 | 178 | .br |
| 175 | \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP | |
| 179 | \fB\-gripcount\fP \fIcount\fP (number of lines on the thumb) | |
| 180 | .br | |
| 181 | \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP (color of the light part of the 3D relief) | |
| 176 | 182 | .br |
| 177 | 183 | \fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 178 | 184 | .PP |
| 94 | 94 | .br |
| 95 | 95 | \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 96 | 96 | .RS |
| 97 | When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. | |
| 97 | For backwards compatibility, when using the aqua theme (for macOS), this | |
| 98 | option behaves as an alias for the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP provided that no | |
| 99 | value is specified for \fB\-fieldbackground\fP. Otherwise it is ignored. | |
| 98 | 100 | .RE |
| 99 | 101 | \fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 100 | 102 | .br |
| 101 | 103 | \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 102 | 104 | .br |
| 103 | 105 | \fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 104 | .RS | |
| 105 | Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X). | |
| 106 | .RE | |
| 106 | .br | |
| 107 | 107 | \fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 108 | 108 | .br |
| 109 | 109 | \fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| 14 | 14 | .SH NOTES |
| 15 | 15 | .PP |
| 16 | 16 | See also the Tcl'2004 conference presentation, |
| 17 | available at http://tktable.sourceforge.net/tile/tile-tcl2004.pdf | |
| 17 | available at https://tktable.sourceforge.net/tile/tile-tcl2004.pdf | |
| 18 | 18 | .SH DEFINITIONS |
| 19 | 19 | .PP |
| 20 | 20 | Each widget is assigned a \fIstyle\fR, |
| 132 | 132 | For example, [\fI$pathname \fBcolumn #\fIn \fB\-id\fR] |
| 133 | 133 | returns the data column associated with display column #\fIn\fR. |
| 134 | 134 | .TP |
| 135 | \fB\-anchor\fR | |
| 135 | \fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR | |
| 136 | 136 | Specifies how the text in this column should be aligned |
| 137 | with respect to the cell. One of | |
| 137 | with respect to the cell. \fIAnchor\fR is one of | |
| 138 | 138 | \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, |
| 139 | 139 | \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR. |
| 140 | 140 | .TP |
| 141 | \fB\-minwidth\fR | |
| 141 | \fB\-minwidth \fIminwidth\fR | |
| 142 | 142 | The minimum width of the column in pixels. |
| 143 | 143 | The treeview widget will not make the column any smaller than |
| 144 | 144 | \fB\-minwidth\fR when the widget is resized or the user drags a |
| 145 | column separator. Default is 20 pixels. | |
| 146 | .TP | |
| 147 | \fB\-stretch \fIboolean\fR | |
| 148 | Specifies whether or not the column width should be adjusted | |
| 149 | when the widget is resized or the user drags a column separator. | |
| 150 | \fIBoolean\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR. | |
| 151 | By default columns are stretchable. | |
| 152 | .TP | |
| 153 | \fB\-width \fIwidth\fR | |
| 154 | The width of the column in pixels. Default is 200 pixels. The specified | |
| 155 | column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR | |
| 156 | and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a | |
| 145 | 157 | column separator. |
| 146 | .TP | |
| 147 | \fB\-stretch\fR | |
| 148 | Specifies whether or not the column's width should be adjusted | |
| 149 | when the widget is resized. | |
| 150 | .TP | |
| 151 | \fB\-width \fIw\fR | |
| 152 | The width of the column in pixels. Default is something reasonable, | |
| 153 | probably 200 or so. | |
| 154 | 158 | .PP |
| 155 | 159 | Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column. |
| 156 | 160 | .RE |
| 230 | 234 | Returns the item ID of the item at position \fIy\fR. |
| 231 | 235 | .TP |
| 232 | 236 | \fIpathname \fBidentify column \fIx y\fR |
| 233 | Returns the data column identifier of the cell at position \fIx\fR. | |
| 237 | Returns the display column identifier of the cell at position \fIx\fR. | |
| 234 | 238 | The tree column has ID \fB#0\fR. |
| 235 | 239 | .TP |
| 236 | 240 | \fIpathname \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR |
| 387 | 391 | If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item, |
| 388 | 392 | then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. |
| 389 | 393 | .RE |
| 390 | .TP | |
| 391 | \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR | |
| 392 | Standard command for horizontal scrolling; see \fIwidget(n)\fR. | |
| 393 | .TP | |
| 394 | \fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR | |
| 395 | Standard command for vertical scrolling; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. | |
| 394 | .PP | |
| 395 | The treeview widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR | |
| 396 | widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details): | |
| 397 | .DS | |
| 398 | .ta 5.5c 11c | |
| 399 | \fBxview\fR \fByview\fR | |
| 400 | .DE | |
| 396 | 401 | .SH "ITEM OPTIONS" |
| 397 | 402 | .PP |
| 398 | 403 | The following item options may be specified for items |
| 433 | 438 | Specifies the item image, in case the item's \fB\-image\fR option is empty. |
| 434 | 439 | .\" .PP |
| 435 | 440 | .\" \fI(@@@ TODO: sort out order of precedence for options)\fR |
| 441 | .PP | |
| 442 | Tag priority is decided by the creation order: tags created first receive | |
| 443 | higher priority. | |
| 436 | 444 | .SH "COLUMN IDENTIFIERS" |
| 437 | 445 | .PP |
| 438 | 446 | Column identifiers take any of the following forms: |
| 191 | 191 | If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified, |
| 192 | 192 | returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags. |
| 193 | 193 | .RE |
| 194 | .TP | |
| 195 | \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR | |
| 196 | This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the | |
| 197 | content in the widget's window. It can take any of the following | |
| 198 | forms: | |
| 199 | .RS | |
| 200 | .TP | |
| 201 | \fIpathName \fBxview\fR | |
| 202 | Returns a list containing two elements. | |
| 203 | Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe | |
| 204 | the horizontal span that is visible in the window. | |
| 205 | For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, | |
| 206 | 20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible | |
| 207 | in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the right. | |
| 208 | These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR | |
| 209 | option. | |
| 210 | .TP | |
| 211 | \fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR | |
| 212 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR | |
| 213 | is displayed at the left edge of the window. | |
| 214 | .TP | |
| 215 | \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR | |
| 216 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the | |
| 217 | way through the content appears at the left edge of the window. | |
| 218 | \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. | |
| 219 | .TP | |
| 220 | \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR | |
| 221 | This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to | |
| 222 | \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | |
| 223 | \fINumber\fR must be an integer. | |
| 224 | \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. | |
| 225 | '\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that. | |
| 226 | If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by | |
| 227 | \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is | |
| 228 | \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. | |
| 229 | If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left | |
| 230 | become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right | |
| 231 | become visible. | |
| 232 | .RE | |
| 233 | .TP | |
| 234 | \fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR | |
| 235 | This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the | |
| 236 | content in the widget's window. It can take any of the following | |
| 237 | forms: | |
| 238 | .RS | |
| 239 | .TP | |
| 240 | \fIpathName \fByview\fR | |
| 241 | Returns a list containing two elements. | |
| 242 | Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe | |
| 243 | the vertical span that is visible in the window. | |
| 244 | For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, | |
| 245 | 20% of the widget's content is off-screen to the top, the middle 40% is visible | |
| 246 | in the window, and 40% of the content is off-screen to the bottom. | |
| 247 | These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR | |
| 248 | option. | |
| 249 | .TP | |
| 250 | \fIpathName \fByview\fR \fIindex\fR | |
| 251 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the content given by \fIindex\fR | |
| 252 | is displayed at the top edge of the window. | |
| 253 | .TP | |
| 254 | \fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR | |
| 255 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the item \fIfraction\fR of the | |
| 256 | way through the content appears at the top edge of the window. | |
| 257 | \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. | |
| 258 | .TP | |
| 259 | \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR | |
| 260 | This command shifts the view in the window up or down according to | |
| 261 | \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | |
| 262 | \fINumber\fR must be an integer. | |
| 263 | \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. | |
| 264 | '\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that. | |
| 265 | If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by | |
| 266 | \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is | |
| 267 | \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. | |
| 268 | If \fInumber\fR is negative then items farther to the top | |
| 269 | become visible; if it is positive then items farther to the bottom | |
| 270 | become visible. | |
| 271 | .RE | |
| 194 | 272 | .SH "WIDGET STATES" |
| 195 | 273 | The widget state is a bitmap of independent state flags. |
| 196 | 274 | Widget state flags include: |
| 72 | 72 | screen of the application's main window. |
| 73 | 73 | If no window in this application contains the point then an empty |
| 74 | 74 | string is returned. |
| 75 | An empty string is also returned if the point lies in the title bar | |
| 76 | or border of its highest containing toplevel in this application. | |
| 77 | (Note that with some window managers the borders may be invisible.) | |
| 75 | 78 | In selecting the containing window, children are given higher priority |
| 76 | 79 | than parents and among siblings the highest one in the stacking order is |
| 77 | 80 | chosen. |
| 709 | 709 | .TP |
| 710 | 710 | \fBwm transient \fIwindow\fR ?\fImaster\fR? |
| 711 | 711 | . |
| 712 | If \fImaster\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed | |
| 713 | that \fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working | |
| 714 | on behalf of \fImaster\fR (where \fImaster\fR is the | |
| 715 | path name for a top-level window). If \fImaster\fR | |
| 716 | is specified as an empty string then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not | |
| 717 | being a transient window any more. Otherwise the command | |
| 718 | returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current master, or an | |
| 719 | empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a transient window. | |
| 720 | A transient window will mirror state changes in the master and | |
| 721 | inherit the state of the master when initially mapped. It is an | |
| 722 | error to attempt to make a window a transient of itself. | |
| 723 | The window manager may also decorate a transient window differently, removing | |
| 724 | some features normally present (e.g., minimize and maximize buttons) though | |
| 725 | this is entirely at the discretion of the window manager. | |
| 712 | If \fImaster\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed that | |
| 713 | \fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working on | |
| 714 | behalf of \fImaster\fR (where \fImaster\fR is the path name for a | |
| 715 | top-level window). If \fImaster\fR is specified as an empty string | |
| 716 | then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not being a transient window any more. | |
| 717 | Otherwise the command returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current | |
| 718 | master, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a | |
| 719 | transient window. A transient window will mirror state changes in the | |
| 720 | master and inherit the state of the master when initially mapped. The | |
| 721 | directed graph with an edge from each transient to its master must be | |
| 722 | acyclic. In particular, it is an error to attempt to make a window a | |
| 723 | transient of itself. The window manager may also decorate a transient | |
| 724 | window differently, removing some features normally present (e.g., | |
| 725 | minimize and maximize buttons) though this is entirely at the | |
| 726 | discretion of the window manager. | |
| 726 | 727 | .TP |
| 727 | 728 | \fBwm withdraw \fIwindow\fR |
| 728 | 729 | . |
| 3 | 3 | * Note that this should be done manually only, because in some cases |
| 4 | 4 | * keysymdefs.h defines the same integer for multiple keysyms, e.g.: |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | * #define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x7cb | |
| 7 | * #define XK_Greek_LAMBDA 0x7cb | |
| 6 | * #define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x7CB | |
| 7 | * #define XK_Greek_LAMBDA 0x7CB | |
| 8 | 8 | * |
| 9 | * #define XK_Cyrillic_DZHE 0x6bf | |
| 10 | * #define XK_Serbian_DZE 0x6bf (deprecated) | |
| 9 | * #define XK_Cyrillic_DZHE 0x6BF | |
| 10 | * #define XK_Serbian_DZE 0x6BF (deprecated) | |
| 11 | 11 | * |
| 12 | 12 | */ |
| 13 | 13 | { "BackSpace", 0xFF08 }, |
| 22 | 22 | { "Delete", 0xFFFF }, |
| 23 | 23 | { "Multi_key", 0xFF20 }, |
| 24 | 24 | { "Kanji", 0xFF21 }, |
| 25 | { "Muhenkan", 0xFF22 }, | |
| 26 | { "Henkan_Mode", 0xFF23 }, | |
| 27 | { "Henkan", 0xFF23 }, | |
| 28 | { "Romaji", 0xFF24 }, | |
| 29 | { "Hiragana", 0xFF25 }, | |
| 30 | { "Katakana", 0xFF26 }, | |
| 31 | { "Hiragana_Katakana", 0xFF27 }, | |
| 32 | { "Zenkaku", 0xFF28 }, | |
| 33 | { "Hankaku", 0xFF29 }, | |
| 34 | { "Zenkaku_Hankaku", 0xFF2A }, | |
| 35 | { "Touroku", 0xFF2B }, | |
| 36 | { "Massyo", 0xFF2C }, | |
| 37 | { "Kana_Lock", 0xFF2D }, | |
| 38 | { "Kana_Shift", 0xFF2E }, | |
| 39 | { "Eisu_Shift", 0xFF2F }, | |
| 40 | { "Eisu_toggle", 0xFF30 }, | |
| 25 | 41 | { "Home", 0xFF50 }, |
| 26 | 42 | { "Left", 0xFF51 }, |
| 27 | 43 | { "Up", 0xFF52 }, |
| 28 | 44 | { "Right", 0xFF53 }, |
| 29 | 45 | { "Down", 0xFF54 }, |
| 30 | 46 | { "Prior", 0xFF55 }, |
| 47 | { "Page_Up", 0xFF55 }, | |
| 31 | 48 | { "Next", 0xFF56 }, |
| 49 | { "Page_Down", 0xFF56 }, | |
| 32 | 50 | { "End", 0xFF57 }, |
| 33 | 51 | { "Begin", 0xFF58 }, |
| 34 | 52 | { "Win_L", 0xFF5B }, |
| 55 | 73 | { "KP_F2", 0xFF92 }, |
| 56 | 74 | { "KP_F3", 0xFF93 }, |
| 57 | 75 | { "KP_F4", 0xFF94 }, |
| 76 | { "KP_Home", 0xFF95 }, | |
| 77 | { "KP_Left", 0xFF96 }, | |
| 78 | { "KP_Up", 0xFF97 }, | |
| 79 | { "KP_Right", 0xFF98 }, | |
| 80 | { "KP_Down", 0xFF99 }, | |
| 81 | { "KP_Prior", 0xFF9A }, | |
| 82 | { "KP_Page_Up", 0xFF9A }, | |
| 83 | { "KP_Next", 0xFF9B }, | |
| 84 | { "KP_Page_Down", 0xFF9B }, | |
| 85 | { "KP_End", 0xFF9C }, | |
| 86 | { "KP_Begin", 0xFF9D }, | |
| 87 | { "KP_Insert", 0xFF9E }, | |
| 88 | { "KP_Delete", 0xFF9F }, | |
| 58 | 89 | { "KP_Equal", 0xFFBD }, |
| 59 | 90 | { "KP_Multiply", 0xFFAA }, |
| 60 | 91 | { "KP_Add", 0xFFAB }, |
| 146 | 177 | { "Super_R", 0xFFEC }, |
| 147 | 178 | { "Hyper_L", 0xFFED }, |
| 148 | 179 | { "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE }, |
| 149 | { "space", 0x020 }, | |
| 150 | { "exclam", 0x021 }, | |
| 151 | { "quotedbl", 0x022 }, | |
| 152 | { "numbersign", 0x023 }, | |
| 153 | { "dollar", 0x024 }, | |
| 154 | { "percent", 0x025 }, | |
| 155 | { "ampersand", 0x026 }, | |
| 156 | { "quoteright", 0x027 }, | |
| 157 | { "parenleft", 0x028 }, | |
| 158 | { "parenright", 0x029 }, | |
| 159 | { "asterisk", 0x02a }, | |
| 160 | { "plus", 0x02b }, | |
| 161 | { "comma", 0x02c }, | |
| 162 | { "minus", 0x02d }, | |
| 163 | { "period", 0x02e }, | |
| 164 | { "slash", 0x02f }, | |
| 165 | { "0", 0x030 }, | |
| 166 | { "1", 0x031 }, | |
| 167 | { "2", 0x032 }, | |
| 168 | { "3", 0x033 }, | |
| 169 | { "4", 0x034 }, | |
| 170 | { "5", 0x035 }, | |
| 171 | { "6", 0x036 }, | |
| 172 | { "7", 0x037 }, | |
| 173 | { "8", 0x038 }, | |
| 174 | { "9", 0x039 }, | |
| 175 | { "colon", 0x03a }, | |
| 176 | { "semicolon", 0x03b }, | |
| 177 | { "less", 0x03c }, | |
| 178 | { "equal", 0x03d }, | |
| 179 | { "greater", 0x03e }, | |
| 180 | { "question", 0x03f }, | |
| 181 | { "at", 0x040 }, | |
| 182 | { "A", 0x041 }, | |
| 183 | { "B", 0x042 }, | |
| 184 | { "C", 0x043 }, | |
| 185 | { "D", 0x044 }, | |
| 186 | { "E", 0x045 }, | |
| 187 | { "F", 0x046 }, | |
| 188 | { "G", 0x047 }, | |
| 189 | { "H", 0x048 }, | |
| 190 | { "I", 0x049 }, | |
| 191 | { "J", 0x04a }, | |
| 192 | { "K", 0x04b }, | |
| 193 | { "L", 0x04c }, | |
| 194 | { "M", 0x04d }, | |
| 195 | { "N", 0x04e }, | |
| 196 | { "O", 0x04f }, | |
| 197 | { "P", 0x050 }, | |
| 198 | { "Q", 0x051 }, | |
| 199 | { "R", 0x052 }, | |
| 200 | { "S", 0x053 }, | |
| 201 | { "T", 0x054 }, | |
| 202 | { "U", 0x055 }, | |
| 203 | { "V", 0x056 }, | |
| 204 | { "W", 0x057 }, | |
| 205 | { "X", 0x058 }, | |
| 206 | { "Y", 0x059 }, | |
| 207 | { "Z", 0x05a }, | |
| 208 | { "bracketleft", 0x05b }, | |
| 209 | { "backslash", 0x05c }, | |
| 210 | { "bracketright", 0x05d }, | |
| 211 | { "asciicircum", 0x05e }, | |
| 212 | { "underscore", 0x05f }, | |
| 213 | { "quoteleft", 0x060 }, | |
| 214 | { "a", 0x061 }, | |
| 215 | { "b", 0x062 }, | |
| 216 | { "c", 0x063 }, | |
| 217 | { "d", 0x064 }, | |
| 218 | { "e", 0x065 }, | |
| 219 | { "f", 0x066 }, | |
| 220 | { "g", 0x067 }, | |
| 221 | { "h", 0x068 }, | |
| 222 | { "i", 0x069 }, | |
| 223 | { "j", 0x06a }, | |
| 224 | { "k", 0x06b }, | |
| 225 | { "l", 0x06c }, | |
| 226 | { "m", 0x06d }, | |
| 227 | { "n", 0x06e }, | |
| 228 | { "o", 0x06f }, | |
| 229 | { "p", 0x070 }, | |
| 230 | { "q", 0x071 }, | |
| 231 | { "r", 0x072 }, | |
| 232 | { "s", 0x073 }, | |
| 233 | { "t", 0x074 }, | |
| 234 | { "u", 0x075 }, | |
| 235 | { "v", 0x076 }, | |
| 236 | { "w", 0x077 }, | |
| 237 | { "x", 0x078 }, | |
| 238 | { "y", 0x079 }, | |
| 239 | { "z", 0x07a }, | |
| 240 | { "braceleft", 0x07b }, | |
| 241 | { "bar", 0x07c }, | |
| 242 | { "braceright", 0x07d }, | |
| 243 | { "asciitilde", 0x07e }, | |
| 244 | { "nobreakspace", 0x0a0 }, | |
| 245 | { "exclamdown", 0x0a1 }, | |
| 246 | { "cent", 0x0a2 }, | |
| 247 | { "sterling", 0x0a3 }, | |
| 248 | { "currency", 0x0a4 }, | |
| 249 | { "yen", 0x0a5 }, | |
| 250 | { "brokenbar", 0x0a6 }, | |
| 251 | { "section", 0x0a7 }, | |
| 252 | { "diaeresis", 0x0a8 }, | |
| 253 | { "copyright", 0x0a9 }, | |
| 254 | { "ordfeminine", 0x0aa }, | |
| 255 | { "guillemotleft", 0x0ab }, | |
| 256 | { "notsign", 0x0ac }, | |
| 257 | { "hyphen", 0x0ad }, | |
| 258 | { "registered", 0x0ae }, | |
| 259 | { "macron", 0x0af }, | |
| 260 | { "degree", 0x0b0 }, | |
| 261 | { "plusminus", 0x0b1 }, | |
| 262 | { "twosuperior", 0x0b2 }, | |
| 263 | { "threesuperior", 0x0b3 }, | |
| 264 | { "acute", 0x0b4 }, | |
| 265 | { "mu", 0x0b5 }, | |
| 266 | { "paragraph", 0x0b6 }, | |
| 267 | { "periodcentered", 0x0b7 }, | |
| 268 | { "cedilla", 0x0b8 }, | |
| 269 | { "onesuperior", 0x0b9 }, | |
| 270 | { "masculine", 0x0ba }, | |
| 271 | { "guillemotright", 0x0bb }, | |
| 272 | { "onequarter", 0x0bc }, | |
| 273 | { "onehalf", 0x0bd }, | |
| 274 | { "threequarters", 0x0be }, | |
| 275 | { "questiondown", 0x0bf }, | |
| 276 | { "Agrave", 0x0c0 }, | |
| 277 | { "Aacute", 0x0c1 }, | |
| 278 | { "Acircumflex", 0x0c2 }, | |
| 279 | { "Atilde", 0x0c3 }, | |
| 280 | { "Adiaeresis", 0x0c4 }, | |
| 281 | { "Aring", 0x0c5 }, | |
| 282 | { "AE", 0x0c6 }, | |
| 283 | { "Ccedilla", 0x0c7 }, | |
| 284 | { "Egrave", 0x0c8 }, | |
| 285 | { "Eacute", 0x0c9 }, | |
| 286 | { "Ecircumflex", 0x0ca }, | |
| 287 | { "Ediaeresis", 0x0cb }, | |
| 288 | { "Igrave", 0x0cc }, | |
| 289 | { "Iacute", 0x0cd }, | |
| 290 | { "Icircumflex", 0x0ce }, | |
| 291 | { "Idiaeresis", 0x0cf }, | |
| 292 | { "Eth", 0x0d0 }, | |
| 293 | { "Ntilde", 0x0d1 }, | |
| 294 | { "Ograve", 0x0d2 }, | |
| 295 | { "Oacute", 0x0d3 }, | |
| 296 | { "Ocircumflex", 0x0d4 }, | |
| 297 | { "Otilde", 0x0d5 }, | |
| 298 | { "Odiaeresis", 0x0d6 }, | |
| 299 | { "multiply", 0x0d7 }, | |
| 300 | { "Ooblique", 0x0d8 }, | |
| 301 | { "Ugrave", 0x0d9 }, | |
| 302 | { "Uacute", 0x0da }, | |
| 303 | { "Ucircumflex", 0x0db }, | |
| 304 | { "Udiaeresis", 0x0dc }, | |
| 305 | { "Yacute", 0x0dd }, | |
| 306 | { "Thorn", 0x0de }, | |
| 307 | { "ssharp", 0x0df }, | |
| 308 | { "agrave", 0x0e0 }, | |
| 309 | { "aacute", 0x0e1 }, | |
| 310 | { "acircumflex", 0x0e2 }, | |
| 311 | { "atilde", 0x0e3 }, | |
| 312 | { "adiaeresis", 0x0e4 }, | |
| 313 | { "aring", 0x0e5 }, | |
| 314 | { "ae", 0x0e6 }, | |
| 315 | { "ccedilla", 0x0e7 }, | |
| 316 | { "egrave", 0x0e8 }, | |
| 317 | { "eacute", 0x0e9 }, | |
| 318 | { "ecircumflex", 0x0ea }, | |
| 319 | { "ediaeresis", 0x0eb }, | |
| 320 | { "igrave", 0x0ec }, | |
| 321 | { "iacute", 0x0ed }, | |
| 322 | { "icircumflex", 0x0ee }, | |
| 323 | { "idiaeresis", 0x0ef }, | |
| 324 | { "eth", 0x0f0 }, | |
| 325 | { "ntilde", 0x0f1 }, | |
| 326 | { "ograve", 0x0f2 }, | |
| 327 | { "oacute", 0x0f3 }, | |
| 328 | { "ocircumflex", 0x0f4 }, | |
| 329 | { "otilde", 0x0f5 }, | |
| 330 | { "odiaeresis", 0x0f6 }, | |
| 331 | { "division", 0x0f7 }, | |
| 332 | { "oslash", 0x0f8 }, | |
| 333 | { "ugrave", 0x0f9 }, | |
| 334 | { "uacute", 0x0fa }, | |
| 335 | { "ucircumflex", 0x0fb }, | |
| 336 | { "udiaeresis", 0x0fc }, | |
| 337 | { "yacute", 0x0fd }, | |
| 338 | { "thorn", 0x0fe }, | |
| 339 | { "ydiaeresis", 0x0ff }, | |
| 340 | { "Aogonek", 0x1a1 }, | |
| 341 | { "breve", 0x1a2 }, | |
| 342 | { "Lstroke", 0x1a3 }, | |
| 343 | { "Lcaron", 0x1a5 }, | |
| 344 | { "Sacute", 0x1a6 }, | |
| 345 | { "Scaron", 0x1a9 }, | |
| 346 | { "Scedilla", 0x1aa }, | |
| 347 | { "Tcaron", 0x1ab }, | |
| 348 | { "Zacute", 0x1ac }, | |
| 349 | { "Zcaron", 0x1ae }, | |
| 350 | { "Zabovedot", 0x1af }, | |
| 351 | { "aogonek", 0x1b1 }, | |
| 352 | { "ogonek", 0x1b2 }, | |
| 353 | { "lstroke", 0x1b3 }, | |
| 354 | { "lcaron", 0x1b5 }, | |
| 355 | { "sacute", 0x1b6 }, | |
| 356 | { "caron", 0x1b7 }, | |
| 357 | { "scaron", 0x1b9 }, | |
| 358 | { "scedilla", 0x1ba }, | |
| 359 | { "tcaron", 0x1bb }, | |
| 360 | { "zacute", 0x1bc }, | |
| 361 | { "doubleacute", 0x1bd }, | |
| 362 | { "zcaron", 0x1be }, | |
| 363 | { "zabovedot", 0x1bf }, | |
| 364 | { "Racute", 0x1c0 }, | |
| 365 | { "Abreve", 0x1c3 }, | |
| 366 | { "Cacute", 0x1c6 }, | |
| 367 | { "Ccaron", 0x1c8 }, | |
| 368 | { "Eogonek", 0x1ca }, | |
| 369 | { "Ecaron", 0x1cc }, | |
| 370 | { "Dcaron", 0x1cf }, | |
| 371 | { "Nacute", 0x1d1 }, | |
| 372 | { "Ncaron", 0x1d2 }, | |
| 373 | { "Odoubleacute", 0x1d5 }, | |
| 374 | { "Rcaron", 0x1d8 }, | |
| 375 | { "Uring", 0x1d9 }, | |
| 376 | { "Udoubleacute", 0x1db }, | |
| 377 | { "Tcedilla", 0x1de }, | |
| 378 | { "racute", 0x1e0 }, | |
| 379 | { "abreve", 0x1e3 }, | |
| 380 | { "cacute", 0x1e6 }, | |
| 381 | { "ccaron", 0x1e8 }, | |
| 382 | { "eogonek", 0x1ea }, | |
| 383 | { "ecaron", 0x1ec }, | |
| 384 | { "dcaron", 0x1ef }, | |
| 385 | { "nacute", 0x1f1 }, | |
| 386 | { "ncaron", 0x1f2 }, | |
| 387 | { "odoubleacute", 0x1f5 }, | |
| 388 | { "udoubleacute", 0x1fb }, | |
| 389 | { "rcaron", 0x1f8 }, | |
| 390 | { "uring", 0x1f9 }, | |
| 391 | { "tcedilla", 0x1fe }, | |
| 392 | { "abovedot", 0x1ff }, | |
| 393 | { "Hstroke", 0x2a1 }, | |
| 394 | { "Hcircumflex", 0x2a6 }, | |
| 395 | { "Iabovedot", 0x2a9 }, | |
| 396 | { "Gbreve", 0x2ab }, | |
| 397 | { "Jcircumflex", 0x2ac }, | |
| 398 | { "hstroke", 0x2b1 }, | |
| 399 | { "hcircumflex", 0x2b6 }, | |
| 400 | { "idotless", 0x2b9 }, | |
| 401 | { "gbreve", 0x2bb }, | |
| 402 | { "jcircumflex", 0x2bc }, | |
| 403 | { "Cabovedot", 0x2c5 }, | |
| 404 | { "Ccircumflex", 0x2c6 }, | |
| 405 | { "Gabovedot", 0x2d5 }, | |
| 406 | { "Gcircumflex", 0x2d8 }, | |
| 407 | { "Ubreve", 0x2dd }, | |
| 408 | { "Scircumflex", 0x2de }, | |
| 409 | { "cabovedot", 0x2e5 }, | |
| 410 | { "ccircumflex", 0x2e6 }, | |
| 411 | { "gabovedot", 0x2f5 }, | |
| 412 | { "gcircumflex", 0x2f8 }, | |
| 413 | { "ubreve", 0x2fd }, | |
| 414 | { "scircumflex", 0x2fe }, | |
| 415 | { "kappa", 0x3a2 }, | |
| 416 | { "Rcedilla", 0x3a3 }, | |
| 417 | { "Itilde", 0x3a5 }, | |
| 418 | { "Lcedilla", 0x3a6 }, | |
| 419 | { "Emacron", 0x3aa }, | |
| 420 | { "Gcedilla", 0x3ab }, | |
| 421 | { "Tslash", 0x3ac }, | |
| 422 | { "rcedilla", 0x3b3 }, | |
| 423 | { "itilde", 0x3b5 }, | |
| 424 | { "lcedilla", 0x3b6 }, | |
| 425 | { "emacron", 0x3ba }, | |
| 426 | { "gacute", 0x3bb }, | |
| 427 | { "tslash", 0x3bc }, | |
| 428 | { "ENG", 0x3bd }, | |
| 429 | { "eng", 0x3bf }, | |
| 430 | { "Amacron", 0x3c0 }, | |
| 431 | { "Iogonek", 0x3c7 }, | |
| 432 | { "Eabovedot", 0x3cc }, | |
| 433 | { "Imacron", 0x3cf }, | |
| 434 | { "Ncedilla", 0x3d1 }, | |
| 435 | { "Omacron", 0x3d2 }, | |
| 436 | { "Kcedilla", 0x3d3 }, | |
| 437 | { "Uogonek", 0x3d9 }, | |
| 438 | { "Utilde", 0x3dd }, | |
| 439 | { "Umacron", 0x3de }, | |
| 440 | { "amacron", 0x3e0 }, | |
| 441 | { "iogonek", 0x3e7 }, | |
| 442 | { "eabovedot", 0x3ec }, | |
| 443 | { "imacron", 0x3ef }, | |
| 444 | { "ncedilla", 0x3f1 }, | |
| 445 | { "omacron", 0x3f2 }, | |
| 446 | { "kcedilla", 0x3f3 }, | |
| 447 | { "uogonek", 0x3f9 }, | |
| 448 | { "utilde", 0x3fd }, | |
| 449 | { "umacron", 0x3fe }, | |
| 450 | { "overline", 0x47e }, | |
| 451 | { "kana_fullstop", 0x4a1 }, | |
| 452 | { "kana_openingbracket", 0x4a2 }, | |
| 453 | { "kana_closingbracket", 0x4a3 }, | |
| 454 | { "kana_comma", 0x4a4 }, | |
| 455 | { "kana_middledot", 0x4a5 }, | |
| 456 | { "kana_WO", 0x4a6 }, | |
| 457 | { "kana_a", 0x4a7 }, | |
| 458 | { "kana_i", 0x4a8 }, | |
| 459 | { "kana_u", 0x4a9 }, | |
| 460 | { "kana_e", 0x4aa }, | |
| 461 | { "kana_o", 0x4ab }, | |
| 462 | { "kana_ya", 0x4ac }, | |
| 463 | { "kana_yu", 0x4ad }, | |
| 464 | { "kana_yo", 0x4ae }, | |
| 465 | { "kana_tu", 0x4af }, | |
| 466 | { "prolongedsound", 0x4b0 }, | |
| 467 | { "kana_A", 0x4b1 }, | |
| 468 | { "kana_I", 0x4b2 }, | |
| 469 | { "kana_U", 0x4b3 }, | |
| 470 | { "kana_E", 0x4b4 }, | |
| 471 | { "kana_O", 0x4b5 }, | |
| 472 | { "kana_KA", 0x4b6 }, | |
| 473 | { "kana_KI", 0x4b7 }, | |
| 474 | { "kana_KU", 0x4b8 }, | |
| 475 | { "kana_KE", 0x4b9 }, | |
| 476 | { "kana_KO", 0x4ba }, | |
| 477 | { "kana_SA", 0x4bb }, | |
| 478 | { "kana_SHI", 0x4bc }, | |
| 479 | { "kana_SU", 0x4bd }, | |
| 480 | { "kana_SE", 0x4be }, | |
| 481 | { "kana_SO", 0x4bf }, | |
| 482 | { "kana_TA", 0x4c0 }, | |
| 483 | { "kana_TI", 0x4c1 }, | |
| 484 | { "kana_TU", 0x4c2 }, | |
| 485 | { "kana_TE", 0x4c3 }, | |
| 486 | { "kana_TO", 0x4c4 }, | |
| 487 | { "kana_NA", 0x4c5 }, | |
| 488 | { "kana_NI", 0x4c6 }, | |
| 489 | { "kana_NU", 0x4c7 }, | |
| 490 | { "kana_NE", 0x4c8 }, | |
| 491 | { "kana_NO", 0x4c9 }, | |
| 492 | { "kana_HA", 0x4ca }, | |
| 493 | { "kana_HI", 0x4cb }, | |
| 494 | { "kana_HU", 0x4cc }, | |
| 495 | { "kana_HE", 0x4cd }, | |
| 496 | { "kana_HO", 0x4ce }, | |
| 497 | { "kana_MA", 0x4cf }, | |
| 498 | { "kana_MI", 0x4d0 }, | |
| 499 | { "kana_MU", 0x4d1 }, | |
| 500 | { "kana_ME", 0x4d2 }, | |
| 501 | { "kana_MO", 0x4d3 }, | |
| 502 | { "kana_YA", 0x4d4 }, | |
| 503 | { "kana_YU", 0x4d5 }, | |
| 504 | { "kana_YO", 0x4d6 }, | |
| 505 | { "kana_RA", 0x4d7 }, | |
| 506 | { "kana_RI", 0x4d8 }, | |
| 507 | { "kana_RU", 0x4d9 }, | |
| 508 | { "kana_RE", 0x4da }, | |
| 509 | { "kana_RO", 0x4db }, | |
| 510 | { "kana_WA", 0x4dc }, | |
| 511 | { "kana_N", 0x4dd }, | |
| 512 | { "voicedsound", 0x4de }, | |
| 513 | { "semivoicedsound", 0x4df }, | |
| 180 | { "space", 0x20 }, | |
| 181 | { "exclam", 0x21 }, | |
| 182 | { "quotedbl", 0x22 }, | |
| 183 | { "numbersign", 0x23 }, | |
| 184 | { "dollar", 0x24 }, | |
| 185 | { "percent", 0x25 }, | |
| 186 | { "ampersand", 0x26 }, | |
| 187 | { "apostrophe", 0x27 }, | |
| 188 | { "quoteright", 0x27 }, | |
| 189 | { "parenleft", 0x28 }, | |
| 190 | { "parenright", 0x29 }, | |
| 191 | { "asterisk", 0x2A }, | |
| 192 | { "plus", 0x2B }, | |
| 193 | { "comma", 0x2C }, | |
| 194 | { "minus", 0x2D }, | |
| 195 | { "period", 0x2E }, | |
| 196 | { "slash", 0x2F }, | |
| 197 | { "0", 0x30 }, | |
| 198 | { "1", 0x31 }, | |
| 199 | { "2", 0x32 }, | |
| 200 | { "3", 0x33 }, | |
| 201 | { "4", 0x34 }, | |
| 202 | { "5", 0x35 }, | |
| 203 | { "6", 0x36 }, | |
| 204 | { "7", 0x37 }, | |
| 205 | { "8", 0x38 }, | |
| 206 | { "9", 0x39 }, | |
| 207 | { "colon", 0x3A }, | |
| 208 | { "semicolon", 0x3B }, | |
| 209 | { "less", 0x3C }, | |
| 210 | { "equal", 0x3D }, | |
| 211 | { "greater", 0x3E }, | |
| 212 | { "question", 0x3F }, | |
| 213 | { "at", 0x40 }, | |
| 214 | { "A", 0x41 }, | |
| 215 | { "B", 0x42 }, | |
| 216 | { "C", 0x43 }, | |
| 217 | { "D", 0x44 }, | |
| 218 | { "E", 0x45 }, | |
| 219 | { "F", 0x46 }, | |
| 220 | { "G", 0x47 }, | |
| 221 | { "H", 0x48 }, | |
| 222 | { "I", 0x49 }, | |
| 223 | { "J", 0x4A }, | |
| 224 | { "K", 0x4B }, | |
| 225 | { "L", 0x4C }, | |
| 226 | { "M", 0x4D }, | |
| 227 | { "N", 0x4E }, | |
| 228 | { "O", 0x4F }, | |
| 229 | { "P", 0x50 }, | |
| 230 | { "Q", 0x51 }, | |
| 231 | { "R", 0x52 }, | |
| 232 | { "S", 0x53 }, | |
| 233 | { "T", 0x54 }, | |
| 234 | { "U", 0x55 }, | |
| 235 | { "V", 0x56 }, | |
| 236 | { "W", 0x57 }, | |
| 237 | { "X", 0x58 }, | |
| 238 | { "Y", 0x59 }, | |
| 239 | { "Z", 0x5A }, | |
| 240 | { "bracketleft", 0x5B }, | |
| 241 | { "backslash", 0x5C }, | |
| 242 | { "bracketright", 0x5D }, | |
| 243 | { "asciicircum", 0x5E }, | |
| 244 | { "underscore", 0x5F }, | |
| 245 | { "grave", 0x60 }, | |
| 246 | { "quoteleft", 0x60 }, | |
| 247 | { "a", 0x61 }, | |
| 248 | { "b", 0x62 }, | |
| 249 | { "c", 0x63 }, | |
| 250 | { "d", 0x64 }, | |
| 251 | { "e", 0x65 }, | |
| 252 | { "f", 0x66 }, | |
| 253 | { "g", 0x67 }, | |
| 254 | { "h", 0x68 }, | |
| 255 | { "i", 0x69 }, | |
| 256 | { "j", 0x6A }, | |
| 257 | { "k", 0x6B }, | |
| 258 | { "l", 0x6C }, | |
| 259 | { "m", 0x6D }, | |
| 260 | { "n", 0x6E }, | |
| 261 | { "o", 0x6F }, | |
| 262 | { "p", 0x70 }, | |
| 263 | { "q", 0x71 }, | |
| 264 | { "r", 0x72 }, | |
| 265 | { "s", 0x73 }, | |
| 266 | { "t", 0x74 }, | |
| 267 | { "u", 0x75 }, | |
| 268 | { "v", 0x76 }, | |
| 269 | { "w", 0x77 }, | |
| 270 | { "x", 0x78 }, | |
| 271 | { "y", 0x79 }, | |
| 272 | { "z", 0x7A }, | |
| 273 | { "braceleft", 0x7B }, | |
| 274 | { "bar", 0x7C }, | |
| 275 | { "braceright", 0x7D }, | |
| 276 | { "asciitilde", 0x7E }, | |
| 277 | { "nobreakspace", 0xA0 }, | |
| 278 | { "exclamdown", 0xA1 }, | |
| 279 | { "cent", 0xA2 }, | |
| 280 | { "sterling", 0xA3 }, | |
| 281 | { "currency", 0xA4 }, | |
| 282 | { "yen", 0xA5 }, | |
| 283 | { "brokenbar", 0xA6 }, | |
| 284 | { "section", 0xA7 }, | |
| 285 | { "diaeresis", 0xA8 }, | |
| 286 | { "copyright", 0xA9 }, | |
| 287 | { "ordfeminine", 0xAA }, | |
| 288 | { "guillemotleft", 0xAB }, | |
| 289 | { "notsign", 0xAC }, | |
| 290 | { "hyphen", 0xAD }, | |
| 291 | { "registered", 0xAE }, | |
| 292 | { "macron", 0xAF }, | |
| 293 | { "degree", 0xB0 }, | |
| 294 | { "plusminus", 0xB1 }, | |
| 295 | { "twosuperior", 0xB2 }, | |
| 296 | { "threesuperior", 0xB3 }, | |
| 297 | { "acute", 0xB4 }, | |
| 298 | { "mu", 0xB5 }, | |
| 299 | { "paragraph", 0xB6 }, | |
| 300 | { "periodcentered", 0xB7 }, | |
| 301 | { "cedilla", 0xB8 }, | |
| 302 | { "onesuperior", 0xB9 }, | |
| 303 | { "masculine", 0xBA }, | |
| 304 | { "guillemotright", 0xBB }, | |
| 305 | { "onequarter", 0xBC }, | |
| 306 | { "onehalf", 0xBD }, | |
| 307 | { "threequarters", 0xBE }, | |
| 308 | { "questiondown", 0xBF }, | |
| 309 | { "Agrave", 0xC0 }, | |
| 310 | { "Aacute", 0xC1 }, | |
| 311 | { "Acircumflex", 0xC2 }, | |
| 312 | { "Atilde", 0xC3 }, | |
| 313 | { "Adiaeresis", 0xC4 }, | |
| 314 | { "Aring", 0xC5 }, | |
| 315 | { "AE", 0xC6 }, | |
| 316 | { "Ccedilla", 0xC7 }, | |
| 317 | { "Egrave", 0xC8 }, | |
| 318 | { "Eacute", 0xC9 }, | |
| 319 | { "Ecircumflex", 0xCA }, | |
| 320 | { "Ediaeresis", 0xCB }, | |
| 321 | { "Igrave", 0xCC }, | |
| 322 | { "Iacute", 0xCD }, | |
| 323 | { "Icircumflex", 0xCE }, | |
| 324 | { "Idiaeresis", 0xCF }, | |
| 325 | { "ETH", 0xD0 }, | |
| 326 | { "Eth", 0xD0 }, | |
| 327 | { "Ntilde", 0xD1 }, | |
| 328 | { "Ograve", 0xD2 }, | |
| 329 | { "Oacute", 0xD3 }, | |
| 330 | { "Ocircumflex", 0xD4 }, | |
| 331 | { "Otilde", 0xD5 }, | |
| 332 | { "Odiaeresis", 0xD6 }, | |
| 333 | { "multiply", 0xD7 }, | |
| 334 | { "Oslash", 0xD8 }, | |
| 335 | { "Ooblique", 0xD8 }, | |
| 336 | { "Ugrave", 0xD9 }, | |
| 337 | { "Uacute", 0xDA }, | |
| 338 | { "Ucircumflex", 0xDB }, | |
| 339 | { "Udiaeresis", 0xDC }, | |
| 340 | { "Yacute", 0xDD }, | |
| 341 | { "THORN", 0xDE }, | |
| 342 | { "Thorn", 0xDE }, | |
| 343 | { "ssharp", 0xDF }, | |
| 344 | { "agrave", 0xE0 }, | |
| 345 | { "aacute", 0xE1 }, | |
| 346 | { "acircumflex", 0xE2 }, | |
| 347 | { "atilde", 0xE3 }, | |
| 348 | { "adiaeresis", 0xE4 }, | |
| 349 | { "aring", 0xE5 }, | |
| 350 | { "ae", 0xE6 }, | |
| 351 | { "ccedilla", 0xE7 }, | |
| 352 | { "egrave", 0xE8 }, | |
| 353 | { "eacute", 0xE9 }, | |
| 354 | { "ecircumflex", 0xEA }, | |
| 355 | { "ediaeresis", 0xEB }, | |
| 356 | { "igrave", 0xEC }, | |
| 357 | { "iacute", 0xED }, | |
| 358 | { "icircumflex", 0xEE }, | |
| 359 | { "idiaeresis", 0xEF }, | |
| 360 | { "eth", 0xF0 }, | |
| 361 | { "ntilde", 0xF1 }, | |
| 362 | { "ograve", 0xF2 }, | |
| 363 | { "oacute", 0xF3 }, | |
| 364 | { "ocircumflex", 0xF4 }, | |
| 365 | { "otilde", 0xF5 }, | |
| 366 | { "odiaeresis", 0xF6 }, | |
| 367 | { "division", 0xF7 }, | |
| 368 | { "oslash", 0xF8 }, | |
| 369 | { "ugrave", 0xF9 }, | |
| 370 | { "uacute", 0xFA }, | |
| 371 | { "ucircumflex", 0xFB }, | |
| 372 | { "udiaeresis", 0xFC }, | |
| 373 | { "yacute", 0xFD }, | |
| 374 | { "thorn", 0xFE }, | |
| 375 | { "ydiaeresis", 0xFF }, | |
| 376 | { "Aogonek", 0x1A1 }, | |
| 377 | { "breve", 0x1A2 }, | |
| 378 | { "Lstroke", 0x1A3 }, | |
| 379 | { "Lcaron", 0x1A5 }, | |
| 380 | { "Sacute", 0x1A6 }, | |
| 381 | { "Scaron", 0x1A9 }, | |
| 382 | { "Scedilla", 0x1AA }, | |
| 383 | { "Tcaron", 0x1AB }, | |
| 384 | { "Zacute", 0x1AC }, | |
| 385 | { "Zcaron", 0x1AE }, | |
| 386 | { "Zabovedot", 0x1AF }, | |
| 387 | { "aogonek", 0x1B1 }, | |
| 388 | { "ogonek", 0x1B2 }, | |
| 389 | { "lstroke", 0x1B3 }, | |
| 390 | { "lcaron", 0x1B5 }, | |
| 391 | { "sacute", 0x1B6 }, | |
| 392 | { "caron", 0x1B7 }, | |
| 393 | { "scaron", 0x1B9 }, | |
| 394 | { "scedilla", 0x1BA }, | |
| 395 | { "tcaron", 0x1BB }, | |
| 396 | { "zacute", 0x1BC }, | |
| 397 | { "doubleacute", 0x1BD }, | |
| 398 | { "zcaron", 0x1BE }, | |
| 399 | { "zabovedot", 0x1BF }, | |
| 400 | { "Racute", 0x1C0 }, | |
| 401 | { "Abreve", 0x1C3 }, | |
| 402 | { "Lacute", 0x1C5 }, | |
| 403 | { "Cacute", 0x1C6 }, | |
| 404 | { "Ccaron", 0x1C8 }, | |
| 405 | { "Eogonek", 0x1CA }, | |
| 406 | { "Ecaron", 0x1CC }, | |
| 407 | { "Dcaron", 0x1CF }, | |
| 408 | { "Dstroke", 0x1D0 }, | |
| 409 | { "Nacute", 0x1D1 }, | |
| 410 | { "Ncaron", 0x1D2 }, | |
| 411 | { "Odoubleacute", 0x1D5 }, | |
| 412 | { "Rcaron", 0x1D8 }, | |
| 413 | { "Uring", 0x1D9 }, | |
| 414 | { "Udoubleacute", 0x1DB }, | |
| 415 | { "Tcedilla", 0x1DE }, | |
| 416 | { "racute", 0x1E0 }, | |
| 417 | { "abreve", 0x1E3 }, | |
| 418 | { "lacute", 0x1E5 }, | |
| 419 | { "cacute", 0x1E6 }, | |
| 420 | { "ccaron", 0x1E8 }, | |
| 421 | { "eogonek", 0x1EA }, | |
| 422 | { "ecaron", 0x1EC }, | |
| 423 | { "dcaron", 0x1EF }, | |
| 424 | { "dstroke", 0x1F0 }, | |
| 425 | { "nacute", 0x1F1 }, | |
| 426 | { "ncaron", 0x1F2 }, | |
| 427 | { "odoubleacute", 0x1F5 }, | |
| 428 | { "rcaron", 0x1F8 }, | |
| 429 | { "uring", 0x1F9 }, | |
| 430 | { "udoubleacute", 0x1FB }, | |
| 431 | { "tcedilla", 0x1FE }, | |
| 432 | { "abovedot", 0x1FF }, | |
| 433 | { "Hstroke", 0x2A1 }, | |
| 434 | { "Hcircumflex", 0x2A6 }, | |
| 435 | { "Iabovedot", 0x2A9 }, | |
| 436 | { "Gbreve", 0x2AB }, | |
| 437 | { "Jcircumflex", 0x2AC }, | |
| 438 | { "hstroke", 0x2B1 }, | |
| 439 | { "hcircumflex", 0x2B6 }, | |
| 440 | { "idotless", 0x2B9 }, | |
| 441 | { "gbreve", 0x2BB }, | |
| 442 | { "jcircumflex", 0x2BC }, | |
| 443 | { "Cabovedot", 0x2C5 }, | |
| 444 | { "Ccircumflex", 0x2C6 }, | |
| 445 | { "Gabovedot", 0x2D5 }, | |
| 446 | { "Gcircumflex", 0x2D8 }, | |
| 447 | { "Ubreve", 0x2DD }, | |
| 448 | { "Scircumflex", 0x2DE }, | |
| 449 | { "cabovedot", 0x2E5 }, | |
| 450 | { "ccircumflex", 0x2E6 }, | |
| 451 | { "gabovedot", 0x2F5 }, | |
| 452 | { "gcircumflex", 0x2F8 }, | |
| 453 | { "ubreve", 0x2FD }, | |
| 454 | { "scircumflex", 0x2FE }, | |
| 455 | { "kra", 0x3A2 }, | |
| 456 | { "kappa", 0x3A2 }, | |
| 457 | { "Rcedilla", 0x3A3 }, | |
| 458 | { "Itilde", 0x3A5 }, | |
| 459 | { "Lcedilla", 0x3A6 }, | |
| 460 | { "Emacron", 0x3AA }, | |
| 461 | { "Gcedilla", 0x3AB }, | |
| 462 | { "Tslash", 0x3AC }, | |
| 463 | { "rcedilla", 0x3B3 }, | |
| 464 | { "itilde", 0x3B5 }, | |
| 465 | { "lcedilla", 0x3B6 }, | |
| 466 | { "emacron", 0x3BA }, | |
| 467 | { "gcedilla", 0x3BB }, | |
| 468 | { "gacute", 0x3BB }, | |
| 469 | { "tslash", 0x3BC }, | |
| 470 | { "ENG", 0x3BD }, | |
| 471 | { "eng", 0x3BF }, | |
| 472 | { "Amacron", 0x3C0 }, | |
| 473 | { "Iogonek", 0x3C7 }, | |
| 474 | { "Eabovedot", 0x3CC }, | |
| 475 | { "Imacron", 0x3CF }, | |
| 476 | { "Ncedilla", 0x3D1 }, | |
| 477 | { "Omacron", 0x3D2 }, | |
| 478 | { "Kcedilla", 0x3D3 }, | |
| 479 | { "Uogonek", 0x3D9 }, | |
| 480 | { "Utilde", 0x3DD }, | |
| 481 | { "Umacron", 0x3DE }, | |
| 482 | { "amacron", 0x3E0 }, | |
| 483 | { "iogonek", 0x3E7 }, | |
| 484 | { "eabovedot", 0x3EC }, | |
| 485 | { "imacron", 0x3EF }, | |
| 486 | { "ncedilla", 0x3F1 }, | |
| 487 | { "omacron", 0x3F2 }, | |
| 488 | { "kcedilla", 0x3F3 }, | |
| 489 | { "uogonek", 0x3F9 }, | |
| 490 | { "utilde", 0x3FD }, | |
| 491 | { "umacron", 0x3FE }, | |
| 492 | { "overline", 0x47E }, | |
| 493 | { "kana_fullstop", 0x4A1 }, | |
| 494 | { "kana_openingbracket", 0x4A2 }, | |
| 495 | { "kana_closingbracket", 0x4A3 }, | |
| 496 | { "kana_comma", 0x4A4 }, | |
| 497 | { "kana_conjunctive", 0x4A5 }, | |
| 498 | { "kana_middledot", 0x4A5 }, | |
| 499 | { "kana_WO", 0x4A6 }, | |
| 500 | { "kana_a", 0x4A7 }, | |
| 501 | { "kana_i", 0x4A8 }, | |
| 502 | { "kana_u", 0x4A9 }, | |
| 503 | { "kana_e", 0x4AA }, | |
| 504 | { "kana_o", 0x4AB }, | |
| 505 | { "kana_ya", 0x4AC }, | |
| 506 | { "kana_yu", 0x4AD }, | |
| 507 | { "kana_yo", 0x4AE }, | |
| 508 | { "kana_tsu", 0x4AF }, | |
| 509 | { "kana_tu", 0x4AF }, | |
| 510 | { "prolongedsound", 0x4B0 }, | |
| 511 | { "kana_A", 0x4B1 }, | |
| 512 | { "kana_I", 0x4B2 }, | |
| 513 | { "kana_U", 0x4B3 }, | |
| 514 | { "kana_E", 0x4B4 }, | |
| 515 | { "kana_O", 0x4B5 }, | |
| 516 | { "kana_KA", 0x4B6 }, | |
| 517 | { "kana_KI", 0x4B7 }, | |
| 518 | { "kana_KU", 0x4B8 }, | |
| 519 | { "kana_KE", 0x4B9 }, | |
| 520 | { "kana_KO", 0x4BA }, | |
| 521 | { "kana_SA", 0x4BB }, | |
| 522 | { "kana_SHI", 0x4BC }, | |
| 523 | { "kana_SU", 0x4BD }, | |
| 524 | { "kana_SE", 0x4BE }, | |
| 525 | { "kana_SO", 0x4BF }, | |
| 526 | { "kana_TA", 0x4C0 }, | |
| 527 | { "kana_CHI", 0x4C1 }, | |
| 528 | { "kana_TI", 0x4C1 }, | |
| 529 | { "kana_TSU", 0x4C2 }, | |
| 530 | { "kana_TU", 0x4C2 }, | |
| 531 | { "kana_TE", 0x4C3 }, | |
| 532 | { "kana_TO", 0x4C4 }, | |
| 533 | { "kana_NA", 0x4C5 }, | |
| 534 | { "kana_NI", 0x4C6 }, | |
| 535 | { "kana_NU", 0x4C7 }, | |
| 536 | { "kana_NE", 0x4C8 }, | |
| 537 | { "kana_NO", 0x4C9 }, | |
| 538 | { "kana_HA", 0x4CA }, | |
| 539 | { "kana_HI", 0x4CB }, | |
| 540 | { "kana_FU", 0x4CC }, | |
| 541 | { "kana_HU", 0x4CC }, | |
| 542 | { "kana_HE", 0x4CD }, | |
| 543 | { "kana_HO", 0x4CE }, | |
| 544 | { "kana_MA", 0x4CF }, | |
| 545 | { "kana_MI", 0x4D0 }, | |
| 546 | { "kana_MU", 0x4D1 }, | |
| 547 | { "kana_ME", 0x4D2 }, | |
| 548 | { "kana_MO", 0x4D3 }, | |
| 549 | { "kana_YA", 0x4D4 }, | |
| 550 | { "kana_YU", 0x4D5 }, | |
| 551 | { "kana_YO", 0x4D6 }, | |
| 552 | { "kana_RA", 0x4D7 }, | |
| 553 | { "kana_RI", 0x4D8 }, | |
| 554 | { "kana_RU", 0x4D9 }, | |
| 555 | { "kana_RE", 0x4DA }, | |
| 556 | { "kana_RO", 0x4DB }, | |
| 557 | { "kana_WA", 0x4DC }, | |
| 558 | { "kana_N", 0x4DD }, | |
| 559 | { "voicedsound", 0x4DE }, | |
| 560 | { "semivoicedsound", 0x4DF }, | |
| 514 | 561 | { "kana_switch", 0xFF7E }, |
| 515 | { "Arabic_comma", 0x5ac }, | |
| 516 | { "Arabic_semicolon", 0x5bb }, | |
| 517 | { "Arabic_question_mark", 0x5bf }, | |
| 518 | { "Arabic_hamza", 0x5c1 }, | |
| 519 | { "Arabic_maddaonalef", 0x5c2 }, | |
| 520 | { "Arabic_hamzaonalef", 0x5c3 }, | |
| 521 | { "Arabic_hamzaonwaw", 0x5c4 }, | |
| 522 | { "Arabic_hamzaunderalef", 0x5c5 }, | |
| 523 | { "Arabic_hamzaonyeh", 0x5c6 }, | |
| 524 | { "Arabic_alef", 0x5c7 }, | |
| 525 | { "Arabic_beh", 0x5c8 }, | |
| 526 | { "Arabic_tehmarbuta", 0x5c9 }, | |
| 527 | { "Arabic_teh", 0x5ca }, | |
| 528 | { "Arabic_theh", 0x5cb }, | |
| 529 | { "Arabic_jeem", 0x5cc }, | |
| 530 | { "Arabic_hah", 0x5cd }, | |
| 531 | { "Arabic_khah", 0x5ce }, | |
| 532 | { "Arabic_dal", 0x5cf }, | |
| 533 | { "Arabic_thal", 0x5d0 }, | |
| 534 | { "Arabic_ra", 0x5d1 }, | |
| 535 | { "Arabic_zain", 0x5d2 }, | |
| 536 | { "Arabic_seen", 0x5d3 }, | |
| 537 | { "Arabic_sheen", 0x5d4 }, | |
| 538 | { "Arabic_sad", 0x5d5 }, | |
| 539 | { "Arabic_dad", 0x5d6 }, | |
| 540 | { "Arabic_tah", 0x5d7 }, | |
| 541 | { "Arabic_zah", 0x5d8 }, | |
| 542 | { "Arabic_ain", 0x5d9 }, | |
| 543 | { "Arabic_ghain", 0x5da }, | |
| 544 | { "Arabic_tatweel", 0x5e0 }, | |
| 545 | { "Arabic_feh", 0x5e1 }, | |
| 546 | { "Arabic_qaf", 0x5e2 }, | |
| 547 | { "Arabic_kaf", 0x5e3 }, | |
| 548 | { "Arabic_lam", 0x5e4 }, | |
| 549 | { "Arabic_meem", 0x5e5 }, | |
| 550 | { "Arabic_noon", 0x5e6 }, | |
| 551 | { "Arabic_heh", 0x5e7 }, | |
| 552 | { "Arabic_waw", 0x5e8 }, | |
| 553 | { "Arabic_alefmaksura", 0x5e9 }, | |
| 554 | { "Arabic_yeh", 0x5ea }, | |
| 555 | { "Arabic_fathatan", 0x5eb }, | |
| 556 | { "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5ec }, | |
| 557 | { "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ed }, | |
| 558 | { "Arabic_fatha", 0x5ee }, | |
| 559 | { "Arabic_damma", 0x5ef }, | |
| 560 | { "Arabic_kasra", 0x5f0 }, | |
| 561 | { "Arabic_shadda", 0x5f1 }, | |
| 562 | { "Arabic_sukun", 0x5f2 }, | |
| 562 | { "Arabic_comma", 0x5AC }, | |
| 563 | { "Arabic_semicolon", 0x5BB }, | |
| 564 | { "Arabic_question_mark", 0x5BF }, | |
| 565 | { "Arabic_hamza", 0x5C1 }, | |
| 566 | { "Arabic_maddaonalef", 0x5C2 }, | |
| 567 | { "Arabic_hamzaonalef", 0x5C3 }, | |
| 568 | { "Arabic_hamzaonwaw", 0x5C4 }, | |
| 569 | { "Arabic_hamzaunderalef", 0x5C5 }, | |
| 570 | { "Arabic_hamzaonyeh", 0x5C6 }, | |
| 571 | { "Arabic_alef", 0x5C7 }, | |
| 572 | { "Arabic_beh", 0x5C8 }, | |
| 573 | { "Arabic_tehmarbuta", 0x5C9 }, | |
| 574 | { "Arabic_teh", 0x5CA }, | |
| 575 | { "Arabic_theh", 0x5CB }, | |
| 576 | { "Arabic_jeem", 0x5CC }, | |
| 577 | { "Arabic_hah", 0x5CD }, | |
| 578 | { "Arabic_khah", 0x5CE }, | |
| 579 | { "Arabic_dal", 0x5CF }, | |
| 580 | { "Arabic_thal", 0x5D0 }, | |
| 581 | { "Arabic_ra", 0x5D1 }, | |
| 582 | { "Arabic_zain", 0x5D2 }, | |
| 583 | { "Arabic_seen", 0x5D3 }, | |
| 584 | { "Arabic_sheen", 0x5D4 }, | |
| 585 | { "Arabic_sad", 0x5D5 }, | |
| 586 | { "Arabic_dad", 0x5D6 }, | |
| 587 | { "Arabic_tah", 0x5D7 }, | |
| 588 | { "Arabic_zah", 0x5D8 }, | |
| 589 | { "Arabic_ain", 0x5D9 }, | |
| 590 | { "Arabic_ghain", 0x5DA }, | |
| 591 | { "Arabic_tatweel", 0x5E0 }, | |
| 592 | { "Arabic_feh", 0x5E1 }, | |
| 593 | { "Arabic_qaf", 0x5E2 }, | |
| 594 | { "Arabic_kaf", 0x5E3 }, | |
| 595 | { "Arabic_lam", 0x5E4 }, | |
| 596 | { "Arabic_meem", 0x5E5 }, | |
| 597 | { "Arabic_noon", 0x5E6 }, | |
| 598 | { "Arabic_ha", 0x5E7 }, | |
| 599 | { "Arabic_heh", 0x5E7 }, | |
| 600 | { "Arabic_waw", 0x5E8 }, | |
| 601 | { "Arabic_alefmaksura", 0x5E9 }, | |
| 602 | { "Arabic_yeh", 0x5EA }, | |
| 603 | { "Arabic_fathatan", 0x5EB }, | |
| 604 | { "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5EC }, | |
| 605 | { "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ED }, | |
| 606 | { "Arabic_fatha", 0x5EE }, | |
| 607 | { "Arabic_damma", 0x5EF }, | |
| 608 | { "Arabic_kasra", 0x5F0 }, | |
| 609 | { "Arabic_shadda", 0x5F1 }, | |
| 610 | { "Arabic_sukun", 0x5F2 }, | |
| 563 | 611 | { "Arabic_switch", 0xFF7E }, |
| 564 | { "Serbian_dje", 0x6a1 }, | |
| 565 | { "Macedonia_gje", 0x6a2 }, | |
| 566 | { "Cyrillic_io", 0x6a3 }, | |
| 567 | { "Ukranian_je", 0x6a4 }, | |
| 568 | { "Macedonia_dse", 0x6a5 }, | |
| 569 | { "Ukranian_i", 0x6a6 }, | |
| 570 | { "Ukranian_yi", 0x6a7 }, | |
| 571 | { "Serbian_je", 0x6a8 }, | |
| 572 | { "Serbian_lje", 0x6a9 }, | |
| 573 | { "Serbian_nje", 0x6aa }, | |
| 574 | { "Serbian_tshe", 0x6ab }, | |
| 575 | { "Macedonia_kje", 0x6ac }, | |
| 576 | { "Byelorussian_shortu", 0x6ae }, | |
| 577 | { "Serbian_dze", 0x6af }, | |
| 578 | { "numerosign", 0x6b0 }, | |
| 579 | { "Serbian_DJE", 0x6b1 }, | |
| 580 | { "Macedonia_GJE", 0x6b2 }, | |
| 581 | { "Cyrillic_IO", 0x6b3 }, | |
| 582 | { "Ukranian_JE", 0x6b4 }, | |
| 583 | { "Macedonia_DSE", 0x6b5 }, | |
| 584 | { "Ukranian_I", 0x6b6 }, | |
| 585 | { "Ukranian_YI", 0x6b7 }, | |
| 586 | { "Serbian_JE", 0x6b8 }, | |
| 587 | { "Serbian_LJE", 0x6b9 }, | |
| 588 | { "Serbian_NJE", 0x6ba }, | |
| 589 | { "Serbian_TSHE", 0x6bb }, | |
| 590 | { "Macedonia_KJE", 0x6bc }, | |
| 591 | { "Byelorussian_SHORTU", 0x6be }, | |
| 592 | { "Serbian_DZE", 0x6bf }, | |
| 593 | { "Cyrillic_yu", 0x6c0 }, | |
| 594 | { "Cyrillic_a", 0x6c1 }, | |
| 595 | { "Cyrillic_be", 0x6c2 }, | |
| 596 | { "Cyrillic_tse", 0x6c3 }, | |
| 597 | { "Cyrillic_de", 0x6c4 }, | |
| 598 | { "Cyrillic_ie", 0x6c5 }, | |
| 599 | { "Cyrillic_ef", 0x6c6 }, | |
| 600 | { "Cyrillic_ghe", 0x6c7 }, | |
| 601 | { "Cyrillic_ha", 0x6c8 }, | |
| 602 | { "Cyrillic_i", 0x6c9 }, | |
| 603 | { "Cyrillic_shorti", 0x6ca }, | |
| 604 | { "Cyrillic_ka", 0x6cb }, | |
| 605 | { "Cyrillic_el", 0x6cc }, | |
| 606 | { "Cyrillic_em", 0x6cd }, | |
| 607 | { "Cyrillic_en", 0x6ce }, | |
| 608 | { "Cyrillic_o", 0x6cf }, | |
| 609 | { "Cyrillic_pe", 0x6d0 }, | |
| 610 | { "Cyrillic_ya", 0x6d1 }, | |
| 611 | { "Cyrillic_er", 0x6d2 }, | |
| 612 | { "Cyrillic_es", 0x6d3 }, | |
| 613 | { "Cyrillic_te", 0x6d4 }, | |
| 614 | { "Cyrillic_u", 0x6d5 }, | |
| 615 | { "Cyrillic_zhe", 0x6d6 }, | |
| 616 | { "Cyrillic_ve", 0x6d7 }, | |
| 617 | { "Cyrillic_softsign", 0x6d8 }, | |
| 618 | { "Cyrillic_yeru", 0x6d9 }, | |
| 619 | { "Cyrillic_ze", 0x6da }, | |
| 620 | { "Cyrillic_sha", 0x6db }, | |
| 621 | { "Cyrillic_e", 0x6dc }, | |
| 622 | { "Cyrillic_shcha", 0x6dd }, | |
| 623 | { "Cyrillic_che", 0x6de }, | |
| 624 | { "Cyrillic_hardsign", 0x6df }, | |
| 625 | { "Cyrillic_YU", 0x6e0 }, | |
| 626 | { "Cyrillic_A", 0x6e1 }, | |
| 627 | { "Cyrillic_BE", 0x6e2 }, | |
| 628 | { "Cyrillic_TSE", 0x6e3 }, | |
| 629 | { "Cyrillic_DE", 0x6e4 }, | |
| 630 | { "Cyrillic_IE", 0x6e5 }, | |
| 631 | { "Cyrillic_EF", 0x6e6 }, | |
| 632 | { "Cyrillic_GHE", 0x6e7 }, | |
| 633 | { "Cyrillic_HA", 0x6e8 }, | |
| 634 | { "Cyrillic_I", 0x6e9 }, | |
| 635 | { "Cyrillic_SHORTI", 0x6ea }, | |
| 636 | { "Cyrillic_KA", 0x6eb }, | |
| 637 | { "Cyrillic_EL", 0x6ec }, | |
| 638 | { "Cyrillic_EM", 0x6ed }, | |
| 639 | { "Cyrillic_EN", 0x6ee }, | |
| 640 | { "Cyrillic_O", 0x6ef }, | |
| 641 | { "Cyrillic_PE", 0x6f0 }, | |
| 642 | { "Cyrillic_YA", 0x6f1 }, | |
| 643 | { "Cyrillic_ER", 0x6f2 }, | |
| 644 | { "Cyrillic_ES", 0x6f3 }, | |
| 645 | { "Cyrillic_TE", 0x6f4 }, | |
| 646 | { "Cyrillic_U", 0x6f5 }, | |
| 647 | { "Cyrillic_ZHE", 0x6f6 }, | |
| 648 | { "Cyrillic_VE", 0x6f7 }, | |
| 649 | { "Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN", 0x6f8 }, | |
| 650 | { "Cyrillic_YERU", 0x6f9 }, | |
| 651 | { "Cyrillic_ZE", 0x6fa }, | |
| 652 | { "Cyrillic_SHA", 0x6fb }, | |
| 653 | { "Cyrillic_E", 0x6fc }, | |
| 654 | { "Cyrillic_SHCHA", 0x6fd }, | |
| 655 | { "Cyrillic_CHE", 0x6fe }, | |
| 656 | { "Cyrillic_HARDSIGN", 0x6ff }, | |
| 657 | { "Greek_ALPHAaccent", 0x7a1 }, | |
| 658 | { "Greek_EPSILONaccent", 0x7a2 }, | |
| 659 | { "Greek_ETAaccent", 0x7a3 }, | |
| 660 | { "Greek_IOTAaccent", 0x7a4 }, | |
| 661 | { "Greek_IOTAdiaeresis", 0x7a5 }, | |
| 662 | { "Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis", 0x7a6 }, | |
| 663 | { "Greek_OMICRONaccent", 0x7a7 }, | |
| 664 | { "Greek_UPSILONaccent", 0x7a8 }, | |
| 665 | { "Greek_UPSILONdieresis", 0x7a9 }, | |
| 666 | { "Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis", 0x7aa }, | |
| 667 | { "Greek_OMEGAaccent", 0x7ab }, | |
| 668 | { "Greek_alphaaccent", 0x7b1 }, | |
| 669 | { "Greek_epsilonaccent", 0x7b2 }, | |
| 670 | { "Greek_etaaccent", 0x7b3 }, | |
| 671 | { "Greek_iotaaccent", 0x7b4 }, | |
| 672 | { "Greek_iotadieresis", 0x7b5 }, | |
| 673 | { "Greek_iotaaccentdieresis", 0x7b6 }, | |
| 674 | { "Greek_omicronaccent", 0x7b7 }, | |
| 675 | { "Greek_upsilonaccent", 0x7b8 }, | |
| 676 | { "Greek_upsilondieresis", 0x7b9 }, | |
| 677 | { "Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis", 0x7ba }, | |
| 678 | { "Greek_omegaaccent", 0x7bb }, | |
| 679 | { "Greek_ALPHA", 0x7c1 }, | |
| 680 | { "Greek_BETA", 0x7c2 }, | |
| 681 | { "Greek_GAMMA", 0x7c3 }, | |
| 682 | { "Greek_DELTA", 0x7c4 }, | |
| 683 | { "Greek_EPSILON", 0x7c5 }, | |
| 684 | { "Greek_ZETA", 0x7c6 }, | |
| 685 | { "Greek_ETA", 0x7c7 }, | |
| 686 | { "Greek_THETA", 0x7c8 }, | |
| 687 | { "Greek_IOTA", 0x7c9 }, | |
| 688 | { "Greek_KAPPA", 0x7ca }, | |
| 689 | { "Greek_LAMBDA", 0x7cb }, | |
| 690 | { "Greek_MU", 0x7cc }, | |
| 691 | { "Greek_NU", 0x7cd }, | |
| 692 | { "Greek_XI", 0x7ce }, | |
| 693 | { "Greek_OMICRON", 0x7cf }, | |
| 694 | { "Greek_PI", 0x7d0 }, | |
| 695 | { "Greek_RHO", 0x7d1 }, | |
| 696 | { "Greek_SIGMA", 0x7d2 }, | |
| 697 | { "Greek_TAU", 0x7d4 }, | |
| 698 | { "Greek_UPSILON", 0x7d5 }, | |
| 699 | { "Greek_PHI", 0x7d6 }, | |
| 700 | { "Greek_CHI", 0x7d7 }, | |
| 701 | { "Greek_PSI", 0x7d8 }, | |
| 702 | { "Greek_OMEGA", 0x7d9 }, | |
| 703 | { "Greek_alpha", 0x7e1 }, | |
| 704 | { "Greek_beta", 0x7e2 }, | |
| 705 | { "Greek_gamma", 0x7e3 }, | |
| 706 | { "Greek_delta", 0x7e4 }, | |
| 707 | { "Greek_epsilon", 0x7e5 }, | |
| 708 | { "Greek_zeta", 0x7e6 }, | |
| 709 | { "Greek_eta", 0x7e7 }, | |
| 710 | { "Greek_theta", 0x7e8 }, | |
| 711 | { "Greek_iota", 0x7e9 }, | |
| 712 | { "Greek_kappa", 0x7ea }, | |
| 713 | { "Greek_lambda", 0x7eb }, | |
| 714 | { "Greek_mu", 0x7ec }, | |
| 715 | { "Greek_nu", 0x7ed }, | |
| 716 | { "Greek_xi", 0x7ee }, | |
| 717 | { "Greek_omicron", 0x7ef }, | |
| 718 | { "Greek_pi", 0x7f0 }, | |
| 719 | { "Greek_rho", 0x7f1 }, | |
| 720 | { "Greek_sigma", 0x7f2 }, | |
| 721 | { "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7f3 }, | |
| 722 | { "Greek_tau", 0x7f4 }, | |
| 723 | { "Greek_upsilon", 0x7f5 }, | |
| 724 | { "Greek_phi", 0x7f6 }, | |
| 725 | { "Greek_chi", 0x7f7 }, | |
| 726 | { "Greek_psi", 0x7f8 }, | |
| 727 | { "Greek_omega", 0x7f9 }, | |
| 612 | { "Serbian_dje", 0x6A1 }, | |
| 613 | { "Macedonia_gje", 0x6A2 }, | |
| 614 | { "Cyrillic_io", 0x6A3 }, | |
| 615 | { "Ukrainian_ie", 0x6A4 }, | |
| 616 | { "Ukranian_je", 0x6A4 }, | |
| 617 | { "Macedonia_dse", 0x6A5 }, | |
| 618 | { "Ukrainian_i", 0x6A6 }, | |
| 619 | { "Ukranian_i", 0x6A6 }, | |
| 620 | { "Ukrainian_yi", 0x6A7 }, | |
| 621 | { "Ukranian_yi", 0x6A7 }, | |
| 622 | { "Cyrillic_je", 0x6A8 }, | |
| 623 | { "Serbian_je", 0x6A8 }, | |
| 624 | { "Cyrillic_lje", 0x6A9 }, | |
| 625 | { "Serbian_lje", 0x6A9 }, | |
| 626 | { "Cyrillic_nje", 0x6AA }, | |
| 627 | { "Serbian_nje", 0x6AA }, | |
| 628 | { "Serbian_tshe", 0x6AB }, | |
| 629 | { "Macedonia_kje", 0x6AC }, | |
| 630 | { "Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn", 0x6AD }, | |
| 631 | { "Byelorussian_shortu", 0x6AE }, | |
| 632 | { "Cyrillic_dzhe", 0x6AF }, | |
| 633 | { "Serbian_dze", 0x6AF }, | |
| 634 | { "numerosign", 0x6B0 }, | |
| 635 | { "Serbian_DJE", 0x6B1 }, | |
| 636 | { "Macedonia_GJE", 0x6B2 }, | |
| 637 | { "Cyrillic_IO", 0x6B3 }, | |
| 638 | { "Ukrainian_IE", 0x6B4 }, | |
| 639 | { "Ukranian_JE", 0x6B4 }, | |
| 640 | { "Macedonia_DSE", 0x6B5 }, | |
| 641 | { "Ukrainian_I", 0x6B6 }, | |
| 642 | { "Ukranian_I", 0x6B6 }, | |
| 643 | { "Ukrainian_YI", 0x6B7 }, | |
| 644 | { "Ukranian_YI", 0x6B7 }, | |
| 645 | { "Cyrillic_JE", 0x6B8 }, | |
| 646 | { "Serbian_JE", 0x6B8 }, | |
| 647 | { "Cyrillic_LJE", 0x6B9 }, | |
| 648 | { "Serbian_LJE", 0x6B9 }, | |
| 649 | { "Cyrillic_NJE", 0x6BA }, | |
| 650 | { "Serbian_NJE", 0x6BA }, | |
| 651 | { "Serbian_TSHE", 0x6BB }, | |
| 652 | { "Macedonia_KJE", 0x6BC }, | |
| 653 | { "Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN", 0x6BD }, | |
| 654 | { "Byelorussian_SHORTU", 0x6BE }, | |
| 655 | { "Cyrillic_DZHE", 0x6BF }, | |
| 656 | { "Serbian_DZE", 0x6BF }, | |
| 657 | { "Cyrillic_yu", 0x6C0 }, | |
| 658 | { "Cyrillic_a", 0x6C1 }, | |
| 659 | { "Cyrillic_be", 0x6C2 }, | |
| 660 | { "Cyrillic_tse", 0x6C3 }, | |
| 661 | { "Cyrillic_de", 0x6C4 }, | |
| 662 | { "Cyrillic_ie", 0x6C5 }, | |
| 663 | { "Cyrillic_ef", 0x6C6 }, | |
| 664 | { "Cyrillic_ghe", 0x6C7 }, | |
| 665 | { "Cyrillic_ha", 0x6C8 }, | |
| 666 | { "Cyrillic_i", 0x6C9 }, | |
| 667 | { "Cyrillic_shorti", 0x6CA }, | |
| 668 | { "Cyrillic_ka", 0x6CB }, | |
| 669 | { "Cyrillic_el", 0x6CC }, | |
| 670 | { "Cyrillic_em", 0x6CD }, | |
| 671 | { "Cyrillic_en", 0x6CE }, | |
| 672 | { "Cyrillic_o", 0x6CF }, | |
| 673 | { "Cyrillic_pe", 0x6D0 }, | |
| 674 | { "Cyrillic_ya", 0x6D1 }, | |
| 675 | { "Cyrillic_er", 0x6D2 }, | |
| 676 | { "Cyrillic_es", 0x6D3 }, | |
| 677 | { "Cyrillic_te", 0x6D4 }, | |
| 678 | { "Cyrillic_u", 0x6D5 }, | |
| 679 | { "Cyrillic_zhe", 0x6D6 }, | |
| 680 | { "Cyrillic_ve", 0x6D7 }, | |
| 681 | { "Cyrillic_softsign", 0x6D8 }, | |
| 682 | { "Cyrillic_yeru", 0x6D9 }, | |
| 683 | { "Cyrillic_ze", 0x6DA }, | |
| 684 | { "Cyrillic_sha", 0x6DB }, | |
| 685 | { "Cyrillic_e", 0x6DC }, | |
| 686 | { "Cyrillic_shcha", 0x6DD }, | |
| 687 | { "Cyrillic_che", 0x6DE }, | |
| 688 | { "Cyrillic_hardsign", 0x6DF }, | |
| 689 | { "Cyrillic_YU", 0x6E0 }, | |
| 690 | { "Cyrillic_A", 0x6E1 }, | |
| 691 | { "Cyrillic_BE", 0x6E2 }, | |
| 692 | { "Cyrillic_TSE", 0x6E3 }, | |
| 693 | { "Cyrillic_DE", 0x6E4 }, | |
| 694 | { "Cyrillic_IE", 0x6E5 }, | |
| 695 | { "Cyrillic_EF", 0x6E6 }, | |
| 696 | { "Cyrillic_GHE", 0x6E7 }, | |
| 697 | { "Cyrillic_HA", 0x6E8 }, | |
| 698 | { "Cyrillic_I", 0x6E9 }, | |
| 699 | { "Cyrillic_SHORTI", 0x6EA }, | |
| 700 | { "Cyrillic_KA", 0x6EB }, | |
| 701 | { "Cyrillic_EL", 0x6EC }, | |
| 702 | { "Cyrillic_EM", 0x6ED }, | |
| 703 | { "Cyrillic_EN", 0x6EE }, | |
| 704 | { "Cyrillic_O", 0x6EF }, | |
| 705 | { "Cyrillic_PE", 0x6F0 }, | |
| 706 | { "Cyrillic_YA", 0x6F1 }, | |
| 707 | { "Cyrillic_ER", 0x6F2 }, | |
| 708 | { "Cyrillic_ES", 0x6F3 }, | |
| 709 | { "Cyrillic_TE", 0x6F4 }, | |
| 710 | { "Cyrillic_U", 0x6F5 }, | |
| 711 | { "Cyrillic_ZHE", 0x6F6 }, | |
| 712 | { "Cyrillic_VE", 0x6F7 }, | |
| 713 | { "Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN", 0x6F8 }, | |
| 714 | { "Cyrillic_YERU", 0x6F9 }, | |
| 715 | { "Cyrillic_ZE", 0x6FA }, | |
| 716 | { "Cyrillic_SHA", 0x6FB }, | |
| 717 | { "Cyrillic_E", 0x6FC }, | |
| 718 | { "Cyrillic_SHCHA", 0x6FD }, | |
| 719 | { "Cyrillic_CHE", 0x6FE }, | |
| 720 | { "Cyrillic_HARDSIGN", 0x6FF }, | |
| 721 | { "Greek_ALPHAaccent", 0x7A1 }, | |
| 722 | { "Greek_EPSILONaccent", 0x7A2 }, | |
| 723 | { "Greek_ETAaccent", 0x7A3 }, | |
| 724 | { "Greek_IOTAaccent", 0x7A4 }, | |
| 725 | { "Greek_IOTAdieresis", 0x7A5 }, | |
| 726 | { "Greek_IOTAdiaeresis", 0x7A5 }, | |
| 727 | { "Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis", 0x7A6 }, | |
| 728 | { "Greek_OMICRONaccent", 0x7A7 }, | |
| 729 | { "Greek_UPSILONaccent", 0x7A8 }, | |
| 730 | { "Greek_UPSILONdieresis", 0x7A9 }, | |
| 731 | { "Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis", 0x7AA }, | |
| 732 | { "Greek_OMEGAaccent", 0x7AB }, | |
| 733 | { "Greek_accentdieresis", 0x7AE }, | |
| 734 | { "Greek_horizbar", 0x7AF }, | |
| 735 | { "Greek_alphaaccent", 0x7B1 }, | |
| 736 | { "Greek_epsilonaccent", 0x7B2 }, | |
| 737 | { "Greek_etaaccent", 0x7B3 }, | |
| 738 | { "Greek_iotaaccent", 0x7B4 }, | |
| 739 | { "Greek_iotadieresis", 0x7B5 }, | |
| 740 | { "Greek_iotaaccentdieresis", 0x7B6 }, | |
| 741 | { "Greek_omicronaccent", 0x7B7 }, | |
| 742 | { "Greek_upsilonaccent", 0x7B8 }, | |
| 743 | { "Greek_upsilondieresis", 0x7B9 }, | |
| 744 | { "Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis", 0x7BA }, | |
| 745 | { "Greek_omegaaccent", 0x7BB }, | |
| 746 | { "Greek_ALPHA", 0x7C1 }, | |
| 747 | { "Greek_BETA", 0x7C2 }, | |
| 748 | { "Greek_GAMMA", 0x7C3 }, | |
| 749 | { "Greek_DELTA", 0x7C4 }, | |
| 750 | { "Greek_EPSILON", 0x7C5 }, | |
| 751 | { "Greek_ZETA", 0x7C6 }, | |
| 752 | { "Greek_ETA", 0x7C7 }, | |
| 753 | { "Greek_THETA", 0x7C8 }, | |
| 754 | { "Greek_IOTA", 0x7C9 }, | |
| 755 | { "Greek_KAPPA", 0x7CA }, | |
| 756 | { "Greek_LAMDA", 0x7CB }, | |
| 757 | { "Greek_LAMBDA", 0x7CB }, | |
| 758 | { "Greek_MU", 0x7CC }, | |
| 759 | { "Greek_NU", 0x7CD }, | |
| 760 | { "Greek_XI", 0x7CE }, | |
| 761 | { "Greek_OMICRON", 0x7CF }, | |
| 762 | { "Greek_PI", 0x7D0 }, | |
| 763 | { "Greek_RHO", 0x7D1 }, | |
| 764 | { "Greek_SIGMA", 0x7D2 }, | |
| 765 | { "Greek_TAU", 0x7D4 }, | |
| 766 | { "Greek_UPSILON", 0x7D5 }, | |
| 767 | { "Greek_PHI", 0x7D6 }, | |
| 768 | { "Greek_CHI", 0x7D7 }, | |
| 769 | { "Greek_PSI", 0x7D8 }, | |
| 770 | { "Greek_OMEGA", 0x7D9 }, | |
| 771 | { "Greek_alpha", 0x7E1 }, | |
| 772 | { "Greek_beta", 0x7E2 }, | |
| 773 | { "Greek_gamma", 0x7E3 }, | |
| 774 | { "Greek_delta", 0x7E4 }, | |
| 775 | { "Greek_epsilon", 0x7E5 }, | |
| 776 | { "Greek_zeta", 0x7E6 }, | |
| 777 | { "Greek_eta", 0x7E7 }, | |
| 778 | { "Greek_theta", 0x7E8 }, | |
| 779 | { "Greek_iota", 0x7E9 }, | |
| 780 | { "Greek_kappa", 0x7EA }, | |
| 781 | { "Greek_lamda", 0x7EB }, | |
| 782 | { "Greek_lambda", 0x7EB }, | |
| 783 | { "Greek_mu", 0x7EC }, | |
| 784 | { "Greek_nu", 0x7ED }, | |
| 785 | { "Greek_xi", 0x7EE }, | |
| 786 | { "Greek_omicron", 0x7EF }, | |
| 787 | { "Greek_pi", 0x7F0 }, | |
| 788 | { "Greek_rho", 0x7F1 }, | |
| 789 | { "Greek_sigma", 0x7F2 }, | |
| 790 | { "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7F3 }, | |
| 791 | { "Greek_tau", 0x7F4 }, | |
| 792 | { "Greek_upsilon", 0x7F5 }, | |
| 793 | { "Greek_phi", 0x7F6 }, | |
| 794 | { "Greek_chi", 0x7F7 }, | |
| 795 | { "Greek_psi", 0x7F8 }, | |
| 796 | { "Greek_omega", 0x7F9 }, | |
| 728 | 797 | { "Greek_switch", 0xFF7E }, |
| 729 | { "leftradical", 0x8a1 }, | |
| 730 | { "topleftradical", 0x8a2 }, | |
| 731 | { "horizconnector", 0x8a3 }, | |
| 732 | { "topintegral", 0x8a4 }, | |
| 733 | { "botintegral", 0x8a5 }, | |
| 734 | { "vertconnector", 0x8a6 }, | |
| 735 | { "topleftsqbracket", 0x8a7 }, | |
| 736 | { "botleftsqbracket", 0x8a8 }, | |
| 737 | { "toprightsqbracket", 0x8a9 }, | |
| 738 | { "botrightsqbracket", 0x8aa }, | |
| 739 | { "topleftparens", 0x8ab }, | |
| 740 | { "botleftparens", 0x8ac }, | |
| 741 | { "toprightparens", 0x8ad }, | |
| 742 | { "botrightparens", 0x8ae }, | |
| 743 | { "leftmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8af }, | |
| 744 | { "rightmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8b0 }, | |
| 745 | { "topleftsummation", 0x8b1 }, | |
| 746 | { "botleftsummation", 0x8b2 }, | |
| 747 | { "topvertsummationconnector", 0x8b3 }, | |
| 748 | { "botvertsummationconnector", 0x8b4 }, | |
| 749 | { "toprightsummation", 0x8b5 }, | |
| 750 | { "botrightsummation", 0x8b6 }, | |
| 751 | { "rightmiddlesummation", 0x8b7 }, | |
| 752 | { "lessthanequal", 0x8bc }, | |
| 753 | { "notequal", 0x8bd }, | |
| 754 | { "greaterthanequal", 0x8be }, | |
| 755 | { "integral", 0x8bf }, | |
| 756 | { "therefore", 0x8c0 }, | |
| 757 | { "variation", 0x8c1 }, | |
| 758 | { "infinity", 0x8c2 }, | |
| 759 | { "nabla", 0x8c5 }, | |
| 760 | { "approximate", 0x8c8 }, | |
| 761 | { "similarequal", 0x8c9 }, | |
| 762 | { "ifonlyif", 0x8cd }, | |
| 763 | { "implies", 0x8ce }, | |
| 764 | { "identical", 0x8cf }, | |
| 765 | { "radical", 0x8d6 }, | |
| 766 | { "includedin", 0x8da }, | |
| 767 | { "includes", 0x8db }, | |
| 768 | { "intersection", 0x8dc }, | |
| 769 | { "union", 0x8dd }, | |
| 770 | { "logicaland", 0x8de }, | |
| 771 | { "logicalor", 0x8df }, | |
| 772 | { "partialderivative", 0x8ef }, | |
| 773 | { "function", 0x8f6 }, | |
| 774 | { "leftarrow", 0x8fb }, | |
| 775 | { "uparrow", 0x8fc }, | |
| 776 | { "rightarrow", 0x8fd }, | |
| 777 | { "downarrow", 0x8fe }, | |
| 778 | { "blank", 0x9df }, | |
| 779 | { "soliddiamond", 0x9e0 }, | |
| 780 | { "checkerboard", 0x9e1 }, | |
| 781 | { "ht", 0x9e2 }, | |
| 782 | { "ff", 0x9e3 }, | |
| 783 | { "cr", 0x9e4 }, | |
| 784 | { "lf", 0x9e5 }, | |
| 785 | { "nl", 0x9e8 }, | |
| 786 | { "vt", 0x9e9 }, | |
| 787 | { "lowrightcorner", 0x9ea }, | |
| 788 | { "uprightcorner", 0x9eb }, | |
| 789 | { "upleftcorner", 0x9ec }, | |
| 790 | { "lowleftcorner", 0x9ed }, | |
| 791 | { "crossinglines", 0x9ee }, | |
| 792 | { "horizlinescan1", 0x9ef }, | |
| 793 | { "horizlinescan3", 0x9f0 }, | |
| 794 | { "horizlinescan5", 0x9f1 }, | |
| 795 | { "horizlinescan7", 0x9f2 }, | |
| 796 | { "horizlinescan9", 0x9f3 }, | |
| 797 | { "leftt", 0x9f4 }, | |
| 798 | { "rightt", 0x9f5 }, | |
| 799 | { "bott", 0x9f6 }, | |
| 800 | { "topt", 0x9f7 }, | |
| 801 | { "vertbar", 0x9f8 }, | |
| 802 | { "emspace", 0xaa1 }, | |
| 803 | { "enspace", 0xaa2 }, | |
| 804 | { "em3space", 0xaa3 }, | |
| 805 | { "em4space", 0xaa4 }, | |
| 806 | { "digitspace", 0xaa5 }, | |
| 807 | { "punctspace", 0xaa6 }, | |
| 808 | { "thinspace", 0xaa7 }, | |
| 809 | { "hairspace", 0xaa8 }, | |
| 810 | { "emdash", 0xaa9 }, | |
| 811 | { "endash", 0xaaa }, | |
| 812 | { "signifblank", 0xaac }, | |
| 813 | { "ellipsis", 0xaae }, | |
| 814 | { "doubbaselinedot", 0xaaf }, | |
| 815 | { "onethird", 0xab0 }, | |
| 816 | { "twothirds", 0xab1 }, | |
| 817 | { "onefifth", 0xab2 }, | |
| 818 | { "twofifths", 0xab3 }, | |
| 819 | { "threefifths", 0xab4 }, | |
| 820 | { "fourfifths", 0xab5 }, | |
| 821 | { "onesixth", 0xab6 }, | |
| 822 | { "fivesixths", 0xab7 }, | |
| 823 | { "careof", 0xab8 }, | |
| 824 | { "figdash", 0xabb }, | |
| 825 | { "leftanglebracket", 0xabc }, | |
| 826 | { "decimalpoint", 0xabd }, | |
| 827 | { "rightanglebracket", 0xabe }, | |
| 828 | { "marker", 0xabf }, | |
| 829 | { "oneeighth", 0xac3 }, | |
| 830 | { "threeeighths", 0xac4 }, | |
| 831 | { "fiveeighths", 0xac5 }, | |
| 832 | { "seveneighths", 0xac6 }, | |
| 833 | { "trademark", 0xac9 }, | |
| 834 | { "signaturemark", 0xaca }, | |
| 835 | { "trademarkincircle", 0xacb }, | |
| 836 | { "leftopentriangle", 0xacc }, | |
| 837 | { "rightopentriangle", 0xacd }, | |
| 838 | { "emopencircle", 0xace }, | |
| 839 | { "emopenrectangle", 0xacf }, | |
| 840 | { "leftsinglequotemark", 0xad0 }, | |
| 841 | { "rightsinglequotemark", 0xad1 }, | |
| 842 | { "leftdoublequotemark", 0xad2 }, | |
| 843 | { "rightdoublequotemark", 0xad3 }, | |
| 844 | { "prescription", 0xad4 }, | |
| 845 | { "minutes", 0xad6 }, | |
| 846 | { "seconds", 0xad7 }, | |
| 847 | { "latincross", 0xad9 }, | |
| 848 | { "hexagram", 0xada }, | |
| 849 | { "filledrectbullet", 0xadb }, | |
| 850 | { "filledlefttribullet", 0xadc }, | |
| 851 | { "filledrighttribullet", 0xadd }, | |
| 852 | { "emfilledcircle", 0xade }, | |
| 853 | { "emfilledrect", 0xadf }, | |
| 854 | { "enopencircbullet", 0xae0 }, | |
| 855 | { "enopensquarebullet", 0xae1 }, | |
| 856 | { "openrectbullet", 0xae2 }, | |
| 857 | { "opentribulletup", 0xae3 }, | |
| 858 | { "opentribulletdown", 0xae4 }, | |
| 859 | { "openstar", 0xae5 }, | |
| 860 | { "enfilledcircbullet", 0xae6 }, | |
| 861 | { "enfilledsqbullet", 0xae7 }, | |
| 862 | { "filledtribulletup", 0xae8 }, | |
| 863 | { "filledtribulletdown", 0xae9 }, | |
| 864 | { "leftpointer", 0xaea }, | |
| 865 | { "rightpointer", 0xaeb }, | |
| 866 | { "club", 0xaec }, | |
| 867 | { "diamond", 0xaed }, | |
| 868 | { "heart", 0xaee }, | |
| 869 | { "maltesecross", 0xaf0 }, | |
| 870 | { "dagger", 0xaf1 }, | |
| 871 | { "doubledagger", 0xaf2 }, | |
| 872 | { "checkmark", 0xaf3 }, | |
| 873 | { "ballotcross", 0xaf4 }, | |
| 874 | { "musicalsharp", 0xaf5 }, | |
| 875 | { "musicalflat", 0xaf6 }, | |
| 876 | { "malesymbol", 0xaf7 }, | |
| 877 | { "femalesymbol", 0xaf8 }, | |
| 878 | { "telephone", 0xaf9 }, | |
| 879 | { "telephonerecorder", 0xafa }, | |
| 880 | { "phonographcopyright", 0xafb }, | |
| 881 | { "caret", 0xafc }, | |
| 882 | { "singlelowquotemark", 0xafd }, | |
| 883 | { "doublelowquotemark", 0xafe }, | |
| 884 | { "cursor", 0xaff }, | |
| 885 | { "leftcaret", 0xba3 }, | |
| 886 | { "rightcaret", 0xba6 }, | |
| 887 | { "downcaret", 0xba8 }, | |
| 888 | { "upcaret", 0xba9 }, | |
| 889 | { "overbar", 0xbc0 }, | |
| 890 | { "downtack", 0xbc2 }, | |
| 891 | { "upshoe", 0xbc3 }, | |
| 892 | { "downstile", 0xbc4 }, | |
| 893 | { "underbar", 0xbc6 }, | |
| 894 | { "jot", 0xbca }, | |
| 895 | { "quad", 0xbcc }, | |
| 896 | { "uptack", 0xbce }, | |
| 897 | { "circle", 0xbcf }, | |
| 898 | { "upstile", 0xbd3 }, | |
| 899 | { "downshoe", 0xbd6 }, | |
| 900 | { "rightshoe", 0xbd8 }, | |
| 901 | { "leftshoe", 0xbda }, | |
| 902 | { "lefttack", 0xbdc }, | |
| 903 | { "righttack", 0xbfc }, | |
| 904 | { "hebrew_aleph", 0xce0 }, | |
| 905 | { "hebrew_beth", 0xce1 }, | |
| 906 | { "hebrew_gimmel", 0xce2 }, | |
| 907 | { "hebrew_daleth", 0xce3 }, | |
| 908 | { "hebrew_he", 0xce4 }, | |
| 909 | { "hebrew_waw", 0xce5 }, | |
| 910 | { "hebrew_zayin", 0xce6 }, | |
| 911 | { "hebrew_het", 0xce7 }, | |
| 912 | { "hebrew_teth", 0xce8 }, | |
| 913 | { "hebrew_yod", 0xce9 }, | |
| 914 | { "hebrew_finalkaph", 0xcea }, | |
| 915 | { "hebrew_kaph", 0xceb }, | |
| 916 | { "hebrew_lamed", 0xcec }, | |
| 917 | { "hebrew_finalmem", 0xced }, | |
| 918 | { "hebrew_mem", 0xcee }, | |
| 919 | { "hebrew_finalnun", 0xcef }, | |
| 920 | { "hebrew_nun", 0xcf0 }, | |
| 921 | { "hebrew_samekh", 0xcf1 }, | |
| 922 | { "hebrew_ayin", 0xcf2 }, | |
| 923 | { "hebrew_finalpe", 0xcf3 }, | |
| 924 | { "hebrew_pe", 0xcf4 }, | |
| 925 | { "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xcf5 }, | |
| 926 | { "hebrew_zadi", 0xcf6 }, | |
| 927 | { "hebrew_kuf", 0xcf7 }, | |
| 928 | { "hebrew_resh", 0xcf8 }, | |
| 929 | { "hebrew_shin", 0xcf9 }, | |
| 930 | { "hebrew_taf", 0xcfa }, | |
| 798 | { "leftradical", 0x8A1 }, | |
| 799 | { "topleftradical", 0x8A2 }, | |
| 800 | { "horizconnector", 0x8A3 }, | |
| 801 | { "topintegral", 0x8A4 }, | |
| 802 | { "botintegral", 0x8A5 }, | |
| 803 | { "vertconnector", 0x8A6 }, | |
| 804 | { "topleftsqbracket", 0x8A7 }, | |
| 805 | { "botleftsqbracket", 0x8A8 }, | |
| 806 | { "toprightsqbracket", 0x8A9 }, | |
| 807 | { "botrightsqbracket", 0x8AA }, | |
| 808 | { "topleftparens", 0x8AB }, | |
| 809 | { "botleftparens", 0x8AC }, | |
| 810 | { "toprightparens", 0x8AD }, | |
| 811 | { "botrightparens", 0x8AE }, | |
| 812 | { "leftmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8AF }, | |
| 813 | { "rightmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8B0 }, | |
| 814 | { "topleftsummation", 0x8B1 }, | |
| 815 | { "botleftsummation", 0x8B2 }, | |
| 816 | { "topvertsummationconnector", 0x8B3 }, | |
| 817 | { "botvertsummationconnector", 0x8B4 }, | |
| 818 | { "toprightsummation", 0x8B5 }, | |
| 819 | { "botrightsummation", 0x8B6 }, | |
| 820 | { "rightmiddlesummation", 0x8B7 }, | |
| 821 | { "lessthanequal", 0x8BC }, | |
| 822 | { "notequal", 0x8BD }, | |
| 823 | { "greaterthanequal", 0x8BE }, | |
| 824 | { "integral", 0x8BF }, | |
| 825 | { "therefore", 0x8C0 }, | |
| 826 | { "variation", 0x8C1 }, | |
| 827 | { "infinity", 0x8C2 }, | |
| 828 | { "nabla", 0x8C5 }, | |
| 829 | { "approximate", 0x8C8 }, | |
| 830 | { "similarequal", 0x8C9 }, | |
| 831 | { "ifonlyif", 0x8CD }, | |
| 832 | { "implies", 0x8CE }, | |
| 833 | { "identical", 0x8CF }, | |
| 834 | { "radical", 0x8D6 }, | |
| 835 | { "includedin", 0x8DA }, | |
| 836 | { "includes", 0x8DB }, | |
| 837 | { "intersection", 0x8DC }, | |
| 838 | { "union", 0x8DD }, | |
| 839 | { "logicaland", 0x8DE }, | |
| 840 | { "logicalor", 0x8DF }, | |
| 841 | { "partialderivative", 0x8EF }, | |
| 842 | { "function", 0x8F6 }, | |
| 843 | { "leftarrow", 0x8FB }, | |
| 844 | { "uparrow", 0x8FC }, | |
| 845 | { "rightarrow", 0x8FD }, | |
| 846 | { "downarrow", 0x8FE }, | |
| 847 | { "blank", 0x9DF }, | |
| 848 | { "soliddiamond", 0x9E0 }, | |
| 849 | { "checkerboard", 0x9E1 }, | |
| 850 | { "ht", 0x9E2 }, | |
| 851 | { "ff", 0x9E3 }, | |
| 852 | { "cr", 0x9E4 }, | |
| 853 | { "lf", 0x9E5 }, | |
| 854 | { "nl", 0x9E8 }, | |
| 855 | { "vt", 0x9E9 }, | |
| 856 | { "lowrightcorner", 0x9EA }, | |
| 857 | { "uprightcorner", 0x9EB }, | |
| 858 | { "upleftcorner", 0x9EC }, | |
| 859 | { "lowleftcorner", 0x9ED }, | |
| 860 | { "crossinglines", 0x9EE }, | |
| 861 | { "horizlinescan1", 0x9EF }, | |
| 862 | { "horizlinescan3", 0x9F0 }, | |
| 863 | { "horizlinescan5", 0x9F1 }, | |
| 864 | { "horizlinescan7", 0x9F2 }, | |
| 865 | { "horizlinescan9", 0x9F3 }, | |
| 866 | { "leftt", 0x9F4 }, | |
| 867 | { "rightt", 0x9F5 }, | |
| 868 | { "bott", 0x9F6 }, | |
| 869 | { "topt", 0x9F7 }, | |
| 870 | { "vertbar", 0x9F8 }, | |
| 871 | { "emspace", 0xAA1 }, | |
| 872 | { "enspace", 0xAA2 }, | |
| 873 | { "em3space", 0xAA3 }, | |
| 874 | { "em4space", 0xAA4 }, | |
| 875 | { "digitspace", 0xAA5 }, | |
| 876 | { "punctspace", 0xAA6 }, | |
| 877 | { "thinspace", 0xAA7 }, | |
| 878 | { "hairspace", 0xAA8 }, | |
| 879 | { "emdash", 0xAA9 }, | |
| 880 | { "endash", 0xAAA }, | |
| 881 | { "signifblank", 0xAAC }, | |
| 882 | { "ellipsis", 0xAAE }, | |
| 883 | { "doubbaselinedot", 0xAAF }, | |
| 884 | { "onethird", 0xAB0 }, | |
| 885 | { "twothirds", 0xAB1 }, | |
| 886 | { "onefifth", 0xAB2 }, | |
| 887 | { "twofifths", 0xAB3 }, | |
| 888 | { "threefifths", 0xAB4 }, | |
| 889 | { "fourfifths", 0xAB5 }, | |
| 890 | { "onesixth", 0xAB6 }, | |
| 891 | { "fivesixths", 0xAB7 }, | |
| 892 | { "careof", 0xAB8 }, | |
| 893 | { "figdash", 0xABB }, | |
| 894 | { "leftanglebracket", 0xABC }, | |
| 895 | { "decimalpoint", 0xABD }, | |
| 896 | { "rightanglebracket", 0xABE }, | |
| 897 | { "marker", 0xABF }, | |
| 898 | { "oneeighth", 0xAC3 }, | |
| 899 | { "threeeighths", 0xAC4 }, | |
| 900 | { "fiveeighths", 0xAC5 }, | |
| 901 | { "seveneighths", 0xAC6 }, | |
| 902 | { "trademark", 0xAC9 }, | |
| 903 | { "signaturemark", 0xACA }, | |
| 904 | { "trademarkincircle", 0xACB }, | |
| 905 | { "leftopentriangle", 0xACC }, | |
| 906 | { "rightopentriangle", 0xACD }, | |
| 907 | { "emopencircle", 0xACE }, | |
| 908 | { "emopenrectangle", 0xACF }, | |
| 909 | { "leftsinglequotemark", 0xAD0 }, | |
| 910 | { "rightsinglequotemark", 0xAD1 }, | |
| 911 | { "leftdoublequotemark", 0xAD2 }, | |
| 912 | { "rightdoublequotemark", 0xAD3 }, | |
| 913 | { "prescription", 0xAD4 }, | |
| 914 | { "permille", 0xAD5 }, | |
| 915 | { "minutes", 0xAD6 }, | |
| 916 | { "seconds", 0xAD7 }, | |
| 917 | { "latincross", 0xAD9 }, | |
| 918 | { "hexagram", 0xADA }, | |
| 919 | { "filledrectbullet", 0xADB }, | |
| 920 | { "filledlefttribullet", 0xADC }, | |
| 921 | { "filledrighttribullet", 0xADD }, | |
| 922 | { "emfilledcircle", 0xADE }, | |
| 923 | { "emfilledrect", 0xADF }, | |
| 924 | { "enopencircbullet", 0xAE0 }, | |
| 925 | { "enopensquarebullet", 0xAE1 }, | |
| 926 | { "openrectbullet", 0xAE2 }, | |
| 927 | { "opentribulletup", 0xAE3 }, | |
| 928 | { "opentribulletdown", 0xAE4 }, | |
| 929 | { "openstar", 0xAE5 }, | |
| 930 | { "enfilledcircbullet", 0xAE6 }, | |
| 931 | { "enfilledsqbullet", 0xAE7 }, | |
| 932 | { "filledtribulletup", 0xAE8 }, | |
| 933 | { "filledtribulletdown", 0xAE9 }, | |
| 934 | { "leftpointer", 0xAEA }, | |
| 935 | { "rightpointer", 0xAEB }, | |
| 936 | { "club", 0xAEC }, | |
| 937 | { "diamond", 0xAED }, | |
| 938 | { "heart", 0xAEE }, | |
| 939 | { "maltesecross", 0xAF0 }, | |
| 940 | { "dagger", 0xAF1 }, | |
| 941 | { "doubledagger", 0xAF2 }, | |
| 942 | { "checkmark", 0xAF3 }, | |
| 943 | { "ballotcross", 0xAF4 }, | |
| 944 | { "musicalsharp", 0xAF5 }, | |
| 945 | { "musicalflat", 0xAF6 }, | |
| 946 | { "malesymbol", 0xAF7 }, | |
| 947 | { "femalesymbol", 0xAF8 }, | |
| 948 | { "telephone", 0xAF9 }, | |
| 949 | { "telephonerecorder", 0xAFA }, | |
| 950 | { "phonographcopyright", 0xAFB }, | |
| 951 | { "caret", 0xAFC }, | |
| 952 | { "singlelowquotemark", 0xAFD }, | |
| 953 | { "doublelowquotemark", 0xAFE }, | |
| 954 | { "cursor", 0xAFF }, | |
| 955 | { "leftcaret", 0xBA3 }, | |
| 956 | { "rightcaret", 0xBA6 }, | |
| 957 | { "downcaret", 0xBA8 }, | |
| 958 | { "upcaret", 0xBA9 }, | |
| 959 | { "overbar", 0xBC0 }, | |
| 960 | { "downtack", 0xBC2 }, | |
| 961 | { "upshoe", 0xBC3 }, | |
| 962 | { "downstile", 0xBC4 }, | |
| 963 | { "underbar", 0xBC6 }, | |
| 964 | { "jot", 0xBCA }, | |
| 965 | { "quad", 0xBCC }, | |
| 966 | { "uptack", 0xBCE }, | |
| 967 | { "circle", 0xBCF }, | |
| 968 | { "upstile", 0xBD3 }, | |
| 969 | { "downshoe", 0xBD6 }, | |
| 970 | { "rightshoe", 0xBD8 }, | |
| 971 | { "leftshoe", 0xBDA }, | |
| 972 | { "lefttack", 0xBDC }, | |
| 973 | { "righttack", 0xBFC }, | |
| 974 | { "hebrew_doublelowline", 0xCDF }, | |
| 975 | { "hebrew_aleph", 0xCE0 }, | |
| 976 | { "hebrew_bet", 0xCE1 }, | |
| 977 | { "hebrew_beth", 0xCE1 }, | |
| 978 | { "hebrew_gimel", 0xCE2 }, | |
| 979 | { "hebrew_gimmel", 0xCE2 }, | |
| 980 | { "hebrew_dalet", 0xCE3 }, | |
| 981 | { "hebrew_daleth", 0xCE3 }, | |
| 982 | { "hebrew_he", 0xCE4 }, | |
| 983 | { "hebrew_waw", 0xCE5 }, | |
| 984 | { "hebrew_zain", 0xCE6 }, | |
| 985 | { "hebrew_zayin", 0xCE6 }, | |
| 986 | { "hebrew_chet", 0xCE7 }, | |
| 987 | { "hebrew_het", 0xCE7 }, | |
| 988 | { "hebrew_tet", 0xCE8 }, | |
| 989 | { "hebrew_teth", 0xCE8 }, | |
| 990 | { "hebrew_yod", 0xCE9 }, | |
| 991 | { "hebrew_finalkaph", 0xCEA }, | |
| 992 | { "hebrew_kaph", 0xCEB }, | |
| 993 | { "hebrew_lamed", 0xCEC }, | |
| 994 | { "hebrew_finalmem", 0xCED }, | |
| 995 | { "hebrew_mem", 0xCEE }, | |
| 996 | { "hebrew_finalnun", 0xCEF }, | |
| 997 | { "hebrew_nun", 0xCF0 }, | |
| 998 | { "hebrew_samech", 0xCF1 }, | |
| 999 | { "hebrew_samekh", 0xCF1 }, | |
| 1000 | { "hebrew_ayin", 0xCF2 }, | |
| 1001 | { "hebrew_finalpe", 0xCF3 }, | |
| 1002 | { "hebrew_pe", 0xCF4 }, | |
| 1003 | { "hebrew_finalzade", 0xCF5 }, | |
| 1004 | { "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xCF5 }, | |
| 1005 | { "hebrew_zade", 0xCF6 }, | |
| 1006 | { "hebrew_zadi", 0xCF6 }, | |
| 1007 | { "hebrew_qoph", 0xCF7 }, | |
| 1008 | { "hebrew_kuf", 0xCF7 }, | |
| 1009 | { "hebrew_resh", 0xCF8 }, | |
| 1010 | { "hebrew_shin", 0xCF9 }, | |
| 1011 | { "hebrew_taw", 0xCFA }, | |
| 1012 | { "hebrew_taf", 0xCFA }, | |
| 931 | 1013 | { "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E }, |
| 1014 | { "XF86ModeLock", 0x1008FF01 }, | |
| 1015 | { "XF86MonBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF02 }, | |
| 1016 | { "XF86MonBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF03 }, | |
| 1017 | { "XF86KbdLightOnOff", 0x1008FF04 }, | |
| 1018 | { "XF86KbdBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF05 }, | |
| 1019 | { "XF86KbdBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF06 }, | |
| 1020 | { "XF86MonBrightnessCycle", 0x1008FF07 }, | |
| 1021 | { "XF86Standby", 0x1008FF10 }, | |
| 932 | 1022 | { "XF86AudioLowerVolume", 0x1008FF11 }, |
| 933 | 1023 | { "XF86AudioMute", 0x1008FF12 }, |
| 934 | 1024 | { "XF86AudioRaiseVolume", 0x1008FF13 }, |
| 936 | 1026 | { "XF86AudioStop", 0x1008FF15 }, |
| 937 | 1027 | { "XF86AudioPrev", 0x1008FF16 }, |
| 938 | 1028 | { "XF86AudioNext", 0x1008FF17 }, |
| 1029 | { "XF86HomePage", 0x1008FF18 }, | |
| 1030 | { "XF86Mail", 0x1008FF19 }, | |
| 1031 | { "XF86Start", 0x1008FF1A }, | |
| 1032 | { "XF86Search", 0x1008FF1B }, | |
| 1033 | { "XF86AudioRecord", 0x1008FF1C }, | |
| 1034 | { "XF86Calculator", 0x1008FF1D }, | |
| 1035 | { "XF86Memo", 0x1008FF1E }, | |
| 1036 | { "XF86ToDoList", 0x1008FF1F }, | |
| 1037 | { "XF86Calendar", 0x1008FF20 }, | |
| 1038 | { "XF86PowerDown", 0x1008FF21 }, | |
| 1039 | { "XF86ContrastAdjust", 0x1008FF22 }, | |
| 1040 | { "XF86RockerUp", 0x1008FF23 }, | |
| 1041 | { "XF86RockerDown", 0x1008FF24 }, | |
| 1042 | { "XF86RockerEnter", 0x1008FF25 }, | |
| 1043 | { "XF86Back", 0x1008FF26 }, | |
| 1044 | { "XF86Forward", 0x1008FF27 }, | |
| 1045 | { "XF86Stop", 0x1008FF28 }, | |
| 1046 | { "XF86Refresh", 0x1008FF29 }, | |
| 1047 | { "XF86PowerOff", 0x1008FF2A }, | |
| 1048 | { "XF86WakeUp", 0x1008FF2B }, | |
| 1049 | { "XF86Eject", 0x1008FF2C }, | |
| 1050 | { "XF86ScreenSaver", 0x1008FF2D }, | |
| 1051 | { "XF86WWW", 0x1008FF2E }, | |
| 1052 | { "XF86Sleep", 0x1008FF2F }, | |
| 1053 | { "XF86Favorites", 0x1008FF30 }, | |
| 1054 | { "XF86AudioPause", 0x1008FF31 }, | |
| 1055 | { "XF86AudioMedia", 0x1008FF32 }, | |
| 1056 | { "XF86MyComputer", 0x1008FF33 }, | |
| 1057 | { "XF86VendorHome", 0x1008FF34 }, | |
| 1058 | { "XF86LightBulb", 0x1008FF35 }, | |
| 1059 | { "XF86Shop", 0x1008FF36 }, | |
| 1060 | { "XF86History", 0x1008FF37 }, | |
| 1061 | { "XF86OpenURL", 0x1008FF38 }, | |
| 1062 | { "XF86AddFavorite", 0x1008FF39 }, | |
| 1063 | { "XF86HotLinks", 0x1008FF3A }, | |
| 1064 | { "XF86BrightnessAdjust", 0x1008FF3B }, | |
| 1065 | { "XF86Finance", 0x1008FF3C }, | |
| 1066 | { "XF86Community", 0x1008FF3D }, | |
| 1067 | { "XF86AudioRewind", 0x1008FF3E }, | |
| 1068 | { "XF86BackForward", 0x1008FF3F }, | |
| 1069 | { "XF86Launch0", 0x1008FF40 }, | |
| 1070 | { "XF86Launch1", 0x1008FF41 }, | |
| 1071 | { "XF86Launch2", 0x1008FF42 }, | |
| 1072 | { "XF86Launch3", 0x1008FF43 }, | |
| 1073 | { "XF86Launch4", 0x1008FF44 }, | |
| 1074 | { "XF86Launch5", 0x1008FF45 }, | |
| 1075 | { "XF86Launch6", 0x1008FF46 }, | |
| 1076 | { "XF86Launch7", 0x1008FF47 }, | |
| 1077 | { "XF86Launch8", 0x1008FF48 }, | |
| 1078 | { "XF86Launch9", 0x1008FF49 }, | |
| 1079 | { "XF86LaunchA", 0x1008FF4A }, | |
| 1080 | { "XF86LaunchB", 0x1008FF4B }, | |
| 1081 | { "XF86LaunchC", 0x1008FF4C }, | |
| 1082 | { "XF86LaunchD", 0x1008FF4D }, | |
| 1083 | { "XF86LaunchE", 0x1008FF4E }, | |
| 1084 | { "XF86LaunchF", 0x1008FF4F }, | |
| 1085 | { "XF86ApplicationLeft", 0x1008FF50 }, | |
| 1086 | { "XF86ApplicationRight", 0x1008FF51 }, | |
| 1087 | { "XF86Book", 0x1008FF52 }, | |
| 1088 | { "XF86CD", 0x1008FF53 }, | |
| 1089 | { "XF86Calculater", 0x1008FF54 }, | |
| 1090 | { "XF86Clear", 0x1008FF55 }, | |
| 1091 | { "XF86Close", 0x1008FF56 }, | |
| 1092 | { "XF86Copy", 0x1008FF57 }, | |
| 1093 | { "XF86Cut", 0x1008FF58 }, | |
| 1094 | { "XF86Display", 0x1008FF59 }, | |
| 1095 | { "XF86DOS", 0x1008FF5A }, | |
| 1096 | { "XF86Documents", 0x1008FF5B }, | |
| 1097 | { "XF86Excel", 0x1008FF5C }, | |
| 1098 | { "XF86Explorer", 0x1008FF5D }, | |
| 1099 | { "XF86Game", 0x1008FF5E }, | |
| 1100 | { "XF86Go", 0x1008FF5F }, | |
| 1101 | { "XF86iTouch", 0x1008FF60 }, | |
| 1102 | { "XF86LogOff", 0x1008FF61 }, | |
| 1103 | { "XF86Market", 0x1008FF62 }, | |
| 1104 | { "XF86Meeting", 0x1008FF63 }, | |
| 1105 | { "XF86MenuKB", 0x1008FF65 }, | |
| 1106 | { "XF86MenuPB", 0x1008FF66 }, | |
| 1107 | { "XF86MySites", 0x1008FF67 }, | |
| 1108 | { "XF86New", 0x1008FF68 }, | |
| 1109 | { "XF86News", 0x1008FF69 }, | |
| 1110 | { "XF86OfficeHome", 0x1008FF6A }, | |
| 1111 | { "XF86Open", 0x1008FF6B }, | |
| 1112 | { "XF86Option", 0x1008FF6C }, | |
| 1113 | { "XF86Paste", 0x1008FF6D }, | |
| 1114 | { "XF86Phone", 0x1008FF6E }, | |
| 1115 | { "XF86Q", 0x1008FF70 }, | |
| 1116 | { "XF86Reply", 0x1008FF72 }, | |
| 1117 | { "XF86Reload", 0x1008FF73 }, | |
| 1118 | { "XF86RotateWindows", 0x1008FF74 }, | |
| 1119 | { "XF86RotationPB", 0x1008FF75 }, | |
| 1120 | { "XF86RotationKB", 0x1008FF76 }, | |
| 1121 | { "XF86Save", 0x1008FF77 }, | |
| 1122 | { "XF86ScrollUp", 0x1008FF78 }, | |
| 1123 | { "XF86ScrollDown", 0x1008FF79 }, | |
| 1124 | { "XF86ScrollClick", 0x1008FF7A }, | |
| 1125 | { "XF86Send", 0x1008FF7B }, | |
| 1126 | { "XF86Spell", 0x1008FF7C }, | |
| 1127 | { "XF86SplitScreen", 0x1008FF7D }, | |
| 1128 | { "XF86Support", 0x1008FF7E }, | |
| 1129 | { "XF86TaskPane", 0x1008FF7F }, | |
| 1130 | { "XF86Terminal", 0x1008FF80 }, | |
| 1131 | { "XF86Tools", 0x1008FF81 }, | |
| 1132 | { "XF86Travel", 0x1008FF82 }, | |
| 1133 | { "XF86UserPB", 0x1008FF84 }, | |
| 1134 | { "XF86User1KB", 0x1008FF85 }, | |
| 1135 | { "XF86User2KB", 0x1008FF86 }, | |
| 1136 | { "XF86Video", 0x1008FF87 }, | |
| 1137 | { "XF86WheelButton", 0x1008FF88 }, | |
| 1138 | { "XF86Word", 0x1008FF89 }, | |
| 1139 | { "XF86Xfer", 0x1008FF8A }, | |
| 1140 | { "XF86ZoomIn", 0x1008FF8B }, | |
| 1141 | { "XF86ZoomOut", 0x1008FF8C }, | |
| 1142 | { "XF86Away", 0x1008FF8D }, | |
| 1143 | { "XF86Messenger", 0x1008FF8E }, | |
| 1144 | { "XF86WebCam", 0x1008FF8F }, | |
| 1145 | { "XF86MailForward", 0x1008FF90 }, | |
| 1146 | { "XF86Pictures", 0x1008FF91 }, | |
| 1147 | { "XF86Music", 0x1008FF92 }, | |
| 1148 | { "XF86Battery", 0x1008FF93 }, | |
| 1149 | { "XF86Bluetooth", 0x1008FF94 }, | |
| 1150 | { "XF86WLAN", 0x1008FF95 }, | |
| 1151 | { "XF86UWB", 0x1008FF96 }, | |
| 1152 | { "XF86AudioForward", 0x1008FF97 }, | |
| 1153 | { "XF86AudioRepeat", 0x1008FF98 }, | |
| 1154 | { "XF86AudioRandomPlay", 0x1008FF99 }, | |
| 1155 | { "XF86Subtitle", 0x1008FF9A }, | |
| 1156 | { "XF86AudioCycleTrack", 0x1008FF9B }, | |
| 1157 | { "XF86CycleAngle", 0x1008FF9C }, | |
| 1158 | { "XF86FrameBack", 0x1008FF9D }, | |
| 1159 | { "XF86FrameForward", 0x1008FF9E }, | |
| 1160 | { "XF86Time", 0x1008FF9F }, | |
| 1161 | { "XF86Select", 0x1008FFA0 }, | |
| 1162 | { "XF86View", 0x1008FFA1 }, | |
| 1163 | { "XF86TopMenu", 0x1008FFA2 }, | |
| 1164 | { "XF86Red", 0x1008FFA3 }, | |
| 1165 | { "XF86Green", 0x1008FFA4 }, | |
| 1166 | { "XF86Yellow", 0x1008FFA5 }, | |
| 1167 | { "XF86Blue", 0x1008FFA6 }, | |
| 1168 | { "XF86Suspend", 0x1008FFA7 }, | |
| 1169 | { "XF86Hibernate", 0x1008FFA8 }, | |
| 1170 | { "XF86TouchpadToggle", 0x1008FFA9 }, | |
| 1171 | { "XF86TouchpadOn", 0x1008FFB0 }, | |
| 1172 | { "XF86TouchpadOff", 0x1008FFB1 }, | |
| 1173 | { "XF86AudioMicMute", 0x1008FFB2 }, | |
| 1174 | { "XF86Keyboard", 0x1008FFB3 }, | |
| 1175 | { "XF86WWAN", 0x1008FFB4 }, | |
| 1176 | { "XF86RFKill", 0x1008FFB5 }, | |
| 1177 | { "XF86AudioPreset", 0x1008FFB6 }, | |
| 1178 | { "XF86RotationLockToggle", 0x1008FFB7 }, | |
| 1179 | { "XF86Switch_VT_1", 0x1008FE01 }, | |
| 1180 | { "XF86Switch_VT_2", 0x1008FE02 }, | |
| 1181 | { "XF86Switch_VT_3", 0x1008FE03 }, | |
| 1182 | { "XF86Switch_VT_4", 0x1008FE04 }, | |
| 1183 | { "XF86Switch_VT_5", 0x1008FE05 }, | |
| 1184 | { "XF86Switch_VT_6", 0x1008FE06 }, | |
| 1185 | { "XF86Switch_VT_7", 0x1008FE07 }, | |
| 1186 | { "XF86Switch_VT_8", 0x1008FE08 }, | |
| 1187 | { "XF86Switch_VT_9", 0x1008FE09 }, | |
| 1188 | { "XF86Switch_VT_10", 0x1008FE0A }, | |
| 1189 | { "XF86Switch_VT_11", 0x1008FE0B }, | |
| 1190 | { "XF86Switch_VT_12", 0x1008FE0C }, | |
| 1191 | { "XF86Ungrab", 0x1008FE20 }, | |
| 1192 | { "XF86ClearGrab", 0x1008FE21 }, | |
| 1193 | { "XF86Next_VMode", 0x1008FE22 }, | |
| 1194 | { "XF86Prev_VMode", 0x1008FE23 }, | |
| 1195 | { "XF86LogWindowTree", 0x1008FE24 }, | |
| 1196 | { "XF86LogGrabInfo", 0x1008FE25 }, | |
| 74 | 74 | #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8 |
| 75 | 75 | #define TK_MINOR_VERSION 6 |
| 76 | 76 | #define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_FINAL_RELEASE |
| 77 | #define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 9 | |
| 77 | #define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 10 | |
| 78 | 78 | |
| 79 | 79 | #define TK_VERSION "8.6" |
| 80 | #define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.6.9" | |
| 80 | #define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.6.10" | |
| 81 | 81 | |
| 82 | 82 | /* |
| 83 | 83 | * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from |
| 91 | 91 | |
| 92 | 92 | #ifndef RC_INVOKED |
| 93 | 93 | |
| 94 | #ifndef _XLIB_H | |
| 94 | #if !defined(_XLIB_H) && !defined(_X11_XLIB_H_) | |
| 95 | 95 | # include <X11/Xlib.h> |
| 96 | 96 | # ifdef MAC_OSX_TK |
| 97 | 97 | # include <X11/X.h> |
| 98 | 98 | # endif |
| 99 | 99 | #endif |
| 100 | #ifdef __STDC__ | |
| 100 | #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(__STDC__) || defined(__C99__FUNC__) \ | |
| 101 | || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ICC) | |
| 101 | 102 | # include <stddef.h> |
| 102 | 103 | #endif |
| 103 | 104 | |
| 265 | 266 | * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field. |
| 266 | 267 | */ |
| 267 | 268 | |
| 268 | #ifdef offsetof | |
| 269 | 269 | #define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field)) |
| 270 | #else | |
| 271 | #define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field)) | |
| 270 | /* Workaround for platforms missing offsetof(), e.g. VC++ 6.0 */ | |
| 271 | #ifndef offsetof | |
| 272 | # define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field)) | |
| 272 | 273 | #endif |
| 273 | 274 | |
| 274 | 275 | /* |
| 675 | 676 | * request. */ |
| 676 | 677 | Display *display; /* Display the event was read from. */ |
| 677 | 678 | Window event; /* Window on which event was requested. */ |
| 678 | Window root; /* Root window that the event occured on. */ | |
| 679 | Window root; /* Root window that the event occurred on. */ | |
| 679 | 680 | Window subwindow; /* Child window. */ |
| 680 | 681 | Time time; /* Milliseconds. */ |
| 681 | 682 | int x, y; /* Pointer x, y coordinates in event |
| 812 | 813 | int internalBorderBottom; |
| 813 | 814 | int minReqWidth; |
| 814 | 815 | int minReqHeight; |
| 815 | char *dummy20; /* geometryMaster */ | |
| 816 | 816 | #ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS |
| 817 | int dummy21; | |
| 817 | int dummy20; | |
| 818 | 818 | #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ |
| 819 | char *dummy21; /* geomMgrName */ | |
| 820 | Tk_Window dummy22; /* maintainerPtr */ | |
| 819 | 821 | } Tk_FakeWin; |
| 820 | 822 | |
| 821 | 823 | /* |
| 235 | 235 | borderPtr->darkColorPtr = NULL; |
| 236 | 236 | borderPtr->lightColorPtr = NULL; |
| 237 | 237 | borderPtr->shadow = None; |
| 238 | borderPtr->bgGC = None; | |
| 239 | borderPtr->darkGC = None; | |
| 240 | borderPtr->lightGC = None; | |
| 238 | borderPtr->bgGC = NULL; | |
| 239 | borderPtr->darkGC = NULL; | |
| 240 | borderPtr->lightGC = NULL; | |
| 241 | 241 | borderPtr->hashPtr = hashPtr; |
| 242 | 242 | borderPtr->nextPtr = existingBorderPtr; |
| 243 | 243 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, borderPtr); |
| 373 | 373 | { |
| 374 | 374 | TkBorder * borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border; |
| 375 | 375 | |
| 376 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (which != TK_3D_FLAT_GC)) { | |
| 376 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (which != TK_3D_FLAT_GC)) { | |
| 377 | 377 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 378 | 378 | } |
| 379 | 379 | if (which == TK_3D_FLAT_GC) { |
| 390 | 390 | * compilers happy. |
| 391 | 391 | */ |
| 392 | 392 | |
| 393 | return (GC) None; | |
| 393 | return NULL; | |
| 394 | 394 | } |
| 395 | 395 | |
| 396 | 396 | /* |
| 438 | 438 | if (borderPtr->shadow != None) { |
| 439 | 439 | Tk_FreeBitmap(display, borderPtr->shadow); |
| 440 | 440 | } |
| 441 | if (borderPtr->bgGC != None) { | |
| 441 | if (borderPtr->bgGC != NULL) { | |
| 442 | 442 | Tk_FreeGC(display, borderPtr->bgGC); |
| 443 | 443 | } |
| 444 | if (borderPtr->darkGC != None) { | |
| 444 | if (borderPtr->darkGC != NULL) { | |
| 445 | 445 | Tk_FreeGC(display, borderPtr->darkGC); |
| 446 | 446 | } |
| 447 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) { | |
| 447 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != NULL) { | |
| 448 | 448 | Tk_FreeGC(display, borderPtr->lightGC); |
| 449 | 449 | } |
| 450 | 450 | if (prevPtr == borderPtr) { |
| 764 | 764 | int i, lightOnLeft, dx, dy, parallel, pointsSeen; |
| 765 | 765 | Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 766 | 766 | |
| 767 | if (borderPtr->lightGC == None) { | |
| 767 | if (borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) { | |
| 768 | 768 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 769 | 769 | } |
| 770 | 770 | |
| 1314 | 1314 | * |
| 1315 | 1315 | * Side effects: |
| 1316 | 1316 | * If no error occurs, a blank internal format for a border value is |
| 1317 | * intialized. The final form cannot be done without a Tk_Window. | |
| 1317 | * initialized. The final form cannot be done without a Tk_Window. | |
| 1318 | 1318 | * |
| 1319 | 1319 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1320 | 1320 | */ |
| 53 | 53 | GC bgGC; /* Used (if necessary) to draw areas in the |
| 54 | 54 | * background color. */ |
| 55 | 55 | GC darkGC; /* Used to draw darker parts of the border. |
| 56 | * None means the shadow colors haven't been | |
| 56 | * NULL means the shadow colors haven't been | |
| 57 | 57 | * allocated yet.*/ |
| 58 | 58 | GC lightGC; /* Used to draw lighter parts of the border. |
| 59 | * None means the shadow colors haven't been | |
| 59 | * NULL means the shadow colors haven't been | |
| 60 | 60 | * allocated yet. */ |
| 61 | 61 | Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in borderTable (needed in order to |
| 62 | 62 | * delete structure). */ |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | * tkArray.h -- | |
| 2 | * | |
| 3 | * An array is a sequence of items, stored in a contiguous memory region. | |
| 4 | * Random access to any item is very fast. New items can be either appended | |
| 5 | * or prepended. An array may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. | |
| 6 | * | |
| 7 | * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 by Gregor Cramer. | |
| 8 | * | |
| 9 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of | |
| 10 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | |
| 11 | */ | |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | /* | |
| 14 | * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose | |
| 15 | * of this file to be included in source files only. Thus we are not using the | |
| 16 | * prefix "Tk_" here for functions, because all the functions have private scope. | |
| 17 | */ | |
| 18 | ||
| 19 | /* | |
| 20 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 21 | * Use the array in the following way: | |
| 22 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 23 | * typedef struct { int key, value; } Pair; | |
| 24 | * TK_PTR_ARRAY_DEFINE(MyArray, Pair); | |
| 25 | * MyArray *arr = NULL; | |
| 26 | * if (MyArray_IsEmpty(arr)) { | |
| 27 | * MyArray_Append(&arr, MakePair(1, 2)); | |
| 28 | * MyArray_Append(&arr, MakePair(2, 3)); | |
| 29 | * for (i = 0; i < MyArray_Size(arr); ++i) { | |
| 30 | * Pair *p = MyArray_Get(arr, i); | |
| 31 | * printf("%d -> %d\n", p->key, p->value); | |
| 32 | * ckfree(p); | |
| 33 | * } | |
| 34 | * MyArray_Free(&arr); | |
| 35 | * assert(arr == NULL); | |
| 36 | * } | |
| 37 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 38 | * Or with aggregated elements: | |
| 39 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 40 | * typedef struct { int key, value; } Pair; | |
| 41 | * TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(MyArray, Pair); | |
| 42 | * Pair p1 = { 1, 2 }; | |
| 43 | * Pair p2 = { 2, 3 }; | |
| 44 | * MyArray *arr = NULL; | |
| 45 | * if (MyArray_IsEmpty(arr)) { | |
| 46 | * MyArray_Append(&arr, p1); | |
| 47 | * MyArray_Append(&arr, p2); | |
| 48 | * for (i = 0; i < MyArray_Size(arr); ++i) { | |
| 49 | * const Pair *p = MyArray_Get(arr, i); | |
| 50 | * printf("%d -> %d\n", p->key, p->value); | |
| 51 | * } | |
| 52 | * MyArray_Free(&arr); | |
| 53 | * assert(arr == NULL); | |
| 54 | * } | |
| 55 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 56 | */ | |
| 57 | ||
| 58 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 59 | /* | |
| 60 | * Two array types will be provided: | |
| 61 | * Use TK_ARRAY_DEFINE if your array is aggregating the elements. Use | |
| 62 | * TK_PTR_ARRAY_DEFINE if your array contains pointers to elements. But | |
| 63 | * in latter case the array is not responsible for the lifetime of the | |
| 64 | * elements. | |
| 65 | */ | |
| 66 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 67 | /* | |
| 68 | * Array_ElemSize: Returns the memory size for one array element. | |
| 69 | */ | |
| 70 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 71 | /* | |
| 72 | * Array_BufferSize: Returns the memory size for given number of elements. | |
| 73 | */ | |
| 74 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 75 | /* | |
| 76 | * Array_IsEmpty: Array is empty? | |
| 77 | */ | |
| 78 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 79 | /* | |
| 80 | * Array_Size: Number of elements in array. | |
| 81 | */ | |
| 82 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 83 | /* | |
| 84 | * Array_Capacity: Capacity of given array. This is the maximal number of | |
| 85 | * elements fitting into current array memory without resizing the buffer. | |
| 86 | */ | |
| 87 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 88 | /* | |
| 89 | * Array_SetSize: Set array size, new size must not exceed the capacity of | |
| 90 | * the array. This function has to be used with care when increasing the | |
| 91 | * array size. | |
| 92 | */ | |
| 93 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 94 | /* | |
| 95 | * Array_First: Returns position of first element in array. Given array | |
| 96 | * may be NULL. | |
| 97 | */ | |
| 98 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 99 | /* | |
| 100 | * Array_Last: Returns position after last element in array. Given array | |
| 101 | * may be empty. | |
| 102 | */ | |
| 103 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 104 | /* | |
| 105 | * Array_Front: Returns first element in array. Given array must not be | |
| 106 | * empty. | |
| 107 | */ | |
| 108 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 109 | /* | |
| 110 | * Array_Back: Returns last element in array. Given array must not be | |
| 111 | * empty. | |
| 112 | */ | |
| 113 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 114 | /* | |
| 115 | * Array_Resize: Resize buffer of array for given number of elements. The | |
| 116 | * array may grow or shrink. Note that this function is not initializing | |
| 117 | * the increased buffer. | |
| 118 | */ | |
| 119 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 120 | /* | |
| 121 | * Array_ResizeAndClear: Resize buffer of array for given number of | |
| 122 | * elements. The array may grow or shrink. The increased memory will be | |
| 123 | * filled with zeroes. | |
| 124 | */ | |
| 125 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 126 | /* | |
| 127 | * Array_Clear: Fill specified range with zeroes. | |
| 128 | */ | |
| 129 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 130 | /* | |
| 131 | * Array_Free: Resize array to size zero. This function will release the | |
| 132 | * array buffer. | |
| 133 | */ | |
| 134 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 135 | /* | |
| 136 | * Array_Append: Insert given element after end of array. | |
| 137 | */ | |
| 138 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 139 | /* | |
| 140 | * Array_PopBack: Shrink array by one element. Given array must not be | |
| 141 | * empty. | |
| 142 | */ | |
| 143 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 144 | /* | |
| 145 | * Array_Get: Random access to array element at given position. The given | |
| 146 | * index must not exceed current array size. | |
| 147 | */ | |
| 148 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 149 | /* | |
| 150 | * Array_Set: Replace array element at given position with new value. The | |
| 151 | * given index must not exceed current array size. | |
| 152 | */ | |
| 153 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 154 | /* | |
| 155 | * Array_Find: Return index position of element which matches given | |
| 156 | * argument. If not found then -1 will be returned. | |
| 157 | */ | |
| 158 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 159 | ||
| 160 | #ifndef TK_ARRAY_DEFINED | |
| 161 | #define TK_ARRAY_DEFINED | |
| 162 | ||
| 163 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 164 | ||
| 165 | #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) | |
| 166 | # define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED __attribute__((unused)) | |
| 167 | #else | |
| 168 | # define __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED | |
| 169 | #endif | |
| 170 | ||
| 171 | #define TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(AT, ElemType) /* AT = type of array */ \ | |
| 172 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ \ | |
| 173 | typedef struct AT { \ | |
| 174 | size_t size; \ | |
| 175 | size_t capacity; \ | |
| 176 | ElemType buf[1]; \ | |
| 177 | } AT; \ | |
| 178 | \ | |
| 179 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 180 | static void \ | |
| 181 | AT##_Init(AT *arr) \ | |
| 182 | { \ | |
| 183 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 184 | arr->size = 0; \ | |
| 185 | arr->capacity = 0; \ | |
| 186 | } \ | |
| 187 | \ | |
| 188 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 189 | static size_t \ | |
| 190 | AT##_ElemSize() \ | |
| 191 | { \ | |
| 192 | return sizeof(ElemType); \ | |
| 193 | } \ | |
| 194 | \ | |
| 195 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 196 | static size_t \ | |
| 197 | AT##_BufferSize(size_t numElems) \ | |
| 198 | { \ | |
| 199 | return numElems*sizeof(ElemType); \ | |
| 200 | } \ | |
| 201 | \ | |
| 202 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 203 | static int \ | |
| 204 | AT##_IsEmpty(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 205 | { \ | |
| 206 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 207 | return !arr || arr->size == 0u; \ | |
| 208 | } \ | |
| 209 | \ | |
| 210 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 211 | static size_t \ | |
| 212 | AT##_Size(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 213 | { \ | |
| 214 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 215 | return arr ? arr->size : 0u; \ | |
| 216 | } \ | |
| 217 | \ | |
| 218 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 219 | static size_t \ | |
| 220 | AT##_Capacity(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 221 | { \ | |
| 222 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 223 | return arr ? arr->capacity : 0u; \ | |
| 224 | } \ | |
| 225 | \ | |
| 226 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 227 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 228 | AT##_First(AT *arr) \ | |
| 229 | { \ | |
| 230 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 231 | return arr ? arr->buf : NULL; \ | |
| 232 | } \ | |
| 233 | \ | |
| 234 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 235 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 236 | AT##_Last(AT *arr) \ | |
| 237 | { \ | |
| 238 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 239 | return arr ? arr->buf + arr->size : NULL; \ | |
| 240 | } \ | |
| 241 | \ | |
| 242 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 243 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 244 | AT##_Front(AT *arr) \ | |
| 245 | { \ | |
| 246 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 247 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 248 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 249 | return &arr->buf[0]; \ | |
| 250 | } \ | |
| 251 | \ | |
| 252 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 253 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 254 | AT##_Back(AT *arr) \ | |
| 255 | { \ | |
| 256 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 257 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 258 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 259 | return &arr->buf[arr->size - 1]; \ | |
| 260 | } \ | |
| 261 | \ | |
| 262 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 263 | static void \ | |
| 264 | AT##_Resize(AT **arrp, size_t newSize) \ | |
| 265 | { \ | |
| 266 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 267 | assert(!*arrp || (*arrp)->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 268 | if (newSize == 0) { \ | |
| 269 | assert(!*arrp || ((*arrp)->size = 0xdeadbeef)); \ | |
| 270 | ckfree(*arrp); \ | |
| 271 | *arrp = NULL; \ | |
| 272 | } else { \ | |
| 273 | int init = *arrp == NULL; \ | |
| 274 | size_t memSize = AT##_BufferSize(newSize - 1) + sizeof(AT); \ | |
| 275 | *arrp = ckrealloc(*arrp, memSize); \ | |
| 276 | if (init) { \ | |
| 277 | (*arrp)->size = 0; \ | |
| 278 | } else if (newSize < (*arrp)->size) { \ | |
| 279 | (*arrp)->size = newSize; \ | |
| 280 | } \ | |
| 281 | (*arrp)->capacity = newSize; \ | |
| 282 | } \ | |
| 283 | } \ | |
| 284 | \ | |
| 285 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 286 | static void \ | |
| 287 | AT##_Clear(AT *arr, size_t from, size_t to) \ | |
| 288 | { \ | |
| 289 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 290 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 291 | assert(to <= AT##_Capacity(arr)); \ | |
| 292 | assert(from <= to); \ | |
| 293 | memset(arr->buf + from, 0, AT##_BufferSize(to - from)); \ | |
| 294 | } \ | |
| 295 | \ | |
| 296 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 297 | static void \ | |
| 298 | AT##_ResizeAndClear(AT **arrp, size_t newSize) \ | |
| 299 | { \ | |
| 300 | size_t oldCapacity; \ | |
| 301 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 302 | oldCapacity = *arrp ? (*arrp)->capacity : 0; \ | |
| 303 | AT##_Resize(arrp, newSize); \ | |
| 304 | if (newSize > oldCapacity) { \ | |
| 305 | AT##_Clear(*arrp, oldCapacity, newSize); \ | |
| 306 | } \ | |
| 307 | } \ | |
| 308 | \ | |
| 309 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 310 | static void \ | |
| 311 | AT##_SetSize(AT *arr, size_t newSize) \ | |
| 312 | { \ | |
| 313 | assert(newSize <= AT##_Capacity(arr)); \ | |
| 314 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 315 | if (arr) { \ | |
| 316 | arr->size = newSize; \ | |
| 317 | } \ | |
| 318 | } \ | |
| 319 | \ | |
| 320 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 321 | static void \ | |
| 322 | AT##_Append(AT **arrp, ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 323 | { \ | |
| 324 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 325 | if (!*arrp) { \ | |
| 326 | AT##_Resize(arrp, 1); \ | |
| 327 | } else if ((*arrp)->size == (*arrp)->capacity) { \ | |
| 328 | AT##_Resize(arrp, (*arrp)->capacity + ((*arrp)->capacity + 1)/2); \ | |
| 329 | } \ | |
| 330 | (*arrp)->buf[(*arrp)->size++] = *elem; \ | |
| 331 | } \ | |
| 332 | \ | |
| 333 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 334 | static size_t \ | |
| 335 | AT##_PopBack(AT *arr) \ | |
| 336 | { \ | |
| 337 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 338 | return arr->size -= 1; \ | |
| 339 | } \ | |
| 340 | \ | |
| 341 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 342 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 343 | AT##_Get(const AT *arr, size_t at) \ | |
| 344 | { \ | |
| 345 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 346 | assert(at < AT##_Size(arr)); \ | |
| 347 | return (ElemType *) &arr->buf[at]; \ | |
| 348 | } \ | |
| 349 | \ | |
| 350 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 351 | static void \ | |
| 352 | AT##_Set(AT *arr, size_t at, ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 353 | { \ | |
| 354 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 355 | assert(at < AT##_Size(arr)); \ | |
| 356 | arr->buf[at] = *elem; \ | |
| 357 | } \ | |
| 358 | \ | |
| 359 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 360 | static void \ | |
| 361 | AT##_Free(AT **arrp) \ | |
| 362 | { \ | |
| 363 | AT##_Resize(arrp, 0); \ | |
| 364 | } \ | |
| 365 | \ | |
| 366 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 367 | static int \ | |
| 368 | AT##_Find(const AT *arr, const ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 369 | { \ | |
| 370 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 371 | if (arr) { \ | |
| 372 | const ElemType *buf = arr->buf; \ | |
| 373 | size_t i; \ | |
| 374 | for (i = 0; i < arr->size; ++i) { \ | |
| 375 | if (memcmp(&buf[i], elem, sizeof(ElemType)) == 0) { \ | |
| 376 | return (int) i; \ | |
| 377 | } \ | |
| 378 | } \ | |
| 379 | } \ | |
| 380 | return -1; \ | |
| 381 | } \ | |
| 382 | \ | |
| 383 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 384 | static int \ | |
| 385 | AT##_Contains(const AT *arr, const ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 386 | { \ | |
| 387 | return AT##_Find(arr, elem) != -1; \ | |
| 388 | } \ | |
| 389 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | |
| 390 | ||
| 391 | #define TK_PTR_ARRAY_DEFINE(AT, ElemType) /* AT = type of array */ \ | |
| 392 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ \ | |
| 393 | typedef struct AT { \ | |
| 394 | size_t size; \ | |
| 395 | size_t capacity; \ | |
| 396 | ElemType *buf[1]; \ | |
| 397 | } AT; \ | |
| 398 | \ | |
| 399 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 400 | static size_t \ | |
| 401 | AT##_ElemSize() \ | |
| 402 | { \ | |
| 403 | return sizeof(ElemType); \ | |
| 404 | } \ | |
| 405 | \ | |
| 406 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 407 | static size_t \ | |
| 408 | AT##_BufferSize(size_t numElems) \ | |
| 409 | { \ | |
| 410 | return numElems*sizeof(ElemType *); \ | |
| 411 | } \ | |
| 412 | \ | |
| 413 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 414 | static int \ | |
| 415 | AT##_IsEmpty(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 416 | { \ | |
| 417 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 418 | return !arr || arr->size == 0; \ | |
| 419 | } \ | |
| 420 | \ | |
| 421 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 422 | static ElemType ** \ | |
| 423 | AT##_First(AT *arr) \ | |
| 424 | { \ | |
| 425 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 426 | return arr ? arr->buf : NULL; \ | |
| 427 | } \ | |
| 428 | \ | |
| 429 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 430 | static ElemType ** \ | |
| 431 | AT##_Last(AT *arr) \ | |
| 432 | { \ | |
| 433 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 434 | return arr ? arr->buf + arr->size : NULL; \ | |
| 435 | } \ | |
| 436 | \ | |
| 437 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 438 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 439 | AT##_Front(AT *arr) \ | |
| 440 | { \ | |
| 441 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 442 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 443 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 444 | return arr->buf[0]; \ | |
| 445 | } \ | |
| 446 | \ | |
| 447 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 448 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 449 | AT##_Back(AT *arr) \ | |
| 450 | { \ | |
| 451 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 452 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 453 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 454 | return arr->buf[arr->size - 1]; \ | |
| 455 | } \ | |
| 456 | \ | |
| 457 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 458 | static size_t \ | |
| 459 | AT##_Size(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 460 | { \ | |
| 461 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 462 | return arr ? arr->size : 0; \ | |
| 463 | } \ | |
| 464 | \ | |
| 465 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 466 | static size_t \ | |
| 467 | AT##_Capacity(const AT *arr) \ | |
| 468 | { \ | |
| 469 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 470 | return arr ? arr->capacity : 0; \ | |
| 471 | } \ | |
| 472 | \ | |
| 473 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 474 | static void \ | |
| 475 | AT##_Resize(AT **arrp, size_t newCapacity) \ | |
| 476 | { \ | |
| 477 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 478 | assert(!*arrp || (*arrp)->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 479 | if (newCapacity == 0) { \ | |
| 480 | assert(!*arrp || ((*arrp)->size = 0xdeadbeef)); \ | |
| 481 | ckfree(*arrp); \ | |
| 482 | *arrp = NULL; \ | |
| 483 | } else { \ | |
| 484 | int init = *arrp == NULL; \ | |
| 485 | size_t memSize = AT##_BufferSize(newCapacity - 1) + sizeof(AT); \ | |
| 486 | *arrp = ckrealloc(*arrp, memSize); \ | |
| 487 | if (init) { \ | |
| 488 | (*arrp)->size = 0; \ | |
| 489 | } else if (newCapacity < (*arrp)->size) { \ | |
| 490 | (*arrp)->size = newCapacity; \ | |
| 491 | } \ | |
| 492 | (*arrp)->capacity = newCapacity; \ | |
| 493 | } \ | |
| 494 | } \ | |
| 495 | \ | |
| 496 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 497 | static void \ | |
| 498 | AT##_Clear(AT *arr, size_t from, size_t to) \ | |
| 499 | { \ | |
| 500 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 501 | assert(arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 502 | assert(to <= AT##_Capacity(arr)); \ | |
| 503 | assert(from <= to); \ | |
| 504 | memset(arr->buf + from, 0, AT##_BufferSize(to - from)); \ | |
| 505 | } \ | |
| 506 | \ | |
| 507 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 508 | static void \ | |
| 509 | AT##_ResizeAndClear(AT **arrp, size_t newCapacity) \ | |
| 510 | { \ | |
| 511 | size_t oldCapacity; \ | |
| 512 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 513 | oldCapacity = *arrp ? (*arrp)->capacity : 0; \ | |
| 514 | AT##_Resize(arrp, newCapacity); \ | |
| 515 | if (newCapacity > oldCapacity) { \ | |
| 516 | AT##_Clear(*arrp, oldCapacity, newCapacity); \ | |
| 517 | } \ | |
| 518 | } \ | |
| 519 | \ | |
| 520 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 521 | static void \ | |
| 522 | AT##_SetSize(AT *arr, size_t newSize) \ | |
| 523 | { \ | |
| 524 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 525 | assert(newSize <= AT##_Capacity(arr)); \ | |
| 526 | arr->size = newSize; \ | |
| 527 | } \ | |
| 528 | \ | |
| 529 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 530 | static void \ | |
| 531 | AT##_Append(AT **arrp, ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 532 | { \ | |
| 533 | assert(arrp); \ | |
| 534 | if (!*arrp) { \ | |
| 535 | AT##_Resize(arrp, 1); \ | |
| 536 | } else if ((*arrp)->size == (*arrp)->capacity) { \ | |
| 537 | AT##_Resize(arrp, (*arrp)->capacity + ((*arrp)->capacity + 1)/2); \ | |
| 538 | } \ | |
| 539 | (*arrp)->buf[(*arrp)->size++] = elem; \ | |
| 540 | } \ | |
| 541 | \ | |
| 542 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 543 | static size_t \ | |
| 544 | AT##_PopBack(AT *arr) \ | |
| 545 | { \ | |
| 546 | assert(!AT##_IsEmpty(arr)); \ | |
| 547 | return arr->size -= 1; \ | |
| 548 | } \ | |
| 549 | \ | |
| 550 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 551 | static ElemType * \ | |
| 552 | AT##_Get(const AT *arr, size_t at) \ | |
| 553 | { \ | |
| 554 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 555 | assert(at < AT##_Size(arr)); \ | |
| 556 | return arr->buf[at]; \ | |
| 557 | } \ | |
| 558 | \ | |
| 559 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 560 | static void \ | |
| 561 | AT##_Set(AT *arr, size_t at, ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 562 | { \ | |
| 563 | assert(arr); \ | |
| 564 | assert(at < AT##_Size(arr)); \ | |
| 565 | arr->buf[at] = elem; \ | |
| 566 | } \ | |
| 567 | \ | |
| 568 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 569 | static void \ | |
| 570 | AT##_Free(AT **arrp) \ | |
| 571 | { \ | |
| 572 | AT##_Resize(arrp, 0); \ | |
| 573 | } \ | |
| 574 | \ | |
| 575 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 576 | static int \ | |
| 577 | AT##_Find(const AT *arr, const ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 578 | { \ | |
| 579 | assert(!arr || arr->size != 0xdeadbeef); \ | |
| 580 | if (arr) { \ | |
| 581 | ElemType *const *buf = arr->buf; \ | |
| 582 | size_t i; \ | |
| 583 | for (i = 0; i < arr->size; ++i) { \ | |
| 584 | if (buf[i] == elem) { \ | |
| 585 | return (int) i; \ | |
| 586 | } \ | |
| 587 | } \ | |
| 588 | } \ | |
| 589 | return -1; \ | |
| 590 | } \ | |
| 591 | \ | |
| 592 | __TK_ARRAY_UNUSED \ | |
| 593 | static int \ | |
| 594 | AT##_Contains(const AT *arr, const ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 595 | { \ | |
| 596 | return AT##_Find(arr, elem) != -1; \ | |
| 597 | } \ | |
| 598 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | |
| 599 | ||
| 600 | #endif /* TK_ARRAY_DEFINED */ | |
| 601 | ||
| 602 | /* | |
| 603 | * Local Variables: | |
| 604 | * mode: c | |
| 605 | * c-basic-offset: 4 | |
| 606 | * fill-column: 105 | |
| 607 | * End: | |
| 608 | * vi:set ts=8 sw=4: | |
| 609 | */ |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 8 | 8 | * Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. |
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 by Gregor Cramer. | |
| 9 | 10 | * |
| 10 | 11 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of |
| 11 | 12 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 12 | 13 | */ |
| 13 | 14 | |
| 14 | 15 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 15 | ||
| 16 | #ifdef _WIN32 | |
| 16 | #include "tkDList.h" | |
| 17 | #include "tkArray.h" | |
| 18 | ||
| 19 | #if defined(_WIN32) | |
| 17 | 20 | #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| 18 | 21 | #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK) |
| 19 | 22 | #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" |
| 20 | #else | |
| 23 | #else /* if defined(__unix__) */ | |
| 21 | 24 | #include "tkUnixInt.h" |
| 22 | 25 | #endif |
| 23 | 26 | |
| 27 | #ifdef NDEBUG | |
| 28 | # define DEBUG(expr) | |
| 29 | #else | |
| 30 | # define DEBUG(expr) expr | |
| 31 | #endif | |
| 32 | ||
| 33 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
| 34 | /* | |
| 35 | * Earlier versions of MSVC don't know snprintf, but _snprintf is compatible. | |
| 36 | * Note that sprintf is deprecated. | |
| 37 | */ | |
| 38 | # define snprintf _snprintf | |
| 39 | #endif | |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | #define SIZE_OF_ARRAY(arr) (sizeof(arr)/sizeof(arr[0])) | |
| 42 | ||
| 24 | 43 | /* |
| 25 | 44 | * File structure: |
| 26 | 45 | * |
| 28 | 47 | * |
| 29 | 48 | * Init/Free this package. |
| 30 | 49 | * |
| 31 | * Tcl "bind" command (actually located in tkCmds.c) core implementation, plus | |
| 32 | * helpers. | |
| 50 | * Tcl "bind" command (actually located in tkCmds.c) core implementation, plus helpers. | |
| 33 | 51 | * |
| 34 | 52 | * Tcl "event" command implementation, plus helpers. |
| 35 | 53 | * |
| 37 | 55 | * |
| 38 | 56 | * Non-package-specific helpers. |
| 39 | 57 | */ |
| 58 | ||
| 59 | /* | |
| 60 | * In old implementation (the one that used an event ring), <Double-1> and <1><1> were | |
| 61 | * equivalent sequences. However it is logical to give <Double-1> higher precedence. | |
| 62 | * This can be achieved by setting PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT to 1. | |
| 63 | */ | |
| 64 | ||
| 65 | #ifndef PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT | |
| 66 | # define PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT 0 | |
| 67 | #endif | |
| 68 | ||
| 69 | /* | |
| 70 | * Traditionally motion events can be combined with buttons in this way: <B1-B2-Motion>. | |
| 71 | * However it should be allowed to express this as <Motion-1-2> in addition. This can be | |
| 72 | * achieved by setting SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1. | |
| 73 | */ | |
| 74 | ||
| 75 | #ifndef SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 76 | # define SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX 0 /* set to 1 if wanted */ | |
| 77 | #endif | |
| 78 | ||
| 79 | /* | |
| 80 | * The output for motion events is of the type <B1-Motion>. This can be changed to become | |
| 81 | * <Motion-1> instead by setting PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX to 1, however this would be a | |
| 82 | * backwards incompatibility. | |
| 83 | */ | |
| 84 | ||
| 85 | #ifndef PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 86 | # define PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX 0 /* set to 1 if wanted */ | |
| 87 | #endif | |
| 88 | ||
| 89 | #if !SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 90 | # undef PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 91 | # define PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX 0 | |
| 92 | #endif | |
| 93 | ||
| 94 | /* | |
| 95 | * For debugging only, normally set to zero. | |
| 96 | */ | |
| 97 | ||
| 98 | #ifdef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 99 | # undef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 100 | #endif | |
| 101 | #define SUPPORT_DEBUGGING 0 | |
| 102 | ||
| 103 | /* | |
| 104 | * Test validity of PSEntry items. | |
| 105 | */ | |
| 106 | ||
| 107 | # define TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr) psPtr->number != 0xdeadbeef | |
| 108 | # define MARK_PSENTRY(psPtr) psPtr->number = 0xdeadbeef | |
| 40 | 109 | |
| 41 | 110 | /* |
| 42 | 111 | * The following union is used to hold the detail information from an XEvent |
| 43 | 112 | * (including Tk's XVirtualEvent extension). |
| 44 | 113 | */ |
| 45 | 114 | |
| 115 | typedef KeySym Info; | |
| 116 | ||
| 46 | 117 | typedef union { |
| 47 | KeySym keySym; /* KeySym that corresponds to xkey.keycode. */ | |
| 48 | int button; /* Button that was pressed (xbutton.button). */ | |
| 49 | Tk_Uid name; /* Tk_Uid of virtual event. */ | |
| 50 | ClientData clientData; /* Used when type of Detail is unknown, and to | |
| 51 | * ensure that all bytes of Detail are | |
| 52 | * initialized when this structure is used in | |
| 53 | * a hash key. */ | |
| 118 | Info info; /* This either corresponds to xkey.keycode, or to xbutton.button, | |
| 119 | * or is meaningless, depending on event type. */ | |
| 120 | Tk_Uid name; /* Tk_Uid of virtual event. */ | |
| 54 | 121 | } Detail; |
| 122 | ||
| 123 | /* | |
| 124 | * We need an extended event definition. | |
| 125 | */ | |
| 126 | ||
| 127 | typedef struct { | |
| 128 | XEvent xev; /* The original event from server. */ | |
| 129 | Detail detail; /* Additional information (for hashing). */ | |
| 130 | unsigned countAny; /* Count of multi-events, like multi-clicks, or repeated key pressing, | |
| 131 | * this count does not depend on detail (keySym or button). */ | |
| 132 | unsigned countDetailed; | |
| 133 | /* Count of multi-events, like multi-clicks, or repeated key pressing, | |
| 134 | * this count considers the detail (keySym or button). */ | |
| 135 | } Event; | |
| 136 | ||
| 137 | /* | |
| 138 | * We need a structure providing a list of pattern sequences. | |
| 139 | */ | |
| 140 | ||
| 141 | typedef unsigned EventMask; | |
| 142 | typedef unsigned long ModMask; | |
| 143 | ||
| 144 | struct PatSeq; /* forward declaration */ | |
| 145 | ||
| 146 | /* We need this array for bookkeeping the last matching modifier mask per pattern. */ | |
| 147 | TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(PSModMaskArr, ModMask); | |
| 148 | ||
| 149 | typedef struct PSEntry { | |
| 150 | TK_DLIST_LINKS(PSEntry); /* Makes this struct a double linked list; must be first entry. */ | |
| 151 | Window window; /* Window of last match. */ | |
| 152 | struct PatSeq* psPtr; /* Pointer to pattern sequence. */ | |
| 153 | PSModMaskArr *lastModMaskArr; | |
| 154 | /* Last matching modifier mask per pattern (except last pattern). | |
| 155 | * Only needed if pattern sequence is not single (more than one | |
| 156 | * pattern), and if one of these patterns contains a non-zero | |
| 157 | * modifier mask. */ | |
| 158 | unsigned count; /* Only promote to next level if this count has reached count of | |
| 159 | * pattern. */ | |
| 160 | unsigned expired:1; /* Whether this entry is expired, this means it has to be removed | |
| 161 | * from promotion list. */ | |
| 162 | unsigned keepIt:1; /* Whether to keep this entry, even if expired. */ | |
| 163 | } PSEntry; | |
| 164 | ||
| 165 | /* Defining the whole PSList_* stuff (list of PSEntry items). */ | |
| 166 | TK_DLIST_DEFINE(PSList, PSEntry); | |
| 167 | ||
| 168 | /* Don't keep larger arrays of modifier masks inside PSEntry. */ | |
| 169 | #define MAX_MOD_MASK_ARR_SIZE 8 | |
| 170 | ||
| 171 | /* | |
| 172 | * Maps and lookup tables from an event to a list of patterns that match that event. | |
| 173 | */ | |
| 174 | ||
| 175 | typedef struct { | |
| 176 | Tcl_HashTable patternTable; /* Keys are PatternTableKey structs, values are (PatSeq *). */ | |
| 177 | Tcl_HashTable listTable; /* Keys are PatternTableKey structs, values are (PSList *). */ | |
| 178 | PSList entryPool; /* Contains free (unused) list items. */ | |
| 179 | unsigned number; /* Needed for enumeration of pattern sequences. */ | |
| 180 | } LookupTables; | |
| 55 | 181 | |
| 56 | 182 | /* |
| 57 | 183 | * The structure below represents a binding table. A binding table represents |
| 64 | 190 | * application with separate event bindings for each (for example, each canvas |
| 65 | 191 | * widget has a separate binding table for associating events with the items |
| 66 | 192 | * in the canvas). |
| 67 | * | |
| 68 | * Note: it is probably a bad idea to reduce EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE much below 30. | |
| 69 | * To see this, consider a triple mouse button click while the Shift key is | |
| 70 | * down (and auto-repeating). There may be as many as 3 auto-repeat events | |
| 71 | * after each mouse button press or release (see the first large comment block | |
| 72 | * within Tk_BindEvent for more on this), for a total of 20 events to cover | |
| 73 | * the three button presses and two intervening releases. If you reduce | |
| 74 | * EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE too much, shift multi-clicks will be lost. | |
| 75 | */ | |
| 76 | ||
| 77 | /* | |
| 78 | * NOTE: The changes which were needed to make Tk work on OSX 10.14 (Mojave) | |
| 79 | * also demand that the event ring be a bit bigger. It might be wise to | |
| 80 | * augment the current double-click pattern matching by adding a new | |
| 81 | * DoubleClick modifier bit which could be set based on the clickCount of the | |
| 82 | * Apple NSEvent object. | |
| 83 | */ | |
| 84 | ||
| 85 | #ifndef TK_MAC_OSX | |
| 86 | #define EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE 45 | |
| 87 | #else | |
| 88 | #define EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE 30 | |
| 89 | #endif | |
| 193 | */ | |
| 194 | ||
| 195 | /* defining the whole Promotion_* stuff (array of PSList entries) */ | |
| 196 | TK_ARRAY_DEFINE(PromArr, PSList); | |
| 90 | 197 | |
| 91 | 198 | typedef struct Tk_BindingTable_ { |
| 92 | XEvent eventRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 93 | /* Circular queue of recent events (higher | |
| 94 | * indices are for more recent events). */ | |
| 95 | Detail detailRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 96 | /* "Detail" information (keySym, button, | |
| 97 | * Tk_Uid, or 0) for each entry in | |
| 98 | * eventRing. */ | |
| 99 | int curEvent; /* Index in eventRing of most recent event. | |
| 100 | * Newer events have higher indices. */ | |
| 101 | Tcl_HashTable patternTable; /* Used to map from an event to a list of | |
| 102 | * patterns that may match that event. Keys | |
| 103 | * are PatternTableKey structs, values are | |
| 104 | * (PatSeq *). */ | |
| 105 | Tcl_HashTable objectTable; /* Used to map from an object to a list of | |
| 106 | * patterns associated with that object. Keys | |
| 107 | * are ClientData, values are (PatSeq *). */ | |
| 108 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which commands are | |
| 109 | * executed. */ | |
| 199 | Event eventInfo[TK_LASTEVENT]; | |
| 200 | /* Containing the most recent event for every event type. */ | |
| 201 | PromArr *promArr; /* Contains the promoted pattern sequences. */ | |
| 202 | Event *curEvent; /* Pointing to most recent event. */ | |
| 203 | ModMask curModMask; /* Containing the current modifier mask. */ | |
| 204 | LookupTables lookupTables; /* Containing hash tables for fast lookup. */ | |
| 205 | Tcl_HashTable objectTable; /* Used to map from an object to a list of patterns associated with | |
| 206 | * that object. Keys are ClientData, values are (PatSeq *). */ | |
| 207 | Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which commands are executed. */ | |
| 110 | 208 | } BindingTable; |
| 111 | 209 | |
| 112 | 210 | /* |
| 123 | 221 | */ |
| 124 | 222 | |
| 125 | 223 | typedef struct { |
| 126 | Tcl_HashTable patternTable; /* Used to map from a physical event to a list | |
| 127 | * of patterns that may match that event. Keys | |
| 128 | * are PatternTableKey structs, values are | |
| 129 | * (PatSeq *). */ | |
| 130 | Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* Used to map a virtual event name to the | |
| 131 | * array of physical events that can trigger | |
| 132 | * it. Keys are the Tk_Uid names of the | |
| 133 | * virtual events, values are PhysicalsOwned | |
| 134 | * structs. */ | |
| 224 | LookupTables lookupTables; /* Providing fast lookup tables to lists of pattern sequences. */ | |
| 225 | Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* Used to map a virtual event name to the array of physical events | |
| 226 | * that can trigger it. Keys are the Tk_Uid names of the virtual | |
| 227 | * events, values are PhysOwned structs. */ | |
| 135 | 228 | } VirtualEventTable; |
| 136 | 229 | |
| 137 | 230 | /* |
| 150 | 243 | */ |
| 151 | 244 | |
| 152 | 245 | typedef struct { |
| 153 | ClientData object; /* For binding table, identifies the binding | |
| 154 | * tag of the object (or class of objects) | |
| 155 | * relative to which the event occurred. For | |
| 156 | * virtual event table, always NULL. */ | |
| 157 | int type; /* Type of event (from X). */ | |
| 158 | Detail detail; /* Additional information, such as keysym, | |
| 159 | * button, Tk_Uid, or 0 if nothing | |
| 160 | * additional. */ | |
| 246 | ClientData object; /* For binding table, identifies the binding tag of the object | |
| 247 | * (or class of objects) relative to which the event occurred. | |
| 248 | * For virtual event table, always NULL. */ | |
| 249 | unsigned type; /* Type of event (from X). */ | |
| 250 | Detail detail; /* Additional information, such as keysym, button, Tk_Uid, or zero | |
| 251 | * if nothing additional. */ | |
| 161 | 252 | } PatternTableKey; |
| 162 | 253 | |
| 163 | 254 | /* |
| 164 | 255 | * The following structure defines a pattern, which is matched against X |
| 165 | 256 | * events as part of the process of converting X events into Tcl commands. |
| 257 | * | |
| 258 | * For technical reasons we do not use 'union Detail', although this would | |
| 259 | * be possible, instead 'info' and 'name' are both included. | |
| 166 | 260 | */ |
| 167 | 261 | |
| 168 | 262 | typedef struct { |
| 169 | int eventType; /* Type of X event, e.g. ButtonPress. */ | |
| 170 | int needMods; /* Mask of modifiers that must be present (0 | |
| 171 | * means no modifiers are required). */ | |
| 172 | Detail detail; /* Additional information that must match | |
| 173 | * event. Normally this is 0, meaning no | |
| 174 | * additional information must match. For | |
| 175 | * KeyPress and KeyRelease events, a keySym | |
| 176 | * may be specified to select a particular | |
| 177 | * keystroke (0 means any keystrokes). For | |
| 178 | * button events, specifies a particular | |
| 179 | * button (0 means any buttons are OK). For | |
| 180 | * virtual events, specifies the Tk_Uid of the | |
| 181 | * virtual event name (never 0). */ | |
| 263 | unsigned eventType; /* Type of X event, e.g. ButtonPress. */ | |
| 264 | unsigned count; /* Multi-event count, e.g. double-clicks, triple-clicks, etc. */ | |
| 265 | ModMask modMask; /* Mask of modifiers that must be present (zero means no modifiers | |
| 266 | * are required). */ | |
| 267 | Info info; /* Additional information that must match event. Normally this is zero, | |
| 268 | * meaning no additional information must match. For KeyPress and | |
| 269 | * KeyRelease events, it may be specified to select a particular | |
| 270 | * keystroke (zero means any keystrokes). For button events, specifies | |
| 271 | * a particular button (zero means any buttons are OK). */ | |
| 272 | Tk_Uid name; /* Specifies the Tk_Uid of the virtual event name. NULL if not a | |
| 273 | * virtual event. */ | |
| 182 | 274 | } TkPattern; |
| 275 | ||
| 276 | /* | |
| 277 | * The following structure keeps track of all the virtual events that are | |
| 278 | * associated with a particular physical event. It is pointed to by the 'owners' | |
| 279 | * field in a PatSeq in the patternTable of a virtual event table. | |
| 280 | */ | |
| 281 | ||
| 282 | TK_PTR_ARRAY_DEFINE(VirtOwners, Tcl_HashEntry); /* define array of hash entries */ | |
| 183 | 283 | |
| 184 | 284 | /* |
| 185 | 285 | * The following structure defines a pattern sequence, which consists of one |
| 200 | 300 | */ |
| 201 | 301 | |
| 202 | 302 | typedef struct PatSeq { |
| 203 | int numPats; /* Number of patterns in sequence (usually | |
| 204 | * 1). */ | |
| 205 | char *script; /* Binding script to evaluate when sequence | |
| 206 | * matches (ckalloc()ed) */ | |
| 207 | int flags; /* Miscellaneous flag values; see below for | |
| 208 | * definitions. */ | |
| 209 | struct PatSeq *nextSeqPtr; /* Next in list of all pattern sequences that | |
| 210 | * have the same initial pattern. NULL means | |
| 211 | * end of list. */ | |
| 212 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; /* Pointer to hash table entry for the initial | |
| 213 | * pattern. This is the head of the list of | |
| 214 | * which nextSeqPtr forms a part. */ | |
| 215 | struct VirtualOwners *voPtr;/* In a binding table, always NULL. In a | |
| 216 | * virtual event table, identifies the array | |
| 217 | * of virtual events that can be triggered by | |
| 218 | * this event. */ | |
| 219 | struct PatSeq *nextObjPtr; /* In a binding table, next in list of all | |
| 220 | * pattern sequences for the same object (NULL | |
| 221 | * for end of list). Needed to implement | |
| 222 | * Tk_DeleteAllBindings. In a virtual event | |
| 223 | * table, always NULL. */ | |
| 224 | TkPattern pats[1]; /* Array of "numPats" patterns. Only one | |
| 225 | * element is declared here but in actuality | |
| 226 | * enough space will be allocated for | |
| 227 | * "numPats" patterns. To match, pats[0] must | |
| 228 | * match event n, pats[1] must match event | |
| 229 | * n-1, etc. */ | |
| 303 | unsigned numPats; /* Number of patterns in sequence (usually 1). */ | |
| 304 | unsigned count; /* Total number of repetition counts, summed over count in TkPattern. */ | |
| 305 | unsigned number; /* Needed for the decision whether a binding is less recently defined | |
| 306 | * than another, it is guaranteed that the most recently bound event | |
| 307 | * has the highest number. */ | |
| 308 | unsigned added:1; /* Is this pattern sequence already added to lookup table? */ | |
| 309 | unsigned modMaskUsed:1; /* Does at least one pattern contain a non-zero modifier mask? */ | |
| 310 | DEBUG(unsigned owned:1;) /* For debugging purposes. */ | |
| 311 | char *script; /* Binding script to evaluate when sequence matches (ckalloc()ed) */ | |
| 312 | Tcl_Obj* object; /* Token for object with which binding is associated. For virtual | |
| 313 | * event table this is NULL. */ | |
| 314 | struct PatSeq *nextSeqPtr; /* Next in list of all pattern sequences that have the same initial | |
| 315 | * pattern. NULL means end of list. */ | |
| 316 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; /* Pointer to hash table entry for the initial pattern. This is the | |
| 317 | * head of the list of which nextSeqPtr forms a part. */ | |
| 318 | union { | |
| 319 | VirtOwners *owners; /* In a binding table it has no meaning. In a virtual event table, | |
| 320 | * identifies the array of virtual events that can be triggered | |
| 321 | * by this event. */ | |
| 322 | struct PatSeq *nextObj; /* In a binding table, next in list of all pattern sequences for | |
| 323 | * the same object (NULL for end of list). Needed to implement | |
| 324 | * Tk_DeleteAllBindings. In a virtual event table it has no meaning. */ | |
| 325 | } ptr; | |
| 326 | TkPattern pats[1]; /* Array of "numPats" patterns. Only one element is declared here | |
| 327 | * but in actuality enough space will be allocated for "numPats" | |
| 328 | * patterns (but usually 1). */ | |
| 230 | 329 | } PatSeq; |
| 231 | 330 | |
| 232 | 331 | /* |
| 233 | * Flag values for PatSeq structures: | |
| 234 | * | |
| 235 | * PAT_NEARBY 1 means that all of the events matching this sequence | |
| 236 | * must occur with nearby X and Y mouse coordinates and | |
| 237 | * close in time. This is typically used to restrict | |
| 238 | * multiple button presses. | |
| 239 | */ | |
| 240 | ||
| 241 | #define PAT_NEARBY 0x1 | |
| 332 | * Compute memory size of struct PatSeq with given pattern size. | |
| 333 | * The caller must be sure that pattern size is greater than zero. | |
| 334 | */ | |
| 335 | #define PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(numPats) (sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats - 1)*sizeof(TkPattern)) | |
| 242 | 336 | |
| 243 | 337 | /* |
| 244 | 338 | * Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds |
| 245 | 339 | * or pixels to meet the PAT_NEARBY constraint: |
| 246 | 340 | */ |
| 247 | 341 | |
| 248 | #define NEARBY_PIXELS 5 | |
| 249 | #define NEARBY_MS 500 | |
| 250 | ||
| 251 | /* | |
| 252 | * The following structure keeps track of all the virtual events that are | |
| 253 | * associated with a particular physical event. It is pointed to by the voPtr | |
| 254 | * field in a PatSeq in the patternTable of a virtual event table. | |
| 255 | */ | |
| 256 | ||
| 257 | typedef struct VirtualOwners { | |
| 258 | int numOwners; /* Number of virtual events to trigger. */ | |
| 259 | Tcl_HashEntry *owners[1]; /* Array of pointers to entries in nameTable. | |
| 260 | * Enough space will actually be allocated for | |
| 261 | * numOwners hash entries. */ | |
| 262 | } VirtualOwners; | |
| 342 | #define NEARBY_PIXELS 5 | |
| 343 | #define NEARBY_MS 500 | |
| 344 | ||
| 345 | /* | |
| 346 | * Needed as "no-number" constant for integers. The value of this constant is | |
| 347 | * outside of integer range (type "int"). (Unfortunatly current version of | |
| 348 | * Tcl/Tk does not provide C99 integer support.) | |
| 349 | */ | |
| 350 | ||
| 351 | #define NO_NUMBER (((Tcl_WideInt) (~ (unsigned) 0)) + 1) | |
| 263 | 352 | |
| 264 | 353 | /* |
| 265 | 354 | * The following structure is used in the nameTable of a virtual event table |
| 266 | 355 | * to associate a virtual event with all the physical events that can trigger |
| 267 | 356 | * it. |
| 268 | 357 | */ |
| 269 | typedef struct { | |
| 270 | int numOwned; /* Number of physical events owned. */ | |
| 271 | PatSeq *patSeqs[1]; /* Array of pointers to physical event | |
| 272 | * patterns. Enough space will actually be | |
| 273 | * allocated to hold numOwned. */ | |
| 274 | } PhysicalsOwned; | |
| 358 | ||
| 359 | TK_PTR_ARRAY_DEFINE(PhysOwned, PatSeq); /* define array of pattern seqs */ | |
| 275 | 360 | |
| 276 | 361 | /* |
| 277 | 362 | * One of the following structures exists for each interpreter. This structure |
| 281 | 366 | */ |
| 282 | 367 | |
| 283 | 368 | typedef struct { |
| 284 | TkDisplay *curDispPtr; /* Display for last binding command invoked in | |
| 285 | * this application. */ | |
| 369 | TkDisplay *curDispPtr; /* Display for last binding command invoked in this application. */ | |
| 286 | 370 | int curScreenIndex; /* Index of screen for last binding command */ |
| 287 | int bindingDepth; /* Number of active instances of Tk_BindEvent | |
| 288 | * in this application. */ | |
| 371 | unsigned bindingDepth; /* Number of active instances of Tk_BindEvent in this application. */ | |
| 289 | 372 | } ScreenInfo; |
| 290 | 373 | |
| 291 | 374 | /* |
| 295 | 378 | |
| 296 | 379 | typedef struct TkBindInfo_ { |
| 297 | 380 | VirtualEventTable virtualEventTable; |
| 298 | /* The virtual events that exist in this | |
| 299 | * interpreter. */ | |
| 300 | ScreenInfo screenInfo; /* Keeps track of the current display and | |
| 301 | * screen, so it can be restored after a | |
| 302 | * binding has executed. */ | |
| 303 | int deleted; /* 1 the application has been deleted but the | |
| 304 | * structure has been preserved. */ | |
| 381 | /* The virtual events that exist in this interpreter. */ | |
| 382 | ScreenInfo screenInfo; /* Keeps track of the current display and screen, so it can be | |
| 383 | * restored after a binding has executed. */ | |
| 384 | int deleted; /* 1 if the application has been deleted but the structure has been | |
| 385 | * preserved. */ | |
| 386 | Time lastEventTime; /* Needed for time measurement. */ | |
| 387 | Time lastCurrentTime; /* Needed for time measurement. */ | |
| 305 | 388 | } BindInfo; |
| 306 | 389 | |
| 307 | 390 | /* |
| 316 | 399 | |
| 317 | 400 | #ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP |
| 318 | 401 | typedef struct { |
| 319 | const char *name; /* Name of keysym. */ | |
| 402 | const char *name; /* Name of keysym. */ | |
| 320 | 403 | KeySym value; /* Numeric identifier for keysym. */ |
| 321 | 404 | } KeySymInfo; |
| 322 | 405 | static const KeySymInfo keyArray[] = { |
| 325 | 408 | #endif |
| 326 | 409 | {NULL, 0} |
| 327 | 410 | }; |
| 328 | static Tcl_HashTable keySymTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym value. */ | |
| 329 | static Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym name. */ | |
| 411 | static Tcl_HashTable keySymTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym value. */ | |
| 412 | static Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym name. */ | |
| 330 | 413 | #endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */ |
| 331 | ||
| 332 | /* | |
| 333 | * Set to non-zero when the package-wide static variables have been | |
| 334 | * initialized. | |
| 335 | */ | |
| 336 | ||
| 337 | static int initialized = 0; | |
| 338 | TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex) | |
| 339 | 414 | |
| 340 | 415 | /* |
| 341 | 416 | * A hash table is kept to map from the string names of event modifiers to |
| 345 | 420 | */ |
| 346 | 421 | |
| 347 | 422 | typedef struct { |
| 348 | const char *name; /* Name of modifier. */ | |
| 349 | int mask; /* Button/modifier mask value, such as | |
| 350 | * Button1Mask. */ | |
| 351 | int flags; /* Various flags; see below for | |
| 352 | * definitions. */ | |
| 423 | const char *name; /* Name of modifier. */ | |
| 424 | ModMask mask; /* Button/modifier mask value, such as Button1Mask. */ | |
| 425 | unsigned flags; /* Various flags; see below for definitions. */ | |
| 353 | 426 | } ModInfo; |
| 354 | 427 | |
| 355 | 428 | /* |
| 356 | 429 | * Flags for ModInfo structures: |
| 357 | 430 | * |
| 358 | * DOUBLE - Non-zero means duplicate this event, | |
| 359 | * e.g. for double-clicks. | |
| 360 | * TRIPLE - Non-zero means triplicate this event, | |
| 361 | * e.g. for triple-clicks. | |
| 362 | * QUADRUPLE - Non-zero means quadruple this event, | |
| 363 | * e.g. for 4-fold-clicks. | |
| 431 | * DOUBLE - Non-zero means duplicate this event, e.g. for double-clicks. | |
| 432 | * TRIPLE - Non-zero means triplicate this event, e.g. for triple-clicks. | |
| 433 | * QUADRUPLE - Non-zero means quadruple this event, e.g. for 4-fold-clicks. | |
| 364 | 434 | * MULT_CLICKS - Combination of all of above. |
| 365 | 435 | */ |
| 366 | 436 | |
| 367 | #define DOUBLE 1 | |
| 368 | #define TRIPLE 2 | |
| 369 | #define QUADRUPLE 4 | |
| 370 | #define MULT_CLICKS 7 | |
| 437 | #define DOUBLE (1<<0) | |
| 438 | #define TRIPLE (1<<1) | |
| 439 | #define QUADRUPLE (1<<2) | |
| 440 | #define MULT_CLICKS (DOUBLE|TRIPLE|QUADRUPLE) | |
| 371 | 441 | |
| 372 | 442 | static const ModInfo modArray[] = { |
| 373 | 443 | {"Control", ControlMask, 0}, |
| 415 | 485 | |
| 416 | 486 | typedef struct { |
| 417 | 487 | const char *name; /* Name of event. */ |
| 418 | int type; /* Event type for X, such as ButtonPress. */ | |
| 419 | int eventMask; /* Mask bits (for XSelectInput) for this event | |
| 420 | * type. */ | |
| 488 | unsigned type; /* Event type for X, such as ButtonPress. */ | |
| 489 | unsigned eventMask; /* Mask bits (for XSelectInput) for this event type. */ | |
| 421 | 490 | } EventInfo; |
| 422 | 491 | |
| 423 | 492 | /* |
| 433 | 502 | {"KeyRelease", KeyRelease, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask}, |
| 434 | 503 | {"Button", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask}, |
| 435 | 504 | {"ButtonPress", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask}, |
| 436 | {"ButtonRelease", ButtonRelease, | |
| 437 | ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask}, | |
| 438 | {"Motion", MotionNotify, | |
| 439 | ButtonPressMask|PointerMotionMask}, | |
| 505 | {"ButtonRelease", ButtonRelease, ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask}, | |
| 506 | {"Motion", MotionNotify, ButtonPressMask|PointerMotionMask}, | |
| 440 | 507 | {"Enter", EnterNotify, EnterWindowMask}, |
| 441 | 508 | {"Leave", LeaveNotify, LeaveWindowMask}, |
| 442 | 509 | {"FocusIn", FocusIn, FocusChangeMask}, |
| 464 | 531 | }; |
| 465 | 532 | static Tcl_HashTable eventTable; |
| 466 | 533 | |
| 534 | static int eventArrayIndex[TK_LASTEVENT]; | |
| 535 | ||
| 467 | 536 | /* |
| 468 | 537 | * The defines and table below are used to classify events into various |
| 469 | 538 | * groups. The reason for this is that logically identical fields (e.g. |
| 472 | 541 | * information from events. |
| 473 | 542 | */ |
| 474 | 543 | |
| 475 | #define KEY 0x1 | |
| 476 | #define BUTTON 0x2 | |
| 477 | #define MOTION 0x4 | |
| 478 | #define CROSSING 0x8 | |
| 479 | #define FOCUS 0x10 | |
| 480 | #define EXPOSE 0x20 | |
| 481 | #define VISIBILITY 0x40 | |
| 482 | #define CREATE 0x80 | |
| 483 | #define DESTROY 0x100 | |
| 484 | #define UNMAP 0x200 | |
| 485 | #define MAP 0x400 | |
| 486 | #define REPARENT 0x800 | |
| 487 | #define CONFIG 0x1000 | |
| 488 | #define GRAVITY 0x2000 | |
| 489 | #define CIRC 0x4000 | |
| 490 | #define PROP 0x8000 | |
| 491 | #define COLORMAP 0x10000 | |
| 492 | #define VIRTUAL 0x20000 | |
| 493 | #define ACTIVATE 0x40000 | |
| 494 | #define MAPREQ 0x80000 | |
| 495 | #define CONFIGREQ 0x100000 | |
| 496 | #define RESIZEREQ 0x200000 | |
| 497 | #define CIRCREQ 0x400000 | |
| 544 | #define KEY (1<<0) | |
| 545 | #define BUTTON (1<<1) | |
| 546 | #define MOTION (1<<2) | |
| 547 | #define CROSSING (1<<3) | |
| 548 | #define FOCUS (1<<4) | |
| 549 | #define EXPOSE (1<<5) | |
| 550 | #define VISIBILITY (1<<6) | |
| 551 | #define CREATE (1<<7) | |
| 552 | #define DESTROY (1<<8) | |
| 553 | #define UNMAP (1<<9) | |
| 554 | #define MAP (1<<10) | |
| 555 | #define REPARENT (1<<11) | |
| 556 | #define CONFIG (1<<12) | |
| 557 | #define GRAVITY (1<<13) | |
| 558 | #define CIRC (1<<14) | |
| 559 | #define PROP (1<<15) | |
| 560 | #define COLORMAP (1<<16) | |
| 561 | #define VIRTUAL (1<<17) | |
| 562 | #define ACTIVATE (1<<18) | |
| 563 | #define MAPREQ (1<<19) | |
| 564 | #define CONFIGREQ (1<<20) | |
| 565 | #define RESIZEREQ (1<<21) | |
| 566 | #define CIRCREQ (1<<22) | |
| 498 | 567 | |
| 499 | 568 | #define KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL (KEY|BUTTON|MOTION|VIRTUAL) |
| 500 | 569 | #define KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING (KEY|BUTTON|MOTION|VIRTUAL|CROSSING) |
| 547 | 616 | */ |
| 548 | 617 | |
| 549 | 618 | static const TkStateMap queuePosition[] = { |
| 550 | {-1, "now"}, | |
| 551 | {TCL_QUEUE_HEAD, "head"}, | |
| 552 | {TCL_QUEUE_MARK, "mark"}, | |
| 553 | {TCL_QUEUE_TAIL, "tail"}, | |
| 554 | {-2, NULL} | |
| 619 | {-1, "now"}, | |
| 620 | {TCL_QUEUE_HEAD, "head"}, | |
| 621 | {TCL_QUEUE_MARK, "mark"}, | |
| 622 | {TCL_QUEUE_TAIL, "tail"}, | |
| 623 | {-2, NULL} | |
| 555 | 624 | }; |
| 556 | 625 | |
| 557 | 626 | /* |
| 582 | 651 | }; |
| 583 | 652 | |
| 584 | 653 | static const TkStateMap circPlace[] = { |
| 585 | {PlaceOnTop, "PlaceOnTop"}, | |
| 586 | {PlaceOnBottom, "PlaceOnBottom"}, | |
| 654 | {PlaceOnTop, "PlaceOnTop"}, | |
| 655 | {PlaceOnBottom, "PlaceOnBottom"}, | |
| 587 | 656 | {-1, NULL} |
| 588 | 657 | }; |
| 589 | 658 | |
| 595 | 664 | }; |
| 596 | 665 | |
| 597 | 666 | static const TkStateMap configureRequestDetail[] = { |
| 598 | {None, "None"}, | |
| 599 | {Above, "Above"}, | |
| 600 | {Below, "Below"}, | |
| 601 | {BottomIf, "BottomIf"}, | |
| 602 | {TopIf, "TopIf"}, | |
| 603 | {Opposite, "Opposite"}, | |
| 667 | {None, "None"}, | |
| 668 | {Above, "Above"}, | |
| 669 | {Below, "Below"}, | |
| 670 | {BottomIf, "BottomIf"}, | |
| 671 | {TopIf, "TopIf"}, | |
| 672 | {Opposite, "Opposite"}, | |
| 604 | 673 | {-1, NULL} |
| 605 | 674 | }; |
| 606 | 675 | |
| 610 | 679 | {-1, NULL} |
| 611 | 680 | }; |
| 612 | 681 | |
| 682 | DEBUG(static int countTableItems = 0;) | |
| 683 | DEBUG(static int countEntryItems = 0;) | |
| 684 | DEBUG(static int countListItems = 0;) | |
| 685 | DEBUG(static int countBindItems = 0;) | |
| 686 | DEBUG(static int countSeqItems = 0;) | |
| 687 | ||
| 613 | 688 | /* |
| 614 | 689 | * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: |
| 615 | 690 | */ |
| 616 | 691 | |
| 617 | static void ChangeScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *dispName, | |
| 618 | int screenIndex); | |
| 619 | static int CreateVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 620 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString, | |
| 621 | const char *eventString); | |
| 622 | static int DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 623 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString, | |
| 624 | const char *eventString); | |
| 692 | static void ChangeScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *dispName, int screenIndex); | |
| 693 | static int CreateVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, | |
| 694 | char *virtString, const char *eventString); | |
| 695 | static int DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, | |
| 696 | char *virtString, const char *eventString); | |
| 625 | 697 | static void DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr); |
| 626 | static void ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, | |
| 627 | XEvent *eventPtr,KeySym keySym, | |
| 628 | unsigned int scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); | |
| 629 | static PatSeq * FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 630 | Tcl_HashTable *patternTablePtr, ClientData object, | |
| 631 | const char *eventString, int create, | |
| 632 | int allowVirtual, unsigned long *maskPtr); | |
| 633 | static void GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 634 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr); | |
| 635 | static char * GetField(char *p, char *copy, int size); | |
| 636 | static Tcl_Obj * GetPatternObj(PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 637 | static int GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 638 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, Tcl_Obj *virtName); | |
| 639 | static Tk_Uid GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 640 | char *virtString); | |
| 698 | static void ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before, Event *eventPtr, | |
| 699 | unsigned scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); | |
| 700 | static PatSeq * FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp, LookupTables *lookupTables, | |
| 701 | ClientData object, const char *eventString, int create, | |
| 702 | int allowVirtual, EventMask *maskPtr); | |
| 703 | static void GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr); | |
| 704 | static const char * GetField(const char *p, char *copy, unsigned size); | |
| 705 | static Tcl_Obj * GetPatternObj(const PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 706 | static int GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp, VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, | |
| 707 | Tcl_Obj *virtName); | |
| 708 | static Tk_Uid GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *virtString); | |
| 641 | 709 | static int HandleEventGenerate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main, |
| 642 | 710 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 643 | 711 | static void InitVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr); |
| 644 | static PatSeq * MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr, | |
| 645 | BindingTable *bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr, | |
| 646 | PatSeq *bestPtr, ClientData *objectPtr, | |
| 647 | PatSeq **sourcePtrPtr); | |
| 712 | static PatSeq * MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PSList *psList, | |
| 713 | PSList *psSuccList, unsigned patIndex, const Event *eventPtr, | |
| 714 | ClientData object, PatSeq **physPtrPtr); | |
| 648 | 715 | static int NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main, |
| 649 | 716 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr); |
| 650 | static int ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 651 | const char **eventStringPtr, TkPattern *patPtr, | |
| 652 | unsigned long *eventMaskPtr); | |
| 717 | static unsigned ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char **eventStringPtr, | |
| 718 | TkPattern *patPtr, EventMask *eventMaskPtr); | |
| 653 | 719 | static void DoWarp(ClientData clientData); |
| 720 | static PSList * GetLookupForEvent(LookupTables* lookupPtr, const Event *eventPtr, | |
| 721 | Tcl_Obj *object, int onlyConsiderDetailedEvents); | |
| 722 | static void ClearLookupTable(LookupTables *lookupTables, ClientData object); | |
| 723 | static void ClearPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, ClientData object); | |
| 724 | static PSEntry * MakeListEntry(PSList *pool, PatSeq *psPtr, int needModMasks); | |
| 725 | static void RemovePatSeqFromLookup(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 726 | static void RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 727 | static PatSeq * DeletePatSeq(PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 728 | static void InsertPatSeq(LookupTables *lookupTables, PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 729 | #if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 730 | void TkpDumpPS(const PatSeq *psPtr); | |
| 731 | void TkpDumpPSList(const PSList *psList); | |
| 732 | #endif | |
| 733 | ||
| 734 | /* | |
| 735 | * Some useful helper functions. | |
| 736 | */ | |
| 737 | #ifdef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 738 | static int BindCount = 0; | |
| 739 | #endif | |
| 740 | ||
| 741 | static unsigned Max(unsigned a, unsigned b) { return a < b ? b : a; } | |
| 742 | static int Abs(int n) { return n < 0 ? -n : n; } | |
| 743 | static int IsOdd(int n) { return n & 1; } | |
| 744 | ||
| 745 | static int TestNearbyTime(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_MS; } | |
| 746 | static int TestNearbyCoords(int lhs, int rhs) { return Abs(lhs - rhs) <= NEARBY_PIXELS; } | |
| 747 | ||
| 748 | static int | |
| 749 | IsSubsetOf( | |
| 750 | ModMask lhsMask, /* this is a subset */ | |
| 751 | ModMask rhsMask) /* of this bit field? */ | |
| 752 | { | |
| 753 | return (lhsMask & rhsMask) == lhsMask; | |
| 754 | } | |
| 755 | ||
| 756 | static const char* | |
| 757 | SkipSpaces( | |
| 758 | const char* s) | |
| 759 | { | |
| 760 | assert(s); | |
| 761 | while (isspace(UCHAR(*s))) | |
| 762 | ++s; | |
| 763 | return s; | |
| 764 | } | |
| 765 | ||
| 766 | static const char* | |
| 767 | SkipFieldDelims( | |
| 768 | const char* s) | |
| 769 | { | |
| 770 | assert(s); | |
| 771 | while (*s == '-' || isspace(UCHAR(*s))) { | |
| 772 | ++s; | |
| 773 | } | |
| 774 | return s; | |
| 775 | } | |
| 776 | ||
| 777 | static unsigned | |
| 778 | GetButtonNumber( | |
| 779 | const char *field) | |
| 780 | { | |
| 781 | assert(field); | |
| 782 | return (field[0] >= '1' && field[0] <= '5' && field[1] == '\0') ? field[0] - '0' : 0; | |
| 783 | } | |
| 784 | ||
| 785 | static Time | |
| 786 | CurrentTimeInMilliSecs() | |
| 787 | { | |
| 788 | Tcl_Time now; | |
| 789 | Tcl_GetTime(&now); | |
| 790 | return ((Time) now.sec)*1000 + ((Time) now.usec)/1000; | |
| 791 | } | |
| 792 | ||
| 793 | static Info | |
| 794 | GetInfo( | |
| 795 | const PatSeq *psPtr, | |
| 796 | unsigned index) | |
| 797 | { | |
| 798 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 799 | assert(index < psPtr->numPats); | |
| 800 | ||
| 801 | return psPtr->pats[index].info; | |
| 802 | } | |
| 803 | ||
| 804 | static unsigned | |
| 805 | GetCount( | |
| 806 | const PatSeq *psPtr, | |
| 807 | unsigned index) | |
| 808 | { | |
| 809 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 810 | assert(index < psPtr->numPats); | |
| 811 | ||
| 812 | return psPtr->pats[index].count; | |
| 813 | } | |
| 814 | ||
| 815 | static int | |
| 816 | CountSpecialized( | |
| 817 | const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr, | |
| 818 | const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) | |
| 819 | { | |
| 820 | int fstCount = 0; | |
| 821 | int sndCount = 0; | |
| 822 | unsigned i; | |
| 823 | ||
| 824 | assert(fstMatchPtr); | |
| 825 | assert(sndMatchPtr); | |
| 826 | ||
| 827 | for (i = 0; i < fstMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) { | |
| 828 | if (GetInfo(fstMatchPtr, i)) { fstCount += GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i); } | |
| 829 | } | |
| 830 | for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) { | |
| 831 | if (GetInfo(sndMatchPtr, i)) { sndCount += GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i); } | |
| 832 | } | |
| 833 | ||
| 834 | return sndCount - fstCount; | |
| 835 | } | |
| 836 | ||
| 837 | static int | |
| 838 | MatchEventNearby( | |
| 839 | const XEvent *lhs, /* previous button event */ | |
| 840 | const XEvent *rhs) /* current button event */ | |
| 841 | { | |
| 842 | assert(lhs); | |
| 843 | assert(rhs); | |
| 844 | assert(lhs->type == ButtonPress || lhs->type == ButtonRelease); | |
| 845 | assert(lhs->type == rhs->type); | |
| 846 | ||
| 847 | /* assert: lhs->xbutton.time <= rhs->xbutton.time */ | |
| 848 | ||
| 849 | return TestNearbyTime(rhs->xbutton.time, lhs->xbutton.time) | |
| 850 | && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.x_root, lhs->xbutton.x_root) | |
| 851 | && TestNearbyCoords(rhs->xbutton.y_root, lhs->xbutton.y_root); | |
| 852 | } | |
| 853 | ||
| 854 | static int | |
| 855 | MatchEventRepeat( | |
| 856 | const XEvent *lhs, /* previous key event */ | |
| 857 | const XEvent *rhs) /* current key event */ | |
| 858 | { | |
| 859 | assert(lhs); | |
| 860 | assert(rhs); | |
| 861 | assert(lhs->type == KeyPress || lhs->type == KeyRelease); | |
| 862 | assert(lhs->type == rhs->type); | |
| 863 | ||
| 864 | /* assert: lhs->xkey.time <= rhs->xkey.time */ | |
| 865 | return TestNearbyTime(rhs->xkey.time, lhs->xkey.time); | |
| 866 | } | |
| 867 | ||
| 868 | static void | |
| 869 | FreePatSeq( | |
| 870 | PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 871 | { | |
| 872 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 873 | assert(!psPtr->owned); | |
| 874 | DEBUG(MARK_PSENTRY(psPtr);) | |
| 875 | ckfree(psPtr->script); | |
| 876 | if (!psPtr->object) { | |
| 877 | VirtOwners_Free(&psPtr->ptr.owners); | |
| 878 | } | |
| 879 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 880 | DEBUG(countSeqItems -= 1;) | |
| 881 | } | |
| 882 | ||
| 883 | static void | |
| 884 | RemoveListEntry( | |
| 885 | PSList *pool, | |
| 886 | PSEntry *psEntry) | |
| 887 | { | |
| 888 | assert(pool); | |
| 889 | assert(psEntry); | |
| 890 | ||
| 891 | if (PSModMaskArr_Capacity(psEntry->lastModMaskArr) > MAX_MOD_MASK_ARR_SIZE) { | |
| 892 | PSModMaskArr_Free(&psEntry->lastModMaskArr); | |
| 893 | } | |
| 894 | PSList_Remove(psEntry); | |
| 895 | PSList_Append(pool, psEntry); | |
| 896 | } | |
| 897 | ||
| 898 | static void | |
| 899 | ClearList( | |
| 900 | PSList *psList, | |
| 901 | PSList *pool, | |
| 902 | ClientData object) | |
| 903 | { | |
| 904 | assert(psList); | |
| 905 | assert(pool); | |
| 906 | ||
| 907 | if (object) { | |
| 908 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 909 | PSEntry *psNext; | |
| 910 | ||
| 911 | for (psEntry = PSList_First(psList); psEntry; psEntry = psNext) { | |
| 912 | psNext = PSList_Next(psEntry); | |
| 913 | if (psEntry->psPtr->object == object) { | |
| 914 | RemoveListEntry(pool, psEntry); | |
| 915 | } | |
| 916 | } | |
| 917 | } else { | |
| 918 | PSList_Move(pool, psList); | |
| 919 | } | |
| 920 | } | |
| 921 | ||
| 922 | static PSEntry * | |
| 923 | FreePatSeqEntry( | |
| 924 | PSList *pool, | |
| 925 | PSEntry *entry) | |
| 926 | { | |
| 927 | PSEntry *next = PSList_Next(entry); | |
| 928 | PSModMaskArr_Free(&entry->lastModMaskArr); | |
| 929 | ckfree(entry); | |
| 930 | return next; | |
| 931 | } | |
| 932 | ||
| 933 | static unsigned | |
| 934 | ResolveModifiers( | |
| 935 | TkDisplay *dispPtr, | |
| 936 | unsigned modMask) | |
| 937 | { | |
| 938 | assert(dispPtr); | |
| 939 | ||
| 940 | if (dispPtr->metaModMask) { | |
| 941 | if (modMask & META_MASK) { | |
| 942 | modMask &= ~(ModMask)META_MASK; | |
| 943 | modMask |= dispPtr->metaModMask; | |
| 944 | } | |
| 945 | } | |
| 946 | if (dispPtr->altModMask) { | |
| 947 | if (modMask & ALT_MASK) { | |
| 948 | modMask &= ~(ModMask)ALT_MASK; | |
| 949 | modMask |= dispPtr->altModMask; | |
| 950 | } | |
| 951 | } | |
| 952 | ||
| 953 | return modMask; | |
| 954 | } | |
| 955 | ||
| 956 | static int | |
| 957 | ButtonNumberFromState( | |
| 958 | unsigned state) | |
| 959 | { | |
| 960 | if (!(state & ALL_BUTTONS)) { return 0; } | |
| 961 | if (state & Button1Mask) { return 1; } | |
| 962 | if (state & Button2Mask) { return 2; } | |
| 963 | if (state & Button3Mask) { return 3; } | |
| 964 | if (state & Button4Mask) { return 4; } | |
| 965 | return 5; | |
| 966 | } | |
| 967 | ||
| 968 | static void | |
| 969 | SetupPatternKey( | |
| 970 | PatternTableKey *key, | |
| 971 | const PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 972 | { | |
| 973 | const TkPattern *patPtr; | |
| 974 | ||
| 975 | assert(key); | |
| 976 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 977 | ||
| 978 | /* otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes */ | |
| 979 | memset(key, 0, sizeof(PatternTableKey)); | |
| 980 | ||
| 981 | patPtr = psPtr->pats; | |
| 982 | assert(!patPtr->info || !patPtr->name); | |
| 983 | ||
| 984 | key->object = psPtr->object; | |
| 985 | key->type = patPtr->eventType; | |
| 986 | if (patPtr->info) { | |
| 987 | key->detail.info = patPtr->info; | |
| 988 | } else { | |
| 989 | key->detail.name = patPtr->name; | |
| 990 | } | |
| 991 | } | |
| 992 | ||
| 993 | /* | |
| 994 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 995 | * | |
| 996 | * MakeListEntry -- | |
| 997 | * | |
| 998 | * Makes new entry item for lookup table. We are using a | |
| 999 | * pool of items, this avoids superfluous memory allocation/ | |
| 1000 | * deallocation. | |
| 1001 | * | |
| 1002 | * Results: | |
| 1003 | * New entry item. | |
| 1004 | * | |
| 1005 | * Side effects: | |
| 1006 | * Memory allocated. | |
| 1007 | * | |
| 1008 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1009 | */ | |
| 1010 | ||
| 1011 | static PSEntry * | |
| 1012 | MakeListEntry( | |
| 1013 | PSList *pool, | |
| 1014 | PatSeq *psPtr, | |
| 1015 | int needModMasks) | |
| 1016 | { | |
| 1017 | PSEntry *newEntry = NULL; | |
| 1018 | ||
| 1019 | assert(pool); | |
| 1020 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 1021 | assert(psPtr->numPats > 0); | |
| 1022 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1023 | ||
| 1024 | if (PSList_IsEmpty(pool)) { | |
| 1025 | newEntry = ckalloc(sizeof(PSEntry)); | |
| 1026 | newEntry->lastModMaskArr = NULL; | |
| 1027 | DEBUG(countEntryItems += 1;) | |
| 1028 | } else { | |
| 1029 | newEntry = PSList_First(pool); | |
| 1030 | PSList_RemoveHead(pool); | |
| 1031 | } | |
| 1032 | ||
| 1033 | if (!needModMasks) { | |
| 1034 | PSModMaskArr_SetSize(newEntry->lastModMaskArr, 0); | |
| 1035 | } else { | |
| 1036 | if (PSModMaskArr_Capacity(newEntry->lastModMaskArr) < psPtr->numPats - 1) { | |
| 1037 | PSModMaskArr_Resize(&newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1); | |
| 1038 | } | |
| 1039 | PSModMaskArr_SetSize(newEntry->lastModMaskArr, psPtr->numPats - 1); | |
| 1040 | } | |
| 1041 | ||
| 1042 | newEntry->psPtr = psPtr; | |
| 1043 | newEntry->window = None; | |
| 1044 | newEntry->expired = 0; | |
| 1045 | newEntry->keepIt = 1; | |
| 1046 | newEntry->count = 1; | |
| 1047 | DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0;) | |
| 1048 | ||
| 1049 | return newEntry; | |
| 1050 | } | |
| 1051 | ||
| 1052 | /* | |
| 1053 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1054 | * | |
| 1055 | * GetLookupForEvent -- | |
| 1056 | * | |
| 1057 | * Get specific pattern sequence table for given event. | |
| 1058 | * | |
| 1059 | * Results: | |
| 1060 | * Specific pattern sequence table for given event. | |
| 1061 | * | |
| 1062 | * Side effects: | |
| 1063 | * None. | |
| 1064 | * | |
| 1065 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1066 | */ | |
| 1067 | ||
| 1068 | static PSList * | |
| 1069 | GetLookupForEvent( | |
| 1070 | LookupTables* lookupTables, | |
| 1071 | const Event *eventPtr, | |
| 1072 | Tcl_Obj *object, | |
| 1073 | int onlyConsiderDetailedEvents) | |
| 1074 | { | |
| 1075 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 1076 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1077 | ||
| 1078 | assert(lookupTables); | |
| 1079 | assert(eventPtr); | |
| 1080 | ||
| 1081 | /* otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes */ | |
| 1082 | memset(&key, 0, sizeof(PatternTableKey)); | |
| 1083 | ||
| 1084 | if (onlyConsiderDetailedEvents) { | |
| 1085 | switch (eventPtr->xev.type) { | |
| 1086 | case ButtonPress: /* fallthru */ | |
| 1087 | case ButtonRelease: key.detail.info = eventPtr->xev.xbutton.button; break; | |
| 1088 | case MotionNotify: key.detail.info = ButtonNumberFromState(eventPtr->xev.xmotion.state); break; | |
| 1089 | case KeyPress: /* fallthru */ | |
| 1090 | case KeyRelease: key.detail.info = eventPtr->detail.info; break; | |
| 1091 | case VirtualEvent: key.detail.name = eventPtr->detail.name; break; | |
| 1092 | } | |
| 1093 | if (!key.detail.name) { | |
| 1094 | assert(!key.detail.info); | |
| 1095 | return NULL; | |
| 1096 | } | |
| 1097 | } | |
| 1098 | ||
| 1099 | key.object = object; | |
| 1100 | key.type = eventPtr->xev.type; | |
| 1101 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key); | |
| 1102 | return hPtr ? Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr) : NULL; | |
| 1103 | } | |
| 1104 | ||
| 1105 | /* | |
| 1106 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1107 | * | |
| 1108 | * ClearLookupTable -- | |
| 1109 | * | |
| 1110 | * Clear lookup table in given binding table, but only those | |
| 1111 | * bindings associated to given object. If object is NULL | |
| 1112 | * then remove all entries. | |
| 1113 | * | |
| 1114 | * Results: | |
| 1115 | * None. | |
| 1116 | * | |
| 1117 | * Side effects: | |
| 1118 | * None. | |
| 1119 | * | |
| 1120 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1121 | */ | |
| 1122 | static void | |
| 1123 | ClearLookupTable( | |
| 1124 | LookupTables *lookupTables, | |
| 1125 | ClientData object) | |
| 1126 | { | |
| 1127 | Tcl_HashSearch search; | |
| 1128 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1129 | Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr; | |
| 1130 | PSList *pool = &lookupTables->entryPool; | |
| 1131 | ||
| 1132 | assert(lookupTables); | |
| 1133 | ||
| 1134 | for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, &search); hPtr; hPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 1135 | PSList *psList; | |
| 1136 | ||
| 1137 | nextPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search); | |
| 1138 | ||
| 1139 | if (object) { | |
| 1140 | const PatternTableKey *key = Tcl_GetHashKey(&lookupTables->listTable, hPtr); | |
| 1141 | if (key->object != object) { | |
| 1142 | continue; | |
| 1143 | } | |
| 1144 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); | |
| 1145 | } | |
| 1146 | ||
| 1147 | psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1148 | PSList_Move(pool, psList); | |
| 1149 | ckfree(psList); | |
| 1150 | DEBUG(countListItems -= 1;) | |
| 1151 | } | |
| 1152 | } | |
| 1153 | ||
| 1154 | /* | |
| 1155 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1156 | * | |
| 1157 | * ClearPromotionLists -- | |
| 1158 | * | |
| 1159 | * Clear all the lists holding the promoted pattern | |
| 1160 | * sequences, which belongs to given object. If object | |
| 1161 | * is NULL then remove all patterns. | |
| 1162 | * | |
| 1163 | * Results: | |
| 1164 | * None. | |
| 1165 | * | |
| 1166 | * Side effects: | |
| 1167 | * None. | |
| 1168 | * | |
| 1169 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1170 | */ | |
| 1171 | ||
| 1172 | static void | |
| 1173 | ClearPromotionLists( | |
| 1174 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, | |
| 1175 | ClientData object) | |
| 1176 | { | |
| 1177 | unsigned newArraySize = 0; | |
| 1178 | unsigned i; | |
| 1179 | ||
| 1180 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1181 | ||
| 1182 | for (i = 0; i < PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); ++i) { | |
| 1183 | PSList *psList = PromArr_Get(bindPtr->promArr, i); | |
| 1184 | ClearList(psList, &bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, object); | |
| 1185 | if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psList)) { | |
| 1186 | newArraySize = i + 1; | |
| 1187 | } | |
| 1188 | } | |
| 1189 | ||
| 1190 | PromArr_SetSize(bindPtr->promArr, newArraySize); | |
| 1191 | } | |
| 654 | 1192 | |
| 655 | 1193 | /* |
| 656 | 1194 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 670 | 1208 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 671 | 1209 | */ |
| 672 | 1210 | |
| 1211 | /* | |
| 1212 | * Windoze compiler does not allow the definition of these static variables inside a function, | |
| 1213 | * otherwise this should belong to function TkBindInit(). | |
| 1214 | */ | |
| 1215 | TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex); | |
| 1216 | static int initialized = 0; | |
| 1217 | ||
| 673 | 1218 | void |
| 674 | 1219 | TkBindInit( |
| 675 | 1220 | TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The newly created application. */ |
| 676 | 1221 | { |
| 677 | 1222 | BindInfo *bindInfoPtr; |
| 678 | 1223 | |
| 679 | if (sizeof(XEvent) < sizeof(XVirtualEvent)) { | |
| 680 | Tcl_Panic("TkBindInit: virtual events can't be supported"); | |
| 681 | } | |
| 1224 | assert(mainPtr); | |
| 1225 | ||
| 1226 | /* otherwise virtual events can't be supported */ | |
| 1227 | assert(sizeof(XEvent) >= sizeof(XVirtualEvent)); | |
| 1228 | ||
| 1229 | /* type of TkPattern.info is well defined? */ | |
| 1230 | assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(KeySym)); | |
| 1231 | assert(sizeof(Info) >= sizeof(unsigned)); | |
| 1232 | ||
| 1233 | /* ensure that our matching algorithm is working (when testing detail) */ | |
| 1234 | assert(sizeof(Detail) == sizeof(Tk_Uid)); | |
| 1235 | ||
| 1236 | /* test that constant NO_NUMBER is indeed out of integer range */ | |
| 1237 | assert(sizeof(NO_NUMBER) > sizeof(int)); | |
| 1238 | assert(((int) NO_NUMBER) == 0 && NO_NUMBER != 0); | |
| 1239 | ||
| 1240 | /* test expected indices of Button1..Button5, otherwise our button handling is not working */ | |
| 1241 | assert(Button1 == 1 && Button2 == 2 && Button3 == 3 && Button4 == 4 && Button5 == 5); | |
| 1242 | assert(Button2Mask == (Button1Mask << 1)); | |
| 1243 | assert(Button3Mask == (Button1Mask << 2)); | |
| 1244 | assert(Button4Mask == (Button1Mask << 3)); | |
| 1245 | assert(Button5Mask == (Button1Mask << 4)); | |
| 1246 | ||
| 1247 | /* test expected values of button motion masks, otherwise our button handling is not working */ | |
| 1248 | assert(Button1MotionMask == Button1Mask); | |
| 1249 | assert(Button2MotionMask == Button2Mask); | |
| 1250 | assert(Button3MotionMask == Button3Mask); | |
| 1251 | assert(Button4MotionMask == Button4Mask); | |
| 1252 | assert(Button5MotionMask == Button5Mask); | |
| 1253 | ||
| 1254 | /* because we expect zero if keySym is empty */ | |
| 1255 | assert(NoSymbol == 0L); | |
| 1256 | ||
| 1257 | /* this must be a union, not a struct, otherwise comparison with NULL will not work */ | |
| 1258 | assert(Tk_Offset(Detail, name) == Tk_Offset(Detail, info)); | |
| 1259 | ||
| 1260 | /* we use some constraints about X*Event */ | |
| 1261 | assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time)); | |
| 1262 | assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root)); | |
| 1263 | assert(Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root)); | |
| 1264 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, border_width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, border_width)); | |
| 1265 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, width) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, width)); | |
| 1266 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XCirculateRequestEvent, window)); | |
| 1267 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, window)); | |
| 1268 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, window)); | |
| 1269 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XMapEvent, window)); | |
| 1270 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XReparentEvent, window)); | |
| 1271 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, window) == Tk_Offset(XUnmapEvent, window)); | |
| 1272 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, x)); | |
| 1273 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, x)); | |
| 1274 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XConfigureEvent, y)); | |
| 1275 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCreateWindowEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XGravityEvent, y)); | |
| 1276 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XEnterWindowEvent, time)); | |
| 1277 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XLeaveWindowEvent, time)); | |
| 1278 | assert(Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time)); | |
| 1279 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, root)); | |
| 1280 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, root)); | |
| 1281 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, root)); | |
| 1282 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, state)); | |
| 1283 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, state) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, state)); | |
| 1284 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, subwindow)); | |
| 1285 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, subwindow)); | |
| 1286 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, subwindow) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, subwindow)); | |
| 1287 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, time)); | |
| 1288 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, time) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, time)); | |
| 1289 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x)); | |
| 1290 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x)); | |
| 1291 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x)); | |
| 1292 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, x_root)); | |
| 1293 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, x_root)); | |
| 1294 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, x_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, x_root)); | |
| 1295 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y)); | |
| 1296 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y)); | |
| 1297 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y)); | |
| 1298 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XButtonEvent, y_root)); | |
| 1299 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XCrossingEvent, y_root)); | |
| 1300 | assert(Tk_Offset(XKeyEvent, y_root) == Tk_Offset(XMotionEvent, y_root)); | |
| 682 | 1301 | |
| 683 | 1302 | /* |
| 684 | 1303 | * Initialize the static data structures used by the binding package. They |
| 692 | 1311 | const ModInfo *modPtr; |
| 693 | 1312 | const EventInfo *eiPtr; |
| 694 | 1313 | int newEntry; |
| 1314 | unsigned i; | |
| 695 | 1315 | #ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP |
| 696 | 1316 | const KeySymInfo *kPtr; |
| 697 | 1317 | |
| 698 | 1318 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
| 699 | 1319 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); |
| 700 | for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name != NULL; kPtr++) { | |
| 1320 | for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name; ++kPtr) { | |
| 701 | 1321 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keySymTable, kPtr->name, &newEntry); |
| 702 | 1322 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->value); |
| 703 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *) kPtr->value, | |
| 704 | &newEntry); | |
| 1323 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *) kPtr->value, &newEntry); | |
| 705 | 1324 | if (newEntry) { |
| 706 | 1325 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->name); |
| 707 | 1326 | } |
| 708 | 1327 | } |
| 709 | 1328 | #endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */ |
| 710 | 1329 | |
| 1330 | for (i = 0; i < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(eventArrayIndex); ++i) { | |
| 1331 | eventArrayIndex[i] = -1; | |
| 1332 | } | |
| 1333 | for (i = 0; i < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(eventArray); ++i) { | |
| 1334 | unsigned type = eventArray[i].type; | |
| 1335 | assert(type < TK_LASTEVENT); | |
| 1336 | assert(type > 0 || i == SIZE_OF_ARRAY(eventArray) - 1); | |
| 1337 | if (type > 0 && eventArrayIndex[type] == -1) { | |
| 1338 | eventArrayIndex[type] = i; | |
| 1339 | } | |
| 1340 | } | |
| 1341 | ||
| 711 | 1342 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&modTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
| 712 | for (modPtr = modArray; modPtr->name != NULL; modPtr++) { | |
| 1343 | for (modPtr = modArray; modPtr->name; ++modPtr) { | |
| 713 | 1344 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&modTable, modPtr->name, &newEntry); |
| 714 | 1345 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, modPtr); |
| 715 | 1346 | } |
| 716 | 1347 | |
| 717 | 1348 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
| 718 | for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) { | |
| 1349 | for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name; ++eiPtr) { | |
| 719 | 1350 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry); |
| 720 | 1351 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr); |
| 721 | 1352 | } |
| 1353 | ||
| 722 | 1354 | initialized = 1; |
| 723 | 1355 | } |
| 724 | 1356 | Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex); |
| 732 | 1364 | bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curScreenIndex = -1; |
| 733 | 1365 | bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.bindingDepth = 0; |
| 734 | 1366 | bindInfoPtr->deleted = 0; |
| 1367 | bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(); | |
| 1368 | bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = 0; | |
| 735 | 1369 | mainPtr->bindInfo = bindInfoPtr; |
| 1370 | DEBUG(countBindItems += 1;) | |
| 736 | 1371 | |
| 737 | 1372 | TkpInitializeMenuBindings(mainPtr->interp, mainPtr->bindingTable); |
| 738 | 1373 | } |
| 760 | 1395 | { |
| 761 | 1396 | BindInfo *bindInfoPtr; |
| 762 | 1397 | |
| 1398 | assert(mainPtr); | |
| 1399 | ||
| 763 | 1400 | Tk_DeleteBindingTable(mainPtr->bindingTable); |
| 764 | 1401 | mainPtr->bindingTable = NULL; |
| 765 | ||
| 766 | 1402 | bindInfoPtr = mainPtr->bindInfo; |
| 767 | 1403 | DeleteVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable); |
| 768 | 1404 | bindInfoPtr->deleted = 1; |
| 769 | 1405 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(bindInfoPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); |
| 770 | 1406 | mainPtr->bindInfo = NULL; |
| 1407 | ||
| 1408 | DEBUG(countBindItems -= 1;) | |
| 1409 | assert(countBindItems > 0 || countTableItems == 0); | |
| 1410 | assert(countBindItems > 0 || countEntryItems == 0); | |
| 1411 | assert(countBindItems > 0 || countListItems == 0); | |
| 1412 | assert(countBindItems > 0 || countSeqItems == 0); | |
| 771 | 1413 | } |
| 772 | 1414 | |
| 773 | 1415 | /* |
| 789 | 1431 | |
| 790 | 1432 | Tk_BindingTable |
| 791 | 1433 | Tk_CreateBindingTable( |
| 792 | Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to associate with the binding | |
| 793 | * table: commands are executed in this | |
| 794 | * interpreter. */ | |
| 1434 | Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to associate with the binding table: commands are | |
| 1435 | * executed in this interpreter. */ | |
| 795 | 1436 | { |
| 796 | 1437 | BindingTable *bindPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BindingTable)); |
| 797 | int i; | |
| 1438 | unsigned i; | |
| 1439 | ||
| 1440 | assert(interp); | |
| 1441 | DEBUG(countTableItems += 1;) | |
| 798 | 1442 | |
| 799 | 1443 | /* |
| 800 | 1444 | * Create and initialize a new binding table. |
| 801 | 1445 | */ |
| 802 | 1446 | |
| 803 | for (i = 0; i < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE; i++) { | |
| 804 | bindPtr->eventRing[i].type = -1; | |
| 805 | } | |
| 806 | bindPtr->curEvent = 0; | |
| 807 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->patternTable, | |
| 808 | sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int)); | |
| 1447 | memset(bindPtr, 0, sizeof(BindingTable)); | |
| 1448 | for (i = 0; i < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(bindPtr->eventInfo); ++i) { | |
| 1449 | bindPtr->eventInfo[i].xev.type = -1; | |
| 1450 | } | |
| 1451 | bindPtr->curEvent = bindPtr->eventInfo; /* do not assign NULL */ | |
| 1452 | bindPtr->lookupTables.number = 0; | |
| 1453 | PromArr_ResizeAndClear(&bindPtr->promArr, 2); | |
| 1454 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables.listTable, sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int)); | |
| 1455 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int)); | |
| 809 | 1456 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->objectTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); |
| 810 | 1457 | bindPtr->interp = interp; |
| 811 | 1458 | return bindPtr; |
| 832 | 1479 | Tk_DeleteBindingTable( |
| 833 | 1480 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr) /* Token for the binding table to destroy. */ |
| 834 | 1481 | { |
| 835 | PatSeq *psPtr, *nextPtr; | |
| 836 | 1482 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 837 | 1483 | Tcl_HashSearch search; |
| 1484 | ||
| 1485 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 838 | 1486 | |
| 839 | 1487 | /* |
| 840 | 1488 | * Find and delete all of the patterns associated with the binding table. |
| 841 | 1489 | */ |
| 842 | 1490 | |
| 843 | for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, &search); | |
| 844 | hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 845 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL; psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 1491 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, &search); | |
| 1492 | for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 1493 | PatSeq *nextPtr; | |
| 1494 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1495 | ||
| 1496 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 1497 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 846 | 1498 | nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; |
| 847 | ckfree(psPtr->script); | |
| 848 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 849 | } | |
| 850 | } | |
| 1499 | FreePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 1500 | } | |
| 1501 | } | |
| 1502 | ||
| 1503 | /* | |
| 1504 | * Don't forget to release lookup elements. | |
| 1505 | */ | |
| 1506 | ||
| 1507 | ClearLookupTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables, NULL); | |
| 1508 | ClearPromotionLists(bindPtr, NULL); | |
| 1509 | PromArr_Free(&bindPtr->promArr); | |
| 1510 | DEBUG(countEntryItems -= PSList_Size(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool);) | |
| 1511 | PSList_Traverse(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, FreePatSeqEntry); | |
| 851 | 1512 | |
| 852 | 1513 | /* |
| 853 | 1514 | * Clean up the rest of the information associated with the binding table. |
| 854 | 1515 | */ |
| 855 | 1516 | |
| 856 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->patternTable); | |
| 1517 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable); | |
| 1518 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables.listTable); | |
| 857 | 1519 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->objectTable); |
| 1520 | ||
| 858 | 1521 | ckfree(bindPtr); |
| 1522 | DEBUG(countTableItems -= 1;) | |
| 859 | 1523 | } |
| 860 | 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* | |
| 1526 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1527 | * | |
| 1528 | * InsertPatSeq -- | |
| 1529 | * | |
| 1530 | * Insert given pattern sequence into lookup table for fast | |
| 1531 | * access. | |
| 1532 | * | |
| 1533 | * Results: | |
| 1534 | * None. | |
| 1535 | * | |
| 1536 | * Side effects: | |
| 1537 | * Memory allocated. | |
| 1538 | * | |
| 1539 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1540 | */ | |
| 1541 | ||
| 1542 | static void | |
| 1543 | InsertPatSeq( | |
| 1544 | LookupTables *lookupTables, | |
| 1545 | PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 1546 | { | |
| 1547 | assert(lookupTables); | |
| 1548 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 1549 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1550 | assert(psPtr->numPats >= 1u); | |
| 1551 | ||
| 1552 | if (!(psPtr->added)) { | |
| 1553 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 1554 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1555 | int isNew; | |
| 1556 | PSList *psList; | |
| 1557 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 1558 | ||
| 1559 | SetupPatternKey(&key, psPtr); | |
| 1560 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key, &isNew); | |
| 1561 | ||
| 1562 | if (isNew) { | |
| 1563 | psList = ckalloc(sizeof(PSList)); | |
| 1564 | PSList_Init(psList); | |
| 1565 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psList); | |
| 1566 | DEBUG(countListItems += 1;) | |
| 1567 | } else { | |
| 1568 | psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1569 | } | |
| 1570 | ||
| 1571 | psEntry = MakeListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psPtr, 0); | |
| 1572 | PSList_Append(psList, psEntry); | |
| 1573 | psPtr->added = 1; | |
| 1574 | } | |
| 1575 | } | |
| 861 | 1576 | /* |
| 862 | 1577 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 863 | 1578 | * |
| 886 | 1601 | Tk_CreateBinding( |
| 887 | 1602 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 888 | 1603 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to create binding. */ |
| 889 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is | |
| 890 | * associated. */ | |
| 891 | const char *eventString, /* String describing event sequence that | |
| 892 | * triggers binding. */ | |
| 893 | const char *script, /* Contains Tcl script to execute when | |
| 894 | * binding triggers. */ | |
| 895 | int append) /* 0 means replace any existing binding for | |
| 896 | * eventString; 1 means append to that | |
| 897 | * binding. If the existing binding is for a | |
| 898 | * callback function and not a Tcl command | |
| 899 | * string, the existing binding will always be | |
| 900 | * replaced. */ | |
| 1604 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */ | |
| 1605 | const char *eventString, /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */ | |
| 1606 | const char *script, /* Contains Tcl script to execute when binding triggers. */ | |
| 1607 | int append) /* 0 means replace any existing binding for eventString; | |
| 1608 | * 1 means append to that binding. If the existing binding is | |
| 1609 | * for a callback function and not a Tcl command string, the | |
| 1610 | * existing binding will always be replaced. */ | |
| 901 | 1611 | { |
| 902 | 1612 | PatSeq *psPtr; |
| 903 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 904 | char *newStr, *oldStr; | |
| 1613 | EventMask eventMask; | |
| 1614 | char *oldStr; | |
| 1615 | char *newStr; | |
| 1616 | ||
| 1617 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1618 | assert(object); | |
| 1619 | assert(eventString); | |
| 1620 | assert(script); | |
| 1621 | ||
| 1622 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, | |
| 1623 | !!*script, 1, &eventMask); | |
| 905 | 1624 | |
| 906 | 1625 | if (!*script) { |
| 1626 | assert(!psPtr || psPtr->added); | |
| 907 | 1627 | /* Silently ignore empty scripts -- see SF#3006842 */ |
| 908 | return 1; | |
| 909 | } | |
| 910 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString, | |
| 911 | 1, 1, &eventMask); | |
| 912 | if (psPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1628 | return eventMask; | |
| 1629 | } | |
| 1630 | if (!psPtr) { | |
| 913 | 1631 | return 0; |
| 914 | 1632 | } |
| 915 | if (psPtr->script == NULL) { | |
| 1633 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1634 | ||
| 1635 | if (psPtr->numPats > PromArr_Capacity(bindPtr->promArr)) { | |
| 1636 | /* | |
| 1637 | * We have to increase the size of array containing the lists of promoted sequences. | |
| 1638 | * Normally the maximal size is 1, only in very seldom cases a bigger size is needed. | |
| 1639 | * Note that for technical reasons the capacity should be one higher than the expected | |
| 1640 | * maximal size. | |
| 1641 | */ | |
| 1642 | PromArr_ResizeAndClear(&bindPtr->promArr, psPtr->numPats); | |
| 1643 | } | |
| 1644 | ||
| 1645 | if (!psPtr->script) { | |
| 1646 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 916 | 1647 | int isNew; |
| 917 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 918 | 1648 | |
| 919 | 1649 | /* |
| 920 | 1650 | * This pattern sequence was just created. Link the pattern into the |
| 922 | 1652 | * these bindings will all automatically be deleted. |
| 923 | 1653 | */ |
| 924 | 1654 | |
| 925 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object, | |
| 926 | &isNew); | |
| 927 | if (isNew) { | |
| 928 | psPtr->nextObjPtr = NULL; | |
| 929 | } else { | |
| 930 | psPtr->nextObjPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 931 | } | |
| 1655 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object, &isNew); | |
| 1656 | psPtr->ptr.nextObj = isNew ? NULL : Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 932 | 1657 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr); |
| 1658 | InsertPatSeq(&bindPtr->lookupTables, psPtr); | |
| 933 | 1659 | } |
| 934 | 1660 | |
| 935 | 1661 | oldStr = psPtr->script; |
| 936 | if ((append != 0) && (oldStr != NULL)) { | |
| 937 | size_t length1 = strlen(oldStr), length2 = strlen(script); | |
| 1662 | if (append && oldStr) { | |
| 1663 | size_t length1 = strlen(oldStr); | |
| 1664 | size_t length2 = strlen(script); | |
| 938 | 1665 | |
| 939 | 1666 | newStr = ckalloc(length1 + length2 + 2); |
| 940 | 1667 | memcpy(newStr, oldStr, length1); |
| 941 | 1668 | newStr[length1] = '\n'; |
| 942 | memcpy(newStr+length1+1, script, length2+1); | |
| 1669 | memcpy(newStr + length1 + 1, script, length2 + 1); | |
| 943 | 1670 | } else { |
| 944 | 1671 | size_t length = strlen(script); |
| 945 | 1672 | |
| 946 | 1673 | newStr = ckalloc(length + 1); |
| 947 | memcpy(newStr, script, length+1); | |
| 948 | } | |
| 949 | if (oldStr != NULL) { | |
| 950 | ckfree(oldStr); | |
| 951 | } | |
| 1674 | memcpy(newStr, script, length + 1); | |
| 1675 | } | |
| 1676 | ckfree(oldStr); | |
| 952 | 1677 | psPtr->script = newStr; |
| 953 | 1678 | return eventMask; |
| 954 | 1679 | } |
| 975 | 1700 | Tk_DeleteBinding( |
| 976 | 1701 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 977 | 1702 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete binding. */ |
| 978 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is | |
| 979 | * associated. */ | |
| 980 | const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that | |
| 981 | * triggers binding. */ | |
| 982 | { | |
| 983 | PatSeq *psPtr, *prevPtr; | |
| 984 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 985 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 986 | ||
| 987 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString, | |
| 988 | 0, 1, &eventMask); | |
| 989 | if (psPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1703 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */ | |
| 1704 | const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */ | |
| 1705 | { | |
| 1706 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1707 | ||
| 1708 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1709 | assert(object); | |
| 1710 | assert(eventString); | |
| 1711 | ||
| 1712 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, 0, 1, NULL); | |
| 1713 | if (!psPtr) { | |
| 990 | 1714 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 991 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 992 | } | |
| 993 | ||
| 994 | /* | |
| 995 | * Unlink the binding from the list for its object, then from the list for | |
| 996 | * its pattern. | |
| 997 | */ | |
| 998 | ||
| 999 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object); | |
| 1000 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1001 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find object table entry"); | |
| 1002 | } | |
| 1003 | prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1004 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1005 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr->nextObjPtr); | |
| 1006 | 1715 | } else { |
| 1007 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextObjPtr) { | |
| 1008 | if (prevPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1009 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find on object list"); | |
| 1010 | } | |
| 1011 | if (prevPtr->nextObjPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1012 | prevPtr->nextObjPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr; | |
| 1013 | break; | |
| 1014 | } | |
| 1015 | } | |
| 1016 | } | |
| 1017 | prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1018 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1019 | if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1020 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1716 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1717 | PatSeq *prevPtr; | |
| 1718 | ||
| 1719 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1720 | ||
| 1721 | /* | |
| 1722 | * Unlink the binding from the list for its object. | |
| 1723 | */ | |
| 1724 | ||
| 1725 | if (!(hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object))) { | |
| 1726 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find object table entry"); | |
| 1727 | } | |
| 1728 | prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1729 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1730 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr->ptr.nextObj); | |
| 1021 | 1731 | } else { |
| 1022 | Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, psPtr->nextSeqPtr); | |
| 1023 | } | |
| 1024 | } else { | |
| 1025 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 1026 | if (prevPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1027 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find on hash chain"); | |
| 1028 | } | |
| 1029 | if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1030 | prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; | |
| 1031 | break; | |
| 1032 | } | |
| 1033 | } | |
| 1034 | } | |
| 1035 | ||
| 1036 | ckfree(psPtr->script); | |
| 1037 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 1732 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->ptr.nextObj) { | |
| 1733 | if (!prevPtr) { | |
| 1734 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find on object list"); | |
| 1735 | } | |
| 1736 | if (prevPtr->ptr.nextObj == psPtr) { | |
| 1737 | prevPtr->ptr.nextObj = psPtr->ptr.nextObj; | |
| 1738 | break; | |
| 1739 | } | |
| 1740 | } | |
| 1741 | } | |
| 1742 | ||
| 1743 | RemovePatSeqFromLookup(&bindPtr->lookupTables, psPtr); | |
| 1744 | RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists(bindPtr, psPtr); | |
| 1745 | DeletePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 1746 | } | |
| 1747 | ||
| 1038 | 1748 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1039 | 1749 | } |
| 1040 | 1750 | |
| 1063 | 1773 | Tk_GetBinding( |
| 1064 | 1774 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */ |
| 1065 | 1775 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for binding. */ |
| 1066 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is | |
| 1067 | * associated. */ | |
| 1068 | const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that | |
| 1069 | * triggers binding. */ | |
| 1070 | { | |
| 1071 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1072 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 1073 | ||
| 1074 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString, | |
| 1075 | 0, 1, &eventMask); | |
| 1076 | if (psPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1077 | return NULL; | |
| 1078 | } | |
| 1079 | return psPtr->script; | |
| 1776 | ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is associated. */ | |
| 1777 | const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */ | |
| 1778 | { | |
| 1779 | const PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1780 | ||
| 1781 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1782 | assert(object); | |
| 1783 | assert(eventString); | |
| 1784 | ||
| 1785 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->lookupTables, object, eventString, 0, 1, NULL); | |
| 1786 | assert(!psPtr || TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1787 | return psPtr ? psPtr->script : NULL; | |
| 1080 | 1788 | } |
| 1081 | 1789 | |
| 1082 | 1790 | /* |
| 1105 | 1813 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */ |
| 1106 | 1814 | ClientData object) /* Token for object. */ |
| 1107 | 1815 | { |
| 1108 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1109 | 1816 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 1110 | Tcl_Obj *resultObj; | |
| 1111 | ||
| 1112 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object); | |
| 1113 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1114 | return; | |
| 1115 | } | |
| 1116 | ||
| 1117 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 1118 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL; | |
| 1119 | psPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr) { | |
| 1817 | ||
| 1818 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1819 | assert(object); | |
| 1820 | ||
| 1821 | if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object))) { | |
| 1822 | const PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1823 | Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 1824 | ||
| 1120 | 1825 | /* |
| 1121 | * For each binding, output information about each of the patterns in | |
| 1122 | * its sequence. | |
| 1826 | * For each binding, output information about each of the patterns in its sequence. | |
| 1123 | 1827 | */ |
| 1124 | 1828 | |
| 1125 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, GetPatternObj(psPtr)); | |
| 1126 | } | |
| 1127 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 1829 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = psPtr->ptr.nextObj) { | |
| 1830 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 1831 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, GetPatternObj(psPtr)); | |
| 1832 | } | |
| 1833 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 1834 | } | |
| 1835 | } | |
| 1836 | ||
| 1837 | /* | |
| 1838 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1839 | * | |
| 1840 | * RemovePatSeqFromLookup -- | |
| 1841 | * | |
| 1842 | * Remove given pattern sequence from lookup tables. This | |
| 1843 | * can be required before deleting the pattern sequence. | |
| 1844 | * | |
| 1845 | * Results: | |
| 1846 | * None. | |
| 1847 | * | |
| 1848 | * Side effects: | |
| 1849 | * None. | |
| 1850 | * | |
| 1851 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1852 | */ | |
| 1853 | ||
| 1854 | static void | |
| 1855 | RemovePatSeqFromLookup( | |
| 1856 | LookupTables *lookupTables, /* Remove from this lookup tables. */ | |
| 1857 | PatSeq *psPtr) /* Remove this pattern sequence. */ | |
| 1858 | { | |
| 1859 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 1860 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1861 | ||
| 1862 | assert(lookupTables); | |
| 1863 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 1864 | ||
| 1865 | SetupPatternKey(&key, psPtr); | |
| 1866 | ||
| 1867 | if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&lookupTables->listTable, (char *) &key))) { | |
| 1868 | PSList *psList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1869 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 1870 | ||
| 1871 | TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) { | |
| 1872 | if (psEntry->psPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1873 | psPtr->added = 0; | |
| 1874 | RemoveListEntry(&lookupTables->entryPool, psEntry); | |
| 1875 | return; | |
| 1876 | } | |
| 1877 | } | |
| 1878 | } | |
| 1879 | ||
| 1880 | assert(!"couldn't find pattern sequence in lookup"); | |
| 1881 | } | |
| 1882 | ||
| 1883 | /* | |
| 1884 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1885 | * | |
| 1886 | * RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists -- | |
| 1887 | * | |
| 1888 | * Remove given pattern sequence from promotion lists. This | |
| 1889 | * can be required before deleting the pattern sequence. | |
| 1890 | * | |
| 1891 | * Results: | |
| 1892 | * None. | |
| 1893 | * | |
| 1894 | * Side effects: | |
| 1895 | * None. | |
| 1896 | * | |
| 1897 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1898 | */ | |
| 1899 | ||
| 1900 | static void | |
| 1901 | RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists( | |
| 1902 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */ | |
| 1903 | PatSeq *psPtr) /* Remove this pattern sequence. */ | |
| 1904 | { | |
| 1905 | unsigned i; | |
| 1906 | ||
| 1907 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 1908 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 1909 | ||
| 1910 | for (i = 0; i < PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); ++i) { | |
| 1911 | PSList *psList = PromArr_Get(bindPtr->promArr, i); | |
| 1912 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 1913 | ||
| 1914 | TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) { | |
| 1915 | if (psEntry->psPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1916 | RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry); | |
| 1917 | break; | |
| 1918 | } | |
| 1919 | } | |
| 1920 | } | |
| 1921 | } | |
| 1922 | ||
| 1923 | /* | |
| 1924 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1925 | * | |
| 1926 | * DeletePatSeq -- | |
| 1927 | * | |
| 1928 | * Delete given pattern sequence. Possibly it is required | |
| 1929 | * to invoke RemovePatSeqFromLookup(), and RemovePatSeqFromPromotionLists() | |
| 1930 | * before. | |
| 1931 | * | |
| 1932 | * Results: | |
| 1933 | * Pointer to succeeding pattern sequence. | |
| 1934 | * | |
| 1935 | * Side effects: | |
| 1936 | * Deallocation of memory. | |
| 1937 | * | |
| 1938 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1939 | */ | |
| 1940 | ||
| 1941 | static PatSeq * | |
| 1942 | DeletePatSeq( | |
| 1943 | PatSeq *psPtr) /* Delete this pattern sequence. */ | |
| 1944 | { | |
| 1945 | PatSeq *prevPtr; | |
| 1946 | PatSeq *nextPtr; | |
| 1947 | ||
| 1948 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 1949 | assert(!psPtr->added); | |
| 1950 | assert(!psPtr->owned); | |
| 1951 | ||
| 1952 | prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1953 | nextPtr = psPtr->ptr.nextObj; | |
| 1954 | ||
| 1955 | /* | |
| 1956 | * Be sure to remove each binding from its hash chain in the pattern | |
| 1957 | * table. If this is the last pattern in the chain, then delete the | |
| 1958 | * hash entry too. | |
| 1959 | */ | |
| 1960 | ||
| 1961 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1962 | if (!psPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 1963 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1964 | } else { | |
| 1965 | Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, psPtr->nextSeqPtr); | |
| 1966 | } | |
| 1967 | } else { | |
| 1968 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 1969 | if (!prevPtr) { | |
| 1970 | Tcl_Panic("DeletePatSeq couldn't find on hash chain"); | |
| 1971 | } | |
| 1972 | if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1973 | prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; | |
| 1974 | break; | |
| 1975 | } | |
| 1976 | } | |
| 1977 | } | |
| 1978 | ||
| 1979 | FreePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 1980 | return nextPtr; | |
| 1128 | 1981 | } |
| 1129 | 1982 | |
| 1130 | 1983 | /* |
| 1149 | 2002 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to delete bindings. */ |
| 1150 | 2003 | ClientData object) /* Token for object. */ |
| 1151 | 2004 | { |
| 1152 | PatSeq *psPtr, *prevPtr; | |
| 2005 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 1153 | 2006 | PatSeq *nextPtr; |
| 1154 | 2007 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 1155 | 2008 | |
| 1156 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object); | |
| 1157 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2009 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 2010 | assert(object); | |
| 2011 | ||
| 2012 | if (!(hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object))) { | |
| 1158 | 2013 | return; |
| 1159 | 2014 | } |
| 1160 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL; | |
| 1161 | psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 1162 | nextPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr; | |
| 1163 | ||
| 1164 | /* | |
| 1165 | * Be sure to remove each binding from its hash chain in the pattern | |
| 1166 | * table. If this is the last pattern in the chain, then delete the | |
| 1167 | * hash entry too. | |
| 1168 | */ | |
| 1169 | ||
| 1170 | prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1171 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1172 | if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1173 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 1174 | } else { | |
| 1175 | Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, psPtr->nextSeqPtr); | |
| 1176 | } | |
| 1177 | } else { | |
| 1178 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 1179 | if (prevPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1180 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteAllBindings couldn't find on hash chain"); | |
| 1181 | } | |
| 1182 | if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 1183 | prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; | |
| 1184 | break; | |
| 1185 | } | |
| 1186 | } | |
| 1187 | } | |
| 1188 | ckfree(psPtr->script); | |
| 1189 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 1190 | } | |
| 2015 | ||
| 2016 | /* | |
| 2017 | * Don't forget to clear lookup tables. | |
| 2018 | */ | |
| 2019 | ||
| 2020 | ClearLookupTable(&bindPtr->lookupTables, object); | |
| 2021 | ClearPromotionLists(bindPtr, object); | |
| 2022 | ||
| 2023 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 2024 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 2025 | DEBUG(psPtr->added = 0;) | |
| 2026 | nextPtr = DeletePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 2027 | } | |
| 2028 | ||
| 1191 | 2029 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); |
| 1192 | 2030 | } |
| 1193 | 2031 | |
| 1216 | 2054 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1217 | 2055 | */ |
| 1218 | 2056 | |
| 2057 | /* helper function */ | |
| 2058 | static void | |
| 2059 | ResetCounters( | |
| 2060 | Event *eventInfo, | |
| 2061 | unsigned eventType, | |
| 2062 | Window window) | |
| 2063 | { | |
| 2064 | Event *curEvent; | |
| 2065 | ||
| 2066 | assert(eventInfo); | |
| 2067 | curEvent = eventInfo + eventType; | |
| 2068 | ||
| 2069 | if (curEvent->xev.xany.window == window) { | |
| 2070 | curEvent->xev.xany.window = None; | |
| 2071 | eventInfo[eventType].countAny = 0; | |
| 2072 | eventInfo[eventType].countDetailed = 0; | |
| 2073 | } | |
| 2074 | } | |
| 2075 | ||
| 2076 | /* helper function */ | |
| 2077 | static int | |
| 2078 | IsBetterMatch( | |
| 2079 | const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr, | |
| 2080 | const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) /* this is a better match? */ | |
| 2081 | { | |
| 2082 | int diff; | |
| 2083 | ||
| 2084 | if (!sndMatchPtr) { return 0; } | |
| 2085 | if (!fstMatchPtr) { return 1; } | |
| 2086 | ||
| 2087 | diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr); | |
| 2088 | if (diff > 0) { return 1; } | |
| 2089 | if (diff < 0) { return 0; } | |
| 2090 | ||
| 2091 | #if PREFER_MOST_SPECIALIZED_EVENT | |
| 2092 | { /* local scope */ | |
| 2093 | #define M (Tcl_WideUInt)1000000 | |
| 2094 | static const Tcl_WideUInt weight[5] = { 0, 1, M, M*M, M*M*M }; | |
| 2095 | #undef M | |
| 2096 | Tcl_WideUInt fstCount = 0; | |
| 2097 | Tcl_WideUInt sndCount = 0; | |
| 2098 | unsigned i; | |
| 2099 | ||
| 2100 | /* | |
| 2101 | * Count the most high-ordered patterns. | |
| 2102 | * | |
| 2103 | * (This computation assumes that a sequence does not contain more than | |
| 2104 | * 1,000,000 single patterns. It can be precluded that in practice this | |
| 2105 | * assumption will not be violated.) | |
| 2106 | */ | |
| 2107 | ||
| 2108 | for (i = 0; i < fstMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) { | |
| 2109 | assert(GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight)); | |
| 2110 | fstCount += weight[GetCount(fstMatchPtr, i)]; | |
| 2111 | } | |
| 2112 | for (i = 0; i < sndMatchPtr->numPats; ++i) { | |
| 2113 | assert(GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(weight)); | |
| 2114 | sndCount += weight[GetCount(sndMatchPtr, i)]; | |
| 2115 | } | |
| 2116 | if (sndCount > fstCount) { return 1; } | |
| 2117 | if (sndCount < fstCount) { return 0; } | |
| 2118 | } | |
| 2119 | #endif | |
| 2120 | ||
| 2121 | return sndMatchPtr->number > fstMatchPtr->number; | |
| 2122 | } | |
| 2123 | ||
| 1219 | 2124 | void |
| 1220 | 2125 | Tk_BindEvent( |
| 1221 | 2126 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */ |
| 1222 | 2127 | XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */ |
| 1223 | Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on display where event occurred | |
| 1224 | * (needed in order to locate display | |
| 1225 | * information). */ | |
| 1226 | int numObjects, /* Number of objects at *objectPtr. */ | |
| 1227 | ClientData *objectPtr) /* Array of one or more objects to check for a | |
| 1228 | * matching binding. */ | |
| 1229 | { | |
| 2128 | Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on display where event occurred (needed in order to | |
| 2129 | * locate display information). */ | |
| 2130 | int numObjects, /* Number of objects at *objArr. */ | |
| 2131 | ClientData *objArr) /* Array of one or more objects to check for a matching binding. */ | |
| 2132 | { | |
| 2133 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | |
| 2134 | ScreenInfo *screenPtr; | |
| 1230 | 2135 | TkDisplay *dispPtr; |
| 1231 | ScreenInfo *screenPtr; | |
| 2136 | TkDisplay *oldDispPtr; | |
| 2137 | Event *curEvent; | |
| 2138 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 1232 | 2139 | BindInfo *bindInfoPtr; |
| 1233 | TkDisplay *oldDispPtr; | |
| 1234 | XEvent *ringPtr; | |
| 1235 | PatSeq *vMatchDetailList, *vMatchNoDetailList; | |
| 1236 | int flags, oldScreen; | |
| 1237 | unsigned int scriptCount; | |
| 1238 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | |
| 2140 | Tcl_InterpState interpState; | |
| 2141 | LookupTables *physTables; | |
| 2142 | PatSeq *psPtr[2]; | |
| 2143 | PatSeq *matchPtrBuf[32]; | |
| 2144 | PatSeq **matchPtrArr = matchPtrBuf; | |
| 2145 | PSList *psl[2]; | |
| 1239 | 2146 | Tcl_DString scripts; |
| 1240 | Tcl_InterpState interpState; | |
| 1241 | Detail detail; | |
| 1242 | char *p, *end; | |
| 1243 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 1244 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 2147 | const char *p; | |
| 2148 | const char *end; | |
| 2149 | unsigned scriptCount; | |
| 2150 | int oldScreen; | |
| 2151 | unsigned flags; | |
| 2152 | unsigned arraySize; | |
| 2153 | unsigned newArraySize; | |
| 2154 | unsigned i, k; | |
| 2155 | ||
| 2156 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 2157 | assert(eventPtr); | |
| 2158 | assert(tkwin); | |
| 2159 | assert(numObjects >= 0); | |
| 1245 | 2160 | |
| 1246 | 2161 | /* |
| 1247 | 2162 | * Ignore events on windows that don't have names: these are windows like |
| 1248 | 2163 | * wrapper windows that shouldn't be visible to the application. |
| 1249 | 2164 | */ |
| 1250 | 2165 | |
| 1251 | if (winPtr->pathName == NULL) { | |
| 2166 | if (!winPtr->pathName) { | |
| 1252 | 2167 | return; |
| 1253 | 2168 | } |
| 2169 | ||
| 2170 | flags = flagArray[eventPtr->type]; | |
| 2171 | ||
| 2172 | /* | |
| 2173 | * Ignore event types which are not in flagArray and all zeroes there. | |
| 2174 | */ | |
| 2175 | ||
| 2176 | if (eventPtr->type >= TK_LASTEVENT || !flags) { | |
| 2177 | return; | |
| 2178 | } | |
| 2179 | ||
| 2180 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { | |
| 2181 | bindPtr->curModMask = eventPtr->xkey.state; | |
| 2182 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { | |
| 2183 | bindPtr->curModMask = eventPtr->xcrossing.state; | |
| 2184 | } | |
| 2185 | ||
| 2186 | dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; | |
| 2187 | bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo; | |
| 2188 | curEvent = bindPtr->eventInfo + eventPtr->type; | |
| 1254 | 2189 | |
| 1255 | 2190 | /* |
| 1256 | 2191 | * Ignore the event completely if it is an Enter, Leave, FocusIn, or |
| 1259 | 2194 | * children to visible to bindings on the parent: this would cause |
| 1260 | 2195 | * problems for mega-widgets, since the internal structure of a |
| 1261 | 2196 | * mega-widget isn't supposed to be visible to people watching the parent. |
| 2197 | * | |
| 2198 | * Furthermore we have to compute current time, needed for "event generate". | |
| 1262 | 2199 | */ |
| 1263 | 2200 | |
| 1264 | if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify) || (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) { | |
| 2201 | switch (eventPtr->type) { | |
| 2202 | case EnterNotify: | |
| 2203 | case LeaveNotify: | |
| 2204 | if (eventPtr->xcrossing.time) { | |
| 2205 | bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(); | |
| 2206 | bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xcrossing.time; | |
| 2207 | } | |
| 1265 | 2208 | if (eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior) { |
| 1266 | 2209 | return; |
| 1267 | 2210 | } |
| 1268 | } | |
| 1269 | if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) { | |
| 2211 | break; | |
| 2212 | case FocusIn: | |
| 2213 | case FocusOut: | |
| 1270 | 2214 | if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) { |
| 1271 | 2215 | return; |
| 1272 | 2216 | } |
| 2217 | break; | |
| 2218 | case KeyPress: | |
| 2219 | case KeyRelease: { | |
| 2220 | int reset = 1; | |
| 2221 | ||
| 2222 | if (eventPtr->xkey.time) { | |
| 2223 | bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(); | |
| 2224 | bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xkey.time; | |
| 2225 | } | |
| 2226 | /* modifier keys should not influence button events */ | |
| 2227 | for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; ++i) { | |
| 2228 | if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) { | |
| 2229 | reset = 0; | |
| 2230 | } | |
| 2231 | } | |
| 2232 | if (reset) { | |
| 2233 | /* reset repetition count for button events */ | |
| 2234 | bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countAny = 0; | |
| 2235 | bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonPress].countDetailed = 0; | |
| 2236 | bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countAny = 0; | |
| 2237 | bindPtr->eventInfo[ButtonRelease].countDetailed = 0; | |
| 2238 | } | |
| 2239 | break; | |
| 2240 | } | |
| 2241 | case ButtonPress: | |
| 2242 | case ButtonRelease: | |
| 2243 | /* reset repetition count for key events */ | |
| 2244 | bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyPress].countAny = 0; | |
| 2245 | bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyPress].countDetailed = 0; | |
| 2246 | bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyRelease].countAny = 0; | |
| 2247 | bindPtr->eventInfo[KeyRelease].countDetailed = 0; | |
| 2248 | /* fallthru */ | |
| 2249 | case MotionNotify: | |
| 2250 | if (eventPtr->xmotion.time) { | |
| 2251 | bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(); | |
| 2252 | bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xmotion.time; | |
| 2253 | } | |
| 2254 | break; | |
| 2255 | case PropertyNotify: | |
| 2256 | if (eventPtr->xproperty.time) { | |
| 2257 | bindInfoPtr->lastCurrentTime = CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(); | |
| 2258 | bindInfoPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xproperty.time; | |
| 2259 | } | |
| 2260 | break; | |
| 2261 | case DestroyNotify: | |
| 2262 | ResetCounters(bindPtr->eventInfo, KeyPress, eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2263 | ResetCounters(bindPtr->eventInfo, KeyRelease, eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2264 | ResetCounters(bindPtr->eventInfo, ButtonPress, eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2265 | ResetCounters(bindPtr->eventInfo, ButtonRelease, eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2266 | break; | |
| 1273 | 2267 | } |
| 1274 | 2268 | |
| 1275 | 2269 | /* |
| 1276 | * Ignore event types which are not in flagArray and all zeroes there. | |
| 1277 | * Most notably, NoExpose events can fill the ring buffer and disturb | |
| 1278 | * (thus masking out) event sequences of interest. | |
| 2270 | * Now check whether this is a repeating event (multi-click, repeated key press, and so on). | |
| 1279 | 2271 | */ |
| 1280 | 2272 | |
| 1281 | if ((eventPtr->type >= TK_LASTEVENT) || !flagArray[eventPtr->type]) { | |
| 1282 | return; | |
| 1283 | } | |
| 1284 | ||
| 1285 | dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; | |
| 1286 | bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo; | |
| 2273 | /* NOTE: if curEvent is not yet set, then the following cannot match: */ | |
| 2274 | if (curEvent->xev.xany.window == eventPtr->xany.window) { | |
| 2275 | switch (eventPtr->type) { | |
| 2276 | case KeyPress: | |
| 2277 | case KeyRelease: | |
| 2278 | if (MatchEventRepeat(&curEvent->xev, eventPtr)) { | |
| 2279 | if (curEvent->xev.xkey.keycode == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) { | |
| 2280 | ++curEvent->countDetailed; | |
| 2281 | } else { | |
| 2282 | curEvent->countDetailed = 1; | |
| 2283 | } | |
| 2284 | ++curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2285 | } else { | |
| 2286 | curEvent->countAny = curEvent->countDetailed = 1; | |
| 2287 | } | |
| 2288 | break; | |
| 2289 | case ButtonPress: | |
| 2290 | case ButtonRelease: | |
| 2291 | if (MatchEventNearby(&curEvent->xev, eventPtr)) { | |
| 2292 | if (curEvent->xev.xbutton.button == eventPtr->xbutton.button) { | |
| 2293 | ++curEvent->countDetailed; | |
| 2294 | } else { | |
| 2295 | curEvent->countDetailed = 1; | |
| 2296 | } | |
| 2297 | ++curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2298 | } else { | |
| 2299 | curEvent->countAny = curEvent->countDetailed = 1; | |
| 2300 | } | |
| 2301 | break; | |
| 2302 | case EnterNotify: | |
| 2303 | case LeaveNotify: | |
| 2304 | if (TestNearbyTime(eventPtr->xcrossing.time, curEvent->xev.xcrossing.time)) { | |
| 2305 | ++curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2306 | } else { | |
| 2307 | curEvent->countAny = 1; | |
| 2308 | } | |
| 2309 | break; | |
| 2310 | case PropertyNotify: | |
| 2311 | if (TestNearbyTime(eventPtr->xproperty.time, curEvent->xev.xproperty.time)) { | |
| 2312 | ++curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2313 | } else { | |
| 2314 | curEvent->countAny = 1; | |
| 2315 | } | |
| 2316 | break; | |
| 2317 | default: | |
| 2318 | ++curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2319 | break; | |
| 2320 | } | |
| 2321 | } else { | |
| 2322 | curEvent->countAny = curEvent->countDetailed = 1; | |
| 2323 | } | |
| 1287 | 2324 | |
| 1288 | 2325 | /* |
| 1289 | * Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table. | |
| 1290 | * Two tricky points: | |
| 1291 | * | |
| 1292 | * 1. Combine consecutive MotionNotify events. Do this by putting the new | |
| 1293 | * event *on top* of the previous event. | |
| 1294 | * 2. If a modifier key is held down, it auto-repeats to generate | |
| 1295 | * continuous KeyPress and KeyRelease events. These can flush the event | |
| 1296 | * ring so that valuable information is lost (such as repeated button | |
| 1297 | * clicks). To handle this, check for the special case of a modifier | |
| 1298 | * KeyPress arriving when the previous two events are a KeyRelease and | |
| 1299 | * KeyPress of the same key. If this happens, mark the most recent | |
| 1300 | * event (the KeyRelease) invalid and put the new event on top of the | |
| 1301 | * event before that (the KeyPress). | |
| 2326 | * Now update the details. | |
| 1302 | 2327 | */ |
| 1303 | 2328 | |
| 1304 | if ((eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) | |
| 1305 | && (bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent].type == MotionNotify)) { | |
| 1306 | /* | |
| 1307 | * Don't advance the ring pointer. | |
| 1308 | */ | |
| 1309 | } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) { | |
| 1310 | int i; | |
| 1311 | ||
| 1312 | for (i = 0; ; i++) { | |
| 1313 | if (i >= dispPtr->numModKeyCodes) { | |
| 1314 | goto advanceRingPointer; | |
| 1315 | } | |
| 1316 | if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) { | |
| 1317 | break; | |
| 1318 | } | |
| 1319 | } | |
| 1320 | ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]; | |
| 1321 | if ((ringPtr->type != KeyRelease) | |
| 1322 | || (ringPtr->xkey.keycode != eventPtr->xkey.keycode)) { | |
| 1323 | goto advanceRingPointer; | |
| 1324 | } | |
| 1325 | if (bindPtr->curEvent <= 0) { | |
| 1326 | i = EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE - 1; | |
| 2329 | curEvent->xev = *eventPtr; | |
| 2330 | if (flags & KEY) { | |
| 2331 | curEvent->detail.info = TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr); | |
| 2332 | } else if (flags & BUTTON) { | |
| 2333 | curEvent->detail.info = eventPtr->xbutton.button; | |
| 2334 | } else if (flags & MOTION) { | |
| 2335 | curEvent->detail.info = ButtonNumberFromState(eventPtr->xmotion.state); | |
| 2336 | } else if (flags & VIRTUAL) { | |
| 2337 | curEvent->detail.name = ((XVirtualEvent *) eventPtr)->name; | |
| 2338 | } | |
| 2339 | ||
| 2340 | bindPtr->curEvent = curEvent; | |
| 2341 | physTables = &bindPtr->lookupTables; | |
| 2342 | scriptCount = 0; | |
| 2343 | arraySize = 0; | |
| 2344 | Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts); | |
| 2345 | ||
| 2346 | if ((size_t) numObjects > SIZE_OF_ARRAY(matchPtrBuf)) { | |
| 2347 | /* it's unrealistic that the buffer size is too small, but who knows? */ | |
| 2348 | matchPtrArr = ckalloc(numObjects*sizeof(matchPtrArr[0])); | |
| 2349 | } | |
| 2350 | memset(matchPtrArr, 0, numObjects*sizeof(matchPtrArr[0])); | |
| 2351 | ||
| 2352 | if (!PromArr_IsEmpty(bindPtr->promArr)) { | |
| 2353 | for (k = 0; k < (unsigned) numObjects; ++k) { | |
| 2354 | psl[1] = PromArr_Last(bindPtr->promArr); | |
| 2355 | psl[0] = psl[1] - 1; | |
| 2356 | ||
| 2357 | /* | |
| 2358 | * Loop over all promoted bindings, finding the longest matching one. | |
| 2359 | * | |
| 2360 | * Note that we must process all lists, because all matching patterns | |
| 2361 | * have to be promoted. Normally at most one list will be processed, and | |
| 2362 | * usually this list only contains one or two patterns. | |
| 2363 | */ | |
| 2364 | ||
| 2365 | for (i = PromArr_Size(bindPtr->promArr); i > 0; --i, --psl[0], --psl[1]) { | |
| 2366 | psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psl[1], i, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL); | |
| 2367 | ||
| 2368 | if (IsBetterMatch(matchPtrArr[k], psPtr[0])) { | |
| 2369 | /* we will process it later, because we still may find a pattern with better match */ | |
| 2370 | matchPtrArr[k] = psPtr[0]; | |
| 2371 | } | |
| 2372 | if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psl[1])) { | |
| 2373 | /* we have promoted sequences, adjust array size */ | |
| 2374 | arraySize = Max(i + 1, arraySize); | |
| 2375 | } | |
| 2376 | } | |
| 2377 | } | |
| 2378 | } | |
| 2379 | ||
| 2380 | /* | |
| 2381 | * 1. Look for bindings for the specific detail (button and key events). | |
| 2382 | * 2. Look for bindings without detail. | |
| 2383 | */ | |
| 2384 | ||
| 2385 | for (k = 0; k < (unsigned) numObjects; ++k) { | |
| 2386 | PSList *psSuccList = PromArr_First(bindPtr->promArr); | |
| 2387 | PatSeq *bestPtr; | |
| 2388 | ||
| 2389 | psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], 1); | |
| 2390 | psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(physTables, curEvent, objArr[k], 0); | |
| 2391 | ||
| 2392 | assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]); | |
| 2393 | ||
| 2394 | psPtr[0] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL); | |
| 2395 | psPtr[1] = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], psSuccList, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], NULL); | |
| 2396 | ||
| 2397 | if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psSuccList)) { | |
| 2398 | /* we have promoted sequences, adjust array size */ | |
| 2399 | arraySize = Max(1u, arraySize); | |
| 2400 | } | |
| 2401 | ||
| 2402 | bestPtr = psPtr[0] ? psPtr[0] : psPtr[1]; | |
| 2403 | ||
| 2404 | if (matchPtrArr[k]) { | |
| 2405 | if (IsBetterMatch(matchPtrArr[k], bestPtr)) { | |
| 2406 | matchPtrArr[k] = bestPtr; | |
| 2407 | } else { | |
| 2408 | /* | |
| 2409 | * We've already found a higher level match, nevertheless it was required to | |
| 2410 | * process the level zero patterns because of possible promotions. | |
| 2411 | */ | |
| 2412 | } | |
| 2413 | /* | |
| 2414 | * Now we have to catch up the processing of the script. | |
| 2415 | */ | |
| 1327 | 2416 | } else { |
| 1328 | i = bindPtr->curEvent - 1; | |
| 1329 | } | |
| 1330 | ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[i]; | |
| 1331 | if ((ringPtr->type != KeyPress) | |
| 1332 | || (ringPtr->xkey.keycode != eventPtr->xkey.keycode)) { | |
| 1333 | goto advanceRingPointer; | |
| 1334 | } | |
| 1335 | bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent].type = -1; | |
| 1336 | bindPtr->curEvent = i; | |
| 1337 | } else { | |
| 1338 | ||
| 1339 | advanceRingPointer: | |
| 1340 | bindPtr->curEvent++; | |
| 1341 | if (bindPtr->curEvent >= EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE) { | |
| 1342 | bindPtr->curEvent = 0; | |
| 1343 | } | |
| 1344 | } | |
| 1345 | ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]; | |
| 1346 | memcpy(ringPtr, eventPtr, sizeof(XEvent)); | |
| 1347 | detail.clientData = 0; | |
| 1348 | flags = flagArray[ringPtr->type]; | |
| 1349 | if (flags & KEY) { | |
| 1350 | detail.keySym = TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, ringPtr); | |
| 1351 | if (detail.keySym == NoSymbol) { | |
| 1352 | detail.keySym = 0; | |
| 1353 | } | |
| 1354 | } else if (flags & BUTTON) { | |
| 1355 | detail.button = ringPtr->xbutton.button; | |
| 1356 | } else if (flags & VIRTUAL) { | |
| 1357 | detail.name = ((XVirtualEvent *) ringPtr)->name; | |
| 1358 | } | |
| 1359 | bindPtr->detailRing[bindPtr->curEvent] = detail; | |
| 2417 | /* | |
| 2418 | * We have to look whether we can find a better match in virtual table, provided that we | |
| 2419 | * don't have a higher level match. | |
| 2420 | */ | |
| 2421 | ||
| 2422 | matchPtrArr[k] = bestPtr; | |
| 2423 | ||
| 2424 | if (eventPtr->type != VirtualEvent) { | |
| 2425 | LookupTables *virtTables = &bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable.lookupTables; | |
| 2426 | PatSeq *matchPtr = matchPtrArr[k]; | |
| 2427 | PatSeq *mPtr; | |
| 2428 | PSList *psl[2]; | |
| 2429 | ||
| 2430 | /* | |
| 2431 | * Note that virtual events cannot promote. | |
| 2432 | */ | |
| 2433 | ||
| 2434 | psl[0] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, 1); | |
| 2435 | psl[1] = GetLookupForEvent(virtTables, curEvent, NULL, 0); | |
| 2436 | ||
| 2437 | assert(psl[0] == NULL || psl[0] != psl[1]); | |
| 2438 | ||
| 2439 | mPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[0], NULL, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], &matchPtr); | |
| 2440 | if (mPtr) { | |
| 2441 | matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr; | |
| 2442 | matchPtr = mPtr; | |
| 2443 | } | |
| 2444 | if (MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, psl[1], NULL, 0, curEvent, objArr[k], &matchPtr)) { | |
| 2445 | matchPtrArr[k] = matchPtr; | |
| 2446 | } | |
| 2447 | } | |
| 2448 | } | |
| 2449 | ||
| 2450 | if (matchPtrArr[k]) { | |
| 2451 | ExpandPercents(winPtr, matchPtrArr[k]->script, curEvent, scriptCount++, &scripts); | |
| 2452 | /* nul is added to the scripts string to separate the various scripts */ | |
| 2453 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&scripts, "", 1); | |
| 2454 | } | |
| 2455 | } | |
| 2456 | ||
| 2457 | PromArr_SetSize(bindPtr->promArr, arraySize); | |
| 1360 | 2458 | |
| 1361 | 2459 | /* |
| 1362 | * Find out if there are any virtual events that correspond to this | |
| 1363 | * physical event (or sequence of physical events). | |
| 2460 | * Remove expired pattern sequences. | |
| 1364 | 2461 | */ |
| 1365 | 2462 | |
| 1366 | vMatchDetailList = NULL; | |
| 1367 | vMatchNoDetailList = NULL; | |
| 1368 | memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key)); | |
| 1369 | ||
| 1370 | if (ringPtr->type != VirtualEvent) { | |
| 1371 | Tcl_HashTable *veptPtr = &bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable.patternTable; | |
| 1372 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1373 | ||
| 1374 | key.object = NULL; | |
| 1375 | key.type = ringPtr->type; | |
| 1376 | key.detail = detail; | |
| 1377 | ||
| 1378 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(veptPtr, (char *) &key); | |
| 1379 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1380 | vMatchDetailList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1381 | } | |
| 1382 | ||
| 1383 | if (key.detail.clientData != 0) { | |
| 1384 | key.detail.clientData = 0; | |
| 1385 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(veptPtr, (char *) &key); | |
| 1386 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1387 | vMatchNoDetailList = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1388 | } | |
| 1389 | } | |
| 1390 | } | |
| 1391 | ||
| 1392 | /* | |
| 1393 | * Loop over all the binding tags, finding the binding script or callback | |
| 1394 | * for each one. Append all of the binding scripts, with %-sequences | |
| 1395 | * expanded, to "scripts", with null characters separating the scripts for | |
| 1396 | * each object. | |
| 1397 | */ | |
| 1398 | ||
| 1399 | scriptCount = 0; | |
| 1400 | Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts); | |
| 1401 | ||
| 1402 | for ( ; numObjects > 0; numObjects--, objectPtr++) { | |
| 1403 | PatSeq *matchPtr = NULL, *sourcePtr = NULL; | |
| 1404 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 1405 | ||
| 1406 | /* | |
| 1407 | * Match the new event against those recorded in the pattern table, | |
| 1408 | * saving the longest matching pattern. For events with details | |
| 1409 | * (button and key events), look for a binding for the specific key or | |
| 1410 | * button. First see if the event matches a physical event that the | |
| 1411 | * object is interested in, then look for a virtual event. | |
| 1412 | */ | |
| 1413 | ||
| 1414 | key.object = *objectPtr; | |
| 1415 | key.type = ringPtr->type; | |
| 1416 | key.detail = detail; | |
| 1417 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, (char *) &key); | |
| 1418 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1419 | matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), | |
| 1420 | matchPtr, NULL, &sourcePtr); | |
| 1421 | } | |
| 1422 | ||
| 1423 | if (vMatchDetailList != NULL) { | |
| 1424 | matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, vMatchDetailList, | |
| 1425 | matchPtr, objectPtr, &sourcePtr); | |
| 1426 | } | |
| 1427 | ||
| 1428 | /* | |
| 1429 | * If no match was found, look for a binding for all keys or buttons | |
| 1430 | * (detail of 0). Again, first match on a virtual event. | |
| 1431 | */ | |
| 1432 | ||
| 1433 | if ((detail.clientData != 0) && (matchPtr == NULL)) { | |
| 1434 | key.detail.clientData = 0; | |
| 1435 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, (char *) &key); | |
| 1436 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1437 | matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, | |
| 1438 | Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), matchPtr, NULL, &sourcePtr); | |
| 1439 | } | |
| 1440 | ||
| 1441 | if (vMatchNoDetailList != NULL) { | |
| 1442 | matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, vMatchNoDetailList, | |
| 1443 | matchPtr, objectPtr, &sourcePtr); | |
| 1444 | } | |
| 1445 | } | |
| 1446 | ||
| 1447 | if (matchPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1448 | ExpandPercents(winPtr, sourcePtr->script, eventPtr, | |
| 1449 | detail.keySym, scriptCount++, &scripts); | |
| 2463 | for (i = 0, newArraySize = 0; i < arraySize; ++i) { | |
| 2464 | PSList *psList = PromArr_Get(bindPtr->promArr, i); | |
| 2465 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 2466 | PSEntry *psNext; | |
| 2467 | ||
| 2468 | for (psEntry = PSList_First(psList); psEntry; psEntry = psNext) { | |
| 2469 | const TkPattern *patPtr; | |
| 2470 | ||
| 2471 | assert(i + 1 < psEntry->psPtr->numPats); | |
| 2472 | ||
| 2473 | psNext = PSList_Next(psEntry); | |
| 2474 | patPtr = &psEntry->psPtr->pats[i + 1]; | |
| 1450 | 2475 | |
| 1451 | 2476 | /* |
| 1452 | * A "" is added to the scripts string to separate the various | |
| 1453 | * scripts that should be invoked. | |
| 2477 | * We have to remove the following entries from promotion list (but | |
| 2478 | * only if we don't want to keep it): | |
| 2479 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2480 | * 1) It is marked as expired (see MatchPatterns()). | |
| 2481 | * 2) If we have a Key event, and current entry is matching a Button. | |
| 2482 | * 3) If we have a Button event, and current entry is matching a Key. | |
| 2483 | * 4) If we have a detailed event, current entry it is also detailed, | |
| 2484 | * we have matching event types, but the details are different. | |
| 2485 | * 5) Current entry has been matched with a different window. | |
| 1454 | 2486 | */ |
| 1455 | 2487 | |
| 1456 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&scripts, "", 1); | |
| 1457 | } | |
| 1458 | } | |
| 2488 | if (psEntry->keepIt) { | |
| 2489 | assert(!psEntry->expired); | |
| 2490 | psEntry->keepIt = 0; | |
| 2491 | } else if (psEntry->expired | |
| 2492 | || psEntry->window != curEvent->xev.xany.window | |
| 2493 | || (patPtr->info | |
| 2494 | && curEvent->detail.info | |
| 2495 | && patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type | |
| 2496 | && patPtr->info != curEvent->detail.info)) { | |
| 2497 | RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry); | |
| 2498 | } else { | |
| 2499 | switch (patPtr->eventType) { | |
| 2500 | case ButtonPress: | |
| 2501 | case ButtonRelease: | |
| 2502 | if (curEvent->xev.type == KeyPress || curEvent->xev.type == KeyRelease) { | |
| 2503 | RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry); | |
| 2504 | } | |
| 2505 | break; | |
| 2506 | case KeyPress: | |
| 2507 | case KeyRelease: | |
| 2508 | if (curEvent->xev.type == ButtonPress || curEvent->xev.type == ButtonRelease) { | |
| 2509 | RemoveListEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psEntry); | |
| 2510 | } | |
| 2511 | break; | |
| 2512 | } | |
| 2513 | } | |
| 2514 | } | |
| 2515 | ||
| 2516 | if (!PSList_IsEmpty(psList)) { | |
| 2517 | /* we still have promoted sequences, adjust array size */ | |
| 2518 | newArraySize = Max(i + 1, newArraySize); | |
| 2519 | } | |
| 2520 | } | |
| 2521 | ||
| 2522 | PromArr_SetSize(bindPtr->promArr, newArraySize); | |
| 2523 | ||
| 2524 | if (matchPtrArr != matchPtrBuf) { | |
| 2525 | ckfree(matchPtrArr); | |
| 2526 | } | |
| 2527 | ||
| 1459 | 2528 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts) == 0) { |
| 1460 | return; | |
| 2529 | return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 1461 | 2530 | } |
| 1462 | 2531 | |
| 1463 | 2532 | /* |
| 1488 | 2557 | screenPtr = &bindInfoPtr->screenInfo; |
| 1489 | 2558 | oldDispPtr = screenPtr->curDispPtr; |
| 1490 | 2559 | oldScreen = screenPtr->curScreenIndex; |
| 1491 | if ((dispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr) | |
| 1492 | || (Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) != screenPtr->curScreenIndex)) { | |
| 2560 | ||
| 2561 | if (dispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr || Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) != screenPtr->curScreenIndex) { | |
| 1493 | 2562 | screenPtr->curDispPtr = dispPtr; |
| 1494 | 2563 | screenPtr->curScreenIndex = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin); |
| 1495 | 2564 | ChangeScreen(interp, dispPtr->name, screenPtr->curScreenIndex); |
| 1496 | 2565 | } |
| 1497 | ||
| 1498 | p = Tcl_DStringValue(&scripts); | |
| 1499 | end = p + Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts); | |
| 1500 | 2566 | |
| 1501 | 2567 | /* |
| 1502 | 2568 | * Be careful when dereferencing screenPtr or bindInfoPtr. If we evaluate |
| 1505 | 2571 | */ |
| 1506 | 2572 | |
| 1507 | 2573 | Tcl_Preserve(bindInfoPtr); |
| 1508 | while (p < end) { | |
| 1509 | int len = (int) strlen(p); | |
| 2574 | ||
| 2575 | for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&scripts), end = p + Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts); p < end; ) { | |
| 2576 | unsigned len = strlen(p); | |
| 1510 | 2577 | int code; |
| 1511 | 2578 | |
| 1512 | 2579 | if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) { |
| 1513 | screenPtr->bindingDepth++; | |
| 2580 | ++screenPtr->bindingDepth; | |
| 1514 | 2581 | } |
| 1515 | 2582 | Tcl_AllowExceptions(interp); |
| 1516 | 2583 | |
| 1518 | 2585 | p += len + 1; |
| 1519 | 2586 | |
| 1520 | 2587 | if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) { |
| 1521 | screenPtr->bindingDepth--; | |
| 1522 | } | |
| 1523 | if (code != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1524 | if (code == TCL_CONTINUE) { | |
| 1525 | /* | |
| 1526 | * Do nothing: just go on to the next command. | |
| 1527 | */ | |
| 1528 | } else if (code == TCL_BREAK) { | |
| 1529 | break; | |
| 1530 | } else { | |
| 2588 | --screenPtr->bindingDepth; | |
| 2589 | } | |
| 2590 | if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE) { | |
| 2591 | if (code != TCL_BREAK) { | |
| 1531 | 2592 | Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command bound to event)"); |
| 1532 | 2593 | Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code); |
| 1533 | break; | |
| 1534 | } | |
| 1535 | } | |
| 1536 | } | |
| 1537 | ||
| 1538 | if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted && (screenPtr->bindingDepth != 0) | |
| 1539 | && ((oldDispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr) | |
| 1540 | || (oldScreen != screenPtr->curScreenIndex))) { | |
| 2594 | } | |
| 2595 | break; | |
| 2596 | } | |
| 2597 | } | |
| 2598 | ||
| 2599 | if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted | |
| 2600 | && screenPtr->bindingDepth > 0 | |
| 2601 | && (oldDispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr || oldScreen != screenPtr->curScreenIndex)) { | |
| 1541 | 2602 | /* |
| 1542 | 2603 | * Some other binding script is currently executing, but its screen is |
| 1543 | 2604 | * no longer current. Change the current display back again. |
| 1544 | 2605 | */ |
| 1545 | ||
| 1546 | 2606 | screenPtr->curDispPtr = oldDispPtr; |
| 1547 | 2607 | screenPtr->curScreenIndex = oldScreen; |
| 1548 | 2608 | ChangeScreen(interp, oldDispPtr->name, oldScreen); |
| 1549 | 2609 | } |
| 1550 | (void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState); | |
| 2610 | Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, interpState); | |
| 1551 | 2611 | Tcl_DStringFree(&scripts); |
| 1552 | ||
| 1553 | 2612 | Tcl_Release(bindInfoPtr); |
| 1554 | 2613 | } |
| 1555 | 2614 | |
| 1558 | 2617 | * |
| 1559 | 2618 | * MatchPatterns -- |
| 1560 | 2619 | * |
| 1561 | * Given a list of pattern sequences and a list of recent events, return | |
| 1562 | * the pattern sequence that best matches the event list, if there is | |
| 2620 | * Given a list of pattern sequences and the recent event, return | |
| 2621 | * the pattern sequence that best matches this event, if there is | |
| 1563 | 2622 | * one. |
| 1564 | 2623 | * |
| 1565 | * This function is used in two different ways. In the simplest use, | |
| 1566 | * "object" is NULL and psPtr is a list of pattern sequences, each of | |
| 1567 | * which corresponds to a binding. In this case, the function finds the | |
| 1568 | * pattern sequences that match the event list and returns the most | |
| 1569 | * specific of those, if there is more than one. | |
| 1570 | * | |
| 1571 | * In the second case, psPtr is a list of pattern sequences, each of | |
| 1572 | * which corresponds to a definition for a virtual binding. In order for | |
| 1573 | * one of these sequences to "match", it must match the events (as above) | |
| 1574 | * but in addition there must be a binding for its associated virtual | |
| 1575 | * event on the current object. The "object" argument indicates which | |
| 1576 | * object the binding must be for. | |
| 1577 | * | |
| 1578 | 2624 | * Results: |
| 1579 | ||
| 1580 | * The return value is NULL if bestPtr is NULL and no pattern matches the | |
| 1581 | * recent events from bindPtr. Otherwise the return value is the most | |
| 1582 | * specific pattern sequence among bestPtr and all those at psPtr that | |
| 1583 | * match the event list and object. If a pattern sequence other than | |
| 1584 | * bestPtr is returned, then *bestCommandPtr is filled in with a pointer | |
| 1585 | * to the command from the best sequence. | |
| 2625 | * | |
| 2626 | * The return value is NULL if no match is found. Otherwise the | |
| 2627 | * return value is the most specific pattern sequence among all | |
| 2628 | * those that match the event table. | |
| 1586 | 2629 | * |
| 1587 | 2630 | * Side effects: |
| 1588 | 2631 | * None. |
| 1589 | 2632 | * |
| 1590 | 2633 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1591 | 2634 | */ |
| 2635 | ||
| 2636 | /* helper function */ | |
| 2637 | static int | |
| 2638 | VirtPatIsBound( | |
| 2639 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */ | |
| 2640 | PatSeq *psPtr, /* Test this pattern. */ | |
| 2641 | ClientData object, /* Check for this binding tag. */ | |
| 2642 | PatSeq **physPtrPtr) /* Input: the best physical event. | |
| 2643 | * Output: the physical event associated with matching virtual event. */ | |
| 2644 | { | |
| 2645 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 2646 | const struct VirtOwners *owners; | |
| 2647 | unsigned i; | |
| 2648 | ||
| 2649 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 2650 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 2651 | assert(!psPtr->object); | |
| 2652 | assert(physPtrPtr); | |
| 2653 | ||
| 2654 | if (*physPtrPtr) { | |
| 2655 | const TkPattern *physPatPtr = (*physPtrPtr)->pats; | |
| 2656 | const TkPattern *virtPatPtr = psPtr->pats; | |
| 2657 | ||
| 2658 | if (physPatPtr->info || !virtPatPtr->info) { | |
| 2659 | if (IsSubsetOf(virtPatPtr->modMask, physPatPtr->modMask)) { | |
| 2660 | return 0; /* we cannot surpass this match */ | |
| 2661 | } | |
| 2662 | } | |
| 2663 | } | |
| 2664 | ||
| 2665 | /* otherwise on some systems the key contains uninitialized bytes */ | |
| 2666 | memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key)); | |
| 2667 | ||
| 2668 | key.object = object; | |
| 2669 | key.type = VirtualEvent; | |
| 2670 | owners = psPtr->ptr.owners; | |
| 2671 | ||
| 2672 | for (i = 0; i < VirtOwners_Size(owners); ++i) { | |
| 2673 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = VirtOwners_Get(owners, i); | |
| 2674 | ||
| 2675 | key.detail.name = (Tk_Uid) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr); | |
| 2676 | ||
| 2677 | if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, (char *) &key))) { | |
| 2678 | /* The physical event matches this virtual event's definition. */ | |
| 2679 | *physPtrPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 2680 | return 1; | |
| 2681 | } | |
| 2682 | } | |
| 2683 | ||
| 2684 | return 0; | |
| 2685 | } | |
| 2686 | ||
| 2687 | /* helper function */ | |
| 2688 | static int | |
| 2689 | Compare( | |
| 2690 | const PatSeq *fstMatchPtr, | |
| 2691 | const PatSeq *sndMatchPtr) /* most recent match */ | |
| 2692 | { | |
| 2693 | int diff; | |
| 2694 | ||
| 2695 | if (!fstMatchPtr) { return +1; } | |
| 2696 | assert(sndMatchPtr); | |
| 2697 | diff = CountSpecialized(fstMatchPtr, sndMatchPtr); | |
| 2698 | return diff ? diff : (int) sndMatchPtr->count - (int) fstMatchPtr->count; | |
| 2699 | } | |
| 2700 | ||
| 2701 | /* helper function */ | |
| 2702 | static int | |
| 2703 | CompareModMasks( | |
| 2704 | const PSModMaskArr *fstModMaskArr, | |
| 2705 | const PSModMaskArr *sndModMaskArr, | |
| 2706 | ModMask fstModMask, | |
| 2707 | ModMask sndModMask) | |
| 2708 | { | |
| 2709 | int fstCount = 0; | |
| 2710 | int sndCount = 0; | |
| 2711 | int i; | |
| 2712 | ||
| 2713 | if (PSModMaskArr_IsEmpty(fstModMaskArr)) { | |
| 2714 | if (!PSModMaskArr_IsEmpty(sndModMaskArr)) { | |
| 2715 | for (i = PSModMaskArr_Size(sndModMaskArr) - 1; i >= 0; --i) { | |
| 2716 | if (*PSModMaskArr_Get(sndModMaskArr, i)) { | |
| 2717 | ++sndCount; | |
| 2718 | } | |
| 2719 | } | |
| 2720 | } | |
| 2721 | } else if (PSModMaskArr_IsEmpty(sndModMaskArr)) { | |
| 2722 | for (i = PSModMaskArr_Size(fstModMaskArr) - 1; i >= 0; --i) { | |
| 2723 | if (*PSModMaskArr_Get(fstModMaskArr, i)) { | |
| 2724 | ++fstCount; | |
| 2725 | } | |
| 2726 | } | |
| 2727 | } else { | |
| 2728 | assert(PSModMaskArr_Size(fstModMaskArr) == PSModMaskArr_Size(sndModMaskArr)); | |
| 2729 | ||
| 2730 | for (i = PSModMaskArr_Size(fstModMaskArr) - 1; i >= 0; --i) { | |
| 2731 | ModMask fstModMask = *PSModMaskArr_Get(fstModMaskArr, i); | |
| 2732 | ModMask sndModMask = *PSModMaskArr_Get(sndModMaskArr, i); | |
| 2733 | ||
| 2734 | if (IsSubsetOf(fstModMask, sndModMask)) { ++sndCount; } | |
| 2735 | if (IsSubsetOf(sndModMask, fstModMask)) { ++fstCount; } | |
| 2736 | } | |
| 2737 | } | |
| 2738 | ||
| 2739 | /* Finally compare modifier masks of last pattern. */ | |
| 2740 | ||
| 2741 | if (IsSubsetOf(fstModMask, sndModMask)) { ++sndCount; } | |
| 2742 | if (IsSubsetOf(sndModMask, fstModMask)) { ++fstCount; } | |
| 2743 | ||
| 2744 | return fstCount - sndCount; | |
| 2745 | } | |
| 1592 | 2746 | |
| 1593 | 2747 | static PatSeq * |
| 1594 | 2748 | MatchPatterns( |
| 1595 | 2749 | TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which the event came. */ |
| 1596 | BindingTable *bindPtr, /* Information about binding table, such as | |
| 1597 | * ring of recent events. */ | |
| 1598 | PatSeq *psPtr, /* List of pattern sequences. */ | |
| 1599 | PatSeq *bestPtr, /* The best match seen so far, from a previous | |
| 1600 | * call to this function. NULL means no prior | |
| 1601 | * best match. */ | |
| 1602 | ClientData *objectPtr, /* If NULL, the sequences at psPtr correspond | |
| 1603 | * to "normal" bindings. If non-NULL, the | |
| 1604 | * sequences at psPtr correspond to virtual | |
| 1605 | * bindings; in order to match each sequence | |
| 1606 | * must correspond to a virtual binding for | |
| 1607 | * which a binding exists for object in | |
| 1608 | * bindPtr. */ | |
| 1609 | PatSeq **sourcePtrPtr) /* Filled with the pattern sequence that | |
| 1610 | * contains the eventProc and clientData | |
| 1611 | * associated with the best match. If this | |
| 1612 | * differs from the return value, it is the | |
| 1613 | * virtual event that most closely matched the | |
| 1614 | * return value (a physical event). Not | |
| 1615 | * modified unless a result other than bestPtr | |
| 1616 | * is returned. */ | |
| 1617 | { | |
| 1618 | PatSeq *matchPtr, *bestSourcePtr, *sourcePtr; | |
| 1619 | ||
| 1620 | bestSourcePtr = *sourcePtrPtr; | |
| 1621 | ||
| 1622 | /* | |
| 1623 | * Iterate over all the pattern sequences. | |
| 1624 | */ | |
| 1625 | ||
| 1626 | for ( ; psPtr != NULL; psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 1627 | XEvent *eventPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]; | |
| 1628 | Detail *detailPtr = &bindPtr->detailRing[bindPtr->curEvent]; | |
| 1629 | TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats; | |
| 1630 | Window window = eventPtr->xany.window; | |
| 1631 | int patCount, ringCount, flags, state, modMask, i; | |
| 1632 | ||
| 1633 | /* | |
| 1634 | * Iterate over all the patterns in a sequence to be sure that they | |
| 1635 | * all match. | |
| 1636 | */ | |
| 1637 | ||
| 1638 | patCount = psPtr->numPats; | |
| 1639 | ringCount = EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE; | |
| 1640 | while (patCount > 0) { | |
| 1641 | if (ringCount <= 0) { | |
| 1642 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1643 | } | |
| 1644 | if (eventPtr->xany.type != patPtr->eventType) { | |
| 1645 | /* | |
| 1646 | * Most of the event types are considered superfluous in that | |
| 1647 | * they are ignored if they occur in the middle of a pattern | |
| 1648 | * sequence and have mismatching types. The only ones that | |
| 1649 | * cannot be ignored are ButtonPress and ButtonRelease events | |
| 1650 | * (if the next event in the pattern is a KeyPress or | |
| 1651 | * KeyRelease) and KeyPress and KeyRelease events (if the next | |
| 1652 | * pattern event is a ButtonPress or ButtonRelease). Here are | |
| 1653 | * some tricky cases to consider: | |
| 1654 | * 1. Double-Button or Double-Key events. | |
| 1655 | * 2. Double-ButtonRelease or Double-KeyRelease events. | |
| 1656 | * 3. The arrival of various events like Enter and Leave and | |
| 1657 | * FocusIn and GraphicsExpose between two button presses or | |
| 1658 | * key presses. | |
| 1659 | * 4. Modifier keys like Shift and Control shouldn't generate | |
| 1660 | * conflicts with button events. | |
| 1661 | */ | |
| 1662 | ||
| 1663 | if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress) | |
| 1664 | || (patPtr->eventType == KeyRelease)) { | |
| 1665 | if ((eventPtr->xany.type == ButtonPress) | |
| 1666 | || (eventPtr->xany.type == ButtonRelease)) { | |
| 1667 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1668 | } | |
| 1669 | } else if ((patPtr->eventType == ButtonPress) | |
| 1670 | || (patPtr->eventType == ButtonRelease)) { | |
| 1671 | if ((eventPtr->xany.type == KeyPress) | |
| 1672 | || (eventPtr->xany.type == KeyRelease)) { | |
| 2750 | Tk_BindingTable bindPtr, /* Table in which to look for bindings. */ | |
| 2751 | PSList *psList, /* List of potentially matching patterns, can be NULL. */ | |
| 2752 | PSList *psSuccList, /* Add all matching higher-level pattern sequences to this list. | |
| 2753 | * Can be NULL. */ | |
| 2754 | unsigned patIndex, /* Match only this tag in sequence. */ | |
| 2755 | const Event *curEvent, /* Match this event. */ | |
| 2756 | ClientData object, /* Check for this binding tag. */ | |
| 2757 | PatSeq **physPtrPtr) /* Input: the best physical event; NULL if we test physical events. | |
| 2758 | * Output: the associated physical event for the best matching virtual | |
| 2759 | * event; NULL when we match physical events. */ | |
| 2760 | { | |
| 2761 | Window window; | |
| 2762 | PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 2763 | PatSeq *bestPtr; | |
| 2764 | PatSeq *bestPhysPtr; | |
| 2765 | ModMask bestModMask; | |
| 2766 | const PSModMaskArr *bestModMaskArr = NULL; | |
| 2767 | ||
| 2768 | assert(dispPtr); | |
| 2769 | assert(bindPtr); | |
| 2770 | assert(curEvent); | |
| 2771 | ||
| 2772 | if (!psList) { | |
| 2773 | return NULL; | |
| 2774 | } | |
| 2775 | ||
| 2776 | bestModMask = 0; | |
| 2777 | bestPtr = NULL; | |
| 2778 | bestPhysPtr = NULL; | |
| 2779 | window = curEvent->xev.xany.window; | |
| 2780 | ||
| 2781 | for (psEntry = PSList_First(psList); psEntry; psEntry = PSList_Next(psEntry)) { | |
| 2782 | if (patIndex == 0 || psEntry->window == window) { | |
| 2783 | PatSeq* psPtr = psEntry->psPtr; | |
| 2784 | ||
| 2785 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 2786 | assert((psPtr->object == NULL) == (physPtrPtr != NULL)); | |
| 2787 | assert(psPtr->object || patIndex == 0); | |
| 2788 | assert(psPtr->numPats > patIndex); | |
| 2789 | ||
| 2790 | if (psPtr->object | |
| 2791 | ? psPtr->object == object | |
| 2792 | : VirtPatIsBound(bindPtr, psPtr, object, physPtrPtr)) { | |
| 2793 | TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + patIndex; | |
| 2794 | ||
| 2795 | if (patPtr->eventType == (unsigned) curEvent->xev.type | |
| 2796 | && (curEvent->xev.type != CreateNotify | |
| 2797 | || curEvent->xev.xcreatewindow.parent == window) | |
| 2798 | && (!patPtr->name || patPtr->name == curEvent->detail.name) | |
| 2799 | && (!patPtr->info || patPtr->info == curEvent->detail.info)) { | |
| 2800 | /* | |
| 2801 | * Resolve the modifier mask for Alt and Mod keys. Unfortunately this | |
| 2802 | * cannot be done in ParseEventDescription, otherwise this function would | |
| 2803 | * be the better place. | |
| 2804 | */ | |
| 2805 | ModMask modMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, patPtr->modMask); | |
| 2806 | ModMask curModMask = ResolveModifiers(dispPtr, bindPtr->curModMask); | |
| 2807 | ||
| 2808 | psEntry->expired = 1; /* remove it from promotion list */ | |
| 2809 | ||
| 2810 | if ((modMask & ~curModMask) == 0) { | |
| 2811 | unsigned count = patPtr->info ? curEvent->countDetailed : curEvent->countAny; | |
| 2812 | ||
| 2813 | if (patIndex < PSModMaskArr_Size(psEntry->lastModMaskArr)) { | |
| 2814 | PSModMaskArr_Set(psEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask); | |
| 2815 | } | |
| 2816 | ||
| 1673 | 2817 | /* |
| 1674 | * Ignore key events if they are modifier keys. | |
| 2818 | * This pattern is finally matching. | |
| 1675 | 2819 | */ |
| 1676 | 2820 | |
| 1677 | for (i = 0; i < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; i++) { | |
| 1678 | if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] | |
| 1679 | == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) { | |
| 2821 | if (psPtr->numPats == patIndex + 1) { | |
| 2822 | if (patPtr->count <= count) { | |
| 1680 | 2823 | /* |
| 1681 | * This key is a modifier key, so ignore it. | |
| 2824 | * This is also a final pattern. | |
| 2825 | * We always prefer the pattern with better match. | |
| 2826 | * If completely equal than prefer most recently defined pattern. | |
| 1682 | 2827 | */ |
| 1683 | 2828 | |
| 1684 | goto nextEvent; | |
| 2829 | int cmp = Compare(bestPtr, psPtr); | |
| 2830 | ||
| 2831 | if (cmp == 0) { | |
| 2832 | cmp = CompareModMasks(psEntry->lastModMaskArr, bestModMaskArr, | |
| 2833 | modMask, bestModMask); | |
| 2834 | } | |
| 2835 | ||
| 2836 | if (cmp > 0 || (cmp == 0 && bestPtr->number < psPtr->number)) { | |
| 2837 | bestPtr = psPtr; | |
| 2838 | bestModMask = modMask; | |
| 2839 | bestModMaskArr = psEntry->lastModMaskArr; | |
| 2840 | if (physPtrPtr) { | |
| 2841 | bestPhysPtr = *physPtrPtr; | |
| 2842 | } | |
| 2843 | } | |
| 2844 | } else { | |
| 2845 | DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;) | |
| 2846 | psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* don't remove it from promotion list */ | |
| 1685 | 2847 | } |
| 1686 | } | |
| 1687 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1688 | } | |
| 1689 | } | |
| 1690 | goto nextEvent; | |
| 1691 | } | |
| 1692 | if (eventPtr->xany.type == CreateNotify | |
| 1693 | && eventPtr->xcreatewindow.parent != window) { | |
| 1694 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1695 | } else if (eventPtr->xany.window != window) { | |
| 1696 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1697 | } | |
| 1698 | ||
| 1699 | /* | |
| 1700 | * Note: it's important for the keysym check to go before the | |
| 1701 | * modifier check, so we can ignore unwanted modifier keys before | |
| 1702 | * choking on the modifier check. | |
| 1703 | */ | |
| 1704 | ||
| 1705 | if ((patPtr->detail.clientData != 0) | |
| 1706 | && (patPtr->detail.clientData != detailPtr->clientData)) { | |
| 1707 | /* | |
| 1708 | * The detail appears not to match. However, if the event is a | |
| 1709 | * KeyPress for a modifier key then just ignore the event. | |
| 1710 | * Otherwise event sequences like "aD" never match because the | |
| 1711 | * shift key goes down between the "a" and the "D". | |
| 1712 | */ | |
| 1713 | ||
| 1714 | if (eventPtr->xany.type == KeyPress) { | |
| 1715 | for (i = 0; i < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; i++) { | |
| 1716 | if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) { | |
| 1717 | goto nextEvent; | |
| 2848 | } else if (psSuccList) { | |
| 2849 | /* | |
| 2850 | * Not a final pattern, but matching, so promote it to next level. | |
| 2851 | * But do not promote if count of current pattern is not yet reached. | |
| 2852 | */ | |
| 2853 | if (patPtr->count == psEntry->count) { | |
| 2854 | PSEntry *psNewEntry; | |
| 2855 | ||
| 2856 | assert(!patPtr->name); | |
| 2857 | psNewEntry = MakeListEntry( | |
| 2858 | &bindPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, psPtr, psPtr->modMaskUsed); | |
| 2859 | if (!PSModMaskArr_IsEmpty(psNewEntry->lastModMaskArr)) { | |
| 2860 | PSModMaskArr_Set(psNewEntry->lastModMaskArr, patIndex, &modMask); | |
| 2861 | } | |
| 2862 | assert(psNewEntry->keepIt); | |
| 2863 | assert(psNewEntry->count == 1u); | |
| 2864 | PSList_Append(psSuccList, psNewEntry); | |
| 2865 | psNewEntry->window = window; /* bind to current window */ | |
| 2866 | } else { | |
| 2867 | assert(psEntry->count < patPtr->count); | |
| 2868 | DEBUG(psEntry->expired = 0;) | |
| 2869 | psEntry->count += 1; | |
| 2870 | psEntry->keepIt = 1; /* don't remove it from promotion list */ | |
| 2871 | } | |
| 1718 | 2872 | } |
| 1719 | 2873 | } |
| 1720 | 2874 | } |
| 1721 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1722 | } | |
| 1723 | flags = flagArray[eventPtr->type]; | |
| 1724 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { | |
| 1725 | state = eventPtr->xkey.state; | |
| 1726 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { | |
| 1727 | state = eventPtr->xcrossing.state; | |
| 1728 | } else { | |
| 1729 | state = 0; | |
| 1730 | } | |
| 1731 | if (patPtr->needMods != 0) { | |
| 1732 | modMask = patPtr->needMods; | |
| 1733 | if ((modMask & META_MASK) && (dispPtr->metaModMask != 0)) { | |
| 1734 | modMask = (modMask & ~META_MASK) | dispPtr->metaModMask; | |
| 1735 | } | |
| 1736 | if ((modMask & ALT_MASK) && (dispPtr->altModMask != 0)) { | |
| 1737 | modMask = (modMask & ~ALT_MASK) | dispPtr->altModMask; | |
| 1738 | } | |
| 1739 | ||
| 1740 | if ((state & META_MASK) && (dispPtr->metaModMask != 0)) { | |
| 1741 | state = (state & ~META_MASK) | dispPtr->metaModMask; | |
| 1742 | } | |
| 1743 | if ((state & ALT_MASK) && (dispPtr->altModMask != 0)) { | |
| 1744 | state = (state & ~ALT_MASK) | dispPtr->altModMask; | |
| 1745 | } | |
| 1746 | ||
| 1747 | if ((state & modMask) != modMask) { | |
| 1748 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1749 | } | |
| 1750 | } | |
| 1751 | if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) { | |
| 1752 | XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]; | |
| 1753 | long timeDiff; | |
| 1754 | ||
| 1755 | timeDiff = ((long)firstPtr->xkey.time - | |
| 1756 | (long)eventPtr->xkey.time); | |
| 1757 | if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root | |
| 1758 | < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS)) | |
| 1759 | || (firstPtr->xkey.x_root | |
| 1760 | > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS)) | |
| 1761 | || (firstPtr->xkey.y_root | |
| 1762 | < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS)) | |
| 1763 | || (firstPtr->xkey.y_root | |
| 1764 | > (eventPtr->xkey.y_root + NEARBY_PIXELS)) | |
| 1765 | || (timeDiff > NEARBY_MS)) { | |
| 1766 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1767 | } | |
| 1768 | } | |
| 1769 | patPtr++; | |
| 1770 | patCount--; | |
| 1771 | nextEvent: | |
| 1772 | if (eventPtr == bindPtr->eventRing) { | |
| 1773 | eventPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1]; | |
| 1774 | detailPtr = &bindPtr->detailRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1]; | |
| 1775 | } else { | |
| 1776 | eventPtr--; | |
| 1777 | detailPtr--; | |
| 1778 | } | |
| 1779 | ringCount--; | |
| 1780 | } | |
| 1781 | ||
| 1782 | matchPtr = psPtr; | |
| 1783 | sourcePtr = psPtr; | |
| 1784 | ||
| 1785 | if (objectPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1786 | int iVirt; | |
| 1787 | VirtualOwners *voPtr; | |
| 1788 | PatternTableKey key; | |
| 1789 | ||
| 1790 | /* | |
| 1791 | * The sequence matches the physical constraints. Is this object | |
| 1792 | * interested in any of the virtual events that correspond to this | |
| 1793 | * sequence? | |
| 1794 | */ | |
| 1795 | ||
| 1796 | voPtr = psPtr->voPtr; | |
| 1797 | ||
| 1798 | memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key)); | |
| 1799 | key.object = *objectPtr; | |
| 1800 | key.type = VirtualEvent; | |
| 1801 | key.detail.clientData = 0; | |
| 1802 | ||
| 1803 | for (iVirt = 0; iVirt < voPtr->numOwners; iVirt++) { | |
| 1804 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = voPtr->owners[iVirt]; | |
| 1805 | ||
| 1806 | key.detail.name = (Tk_Uid) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, | |
| 1807 | hPtr); | |
| 1808 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, | |
| 1809 | (char *) &key); | |
| 1810 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1811 | /* | |
| 1812 | * This tag is interested in this virtual event and its | |
| 1813 | * corresponding physical event is a good match with the | |
| 1814 | * virtual event's definition. | |
| 1815 | */ | |
| 1816 | ||
| 1817 | PatSeq *virtMatchPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 1818 | ||
| 1819 | if ((virtMatchPtr->numPats != 1) | |
| 1820 | || (virtMatchPtr->nextSeqPtr != NULL)) { | |
| 1821 | Tcl_Panic("MatchPattern: badly constructed virtual event"); | |
| 1822 | } | |
| 1823 | sourcePtr = virtMatchPtr; | |
| 1824 | goto match; | |
| 1825 | } | |
| 1826 | } | |
| 1827 | ||
| 1828 | /* | |
| 1829 | * The physical event matches a virtual event's definition, but | |
| 1830 | * the tag isn't interested in it. | |
| 1831 | */ | |
| 1832 | ||
| 1833 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1834 | } | |
| 1835 | match: | |
| 1836 | ||
| 1837 | /* | |
| 1838 | * This sequence matches. If we've already got another match, pick | |
| 1839 | * whichever is most specific. Detail is most important, then | |
| 1840 | * needMods. | |
| 1841 | */ | |
| 1842 | ||
| 1843 | if (bestPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1844 | TkPattern *patPtr2; | |
| 1845 | ||
| 1846 | if (matchPtr->numPats != bestPtr->numPats) { | |
| 1847 | if (bestPtr->numPats > matchPtr->numPats) { | |
| 1848 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1849 | } else { | |
| 1850 | goto newBest; | |
| 1851 | } | |
| 1852 | } | |
| 1853 | for (i = 0, patPtr = matchPtr->pats, patPtr2 = bestPtr->pats; | |
| 1854 | i < matchPtr->numPats; i++, patPtr++, patPtr2++) { | |
| 1855 | if (patPtr->detail.clientData != patPtr2->detail.clientData) { | |
| 1856 | if (patPtr->detail.clientData == 0) { | |
| 1857 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1858 | } else { | |
| 1859 | goto newBest; | |
| 1860 | } | |
| 1861 | } | |
| 1862 | if (patPtr->needMods != patPtr2->needMods) { | |
| 1863 | if ((patPtr->needMods & patPtr2->needMods) | |
| 1864 | == patPtr->needMods) { | |
| 1865 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1866 | } else if ((patPtr->needMods & patPtr2->needMods) | |
| 1867 | == patPtr2->needMods) { | |
| 1868 | goto newBest; | |
| 1869 | } | |
| 1870 | } | |
| 1871 | } | |
| 1872 | ||
| 1873 | /* | |
| 1874 | * Tie goes to current best pattern. | |
| 1875 | * | |
| 1876 | * (1) For virtual vs. virtual, the least recently defined virtual | |
| 1877 | * wins, because virtuals are examined in order of definition. | |
| 1878 | * This order is _not_ guaranteed in the documentation. | |
| 1879 | * | |
| 1880 | * (2) For virtual vs. physical, the physical wins because all the | |
| 1881 | * physicals are examined before the virtuals. This order is | |
| 1882 | * guaranteed in the documentation. | |
| 1883 | * | |
| 1884 | * (3) For physical vs. physical pattern, the most recently | |
| 1885 | * defined physical wins, because physicals are examined in | |
| 1886 | * reverse order of definition. This order is guaranteed in the | |
| 1887 | * documentation. | |
| 1888 | */ | |
| 1889 | ||
| 1890 | goto nextSequence; | |
| 1891 | } | |
| 1892 | newBest: | |
| 1893 | bestPtr = matchPtr; | |
| 1894 | bestSourcePtr = sourcePtr; | |
| 1895 | ||
| 1896 | nextSequence: | |
| 1897 | continue; | |
| 1898 | } | |
| 1899 | ||
| 1900 | *sourcePtrPtr = bestSourcePtr; | |
| 2875 | } | |
| 2876 | } | |
| 2877 | } | |
| 2878 | ||
| 2879 | if (bestPhysPtr) { | |
| 2880 | assert(physPtrPtr); | |
| 2881 | *physPtrPtr = bestPhysPtr; | |
| 2882 | } | |
| 1901 | 2883 | return bestPtr; |
| 1902 | 2884 | } |
| 1903 | 2885 | |
| 1921 | 2903 | |
| 1922 | 2904 | static void |
| 1923 | 2905 | ExpandPercents( |
| 1924 | TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get | |
| 1925 | * input context. */ | |
| 1926 | const char *before, /* Command containing percent expressions to | |
| 1927 | * be replaced. */ | |
| 1928 | XEvent *eventPtr, /* X event containing information to be used | |
| 1929 | * in % replacements. */ | |
| 1930 | KeySym keySym, /* KeySym: only relevant for KeyPress and | |
| 1931 | * KeyRelease events). */ | |
| 1932 | unsigned int scriptCount, /* The number of script-based binding patterns | |
| 1933 | * matched so far for this event. */ | |
| 1934 | Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new | |
| 1935 | * command. */ | |
| 1936 | { | |
| 1937 | int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl | |
| 1938 | * list element. */ | |
| 1939 | int number, flags, length; | |
| 1940 | #define NUM_SIZE 40 | |
| 1941 | const char *string; | |
| 2906 | TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get input context. */ | |
| 2907 | const char *before, /* Command containing percent expressions to be replaced. */ | |
| 2908 | Event *eventPtr, /* Event containing information to be used in % replacements. */ | |
| 2909 | unsigned scriptCount, /* The number of script-based binding patterns matched so far for | |
| 2910 | * this event. */ | |
| 2911 | Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new command. */ | |
| 2912 | { | |
| 2913 | unsigned flags; | |
| 1942 | 2914 | Tcl_DString buf; |
| 1943 | char numStorage[NUM_SIZE+1]; | |
| 2915 | XEvent *evPtr; | |
| 2916 | ||
| 2917 | assert(winPtr); | |
| 2918 | assert(before); | |
| 2919 | assert(eventPtr); | |
| 2920 | assert(dsPtr); | |
| 1944 | 2921 | |
| 1945 | 2922 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); |
| 1946 | ||
| 1947 | if (eventPtr->type < TK_LASTEVENT) { | |
| 1948 | flags = flagArray[eventPtr->type]; | |
| 1949 | } else { | |
| 1950 | flags = 0; | |
| 1951 | } | |
| 2923 | evPtr = &eventPtr->xev; | |
| 2924 | flags = (evPtr->type < TK_LASTEVENT) ? flagArray[evPtr->type] : 0; | |
| 1952 | 2925 | |
| 1953 | 2926 | while (1) { |
| 2927 | char numStorage[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; | |
| 2928 | const char *string; | |
| 2929 | Tcl_WideInt number; | |
| 2930 | ||
| 1954 | 2931 | /* |
| 1955 | 2932 | * Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the |
| 1956 | 2933 | * result string. |
| 1957 | 2934 | */ |
| 1958 | 2935 | |
| 1959 | for (string = before; (*string != 0) && (*string != '%'); string++) { | |
| 1960 | /* Empty loop body. */ | |
| 1961 | } | |
| 2936 | for (string = before; *string && *string != '%'; ++string) | |
| 2937 | ; | |
| 1962 | 2938 | if (string != before) { |
| 1963 | Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, (int) (string-before)); | |
| 2939 | Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, string - before); | |
| 1964 | 2940 | before = string; |
| 1965 | 2941 | } |
| 1966 | if (*before == 0) { | |
| 2942 | if (!*before) { | |
| 1967 | 2943 | break; |
| 1968 | 2944 | } |
| 1969 | 2945 | |
| 1971 | 2947 | * There's a percent sequence here. Process it. |
| 1972 | 2948 | */ |
| 1973 | 2949 | |
| 1974 | number = 0; | |
| 2950 | number = NO_NUMBER; | |
| 1975 | 2951 | string = "??"; |
| 2952 | ||
| 1976 | 2953 | switch (before[1]) { |
| 1977 | 2954 | case '#': |
| 1978 | number = eventPtr->xany.serial; | |
| 1979 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2955 | number = evPtr->xany.serial; | |
| 2956 | break; | |
| 1980 | 2957 | case 'a': |
| 1981 | 2958 | if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 1982 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xconfigure.above); | |
| 2959 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xconfigure.above); | |
| 1983 | 2960 | string = numStorage; |
| 1984 | 2961 | } |
| 1985 | goto doString; | |
| 2962 | break; | |
| 1986 | 2963 | case 'b': |
| 1987 | 2964 | if (flags & BUTTON) { |
| 1988 | number = eventPtr->xbutton.button; | |
| 1989 | goto doNumber; | |
| 1990 | } | |
| 1991 | goto doString; | |
| 2965 | number = evPtr->xbutton.button; | |
| 2966 | } | |
| 2967 | break; | |
| 1992 | 2968 | case 'c': |
| 1993 | 2969 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 1994 | number = eventPtr->xexpose.count; | |
| 1995 | goto doNumber; | |
| 1996 | } | |
| 1997 | goto doString; | |
| 2970 | number = evPtr->xexpose.count; | |
| 2971 | } | |
| 2972 | break; | |
| 1998 | 2973 | case 'd': |
| 1999 | 2974 | if (flags & (CROSSING|FOCUS)) { |
| 2000 | if (flags & FOCUS) { | |
| 2001 | number = eventPtr->xfocus.detail; | |
| 2002 | } else { | |
| 2003 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.detail; | |
| 2004 | } | |
| 2005 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyDetail, number); | |
| 2975 | int detail = (flags & FOCUS) ? evPtr->xfocus.detail : evPtr->xcrossing.detail; | |
| 2976 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyDetail, detail); | |
| 2006 | 2977 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2007 | if (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask & CWStackMode) { | |
| 2008 | string = TkFindStateString(configureRequestDetail, | |
| 2009 | eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.detail); | |
| 2978 | if (evPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask & CWStackMode) { | |
| 2979 | string = TkFindStateString(configureRequestDetail, evPtr->xconfigurerequest.detail); | |
| 2010 | 2980 | } else { |
| 2011 | 2981 | string = ""; |
| 2012 | 2982 | } |
| 2013 | 2983 | } else if (flags & VIRTUAL) { |
| 2014 | XVirtualEvent *vePtr = (XVirtualEvent *) eventPtr; | |
| 2015 | ||
| 2016 | if (vePtr->user_data != NULL) { | |
| 2017 | string = Tcl_GetString(vePtr->user_data); | |
| 2018 | } else { | |
| 2019 | string = ""; | |
| 2020 | } | |
| 2021 | } | |
| 2022 | goto doString; | |
| 2984 | XVirtualEvent *vePtr = (XVirtualEvent *) evPtr; | |
| 2985 | string = vePtr->user_data ? Tcl_GetString(vePtr->user_data) : ""; | |
| 2986 | } | |
| 2987 | break; | |
| 2023 | 2988 | case 'f': |
| 2024 | 2989 | if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2025 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.focus; | |
| 2026 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2027 | } | |
| 2028 | goto doString; | |
| 2990 | number = evPtr->xcrossing.focus; | |
| 2991 | } | |
| 2992 | break; | |
| 2029 | 2993 | case 'h': |
| 2030 | 2994 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 2031 | number = eventPtr->xexpose.height; | |
| 2995 | number = evPtr->xexpose.height; | |
| 2032 | 2996 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 2033 | number = eventPtr->xconfigure.height; | |
| 2997 | number = evPtr->xconfigure.height; | |
| 2034 | 2998 | } else if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2035 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.height; | |
| 2999 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.height; | |
| 2036 | 3000 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2037 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height; | |
| 3001 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.height; | |
| 2038 | 3002 | } else if (flags & RESIZEREQ) { |
| 2039 | number = eventPtr->xresizerequest.height; | |
| 2040 | } else { | |
| 2041 | goto doString; | |
| 2042 | } | |
| 2043 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3003 | number = evPtr->xresizerequest.height; | |
| 3004 | } | |
| 3005 | break; | |
| 2044 | 3006 | case 'i': |
| 2045 | 3007 | if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2046 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window); | |
| 3008 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xcreatewindow.window); | |
| 2047 | 3009 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2048 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, | |
| 2049 | eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.window); | |
| 3010 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xconfigurerequest.window); | |
| 2050 | 3011 | } else if (flags & MAPREQ) { |
| 2051 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xmaprequest.window); | |
| 3012 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xmaprequest.window); | |
| 2052 | 3013 | } else { |
| 2053 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 3014 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2054 | 3015 | } |
| 2055 | 3016 | string = numStorage; |
| 2056 | goto doString; | |
| 3017 | break; | |
| 2057 | 3018 | case 'k': |
| 2058 | if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 2059 | number = eventPtr->xkey.keycode; | |
| 2060 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2061 | } | |
| 2062 | goto doString; | |
| 3019 | if ((flags & KEY) && evPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3020 | number = evPtr->xkey.keycode; | |
| 3021 | } | |
| 3022 | break; | |
| 2063 | 3023 | case 'm': |
| 2064 | 3024 | if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2065 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.mode; | |
| 2066 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, number); | |
| 3025 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, evPtr->xcrossing.mode); | |
| 2067 | 3026 | } else if (flags & FOCUS) { |
| 2068 | number = eventPtr->xfocus.mode; | |
| 2069 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, number); | |
| 2070 | } | |
| 2071 | goto doString; | |
| 3027 | string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, evPtr->xfocus.mode); | |
| 3028 | } | |
| 3029 | break; | |
| 2072 | 3030 | case 'o': |
| 2073 | 3031 | if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2074 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.override_redirect; | |
| 3032 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.override_redirect; | |
| 2075 | 3033 | } else if (flags & MAP) { |
| 2076 | number = eventPtr->xmap.override_redirect; | |
| 3034 | number = evPtr->xmap.override_redirect; | |
| 2077 | 3035 | } else if (flags & REPARENT) { |
| 2078 | number = eventPtr->xreparent.override_redirect; | |
| 3036 | number = evPtr->xreparent.override_redirect; | |
| 2079 | 3037 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 2080 | number = eventPtr->xconfigure.override_redirect; | |
| 2081 | } else { | |
| 2082 | goto doString; | |
| 2083 | } | |
| 2084 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3038 | number = evPtr->xconfigure.override_redirect; | |
| 3039 | } | |
| 3040 | break; | |
| 2085 | 3041 | case 'p': |
| 2086 | 3042 | if (flags & CIRC) { |
| 2087 | string = TkFindStateString(circPlace, | |
| 2088 | eventPtr->xcirculate.place); | |
| 3043 | string = TkFindStateString(circPlace, evPtr->xcirculate.place); | |
| 2089 | 3044 | } else if (flags & CIRCREQ) { |
| 2090 | string = TkFindStateString(circPlace, | |
| 2091 | eventPtr->xcirculaterequest.place); | |
| 2092 | } | |
| 2093 | goto doString; | |
| 3045 | string = TkFindStateString(circPlace, evPtr->xcirculaterequest.place); | |
| 3046 | } | |
| 3047 | break; | |
| 2094 | 3048 | case 's': |
| 2095 | 3049 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { |
| 2096 | number = eventPtr->xkey.state; | |
| 2097 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3050 | number = evPtr->xkey.state; | |
| 2098 | 3051 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2099 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.state; | |
| 2100 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3052 | number = evPtr->xcrossing.state; | |
| 2101 | 3053 | } else if (flags & PROP) { |
| 2102 | string = TkFindStateString(propNotify, | |
| 2103 | eventPtr->xproperty.state); | |
| 3054 | string = TkFindStateString(propNotify, evPtr->xproperty.state); | |
| 2104 | 3055 | } else if (flags & VISIBILITY) { |
| 2105 | string = TkFindStateString(visNotify, | |
| 2106 | eventPtr->xvisibility.state); | |
| 2107 | } | |
| 2108 | goto doString; | |
| 3056 | string = TkFindStateString(visNotify, evPtr->xvisibility.state); | |
| 3057 | } | |
| 3058 | break; | |
| 2109 | 3059 | case 't': |
| 2110 | 3060 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { |
| 2111 | number = (int) eventPtr->xkey.time; | |
| 3061 | number = (int) evPtr->xkey.time; | |
| 2112 | 3062 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2113 | number = (int) eventPtr->xcrossing.time; | |
| 3063 | number = (int) evPtr->xcrossing.time; | |
| 2114 | 3064 | } else if (flags & PROP) { |
| 2115 | number = (int) eventPtr->xproperty.time; | |
| 2116 | } else { | |
| 2117 | goto doString; | |
| 2118 | } | |
| 2119 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3065 | number = (int) evPtr->xproperty.time; | |
| 3066 | } | |
| 3067 | break; | |
| 2120 | 3068 | case 'v': |
| 2121 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask; | |
| 2122 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3069 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask; | |
| 3070 | break; | |
| 2123 | 3071 | case 'w': |
| 2124 | 3072 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 2125 | number = eventPtr->xexpose.width; | |
| 3073 | number = evPtr->xexpose.width; | |
| 2126 | 3074 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 2127 | number = eventPtr->xconfigure.width; | |
| 3075 | number = evPtr->xconfigure.width; | |
| 2128 | 3076 | } else if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2129 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.width; | |
| 3077 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.width; | |
| 2130 | 3078 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2131 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width; | |
| 3079 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.width; | |
| 2132 | 3080 | } else if (flags & RESIZEREQ) { |
| 2133 | number = eventPtr->xresizerequest.width; | |
| 2134 | } else { | |
| 2135 | goto doString; | |
| 2136 | } | |
| 2137 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3081 | number = evPtr->xresizerequest.width; | |
| 3082 | } | |
| 3083 | break; | |
| 2138 | 3084 | case 'x': |
| 2139 | 3085 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { |
| 2140 | number = eventPtr->xkey.x; | |
| 3086 | number = evPtr->xkey.x; | |
| 2141 | 3087 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2142 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.x; | |
| 3088 | number = evPtr->xcrossing.x; | |
| 2143 | 3089 | } else if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 2144 | number = eventPtr->xexpose.x; | |
| 3090 | number = evPtr->xexpose.x; | |
| 2145 | 3091 | } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) { |
| 2146 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.x; | |
| 3092 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.x; | |
| 2147 | 3093 | } else if (flags & REPARENT) { |
| 2148 | number = eventPtr->xreparent.x; | |
| 3094 | number = evPtr->xreparent.x; | |
| 2149 | 3095 | } else if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2150 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.x; | |
| 3096 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.x; | |
| 2151 | 3097 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2152 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x; | |
| 2153 | } else { | |
| 2154 | goto doString; | |
| 2155 | } | |
| 2156 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3098 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.x; | |
| 3099 | } | |
| 3100 | break; | |
| 2157 | 3101 | case 'y': |
| 2158 | 3102 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { |
| 2159 | number = eventPtr->xkey.y; | |
| 3103 | number = evPtr->xkey.y; | |
| 2160 | 3104 | } else if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 2161 | number = eventPtr->xexpose.y; | |
| 3105 | number = evPtr->xexpose.y; | |
| 2162 | 3106 | } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) { |
| 2163 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.y; | |
| 3107 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.y; | |
| 2164 | 3108 | } else if (flags & REPARENT) { |
| 2165 | number = eventPtr->xreparent.y; | |
| 3109 | number = evPtr->xreparent.y; | |
| 2166 | 3110 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 2167 | number = eventPtr->xcrossing.y; | |
| 3111 | number = evPtr->xcrossing.y; | |
| 2168 | 3112 | } else if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2169 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.y; | |
| 3113 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.y; | |
| 2170 | 3114 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2171 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y; | |
| 2172 | } else { | |
| 2173 | goto doString; | |
| 2174 | } | |
| 2175 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3115 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.y; | |
| 3116 | } | |
| 3117 | break; | |
| 2176 | 3118 | case 'A': |
| 2177 | if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 3119 | if ((flags & KEY) && evPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 2178 | 3120 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buf); |
| 2179 | string = TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, &buf); | |
| 2180 | } | |
| 2181 | goto doString; | |
| 3121 | string = TkpGetString(winPtr, evPtr, &buf); | |
| 3122 | } | |
| 3123 | break; | |
| 2182 | 3124 | case 'B': |
| 2183 | 3125 | if (flags & CREATE) { |
| 2184 | number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.border_width; | |
| 3126 | number = evPtr->xcreatewindow.border_width; | |
| 2185 | 3127 | } else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) { |
| 2186 | number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.border_width; | |
| 3128 | number = evPtr->xconfigurerequest.border_width; | |
| 2187 | 3129 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 2188 | number = eventPtr->xconfigure.border_width; | |
| 2189 | } else { | |
| 2190 | goto doString; | |
| 2191 | } | |
| 2192 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3130 | number = evPtr->xconfigure.border_width; | |
| 3131 | } | |
| 3132 | break; | |
| 2193 | 3133 | case 'D': |
| 2194 | 3134 | /* |
| 2195 | 3135 | * This is used only by the MouseWheel event. |
| 2196 | 3136 | */ |
| 2197 | ||
| 2198 | if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type == MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 2199 | number = eventPtr->xkey.keycode; | |
| 2200 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2201 | } | |
| 2202 | goto doString; | |
| 3137 | if ((flags & KEY) && evPtr->type == MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3138 | number = evPtr->xkey.keycode; | |
| 3139 | } | |
| 3140 | break; | |
| 2203 | 3141 | case 'E': |
| 2204 | number = (int) eventPtr->xany.send_event; | |
| 2205 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3142 | number = (int) evPtr->xany.send_event; | |
| 3143 | break; | |
| 2206 | 3144 | case 'K': |
| 2207 | if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 2208 | const char *name = TkKeysymToString(keySym); | |
| 2209 | ||
| 2210 | if (name != NULL) { | |
| 3145 | if ((flags & KEY) && evPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3146 | const char *name = TkKeysymToString(eventPtr->detail.info); | |
| 3147 | if (name) { | |
| 2211 | 3148 | string = name; |
| 2212 | 3149 | } |
| 2213 | 3150 | } |
| 2214 | goto doString; | |
| 3151 | break; | |
| 2215 | 3152 | case 'M': |
| 2216 | 3153 | number = scriptCount; |
| 2217 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3154 | break; | |
| 2218 | 3155 | case 'N': |
| 2219 | if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 2220 | number = (int) keySym; | |
| 2221 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2222 | } | |
| 2223 | goto doString; | |
| 3156 | if ((flags & KEY) && evPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3157 | number = (int) eventPtr->detail.info; | |
| 3158 | } | |
| 3159 | break; | |
| 2224 | 3160 | case 'P': |
| 2225 | 3161 | if (flags & PROP) { |
| 2226 | string = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, | |
| 2227 | eventPtr->xproperty.atom); | |
| 2228 | } | |
| 2229 | goto doString; | |
| 3162 | string = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, evPtr->xproperty.atom); | |
| 3163 | } | |
| 3164 | break; | |
| 2230 | 3165 | case 'R': |
| 2231 | 3166 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 2232 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xkey.root); | |
| 3167 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xkey.root); | |
| 2233 | 3168 | string = numStorage; |
| 2234 | 3169 | } |
| 2235 | goto doString; | |
| 3170 | break; | |
| 2236 | 3171 | case 'S': |
| 2237 | 3172 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 2238 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xkey.subwindow); | |
| 3173 | TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, evPtr->xkey.subwindow); | |
| 2239 | 3174 | string = numStorage; |
| 2240 | 3175 | } |
| 2241 | goto doString; | |
| 3176 | break; | |
| 2242 | 3177 | case 'T': |
| 2243 | number = eventPtr->type; | |
| 2244 | goto doNumber; | |
| 3178 | number = evPtr->type; | |
| 3179 | break; | |
| 2245 | 3180 | case 'W': { |
| 2246 | Tk_Window tkwin; | |
| 2247 | ||
| 2248 | tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, | |
| 2249 | eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2250 | if (tkwin != NULL) { | |
| 3181 | Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(evPtr->xany.display, evPtr->xany.window); | |
| 3182 | if (tkwin) { | |
| 2251 | 3183 | string = Tk_PathName(tkwin); |
| 2252 | } else { | |
| 2253 | string = "??"; | |
| 2254 | } | |
| 2255 | goto doString; | |
| 3184 | } | |
| 3185 | break; | |
| 2256 | 3186 | } |
| 2257 | 3187 | case 'X': |
| 2258 | 3188 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 2259 | ||
| 2260 | number = eventPtr->xkey.x_root; | |
| 2261 | Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, | |
| 2262 | eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2263 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2264 | } | |
| 2265 | goto doString; | |
| 3189 | number = evPtr->xkey.x_root; | |
| 3190 | } | |
| 3191 | break; | |
| 2266 | 3192 | case 'Y': |
| 2267 | 3193 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 2268 | ||
| 2269 | number = eventPtr->xkey.y_root; | |
| 2270 | Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display, | |
| 2271 | eventPtr->xany.window); | |
| 2272 | goto doNumber; | |
| 2273 | } | |
| 2274 | goto doString; | |
| 3194 | number = evPtr->xkey.y_root; | |
| 3195 | } | |
| 3196 | break; | |
| 2275 | 3197 | default: |
| 2276 | 3198 | numStorage[0] = before[1]; |
| 2277 | 3199 | numStorage[1] = '\0'; |
| 2278 | 3200 | string = numStorage; |
| 2279 | goto doString; | |
| 2280 | } | |
| 2281 | ||
| 2282 | doNumber: | |
| 2283 | sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number); | |
| 2284 | string = numStorage; | |
| 2285 | ||
| 2286 | doString: | |
| 2287 | spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanElement(string, &cvtFlags); | |
| 2288 | length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); | |
| 2289 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); | |
| 2290 | spaceNeeded = Tcl_ConvertElement(string, | |
| 2291 | Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + length, | |
| 2292 | cvtFlags | TCL_DONT_USE_BRACES); | |
| 2293 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); | |
| 2294 | before += 2; | |
| 2295 | } | |
| 3201 | break; | |
| 3202 | } | |
| 3203 | ||
| 3204 | if (number != NO_NUMBER) { | |
| 3205 | snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%d", (int) number); | |
| 3206 | string = numStorage; | |
| 3207 | } | |
| 3208 | { /* local scope */ | |
| 3209 | int cvtFlags; | |
| 3210 | unsigned spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanElement(string, &cvtFlags); | |
| 3211 | unsigned length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); | |
| 3212 | ||
| 3213 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); | |
| 3214 | spaceNeeded = Tcl_ConvertElement( | |
| 3215 | string, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + length, cvtFlags | TCL_DONT_USE_BRACES); | |
| 3216 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded); | |
| 3217 | before += 2; | |
| 3218 | } | |
| 3219 | } | |
| 3220 | ||
| 2296 | 3221 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buf); |
| 2297 | 3222 | } |
| 2298 | 3223 | |
| 2323 | 3248 | char *dispName, /* Name of new display. */ |
| 2324 | 3249 | int screenIndex) /* Index of new screen. */ |
| 2325 | 3250 | { |
| 2326 | Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::ScreenChanged %s.%d", | |
| 2327 | dispName, screenIndex); | |
| 3251 | Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::ScreenChanged %s.%d", dispName, screenIndex); | |
| 2328 | 3252 | int code; |
| 2329 | 3253 | |
| 2330 | 3254 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 2331 | 3255 | code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
| 2332 | 3256 | if (code != TCL_OK) { |
| 2333 | Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, | |
| 2334 | "\n (changing screen in event binding)"); | |
| 3257 | Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (changing screen in event binding)"); | |
| 2335 | 3258 | Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code); |
| 2336 | 3259 | } |
| 2337 | 3260 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 2364 | 3287 | int index, i; |
| 2365 | 3288 | char *name; |
| 2366 | 3289 | const char *event; |
| 2367 | Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; | |
| 2368 | TkBindInfo bindInfo = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->bindInfo; | |
| 2369 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr = &bindInfo->virtualEventTable; | |
| 2370 | static const char *const optionStrings[] = { | |
| 2371 | "add", "delete", "generate", "info", | |
| 2372 | NULL | |
| 2373 | }; | |
| 2374 | enum options { | |
| 2375 | EVENT_ADD, EVENT_DELETE, EVENT_GENERATE, EVENT_INFO | |
| 2376 | }; | |
| 2377 | ||
| 3290 | Tk_Window tkwin; | |
| 3291 | TkBindInfo bindInfo; | |
| 3292 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr; | |
| 3293 | ||
| 3294 | static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "add", "delete", "generate", "info", NULL }; | |
| 3295 | enum options { EVENT_ADD, EVENT_DELETE, EVENT_GENERATE, EVENT_INFO }; | |
| 3296 | ||
| 3297 | assert(clientData); | |
| 2378 | 3298 | |
| 2379 | 3299 | if (objc < 2) { |
| 2380 | 3300 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?"); |
| 2381 | 3301 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2382 | 3302 | } |
| 2383 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, | |
| 2384 | sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3303 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct( | |
| 3304 | interp, objv[1], optionStrings, sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3305 | #ifdef SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 3306 | if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "debug") == 0) { | |
| 3307 | if (objc < 3) { | |
| 3308 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "debug number"); | |
| 3309 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3310 | } | |
| 3311 | Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &BindCount); | |
| 3312 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 3313 | } | |
| 3314 | #endif | |
| 2385 | 3315 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2386 | 3316 | } |
| 3317 | ||
| 3318 | tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; | |
| 3319 | bindInfo = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->bindInfo; | |
| 3320 | vetPtr = &bindInfo->virtualEventTable; | |
| 2387 | 3321 | |
| 2388 | 3322 | switch ((enum options) index) { |
| 2389 | 3323 | case EVENT_ADD: |
| 2390 | 3324 | if (objc < 4) { |
| 2391 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, | |
| 2392 | "virtual sequence ?sequence ...?"); | |
| 3325 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "virtual sequence ?sequence ...?"); | |
| 2393 | 3326 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2394 | 3327 | } |
| 2395 | 3328 | name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); |
| 2396 | for (i = 3; i < objc; i++) { | |
| 3329 | for (i = 3; i < objc; ++i) { | |
| 2397 | 3330 | event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); |
| 2398 | if (CreateVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3331 | if (!CreateVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event)) { | |
| 2399 | 3332 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2400 | 3333 | } |
| 2401 | 3334 | } |
| 2409 | 3342 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 2410 | 3343 | return DeleteVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, NULL); |
| 2411 | 3344 | } |
| 2412 | for (i = 3; i < objc; i++) { | |
| 3345 | for (i = 3; i < objc; ++i) { | |
| 2413 | 3346 | event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); |
| 2414 | 3347 | if (DeleteVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2415 | 3348 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2418 | 3351 | break; |
| 2419 | 3352 | case EVENT_GENERATE: |
| 2420 | 3353 | if (objc < 4) { |
| 2421 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, | |
| 2422 | "window event ?-option value ...?"); | |
| 3354 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window event ?-option value ...?"); | |
| 2423 | 3355 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2424 | 3356 | } |
| 2425 | 3357 | return HandleEventGenerate(interp, tkwin, objc - 2, objv + 2); |
| 2427 | 3359 | if (objc == 2) { |
| 2428 | 3360 | GetAllVirtualEvents(interp, vetPtr); |
| 2429 | 3361 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2430 | } else if (objc == 3) { | |
| 3362 | } | |
| 3363 | if (objc == 3) { | |
| 2431 | 3364 | return GetVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, objv[2]); |
| 2432 | } else { | |
| 2433 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?virtual?"); | |
| 2434 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 2435 | } | |
| 3365 | } | |
| 3366 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?virtual?"); | |
| 3367 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 2436 | 3368 | } |
| 2437 | 3369 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2438 | 3370 | } |
| 2456 | 3388 | |
| 2457 | 3389 | static void |
| 2458 | 3390 | InitVirtualEventTable( |
| 2459 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* Pointer to virtual event table. Memory is | |
| 2460 | * supplied by the caller. */ | |
| 2461 | { | |
| 2462 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->patternTable, | |
| 2463 | sizeof(PatternTableKey) / sizeof(int)); | |
| 3391 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* Pointer to virtual event table. Memory is supplied by the caller. */ | |
| 3392 | { | |
| 3393 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3394 | memset(vetPtr, 0, sizeof(*vetPtr)); | |
| 3395 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int)); | |
| 3396 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.listTable, sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int)); | |
| 2464 | 3397 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); |
| 3398 | PSList_Init(&vetPtr->lookupTables.entryPool); | |
| 2465 | 3399 | } |
| 2466 | 3400 | |
| 2467 | 3401 | /* |
| 2487 | 3421 | { |
| 2488 | 3422 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 2489 | 3423 | Tcl_HashSearch search; |
| 2490 | PatSeq *psPtr, *nextPtr; | |
| 2491 | ||
| 2492 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->patternTable, &search); | |
| 2493 | for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 2494 | psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 2495 | for ( ; psPtr != NULL; psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 3424 | ||
| 3425 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3426 | ||
| 3427 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->lookupTables.patternTable, &search); | |
| 3428 | for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 3429 | PatSeq *nextPtr; | |
| 3430 | PatSeq *psPtr; | |
| 3431 | ||
| 3432 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr; psPtr = nextPtr) { | |
| 3433 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 2496 | 3434 | nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; |
| 2497 | ckfree(psPtr->voPtr); | |
| 2498 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 2499 | } | |
| 2500 | } | |
| 2501 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->patternTable); | |
| 3435 | DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0;) | |
| 3436 | FreePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 3437 | } | |
| 3438 | } | |
| 3439 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.patternTable); | |
| 2502 | 3440 | |
| 2503 | 3441 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search); |
| 2504 | for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 3442 | for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 2505 | 3443 | ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)); |
| 2506 | 3444 | } |
| 2507 | 3445 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->nameTable); |
| 3446 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables.listTable); | |
| 3447 | ||
| 3448 | ClearLookupTable(&vetPtr->lookupTables, NULL); | |
| 3449 | DEBUG(countEntryItems -= PSList_Size(&vetPtr->lookupTables.entryPool);) | |
| 3450 | PSList_Traverse(&vetPtr->lookupTables.entryPool, FreePatSeqEntry); | |
| 2508 | 3451 | } |
| 2509 | 3452 | |
| 2510 | 3453 | /* |
| 2532 | 3475 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 2533 | 3476 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to augment virtual event. */ |
| 2534 | 3477 | char *virtString, /* Name of new virtual event. */ |
| 2535 | const char *eventString) /* String describing physical event that | |
| 2536 | * triggers virtual event. */ | |
| 3478 | const char *eventString) /* String describing physical event that triggers virtual event. */ | |
| 2537 | 3479 | { |
| 2538 | 3480 | PatSeq *psPtr; |
| 2539 | 3481 | int dummy; |
| 2540 | 3482 | Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr; |
| 2541 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 2542 | PhysicalsOwned *poPtr; | |
| 2543 | VirtualOwners *voPtr; | |
| 3483 | PhysOwned *owned; | |
| 2544 | 3484 | Tk_Uid virtUid; |
| 2545 | 3485 | |
| 2546 | virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString); | |
| 2547 | if (virtUid == NULL) { | |
| 2548 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3486 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3487 | assert(virtString); | |
| 3488 | assert(eventString); | |
| 3489 | ||
| 3490 | if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) { | |
| 3491 | return 0; | |
| 2549 | 3492 | } |
| 2550 | 3493 | |
| 2551 | 3494 | /* |
| 2552 | 3495 | * Find/create physical event |
| 2553 | 3496 | */ |
| 2554 | 3497 | |
| 2555 | psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->patternTable, NULL, eventString, | |
| 2556 | 1, 0, &eventMask); | |
| 2557 | if (psPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2558 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 2559 | } | |
| 3498 | if (!(psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->lookupTables, NULL, eventString, 1, 0, NULL))) { | |
| 3499 | return 0; | |
| 3500 | } | |
| 3501 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 2560 | 3502 | |
| 2561 | 3503 | /* |
| 2562 | 3504 | * Find/create virtual event. |
| 2568 | 3510 | * Make virtual event own the physical event. |
| 2569 | 3511 | */ |
| 2570 | 3512 | |
| 2571 | poPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 2572 | if (poPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2573 | poPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PhysicalsOwned)); | |
| 2574 | poPtr->numOwned = 0; | |
| 2575 | } else { | |
| 2576 | /* | |
| 2577 | * See if this virtual event is already defined for this physical | |
| 2578 | * event and just return if it is. | |
| 2579 | */ | |
| 2580 | ||
| 2581 | int i; | |
| 2582 | ||
| 2583 | for (i = 0; i < poPtr->numOwned; i++) { | |
| 2584 | if (poPtr->patSeqs[i] == psPtr) { | |
| 2585 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 2586 | } | |
| 2587 | } | |
| 2588 | poPtr = ckrealloc(poPtr, sizeof(PhysicalsOwned) | |
| 2589 | + poPtr->numOwned * sizeof(PatSeq *)); | |
| 2590 | } | |
| 2591 | Tcl_SetHashValue(vhPtr, poPtr); | |
| 2592 | poPtr->patSeqs[poPtr->numOwned] = psPtr; | |
| 2593 | poPtr->numOwned++; | |
| 2594 | ||
| 2595 | /* | |
| 2596 | * Make physical event so it can trigger the virtual event. | |
| 2597 | */ | |
| 2598 | ||
| 2599 | voPtr = psPtr->voPtr; | |
| 2600 | if (voPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2601 | voPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(VirtualOwners)); | |
| 2602 | voPtr->numOwners = 0; | |
| 2603 | } else { | |
| 2604 | voPtr = ckrealloc(voPtr, sizeof(VirtualOwners) | |
| 2605 | + voPtr->numOwners * sizeof(Tcl_HashEntry *)); | |
| 2606 | } | |
| 2607 | psPtr->voPtr = voPtr; | |
| 2608 | voPtr->owners[voPtr->numOwners] = vhPtr; | |
| 2609 | voPtr->numOwners++; | |
| 2610 | ||
| 2611 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 3513 | owned = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 3514 | ||
| 3515 | if (!PhysOwned_Contains(owned, psPtr)) { | |
| 3516 | PhysOwned_Append(&owned, psPtr); | |
| 3517 | Tcl_SetHashValue(vhPtr, owned); | |
| 3518 | DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 1;) | |
| 3519 | InsertPatSeq(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr); | |
| 3520 | /* Make physical event so it can trigger the virtual event. */ | |
| 3521 | VirtOwners_Append(&psPtr->ptr.owners, vhPtr); | |
| 3522 | } | |
| 3523 | ||
| 3524 | return 1; | |
| 2612 | 3525 | } |
| 2613 | 3526 | |
| 2614 | 3527 | /* |
| 2638 | 3551 | DeleteVirtualEvent( |
| 2639 | 3552 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 2640 | 3553 | VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to delete event. */ |
| 2641 | char *virtString, /* String describing event sequence that | |
| 2642 | * triggers binding. */ | |
| 2643 | const char *eventString) /* The event sequence that should be deleted, | |
| 2644 | * or NULL to delete all event sequences for | |
| 2645 | * the entire virtual event. */ | |
| 3554 | char *virtString, /* String describing event sequence that triggers binding. */ | |
| 3555 | const char *eventString) /* The event sequence that should be deleted, or NULL to delete | |
| 3556 | * all event sequences for the entire virtual event. */ | |
| 2646 | 3557 | { |
| 2647 | 3558 | int iPhys; |
| 2648 | 3559 | Tk_Uid virtUid; |
| 2649 | 3560 | Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr; |
| 2650 | PhysicalsOwned *poPtr; | |
| 2651 | PatSeq *eventPSPtr; | |
| 2652 | ||
| 2653 | virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString); | |
| 2654 | if (virtUid == NULL) { | |
| 3561 | PhysOwned *owned; | |
| 3562 | const PatSeq *eventPSPtr; | |
| 3563 | PatSeq *lastElemPtr; | |
| 3564 | ||
| 3565 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3566 | assert(virtString); | |
| 3567 | ||
| 3568 | if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString))) { | |
| 2655 | 3569 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2656 | 3570 | } |
| 2657 | 3571 | |
| 2658 | vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid); | |
| 2659 | if (vhPtr == NULL) { | |
| 3572 | if (!(vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid))) { | |
| 2660 | 3573 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2661 | 3574 | } |
| 2662 | poPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 3575 | owned = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 2663 | 3576 | |
| 2664 | 3577 | eventPSPtr = NULL; |
| 2665 | if (eventString != NULL) { | |
| 2666 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 3578 | if (eventString) { | |
| 3579 | LookupTables *lookupTables = &vetPtr->lookupTables; | |
| 2667 | 3580 | |
| 2668 | 3581 | /* |
| 2669 | 3582 | * Delete only the specific physical event associated with the virtual |
| 2671 | 3584 | * event doesn't own that physical event, return w/o doing anything. |
| 2672 | 3585 | */ |
| 2673 | 3586 | |
| 2674 | eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->patternTable, NULL, | |
| 2675 | eventString, 0, 0, &eventMask); | |
| 2676 | if (eventPSPtr == NULL) { | |
| 3587 | eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, lookupTables, NULL, eventString, 0, 0, NULL); | |
| 3588 | if (!eventPSPtr) { | |
| 2677 | 3589 | const char *string = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)); |
| 2678 | ||
| 2679 | return (string[0] != '\0') ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK; | |
| 2680 | } | |
| 2681 | } | |
| 2682 | ||
| 2683 | for (iPhys = poPtr->numOwned; --iPhys >= 0; ) { | |
| 2684 | PatSeq *psPtr = poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys]; | |
| 2685 | ||
| 2686 | if ((eventPSPtr == NULL) || (psPtr == eventPSPtr)) { | |
| 2687 | int iVirt; | |
| 2688 | VirtualOwners *voPtr; | |
| 3590 | return string[0] ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK; | |
| 3591 | } | |
| 3592 | } | |
| 3593 | ||
| 3594 | for (iPhys = PhysOwned_Size(owned); --iPhys >= 0; ) { | |
| 3595 | PatSeq *psPtr = PhysOwned_Get(owned, iPhys); | |
| 3596 | ||
| 3597 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr)); | |
| 3598 | ||
| 3599 | if (!eventPSPtr || psPtr == eventPSPtr) { | |
| 3600 | VirtOwners *owners = psPtr->ptr.owners; | |
| 3601 | int iVirt = VirtOwners_Find(owners, vhPtr); | |
| 3602 | ||
| 3603 | assert(iVirt != -1); /* otherwise we couldn't find owner, and this should not happen */ | |
| 2689 | 3604 | |
| 2690 | 3605 | /* |
| 2691 | 3606 | * Remove association between this physical event and the given |
| 2692 | 3607 | * virtual event that it triggers. |
| 2693 | 3608 | */ |
| 2694 | 3609 | |
| 2695 | voPtr = psPtr->voPtr; | |
| 2696 | for (iVirt = 0; iVirt < voPtr->numOwners; iVirt++) { | |
| 2697 | if (voPtr->owners[iVirt] == vhPtr) { | |
| 2698 | break; | |
| 2699 | } | |
| 2700 | } | |
| 2701 | if (iVirt == voPtr->numOwners) { | |
| 2702 | Tcl_Panic("DeleteVirtualEvent: couldn't find owner"); | |
| 2703 | } | |
| 2704 | voPtr->numOwners--; | |
| 2705 | if (voPtr->numOwners == 0) { | |
| 2706 | /* | |
| 2707 | * Removed last reference to this physical event, so remove it | |
| 2708 | * from physical->virtual map. | |
| 2709 | */ | |
| 2710 | ||
| 2711 | PatSeq *prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 2712 | ||
| 2713 | if (prevPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 2714 | if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2715 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr); | |
| 2716 | } else { | |
| 2717 | Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, | |
| 2718 | psPtr->nextSeqPtr); | |
| 2719 | } | |
| 2720 | } else { | |
| 2721 | for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 2722 | if (prevPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2723 | Tcl_Panic("DeleteVirtualEvent couldn't find on hash chain"); | |
| 2724 | } | |
| 2725 | if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) { | |
| 2726 | prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr; | |
| 2727 | break; | |
| 2728 | } | |
| 2729 | } | |
| 2730 | } | |
| 2731 | ckfree(psPtr->voPtr); | |
| 2732 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 2733 | } else { | |
| 3610 | if (VirtOwners_Size(owners) > 1) { | |
| 2734 | 3611 | /* |
| 2735 | 3612 | * This physical event still triggers some other virtual |
| 2736 | 3613 | * event(s). Consolidate the list of virtual owners for this |
| 2737 | 3614 | * physical event so it no longer triggers the given virtual |
| 2738 | 3615 | * event. |
| 2739 | 3616 | */ |
| 2740 | ||
| 2741 | voPtr->owners[iVirt] = voPtr->owners[voPtr->numOwners]; | |
| 3617 | VirtOwners_Set(owners, iVirt, VirtOwners_Back(owners)); | |
| 3618 | VirtOwners_PopBack(owners); | |
| 3619 | } else { | |
| 3620 | /* | |
| 3621 | * Removed last reference to this physical event, so remove it | |
| 3622 | * from lookup table. | |
| 3623 | */ | |
| 3624 | DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0;) | |
| 3625 | RemovePatSeqFromLookup(&vetPtr->lookupTables, psPtr); | |
| 3626 | DeletePatSeq(psPtr); | |
| 2742 | 3627 | } |
| 2743 | 3628 | |
| 2744 | 3629 | /* |
| 2745 | 3630 | * Now delete the virtual event's reference to the physical event. |
| 2746 | 3631 | */ |
| 2747 | 3632 | |
| 2748 | poPtr->numOwned--; | |
| 2749 | if (eventPSPtr != NULL && poPtr->numOwned != 0) { | |
| 3633 | lastElemPtr = PhysOwned_Back(owned); | |
| 3634 | ||
| 3635 | if (PhysOwned_PopBack(owned) > 0 && eventPSPtr) { | |
| 2750 | 3636 | /* |
| 2751 | 3637 | * Just deleting this one physical event. Consolidate list of |
| 2752 | 3638 | * owned physical events and return. |
| 2753 | 3639 | */ |
| 2754 | ||
| 2755 | poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys] = poPtr->patSeqs[poPtr->numOwned]; | |
| 3640 | if ((size_t) iPhys < PhysOwned_Size(owned)) { | |
| 3641 | PhysOwned_Set(owned, iPhys, lastElemPtr); | |
| 3642 | } | |
| 2756 | 3643 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2757 | 3644 | } |
| 2758 | 3645 | } |
| 2759 | 3646 | } |
| 2760 | 3647 | |
| 2761 | if (poPtr->numOwned == 0) { | |
| 3648 | if (PhysOwned_IsEmpty(owned)) { | |
| 2762 | 3649 | /* |
| 2763 | 3650 | * All the physical events for this virtual event were deleted, either |
| 2764 | 3651 | * because there was only one associated physical event or because the |
| 2765 | 3652 | * caller was deleting the entire virtual event. Now the virtual event |
| 2766 | 3653 | * itself should be deleted. |
| 2767 | 3654 | */ |
| 2768 | ||
| 2769 | ckfree(poPtr); | |
| 3655 | PhysOwned_Free(&owned); | |
| 2770 | 3656 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(vhPtr); |
| 2771 | 3657 | } |
| 2772 | 3658 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2801 | 3687 | Tcl_Obj *virtName) /* String describing virtual event. */ |
| 2802 | 3688 | { |
| 2803 | 3689 | Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr; |
| 2804 | int iPhys; | |
| 2805 | PhysicalsOwned *poPtr; | |
| 3690 | unsigned iPhys; | |
| 3691 | const PhysOwned *owned; | |
| 2806 | 3692 | Tk_Uid virtUid; |
| 2807 | 3693 | Tcl_Obj *resultObj; |
| 2808 | 3694 | |
| 2809 | virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, Tcl_GetString(virtName)); | |
| 2810 | if (virtUid == NULL) { | |
| 3695 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3696 | assert(virtName); | |
| 3697 | ||
| 3698 | if (!(virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, Tcl_GetString(virtName)))) { | |
| 2811 | 3699 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2812 | 3700 | } |
| 2813 | 3701 | |
| 2814 | vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid); | |
| 2815 | if (vhPtr == NULL) { | |
| 3702 | if (!(vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid))) { | |
| 2816 | 3703 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2817 | 3704 | } |
| 2818 | 3705 | |
| 2819 | 3706 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 2820 | poPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 2821 | for (iPhys = 0; iPhys < poPtr->numOwned; iPhys++) { | |
| 2822 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, | |
| 2823 | GetPatternObj(poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys])); | |
| 3707 | owned = Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr); | |
| 3708 | for (iPhys = 0; iPhys < PhysOwned_Size(owned); ++iPhys) { | |
| 3709 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, GetPatternObj(PhysOwned_Get(owned, iPhys))); | |
| 2824 | 3710 | } |
| 2825 | 3711 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); |
| 2826 | 3712 | |
| 2854 | 3740 | Tcl_HashSearch search; |
| 2855 | 3741 | Tcl_Obj *resultObj; |
| 2856 | 3742 | |
| 3743 | assert(vetPtr); | |
| 3744 | ||
| 2857 | 3745 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 2858 | 3746 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search); |
| 2859 | for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 2860 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 2861 | "<<%s>>", (char *) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr))); | |
| 3747 | for ( ; hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { | |
| 3748 | Tcl_Obj* msg = Tcl_ObjPrintf("<<%s>>", (char *) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr)); | |
| 3749 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, msg); | |
| 2862 | 3750 | } |
| 2863 | 3751 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); |
| 2864 | 3752 | } |
| 2905 | 3793 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 2906 | 3794 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 2907 | 3795 | { |
| 2908 | union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event; | |
| 3796 | union { XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual; } event; | |
| 3797 | ||
| 2909 | 3798 | const char *p; |
| 2910 | const char *name, *windowName; | |
| 2911 | int count, flags, synch, i, number, warp; | |
| 3799 | const char *name; | |
| 3800 | const char *windowName; | |
| 2912 | 3801 | Tcl_QueuePosition pos; |
| 2913 | 3802 | TkPattern pat; |
| 2914 | Tk_Window tkwin, tkwin2; | |
| 3803 | Tk_Window tkwin; | |
| 3804 | Tk_Window tkwin2; | |
| 2915 | 3805 | TkWindow *mainPtr; |
| 2916 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 3806 | EventMask eventMask; | |
| 2917 | 3807 | Tcl_Obj *userDataObj; |
| 3808 | int synch; | |
| 3809 | int warp; | |
| 3810 | unsigned count; | |
| 3811 | unsigned flags; | |
| 3812 | int number; | |
| 3813 | unsigned i; | |
| 2918 | 3814 | |
| 2919 | 3815 | static const char *const fieldStrings[] = { |
| 2920 | 3816 | "-when", "-above", "-borderwidth", "-button", |
| 2924 | 3820 | "-place", "-root", "-rootx", "-rooty", |
| 2925 | 3821 | "-sendevent", "-serial", "-state", "-subwindow", |
| 2926 | 3822 | "-time", "-warp", "-width", "-window", |
| 2927 | "-x", "-y", NULL | |
| 3823 | "-x", "-y", NULL | |
| 2928 | 3824 | }; |
| 2929 | 3825 | enum field { |
| 2930 | 3826 | EVENT_WHEN, EVENT_ABOVE, EVENT_BORDER, EVENT_BUTTON, |
| 2937 | 3833 | EVENT_X, EVENT_Y |
| 2938 | 3834 | }; |
| 2939 | 3835 | |
| 3836 | assert(mainWin); | |
| 3837 | ||
| 2940 | 3838 | windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); |
| 2941 | 3839 | if (!windowName[0]) { |
| 2942 | 3840 | tkwin = mainWin; |
| 2943 | } else if (NameToWindow(interp, mainWin, objv[0], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3841 | } else if (!NameToWindow(interp, mainWin, objv[0], &tkwin)) { | |
| 2944 | 3842 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2945 | 3843 | } |
| 2946 | 3844 | |
| 2947 | 3845 | mainPtr = (TkWindow *) mainWin; |
| 2948 | if ((tkwin == NULL) | |
| 2949 | || (mainPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr)) { | |
| 3846 | if (!tkwin || mainPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) { | |
| 2950 | 3847 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 2951 | 3848 | "window id \"%s\" doesn't exist in this application", |
| 2952 | 3849 | Tcl_GetString(objv[0]))); |
| 2953 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW", | |
| 2954 | Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), NULL); | |
| 3850 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), NULL); | |
| 2955 | 3851 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2956 | 3852 | } |
| 2957 | 3853 | |
| 2958 | 3854 | name = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); |
| 2959 | ||
| 2960 | 3855 | p = name; |
| 2961 | 3856 | eventMask = 0; |
| 2962 | 3857 | userDataObj = NULL; |
| 2963 | count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, &pat, &eventMask); | |
| 2964 | if (count == 0) { | |
| 3858 | if ((count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, &pat, &eventMask)) == 0) { | |
| 2965 | 3859 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2966 | 3860 | } |
| 2967 | if (count != 1) { | |
| 2968 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 2969 | "Double or Triple modifier not allowed", -1)); | |
| 3861 | if (count != 1u) { | |
| 3862 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, | |
| 3863 | Tcl_NewStringObj("Double, Triple, or Quadruple modifier not allowed", -1)); | |
| 2970 | 3864 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "BAD_MODIFIER", NULL); |
| 2971 | 3865 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2972 | 3866 | } |
| 2973 | if (*p != '\0') { | |
| 2974 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 2975 | "only one event specification allowed", -1)); | |
| 3867 | if (*p) { | |
| 3868 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("only one event specification allowed", -1)); | |
| 2976 | 3869 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "MULTIPLE", NULL); |
| 2977 | 3870 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2978 | 3871 | } |
| 2980 | 3873 | memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event)); |
| 2981 | 3874 | event.general.xany.type = pat.eventType; |
| 2982 | 3875 | event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tkwin)); |
| 2983 | event.general.xany.send_event = False; | |
| 3876 | event.general.xany.send_event = 0; | |
| 2984 | 3877 | if (windowName[0]) { |
| 2985 | 3878 | event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 2986 | 3879 | } else { |
| 2987 | event.general.xany.window = | |
| 2988 | RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin)); | |
| 3880 | event.general.xany.window = RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin)); | |
| 2989 | 3881 | } |
| 2990 | 3882 | event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 2991 | 3883 | |
| 2994 | 3886 | /* |
| 2995 | 3887 | * Event DestroyNotify should be generated by destroying the window. |
| 2996 | 3888 | */ |
| 2997 | ||
| 2998 | 3889 | Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin); |
| 2999 | 3890 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3000 | 3891 | } |
| 3001 | 3892 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) { |
| 3002 | event.general.xkey.state = pat.needMods; | |
| 3003 | if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xany.type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 3004 | TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, pat.detail.keySym, &event.general); | |
| 3893 | event.general.xkey.state = pat.modMask; | |
| 3894 | if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xany.type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3895 | TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, pat.info, &event.general); | |
| 3005 | 3896 | } else if (flags & BUTTON) { |
| 3006 | event.general.xbutton.button = pat.detail.button; | |
| 3897 | event.general.xbutton.button = pat.info; | |
| 3007 | 3898 | } else if (flags & VIRTUAL) { |
| 3008 | event.virtual.name = pat.detail.name; | |
| 3899 | event.virtual.name = pat.name; | |
| 3009 | 3900 | } |
| 3010 | 3901 | } |
| 3011 | 3902 | if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) { |
| 3017 | 3908 | event.general.xkey.y_root = -1; |
| 3018 | 3909 | } |
| 3019 | 3910 | |
| 3020 | if (event.general.xany.type == FocusIn | |
| 3021 | || event.general.xany.type == FocusOut) { | |
| 3911 | if (event.general.xany.type == FocusIn || event.general.xany.type == FocusOut) { | |
| 3022 | 3912 | event.general.xany.send_event = GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC; |
| 3023 | 3913 | } |
| 3024 | 3914 | |
| 3025 | 3915 | /* |
| 3026 | * Process the remaining arguments to fill in additional fields of the | |
| 3027 | * event. | |
| 3916 | * Process the remaining arguments to fill in additional fields of the event. | |
| 3028 | 3917 | */ |
| 3029 | 3918 | |
| 3030 | 3919 | synch = 1; |
| 3031 | 3920 | warp = 0; |
| 3032 | 3921 | pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL; |
| 3033 | for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) { | |
| 3922 | ||
| 3923 | for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) objc; i += 2) { | |
| 3034 | 3924 | Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr; |
| 3925 | int badOpt = 0; | |
| 3035 | 3926 | int index; |
| 3036 | 3927 | |
| 3037 | 3928 | optionPtr = objv[i]; |
| 3041 | 3932 | sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 3042 | 3933 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3043 | 3934 | } |
| 3044 | if (objc & 1) { | |
| 3935 | if (IsOdd(objc)) { | |
| 3045 | 3936 | /* |
| 3046 | 3937 | * This test occurs after Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() so that "event |
| 3047 | 3938 | * generate <Button> -xyz" will return the error message that |
| 3061 | 3952 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3062 | 3953 | } |
| 3063 | 3954 | if (!(flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL)) { |
| 3064 | goto badopt; | |
| 3955 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3065 | 3956 | } |
| 3066 | 3957 | break; |
| 3067 | 3958 | case EVENT_WHEN: |
| 3068 | pos = (Tcl_QueuePosition) TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, | |
| 3069 | queuePosition, valuePtr); | |
| 3959 | pos = (Tcl_QueuePosition) TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, queuePosition, valuePtr); | |
| 3070 | 3960 | if ((int) pos < -1) { |
| 3071 | 3961 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3072 | 3962 | } |
| 3073 | synch = 0; | |
| 3074 | if ((int) pos == -1) { | |
| 3075 | synch = 1; | |
| 3076 | } | |
| 3963 | synch = ((int) pos == -1); | |
| 3077 | 3964 | break; |
| 3078 | 3965 | case EVENT_ABOVE: |
| 3079 | if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3966 | if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) { | |
| 3080 | 3967 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3081 | 3968 | } |
| 3082 | 3969 | if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 3083 | 3970 | event.general.xconfigure.above = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2); |
| 3084 | 3971 | } else { |
| 3085 | goto badopt; | |
| 3972 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3086 | 3973 | } |
| 3087 | 3974 | break; |
| 3088 | 3975 | case EVENT_BORDER: |
| 3089 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3976 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3090 | 3977 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3091 | 3978 | } |
| 3092 | 3979 | if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) { |
| 3093 | 3980 | event.general.xcreatewindow.border_width = number; |
| 3094 | 3981 | } else { |
| 3095 | goto badopt; | |
| 3982 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3096 | 3983 | } |
| 3097 | 3984 | break; |
| 3098 | 3985 | case EVENT_BUTTON: |
| 3102 | 3989 | if (flags & BUTTON) { |
| 3103 | 3990 | event.general.xbutton.button = number; |
| 3104 | 3991 | } else { |
| 3105 | goto badopt; | |
| 3992 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3106 | 3993 | } |
| 3107 | 3994 | break; |
| 3108 | 3995 | case EVENT_COUNT: |
| 3112 | 3999 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 3113 | 4000 | event.general.xexpose.count = number; |
| 3114 | 4001 | } else { |
| 3115 | goto badopt; | |
| 4002 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3116 | 4003 | } |
| 3117 | 4004 | break; |
| 3118 | 4005 | case EVENT_DATA: |
| 3122 | 4009 | * completes and we know that the event generation is really |
| 3123 | 4010 | * going to happen. |
| 3124 | 4011 | */ |
| 3125 | ||
| 3126 | 4012 | userDataObj = valuePtr; |
| 3127 | 4013 | } else { |
| 3128 | goto badopt; | |
| 4014 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3129 | 4015 | } |
| 3130 | 4016 | break; |
| 3131 | 4017 | case EVENT_DELTA: |
| 3132 | 4018 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { |
| 3133 | 4019 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3134 | 4020 | } |
| 3135 | if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 4021 | if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3136 | 4022 | event.general.xkey.keycode = number; |
| 3137 | 4023 | } else { |
| 3138 | goto badopt; | |
| 4024 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3139 | 4025 | } |
| 3140 | 4026 | break; |
| 3141 | 4027 | case EVENT_DETAIL: |
| 3142 | number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyDetail, | |
| 3143 | valuePtr); | |
| 4028 | number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyDetail, valuePtr); | |
| 3144 | 4029 | if (number < 0) { |
| 3145 | 4030 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3146 | 4031 | } |
| 3149 | 4034 | } else if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 3150 | 4035 | event.general.xcrossing.detail = number; |
| 3151 | 4036 | } else { |
| 3152 | goto badopt; | |
| 4037 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3153 | 4038 | } |
| 3154 | 4039 | break; |
| 3155 | 4040 | case EVENT_FOCUS: |
| 3159 | 4044 | if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 3160 | 4045 | event.general.xcrossing.focus = number; |
| 3161 | 4046 | } else { |
| 3162 | goto badopt; | |
| 4047 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3163 | 4048 | } |
| 3164 | 4049 | break; |
| 3165 | 4050 | case EVENT_HEIGHT: |
| 3166 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, | |
| 3167 | &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4051 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3168 | 4052 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3169 | 4053 | } |
| 3170 | 4054 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 3172 | 4056 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 3173 | 4057 | event.general.xconfigure.height = number; |
| 3174 | 4058 | } else { |
| 3175 | goto badopt; | |
| 4059 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3176 | 4060 | } |
| 3177 | 4061 | break; |
| 3178 | 4062 | case EVENT_KEYCODE: |
| 3179 | 4063 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { |
| 3180 | 4064 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3181 | 4065 | } |
| 3182 | if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xkey.type != MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 4066 | if ((flags & KEY) && event.general.xkey.type != MouseWheelEvent) { | |
| 3183 | 4067 | event.general.xkey.keycode = number; |
| 3184 | 4068 | } else { |
| 3185 | goto badopt; | |
| 4069 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3186 | 4070 | } |
| 3187 | 4071 | break; |
| 3188 | 4072 | case EVENT_KEYSYM: { |
| 3192 | 4076 | value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); |
| 3193 | 4077 | keysym = TkStringToKeysym(value); |
| 3194 | 4078 | if (keysym == NoSymbol) { |
| 3195 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3196 | "unknown keysym \"%s\"", value)); | |
| 3197 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYSYM", value, | |
| 3198 | NULL); | |
| 4079 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("unknown keysym \"%s\"", value)); | |
| 4080 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYSYM", value, NULL); | |
| 3199 | 4081 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3200 | 4082 | } |
| 3201 | 4083 | |
| 3202 | 4084 | TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keysym, &event.general); |
| 3203 | 4085 | if (event.general.xkey.keycode == 0) { |
| 3204 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3205 | "no keycode for keysym \"%s\"", value)); | |
| 3206 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYCODE", value, | |
| 3207 | NULL); | |
| 4086 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("no keycode for keysym \"%s\"", value)); | |
| 4087 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYCODE", value, NULL); | |
| 3208 | 4088 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3209 | 4089 | } |
| 3210 | if (!(flags & KEY) | |
| 3211 | || (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 3212 | goto badopt; | |
| 4090 | if (!(flags & KEY) || (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) { | |
| 4091 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3213 | 4092 | } |
| 3214 | 4093 | break; |
| 3215 | 4094 | } |
| 3216 | 4095 | case EVENT_MODE: |
| 3217 | number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp,optionPtr,notifyMode,valuePtr); | |
| 3218 | if (number < 0) { | |
| 4096 | if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyMode, valuePtr)) < 0) { | |
| 3219 | 4097 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3220 | 4098 | } |
| 3221 | 4099 | if (flags & CROSSING) { |
| 3223 | 4101 | } else if (flags & FOCUS) { |
| 3224 | 4102 | event.general.xfocus.mode = number; |
| 3225 | 4103 | } else { |
| 3226 | goto badopt; | |
| 4104 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3227 | 4105 | } |
| 3228 | 4106 | break; |
| 3229 | 4107 | case EVENT_OVERRIDE: |
| 3239 | 4117 | } else if (flags & CONFIG) { |
| 3240 | 4118 | event.general.xconfigure.override_redirect = number; |
| 3241 | 4119 | } else { |
| 3242 | goto badopt; | |
| 4120 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3243 | 4121 | } |
| 3244 | 4122 | break; |
| 3245 | 4123 | case EVENT_PLACE: |
| 3246 | number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, circPlace, valuePtr); | |
| 3247 | if (number < 0) { | |
| 4124 | if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, circPlace, valuePtr)) < 0) { | |
| 3248 | 4125 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3249 | 4126 | } |
| 3250 | 4127 | if (flags & CIRC) { |
| 3251 | 4128 | event.general.xcirculate.place = number; |
| 3252 | 4129 | } else { |
| 3253 | goto badopt; | |
| 4130 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3254 | 4131 | } |
| 3255 | 4132 | break; |
| 3256 | 4133 | case EVENT_ROOT: |
| 3257 | if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4134 | if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) { | |
| 3258 | 4135 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3259 | 4136 | } |
| 3260 | 4137 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3261 | 4138 | event.general.xkey.root = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2); |
| 3262 | 4139 | } else { |
| 3263 | goto badopt; | |
| 4140 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3264 | 4141 | } |
| 3265 | 4142 | break; |
| 3266 | 4143 | case EVENT_ROOTX: |
| 3267 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4144 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3268 | 4145 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3269 | 4146 | } |
| 3270 | 4147 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3271 | 4148 | event.general.xkey.x_root = number; |
| 3272 | 4149 | } else { |
| 3273 | goto badopt; | |
| 4150 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3274 | 4151 | } |
| 3275 | 4152 | break; |
| 3276 | 4153 | case EVENT_ROOTY: |
| 3277 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4154 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3278 | 4155 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3279 | 4156 | } |
| 3280 | 4157 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3281 | 4158 | event.general.xkey.y_root = number; |
| 3282 | 4159 | } else { |
| 3283 | goto badopt; | |
| 4160 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3284 | 4161 | } |
| 3285 | 4162 | break; |
| 3286 | 4163 | case EVENT_SEND: { |
| 3292 | 4169 | * Allow arbitrary integer values for the field; they are |
| 3293 | 4170 | * needed by a few of the tests in the Tk test suite. |
| 3294 | 4171 | */ |
| 3295 | ||
| 3296 | 4172 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { |
| 3297 | 4173 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3298 | 4174 | } |
| 3299 | } else { | |
| 3300 | if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3301 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4175 | if (number) { | |
| 4176 | /* | |
| 4177 | * send_event only expects 1 or 0. We cannot allow arbitrary non-zero | |
| 4178 | * values, otherwise the thing with GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC will not | |
| 4179 | * work. | |
| 4180 | */ | |
| 4181 | number = 1; | |
| 3302 | 4182 | } |
| 3303 | } | |
| 3304 | event.general.xany.send_event = number; | |
| 4183 | } else if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4184 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4185 | } | |
| 4186 | event.general.xany.send_event |= number; | |
| 3305 | 4187 | break; |
| 3306 | 4188 | } |
| 3307 | 4189 | case EVENT_SERIAL: |
| 3321 | 4203 | event.general.xcrossing.state = number; |
| 3322 | 4204 | } |
| 3323 | 4205 | } else if (flags & VISIBILITY) { |
| 3324 | number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, visNotify, | |
| 3325 | valuePtr); | |
| 3326 | if (number < 0) { | |
| 4206 | if ((number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, visNotify, valuePtr)) < 0) { | |
| 3327 | 4207 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3328 | 4208 | } |
| 3329 | 4209 | event.general.xvisibility.state = number; |
| 3330 | 4210 | } else { |
| 3331 | goto badopt; | |
| 4211 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3332 | 4212 | } |
| 3333 | 4213 | break; |
| 3334 | 4214 | case EVENT_SUBWINDOW: |
| 3335 | if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4215 | if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) { | |
| 3336 | 4216 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3337 | 4217 | } |
| 3338 | 4218 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3339 | 4219 | event.general.xkey.subwindow = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2); |
| 3340 | 4220 | } else { |
| 3341 | goto badopt; | |
| 3342 | } | |
| 3343 | break; | |
| 3344 | case EVENT_TIME: | |
| 3345 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4221 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 4222 | } | |
| 4223 | break; | |
| 4224 | case EVENT_TIME: { | |
| 4225 | if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(valuePtr), "current") == 0) { | |
| 4226 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; | |
| 4227 | BindInfo *biPtr = mainPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo; | |
| 4228 | number = dispPtr->lastEventTime + (CurrentTimeInMilliSecs() - biPtr->lastCurrentTime); | |
| 4229 | } else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3346 | 4230 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3347 | 4231 | } |
| 3348 | 4232 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3350 | 4234 | } else if (flags & PROP) { |
| 3351 | 4235 | event.general.xproperty.time = number; |
| 3352 | 4236 | } else { |
| 3353 | goto badopt; | |
| 3354 | } | |
| 3355 | break; | |
| 4237 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 4238 | } | |
| 4239 | break; | |
| 4240 | } | |
| 3356 | 4241 | case EVENT_WIDTH: |
| 3357 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4242 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3358 | 4243 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3359 | 4244 | } |
| 3360 | 4245 | if (flags & EXPOSE) { |
| 3362 | 4247 | } else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) { |
| 3363 | 4248 | event.general.xcreatewindow.width = number; |
| 3364 | 4249 | } else { |
| 3365 | goto badopt; | |
| 4250 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3366 | 4251 | } |
| 3367 | 4252 | break; |
| 3368 | 4253 | case EVENT_WINDOW: |
| 3369 | if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4254 | if (!NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2)) { | |
| 3370 | 4255 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3371 | 4256 | } |
| 3372 | 4257 | if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) { |
| 3373 | 4258 | event.general.xcreatewindow.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2); |
| 3374 | 4259 | } else { |
| 3375 | goto badopt; | |
| 4260 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3376 | 4261 | } |
| 3377 | 4262 | break; |
| 3378 | 4263 | case EVENT_X: |
| 3379 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4264 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3380 | 4265 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3381 | 4266 | } |
| 3382 | 4267 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3399 | 4284 | } else if (flags & REPARENT) { |
| 3400 | 4285 | event.general.xreparent.x = number; |
| 3401 | 4286 | } else { |
| 3402 | goto badopt; | |
| 4287 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 3403 | 4288 | } |
| 3404 | 4289 | break; |
| 3405 | 4290 | case EVENT_Y: |
| 3406 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 4291 | if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3407 | 4292 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3408 | 4293 | } |
| 3409 | 4294 | if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) { |
| 3426 | 4311 | } else if (flags & REPARENT) { |
| 3427 | 4312 | event.general.xreparent.y = number; |
| 3428 | 4313 | } else { |
| 3429 | goto badopt; | |
| 3430 | } | |
| 3431 | break; | |
| 3432 | } | |
| 3433 | continue; | |
| 3434 | ||
| 3435 | badopt: | |
| 3436 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3437 | "%s event doesn't accept \"%s\" option", | |
| 3438 | name, Tcl_GetString(optionPtr))); | |
| 3439 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "BAD_OPTION", NULL); | |
| 3440 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4314 | badOpt = 1; | |
| 4315 | } | |
| 4316 | break; | |
| 4317 | } | |
| 4318 | ||
| 4319 | if (badOpt) { | |
| 4320 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 4321 | "%s event doesn't accept \"%s\" option", name, Tcl_GetString(optionPtr))); | |
| 4322 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "BAD_OPTION", NULL); | |
| 4323 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4324 | } | |
| 3441 | 4325 | } |
| 3442 | 4326 | |
| 3443 | 4327 | /* |
| 3444 | 4328 | * Don't generate events for windows that don't exist yet. |
| 3445 | 4329 | */ |
| 3446 | 4330 | |
| 3447 | if (!event.general.xany.window) { | |
| 3448 | goto done; | |
| 3449 | } | |
| 3450 | ||
| 3451 | if (userDataObj != NULL) { | |
| 4331 | if (event.general.xany.window) { | |
| 4332 | if (userDataObj) { | |
| 4333 | /* | |
| 4334 | * Must be virtual event to set that variable to non-NULL. Now we want | |
| 4335 | * to install the object into the event. Note that we must incr the | |
| 4336 | * refcount before firing it into the low-level event subsystem; the | |
| 4337 | * refcount will be decremented once the event has been processed. | |
| 4338 | */ | |
| 4339 | event.virtual.user_data = userDataObj; | |
| 4340 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(userDataObj); | |
| 4341 | } | |
| 3452 | 4342 | |
| 3453 | 4343 | /* |
| 3454 | * Must be virtual event to set that variable to non-NULL. Now we want | |
| 3455 | * to install the object into the event. Note that we must incr the | |
| 3456 | * refcount before firing it into the low-level event subsystem; the | |
| 3457 | * refcount will be decremented once the event has been processed. | |
| 4344 | * Now we have constructed the event, inject it into the event handling | |
| 4345 | * code. | |
| 3458 | 4346 | */ |
| 3459 | 4347 | |
| 3460 | event.virtual.user_data = userDataObj; | |
| 3461 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(userDataObj); | |
| 3462 | } | |
| 3463 | ||
| 3464 | /* | |
| 3465 | * Now we have constructed the event, inject it into the event handling | |
| 3466 | * code. | |
| 3467 | */ | |
| 3468 | ||
| 3469 | if (synch != 0) { | |
| 3470 | Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general); | |
| 3471 | } else { | |
| 3472 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, pos); | |
| 3473 | } | |
| 3474 | ||
| 3475 | /* | |
| 3476 | * We only allow warping if the window is mapped. | |
| 3477 | */ | |
| 3478 | ||
| 3479 | if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { | |
| 3480 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display); | |
| 3481 | ||
| 3482 | Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, | |
| 3483 | event.general.xmotion.window); | |
| 3484 | ||
| 3485 | if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) { | |
| 3486 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr); | |
| 3487 | dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP; | |
| 3488 | } | |
| 3489 | ||
| 3490 | if (warpWindow != dispPtr->warpWindow) { | |
| 3491 | if (warpWindow) { | |
| 3492 | Tcl_Preserve(warpWindow); | |
| 3493 | } | |
| 3494 | if (dispPtr->warpWindow) { | |
| 3495 | Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow); | |
| 3496 | } | |
| 3497 | dispPtr->warpWindow = warpWindow; | |
| 3498 | } | |
| 3499 | dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin; | |
| 3500 | dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x; | |
| 3501 | dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y; | |
| 3502 | } | |
| 3503 | ||
| 3504 | done: | |
| 4348 | if (synch) { | |
| 4349 | Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general); | |
| 4350 | } else { | |
| 4351 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, pos); | |
| 4352 | } | |
| 4353 | ||
| 4354 | /* | |
| 4355 | * We only allow warping if the window is mapped. | |
| 4356 | */ | |
| 4357 | ||
| 4358 | if (warp && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { | |
| 4359 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display); | |
| 4360 | ||
| 4361 | Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, event.general.xmotion.window); | |
| 4362 | ||
| 4363 | if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) { | |
| 4364 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr); | |
| 4365 | dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP; | |
| 4366 | } | |
| 4367 | ||
| 4368 | if (warpWindow != dispPtr->warpWindow) { | |
| 4369 | if (warpWindow) { | |
| 4370 | Tcl_Preserve(warpWindow); | |
| 4371 | } | |
| 4372 | if (dispPtr->warpWindow) { | |
| 4373 | Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow); | |
| 4374 | } | |
| 4375 | dispPtr->warpWindow = warpWindow; | |
| 4376 | } | |
| 4377 | dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin; | |
| 4378 | dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x; | |
| 4379 | dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y; | |
| 4380 | } | |
| 4381 | } | |
| 4382 | ||
| 3505 | 4383 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 3506 | 4384 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3507 | 4385 | } |
| 4386 | /* | |
| 4387 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 4388 | * | |
| 4389 | * NameToWindow -- | |
| 4390 | * | |
| 4391 | * Helper function for lookup of a window given its path name. Our | |
| 4392 | * version is able to handle window id's. | |
| 4393 | * | |
| 4394 | * Results: | |
| 4395 | * None. | |
| 4396 | * | |
| 4397 | * Side effects: | |
| 4398 | * None. | |
| 4399 | * | |
| 4400 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 4401 | */ | |
| 3508 | 4402 | |
| 3509 | 4403 | static int |
| 3510 | 4404 | NameToWindow( |
| 3513 | 4407 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains name or id string of window. */ |
| 3514 | 4408 | Tk_Window *tkwinPtr) /* Filled with token for window. */ |
| 3515 | 4409 | { |
| 3516 | const char *name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); | |
| 4410 | const char *name; | |
| 3517 | 4411 | Tk_Window tkwin; |
| 3518 | 4412 | |
| 4413 | assert(mainWin); | |
| 4414 | assert(objPtr); | |
| 4415 | assert(tkwinPtr); | |
| 4416 | ||
| 4417 | name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); | |
| 4418 | ||
| 3519 | 4419 | if (name[0] == '.') { |
| 3520 | tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, mainWin); | |
| 3521 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 3522 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4420 | if (!(tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, mainWin))) { | |
| 4421 | return 0; | |
| 3523 | 4422 | } |
| 3524 | 4423 | } else { |
| 3525 | 4424 | Window id; |
| 3526 | 4425 | |
| 4426 | tkwin = NULL; | |
| 4427 | ||
| 3527 | 4428 | /* |
| 3528 | * Check for the winPtr being valid, even if it looks ok to | |
| 4429 | * Check for the winPtr being valid, even if it looks okay to | |
| 3529 | 4430 | * TkpScanWindowId. [Bug #411307] |
| 3530 | 4431 | */ |
| 3531 | 4432 | |
| 3532 | if (TkpScanWindowId(NULL, name, &id) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 3533 | goto badWindow; | |
| 3534 | } | |
| 3535 | tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin), id); | |
| 3536 | if (tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 3537 | goto badWindow; | |
| 3538 | } | |
| 3539 | } | |
| 4433 | if (TkpScanWindowId(NULL, name, &id) == TCL_OK) { | |
| 4434 | tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin), id); | |
| 4435 | } | |
| 4436 | ||
| 4437 | if (!tkwin) { | |
| 4438 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad window name/identifier \"%s\"", name)); | |
| 4439 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW_ID", name, NULL); | |
| 4440 | return 0; | |
| 4441 | } | |
| 4442 | } | |
| 4443 | ||
| 4444 | assert(tkwin); | |
| 3540 | 4445 | *tkwinPtr = tkwin; |
| 3541 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 3542 | ||
| 3543 | badWindow: | |
| 3544 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3545 | "bad window name/identifier \"%s\"", name)); | |
| 3546 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "WINDOW_ID", name, NULL); | |
| 3547 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 4446 | return 1; | |
| 3548 | 4447 | } |
| 3549 | 4448 | |
| 3550 | 4449 | /* |
| 3568 | 4467 | ClientData clientData) |
| 3569 | 4468 | { |
| 3570 | 4469 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; |
| 4470 | ||
| 4471 | assert(clientData); | |
| 3571 | 4472 | |
| 3572 | 4473 | /* |
| 3573 | 4474 | * DoWarp was scheduled only if the window was mapped. It needs to be |
| 3577 | 4478 | * the whole screen. |
| 3578 | 4479 | */ |
| 3579 | 4480 | |
| 3580 | if ((dispPtr->warpWindow == NULL) || | |
| 3581 | (Tk_IsMapped(dispPtr->warpWindow) | |
| 3582 | && (Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow) != None))) { | |
| 4481 | if (!dispPtr->warpWindow || | |
| 4482 | (Tk_IsMapped(dispPtr->warpWindow) && Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow) != None)) { | |
| 3583 | 4483 | TkpWarpPointer(dispPtr); |
| 3584 | 4484 | XForceScreenSaver(dispPtr->display, ScreenSaverReset); |
| 3585 | 4485 | } |
| 3586 | 4486 | |
| 3587 | 4487 | if (dispPtr->warpWindow) { |
| 3588 | 4488 | Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow); |
| 3589 | dispPtr->warpWindow = None; | |
| 4489 | dispPtr->warpWindow = NULL; | |
| 3590 | 4490 | } |
| 3591 | 4491 | dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP; |
| 3592 | 4492 | } |
| 3619 | 4519 | Tk_Uid uid; |
| 3620 | 4520 | size_t length; |
| 3621 | 4521 | |
| 4522 | assert(virtString); | |
| 4523 | ||
| 3622 | 4524 | length = strlen(virtString); |
| 3623 | 4525 | |
| 3624 | if (length < 5 || virtString[0] != '<' || virtString[1] != '<' || | |
| 3625 | virtString[length - 2] != '>' || virtString[length - 1] != '>') { | |
| 3626 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3627 | "virtual event \"%s\" is badly formed", virtString)); | |
| 4526 | if (length < 5 | |
| 4527 | || virtString[0] != '<' | |
| 4528 | || virtString[1] != '<' | |
| 4529 | || virtString[length - 2] != '>' | |
| 4530 | || virtString[length - 1] != '>') { | |
| 4531 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("virtual event \"%s\" is badly formed", virtString)); | |
| 3628 | 4532 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "MALFORMED", NULL); |
| 3629 | 4533 | return NULL; |
| 3630 | 4534 | } |
| 3662 | 4566 | static PatSeq * |
| 3663 | 4567 | FindSequence( |
| 3664 | 4568 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ |
| 3665 | Tcl_HashTable *patternTablePtr, | |
| 3666 | /* Table to use for lookup. */ | |
| 3667 | ClientData object, /* For binding table, token for object with | |
| 3668 | * which binding is associated. For virtual | |
| 3669 | * event table, NULL. */ | |
| 3670 | const char *eventString, /* String description of pattern to match on. | |
| 3671 | * See user documentation for details. */ | |
| 3672 | int create, /* 0 means don't create the entry if it | |
| 3673 | * doesn't already exist. Non-zero means | |
| 3674 | * create. */ | |
| 3675 | int allowVirtual, /* 0 means that virtual events are not allowed | |
| 3676 | * in the sequence. Non-zero otherwise. */ | |
| 3677 | unsigned long *maskPtr) /* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types | |
| 3678 | * on which this pattern sequence depends. */ | |
| 3679 | { | |
| 3680 | TkPattern pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 3681 | int numPats, virtualFound; | |
| 3682 | const char *p; | |
| 4569 | LookupTables *lookupTables, /* Tables used for lookup. */ | |
| 4570 | ClientData object, /* For binding table, token for object with which binding is | |
| 4571 | * associated. For virtual event table, NULL. */ | |
| 4572 | const char *eventString, /* String description of pattern to match on. See user | |
| 4573 | * documentation for details. */ | |
| 4574 | int create, /* 0 means don't create the entry if it doesn't already exist. | |
| 4575 | * 1 means create. */ | |
| 4576 | int allowVirtual, /* 0 means that virtual events are not allowed in the sequence. | |
| 4577 | * 1 otherwise. */ | |
| 4578 | EventMask *maskPtr) /* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types on which this | |
| 4579 | * pattern sequence depends. */ | |
| 4580 | { | |
| 4581 | unsigned patsBufSize = 1; | |
| 4582 | unsigned numPats; | |
| 4583 | unsigned totalCount = 0; | |
| 4584 | int virtualFound = 0; | |
| 4585 | const char *p = eventString; | |
| 3683 | 4586 | TkPattern *patPtr; |
| 3684 | 4587 | PatSeq *psPtr; |
| 3685 | 4588 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 3686 | int flags, count, isNew; | |
| 3687 | size_t sequenceSize; | |
| 3688 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 4589 | int isNew; | |
| 4590 | unsigned count; | |
| 4591 | unsigned maxCount = 0; | |
| 4592 | EventMask eventMask = 0; | |
| 4593 | ModMask modMask = 0; | |
| 3689 | 4594 | PatternTableKey key; |
| 3690 | 4595 | |
| 4596 | assert(lookupTables); | |
| 4597 | assert(eventString); | |
| 4598 | ||
| 4599 | psPtr = ckalloc(PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(patsBufSize)); | |
| 4600 | ||
| 3691 | 4601 | /* |
| 3692 | *------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 3693 | * Step 1: parse the pattern string to produce an array of Patterns. The | |
| 3694 | * array is generated backwards, so that the lowest-indexed pattern | |
| 3695 | * corresponds to the last event that must occur. | |
| 3696 | *------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 4602 | *------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 4603 | * Step 1: parse the pattern string to produce an array of Patterns. | |
| 4604 | *------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 3697 | 4605 | */ |
| 3698 | 4606 | |
| 3699 | p = eventString; | |
| 3700 | flags = 0; | |
| 3701 | eventMask = 0; | |
| 3702 | virtualFound = 0; | |
| 3703 | ||
| 3704 | patPtr = &pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1]; | |
| 3705 | for (numPats = 0; numPats < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE; numPats++, patPtr--) { | |
| 3706 | while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 3707 | p++; | |
| 3708 | } | |
| 3709 | if (*p == '\0') { | |
| 3710 | break; | |
| 3711 | } | |
| 3712 | ||
| 3713 | count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, patPtr, &eventMask); | |
| 3714 | if (count == 0) { | |
| 4607 | for (patPtr = psPtr->pats, numPats = 0; *(p = SkipSpaces(p)); ++patPtr, ++numPats) { | |
| 4608 | if (numPats >= patsBufSize) { | |
| 4609 | unsigned pos = patPtr - psPtr->pats; | |
| 4610 | patsBufSize += patsBufSize; | |
| 4611 | psPtr = ckrealloc(psPtr, PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(patsBufSize)); | |
| 4612 | patPtr = psPtr->pats + pos; | |
| 4613 | } | |
| 4614 | ||
| 4615 | if ((count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, patPtr, &eventMask)) == 0) { | |
| 4616 | /* error encountered */ | |
| 4617 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 3715 | 4618 | return NULL; |
| 3716 | 4619 | } |
| 3717 | 4620 | |
| 3718 | 4621 | if (eventMask & VirtualEventMask) { |
| 3719 | if (allowVirtual == 0) { | |
| 4622 | if (!allowVirtual) { | |
| 3720 | 4623 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 3721 | "virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event", | |
| 3722 | -1)); | |
| 3723 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "INNER", | |
| 3724 | NULL); | |
| 4624 | "virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event", -1)); | |
| 4625 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "INNER", NULL); | |
| 4626 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 3725 | 4627 | return NULL; |
| 3726 | 4628 | } |
| 3727 | 4629 | virtualFound = 1; |
| 3728 | 4630 | } |
| 3729 | 4631 | |
| 3730 | /* | |
| 3731 | * Replicate events for DOUBLE, TRIPLE, QUADRUPLE. | |
| 3732 | */ | |
| 3733 | ||
| 3734 | while ((count-- > 1) && (numPats < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) { | |
| 3735 | flags |= PAT_NEARBY; | |
| 3736 | patPtr[-1] = patPtr[0]; | |
| 3737 | patPtr--; | |
| 3738 | numPats++; | |
| 3739 | } | |
| 4632 | if (count > 1u) { | |
| 4633 | maxCount = Max(count, maxCount); | |
| 4634 | } | |
| 4635 | ||
| 4636 | totalCount += count; | |
| 4637 | modMask |= patPtr->modMask; | |
| 3740 | 4638 | } |
| 3741 | 4639 | |
| 3742 | 4640 | /* |
| 3743 | *------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 3744 | * Step 2: find the sequence in the binding table if it exists, and add a | |
| 3745 | * new sequence to the table if it doesn't. | |
| 3746 | *------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 4641 | *------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 4642 | * Step 2: find the sequence in the binding table if it exists, and | |
| 4643 | * add a new sequence to the table if it doesn't. | |
| 4644 | *------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 3747 | 4645 | */ |
| 3748 | 4646 | |
| 3749 | 4647 | if (numPats == 0) { |
| 3750 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 3751 | "no events specified in binding", -1)); | |
| 4648 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("no events specified in binding", -1)); | |
| 3752 | 4649 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "NO_EVENTS", NULL); |
| 4650 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 3753 | 4651 | return NULL; |
| 3754 | 4652 | } |
| 3755 | if ((numPats > 1) && (virtualFound != 0)) { | |
| 3756 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 3757 | "virtual events may not be composed", -1)); | |
| 3758 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "COMPOSITION", | |
| 3759 | NULL); | |
| 4653 | if (numPats > 1u && virtualFound) { | |
| 4654 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("virtual events may not be composed", -1)); | |
| 4655 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "COMPOSITION", NULL); | |
| 4656 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 3760 | 4657 | return NULL; |
| 3761 | 4658 | } |
| 3762 | ||
| 3763 | patPtr = &pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-numPats]; | |
| 3764 | memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key)); | |
| 3765 | key.object = object; | |
| 3766 | key.type = patPtr->eventType; | |
| 3767 | key.detail = patPtr->detail; | |
| 3768 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(patternTablePtr, (char *) &key, &isNew); | |
| 3769 | sequenceSize = numPats*sizeof(TkPattern); | |
| 4659 | if (patsBufSize > numPats) { | |
| 4660 | psPtr = ckrealloc(psPtr, PATSEQ_MEMSIZE(numPats)); | |
| 4661 | } | |
| 4662 | ||
| 4663 | patPtr = psPtr->pats; | |
| 4664 | psPtr->object = object; | |
| 4665 | SetupPatternKey(&key, psPtr); | |
| 4666 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&lookupTables->patternTable, (char *) &key, &isNew); | |
| 3770 | 4667 | if (!isNew) { |
| 3771 | for (psPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL; | |
| 3772 | psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 3773 | if ((numPats == psPtr->numPats) | |
| 3774 | && ((flags & PAT_NEARBY) == (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY)) | |
| 3775 | && (memcmp(patPtr, psPtr->pats, sequenceSize) == 0)) { | |
| 3776 | goto done; | |
| 4668 | unsigned sequenceSize = numPats*sizeof(TkPattern); | |
| 4669 | PatSeq *psPtr2; | |
| 4670 | ||
| 4671 | for (psPtr2 = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr2; psPtr2 = psPtr2->nextSeqPtr) { | |
| 4672 | assert(TEST_PSENTRY(psPtr2)); | |
| 4673 | if (numPats == psPtr2->numPats && memcmp(patPtr, psPtr2->pats, sequenceSize) == 0) { | |
| 4674 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 4675 | if (maskPtr) { | |
| 4676 | *maskPtr = eventMask; | |
| 4677 | } | |
| 4678 | return psPtr2; | |
| 3777 | 4679 | } |
| 3778 | 4680 | } |
| 3779 | 4681 | } |
| 3790 | 4692 | * silently ignore missing bindings. |
| 3791 | 4693 | */ |
| 3792 | 4694 | |
| 4695 | ckfree(psPtr); | |
| 3793 | 4696 | return NULL; |
| 3794 | 4697 | } |
| 3795 | psPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PatSeq) + (numPats-1)*sizeof(TkPattern)); | |
| 4698 | ||
| 4699 | DEBUG(countSeqItems += 1;) | |
| 4700 | ||
| 3796 | 4701 | psPtr->numPats = numPats; |
| 4702 | psPtr->count = totalCount; | |
| 4703 | psPtr->number = lookupTables->number++; | |
| 4704 | psPtr->added = 0; | |
| 4705 | psPtr->modMaskUsed = (modMask != 0); | |
| 3797 | 4706 | psPtr->script = NULL; |
| 3798 | psPtr->flags = flags; | |
| 3799 | 4707 | psPtr->nextSeqPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); |
| 3800 | 4708 | psPtr->hPtr = hPtr; |
| 3801 | psPtr->voPtr = NULL; | |
| 3802 | psPtr->nextObjPtr = NULL; | |
| 4709 | psPtr->ptr.nextObj = NULL; | |
| 4710 | assert(psPtr->ptr.owners == NULL); | |
| 4711 | DEBUG(psPtr->owned = 0;) | |
| 3803 | 4712 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr); |
| 3804 | 4713 | |
| 3805 | memcpy(psPtr->pats, patPtr, sequenceSize); | |
| 3806 | ||
| 3807 | done: | |
| 3808 | *maskPtr = eventMask; | |
| 4714 | if (maskPtr) { | |
| 4715 | *maskPtr = eventMask; | |
| 4716 | } | |
| 3809 | 4717 | return psPtr; |
| 3810 | 4718 | } |
| 3811 | 4719 | |
| 3830 | 4738 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3831 | 4739 | */ |
| 3832 | 4740 | |
| 3833 | static int | |
| 4741 | /* helper function */ | |
| 4742 | static unsigned | |
| 4743 | FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4744 | Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 4745 | TkPattern *patPtr, | |
| 4746 | unsigned count, | |
| 4747 | Tcl_Obj* errorObj, | |
| 4748 | const char* errCode) | |
| 4749 | { | |
| 4750 | assert(patPtr); | |
| 4751 | assert(!errorObj == (count > 0)); | |
| 4752 | ||
| 4753 | if (errorObj) { | |
| 4754 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorObj); | |
| 4755 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", errCode, NULL); | |
| 4756 | } | |
| 4757 | patPtr->count = count; | |
| 4758 | return count; | |
| 4759 | } | |
| 4760 | ||
| 4761 | static unsigned | |
| 3834 | 4762 | ParseEventDescription( |
| 3835 | 4763 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */ |
| 3836 | const char **eventStringPtr,/* On input, holds a pointer to start of event | |
| 3837 | * string. On exit, gets pointer to rest of | |
| 3838 | * string after parsed event. */ | |
| 3839 | TkPattern *patPtr, /* Filled with the pattern parsed from the | |
| 3840 | * event string. */ | |
| 3841 | unsigned long *eventMaskPtr)/* Filled with event mask of matched event. */ | |
| 3842 | { | |
| 3843 | char *p; | |
| 3844 | unsigned long eventMask; | |
| 3845 | int count, eventFlags; | |
| 3846 | #define FIELD_SIZE 48 | |
| 3847 | char field[FIELD_SIZE]; | |
| 3848 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 3849 | Tcl_DString copy; | |
| 3850 | ||
| 3851 | Tcl_DStringInit(©); | |
| 3852 | p = Tcl_DStringAppend(©, *eventStringPtr, -1); | |
| 3853 | ||
| 3854 | patPtr->eventType = -1; | |
| 3855 | patPtr->needMods = 0; | |
| 3856 | patPtr->detail.clientData = 0; | |
| 3857 | ||
| 3858 | eventMask = 0; | |
| 3859 | count = 1; | |
| 4764 | const char **eventStringPtr,/* On input, holds a pointer to start of event string. On exit, | |
| 4765 | * gets pointer to rest of string after parsed event. */ | |
| 4766 | TkPattern *patPtr, /* Filled with the pattern parsed from the event string. */ | |
| 4767 | EventMask *eventMaskPtr) /* Filled with event mask of matched event. */ | |
| 4768 | { | |
| 4769 | const char *p; | |
| 4770 | EventMask eventMask = 0; | |
| 4771 | unsigned count = 1; | |
| 4772 | ||
| 4773 | assert(eventStringPtr); | |
| 4774 | assert(patPtr); | |
| 4775 | assert(eventMaskPtr); | |
| 4776 | ||
| 4777 | p = *eventStringPtr; | |
| 4778 | memset(patPtr, 0, sizeof(TkPattern)); /* otherwise memcmp doesn't work */ | |
| 3860 | 4779 | |
| 3861 | 4780 | /* |
| 3862 | 4781 | * Handle simple ASCII characters. |
| 3868 | 4787 | patPtr->eventType = KeyPress; |
| 3869 | 4788 | eventMask = KeyPressMask; |
| 3870 | 4789 | string[0] = *p; |
| 3871 | string[1] = 0; | |
| 3872 | patPtr->detail.keySym = TkStringToKeysym(string); | |
| 3873 | if (patPtr->detail.keySym == NoSymbol) { | |
| 3874 | if (isprint(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 3875 | patPtr->detail.keySym = *p; | |
| 3876 | } else { | |
| 3877 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3878 | "bad ASCII character 0x%x", UCHAR(*p))); | |
| 3879 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "BAD_CHAR", NULL); | |
| 3880 | count = 0; | |
| 3881 | goto done; | |
| 3882 | } | |
| 3883 | } | |
| 3884 | p++; | |
| 3885 | goto end; | |
| 3886 | } | |
| 3887 | ||
| 3888 | /* | |
| 3889 | * A fancier event description. This can be either a virtual event or a | |
| 3890 | * physical event. | |
| 3891 | * | |
| 3892 | * A virtual event description consists of: | |
| 3893 | * | |
| 3894 | * 1. double open angle brackets. | |
| 3895 | * 2. virtual event name. | |
| 3896 | * 3. double close angle brackets. | |
| 3897 | * | |
| 3898 | * A physical event description consists of: | |
| 3899 | * | |
| 3900 | * 1. open angle bracket. | |
| 3901 | * 2. any number of modifiers, each followed by spaces or dashes. | |
| 3902 | * 3. an optional event name. | |
| 3903 | * 4. an option button or keysym name. Either this or item 3 *must* be | |
| 3904 | * present; if both are present then they are separated by spaces or | |
| 3905 | * dashes. | |
| 3906 | * 5. a close angle bracket. | |
| 3907 | */ | |
| 3908 | ||
| 3909 | p++; | |
| 3910 | if (*p == '<') { | |
| 4790 | string[1] = '\0'; | |
| 4791 | patPtr->info = TkStringToKeysym(string); | |
| 4792 | if (patPtr->info == NoSymbol) { | |
| 4793 | if (!isprint(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 4794 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4795 | interp, | |
| 4796 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4797 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad ASCII character 0x%x", UCHAR(*p)), "BAD_CHAR"); | |
| 4798 | } | |
| 4799 | patPtr->info = *p; | |
| 4800 | } | |
| 4801 | ++p; | |
| 4802 | } else { | |
| 3911 | 4803 | /* |
| 3912 | * This is a virtual event: soak up all the characters up to the next | |
| 3913 | * '>'. | |
| 4804 | * A fancier event description. This can be either a virtual event or a physical event. | |
| 4805 | * | |
| 4806 | * A virtual event description consists of: | |
| 4807 | * | |
| 4808 | * 1. double open angle brackets. | |
| 4809 | * 2. virtual event name. | |
| 4810 | * 3. double close angle brackets. | |
| 4811 | * | |
| 4812 | * A physical event description consists of: | |
| 4813 | * | |
| 4814 | * 1. open angle bracket. | |
| 4815 | * 2. any number of modifiers, each followed by spaces or dashes. | |
| 4816 | * 3. an optional event name. | |
| 4817 | * 4. an option button or keysym name. Either this or item 3 *must* be present; if both | |
| 4818 | * are present then they are separated by spaces or dashes. | |
| 4819 | * 5. a close angle bracket. | |
| 3914 | 4820 | */ |
| 3915 | 4821 | |
| 3916 | char *field = p + 1; | |
| 3917 | ||
| 3918 | p = strchr(field, '>'); | |
| 3919 | if (p == field) { | |
| 3920 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 3921 | "virtual event \"<<>>\" is badly formed", -1)); | |
| 3922 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "MALFORMED", | |
| 3923 | NULL); | |
| 3924 | count = 0; | |
| 3925 | goto done; | |
| 3926 | } | |
| 3927 | if ((p == NULL) || (p[1] != '>')) { | |
| 3928 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 3929 | "missing \">\" in virtual binding", -1)); | |
| 3930 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "VIRTUAL", "MALFORMED", | |
| 3931 | NULL); | |
| 3932 | count = 0; | |
| 3933 | goto done; | |
| 3934 | } | |
| 3935 | *p = '\0'; | |
| 3936 | patPtr->eventType = VirtualEvent; | |
| 3937 | eventMask = VirtualEventMask; | |
| 3938 | patPtr->detail.name = Tk_GetUid(field); | |
| 3939 | *p = '>'; | |
| 3940 | ||
| 3941 | p += 2; | |
| 3942 | goto end; | |
| 3943 | } | |
| 3944 | ||
| 3945 | while (1) { | |
| 3946 | ModInfo *modPtr; | |
| 3947 | ||
| 3948 | p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE); | |
| 3949 | if (*p == '>') { | |
| 4822 | ++p; | |
| 4823 | if (*p == '<') { | |
| 3950 | 4824 | /* |
| 3951 | * This solves the problem of, e.g., <Control-M> being | |
| 3952 | * misinterpreted as Control + Meta + missing keysym instead of | |
| 3953 | * Control + KeyPress + M. | |
| 4825 | * This is a virtual event: soak up all the characters up to the next '>'. | |
| 3954 | 4826 | */ |
| 3955 | 4827 | |
| 3956 | break; | |
| 3957 | } | |
| 3958 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&modTable, field); | |
| 3959 | if (hPtr == NULL) { | |
| 3960 | break; | |
| 3961 | } | |
| 3962 | modPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 3963 | patPtr->needMods |= modPtr->mask; | |
| 3964 | if (modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS) { | |
| 3965 | int i = modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS; | |
| 3966 | ||
| 3967 | count = 2; | |
| 3968 | while (i >>= 1) { | |
| 3969 | count++; | |
| 3970 | } | |
| 3971 | } | |
| 3972 | while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 3973 | p++; | |
| 3974 | } | |
| 3975 | } | |
| 3976 | ||
| 3977 | eventFlags = 0; | |
| 3978 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&eventTable, field); | |
| 3979 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 3980 | const EventInfo *eiPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 3981 | ||
| 3982 | patPtr->eventType = eiPtr->type; | |
| 3983 | eventFlags = flagArray[eiPtr->type]; | |
| 3984 | eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask; | |
| 3985 | while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 3986 | p++; | |
| 3987 | } | |
| 3988 | p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE); | |
| 3989 | } | |
| 3990 | if (*field != '\0') { | |
| 3991 | if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '5') && (field[1] == '\0')) { | |
| 3992 | if (eventFlags == 0) { | |
| 3993 | patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress; | |
| 3994 | eventMask = ButtonPressMask; | |
| 3995 | } else if (eventFlags & KEY) { | |
| 3996 | goto getKeysym; | |
| 3997 | } else if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) { | |
| 3998 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3999 | "specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", | |
| 4000 | field)); | |
| 4001 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "NON_BUTTON", NULL); | |
| 4002 | count = 0; | |
| 4003 | goto done; | |
| 4004 | } | |
| 4005 | patPtr->detail.button = (*field - '0'); | |
| 4828 | const char *field = p + 1; | |
| 4829 | char buf[256]; | |
| 4830 | char* bufPtr = buf; | |
| 4831 | unsigned size; | |
| 4832 | ||
| 4833 | p = strchr(field, '>'); | |
| 4834 | if (p == field) { | |
| 4835 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4836 | interp, | |
| 4837 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4838 | Tcl_NewStringObj("virtual event \"<<>>\" is badly formed", -1), "MALFORMED"); | |
| 4839 | } | |
| 4840 | if (!p || p[1] != '>') { | |
| 4841 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4842 | interp, | |
| 4843 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4844 | Tcl_NewStringObj("missing \">\" in virtual binding", -1), "MALFORMED"); | |
| 4845 | } | |
| 4846 | ||
| 4847 | size = p - field; | |
| 4848 | if (size >= sizeof(buf)) { | |
| 4849 | bufPtr = ckalloc(size + 1); | |
| 4850 | } | |
| 4851 | strncpy(bufPtr, field, size); | |
| 4852 | bufPtr[size] = '\0'; | |
| 4853 | eventMask = VirtualEventMask; | |
| 4854 | patPtr->eventType = VirtualEvent; | |
| 4855 | patPtr->name = Tk_GetUid(bufPtr); | |
| 4856 | if (bufPtr != buf) { | |
| 4857 | ckfree(bufPtr); | |
| 4858 | } | |
| 4859 | p += 2; | |
| 4006 | 4860 | } else { |
| 4007 | ||
| 4008 | getKeysym: | |
| 4009 | patPtr->detail.keySym = TkStringToKeysym(field); | |
| 4010 | if (patPtr->detail.keySym == NoSymbol) { | |
| 4011 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 4012 | "bad event type or keysym \"%s\"", field)); | |
| 4013 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "KEYSYM", field, | |
| 4014 | NULL); | |
| 4015 | count = 0; | |
| 4016 | goto done; | |
| 4017 | } | |
| 4018 | if (eventFlags == 0) { | |
| 4019 | patPtr->eventType = KeyPress; | |
| 4020 | eventMask = KeyPressMask; | |
| 4021 | } else if (!(eventFlags & KEY)) { | |
| 4022 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 4023 | "specified keysym \"%s\" for non-key event", field)); | |
| 4024 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "NON_KEY", NULL); | |
| 4025 | count = 0; | |
| 4026 | goto done; | |
| 4027 | } | |
| 4028 | } | |
| 4029 | } else if (eventFlags == 0) { | |
| 4030 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 4031 | "no event type or button # or keysym", -1)); | |
| 4032 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "UNMODIFIABLE", NULL); | |
| 4033 | count = 0; | |
| 4034 | goto done; | |
| 4035 | } | |
| 4036 | ||
| 4037 | while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) { | |
| 4038 | p++; | |
| 4039 | } | |
| 4040 | if (*p != '>') { | |
| 4041 | while (*p != '\0') { | |
| 4042 | p++; | |
| 4043 | if (*p == '>') { | |
| 4044 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 4045 | "extra characters after detail in binding", -1)); | |
| 4046 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "PAST_DETAIL", NULL); | |
| 4047 | count = 0; | |
| 4048 | goto done; | |
| 4049 | } | |
| 4050 | } | |
| 4051 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 4052 | "missing \">\" in binding", -1)); | |
| 4053 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EVENT", "MALFORMED", NULL); | |
| 4054 | count = 0; | |
| 4055 | goto done; | |
| 4056 | } | |
| 4057 | p++; | |
| 4058 | ||
| 4059 | end: | |
| 4060 | *eventStringPtr += (p - Tcl_DStringValue(©)); | |
| 4861 | unsigned eventFlags; | |
| 4862 | char field[512]; | |
| 4863 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; | |
| 4864 | ||
| 4865 | while (1) { | |
| 4866 | ModInfo *modPtr; | |
| 4867 | ||
| 4868 | p = GetField(p, field, sizeof(field)); | |
| 4869 | if (*p == '>') { | |
| 4870 | /* | |
| 4871 | * This solves the problem of, e.g., <Control-M> being | |
| 4872 | * misinterpreted as Control + Meta + missing keysym instead of | |
| 4873 | * Control + KeyPress + M. | |
| 4874 | */ | |
| 4875 | ||
| 4876 | break; | |
| 4877 | } | |
| 4878 | if (!(hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&modTable, field))) { | |
| 4879 | break; | |
| 4880 | } | |
| 4881 | modPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 4882 | patPtr->modMask |= modPtr->mask; | |
| 4883 | if (modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS) { | |
| 4884 | unsigned i = modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS; | |
| 4885 | ||
| 4886 | count = 2; | |
| 4887 | while (i >>= 1) { | |
| 4888 | ++count; | |
| 4889 | } | |
| 4890 | } | |
| 4891 | p = SkipFieldDelims(p); | |
| 4892 | } | |
| 4893 | ||
| 4894 | eventFlags = 0; | |
| 4895 | if ((hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&eventTable, field))) { | |
| 4896 | const EventInfo *eiPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 4897 | ||
| 4898 | patPtr->eventType = eiPtr->type; | |
| 4899 | eventFlags = flagArray[eiPtr->type]; | |
| 4900 | eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask; | |
| 4901 | p = GetField(SkipFieldDelims(p), field, sizeof(field)); | |
| 4902 | } | |
| 4903 | if (*field) { | |
| 4904 | unsigned button = GetButtonNumber(field); | |
| 4905 | ||
| 4906 | if ((eventFlags & BUTTON) | |
| 4907 | || (button && eventFlags == 0) | |
| 4908 | || (SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX && (eventFlags & MOTION) && button == 0)) { | |
| 4909 | /* This must be a button (or bad motion) event */ | |
| 4910 | if (button == 0) { | |
| 4911 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4912 | interp, | |
| 4913 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4914 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON"); | |
| 4915 | } | |
| 4916 | patPtr->info = button; | |
| 4917 | if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) { | |
| 4918 | patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress; | |
| 4919 | eventMask = ButtonPressMask; | |
| 4920 | } | |
| 4921 | } else if ((eventFlags & KEY) || eventFlags == 0) { | |
| 4922 | /* This must be a key event */ | |
| 4923 | patPtr->info = TkStringToKeysym(field); | |
| 4924 | if (patPtr->info == NoSymbol) { | |
| 4925 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4926 | interp, | |
| 4927 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4928 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad event type or keysym \"%s\"", field), "KEYSYM"); | |
| 4929 | } | |
| 4930 | if (!(eventFlags & KEY)) { | |
| 4931 | patPtr->eventType = KeyPress; | |
| 4932 | eventMask = KeyPressMask; | |
| 4933 | } | |
| 4934 | } else if (button) { | |
| 4935 | if (!SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX || patPtr->eventType != MotionNotify) { | |
| 4936 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4937 | interp, | |
| 4938 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4939 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified button \"%s\" for non-button event", field), | |
| 4940 | "NON_BUTTON"); | |
| 4941 | } | |
| 4942 | #if SUPPORT_ADDITIONAL_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 4943 | patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button); | |
| 4944 | p = SkipFieldDelims(p); | |
| 4945 | while (*p && *p != '>') { | |
| 4946 | p = SkipFieldDelims(GetField(p, field, sizeof(field))); | |
| 4947 | if ((button = GetButtonNumber(field)) == 0) { | |
| 4948 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4949 | interp, | |
| 4950 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4951 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad button number \"%s\"", field), "BUTTON"); | |
| 4952 | } | |
| 4953 | patPtr->modMask |= TkGetButtonMask(button); | |
| 4954 | } | |
| 4955 | patPtr->info = ButtonNumberFromState(patPtr->modMask); | |
| 4956 | #endif | |
| 4957 | } else { | |
| 4958 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4959 | interp, | |
| 4960 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4961 | Tcl_ObjPrintf("specified keysym \"%s\" for non-key event", field), | |
| 4962 | "NON_KEY"); | |
| 4963 | } | |
| 4964 | } else if (eventFlags == 0) { | |
| 4965 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4966 | interp, | |
| 4967 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4968 | Tcl_NewStringObj("no event type or button # or keysym", -1), "UNMODIFIABLE"); | |
| 4969 | } else if (patPtr->eventType == MotionNotify) { | |
| 4970 | patPtr->info = ButtonNumberFromState(patPtr->modMask); | |
| 4971 | } | |
| 4972 | ||
| 4973 | p = SkipFieldDelims(p); | |
| 4974 | ||
| 4975 | if (*p != '>') { | |
| 4976 | while (*p) { | |
| 4977 | ++p; | |
| 4978 | if (*p == '>') { | |
| 4979 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4980 | interp, | |
| 4981 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4982 | Tcl_NewStringObj("extra characters after detail in binding", -1), | |
| 4983 | "PAST_DETAIL"); | |
| 4984 | } | |
| 4985 | } | |
| 4986 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription( | |
| 4987 | interp, | |
| 4988 | patPtr, 0, | |
| 4989 | Tcl_NewStringObj("missing \">\" in binding", -1), "MALFORMED"); | |
| 4990 | } | |
| 4991 | ++p; | |
| 4992 | } | |
| 4993 | } | |
| 4994 | ||
| 4995 | *eventStringPtr = p; | |
| 4061 | 4996 | *eventMaskPtr |= eventMask; |
| 4062 | done: | |
| 4063 | Tcl_DStringFree(©); | |
| 4064 | return count; | |
| 4997 | return FinalizeParseEventDescription(interp, patPtr, count, NULL, NULL); | |
| 4065 | 4998 | } |
| 4066 | 4999 | |
| 4067 | 5000 | /* |
| 4085 | 5018 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 4086 | 5019 | */ |
| 4087 | 5020 | |
| 4088 | static char * | |
| 5021 | static const char * | |
| 4089 | 5022 | GetField( |
| 4090 | char *p, /* Pointer to part of pattern. */ | |
| 4091 | char *copy, /* Place to copy field. */ | |
| 4092 | int size) /* Maximum number of characters to copy. */ | |
| 4093 | { | |
| 4094 | while ((*p != '\0') && !isspace(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '>') | |
| 4095 | && (*p != '-') && (size > 1)) { | |
| 4096 | *copy = *p; | |
| 4097 | p++; | |
| 4098 | copy++; | |
| 4099 | size--; | |
| 5023 | const char *p, /* Pointer to part of pattern. */ | |
| 5024 | char *copy, /* Place to copy field. */ | |
| 5025 | unsigned size) /* Maximum number of characters to copy. */ | |
| 5026 | { | |
| 5027 | assert(p); | |
| 5028 | assert(copy); | |
| 5029 | ||
| 5030 | for ( ; *p && !isspace(UCHAR(*p)) && *p != '>' && *p != '-' && size > 1u; --size) { | |
| 5031 | *copy++ = *p++; | |
| 4100 | 5032 | } |
| 4101 | 5033 | *copy = '\0'; |
| 4102 | 5034 | return p; |
| 4122 | 5054 | |
| 4123 | 5055 | static Tcl_Obj * |
| 4124 | 5056 | GetPatternObj( |
| 4125 | PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 4126 | { | |
| 4127 | TkPattern *patPtr; | |
| 4128 | int patsLeft, needMods; | |
| 4129 | const ModInfo *modPtr; | |
| 4130 | const EventInfo *eiPtr; | |
| 5057 | const PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 5058 | { | |
| 4131 | 5059 | Tcl_Obj *patternObj = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 4132 | ||
| 4133 | /* | |
| 4134 | * The order of the patterns in the sequence is backwards from the order | |
| 4135 | * in which they must be output. | |
| 4136 | */ | |
| 4137 | ||
| 4138 | for (patsLeft = psPtr->numPats, patPtr = &psPtr->pats[psPtr->numPats - 1]; | |
| 4139 | patsLeft > 0; patsLeft--, patPtr--) { | |
| 5060 | unsigned i; | |
| 5061 | ||
| 5062 | assert(psPtr); | |
| 5063 | ||
| 5064 | for (i = 0; i < psPtr->numPats; ++i) { | |
| 5065 | const TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats + i; | |
| 5066 | ||
| 4140 | 5067 | /* |
| 4141 | 5068 | * Check for simple case of an ASCII character. |
| 4142 | 5069 | */ |
| 4143 | ||
| 4144 | if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress) | |
| 4145 | && !(psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) | |
| 4146 | && (patPtr->needMods == 0) | |
| 4147 | && (patPtr->detail.keySym < 128) | |
| 4148 | && isprint(UCHAR(patPtr->detail.keySym)) | |
| 4149 | && (patPtr->detail.keySym != '<') | |
| 4150 | && (patPtr->detail.keySym != ' ')) { | |
| 4151 | char c = (char) patPtr->detail.keySym; | |
| 4152 | ||
| 5070 | if (patPtr->eventType == KeyPress | |
| 5071 | && patPtr->count == 1 | |
| 5072 | && patPtr->modMask == 0 | |
| 5073 | && patPtr->info < 128 | |
| 5074 | && isprint(UCHAR(patPtr->info)) | |
| 5075 | && patPtr->info != '<' | |
| 5076 | && patPtr->info != ' ') { | |
| 5077 | char c = (char) patPtr->info; | |
| 4153 | 5078 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, &c, 1); |
| 4154 | continue; | |
| 4155 | } | |
| 4156 | ||
| 4157 | /* | |
| 4158 | * Check for virtual event. | |
| 4159 | */ | |
| 4160 | ||
| 4161 | if (patPtr->eventType == VirtualEvent) { | |
| 4162 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "<<%s>>", patPtr->detail.name); | |
| 4163 | continue; | |
| 4164 | } | |
| 4165 | ||
| 4166 | /* | |
| 4167 | * It's a more general event specification. First check for "Double", | |
| 4168 | * "Triple", "Quadruple", then modifiers, then event type, then keysym | |
| 4169 | * or button detail. | |
| 4170 | */ | |
| 4171 | ||
| 4172 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "<", 1); | |
| 4173 | ||
| 4174 | if ((psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) && (patsLeft > 1) | |
| 4175 | && (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) { | |
| 4176 | patsLeft--; | |
| 4177 | patPtr--; | |
| 4178 | if ((patsLeft > 1) && | |
| 4179 | (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) { | |
| 4180 | patsLeft--; | |
| 4181 | patPtr--; | |
| 4182 | if ((patsLeft > 1) && | |
| 4183 | (memcmp(patPtr, patPtr-1, sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) { | |
| 4184 | patsLeft--; | |
| 4185 | patPtr--; | |
| 4186 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Quadruple-", 10); | |
| 4187 | } else { | |
| 4188 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Triple-", 7); | |
| 5079 | } else if (patPtr->eventType == VirtualEvent) { | |
| 5080 | assert(patPtr->name); | |
| 5081 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "<<%s>>", patPtr->name); | |
| 5082 | } else { | |
| 5083 | ModMask modMask; | |
| 5084 | const ModInfo *modPtr; | |
| 5085 | ||
| 5086 | /* | |
| 5087 | * It's a more general event specification. First check for "Double", | |
| 5088 | * "Triple", "Quadruple", then modifiers, then event type, then keysym | |
| 5089 | * or button detail. | |
| 5090 | */ | |
| 5091 | ||
| 5092 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "<", 1); | |
| 5093 | ||
| 5094 | switch (patPtr->count) { | |
| 5095 | case 2: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Double-", 7); break; | |
| 5096 | case 3: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Triple-", 7); break; | |
| 5097 | case 4: Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Quadruple-", 10); break; | |
| 5098 | } | |
| 5099 | ||
| 5100 | modMask = patPtr->modMask; | |
| 5101 | #if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 5102 | if (patPtr->eventType == MotionNotify) { | |
| 5103 | modMask &= ~(ModMask)ALL_BUTTONS; | |
| 5104 | } | |
| 5105 | #endif | |
| 5106 | ||
| 5107 | for (modPtr = modArray; modMask; ++modPtr) { | |
| 5108 | if (modPtr->mask & modMask) { | |
| 5109 | modMask &= ~modPtr->mask; | |
| 5110 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "%s-", modPtr->name); | |
| 4189 | 5111 | } |
| 4190 | } else { | |
| 4191 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "Double-", 7); | |
| 4192 | } | |
| 4193 | } | |
| 4194 | ||
| 4195 | for (needMods = patPtr->needMods, modPtr = modArray; | |
| 4196 | needMods != 0; modPtr++) { | |
| 4197 | if (modPtr->mask & needMods) { | |
| 4198 | needMods &= ~modPtr->mask; | |
| 4199 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "%s-", modPtr->name); | |
| 4200 | } | |
| 4201 | } | |
| 4202 | ||
| 4203 | for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) { | |
| 4204 | if (eiPtr->type == patPtr->eventType) { | |
| 4205 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, eiPtr->name, -1); | |
| 4206 | if (patPtr->detail.clientData != 0) { | |
| 4207 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1); | |
| 5112 | } | |
| 5113 | ||
| 5114 | assert(patPtr->eventType < TK_LASTEVENT); | |
| 5115 | assert(((size_t) eventArrayIndex[patPtr->eventType]) < SIZE_OF_ARRAY(eventArray)); | |
| 5116 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, eventArray[eventArrayIndex[patPtr->eventType]].name, -1); | |
| 5117 | ||
| 5118 | if (patPtr->info) { | |
| 5119 | switch (patPtr->eventType) { | |
| 5120 | case KeyPress: | |
| 5121 | case KeyRelease: { | |
| 5122 | const char *string = TkKeysymToString(patPtr->info); | |
| 5123 | if (string) { | |
| 5124 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, "-", 1); | |
| 5125 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1); | |
| 5126 | } | |
| 5127 | break; | |
| 4208 | 5128 | } |
| 4209 | break; | |
| 4210 | } | |
| 4211 | } | |
| 4212 | ||
| 4213 | if (patPtr->detail.clientData != 0) { | |
| 4214 | if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress) | |
| 4215 | || (patPtr->eventType == KeyRelease)) { | |
| 4216 | const char *string = TkKeysymToString(patPtr->detail.keySym); | |
| 4217 | ||
| 4218 | if (string != NULL) { | |
| 4219 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, string, -1); | |
| 5129 | case ButtonPress: | |
| 5130 | case ButtonRelease: | |
| 5131 | assert(patPtr->info <= Button5); | |
| 5132 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%d", (int) patPtr->info); | |
| 5133 | break; | |
| 5134 | #if PRINT_SHORT_MOTION_SYNTAX | |
| 5135 | case MotionNotify: { | |
| 5136 | ModMask mask = patPtr->modMask; | |
| 5137 | while (mask & ALL_BUTTONS) { | |
| 5138 | unsigned button = ButtonNumberFromState(mask); | |
| 5139 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "-%u", button); | |
| 5140 | mask &= ~TkGetButtonMask(button); | |
| 5141 | } | |
| 5142 | break; | |
| 4220 | 5143 | } |
| 4221 | } else { | |
| 4222 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(patternObj, "%d", patPtr->detail.button); | |
| 4223 | } | |
| 4224 | } | |
| 4225 | ||
| 4226 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, ">", 1); | |
| 5144 | #endif | |
| 5145 | } | |
| 5146 | } | |
| 5147 | ||
| 5148 | Tcl_AppendToObj(patternObj, ">", 1); | |
| 5149 | } | |
| 4227 | 5150 | } |
| 4228 | 5151 | |
| 4229 | 5152 | return patternObj; |
| 4253 | 5176 | #ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP |
| 4254 | 5177 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keySymTable, name); |
| 4255 | 5178 | |
| 4256 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 5179 | if (hPtr) { | |
| 4257 | 5180 | return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); |
| 4258 | 5181 | } |
| 4259 | if (strlen(name) == 1) { | |
| 5182 | assert(name); | |
| 5183 | if (strlen(name) == 1u) { | |
| 4260 | 5184 | KeySym keysym = (KeySym) (unsigned char) name[0]; |
| 4261 | 5185 | |
| 4262 | if (TkKeysymToString(keysym) != NULL) { | |
| 5186 | if (TkKeysymToString(keysym)) { | |
| 4263 | 5187 | return keysym; |
| 4264 | 5188 | } |
| 4265 | 5189 | } |
| 4266 | 5190 | #endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */ |
| 5191 | assert(name); | |
| 4267 | 5192 | return XStringToKeysym(name); |
| 4268 | 5193 | } |
| 4269 | 5194 | |
| 4291 | 5216 | #ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP |
| 4292 | 5217 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *)keysym); |
| 4293 | 5218 | |
| 4294 | if (hPtr != NULL) { | |
| 5219 | if (hPtr) { | |
| 4295 | 5220 | return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); |
| 4296 | 5221 | } |
| 4297 | 5222 | #endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */ |
| 4298 | 5223 | |
| 5224 | if (keysym > (KeySym)0x1008FFFF) { | |
| 5225 | return NULL; | |
| 5226 | } | |
| 4299 | 5227 | return XKeysymToString(keysym); |
| 4300 | 5228 | } |
| 4301 | 5229 | |
| 4322 | 5250 | TkpGetBindingXEvent( |
| 4323 | 5251 | Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter. */ |
| 4324 | 5252 | { |
| 4325 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp); | |
| 4326 | BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable; | |
| 4327 | ||
| 4328 | return &(bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]); | |
| 5253 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp); | |
| 5254 | BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable; | |
| 5255 | ||
| 5256 | return &bindPtr->curEvent->xev; | |
| 4329 | 5257 | } |
| 4330 | 5258 | |
| 4331 | 5259 | /* |
| 4349 | 5277 | TkpCancelWarp( |
| 4350 | 5278 | TkDisplay *dispPtr) |
| 4351 | 5279 | { |
| 5280 | assert(dispPtr); | |
| 5281 | ||
| 4352 | 5282 | if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP) { |
| 4353 | 5283 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DoWarp, dispPtr); |
| 4354 | 5284 | dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP; |
| 4356 | 5286 | } |
| 4357 | 5287 | |
| 4358 | 5288 | /* |
| 5289 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5290 | * | |
| 5291 | * TkpDumpPS -- | |
| 5292 | * | |
| 5293 | * Dump given pattern sequence to stdout. | |
| 5294 | * | |
| 5295 | * Results: | |
| 5296 | * None. | |
| 5297 | * | |
| 5298 | * Side effects: | |
| 5299 | * None. | |
| 5300 | * | |
| 5301 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5302 | */ | |
| 5303 | ||
| 5304 | #if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 5305 | void | |
| 5306 | TkpDumpPS( | |
| 5307 | const PatSeq *psPtr) | |
| 5308 | { | |
| 5309 | if (!psPtr) { | |
| 5310 | fprintf(stdout, "<null>\n"); | |
| 5311 | } else { | |
| 5312 | Tcl_Obj* result = GetPatternObj(psPtr); | |
| 5313 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(result); | |
| 5314 | fprintf(stdout, "%s", Tcl_GetString(result)); | |
| 5315 | if (psPtr->object) { | |
| 5316 | fprintf(stdout, " (%s)", (char *) psPtr->object); | |
| 5317 | } | |
| 5318 | fprintf(stdout, "\n"); | |
| 5319 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(result); | |
| 5320 | } | |
| 5321 | } | |
| 5322 | #endif | |
| 5323 | ||
| 5324 | /* | |
| 5325 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5326 | * | |
| 5327 | * TkpDumpPSList -- | |
| 5328 | * | |
| 5329 | * Dump given pattern sequence list to stdout. | |
| 5330 | * | |
| 5331 | * Results: | |
| 5332 | * None. | |
| 5333 | * | |
| 5334 | * Side effects: | |
| 5335 | * None. | |
| 5336 | * | |
| 5337 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5338 | */ | |
| 5339 | ||
| 5340 | #if SUPPORT_DEBUGGING | |
| 5341 | void | |
| 5342 | TkpDumpPSList( | |
| 5343 | const PSList *psList) | |
| 5344 | { | |
| 5345 | if (!psList) { | |
| 5346 | fprintf(stdout, "<null>\n"); | |
| 5347 | } else { | |
| 5348 | const PSEntry *psEntry; | |
| 5349 | ||
| 5350 | fprintf(stdout, "Dump PSList ========================================\n"); | |
| 5351 | TK_DLIST_FOREACH(psEntry, psList) { | |
| 5352 | TkpDumpPS(psEntry->psPtr); | |
| 5353 | } | |
| 5354 | fprintf(stdout, "====================================================\n"); | |
| 5355 | } | |
| 5356 | } | |
| 5357 | #endif | |
| 5358 | ||
| 5359 | /* | |
| 4359 | 5360 | * Local Variables: |
| 4360 | 5361 | * mode: c |
| 4361 | 5362 | * c-basic-offset: 4 |
| 4362 | * fill-column: 78 | |
| 5363 | * fill-column: 105 | |
| 4363 | 5364 | * End: |
| 4364 | */ | |
| 5365 | * vi:set ts=8 sw=4: | |
| 5366 | */ | |
| 87 | 87 | int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */ |
| 88 | 88 | } DataKey; |
| 89 | 89 | |
| 90 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 90 | typedef struct { | |
| 91 | 91 | int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */ |
| 92 | 92 | Tcl_HashTable predefBitmapTable; |
| 93 | 93 | /* Hash table created by Tk_DefineBitmap to |
| 518 | 518 | Tk_Window tkRef) /* Window hosting the busy window */ |
| 519 | 519 | { |
| 520 | 520 | Busy *busyPtr; |
| 521 | int length, x, y; | |
| 521 | size_t length; | |
| 522 | int x, y; | |
| 522 | 523 | const char *fmt; |
| 523 | 524 | char *name; |
| 524 | 525 | Tk_Window tkBusy, tkChild, tkParent; |
| 567 | 568 | busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef); |
| 568 | 569 | busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef); |
| 569 | 570 | busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef); |
| 570 | busyPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 571 | busyPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 571 | 572 | Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy"); |
| 572 | 573 | busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs); |
| 573 | 574 | if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, |
| 597 | 598 | */ |
| 598 | 599 | |
| 599 | 600 | Tk_ManageGeometry(tkBusy, &busyMgrInfo, busyPtr); |
| 600 | if (busyPtr->cursor != None) { | |
| 601 | if (busyPtr->cursor != NULL) { | |
| 601 | 602 | Tk_DefineCursor(tkBusy, busyPtr->cursor); |
| 602 | 603 | } |
| 603 | 604 | |
| 642 | 643 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 643 | 644 | } |
| 644 | 645 | if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) { |
| 645 | if (busyPtr->cursor == None) { | |
| 646 | if (busyPtr->cursor == NULL) { | |
| 646 | 647 | Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy); |
| 647 | 648 | } else { |
| 648 | 649 | Tk_DefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy, busyPtr->cursor); |
| 877 | 878 | hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { |
| 878 | 879 | busyPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); |
| 879 | 880 | if (pattern == NULL || |
| 880 | Tcl_StringMatch(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkRef), pattern)) { | |
| 881 | Tcl_StringCaseMatch(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkRef), pattern, 0)) { | |
| 881 | 882 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr, |
| 882 | 883 | TkNewWindowObj(busyPtr->tkRef)); |
| 883 | 884 | } |
| 15 | 15 | #include "tkButton.h" |
| 16 | 16 | #include "default.h" |
| 17 | 17 | |
| 18 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 18 | typedef struct { | |
| 19 | 19 | int defaultsInitialized; |
| 20 | 20 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 21 | 21 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 709 | 709 | butPtr->normalFg = NULL; |
| 710 | 710 | butPtr->activeFg = NULL; |
| 711 | 711 | butPtr->disabledFg = NULL; |
| 712 | butPtr->normalTextGC = None; | |
| 713 | butPtr->activeTextGC = None; | |
| 714 | butPtr->disabledGC = None; | |
| 715 | butPtr->stippleGC = None; | |
| 712 | butPtr->normalTextGC = NULL; | |
| 713 | butPtr->activeTextGC = NULL; | |
| 714 | butPtr->disabledGC = NULL; | |
| 715 | butPtr->stippleGC = NULL; | |
| 716 | 716 | butPtr->gray = None; |
| 717 | butPtr->copyGC = None; | |
| 717 | butPtr->copyGC = NULL; | |
| 718 | 718 | butPtr->widthPtr = NULL; |
| 719 | 719 | butPtr->width = 0; |
| 720 | 720 | butPtr->heightPtr = NULL; |
| 739 | 739 | butPtr->onValuePtr = NULL; |
| 740 | 740 | butPtr->offValuePtr = NULL; |
| 741 | 741 | butPtr->tristateValuePtr = NULL; |
| 742 | butPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 742 | butPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 743 | 743 | butPtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL; |
| 744 | 744 | butPtr->commandPtr = NULL; |
| 745 | 745 | butPtr->flags = 0; |
| 877 | 877 | */ |
| 878 | 878 | |
| 879 | 879 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, butPtr); |
| 880 | XFlush(butPtr->display); | |
| 880 | (void)XFlush(butPtr->display); | |
| 881 | 881 | #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK |
| 882 | 882 | /* |
| 883 | 883 | * On the mac you can not sleep in a display proc, and the |
| 980 | 980 | if (butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) { |
| 981 | 981 | Tk_FreeImage(butPtr->tristateImage); |
| 982 | 982 | } |
| 983 | if (butPtr->normalTextGC != None) { | |
| 983 | if (butPtr->normalTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 984 | 984 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->normalTextGC); |
| 985 | 985 | } |
| 986 | if (butPtr->activeTextGC != None) { | |
| 986 | if (butPtr->activeTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 987 | 987 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->activeTextGC); |
| 988 | 988 | } |
| 989 | if (butPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 989 | if (butPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 990 | 990 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->disabledGC); |
| 991 | 991 | } |
| 992 | if (butPtr->stippleGC != None) { | |
| 992 | if (butPtr->stippleGC != NULL) { | |
| 993 | 993 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC); |
| 994 | 994 | } |
| 995 | 995 | if (butPtr->gray != None) { |
| 996 | 996 | Tk_FreeBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->gray); |
| 997 | 997 | } |
| 998 | if (butPtr->copyGC != None) { | |
| 998 | if (butPtr->copyGC != NULL) { | |
| 999 | 999 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->copyGC); |
| 1000 | 1000 | } |
| 1001 | 1001 | if (butPtr->textLayout != NULL) { |
| 1174 | 1174 | */ |
| 1175 | 1175 | |
| 1176 | 1176 | if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && |
| 1177 | (*Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr) == 0)) { | |
| 1177 | (*Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr) == '\0')) { | |
| 1178 | 1178 | butPtr->flags |= SELECTED; |
| 1179 | 1179 | } |
| 1180 | 1180 | } |
| 1366 | 1366 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1367 | 1367 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 1368 | 1368 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(butPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1369 | if (butPtr->normalTextGC != None) { | |
| 1369 | if (butPtr->normalTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1370 | 1370 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->normalTextGC); |
| 1371 | 1371 | } |
| 1372 | 1372 | butPtr->normalTextGC = newGC; |
| 1376 | 1376 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->activeBorder)->pixel; |
| 1377 | 1377 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 1378 | 1378 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(butPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1379 | if (butPtr->activeTextGC != None) { | |
| 1379 | if (butPtr->activeTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1380 | 1380 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->activeTextGC); |
| 1381 | 1381 | } |
| 1382 | 1382 | butPtr->activeTextGC = newGC; |
| 1388 | 1388 | * Create the GC that can be used for stippling |
| 1389 | 1389 | */ |
| 1390 | 1390 | |
| 1391 | if (butPtr->stippleGC == None) { | |
| 1391 | if (butPtr->stippleGC == NULL) { | |
| 1392 | 1392 | gcValues.foreground = gcValues.background; |
| 1393 | 1393 | mask = GCForeground; |
| 1394 | 1394 | if (butPtr->gray == None) { |
| 1414 | 1414 | gcValues.foreground = gcValues.background; |
| 1415 | 1415 | } |
| 1416 | 1416 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(butPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1417 | if (butPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 1417 | if (butPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 1418 | 1418 | Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->disabledGC); |
| 1419 | 1419 | } |
| 1420 | 1420 | butPtr->disabledGC = newGC; |
| 1421 | 1421 | |
| 1422 | if (butPtr->copyGC == None) { | |
| 1422 | if (butPtr->copyGC == NULL) { | |
| 1423 | 1423 | butPtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(butPtr->tkwin, 0, &gcValues); |
| 1424 | 1424 | } |
| 1425 | 1425 | |
| 1616 | 1616 | Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
| 1617 | 1617 | |
| 1618 | 1618 | /* |
| 1619 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 1620 | */ | |
| 1621 | ||
| 1622 | if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) { | |
| 1623 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1624 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 1625 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1626 | ButtonVarProc, clientData); | |
| 1627 | } | |
| 1628 | return NULL; | |
| 1629 | } | |
| 1630 | ||
| 1631 | /* | |
| 1632 | 1619 | * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless |
| 1633 | 1620 | * the whole interpreter is going away. |
| 1634 | 1621 | */ |
| 1635 | 1622 | |
| 1636 | 1623 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 1637 | 1624 | butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED); |
| 1638 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1625 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) { | |
| 1626 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 1627 | ||
| 1628 | do { | |
| 1629 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 1630 | Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr), | |
| 1631 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1632 | ButtonVarProc, probe); | |
| 1633 | if (probe == (ClientData)butPtr) { | |
| 1634 | break; | |
| 1635 | } | |
| 1636 | } while (probe); | |
| 1637 | if (probe) { | |
| 1638 | /* | |
| 1639 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 1640 | * selVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 1641 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 1642 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 1643 | */ | |
| 1644 | goto redisplay; | |
| 1645 | } | |
| 1639 | 1646 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr), |
| 1640 | 1647 | NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1641 | 1648 | ButtonVarProc, clientData); |
| 1710 | 1717 | ButtonTextVarProc( |
| 1711 | 1718 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ |
| 1712 | 1719 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 1713 | const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ | |
| 1714 | const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ | |
| 1720 | const char *name1, /* Not used. */ | |
| 1721 | const char *name2, /* Not used. */ | |
| 1715 | 1722 | int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ |
| 1716 | 1723 | { |
| 1717 | 1724 | TkButton *butPtr = clientData; |
| 1722 | 1729 | } |
| 1723 | 1730 | |
| 1724 | 1731 | /* |
| 1725 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 1726 | */ | |
| 1727 | ||
| 1728 | if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr == NULL) { | |
| 1729 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1730 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 1731 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1732 | ButtonTextVarProc, clientData); | |
| 1733 | } | |
| 1734 | return NULL; | |
| 1735 | } | |
| 1736 | ||
| 1737 | /* | |
| 1738 | 1732 | * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole |
| 1739 | 1733 | * interpreter is going away. |
| 1740 | 1734 | */ |
| 1741 | 1735 | |
| 1742 | 1736 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 1743 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1737 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) { | |
| 1738 | ||
| 1739 | /* | |
| 1740 | * An unset trace on some variable brought us here, but is it | |
| 1741 | * the variable we have stored in butPtr->textVarNamePtr ? | |
| 1742 | */ | |
| 1743 | ||
| 1744 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 1745 | ||
| 1746 | do { | |
| 1747 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 1748 | Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr), | |
| 1749 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1750 | ButtonTextVarProc, probe); | |
| 1751 | if (probe == (ClientData)butPtr) { | |
| 1752 | break; | |
| 1753 | } | |
| 1754 | } while (probe); | |
| 1755 | if (probe) { | |
| 1756 | /* | |
| 1757 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 1758 | * textVarNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 1759 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 1760 | * former textvariable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 1761 | */ | |
| 1762 | return NULL; | |
| 1763 | } | |
| 1764 | ||
| 1744 | 1765 | Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, butPtr->textVarNamePtr, NULL, |
| 1745 | 1766 | butPtr->textPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 1746 | 1767 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr), |
| 234 | 234 | * Miscellaneous information: |
| 235 | 235 | */ |
| 236 | 236 | |
| 237 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Value of -cursor option: if not None, | |
| 237 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Value of -cursor option: if not NULL, | |
| 238 | 238 | * specifies current cursor for window. */ |
| 239 | 239 | Tcl_Obj *takeFocusPtr; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 240 | 240 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 14 | #include "default.h" | |
| 14 | 15 | |
| 15 | 16 | /* |
| 16 | 17 | * The structure below defines the record for each arc item. |
| 143 | 144 | "0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, tsoffset), |
| 144 | 145 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption}, |
| 145 | 146 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL, |
| 146 | "black", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 147 | DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 147 | 148 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL, |
| 148 | 149 | "0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.tsoffset), |
| 149 | 150 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption}, |
| 289 | 290 | arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None; |
| 290 | 291 | arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None; |
| 291 | 292 | arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE; |
| 292 | arcPtr->fillGC = None; | |
| 293 | arcPtr->fillGC = NULL; | |
| 293 | 294 | |
| 294 | 295 | /* |
| 295 | 296 | * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. |
| 477 | 478 | mask |= GCCapStyle; |
| 478 | 479 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 479 | 480 | } else { |
| 480 | newGC = None; | |
| 481 | } | |
| 482 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 481 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 482 | } | |
| 483 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 483 | 484 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), arcPtr->outline.gc); |
| 484 | 485 | } |
| 485 | 486 | arcPtr->outline.gc = newGC; |
| 511 | 512 | } |
| 512 | 513 | |
| 513 | 514 | if (arcPtr->style == ARC_STYLE) { |
| 514 | newGC = None; | |
| 515 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 515 | 516 | } else if (color == NULL) { |
| 516 | newGC = None; | |
| 517 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 517 | 518 | } else { |
| 518 | 519 | gcValues.foreground = color->pixel; |
| 519 | 520 | if (arcPtr->style == CHORD_STYLE) { |
| 529 | 530 | } |
| 530 | 531 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 531 | 532 | } |
| 532 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 533 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 533 | 534 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), arcPtr->fillGC); |
| 534 | 535 | } |
| 535 | 536 | arcPtr->fillGC = newGC; |
| 602 | 603 | if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple != None) { |
| 603 | 604 | Tk_FreeBitmap(display, arcPtr->disabledFillStipple); |
| 604 | 605 | } |
| 605 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 606 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 606 | 607 | Tk_FreeGC(display, arcPtr->fillGC); |
| 607 | 608 | } |
| 608 | 609 | } |
| 733 | 734 | * drawn) and add one extra pixel just for safety. |
| 734 | 735 | */ |
| 735 | 736 | |
| 736 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 737 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 737 | 738 | tmp = 1; |
| 738 | 739 | } else { |
| 739 | 740 | tmp = (int) ((width + 1.0)/2.0 + 1); |
| 832 | 833 | * window servers to crash and should be a no-op anyway. |
| 833 | 834 | */ |
| 834 | 835 | |
| 835 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != None) && (extent != 0)) { | |
| 836 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) && (extent != 0)) { | |
| 836 | 837 | if (stipple != None) { |
| 837 | 838 | int w = 0; |
| 838 | 839 | int h = 0; |
| 866 | 867 | XSetTSOrigin(display, arcPtr->fillGC, 0, 0); |
| 867 | 868 | } |
| 868 | 869 | } |
| 869 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 870 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 870 | 871 | Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline)); |
| 871 | 872 | |
| 872 | 873 | if (extent != 0) { |
| 904 | 905 | } else { |
| 905 | 906 | if (arcPtr->style == CHORD_STYLE) { |
| 906 | 907 | TkFillPolygon(canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr, CHORD_OUTLINE_PTS, |
| 907 | display, drawable, arcPtr->outline.gc, None); | |
| 908 | display, drawable, arcPtr->outline.gc, NULL); | |
| 908 | 909 | } else if (arcPtr->style == PIESLICE_STYLE) { |
| 909 | 910 | TkFillPolygon(canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr, PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS, |
| 910 | display, drawable, arcPtr->outline.gc, None); | |
| 911 | display, drawable, arcPtr->outline.gc, NULL); | |
| 911 | 912 | TkFillPolygon(canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr + 2*PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS, |
| 912 | 913 | PIE_OUTLINE2_PTS, display, drawable, |
| 913 | arcPtr->outline.gc, None); | |
| 914 | arcPtr->outline.gc, NULL); | |
| 914 | 915 | } |
| 915 | 916 | } |
| 916 | 917 | |
| 1016 | 1017 | return dist; |
| 1017 | 1018 | } |
| 1018 | 1019 | |
| 1019 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != None) || (arcPtr->outline.gc == None)) { | |
| 1020 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) || (arcPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) { | |
| 1020 | 1021 | filled = 1; |
| 1021 | 1022 | } else { |
| 1022 | 1023 | filled = 0; |
| 1023 | 1024 | } |
| 1024 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1025 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1025 | 1026 | width = 0.0; |
| 1026 | 1027 | } |
| 1027 | 1028 | |
| 1143 | 1144 | } |
| 1144 | 1145 | } |
| 1145 | 1146 | |
| 1146 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != None) || (arcPtr->outline.gc == None)) { | |
| 1147 | if ((arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) || (arcPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) { | |
| 1147 | 1148 | filled = 1; |
| 1148 | 1149 | } else { |
| 1149 | 1150 | filled = 0; |
| 1150 | 1151 | } |
| 1151 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1152 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1152 | 1153 | width = 0.0; |
| 1153 | 1154 | } |
| 1154 | 1155 | |
| 1882 | 1883 | * arc. |
| 1883 | 1884 | */ |
| 1884 | 1885 | |
| 1885 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 1886 | if (arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 1886 | 1887 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, |
| 1887 | 1888 | "matrix currentmatrix\n" |
| 1888 | 1889 | "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g scale\n", |
| 1911 | 1912 | } |
| 1912 | 1913 | Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)); |
| 1913 | 1914 | |
| 1914 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 1915 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 1915 | 1916 | Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore gsave\n", -1); |
| 1916 | 1917 | } |
| 1917 | 1918 | } else { |
| 1923 | 1924 | * If there's an outline for the arc, draw it. |
| 1924 | 1925 | */ |
| 1925 | 1926 | |
| 1926 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 1927 | if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 1927 | 1928 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(psObj, |
| 1928 | 1929 | "matrix currentmatrix\n" |
| 1929 | 1930 | "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g scale\n", |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 14 | #include "default.h" | |
| 14 | 15 | |
| 15 | 16 | /* |
| 16 | 17 | * The structure below defines the record for each bitmap item. |
| 69 | 70 | NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor), |
| 70 | 71 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, |
| 71 | 72 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL, |
| 72 | "black", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0, NULL}, | |
| 73 | DEF_CANVBMAP_FG, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0, NULL}, | |
| 73 | 74 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL, |
| 74 | 75 | NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, |
| 75 | 76 | &stateOption}, |
| 188 | 189 | bmapPtr->bgColor = NULL; |
| 189 | 190 | bmapPtr->activeBgColor = NULL; |
| 190 | 191 | bmapPtr->disabledBgColor = NULL; |
| 191 | bmapPtr->gc = None; | |
| 192 | bmapPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 192 | 193 | |
| 193 | 194 | /* |
| 194 | 195 | * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x |
| 371 | 372 | } |
| 372 | 373 | |
| 373 | 374 | if (bitmap == None) { |
| 374 | newGC = None; | |
| 375 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 375 | 376 | } else { |
| 376 | 377 | gcValues.foreground = fgColor->pixel; |
| 377 | 378 | mask = GCForeground; |
| 384 | 385 | } |
| 385 | 386 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 386 | 387 | } |
| 387 | if (bmapPtr->gc != None) { | |
| 388 | if (bmapPtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 388 | 389 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), bmapPtr->gc); |
| 389 | 390 | } |
| 390 | 391 | bmapPtr->gc = newGC; |
| 448 | 448 | x = (int) (imgPtr->x + ((imgPtr->x >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5)); |
| 449 | 449 | y = (int) (imgPtr->y + ((imgPtr->y >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5)); |
| 450 | 450 | |
| 451 | if ((state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) || (image == None)) { | |
| 451 | if ((state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) || (image == NULL)) { | |
| 452 | 452 | imgPtr->header.x1 = imgPtr->header.x2 = x; |
| 453 | 453 | imgPtr->header.y1 = imgPtr->header.y2 = y; |
| 454 | 454 | return; |
| 12 | 12 | |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 14 | 14 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 15 | #include "default.h" | |
| 15 | 16 | |
| 16 | 17 | /* |
| 17 | 18 | * The structure below defines the record for each line item. |
| 174 | 175 | {TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL, |
| 175 | 176 | "butt", Tk_Offset(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL}, |
| 176 | 177 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL, |
| 177 | "black", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 178 | DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 178 | 179 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL, |
| 179 | 180 | NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash), |
| 180 | 181 | TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption}, |
| 295 | 296 | linePtr->coordPtr = NULL; |
| 296 | 297 | linePtr->capStyle = CapButt; |
| 297 | 298 | linePtr->joinStyle = JoinRound; |
| 298 | linePtr->arrowGC = None; | |
| 299 | linePtr->arrowGC = NULL; | |
| 299 | 300 | linePtr->arrow = ARROWS_NONE; |
| 300 | 301 | linePtr->arrowShapeA = (float)8.0; |
| 301 | 302 | linePtr->arrowShapeB = (float)10.0; |
| 520 | 521 | #endif |
| 521 | 522 | arrowGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 522 | 523 | } else { |
| 523 | newGC = arrowGC = None; | |
| 524 | } | |
| 525 | if (linePtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 524 | newGC = arrowGC = NULL; | |
| 525 | } | |
| 526 | if (linePtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 526 | 527 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), linePtr->outline.gc); |
| 527 | 528 | } |
| 528 | if (linePtr->arrowGC != None) { | |
| 529 | if (linePtr->arrowGC != NULL) { | |
| 529 | 530 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), linePtr->arrowGC); |
| 530 | 531 | } |
| 531 | 532 | linePtr->outline.gc = newGC; |
| 610 | 611 | if (linePtr->coordPtr != NULL) { |
| 611 | 612 | ckfree(linePtr->coordPtr); |
| 612 | 613 | } |
| 613 | if (linePtr->arrowGC != None) { | |
| 614 | if (linePtr->arrowGC != NULL) { | |
| 614 | 615 | Tk_FreeGC(display, linePtr->arrowGC); |
| 615 | 616 | } |
| 616 | 617 | if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) { |
| 839 | 840 | int numPoints; |
| 840 | 841 | Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; |
| 841 | 842 | |
| 842 | if ((!linePtr->numPoints) || (linePtr->outline.gc == None)) { | |
| 843 | if (!linePtr->numPoints || (linePtr->outline.gc == NULL)) { | |
| 843 | 844 | return; |
| 844 | 845 | } |
| 845 | 846 | |
| 12 | 12 | |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 14 | 14 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 15 | #include "default.h" | |
| 15 | 16 | |
| 16 | 17 | /* |
| 17 | 18 | * The structure below defines the record for each polygon item. |
| 111 | 112 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL, |
| 112 | 113 | "0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth), |
| 113 | 114 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption}, |
| 115 | /* Remark: Default for -fill should be NULL, see [2860519]. Will be fixed in Tk 8.7 */ | |
| 114 | 116 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL, |
| 115 | "black", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 117 | DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 116 | 118 | {TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL, |
| 117 | 119 | "round", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL}, |
| 118 | 120 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL, |
| 272 | 274 | polyPtr->fillStipple = None; |
| 273 | 275 | polyPtr->activeFillStipple = None; |
| 274 | 276 | polyPtr->disabledFillStipple = None; |
| 275 | polyPtr->fillGC = None; | |
| 277 | polyPtr->fillGC = NULL; | |
| 276 | 278 | polyPtr->smooth = NULL; |
| 277 | 279 | polyPtr->splineSteps = 12; |
| 278 | 280 | polyPtr->autoClosed = 0; |
| 477 | 479 | mask |= GCCapStyle|GCJoinStyle; |
| 478 | 480 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 479 | 481 | } else { |
| 480 | newGC = None; | |
| 481 | } | |
| 482 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 482 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 483 | } | |
| 484 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 483 | 485 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), polyPtr->outline.gc); |
| 484 | 486 | } |
| 485 | 487 | polyPtr->outline.gc = newGC; |
| 503 | 505 | } |
| 504 | 506 | |
| 505 | 507 | if (color == NULL) { |
| 506 | newGC = None; | |
| 508 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 507 | 509 | } else { |
| 508 | 510 | gcValues.foreground = color->pixel; |
| 509 | 511 | mask = GCForeground; |
| 517 | 519 | * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth |
| 518 | 520 | * even for fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing). |
| 519 | 521 | */ |
| 520 | gcValues.line_width = polyPtr->outline.gc != None ? | |
| 522 | gcValues.line_width = polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL ? | |
| 521 | 523 | polyPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0; |
| 522 | 524 | mask |= GCLineWidth; |
| 523 | 525 | #endif |
| 524 | 526 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 525 | 527 | } |
| 526 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 528 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 527 | 529 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), polyPtr->fillGC); |
| 528 | 530 | } |
| 529 | 531 | polyPtr->fillGC = newGC; |
| 589 | 591 | if (polyPtr->disabledFillStipple != None) { |
| 590 | 592 | Tk_FreeBitmap(display, polyPtr->disabledFillStipple); |
| 591 | 593 | } |
| 592 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 594 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 593 | 595 | Tk_FreeGC(display, polyPtr->fillGC); |
| 594 | 596 | } |
| 595 | 597 | } |
| 693 | 695 | } |
| 694 | 696 | } |
| 695 | 697 | |
| 696 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 698 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 697 | 699 | tsoffset = &polyPtr->outline.tsoffset; |
| 698 | 700 | if (tsoffset) { |
| 699 | 701 | if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) { |
| 835 | 837 | * allocated. |
| 836 | 838 | */ |
| 837 | 839 | |
| 838 | if (gc != None && numPoints > 3) { | |
| 840 | if (gc != NULL && numPoints > 3) { | |
| 839 | 841 | XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, pointPtr, numPoints, Complex, |
| 840 | 842 | CoordModeOrigin); |
| 841 | 843 | } |
| 842 | if (outlineGC != None) { | |
| 844 | if (outlineGC != NULL) { | |
| 843 | 845 | XDrawLines(display, drawable, outlineGC, pointPtr, numPoints, |
| 844 | 846 | CoordModeOrigin); |
| 845 | 847 | } |
| 880 | 882 | Pixmap stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple; |
| 881 | 883 | double linewidth = polyPtr->outline.width; |
| 882 | 884 | |
| 883 | if (((polyPtr->fillGC == None) && (polyPtr->outline.gc == None)) || | |
| 885 | if (((polyPtr->fillGC == NULL) && (polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) || | |
| 884 | 886 | (polyPtr->numPoints < 1) || |
| 885 | (polyPtr->numPoints < 3 && polyPtr->outline.gc == None)) { | |
| 887 | (polyPtr->numPoints < 3 && polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) { | |
| 886 | 888 | return; |
| 887 | 889 | } |
| 888 | 890 | |
| 910 | 912 | * reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only. |
| 911 | 913 | */ |
| 912 | 914 | |
| 913 | if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != None)) { | |
| 915 | if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL)) { | |
| 914 | 916 | Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &polyPtr->tsoffset; |
| 915 | 917 | int w = 0, h = 0; |
| 916 | 918 | int flags = tsoffset->flags; |
| 972 | 974 | } |
| 973 | 975 | numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr, |
| 974 | 976 | polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, pointPtr, NULL); |
| 975 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 977 | if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 976 | 978 | XFillPolygon(display, drawable, polyPtr->fillGC, pointPtr, |
| 977 | 979 | numPoints, Complex, CoordModeOrigin); |
| 978 | 980 | } |
| 979 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 981 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 980 | 982 | XDrawLines(display, drawable, polyPtr->outline.gc, pointPtr, |
| 981 | 983 | numPoints, CoordModeOrigin); |
| 982 | 984 | } |
| 985 | 987 | } |
| 986 | 988 | } |
| 987 | 989 | Tk_ResetOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &polyPtr->outline); |
| 988 | if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != None)) { | |
| 990 | if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL)) { | |
| 989 | 991 | XSetTSOrigin(display, polyPtr->fillGC, 0, 0); |
| 990 | 992 | } |
| 991 | 993 | } |
| 1298 | 1300 | if (bestDist <= 0.0) { |
| 1299 | 1301 | goto donepoint; |
| 1300 | 1302 | } |
| 1301 | if ((polyPtr->outline.gc != None) && (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound)) { | |
| 1303 | if ((polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) && (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound)) { | |
| 1302 | 1304 | dist = bestDist - radius; |
| 1303 | 1305 | if (dist <= 0.0) { |
| 1304 | 1306 | bestDist = 0.0; |
| 1308 | 1310 | } |
| 1309 | 1311 | } |
| 1310 | 1312 | |
| 1311 | if ((polyPtr->outline.gc == None) || (width <= 1)) { | |
| 1313 | if ((polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL) || (width <= 1)) { | |
| 1312 | 1314 | goto donepoint; |
| 1313 | 1315 | } |
| 1314 | 1316 | |
| 1514 | 1516 | goto donearea; |
| 1515 | 1517 | } |
| 1516 | 1518 | |
| 1517 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1519 | if (polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1518 | 1520 | goto donearea; |
| 1519 | 1521 | } |
| 1520 | 1522 | |
| 380 | 380 | */ |
| 381 | 381 | |
| 382 | 382 | psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName, &mode); |
| 383 | if (psInfo.chan == (Tcl_Channel) NULL) { | |
| 383 | if (psInfo.chan == NULL) { | |
| 384 | 384 | result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 385 | 385 | goto cleanup; |
| 386 | 386 | } |
| 1278 | 1278 | cdata.colors = ckalloc(sizeof(XColor) * ncolors); |
| 1279 | 1279 | cdata.ncolors = ncolors; |
| 1280 | 1280 | |
| 1281 | if (visual->class == DirectColor || visual->class == TrueColor) { | |
| 1281 | if (visual->c_class == DirectColor || visual->c_class == TrueColor) { | |
| 1282 | 1282 | cdata.separated = 1; |
| 1283 | 1283 | cdata.red_mask = visual->red_mask; |
| 1284 | 1284 | cdata.green_mask = visual->green_mask; |
| 1310 | 1310 | } |
| 1311 | 1311 | } |
| 1312 | 1312 | |
| 1313 | if (visual->class == StaticGray || visual->class == GrayScale) { | |
| 1313 | if (visual->c_class == StaticGray || visual->c_class == GrayScale) { | |
| 1314 | 1314 | cdata.color = 0; |
| 1315 | 1315 | } else { |
| 1316 | 1316 | cdata.color = 1; |
| 106 | 106 | {TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL, |
| 107 | 107 | NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, |
| 108 | 108 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL, |
| 109 | "black", Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 109 | DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 110 | 110 | {TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL, |
| 111 | 111 | DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, Tk_Offset(TextItem, tkfont), 0, NULL}, |
| 112 | 112 | {TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, |
| 268 | 268 | textPtr->textLayout = NULL; |
| 269 | 269 | textPtr->actualWidth = 0; |
| 270 | 270 | textPtr->drawOrigin[0] = textPtr->drawOrigin[1] = 0.0; |
| 271 | textPtr->gc = None; | |
| 272 | textPtr->selTextGC = None; | |
| 273 | textPtr->cursorOffGC = None; | |
| 271 | textPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 272 | textPtr->selTextGC = NULL; | |
| 273 | textPtr->cursorOffGC = NULL; | |
| 274 | 274 | textPtr->sine = 0.0; |
| 275 | 275 | textPtr->cosine = 1.0; |
| 276 | 276 | |
| 446 | 446 | } |
| 447 | 447 | } |
| 448 | 448 | |
| 449 | newGC = newSelGC = None; | |
| 449 | newGC = newSelGC = NULL; | |
| 450 | 450 | if (textPtr->tkfont != NULL) { |
| 451 | 451 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(textPtr->tkfont); |
| 452 | 452 | mask = GCFont; |
| 471 | 471 | } |
| 472 | 472 | newSelGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask|GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 473 | 473 | } |
| 474 | if (textPtr->gc != None) { | |
| 474 | if (textPtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 475 | 475 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), textPtr->gc); |
| 476 | 476 | } |
| 477 | 477 | textPtr->gc = newGC; |
| 478 | if (textPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 478 | if (textPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 479 | 479 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), textPtr->selTextGC); |
| 480 | 480 | } |
| 481 | 481 | textPtr->selTextGC = newSelGC; |
| 490 | 490 | } |
| 491 | 491 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 492 | 492 | } else { |
| 493 | newGC = None; | |
| 494 | } | |
| 495 | if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != None) { | |
| 493 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 494 | } | |
| 495 | if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) { | |
| 496 | 496 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), textPtr->cursorOffGC); |
| 497 | 497 | } |
| 498 | 498 | textPtr->cursorOffGC = newGC; |
| 591 | 591 | } |
| 592 | 592 | |
| 593 | 593 | Tk_FreeTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout); |
| 594 | if (textPtr->gc != None) { | |
| 594 | if (textPtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 595 | 595 | Tk_FreeGC(display, textPtr->gc); |
| 596 | 596 | } |
| 597 | if (textPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 597 | if (textPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 598 | 598 | Tk_FreeGC(display, textPtr->selTextGC); |
| 599 | 599 | } |
| 600 | if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != None) { | |
| 600 | if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) { | |
| 601 | 601 | Tk_FreeGC(display, textPtr->cursorOffGC); |
| 602 | 602 | } |
| 603 | 603 | } |
| 819 | 819 | } |
| 820 | 820 | } |
| 821 | 821 | |
| 822 | if (textPtr->gc == None) { | |
| 822 | if (textPtr->gc == NULL) { | |
| 823 | 823 | return; |
| 824 | 824 | } |
| 825 | 825 | |
| 931 | 931 | Tk_Fill3DPolygon(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas), drawable, |
| 932 | 932 | textInfoPtr->insertBorder, points, 4, |
| 933 | 933 | textInfoPtr->insertBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); |
| 934 | } else if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != None) { | |
| 934 | } else if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) { | |
| 935 | 935 | /* |
| 936 | 936 | * Redraw the background over the area of the cursor, even |
| 937 | 937 | * though the cursor is turned off. This guarantees that the |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 14 | #include <assert.h> | |
| 15 | 14 | |
| 16 | 15 | /* |
| 17 | 16 | * Structures defined only in this file. |
| 960 | 959 | Tk_CreateOutline( |
| 961 | 960 | Tk_Outline *outline) /* Outline structure to be filled in. */ |
| 962 | 961 | { |
| 963 | outline->gc = None; | |
| 962 | outline->gc = NULL; | |
| 964 | 963 | outline->width = 1.0; |
| 965 | 964 | outline->activeWidth = 0.0; |
| 966 | 965 | outline->disabledWidth = 0.0; |
| 1001 | 1000 | Display *display, /* Display containing window. */ |
| 1002 | 1001 | Tk_Outline *outline) |
| 1003 | 1002 | { |
| 1004 | if (outline->gc != None) { | |
| 1003 | if (outline->gc != NULL) { | |
| 1005 | 1004 | Tk_FreeGC(display, outline->gc); |
| 1006 | 1005 | } |
| 1007 | 1006 | if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { |
| 677 | 677 | canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL; |
| 678 | 678 | canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL; |
| 679 | 679 | canvasPtr->inset = 0; |
| 680 | canvasPtr->pixmapGC = None; | |
| 680 | canvasPtr->pixmapGC = NULL; | |
| 681 | 681 | canvasPtr->width = None; |
| 682 | 682 | canvasPtr->height = None; |
| 683 | 683 | canvasPtr->confine = 0; |
| 697 | 697 | canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0; |
| 698 | 698 | canvasPtr->insertOnTime = 0; |
| 699 | 699 | canvasPtr->insertOffTime = 0; |
| 700 | canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; | |
| 700 | canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL; | |
| 701 | 701 | canvasPtr->xOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin = 0; |
| 702 | 702 | canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = 0; |
| 703 | 703 | canvasPtr->bindingTable = NULL; |
| 723 | 723 | canvasPtr->scanYOrigin = 0; |
| 724 | 724 | canvasPtr->hotPtr = NULL; |
| 725 | 725 | canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = NULL; |
| 726 | canvasPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 726 | canvasPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 727 | 727 | canvasPtr->takeFocus = NULL; |
| 728 | 728 | canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(newWin)); |
| 729 | 729 | canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM /= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(newWin)); |
| 1026 | 1026 | result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 1027 | 1027 | goto done; |
| 1028 | 1028 | } |
| 1029 | if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask | |
| 1029 | if (mask & ~(unsigned long)(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask | |
| 1030 | 1030 | |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask |
| 1031 | 1031 | |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask |
| 1032 | 1032 | |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask |
| 2188 | 2188 | */ |
| 2189 | 2189 | |
| 2190 | 2190 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable); |
| 2191 | if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != None) { | |
| 2191 | if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) { | |
| 2192 | 2192 | Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC); |
| 2193 | 2193 | } |
| 2194 | 2194 | #ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH |
| 2264 | 2264 | gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(canvasPtr->bgBorder)->pixel; |
| 2265 | 2265 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(canvasPtr->tkwin, |
| 2266 | 2266 | GCFunction|GCGraphicsExposures|GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 2267 | if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != None) { | |
| 2267 | if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) { | |
| 2268 | 2268 | Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC); |
| 2269 | 2269 | } |
| 2270 | 2270 | canvasPtr->pixmapGC = newGC; |
| 2888 | 2888 | Tk_Item *itemPtr) /* Item to be redrawn. May be NULL, in which |
| 2889 | 2889 | * case nothing happens. */ |
| 2890 | 2890 | { |
| 2891 | if (itemPtr == NULL) { | |
| 2891 | if (itemPtr == NULL || canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 2892 | 2892 | return; |
| 2893 | 2893 | } |
| 2894 | 2894 | if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) || |
| 4746 | 4746 | XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */ |
| 4747 | 4747 | { |
| 4748 | 4748 | TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; |
| 4749 | int mask; | |
| 4749 | unsigned long mask; | |
| 4750 | 4750 | |
| 4751 | 4751 | Tcl_Preserve(canvasPtr); |
| 4752 | 4752 | |
| 4759 | 4759 | switch (eventPtr->type) { |
| 4760 | 4760 | case ButtonPress: |
| 4761 | 4761 | case ButtonRelease: |
| 4762 | switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) { | |
| 4763 | case Button1: | |
| 4764 | mask = Button1Mask; | |
| 4765 | break; | |
| 4766 | case Button2: | |
| 4767 | mask = Button2Mask; | |
| 4768 | break; | |
| 4769 | case Button3: | |
| 4770 | mask = Button3Mask; | |
| 4771 | break; | |
| 4772 | case Button4: | |
| 4773 | mask = Button4Mask; | |
| 4774 | break; | |
| 4775 | case Button5: | |
| 4776 | mask = Button5Mask; | |
| 4777 | break; | |
| 4778 | default: | |
| 4779 | mask = 0; | |
| 4780 | break; | |
| 4781 | } | |
| 4762 | mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button); | |
| 4782 | 4763 | |
| 4783 | 4764 | /* |
| 4784 | 4765 | * For button press events, repick the current item using the button |
| 4861 | 4842 | * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */ |
| 4862 | 4843 | { |
| 4863 | 4844 | double coords[2]; |
| 4864 | int buttonDown; | |
| 4845 | unsigned long buttonDown; | |
| 4865 | 4846 | Tk_Item *prevItemPtr; |
| 4866 | 4847 | #ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH |
| 4867 | 4848 | SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids(); |
| 4874 | 4855 | * for windows. |
| 4875 | 4856 | */ |
| 4876 | 4857 | |
| 4877 | buttonDown = canvasPtr->state | |
| 4878 | & (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask); | |
| 4858 | buttonDown = canvasPtr->state & ALL_BUTTONS; | |
| 4879 | 4859 | |
| 4880 | 4860 | /* |
| 4881 | 4861 | * Save information about this event in the canvas. The event in the |
| 5306 | 5286 | } else { |
| 5307 | 5287 | canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0; |
| 5308 | 5288 | canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0; |
| 5309 | canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; | |
| 5289 | canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL; | |
| 5310 | 5290 | } |
| 5311 | 5291 | EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr); |
| 5312 | 5292 | if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { |
| 205 | 205 | * Miscellaneous information: |
| 206 | 206 | */ |
| 207 | 207 | |
| 208 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 208 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 209 | 209 | char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 210 | 210 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 211 | 211 | * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
| 133 | 133 | if (!nice) { |
| 134 | 134 | XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset); |
| 135 | 135 | } |
| 136 | XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin)); | |
| 136 | (void)XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin)); | |
| 137 | 137 | Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); |
| 138 | 138 | return TCL_OK; |
| 139 | 139 | } |
| 1284 | 1284 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 1285 | 1285 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 1286 | 1286 | { |
| 1287 | int index, x, y, width, height, useX, useY, class, skip; | |
| 1287 | int index, x, y, width, height, useX, useY, c_class, skip; | |
| 1288 | 1288 | const char *string; |
| 1289 | 1289 | TkWindow *winPtr; |
| 1290 | 1290 | Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; |
| 1495 | 1495 | Tcl_NewIntObj(WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)))); |
| 1496 | 1496 | break; |
| 1497 | 1497 | case WIN_SCREENVISUAL: |
| 1498 | class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->class; | |
| 1498 | c_class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->c_class; | |
| 1499 | 1499 | goto visual; |
| 1500 | 1500 | case WIN_SERVER: |
| 1501 | 1501 | TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin); |
| 1523 | 1523 | break; |
| 1524 | 1524 | } |
| 1525 | 1525 | case WIN_VISUAL: |
| 1526 | class = Tk_Visual(tkwin)->class; | |
| 1526 | c_class = Tk_Visual(tkwin)->c_class; | |
| 1527 | 1527 | |
| 1528 | 1528 | visual: |
| 1529 | string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, class); | |
| 1529 | string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, c_class); | |
| 1530 | 1530 | if (string == NULL) { |
| 1531 | 1531 | string = "unknown"; |
| 1532 | 1532 | } |
| 1789 | 1789 | } |
| 1790 | 1790 | resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 1791 | 1791 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { |
| 1792 | string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, visInfoPtr[i].class); | |
| 1792 | string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, visInfoPtr[i].c_class); | |
| 1793 | 1793 | if (string == NULL) { |
| 1794 | 1794 | strcpy(buf, "unknown"); |
| 1795 | 1795 | } else { |
| 1796 | 1796 | sprintf(buf, "%s %d", string, visInfoPtr[i].depth); |
| 1797 | 1797 | } |
| 1798 | 1798 | if (includeVisualId) { |
| 1799 | sprintf(visualIdString, " 0x%x", | |
| 1800 | (unsigned) visInfoPtr[i].visualid); | |
| 1799 | sprintf(visualIdString, " 0x%lx", | |
| 1800 | (unsigned long) visInfoPtr[i].visualid); | |
| 1801 | 1801 | strcat(buf, visualIdString); |
| 1802 | 1802 | } |
| 1803 | 1803 | strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1); |
| 30 | 30 | * The structure below is used to allocate thread-local data. |
| 31 | 31 | */ |
| 32 | 32 | |
| 33 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 33 | typedef struct { | |
| 34 | 34 | char rgbString[20]; /* */ |
| 35 | 35 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 36 | 36 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 244 | 244 | */ |
| 245 | 245 | |
| 246 | 246 | tkColPtr->magic = COLOR_MAGIC; |
| 247 | tkColPtr->gc = None; | |
| 247 | tkColPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 248 | 248 | tkColPtr->screen = Tk_Screen(tkwin); |
| 249 | 249 | tkColPtr->colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin); |
| 250 | 250 | tkColPtr->visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin); |
| 325 | 325 | |
| 326 | 326 | tkColPtr = TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr); |
| 327 | 327 | tkColPtr->magic = COLOR_MAGIC; |
| 328 | tkColPtr->gc = None; | |
| 328 | tkColPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 329 | 329 | tkColPtr->screen = Tk_Screen(tkwin); |
| 330 | 330 | tkColPtr->colormap = valueKey.colormap; |
| 331 | 331 | tkColPtr->visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin); |
| 435 | 435 | Tcl_Panic("Tk_GCForColor called with bogus color"); |
| 436 | 436 | } |
| 437 | 437 | |
| 438 | if (tkColPtr->gc == None) { | |
| 438 | if (tkColPtr->gc == NULL) { | |
| 439 | 439 | gcValues.foreground = tkColPtr->color.pixel; |
| 440 | 440 | tkColPtr->gc = XCreateGC(DisplayOfScreen(tkColPtr->screen), drawable, |
| 441 | 441 | GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 490 | 490 | * longer any objects referencing it. |
| 491 | 491 | */ |
| 492 | 492 | |
| 493 | if (tkColPtr->gc != None) { | |
| 493 | if (tkColPtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 494 | 494 | XFreeGC(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->gc); |
| 495 | tkColPtr->gc = None; | |
| 495 | tkColPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 496 | 496 | } |
| 497 | 497 | TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr); |
| 498 | 498 | |
| 31 | 31 | * COLOR_MAGIC. */ |
| 32 | 32 | GC gc; /* Simple gc with this color as foreground |
| 33 | 33 | * color and all other fields defaulted. May |
| 34 | * be None. */ | |
| 34 | * be NULL. */ | |
| 35 | 35 | Screen *screen; /* Screen where this color is valid. Used to |
| 36 | 36 | * delete it, and to find its display. */ |
| 37 | 37 | Colormap colormap; /* Colormap from which this entry was |
| 30 | 30 | * the option tables that have been created for a thread. |
| 31 | 31 | */ |
| 32 | 32 | |
| 33 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 33 | typedef struct { | |
| 34 | 34 | int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */ |
| 35 | 35 | Tcl_HashTable hashTable; |
| 36 | 36 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 799 | 799 | Tk_Cursor newCursor; |
| 800 | 800 | |
| 801 | 801 | if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) { |
| 802 | newCursor = None; | |
| 802 | newCursor = NULL; | |
| 803 | 803 | valuePtr = NULL; |
| 804 | 804 | } else { |
| 805 | 805 | newCursor = Tk_AllocCursorFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr); |
| 806 | if (newCursor == None) { | |
| 806 | if (newCursor == NULL) { | |
| 807 | 807 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 808 | 808 | } |
| 809 | 809 | } |
| 861 | 861 | |
| 862 | 862 | if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) { |
| 863 | 863 | valuePtr = NULL; |
| 864 | newWin = None; | |
| 864 | newWin = NULL; | |
| 865 | 865 | } else { |
| 866 | 866 | if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, |
| 867 | 867 | &newWin) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1665 | 1665 | break; |
| 1666 | 1666 | case TK_OPTION_CURSOR: |
| 1667 | 1667 | if (internalFormExists) { |
| 1668 | if (*((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) != None) { | |
| 1668 | if (*((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) != NULL) { | |
| 1669 | 1669 | Tk_FreeCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr)); |
| 1670 | *((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) = None; | |
| 1670 | *((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) = NULL; | |
| 1671 | 1671 | } |
| 1672 | 1672 | } else if (objPtr != NULL) { |
| 1673 | 1673 | Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr); |
| 1938 | 1938 | case TK_OPTION_CURSOR: { |
| 1939 | 1939 | Tk_Cursor cursor = *((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr); |
| 1940 | 1940 | |
| 1941 | if (cursor != None) { | |
| 1941 | if (cursor != NULL) { | |
| 1942 | 1942 | objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 1943 | 1943 | Tk_NameOfCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), cursor), -1); |
| 1944 | 1944 | } |
| 149 | 149 | cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr)); |
| 150 | 150 | objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr; |
| 151 | 151 | if (cursorPtr == NULL) { |
| 152 | return None; | |
| 152 | return NULL; | |
| 153 | 153 | } |
| 154 | 154 | cursorPtr->objRefCount++; |
| 155 | 155 | return cursorPtr->cursor; |
| 189 | 189 | TkCursor *cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, string); |
| 190 | 190 | |
| 191 | 191 | if (cursorPtr == NULL) { |
| 192 | return None; | |
| 192 | return NULL; | |
| 193 | 193 | } |
| 194 | 194 | return cursorPtr->cursor; |
| 195 | 195 | } |
| 387 | 387 | |
| 388 | 388 | error: |
| 389 | 389 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(dataHashPtr); |
| 390 | return None; | |
| 390 | return NULL; | |
| 391 | 391 | } |
| 392 | 392 | |
| 393 | 393 | /* |
| 424 | 424 | |
| 425 | 425 | if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) { |
| 426 | 426 | printid: |
| 427 | sprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, "cursor id %p", cursor); | |
| 427 | sprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, "cursor id 0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)cursor); | |
| 428 | 428 | return dispPtr->cursorString; |
| 429 | 429 | } |
| 430 | 430 | idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor); |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | * tkDList.h -- | |
| 2 | * | |
| 3 | * A list is headed by pointers to first and last element. The elements | |
| 4 | * are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without | |
| 5 | * a need to traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list | |
| 6 | * before or after an existing element or at the head/tail of the list. | |
| 7 | * A list may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. | |
| 8 | * | |
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 2018 by Gregor Cramer. | |
| 10 | * | |
| 11 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of | |
| 12 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | |
| 13 | */ | |
| 14 | ||
| 15 | /* | |
| 16 | * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose | |
| 17 | * of this file to be included in source files only. Thus we are not using the | |
| 18 | * prefix "Tk_" here for functions, because all the functions have private scope. | |
| 19 | */ | |
| 20 | ||
| 21 | /* | |
| 22 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 23 | * Use the double linked list in the following way: | |
| 24 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 25 | * typedef struct MyListEntry { TK_DLIST_LINKS(MyListEntry); int value; } MyListEntry; | |
| 26 | * TK_DLIST_DEFINE(MyList, MyListEntry); | |
| 27 | * MyList listHdr = TK_DLIST_LIST_INITIALIZER; // or MyList_Init(&listHdr) | |
| 28 | * MyListEntry *p; | |
| 29 | * int i = 0; | |
| 30 | * MyList_Append(&listHdr, ckalloc(sizeof(MyListEntry))); | |
| 31 | * MyList_Append(&listHdr, ckalloc(sizeof(MyListEntry))); | |
| 32 | * TK_DLIST_FOREACH(p, &listHdr) { p->value = i++; } | |
| 33 | * // ... | |
| 34 | * MyList_RemoveHead(&listHdr); | |
| 35 | * MyList_RemoveHead(&listHdr); | |
| 36 | * MyList_Clear(MyListEntry, &listHdr); // invokes ckfree() for each element | |
| 37 | * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 38 | * IMPORTANT NOTE: TK_DLIST_LINKS must be used at start of struct! | |
| 39 | */ | |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | #ifndef TK_DLIST_DEFINED | |
| 42 | #define TK_DLIST_DEFINED | |
| 43 | ||
| 44 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 45 | ||
| 46 | /* | |
| 47 | * List definitions. | |
| 48 | */ | |
| 49 | ||
| 50 | #define TK_DLIST_LINKS(ElemType) \ | |
| 51 | struct { \ | |
| 52 | struct ElemType *prev; /* previous element */ \ | |
| 53 | struct ElemType *next; /* next element */ \ | |
| 54 | } _dl_ | |
| 55 | ||
| 56 | #define TK_DLIST_LIST_INITIALIZER { NULL, NULL } | |
| 57 | #define TK_DLIST_ELEM_INITIALIZER { NULL, NULL } | |
| 58 | ||
| 59 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 60 | /* | |
| 61 | * DList_Init: Initialize list header. This can also be used to clear the | |
| 62 | * list. | |
| 63 | * | |
| 64 | * See also: DList_Clear() | |
| 65 | */ | |
| 66 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 67 | /* | |
| 68 | * DList_ElemInit: Initialize a list element. | |
| 69 | */ | |
| 70 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 71 | /* | |
| 72 | * DList_InsertAfter: Insert 'elem' after 'listElem'. 'elem' must not | |
| 73 | * be linked, but 'listElem' must be linked. | |
| 74 | */ | |
| 75 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 76 | /* | |
| 77 | * DList_InsertBefore: Insert 'elem' before 'listElem'. 'elem' must not | |
| 78 | * be linked, but 'listElem' must be linked. | |
| 79 | */ | |
| 80 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 81 | /* | |
| 82 | * DList_Prepend: Insert 'elem' at start of list. This element must not | |
| 83 | * be linked. | |
| 84 | * | |
| 85 | * See also: DList_Append() | |
| 86 | */ | |
| 87 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 88 | /* | |
| 89 | * DList_Append: Append 'elem' to end of list. This element must not | |
| 90 | * be linked. | |
| 91 | * | |
| 92 | * See also: DList_Prepend() | |
| 93 | */ | |
| 94 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 95 | /* | |
| 96 | * DList_Move: Append all list items of 'src' to end of 'dst'. | |
| 97 | */ | |
| 98 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 99 | /* | |
| 100 | * DList_Remove: Remove 'elem' from list. This element must be linked. | |
| 101 | * | |
| 102 | * See also: DList_Free() | |
| 103 | */ | |
| 104 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 105 | /* | |
| 106 | * DList_Free: Remove 'elem' from list and free it. This element must | |
| 107 | * be linked. | |
| 108 | * | |
| 109 | * See also: DList_Remove() | |
| 110 | */ | |
| 111 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 112 | /* | |
| 113 | * DList_RemoveHead: Remove first element from list. The list must | |
| 114 | * not be empty. | |
| 115 | * | |
| 116 | * See also: DList_FreeHead() | |
| 117 | */ | |
| 118 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 119 | /* | |
| 120 | * DList_RemoveTail: Remove last element from list. The list must | |
| 121 | * not be empty. | |
| 122 | * | |
| 123 | * See also: DList_FreeTail() | |
| 124 | */ | |
| 125 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 126 | /* | |
| 127 | * DList_FreeHead: Remove first element from list and free it. | |
| 128 | * The list must not be empty. | |
| 129 | * | |
| 130 | * See also: DList_RemoveHead() | |
| 131 | */ | |
| 132 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 133 | /* | |
| 134 | * DList_FreeTail: Remove last element from list and free it. | |
| 135 | * The list must not be empty. | |
| 136 | * | |
| 137 | * See also: DList_RemoveTail() | |
| 138 | */ | |
| 139 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 140 | /* | |
| 141 | * DList_SwapElems: Swap positions of given elements 'lhs' and 'rhs'. | |
| 142 | * Both elements must be linked, and must belong to same list. | |
| 143 | */ | |
| 144 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 145 | /* | |
| 146 | * DList_Clear: Clear whole list and free all elements. | |
| 147 | * | |
| 148 | * See also: DList_Init | |
| 149 | */ | |
| 150 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 151 | /* | |
| 152 | * DList_Traverse: Iterate over all elements in list from first to last. | |
| 153 | * Call given function func(head, elem) for each element. The function has | |
| 154 | * to return the next element in list to traverse, normally this is | |
| 155 | * DList_Next(elem). | |
| 156 | * | |
| 157 | * See also: TK_DLIST_FOREACH, TK_DLIST_FOREACH_REVERSE | |
| 158 | */ | |
| 159 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 160 | /* | |
| 161 | * DList_First: Return pointer of first element in list, maybe it's NULL. | |
| 162 | */ | |
| 163 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 164 | /* | |
| 165 | * DList_Last: Return pointer of last element in list, maybe it's NULL. | |
| 166 | */ | |
| 167 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 168 | /* | |
| 169 | * DList_Next: Return pointer of next element after 'elem', maybe it's NULL. | |
| 170 | * | |
| 171 | * See also: DList_Prev() | |
| 172 | */ | |
| 173 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 174 | /* | |
| 175 | * DList_Prev: Return pointer of previous element before 'elem', maybe it's | |
| 176 | * NULL. | |
| 177 | * | |
| 178 | * See also: DList_Next() | |
| 179 | */ | |
| 180 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 181 | /* | |
| 182 | * DList_IsEmpty: Test whether given list is empty. | |
| 183 | */ | |
| 184 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 185 | /* | |
| 186 | * DList_IsLinked: Test whether given element is linked. | |
| 187 | */ | |
| 188 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 189 | /* | |
| 190 | * DList_IsFirst: Test whether given element is first element in list. | |
| 191 | * Note that 'elem' must be linked. | |
| 192 | * | |
| 193 | * See also: DList_IsLast(), DList_IsLinked() | |
| 194 | */ | |
| 195 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 196 | /* | |
| 197 | * DList_IsLast: Test whether given element is last element in list. | |
| 198 | * Note that 'elem' must be linked. | |
| 199 | * | |
| 200 | * See also: DList_IsFirst(), DList_IsLinked() | |
| 201 | */ | |
| 202 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 203 | /* | |
| 204 | * DList_Size: Count number of elements in given list. | |
| 205 | */ | |
| 206 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 207 | /* | |
| 208 | * TK_DLIST_FOREACH: Iterate over all elements in list from first to last. | |
| 209 | * 'var' is the name of the variable which points to current element. | |
| 210 | * | |
| 211 | * See also: TK_DLIST_FOREACH_REVERSE, DList_Traverse() | |
| 212 | */ | |
| 213 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 214 | /* | |
| 215 | * TK_DLIST_FOREACH_REVERSE: Iterate over all elements in list from last | |
| 216 | * to first (backwards). 'var' is the name of the variable which points to | |
| 217 | * current element. | |
| 218 | */ | |
| 219 | /*************************************************************************/ | |
| 220 | ||
| 221 | #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) | |
| 222 | # define __TK_DLIST_UNUSED __attribute__((unused)) | |
| 223 | #else | |
| 224 | # define __TK_DLIST_UNUSED | |
| 225 | #endif | |
| 226 | ||
| 227 | #define TK_DLIST_DEFINE(LT, ElemType) /* LT = type of head/list */ \ | |
| 228 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ \ | |
| 229 | typedef struct LT { \ | |
| 230 | struct ElemType *first; /* first element */ \ | |
| 231 | struct ElemType *last; /* last element */ \ | |
| 232 | } LT; \ | |
| 233 | \ | |
| 234 | typedef struct ElemType *(LT##_Func)(LT *head, struct ElemType *elem); \ | |
| 235 | \ | |
| 236 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 237 | static void \ | |
| 238 | LT##_Init(LT *head) \ | |
| 239 | { \ | |
| 240 | assert(head); \ | |
| 241 | head->first = NULL; \ | |
| 242 | head->last = NULL; \ | |
| 243 | } \ | |
| 244 | \ | |
| 245 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 246 | static void \ | |
| 247 | LT##_ElemInit(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 248 | { \ | |
| 249 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 250 | elem->_dl_.next = NULL; \ | |
| 251 | elem->_dl_.prev = NULL; \ | |
| 252 | } \ | |
| 253 | \ | |
| 254 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 255 | static int \ | |
| 256 | LT##_IsEmpty(LT *head) \ | |
| 257 | { \ | |
| 258 | assert(head); \ | |
| 259 | return head->first == NULL; \ | |
| 260 | } \ | |
| 261 | \ | |
| 262 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 263 | static int \ | |
| 264 | LT##_IsLinked(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 265 | { \ | |
| 266 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 267 | return elem->_dl_.next && elem->_dl_.prev; \ | |
| 268 | } \ | |
| 269 | \ | |
| 270 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 271 | static int \ | |
| 272 | LT##_IsFirst(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 273 | { \ | |
| 274 | assert(LT##_IsLinked(elem)); \ | |
| 275 | return elem->_dl_.prev->_dl_.prev == elem; \ | |
| 276 | } \ | |
| 277 | \ | |
| 278 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 279 | static int \ | |
| 280 | LT##_IsLast(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 281 | { \ | |
| 282 | assert(LT##_IsLinked(elem)); \ | |
| 283 | return elem->_dl_.next->_dl_.next == elem; \ | |
| 284 | } \ | |
| 285 | \ | |
| 286 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 287 | static struct ElemType * \ | |
| 288 | LT##_First(LT *head) \ | |
| 289 | { \ | |
| 290 | assert(head); \ | |
| 291 | return head->first; \ | |
| 292 | } \ | |
| 293 | \ | |
| 294 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 295 | static struct ElemType * \ | |
| 296 | LT##_Last(LT *head) \ | |
| 297 | { \ | |
| 298 | assert(head); \ | |
| 299 | return head->last; \ | |
| 300 | } \ | |
| 301 | \ | |
| 302 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 303 | static struct ElemType * \ | |
| 304 | LT##_Next(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 305 | { \ | |
| 306 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 307 | return LT##_IsLast(elem) ? NULL : elem->_dl_.next; \ | |
| 308 | } \ | |
| 309 | \ | |
| 310 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 311 | static struct ElemType * \ | |
| 312 | LT##_Prev(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 313 | { \ | |
| 314 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 315 | return LT##_IsFirst(elem) ? NULL : elem->_dl_.prev; \ | |
| 316 | } \ | |
| 317 | \ | |
| 318 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 319 | static unsigned \ | |
| 320 | LT##_Size(const LT *head) \ | |
| 321 | { \ | |
| 322 | const struct ElemType *elem; \ | |
| 323 | unsigned size = 0; \ | |
| 324 | assert(head); \ | |
| 325 | if ((elem = head->first)) { \ | |
| 326 | for ( ; elem != (void *) head; elem = elem->_dl_.next) { \ | |
| 327 | ++size; \ | |
| 328 | } \ | |
| 329 | } \ | |
| 330 | return size; \ | |
| 331 | } \ | |
| 332 | \ | |
| 333 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 334 | static void \ | |
| 335 | LT##_InsertAfter(struct ElemType *listElem, struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 336 | { \ | |
| 337 | assert(listElem); \ | |
| 338 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 339 | elem->_dl_.next = listElem->_dl_.next; \ | |
| 340 | elem->_dl_.prev = listElem; \ | |
| 341 | listElem->_dl_.next->_dl_.prev = elem; \ | |
| 342 | listElem->_dl_.next = elem; \ | |
| 343 | } \ | |
| 344 | \ | |
| 345 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 346 | static void \ | |
| 347 | LT##_InsertBefore(struct ElemType *listElem, struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 348 | { \ | |
| 349 | assert(listElem); \ | |
| 350 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 351 | elem->_dl_.next = listElem; \ | |
| 352 | elem->_dl_.prev = listElem->_dl_.prev;; \ | |
| 353 | listElem->_dl_.prev->_dl_.next = elem; \ | |
| 354 | listElem->_dl_.prev = elem; \ | |
| 355 | } \ | |
| 356 | \ | |
| 357 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 358 | static void \ | |
| 359 | LT##_Prepend(LT *head, struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 360 | { \ | |
| 361 | assert(head); \ | |
| 362 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 363 | elem->_dl_.prev = (void *) head; \ | |
| 364 | if (!head->first) { \ | |
| 365 | elem->_dl_.next = (void *) head; \ | |
| 366 | head->last = elem; \ | |
| 367 | } else { \ | |
| 368 | elem->_dl_.next = head->first; \ | |
| 369 | head->first->_dl_.prev = elem; \ | |
| 370 | } \ | |
| 371 | head->first = elem; \ | |
| 372 | } \ | |
| 373 | \ | |
| 374 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 375 | static void \ | |
| 376 | LT##_Append(LT *head, struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 377 | { \ | |
| 378 | assert(head); \ | |
| 379 | assert(elem); \ | |
| 380 | elem->_dl_.next = (void *) head; \ | |
| 381 | if (!head->first) { \ | |
| 382 | elem->_dl_.prev = (void *) head; \ | |
| 383 | head->first = elem; \ | |
| 384 | } else { \ | |
| 385 | elem->_dl_.prev = head->last; \ | |
| 386 | head->last->_dl_.next = elem; \ | |
| 387 | } \ | |
| 388 | head->last = elem; \ | |
| 389 | } \ | |
| 390 | \ | |
| 391 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 392 | static void \ | |
| 393 | LT##_Move(LT *dst, LT *src) \ | |
| 394 | { \ | |
| 395 | assert(dst); \ | |
| 396 | assert(src); \ | |
| 397 | if (src->first) { \ | |
| 398 | if (dst->first) { \ | |
| 399 | dst->last->_dl_.next = src->first; \ | |
| 400 | src->first->_dl_.prev = dst->last; \ | |
| 401 | dst->last = src->last; \ | |
| 402 | } else { \ | |
| 403 | *dst = *src; \ | |
| 404 | dst->first->_dl_.prev = (void *) dst; \ | |
| 405 | } \ | |
| 406 | dst->last->_dl_.next = (void *) dst; \ | |
| 407 | LT##_Init(src); \ | |
| 408 | } \ | |
| 409 | } \ | |
| 410 | \ | |
| 411 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 412 | static void \ | |
| 413 | LT##_Remove(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 414 | { \ | |
| 415 | int isFirst, isLast; \ | |
| 416 | assert(LT##_IsLinked(elem)); \ | |
| 417 | isFirst = LT##_IsFirst(elem); \ | |
| 418 | isLast = LT##_IsLast(elem); \ | |
| 419 | if (isFirst && isLast) { \ | |
| 420 | ((LT *) elem->_dl_.prev)->first = NULL; \ | |
| 421 | ((LT *) elem->_dl_.next)->last = NULL; \ | |
| 422 | } else { \ | |
| 423 | if (isFirst) { \ | |
| 424 | ((LT *) elem->_dl_.prev)->first = elem->_dl_.next; \ | |
| 425 | } else { \ | |
| 426 | elem->_dl_.prev->_dl_.next = elem->_dl_.next; \ | |
| 427 | } \ | |
| 428 | if (isLast) { \ | |
| 429 | ((LT *) elem->_dl_.next)->last = elem->_dl_.prev; \ | |
| 430 | } else { \ | |
| 431 | elem->_dl_.next->_dl_.prev = elem->_dl_.prev; \ | |
| 432 | } \ | |
| 433 | } \ | |
| 434 | LT##_ElemInit(elem); \ | |
| 435 | } \ | |
| 436 | \ | |
| 437 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 438 | static void \ | |
| 439 | LT##_Free(struct ElemType *elem) \ | |
| 440 | { \ | |
| 441 | LT##_Remove(elem); \ | |
| 442 | ckfree((void *) elem); \ | |
| 443 | } \ | |
| 444 | \ | |
| 445 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 446 | static void \ | |
| 447 | LT##_RemoveHead(LT *head) \ | |
| 448 | { \ | |
| 449 | assert(!LT##_IsEmpty(head)); \ | |
| 450 | LT##_Remove(head->first); \ | |
| 451 | } \ | |
| 452 | \ | |
| 453 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 454 | static void \ | |
| 455 | LT##_RemoveTail(LT *head) \ | |
| 456 | { \ | |
| 457 | assert(!LT##_IsEmpty(head)); \ | |
| 458 | LT##_Remove(head->last); \ | |
| 459 | } \ | |
| 460 | \ | |
| 461 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 462 | static void \ | |
| 463 | LT##_FreeHead(LT *head) \ | |
| 464 | { \ | |
| 465 | assert(!LT##_IsEmpty(head)); \ | |
| 466 | LT##_Free(head->first); \ | |
| 467 | } \ | |
| 468 | \ | |
| 469 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 470 | static void \ | |
| 471 | LT##_FreeTail(LT *head) \ | |
| 472 | { \ | |
| 473 | assert(!LT##_IsEmpty(head)); \ | |
| 474 | LT##_Free(head->last); \ | |
| 475 | } \ | |
| 476 | \ | |
| 477 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 478 | static void \ | |
| 479 | LT##_SwapElems(struct ElemType *lhs, struct ElemType *rhs) \ | |
| 480 | { \ | |
| 481 | assert(lhs); \ | |
| 482 | assert(rhs); \ | |
| 483 | if (lhs != rhs) { \ | |
| 484 | struct ElemType tmp; \ | |
| 485 | if (LT##_IsFirst(lhs)) { \ | |
| 486 | ((LT *) lhs->_dl_.prev)->first = rhs; \ | |
| 487 | } else if (LT##_IsFirst(rhs)) { \ | |
| 488 | ((LT *) rhs->_dl_.prev)->first = lhs; \ | |
| 489 | } \ | |
| 490 | if (LT##_IsLast(lhs)) { \ | |
| 491 | ((LT *) lhs->_dl_.next)->last = rhs; \ | |
| 492 | } else if (LT##_IsLast(rhs)) { \ | |
| 493 | ((LT *) rhs->_dl_.next)->last = lhs; \ | |
| 494 | } \ | |
| 495 | tmp._dl_ = lhs->_dl_; \ | |
| 496 | lhs->_dl_ = rhs->_dl_; \ | |
| 497 | rhs->_dl_ = tmp._dl_; \ | |
| 498 | } \ | |
| 499 | } \ | |
| 500 | \ | |
| 501 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 502 | static void \ | |
| 503 | LT##_Clear(LT *head) \ | |
| 504 | { \ | |
| 505 | struct ElemType *p; \ | |
| 506 | struct ElemType *next; \ | |
| 507 | assert(head); \ | |
| 508 | for (p = head->first; p; p = next) { \ | |
| 509 | next = LT##_Next(p); \ | |
| 510 | ckfree((void *) p); \ | |
| 511 | } \ | |
| 512 | LT##_Init(head); \ | |
| 513 | } \ | |
| 514 | \ | |
| 515 | __TK_DLIST_UNUSED \ | |
| 516 | static void \ | |
| 517 | LT##_Traverse(LT *head, LT##_Func func) \ | |
| 518 | { \ | |
| 519 | struct ElemType *next; \ | |
| 520 | struct ElemType *p; \ | |
| 521 | assert(head); \ | |
| 522 | for (p = head->first; p; p = next) { \ | |
| 523 | next = func(head, p); \ | |
| 524 | } \ | |
| 525 | } \ | |
| 526 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | |
| 527 | ||
| 528 | #define TK_DLIST_FOREACH(var, head) \ | |
| 529 | assert(head); \ | |
| 530 | for (var = head->first ? head->first : (void *) head; var != (void *) head; var = var->_dl_.next) | |
| 531 | ||
| 532 | #define TK_DLIST_FOREACH_REVERSE(var, head) \ | |
| 533 | assert(head); \ | |
| 534 | for (var = head->last ? head->last : (void *) head; var != (void *) head; var = var->_dl_.prev) | |
| 535 | ||
| 536 | #endif /* TK_DLIST_DEFINED */ | |
| 537 | ||
| 538 | /* | |
| 539 | * Local Variables: | |
| 540 | * mode: c | |
| 541 | * c-basic-offset: 4 | |
| 542 | * fill-column: 105 | |
| 543 | * End: | |
| 544 | * vi:set ts=8 sw=4: | |
| 545 | */ |
| 523 | 523 | entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 524 | 524 | entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 525 | 525 | |
| 526 | entryPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 526 | entryPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 527 | 527 | entryPtr->exportSelection = 1; |
| 528 | 528 | entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
| 529 | 529 | entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 530 | 530 | entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL; |
| 531 | 531 | entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
| 532 | 532 | entryPtr->inset = XPAD; |
| 533 | entryPtr->textGC = None; | |
| 534 | entryPtr->selTextGC = None; | |
| 535 | entryPtr->highlightGC = None; | |
| 533 | entryPtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 534 | entryPtr->selTextGC = NULL; | |
| 535 | entryPtr->highlightGC = NULL; | |
| 536 | 536 | entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
| 537 | 537 | entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 538 | 538 | |
| 1032 | 1032 | EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr); |
| 1033 | 1033 | entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED; |
| 1034 | 1034 | } |
| 1035 | if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 1035 | if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 1036 | 1036 | Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
| 1037 | 1037 | } |
| 1038 | if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 1038 | if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1039 | 1039 | Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1040 | 1040 | } |
| 1041 | 1041 | Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler); |
| 1429 | 1429 | ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ |
| 1430 | 1430 | { |
| 1431 | 1431 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 1432 | GC gc = None; | |
| 1432 | GC gc = NULL; | |
| 1433 | 1433 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1434 | 1434 | Tk_3DBorder border; |
| 1435 | 1435 | XColor *colorPtr; |
| 1481 | 1481 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1482 | 1482 | mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 1483 | 1483 | gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1484 | if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 1484 | if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 1485 | 1485 | Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC); |
| 1486 | 1486 | } |
| 1487 | 1487 | entryPtr->textGC = gc; |
| 1492 | 1492 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont); |
| 1493 | 1493 | mask = GCForeground | GCFont; |
| 1494 | 1494 | gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1495 | if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 1495 | if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1496 | 1496 | Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1497 | 1497 | } |
| 1498 | 1498 | entryPtr->selTextGC = gc; |
| 1512 | 1512 | * |
| 1513 | 1513 | * TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus -- |
| 1514 | 1514 | * |
| 1515 | * This function redraws the border of an entry widget. It overrides the | |
| 1516 | * generic border drawing code if the entry widget parameters are such | |
| 1517 | * that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just | |
| 1518 | * returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't | |
| 1519 | * have to implement it. | |
| 1515 | * Stub function for Tk on platforms other than Aqua | |
| 1516 | * (Windows and X11), which do not draw native entry borders. | |
| 1517 | * See macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c for function definition in Tk Aqua. | |
| 1520 | 1518 | * |
| 1521 | 1519 | * Results: |
| 1522 | * 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not. | |
| 1520 | * Returns 0. | |
| 1523 | 1521 | * |
| 1524 | 1522 | * Side effects: |
| 1525 | * May draw the entry border into pixmap. | |
| 1523 | * None. | |
| 1526 | 1524 | * |
| 1527 | 1525 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1528 | 1526 | */ |
| 1541 | 1539 | * |
| 1542 | 1540 | * TkpDrawSpinboxButtons -- |
| 1543 | 1541 | * |
| 1544 | * This function redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides | |
| 1545 | * the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are | |
| 1546 | * such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just | |
| 1547 | * returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't | |
| 1548 | * have to implement it. | |
| 1542 | * Stub function for Tk on platforms other than Aqua | |
| 1543 | * (Windows and X11), which do not draw native spinbox buttons. | |
| 1544 | * See macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c for function definition in Tk Aqua. | |
| 1549 | 1545 | * |
| 1550 | 1546 | * Results: |
| 1551 | * 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not. | |
| 1547 | * Returns 0. | |
| 1552 | 1548 | * |
| 1553 | 1549 | * Side effects: |
| 1554 | * May draw the entry border into pixmap. | |
| 1550 | * None. | |
| 1555 | 1551 | * |
| 1556 | 1552 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1557 | 1553 | */ |
| 2456 | 2452 | } else if ((elem == SEL_BUTTONDOWN) || (elem == SEL_BUTTONUP)) { |
| 2457 | 2453 | cursor = sbPtr->bCursor; |
| 2458 | 2454 | } else { |
| 2459 | cursor = None; | |
| 2460 | } | |
| 2461 | if (cursor != None) { | |
| 2455 | cursor = NULL; | |
| 2456 | } | |
| 2457 | if (cursor != NULL) { | |
| 2462 | 2458 | Tk_DefineCursor(entryPtr->tkwin, cursor); |
| 2463 | 2459 | } else { |
| 2464 | 2460 | Tk_UndefineCursor(entryPtr->tkwin); |
| 3134 | 3130 | EntryTextVarProc( |
| 3135 | 3131 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ |
| 3136 | 3132 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 3137 | const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ | |
| 3138 | const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ | |
| 3133 | const char *name1, /* Not used. */ | |
| 3134 | const char *name2, /* Not used. */ | |
| 3139 | 3135 | int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ |
| 3140 | 3136 | { |
| 3141 | 3137 | Entry *entryPtr = clientData; |
| 3149 | 3145 | } |
| 3150 | 3146 | |
| 3151 | 3147 | /* |
| 3152 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 3153 | */ | |
| 3154 | ||
| 3155 | if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) { | |
| 3156 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 3157 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 3158 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 3159 | EntryTextVarProc, clientData); | |
| 3160 | } | |
| 3161 | return NULL; | |
| 3162 | } | |
| 3163 | ||
| 3164 | /* | |
| 3165 | 3148 | * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole |
| 3166 | 3149 | * interpreter is going away. |
| 3167 | 3150 | */ |
| 3168 | 3151 | |
| 3169 | 3152 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 3170 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 3153 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && entryPtr->textVarName) { | |
| 3154 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 3155 | ||
| 3156 | do { | |
| 3157 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 3158 | entryPtr->textVarName, | |
| 3159 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 3160 | EntryTextVarProc, probe); | |
| 3161 | if (probe == (ClientData)entryPtr) { | |
| 3162 | break; | |
| 3163 | } | |
| 3164 | } while (probe); | |
| 3165 | if (probe) { | |
| 3166 | /* | |
| 3167 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 3168 | * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 3169 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 3170 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 3171 | */ | |
| 3172 | return NULL; | |
| 3173 | } | |
| 3171 | 3174 | Tcl_SetVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL, |
| 3172 | 3175 | entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 3173 | 3176 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, NULL, |
| 3174 | 3177 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 3175 | 3178 | EntryTextVarProc, clientData); |
| 3176 | 3179 | entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED; |
| 3177 | } | |
| 3180 | } | |
| 3178 | 3181 | return NULL; |
| 3179 | 3182 | } |
| 3180 | 3183 | |
| 3632 | 3635 | entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; |
| 3633 | 3636 | entryPtr->selectLast = -1; |
| 3634 | 3637 | |
| 3635 | entryPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 3638 | entryPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 3636 | 3639 | entryPtr->exportSelection = 1; |
| 3637 | 3640 | entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
| 3638 | 3641 | entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 3639 | 3642 | entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL; |
| 3640 | 3643 | entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string; |
| 3641 | 3644 | entryPtr->inset = XPAD; |
| 3642 | entryPtr->textGC = None; | |
| 3643 | entryPtr->selTextGC = None; | |
| 3644 | entryPtr->highlightGC = None; | |
| 3645 | entryPtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 3646 | entryPtr->selTextGC = NULL; | |
| 3647 | entryPtr->highlightGC = NULL; | |
| 3645 | 3648 | entryPtr->avgWidth = 1; |
| 3646 | 3649 | entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE; |
| 3647 | 3650 | |
| 3648 | 3651 | sbPtr->selElement = SEL_NONE; |
| 3649 | 3652 | sbPtr->curElement = SEL_NONE; |
| 3650 | sbPtr->bCursor = None; | |
| 3653 | sbPtr->bCursor = NULL; | |
| 3651 | 3654 | sbPtr->repeatDelay = 400; |
| 3652 | 3655 | sbPtr->repeatInterval = 100; |
| 3653 | 3656 | sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0; |
| 81 | 81 | * in readonly state, plus used for |
| 82 | 82 | * background. */ |
| 83 | 83 | int borderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around window. */ |
| 84 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 84 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 85 | 85 | int exportSelection; /* Non-zero means tie internal entry selection |
| 86 | 86 | * to X selection. */ |
| 87 | 87 | Tk_Font tkfont; /* Information about text font, or NULL. */ |
| 191 | 191 | Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* Used for drawing border around active |
| 192 | 192 | * buttons. */ |
| 193 | 193 | Tk_3DBorder buttonBorder; /* Used for drawing border around buttons. */ |
| 194 | Tk_Cursor bCursor; /* cursor for buttons, or None. */ | |
| 194 | Tk_Cursor bCursor; /* cursor for buttons, or NULL. */ | |
| 195 | 195 | int bdRelief; /* 3-D effect: TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc. */ |
| 196 | 196 | int buRelief; /* 3-D effect: TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc. */ |
| 197 | 197 | char *command; /* Command to invoke for spin buttons. NULL |
| 138 | 138 | * storage for the current thread. |
| 139 | 139 | */ |
| 140 | 140 | |
| 141 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 141 | typedef struct { | |
| 142 | 142 | int handlersActive; /* The following variable has a non-zero value |
| 143 | 143 | * when a handler is active. */ |
| 144 | 144 | InProgress *pendingPtr; /* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if |
| 192 | 192 | |
| 193 | 193 | static void CleanUpTkEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); |
| 194 | 194 | static void DelayedMotionProc(ClientData clientData); |
| 195 | static int GetButtonMask(unsigned int Button); | |
| 196 | 195 | static unsigned long GetEventMaskFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); |
| 197 | 196 | static TkWindow * GetTkWindowFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); |
| 198 | 197 | static void InvokeClientMessageHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr, |
| 207 | 206 | static int RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr); |
| 208 | 207 | static int TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData, |
| 209 | 208 | XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); |
| 210 | static void UpdateButtonEventState(XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 211 | 209 | static int WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); |
| 212 | 210 | #ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS |
| 213 | 211 | static void CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr); |
| 523 | 521 | /* |
| 524 | 522 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 525 | 523 | * |
| 526 | * GetButtonMask -- | |
| 524 | * TkGetButtonMask -- | |
| 527 | 525 | * |
| 528 | 526 | * Return the proper Button${n}Mask for the button. |
| 529 | 527 | * |
| 536 | 534 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 537 | 535 | */ |
| 538 | 536 | |
| 539 | static int | |
| 540 | GetButtonMask( | |
| 537 | static const unsigned long buttonMasks[] = { | |
| 538 | 0, Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask | |
| 539 | }; | |
| 540 | ||
| 541 | unsigned long | |
| 542 | TkGetButtonMask( | |
| 541 | 543 | unsigned int button) |
| 542 | 544 | { |
| 543 | switch (button) { | |
| 544 | case 1: | |
| 545 | return Button1Mask; | |
| 546 | case 2: | |
| 547 | return Button2Mask; | |
| 548 | case 3: | |
| 549 | return Button3Mask; | |
| 550 | case 4: | |
| 551 | return Button4Mask; | |
| 552 | case 5: | |
| 553 | return Button5Mask; | |
| 554 | } | |
| 555 | return 0; | |
| 556 | } | |
| 557 | ||
| 558 | /* | |
| 559 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 560 | * | |
| 561 | * UpdateButtonEventState -- | |
| 562 | * | |
| 563 | * Update the button event state in our TkDisplay using the XEvent | |
| 564 | * passed. We also may modify the the XEvent passed to fit some aspects | |
| 565 | * of our TkDisplay. | |
| 566 | * | |
| 567 | * Results: | |
| 568 | * None. | |
| 569 | * | |
| 570 | * Side effects: | |
| 571 | * The TkDisplay's private button state may be modified. The eventPtr's | |
| 572 | * state may be updated to reflect masks stored in our TkDisplay that the | |
| 573 | * event doesn't contain. The eventPtr may also be modified to not | |
| 574 | * contain a button state for the window in which it was not pressed in. | |
| 575 | * | |
| 576 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 577 | */ | |
| 578 | ||
| 579 | static void | |
| 580 | UpdateButtonEventState( | |
| 581 | XEvent *eventPtr) | |
| 582 | { | |
| 583 | TkDisplay *dispPtr; | |
| 584 | int allButtonsMask = Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | |
| 585 | | Button4Mask | Button5Mask; | |
| 586 | ||
| 587 | switch (eventPtr->type) { | |
| 588 | case ButtonPress: | |
| 589 | dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display); | |
| 590 | dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = eventPtr->xbutton.window; | |
| 591 | eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState; | |
| 592 | ||
| 593 | dispPtr->mouseButtonState |= GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button); | |
| 594 | break; | |
| 595 | ||
| 596 | case ButtonRelease: | |
| 597 | dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display); | |
| 598 | dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None; | |
| 599 | dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button); | |
| 600 | eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState; | |
| 601 | break; | |
| 602 | ||
| 603 | case MotionNotify: | |
| 604 | dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xmotion.display); | |
| 605 | if (dispPtr->mouseButtonState & allButtonsMask) { | |
| 606 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.window != dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow) { | |
| 607 | /* | |
| 608 | * This motion event should not be interpreted as a button | |
| 609 | * press + motion event since this is not the same window the | |
| 610 | * button was pressed down in. | |
| 611 | */ | |
| 612 | ||
| 613 | dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~allButtonsMask; | |
| 614 | dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None; | |
| 615 | } else { | |
| 616 | eventPtr->xmotion.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState; | |
| 617 | } | |
| 618 | } | |
| 619 | break; | |
| 620 | } | |
| 545 | return (button > Button5) ? 0 : buttonMasks[button]; | |
| 621 | 546 | } |
| 622 | 547 | |
| 623 | 548 | /* |
| 1219 | 1144 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 1220 | 1145 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 1221 | 1146 | |
| 1222 | UpdateButtonEventState(eventPtr); | |
| 1147 | #if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) && !defined(_WIN32) | |
| 1148 | if (((eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) || (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease)) | |
| 1149 | && ((eventPtr->xbutton.button - 6) < 2)) { | |
| 1150 | eventPtr->xbutton.button -= 2; | |
| 1151 | eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= ShiftMask; | |
| 1152 | } | |
| 1153 | #endif | |
| 1223 | 1154 | |
| 1224 | 1155 | /* |
| 1225 | 1156 | * If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return. |
| 1367 | 1298 | * handle CreateNotify events, so we gotta pass 'em through. |
| 1368 | 1299 | */ |
| 1369 | 1300 | |
| 1370 | if ((ip.winPtr != None) | |
| 1301 | if ((ip.winPtr != NULL) | |
| 1371 | 1302 | && ((mask != SubstructureNotifyMask) |
| 1372 | 1303 | || (eventPtr->type == CreateNotify))) { |
| 1373 | 1304 | TkBindEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr); |
| 1438 | 1369 | ipPtr->nextHandler = NULL; |
| 1439 | 1370 | } |
| 1440 | 1371 | if (ipPtr->winPtr == winPtr) { |
| 1441 | ipPtr->winPtr = None; | |
| 1372 | ipPtr->winPtr = NULL; | |
| 1442 | 1373 | } |
| 1443 | 1374 | } |
| 1444 | 1375 | ckfree(handlerPtr); |
| 278 | 278 | * pass the event through to Tk bindings. |
| 279 | 279 | */ |
| 280 | 280 | |
| 281 | if (eventPtr->xfocus.send_event == GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC) { | |
| 282 | eventPtr->xfocus.send_event = 0; | |
| 281 | if ((eventPtr->xfocus.send_event & GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC) == GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC) { | |
| 282 | eventPtr->xfocus.send_event &= ~GENERATED_FOCUS_EVENT_MAGIC; | |
| 283 | 283 | return 1; |
| 284 | 284 | } |
| 285 | 285 | |
| 550 | 550 | return; |
| 551 | 551 | } |
| 552 | 552 | |
| 553 | /* | |
| 554 | * Get the current focus window with the same display and application | |
| 555 | * as winPtr. | |
| 556 | */ | |
| 557 | ||
| 553 | 558 | displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr); |
| 554 | 559 | |
| 555 | 560 | /* |
| 556 | * If force is set, we should make sure we grab the focus regardless of | |
| 557 | * the current focus window since under Windows, we may need to take | |
| 558 | * control away from another application. | |
| 561 | * Do nothing if the window already has focus and force is not set. If | |
| 562 | * force is set, we need to grab the focus, since under Windows or macOS | |
| 563 | * this may involve taking control away from another application. | |
| 559 | 564 | */ |
| 560 | 565 | |
| 561 | 566 | if (winPtr == displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr && !force) { |
| 563 | 568 | } |
| 564 | 569 | |
| 565 | 570 | /* |
| 566 | * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record | |
| 567 | * for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are | |
| 571 | * Find the toplevel window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record | |
| 572 | * for the toplevel. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are | |
| 568 | 573 | * mapped. |
| 569 | 574 | */ |
| 570 | 575 | |
| 571 | 576 | allMapped = 1; |
| 572 | 577 | for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { |
| 573 | 578 | if (topLevelPtr == NULL) { |
| 579 | ||
| 574 | 580 | /* |
| 575 | 581 | * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving |
| 576 | 582 | * it the focus. |
| 587 | 593 | } |
| 588 | 594 | |
| 589 | 595 | /* |
| 590 | * If the new focus window isn't mapped, then we can't focus on it (X will | |
| 591 | * generate an error, for example). Instead, create an event handler that | |
| 592 | * will set the focus to this window once it gets mapped. At the same | |
| 593 | * time, delete any old handler that might be around; it's no longer | |
| 594 | * relevant. | |
| 596 | * If any ancestor of the new focus window isn't mapped, then we can't set | |
| 597 | * focus for it (X will generate an error, for example). Instead, create | |
| 598 | * an event handler that will set the focus to this window once it gets | |
| 599 | * mapped. At the same time, delete any old handler that might be around; | |
| 600 | * it's no longer relevant. | |
| 595 | 601 | */ |
| 596 | 602 | |
| 597 | 603 | if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) { |
| 622 | 628 | } |
| 623 | 629 | tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = winPtr; |
| 624 | 630 | |
| 625 | /* | |
| 626 | * Reset the window system's focus window and generate focus events, with | |
| 627 | * two special cases: | |
| 628 | * | |
| 629 | * 1. If the application is embedded and doesn't currently have the focus, | |
| 630 | * don't set the focus directly. Instead, see if the embedding code can | |
| 631 | * claim the focus from the enclosing container. | |
| 632 | * 2. Otherwise, if the application doesn't currently have the focus, | |
| 633 | * don't change the window system's focus unless it was already in this | |
| 634 | * application or "force" was specified. | |
| 635 | */ | |
| 636 | ||
| 637 | if ((topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) | |
| 638 | && (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) { | |
| 631 | if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED && | |
| 632 | (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) { | |
| 633 | ||
| 634 | /* | |
| 635 | * We are assigning focus to an embedded toplevel. The platform | |
| 636 | * specific function TkpClaimFocus needs to handle the job of | |
| 637 | * assigning focus to the container, since we have no way to find the | |
| 638 | * contaiuner. | |
| 639 | */ | |
| 640 | ||
| 639 | 641 | TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force); |
| 640 | 642 | } else if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr != NULL) || force) { |
| 641 | /* | |
| 642 | * Generate events to shift focus between Tk windows. We do this | |
| 643 | * regardless of what TkpChangeFocus does with the real X focus so | |
| 644 | * that Tk widgets track focus commands when there is no window | |
| 645 | * manager. GenerateFocusEvents will set up a serial number marker so | |
| 646 | * we discard focus events that are triggered by the ChangeFocus. | |
| 643 | ||
| 644 | /* | |
| 645 | * If we are forcing removal of focus from a container hosting a | |
| 646 | * toplevel from a different application, clear the focus in that | |
| 647 | * application. | |
| 648 | */ | |
| 649 | ||
| 650 | if (force) { | |
| 651 | TkWindow *focusPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 652 | if (focusPtr && focusPtr->mainPtr != winPtr->mainPtr) { | |
| 653 | DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr2 = FindDisplayFocusInfo( | |
| 654 | focusPtr->mainPtr, focusPtr->dispPtr); | |
| 655 | displayFocusPtr2->focusWinPtr = NULL; | |
| 656 | } | |
| 657 | } | |
| 658 | ||
| 659 | /* | |
| 660 | * Call the platform specific function TkpChangeFocus to move the | |
| 661 | * window manager's focus to a new toplevel. | |
| 647 | 662 | */ |
| 648 | 663 | |
| 649 | 664 | serial = TkpChangeFocus(TkpGetWrapperWindow(topLevelPtr), force); |
| 12 | 12 | |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 14 | 14 | #include "tkFont.h" |
| 15 | ||
| 15 | #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) | |
| 16 | #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" | |
| 17 | #endif | |
| 16 | 18 | /* |
| 17 | 19 | * The following structure is used to keep track of all the fonts that exist |
| 18 | 20 | * in the current application. It must be stored in the TkMainInfo for the |
| 871 | 873 | ClientData clientData) /* Info about application's fonts. */ |
| 872 | 874 | { |
| 873 | 875 | TkFontInfo *fiPtr = clientData; |
| 874 | ||
| 876 | #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) | |
| 877 | ||
| 878 | /* | |
| 879 | * On macOS it is catastrophic to recompute all widgets while the | |
| 880 | * [NSView drawRect] method is drawing. The best that we can do in | |
| 881 | * that situation is to abort the recomputation and hope for the best. | |
| 882 | */ | |
| 883 | ||
| 884 | if (TkpAppIsDrawing()) { | |
| 885 | return; | |
| 886 | } | |
| 887 | #endif | |
| 875 | 888 | fiPtr->updatePending = 0; |
| 876 | 889 | RecomputeWidgets(fiPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); |
| 877 | 890 | } |
| 661 | 661 | framePtr->type = type; |
| 662 | 662 | framePtr->colormap = colormap; |
| 663 | 663 | framePtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 664 | framePtr->cursor = None; | |
| 664 | framePtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 665 | 665 | |
| 666 | 666 | if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { |
| 667 | 667 | Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr; |
| 668 | 668 | |
| 669 | 669 | labelframePtr->labelAnchor = LABELANCHOR_NW; |
| 670 | labelframePtr->textGC = None; | |
| 670 | labelframePtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 671 | 671 | } |
| 672 | 672 | |
| 673 | 673 | /* |
| 863 | 863 | |
| 864 | 864 | if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { |
| 865 | 865 | Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout); |
| 866 | if (labelframePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 866 | if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 867 | 867 | Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC); |
| 868 | 868 | } |
| 869 | 869 | } |
| 1119 | 1119 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1120 | 1120 | gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures, |
| 1121 | 1121 | &gcValues); |
| 1122 | if (labelframePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 1122 | if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 1123 | 1123 | Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC); |
| 1124 | 1124 | } |
| 1125 | 1125 | labelframePtr->textGC = gc; |
| 219 | 219 | /* |
| 220 | 220 | * All the slaves for which this is the master window must now be |
| 221 | 221 | * repositioned to take account of the new internal border width. To |
| 222 | * signal all the geometry managers to do this, just resize the window to | |
| 223 | * its current size. The ConfigureNotify event will cause geometry | |
| 224 | * managers to recompute everything. | |
| 222 | * signal all the geometry managers to do this, trigger a ConfigureNotify | |
| 223 | * event. This will cause geometry managers to recompute everything. | |
| 225 | 224 | */ |
| 226 | 225 | |
| 227 | 226 | if (changed) { |
| 228 | Tk_ResizeWindow(tkwin, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin)); | |
| 227 | TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr); | |
| 229 | 228 | } |
| 230 | 229 | } |
| 231 | 230 | |
| 326 | 325 | { |
| 327 | 326 | register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; |
| 328 | 327 | |
| 329 | if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL && | |
| 330 | strcmp(winPtr->geometryMaster, master) == 0) { | |
| 328 | if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL && | |
| 329 | strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) == 0) { | |
| 331 | 330 | return TCL_OK; |
| 332 | 331 | } |
| 333 | if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) { | |
| 332 | if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) { | |
| 334 | 333 | if (interp != NULL) { |
| 335 | 334 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 336 | 335 | "cannot use geometry manager %s inside %s which already" |
| 337 | 336 | " has slaves managed by %s", |
| 338 | master, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geometryMaster)); | |
| 337 | master, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geomMgrName)); | |
| 339 | 338 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "FIGHT", NULL); |
| 340 | 339 | } |
| 341 | 340 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 342 | 341 | } |
| 343 | 342 | |
| 344 | winPtr->geometryMaster = ckalloc(strlen(master) + 1); | |
| 345 | strcpy(winPtr->geometryMaster, master); | |
| 343 | winPtr->geomMgrName = ckalloc(strlen(master) + 1); | |
| 344 | strcpy(winPtr->geomMgrName, master); | |
| 346 | 345 | return TCL_OK; |
| 347 | 346 | } |
| 348 | 347 | |
| 371 | 370 | { |
| 372 | 371 | register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; |
| 373 | 372 | |
| 374 | if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL && | |
| 375 | strcmp(winPtr->geometryMaster, master) != 0) { | |
| 373 | if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL && | |
| 374 | strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) != 0) { | |
| 376 | 375 | Tcl_Panic("Trying to free %s from geometry manager %s", |
| 377 | winPtr->geometryMaster, master); | |
| 378 | } | |
| 379 | if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) { | |
| 380 | ckfree(winPtr->geometryMaster); | |
| 381 | winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL; | |
| 376 | winPtr->geomMgrName, master); | |
| 377 | } | |
| 378 | if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) { | |
| 379 | ckfree(winPtr->geomMgrName); | |
| 380 | winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL; | |
| 382 | 381 | } |
| 383 | 382 | } |
| 384 | 383 | |
| 424 | 423 | Tk_Window ancestor, parent; |
| 425 | 424 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) master)->dispPtr; |
| 426 | 425 | |
| 426 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master; | |
| 427 | ||
| 428 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master; | |
| 427 | 429 | if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) { |
| 428 | 430 | /* |
| 429 | 431 | * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, don't bother |
| 569 | 571 | Tk_Window ancestor; |
| 570 | 572 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slave)->dispPtr; |
| 571 | 573 | |
| 574 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL; | |
| 575 | ||
| 576 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL; | |
| 572 | 577 | if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) { |
| 573 | 578 | /* |
| 574 | 579 | * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, |
| 21 | 21 | * the current thread. |
| 22 | 22 | */ |
| 23 | 23 | |
| 24 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 24 | typedef struct { | |
| 25 | 25 | int initialized; |
| 26 | 26 | Tcl_HashTable uidTable; |
| 27 | 27 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 132 | 132 | */ |
| 133 | 133 | |
| 134 | 134 | #define GENERATED_GRAB_EVENT_MAGIC ((Bool) 0x147321ac) |
| 135 | ||
| 136 | /* | |
| 137 | * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus | |
| 138 | * masks that select individual buttons' bits: | |
| 139 | */ | |
| 140 | ||
| 141 | #define ALL_BUTTONS \ | |
| 142 | (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask) | |
| 143 | static const unsigned int buttonStates[] = { | |
| 144 | Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask | |
| 145 | }; | |
| 146 | 135 | |
| 147 | 136 | /* |
| 148 | 137 | * Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file: |
| 425 | 414 | } |
| 426 | 415 | |
| 427 | 416 | Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); |
| 428 | #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 429 | if (!grabGlobal) | |
| 430 | #else | |
| 431 | if (0) | |
| 432 | #endif /* MAC_OSX_TK */ | |
| 433 | { | |
| 417 | if (!grabGlobal) { | |
| 434 | 418 | Window dummy1, dummy2; |
| 435 | 419 | int dummy3, dummy4, dummy5, dummy6; |
| 436 | 420 | unsigned int state; |
| 885 | 869 | return 1; |
| 886 | 870 | } |
| 887 | 871 | } else { |
| 888 | if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) | |
| 889 | == buttonStates[eventPtr->xbutton.button - Button1]) { | |
| 872 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.button != AnyButton && | |
| 873 | ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) | |
| 874 | == (unsigned int)TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button))) { | |
| 890 | 875 | ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr); /* Note 4. */ |
| 891 | 876 | } |
| 892 | 877 | } |
| 1385 | 1370 | static int |
| 1386 | 1371 | GrabWinEventProc( |
| 1387 | 1372 | Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Event of type NewGrabWinEvent. */ |
| 1388 | int flags) /* Flags argument to Tk_DoOneEvent: indicates | |
| 1373 | int flags) /* Flags argument to Tcl_DoOneEvent: indicates | |
| 1389 | 1374 | * what kinds of events are being processed |
| 1390 | 1375 | * right now. */ |
| 1391 | 1376 | { |
| 1912 | 1912 | GridLayout *layoutPtr; /* Temporary layout structure. */ |
| 1913 | 1913 | int requiredSize; /* The natural size of the grid (pixels). |
| 1914 | 1914 | * This is the minimum size needed to |
| 1915 | * accomodate all of the slaves at their | |
| 1915 | * accommodate all of the slaves at their | |
| 1916 | 1916 | * requested sizes. */ |
| 1917 | 1917 | int offset; /* The pixel offset of the right edge of the |
| 1918 | 1918 | * current slot from the beginning of the |
| 2485 | 2485 | * Side effects: |
| 2486 | 2486 | * The width and height arguments are filled in the master data |
| 2487 | 2487 | * structure. Additional space is allocated for the constraints to |
| 2488 | * accomodate the offsets. | |
| 2488 | * accommodate the offsets. | |
| 2489 | 2489 | * |
| 2490 | 2490 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2491 | 2491 | */ |
| 2937 | 2937 | Gridder *masterPtr = NULL; |
| 2938 | 2938 | Gridder *slavePtr; |
| 2939 | 2939 | Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor; |
| 2940 | TkWindow *master; | |
| 2940 | 2941 | int i, j, tmp; |
| 2941 | 2942 | int numWindows; |
| 2942 | 2943 | int width; |
| 3351 | 3352 | } |
| 3352 | 3353 | |
| 3353 | 3354 | /* |
| 3354 | * Try to make sure our master isn't managed by us. | |
| 3355 | * Check for management loops. | |
| 3355 | 3356 | */ |
| 3356 | 3357 | |
| 3357 | if (masterPtr->masterPtr == slavePtr) { | |
| 3358 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3358 | for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL; | |
| 3359 | master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) { | |
| 3360 | if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) { | |
| 3361 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3359 | 3362 | "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop", |
| 3360 | Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin))); | |
| 3361 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); | |
| 3362 | Unlink(slavePtr); | |
| 3363 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3364 | } | |
| 3363 | Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin))); | |
| 3364 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); | |
| 3365 | Unlink(slavePtr); | |
| 3366 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3367 | } | |
| 3368 | } | |
| 3369 | if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) { | |
| 3370 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; | |
| 3371 | } | |
| 3365 | 3372 | |
| 3366 | 3373 | Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr); |
| 3367 | 3374 | |
| 65 | 65 | * when the world is falling apart.) */ |
| 66 | 66 | } ImageMaster; |
| 67 | 67 | |
| 68 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 68 | typedef struct { | |
| 69 | 69 | Tk_ImageType *imageTypeList;/* First in a list of all known image |
| 70 | 70 | * types. */ |
| 71 | 71 | Tk_ImageType *oldImageTypeList; |
| 774 | 774 | |
| 775 | 775 | gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); |
| 776 | 776 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 777 | if (newGC != None) { | |
| 777 | if (newGC != NULL) { | |
| 778 | 778 | XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), pmap, newGC, 0, 0, |
| 779 | 779 | (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); |
| 780 | 780 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), newGC); |
| 426 | 426 | } |
| 427 | 427 | gc = Tk_GetGC(instancePtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 428 | 428 | } else { |
| 429 | gc = None; | |
| 430 | } | |
| 431 | if (instancePtr->gc != None) { | |
| 429 | gc = NULL; | |
| 430 | } | |
| 431 | if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 432 | 432 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), instancePtr->gc); |
| 433 | 433 | } |
| 434 | 434 | instancePtr->gc = gc; |
| 440 | 440 | * it clear that this instance cannot be displayed. Then report the error. |
| 441 | 441 | */ |
| 442 | 442 | |
| 443 | if (instancePtr->gc != None) { | |
| 443 | if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 444 | 444 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), instancePtr->gc); |
| 445 | 445 | } |
| 446 | instancePtr->gc = None; | |
| 446 | instancePtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 447 | 447 | Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 448 | 448 | "\n (while configuring image \"%s\")", Tk_NameOfImage( |
| 449 | 449 | masterPtr->tkMaster))); |
| 847 | 847 | instancePtr->bg = NULL; |
| 848 | 848 | instancePtr->bitmap = None; |
| 849 | 849 | instancePtr->mask = None; |
| 850 | instancePtr->gc = None; | |
| 850 | instancePtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 851 | 851 | instancePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; |
| 852 | 852 | masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr; |
| 853 | 853 | ImgBmapConfigureInstance(instancePtr); |
| 901 | 901 | * creating the image instance so it can't be displayed. |
| 902 | 902 | */ |
| 903 | 903 | |
| 904 | if (instancePtr->gc == None) { | |
| 904 | if (instancePtr->gc == NULL) { | |
| 905 | 905 | return; |
| 906 | 906 | } |
| 907 | 907 | |
| 972 | 972 | if (instancePtr->mask != None) { |
| 973 | 973 | Tk_FreePixmap(display, instancePtr->mask); |
| 974 | 974 | } |
| 975 | if (instancePtr->gc != None) { | |
| 975 | if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 976 | 976 | Tk_FreeGC(display, instancePtr->gc); |
| 977 | 977 | } |
| 978 | 978 | if (instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr == instancePtr) { |
| 62 | 62 | * Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few |
| 63 | 63 | * key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the |
| 64 | 64 | * char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To |
| 65 | * accomodate these systems, we test against the numeric value of the ASCII | |
| 65 | * accommodate these systems, we test against the numeric value of the ASCII | |
| 66 | 66 | * characters instead of the characters themselves. This is encoding |
| 67 | * independant. | |
| 67 | * independent. | |
| 68 | 68 | */ |
| 69 | 69 | |
| 70 | 70 | static const char GIF87a[] = { /* ASCII GIF87a */ |
| 1033 | 1033 | int transparent) |
| 1034 | 1034 | { |
| 1035 | 1035 | unsigned char initialCodeSize; |
| 1036 | int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i; | |
| 1036 | int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i, count; | |
| 1037 | 1037 | register unsigned char *pixelPtr; |
| 1038 | 1038 | static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 }; |
| 1039 | 1039 | static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 }; |
| 1250 | 1250 | ypos++; |
| 1251 | 1251 | } |
| 1252 | 1252 | pixelPtr = imagePtr + (ypos) * len * ((transparent>=0)?4:3); |
| 1253 | } | |
| 1254 | ||
| 1255 | /* | |
| 1256 | * Now read until the final zero byte. | |
| 1257 | * It was observed that there might be 1 length blocks | |
| 1258 | * (test imgPhoto-14.1) which are not read. | |
| 1259 | * | |
| 1260 | * The field "stack" is abused for temporary buffer. it has 4096 bytes | |
| 1261 | * and we need 256. | |
| 1262 | * | |
| 1263 | * Loop until we hit a 0 length block which is the end sign. | |
| 1264 | */ | |
| 1265 | while ( 0 < (count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, stack))) | |
| 1266 | { | |
| 1267 | if (-1 == count ) { | |
| 1268 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 1269 | "error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp))); | |
| 1270 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1271 | } | |
| 1253 | 1272 | } |
| 1254 | 1273 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1255 | 1274 | } |
| 9 | 9 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 10 | 10 | */ |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | #include "assert.h" | |
| 13 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 14 | 13 | |
| 15 | 14 | #define PNG_INT32(a,b,c,d) \ |
| 18 | 18 | */ |
| 19 | 19 | |
| 20 | 20 | #include "tkImgPhoto.h" |
| 21 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 22 | #define TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND | |
| 23 | #endif | |
| 21 | 24 | |
| 22 | 25 | /* |
| 23 | 26 | * Declaration for internal Xlib function used here: |
| 29 | 32 | * Forward declarations |
| 30 | 33 | */ |
| 31 | 34 | |
| 32 | #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 35 | #ifndef TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND | |
| 33 | 36 | static void BlendComplexAlpha(XImage *bgImg, PhotoInstance *iPtr, |
| 34 | 37 | int xOffset, int yOffset, int width, int height); |
| 35 | 38 | #endif |
| 305 | 308 | nGreen = nBlue = 0; |
| 306 | 309 | mono = 1; |
| 307 | 310 | instancePtr->visualInfo = *visInfoPtr; |
| 308 | switch (visInfoPtr->class) { | |
| 311 | switch (visInfoPtr->c_class) { | |
| 309 | 312 | case DirectColor: |
| 310 | 313 | case TrueColor: |
| 311 | 314 | nRed = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->red_mask); |
| 410 | 413 | * |
| 411 | 414 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 412 | 415 | */ |
| 413 | #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 416 | #ifndef TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND | |
| 414 | 417 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 415 | 418 | #define GetRValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift)) |
| 416 | 419 | #define GetGValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift)) |
| 485 | 488 | * optimized. |
| 486 | 489 | */ |
| 487 | 490 | |
| 488 | #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) | |
| 491 | #if !defined(_WIN32) | |
| 489 | 492 | if (bgImg->depth < 24) { |
| 490 | 493 | unsigned char red_mlen, green_mlen, blue_mlen; |
| 491 | 494 | |
| 533 | 536 | } |
| 534 | 537 | return; |
| 535 | 538 | } |
| 536 | #endif /* !_WIN32 && !MAC_OSX_TK */ | |
| 539 | #endif /* !_WIN32 */ | |
| 537 | 540 | |
| 538 | 541 | for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { |
| 539 | 542 | line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width; |
| 576 | 579 | } |
| 577 | 580 | #undef ALPHA_BLEND |
| 578 | 581 | } |
| 579 | #endif /* MAC_OSX_TK */ | |
| 582 | #endif /* TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND */ | |
| 580 | 583 | |
| 581 | 584 | /* |
| 582 | 585 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 608 | 611 | * to imageX and imageY. */ |
| 609 | 612 | { |
| 610 | 613 | PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData; |
| 614 | #ifndef TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND | |
| 611 | 615 | XVisualInfo visInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo; |
| 616 | #endif | |
| 612 | 617 | |
| 613 | 618 | /* |
| 614 | 619 | * If there's no pixmap, it means that an error occurred while creating |
| 619 | 624 | return; |
| 620 | 625 | } |
| 621 | 626 | |
| 622 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 623 | /* | |
| 624 | * The Mac version of TkPutImage handles RGBA images directly. There is | |
| 627 | #ifdef TKPUTIMAGE_CAN_BLEND | |
| 628 | /* | |
| 629 | * If TkPutImage can handle RGBA Ximages directly there is | |
| 625 | 630 | * no need to call XGetImage or to do the Porter-Duff compositing by hand. |
| 626 | * We just let the CG graphics library do it, using the graphics hardware. | |
| 627 | */ | |
| 631 | */ | |
| 632 | ||
| 628 | 633 | unsigned char *rgbaPixels = instancePtr->masterPtr->pix32; |
| 629 | ||
| 630 | 634 | XImage *photo = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char*)rgbaPixels, |
| 631 | 635 | (unsigned int)instancePtr->width, |
| 632 | 636 | (unsigned int)instancePtr->height, |
| 637 | 641 | photo->data = NULL; |
| 638 | 642 | XDestroyImage(photo); |
| 639 | 643 | #else |
| 644 | ||
| 640 | 645 | if ((instancePtr->masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA) |
| 641 | 646 | && visInfo.depth >= 15 |
| 642 | && (visInfo.class == DirectColor || visInfo.class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 647 | && (visInfo.c_class == DirectColor || visInfo.c_class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 643 | 648 | Tk_ErrorHandler handler; |
| 644 | 649 | XImage *bgImg = NULL; |
| 645 | 650 | |
| 694 | 699 | XSetClipMask(display, instancePtr->gc, None); |
| 695 | 700 | XSetClipOrigin(display, instancePtr->gc, 0, 0); |
| 696 | 701 | } |
| 697 | XFlush(display); | |
| 702 | (void)XFlush(display); | |
| 698 | 703 | #endif |
| 699 | 704 | } |
| 700 | 705 | |
| 942 | 947 | mono = 0; |
| 943 | 948 | } |
| 944 | 949 | |
| 945 | switch (instancePtr->visualInfo.class) { | |
| 950 | switch (instancePtr->visualInfo.c_class) { | |
| 946 | 951 | case DirectColor: |
| 947 | 952 | case TrueColor: |
| 948 | 953 | if ((nRed > (1 << CountBits(instancePtr->visualInfo.red_mask))) |
| 1207 | 1212 | * store them in *colors. |
| 1208 | 1213 | */ |
| 1209 | 1214 | |
| 1210 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor) | |
| 1211 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1215 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == DirectColor) | |
| 1216 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1212 | 1217 | |
| 1213 | 1218 | /* |
| 1214 | 1219 | * Direct/True Color: allocate shades of red, green, blue |
| 1362 | 1367 | */ |
| 1363 | 1368 | |
| 1364 | 1369 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 1365 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class != DirectColor) | |
| 1366 | && (colorPtr->visualInfo.class != TrueColor)) { | |
| 1370 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class != DirectColor) | |
| 1371 | && (colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class != TrueColor)) { | |
| 1367 | 1372 | colorPtr->flags |= MAP_COLORS; |
| 1368 | 1373 | } |
| 1369 | 1374 | #endif /* _WIN32 */ |
| 1389 | 1394 | } else { |
| 1390 | 1395 | g = (i * (nGreen - 1) + 127) / 255; |
| 1391 | 1396 | b = (i * (nBlue - 1) + 127) / 255; |
| 1392 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor) | |
| 1393 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1397 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == DirectColor) | |
| 1398 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1394 | 1399 | colorPtr->redValues[i] = |
| 1395 | 1400 | colors[r].pixel & colorPtr->visualInfo.red_mask; |
| 1396 | 1401 | colorPtr->greenValues[i] = |
| 1584 | 1589 | if (instancePtr->pixels != None) { |
| 1585 | 1590 | Tk_FreePixmap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels); |
| 1586 | 1591 | } |
| 1587 | if (instancePtr->gc != None) { | |
| 1592 | if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 1588 | 1593 | Tk_FreeGC(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->gc); |
| 1589 | 1594 | } |
| 1590 | 1595 | if (instancePtr->imagePtr != NULL) { |
| 1648 | 1653 | * DirectColor with many colors). |
| 1649 | 1654 | */ |
| 1650 | 1655 | |
| 1651 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor) | |
| 1652 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1656 | if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == DirectColor) | |
| 1657 | || (colorPtr->visualInfo.c_class == TrueColor)) { | |
| 1653 | 1658 | int nRed, nGreen, nBlue, result; |
| 1654 | 1659 | |
| 1655 | 1660 | result = sscanf(colorPtr->id.palette, "%d/%d/%d", &nRed, |
| 124 | 124 | NULL |
| 125 | 125 | }; |
| 126 | 126 | |
| 127 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 127 | typedef struct { | |
| 128 | 128 | Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList; |
| 129 | 129 | /* Pointer to the first in the list of known |
| 130 | 130 | * photo image formats.*/ |
| 401 | 401 | void TkpMenuThreadInit(void) |
| 402 | 402 | } |
| 403 | 403 | declare 113 { |
| 404 | void TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return) | |
| 404 | int TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return) | |
| 405 | 405 | } |
| 406 | 406 | declare 114 { |
| 407 | 407 | TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void) |
| 408 | 408 | } |
| 409 | 409 | declare 115 { |
| 410 | void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn) | |
| 410 | int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn) | |
| 411 | 411 | } |
| 412 | 412 | declare 116 { |
| 413 | void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return) | |
| 413 | int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return) | |
| 414 | 414 | } |
| 415 | 415 | declare 117 { |
| 416 | 416 | int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width, |
| 417 | 417 | unsigned int height) |
| 418 | 418 | } |
| 419 | 419 | declare 118 { |
| 420 | void TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn) | |
| 420 | int TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn) | |
| 421 | 421 | } |
| 422 | 422 | declare 119 { |
| 423 | void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, | |
| 423 | int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, | |
| 424 | 424 | TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return) |
| 425 | 425 | } |
| 426 | 426 | declare 121 aqua { |
| 466 | 466 | void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr) |
| 467 | 467 | } |
| 468 | 468 | declare 145 { |
| 469 | void TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return) | |
| 469 | int TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return) | |
| 470 | 470 | } |
| 471 | 471 | declare 146 { |
| 472 | 472 | void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr) |
| 842 | 842 | declare 45 win { |
| 843 | 843 | int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 844 | 844 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) |
| 845 | } | |
| 846 | declare 47 win { | |
| 847 | Tk_Window TkpGetCapture(void) | |
| 845 | 848 | } |
| 846 | 849 | |
| 847 | 850 | ################################ |
| 1008 | 1011 | Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void) |
| 1009 | 1012 | } |
| 1010 | 1013 | declare 49 aqua { |
| 1011 | Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr) | |
| 1014 | Tk_Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr) | |
| 1012 | 1015 | } |
| 1013 | 1016 | declare 50 aqua { |
| 1014 | 1017 | int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state) |
| 1543 | 1546 | int XBell(Display *d, int i) |
| 1544 | 1547 | } |
| 1545 | 1548 | declare 14 aqua { |
| 1546 | void XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, | |
| 1549 | int XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, | |
| 1547 | 1550 | int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3) |
| 1548 | 1551 | } |
| 1549 | 1552 | declare 15 aqua { |
| 1550 | void XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, | |
| 1553 | int XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, | |
| 1551 | 1554 | XSetWindowAttributes *x) |
| 1552 | 1555 | } |
| 1553 | 1556 | declare 16 aqua { |
| 1554 | void XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i, | |
| 1557 | int XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i, | |
| 1555 | 1558 | XWindowChanges *x) |
| 1556 | 1559 | } |
| 1557 | 1560 | declare 17 aqua { |
| 1558 | void XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, | |
| 1561 | int XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, | |
| 1559 | 1562 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4) |
| 1560 | 1563 | } |
| 1561 | 1564 | declare 18 aqua { |
| 1562 | void XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, | |
| 1565 | int XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, | |
| 1563 | 1566 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, |
| 1564 | 1567 | unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul) |
| 1565 | 1568 | } |
| 1571 | 1574 | int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c) |
| 1572 | 1575 | } |
| 1573 | 1576 | declare 21 aqua { |
| 1574 | void XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1577 | int XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1575 | 1578 | } |
| 1576 | 1579 | declare 22 aqua { |
| 1577 | void XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1580 | int XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1578 | 1581 | unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4) |
| 1579 | 1582 | } |
| 1580 | 1583 | declare 23 aqua { |
| 1581 | 1584 | int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2) |
| 1582 | 1585 | } |
| 1583 | 1586 | declare 24 aqua { |
| 1584 | void XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1587 | int XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1585 | 1588 | unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2) |
| 1586 | 1589 | } |
| 1587 | 1590 | declare 25 aqua { |
| 1588 | void XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1591 | int XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1589 | 1592 | unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4) |
| 1590 | 1593 | } |
| 1591 | 1594 | declare 26 aqua { |
| 1592 | void XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, | |
| 1595 | int XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, | |
| 1593 | 1596 | int i1, int i2, int i3) |
| 1594 | 1597 | } |
| 1595 | 1598 | declare 27 aqua { |
| 1626 | 1629 | KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k) |
| 1627 | 1630 | } |
| 1628 | 1631 | declare 36 aqua { |
| 1629 | void XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1632 | int XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1630 | 1633 | } |
| 1631 | 1634 | declare 37 aqua { |
| 1632 | void XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1635 | int XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2, | |
| 1633 | 1636 | unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2) |
| 1634 | 1637 | } |
| 1635 | 1638 | declare 38 aqua { |
| 1636 | void XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2) | |
| 1639 | int XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2) | |
| 1637 | 1640 | } |
| 1638 | 1641 | declare 39 aqua { |
| 1639 | 1642 | Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, |
| 1640 | 1643 | int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, int *i4, unsigned int *ui) |
| 1641 | 1644 | } |
| 1642 | 1645 | declare 40 aqua { |
| 1643 | void XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1646 | int XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1644 | 1647 | } |
| 1645 | 1648 | declare 41 aqua { |
| 1646 | void XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x) | |
| 1649 | int XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x) | |
| 1647 | 1650 | } |
| 1648 | 1651 | declare 42 aqua { |
| 1649 | void XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, | |
| 1652 | int XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, | |
| 1650 | 1653 | unsigned int ui2) |
| 1651 | 1654 | } |
| 1652 | 1655 | declare 43 aqua { |
| 1653 | void XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l) | |
| 1656 | int XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l) | |
| 1654 | 1657 | } |
| 1655 | 1658 | declare 44 aqua { |
| 1656 | 1659 | Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, XEvent *x) |
| 1657 | 1660 | } |
| 1658 | 1661 | declare 45 aqua { |
| 1659 | void XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c) | |
| 1662 | int XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c) | |
| 1660 | 1663 | } |
| 1661 | 1664 | declare 46 aqua { |
| 1662 | void XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t) | |
| 1665 | int XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t) | |
| 1663 | 1666 | } |
| 1664 | 1667 | declare 47 aqua { |
| 1665 | 1668 | int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w, Time t) |
| 1666 | 1669 | } |
| 1667 | 1670 | declare 48 aqua { |
| 1668 | void XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul) | |
| 1671 | int XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul) | |
| 1669 | 1672 | } |
| 1670 | 1673 | declare 49 aqua { |
| 1671 | void XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p) | |
| 1674 | int XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p) | |
| 1672 | 1675 | } |
| 1673 | 1676 | declare 50 aqua { |
| 1674 | void XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul) | |
| 1677 | int XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul) | |
| 1675 | 1678 | } |
| 1676 | 1679 | declare 51 aqua { |
| 1677 | void XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p) | |
| 1680 | int XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p) | |
| 1678 | 1681 | } |
| 1679 | 1682 | declare 52 aqua { |
| 1680 | void XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui) | |
| 1683 | int XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui) | |
| 1681 | 1684 | } |
| 1682 | 1685 | declare 53 aqua { |
| 1683 | void XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c) | |
| 1686 | int XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c) | |
| 1684 | 1687 | } |
| 1685 | 1688 | declare 54 aqua { |
| 1686 | void XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t) | |
| 1689 | int XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t) | |
| 1687 | 1690 | } |
| 1688 | 1691 | declare 55 aqua { |
| 1689 | 1692 | int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t) |
| 1690 | 1693 | } |
| 1691 | 1694 | declare 56 aqua { |
| 1692 | void XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1695 | int XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1693 | 1696 | } |
| 1694 | 1697 | declare 57 aqua { |
| 1695 | 1698 | int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, |
| 1757 | 1760 | int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image) |
| 1758 | 1761 | } |
| 1759 | 1762 | declare 76 aqua { |
| 1760 | XIC XCreateIC(void) | |
| 1763 | XIC XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...) | |
| 1761 | 1764 | } |
| 1762 | 1765 | declare 77 aqua { |
| 1763 | 1766 | XVisualInfo *XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask, |
| 1776 | 1779 | XSegment *segments, int nsegments) |
| 1777 | 1780 | } |
| 1778 | 1781 | declare 81 aqua { |
| 1779 | void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode) | |
| 1782 | int XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode) | |
| 1780 | 1783 | } |
| 1781 | 1784 | declare 82 aqua { |
| 1782 | 1785 | int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, |
| 1787 | 1790 | int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height) |
| 1788 | 1791 | } |
| 1789 | 1792 | declare 84 aqua { |
| 1790 | void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1793 | int XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w) | |
| 1791 | 1794 | } |
| 1792 | 1795 | declare 85 aqua { |
| 1793 | 1796 | int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y) |
| 1802 | 1805 | unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y) |
| 1803 | 1806 | } |
| 1804 | 1807 | declare 88 aqua { |
| 1805 | void XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out) | |
| 1808 | int XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out) | |
| 1806 | 1809 | } |
| 1807 | 1810 | declare 89 aqua { |
| 1808 | void XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 1811 | int XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 1809 | 1812 | XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors) |
| 1810 | 1813 | } |
| 1811 | 1814 | declare 90 aqua { |
| 1813 | 1816 | Window **w4, unsigned int *ui) |
| 1814 | 1817 | } |
| 1815 | 1818 | declare 91 aqua { |
| 1816 | int XSync(Display *display, Bool flag) | |
| 1819 | int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard) | |
| 1820 | } | |
| 1821 | declare 107 aqua { | |
| 1822 | int XFlush(Display *display) | |
| 1823 | } | |
| 1824 | declare 108 aqua { | |
| 1825 | int XGrabServer(Display *display) | |
| 1826 | } | |
| 1827 | declare 109 aqua { | |
| 1828 | int XUngrabServer(Display *display) | |
| 1829 | } | |
| 1830 | declare 110 aqua { | |
| 1831 | int XFree(void *data) | |
| 1832 | } | |
| 1833 | declare 111 aqua { | |
| 1834 | int XNoOp(Display *display) | |
| 1835 | } | |
| 1836 | declare 112 aqua { | |
| 1837 | XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff) | |
| 1838 | } | |
| 1839 | declare 114 aqua { | |
| 1840 | VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual) | |
| 1841 | } | |
| 1842 | declare 137 aqua { | |
| 1843 | int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, | |
| 1844 | int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, | |
| 1845 | unsigned int w, unsigned int h) | |
| 1817 | 1846 | } |
| 1818 | 1847 | |
| 1819 | 1848 | # Local Variables: |
| 82 | 82 | # define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p)) |
| 83 | 83 | # endif |
| 84 | 84 | #endif |
| 85 | ||
| 86 | #ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER | |
| 87 | # if defined(_WIN64) | |
| 88 | # define TCL_Z_MODIFIER "I" | |
| 89 | # elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32) | |
| 90 | # define TCL_Z_MODIFIER "z" | |
| 91 | # else | |
| 92 | # define TCL_Z_MODIFIER "" | |
| 93 | # endif | |
| 94 | #endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */ | |
| 85 | 95 | |
| 86 | 96 | /* |
| 87 | 97 | * Opaque type declarations: |
| 321 | 331 | * Tk_Window token to a list of slaves managed |
| 322 | 332 | * by that master. */ |
| 323 | 333 | int geomInit; |
| 334 | ||
| 335 | #define TkGetGeomMaster(tkwin) (((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr != NULL ? \ | |
| 336 | ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->maintainerPtr : ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->parentPtr) | |
| 324 | 337 | |
| 325 | 338 | /* |
| 326 | 339 | * Information used by tkGet.c only: |
| 488 | 501 | */ |
| 489 | 502 | |
| 490 | 503 | int mouseButtonState; /* Current mouse button state for this |
| 491 | * display. */ | |
| 504 | * display. NOT USED as of 8.6.10 */ | |
| 492 | 505 | Window mouseButtonWindow; /* Window the button state was set in, added |
| 493 | 506 | * in Tk 8.4. */ |
| 494 | 507 | Tk_Window warpWindow; |
| 811 | 824 | |
| 812 | 825 | int minReqWidth; /* Minimum requested width. */ |
| 813 | 826 | int minReqHeight; /* Minimum requested height. */ |
| 814 | char *geometryMaster; | |
| 815 | 827 | #ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS |
| 816 | 828 | int ximGeneration; /* Used to invalidate XIC */ |
| 817 | 829 | #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ |
| 830 | char *geomMgrName; /* Records the name of the geometry manager. */ | |
| 831 | struct TkWindow *maintainerPtr; | |
| 832 | /* The geometry master for this window. The | |
| 833 | * value is NULL if the window has no master or | |
| 834 | * if its master is its parent. */ | |
| 818 | 835 | } TkWindow; |
| 819 | 836 | |
| 820 | 837 | /* |
| 924 | 941 | #define EXTENDED_MASK (AnyModifier<<3) |
| 925 | 942 | |
| 926 | 943 | /* |
| 944 | * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus | |
| 945 | * masks that select individual buttons' bits: | |
| 946 | */ | |
| 947 | ||
| 948 | #define ALL_BUTTONS \ | |
| 949 | (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask) | |
| 950 | ||
| 951 | ||
| 952 | MODULE_SCOPE unsigned long TkGetButtonMask(unsigned int); | |
| 953 | ||
| 954 | /* | |
| 927 | 955 | * Object types not declared in tkObj.c need to be mentioned here so they can |
| 928 | 956 | * be properly registered with Tcl: |
| 929 | 957 | */ |
| 976 | 1004 | void Tcl_Panic(const char *, ...) __attribute__((analyzer_noreturn)); |
| 977 | 1005 | #endif |
| 978 | 1006 | #if !defined(CLANG_ASSERT) |
| 979 | #include <assert.h> | |
| 980 | 1007 | #define CLANG_ASSERT(x) assert(x) |
| 981 | 1008 | #endif |
| 982 | 1009 | #elif !defined(CLANG_ASSERT) |
| 1239 | 1266 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion); |
| 1240 | 1267 | #endif |
| 1241 | 1268 | |
| 1269 | #if !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(c_plusplus) | |
| 1270 | # define c_class class | |
| 1271 | #endif | |
| 1272 | ||
| 1242 | 1273 | #if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4 |
| 1243 | 1274 | # define TkUtfToUniChar Tcl_UtfToUniChar |
| 1244 | 1275 | # define TkUniCharToUtf Tcl_UniCharToUtf |
| 333 | 333 | /* 112 */ |
| 334 | 334 | EXTERN void TkpMenuThreadInit(void); |
| 335 | 335 | /* 113 */ |
| 336 | EXTERN void TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); | |
| 336 | EXTERN int TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); | |
| 337 | 337 | /* 114 */ |
| 338 | 338 | EXTERN TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void); |
| 339 | 339 | /* 115 */ |
| 340 | EXTERN void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn); | |
| 340 | EXTERN int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn); | |
| 341 | 341 | /* 116 */ |
| 342 | EXTERN void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, | |
| 342 | EXTERN int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, | |
| 343 | 343 | TkRegion dr_return); |
| 344 | 344 | /* 117 */ |
| 345 | 345 | EXTERN int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, |
| 346 | 346 | unsigned int width, unsigned int height); |
| 347 | 347 | /* 118 */ |
| 348 | EXTERN void TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); | |
| 348 | EXTERN int TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); | |
| 349 | 349 | /* 119 */ |
| 350 | EXTERN void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, | |
| 350 | EXTERN int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, | |
| 351 | 351 | TkRegion dr_return); |
| 352 | 352 | /* Slot 120 is reserved */ |
| 353 | 353 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| 399 | 399 | /* 144 */ |
| 400 | 400 | EXTERN void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr); |
| 401 | 401 | /* 145 */ |
| 402 | EXTERN void TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, | |
| 402 | EXTERN int TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, | |
| 403 | 403 | TkRegion dr_return); |
| 404 | 404 | /* 146 */ |
| 405 | 405 | EXTERN void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); |
| 667 | 667 | void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */ |
| 668 | 668 | Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */ |
| 669 | 669 | void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */ |
| 670 | void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */ | |
| 670 | int (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */ | |
| 671 | 671 | TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */ |
| 672 | void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */ | |
| 673 | void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */ | |
| 672 | int (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */ | |
| 673 | int (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */ | |
| 674 | 674 | int (*tkRectInRegion) (TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 117 */ |
| 675 | void (*tkSetRegion) (Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 118 */ | |
| 676 | void (*tkUnionRectWithRegion) (XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* 119 */ | |
| 675 | int (*tkSetRegion) (Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 118 */ | |
| 676 | int (*tkUnionRectWithRegion) (XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* 119 */ | |
| 677 | 677 | void (*reserved120)(void); |
| 678 | 678 | #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */ |
| 679 | 679 | void (*reserved121)(void); |
| 726 | 726 | void (*tkFocusFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 142 */ |
| 727 | 727 | void (*tkClipCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 143 */ |
| 728 | 728 | void (*tkGCCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 144 */ |
| 729 | void (*tkSubtractRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 145 */ | |
| 729 | int (*tkSubtractRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 145 */ | |
| 730 | 730 | void (*tkStylePkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 146 */ |
| 731 | 731 | void (*tkStylePkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 147 */ |
| 732 | 732 | Tk_Window (*tkToplevelWindowForCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName); /* 148 */ |
| 141 | 141 | EXTERN int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, |
| 142 | 142 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 143 | 143 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 144 | /* Slot 46 is reserved */ | |
| 145 | /* 47 */ | |
| 146 | EXTERN Tk_Window TkpGetCapture(void); | |
| 144 | 147 | #endif /* WIN */ |
| 145 | 148 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| 146 | 149 | /* 0 */ |
| 242 | 245 | EXTERN Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void); |
| 243 | 246 | /* Slot 48 is reserved */ |
| 244 | 247 | /* 49 */ |
| 245 | EXTERN Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr); | |
| 248 | EXTERN Tk_Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr); | |
| 246 | 249 | /* 50 */ |
| 247 | 250 | EXTERN int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, |
| 248 | 251 | unsigned int state); |
| 340 | 343 | void (*tkWmCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 43 */ |
| 341 | 344 | void (*tkSendCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 44 */ |
| 342 | 345 | int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 45 */ |
| 346 | void (*reserved46)(void); | |
| 347 | Tk_Window (*tkpGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */ | |
| 343 | 348 | #endif /* WIN */ |
| 344 | 349 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| 345 | 350 | void (*tkGenerateActivateEvents) (TkWindow *winPtr, int active); /* 0 */ |
| 391 | 396 | int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */ |
| 392 | 397 | Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */ |
| 393 | 398 | void (*reserved48)(void); |
| 394 | Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */ | |
| 399 | Tk_Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */ | |
| 395 | 400 | int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */ |
| 396 | 401 | void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */ |
| 397 | 402 | void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */ |
| 521 | 526 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSendCleanup) /* 44 */ |
| 522 | 527 | #define TkpTestsendCmd \ |
| 523 | 528 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpTestsendCmd) /* 45 */ |
| 529 | /* Slot 46 is reserved */ | |
| 530 | #define TkpGetCapture \ | |
| 531 | (tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpGetCapture) /* 47 */ | |
| 524 | 532 | #endif /* WIN */ |
| 525 | 533 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| 526 | 534 | #define TkGenerateActivateEvents \ |
| 449 | 449 | /* 13 */ |
| 450 | 450 | EXTERN int XBell(Display *d, int i); |
| 451 | 451 | /* 14 */ |
| 452 | EXTERN void XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, | |
| 452 | EXTERN int XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, | |
| 453 | 453 | Atom a2, int i1, int i2, |
| 454 | 454 | _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3); |
| 455 | 455 | /* 15 */ |
| 456 | EXTERN void XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 456 | EXTERN int XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 457 | 457 | unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x); |
| 458 | 458 | /* 16 */ |
| 459 | EXTERN void XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 459 | EXTERN int XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 460 | 460 | unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x); |
| 461 | 461 | /* 17 */ |
| 462 | EXTERN void XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, | |
| 462 | EXTERN int XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, | |
| 463 | 463 | GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, |
| 464 | 464 | unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); |
| 465 | 465 | /* 18 */ |
| 466 | EXTERN void XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, | |
| 466 | EXTERN int XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, | |
| 467 | 467 | GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, |
| 468 | 468 | unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, |
| 469 | 469 | unsigned long ul); |
| 474 | 474 | /* 20 */ |
| 475 | 475 | EXTERN int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c); |
| 476 | 476 | /* 21 */ |
| 477 | EXTERN void XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 477 | EXTERN int XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 478 | 478 | /* 22 */ |
| 479 | EXTERN void XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 479 | EXTERN int XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 480 | 480 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, |
| 481 | 481 | int i3, int i4); |
| 482 | 482 | /* 23 */ |
| 483 | 483 | EXTERN int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, |
| 484 | 484 | int i1, int i2); |
| 485 | 485 | /* 24 */ |
| 486 | EXTERN void XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 486 | EXTERN int XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 487 | 487 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); |
| 488 | 488 | /* 25 */ |
| 489 | EXTERN void XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 489 | EXTERN int XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, | |
| 490 | 490 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, |
| 491 | 491 | int i3, int i4); |
| 492 | 492 | /* 26 */ |
| 493 | EXTERN void XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, | |
| 493 | EXTERN int XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, | |
| 494 | 494 | XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3); |
| 495 | 495 | /* 27 */ |
| 496 | 496 | EXTERN int XFillRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, |
| 522 | 522 | /* 35 */ |
| 523 | 523 | EXTERN KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k); |
| 524 | 524 | /* 36 */ |
| 525 | EXTERN void XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 525 | EXTERN int XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 526 | 526 | /* 37 */ |
| 527 | EXTERN void XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, | |
| 527 | EXTERN int XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, | |
| 528 | 528 | int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); |
| 529 | 529 | /* 38 */ |
| 530 | EXTERN void XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2); | |
| 530 | EXTERN int XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2); | |
| 531 | 531 | /* 39 */ |
| 532 | 532 | EXTERN Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, |
| 533 | 533 | Window *w3, int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, |
| 534 | 534 | int *i4, unsigned int *ui); |
| 535 | 535 | /* 40 */ |
| 536 | EXTERN void XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 536 | EXTERN int XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 537 | 537 | /* 41 */ |
| 538 | EXTERN void XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x); | |
| 538 | EXTERN int XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x); | |
| 539 | 539 | /* 42 */ |
| 540 | EXTERN void XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, | |
| 540 | EXTERN int XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, | |
| 541 | 541 | unsigned int ui2); |
| 542 | 542 | /* 43 */ |
| 543 | EXTERN void XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l); | |
| 543 | EXTERN int XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l); | |
| 544 | 544 | /* 44 */ |
| 545 | 545 | EXTERN Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, |
| 546 | 546 | XEvent *x); |
| 547 | 547 | /* 45 */ |
| 548 | EXTERN void XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c); | |
| 548 | EXTERN int XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c); | |
| 549 | 549 | /* 46 */ |
| 550 | EXTERN void XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t); | |
| 550 | EXTERN int XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t); | |
| 551 | 551 | /* 47 */ |
| 552 | 552 | EXTERN int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w, |
| 553 | 553 | Time t); |
| 554 | 554 | /* 48 */ |
| 555 | EXTERN void XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 555 | EXTERN int XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 556 | 556 | unsigned long ul); |
| 557 | 557 | /* 49 */ |
| 558 | EXTERN void XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 558 | EXTERN int XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 559 | 559 | Pixmap p); |
| 560 | 560 | /* 50 */ |
| 561 | EXTERN void XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 561 | EXTERN int XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 562 | 562 | unsigned long ul); |
| 563 | 563 | /* 51 */ |
| 564 | EXTERN void XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 564 | EXTERN int XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 565 | 565 | Pixmap p); |
| 566 | 566 | /* 52 */ |
| 567 | EXTERN void XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 567 | EXTERN int XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, | |
| 568 | 568 | unsigned int ui); |
| 569 | 569 | /* 53 */ |
| 570 | EXTERN void XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c); | |
| 570 | EXTERN int XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c); | |
| 571 | 571 | /* 54 */ |
| 572 | EXTERN void XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t); | |
| 572 | EXTERN int XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t); | |
| 573 | 573 | /* 55 */ |
| 574 | 574 | EXTERN int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t); |
| 575 | 575 | /* 56 */ |
| 576 | EXTERN void XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 576 | EXTERN int XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 577 | 577 | /* 57 */ |
| 578 | 578 | EXTERN int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, |
| 579 | 579 | Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, |
| 628 | 628 | /* 75 */ |
| 629 | 629 | EXTERN int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image); |
| 630 | 630 | /* 76 */ |
| 631 | EXTERN XIC XCreateIC(void); | |
| 631 | EXTERN XIC XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...); | |
| 632 | 632 | /* 77 */ |
| 633 | 633 | EXTERN XVisualInfo * XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask, |
| 634 | 634 | XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, |
| 643 | 643 | EXTERN int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, |
| 644 | 644 | XSegment *segments, int nsegments); |
| 645 | 645 | /* 81 */ |
| 646 | EXTERN void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode); | |
| 646 | EXTERN int XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode); | |
| 647 | 647 | /* 82 */ |
| 648 | 648 | EXTERN int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, |
| 649 | 649 | int y1, int x2, int y2); |
| 652 | 652 | int x, int y, unsigned int width, |
| 653 | 653 | unsigned int height); |
| 654 | 654 | /* 84 */ |
| 655 | EXTERN void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 655 | EXTERN int XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w); | |
| 656 | 656 | /* 85 */ |
| 657 | 657 | EXTERN int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, |
| 658 | 658 | int x, int y); |
| 666 | 666 | unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, |
| 667 | 667 | int dest_y); |
| 668 | 668 | /* 88 */ |
| 669 | EXTERN void XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 669 | EXTERN int XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 670 | 670 | XColor *def_in_out); |
| 671 | 671 | /* 89 */ |
| 672 | EXTERN void XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 672 | EXTERN int XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap, | |
| 673 | 673 | XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); |
| 674 | 674 | /* 90 */ |
| 675 | 675 | EXTERN Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, |
| 676 | 676 | Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); |
| 677 | 677 | /* 91 */ |
| 678 | EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool flag); | |
| 678 | EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard); | |
| 679 | /* Slot 92 is reserved */ | |
| 680 | /* Slot 93 is reserved */ | |
| 681 | /* Slot 94 is reserved */ | |
| 682 | /* Slot 95 is reserved */ | |
| 683 | /* Slot 96 is reserved */ | |
| 684 | /* Slot 97 is reserved */ | |
| 685 | /* Slot 98 is reserved */ | |
| 686 | /* Slot 99 is reserved */ | |
| 687 | /* Slot 100 is reserved */ | |
| 688 | /* Slot 101 is reserved */ | |
| 689 | /* Slot 102 is reserved */ | |
| 690 | /* Slot 103 is reserved */ | |
| 691 | /* Slot 104 is reserved */ | |
| 692 | /* Slot 105 is reserved */ | |
| 693 | /* Slot 106 is reserved */ | |
| 694 | /* 107 */ | |
| 695 | EXTERN int XFlush(Display *display); | |
| 696 | /* 108 */ | |
| 697 | EXTERN int XGrabServer(Display *display); | |
| 698 | /* 109 */ | |
| 699 | EXTERN int XUngrabServer(Display *display); | |
| 700 | /* 110 */ | |
| 701 | EXTERN int XFree(void *data); | |
| 702 | /* 111 */ | |
| 703 | EXTERN int XNoOp(Display *display); | |
| 704 | /* 112 */ | |
| 705 | EXTERN XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff); | |
| 706 | /* Slot 113 is reserved */ | |
| 707 | /* 114 */ | |
| 708 | EXTERN VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual); | |
| 709 | /* Slot 115 is reserved */ | |
| 710 | /* Slot 116 is reserved */ | |
| 711 | /* Slot 117 is reserved */ | |
| 712 | /* Slot 118 is reserved */ | |
| 713 | /* Slot 119 is reserved */ | |
| 714 | /* Slot 120 is reserved */ | |
| 715 | /* Slot 121 is reserved */ | |
| 716 | /* Slot 122 is reserved */ | |
| 717 | /* Slot 123 is reserved */ | |
| 718 | /* Slot 124 is reserved */ | |
| 719 | /* Slot 125 is reserved */ | |
| 720 | /* Slot 126 is reserved */ | |
| 721 | /* Slot 127 is reserved */ | |
| 722 | /* Slot 128 is reserved */ | |
| 723 | /* Slot 129 is reserved */ | |
| 724 | /* Slot 130 is reserved */ | |
| 725 | /* Slot 131 is reserved */ | |
| 726 | /* Slot 132 is reserved */ | |
| 727 | /* Slot 133 is reserved */ | |
| 728 | /* Slot 134 is reserved */ | |
| 729 | /* Slot 135 is reserved */ | |
| 730 | /* Slot 136 is reserved */ | |
| 731 | /* 137 */ | |
| 732 | EXTERN int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, | |
| 733 | int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, | |
| 734 | unsigned int w, unsigned int h); | |
| 679 | 735 | #endif /* AQUA */ |
| 680 | 736 | |
| 681 | 737 | typedef struct TkIntXlibStubs { |
| 837 | 893 | XErrorHandler (*xSetErrorHandler) (XErrorHandler x); /* 11 */ |
| 838 | 894 | Status (*xAllocColor) (Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp); /* 12 */ |
| 839 | 895 | int (*xBell) (Display *d, int i); /* 13 */ |
| 840 | void (*xChangeProperty) (Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3); /* 14 */ | |
| 841 | void (*xChangeWindowAttributes) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x); /* 15 */ | |
| 842 | void (*xConfigureWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x); /* 16 */ | |
| 843 | void (*xCopyArea) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 17 */ | |
| 844 | void (*xCopyPlane) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul); /* 18 */ | |
| 896 | int (*xChangeProperty) (Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3); /* 14 */ | |
| 897 | int (*xChangeWindowAttributes) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x); /* 15 */ | |
| 898 | int (*xConfigureWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x); /* 16 */ | |
| 899 | int (*xCopyArea) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 17 */ | |
| 900 | int (*xCopyPlane) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul); /* 18 */ | |
| 845 | 901 | Pixmap (*xCreateBitmapFromData) (Display *display, Drawable d, _Xconst char *data, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 19 */ |
| 846 | 902 | int (*xDefineCursor) (Display *d, Window w, Cursor c); /* 20 */ |
| 847 | void (*xDestroyWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 21 */ | |
| 848 | void (*xDrawArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 22 */ | |
| 903 | int (*xDestroyWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 21 */ | |
| 904 | int (*xDrawArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 22 */ | |
| 849 | 905 | int (*xDrawLines) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2); /* 23 */ |
| 850 | void (*xDrawRectangle) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 24 */ | |
| 851 | void (*xFillArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 25 */ | |
| 852 | void (*xFillPolygon) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3); /* 26 */ | |
| 906 | int (*xDrawRectangle) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 24 */ | |
| 907 | int (*xFillArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 25 */ | |
| 908 | int (*xFillPolygon) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3); /* 26 */ | |
| 853 | 909 | int (*xFillRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XRectangle *x, int i); /* 27 */ |
| 854 | 910 | int (*xFreeColormap) (Display *d, Colormap c); /* 28 */ |
| 855 | 911 | int (*xFreeColors) (Display *d, Colormap c, unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul); /* 29 */ |
| 859 | 915 | int (*xGrabKeyboard) (Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1, int i2, Time t); /* 33 */ |
| 860 | 916 | int (*xGrabPointer) (Display *d, Window w1, Bool b, unsigned int ui, int i1, int i2, Window w2, Cursor c, Time t); /* 34 */ |
| 861 | 917 | KeyCode (*xKeysymToKeycode) (Display *d, KeySym k); /* 35 */ |
| 862 | void (*xMapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 36 */ | |
| 863 | void (*xMoveResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 37 */ | |
| 864 | void (*xMoveWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2); /* 38 */ | |
| 918 | int (*xMapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 36 */ | |
| 919 | int (*xMoveResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 37 */ | |
| 920 | int (*xMoveWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2); /* 38 */ | |
| 865 | 921 | Bool (*xQueryPointer) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, int *i4, unsigned int *ui); /* 39 */ |
| 866 | void (*xRaiseWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 40 */ | |
| 867 | void (*xRefreshKeyboardMapping) (XMappingEvent *x); /* 41 */ | |
| 868 | void (*xResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 42 */ | |
| 869 | void (*xSelectInput) (Display *d, Window w, long l); /* 43 */ | |
| 922 | int (*xRaiseWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 40 */ | |
| 923 | int (*xRefreshKeyboardMapping) (XMappingEvent *x); /* 41 */ | |
| 924 | int (*xResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 42 */ | |
| 925 | int (*xSelectInput) (Display *d, Window w, long l); /* 43 */ | |
| 870 | 926 | Status (*xSendEvent) (Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, XEvent *x); /* 44 */ |
| 871 | void (*xSetIconName) (Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c); /* 45 */ | |
| 872 | void (*xSetInputFocus) (Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t); /* 46 */ | |
| 927 | int (*xSetIconName) (Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c); /* 45 */ | |
| 928 | int (*xSetInputFocus) (Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t); /* 46 */ | |
| 873 | 929 | int (*xSetSelectionOwner) (Display *d, Atom a, Window w, Time t); /* 47 */ |
| 874 | void (*xSetWindowBackground) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 48 */ | |
| 875 | void (*xSetWindowBackgroundPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 49 */ | |
| 876 | void (*xSetWindowBorder) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 50 */ | |
| 877 | void (*xSetWindowBorderPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 51 */ | |
| 878 | void (*xSetWindowBorderWidth) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui); /* 52 */ | |
| 879 | void (*xSetWindowColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Colormap c); /* 53 */ | |
| 880 | void (*xUngrabKeyboard) (Display *d, Time t); /* 54 */ | |
| 930 | int (*xSetWindowBackground) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 48 */ | |
| 931 | int (*xSetWindowBackgroundPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 49 */ | |
| 932 | int (*xSetWindowBorder) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 50 */ | |
| 933 | int (*xSetWindowBorderPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 51 */ | |
| 934 | int (*xSetWindowBorderWidth) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui); /* 52 */ | |
| 935 | int (*xSetWindowColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Colormap c); /* 53 */ | |
| 936 | int (*xUngrabKeyboard) (Display *d, Time t); /* 54 */ | |
| 881 | 937 | int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 55 */ |
| 882 | void (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 56 */ | |
| 938 | int (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 56 */ | |
| 883 | 939 | int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 57 */ |
| 884 | 940 | Status (*xParseColor) (Display *display, Colormap map, _Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr); /* 58 */ |
| 885 | 941 | GC (*xCreateGC) (Display *display, Drawable d, unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values); /* 59 */ |
| 899 | 955 | int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */ |
| 900 | 956 | int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */ |
| 901 | 957 | int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */ |
| 902 | XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */ | |
| 958 | XIC (*xCreateIC) (XIM xim, ...); /* 76 */ | |
| 903 | 959 | XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */ |
| 904 | 960 | void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */ |
| 905 | 961 | Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */ |
| 906 | 962 | int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */ |
| 907 | void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */ | |
| 963 | int (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */ | |
| 908 | 964 | int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */ |
| 909 | 965 | int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */ |
| 910 | void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */ | |
| 966 | int (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */ | |
| 911 | 967 | int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */ |
| 912 | 968 | int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */ |
| 913 | 969 | int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */ |
| 914 | void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */ | |
| 915 | void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */ | |
| 970 | int (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */ | |
| 971 | int (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */ | |
| 916 | 972 | Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */ |
| 917 | int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool flag); /* 91 */ | |
| 973 | int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 91 */ | |
| 974 | void (*reserved92)(void); | |
| 975 | void (*reserved93)(void); | |
| 976 | void (*reserved94)(void); | |
| 977 | void (*reserved95)(void); | |
| 978 | void (*reserved96)(void); | |
| 979 | void (*reserved97)(void); | |
| 980 | void (*reserved98)(void); | |
| 981 | void (*reserved99)(void); | |
| 982 | void (*reserved100)(void); | |
| 983 | void (*reserved101)(void); | |
| 984 | void (*reserved102)(void); | |
| 985 | void (*reserved103)(void); | |
| 986 | void (*reserved104)(void); | |
| 987 | void (*reserved105)(void); | |
| 988 | void (*reserved106)(void); | |
| 989 | int (*xFlush) (Display *display); /* 107 */ | |
| 990 | int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */ | |
| 991 | int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */ | |
| 992 | int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */ | |
| 993 | int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */ | |
| 994 | XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */ | |
| 995 | void (*reserved113)(void); | |
| 996 | VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */ | |
| 997 | void (*reserved115)(void); | |
| 998 | void (*reserved116)(void); | |
| 999 | void (*reserved117)(void); | |
| 1000 | void (*reserved118)(void); | |
| 1001 | void (*reserved119)(void); | |
| 1002 | void (*reserved120)(void); | |
| 1003 | void (*reserved121)(void); | |
| 1004 | void (*reserved122)(void); | |
| 1005 | void (*reserved123)(void); | |
| 1006 | void (*reserved124)(void); | |
| 1007 | void (*reserved125)(void); | |
| 1008 | void (*reserved126)(void); | |
| 1009 | void (*reserved127)(void); | |
| 1010 | void (*reserved128)(void); | |
| 1011 | void (*reserved129)(void); | |
| 1012 | void (*reserved130)(void); | |
| 1013 | void (*reserved131)(void); | |
| 1014 | void (*reserved132)(void); | |
| 1015 | void (*reserved133)(void); | |
| 1016 | void (*reserved134)(void); | |
| 1017 | void (*reserved135)(void); | |
| 1018 | void (*reserved136)(void); | |
| 1019 | int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */ | |
| 918 | 1020 | #endif /* AQUA */ |
| 919 | 1021 | } TkIntXlibStubs; |
| 920 | 1022 | |
| 1381 | 1483 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryTree) /* 90 */ |
| 1382 | 1484 | #define XSync \ |
| 1383 | 1485 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 91 */ |
| 1486 | /* Slot 92 is reserved */ | |
| 1487 | /* Slot 93 is reserved */ | |
| 1488 | /* Slot 94 is reserved */ | |
| 1489 | /* Slot 95 is reserved */ | |
| 1490 | /* Slot 96 is reserved */ | |
| 1491 | /* Slot 97 is reserved */ | |
| 1492 | /* Slot 98 is reserved */ | |
| 1493 | /* Slot 99 is reserved */ | |
| 1494 | /* Slot 100 is reserved */ | |
| 1495 | /* Slot 101 is reserved */ | |
| 1496 | /* Slot 102 is reserved */ | |
| 1497 | /* Slot 103 is reserved */ | |
| 1498 | /* Slot 104 is reserved */ | |
| 1499 | /* Slot 105 is reserved */ | |
| 1500 | /* Slot 106 is reserved */ | |
| 1501 | #define XFlush \ | |
| 1502 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFlush) /* 107 */ | |
| 1503 | #define XGrabServer \ | |
| 1504 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabServer) /* 108 */ | |
| 1505 | #define XUngrabServer \ | |
| 1506 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabServer) /* 109 */ | |
| 1507 | #define XFree \ | |
| 1508 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFree) /* 110 */ | |
| 1509 | #define XNoOp \ | |
| 1510 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */ | |
| 1511 | #define XSynchronize \ | |
| 1512 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */ | |
| 1513 | /* Slot 113 is reserved */ | |
| 1514 | #define XVisualIDFromVisual \ | |
| 1515 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */ | |
| 1516 | /* Slot 115 is reserved */ | |
| 1517 | /* Slot 116 is reserved */ | |
| 1518 | /* Slot 117 is reserved */ | |
| 1519 | /* Slot 118 is reserved */ | |
| 1520 | /* Slot 119 is reserved */ | |
| 1521 | /* Slot 120 is reserved */ | |
| 1522 | /* Slot 121 is reserved */ | |
| 1523 | /* Slot 122 is reserved */ | |
| 1524 | /* Slot 123 is reserved */ | |
| 1525 | /* Slot 124 is reserved */ | |
| 1526 | /* Slot 125 is reserved */ | |
| 1527 | /* Slot 126 is reserved */ | |
| 1528 | /* Slot 127 is reserved */ | |
| 1529 | /* Slot 128 is reserved */ | |
| 1530 | /* Slot 129 is reserved */ | |
| 1531 | /* Slot 130 is reserved */ | |
| 1532 | /* Slot 131 is reserved */ | |
| 1533 | /* Slot 132 is reserved */ | |
| 1534 | /* Slot 133 is reserved */ | |
| 1535 | /* Slot 134 is reserved */ | |
| 1536 | /* Slot 135 is reserved */ | |
| 1537 | /* Slot 136 is reserved */ | |
| 1538 | #define XPutImage \ | |
| 1539 | (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */ | |
| 1384 | 1540 | #endif /* AQUA */ |
| 1385 | 1541 | |
| 1386 | 1542 | #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ |
| 541 | 541 | listPtr->itemAttrTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); |
| 542 | 542 | Tcl_InitHashTable(listPtr->itemAttrTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); |
| 543 | 543 | listPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; |
| 544 | listPtr->textGC = None; | |
| 545 | listPtr->selFgColorPtr = None; | |
| 546 | listPtr->selTextGC = None; | |
| 544 | listPtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 545 | listPtr->selFgColorPtr = NULL; | |
| 546 | listPtr->selTextGC = NULL; | |
| 547 | 547 | listPtr->fullLines = 1; |
| 548 | 548 | listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1; |
| 549 | 549 | listPtr->exportSelection = 1; |
| 550 | listPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 550 | listPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 551 | 551 | listPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL; |
| 552 | 552 | listPtr->gray = None; |
| 553 | 553 | listPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
| 1487 | 1487 | * Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff. |
| 1488 | 1488 | */ |
| 1489 | 1489 | |
| 1490 | if (listPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 1490 | if (listPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 1491 | 1491 | Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->textGC); |
| 1492 | 1492 | } |
| 1493 | if (listPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 1493 | if (listPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1494 | 1494 | Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1495 | 1495 | } |
| 1496 | 1496 | if (listPtr->gray != None) { |
| 1790 | 1790 | |
| 1791 | 1791 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(listPtr->tkfont); |
| 1792 | 1792 | gc = Tk_GetGC(listPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1793 | if (listPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 1793 | if (listPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 1794 | 1794 | Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->textGC); |
| 1795 | 1795 | } |
| 1796 | 1796 | listPtr->textGC = gc; |
| 1801 | 1801 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(listPtr->tkfont); |
| 1802 | 1802 | mask = GCForeground | GCFont; |
| 1803 | 1803 | gc = Tk_GetGC(listPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1804 | if (listPtr->selTextGC != None) { | |
| 1804 | if (listPtr->selTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 1805 | 1805 | Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->selTextGC); |
| 1806 | 1806 | } |
| 1807 | 1807 | listPtr->selTextGC = gc; |
| 3430 | 3430 | ListboxListVarProc( |
| 3431 | 3431 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ |
| 3432 | 3432 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 3433 | const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ | |
| 3434 | const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ | |
| 3433 | const char *name1, /* Not used. */ | |
| 3434 | const char *name2, /* Not used. */ | |
| 3435 | 3435 | int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ |
| 3436 | 3436 | { |
| 3437 | 3437 | Listbox *listPtr = clientData; |
| 3440 | 3440 | Tcl_HashEntry *entry; |
| 3441 | 3441 | |
| 3442 | 3442 | /* |
| 3443 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 3444 | */ | |
| 3445 | ||
| 3446 | if (listPtr->listVarName == NULL) { | |
| 3447 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 3448 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 3449 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 3450 | ListboxListVarProc, clientData); | |
| 3451 | } | |
| 3452 | return NULL; | |
| 3453 | } | |
| 3454 | ||
| 3455 | /* | |
| 3456 | 3443 | * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable! |
| 3457 | 3444 | */ |
| 3458 | 3445 | |
| 3459 | 3446 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 3460 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 3447 | ||
| 3448 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && listPtr->listVarName) { | |
| 3449 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 3450 | ||
| 3451 | do { | |
| 3452 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 3453 | listPtr->listVarName, | |
| 3454 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 3455 | ListboxListVarProc, probe); | |
| 3456 | if (probe == (ClientData)listPtr) { | |
| 3457 | break; | |
| 3458 | } | |
| 3459 | } while (probe); | |
| 3460 | if (probe) { | |
| 3461 | /* | |
| 3462 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 3463 | * listVarName, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 3464 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 3465 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 3466 | */ | |
| 3467 | return NULL; | |
| 3468 | } | |
| 3461 | 3469 | Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL, |
| 3462 | 3470 | listPtr->listObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 3463 | 3471 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkMenu.h" |
| 14 | 14 | |
| 15 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 15 | typedef struct { | |
| 16 | 16 | int postCommandGeneration; |
| 17 | 17 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 18 | 18 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 44 | 44 | * The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it. |
| 45 | 45 | */ |
| 46 | 46 | |
| 47 | #define DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT "% " | |
| 47 | static const char DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT[] = "% "; | |
| 48 | 48 | |
| 49 | 49 | /* |
| 50 | 50 | * This file can be compiled on Windows in UNICODE mode, as well as |
| 78 | 78 | #endif |
| 79 | 79 | |
| 80 | 80 | /* |
| 81 | * Further on, in UNICODE mode, we need to use Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, | |
| 82 | * while otherwise NewNativeObj is needed (which provides proper | |
| 83 | * conversion from native encoding to UTF-8). | |
| 84 | */ | |
| 81 | * Further on, in UNICODE mode we just use Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, otherwise | |
| 82 | * NewNativeObj is needed (which provides proper conversion from native | |
| 83 | * encoding to UTF-8). | |
| 84 | */ | |
| 85 | ||
| 86 | static inline Tcl_Obj * | |
| 87 | NewNativeObj( | |
| 88 | TCHAR *string) | |
| 89 | { | |
| 90 | Tcl_Obj *obj; | |
| 91 | Tcl_DString ds; | |
| 92 | ||
| 85 | 93 | #ifdef UNICODE |
| 86 | # define NewNativeObj Tcl_NewUnicodeObj | |
| 87 | #else /* !UNICODE */ | |
| 88 | static Tcl_Obj *NewNativeObj(char *string, int length) { | |
| 89 | Tcl_Obj *obj; | |
| 90 | Tcl_DString ds; | |
| 91 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, string, length, &ds); | |
| 92 | obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); | |
| 93 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 94 | return obj; | |
| 94 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(string, -1, &ds); | |
| 95 | #else | |
| 96 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) string, -1, &ds); | |
| 97 | #endif | |
| 98 | obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); | |
| 99 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 100 | return obj; | |
| 95 | 101 | } |
| 96 | #endif /* !UNICODE */ | |
| 97 | 102 | |
| 98 | 103 | /* |
| 99 | 104 | * Declarations for various library functions and variables (don't want to |
| 234 | 239 | is.gotPartial = 0; |
| 235 | 240 | Tcl_Preserve(interp); |
| 236 | 241 | |
| 237 | #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) | |
| 242 | #if defined(_WIN32) | |
| 238 | 243 | #if !defined(STATIC_BUILD) |
| 239 | 244 | /* If compiled for Win32 but running on Cygwin, don't use console */ |
| 240 | 245 | if (!tclStubsPtr->reserved9) |
| 268 | 273 | |
| 269 | 274 | if ((argc > 3) && (0 == _tcscmp(TEXT("-encoding"), argv[1])) |
| 270 | 275 | && (TEXT('-') != argv[3][0])) { |
| 271 | Tcl_Obj *value = NewNativeObj(argv[2], -1); | |
| 272 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[3], -1), Tcl_GetString(value)); | |
| 276 | Tcl_Obj *value = NewNativeObj(argv[2]); | |
| 277 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[3]), Tcl_GetString(value)); | |
| 273 | 278 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(value); |
| 274 | 279 | argc -= 3; |
| 275 | 280 | argv += 3; |
| 276 | 281 | } else if ((argc > 1) && (TEXT('-') != argv[1][0])) { |
| 277 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[1], -1), NULL); | |
| 282 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[1]), NULL); | |
| 278 | 283 | argc--; |
| 279 | 284 | argv++; |
| 280 | 285 | } else if ((argc > 2) && (length = _tcslen(argv[1])) |
| 281 | 286 | && (length > 1) && (0 == _tcsncmp(TEXT("-file"), argv[1], length)) |
| 282 | 287 | && (TEXT('-') != argv[2][0])) { |
| 283 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[2], -1), NULL); | |
| 288 | Tcl_SetStartupScript(NewNativeObj(argv[2]), NULL); | |
| 284 | 289 | argc -= 2; |
| 285 | 290 | argv += 2; |
| 286 | 291 | } |
| 288 | 293 | |
| 289 | 294 | path = Tcl_GetStartupScript(&encodingName); |
| 290 | 295 | if (path == NULL) { |
| 291 | appName = NewNativeObj(argv[0], -1); | |
| 296 | appName = NewNativeObj(argv[0]); | |
| 292 | 297 | } else { |
| 293 | 298 | appName = path; |
| 294 | 299 | } |
| 300 | 305 | |
| 301 | 306 | argvPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); |
| 302 | 307 | while (argc--) { |
| 303 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, NewNativeObj(*argv++, -1)); | |
| 308 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, NewNativeObj(*argv++)); | |
| 304 | 309 | } |
| 305 | 310 | Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL, argvPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 306 | 311 | |
| 430 | 435 | |
| 431 | 436 | count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line); |
| 432 | 437 | |
| 433 | if (count < 0 && !isPtr->gotPartial) { | |
| 438 | if (count == -1 && !isPtr->gotPartial) { | |
| 434 | 439 | if (isPtr->tty) { |
| 435 | 440 | Tcl_Exit(0); |
| 436 | 441 | } else { |
| 518 | 523 | chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT); |
| 519 | 524 | if (chan != NULL) { |
| 520 | 525 | Tcl_WriteChars(chan, DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT, |
| 521 | strlen(DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT)); | |
| 526 | sizeof(DEFAULT_PRIMARY_PROMPT) - 1); | |
| 522 | 527 | } |
| 523 | 528 | } |
| 524 | 529 | } else { |
| 76 | 76 | |
| 77 | 77 | #define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus" |
| 78 | 78 | |
| 79 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 79 | typedef struct { | |
| 80 | 80 | int menusInitialized; /* Flag indicates whether thread-specific |
| 81 | 81 | * elements of the Windows Menu module have |
| 82 | 82 | * been initialized. */ |
| 89 | 89 | |
| 90 | 90 | /* |
| 91 | 91 | * The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for the Menu |
| 92 | * module has been intialized. The Mutex protects access to that flag. | |
| 92 | * module has been initialized. The Mutex protects access to that flag. | |
| 93 | 93 | */ |
| 94 | 94 | |
| 95 | 95 | static int menusInitialized; |
| 454 | 454 | Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr, |
| 455 | 455 | MenuCmdDeletedProc); |
| 456 | 456 | menuPtr->active = -1; |
| 457 | menuPtr->cursorPtr = None; | |
| 457 | menuPtr->cursorPtr = NULL; | |
| 458 | 458 | menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr; |
| 459 | 459 | menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE; |
| 460 | 460 | TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr); |
| 753 | 753 | |
| 754 | 754 | first = 1; |
| 755 | 755 | } |
| 756 | if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) { | |
| 756 | if ((first == -1) || (last < first)) { | |
| 757 | 757 | goto done; |
| 758 | 758 | } |
| 759 | 759 | DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last); |
| 869 | 869 | break; |
| 870 | 870 | } |
| 871 | 871 | case MENU_POST: { |
| 872 | int x, y; | |
| 873 | ||
| 874 | if (objc != 4) { | |
| 875 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y"); | |
| 872 | int x, y, index = -1; | |
| 873 | ||
| 874 | if (objc != 4 && objc != 5) { | |
| 875 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?index?"); | |
| 876 | 876 | goto error; |
| 877 | 877 | } |
| 878 | 878 | if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) |
| 879 | 879 | || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) { |
| 880 | 880 | goto error; |
| 881 | 881 | } |
| 882 | if (objc == 5) { | |
| 883 | if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[4], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 884 | goto error; | |
| 885 | } | |
| 886 | } | |
| 882 | 887 | |
| 883 | 888 | /* |
| 884 | * Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than | |
| 885 | * non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's window | |
| 886 | * on those platforms, and popup menus have to be handled specially. | |
| 887 | * Also, menubar menues are not intended to be posted (bug 1567681, | |
| 888 | * 2160206). | |
| 889 | * Tearoff menus are the same as ordinary menus on the Mac and are | |
| 890 | * posted differently on Windows than non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu | |
| 891 | * does not actually map the menu's window on those platforms, and | |
| 892 | * popup menus have to be handled specially. Also, menubar menus are | |
| 893 | * not intended to be posted (bug 1567681, 2160206). | |
| 889 | 894 | */ |
| 890 | 895 | |
| 891 | 896 | if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) { |
| 892 | 897 | Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "a menubar menu cannot be posted", NULL); |
| 893 | 898 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 894 | 899 | } else if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) { |
| 895 | result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); | |
| 900 | result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index); | |
| 896 | 901 | } else { |
| 897 | result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); | |
| 902 | result = TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index); | |
| 898 | 903 | } |
| 899 | 904 | break; |
| 900 | 905 | } |
| 2158 | 2163 | Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; |
| 2159 | 2164 | const char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL : Tcl_GetString(labelPtr); |
| 2160 | 2165 | |
| 2161 | if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) { | |
| 2166 | if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringCaseMatch(label, string, 0))) { | |
| 2162 | 2167 | *indexPtr = i; |
| 2163 | 2168 | goto success; |
| 2164 | 2169 | } |
| 2485 | 2490 | const char *value; |
| 2486 | 2491 | const char *name, *onValue; |
| 2487 | 2492 | |
| 2488 | if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) { | |
| 2493 | if (Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) || (mePtr->namePtr == NULL)) { | |
| 2489 | 2494 | /* |
| 2490 | * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away. | |
| 2495 | * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away or we have | |
| 2496 | * no variable name. | |
| 2491 | 2497 | */ |
| 2492 | 2498 | |
| 2493 | 2499 | return NULL; |
| 2498 | 2504 | if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) { |
| 2499 | 2505 | return NULL; |
| 2500 | 2506 | } |
| 2501 | ||
| 2502 | /* | |
| 2503 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 2504 | */ | |
| 2505 | ||
| 2506 | if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) { | |
| 2507 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 2508 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 2509 | MenuVarProc, clientData); | |
| 2510 | return NULL; | |
| 2511 | } | |
| 2512 | 2507 | |
| 2513 | 2508 | name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr); |
| 2514 | 2509 | |
| 2517 | 2512 | */ |
| 2518 | 2513 | |
| 2519 | 2514 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 2515 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 2520 | 2516 | mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 2521 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) { | |
| 2522 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL, | |
| 2523 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 2524 | MenuVarProc, clientData); | |
| 2525 | } | |
| 2517 | ||
| 2518 | do { | |
| 2519 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, name, | |
| 2520 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 2521 | MenuVarProc, probe); | |
| 2522 | if (probe == (ClientData)mePtr) { | |
| 2523 | break; | |
| 2524 | } | |
| 2525 | } while (probe); | |
| 2526 | if (probe) { | |
| 2527 | /* | |
| 2528 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 2529 | * namePtr, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 2530 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 2531 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 2532 | */ | |
| 2533 | return NULL; | |
| 2534 | } | |
| 2535 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL, | |
| 2536 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 2537 | MenuVarProc, clientData); | |
| 2526 | 2538 | TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr); |
| 2527 | 2539 | TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL); |
| 2528 | 2540 | return NULL; |
| 74 | 74 | * of character to underline (<0 means don't |
| 75 | 75 | * underline anything). */ |
| 76 | 76 | Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr; /* Index of character to underline. */ |
| 77 | Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr; /* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or None. | |
| 78 | * If not None then label is ignored. */ | |
| 77 | Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr; /* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or NULL. | |
| 78 | * If not NULL then label is ignored. */ | |
| 79 | 79 | Tcl_Obj *imagePtr; /* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not |
| 80 | 80 | * NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are |
| 81 | 81 | * ignored. */ |
| 119 | 119 | * always 0 for tearoff and separator |
| 120 | 120 | * entries. */ |
| 121 | 121 | int hideMargin; /* If this is 0, then the item has enough |
| 122 | * margin to accomodate a standard check mark | |
| 122 | * margin to accommodate a standard check mark | |
| 123 | 123 | * and a default right margin. If this is 1, |
| 124 | 124 | * then the item has no such margins, and |
| 125 | 125 | * checkbuttons and radiobuttons with this set |
| 174 | 174 | * NULL means use overall disabledGC from menu |
| 175 | 175 | * structure. See comments for disabledFg in |
| 176 | 176 | * menu structure for more information. */ |
| 177 | GC indicatorGC; /* For drawing indicators. None means use GC | |
| 177 | GC indicatorGC; /* For drawing indicators. NULL means use GC | |
| 178 | 178 | * from menu. */ |
| 179 | 179 | |
| 180 | 180 | /* |
| 339 | 339 | Tcl_Obj *takeFocusPtr; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 340 | 340 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 341 | 341 | * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
| 342 | Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 342 | Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 343 | 343 | Tcl_Obj *postCommandPtr; /* Used to detect cycles in cascade hierarchy |
| 344 | 344 | * trees when preprocessing postcommands on |
| 345 | 345 | * some platforms. See PostMenu for more |
| 519 | 519 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostSubmenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 520 | 520 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr); |
| 521 | 521 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 522 | int x, int y); | |
| 522 | int x, int y); | |
| 523 | 523 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkPreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); |
| 524 | 524 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); |
| 525 | 525 | |
| 542 | 542 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); |
| 543 | 543 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); |
| 544 | 544 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 545 | int x, int y); | |
| 545 | int x, int y, int index); | |
| 546 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, | |
| 547 | int x, int y, int index); | |
| 546 | 548 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpSetWindowMenuBar(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr); |
| 547 | 549 | |
| 548 | 550 | #endif /* _TKMENU */ |
| 42 | 42 | TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields( |
| 43 | 43 | TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are initializing. */ |
| 44 | 44 | { |
| 45 | menuPtr->textGC = None; | |
| 45 | menuPtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 46 | 46 | menuPtr->gray = None; |
| 47 | menuPtr->disabledGC = None; | |
| 48 | menuPtr->activeGC = None; | |
| 49 | menuPtr->indicatorGC = None; | |
| 50 | menuPtr->disabledImageGC = None; | |
| 47 | menuPtr->disabledGC = NULL; | |
| 48 | menuPtr->activeGC = NULL; | |
| 49 | menuPtr->indicatorGC = NULL; | |
| 50 | menuPtr->disabledImageGC = NULL; | |
| 51 | 51 | menuPtr->totalWidth = menuPtr->totalHeight = 0; |
| 52 | 52 | } |
| 53 | 53 | |
| 78 | 78 | mePtr->y = 0; |
| 79 | 79 | mePtr->indicatorSpace = 0; |
| 80 | 80 | mePtr->labelWidth = 0; |
| 81 | mePtr->textGC = None; | |
| 82 | mePtr->activeGC = None; | |
| 83 | mePtr->disabledGC = None; | |
| 84 | mePtr->indicatorGC = None; | |
| 81 | mePtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 82 | mePtr->activeGC = NULL; | |
| 83 | mePtr->disabledGC = NULL; | |
| 84 | mePtr->indicatorGC = NULL; | |
| 85 | 85 | } |
| 86 | 86 | |
| 87 | 87 | /* |
| 105 | 105 | TkMenuFreeDrawOptions( |
| 106 | 106 | TkMenu *menuPtr) |
| 107 | 107 | { |
| 108 | if (menuPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 108 | if (menuPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 109 | 109 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->textGC); |
| 110 | 110 | } |
| 111 | if (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None) { | |
| 111 | if (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != NULL) { | |
| 112 | 112 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->disabledImageGC); |
| 113 | 113 | } |
| 114 | 114 | if (menuPtr->gray != None) { |
| 115 | 115 | Tk_FreeBitmap(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->gray); |
| 116 | 116 | } |
| 117 | if (menuPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 117 | if (menuPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 118 | 118 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->disabledGC); |
| 119 | 119 | } |
| 120 | if (menuPtr->activeGC != None) { | |
| 120 | if (menuPtr->activeGC != NULL) { | |
| 121 | 121 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->activeGC); |
| 122 | 122 | } |
| 123 | if (menuPtr->indicatorGC != None) { | |
| 123 | if (menuPtr->indicatorGC != NULL) { | |
| 124 | 124 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->indicatorGC); |
| 125 | 125 | } |
| 126 | 126 | } |
| 146 | 146 | TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions( |
| 147 | 147 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr) |
| 148 | 148 | { |
| 149 | if (mePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 149 | if (mePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 150 | 150 | Tk_FreeGC(mePtr->menuPtr->display, mePtr->textGC); |
| 151 | 151 | } |
| 152 | if (mePtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 152 | if (mePtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 153 | 153 | Tk_FreeGC(mePtr->menuPtr->display, mePtr->disabledGC); |
| 154 | 154 | } |
| 155 | if (mePtr->activeGC != None) { | |
| 155 | if (mePtr->activeGC != NULL) { | |
| 156 | 156 | Tk_FreeGC(mePtr->menuPtr->display, mePtr->activeGC); |
| 157 | 157 | } |
| 158 | if (mePtr->indicatorGC != None) { | |
| 158 | if (mePtr->indicatorGC != NULL) { | |
| 159 | 159 | Tk_FreeGC(mePtr->menuPtr->display, mePtr->indicatorGC); |
| 160 | 160 | } |
| 161 | 161 | } |
| 204 | 204 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(border)->pixel; |
| 205 | 205 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(menuPtr->tkwin, GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont, |
| 206 | 206 | &gcValues); |
| 207 | if (menuPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 207 | if (menuPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 208 | 208 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->textGC); |
| 209 | 209 | } |
| 210 | 210 | menuPtr->textGC = newGC; |
| 232 | 232 | } |
| 233 | 233 | } |
| 234 | 234 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(menuPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 235 | if (menuPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 235 | if (menuPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 236 | 236 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->disabledGC); |
| 237 | 237 | } |
| 238 | 238 | menuPtr->disabledGC = newGC; |
| 248 | 248 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(menuPtr->tkwin, |
| 249 | 249 | GCForeground|GCFillStyle|GCStipple, &gcValues); |
| 250 | 250 | } |
| 251 | if (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None) { | |
| 251 | if (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != NULL) { | |
| 252 | 252 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->disabledImageGC); |
| 253 | 253 | } |
| 254 | 254 | menuPtr->disabledImageGC = newGC; |
| 261 | 261 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(activeBorder)->pixel; |
| 262 | 262 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(menuPtr->tkwin, GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont, |
| 263 | 263 | &gcValues); |
| 264 | if (menuPtr->activeGC != None) { | |
| 264 | if (menuPtr->activeGC != NULL) { | |
| 265 | 265 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->activeGC); |
| 266 | 266 | } |
| 267 | 267 | menuPtr->activeGC = newGC; |
| 272 | 272 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(border)->pixel; |
| 273 | 273 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(menuPtr->tkwin, GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont, |
| 274 | 274 | &gcValues); |
| 275 | if (menuPtr->indicatorGC != None) { | |
| 275 | if (menuPtr->indicatorGC != NULL) { | |
| 276 | 276 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, menuPtr->indicatorGC); |
| 277 | 277 | } |
| 278 | 278 | menuPtr->indicatorGC = newGC; |
| 384 | 384 | GCForeground|GCBackground|GCFont|GCGraphicsExposures, |
| 385 | 385 | &gcValues); |
| 386 | 386 | } else { |
| 387 | newGC = None; | |
| 388 | newActiveGC = None; | |
| 389 | newDisabledGC = None; | |
| 390 | newIndicatorGC = None; | |
| 391 | } | |
| 392 | if (mePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 387 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 388 | newActiveGC = NULL; | |
| 389 | newDisabledGC = NULL; | |
| 390 | newIndicatorGC = NULL; | |
| 391 | } | |
| 392 | if (mePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 393 | 393 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, mePtr->textGC); |
| 394 | 394 | } |
| 395 | 395 | mePtr->textGC = newGC; |
| 396 | if (mePtr->activeGC != None) { | |
| 396 | if (mePtr->activeGC != NULL) { | |
| 397 | 397 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, mePtr->activeGC); |
| 398 | 398 | } |
| 399 | 399 | mePtr->activeGC = newActiveGC; |
| 400 | if (mePtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 400 | if (mePtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 401 | 401 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, mePtr->disabledGC); |
| 402 | 402 | } |
| 403 | 403 | mePtr->disabledGC = newDisabledGC; |
| 404 | if (mePtr->indicatorGC != None) { | |
| 404 | if (mePtr->indicatorGC != NULL) { | |
| 405 | 405 | Tk_FreeGC(menuPtr->display, mePtr->indicatorGC); |
| 406 | 406 | } |
| 407 | 407 | mePtr->indicatorGC = newIndicatorGC; |
| 474 | 474 | * None. |
| 475 | 475 | * |
| 476 | 476 | * Side effects: |
| 477 | * A when-idle hander is scheduled to do the redisplay, if there isn't | |
| 477 | * A when-idle handler is scheduled to do the redisplay, if there isn't | |
| 478 | 478 | * one already scheduled. |
| 479 | 479 | * |
| 480 | 480 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 806 | 806 | * |
| 807 | 807 | * TkPostTearoffMenu -- |
| 808 | 808 | * |
| 809 | * Posts a menu on the screen. Used to post tearoff menus. On Unix, all | |
| 810 | * menus are posted this way. Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits | |
| 811 | * on the screen, and maps and raises the menu. | |
| 809 | * Posts a tearoff menu on the screen. Adjusts the menu's position so | |
| 810 | * that it fits on the screen, and maps and raises the menu. | |
| 812 | 811 | * |
| 813 | 812 | * Results: |
| 814 | 813 | * Returns a standard Tcl Error. |
| 826 | 825 | int x, int y) /* The root X,Y coordinates where we are |
| 827 | 826 | * posting */ |
| 828 | 827 | { |
| 829 | int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight; | |
| 830 | int result; | |
| 831 | ||
| 832 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); | |
| 833 | TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); | |
| 834 | result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr); | |
| 835 | if (result != TCL_OK) { | |
| 836 | return result; | |
| 837 | } | |
| 838 | ||
| 839 | /* | |
| 840 | * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead | |
| 841 | * and should go away. | |
| 842 | */ | |
| 843 | ||
| 844 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 845 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 846 | } | |
| 847 | ||
| 848 | /* | |
| 849 | * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the | |
| 850 | * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right: | |
| 851 | * | |
| 852 | * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates | |
| 853 | * are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu | |
| 854 | * uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for | |
| 855 | * the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root | |
| 856 | * (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu | |
| 857 | * itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead | |
| 858 | * (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use | |
| 859 | * for this...). | |
| 860 | * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be | |
| 861 | * the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its | |
| 862 | * requested size, not its actual size. | |
| 863 | */ | |
| 864 | ||
| 865 | Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY, | |
| 866 | &vRootWidth, &vRootHeight); | |
| 867 | vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 868 | if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) { | |
| 869 | x = vRootX + vRootWidth; | |
| 870 | } | |
| 871 | if (x < vRootX) { | |
| 872 | x = vRootX; | |
| 873 | } | |
| 874 | vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 875 | if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) { | |
| 876 | y = vRootY + vRootHeight; | |
| 877 | } | |
| 878 | if (y < vRootY) { | |
| 879 | y = vRootY; | |
| 880 | } | |
| 881 | Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y); | |
| 882 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 883 | Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 884 | } | |
| 885 | TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL); | |
| 886 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 828 | return TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, -1); | |
| 887 | 829 | } |
| 888 | 830 | |
| 889 | 831 | /* |
| 278 | 278 | mbPtr->normalFg = NULL; |
| 279 | 279 | mbPtr->activeFg = NULL; |
| 280 | 280 | mbPtr->disabledFg = NULL; |
| 281 | mbPtr->normalTextGC = None; | |
| 282 | mbPtr->activeTextGC = None; | |
| 281 | mbPtr->normalTextGC = NULL; | |
| 282 | mbPtr->activeTextGC = NULL; | |
| 283 | 283 | mbPtr->gray = None; |
| 284 | mbPtr->disabledGC = None; | |
| 285 | mbPtr->stippleGC = None; | |
| 284 | mbPtr->disabledGC = NULL; | |
| 285 | mbPtr->stippleGC = NULL; | |
| 286 | 286 | mbPtr->leftBearing = 0; |
| 287 | 287 | mbPtr->rightBearing = 0; |
| 288 | 288 | mbPtr->widthString = NULL; |
| 299 | 299 | mbPtr->indicatorWidth = 0; |
| 300 | 300 | mbPtr->indicatorHeight = 0; |
| 301 | 301 | mbPtr->direction = DIRECTION_FLUSH; |
| 302 | mbPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 302 | mbPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 303 | 303 | mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL; |
| 304 | 304 | mbPtr->flags = 0; |
| 305 | 305 | |
| 442 | 442 | if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 443 | 443 | Tk_FreeImage(mbPtr->image); |
| 444 | 444 | } |
| 445 | if (mbPtr->normalTextGC != None) { | |
| 445 | if (mbPtr->normalTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 446 | 446 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->normalTextGC); |
| 447 | 447 | } |
| 448 | if (mbPtr->activeTextGC != None) { | |
| 448 | if (mbPtr->activeTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 449 | 449 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->activeTextGC); |
| 450 | 450 | } |
| 451 | if (mbPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 451 | if (mbPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 452 | 452 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->disabledGC); |
| 453 | 453 | } |
| 454 | if (mbPtr->stippleGC != None) { | |
| 454 | if (mbPtr->stippleGC != NULL) { | |
| 455 | 455 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->stippleGC); |
| 456 | 456 | } |
| 457 | 457 | if (mbPtr->gray != None) { |
| 689 | 689 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 690 | 690 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 691 | 691 | gc = Tk_GetGC(mbPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 692 | if (mbPtr->normalTextGC != None) { | |
| 692 | if (mbPtr->normalTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 693 | 693 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->normalTextGC); |
| 694 | 694 | } |
| 695 | 695 | mbPtr->normalTextGC = gc; |
| 698 | 698 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(mbPtr->activeBorder)->pixel; |
| 699 | 699 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 700 | 700 | gc = Tk_GetGC(mbPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 701 | if (mbPtr->activeTextGC != None) { | |
| 701 | if (mbPtr->activeTextGC != NULL) { | |
| 702 | 702 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->activeTextGC); |
| 703 | 703 | } |
| 704 | 704 | mbPtr->activeTextGC = gc; |
| 709 | 709 | * Create the GC that can be used for stippling |
| 710 | 710 | */ |
| 711 | 711 | |
| 712 | if (mbPtr->stippleGC == None) { | |
| 712 | if (mbPtr->stippleGC == NULL) { | |
| 713 | 713 | gcValues.foreground = gcValues.background; |
| 714 | 714 | mask = GCForeground; |
| 715 | 715 | if (mbPtr->gray == None) { |
| 735 | 735 | gcValues.foreground = gcValues.background; |
| 736 | 736 | } |
| 737 | 737 | gc = Tk_GetGC(mbPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 738 | if (mbPtr->disabledGC != None) { | |
| 738 | if (mbPtr->disabledGC != NULL) { | |
| 739 | 739 | Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->disabledGC); |
| 740 | 740 | } |
| 741 | 741 | mbPtr->disabledGC = gc; |
| 881 | 881 | unsigned len; |
| 882 | 882 | |
| 883 | 883 | /* |
| 884 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 885 | */ | |
| 886 | ||
| 887 | if (mbPtr->textVarName == NULL) { | |
| 888 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 889 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 890 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 891 | MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData); | |
| 892 | } | |
| 893 | return NULL; | |
| 894 | } | |
| 895 | ||
| 896 | /* | |
| 897 | 884 | * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole |
| 898 | 885 | * interpreter is going away. |
| 899 | 886 | */ |
| 900 | 887 | |
| 901 | 888 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 902 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 889 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && mbPtr->textVarName) { | |
| 890 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 891 | ||
| 892 | do { | |
| 893 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 894 | mbPtr->textVarName, | |
| 895 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 896 | MenuButtonTextVarProc, probe); | |
| 897 | if (probe == (ClientData)mbPtr) { | |
| 898 | break; | |
| 899 | } | |
| 900 | } while (probe); | |
| 901 | if (probe) { | |
| 902 | /* | |
| 903 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 904 | * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 905 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 906 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 907 | */ | |
| 908 | return NULL; | |
| 909 | } | |
| 903 | 910 | Tcl_SetVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, mbPtr->text, |
| 904 | 911 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 905 | 912 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, NULL, |
| 169 | 169 | * "left" and "right" will pop the menu left |
| 170 | 170 | * or right, and the active item will be next |
| 171 | 171 | * to the button. */ |
| 172 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 172 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 173 | 173 | char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 174 | 174 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 175 | 175 | * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
| 255 | 255 | MessageCmdDeletedProc); |
| 256 | 256 | msgPtr->optionTable = optionTable; |
| 257 | 257 | msgPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 258 | msgPtr->textGC = None; | |
| 258 | msgPtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 259 | 259 | msgPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER; |
| 260 | 260 | msgPtr->aspect = 150; |
| 261 | 261 | msgPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; |
| 262 | msgPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 262 | msgPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 263 | 263 | |
| 264 | 264 | Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message"); |
| 265 | 265 | Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr); |
| 397 | 397 | * Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff. |
| 398 | 398 | */ |
| 399 | 399 | |
| 400 | if (msgPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 400 | if (msgPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 401 | 401 | Tk_FreeGC(msgPtr->display, msgPtr->textGC); |
| 402 | 402 | } |
| 403 | 403 | if (msgPtr->textLayout != NULL) { |
| 524 | 524 | ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ |
| 525 | 525 | { |
| 526 | 526 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 527 | GC gc = None; | |
| 527 | GC gc = NULL; | |
| 528 | 528 | Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 529 | 529 | Message *msgPtr = instanceData; |
| 530 | 530 | |
| 535 | 535 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(msgPtr->tkfont); |
| 536 | 536 | gcValues.foreground = msgPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel; |
| 537 | 537 | gc = Tk_GetGC(msgPtr->tkwin, GCForeground | GCFont, &gcValues); |
| 538 | if (msgPtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 538 | if (msgPtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 539 | 539 | Tk_FreeGC(msgPtr->display, msgPtr->textGC); |
| 540 | 540 | } |
| 541 | 541 | msgPtr->textGC = gc; |
| 838 | 838 | const char *value; |
| 839 | 839 | |
| 840 | 840 | /* |
| 841 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 842 | */ | |
| 843 | ||
| 844 | if (msgPtr->textVarName == NULL) { | |
| 845 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 846 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 847 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 848 | MessageTextVarProc, clientData); | |
| 849 | } | |
| 850 | return NULL; | |
| 851 | } | |
| 852 | ||
| 853 | /* | |
| 854 | 841 | * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole |
| 855 | 842 | * interpreter is going away. |
| 856 | 843 | */ |
| 857 | 844 | |
| 858 | 845 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 859 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 846 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && msgPtr->textVarName) { | |
| 847 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 848 | ||
| 849 | do { | |
| 850 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 851 | msgPtr->textVarName, | |
| 852 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 853 | MessageTextVarProc, probe); | |
| 854 | if (probe == (ClientData)msgPtr) { | |
| 855 | break; | |
| 856 | } | |
| 857 | } while (probe); | |
| 858 | if (probe) { | |
| 859 | /* | |
| 860 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 861 | * textVarName, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 862 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 863 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 864 | */ | |
| 865 | return NULL; | |
| 866 | } | |
| 860 | 867 | Tcl_SetVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, msgPtr->string, |
| 861 | 868 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 862 | 869 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL, |
| 46 | 46 | * thread. |
| 47 | 47 | */ |
| 48 | 48 | |
| 49 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 49 | typedef struct { | |
| 50 | 50 | const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr; |
| 51 | 51 | const Tcl_ObjType *intTypePtr; |
| 52 | 52 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 95 | 95 | /* |
| 96 | 96 | * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl |
| 97 | 97 | * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its |
| 98 | * initial display-independant settings. | |
| 98 | * initial display-independent settings. | |
| 99 | 99 | */ |
| 100 | 100 | |
| 101 | 101 | static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = { |
| 109 | 109 | /* |
| 110 | 110 | * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl |
| 111 | 111 | * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its |
| 112 | * initial display-independant settings. | |
| 112 | * initial display-independent settings. | |
| 113 | 113 | */ |
| 114 | 114 | |
| 115 | 115 | static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = { |
| 476 | 476 | Tk_Cursor newCursor, oldCursor; |
| 477 | 477 | |
| 478 | 478 | if (nullValue) { |
| 479 | newCursor = None; | |
| 479 | newCursor = NULL; | |
| 480 | 480 | } else { |
| 481 | 481 | uid = valueIsUid ? (Tk_Uid) value : Tk_GetUid(value); |
| 482 | 482 | newCursor = Tk_GetCursor(interp, tkwin, uid); |
| 483 | if (newCursor == None) { | |
| 483 | if (newCursor == NULL) { | |
| 484 | 484 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 485 | 485 | } |
| 486 | 486 | } |
| 487 | 487 | oldCursor = *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr); |
| 488 | if (oldCursor != None) { | |
| 488 | if (oldCursor != NULL) { | |
| 489 | 489 | Tk_FreeCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), oldCursor); |
| 490 | 490 | } |
| 491 | 491 | *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr) = newCursor; |
| 836 | 836 | case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR: { |
| 837 | 837 | Tk_Cursor cursor = *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr); |
| 838 | 838 | |
| 839 | if (cursor != None) { | |
| 839 | if (cursor != NULL) { | |
| 840 | 840 | result = Tk_NameOfCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), cursor); |
| 841 | 841 | } |
| 842 | 842 | break; |
| 1021 | 1021 | break; |
| 1022 | 1022 | case TK_CONFIG_CURSOR: |
| 1023 | 1023 | case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR: |
| 1024 | if (*((Tk_Cursor *) ptr) != None) { | |
| 1024 | if (*((Tk_Cursor *) ptr) != NULL) { | |
| 1025 | 1025 | Tk_FreeCursor(display, *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr)); |
| 1026 | *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr) = None; | |
| 1026 | *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr) = NULL; | |
| 1027 | 1027 | } |
| 1028 | 1028 | } |
| 1029 | 1029 | } |
| 90 | 90 | * |
| 91 | 91 | * TkOldTestInit -- |
| 92 | 92 | * |
| 93 | * This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite | |
| 93 | * This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite | |
| 94 | 94 | * extensions for testing support for legacy interfaces. |
| 95 | 95 | * |
| 96 | 96 | * Results: |
| 175 | 175 | * of a level. */ |
| 176 | 176 | } StackLevel; |
| 177 | 177 | |
| 178 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 178 | typedef struct { | |
| 179 | 179 | int initialized; /* 0 means the ThreadSpecific Data structure |
| 180 | 180 | * for the current thread needs to be |
| 181 | 181 | * initialized. */ |
| 1521 | 1521 | { |
| 1522 | 1522 | Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr; |
| 1523 | 1523 | Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor; |
| 1524 | TkWindow *master; | |
| 1524 | 1525 | int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven; |
| 1525 | 1526 | const char *string; |
| 1526 | 1527 | static const char *const optionStrings[] = { |
| 1798 | 1799 | } |
| 1799 | 1800 | |
| 1800 | 1801 | /* |
| 1802 | * Check for management loops. | |
| 1803 | */ | |
| 1804 | ||
| 1805 | for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL; | |
| 1806 | master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) { | |
| 1807 | if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) { | |
| 1808 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 1809 | "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop", | |
| 1810 | Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin))); | |
| 1811 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); | |
| 1812 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1813 | } | |
| 1814 | } | |
| 1815 | if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) { | |
| 1816 | ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; | |
| 1817 | } | |
| 1818 | ||
| 1819 | /* | |
| 1801 | 1820 | * Unpack the slave if it's currently packed, then position it after |
| 1802 | 1821 | * prevPtr. |
| 1803 | 1822 | */ |
| 303 | 303 | 0, orientStrings, GEOMETRY}, |
| 304 | 304 | {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground", |
| 305 | 305 | 0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBackground), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, |
| 306 | (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO}, | |
| 306 | (ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO, 0}, | |
| 307 | 307 | {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth", |
| 308 | 308 | DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr), |
| 309 | 309 | Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY}, |
| 447 | 447 | pwPtr->optionTable = pwOpts->pwOptions; |
| 448 | 448 | pwPtr->slaveOpts = pwOpts->slaveOpts; |
| 449 | 449 | pwPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; |
| 450 | pwPtr->gc = None; | |
| 451 | pwPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 452 | pwPtr->sashCursor = None; | |
| 450 | pwPtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 451 | pwPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 452 | pwPtr->sashCursor = NULL; | |
| 453 | 453 | |
| 454 | 454 | /* |
| 455 | 455 | * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget, |
| 861 | 861 | |
| 862 | 862 | index = -1; |
| 863 | 863 | haveLoc = 0; |
| 864 | if (options.after != None) { | |
| 864 | if (options.after != NULL) { | |
| 865 | 865 | tkwin = options.after; |
| 866 | 866 | haveLoc = 1; |
| 867 | 867 | for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) { |
| 870 | 870 | break; |
| 871 | 871 | } |
| 872 | 872 | } |
| 873 | } else if (options.before != None) { | |
| 873 | } else if (options.before != NULL) { | |
| 874 | 874 | tkwin = options.before; |
| 875 | 875 | haveLoc = 1; |
| 876 | 876 | for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) { |
| 1303 | 1303 | |
| 1304 | 1304 | gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(pwPtr->background)->pixel; |
| 1305 | 1305 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(pwPtr->tkwin, GCBackground, &gcValues); |
| 1306 | if (pwPtr->gc != None) { | |
| 1306 | if (pwPtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 1307 | 1307 | Tk_FreeGC(pwPtr->display, pwPtr->gc); |
| 1308 | 1308 | } |
| 1309 | 1309 | pwPtr->gc = newGC; |
| 2043 | 2043 | |
| 2044 | 2044 | for (i = 0; i < masterPtr->numSlaves; i++) { |
| 2045 | 2045 | if (masterPtr->slaves[i]->before == slavePtr->tkwin) { |
| 2046 | masterPtr->slaves[i]->before = None; | |
| 2046 | masterPtr->slaves[i]->before = NULL; | |
| 2047 | 2047 | } |
| 2048 | 2048 | if (masterPtr->slaves[i]->after == slavePtr->tkwin) { |
| 2049 | masterPtr->slaves[i]->after = None; | |
| 2049 | masterPtr->slaves[i]->after = NULL; | |
| 2050 | 2050 | } |
| 2051 | 2051 | } |
| 2052 | 2052 | |
| 394 | 394 | slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave)); |
| 395 | 395 | memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave)); |
| 396 | 396 | slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin; |
| 397 | slavePtr->inTkwin = None; | |
| 397 | slavePtr->inTkwin = NULL; | |
| 398 | 398 | slavePtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW; |
| 399 | 399 | slavePtr->borderMode = BM_INSIDE; |
| 400 | 400 | slavePtr->optionTable = table; |
| 615 | 615 | Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; |
| 616 | 616 | int mask; |
| 617 | 617 | Slave *slavePtr; |
| 618 | Tk_Window masterWin = (Tk_Window) NULL; | |
| 618 | Tk_Window masterWin = NULL; | |
| 619 | TkWindow *master; | |
| 619 | 620 | |
| 620 | 621 | if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) { |
| 621 | 622 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 693 | 694 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); |
| 694 | 695 | goto error; |
| 695 | 696 | } |
| 697 | ||
| 698 | /* | |
| 699 | * Check for management loops. | |
| 700 | */ | |
| 701 | ||
| 702 | for (master = (TkWindow *)tkwin; master != NULL; | |
| 703 | master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) { | |
| 704 | if (master == (TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin) { | |
| 705 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 706 | "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop", | |
| 707 | Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin))); | |
| 708 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL); | |
| 709 | goto error; | |
| 710 | } | |
| 711 | } | |
| 712 | if (tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 713 | ((TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin; | |
| 714 | } | |
| 715 | ||
| 696 | 716 | if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) |
| 697 | 717 | && (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) { |
| 698 | 718 | /* |
| 1184 | 1204 | |
| 1185 | 1205 | if ((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) |
| 1186 | 1206 | && (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT))) { |
| 1207 | /* | |
| 1208 | * Send a ConfigureNotify to indicate that the size change | |
| 1209 | * request was rejected. | |
| 1210 | */ | |
| 1211 | ||
| 1212 | TkDoConfigureNotify((TkWindow *)(slavePtr->tkwin)); | |
| 1187 | 1213 | return; |
| 1188 | 1214 | } |
| 1189 | 1215 | masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr; |
| 22 | 22 | #define Cursor XCursor |
| 23 | 23 | #endif |
| 24 | 24 | |
| 25 | /* | |
| 26 | * Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus | |
| 27 | * masks that select individual buttons' bits: | |
| 28 | */ | |
| 29 | ||
| 30 | #define ALL_BUTTONS \ | |
| 31 | (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask) | |
| 32 | static const unsigned int buttonMasks[] = { | |
| 33 | Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask | |
| 34 | }; | |
| 35 | #define ButtonMask(b) (buttonMasks[(b)-Button1]) | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 25 | typedef struct { | |
| 38 | 26 | TkWindow *grabWinPtr; /* Window that defines the top of the grab |
| 39 | 27 | * tree in a global grab. */ |
| 40 | 28 | int lastState; /* Last known state flags. */ |
| 266 | 254 | */ |
| 267 | 255 | |
| 268 | 256 | for (b = Button1; b <= Button5; b++) { |
| 269 | mask = ButtonMask(b); | |
| 257 | mask = TkGetButtonMask(b); | |
| 270 | 258 | if (changes & mask) { |
| 271 | 259 | if (state & mask) { |
| 272 | 260 | type = ButtonPress; |
| 514 | 502 | tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL; |
| 515 | 503 | } |
| 516 | 504 | if (!(tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr || tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)) { |
| 517 | TkpSetCapture(NULL); | |
| 505 | ||
| 506 | /* | |
| 507 | * Release mouse capture only if the dead window is the capturing | |
| 508 | * window. | |
| 509 | */ | |
| 510 | ||
| 511 | if (winPtr == (TkWindow *)TkpGetCapture()) { | |
| 512 | TkpSetCapture(NULL); | |
| 513 | } | |
| 518 | 514 | } |
| 519 | 515 | } |
| 520 | 516 | |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| 14 | #include "default.h" | |
| 14 | 15 | |
| 15 | 16 | /* |
| 16 | 17 | * The structure below defines the record for each rectangle/oval item. |
| 101 | 102 | "0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, tsoffset), |
| 102 | 103 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption}, |
| 103 | 104 | {TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL, |
| 104 | "black", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 105 | DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL}, | |
| 105 | 106 | {TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL, |
| 106 | 107 | "0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.tsoffset), |
| 107 | 108 | TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption}, |
| 257 | 258 | rectOvalPtr->fillStipple = None; |
| 258 | 259 | rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple = None; |
| 259 | 260 | rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple = None; |
| 260 | rectOvalPtr->fillGC = None; | |
| 261 | rectOvalPtr->fillGC = NULL; | |
| 261 | 262 | |
| 262 | 263 | /* |
| 263 | 264 | * Process the arguments to fill in the item record. |
| 465 | 466 | mask |= GCCapStyle; |
| 466 | 467 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 467 | 468 | } else { |
| 468 | newGC = None; | |
| 469 | } | |
| 470 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 469 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 470 | } | |
| 471 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 471 | 472 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->outline.gc); |
| 472 | 473 | } |
| 473 | 474 | rectOvalPtr->outline.gc = newGC; |
| 499 | 500 | } |
| 500 | 501 | |
| 501 | 502 | if (color == NULL) { |
| 502 | newGC = None; | |
| 503 | newGC = NULL; | |
| 503 | 504 | } else { |
| 504 | 505 | gcValues.foreground = color->pixel; |
| 505 | 506 | if (stipple != None) { |
| 514 | 515 | * Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth even for |
| 515 | 516 | * fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing). |
| 516 | 517 | */ |
| 517 | ||
| 518 | gcValues.line_width = rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != None ? | |
| 518 | gcValues.line_width = rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL ? | |
| 519 | 519 | rectOvalPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0; |
| 520 | 520 | mask |= GCLineWidth; |
| 521 | 521 | #endif |
| 522 | 522 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 523 | 523 | } |
| 524 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 524 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 525 | 525 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->fillGC); |
| 526 | 526 | } |
| 527 | 527 | rectOvalPtr->fillGC = newGC; |
| 594 | 594 | if (rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple != None) { |
| 595 | 595 | Tk_FreeBitmap(display, rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple); |
| 596 | 596 | } |
| 597 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 597 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 598 | 598 | Tk_FreeGC(display, rectOvalPtr->fillGC); |
| 599 | 599 | } |
| 600 | 600 | } |
| 663 | 663 | rectOvalPtr->bbox[0] = tmpX; |
| 664 | 664 | } |
| 665 | 665 | |
| 666 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 666 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 667 | 667 | /* |
| 668 | 668 | * The Win32 switch was added for 8.3 to solve a problem with ovals |
| 669 | 669 | * leaving traces on bottom and right of 1 pixel. This may not be the |
| 877 | 877 | } |
| 878 | 878 | } |
| 879 | 879 | |
| 880 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != None) { | |
| 880 | if (rectOvalPtr->fillGC != NULL) { | |
| 881 | 881 | if (fillStipple != None) { |
| 882 | 882 | Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset; |
| 883 | 883 | int w = 0, h = 0; |
| 921 | 921 | } |
| 922 | 922 | } |
| 923 | 923 | |
| 924 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 924 | if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 925 | 925 | Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(rectOvalPtr->outline)); |
| 926 | 926 | if (rectOvalPtr->header.typePtr == &tkRectangleType) { |
| 927 | 927 | XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, rectOvalPtr->outline.gc, |
| 992 | 992 | y1 = rectPtr->bbox[1]; |
| 993 | 993 | x2 = rectPtr->bbox[2]; |
| 994 | 994 | y2 = rectPtr->bbox[3]; |
| 995 | if (rectPtr->outline.gc != None) { | |
| 995 | if (rectPtr->outline.gc != NULL) { | |
| 996 | 996 | inc = width/2.0; |
| 997 | 997 | x1 -= inc; |
| 998 | 998 | y1 -= inc; |
| 1008 | 1008 | |
| 1009 | 1009 | if ((pointPtr[0] >= x1) && (pointPtr[0] < x2) |
| 1010 | 1010 | && (pointPtr[1] >= y1) && (pointPtr[1] < y2)) { |
| 1011 | if ((rectPtr->fillGC != None) || (rectPtr->outline.gc == None)) { | |
| 1011 | if ((rectPtr->fillGC != NULL) || (rectPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) { | |
| 1012 | 1012 | return 0.0; |
| 1013 | 1013 | } |
| 1014 | 1014 | xDiff = pointPtr[0] - x1; |
| 1104 | 1104 | } |
| 1105 | 1105 | |
| 1106 | 1106 | |
| 1107 | filled = ovalPtr->fillGC != None; | |
| 1108 | if (ovalPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1107 | filled = ovalPtr->fillGC != NULL; | |
| 1108 | if (ovalPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1109 | 1109 | width = 0.0; |
| 1110 | 1110 | filled = 1; |
| 1111 | 1111 | } |
| 1160 | 1160 | } |
| 1161 | 1161 | |
| 1162 | 1162 | halfWidth = width/2.0; |
| 1163 | if (rectPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1163 | if (rectPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1164 | 1164 | halfWidth = 0.0; |
| 1165 | 1165 | } |
| 1166 | 1166 | |
| 1170 | 1170 | || (areaPtr[1] >= (rectPtr->bbox[3] + halfWidth))) { |
| 1171 | 1171 | return -1; |
| 1172 | 1172 | } |
| 1173 | if ((rectPtr->fillGC == None) && (rectPtr->outline.gc != None) | |
| 1173 | if ((rectPtr->fillGC == NULL) && (rectPtr->outline.gc != NULL) | |
| 1174 | 1174 | && (areaPtr[0] >= (rectPtr->bbox[0] + halfWidth)) |
| 1175 | 1175 | && (areaPtr[1] >= (rectPtr->bbox[1] + halfWidth)) |
| 1176 | 1176 | && (areaPtr[2] <= (rectPtr->bbox[2] - halfWidth)) |
| 1238 | 1238 | */ |
| 1239 | 1239 | |
| 1240 | 1240 | halfWidth = width/2.0; |
| 1241 | if (ovalPtr->outline.gc == None) { | |
| 1241 | if (ovalPtr->outline.gc == NULL) { | |
| 1242 | 1242 | halfWidth = 0.0; |
| 1243 | 1243 | } |
| 1244 | 1244 | oval[0] = ovalPtr->bbox[0] - halfWidth; |
| 1255 | 1255 | * return "outside". |
| 1256 | 1256 | */ |
| 1257 | 1257 | |
| 1258 | if ((result == 0) && (ovalPtr->outline.gc != None) | |
| 1259 | && (ovalPtr->fillGC == None)) { | |
| 1258 | if ((result == 0) && (ovalPtr->outline.gc != NULL) | |
| 1259 | && (ovalPtr->fillGC == NULL)) { | |
| 1260 | 1260 | double centerX, centerY, height; |
| 1261 | 1261 | double xDelta1, yDelta1, xDelta2, yDelta2; |
| 1262 | 1262 | |
| 156 | 156 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: |
| 157 | 157 | */ |
| 158 | 158 | |
| 159 | static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr); | |
| 159 | static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr, int forTicks); | |
| 160 | 160 | static void ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr); |
| 161 | 161 | static int ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr, |
| 162 | 162 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 163 | 163 | static void DestroyScale(char *memPtr); |
| 164 | static double MaxTickRoundingError(TkScale *scalePtr, | |
| 165 | double tickResolution); | |
| 164 | 166 | static void ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); |
| 165 | 167 | static void ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, |
| 166 | 168 | XEvent *eventPtr); |
| 181 | 183 | static const Tk_ClassProcs scaleClass = { |
| 182 | 184 | sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */ |
| 183 | 185 | ScaleWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */ |
| 184 | NULL, /* createProc */ | |
| 185 | NULL /* modalProc */ | |
| 186 | NULL, /* createProc */ | |
| 187 | NULL /* modalProc */ | |
| 186 | 188 | }; |
| 189 | ||
| 190 | /* | |
| 191 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 192 | * | |
| 193 | * ScaleDigit, ScaleMax, ScaleMin, ScaleRound -- | |
| 194 | * | |
| 195 | * Simple math helper functions, designed to be automatically inlined by | |
| 196 | * the compiler most of the time. | |
| 197 | * | |
| 198 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 199 | */ | |
| 200 | ||
| 201 | static inline int | |
| 202 | ScaleDigit( | |
| 203 | double value) | |
| 204 | { | |
| 205 | return (int) floor(log10(fabs(value))); | |
| 206 | } | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | static inline double | |
| 209 | ScaleMax( | |
| 210 | double a, | |
| 211 | double b) | |
| 212 | { | |
| 213 | return (a > b) ? a : b; | |
| 214 | } | |
| 215 | ||
| 216 | static inline double | |
| 217 | ScaleMin( | |
| 218 | double a, | |
| 219 | double b) | |
| 220 | { | |
| 221 | return (a < b) ? a : b; | |
| 222 | } | |
| 223 | ||
| 224 | static inline int | |
| 225 | ScaleRound( | |
| 226 | double value) | |
| 227 | { | |
| 228 | return (int) floor(value + 0.5); | |
| 229 | } | |
| 187 | 230 | |
| 188 | 231 | /* |
| 189 | 232 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 269 | 312 | scalePtr->activeBorder = NULL; |
| 270 | 313 | scalePtr->sliderRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; |
| 271 | 314 | scalePtr->troughColorPtr = NULL; |
| 272 | scalePtr->troughGC = None; | |
| 273 | scalePtr->copyGC = None; | |
| 315 | scalePtr->troughGC = NULL; | |
| 316 | scalePtr->copyGC = NULL; | |
| 274 | 317 | scalePtr->tkfont = NULL; |
| 275 | 318 | scalePtr->textColorPtr = NULL; |
| 276 | scalePtr->textGC = None; | |
| 319 | scalePtr->textGC = NULL; | |
| 277 | 320 | scalePtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 278 | 321 | scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
| 279 | 322 | scalePtr->highlightBorder = NULL; |
| 290 | 333 | scalePtr->vertTroughX = 0; |
| 291 | 334 | scalePtr->vertLabelX = 0; |
| 292 | 335 | scalePtr->fontHeight = 0; |
| 293 | scalePtr->cursor = None; | |
| 336 | scalePtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 294 | 337 | scalePtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL; |
| 295 | 338 | scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET; |
| 296 | 339 | |
| 429 | 472 | } |
| 430 | 473 | value = TkScalePixelToValue(scalePtr, x, y); |
| 431 | 474 | } |
| 432 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(scalePtr->format, value)); | |
| 475 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, value)); | |
| 433 | 476 | break; |
| 434 | 477 | } |
| 435 | 478 | case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: { |
| 517 | 560 | NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 518 | 561 | ScaleVarProc, scalePtr); |
| 519 | 562 | } |
| 520 | if (scalePtr->troughGC != None) { | |
| 563 | if (scalePtr->troughGC != NULL) { | |
| 521 | 564 | Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC); |
| 522 | 565 | } |
| 523 | if (scalePtr->copyGC != None) { | |
| 566 | if (scalePtr->copyGC != NULL) { | |
| 524 | 567 | Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->copyGC); |
| 525 | 568 | } |
| 526 | if (scalePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 569 | if (scalePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 527 | 570 | Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->textGC); |
| 528 | 571 | } |
| 529 | 572 | Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) scalePtr, scalePtr->optionTable, |
| 610 | 653 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 611 | 654 | if ((valuePtr != NULL) && |
| 612 | 655 | (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &value) == TCL_OK)) { |
| 613 | scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 656 | scalePtr->value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 614 | 657 | } |
| 615 | 658 | } |
| 616 | 659 | |
| 619 | 662 | * orientation and creating GCs. |
| 620 | 663 | */ |
| 621 | 664 | |
| 622 | scalePtr->fromValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, | |
| 665 | scalePtr->fromValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, | |
| 623 | 666 | scalePtr->fromValue); |
| 624 | scalePtr->toValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, scalePtr->toValue); | |
| 625 | scalePtr->tickInterval = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, | |
| 667 | scalePtr->toValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, scalePtr->toValue); | |
| 668 | scalePtr->tickInterval = TkRoundIntervalToResolution(scalePtr, | |
| 626 | 669 | scalePtr->tickInterval); |
| 627 | 670 | |
| 628 | 671 | /* |
| 635 | 678 | scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval; |
| 636 | 679 | } |
| 637 | 680 | |
| 638 | ComputeFormat(scalePtr); | |
| 681 | ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 0); | |
| 682 | ComputeFormat(scalePtr, 1); | |
| 639 | 683 | |
| 640 | 684 | scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? (int)strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0; |
| 641 | 685 | |
| 728 | 772 | |
| 729 | 773 | gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->troughColorPtr->pixel; |
| 730 | 774 | gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 731 | if (scalePtr->troughGC != None) { | |
| 775 | if (scalePtr->troughGC != NULL) { | |
| 732 | 776 | Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC); |
| 733 | 777 | } |
| 734 | 778 | scalePtr->troughGC = gc; |
| 736 | 780 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(scalePtr->tkfont); |
| 737 | 781 | gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->textColorPtr->pixel; |
| 738 | 782 | gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground | GCFont, &gcValues); |
| 739 | if (scalePtr->textGC != None) { | |
| 783 | if (scalePtr->textGC != NULL) { | |
| 740 | 784 | Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->textGC); |
| 741 | 785 | } |
| 742 | 786 | scalePtr->textGC = gc; |
| 743 | 787 | |
| 744 | if (scalePtr->copyGC == None) { | |
| 788 | if (scalePtr->copyGC == NULL) { | |
| 745 | 789 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 746 | 790 | scalePtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures, |
| 747 | 791 | &gcValues); |
| 758 | 802 | TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL); |
| 759 | 803 | } |
| 760 | 804 | |
| 805 | /* | |
| 806 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 807 | * | |
| 808 | * MaxTickRoundingError -- | |
| 809 | * | |
| 810 | * Given the separation between values that can be displayed on ticks, | |
| 811 | * this calculates the maximum magnitude of error for the displayed | |
| 812 | * value. Tries to be clever by working out the increment in error | |
| 813 | * between ticks rather than testing all of them, so may overestimate | |
| 814 | * error if it is greater than 0.25 x the value separation. | |
| 815 | * | |
| 816 | * Results: | |
| 817 | * Maximum error magnitude of tick numbers. | |
| 818 | * | |
| 819 | * Side effects: | |
| 820 | * None. | |
| 821 | * | |
| 822 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 823 | */ | |
| 824 | ||
| 825 | static double | |
| 826 | MaxTickRoundingError( | |
| 827 | TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about scale widget. */ | |
| 828 | double tickResolution) /* Separation between displayable values. */ | |
| 829 | { | |
| 830 | double tickPosn, firstTickError, lastTickError, intervalError; | |
| 831 | int tickCount; | |
| 832 | ||
| 833 | /* | |
| 834 | * Compute the error for each tick-related measure. | |
| 835 | */ | |
| 836 | ||
| 837 | tickPosn = scalePtr->fromValue / tickResolution; | |
| 838 | firstTickError = tickPosn - ScaleRound(tickPosn); | |
| 839 | ||
| 840 | tickPosn = scalePtr->tickInterval / tickResolution; | |
| 841 | intervalError = tickPosn - ScaleRound(tickPosn); | |
| 842 | ||
| 843 | tickCount = (int) ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) / | |
| 844 | scalePtr->tickInterval); /* not including first */ | |
| 845 | lastTickError = ScaleMin(0.5, | |
| 846 | fabs(firstTickError + tickCount * intervalError)); | |
| 847 | ||
| 848 | /* | |
| 849 | * Compute the maximum cumulative rounding error. | |
| 850 | */ | |
| 851 | ||
| 852 | return ScaleMax(fabs(firstTickError), lastTickError) * tickResolution; | |
| 853 | } | |
| 854 | ||
| 761 | 855 | /* |
| 762 | 856 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 763 | 857 | * |
| 764 | 858 | * ComputeFormat -- |
| 765 | 859 | * |
| 766 | * This procedure is invoked to recompute the "format" field of a scale's | |
| 767 | * widget record, which determines how the value of the scale is | |
| 768 | * converted to a string. | |
| 860 | * This procedure is invoked to recompute the "valueFormat" or | |
| 861 | * "tickFormat" field of a scale's widget record, which determines how | |
| 862 | * the value of the scale or one of its ticks is converted to a string. | |
| 769 | 863 | * |
| 770 | 864 | * Results: |
| 771 | 865 | * None. |
| 772 | 866 | * |
| 773 | * Side effects: | |
| 774 | * The format field of scalePtr is modified. | |
| 867 | * Side effects: The valueFormat or tickFormat field of scalePtr is modified. | |
| 775 | 868 | * |
| 776 | 869 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 777 | 870 | */ |
| 778 | 871 | |
| 779 | 872 | static void |
| 780 | 873 | ComputeFormat( |
| 781 | TkScale *scalePtr) /* Information about scale widget. */ | |
| 874 | TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about scale widget. */ | |
| 875 | int forTicks) /* Do for ticks rather than value */ | |
| 782 | 876 | { |
| 783 | 877 | double maxValue, x; |
| 784 | 878 | int mostSigDigit, numDigits, leastSigDigit, afterDecimal; |
| 797 | 891 | if (maxValue == 0) { |
| 798 | 892 | maxValue = 1; |
| 799 | 893 | } |
| 800 | mostSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(maxValue)); | |
| 801 | ||
| 802 | /* | |
| 803 | * If the number of significant digits wasn't specified explicitly, | |
| 804 | * compute it. It's the difference between the most significant digit | |
| 805 | * needed to represent any number on the scale and the most significant | |
| 806 | * digit of the smallest difference between numbers on the scale. In other | |
| 807 | * words, display enough digits so that at least one digit will be | |
| 808 | * different between any two adjacent positions of the scale. | |
| 809 | */ | |
| 810 | ||
| 811 | numDigits = scalePtr->digits; | |
| 812 | if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) { | |
| 813 | numDigits = 0; | |
| 814 | } | |
| 815 | if (numDigits <= 0) { | |
| 816 | if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) { | |
| 894 | mostSigDigit = ScaleDigit(maxValue); | |
| 895 | ||
| 896 | if (forTicks) { | |
| 897 | /* | |
| 898 | * Display only enough digits to ensure adjacent ticks have different | |
| 899 | * values. | |
| 900 | */ | |
| 901 | ||
| 902 | if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) { | |
| 903 | leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(scalePtr->tickInterval); | |
| 904 | ||
| 817 | 905 | /* |
| 818 | * A resolution was specified for the scale, so just use it. | |
| 906 | * Now add more digits until max error is less than | |
| 907 | * TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY intervals | |
| 819 | 908 | */ |
| 820 | 909 | |
| 821 | leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(scalePtr->resolution)); | |
| 910 | while (MaxTickRoundingError(scalePtr, pow(10, leastSigDigit)) | |
| 911 | > fabs(TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY * scalePtr->tickInterval)) { | |
| 912 | --leastSigDigit; | |
| 913 | } | |
| 914 | numDigits = 1 + mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit; | |
| 822 | 915 | } else { |
| 823 | /* | |
| 824 | * No resolution was specified, so compute the difference in value | |
| 825 | * between adjacent pixels and use it for the least significant | |
| 826 | * digit. | |
| 827 | */ | |
| 828 | ||
| 829 | x = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue - scalePtr->toValue); | |
| 830 | if (scalePtr->length > 0) { | |
| 831 | x /= scalePtr->length; | |
| 916 | numDigits = 1; | |
| 917 | } | |
| 918 | } else { | |
| 919 | /* | |
| 920 | * If the number of significant digits wasn't specified explicitly, | |
| 921 | * compute it. It's the difference between the most significant digit | |
| 922 | * needed to represent any number on the scale and the most | |
| 923 | * significant digit of the smallest difference between numbers on the | |
| 924 | * scale. In other words, display enough digits so that at least one | |
| 925 | * digit will be different between any two adjacent positions of the | |
| 926 | * scale. | |
| 927 | */ | |
| 928 | ||
| 929 | numDigits = scalePtr->digits; | |
| 930 | if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) { | |
| 931 | numDigits = 0; | |
| 932 | } | |
| 933 | if (numDigits <= 0) { | |
| 934 | if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) { | |
| 935 | /* | |
| 936 | * A resolution was specified for the scale, so just use it. | |
| 937 | */ | |
| 938 | ||
| 939 | leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(scalePtr->resolution); | |
| 940 | } else { | |
| 941 | /* | |
| 942 | * No resolution was specified, so compute the difference in | |
| 943 | * value between adjacent pixels and use it for the least | |
| 944 | * significant digit. | |
| 945 | */ | |
| 946 | ||
| 947 | x = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue - scalePtr->toValue); | |
| 948 | if (scalePtr->length > 0) { | |
| 949 | x /= scalePtr->length; | |
| 950 | } | |
| 951 | if (x > 0) { | |
| 952 | leastSigDigit = ScaleDigit(x); | |
| 953 | } else { | |
| 954 | leastSigDigit = 0; | |
| 955 | } | |
| 832 | 956 | } |
| 833 | if (x > 0){ | |
| 834 | leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(x)); | |
| 835 | } else { | |
| 836 | leastSigDigit = 0; | |
| 957 | numDigits = mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit + 1; | |
| 958 | if (numDigits < 1) { | |
| 959 | numDigits = 1; | |
| 837 | 960 | } |
| 838 | } | |
| 839 | numDigits = mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit + 1; | |
| 840 | if (numDigits < 1) { | |
| 841 | numDigits = 1; | |
| 842 | 961 | } |
| 843 | 962 | } |
| 844 | 963 | |
| 862 | 981 | if (mostSigDigit < 0) { |
| 863 | 982 | fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */ |
| 864 | 983 | } |
| 865 | if (fDigits <= eDigits) { | |
| 866 | sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%df", afterDecimal); | |
| 984 | ||
| 985 | if (forTicks) { | |
| 986 | if (fDigits <= eDigits) { | |
| 987 | sprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, "%%.%df", afterDecimal); | |
| 988 | } else { | |
| 989 | sprintf(scalePtr->tickFormat, "%%.%de", numDigits - 1); | |
| 990 | } | |
| 867 | 991 | } else { |
| 868 | sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%de", numDigits-1); | |
| 992 | if (fDigits <= eDigits) { | |
| 993 | sprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, "%%.%df", afterDecimal); | |
| 994 | } else { | |
| 995 | sprintf(scalePtr->valueFormat, "%%.%de", numDigits - 1); | |
| 996 | } | |
| 869 | 997 | } |
| 870 | 998 | } |
| 871 | 999 | |
| 893 | 1021 | register TkScale *scalePtr) /* Information about widget. */ |
| 894 | 1022 | { |
| 895 | 1023 | char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; |
| 896 | int tmp, valuePixels, x, y, extraSpace; | |
| 1024 | int tmp, valuePixels, tickPixels, x, y, extraSpace; | |
| 897 | 1025 | Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 898 | 1026 | |
| 899 | 1027 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 939 | 1067 | * whichever length is longer. |
| 940 | 1068 | */ |
| 941 | 1069 | |
| 942 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, | |
| 1070 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat, | |
| 943 | 1071 | scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) { |
| 944 | 1072 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; |
| 945 | 1073 | } |
| 946 | 1074 | valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1); |
| 947 | 1075 | |
| 948 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, | |
| 1076 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat, | |
| 949 | 1077 | scalePtr->toValue) < 0) { |
| 950 | 1078 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; |
| 951 | 1079 | } |
| 955 | 1083 | } |
| 956 | 1084 | |
| 957 | 1085 | /* |
| 1086 | * Now do the same thing for the tick values | |
| 1087 | */ | |
| 1088 | ||
| 1089 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat, | |
| 1090 | scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) { | |
| 1091 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 1092 | } | |
| 1093 | tickPixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1); | |
| 1094 | ||
| 1095 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat, | |
| 1096 | scalePtr->toValue) < 0) { | |
| 1097 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 1098 | } | |
| 1099 | tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1); | |
| 1100 | if (tickPixels < tmp) { | |
| 1101 | tickPixels = tmp; | |
| 1102 | } | |
| 1103 | ||
| 1104 | /* | |
| 958 | 1105 | * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to |
| 959 | 1106 | * right. |
| 960 | 1107 | */ |
| 961 | 1108 | |
| 962 | 1109 | x = scalePtr->inset; |
| 963 | 1110 | if ((scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) && (scalePtr->showValue)) { |
| 964 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels; | |
| 1111 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + tickPixels; | |
| 965 | 1112 | scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + valuePixels |
| 966 | 1113 | + fm.ascent/2; |
| 967 | 1114 | x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING; |
| 968 | 1115 | } else if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) { |
| 969 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels; | |
| 1116 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + tickPixels; | |
| 970 | 1117 | scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX; |
| 971 | 1118 | x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + SPACING; |
| 972 | 1119 | } else if (scalePtr->showValue) { |
| 1118 | 1265 | /* |
| 1119 | 1266 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1120 | 1267 | * |
| 1121 | * TkRoundToResolution -- | |
| 1268 | * TkRoundValueToResolution, TkRoundIntervalToResolution -- | |
| 1122 | 1269 | * |
| 1123 | 1270 | * Round a given floating-point value to the nearest multiple of the |
| 1124 | 1271 | * scale's resolution. |
| 1272 | * TkRoundValueToResolution rounds an absolute value based on the from | |
| 1273 | * value as a reference. | |
| 1274 | * TkRoundIntervalToResolution rounds a relative value without | |
| 1275 | * reference, i.e. it rounds an interval. | |
| 1125 | 1276 | * |
| 1126 | 1277 | * Results: |
| 1127 | 1278 | * The return value is the rounded result. |
| 1133 | 1284 | */ |
| 1134 | 1285 | |
| 1135 | 1286 | double |
| 1136 | TkRoundToResolution( | |
| 1287 | TkRoundValueToResolution( | |
| 1288 | TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about scale widget. */ | |
| 1289 | double value) /* Value to round. */ | |
| 1290 | { | |
| 1291 | return TkRoundIntervalToResolution(scalePtr, value - scalePtr->fromValue) | |
| 1292 | + scalePtr->fromValue; | |
| 1293 | } | |
| 1294 | ||
| 1295 | double | |
| 1296 | TkRoundIntervalToResolution( | |
| 1137 | 1297 | TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about scale widget. */ |
| 1138 | 1298 | double value) /* Value to round. */ |
| 1139 | 1299 | { |
| 1146 | 1306 | rounded = scalePtr->resolution * tick; |
| 1147 | 1307 | rem = value - rounded; |
| 1148 | 1308 | if (rem < 0) { |
| 1149 | if (rem <= -scalePtr->resolution/2) { | |
| 1150 | rounded = (tick - 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution; | |
| 1151 | } | |
| 1309 | if (rem <= -scalePtr->resolution/2) { | |
| 1310 | rounded = (tick - 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution; | |
| 1311 | } | |
| 1152 | 1312 | } else { |
| 1153 | if (rem >= scalePtr->resolution/2) { | |
| 1154 | rounded = (tick + 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution; | |
| 1155 | } | |
| 1313 | if (rem >= scalePtr->resolution/2) { | |
| 1314 | rounded = (tick + 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution; | |
| 1315 | } | |
| 1156 | 1316 | } |
| 1157 | 1317 | return rounded; |
| 1158 | 1318 | } |
| 1192 | 1352 | int result; |
| 1193 | 1353 | |
| 1194 | 1354 | /* |
| 1195 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 1196 | */ | |
| 1197 | ||
| 1198 | if (scalePtr->varNamePtr == NULL) { | |
| 1199 | if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1200 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 1201 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1202 | ScaleVarProc, clientData); | |
| 1203 | } | |
| 1204 | return NULL; | |
| 1205 | } | |
| 1206 | ||
| 1207 | /* | |
| 1208 | 1355 | * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole |
| 1209 | 1356 | * interpreter is going away. |
| 1210 | 1357 | */ |
| 1211 | 1358 | |
| 1212 | 1359 | if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 1213 | if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { | |
| 1360 | if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp) && scalePtr->varNamePtr) { | |
| 1361 | ClientData probe = NULL; | |
| 1362 | ||
| 1363 | do { | |
| 1364 | probe = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(interp, | |
| 1365 | Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr), | |
| 1366 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 1367 | ScaleVarProc, probe); | |
| 1368 | if (probe == (ClientData)scalePtr) { | |
| 1369 | break; | |
| 1370 | } | |
| 1371 | } while (probe); | |
| 1372 | if (probe) { | |
| 1373 | /* | |
| 1374 | * We were able to fetch the unset trace for our | |
| 1375 | * varNamePtr, which means it is not unset and not | |
| 1376 | * the cause of this unset trace. Instead some outdated | |
| 1377 | * former variable must be, and we should ignore it. | |
| 1378 | */ | |
| 1379 | return NULL; | |
| 1380 | } | |
| 1214 | 1381 | Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr), |
| 1215 | 1382 | NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1216 | 1383 | ScaleVarProc, clientData); |
| 1237 | 1404 | resultStr = "can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable"; |
| 1238 | 1405 | ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr); |
| 1239 | 1406 | } else { |
| 1240 | scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1407 | scalePtr->value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1241 | 1408 | |
| 1242 | 1409 | /* |
| 1243 | 1410 | * This code is a bit tricky because it sets the scale's value before |
| 1281 | 1448 | int invokeCommand) /* Non-zero means invoked -command option to |
| 1282 | 1449 | * notify of new value, 0 means don't. */ |
| 1283 | 1450 | { |
| 1284 | value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1451 | value = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1285 | 1452 | if ((value < scalePtr->fromValue) |
| 1286 | 1453 | ^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) { |
| 1287 | 1454 | value = scalePtr->fromValue; |
| 1336 | 1503 | if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) { |
| 1337 | 1504 | char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; |
| 1338 | 1505 | |
| 1339 | if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, | |
| 1506 | if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat, | |
| 1340 | 1507 | scalePtr->value) < 0) { |
| 1341 | 1508 | string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; |
| 1342 | 1509 | } |
| 1401 | 1568 | } |
| 1402 | 1569 | value = scalePtr->fromValue + |
| 1403 | 1570 | value * (scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue); |
| 1404 | return TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1571 | return TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, value); | |
| 1405 | 1572 | } |
| 1406 | 1573 | |
| 1407 | 1574 | /* |
| 1438 | 1605 | if (valueRange == 0) { |
| 1439 | 1606 | y = 0; |
| 1440 | 1607 | } else { |
| 1441 | y = (int) ((value - scalePtr->fromValue) * pixelRange | |
| 1442 | / valueRange + 0.5); | |
| 1608 | y = ScaleRound((value - scalePtr->fromValue) * pixelRange | |
| 1609 | / valueRange); | |
| 1443 | 1610 | if (y < 0) { |
| 1444 | 1611 | y = 0; |
| 1445 | 1612 | } else if (y > pixelRange) { |
| 72 | 72 | * values. 0 means we get to choose the number |
| 73 | 73 | * based on resolution and/or the range of the |
| 74 | 74 | * scale. */ |
| 75 | char format[16]; /* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from | |
| 75 | char valueFormat[16]; /* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from | |
| 76 | 76 | * digits and other information. */ |
| 77 | char tickFormat[16]; /* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from | |
| 78 | * tick interval. */ | |
| 77 | 79 | double bigIncrement; /* Amount to use for large increments to scale |
| 78 | 80 | * value. (0 means we pick a value). */ |
| 79 | 81 | char *command; /* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl |
| 150 | 152 | */ |
| 151 | 153 | |
| 152 | 154 | int fontHeight; /* Height of scale font. */ |
| 153 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 155 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 154 | 156 | Tcl_Obj *takeFocusPtr; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 155 | 157 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 156 | 158 | * scripts. May be NULL. */ |
| 214 | 216 | #define SPACING 2 |
| 215 | 217 | |
| 216 | 218 | /* |
| 219 | * The tick values are all displayed with the same number of decimal places. | |
| 220 | * This number of decimal places is such that the displayed values are all | |
| 221 | * accurate to within the following proportion of a tick interval. | |
| 222 | */ | |
| 223 | ||
| 224 | #define TICK_VALUES_DISPLAY_ACCURACY 0.2 | |
| 225 | ||
| 226 | /* | |
| 217 | 227 | * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the scale widget. |
| 218 | 228 | */ |
| 219 | 229 | |
| 220 | 230 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRedrawScale(TkScale *scalePtr, int what); |
| 221 | MODULE_SCOPE double TkRoundToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value); | |
| 231 | MODULE_SCOPE double TkRoundValueToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value); | |
| 232 | MODULE_SCOPE double TkRoundIntervalToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value); | |
| 222 | 233 | MODULE_SCOPE TkScale * TkpCreateScale(Tk_Window tkwin); |
| 223 | 234 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDestroyScale(TkScale *scalePtr); |
| 224 | 235 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayScale(ClientData clientData); |
| 184 | 184 | scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0; |
| 185 | 185 | scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0; |
| 186 | 186 | scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0; |
| 187 | scrollPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 187 | scrollPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 188 | 188 | scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL; |
| 189 | 189 | scrollPtr->flags = 0; |
| 190 | 190 |
| 118 | 118 | * Miscellaneous information: |
| 119 | 119 | */ |
| 120 | 120 | |
| 121 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 121 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 122 | 122 | char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the |
| 123 | 123 | * C code, but used by keyboard traversal |
| 124 | 124 | * scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */ |
| 25 | 25 | int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */ |
| 26 | 26 | int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next |
| 27 | 27 | * chunk. */ |
| 28 | char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character | |
| 28 | char buffer[4]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character | |
| 29 | 29 | * that is split across chunks. */ |
| 30 | 30 | char command[1]; /* Command to invoke. Actual space is |
| 31 | 31 | * allocated as large as necessary. This must |
| 47 | 47 | * The structure below is used to keep each thread's pending list separate. |
| 48 | 48 | */ |
| 49 | 49 | |
| 50 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 50 | typedef struct { | |
| 51 | 51 | TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr; |
| 52 | 52 | /* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if |
| 53 | 53 | * none. */ |
| 168 | 168 | squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, |
| 169 | 169 | Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr, |
| 170 | 170 | SquareDeletedProc); |
| 171 | squarePtr->gc = None; | |
| 171 | squarePtr->gc = NULL; | |
| 172 | 172 | squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable; |
| 173 | 173 | |
| 174 | 174 | if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin) |
| 334 | 334 | Tk_SetWindowBackground(squarePtr->tkwin, |
| 335 | 335 | Tk_3DBorderColor(bgBorder)->pixel); |
| 336 | 336 | Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->doubleBufferPtr, &doubleBuffer); |
| 337 | if ((squarePtr->gc == None) && (doubleBuffer)) { | |
| 337 | if ((squarePtr->gc == NULL) && doubleBuffer) { | |
| 338 | 338 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 339 | 339 | gcValues.function = GXcopy; |
| 340 | 340 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 399 | 399 | if (squarePtr->tkwin != NULL) { |
| 400 | 400 | Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) squarePtr, squarePtr->optionTable, |
| 401 | 401 | squarePtr->tkwin); |
| 402 | if (squarePtr->gc != None) { | |
| 402 | if (squarePtr->gc != NULL) { | |
| 403 | 403 | Tk_FreeGC(squarePtr->display, squarePtr->gc); |
| 404 | 404 | } |
| 405 | 405 | squarePtr->tkwin = NULL; |
| 37 | 37 | */ |
| 38 | 38 | |
| 39 | 39 | #undef Tk_MainEx |
| 40 | #undef XVisualIDFromVisual | |
| 41 | #undef XSynchronize | |
| 42 | #undef XUngrabServer | |
| 43 | #undef XNoOp | |
| 44 | #undef XGrabServer | |
| 45 | #undef XFree | |
| 46 | #undef XFlush | |
| 40 | 47 | |
| 41 | 48 | #ifdef _WIN32 |
| 42 | 49 | |
| 108 | 115 | * the hex representation of a pointer. */ |
| 109 | 116 | Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */ |
| 110 | 117 | { |
| 111 | sprintf(buf, "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (window)); | |
| 118 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window); | |
| 112 | 119 | } |
| 113 | 120 | |
| 114 | 121 | int |
| 133 | 140 | return (TkRegion) XCreateRegion(); |
| 134 | 141 | } |
| 135 | 142 | |
| 136 | void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion r) | |
| 137 | { | |
| 138 | XDestroyRegion((Region)r); | |
| 139 | } | |
| 140 | ||
| 141 | void TkSetRegion(Display *d, GC g, TkRegion r) | |
| 142 | { | |
| 143 | XSetRegion(d, g, (Region)r); | |
| 144 | } | |
| 145 | ||
| 146 | void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 147 | { | |
| 148 | XUnionRectWithRegion(a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 149 | } | |
| 150 | ||
| 151 | void TkClipBox(TkRegion a, XRectangle *b) | |
| 152 | { | |
| 153 | XClipBox((Region) a, b); | |
| 154 | } | |
| 155 | ||
| 156 | void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 157 | { | |
| 158 | XIntersectRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 143 | int TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion r) | |
| 144 | { | |
| 145 | return XDestroyRegion((Region)r); | |
| 146 | } | |
| 147 | ||
| 148 | int TkSetRegion(Display *d, GC g, TkRegion r) | |
| 149 | { | |
| 150 | return XSetRegion(d, g, (Region)r); | |
| 151 | } | |
| 152 | ||
| 153 | int TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 154 | { | |
| 155 | return XUnionRectWithRegion(a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 156 | } | |
| 157 | ||
| 158 | int TkClipBox(TkRegion a, XRectangle *b) | |
| 159 | { | |
| 160 | return XClipBox((Region) a, b); | |
| 161 | } | |
| 162 | ||
| 163 | int TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 164 | { | |
| 165 | return XIntersectRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 159 | 166 | } |
| 160 | 167 | |
| 161 | 168 | int TkRectInRegion (TkRegion r, int a, int b, unsigned int c, unsigned int d) |
| 163 | 170 | return XRectInRegion((Region) r, a, b, c, d); |
| 164 | 171 | } |
| 165 | 172 | |
| 166 | void TkSubtractRegion (TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 167 | { | |
| 168 | XSubtractRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 173 | int TkSubtractRegion (TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c) | |
| 174 | { | |
| 175 | return XSubtractRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c); | |
| 169 | 176 | } |
| 170 | 177 | |
| 171 | 178 | /* TODO: To be implemented for Cygwin */ |
| 177 | 184 | # define TkAlignImageData 0 |
| 178 | 185 | # define TkGenerateActivateEvents 0 |
| 179 | 186 | # define TkpGetMS 0 |
| 187 | # define TkpGetCapture 0 | |
| 180 | 188 | # define TkPointerDeadWindow 0 |
| 181 | 189 | # define TkpSetCapture 0 |
| 182 | 190 | # define TkpSetCursor 0 |
| 218 | 226 | # undef TkUnionRectWithRegion |
| 219 | 227 | # undef TkSubtractRegion |
| 220 | 228 | |
| 221 | # define TkClipBox (void (*) (TkRegion, XRectangle *)) XClipBox | |
| 229 | # define TkClipBox (int (*) (TkRegion, XRectangle *)) XClipBox | |
| 222 | 230 | # define TkCreateRegion (TkRegion (*) ()) XCreateRegion |
| 223 | # define TkDestroyRegion (void (*) (TkRegion)) XDestroyRegion | |
| 224 | # define TkIntersectRegion (void (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XIntersectRegion | |
| 231 | # define TkDestroyRegion (int (*) (TkRegion)) XDestroyRegion | |
| 232 | # define TkIntersectRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XIntersectRegion | |
| 225 | 233 | # define TkRectInRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, int, int, unsigned int, unsigned int)) XRectInRegion |
| 226 | # define TkSetRegion (void (*) (Display *, GC, TkRegion)) XSetRegion | |
| 227 | # define TkUnionRectWithRegion (void (*) (XRectangle *, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XUnionRectWithRegion | |
| 228 | # define TkSubtractRegion (void (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XSubtractRegion | |
| 234 | # define TkSetRegion (int (*) (Display *, GC, TkRegion)) XSetRegion | |
| 235 | # define TkUnionRectWithRegion (int (*) (XRectangle *, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XUnionRectWithRegion | |
| 236 | # define TkSubtractRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XSubtractRegion | |
| 229 | 237 | # endif |
| 230 | 238 | #endif /* !_WIN32 */ |
| 231 | 239 | |
| 504 | 512 | TkWmCleanup, /* 43 */ |
| 505 | 513 | TkSendCleanup, /* 44 */ |
| 506 | 514 | TkpTestsendCmd, /* 45 */ |
| 515 | 0, /* 46 */ | |
| 516 | TkpGetCapture, /* 47 */ | |
| 507 | 517 | #endif /* WIN */ |
| 508 | 518 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ |
| 509 | 519 | TkGenerateActivateEvents, /* 0 */ |
| 817 | 827 | XQueryColors, /* 89 */ |
| 818 | 828 | XQueryTree, /* 90 */ |
| 819 | 829 | XSync, /* 91 */ |
| 830 | 0, /* 92 */ | |
| 831 | 0, /* 93 */ | |
| 832 | 0, /* 94 */ | |
| 833 | 0, /* 95 */ | |
| 834 | 0, /* 96 */ | |
| 835 | 0, /* 97 */ | |
| 836 | 0, /* 98 */ | |
| 837 | 0, /* 99 */ | |
| 838 | 0, /* 100 */ | |
| 839 | 0, /* 101 */ | |
| 840 | 0, /* 102 */ | |
| 841 | 0, /* 103 */ | |
| 842 | 0, /* 104 */ | |
| 843 | 0, /* 105 */ | |
| 844 | 0, /* 106 */ | |
| 845 | XFlush, /* 107 */ | |
| 846 | XGrabServer, /* 108 */ | |
| 847 | XUngrabServer, /* 109 */ | |
| 848 | XFree, /* 110 */ | |
| 849 | XNoOp, /* 111 */ | |
| 850 | XSynchronize, /* 112 */ | |
| 851 | 0, /* 113 */ | |
| 852 | XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */ | |
| 853 | 0, /* 115 */ | |
| 854 | 0, /* 116 */ | |
| 855 | 0, /* 117 */ | |
| 856 | 0, /* 118 */ | |
| 857 | 0, /* 119 */ | |
| 858 | 0, /* 120 */ | |
| 859 | 0, /* 121 */ | |
| 860 | 0, /* 122 */ | |
| 861 | 0, /* 123 */ | |
| 862 | 0, /* 124 */ | |
| 863 | 0, /* 125 */ | |
| 864 | 0, /* 126 */ | |
| 865 | 0, /* 127 */ | |
| 866 | 0, /* 128 */ | |
| 867 | 0, /* 129 */ | |
| 868 | 0, /* 130 */ | |
| 869 | 0, /* 131 */ | |
| 870 | 0, /* 132 */ | |
| 871 | 0, /* 133 */ | |
| 872 | 0, /* 134 */ | |
| 873 | 0, /* 135 */ | |
| 874 | 0, /* 136 */ | |
| 875 | XPutImage, /* 137 */ | |
| 820 | 876 | #endif /* AQUA */ |
| 821 | 877 | }; |
| 822 | 878 | |
| 97 | 97 | * Thread-local data. |
| 98 | 98 | */ |
| 99 | 99 | |
| 100 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 100 | typedef struct { | |
| 101 | 101 | int nbInit; /* Number of calls to the init proc. */ |
| 102 | 102 | Tcl_HashTable engineTable; /* Map a name to a style engine. Keys are |
| 103 | 103 | * strings, values are Tk_StyleEngine |
| 1359 | 1359 | "style \"%s\" doesn't exist", name)); |
| 1360 | 1360 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "STYLE", name, NULL); |
| 1361 | 1361 | } |
| 1362 | return (Tk_Style) NULL; | |
| 1362 | return NULL; | |
| 1363 | 1363 | } |
| 1364 | 1364 | stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); |
| 1365 | 1365 | |
| 30 | 30 | #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) |
| 31 | 31 | #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" |
| 32 | 32 | #include "tkScrollbar.h" |
| 33 | #define SIMULATE_DRAWING TkTestSimulateDrawing(true); | |
| 33 | #define LOG_DISPLAY TkTestLogDisplay() | |
| 34 | 34 | #else |
| 35 | #define SIMULATE_DRAWING | |
| 35 | #define LOG_DISPLAY 1 | |
| 36 | 36 | #endif |
| 37 | 37 | |
| 38 | 38 | #ifdef __UNIX__ |
| 211 | 211 | * |
| 212 | 212 | * Tktest_Init -- |
| 213 | 213 | * |
| 214 | * This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions. | |
| 214 | * This function performs initialization for the Tk test suite extensions. | |
| 215 | 215 | * |
| 216 | 216 | * Results: |
| 217 | 217 | * Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in |
| 1555 | 1555 | /* |
| 1556 | 1556 | * The purpose of the test image type is to track the calls to an image |
| 1557 | 1557 | * display proc and record the parameters passed in each call. On macOS |
| 1558 | * these tests will fail because of the asynchronous drawing. The low | |
| 1559 | * level graphics calls below which are supposed to draw a rectangle will | |
| 1560 | * not draw anything to the screen because the idle task will not be | |
| 1561 | * processed inside of the drawRect method and hence will not be able to | |
| 1562 | * obtain a valid graphics context. Instead, the window will be marked as | |
| 1563 | * needing display, and will be redrawn during a future asynchronous call | |
| 1564 | * to drawRect. This will generate an other call to this display proc, | |
| 1565 | * and the recorded data will show extra calls, causing the test to fail. | |
| 1566 | * To avoid this, we can set the [NSApp simulateDrawing] flag, which will | |
| 1567 | * cause all low level drawing routines to return immediately and not | |
| 1568 | * schedule the window for drawing later. This flag is cleared by the | |
| 1569 | * next call to XSync, which is called by the update command. | |
| 1558 | * a display proc must be run inside of the drawRect method of an NSView | |
| 1559 | * in order for the graphics operations to have any effect. To deal with | |
| 1560 | * this, whenever a display proc is called outside of any drawRect method | |
| 1561 | * it schedules a redraw of the NSView by calling [view setNeedsDisplay:YES]. | |
| 1562 | * This will trigger a later call to the view's drawRect method which will | |
| 1563 | * run the display proc a second time. | |
| 1564 | * | |
| 1565 | * This complicates testing, since it can result in more calls to the display | |
| 1566 | * proc than are expected by the test. It can also result in an inconsistent | |
| 1567 | * number of calls unless the test waits until the call to drawRect actually | |
| 1568 | * occurs before validating its results. | |
| 1569 | * | |
| 1570 | * In an attempt to work around this, this display proc only logs those | |
| 1571 | * calls which occur within a drawRect method. This means that tests must | |
| 1572 | * be written so as to ensure that the drawRect method is run before | |
| 1573 | * results are validated. In practice it usually suffices to run update | |
| 1574 | * idletasks (to run the display proc the first time) followed by update | |
| 1575 | * (to run the display proc in drawRect). | |
| 1576 | * | |
| 1577 | * This also has the consequence that the image changed command will log | |
| 1578 | * different results on Aqua than on other systems, because when the image | |
| 1579 | * is redisplayed in the drawRect method the entire image will be drawn, | |
| 1580 | * not just the changed portion. Tests must account for this. | |
| 1570 | 1581 | */ |
| 1571 | 1582 | |
| 1572 | sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d", | |
| 1573 | instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height); | |
| 1574 | Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL, | |
| 1575 | buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT); | |
| 1583 | if (LOG_DISPLAY) { | |
| 1584 | sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d", | |
| 1585 | instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height); | |
| 1586 | Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, | |
| 1587 | NULL, buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT); | |
| 1588 | } | |
| 1576 | 1589 | if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) { |
| 1577 | 1590 | width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX; |
| 1578 | 1591 | } |
| 1580 | 1593 | height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY; |
| 1581 | 1594 | } |
| 1582 | 1595 | |
| 1583 | SIMULATE_DRAWING | |
| 1584 | 1596 | XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY, |
| 1585 | 1597 | (unsigned) (width-1), (unsigned) (height-1)); |
| 1586 | 1598 | XDrawLine(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY, |
| 405 | 405 | static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr); |
| 406 | 406 | static void GenerateUndoStackEvent(TkText *textPtr); |
| 407 | 407 | static void UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr); |
| 408 | static void RunAfterSyncCmd(ClientData clientData); | |
| 409 | 408 | static void TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr, |
| 410 | 409 | Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert, |
| 411 | 410 | const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, |
| 586 | 585 | |
| 587 | 586 | textPtr->state = TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL; |
| 588 | 587 | textPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; |
| 589 | textPtr->cursor = None; | |
| 588 | textPtr->cursor = NULL; | |
| 590 | 589 | textPtr->charWidth = 1; |
| 591 | 590 | textPtr->charHeight = 10; |
| 592 | 591 | textPtr->wrapMode = TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR; |
| 1546 | 1545 | textPtr->afterSyncCmd = cmd; |
| 1547 | 1546 | } else { |
| 1548 | 1547 | textPtr->afterSyncCmd = cmd; |
| 1549 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RunAfterSyncCmd, (ClientData) textPtr); | |
| 1548 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd, (ClientData) textPtr); | |
| 1550 | 1549 | } |
| 1551 | 1550 | break; |
| 1552 | 1551 | } else if (objc != 2) { |
| 1558 | 1557 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd); |
| 1559 | 1558 | } |
| 1560 | 1559 | textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL; |
| 1561 | TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr, 1, | |
| 1560 | TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr, 0, | |
| 1562 | 1561 | TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr), -1); |
| 1563 | 1562 | break; |
| 1564 | 1563 | } |
| 2277 | 2276 | textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0; |
| 2278 | 2277 | textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0; |
| 2279 | 2278 | if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->elideString != NULL) |
| 2280 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->tkfont != None) | |
| 2279 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->tkfont != NULL) | |
| 2281 | 2280 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->justifyString != NULL) |
| 2282 | 2281 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin1String != NULL) |
| 2283 | 2282 | || (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL) |
| 4927 | 4926 | TkTextEmbWindow *ewPtr = &segPtr->body.ew; |
| 4928 | 4927 | const char *pathname; |
| 4929 | 4928 | |
| 4930 | if (ewPtr->tkwin == (Tk_Window) NULL) { | |
| 4929 | if (ewPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 4931 | 4930 | pathname = ""; |
| 4932 | 4931 | } else { |
| 4933 | 4932 | pathname = Tk_PathName(ewPtr->tkwin); |
| 5505 | 5504 | /* |
| 5506 | 5505 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5507 | 5506 | * |
| 5508 | * RunAfterSyncCmd -- | |
| 5507 | * TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd -- | |
| 5509 | 5508 | * |
| 5510 | 5509 | * This function is called by the event loop and executes the command |
| 5511 | 5510 | * scheduled by [.text sync -command $cmd]. |
| 5519 | 5518 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5520 | 5519 | */ |
| 5521 | 5520 | |
| 5522 | static void | |
| 5523 | RunAfterSyncCmd( | |
| 5521 | void | |
| 5522 | TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd( | |
| 5524 | 5523 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about text widget. */ |
| 5525 | 5524 | { |
| 5526 | 5525 | register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData; |
| 666 | 666 | /* Color for drawing traversal highlight area |
| 667 | 667 | * when highlight is off. */ |
| 668 | 668 | XColor *highlightColorPtr; /* Color for drawing traversal highlight. */ |
| 669 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or None. */ | |
| 669 | Tk_Cursor cursor; /* Current cursor for window, or NULL. */ | |
| 670 | 670 | XColor *fgColor; /* Default foreground color for text. */ |
| 671 | 671 | Tk_Font tkfont; /* Default font for displaying text. */ |
| 672 | 672 | int charWidth; /* Width of average character in default |
| 1069 | 1069 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextSharedGetObjIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 1070 | 1070 | TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, Tcl_Obj *idxPtr, |
| 1071 | 1071 | TkTextIndex *indexPtr); |
| 1072 | MODULE_SCOPE const TkTextIndex *TkTextGetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 1072 | MODULE_SCOPE const TkTextIndex *TkTextGetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 1073 | 1073 | TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); |
| 1074 | 1074 | MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTabArray *TkTextGetTabs(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 1075 | 1075 | TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *stringPtr); |
| 1158 | 1158 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 1159 | 1159 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextWinFreeClient(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, |
| 1160 | 1160 | TkTextEmbWindowClient *client); |
| 1161 | ||
| 1161 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd(ClientData clientData); | |
| 1162 | 1162 | #endif /* _TKTEXT */ |
| 1163 | 1163 | |
| 1164 | 1164 | /* |
| 218 | 218 | #define LOG(toVar,what) \ |
| 219 | 219 | if (OK_TO_LOG) \ |
| 220 | 220 | Tcl_SetVar2(textPtr->interp, toVar, NULL, (what), \ |
| 221 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT) | |
| 221 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT) | |
| 222 | 222 | #define CLEAR(var) \ |
| 223 | 223 | if (OK_TO_LOG) \ |
| 224 | 224 | Tcl_SetVar2(interp, var, NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY) |
| 496 | 496 | * different character might be under the mouse |
| 497 | 497 | * cursor now). Need to recompute the current |
| 498 | 498 | * character before the next redisplay. |
| 499 | * OUT_OF_SYNC 1 means that the last <<WidgetViewSync>> event had | |
| 500 | * value 0, indicating that the widget is out of sync. | |
| 499 | 501 | */ |
| 500 | 502 | |
| 501 | 503 | #define DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE 1 |
| 502 | 504 | #define REDRAW_PENDING 2 |
| 503 | 505 | #define REDRAW_BORDERS 4 |
| 504 | 506 | #define REPICK_NEEDED 8 |
| 505 | ||
| 507 | #define OUT_OF_SYNC 16 | |
| 506 | 508 | /* |
| 507 | 509 | * Action values for FreeDLines: |
| 508 | 510 | * |
| 623 | 625 | static void GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync); |
| 624 | 626 | static void AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData); |
| 625 | 627 | static int IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr, |
| 626 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr); | |
| 628 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); | |
| 627 | 629 | |
| 628 | 630 | /* |
| 629 | 631 | * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj: |
| 663 | 665 | dInfoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TextDInfo)); |
| 664 | 666 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&dInfoPtr->styleTable, sizeof(StyleValues)/sizeof(int)); |
| 665 | 667 | dInfoPtr->dLinePtr = NULL; |
| 666 | dInfoPtr->copyGC = None; | |
| 668 | dInfoPtr->copyGC = NULL; | |
| 667 | 669 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = True; |
| 668 | 670 | dInfoPtr->scrollGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures, |
| 669 | 671 | &gcValues); |
| 680 | 682 | dInfoPtr->scanTotalYScroll = 0; |
| 681 | 683 | dInfoPtr->scanMarkY = 0; |
| 682 | 684 | dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated = 0; |
| 683 | dInfoPtr->flags = DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE; | |
| 685 | dInfoPtr->flags = 0; | |
| 684 | 686 | dInfoPtr->topPixelOffset = 0; |
| 685 | 687 | dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset = 0; |
| 686 | 688 | dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = -1; |
| 727 | 729 | |
| 728 | 730 | FreeDLines(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, NULL, DLINE_UNLINK); |
| 729 | 731 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dInfoPtr->styleTable); |
| 730 | if (dInfoPtr->copyGC != None) { | |
| 732 | if (dInfoPtr->copyGC != NULL) { | |
| 731 | 733 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, dInfoPtr->copyGC); |
| 732 | 734 | } |
| 733 | 735 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, dInfoPtr->scrollGC); |
| 859 | 861 | border = tagPtr->selBorder; |
| 860 | 862 | } |
| 861 | 863 | |
| 862 | if ((tagPtr->selFgColor != None) && (isSelected)) { | |
| 864 | if ((tagPtr->selFgColor != NULL) && isSelected) { | |
| 863 | 865 | fgColor = tagPtr->selFgColor; |
| 864 | 866 | } |
| 865 | 867 | |
| 886 | 888 | styleValues.bgStipple = tagPtr->bgStipple; |
| 887 | 889 | bgStipplePrio = tagPtr->priority; |
| 888 | 890 | } |
| 889 | if ((fgColor != None) && (tagPtr->priority > fgPrio)) { | |
| 891 | if ((fgColor != NULL) && (tagPtr->priority > fgPrio)) { | |
| 890 | 892 | styleValues.fgColor = fgColor; |
| 891 | 893 | fgPrio = tagPtr->priority; |
| 892 | 894 | } |
| 893 | if ((tagPtr->tkfont != None) && (tagPtr->priority > fontPrio)) { | |
| 895 | if ((tagPtr->tkfont != NULL) && (tagPtr->priority > fontPrio)) { | |
| 894 | 896 | styleValues.tkfont = tagPtr->tkfont; |
| 895 | 897 | fontPrio = tagPtr->priority; |
| 896 | 898 | } |
| 928 | 930 | && (tagPtr->priority > overstrikePrio)) { |
| 929 | 931 | styleValues.overstrike = tagPtr->overstrike; |
| 930 | 932 | overstrikePrio = tagPtr->priority; |
| 931 | if (tagPtr->overstrikeColor != None) { | |
| 933 | if (tagPtr->overstrikeColor != NULL) { | |
| 932 | 934 | styleValues.overstrikeColor = tagPtr->overstrikeColor; |
| 933 | } else if (fgColor != None) { | |
| 935 | } else if (fgColor != NULL) { | |
| 934 | 936 | styleValues.overstrikeColor = fgColor; |
| 935 | 937 | } |
| 936 | 938 | } |
| 973 | 975 | && (tagPtr->priority > underlinePrio)) { |
| 974 | 976 | styleValues.underline = tagPtr->underline; |
| 975 | 977 | underlinePrio = tagPtr->priority; |
| 976 | if (tagPtr->underlineColor != None) { | |
| 978 | if (tagPtr->underlineColor != NULL) { | |
| 977 | 979 | styleValues.underlineColor = tagPtr->underlineColor; |
| 978 | } else if (fgColor != None) { | |
| 980 | } else if (fgColor != NULL) { | |
| 979 | 981 | styleValues.underlineColor = fgColor; |
| 980 | 982 | } |
| 981 | 983 | } |
| 1022 | 1024 | } |
| 1023 | 1025 | stylePtr->bgGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1024 | 1026 | } else { |
| 1025 | stylePtr->bgGC = None; | |
| 1027 | stylePtr->bgGC = NULL; | |
| 1026 | 1028 | } |
| 1027 | 1029 | mask = GCFont; |
| 1028 | 1030 | gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(styleValues.tkfont); |
| 1073 | 1075 | { |
| 1074 | 1076 | stylePtr->refCount--; |
| 1075 | 1077 | if (stylePtr->refCount == 0) { |
| 1076 | if (stylePtr->bgGC != None) { | |
| 1078 | if (stylePtr->bgGC != NULL) { | |
| 1077 | 1079 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC); |
| 1078 | 1080 | } |
| 1079 | if (stylePtr->fgGC != None) { | |
| 1081 | if (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL) { | |
| 1080 | 1082 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC); |
| 1081 | 1083 | } |
| 1082 | if (stylePtr->ulGC != None) { | |
| 1084 | if (stylePtr->ulGC != NULL) { | |
| 1083 | 1085 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->ulGC); |
| 1084 | 1086 | } |
| 1085 | if (stylePtr->ovGC != None) { | |
| 1087 | if (stylePtr->ovGC != NULL) { | |
| 1086 | 1088 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->ovGC); |
| 1087 | 1089 | } |
| 1088 | 1090 | Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(stylePtr->hPtr); |
| 2687 | 2689 | if ((chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL) && (rightX < maxX)) { |
| 2688 | 2690 | rightX = maxX; |
| 2689 | 2691 | } |
| 2690 | if (chunkPtr->stylePtr->bgGC != None) { | |
| 2692 | if (chunkPtr->stylePtr->bgGC != NULL) { | |
| 2691 | 2693 | /* |
| 2692 | 2694 | * Not visible - bail out now. |
| 2693 | 2695 | */ |
| 3069 | 3071 | * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our |
| 3070 | 3072 | * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL |
| 3071 | 3073 | * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first. |
| 3074 | * Cancel any pending idle task which would try to run the command | |
| 3075 | * after the afterSyncCmd pointer had been set to NULL. | |
| 3072 | 3076 | */ |
| 3073 | 3077 | |
| 3074 | 3078 | if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd) { |
| 3075 | 3079 | int code; |
| 3080 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkTextRunAfterSyncCmd, textPtr); | |
| 3076 | 3081 | Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp); |
| 3077 | 3082 | code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, |
| 3078 | 3083 | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
| 3090 | 3095 | * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip |
| 3091 | 3096 | * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time). |
| 3092 | 3097 | */ |
| 3093 | ||
| 3094 | 3098 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1); |
| 3095 | 3099 | |
| 3096 | 3100 | if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) { |
| 3114 | 3118 | * GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent -- |
| 3115 | 3119 | * |
| 3116 | 3120 | * Send the <<WidgetViewSync>> event related to the text widget |
| 3117 | * line metrics asynchronous update. | |
| 3118 | * This is equivalent to: | |
| 3121 | * line metrics asynchronous update. These events should only | |
| 3122 | * be sent when the sync status has changed. So this function | |
| 3123 | * compares the requested state with the state saved in the | |
| 3124 | * TkText structure, and only generates the event if they are | |
| 3125 | * different. This means that it is safe to call this function | |
| 3126 | * at any time when the state is known. | |
| 3127 | * | |
| 3128 | * If an event is sent, the effect is equivalent to: | |
| 3119 | 3129 | * event generate $textWidget <<WidgetViewSync>> -data $s |
| 3120 | 3130 | * where $s is the sync status: true (when the widget view is in |
| 3121 | 3131 | * sync with its internal data) or false (when it is not). |
| 3131 | 3141 | |
| 3132 | 3142 | static void |
| 3133 | 3143 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent( |
| 3134 | TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ | |
| 3135 | Bool InSync) /* true if in sync, false otherwise */ | |
| 3144 | TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ | |
| 3145 | Bool InSync) /* true if becoming in sync, false otherwise */ | |
| 3136 | 3146 | { |
| 3147 | Bool NewSyncState = (InSync != 0); /* ensure 0 or 1 value */ | |
| 3148 | Bool OldSyncState = !(textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags & OUT_OF_SYNC); | |
| 3149 | ||
| 3137 | 3150 | /* |
| 3138 | 3151 | * OSX 10.14 needs to be told to display the window when the Text Widget |
| 3139 | 3152 | * is in sync. (That is, to run DisplayText inside of the drawRect |
| 3141 | 3154 | * like a mouse click is received. But that extra drawing corrupts the |
| 3142 | 3155 | * data that the test suite is trying to collect. |
| 3143 | 3156 | */ |
| 3144 | ||
| 3157 | ||
| 3145 | 3158 | if (!tkTextDebug) { |
| 3146 | 3159 | FORCE_DISPLAY(textPtr->tkwin); |
| 3147 | 3160 | } |
| 3148 | ||
| 3149 | TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "WidgetViewSync", | |
| 3150 | Tcl_NewBooleanObj(InSync)); | |
| 3161 | ||
| 3162 | if (NewSyncState != OldSyncState) { | |
| 3163 | if (NewSyncState) { | |
| 3164 | textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags &= ~OUT_OF_SYNC; | |
| 3165 | } else { | |
| 3166 | textPtr->dInfoPtr->flags |= OUT_OF_SYNC; | |
| 3167 | } | |
| 3168 | TkSendVirtualEvent(textPtr->tkwin, "WidgetViewSync", | |
| 3169 | Tcl_NewBooleanObj(NewSyncState)); | |
| 3170 | } | |
| 3151 | 3171 | } |
| 3152 | 3172 | |
| 3153 | 3173 | /* |
| 3190 | 3210 | TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL; |
| 3191 | 3211 | int count = 0; |
| 3192 | 3212 | int totalLines = TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr); |
| 3213 | int fullUpdateRequested = (lineNum == 0 && | |
| 3214 | endLine == totalLines && | |
| 3215 | doThisMuch == -1); | |
| 3193 | 3216 | |
| 3194 | 3217 | if (totalLines == 0) { |
| 3195 | 3218 | /* |
| 3200 | 3223 | } |
| 3201 | 3224 | |
| 3202 | 3225 | while (1) { |
| 3226 | ||
| 3203 | 3227 | /* |
| 3204 | 3228 | * Get a suitable line. |
| 3205 | 3229 | */ |
| 3226 | 3250 | */ |
| 3227 | 3251 | |
| 3228 | 3252 | if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1 && lineNum == endLine) { |
| 3253 | ||
| 3229 | 3254 | /* |
| 3230 | 3255 | * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. |
| 3231 | 3256 | */ |
| 3249 | 3274 | |
| 3250 | 3275 | if (TkBTreeLinePixelEpoch(textPtr, linePtr) |
| 3251 | 3276 | == textPtr->dInfoPtr->lineMetricUpdateEpoch) { |
| 3277 | ||
| 3252 | 3278 | /* |
| 3253 | 3279 | * This line is already up to date. That means there's nothing |
| 3254 | 3280 | * to do here. |
| 3255 | 3281 | */ |
| 3282 | ||
| 3256 | 3283 | } else if (doThisMuch == -1) { |
| 3257 | 3284 | count += 8 * TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, linePtr, 0,NULL,0); |
| 3258 | 3285 | } else { |
| 3274 | 3301 | indexPtr = &textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricIndex; |
| 3275 | 3302 | pixelHeight = textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricPixelHeight; |
| 3276 | 3303 | } else { |
| 3304 | ||
| 3277 | 3305 | /* |
| 3278 | 3306 | * We must reset the partial line height calculation data |
| 3279 | 3307 | * here, so we don't use it when it is out of date. |
| 3297 | 3325 | pixelHeight, indexPtr, 1); |
| 3298 | 3326 | |
| 3299 | 3327 | if (indexPtr->linePtr == linePtr) { |
| 3328 | ||
| 3300 | 3329 | /* |
| 3301 | 3330 | * We didn't complete the logical line, because it |
| 3302 | 3331 | * produced very many display lines, which must be because |
| 3305 | 3334 | */ |
| 3306 | 3335 | |
| 3307 | 3336 | if (pixelHeight == 0) { |
| 3337 | ||
| 3308 | 3338 | /* |
| 3309 | 3339 | * These have already been stored, unless we just |
| 3310 | 3340 | * started the new line. |
| 3326 | 3356 | textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1; |
| 3327 | 3357 | } |
| 3328 | 3358 | } else { |
| 3359 | ||
| 3329 | 3360 | /* |
| 3330 | 3361 | * We must never recalculate the height of the last artificial |
| 3331 | 3362 | * line. It must stay at zero, and if we recalculate it, it will |
| 3350 | 3381 | } |
| 3351 | 3382 | } |
| 3352 | 3383 | if (doThisMuch == -1) { |
| 3384 | ||
| 3353 | 3385 | /* |
| 3354 | * If we were requested to provide a full update, then also update the | |
| 3355 | * scrollbar. | |
| 3386 | * If we were requested to update the entire range, then also update | |
| 3387 | * the scrollbar. | |
| 3356 | 3388 | */ |
| 3357 | 3389 | |
| 3358 | 3390 | GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1); |
| 3391 | } | |
| 3392 | if (fullUpdateRequested) { | |
| 3393 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1); | |
| 3359 | 3394 | } |
| 3360 | 3395 | return lineNum; |
| 3361 | 3396 | } |
| 3525 | 3560 | textPtr->refCount++; |
| 3526 | 3561 | dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1, |
| 3527 | 3562 | AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, textPtr); |
| 3528 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 0); | |
| 3529 | } | |
| 3563 | } | |
| 3564 | ||
| 3565 | /* | |
| 3566 | * The widget is out of sync: send a <<WidgetViewSync>> event. | |
| 3567 | */ | |
| 3568 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 0); | |
| 3530 | 3569 | } |
| 3531 | 3570 | |
| 3532 | 3571 | /* |
| 4543 | 4582 | dlPtr->spaceAbove, |
| 4544 | 4583 | dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow, |
| 4545 | 4584 | dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL, |
| 4546 | (Drawable) None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove); | |
| 4585 | None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove); | |
| 4547 | 4586 | } |
| 4548 | 4587 | } |
| 4549 | 4588 | } |
| 5179 | 5218 | |
| 5180 | 5219 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 5181 | 5220 | newGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues); |
| 5182 | if (dInfoPtr->copyGC != None) { | |
| 5221 | if (dInfoPtr->copyGC != NULL) { | |
| 5183 | 5222 | Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, dInfoPtr->copyGC); |
| 5184 | 5223 | } |
| 5185 | 5224 | dInfoPtr->copyGC = newGC; |
| 5267 | 5306 | AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, textPtr); |
| 5268 | 5307 | inSync = 0; |
| 5269 | 5308 | } |
| 5270 | ||
| 5271 | if (!inSync) { | |
| 5272 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 0); | |
| 5273 | } | |
| 5309 | ||
| 5310 | GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, inSync); | |
| 5274 | 5311 | } |
| 5275 | 5312 | } |
| 5276 | 5313 | |
| 6295 | 6332 | { |
| 6296 | 6333 | TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr; |
| 6297 | 6334 | |
| 6298 | return ( | |
| 6299 | ((dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1) && | |
| 6300 | (dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine == dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine)) ? | |
| 6301 | 0 : 1); | |
| 6335 | return ((dInfoPtr->flags & OUT_OF_SYNC) != 0); | |
| 6302 | 6336 | } |
| 6303 | 6337 | |
| 6304 | 6338 | /* |
| 6953 | 6987 | static int |
| 6954 | 6988 | IsStartOfNotMergedLine( |
| 6955 | 6989 | TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ |
| 6956 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to check. */ | |
| 6990 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to check. */ | |
| 6957 | 6991 | { |
| 6958 | 6992 | TkTextIndex indexPtr2; |
| 6959 | 6993 | |
| 7992 | 8026 | */ |
| 7993 | 8027 | |
| 7994 | 8028 | if (!sValuePtr->elide && (numBytes > offsetBytes) |
| 7995 | && (stylePtr->fgGC != None)) { | |
| 8029 | && (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL)) { | |
| 7996 | 8030 | #if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT |
| 7997 | 8031 | int start = ciPtr->baseOffset + offsetBytes; |
| 7998 | 8032 | int len = ciPtr->numBytes - offsetBytes; |
| 39 | 39 | static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr, |
| 40 | 40 | TkText *textPtr, const char *string, |
| 41 | 41 | TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr); |
| 42 | static int IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr, | |
| 43 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, | |
| 44 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2); | |
| 42 | static int IndexCountBytesOrdered(const TkText *textPtr, | |
| 43 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, | |
| 44 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2); | |
| 45 | 45 | |
| 46 | 46 | /* |
| 47 | 47 | * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition: |
| 1297 | 1297 | if (forward) { |
| 1298 | 1298 | TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &xOffset); |
| 1299 | 1299 | while (count-- > 0) { |
| 1300 | ||
| 1300 | 1301 | /* |
| 1301 | 1302 | * Go to the end of the line, then forward one char/byte |
| 1302 | 1303 | * to get to the beginning of the next line. |
| 1309 | 1310 | } else { |
| 1310 | 1311 | TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, &xOffset); |
| 1311 | 1312 | while (count-- > 0) { |
| 1313 | TkTextIndex indexPtr2; | |
| 1314 | ||
| 1312 | 1315 | /* |
| 1313 | 1316 | * Go to the beginning of the line, then backward one |
| 1314 | 1317 | * char/byte to get to the end of the previous line. |
| 1315 | 1318 | */ |
| 1316 | 1319 | |
| 1317 | 1320 | TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL); |
| 1318 | TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr, | |
| 1321 | TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &indexPtr2, | |
| 1319 | 1322 | COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES); |
| 1323 | ||
| 1324 | /* | |
| 1325 | * If we couldn't go to the previous line, then we wanted | |
| 1326 | to go before the start of the text: arrange for returning | |
| 1327 | the first index of the first display line. | |
| 1328 | */ | |
| 1329 | ||
| 1330 | if (!TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr, &indexPtr2)) { | |
| 1331 | xOffset = 0; | |
| 1332 | break; | |
| 1333 | } | |
| 1334 | *indexPtr = indexPtr2; | |
| 1320 | 1335 | } |
| 1321 | TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL); | |
| 1322 | } | |
| 1336 | } | |
| 1337 | TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL); | |
| 1323 | 1338 | |
| 1324 | 1339 | /* |
| 1325 | 1340 | * This call assumes indexPtr is the beginning of a display line |
| 1635 | 1650 | |
| 1636 | 1651 | int |
| 1637 | 1652 | TkTextIndexCountBytes( |
| 1638 | CONST TkText *textPtr, | |
| 1639 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */ | |
| 1640 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */ | |
| 1653 | const TkText *textPtr, | |
| 1654 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */ | |
| 1655 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */ | |
| 1641 | 1656 | { |
| 1642 | 1657 | int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2); |
| 1643 | 1658 | |
| 1652 | 1667 | |
| 1653 | 1668 | static int |
| 1654 | 1669 | IndexCountBytesOrdered( |
| 1655 | CONST TkText *textPtr, | |
| 1656 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, | |
| 1670 | const TkText *textPtr, | |
| 1671 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, | |
| 1657 | 1672 | /* Index describing location of character from |
| 1658 | 1673 | * which to count. */ |
| 1659 | CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) | |
| 1674 | const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) | |
| 1660 | 1675 | /* Index describing location of last character |
| 1661 | 1676 | * at which to stop the count. */ |
| 1662 | 1677 | { |
| 291 | 291 | if (mask == 0) { |
| 292 | 292 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 293 | 293 | } |
| 294 | if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask | |
| 294 | if (mask & ~(unsigned long)(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask | |
| 295 | 295 | |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask |
| 296 | 296 | |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask |
| 297 | 297 | |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask |
| 515 | 515 | tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0; |
| 516 | 516 | tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0; |
| 517 | 517 | if ((tagPtr->elideString != NULL) |
| 518 | || (tagPtr->tkfont != None) | |
| 518 | || (tagPtr->tkfont != NULL) | |
| 519 | 519 | || (tagPtr->justifyString != NULL) |
| 520 | 520 | || (tagPtr->lMargin1String != NULL) |
| 521 | 521 | || (tagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL) |
| 1445 | 1445 | TkText *textPtr = clientData; |
| 1446 | 1446 | int repick = 0; |
| 1447 | 1447 | |
| 1448 | # define AnyButtonMask \ | |
| 1449 | (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask) | |
| 1450 | ||
| 1451 | 1448 | textPtr->refCount++; |
| 1452 | 1449 | |
| 1453 | 1450 | /* |
| 1459 | 1456 | if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) { |
| 1460 | 1457 | textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1461 | 1458 | } else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) { |
| 1462 | int mask; | |
| 1463 | ||
| 1464 | switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) { | |
| 1465 | case Button1: | |
| 1466 | mask = Button1Mask; | |
| 1467 | break; | |
| 1468 | case Button2: | |
| 1469 | mask = Button2Mask; | |
| 1470 | break; | |
| 1471 | case Button3: | |
| 1472 | mask = Button3Mask; | |
| 1473 | break; | |
| 1474 | case Button4: | |
| 1475 | mask = Button4Mask; | |
| 1476 | break; | |
| 1477 | case Button5: | |
| 1478 | mask = Button5Mask; | |
| 1479 | break; | |
| 1480 | default: | |
| 1481 | mask = 0; | |
| 1482 | break; | |
| 1483 | } | |
| 1484 | if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & AnyButtonMask) == (unsigned) mask) { | |
| 1459 | unsigned int mask; | |
| 1460 | ||
| 1461 | mask = TkGetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button); | |
| 1462 | if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) == mask) { | |
| 1485 | 1463 | textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1486 | 1464 | repick = 1; |
| 1487 | 1465 | } |
| 1488 | 1466 | } else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify) |
| 1489 | 1467 | || (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) { |
| 1490 | if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & AnyButtonMask) { | |
| 1468 | if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & ALL_BUTTONS) { | |
| 1491 | 1469 | textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1492 | 1470 | } else { |
| 1493 | 1471 | textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1495 | 1473 | TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr); |
| 1496 | 1474 | goto done; |
| 1497 | 1475 | } else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) { |
| 1498 | if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & AnyButtonMask) { | |
| 1476 | if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & ALL_BUTTONS) { | |
| 1499 | 1477 | textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1500 | 1478 | } else { |
| 1501 | 1479 | textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN; |
| 1512 | 1490 | unsigned int oldState; |
| 1513 | 1491 | |
| 1514 | 1492 | oldState = eventPtr->xbutton.state; |
| 1515 | eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(Button1Mask|Button2Mask | |
| 1516 | |Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask); | |
| 1493 | eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(unsigned long)ALL_BUTTONS; | |
| 1517 | 1494 | if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) { |
| 1518 | 1495 | TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr); |
| 1519 | 1496 | } |
| 1243 | 1243 | * |
| 1244 | 1244 | * TkUniCharToUtf -- |
| 1245 | 1245 | * |
| 1246 | * Almost the same as Tcl_UniCharToUtf but producing surrogates if | |
| 1247 | * TCL_UTF_MAX==3. So, up to 6 bytes might be produced. | |
| 1246 | * Almost the same as Tcl_UniCharToUtf but producing 4-byte UTF-8 | |
| 1247 | * sequences even when TCL_UTF_MAX==3. So, up to 4 bytes might be produced. | |
| 1248 | 1248 | * |
| 1249 | 1249 | * Results: |
| 1250 | 1250 | * *buf is filled with the UTF-8 string, and the return value is the |
| 1261 | 1261 | int size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf); |
| 1262 | 1262 | if ((((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF)) && (size < 4)) { |
| 1263 | 1263 | /* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3 |
| 1264 | * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */ | |
| 1265 | ch -= 0x10000; | |
| 1266 | size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf); | |
| 1267 | size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size); | |
| 1264 | * The best thing we can do is spit out a 4-byte UTF-8 character */ | |
| 1265 | buf[3] = (char) ((ch | 0x80) & 0xBF); | |
| 1266 | buf[2] = (char) (((ch >> 6) | 0x80) & 0xBF); | |
| 1267 | buf[1] = (char) (((ch >> 12) | 0x80) & 0xBF); | |
| 1268 | buf[0] = (char) ((ch >> 18) | 0xF0); | |
| 1269 | size = 4; | |
| 1268 | 1270 | } |
| 1269 | 1271 | return size; |
| 1270 | 1272 | } |
| 22 | 22 | const char *name; /* Textual name of class. */ |
| 23 | 23 | int minLength; /* Minimum # characters that must be specified |
| 24 | 24 | * for an unambiguous match. */ |
| 25 | int class; /* X symbol for class. */ | |
| 25 | int c_class; /* X symbol for class. */ | |
| 26 | 26 | } VisualDictionary; |
| 27 | 27 | static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = { |
| 28 | 28 | {"best", 1, 0}, |
| 144 | 144 | return visual; |
| 145 | 145 | } |
| 146 | 146 | template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2); |
| 147 | template.class = visual->class; | |
| 147 | template.c_class = visual->c_class; | |
| 148 | 148 | template.red_mask = visual->red_mask; |
| 149 | 149 | template.green_mask = visual->green_mask; |
| 150 | 150 | template.blue_mask = visual->blue_mask; |
| 191 | 191 | } |
| 192 | 192 | } |
| 193 | 193 | length = p - string; |
| 194 | template.class = -1; | |
| 194 | template.c_class = -1; | |
| 195 | 195 | for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) { |
| 196 | 196 | if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength) |
| 197 | 197 | && (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name, |
| 198 | 198 | (size_t) length) == 0)) { |
| 199 | template.class = dictPtr->class; | |
| 199 | template.c_class = dictPtr->c_class; | |
| 200 | 200 | break; |
| 201 | 201 | } |
| 202 | 202 | } |
| 203 | if (template.class == -1) { | |
| 203 | if (template.c_class == -1) { | |
| 204 | 204 | Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 205 | 205 | "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ", |
| 206 | 206 | string); |
| 261 | 261 | bestPrio = 0; |
| 262 | 262 | bestPtr = NULL; |
| 263 | 263 | for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) { |
| 264 | switch (visInfoList[i].class) { | |
| 264 | switch (visInfoList[i].c_class) { | |
| 265 | 265 | case DirectColor: |
| 266 | 266 | prio = 5; break; |
| 267 | 267 | case GrayScale: |
| 36 | 36 | struct TkHalfdeadWindow *nextPtr; |
| 37 | 37 | } TkHalfdeadWindow; |
| 38 | 38 | |
| 39 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 39 | typedef struct { | |
| 40 | 40 | int numMainWindows; /* Count of numver of main windows currently |
| 41 | 41 | * open in this thread. */ |
| 42 | 42 | TkMainInfo *mainWindowList; |
| 663 | 663 | winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL; |
| 664 | 664 | winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL; |
| 665 | 665 | winPtr->geomData = NULL; |
| 666 | winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL; | |
| 667 | winPtr->maintainerPtr = NULL; | |
| 666 | 668 | winPtr->reqWidth = winPtr->reqHeight = 1; |
| 667 | 669 | winPtr->internalBorderLeft = 0; |
| 668 | 670 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL; |
| 674 | 676 | winPtr->internalBorderBottom = 0; |
| 675 | 677 | winPtr->minReqWidth = 0; |
| 676 | 678 | winPtr->minReqHeight = 0; |
| 677 | winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL; | |
| 678 | 679 | |
| 679 | 680 | return winPtr; |
| 680 | 681 | } |
| 850 | 851 | * Create the basic TkWindow structure. |
| 851 | 852 | */ |
| 852 | 853 | |
| 853 | tkwin = CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, baseName, | |
| 854 | tkwin = CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, NULL, baseName, | |
| 854 | 855 | screenName, /* flags */ 0); |
| 855 | 856 | if (tkwin == NULL) { |
| 856 | 857 | return NULL; |
| 1459 | 1460 | TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr); |
| 1460 | 1461 | TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr); |
| 1461 | 1462 | TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr); |
| 1462 | if (winPtr->geometryMaster != NULL) { | |
| 1463 | ckfree(winPtr->geometryMaster); | |
| 1464 | winPtr->geometryMaster = NULL; | |
| 1463 | if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) { | |
| 1464 | ckfree(winPtr->geomMgrName); | |
| 1465 | winPtr->geomMgrName = NULL; | |
| 1465 | 1466 | } |
| 1466 | 1467 | if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) { |
| 1467 | 1468 | if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) { |
| 2087 | 2088 | Tk_UndefineCursor( |
| 2088 | 2089 | Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window to manipulate. */ |
| 2089 | 2090 | { |
| 2090 | Tk_DefineCursor(tkwin, None); | |
| 2091 | Tk_DefineCursor(tkwin, NULL); | |
| 2091 | 2092 | } |
| 2092 | 2093 | |
| 2093 | 2094 | void |
| 2847 | 2848 | * but before starting to execute commands. */ |
| 2848 | 2849 | Tcl_Interp *interp) |
| 2849 | 2850 | { |
| 2850 | TCHAR name[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2851 | WCHAR name[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2851 | 2852 | int len; |
| 2852 | 2853 | void (*tkmainex)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *); |
| 2853 | 2854 | |
| 2854 | 2855 | /* construct "<path>/libtk8.?.dll", from "<path>/tk8?.dll" */ |
| 2855 | 2856 | len = GetModuleFileNameW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), name, MAX_PATH); |
| 2856 | name[len-2] = TEXT('.'); | |
| 2857 | name[len-2] = '.'; | |
| 2857 | 2858 | name[len-1] = name[len-5]; |
| 2858 | _tcscpy(name+len, TEXT(".dll")); | |
| 2859 | memcpy(name+len-8, TEXT("libtk8"), 6 * sizeof(TCHAR)); | |
| 2860 | ||
| 2861 | tkcygwindll = LoadLibrary(name); | |
| 2859 | wcscpy(name+len, L".dll"); | |
| 2860 | memcpy(name+len-8, L"libtk8", 6 * sizeof(WCHAR)); | |
| 2861 | ||
| 2862 | tkcygwindll = LoadLibraryW(name); | |
| 2862 | 2863 | if (!tkcygwindll) { |
| 2863 | 2864 | /* dll is not present */ |
| 2864 | 2865 | return 0; |
| 3259 | 3260 | } |
| 3260 | 3261 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 3261 | 3262 | if (sync) { |
| 3262 | XSynchronize(Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), True); | |
| 3263 | (void)XSynchronize(Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), True); | |
| 3263 | 3264 | } |
| 3264 | 3265 | |
| 3265 | 3266 | /* |
| 80 | 80 | * Compound base/image options |
| 81 | 81 | */ |
| 82 | 82 | {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound", |
| 83 | "none", Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1, | |
| 84 | 0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, | |
| 83 | NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1, | |
| 84 | TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings, | |
| 85 | GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, | |
| 85 | 86 | {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", |
| 86 | 87 | NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.paddingObj), -1, |
| 87 | 88 | TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, |
| 4 | 4 | * |
| 5 | 5 | */ |
| 6 | 6 | |
| 7 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 8 | #include <X11/Xlib.h> | |
| 9 | #include <X11/Xutil.h> | |
| 7 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 10 | 8 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 11 | 9 | |
| 12 | 10 | #define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2" |
| 3 | 3 | * Tk alternate theme, intended to match the MSUE and Gtk's (old) default theme |
| 4 | 4 | */ |
| 5 | 5 | |
| 6 | #include <math.h> | |
| 7 | #include <string.h> | |
| 8 | ||
| 9 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 10 | #include <X11/Xlib.h> | |
| 11 | #include <X11/Xutil.h> | |
| 6 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 12 | 7 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 13 | 8 | |
| 14 | 9 | #if defined(_WIN32) |
| 15 | 10 | static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 1; |
| 16 | 11 | #else |
| 17 | 12 | static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 0; |
| 13 | #endif | |
| 14 | ||
| 15 | #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) | |
| 16 | #define IGNORES_VISUAL | |
| 18 | 17 | #endif |
| 19 | 18 | |
| 20 | 19 | #define BORDERWIDTH 2 |
| 509 | 508 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 510 | 509 | GC copyGC; |
| 511 | 510 | unsigned long imgColors[8]; |
| 512 | XImage *img; | |
| 511 | XImage *img = NULL; | |
| 513 | 512 | |
| 514 | 513 | Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding); |
| 515 | 514 | b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding); |
| 549 | 548 | /* |
| 550 | 549 | * Create a scratch buffer to store the image: |
| 551 | 550 | */ |
| 552 | img = XGetImage(display,d, 0, 0, | |
| 553 | (unsigned int)spec->width, (unsigned int)spec->height, | |
| 554 | AllPlanes, ZPixmap); | |
| 555 | if (img == NULL) | |
| 551 | ||
| 552 | #if defined(IGNORES_VISUAL) | |
| 553 | ||
| 554 | /* | |
| 555 | * Platforms which ignore the VisualInfo can use XCreateImage to get the | |
| 556 | * scratch image. This is essential on macOS, where it is not safe to call | |
| 557 | * XGetImage in a display procedure. | |
| 558 | */ | |
| 559 | ||
| 560 | img = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, NULL, | |
| 561 | (unsigned int)spec->width, (unsigned int)spec->height, | |
| 562 | 0, 0); | |
| 563 | #else | |
| 564 | ||
| 565 | /* | |
| 566 | * This trick allows creating the scratch XImage without having to | |
| 567 | * construct a VisualInfo. | |
| 568 | */ | |
| 569 | ||
| 570 | img = XGetImage(display, d, 0, 0, | |
| 571 | (unsigned int)spec->width, (unsigned int)spec->height, | |
| 572 | AllPlanes, ZPixmap); | |
| 573 | #endif | |
| 574 | ||
| 575 | if (img == NULL) { | |
| 576 | return; | |
| 577 | } | |
| 578 | ||
| 579 | #if defined(IGNORES_VISUAL) | |
| 580 | ||
| 581 | img->data = ckalloc(img->bytes_per_line * img->height); | |
| 582 | if (img->data == NULL) { | |
| 583 | XDestroyImage(img); | |
| 556 | 584 | return; |
| 585 | } | |
| 586 | ||
| 587 | #endif | |
| 557 | 588 | |
| 558 | 589 | /* |
| 559 | * Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time. | |
| 590 | * Create the image, painting it into the XImage one pixel at a time. | |
| 560 | 591 | */ |
| 592 | ||
| 561 | 593 | index = Ttk_StateTableLookup(spec->map, state); |
| 562 | 594 | for (iy=0 ; iy<spec->height ; iy++) { |
| 563 | 595 | for (ix=0 ; ix<spec->width ; ix++) { |
| 567 | 599 | } |
| 568 | 600 | |
| 569 | 601 | /* |
| 570 | * Copy onto our target drawable surface. | |
| 602 | * Copy the image onto our target drawable surface. | |
| 571 | 603 | */ |
| 604 | ||
| 572 | 605 | memset(&gcValues, 0, sizeof(gcValues)); |
| 573 | 606 | copyGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, 0, &gcValues); |
| 574 | ||
| 575 | 607 | TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, d, copyGC, img, 0, 0, b.x, b.y, |
| 576 | 608 | spec->width, spec->height); |
| 577 | 609 | |
| 578 | 610 | /* |
| 579 | 611 | * Tidy up. |
| 580 | 612 | */ |
| 613 | ||
| 581 | 614 | Tk_FreeGC(display, copyGC); |
| 615 | ||
| 616 | /* | |
| 617 | * Protect against the possibility that some future platform might | |
| 618 | * not use the Tk memory manager in its implementation of XDestroyImage, | |
| 619 | * even though that would be an extremely strange thing to do. | |
| 620 | */ | |
| 621 | ||
| 622 | #if defined(IGNORES_VISUAL) | |
| 623 | ckfree(img->data); | |
| 624 | img->data = NULL; | |
| 625 | #endif | |
| 626 | ||
| 582 | 627 | XDestroyImage(img); |
| 583 | 628 | } |
| 584 | 629 | |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English |
| 8 | 8 | */ |
| 9 | 9 | |
| 10 | #include <string.h> | |
| 11 | #include <stdio.h> | |
| 12 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 13 | #include <X11/Xatom.h> | |
| 14 | ||
| 10 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 15 | 11 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 16 | 12 | #include "ttkWidget.h" |
| 17 | 13 | |
| 332 | 328 | ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes) |
| 333 | 329 | { |
| 334 | 330 | Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; |
| 335 | size_t byteCount; | |
| 331 | int byteCount; | |
| 336 | 332 | const char *string; |
| 337 | 333 | const char *selStart, *selEnd; |
| 338 | 334 | |
| 346 | 342 | selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart, |
| 347 | 343 | entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst); |
| 348 | 344 | byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset; |
| 349 | if (byteCount > (size_t)maxBytes) { | |
| 345 | if (byteCount > maxBytes) { | |
| 350 | 346 | /* @@@POSSIBLE BUG: Can transfer partial UTF-8 sequences. Is this OK? */ |
| 351 | 347 | byteCount = maxBytes; |
| 352 | 348 | } |
| 978 | 974 | Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0; |
| 979 | 975 | |
| 980 | 976 | if (mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) { |
| 981 | if (textVarName && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName)) { | |
| 977 | if (textVarName && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') { | |
| 982 | 978 | vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, |
| 983 | 979 | textVarName,EntryTextVariableTrace,entryPtr); |
| 984 | 980 | if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1154 | 1150 | mask |= GCForeground; |
| 1155 | 1151 | } |
| 1156 | 1152 | gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->core.tkwin, mask, &gcValues); |
| 1157 | if (clip != None) { | |
| 1153 | if (clip != NULL) { | |
| 1158 | 1154 | TkSetRegion(Tk_Display(entryPtr->core.tkwin), gc, clip); |
| 1159 | 1155 | } |
| 1160 | 1156 | return gc; |
| 1264 | 1260 | cursorX = field.x + field.width - cursorWidth; |
| 1265 | 1261 | } |
| 1266 | 1262 | |
| 1267 | gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.insertColorObj, None); | |
| 1263 | gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.insertColorObj, NULL); | |
| 1268 | 1264 | XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, |
| 1269 | 1265 | cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight); |
| 1270 | 1266 | Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc); |
| 1296 | 1292 | * it from the Xft guts (if they're being used). |
| 1297 | 1293 | */ |
| 1298 | 1294 | #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
| 1299 | TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(None); | |
| 1295 | TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(NULL); | |
| 1300 | 1296 | #endif |
| 1301 | 1297 | TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion); |
| 1302 | 1298 | } |
| 1365 | 1361 | *indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout, |
| 1366 | 1362 | x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0); |
| 1367 | 1363 | |
| 1364 | TtkUpdateScrollInfo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle); | |
| 1368 | 1365 | if (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first) { |
| 1369 | 1366 | *indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first; |
| 1370 | 1367 | } |
| 1659 | 1656 | if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1660 | 1657 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1661 | 1658 | } |
| 1662 | TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst); | |
| 1659 | TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst, 1); | |
| 1663 | 1660 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1664 | 1661 | } |
| 1665 | 1662 | return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle); |
| 1700 | 1697 | TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */ |
| 1701 | 1698 | EntryDoLayout, /* layoutProc */ |
| 1702 | 1699 | EntryDisplay /* displayProc */ |
| 1700 | }; | |
| 1701 | ||
| 1702 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1703 | * Named indices for the combobox "current" command | |
| 1704 | */ | |
| 1705 | static const char *const comboboxCurrentIndexNames[] = { | |
| 1706 | "end", NULL | |
| 1707 | }; | |
| 1708 | enum comboboxCurrentIndices { | |
| 1709 | INDEX_END | |
| 1703 | 1710 | }; |
| 1704 | 1711 | |
| 1705 | 1712 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 1803 | 1810 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(currentIndex)); |
| 1804 | 1811 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1805 | 1812 | } else if (objc == 3) { |
| 1806 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], ¤tIndex) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1807 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1808 | } | |
| 1809 | if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) { | |
| 1810 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 1811 | "Index %s out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))); | |
| 1812 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL); | |
| 1813 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1814 | } | |
| 1813 | int result, index; | |
| 1814 | ||
| 1815 | result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[2], comboboxCurrentIndexNames, | |
| 1816 | "", 0, &index); | |
| 1817 | if (result == TCL_OK) { | |
| 1818 | ||
| 1819 | /* | |
| 1820 | * The index is one of the named indices. | |
| 1821 | */ | |
| 1822 | ||
| 1823 | switch (index) { | |
| 1824 | case INDEX_END: | |
| 1825 | /* "end" index */ | |
| 1826 | currentIndex = nValues - 1; | |
| 1827 | break; | |
| 1828 | } | |
| 1829 | } else { | |
| 1830 | ||
| 1831 | /* | |
| 1832 | * The index should be just an integer. | |
| 1833 | */ | |
| 1834 | ||
| 1835 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], ¤tIndex) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1836 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 1837 | "Incorrect index %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))); | |
| 1838 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_VALUE", NULL); | |
| 1839 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1840 | } | |
| 1841 | ||
| 1842 | if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) { | |
| 1843 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 1844 | "Index %s out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))); | |
| 1845 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "COMBOBOX", "IDX_RANGE", NULL); | |
| 1846 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1847 | } | |
| 1848 | } | |
| 1815 | 1849 | |
| 1816 | 1850 | cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex; |
| 1817 | 1851 | |
| 439 | 439 | */ |
| 440 | 440 | switch (LabelAnchorSide(style.labelAnchor)) { |
| 441 | 441 | case TTK_SIDE_LEFT: borderParcel.x -= lw / 2; |
| 442 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
| 442 | 443 | case TTK_SIDE_RIGHT: borderParcel.width += lw/2; break; |
| 443 | 444 | case TTK_SIDE_TOP: borderParcel.y -= lh / 2; |
| 445 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
| 444 | 446 | case TTK_SIDE_BOTTOM: borderParcel.height += lh / 2; break; |
| 445 | 447 | } |
| 446 | 448 | } |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | */ |
| 7 | 7 | |
| 8 | #include <tcl.h> | |
| 9 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 8 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 10 | 9 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 11 | 10 | |
| 12 | 11 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 182 | 181 | |
| 183 | 182 | if (clipRegion != NULL) { |
| 184 | 183 | #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
| 185 | TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(None); | |
| 184 | TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(NULL); | |
| 186 | 185 | #endif |
| 187 | 186 | XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc1, None); |
| 188 | 187 | XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc2, None); |
| 6 | 6 | */ |
| 7 | 7 | |
| 8 | 8 | #include <string.h> |
| 9 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 9 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 10 | 10 | #include "ttkThemeInt.h" |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b) |
| 68 | 68 | {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/, |
| 69 | 69 | Tk_Offset(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, |
| 70 | 70 | {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound", |
| 71 | "none", Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1, | |
| 72 | 0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, | |
| 71 | NULL, Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1, | |
| 72 | TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, | |
| 73 | 73 | {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1", |
| 74 | 74 | Tk_Offset(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, |
| 75 | 75 | {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 33 | 33 | * TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired, which will invoke step (5) (@@@ Fix this) |
| 34 | 34 | */ |
| 35 | 35 | |
| 36 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 36 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 37 | 37 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 38 | 38 | #include "ttkWidget.h" |
| 39 | 39 | |
| 180 | 180 | h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED; |
| 181 | 181 | } |
| 182 | 182 | |
| 183 | /* TtkUpdateScrollInfo -- | |
| 184 | * Call the layoutProc to update the scroll info first, last, and total. | |
| 185 | * Do it only if needed, that is when a redisplay is pending (which | |
| 186 | * indicates scroll info are possibly out of date). | |
| 187 | */ | |
| 188 | ||
| 189 | void TtkUpdateScrollInfo(ScrollHandle h) | |
| 190 | { | |
| 191 | if (h->corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING) { | |
| 192 | h->corePtr->widgetSpec->layoutProc(h->corePtr); | |
| 193 | } | |
| 194 | } | |
| 195 | ||
| 183 | 196 | /* TtkScrollviewCommand -- |
| 184 | 197 | * Widget [xy]view command implementation. |
| 185 | 198 | * |
| 192 | 205 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle h) |
| 193 | 206 | { |
| 194 | 207 | Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr; |
| 195 | int newFirst = s->first; | |
| 208 | int newFirst; | |
| 209 | ||
| 210 | TtkUpdateScrollInfo(h); | |
| 211 | newFirst = s->first; | |
| 196 | 212 | |
| 197 | 213 | if (objc == 2) { |
| 198 | 214 | Tcl_Obj *result[2]; |
| 225 | 241 | } |
| 226 | 242 | } |
| 227 | 243 | |
| 228 | TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst); | |
| 244 | TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst, 0); | |
| 229 | 245 | |
| 230 | 246 | return TCL_OK; |
| 231 | 247 | } |
| 232 | 248 | |
| 233 | void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle h, int newFirst) | |
| 234 | { | |
| 235 | Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr; | |
| 249 | void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle h, int newFirst, int updateScrollInfo) | |
| 250 | { | |
| 251 | Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr; | |
| 252 | ||
| 253 | if (updateScrollInfo) { | |
| 254 | TtkUpdateScrollInfo(h); | |
| 255 | } | |
| 236 | 256 | |
| 237 | 257 | if (newFirst >= s->total) |
| 238 | 258 | newFirst = s->total - 1; |
| 130 | 130 | unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits; |
| 131 | 131 | Tcl_DString result; |
| 132 | 132 | int i; |
| 133 | size_t len; | |
| 133 | int len; | |
| 134 | 134 | |
| 135 | 135 | Tcl_DStringInit(&result); |
| 136 | 136 | |
| 146 | 146 | len = Tcl_DStringLength(&result); |
| 147 | 147 | if (len) { |
| 148 | 148 | /* 'len' includes extra trailing ' ' */ |
| 149 | objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(len); | |
| 149 | objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len); | |
| 150 | 150 | objPtr->length = len-1; |
| 151 | 151 | strncpy(objPtr->bytes, Tcl_DStringValue(&result), len-1); |
| 152 | 152 | objPtr->bytes[len-1] = '\0'; |
| 153 | 153 | } else { |
| 154 | 154 | /* empty string */ |
| 155 | 155 | objPtr->length = 0; |
| 156 | objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(1); | |
| 156 | objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(1); | |
| 157 | 157 | *objPtr->bytes = '\0'; |
| 158 | 158 | } |
| 159 | 159 | |
| 9 | 9 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 10 | 10 | */ |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | #include <stdlib.h> | |
| 13 | #include <string.h> | |
| 14 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 15 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 12 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 16 | 13 | #include "ttkThemeInt.h" |
| 17 | 14 | |
| 18 | 15 | #define PKG_ASSOC_KEY "Ttk" |
| 16 | ||
| 17 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 18 | extern void TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void); | |
| 19 | #define UPDATE_WINDOWS() TkMacOSXFlushWindows() | |
| 20 | #else | |
| 21 | #define UPDATE_WINDOWS() | |
| 22 | #endif | |
| 19 | 23 | |
| 20 | 24 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 21 | 25 | * +++ Styles. |
| 512 | 516 | Tcl_BackgroundException(pkgPtr->interp, code); |
| 513 | 517 | } |
| 514 | 518 | pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 0; |
| 519 | UPDATE_WINDOWS(); | |
| 515 | 520 | } |
| 516 | 521 | |
| 517 | 522 | /* |
| 28 | 28 | * +++ Defaults for element option specifications. |
| 29 | 29 | */ |
| 30 | 30 | #define DEFAULT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 31 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK | |
| 32 | #define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "systemTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 33 | #define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND "systemTextColor" | |
| 34 | #else | |
| 31 | 35 | #define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "#d9d9d9" |
| 32 | 36 | #define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND "black" |
| 33 | ||
| 37 | #endif | |
| 34 | 38 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 35 | 39 | * +++ Widget states. |
| 36 | 40 | * Keep in sync with stateNames[] in tkstate.c. |
| 25 | 25 | VarTraceProc( |
| 26 | 26 | ClientData clientData, /* Widget record pointer */ |
| 27 | 27 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 28 | const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ | |
| 29 | const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ | |
| 28 | const char *name1, /* (unused) */ | |
| 29 | const char *name2, /* (unused) */ | |
| 30 | 30 | int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ |
| 31 | 31 | { |
| 32 | 32 | Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData; |
| 33 | 33 | const char *name, *value; |
| 34 | 34 | Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
| 35 | 35 | |
| 36 | if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) { | |
| 37 | return NULL; | |
| 38 | } | |
| 39 | ||
| 40 | /* | |
| 41 | * See ticket [5d991b82]. | |
| 42 | */ | |
| 43 | ||
| 44 | if (tracePtr->varnameObj == NULL) { | |
| 45 | Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2, | |
| 46 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, | |
| 47 | VarTraceProc, clientData); | |
| 36 | if (Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) { | |
| 48 | 37 | return NULL; |
| 49 | 38 | } |
| 50 | 39 |
| 5 | 5 | |
| 6 | 6 | #include <string.h> |
| 7 | 7 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 8 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 8 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 9 | 9 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 10 | 10 | #include "ttkWidget.h" |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 281 | 281 | 0,0,0 }, |
| 282 | 282 | {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch", |
| 283 | 283 | "1", -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,stretch), |
| 284 | 0,0,0 }, | |
| 284 | 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, | |
| 285 | 285 | {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", |
| 286 | 286 | "w", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,anchorObj), -1, /* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */ |
| 287 | 287 | 0,0,0 }, |
| 922 | 922 | |
| 923 | 923 | static TreeItem *IdentifyItem(Treeview *tv, int y); /*forward*/ |
| 924 | 924 | |
| 925 | static const unsigned int TreeviewBindEventMask = | |
| 925 | static const unsigned long TreeviewBindEventMask = | |
| 926 | 926 | KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask |
| 927 | 927 | | ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask |
| 928 | 928 | | PointerMotionMask|ButtonMotionMask |
| 1065 | 1065 | TreeviewFreeColumns(tv); |
| 1066 | 1066 | |
| 1067 | 1067 | if (tv->tree.displayColumns) |
| 1068 | Tcl_Free((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns); | |
| 1068 | ckfree((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns); | |
| 1069 | 1069 | |
| 1070 | 1070 | foreachHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, FreeItemCB); |
| 1071 | 1071 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.items); |
| 1231 | 1231 | if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) { |
| 1232 | 1232 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) { |
| 1233 | 1233 | TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core); |
| 1234 | } | |
| 1235 | RecomputeSlack(tv); | |
| 1234 | } else { | |
| 1235 | RecomputeSlack(tv); | |
| 1236 | ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv)); | |
| 1237 | } | |
| 1236 | 1238 | } |
| 1237 | 1239 | TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); |
| 1238 | ||
| 1239 | /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */ | |
| 1240 | 1240 | |
| 1241 | 1241 | Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); |
| 1242 | 1242 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1614 | 1614 | Treeview *tv = clientData; |
| 1615 | 1615 | int visibleRows; |
| 1616 | 1616 | |
| 1617 | /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */ | |
| 1618 | ||
| 1619 | 1617 | Ttk_PlaceLayout(tv->core.layout,tv->core.state,Ttk_WinBox(tv->core.tkwin)); |
| 1620 | 1618 | tv->tree.treeArea = Ttk_ClientRegion(tv->core.layout, "treearea"); |
| 1621 | 1619 | |
| 1622 | 1620 | ResizeColumns(tv, tv->tree.treeArea.width); |
| 1623 | /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */ | |
| 1624 | 1621 | |
| 1625 | 1622 | TtkScrolled(tv->tree.xscrollHandle, |
| 1626 | 1623 | tv->tree.xscroll.first, |
| 2232 | 2229 | Ttk_Element element; |
| 2233 | 2230 | |
| 2234 | 2231 | BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox); |
| 2235 | PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: -text, etc*/ | |
| 2232 | PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); | |
| 2233 | if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; } | |
| 2234 | if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; } | |
| 2236 | 2235 | Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem); |
| 2237 | 2236 | Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), itemBox); |
| 2238 | 2237 | element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y); |
| 2344 | 2343 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2345 | 2344 | } |
| 2346 | 2345 | |
| 2347 | PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: fill in -text,etc */ | |
| 2346 | PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); | |
| 2347 | if (item->textObj) { displayItem.textObj = item->textObj; } | |
| 2348 | if (item->imageObj) { displayItem.imageObj = item->imageObj; } | |
| 2348 | 2349 | Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem); |
| 2349 | 2350 | Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), bbox); |
| 2350 | 2351 | element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y); |
| 2679 | 2680 | { |
| 2680 | 2681 | Treeview *tv = recordPtr; |
| 2681 | 2682 | TreeItem **items, *delq; |
| 2682 | int i; | |
| 2683 | int i, selItemDeleted = 0; | |
| 2683 | 2684 | |
| 2684 | 2685 | if (objc != 3) { |
| 2685 | 2686 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "items"); |
| 2706 | 2707 | */ |
| 2707 | 2708 | delq = 0; |
| 2708 | 2709 | for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) { |
| 2710 | if (items[i]->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 2711 | selItemDeleted = 1; | |
| 2712 | } | |
| 2709 | 2713 | delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq); |
| 2710 | 2714 | } |
| 2711 | 2715 | |
| 2722 | 2726 | } |
| 2723 | 2727 | |
| 2724 | 2728 | ckfree(items); |
| 2729 | if (selItemDeleted) { | |
| 2730 | TtkSendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect"); | |
| 2731 | } | |
| 2725 | 2732 | TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); |
| 2726 | 2733 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2727 | 2734 | } |
| 2840 | 2847 | */ |
| 2841 | 2848 | rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item); |
| 2842 | 2849 | if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) { |
| 2843 | TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber); | |
| 2850 | TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber, 1); | |
| 2844 | 2851 | } else if (rowNumber >= tv->tree.yscroll.last) { |
| 2845 | 2852 | TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, |
| 2846 | tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last)); | |
| 2853 | tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last), 1); | |
| 2847 | 2854 | } |
| 2848 | 2855 | |
| 2849 | 2856 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2881 | 2888 | int right = left + c->width; |
| 2882 | 2889 | if (c == column) { |
| 2883 | 2890 | DragColumn(tv, i, newx - right); |
| 2884 | /* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */ | |
| 2885 | 2891 | TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); |
| 2886 | 2892 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2887 | 2893 | } |
| 2892 | 2898 | "column %s is not displayed", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))); |
| 2893 | 2899 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "TREE", "COLUMN_INVISIBLE", NULL); |
| 2894 | 2900 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2901 | } | |
| 2902 | ||
| 2903 | static int TreeviewDropCommand( | |
| 2904 | void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) | |
| 2905 | { | |
| 2906 | Treeview *tv = recordPtr; | |
| 2907 | ||
| 2908 | if (objc != 2) { | |
| 2909 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "drop"); | |
| 2910 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 2911 | } | |
| 2912 | ResizeColumns(tv, TreeWidth(tv)); | |
| 2913 | TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core); | |
| 2914 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 2895 | 2915 | } |
| 2896 | 2916 | |
| 2897 | 2917 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 3243 | 3263 | { "delete", TreeviewDeleteCommand,0 }, |
| 3244 | 3264 | { "detach", TreeviewDetachCommand,0 }, |
| 3245 | 3265 | { "drag", TreeviewDragCommand,0 }, |
| 3266 | { "drop", TreeviewDropCommand,0 }, | |
| 3246 | 3267 | { "exists", TreeviewExistsCommand,0 }, |
| 3247 | 3268 | { "focus", TreeviewFocusCommand,0 }, |
| 3248 | 3269 | { "heading", TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 }, |
| 4 | 4 | */ |
| 5 | 5 | |
| 6 | 6 | #include <string.h> |
| 7 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 7 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 8 | 8 | #include "ttkTheme.h" |
| 9 | 9 | #include "ttkWidget.h" |
| 10 | 10 |
| 194 | 194 | MODULE_SCOPE int TtkScrollviewCommand( |
| 195 | 195 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle); |
| 196 | 196 | |
| 197 | MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle, int newFirst); | |
| 197 | MODULE_SCOPE void TtkUpdateScrollInfo(ScrollHandle h); | |
| 198 | MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle, int newFirst, int updateScrollInfo); | |
| 198 | 199 | MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle, int first, int last, int total); |
| 199 | 200 | MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle); |
| 200 | 201 |
| 20 | 20 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { |
| 21 | 21 | option add *ErrorDialog*background systemAlertBackgroundActive \ |
| 22 | 22 | widgetDefault |
| 23 | option add *ErrorDialog*info.text.background white widgetDefault | |
| 23 | option add *ErrorDialog*info.text.background \ | |
| 24 | systemTextBackgroundColor widgetDefault | |
| 24 | 25 | option add *ErrorDialog*Button.highlightBackground \ |
| 25 | 26 | systemAlertBackgroundActive widgetDefault |
| 26 | 27 | } |
| 96 | 97 | # Arguments: |
| 97 | 98 | # err - The error message. |
| 98 | 99 | # |
| 99 | proc ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror err { | |
| 100 | proc ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror {err {flag 1}} { | |
| 100 | 101 | global errorInfo |
| 101 | 102 | variable button |
| 102 | 103 | |
| 105 | 106 | set ret [catch {::tkerror $err} msg]; |
| 106 | 107 | if {$ret != 1} {return -code $ret $msg} |
| 107 | 108 | |
| 108 | # Ok the application's tkerror either failed or was not found | |
| 109 | # we use the default dialog then : | |
| 109 | # The application's tkerror either failed or was not found | |
| 110 | # so we use the default dialog. But on Aqua we cannot display | |
| 111 | # the dialog if the background error occurs in an idle task | |
| 112 | # being processed inside of [NSView drawRect]. In that case | |
| 113 | # we post the dialog as an after task instead. | |
| 110 | 114 | set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem] |
| 111 | 115 | if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} { |
| 112 | set ok [mc Ok] | |
| 113 | } else { | |
| 114 | set ok [mc OK] | |
| 115 | } | |
| 116 | ||
| 116 | if $flag { | |
| 117 | set errorInfo $info | |
| 118 | after 500 [list bgerror "$err" 0] | |
| 119 | return | |
| 120 | } | |
| 121 | } | |
| 122 | ||
| 123 | set ok [mc OK] | |
| 117 | 124 | # Truncate the message if it is too wide (>maxLine characters) or |
| 118 | 125 | # too tall (>4 lines). Truncation occurs at the first point at |
| 119 | 126 | # which one of those conditions is met. |
| 747 | 747 | $w configure -state normal |
| 748 | 748 | } |
| 749 | 749 | |
| 750 | # Restore the original button "selected" color; assume that the user | |
| 751 | # wasn't monkeying around with things too much. | |
| 750 | # Restore the original button "selected" color; but only if the user | |
| 751 | # has not changed it in the meantime. | |
| 752 | 752 | |
| 753 | 753 | if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} { |
| 754 | $w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor) | |
| 754 | if {[$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,selectcolor) | |
| 755 | || ([info exist Priv($w,aselectcolor)] && | |
| 756 | [$w cget -selectcolor] eq $Priv($w,aselectcolor))} { | |
| 757 | $w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor) | |
| 758 | } | |
| 755 | 759 | } |
| 756 | 760 | unset -nocomplain Priv($w,selectcolor) Priv($w,aselectcolor) |
| 757 | 761 |
| 134 | 134 | set demo_arrowInfo(smallTips) {5 5 2} |
| 135 | 135 | set demo_arrowInfo(count) 0 |
| 136 | 136 | if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} { |
| 137 | set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill SkyBlue1" | |
| 138 | set demo_arrowInfo(boxStyle) "-fill {} -outline black -width 1" | |
| 139 | set demo_arrowInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -outline black -width 1" | |
| 137 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 138 | set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 139 | } else { | |
| 140 | set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill LightSeaGreen" | |
| 141 | } | |
| 142 | set demo_arrowInfo(boxStyle) "-fill {} -width 1" | |
| 143 | set demo_arrowInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -width 1" | |
| 140 | 144 | } else { |
| 141 | 145 | # Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory |
| 142 | 146 | set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill black \ |
| 46 | 46 | set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}] |
| 47 | 47 | for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} { |
| 48 | 48 | $c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr {$x+2}]c [expr {$y+2}]c \ |
| 49 | -outline black -fill $bg -tags rect | |
| 49 | -fill $bg -tags rect | |
| 50 | 50 | $c create text [expr {$x+1}]c [expr {$y+1}]c -text "$i,$j" \ |
| 51 | 51 | -anchor center -tags text |
| 52 | 52 | } |
| 59 | 59 | bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y" |
| 60 | 60 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { |
| 61 | 61 | bind $c <MouseWheel> { |
| 62 | %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units | |
| 62 | %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units | |
| 63 | 63 | } |
| 64 | 64 | bind $c <Option-MouseWheel> { |
| 65 | %W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units | |
| 65 | %W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units | |
| 66 | 66 | } |
| 67 | 67 | bind $c <Shift-MouseWheel> { |
| 68 | %W xview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units | |
| 68 | %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units | |
| 69 | 69 | } |
| 70 | 70 | bind $c <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> { |
| 71 | %W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units | |
| 71 | %W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units | |
| 72 | } | |
| 73 | } else { | |
| 74 | bind $c <MouseWheel> { | |
| 75 | %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D / 30)}] units | |
| 76 | } | |
| 77 | bind $c <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 78 | %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D / 30)}] units | |
| 72 | 79 | } |
| 73 | 80 | } |
| 81 | ||
| 82 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 83 | # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping | |
| 84 | # the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find | |
| 85 | # Linux configuration info at: | |
| 86 | # http://linuxreviews.org/howtos/xfree/mouse/ | |
| 87 | bind $c <4> { | |
| 88 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { | |
| 89 | %W yview scroll -5 units | |
| 90 | } | |
| 91 | } | |
| 92 | bind $c <Shift-4> { | |
| 93 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { | |
| 94 | %W xview scroll -5 units | |
| 95 | } | |
| 96 | } | |
| 97 | bind $c <5> { | |
| 98 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { | |
| 99 | %W yview scroll 5 units | |
| 100 | } | |
| 101 | } | |
| 102 | bind $c <Shift-5> { | |
| 103 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { | |
| 104 | %W xview scroll 5 units | |
| 105 | } | |
| 106 | } | |
| 107 | } | |
| 108 | ||
| 74 | 109 | |
| 75 | 110 | proc scrollEnter canvas { |
| 76 | 111 | global oldFill |
| 80 | 115 | } |
| 81 | 116 | set oldFill [lindex [$canvas itemconfig $id -fill] 4] |
| 82 | 117 | if {[winfo depth $canvas] > 1} { |
| 83 | $canvas itemconfigure $id -fill SeaGreen1 | |
| 84 | } else { | |
| 85 | $canvas itemconfigure $id -fill black | |
| 86 | $canvas itemconfigure [expr {$id+1}] -fill white | |
| 118 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 119 | $canvas itemconfigure $id -fill systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 120 | } else { | |
| 121 | $canvas itemconfigure $id -fill LightSeaGreen | |
| 122 | } | |
| 87 | 123 | } |
| 88 | 124 | } |
| 89 | 125 | |
| 94 | 130 | set id [expr {$id-1}] |
| 95 | 131 | } |
| 96 | 132 | $canvas itemconfigure $id -fill $oldFill |
| 97 | $canvas itemconfigure [expr {$id+1}] -fill black | |
| 98 | 133 | } |
| 99 | 134 | |
| 100 | 135 | proc scrollButton canvas { |
| 101 | global oldFill | |
| 102 | 136 | set id [$canvas find withtag current] |
| 103 | 137 | if {[lsearch [$canvas gettags current] text] < 0} { |
| 104 | 138 | set id [expr {$id+1}] |
| 39 | 39 | |
| 40 | 40 | # First, create the text item and give it bindings so it can be edited. |
| 41 | 41 | |
| 42 | $c addtag text withtag [$c create text 250 200 -text "This is just a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. Bindings have been been defined to support editing (see above)." -width 440 -anchor n -font $textFont -justify left] | |
| 42 | $c addtag text withtag [$c create text 250 200 -text "This is just a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. Bindings have been defined to support editing (see above)." -width 440 -anchor n -font $textFont -justify left] | |
| 43 | 43 | $c bind text <1> "textB1Press $c %x %y" |
| 44 | 44 | $c bind text <B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y" |
| 45 | 45 | $c bind text <Shift-1> "$c select adjust current @%x,%y" |
| 1 | 1 | # |
| 2 | 2 | # This demonstration script creates a dialog box with a local grab. |
| 3 | 3 | |
| 4 | interp create slave | |
| 5 | load {} Tk slave | |
| 6 | slave eval { | |
| 7 | wm title . slave | |
| 8 | wm geometry . +700+30 | |
| 9 | pack [text .t -width 30 -height 10] | |
| 10 | } | |
| 11 | ||
| 4 | 12 | after idle {.dialog1.msg configure -wraplength 4i} |
| 5 | set i [tk_dialog .dialog1 "Dialog with local grab" {This is a modal dialog box. It uses Tk's "grab" command to create a "local grab" on the dialog box. The grab prevents any pointer-related events from getting to any other windows in the application until you have answered the dialog by invoking one of the buttons below. However, you can still interact with other applications.} \ | |
| 13 | set i [tk_dialog .dialog1 "Dialog with local grab" {This is a modal dialog box. It uses Tk's "grab" command to create a "local grab" on the dialog box. The grab prevents any mouse or keyboard events from getting to any other windows in the application until you have answered the dialog by invoking one of the buttons below. However, you can still interact with other applications. For example, you should be able to edit text in the window named "slave" which was created by a slave interpreter.} \ | |
| 6 | 14 | info 0 OK Cancel {Show Code}] |
| 7 | 15 | |
| 8 | 16 | switch $i { |
| 10 | 18 | 1 {puts "You pressed Cancel"} |
| 11 | 19 | 2 {showCode .dialog1} |
| 12 | 20 | } |
| 21 | ||
| 22 | if {[interp exists slave]} { | |
| 23 | interp delete slave | |
| 24 | } | |
| 7 | 7 | after 100 { |
| 8 | 8 | grab -global .dialog2 |
| 9 | 9 | } |
| 10 | set i [tk_dialog .dialog2 "Dialog with global grab" {This dialog box uses a global grab, so it prevents you from interacting with anything on your display until you invoke one of the buttons below. Global grabs are almost always a bad idea; don't use them unless you're truly desperate.} warning 0 OK Cancel {Show Code}] | |
| 10 | set i [tk_dialog .dialog2 "Dialog with global grab" {This dialog box uses a global grab. If you are using an X11 window manager you will be prevented from interacting with anything on your display until you invoke one of the buttons below. This is almost always a bad idea; don't use global grabs with X11 unless you're truly desperate. On macOS systems you will not be able to interact with any window belonging to this process, but interaction with other macOS Applications will still be possible.}\ | |
| 11 | warning 0 OK Cancel {Show Code}] | |
| 11 | 12 | |
| 12 | 13 | switch $i { |
| 13 | 14 | 0 {puts "You pressed OK"} |
| 98 | 98 | } |
| 99 | 99 | set new [eval \ |
| 100 | 100 | "$w create polygon [$w coords $item] -fill $colors(active) \ |
| 101 | -tags highlight"] | |
| 101 | -outline {} -tags highlight"] | |
| 102 | 102 | $w raise $new marker |
| 103 | 103 | } |
| 104 | 104 | |
| 113 | 113 | # outline - Color to use for the floor's outline. |
| 114 | 114 | |
| 115 | 115 | proc bg1 {w fill outline} { |
| 116 | $w create poly 347 80 349 82 351 84 353 85 363 92 375 99 386 104 \ | |
| 116 | $w create polygon 347 80 349 82 351 84 353 85 363 92 375 99 386 104 \ | |
| 117 | 117 | 386 129 398 129 398 162 484 162 484 129 559 129 559 133 725 \ |
| 118 | 118 | 133 725 129 802 129 802 389 644 389 644 391 559 391 559 327 \ |
| 119 | 119 | 508 327 508 311 484 311 484 278 395 278 395 288 400 288 404 \ |
| 126 | 126 | 22 223 17 227 13 231 8 236 4 242 2 246 0 260 0 283 1 300 5 \ |
| 127 | 127 | 321 14 335 22 348 25 365 29 363 39 358 48 352 56 337 70 \ |
| 128 | 128 | 344 76 347 80 \ |
| 129 | -tags {floor1 bg} -fill $fill | |
| 129 | -tags {floor1 bg} -fill $fill -outline {} | |
| 130 | 130 | $w create line 386 129 398 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg} |
| 131 | 131 | $w create line 258 355 258 387 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg} |
| 132 | 132 | $w create line 60 387 60 391 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg} |
| 238 | 238 | # outline - Color to use for the floor's outline. |
| 239 | 239 | |
| 240 | 240 | proc bg2 {w fill outline} { |
| 241 | $w create poly 559 129 484 129 484 162 398 162 398 129 315 129 \ | |
| 241 | $w create polygon 559 129 484 129 484 162 398 162 398 129 315 129 \ | |
| 242 | 242 | 315 133 176 133 176 129 96 129 96 133 3 133 3 339 0 339 0 391 \ |
| 243 | 243 | 60 391 60 387 258 387 258 329 350 329 350 311 395 311 395 280 \ |
| 244 | 244 | 484 280 484 311 508 311 508 327 558 327 558 391 644 391 644 \ |
| 245 | 245 | 367 802 367 802 129 725 129 725 133 559 133 559 129 \ |
| 246 | -tags {floor2 bg} -fill $fill | |
| 246 | -tags {floor2 bg} -fill $fill -outline {} | |
| 247 | 247 | $w create line 350 311 350 329 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg} |
| 248 | 248 | $w create line 398 129 398 162 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg} |
| 249 | 249 | $w create line 802 367 802 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg} |
| 293 | 293 | # outline - Color to use for the floor's outline. |
| 294 | 294 | |
| 295 | 295 | proc bg3 {w fill outline} { |
| 296 | $w create poly 159 300 107 300 107 248 159 248 159 129 96 129 96 \ | |
| 296 | $w create polygon 159 300 107 300 107 248 159 248 159 129 96 129 96 \ | |
| 297 | 297 | 133 21 133 21 331 0 331 0 391 60 391 60 370 159 370 159 300 \ |
| 298 | -tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill | |
| 299 | $w create poly 258 370 258 329 350 329 350 311 399 311 399 129 \ | |
| 298 | -tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill -outline {} | |
| 299 | $w create polygon 258 370 258 329 350 329 350 311 399 311 399 129 \ | |
| 300 | 300 | 315 129 315 133 176 133 176 129 159 129 159 370 258 370 \ |
| 301 | -tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill | |
| 301 | -tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill -outline {} | |
| 302 | 302 | $w create line 96 133 96 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg} |
| 303 | 303 | $w create line 176 129 96 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg} |
| 304 | 304 | $w create line 176 129 176 133 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg} |
| 332 | 332 | |
| 333 | 333 | proc fg1 {w color} { |
| 334 | 334 | global floorLabels floorItems |
| 335 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 335 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 336 | 336 | set floorLabels($i) 101 |
| 337 | 337 | set {floorItems(101)} $i |
| 338 | 338 | $w create text 358 209 -text 101 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 339 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 339 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 340 | 340 | set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift1} |
| 341 | 341 | set {floorItems(Pub Lift1)} $i |
| 342 | 342 | $w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 343 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 343 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 344 | 344 | set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift1} |
| 345 | 345 | set {floorItems(Priv Lift1)} $i |
| 346 | 346 | $w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 347 | set i [$w create polygon 42 389 42 337 1 337 1 389 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 347 | set i [$w create polygon 42 389 42 337 1 337 1 389 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 348 | 348 | set floorLabels($i) 110 |
| 349 | 349 | set {floorItems(110)} $i |
| 350 | 350 | $w create text 21.5 363 -text 110 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 351 | set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 90 385 90 337 44 337 44 389 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 351 | set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 90 385 90 337 44 337 44 389 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 352 | 352 | set floorLabels($i) 109 |
| 353 | 353 | set {floorItems(109)} $i |
| 354 | 354 | $w create text 67 363 -text 109 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 355 | set i [$w create polygon 51 300 51 253 6 253 6 300 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 355 | set i [$w create polygon 51 300 51 253 6 253 6 300 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 356 | 356 | set floorLabels($i) 111 |
| 357 | 357 | set {floorItems(111)} $i |
| 358 | 358 | $w create text 28.5 276.5 -text 111 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 359 | set i [$w create polygon 98 248 98 309 79 309 79 248 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 359 | set i [$w create polygon 98 248 98 309 79 309 79 248 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 360 | 360 | set floorLabels($i) 117B |
| 361 | 361 | set {floorItems(117B)} $i |
| 362 | 362 | $w create text 88.5 278.5 -text 117B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 363 | set i [$w create polygon 51 251 51 204 6 204 6 251 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 363 | set i [$w create polygon 51 251 51 204 6 204 6 251 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 364 | 364 | set floorLabels($i) 112 |
| 365 | 365 | set {floorItems(112)} $i |
| 366 | 366 | $w create text 28.5 227.5 -text 112 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 367 | set i [$w create polygon 6 156 51 156 51 203 6 203 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 367 | set i [$w create polygon 6 156 51 156 51 203 6 203 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 368 | 368 | set floorLabels($i) 113 |
| 369 | 369 | set {floorItems(113)} $i |
| 370 | 370 | $w create text 28.5 179.5 -text 113 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 371 | set i [$w create polygon 85 169 79 169 79 192 85 192 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 371 | set i [$w create polygon 85 169 79 169 79 192 85 192 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 372 | 372 | set floorLabels($i) 117A |
| 373 | 373 | set {floorItems(117A)} $i |
| 374 | 374 | $w create text 82 180.5 -text 117A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 375 | set i [$w create polygon 77 302 77 168 53 168 53 302 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 375 | set i [$w create polygon 77 302 77 168 53 168 53 302 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 376 | 376 | set floorLabels($i) 117 |
| 377 | 377 | set {floorItems(117)} $i |
| 378 | 378 | $w create text 65 235 -text 117 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 379 | set i [$w create polygon 51 155 51 115 6 115 6 155 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 379 | set i [$w create polygon 51 155 51 115 6 115 6 155 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 380 | 380 | set floorLabels($i) 114 |
| 381 | 381 | set {floorItems(114)} $i |
| 382 | 382 | $w create text 28.5 135 -text 114 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 383 | set i [$w create polygon 95 115 53 115 53 168 95 168 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 383 | set i [$w create polygon 95 115 53 115 53 168 95 168 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 384 | 384 | set floorLabels($i) 115 |
| 385 | 385 | set {floorItems(115)} $i |
| 386 | 386 | $w create text 74 141.5 -text 115 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 387 | set i [$w create polygon 87 113 87 27 10 27 10 113 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 387 | set i [$w create polygon 87 113 87 27 10 27 10 113 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 388 | 388 | set floorLabels($i) 116 |
| 389 | 389 | set {floorItems(116)} $i |
| 390 | 390 | $w create text 48.5 70 -text 116 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 391 | set i [$w create polygon 89 91 128 91 128 113 89 113 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 391 | set i [$w create polygon 89 91 128 91 128 113 89 113 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 392 | 392 | set floorLabels($i) 118 |
| 393 | 393 | set {floorItems(118)} $i |
| 394 | 394 | $w create text 108.5 102 -text 118 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 395 | set i [$w create polygon 178 128 178 132 216 132 216 91 163 91 163 112 149 112 149 128 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 395 | set i [$w create polygon 178 128 178 132 216 132 216 91 163 91 163 112 149 112 149 128 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 396 | 396 | set floorLabels($i) 120 |
| 397 | 397 | set {floorItems(120)} $i |
| 398 | 398 | $w create text 189.5 111.5 -text 120 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 399 | set i [$w create polygon 79 193 87 193 87 169 136 169 136 192 156 192 156 169 175 169 175 246 79 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 399 | set i [$w create polygon 79 193 87 193 87 169 136 169 136 192 156 192 156 169 175 169 175 246 79 246 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 400 | 400 | set floorLabels($i) 122 |
| 401 | 401 | set {floorItems(122)} $i |
| 402 | 402 | $w create text 131 207.5 -text 122 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 403 | set i [$w create polygon 138 169 154 169 154 191 138 191 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 403 | set i [$w create polygon 138 169 154 169 154 191 138 191 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 404 | 404 | set floorLabels($i) 121 |
| 405 | 405 | set {floorItems(121)} $i |
| 406 | 406 | $w create text 146 180 -text 121 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 407 | set i [$w create polygon 99 300 126 300 126 309 99 309 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 407 | set i [$w create polygon 99 300 126 300 126 309 99 309 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 408 | 408 | set floorLabels($i) 106A |
| 409 | 409 | set {floorItems(106A)} $i |
| 410 | 410 | $w create text 112.5 304.5 -text 106A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 411 | set i [$w create polygon 128 299 128 309 150 309 150 248 99 248 99 299 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 411 | set i [$w create polygon 128 299 128 309 150 309 150 248 99 248 99 299 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 412 | 412 | set floorLabels($i) 105 |
| 413 | 413 | set {floorItems(105)} $i |
| 414 | 414 | $w create text 124.5 278.5 -text 105 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 415 | set i [$w create polygon 174 309 174 300 152 300 152 309 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 415 | set i [$w create polygon 174 309 174 300 152 300 152 309 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 416 | 416 | set floorLabels($i) 106B |
| 417 | 417 | set {floorItems(106B)} $i |
| 418 | 418 | $w create text 163 304.5 -text 106B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 419 | set i [$w create polygon 176 299 176 309 216 309 216 248 152 248 152 299 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 419 | set i [$w create polygon 176 299 176 309 216 309 216 248 152 248 152 299 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 420 | 420 | set floorLabels($i) 104 |
| 421 | 421 | set {floorItems(104)} $i |
| 422 | 422 | $w create text 184 278.5 -text 104 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 423 | set i [$w create polygon 138 385 138 337 91 337 91 385 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 423 | set i [$w create polygon 138 385 138 337 91 337 91 385 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 424 | 424 | set floorLabels($i) 108 |
| 425 | 425 | set {floorItems(108)} $i |
| 426 | 426 | $w create text 114.5 361 -text 108 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 427 | set i [$w create polygon 256 337 140 337 140 385 256 385 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 427 | set i [$w create polygon 256 337 140 337 140 385 256 385 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 428 | 428 | set floorLabels($i) 107 |
| 429 | 429 | set {floorItems(107)} $i |
| 430 | 430 | $w create text 198 361 -text 107 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 431 | set i [$w create polygon 300 353 300 329 260 329 260 353 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 431 | set i [$w create polygon 300 353 300 329 260 329 260 353 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 432 | 432 | set floorLabels($i) Smoking |
| 433 | 433 | set {floorItems(Smoking)} $i |
| 434 | 434 | $w create text 280 341 -text Smoking -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 435 | set i [$w create polygon 314 135 314 170 306 170 306 246 177 246 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 435 | set i [$w create polygon 314 135 314 170 306 170 306 246 177 246 177 135 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 436 | 436 | set floorLabels($i) 123 |
| 437 | 437 | set {floorItems(123)} $i |
| 438 | 438 | $w create text 245.5 190.5 -text 123 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 439 | set i [$w create polygon 217 248 301 248 301 326 257 326 257 310 217 310 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 439 | set i [$w create polygon 217 248 301 248 301 326 257 326 257 310 217 310 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 440 | 440 | set floorLabels($i) 103 |
| 441 | 441 | set {floorItems(103)} $i |
| 442 | 442 | $w create text 259 287 -text 103 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 443 | set i [$w create polygon 396 188 377 188 377 169 316 169 316 131 396 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 443 | set i [$w create polygon 396 188 377 188 377 169 316 169 316 131 396 131 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 444 | 444 | set floorLabels($i) 124 |
| 445 | 445 | set {floorItems(124)} $i |
| 446 | 446 | $w create text 356 150 -text 124 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 447 | set i [$w create polygon 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 397 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 447 | set i [$w create polygon 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 397 246 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 448 | 448 | set floorLabels($i) 125 |
| 449 | 449 | set {floorItems(125)} $i |
| 450 | 450 | $w create text 392 217.5 -text 125 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 451 | set i [$w create polygon 399 187 409 187 409 207 474 207 474 164 399 164 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 451 | set i [$w create polygon 399 187 409 187 409 207 474 207 474 164 399 164 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 452 | 452 | set floorLabels($i) 126 |
| 453 | 453 | set {floorItems(126)} $i |
| 454 | 454 | $w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 126 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 455 | set i [$w create polygon 409 209 409 229 399 229 399 253 486 253 486 239 474 239 474 209 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 455 | set i [$w create polygon 409 209 409 229 399 229 399 253 486 253 486 239 474 239 474 209 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 456 | 456 | set floorLabels($i) 127 |
| 457 | 457 | set {floorItems(127)} $i |
| 458 | 458 | $w create text 436.5 231 -text 127 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 459 | set i [$w create polygon 501 164 501 174 495 174 495 188 490 188 490 204 476 204 476 164 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 459 | set i [$w create polygon 501 164 501 174 495 174 495 188 490 188 490 204 476 204 476 164 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 460 | 460 | set floorLabels($i) MShower |
| 461 | 461 | set {floorItems(MShower)} $i |
| 462 | 462 | $w create text 488.5 184 -text MShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 463 | set i [$w create polygon 497 176 513 176 513 204 492 204 492 190 497 190 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 463 | set i [$w create polygon 497 176 513 176 513 204 492 204 492 190 497 190 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 464 | 464 | set floorLabels($i) Closet |
| 465 | 465 | set {floorItems(Closet)} $i |
| 466 | 466 | $w create text 502.5 190 -text Closet -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 467 | set i [$w create polygon 476 237 476 206 513 206 513 254 488 254 488 237 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 467 | set i [$w create polygon 476 237 476 206 513 206 513 254 488 254 488 237 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 468 | 468 | set floorLabels($i) WShower |
| 469 | 469 | set {floorItems(WShower)} $i |
| 470 | 470 | $w create text 494.5 230 -text WShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 471 | set i [$w create polygon 486 131 558 131 558 135 724 135 724 166 697 166 697 275 553 275 531 254 515 254 515 174 503 174 503 161 486 161 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 471 | set i [$w create polygon 486 131 558 131 558 135 724 135 724 166 697 166 697 275 553 275 531 254 515 254 515 174 503 174 503 161 486 161 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 472 | 472 | set floorLabels($i) 130 |
| 473 | 473 | set {floorItems(130)} $i |
| 474 | 474 | $w create text 638.5 205 -text 130 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 475 | set i [$w create polygon 308 242 339 242 339 248 342 248 342 246 397 246 397 276 393 276 393 309 300 309 300 248 308 248 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 475 | set i [$w create polygon 308 242 339 242 339 248 342 248 342 246 397 246 397 276 393 276 393 309 300 309 300 248 308 248 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 476 | 476 | set floorLabels($i) 102 |
| 477 | 477 | set {floorItems(102)} $i |
| 478 | 478 | $w create text 367.5 278.5 -text 102 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 479 | set i [$w create polygon 397 255 486 255 486 276 397 276 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 479 | set i [$w create polygon 397 255 486 255 486 276 397 276 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 480 | 480 | set floorLabels($i) 128 |
| 481 | 481 | set {floorItems(128)} $i |
| 482 | 482 | $w create text 441.5 265.5 -text 128 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 483 | set i [$w create polygon 510 309 486 309 486 255 530 255 552 277 561 277 561 325 510 325 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 483 | set i [$w create polygon 510 309 486 309 486 255 530 255 552 277 561 277 561 325 510 325 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 484 | 484 | set floorLabels($i) 129 |
| 485 | 485 | set {floorItems(129)} $i |
| 486 | 486 | $w create text 535.5 293 -text 129 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 487 | set i [$w create polygon 696 281 740 281 740 387 642 387 642 389 561 389 561 277 696 277 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 487 | set i [$w create polygon 696 281 740 281 740 387 642 387 642 389 561 389 561 277 696 277 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 488 | 488 | set floorLabels($i) 133 |
| 489 | 489 | set {floorItems(133)} $i |
| 490 | 490 | $w create text 628.5 335 -text 133 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 491 | set i [$w create polygon 742 387 742 281 800 281 800 387 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 491 | set i [$w create polygon 742 387 742 281 800 281 800 387 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 492 | 492 | set floorLabels($i) 132 |
| 493 | 493 | set {floorItems(132)} $i |
| 494 | 494 | $w create text 771 334 -text 132 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 495 | set i [$w create polygon 800 168 800 280 699 280 699 168 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 495 | set i [$w create polygon 800 168 800 280 699 280 699 168 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 496 | 496 | set floorLabels($i) 134 |
| 497 | 497 | set {floorItems(134)} $i |
| 498 | 498 | $w create text 749.5 224 -text 134 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 499 | set i [$w create polygon 726 131 726 166 800 166 800 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 499 | set i [$w create polygon 726 131 726 166 800 166 800 131 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 500 | 500 | set floorLabels($i) 135 |
| 501 | 501 | set {floorItems(135)} $i |
| 502 | 502 | $w create text 763 148.5 -text 135 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 503 | set i [$w create polygon 340 360 335 363 331 365 326 366 304 366 304 312 396 312 396 288 400 288 404 288 409 290 413 292 418 297 421 302 422 309 421 318 417 325 411 330 405 332 397 333 344 333 340 334 336 336 335 338 332 342 331 347 332 351 334 354 336 357 341 359 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 503 | set i [$w create polygon 340 360 335 363 331 365 326 366 304 366 304 312 396 312 396 288 400 288 404 288 409 290 413 292 418 297 421 302 422 309 421 318 417 325 411 330 405 332 397 333 344 333 340 334 336 336 335 338 332 342 331 347 332 351 334 354 336 357 341 359 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 504 | 504 | set floorLabels($i) {Ramona Stair} |
| 505 | 505 | set {floorItems(Ramona Stair)} $i |
| 506 | 506 | $w create text 368 323 -text {Ramona Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 507 | set i [$w create polygon 30 23 30 5 93 5 98 5 104 7 110 10 116 16 119 20 122 28 123 32 123 68 220 68 220 87 90 87 90 23 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 507 | set i [$w create polygon 30 23 30 5 93 5 98 5 104 7 110 10 116 16 119 20 122 28 123 32 123 68 220 68 220 87 90 87 90 23 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 508 | 508 | set floorLabels($i) {University Stair} |
| 509 | 509 | set {floorItems(University Stair)} $i |
| 510 | 510 | $w create text 155 77.5 -text {University Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 511 | set i [$w create polygon 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 352 56 358 48 363 39 365 29 348 25 335 22 321 14 300 5 283 1 260 0 246 0 242 2 236 4 231 8 227 13 223 17 221 22 220 34 260 34 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 511 | set i [$w create polygon 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 352 56 358 48 363 39 365 29 348 25 335 22 321 14 300 5 283 1 260 0 246 0 242 2 236 4 231 8 227 13 223 17 221 22 220 34 260 34 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 512 | 512 | set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Stair} |
| 513 | 513 | set {floorItems(Plaza Stair)} $i |
| 514 | 514 | $w create text 317.5 28.5 -text {Plaza Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 515 | set i [$w create polygon 220 34 260 34 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 350 83 365 94 377 100 386 104 386 128 220 128 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 515 | set i [$w create polygon 220 34 260 34 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 350 83 365 94 377 100 386 104 386 128 220 128 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 516 | 516 | set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Deck} |
| 517 | 517 | set {floorItems(Plaza Deck)} $i |
| 518 | 518 | $w create text 303 81 -text {Plaza Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 519 | set i [$w create polygon 257 336 77 336 6 336 6 301 77 301 77 310 257 310 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 519 | set i [$w create polygon 257 336 77 336 6 336 6 301 77 301 77 310 257 310 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 520 | 520 | set floorLabels($i) 106 |
| 521 | 521 | set {floorItems(106)} $i |
| 522 | 522 | $w create text 131.5 318.5 -text 106 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 523 | set i [$w create polygon 146 110 162 110 162 91 130 91 130 115 95 115 95 128 114 128 114 151 157 151 157 153 112 153 112 130 97 130 97 168 175 168 175 131 146 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 523 | set i [$w create polygon 146 110 162 110 162 91 130 91 130 115 95 115 95 128 114 128 114 151 157 151 157 153 112 153 112 130 97 130 97 168 175 168 175 131 146 131 -outline {} -tags {floor1 room}] | |
| 524 | 524 | set floorLabels($i) 119 |
| 525 | 525 | set {floorItems(119)} $i |
| 526 | 526 | $w create text 143.5 133 -text 119 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label} |
| 695 | 695 | |
| 696 | 696 | proc fg2 {w color} { |
| 697 | 697 | global floorLabels floorItems |
| 698 | set i [$w create polygon 748 188 755 188 755 205 758 205 758 222 800 222 800 168 748 168 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 698 | set i [$w create polygon 748 188 755 188 755 205 758 205 758 222 800 222 800 168 748 168 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 699 | 699 | set floorLabels($i) 238 |
| 700 | 700 | set {floorItems(238)} $i |
| 701 | 701 | $w create text 774 195 -text 238 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 702 | set i [$w create polygon 726 188 746 188 746 166 800 166 800 131 726 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 702 | set i [$w create polygon 726 188 746 188 746 166 800 166 800 131 726 131 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 703 | 703 | set floorLabels($i) 237 |
| 704 | 704 | set {floorItems(237)} $i |
| 705 | 705 | $w create text 763 148.5 -text 237 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 706 | set i [$w create polygon 497 187 497 204 559 204 559 324 641 324 643 324 643 291 641 291 641 205 696 205 696 291 694 291 694 314 715 314 715 291 715 205 755 205 755 190 724 190 724 187 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 706 | set i [$w create polygon 497 187 497 204 559 204 559 324 641 324 643 324 643 291 641 291 641 205 696 205 696 291 694 291 694 314 715 314 715 291 715 205 755 205 755 190 724 190 724 187 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 707 | 707 | set floorLabels($i) 246 |
| 708 | 708 | set {floorItems(246)} $i |
| 709 | 709 | $w create text 600 264 -text 246 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 710 | set i [$w create polygon 694 279 643 279 643 314 694 314 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 710 | set i [$w create polygon 694 279 643 279 643 314 694 314 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 711 | 711 | set floorLabels($i) 247 |
| 712 | 712 | set {floorItems(247)} $i |
| 713 | 713 | $w create text 668.5 296.5 -text 247 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 714 | set i [$w create polygon 232 250 308 250 308 242 339 242 339 246 397 246 397 255 476 255 476 250 482 250 559 250 559 274 482 274 482 278 396 278 396 274 232 274 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 714 | set i [$w create polygon 232 250 308 250 308 242 339 242 339 246 397 246 397 255 476 255 476 250 482 250 559 250 559 274 482 274 482 278 396 278 396 274 232 274 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 715 | 715 | set floorLabels($i) 202 |
| 716 | 716 | set {floorItems(202)} $i |
| 717 | 717 | $w create text 285.5 260 -text 202 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 718 | set i [$w create polygon 53 228 53 338 176 338 233 338 233 196 306 196 306 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 176 196 176 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 718 | set i [$w create polygon 53 228 53 338 176 338 233 338 233 196 306 196 306 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 176 196 176 228 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 719 | 719 | set floorLabels($i) 206 |
| 720 | 720 | set {floorItems(206)} $i |
| 721 | 721 | $w create text 143 267 -text 206 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 722 | set i [$w create polygon 51 277 6 277 6 338 51 338 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 722 | set i [$w create polygon 51 277 6 277 6 338 51 338 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 723 | 723 | set floorLabels($i) 212 |
| 724 | 724 | set {floorItems(212)} $i |
| 725 | 725 | $w create text 28.5 307.5 -text 212 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 726 | set i [$w create polygon 557 276 486 276 486 309 510 309 510 325 557 325 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 726 | set i [$w create polygon 557 276 486 276 486 309 510 309 510 325 557 325 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 727 | 727 | set floorLabels($i) 245 |
| 728 | 728 | set {floorItems(245)} $i |
| 729 | 729 | $w create text 521.5 300.5 -text 245 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 730 | set i [$w create polygon 560 389 599 389 599 326 560 326 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 730 | set i [$w create polygon 560 389 599 389 599 326 560 326 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 731 | 731 | set floorLabels($i) 244 |
| 732 | 732 | set {floorItems(244)} $i |
| 733 | 733 | $w create text 579.5 357.5 -text 244 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 734 | set i [$w create polygon 601 389 601 326 643 326 643 389 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 734 | set i [$w create polygon 601 389 601 326 643 326 643 389 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 735 | 735 | set floorLabels($i) 243 |
| 736 | 736 | set {floorItems(243)} $i |
| 737 | 737 | $w create text 622 357.5 -text 243 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 738 | set i [$w create polygon 688 316 645 316 645 365 688 365 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 738 | set i [$w create polygon 688 316 645 316 645 365 688 365 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 739 | 739 | set floorLabels($i) 242 |
| 740 | 740 | set {floorItems(242)} $i |
| 741 | 741 | $w create text 666.5 340.5 -text 242 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 742 | set i [$w create polygon 802 367 759 367 759 226 802 226 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 742 | set i [$w create polygon 802 367 759 367 759 226 802 226 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 743 | 743 | set floorLabels($i) {Barbecue Deck} |
| 744 | 744 | set {floorItems(Barbecue Deck)} $i |
| 745 | 745 | $w create text 780.5 296.5 -text {Barbecue Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 746 | set i [$w create polygon 755 262 755 314 717 314 717 262 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 746 | set i [$w create polygon 755 262 755 314 717 314 717 262 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 747 | 747 | set floorLabels($i) 240 |
| 748 | 748 | set {floorItems(240)} $i |
| 749 | 749 | $w create text 736 288 -text 240 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 750 | set i [$w create polygon 755 316 689 316 689 365 755 365 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 750 | set i [$w create polygon 755 316 689 316 689 365 755 365 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 751 | 751 | set floorLabels($i) 241 |
| 752 | 752 | set {floorItems(241)} $i |
| 753 | 753 | $w create text 722 340.5 -text 241 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 754 | set i [$w create polygon 755 206 717 206 717 261 755 261 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 754 | set i [$w create polygon 755 206 717 206 717 261 755 261 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 755 | 755 | set floorLabels($i) 239 |
| 756 | 756 | set {floorItems(239)} $i |
| 757 | 757 | $w create text 736 233.5 -text 239 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 758 | set i [$w create polygon 695 277 643 277 643 206 695 206 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 758 | set i [$w create polygon 695 277 643 277 643 206 695 206 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 759 | 759 | set floorLabels($i) 248 |
| 760 | 760 | set {floorItems(248)} $i |
| 761 | 761 | $w create text 669 241.5 -text 248 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 762 | set i [$w create polygon 676 135 676 185 724 185 724 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 762 | set i [$w create polygon 676 135 676 185 724 185 724 135 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 763 | 763 | set floorLabels($i) 236 |
| 764 | 764 | set {floorItems(236)} $i |
| 765 | 765 | $w create text 700 160 -text 236 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 766 | set i [$w create polygon 675 135 635 135 635 145 628 145 628 185 675 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 766 | set i [$w create polygon 675 135 635 135 635 145 628 145 628 185 675 185 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 767 | 767 | set floorLabels($i) 235 |
| 768 | 768 | set {floorItems(235)} $i |
| 769 | 769 | $w create text 651.5 160 -text 235 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 770 | set i [$w create polygon 626 143 633 143 633 135 572 135 572 143 579 143 579 185 626 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 770 | set i [$w create polygon 626 143 633 143 633 135 572 135 572 143 579 143 579 185 626 185 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 771 | 771 | set floorLabels($i) 234 |
| 772 | 772 | set {floorItems(234)} $i |
| 773 | 773 | $w create text 606 160 -text 234 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 774 | set i [$w create polygon 557 135 571 135 571 145 578 145 578 185 527 185 527 131 557 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 774 | set i [$w create polygon 557 135 571 135 571 145 578 145 578 185 527 185 527 131 557 131 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 775 | 775 | set floorLabels($i) 233 |
| 776 | 776 | set {floorItems(233)} $i |
| 777 | 777 | $w create text 552.5 158 -text 233 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 778 | set i [$w create polygon 476 249 557 249 557 205 476 205 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 778 | set i [$w create polygon 476 249 557 249 557 205 476 205 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 779 | 779 | set floorLabels($i) 230 |
| 780 | 780 | set {floorItems(230)} $i |
| 781 | 781 | $w create text 516.5 227 -text 230 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 782 | set i [$w create polygon 476 164 486 164 486 131 525 131 525 185 476 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 782 | set i [$w create polygon 476 164 486 164 486 131 525 131 525 185 476 185 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 783 | 783 | set floorLabels($i) 232 |
| 784 | 784 | set {floorItems(232)} $i |
| 785 | 785 | $w create text 500.5 158 -text 232 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 786 | set i [$w create polygon 476 186 495 186 495 204 476 204 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 786 | set i [$w create polygon 476 186 495 186 495 204 476 204 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 787 | 787 | set floorLabels($i) 229 |
| 788 | 788 | set {floorItems(229)} $i |
| 789 | 789 | $w create text 485.5 195 -text 229 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 790 | set i [$w create polygon 474 207 409 207 409 187 399 187 399 164 474 164 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 790 | set i [$w create polygon 474 207 409 207 409 187 399 187 399 164 474 164 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 791 | 791 | set floorLabels($i) 227 |
| 792 | 792 | set {floorItems(227)} $i |
| 793 | 793 | $w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 227 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 794 | set i [$w create polygon 399 228 399 253 474 253 474 209 409 209 409 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 794 | set i [$w create polygon 399 228 399 253 474 253 474 209 409 209 409 228 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 795 | 795 | set floorLabels($i) 228 |
| 796 | 796 | set {floorItems(228)} $i |
| 797 | 797 | $w create text 436.5 231 -text 228 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 798 | set i [$w create polygon 397 246 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 798 | set i [$w create polygon 397 246 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 799 | 799 | set floorLabels($i) 226 |
| 800 | 800 | set {floorItems(226)} $i |
| 801 | 801 | $w create text 392 217.5 -text 226 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 802 | set i [$w create polygon 377 169 316 169 316 131 397 131 397 188 377 188 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 802 | set i [$w create polygon 377 169 316 169 316 131 397 131 397 188 377 188 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 803 | 803 | set floorLabels($i) 225 |
| 804 | 804 | set {floorItems(225)} $i |
| 805 | 805 | $w create text 356.5 150 -text 225 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 806 | set i [$w create polygon 234 198 306 198 306 249 234 249 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 806 | set i [$w create polygon 234 198 306 198 306 249 234 249 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 807 | 807 | set floorLabels($i) 224 |
| 808 | 808 | set {floorItems(224)} $i |
| 809 | 809 | $w create text 270 223.5 -text 224 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 810 | set i [$w create polygon 270 179 306 179 306 170 314 170 314 135 270 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 810 | set i [$w create polygon 270 179 306 179 306 170 314 170 314 135 270 135 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 811 | 811 | set floorLabels($i) 223 |
| 812 | 812 | set {floorItems(223)} $i |
| 813 | 813 | $w create text 292 157 -text 223 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 814 | set i [$w create polygon 268 179 221 179 221 135 268 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 814 | set i [$w create polygon 268 179 221 179 221 135 268 135 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 815 | 815 | set floorLabels($i) 222 |
| 816 | 816 | set {floorItems(222)} $i |
| 817 | 817 | $w create text 244.5 157 -text 222 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 818 | set i [$w create polygon 177 179 219 179 219 135 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 818 | set i [$w create polygon 177 179 219 179 219 135 177 135 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 819 | 819 | set floorLabels($i) 221 |
| 820 | 820 | set {floorItems(221)} $i |
| 821 | 821 | $w create text 198 157 -text 221 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 822 | set i [$w create polygon 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 299 276 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 822 | set i [$w create polygon 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 299 276 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 823 | 823 | set floorLabels($i) 204 |
| 824 | 824 | set {floorItems(204)} $i |
| 825 | 825 | $w create text 324 301.5 -text 204 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 826 | set i [$w create polygon 234 276 297 276 297 327 257 327 257 338 234 338 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 826 | set i [$w create polygon 234 276 297 276 297 327 257 327 257 338 234 338 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 827 | 827 | set floorLabels($i) 205 |
| 828 | 828 | set {floorItems(205)} $i |
| 829 | 829 | $w create text 265.5 307 -text 205 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 830 | set i [$w create polygon 256 385 256 340 212 340 212 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 830 | set i [$w create polygon 256 385 256 340 212 340 212 385 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 831 | 831 | set floorLabels($i) 207 |
| 832 | 832 | set {floorItems(207)} $i |
| 833 | 833 | $w create text 234 362.5 -text 207 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 834 | set i [$w create polygon 210 340 164 340 164 385 210 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 834 | set i [$w create polygon 210 340 164 340 164 385 210 385 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 835 | 835 | set floorLabels($i) 208 |
| 836 | 836 | set {floorItems(208)} $i |
| 837 | 837 | $w create text 187 362.5 -text 208 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 838 | set i [$w create polygon 115 340 162 340 162 385 115 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 838 | set i [$w create polygon 115 340 162 340 162 385 115 385 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 839 | 839 | set floorLabels($i) 209 |
| 840 | 840 | set {floorItems(209)} $i |
| 841 | 841 | $w create text 138.5 362.5 -text 209 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 842 | set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 156 53 156 53 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 842 | set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 156 53 156 53 228 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 843 | 843 | set floorLabels($i) 217 |
| 844 | 844 | set {floorItems(217)} $i |
| 845 | 845 | $w create text 71 192 -text 217 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 846 | set i [$w create polygon 89 169 97 169 97 190 89 190 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 846 | set i [$w create polygon 89 169 97 169 97 190 89 190 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 847 | 847 | set floorLabels($i) 217A |
| 848 | 848 | set {floorItems(217A)} $i |
| 849 | 849 | $w create text 93 179.5 -text 217A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 850 | set i [$w create polygon 89 156 89 168 95 168 95 135 53 135 53 156 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 850 | set i [$w create polygon 89 156 89 168 95 168 95 135 53 135 53 156 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 851 | 851 | set floorLabels($i) 216 |
| 852 | 852 | set {floorItems(216)} $i |
| 853 | 853 | $w create text 71 145.5 -text 216 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 854 | set i [$w create polygon 51 179 51 135 6 135 6 179 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 854 | set i [$w create polygon 51 179 51 135 6 135 6 179 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 855 | 855 | set floorLabels($i) 215 |
| 856 | 856 | set {floorItems(215)} $i |
| 857 | 857 | $w create text 28.5 157 -text 215 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 858 | set i [$w create polygon 51 227 6 227 6 180 51 180 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 858 | set i [$w create polygon 51 227 6 227 6 180 51 180 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 859 | 859 | set floorLabels($i) 214 |
| 860 | 860 | set {floorItems(214)} $i |
| 861 | 861 | $w create text 28.5 203.5 -text 214 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 862 | set i [$w create polygon 51 275 6 275 6 229 51 229 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 862 | set i [$w create polygon 51 275 6 275 6 229 51 229 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 863 | 863 | set floorLabels($i) 213 |
| 864 | 864 | set {floorItems(213)} $i |
| 865 | 865 | $w create text 28.5 252 -text 213 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 866 | set i [$w create polygon 114 340 67 340 67 385 114 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 866 | set i [$w create polygon 114 340 67 340 67 385 114 385 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 867 | 867 | set floorLabels($i) 210 |
| 868 | 868 | set {floorItems(210)} $i |
| 869 | 869 | $w create text 90.5 362.5 -text 210 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 870 | set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 65 385 65 340 1 340 1 389 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 870 | set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 65 385 65 340 1 340 1 389 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 871 | 871 | set floorLabels($i) 211 |
| 872 | 872 | set {floorItems(211)} $i |
| 873 | 873 | $w create text 33 364.5 -text 211 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 874 | set i [$w create polygon 393 309 350 309 350 282 342 282 342 276 393 276 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 874 | set i [$w create polygon 393 309 350 309 350 282 342 282 342 276 393 276 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 875 | 875 | set floorLabels($i) 203 |
| 876 | 876 | set {floorItems(203)} $i |
| 877 | 877 | $w create text 367.5 292.5 -text 203 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 878 | set i [$w create polygon 99 191 91 191 91 226 174 226 174 198 154 198 154 192 109 192 109 169 99 169 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 878 | set i [$w create polygon 99 191 91 191 91 226 174 226 174 198 154 198 154 192 109 192 109 169 99 169 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 879 | 879 | set floorLabels($i) 220 |
| 880 | 880 | set {floorItems(220)} $i |
| 881 | 881 | $w create text 132.5 208.5 -text 220 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 882 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 882 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 883 | 883 | set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift2} |
| 884 | 884 | set {floorItems(Priv Lift2)} $i |
| 885 | 885 | $w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 886 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 886 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 887 | 887 | set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift 2} |
| 888 | 888 | set {floorItems(Pub Lift 2)} $i |
| 889 | 889 | $w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift 2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 890 | set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 890 | set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 891 | 891 | set floorLabels($i) 218 |
| 892 | 892 | set {floorItems(218)} $i |
| 893 | 893 | $w create text 136 149.5 -text 218 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 894 | set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 894 | set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 895 | 895 | set floorLabels($i) 219 |
| 896 | 896 | set {floorItems(219)} $i |
| 897 | 897 | $w create text 132.5 180 -text 219 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 898 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 898 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -outline {} -tags {floor2 room}] | |
| 899 | 899 | set floorLabels($i) 201 |
| 900 | 900 | set {floorItems(201)} $i |
| 901 | 901 | $w create text 358 209 -text 201 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label} |
| 1065 | 1065 | |
| 1066 | 1066 | proc fg3 {w color} { |
| 1067 | 1067 | global floorLabels floorItems |
| 1068 | set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 180 70 180 70 228 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1068 | set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 180 70 180 70 228 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1069 | 1069 | set floorLabels($i) 316 |
| 1070 | 1070 | set {floorItems(316)} $i |
| 1071 | 1071 | $w create text 79.5 204 -text 316 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1072 | set i [$w create polygon 115 368 162 368 162 323 115 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1072 | set i [$w create polygon 115 368 162 368 162 323 115 323 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1073 | 1073 | set floorLabels($i) 309 |
| 1074 | 1074 | set {floorItems(309)} $i |
| 1075 | 1075 | $w create text 138.5 345.5 -text 309 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1076 | set i [$w create polygon 164 323 164 368 211 368 211 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1076 | set i [$w create polygon 164 323 164 368 211 368 211 323 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1077 | 1077 | set floorLabels($i) 308 |
| 1078 | 1078 | set {floorItems(308)} $i |
| 1079 | 1079 | $w create text 187.5 345.5 -text 308 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1080 | set i [$w create polygon 256 368 212 368 212 323 256 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1080 | set i [$w create polygon 256 368 212 368 212 323 256 323 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1081 | 1081 | set floorLabels($i) 307 |
| 1082 | 1082 | set {floorItems(307)} $i |
| 1083 | 1083 | $w create text 234 345.5 -text 307 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1084 | set i [$w create polygon 244 276 297 276 297 327 260 327 260 321 244 321 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1084 | set i [$w create polygon 244 276 297 276 297 327 260 327 260 321 244 321 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1085 | 1085 | set floorLabels($i) 305 |
| 1086 | 1086 | set {floorItems(305)} $i |
| 1087 | 1087 | $w create text 270.5 301.5 -text 305 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1088 | set i [$w create polygon 251 219 251 203 244 203 244 219 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1088 | set i [$w create polygon 251 219 251 203 244 203 244 219 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1089 | 1089 | set floorLabels($i) 324B |
| 1090 | 1090 | set {floorItems(324B)} $i |
| 1091 | 1091 | $w create text 247.5 211 -text 324B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1092 | set i [$w create polygon 251 249 244 249 244 232 251 232 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1092 | set i [$w create polygon 251 249 244 249 244 232 251 232 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1093 | 1093 | set floorLabels($i) 324A |
| 1094 | 1094 | set {floorItems(324A)} $i |
| 1095 | 1095 | $w create text 247.5 240.5 -text 324A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1096 | set i [$w create polygon 223 135 223 179 177 179 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1096 | set i [$w create polygon 223 135 223 179 177 179 177 135 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1097 | 1097 | set floorLabels($i) 320 |
| 1098 | 1098 | set {floorItems(320)} $i |
| 1099 | 1099 | $w create text 200 157 -text 320 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1100 | set i [$w create polygon 114 368 114 323 67 323 67 368 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1100 | set i [$w create polygon 114 368 114 323 67 323 67 368 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1101 | 1101 | set floorLabels($i) 310 |
| 1102 | 1102 | set {floorItems(310)} $i |
| 1103 | 1103 | $w create text 90.5 345.5 -text 310 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1104 | set i [$w create polygon 23 277 23 321 68 321 68 277 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1104 | set i [$w create polygon 23 277 23 321 68 321 68 277 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1105 | 1105 | set floorLabels($i) 312 |
| 1106 | 1106 | set {floorItems(312)} $i |
| 1107 | 1107 | $w create text 45.5 299 -text 312 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1108 | set i [$w create polygon 23 229 68 229 68 275 23 275 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1108 | set i [$w create polygon 23 229 68 229 68 275 23 275 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1109 | 1109 | set floorLabels($i) 313 |
| 1110 | 1110 | set {floorItems(313)} $i |
| 1111 | 1111 | $w create text 45.5 252 -text 313 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1112 | set i [$w create polygon 68 227 23 227 23 180 68 180 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1112 | set i [$w create polygon 68 227 23 227 23 180 68 180 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1113 | 1113 | set floorLabels($i) 314 |
| 1114 | 1114 | set {floorItems(314)} $i |
| 1115 | 1115 | $w create text 45.5 203.5 -text 314 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1116 | set i [$w create polygon 95 179 95 135 23 135 23 179 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1116 | set i [$w create polygon 95 179 95 135 23 135 23 179 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1117 | 1117 | set floorLabels($i) 315 |
| 1118 | 1118 | set {floorItems(315)} $i |
| 1119 | 1119 | $w create text 59 157 -text 315 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1120 | set i [$w create polygon 99 226 99 204 91 204 91 226 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1120 | set i [$w create polygon 99 226 99 204 91 204 91 226 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1121 | 1121 | set floorLabels($i) 316B |
| 1122 | 1122 | set {floorItems(316B)} $i |
| 1123 | 1123 | $w create text 95 215 -text 316B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1124 | set i [$w create polygon 91 202 99 202 99 180 91 180 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1124 | set i [$w create polygon 91 202 99 202 99 180 91 180 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1125 | 1125 | set floorLabels($i) 316A |
| 1126 | 1126 | set {floorItems(316A)} $i |
| 1127 | 1127 | $w create text 95 191 -text 316A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1128 | set i [$w create polygon 97 169 109 169 109 192 154 192 154 198 174 198 174 226 101 226 101 179 97 179 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1128 | set i [$w create polygon 97 169 109 169 109 192 154 192 154 198 174 198 174 226 101 226 101 179 97 179 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1129 | 1129 | set floorLabels($i) 319 |
| 1130 | 1130 | set {floorItems(319)} $i |
| 1131 | 1131 | $w create text 141.5 209 -text 319 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1132 | set i [$w create polygon 65 368 58 368 58 389 1 389 1 333 23 333 23 323 65 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1132 | set i [$w create polygon 65 368 58 368 58 389 1 389 1 333 23 333 23 323 65 323 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1133 | 1133 | set floorLabels($i) 311 |
| 1134 | 1134 | set {floorItems(311)} $i |
| 1135 | 1135 | $w create text 29.5 361 -text 311 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1136 | set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1136 | set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1137 | 1137 | set floorLabels($i) 318 |
| 1138 | 1138 | set {floorItems(318)} $i |
| 1139 | 1139 | $w create text 132.5 180 -text 318 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1140 | set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1140 | set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1141 | 1141 | set floorLabels($i) 317 |
| 1142 | 1142 | set {floorItems(317)} $i |
| 1143 | 1143 | $w create text 136 149.5 -text 317 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1144 | set i [$w create polygon 274 194 274 221 306 221 306 194 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1144 | set i [$w create polygon 274 194 274 221 306 221 306 194 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1145 | 1145 | set floorLabels($i) 323 |
| 1146 | 1146 | set {floorItems(323)} $i |
| 1147 | 1147 | $w create text 290 207.5 -text 323 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1148 | set i [$w create polygon 306 222 274 222 274 249 306 249 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1148 | set i [$w create polygon 306 222 274 222 274 249 306 249 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1149 | 1149 | set floorLabels($i) 325 |
| 1150 | 1150 | set {floorItems(325)} $i |
| 1151 | 1151 | $w create text 290 235.5 -text 325 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1152 | set i [$w create polygon 263 179 224 179 224 135 263 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1152 | set i [$w create polygon 263 179 224 179 224 135 263 135 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1153 | 1153 | set floorLabels($i) 321 |
| 1154 | 1154 | set {floorItems(321)} $i |
| 1155 | 1155 | $w create text 243.5 157 -text 321 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1156 | set i [$w create polygon 314 169 306 169 306 192 273 192 264 181 264 135 314 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1156 | set i [$w create polygon 314 169 306 169 306 192 273 192 264 181 264 135 314 135 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1157 | 1157 | set floorLabels($i) 322 |
| 1158 | 1158 | set {floorItems(322)} $i |
| 1159 | 1159 | $w create text 293.5 163.5 -text 322 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1160 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1160 | set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1161 | 1161 | set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift3} |
| 1162 | 1162 | set {floorItems(Pub Lift3)} $i |
| 1163 | 1163 | $w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1164 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1164 | set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1165 | 1165 | set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift3} |
| 1166 | 1166 | set {floorItems(Priv Lift3)} $i |
| 1167 | 1167 | $w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1168 | set i [$w create polygon 350 284 376 284 376 276 397 276 397 309 350 309 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1168 | set i [$w create polygon 350 284 376 284 376 276 397 276 397 309 350 309 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1169 | 1169 | set floorLabels($i) 303 |
| 1170 | 1170 | set {floorItems(303)} $i |
| 1171 | 1171 | $w create text 373.5 292.5 -text 303 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1172 | set i [$w create polygon 272 203 272 249 252 249 252 230 244 230 244 221 252 221 252 203 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1172 | set i [$w create polygon 272 203 272 249 252 249 252 230 244 230 244 221 252 221 252 203 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1173 | 1173 | set floorLabels($i) 324 |
| 1174 | 1174 | set {floorItems(324)} $i |
| 1175 | 1175 | $w create text 262 226 -text 324 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1176 | set i [$w create polygon 299 276 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1176 | set i [$w create polygon 299 276 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1177 | 1177 | set floorLabels($i) 304 |
| 1178 | 1178 | set {floorItems(304)} $i |
| 1179 | 1179 | $w create text 324 301.5 -text 304 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1180 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1180 | set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1181 | 1181 | set floorLabels($i) 301 |
| 1182 | 1182 | set {floorItems(301)} $i |
| 1183 | 1183 | $w create text 358 209 -text 301 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1184 | set i [$w create polygon 397 246 377 246 377 185 397 185 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1184 | set i [$w create polygon 397 246 377 246 377 185 397 185 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1185 | 1185 | set floorLabels($i) 327 |
| 1186 | 1186 | set {floorItems(327)} $i |
| 1187 | 1187 | $w create text 387 215.5 -text 327 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1188 | set i [$w create polygon 316 131 316 169 377 169 377 185 397 185 397 131 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1188 | set i [$w create polygon 316 131 316 169 377 169 377 185 397 185 397 131 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1189 | 1189 | set floorLabels($i) 326 |
| 1190 | 1190 | set {floorItems(326)} $i |
| 1191 | 1191 | $w create text 356.5 150 -text 326 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1192 | set i [$w create polygon 308 251 242 251 242 274 342 274 342 282 375 282 375 274 397 274 397 248 339 248 339 242 308 242 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1192 | set i [$w create polygon 308 251 242 251 242 274 342 274 342 282 375 282 375 274 397 274 397 248 339 248 339 242 308 242 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1193 | 1193 | set floorLabels($i) 302 |
| 1194 | 1194 | set {floorItems(302)} $i |
| 1195 | 1195 | $w create text 319.5 261 -text 302 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 1196 | set i [$w create polygon 70 321 242 321 242 200 259 200 259 203 272 203 272 193 263 180 242 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 177 196 177 228 107 228 70 228 70 275 107 275 107 248 160 248 160 301 107 301 107 275 70 275 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1196 | set i [$w create polygon 70 321 242 321 242 200 259 200 259 203 272 203 272 193 263 180 242 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 177 196 177 228 107 228 70 228 70 275 107 275 107 248 160 248 160 301 107 301 107 275 70 275 -outline {} -tags {floor3 room}] | |
| 1197 | 1197 | set floorLabels($i) 306 |
| 1198 | 1198 | set {floorItems(306)} $i |
| 1199 | 1199 | $w create text 200.5 284.5 -text 306 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label} |
| 94 | 94 | $c create text 25c .2c -text Polygons -anchor n |
| 95 | 95 | $c create polygon 21c 1.0c 22.5c 1.75c 24c 1.0c 23.25c 2.5c \ |
| 96 | 96 | 24c 4.0c 22.5c 3.25c 21c 4.0c 21.75c 2.5c -fill $green \ |
| 97 | -outline black -width 4 -tags item | |
| 97 | -outline {} -width 4 -tags item | |
| 98 | 98 | $c create polygon 25c 4c 25c 4c 25c 1c 26c 1c 27c 4c 28c 1c \ |
| 99 | 29c 1c 29c 4c 29c 4c -fill $red -smooth on -tags item | |
| 99 | 29c 1c 29c 4c 29c 4c -fill $red -outline {} -smooth on -tags item | |
| 100 | 100 | $c create polygon 22c 4.5c 25c 4.5c 25c 6.75c 28c 6.75c \ |
| 101 | 101 | 28c 5.25c 24c 5.25c 24c 6.0c 26c 6c 26c 7.5c 22c 7.5c \ |
| 102 | 102 | -stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm] \ |
| 103 | -outline black -tags item | |
| 103 | -fill $blue -outline {} -tags item | |
| 104 | 104 | |
| 105 | 105 | $c create text 5c 8.2c -text Rectangles -anchor n |
| 106 | 106 | $c create rectangle 1c 9.5c 4c 12.5c -outline $red -width 3m -tags item |
| 125 | 125 | -text "Several lines,\n each centered\nindividually,\nand all anchored\nat the left edge." \ |
| 126 | 126 | -justify center -tags item |
| 127 | 127 | $c create rectangle 24.9c 13.9c 25.1c 14.1c |
| 128 | catch { | |
| 128 | 129 | $c create text 25c 14c -font $font2 -anchor c -fill $red -angle 15 \ |
| 129 | 130 | -text "Angled characters" -tags item |
| 131 | } | |
| 130 | 132 | |
| 131 | 133 | $c create text 5c 16.2c -text Arcs -anchor n |
| 132 | 134 | $c create arc 0.5c 17c 7c 20c -fill $green -outline black \ |
| 139 | 141 | $c create arc 5.5c 20.5c 9.5c 23.5c -width 4m -style chord \ |
| 140 | 142 | -fill $blue -outline {} -start 45 -extent 270 -tags item |
| 141 | 143 | |
| 144 | $c create text 15c 16.2c -text "Bitmaps and Images" -anchor n | |
| 145 | catch { | |
| 142 | 146 | image create photo items.ousterhout \ |
| 143 | 147 | -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png] |
| 144 | 148 | image create photo items.ousterhout.active -format "png -alpha 0.5" \ |
| 145 | 149 | -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png] |
| 146 | $c create text 15c 16.2c -text "Bitmaps and Images" -anchor n | |
| 147 | 150 | $c create image 13c 20c -tags item -image items.ousterhout \ |
| 148 | 151 | -activeimage items.ousterhout.active |
| 152 | } | |
| 149 | 153 | $c create bitmap 17c 18.5c -tags item \ |
| 150 | 154 | -bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images noletter.xbm] |
| 151 | 155 | $c create bitmap 17c 21.5c -tags item \ |
| 174 | 174 | wm withdraw $dlg |
| 175 | 175 | set f [ttk::frame $dlg.f] |
| 176 | 176 | set c [canvas $f.c -width 240 -height 240] |
| 177 | text $f.txt -width 10 -height 1 -background white \ | |
| 177 | text $f.txt -width 10 -height 1 \ | |
| 178 | 178 | -yscrollcommand [list $f.vs set] -font {Arial 8} |
| 179 | 179 | ttk::scrollbar $f.vs -command [list $f.txt yview] |
| 180 | 180 | |
| 199 | 199 | set coords [list [expr {$col * 30 + 4}] [expr {$row * 30 + 4}] \ |
| 200 | 200 | [expr {$col * 30 + 30}] [expr {$row * 30 + 30}]] |
| 201 | 201 | $c create rectangle $coords -fill $fill -disabledfill $dfill \ |
| 202 | -width 2 -state disabled | |
| 202 | -width 2 -state disabled -outline black | |
| 203 | 203 | } |
| 204 | 204 | } |
| 205 | 205 | if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} { |
| 25 | 25 | panedwindow $w.pane |
| 26 | 26 | pack $w.pane -side top -expand yes -fill both -pady 2 -padx 2m |
| 27 | 27 | |
| 28 | label $w.pane.left -text "This is the\nleft side" -bg yellow | |
| 29 | label $w.pane.right -text "This is the\nright side" -bg cyan | |
| 28 | label $w.pane.left -text "This is the\nleft side" -fg black -bg yellow | |
| 29 | label $w.pane.right -text "This is the\nright side" -fg black -bg cyan | |
| 30 | 30 | |
| 31 | 31 | $w.pane add $w.pane.left $w.pane.right |
| 125 | 125 | } |
| 126 | 126 | bind $w.c <Configure> { |
| 127 | 127 | %W coords plate 0 25 %w 25 |
| 128 | set home [expr %w/2] | |
| 129 | %W coords pivot [expr $home-5] 20 [expr $home+5] 30 | |
| 128 | set home [expr {%w/2}] | |
| 129 | %W coords pivot [expr {$home-5}] 20 [expr {$home+5}] 30 | |
| 130 | 130 | } |
| 131 | 131 | bind $w.k <Configure> { |
| 132 | set psh [expr %h/2] | |
| 133 | set psw [expr %w/2] | |
| 134 | %W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr %w-2] $psh | |
| 135 | %W coords y_axis $psw [expr %h-2] $psw 2 | |
| 136 | %W coords label_dtheta [expr $psw-4] 6 | |
| 137 | %W coords label_theta [expr %w-6] [expr $psh+4] | |
| 132 | set psh [expr {%h/2}] | |
| 133 | set psw [expr {%w/2}] | |
| 134 | %W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr {%w-2}] $psh | |
| 135 | %W coords y_axis $psw [expr {%h-2}] $psw 2 | |
| 136 | %W coords label_dtheta [expr {$psw-4}] 6 | |
| 137 | %W coords label_theta [expr {%w-6}] [expr {$psh+4}] | |
| 138 | 138 | } |
| 139 | 139 | |
| 140 | 140 | # This procedure is the "business" part of the simulation that does |
| 72 | 72 | set num [lindex $order $i] |
| 73 | 73 | set xpos($num) [expr {($i%4)*.25}] |
| 74 | 74 | set ypos($num) [expr {($i/4)*.25}] |
| 75 | button $w.frame.$num -relief raised -text $num -highlightthickness 0 \ | |
| 75 | button $w.frame.$num -relief raised -text $num -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ | |
| 76 | 76 | -command "puzzleSwitch $w $num" |
| 77 | 77 | place $w.frame.$num -relx $xpos($num) -rely $ypos($num) \ |
| 78 | 78 | -relwidth .25 -relheight .25 |
| 18 | 18 | |
| 19 | 19 | proc rulerMkTab {c x y} { |
| 20 | 20 | upvar #0 demo_rulerInfo v |
| 21 | $c create polygon $x $y [expr {$x+$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}] \ | |
| 22 | [expr {$x-$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}] | |
| 21 | set newTab [$c create polygon $x $y \ | |
| 22 | [expr {$x+$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}] \ | |
| 23 | [expr {$x-$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}]] | |
| 24 | set fill [$c itemcget $newTab -outline] | |
| 25 | $c itemconfigure $newTab -fill $fill -outline {} | |
| 26 | set v(normalStyle) "-fill $fill" | |
| 27 | return $newTab | |
| 23 | 28 | } |
| 24 | 29 | |
| 25 | 30 | set w .ruler |
| 46 | 51 | set demo_rulerInfo(top) [winfo fpixels $c 1c] |
| 47 | 52 | set demo_rulerInfo(bottom) [winfo fpixels $c 1.5c] |
| 48 | 53 | set demo_rulerInfo(size) [winfo fpixels $c .2c] |
| 49 | set demo_rulerInfo(normalStyle) "-fill black" | |
| 50 | 54 | # Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory |
| 51 | 55 | if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} { |
| 52 | 56 | set demo_rulerInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -stipple {}" |
| 68 | 72 | $c create text $x.15c .75c -text $i -anchor sw |
| 69 | 73 | } |
| 70 | 74 | $c addtag well withtag [$c create rect 13.2c 1c 13.8c 0.5c \ |
| 71 | -outline black -fill [lindex [$c config -bg] 4]] | |
| 75 | -fill [lindex [$c config -bg] 4]] | |
| 72 | 76 | $c addtag well withtag [rulerMkTab $c [winfo pixels $c 13.5c] \ |
| 73 | 77 | [winfo pixels $c .65c]] |
| 74 | 78 | |
| 26 | 26 | |
| 27 | 27 | proc center {x y} { |
| 28 | 28 | set a [.s size] |
| 29 | .s position [expr $x-($a/2)] [expr $y-($a/2)] | |
| 29 | .s position [expr {$x-($a/2)}] [expr {$y-($a/2)}] | |
| 30 | 30 | } |
| 31 | 31 | |
| 32 | 32 | # The procedures below provide a simple form of animation where |
| 30 | 30 | ttk::frame $t.tearoff -cursor fleur |
| 31 | 31 | ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to -orient vertical |
| 32 | 32 | ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to2 -orient vertical |
| 33 | pack $t.tearoff.to -fill y -expand 1 -padx 2 -side left | |
| 33 | pack $t.tearoff.to -fill y -expand 1 -padx 4 -side left | |
| 34 | 34 | pack $t.tearoff.to2 -fill y -expand 1 -side left |
| 35 | 35 | ttk::frame $t.contents |
| 36 | 36 | grid $t.tearoff $t.contents -sticky nsew |
| 78 | 78 | interp alias {} doInsert {} $w.txt insert end ;# Make bindings easy to write |
| 79 | 79 | |
| 80 | 80 | ## Arrange contents |
| 81 | grid $t.button $t.check $t.menu $t.combo -in $t.contents -padx 2 -sticky ns | |
| 81 | grid $t.button $t.check $t.menu $t.combo -in $t.contents -padx 2 -pady 4 -sticky ns | |
| 82 | 82 | grid $t -sticky ew |
| 83 | 83 | grid $w.sep -sticky ew |
| 84 | 84 | grid $w.msg -sticky ew |
| 74 | 74 | ttk::scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview" |
| 75 | 75 | $w.tree heading \#0 -text "Directory Structure" |
| 76 | 76 | $w.tree heading size -text "File Size" |
| 77 | $w.tree column size -stretch 0 -width 70 | |
| 77 | $w.tree column size -width 70 | |
| 78 | 78 | populateRoots $w.tree |
| 79 | 79 | bind $w.tree <<TreeviewOpen>> {populateTree %W [%W focus]} |
| 80 | 80 |
| 20 | 20 | pack $w.msg -side top -fill x |
| 21 | 21 | |
| 22 | 22 | ## See Code / Dismiss |
| 23 | pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w {enabled cheese tomato basil oregano happyness}]\ | |
| 23 | pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w {enabled cheese tomato basil oregano happiness}]\ | |
| 24 | 24 | -side bottom -fill x |
| 25 | 25 | |
| 26 | 26 | ## Add buttons for setting the theme |
| 68 | 68 | |
| 69 | 69 | ## Set up the radiobutton group |
| 70 | 70 | ttk::labelframe $w.radios -text "Radiobuttons" |
| 71 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r1 -text "Great" -variable happyness -value great | |
| 72 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r2 -text "Good" -variable happyness -value good | |
| 73 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r3 -text "OK" -variable happyness -value ok | |
| 74 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r4 -text "Poor" -variable happyness -value poor | |
| 75 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r5 -text "Awful" -variable happyness -value awful | |
| 71 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r1 -text "Great" -variable happiness -value great | |
| 72 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r2 -text "Good" -variable happiness -value good | |
| 73 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r3 -text "OK" -variable happiness -value ok | |
| 74 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r4 -text "Poor" -variable happiness -value poor | |
| 75 | ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r5 -text "Awful" -variable happiness -value awful | |
| 76 | 76 | pack $w.radios.r1 $w.radios.r2 $w.radios.r3 $w.radios.r4 $w.radios.r5 \ |
| 77 | 77 | -fill x -padx 3 -pady 2 |
| 78 | 78 | |
| 103 | 103 | pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1 |
| 104 | 104 | } else { |
| 105 | 105 | text $w.txt -wrap word -yscroll "$w.sb set" -width 30 -borderwidth 0 |
| 106 | scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview" | |
| 106 | ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview" | |
| 107 | 107 | pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot |
| 108 | 108 | pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot |
| 109 | 109 | pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1 -padx 10 -pady {6 10} |
| 7 | 7 | } |
| 8 | 8 | |
| 9 | 9 | package require Tk |
| 10 | ||
| 11 | # Make an Aqua button's fill color match its parent's background | |
| 12 | proc blend {bt} { | |
| 13 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 14 | $bt configure -highlightbackground [[winfo parent $bt] cget -background] | |
| 15 | } | |
| 16 | return $bt | |
| 17 | } | |
| 10 | 18 | |
| 11 | 19 | set w .twind |
| 12 | 20 | catch {destroy $w} |
| 52 | 60 | $t insert end "and they can consist of arbitrary widgets. " |
| 53 | 61 | $t insert end "For example, here are two embedded button " |
| 54 | 62 | $t insert end "widgets. You can click on the first button to " |
| 55 | $t window create end -window $t.on | |
| 63 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.on] | |
| 56 | 64 | $t insert end " horizontal scrolling, which also turns off " |
| 57 | 65 | $t insert end "word wrapping. Or, you can click on the second " |
| 58 | 66 | $t insert end "button to\n" |
| 59 | $t window create end -window $t.off | |
| 67 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.off] | |
| 60 | 68 | $t insert end " horizontal scrolling and turn back on word wrapping.\n\n" |
| 61 | 69 | |
| 62 | 70 | $t insert end "Or, here is another example. If you " |
| 63 | 71 | $t window create end -create { |
| 64 | 72 | button %W.click -text "Click Here" -command "textWindPlot %W" \ |
| 65 | -cursor top_left_arrow} | |
| 73 | -cursor top_left_arrow | |
| 74 | blend %W.click | |
| 75 | } | |
| 66 | 76 | |
| 67 | 77 | $t insert end " a canvas displaying an x-y plot will appear right here." |
| 68 | 78 | $t mark set plot insert |
| 71 | 81 | $t insert end "or you can click here to " |
| 72 | 82 | $t window create end -create { |
| 73 | 83 | button %W.delete -text "Delete" -command "textWindDel %W" \ |
| 74 | -cursor top_left_arrow | |
| 84 | -cursor top_left_arrow | |
| 85 | blend %W.delete | |
| 75 | 86 | } |
| 76 | 87 | $t insert end " the plot again.\n\n" |
| 77 | 88 | |
| 79 | 90 | $t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to " |
| 80 | 91 | $t window create end \ |
| 81 | 92 | -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \ |
| 82 | -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3 | |
| 93 | -cursor top_left_arrow | |
| 94 | blend %W.peer} -padx 3 | |
| 83 | 95 | $t insert end " widget. Notice how peer widgets can have different " |
| 84 | 96 | $t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images " |
| 85 | 97 | $t insert end "of the 'parent', but that the embedded windows, " |
| 91 | 103 | $t insert end "peers is for " |
| 92 | 104 | $t window create end \ |
| 93 | 105 | -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \ |
| 94 | -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3 | |
| 106 | -cursor top_left_arrow | |
| 107 | blend %W.split} -padx 3 | |
| 95 | 108 | $t insert end " \n\n" |
| 96 | 109 | |
| 97 | 110 | $t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested " |
| 127 | 140 | DarkSlateGray1 Aquamarine2 DarkSeaGreen2 SeaGreen1 |
| 128 | 141 | Yellow1 IndianRed1 IndianRed2 Tan1 Tan4} { |
| 129 | 142 | button $t.color$i -text $color -cursor top_left_arrow -command \ |
| 130 | "$t configure -bg $color" | |
| 131 | $t window create end -window $t.color$i -padx 3 -pady 2 | |
| 143 | "changeBg $t $color" | |
| 144 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.color$i] -padx 3 -pady 2 | |
| 132 | 145 | incr i |
| 133 | 146 | } |
| 134 | $t tag add buttons $t.default end | |
| 147 | $t tag add buttons [blend $t.default] end | |
| 135 | 148 | |
| 136 | 149 | button $t.bigB -text "Big borders" -command "textWindBigB $t" \ |
| 137 | 150 | -cursor top_left_arrow |
| 152 | 165 | |
| 153 | 166 | $t insert end "\nYou can also change the usual border width and " |
| 154 | 167 | $t insert end "highlightthickness and padding.\n" |
| 155 | $t window create end -window $t.bigB | |
| 156 | $t window create end -window $t.smallB | |
| 157 | $t window create end -window $t.bigH | |
| 158 | $t window create end -window $t.smallH | |
| 159 | $t window create end -window $t.bigP | |
| 160 | $t window create end -window $t.smallP | |
| 168 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.bigB] | |
| 169 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.smallB] | |
| 170 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.bigH] | |
| 171 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.smallH] | |
| 172 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.bigP] | |
| 173 | $t window create end -window [blend $t.smallP] | |
| 161 | 174 | |
| 162 | 175 | $t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:" |
| 163 | 176 | |
| 187 | 200 | proc textWindSmallP w { |
| 188 | 201 | $w configure -padx $::text_normal(pad) -pady $::text_normal(pad) |
| 189 | 202 | } |
| 190 | ||
| 191 | 203 | |
| 192 | 204 | proc textWindOn w { |
| 193 | 205 | catch {destroy $w.scroll2} |
| 289 | 301 | } |
| 290 | 302 | } |
| 291 | 303 | |
| 304 | proc changeBg {t c} { | |
| 305 | $t configure -background $c | |
| 306 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 307 | foreach b [$t window names] { | |
| 308 | if {[winfo class $b] eq "Button"} { | |
| 309 | $b configure -highlightbackground $c | |
| 310 | } | |
| 311 | } | |
| 312 | } | |
| 313 | } | |
| 314 | ||
| 292 | 315 | proc embDefBg t { |
| 293 | $t configure -background [lindex [$t configure -background] 3] | |
| 316 | set bg [lindex [$t configure -background] 3] | |
| 317 | changeBg $t $bg | |
| 294 | 318 | } |
| 295 | 319 | |
| 296 | 320 | proc textMakePeer {parent} { |
| 130 | 130 | addSample $w Korean "\uB300\uD55C\uBBFC\uAD6D\uC758 \uD55C\uAE00" |
| 131 | 131 | addSample $w Russian \ |
| 132 | 132 | "\u0420\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u0438\u0439 \u044F\u0437\u044B\u043A" |
| 133 | if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} { | |
| 134 | addSample $w Emoji \ | |
| 135 | "\uD83D\uDE00\uD83D\uDCA9\uD83D\uDC4D\uD83C\uDDF3\uD83C\uDDF1" | |
| 136 | } | |
| 133 | 137 | |
| 134 | 138 | ## We're done processing, so change things back to normal running... |
| 135 | 139 | destroy $w.wait |
| 91 | 91 | }] |
| 92 | 92 | |
| 93 | 93 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 94 | # The code below create the main window, consisting of a menu bar and a text | |
| 94 | # The code below creates the main window, consisting of a menu bar and a text | |
| 95 | 95 | # widget that explains how to use the program, plus lists all of the demos as |
| 96 | 96 | # hypertext items. |
| 97 | 97 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 98 | 98 | |
| 99 | 99 | menu .menuBar -tearoff 0 |
| 100 | 100 | |
| 101 | # On Aqua, just use the default menu. | |
| 101 | 102 | if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} { |
| 102 | 103 | # This is a tk-internal procedure to make i18n easier |
| 103 | 104 | ::tk::AmpMenuArgs .menuBar add cascade -label [mc "&File"] \ |
| 117 | 118 | -command {exit} -accelerator [mc "Meta-Q"] |
| 118 | 119 | bind . <[mc "Meta-q"]> {exit} |
| 119 | 120 | } |
| 120 | } | |
| 121 | ||
| 122 | . configure -menu .menuBar | |
| 121 | . configure -menu .menuBar | |
| 122 | } | |
| 123 | 123 | |
| 124 | 124 | ttk::frame .statusBar |
| 125 | 125 | ttk::label .statusBar.lab -text " " -anchor w |
| 43 | 43 | } |
| 44 | 44 | |
| 45 | 45 | set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem] |
| 46 | if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} { | |
| 47 | option add *Dialog*background systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault | |
| 48 | option add *Dialog*Button.highlightBackground \ | |
| 49 | systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault | |
| 50 | } | |
| 51 | 46 | |
| 52 | 47 | # 1. Create the top-level window and divide it into top |
| 53 | 48 | # and bottom parts. |
| 269 | 269 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { |
| 270 | 270 | %W delete [tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert |
| 271 | 271 | } |
| 272 | } | |
| 273 | ||
| 274 | # Bindings for IME text input and accents. | |
| 275 | ||
| 276 | bind Entry <<TkStartIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 277 | dict set ::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W" [%W index insert] | |
| 278 | } | |
| 279 | bind Entry <<TkEndIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 280 | if { [catch {dict get $::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W"} mark] } { | |
| 281 | bell | |
| 282 | } else { | |
| 283 | %W selection range $mark insert | |
| 284 | } | |
| 285 | } | |
| 286 | bind Entry <<TkClearIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 287 | %W delete [dict get $::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W"] [%W index insert] | |
| 288 | } | |
| 289 | bind Entry <<TkAccentBackspace>> { | |
| 290 | tk::EntryBackspace %W | |
| 272 | 291 | } |
| 273 | 292 | |
| 274 | 293 | # A few additional bindings of my own. |
| 651 | 670 | } |
| 652 | 671 | return $entryString |
| 653 | 672 | } |
| 673 | ||
| 674 | ||
| 675 | ||
| 676 | ||
| 677 | ||
| 678 | ||
| 679 | ||
| 680 | ||
| 681 | ||
| 445 | 445 | bind $canvas <Control-B1-Motion> {;} |
| 446 | 446 | bind $canvas <Shift-B1-Motion> [namespace code {my ShiftMotion1 %x %y}] |
| 447 | 447 | |
| 448 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 449 | bind $canvas <Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel [expr {40 * (%D)}]}] | |
| 450 | bind $canvas <Option-Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel [expr {400 * (%D)}]}] | |
| 451 | } else { | |
| 452 | bind $canvas <Shift-MouseWheel> [namespace code {my MouseWheel %D}] | |
| 453 | } | |
| 454 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 455 | bind $canvas <Shift-4> [namespace code {my MouseWheel 120}] | |
| 456 | bind $canvas <Shift-5> [namespace code {my MouseWheel -120}] | |
| 457 | } | |
| 458 | ||
| 448 | 459 | bind $canvas <<PrevLine>> [namespace code {my UpDown -1}] |
| 449 | 460 | bind $canvas <<NextLine>> [namespace code {my UpDown 1}] |
| 450 | 461 | bind $canvas <<PrevChar>> [namespace code {my LeftRight -1}] |
| 491 | 502 | # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 492 | 503 | |
| 493 | 504 | # Event handlers |
| 505 | method MouseWheel {amount} { | |
| 506 | if {$noScroll || $::tk_strictMotif} { | |
| 507 | return | |
| 508 | } | |
| 509 | if {$amount > 0} { | |
| 510 | $canvas xview scroll [expr {(-119-$amount) / 120}] units | |
| 511 | } else { | |
| 512 | $canvas xview scroll [expr {-($amount / 120)}] units | |
| 513 | } | |
| 514 | } | |
| 494 | 515 | method Btn1 {x y} { |
| 495 | 516 | focus $canvas |
| 496 | 517 | set i [$w index @$x,$y] |
| 181 | 181 | |
| 182 | 182 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { |
| 183 | 183 | bind Listbox <MouseWheel> { |
| 184 | %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units | |
| 184 | %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units | |
| 185 | 185 | } |
| 186 | 186 | bind Listbox <Option-MouseWheel> { |
| 187 | 187 | %W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units |
| 188 | 188 | } |
| 189 | 189 | bind Listbox <Shift-MouseWheel> { |
| 190 | %W xview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units | |
| 190 | %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units | |
| 191 | 191 | } |
| 192 | 192 | bind Listbox <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> { |
| 193 | 193 | %W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units |
| 194 | 194 | } |
| 195 | 195 | } else { |
| 196 | 196 | bind Listbox <MouseWheel> { |
| 197 | %W yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] units | |
| 197 | if {%D >= 0} { | |
| 198 | %W yview scroll [expr {-%D/30}] units | |
| 199 | } else { | |
| 200 | %W yview scroll [expr {(29-%D)/30}] units | |
| 201 | } | |
| 198 | 202 | } |
| 199 | 203 | bind Listbox <Shift-MouseWheel> { |
| 200 | %W xview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] units | |
| 201 | } | |
| 202 | } | |
| 203 | ||
| 204 | if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} { | |
| 204 | if {%D >= 0} { | |
| 205 | %W xview scroll [expr {-%D/30}] units | |
| 206 | } else { | |
| 207 | %W xview scroll [expr {(29-%D)/30}] units | |
| 208 | } | |
| 209 | } | |
| 210 | } | |
| 211 | ||
| 212 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 205 | 213 | # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping |
| 206 | 214 | # the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find |
| 207 | 215 | # Linux configuration info at: |
| 233 | 233 | } |
| 234 | 234 | } |
| 235 | 235 | |
| 236 | ||
| 236 | 237 | # ::tk::MbPost -- |
| 237 | 238 | # Given a menubutton, this procedure does all the work of posting |
| 238 | 239 | # its associated menu and unposting any other menu that is currently |
| 281 | 282 | set Priv(focus) [focus] |
| 282 | 283 | $menu activate none |
| 283 | 284 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu |
| 284 | ||
| 285 | # If this looks like an option menubutton then post the menu so | |
| 286 | # that the current entry is on top of the mouse. Otherwise post | |
| 287 | # the menu just below the menubutton, as for a pull-down. | |
| 288 | ||
| 289 | 285 | update idletasks |
| 290 | if {[catch { | |
| 291 | switch [$w cget -direction] { | |
| 292 | above { | |
| 293 | set x [winfo rootx $w] | |
| 294 | set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] - [winfo reqheight $menu]}] | |
| 295 | # if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below' | |
| 296 | if {$y < [winfo vrooty $w]} { | |
| 297 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo reqheight $w]}] | |
| 298 | } | |
| 299 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y | |
| 300 | } | |
| 301 | below { | |
| 302 | set x [winfo rootx $w] | |
| 303 | set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]}] | |
| 304 | # if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above' | |
| 305 | set mh [winfo reqheight $menu] | |
| 306 | if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w])} { | |
| 307 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w] + [winfo rooty $w] - $mh}] | |
| 308 | } | |
| 309 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y | |
| 310 | } | |
| 311 | left { | |
| 312 | set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] - [winfo reqwidth $menu]}] | |
| 313 | set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}] | |
| 314 | set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]] | |
| 315 | if {$entry eq ""} { | |
| 316 | set entry 0 | |
| 317 | } | |
| 318 | if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 319 | if {$entry == [$menu index last]} { | |
| 320 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 321 | + [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}] | |
| 322 | } else { | |
| 323 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 324 | + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}] | |
| 325 | } | |
| 326 | } | |
| 327 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y | |
| 328 | if {$entry ne "" \ | |
| 329 | && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} { | |
| 330 | $menu activate $entry | |
| 331 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu | |
| 332 | } | |
| 333 | } | |
| 334 | right { | |
| 335 | set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]}] | |
| 336 | set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}] | |
| 337 | set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]] | |
| 338 | if {$entry eq ""} { | |
| 339 | set entry 0 | |
| 340 | } | |
| 341 | if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 342 | if {$entry == [$menu index last]} { | |
| 343 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 344 | + [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}] | |
| 345 | } else { | |
| 346 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 347 | + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}] | |
| 348 | } | |
| 349 | } | |
| 350 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y | |
| 351 | if {$entry ne "" \ | |
| 352 | && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} { | |
| 353 | $menu activate $entry | |
| 354 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu | |
| 355 | } | |
| 356 | } | |
| 357 | default { | |
| 358 | if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 359 | if {$y eq ""} { | |
| 360 | set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]/2}] | |
| 361 | set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]/2}] | |
| 362 | } | |
| 363 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]] | |
| 364 | } else { | |
| 365 | PostOverPoint $menu [winfo rootx $w] [expr {[winfo rooty $w]+[winfo height $w]}] | |
| 366 | } | |
| 367 | } | |
| 368 | } | |
| 369 | } msg opt]} { | |
| 286 | ||
| 287 | if {[catch {PostMenubuttonMenu $w $menu} msg opt]} { | |
| 370 | 288 | # Error posting menu (e.g. bogus -postcommand). Unpost it and |
| 371 | 289 | # reflect the error. |
| 372 | ||
| 373 | 290 | MenuUnpost {} |
| 374 | 291 | return -options $opt $msg |
| 375 | 292 | } |
| 376 | 293 | |
| 377 | 294 | set Priv(tearoff) $tearoff |
| 378 | if {$tearoff != 0} { | |
| 295 | if {$tearoff != 0 && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} { | |
| 379 | 296 | focus $menu |
| 380 | 297 | if {[winfo viewable $w]} { |
| 381 | 298 | SaveGrabInfo $w |
| 575 | 492 | if {[string is false $mode]} { |
| 576 | 493 | set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}] |
| 577 | 494 | if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} { |
| 495 | # Catch these postcascade commands since the menu could be | |
| 496 | # destroyed before they run. | |
| 578 | 497 | set Priv(menuActivatedTimer) \ |
| 579 | [after $delay [list $menu postcascade active]] | |
| 498 | [after $delay "catch {$menu postcascade active}"] | |
| 580 | 499 | } else { |
| 581 | 500 | set Priv(menuDeactivatedTimer) \ |
| 582 | [after $delay [list $menu postcascade none]] | |
| 501 | [after $delay "catch {$menu postcascade none}"] | |
| 583 | 502 | } |
| 584 | 503 | } |
| 585 | 504 | } |
| 1207 | 1126 | return "" |
| 1208 | 1127 | } |
| 1209 | 1128 | |
| 1129 | # ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu -- | |
| 1130 | # | |
| 1131 | # Given a menubutton and a menu, this procedure posts the menu at the | |
| 1132 | # appropriate location. If the menubutton looks like an option | |
| 1133 | # menubutton, meaning that the indicator is on and the direction is | |
| 1134 | # neither above nor below, then the menu is posted so that the current | |
| 1135 | # entry is vertically aligned with the menubutton. On the Mac this | |
| 1136 | # will expose a small amount of the blue indicator on the right hand | |
| 1137 | # side. On other platforms the entry is centered over the button. | |
| 1138 | ||
| 1139 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 1140 | proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu} { | |
| 1141 | set entry "" | |
| 1142 | if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 1143 | set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]] | |
| 1144 | if {$entry eq ""} { | |
| 1145 | set entry 0 | |
| 1146 | } | |
| 1147 | } | |
| 1148 | set x [winfo rootx $button] | |
| 1149 | set y [expr {2 + [winfo rooty $button]}] | |
| 1150 | switch [$button cget -direction] { | |
| 1151 | above { | |
| 1152 | set entry "" | |
| 1153 | incr y [expr {4 - [winfo reqheight $menu]}] | |
| 1154 | } | |
| 1155 | below { | |
| 1156 | set entry "" | |
| 1157 | incr y [expr {2 + [winfo height $button]}] | |
| 1158 | } | |
| 1159 | left { | |
| 1160 | incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]}] | |
| 1161 | } | |
| 1162 | right { | |
| 1163 | incr x [winfo width $button] | |
| 1164 | } | |
| 1165 | default { | |
| 1166 | incr x [expr {[winfo width $button] - [winfo reqwidth $menu] - 5}] | |
| 1167 | } | |
| 1168 | } | |
| 1169 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry | |
| 1170 | } | |
| 1171 | } else { | |
| 1172 | proc ::tk::PostMenubuttonMenu {button menu} { | |
| 1173 | set entry "" | |
| 1174 | if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 1175 | set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$button cget -text]] | |
| 1176 | if {$entry eq ""} { | |
| 1177 | set entry 0 | |
| 1178 | } | |
| 1179 | } | |
| 1180 | set x [winfo rootx $button] | |
| 1181 | set y [winfo rooty $button] | |
| 1182 | switch [$button cget -direction] { | |
| 1183 | above { | |
| 1184 | incr y [expr {-[winfo reqheight $menu]}] | |
| 1185 | # if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below' | |
| 1186 | if {$y < [winfo vrooty $button]} { | |
| 1187 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo rooty $button]\ | |
| 1188 | + [winfo reqheight $button]}] | |
| 1189 | } | |
| 1190 | set entry {} | |
| 1191 | } | |
| 1192 | below { | |
| 1193 | incr y [winfo height $button] | |
| 1194 | # if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above' | |
| 1195 | set mh [winfo reqheight $menu] | |
| 1196 | if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button])} { | |
| 1197 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $button] + [winfo vrootheight $button] \ | |
| 1198 | + [winfo rooty $button] - $mh}] | |
| 1199 | } | |
| 1200 | set entry {} | |
| 1201 | } | |
| 1202 | left { | |
| 1203 | # It is not clear why this is needed. | |
| 1204 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} { | |
| 1205 | incr x [expr {-4 - [winfo reqwidth $button] / 2}] | |
| 1206 | } | |
| 1207 | incr x [expr {- [winfo reqwidth $menu]}] | |
| 1208 | } | |
| 1209 | right { | |
| 1210 | incr x [expr {[winfo width $button]}] | |
| 1211 | } | |
| 1212 | default { | |
| 1213 | if {[$button cget -indicatoron]} { | |
| 1214 | incr x [expr {([winfo width $button] - \ | |
| 1215 | [winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}] | |
| 1216 | } else { | |
| 1217 | incr y [winfo height $button] | |
| 1218 | } | |
| 1219 | } | |
| 1220 | } | |
| 1221 | PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry | |
| 1222 | } | |
| 1223 | } | |
| 1224 | ||
| 1210 | 1225 | # ::tk::PostOverPoint -- |
| 1211 | # This procedure posts a given menu such that a given entry in the | |
| 1212 | # menu is centered over a given point in the root window. It also | |
| 1213 | # activates the given entry. | |
| 1226 | # | |
| 1227 | # This procedure posts a menu on the screen so that a given entry in | |
| 1228 | # the menu is positioned with its upper left corner at a given point | |
| 1229 | # in the root window. The procedure also activates that entry. If no | |
| 1230 | # entry is specified the upper left corner of the entire menu is | |
| 1231 | # placed at the point. | |
| 1214 | 1232 | # |
| 1215 | 1233 | # Arguments: |
| 1216 | 1234 | # menu - Menu to post. |
| 1219 | 1237 | # If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's |
| 1220 | 1238 | # upper-left corner goes at (x,y). |
| 1221 | 1239 | |
| 1222 | proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} { | |
| 1223 | if {$entry ne ""} { | |
| 1224 | if {$entry == [$menu index last]} { | |
| 1225 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 1226 | + [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}] | |
| 1240 | if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} { | |
| 1241 | proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} { | |
| 1242 | if {$entry ne ""} { | |
| 1243 | $menu post $x $y $entry | |
| 1244 | if {[$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} { | |
| 1245 | $menu activate $entry | |
| 1246 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu | |
| 1247 | } | |
| 1227 | 1248 | } else { |
| 1228 | incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \ | |
| 1229 | + [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}] | |
| 1230 | } | |
| 1231 | incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]/2}] | |
| 1232 | } | |
| 1233 | ||
| 1234 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} { | |
| 1249 | $menu post $x $y | |
| 1250 | } | |
| 1251 | return | |
| 1252 | } | |
| 1253 | } else { | |
| 1254 | proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} { | |
| 1255 | if {$entry ne ""} { | |
| 1256 | incr y [expr {-[$menu yposition $entry]}] | |
| 1257 | } | |
| 1235 | 1258 | # osVersion is not available in safe interps |
| 1236 | 1259 | set ver 5 |
| 1237 | 1260 | if {[info exists ::tcl_platform(osVersion)]} { |
| 1247 | 1270 | # manager provided with Vista and Windows 7. |
| 1248 | 1271 | if {$ver < 6} { |
| 1249 | 1272 | set yoffset [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] \ |
| 1250 | - $y - [winfo reqheight $menu] - 10}] | |
| 1273 | - $y - [winfo reqheight $menu] - 10}] | |
| 1251 | 1274 | if {$yoffset < [winfo vrooty $menu]} { |
| 1252 | 1275 | # The bottom of the menu is offscreen, so adjust upwards |
| 1253 | 1276 | incr y [expr {$yoffset - [winfo vrooty $menu]}] |
| 1259 | 1282 | set y [winfo vrooty $menu] |
| 1260 | 1283 | } |
| 1261 | 1284 | } |
| 1262 | } | |
| 1263 | $menu post $x $y | |
| 1264 | if {$entry ne "" && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} { | |
| 1265 | $menu activate $entry | |
| 1266 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu | |
| 1285 | $menu post $x $y | |
| 1286 | if {$entry ne "" && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} { | |
| 1287 | $menu activate $entry | |
| 1288 | GenerateMenuSelect $menu | |
| 1289 | } | |
| 1267 | 1290 | } |
| 1268 | 1291 | } |
| 1269 | 1292 | |
| 163 | 163 | "warning" {set data(-icon) "caution"} |
| 164 | 164 | "info" {set data(-icon) "note"} |
| 165 | 165 | } |
| 166 | option add *Dialog*background systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault | |
| 167 | option add *Dialog*Button.highlightBackground \ | |
| 168 | systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault | |
| 169 | 166 | } |
| 170 | 167 | |
| 171 | 168 | if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} { |
| 127 | 127 | tk::ScrollToPos %W 1 |
| 128 | 128 | } |
| 129 | 129 | } |
| 130 | switch [tk windowingsystem] { | |
| 131 | "aqua" { | |
| 132 | bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> { | |
| 133 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {- (%D)}] | |
| 130 | ||
| 131 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 132 | bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> { | |
| 133 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-(%D)}] | |
| 134 | } | |
| 135 | bind Scrollbar <Option-MouseWheel> { | |
| 136 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-10 * (%D)}] | |
| 137 | } | |
| 138 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 139 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-(%D)}] | |
| 140 | } | |
| 141 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> { | |
| 142 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-10 * (%D)}] | |
| 143 | } | |
| 144 | } else { | |
| 145 | bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> { | |
| 146 | if {%D >= 0} { | |
| 147 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-%D/30}] | |
| 148 | } else { | |
| 149 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {(29-%D)/30}] | |
| 134 | 150 | } |
| 135 | bind Scrollbar <Option-MouseWheel> { | |
| 136 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-10 * (%D)}] | |
| 151 | } | |
| 152 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 153 | if {%D >= 0} { | |
| 154 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-%D/30}] | |
| 155 | } else { | |
| 156 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {(29-%D)/30}] | |
| 137 | 157 | } |
| 138 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 139 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {- (%D)}] | |
| 140 | } | |
| 141 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> { | |
| 142 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-10 * (%D)}] | |
| 143 | } | |
| 144 | } | |
| 145 | "win32" { | |
| 146 | bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> { | |
| 147 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] | |
| 148 | } | |
| 149 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 150 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] | |
| 151 | } | |
| 152 | } | |
| 153 | "x11" { | |
| 154 | bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> { | |
| 155 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {- (%D /120 ) * 4}] | |
| 156 | } | |
| 157 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> { | |
| 158 | tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {- (%D /120 ) * 4}] | |
| 159 | } | |
| 160 | bind Scrollbar <4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v -5} | |
| 161 | bind Scrollbar <5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v 5} | |
| 162 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h -5} | |
| 163 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h 5} | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | } | |
| 158 | } | |
| 159 | } | |
| 160 | ||
| 161 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 162 | bind Scrollbar <4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v -5} | |
| 163 | bind Scrollbar <5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W v 5} | |
| 164 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-4> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h -5} | |
| 165 | bind Scrollbar <Shift-5> {tk::ScrollByUnits %W h 5} | |
| 166 | } | |
| 167 | ||
| 166 | 168 | # tk::ScrollButtonDown -- |
| 167 | 169 | # This procedure is invoked when a button is pressed in a scrollbar. |
| 168 | 170 | # It changes the way the scrollbar is displayed and takes actions |
| 37 | 37 | # The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets. |
| 38 | 38 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 39 | 39 | |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | ||
| 40 | 42 | # Standard Motif bindings: |
| 41 | 43 | |
| 42 | 44 | bind Text <1> { |
| 82 | 84 | bind Text <ButtonRelease-1> { |
| 83 | 85 | tk::CancelRepeat |
| 84 | 86 | } |
| 87 | ||
| 85 | 88 | bind Text <Control-1> { |
| 86 | 89 | %W mark set insert @%x,%y |
| 87 | 90 | # An operation that moves the insert mark without making it |
| 385 | 388 | if {!$tk_strictMotif} { |
| 386 | 389 | %W delete [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord] insert |
| 387 | 390 | } |
| 391 | } | |
| 392 | ||
| 393 | # Bindings for IME text input. | |
| 394 | ||
| 395 | bind Text <<TkStartIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 396 | dict set ::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W" [%W index insert] | |
| 397 | } | |
| 398 | bind Text <<TkEndIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 399 | if { [catch {dict get $::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W"} mark] } { | |
| 400 | bell | |
| 401 | } else { | |
| 402 | %W tag add IMEmarkedtext $mark insert | |
| 403 | %W tag configure IMEmarkedtext -underline on | |
| 404 | } | |
| 405 | } | |
| 406 | bind Text <<TkClearIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 407 | %W delete IMEmarkedtext.first IMEmarkedtext.last | |
| 408 | } | |
| 409 | bind Text <<TkAccentBackspace>> { | |
| 410 | %W delete insert-1c | |
| 388 | 411 | } |
| 389 | 412 | |
| 390 | 413 | # Macintosh only bindings: |
| 458 | 481 | } |
| 459 | 482 | } |
| 460 | 483 | |
| 461 | if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} { | |
| 484 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 462 | 485 | # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping |
| 463 | 486 | # the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find |
| 464 | 487 | # Linux configuration info at: |
| 890 | 913 | |
| 891 | 914 | # ::tk::TextUpDownLine -- |
| 892 | 915 | # Returns the index of the character one display line above or below the |
| 893 | # insertion cursor. There are two tricky things here. First, we want to | |
| 894 | # maintain the original x position across repeated operations, even though | |
| 895 | # some lines that will get passed through don't have enough characters to | |
| 896 | # cover the original column. Second, don't try to scroll past the | |
| 897 | # beginning or end of the text. | |
| 916 | # insertion cursor. There is a tricky thing here: we want to maintain the | |
| 917 | # original x position across repeated operations, even though some lines | |
| 918 | # that will get passed through don't have enough characters to cover the | |
| 919 | # original column. | |
| 898 | 920 | # |
| 899 | 921 | # Arguments: |
| 900 | 922 | # w - The text window in which the cursor is to move. |
| 911 | 933 | set lines [$w count -displaylines $Priv(textPosOrig) $i] |
| 912 | 934 | set new [$w index \ |
| 913 | 935 | "$Priv(textPosOrig) + [expr {$lines + $n}] displaylines"] |
| 914 | if {[$w compare $new == end] \ | |
| 915 | || [$w compare $new == "insert display linestart"]} { | |
| 916 | set new $i | |
| 917 | } | |
| 918 | 936 | set Priv(prevPos) $new |
| 937 | if {[$w compare $new == "end display lineend"] \ | |
| 938 | || [$w compare $new == "insert display linestart"]} { | |
| 939 | set Priv(textPosOrig) $new | |
| 940 | } | |
| 919 | 941 | return $new |
| 920 | 942 | } |
| 921 | 943 | |
| 10 | 10 | # this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | # Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release |
| 13 | package require -exact Tk 8.6.9 | |
| 13 | package require -exact Tk 8.6.10 | |
| 14 | 14 | |
| 15 | 15 | # Create a ::tk namespace |
| 16 | 16 | namespace eval ::tk { |
| 461 | 461 | # Official bindings |
| 462 | 462 | # See http://support.apple.com/kb/HT1343 |
| 463 | 463 | event add <<SelectAll>> <Command-Key-a> |
| 464 | event add <<SelectNone>> <Option-Command-Key-a> | |
| 464 | #Attach function keys not otherwise assigned to this event so they no-op - workaround for bug 0e6930dfe7 | |
| 465 | event add <<SelectNone>> <Option-Command-Key-a> <Key-F5> <Key-F1> <Key-F5> <Key-F6> <Key-F7> <Key-F8> <Key-F9> <Key-F10> <Key-F11> <Key-F12> | |
| 465 | 466 | event add <<Undo>> <Command-Key-z> <Command-Lock-Key-Z> |
| 466 | 467 | event add <<Redo>> <Shift-Command-Key-z> <Shift-Command-Lock-Key-z> |
| 467 | 468 | event add <<NextChar>> <Right> <Control-Key-f> <Control-Lock-Key-F> |
| 675 | 676 | return $maxlen |
| 676 | 677 | } |
| 677 | 678 | |
| 678 | # For now, turn off the custom mdef proc for the mac: | |
| 679 | # For now, turn off the custom mdef proc for the Mac: | |
| 679 | 680 | |
| 680 | 681 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { |
| 681 | 682 | namespace eval ::tk::mac { |
| 682 | 683 | set useCustomMDEF 0 |
| 683 | 684 | } |
| 684 | 685 | } |
| 686 | ||
| 687 | ||
| 688 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 689 | #stub procedures to respond to "do script" Apple Events | |
| 690 | proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile {file} { | |
| 691 | source $file | |
| 692 | } | |
| 693 | proc ::tk::mac::DoScriptText {script} { | |
| 694 | eval $script | |
| 695 | } | |
| 696 | } | |
| 697 | ||
| 698 | # Create a dictionary to store the starting index of the IME marked | |
| 699 | # text in an Entry or Text widget. | |
| 700 | ||
| 701 | set ::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) [dict create] | |
| 685 | 702 | |
| 686 | 703 | # Run the Ttk themed widget set initialization |
| 687 | 704 | if {$::ttk::library ne ""} { |
| 95 | 95 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window) |
| 96 | 96 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 97 | 97 | -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\ |
| 98 | {!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \ | |
| 99 | 98 | selected $colors(-selectbg)] \ |
| 100 | 99 | -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \ |
| 101 | {!disabled !selected} black \ | |
| 102 | 100 | selected $colors(-selectfg)] |
| 103 | 101 | |
| 104 | 102 | ttk::style configure TScale \ |
| 6 | 6 | |
| 7 | 7 | ttk::style configure . \ |
| 8 | 8 | -font TkDefaultFont \ |
| 9 | -background systemWindowBody \ | |
| 10 | -foreground systemModelessDialogActiveText \ | |
| 11 | -selectbackground systemHighlight \ | |
| 12 | -selectforeground systemModelessDialogActiveText \ | |
| 9 | -background systemWindowBackgroundColor \ | |
| 10 | -foreground systemLabelColor \ | |
| 11 | -selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor \ | |
| 12 | -selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \ | |
| 13 | 13 | -selectborderwidth 0 \ |
| 14 | 14 | -insertwidth 1 |
| 15 | 15 | |
| 16 | 16 | ttk::style map . \ |
| 17 | -foreground {disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText | |
| 18 | background systemModelessDialogInactiveText} \ | |
| 19 | -selectbackground {background systemHighlightSecondary | |
| 20 | !focus systemHighlightSecondary} \ | |
| 21 | -selectforeground {background systemModelessDialogInactiveText | |
| 22 | !focus systemDialogActiveText} | |
| 17 | -foreground { | |
| 18 | disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 19 | background systemLabelColor} \ | |
| 20 | -selectbackground { | |
| 21 | background systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 22 | !focus systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor} \ | |
| 23 | -selectforeground { | |
| 24 | background systemSelectedTextColor | |
| 25 | !focus systemSelectedTextColor} | |
| 26 | ||
| 27 | # Button | |
| 28 | ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -width -6 \ | |
| 29 | -foreground systemControlTextColor | |
| 30 | ttk::style map TButton \ | |
| 31 | -foreground { | |
| 32 | pressed white | |
| 33 | {alternate !pressed !background} white} | |
| 34 | ttk::style configure TMenubutton -anchor center -padding {2 0 0 2} | |
| 35 | ttk::style configure Toolbutton -anchor center | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | # Entry | |
| 38 | ttk::style configure TEntry \ | |
| 39 | -foreground systemTextColor \ | |
| 40 | -background systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 41 | ttk::style map TEntry \ | |
| 42 | -foreground { | |
| 43 | disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 44 | } \ | |
| 45 | -selectforeground { | |
| 46 | background systemTextColor | |
| 47 | } \ | |
| 48 | -selectbackground { | |
| 49 | background systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 50 | } | |
| 51 | ||
| 23 | 52 | |
| 24 | 53 | # Workaround for #1100117: |
| 25 | 54 | # Actually, on Aqua we probably shouldn't stipple images in |
| 26 | 55 | # disabled buttons even if it did work... |
| 27 | 56 | ttk::style configure . -stipple {} |
| 28 | 57 | |
| 29 | ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -width -6 | |
| 30 | ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 4 | |
| 31 | ||
| 58 | # Notebook | |
| 32 | 59 | ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {10 0} -tabposition n |
| 33 | 60 | ttk::style configure TNotebook -padding {18 8 18 17} |
| 34 | 61 | ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {12 3 12 2} |
| 62 | ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -foreground systemControlTextColor | |
| 63 | ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \ | |
| 64 | -foreground { | |
| 65 | background systemControlTextColor | |
| 66 | disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 67 | selected systemSelectedTabTextColor} | |
| 35 | 68 | |
| 36 | 69 | # Combobox: |
| 37 | ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0} | |
| 70 | ttk::style configure TCombobox \ | |
| 71 | -foreground systemTextColor \ | |
| 72 | -background systemTransparent | |
| 73 | ttk::style map TCombobox \ | |
| 74 | -foreground { | |
| 75 | disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 76 | } \ | |
| 77 | -selectforeground { | |
| 78 | background systemTextColor | |
| 79 | } \ | |
| 80 | -selectbackground { | |
| 81 | background systemTransparent | |
| 82 | } | |
| 38 | 83 | |
| 84 | # Spinbox | |
| 85 | ttk::style configure TSpinbox \ | |
| 86 | -foreground systemTextColor \ | |
| 87 | -background systemTextBackgroundColor \ | |
| 88 | -selectforeground systemSelectedTextColor \ | |
| 89 | -selectbackground systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 90 | ttk::style map TSpinbox \ | |
| 91 | -foreground { | |
| 92 | disabled systemDisabledControlTextColor | |
| 93 | } \ | |
| 94 | -selectforeground { | |
| 95 | !active systemTextColor | |
| 96 | } \ | |
| 97 | -selectbackground { | |
| 98 | !active systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 99 | !focus systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 100 | focus systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 101 | } | |
| 102 | ||
| 39 | 103 | # Treeview: |
| 40 | ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont | |
| 41 | ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White | |
| 104 | ttk::style configure Heading \ | |
| 105 | -font TkHeadingFont \ | |
| 106 | -foreground systemTextColor \ | |
| 107 | -background systemWindowBackgroundColor | |
| 108 | ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 \ | |
| 109 | -background systemTextBackgroundColor \ | |
| 110 | -foreground systemTextColor \ | |
| 111 | -fieldbackground systemTextBackgroundColor | |
| 42 | 112 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 43 | -background [list disabled systemDialogBackgroundInactive \ | |
| 44 | {!disabled !selected} systemWindowBody \ | |
| 45 | {selected background} systemHighlightSecondary \ | |
| 46 | selected systemHighlight] \ | |
| 47 | -foreground [list disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText \ | |
| 48 | {!disabled !selected} black \ | |
| 49 | selected systemModelessDialogActiveText] | |
| 113 | -background { | |
| 114 | selected systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor | |
| 115 | } | |
| 50 | 116 | |
| 51 | 117 | # Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget: |
| 52 | 118 | ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255 |
| 131 | 131 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window) |
| 132 | 132 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 133 | 133 | -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\ |
| 134 | {!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \ | |
| 135 | 134 | selected $colors(-selectbg)] \ |
| 136 | 135 | -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \ |
| 137 | {!disabled !selected} black \ | |
| 138 | 136 | selected $colors(-selectfg)] |
| 139 | 137 | |
| 140 | 138 | ttk::style configure TLabelframe \ |
| 98 | 98 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window) |
| 99 | 99 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 100 | 100 | -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\ |
| 101 | {!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \ | |
| 102 | 101 | selected $colors(-selectbg)] \ |
| 103 | 102 | -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \ |
| 104 | {!disabled !selected} black \ | |
| 105 | 103 | selected $colors(-selectfg)] |
| 106 | 104 | |
| 107 | 105 | # |
| 250 | 250 | ttk::releaseGrab $w |
| 251 | 251 | } |
| 252 | 252 | |
| 253 | ### | |
| 254 | # | |
| 255 | ||
| 256 | namespace eval ::ttk::combobox { | |
| 257 | # @@@ Until we have a proper native scrollbar on Aqua, use | |
| 258 | # @@@ the regular Tk one. Use ttk::scrollbar on other platforms. | |
| 259 | variable scrollbar ttk::scrollbar | |
| 260 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 261 | set scrollbar ::scrollbar | |
| 262 | } | |
| 263 | } | |
| 264 | ||
| 265 | 253 | ## PopdownWindow -- |
| 266 | 254 | # Returns the popdown widget associated with a combobox, |
| 267 | 255 | # creating it if necessary. |
| 268 | 256 | # |
| 269 | 257 | proc ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow {cb} { |
| 270 | variable scrollbar | |
| 271 | ||
| 272 | 258 | if {![winfo exists $cb.popdown]} { |
| 273 | 259 | set poplevel [PopdownToplevel $cb.popdown] |
| 274 | 260 | set popdown [ttk::frame $poplevel.f -style ComboboxPopdownFrame] |
| 275 | 261 | |
| 276 | $scrollbar $popdown.sb \ | |
| 262 | ttk::scrollbar $popdown.sb \ | |
| 277 | 263 | -orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview] |
| 278 | 264 | listbox $popdown.l \ |
| 279 | 265 | -listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \ |
| 110 | 110 | -foreground $colors(-text) ; |
| 111 | 111 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 112 | 112 | -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\ |
| 113 | {!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \ | |
| 114 | 113 | selected $colors(-selectbg)] \ |
| 115 | 114 | -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \ |
| 116 | {!disabled !selected} black \ | |
| 117 | 115 | selected $colors(-selectfg)] |
| 118 | 116 | |
| 119 | 117 | # Combobox popdown frame |
| 144 | 144 | bind TEntry <Control-Key-h> { ttk::entry::Backspace %W } |
| 145 | 145 | bind TEntry <Control-Key-k> { %W delete insert end } |
| 146 | 146 | |
| 147 | # Bindings for IME text input. | |
| 148 | ||
| 149 | bind TEntry <<TkStartIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 150 | dict set ::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W" [%W index insert] | |
| 151 | } | |
| 152 | bind TEntry <<TkEndIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 153 | if { [catch {dict get $::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W"} mark] } { | |
| 154 | bell | |
| 155 | } else { | |
| 156 | %W selection range $mark insert | |
| 157 | } | |
| 158 | } | |
| 159 | bind TEntry <<TkClearIMEMarkedText>> { | |
| 160 | %W delete [dict get $::tk::Priv(IMETextMark) "%W"] [%W index insert] | |
| 161 | } | |
| 162 | bind TEntry <<TkAccentBackspace>> { | |
| 163 | ttk::entry::Backspace %W | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | ||
| 147 | 166 | ### Clipboard procedures. |
| 148 | 167 | # |
| 149 | 168 | |
| 210 | 229 | ## See $index -- Make sure that the character at $index is visible. |
| 211 | 230 | # |
| 212 | 231 | proc ttk::entry::See {w {index insert}} { |
| 213 | update idletasks ;# ensure scroll data up-to-date | |
| 214 | 232 | set c [$w index $index] |
| 215 | 233 | # @@@ OR: check [$w index left] / [$w index right] |
| 216 | 234 | if {$c < [$w index @0] || $c >= [$w index @[winfo width $w]]} { |
| 60 | 60 | } |
| 61 | 61 | |
| 62 | 62 | # PostPosition -- |
| 63 | # Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu | |
| 64 | # should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size | |
| 65 | # and -direction option. | |
| 63 | # Returns x and y coordinates and a menu item index. | |
| 64 | # If the index is not an empty string the menu should | |
| 65 | # be posted so that the upper left corner of the indexed | |
| 66 | # menu item is located at the point (x, y). Otherwise | |
| 67 | # the top left corner of the menu itself should be located | |
| 68 | # at that point. | |
| 66 | 69 | # |
| 67 | 70 | # TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button |
| 68 | 71 | # for -direction above, below. |
| 69 | 72 | # |
| 70 | proc ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} { | |
| 71 | set x [winfo rootx $mb] | |
| 72 | set y [winfo rooty $mb] | |
| 73 | set dir [$mb cget -direction] | |
| 74 | ||
| 75 | set bw [winfo width $mb] | |
| 76 | set bh [winfo height $mb] | |
| 77 | set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu] | |
| 78 | set mh [winfo reqheight $menu] | |
| 79 | set sw [expr {[winfo screenwidth $menu] - $bw - $mw}] | |
| 80 | set sh [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] - $bh - $mh}] | |
| 81 | ||
| 82 | switch -- $dir { | |
| 83 | above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y $bh } } | |
| 84 | below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y $bh } { incr y -$mh } } | |
| 85 | left { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x $bw } } | |
| 86 | right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x $bw } { incr x -$mw } } | |
| 87 | flush { | |
| 88 | # post menu atop menubutton. | |
| 89 | # If there's a menu entry whose label matches the | |
| 90 | # menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu | |
| 91 | # and place that entry over the menubutton. | |
| 92 | set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]] | |
| 93 | if {$index ne ""} { | |
| 94 | incr y -[$menu yposition $index] | |
| 95 | } | |
| 96 | } | |
| 97 | } | |
| 98 | ||
| 99 | return [list $x $y] | |
| 73 | ||
| 74 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 75 | proc ::ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} { | |
| 76 | set menuPad 5 | |
| 77 | set buttonPad 1 | |
| 78 | set bevelPad 4 | |
| 79 | set mh [winfo reqheight $menu] | |
| 80 | set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $buttonPad] | |
| 81 | set bbh [expr {[winfo height $mb]} + $bevelPad] | |
| 82 | set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu] | |
| 83 | set bw [winfo width $mb] | |
| 84 | set dF [expr {[winfo width $mb] - [winfo reqwidth $menu] - $menuPad}] | |
| 85 | set entry "" | |
| 86 | set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]] | |
| 87 | if {$entry eq ""} { | |
| 88 | set entry 0 | |
| 89 | } | |
| 90 | set x [winfo rootx $mb] | |
| 91 | set y [winfo rooty $mb] | |
| 92 | switch [$mb cget -direction] { | |
| 93 | above { | |
| 94 | set entry "" | |
| 95 | incr y [expr {-$mh + 2 * $menuPad}] | |
| 96 | } | |
| 97 | below { | |
| 98 | set entry "" | |
| 99 | incr y $bh | |
| 100 | } | |
| 101 | left { | |
| 102 | incr y $menuPad | |
| 103 | incr x -$mw | |
| 104 | } | |
| 105 | right { | |
| 106 | incr y $menuPad | |
| 107 | incr x $bw | |
| 108 | } | |
| 109 | default { | |
| 110 | incr y $bbh | |
| 111 | } | |
| 112 | } | |
| 113 | return [list $x $y $entry] | |
| 114 | } | |
| 115 | } else { | |
| 116 | proc ::ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} { | |
| 117 | set mh [expr {[winfo reqheight $menu]}] | |
| 118 | set bh [expr {[winfo height $mb]}] | |
| 119 | set mw [expr {[winfo reqwidth $menu]}] | |
| 120 | set bw [expr {[winfo width $mb]}] | |
| 121 | set dF [expr {[winfo width $mb] - [winfo reqwidth $menu]}] | |
| 122 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} { | |
| 123 | incr mh 6 | |
| 124 | incr mw 16 | |
| 125 | } | |
| 126 | set entry {} | |
| 127 | set entry [::tk::MenuFindName $menu [$mb cget -text]] | |
| 128 | if {$entry eq {}} { | |
| 129 | set entry 0 | |
| 130 | } | |
| 131 | set x [winfo rootx $mb] | |
| 132 | set y [winfo rooty $mb] | |
| 133 | switch [$mb cget -direction] { | |
| 134 | above { | |
| 135 | set entry {} | |
| 136 | incr y -$mh | |
| 137 | # if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below' | |
| 138 | if {$y < [winfo vrooty $mb]} { | |
| 139 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo rooty $mb]\ | |
| 140 | + [winfo reqheight $mb]}] | |
| 141 | } | |
| 142 | } | |
| 143 | below { | |
| 144 | set entry {} | |
| 145 | incr y $bh | |
| 146 | # if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above' | |
| 147 | if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo vrootheight $mb])} { | |
| 148 | set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $mb] + [winfo vrootheight $mb] \ | |
| 149 | + [winfo rooty $mb] - $mh}] | |
| 150 | } | |
| 151 | } | |
| 152 | left { | |
| 153 | incr x -$mw | |
| 154 | } | |
| 155 | right { | |
| 156 | incr x $bw | |
| 157 | } | |
| 158 | default { | |
| 159 | if {[$mb cget -style] eq ""} { | |
| 160 | incr x [expr {([winfo width $mb] - \ | |
| 161 | [winfo reqwidth $menu])/ 2}] | |
| 162 | } else { | |
| 163 | incr y $bh | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | } | |
| 166 | } | |
| 167 | return [list $x $y $entry] | |
| 168 | } | |
| 100 | 169 | } |
| 101 | 170 | |
| 102 | 171 | # Popdown -- |
| 106 | 175 | if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} { |
| 107 | 176 | return |
| 108 | 177 | } |
| 109 | foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break } | |
| 110 | tk_popup $menu $x $y | |
| 178 | foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break } | |
| 179 | tk_popup $menu $x $y $entry | |
| 111 | 180 | } |
| 112 | 181 | |
| 113 | 182 | # Pulldown (X11 only) -- |
| 120 | 189 | if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} { |
| 121 | 190 | return |
| 122 | 191 | } |
| 123 | foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break } | |
| 124 | 192 | set State(pulldown) 1 |
| 125 | 193 | set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor] |
| 126 | 194 | |
| 127 | 195 | $mb state pressed |
| 128 | 196 | $mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor] |
| 129 | $menu post $x $y | |
| 197 | foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break } | |
| 198 | if {$entry ne {}} { | |
| 199 | $menu post $x $y $entry | |
| 200 | } else { | |
| 201 | $menu post $x $y | |
| 202 | } | |
| 130 | 203 | tk_menuSetFocus $menu |
| 131 | 204 | } |
| 132 | 205 | |
| 142 | 215 | set State(pulldown) 0 |
| 143 | 216 | |
| 144 | 217 | set menu [$mb cget -menu] |
| 218 | foreach {x y entry} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break } | |
| 145 | 219 | tk_popup $menu [winfo rootx $menu] [winfo rooty $menu] |
| 146 | 220 | } |
| 147 | 221 | } |
| 0 | 0 | # |
| 1 | 1 | # Bindings for TScrollbar widget |
| 2 | 2 | # |
| 3 | ||
| 4 | # Still don't have a working ttk::scrollbar under OSX - | |
| 5 | # Swap in a [tk::scrollbar] on that platform, | |
| 6 | # unless user specifies -class or -style. | |
| 7 | # | |
| 8 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 9 | rename ::ttk::scrollbar ::ttk::_scrollbar | |
| 10 | proc ttk::scrollbar {w args} { | |
| 11 | set constructor ::tk::scrollbar | |
| 12 | foreach {option _} $args { | |
| 13 | if {$option eq "-class" || $option eq "-style"} { | |
| 14 | set constructor ::ttk::_scrollbar | |
| 15 | break | |
| 16 | } | |
| 17 | } | |
| 18 | return [$constructor $w {*}$args] | |
| 19 | } | |
| 20 | } | |
| 21 | 3 | |
| 22 | 4 | namespace eval ttk::scrollbar { |
| 23 | 5 | variable State |
| 80 | 80 | # or <<Decrement> (+1, down) events. |
| 81 | 81 | # |
| 82 | 82 | proc ttk::spinbox::MouseWheel {w dir} { |
| 83 | if {[$w instate disabled]} { return } | |
| 83 | 84 | if {$dir < 0} { |
| 84 | 85 | event generate $w <<Increment>> |
| 85 | 86 | } else { |
| 131 | 132 | # -from, -to, and -increment. |
| 132 | 133 | # |
| 133 | 134 | proc ttk::spinbox::Spin {w dir} { |
| 135 | if {[$w instate disabled]} { return } | |
| 134 | 136 | set nvalues [llength [set values [$w cget -values]]] |
| 135 | 137 | set value [$w get] |
| 136 | 138 | if {$nvalues} { |
| 120 | 120 | |
| 121 | 121 | if {$w != $State(activeWidget) || $heading != $State(activeHeading)} { |
| 122 | 122 | if {[winfo exists $State(activeWidget)] && $State(activeHeading) != {}} { |
| 123 | $State(activeWidget) heading $State(activeHeading) state !active | |
| 123 | # It may happen that $State(activeHeading) no longer corresponds | |
| 124 | # to an existing display column. This happens for instance when | |
| 125 | # changing -displaycolumns in a bound script when this change | |
| 126 | # triggers a <Leave> event. A proc checking if the display column | |
| 127 | # $State(activeHeading) is really still present or not could be | |
| 128 | # written but it would need to check several special cases: | |
| 129 | # a. -displaycolumns "#all" or being an explicit columns list | |
| 130 | # b. column #0 display is not governed by the -displaycolumn | |
| 131 | # list but by the value of the -show option | |
| 132 | # --> Let's rather catch the following line. | |
| 133 | catch {$State(activeWidget) heading $State(activeHeading) state !active} | |
| 124 | 134 | } |
| 125 | 135 | if {$heading != {}} { |
| 126 | 136 | $w heading $heading state active |
| 204 | 214 | } |
| 205 | 215 | |
| 206 | 216 | proc ttk::treeview::resize.release {w x} { |
| 207 | # no-op | |
| 217 | $w drop | |
| 208 | 218 | } |
| 209 | 219 | |
| 210 | 220 | ### Heading activation. |
| 335 | 345 | ## Toggle -- toggle opened/closed state of item |
| 336 | 346 | # |
| 337 | 347 | proc ttk::treeview::Toggle {w item} { |
| 348 | # don't allow toggling on indicators that | |
| 349 | # are not present in front of leaf items | |
| 350 | if {[$w children $item] == {}} { | |
| 351 | return | |
| 352 | } | |
| 353 | # not a leaf, toggle! | |
| 338 | 354 | if {[$w item $item -open]} { |
| 339 | 355 | CloseItem $w $item |
| 340 | 356 | } else { |
| 299 | 299 | # |
| 300 | 300 | |
| 301 | 301 | proc ttk::bindMouseWheel {bindtag callback} { |
| 302 | switch -- [tk windowingsystem] { | |
| 303 | x11 { | |
| 304 | bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-4> "$callback -1" | |
| 305 | bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-5> "$callback +1" | |
| 306 | } | |
| 307 | win32 { | |
| 308 | bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D/120)}]}] | |
| 309 | } | |
| 310 | aqua { | |
| 311 | bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D)}]} ] | |
| 312 | } | |
| 302 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 303 | bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-4> "$callback -1" | |
| 304 | bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-5> "$callback +1" | |
| 305 | } | |
| 306 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 307 | bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D)}]} ] | |
| 308 | bind $bindtag <Option-MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-10 *(%D)}]} ] | |
| 309 | } else { | |
| 310 | bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D / 120)}]}] | |
| 313 | 311 | } |
| 314 | 312 | } |
| 315 | 313 | |
| 321 | 319 | # standard scrollbar protocol. |
| 322 | 320 | # |
| 323 | 321 | |
| 324 | switch -- [tk windowingsystem] { | |
| 325 | x11 { | |
| 326 | bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-4> { %W yview scroll -5 units } | |
| 327 | bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-5> { %W yview scroll 5 units } | |
| 328 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-4> { %W xview scroll -5 units } | |
| 329 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-5> { %W xview scroll 5 units } | |
| 330 | } | |
| 331 | win32 { | |
| 332 | bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \ | |
| 333 | { %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D/120)}] units } | |
| 334 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 335 | { %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D/120)}] units } | |
| 336 | } | |
| 337 | aqua { | |
| 338 | bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \ | |
| 322 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { | |
| 323 | bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-4> { %W yview scroll -5 units } | |
| 324 | bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-5> { %W yview scroll 5 units } | |
| 325 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-4> { %W xview scroll -5 units } | |
| 326 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-5> { %W xview scroll 5 units } | |
| 327 | } | |
| 328 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 329 | bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \ | |
| 339 | 330 | { %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units } |
| 340 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 331 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 341 | 332 | { %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units } |
| 342 | bind TtkScrollable <Option-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 343 | { %W yview scroll [expr {-10*(%D)}] units } | |
| 344 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 345 | { %W xview scroll [expr {-10*(%D)}] units } | |
| 346 | } | |
| 333 | bind TtkScrollable <Option-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 334 | { %W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units } | |
| 335 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 336 | { %W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units } | |
| 337 | } else { | |
| 338 | bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \ | |
| 339 | { %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D / 120)}] units } | |
| 340 | bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \ | |
| 341 | { %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D / 120)}] units } | |
| 347 | 342 | } |
| 348 | 343 | |
| 349 | 344 | #*EOF* |
| 47 | 47 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow |
| 48 | 48 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 49 | 49 | -background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \ |
| 50 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \ | |
| 51 | 50 | selected SystemHighlight] \ |
| 52 | 51 | -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \ |
| 53 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \ | |
| 54 | 52 | selected SystemHighlightText] |
| 55 | 53 | |
| 56 | 54 | # Label and Toolbutton |
| 73 | 73 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow |
| 74 | 74 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 75 | 75 | -background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \ |
| 76 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \ | |
| 77 | 76 | selected SystemHighlight] \ |
| 78 | 77 | -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \ |
| 79 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \ | |
| 80 | 78 | selected SystemHighlightText] |
| 81 | 79 | |
| 82 | 80 | ttk::style configure TProgressbar \ |
| 66 | 66 | ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow |
| 67 | 67 | ttk::style map Treeview \ |
| 68 | 68 | -background [list disabled SystemButtonFace \ |
| 69 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \ | |
| 70 | 69 | selected SystemHighlight] \ |
| 71 | 70 | -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText \ |
| 72 | {!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \ | |
| 73 | 71 | selected SystemHighlightText]; |
| 74 | 72 | } |
| 75 | 73 | } |
| 224 | 224 | @rm -f "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}/${WISH}" && \ |
| 225 | 225 | rmdir -p "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}" 2>&- || true |
| 226 | 226 | else |
| 227 | # redo prebinding (when not building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only) | |
| 228 | @if [ "`echo "$${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | \ | |
| 229 | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($$2)}'`" -lt 4 -a "`echo "$${CFLAGS}" | \ | |
| 230 | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($$2)}'`" -lt 4 ]; \ | |
| 231 | then cd ${INSTALL_ROOT}/; \ | |
| 232 | if [ ! -d usr/lib ]; then mkdir -p usr && ln -fs /usr/lib usr/ && RM_USRLIB=1; fi; \ | |
| 233 | if [ -n "${TK_X11}" -a ! -d usr/X11R6 ]; then mkdir -p usr && ln -fs /usr/X11R6 usr/ && RM_USRX11=1; fi; \ | |
| 234 | if [ ! -d System ]; then ln -fs /System . && RM_SYSTEM=1; fi; \ | |
| 235 | if [ ! -d "./${LIBDIR}/Tcl.framework" ]; then ln -fs "${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}/Tcl.framework" "./${LIBDIR}"; RM_TCL=1; fi; \ | |
| 236 | redo_prebinding -r . "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/${PRODUCT_NAME}"; \ | |
| 237 | if [ -z "${TK_X11}" ]; then redo_prebinding -r . "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish"; \ | |
| 238 | else redo_prebinding -r . "./${BINDIR}/${WISH}"; fi; \ | |
| 239 | if [ -n "$${RM_USRLIB:-}" ]; then rm -f usr/lib; rmdir -p usr 2>&-; fi; \ | |
| 240 | if [ -n "$${RM_USRX11:-}" ]; then rm -f usr/X11R6; rmdir -p usr 2>&-; fi; \ | |
| 241 | if [ -n "$${RM_SYSTEM:-}" ]; then rm -f System; fi; \ | |
| 242 | if [ -n "$${RM_TCL:-}" ]; then rm -f "./${LIBDIR}/Tcl.framework"; fi; fi | |
| 243 | 227 | # install wish symbolic link |
| 244 | 228 | @ln -fs ${WISH} "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}/${wish}" |
| 245 | 229 | endif |
| 15 | 15 | http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/ |
| 16 | 16 | |
| 17 | 17 | - The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on macOS, see |
| 18 | http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753 | |
| 19 | http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361 | |
| 18 | https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/page/MacOS | |
| 20 | 19 | |
| 21 | 20 | - Please report bugs with Tk on macOS to the tracker: |
| 22 | http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist | |
| 21 | https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/reportlist | |
| 23 | 22 | |
| 24 | 23 | 2. Using Tcl/Tk on macOS |
| 25 | 24 | --------------------------- |
| 26 | 25 | |
| 27 | 26 | - There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native |
| 28 | aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets. | |
| 29 | TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is | |
| 30 | available as an optional or default install on recent macOS). | |
| 27 | aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 widgets. | |
| 28 | TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as XQuartz (available from www.xquartz.org). | |
| 31 | 29 | TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem]. |
| 32 | 30 | |
| 33 | 31 | - At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11. |
| 50 | 48 | clicking Wish in the Finder (or using 'open Wish.app' from the Terminal). |
| 51 | 49 | |
| 52 | 50 | - Tcl extensions can be installed in any of: |
| 53 | $HOME/Library/Tcl /Library/Tcl /System/Library/Tcl | |
| 54 | $HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks | |
| 51 | $HOME/Library/Tcl /Library/Tcl | |
| 52 | $HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks | |
| 55 | 53 | (searched in that order). |
| 56 | 54 | Given a potential package directory $pkg, Tcl on OSX checks for the file |
| 57 | 55 | $pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl. |
| 58 | 56 | This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in |
| 59 | 57 | the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework. |
| 60 | 58 | |
| 61 | - [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries | |
| 62 | (.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage | |
| 63 | that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the | |
| 64 | native filesystem required). | |
| 65 | ||
| 66 | 59 | - The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the |
| 67 | 60 | standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks: |
| 68 | 61 | Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl |
| 71 | 64 | |
| 72 | 65 | - The Tcl and Tk frameworks can be installed in any of the system's standard |
| 73 | 66 | framework directories: |
| 74 | $HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks | |
| 67 | $HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks | |
| 75 | 68 | |
| 76 | 69 | - ${prefix}/bin/wish8.x is a script that calls a copy of 'Wish' contained in |
| 77 | 70 | Tk.framework/Resources |
| 85 | 78 | particular PATH may not be what you expect. (Wish started by LaunchServices |
| 86 | 79 | inherits loginwindow's environment variables, which are essentially those set in |
| 87 | 80 | $HOME/.MacOSX/environment.plist, and are unrelated to those set in your shell). |
| 88 | ||
| 89 | - TkAqua drawing is antialiased by default, but (outline) linewidth can be used | |
| 90 | to control whether a line/shape is drawn antialiased. The antialiasing threshold | |
| 91 | is 0 by default (i.e. antialias everything), it can be changed by setting | |
| 92 | set tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit <limit> | |
| 93 | in your script before drawing, in which case lines (or shapes with outlines) | |
| 94 | thinner than <limit> pixels will not be antialiased. | |
| 95 | ||
| 96 | - Text antialiasing by default uses the standard OS antialising settings. | |
| 97 | Setting the global variable '::tk::mac::antialiasedtext' allows to control text | |
| 98 | antialiasing from Tcl: a value of 1 enables AA, 0 disables AA and -1 restores | |
| 99 | the default behaviour of respecting the OS settings. | |
| 100 | ||
| 101 | - Scrollbars: There are two scrollbar variants in Aqua, normal & small. The | |
| 102 | normal scrollbar has a small dimension of 15, the small variant 11. | |
| 103 | Access to the small variant was added in Tk 8.4.2. | |
| 104 | ||
| 105 | - The default metrics of native buttons, radiobuttons, checkboxes and | |
| 106 | menubuttons in the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7 and later preserve compatibility with | |
| 107 | the older Carbon-based implementation, you can turn off the compatibility | |
| 108 | metrics to get more native-looking spacing by setting: | |
| 109 | set tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics 0 | |
| 110 | 81 | |
| 111 | 82 | - TkAqua provides access to native OS X images via the Tk native bitmap facility |
| 112 | 83 | (including any image file readable by NSImage). A native bitmap name is |
| 151 | 122 | This support was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7. |
| 152 | 123 | |
| 153 | 124 | - TkAqua has three special menu names that give access to the standard |
| 154 | Application, Window and Help menus, see menu.n for details. | |
| 155 | By default, the platform-specific standard Help menu item "YourApp Help" peforms | |
| 156 | the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the | |
| 157 | application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This | |
| 158 | action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if | |
| 159 | present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item. | |
| 160 | Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the | |
| 161 | Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7. | |
| 125 | Application, Window and Help menus, see menu.n for details. By default, the | |
| 126 | platform-specific standard Help menu item "YourApp Help" performs the default | |
| 127 | Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the application's | |
| 128 | Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This action can be | |
| 129 | customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp]. If present, this | |
| 130 | procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item. Support for the | |
| 131 | Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7. | |
| 162 | 132 | |
| 163 | 133 | - The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to |
| 164 | 134 | get and set macOS-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that |
| 179 | 149 | noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide, |
| 180 | 150 | canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating |
| 181 | 151 | |
| 182 | Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes. | |
| 183 | Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the | |
| 184 | same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was | |
| 185 | removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect). | |
| 186 | ||
| 187 | If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the | |
| 152 | Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes. Support for the | |
| 153 | 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the same time | |
| 154 | support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was removed | |
| 155 | (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect). | |
| 156 | ||
| 157 | - Another command available in the tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle namespace is: | |
| 158 | tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId? | |
| 159 | which can be used to get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow | |
| 160 | associated with a Tk Window. See section 3 for details. | |
| 161 | ||
| 162 | - The command: | |
| 163 | tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance window ?newAppearance? | |
| 164 | is available when Tk is built and run on macOS 10.14 (Mojave) or later. In | |
| 165 | that case the Ttk widgets all support the "Dark Mode" appearance which was | |
| 166 | introduced in 10.14. The command accepts the following values for the optional | |
| 167 | newAppearance option: "aqua", "darkaqua", or "auto". If the appearance is set | |
| 168 | to aqua or darkaqua then the window will be displayed with the corresponding | |
| 169 | appearance independent of any preferences settings. If it is set to "auto" | |
| 170 | the appearance will be determined by the preferences. This command can be | |
| 171 | used to opt out of Dark Mode on a per-window basis. It may be best to run the "update" command before setting the appearance property, to allow the event loop to run. | |
| 172 | ||
| 173 | ||
| 174 | - To determine the current appearance of a window in macOS 10.14 (Mojave) and | |
| 175 | higher, one can use the command: | |
| 176 | tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle isdark window? | |
| 177 | The boolean return value is true if the window is currently displayed with the | |
| 178 | dark appearance. | |
| 179 | ||
| 180 | - If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the | |
| 188 | 181 | environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will |
| 189 | 182 | cause us to force closing stdin & stdout. Otherwise, given how Xcode launches |
| 190 | 183 | Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin. |
| 191 | 184 | |
| 192 | ||
| 193 | 3. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS | |
| 185 | 3. FullScreen, Split View and Tabbed Windows | |
| 186 | -------------------------------------------- | |
| 187 | ||
| 188 | Since the release of OSX 10.6 (Snow Leopard) a steadily expanding sequence of | |
| 189 | high level window operations have been added to Apple's window manager. These | |
| 190 | operations are launched by user actions which are handled directly by the | |
| 191 | window manager; they are not initiated by the application. In some, but not | |
| 192 | all cases, the application is notified before and after the operations are | |
| 193 | carried out. | |
| 194 | ||
| 195 | In OSX releases up to and including 10.6 there were three buttons with | |
| 196 | stoplight colors located on the left side of a window's title bar. The | |
| 197 | function of the green button was to "zoom" or "maximize" the window, i.e. to | |
| 198 | expand the window so that it fills the entire screen, while preserving the | |
| 199 | appearance of the window including its title bar. The release of OSX 10.7 | |
| 200 | (Lion) introduced the "FullScreen" window which not only filled the screen but | |
| 201 | also hid the window's title bar and the menu bar which normally appears at the | |
| 202 | top of the screen. These hidden objects would only become visible when the | |
| 203 | mouse hovered near the top of the screen. FullScreen mode was initiated by | |
| 204 | pressing a button showing two outward pointing arrows located on the right side | |
| 205 | of the title bar; it was terminated by pressing a similar button with inward | |
| 206 | pointing arrows on the right hand side of the menu bar. In OSX 10.10 | |
| 207 | (Yosemite) the FullScreen button was removed. The green button was repurposed | |
| 208 | to cause a window to become a FullScreen window. To zoom a window the user had | |
| 209 | to hold down the option key while pressing the green button. The release of | |
| 210 | OSX 10.11 added a third function to the green button: to create two half-screen | |
| 211 | windows with hidden title bars and a hidden menu bar, called Split View | |
| 212 | windows. If the green button is held down for one second its window expands to | |
| 213 | fill half of the screen. It can be moved to one side or the other with the | |
| 214 | mouse. The opposite side shows thumbnail images of other windows. Selecting | |
| 215 | one of the thumbnails expands its window to fill that half of the screen. The | |
| 216 | divider between the two windows can be moved to adjust the percentage of the | |
| 217 | screen occupied by each of the two tiles. In OSX 10.12 (Sierra) Tabbed windows | |
| 218 | were introduced. These allow an application with multiple windows to display | |
| 219 | its windows as tabs within a single window frame. Clicking on a tab brings its | |
| 220 | window into view. Tabs can be rearranged by dragging. Dragging a tab to the | |
| 221 | desktop turns it into a separate window. Items in the Window menu can be used | |
| 222 | to cycle through the tabs, move tabbed windows to separate windows, or merge a | |
| 223 | set of separate windows as tabs in the same window frame. | |
| 224 | ||
| 225 | Tk now fully supports all of these high level window operations on any system | |
| 226 | where the operation exists. The FullScreen and Split View windows are handled | |
| 227 | automatically with no action required on the part of the programmer. Tabbed | |
| 228 | windows, on the other hand, require some attention from the programmer. | |
| 229 | Because many of the operations with tabs are handled through the application's | |
| 230 | Window menu, it is essential that an application provide a Windows menu to | |
| 231 | avoid presenting a confusing interface to the user. This cannot be ignored, in | |
| 232 | part because the systemwide Dock Preferences offers an option to always attempt | |
| 233 | to open application windows as tabs. An application which does not provide a | |
| 234 | Window menu will necessarily present a confusing interface to any user who has | |
| 235 | selected this option. | |
| 236 | ||
| 237 | A further complication is that it is not neccessarily appropriate for all of an | |
| 238 | application's windows to be grouped together as tabs in the same frame. In | |
| 239 | fact, the Apple guidelines insist that windows which are grouped together as | |
| 240 | tabs should be similar to each other. The mechanism provided for arranging | |
| 241 | this was to assign to each NSwindow a tabbingIdentifier, and to require that | |
| 242 | all windows grouped together as tabs in the same window frame must have the | |
| 243 | same tabbingIdentifier. A tabbingIdentifier is implemented as an arbitrary | |
| 244 | string, and a system-generated default tabbingIdentifier is provided to all new | |
| 245 | windows. | |
| 246 | ||
| 247 | Tk provides a means for getting and setting the tabbingIdentifier of | |
| 248 | the NSWindow underlying a Tk Window. This is handled by the command | |
| 249 | ||
| 250 | tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId? | |
| 251 | ||
| 252 | (This command generates an error if used on OSX 10.11 or earlier, since the | |
| 253 | tabbingIdentifier does not exist on those systems.) The command returns the | |
| 254 | tabbingIdentifier which had been assigned to the window prior to execution of | |
| 255 | the command. If the optional newId argument is omitted, the window's | |
| 256 | tabbingIdentifier is not changed. Otherwise it is set to the string specified | |
| 257 | by the argument. | |
| 258 | ||
| 259 | Since NSWindows can only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same | |
| 260 | tabbingIdentifier, one can prevent a window from becoming a tab by giving it a | |
| 261 | unique tabbingIdentifier. This is independent of any preferences setting. To | |
| 262 | ensure that we maintain consistency, changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window | |
| 263 | which is already displayed as a tab will also cause it to become a separate | |
| 264 | window. | |
| 265 | ||
| 266 | 4. Ttk, Dark Mode and semantic colors | |
| 267 | --------------------------------------- | |
| 268 | ||
| 269 | With the release of OSX 10.14 (Mojave), Apple introduced the DarkAqua | |
| 270 | appearance. Part of the implementation of the Dark Mode was to make | |
| 271 | some of the named NSColors have dynamic values. Apple calls these | |
| 272 | "semantic colors" because the name does not specify a specific color, | |
| 273 | but rather refers to the context in which the color should be used. | |
| 274 | Tk now provides the following semantic colors as system colors: | |
| 275 | systemTextColor, systemTextBackgroundColor, systemSelectedTextColor, | |
| 276 | systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor, systemControlTextColor, | |
| 277 | systemDisabledControlTextColor, systemLabelColor, and | |
| 278 | systemControlAccentColor. All of these except the last two were | |
| 279 | present in OSX 10.0 (and those two are simulated in systems where they | |
| 280 | do not exist). The change in 10.14 was that the RGB color value of | |
| 281 | these colors became dynamic, meaning that the color value can change | |
| 282 | when the application appearance changes. In particular, when a user | |
| 283 | selects Dark Mode in the system preferences these colors change | |
| 284 | appearance. For example systemTextColor is dark in Aqua and light in | |
| 285 | DarkAqua. One additional color, systemSelectedTabTextColor, does not | |
| 286 | exist in macOS but is used by Tk to match the different colors used | |
| 287 | for Notebook tab text in different OS versions. | |
| 288 | ||
| 289 | The default background and foreground colors of most of the Tk widgets | |
| 290 | have been set to semantic colors, which means that the widgets will change | |
| 291 | appearance, and remain usable, when Dark Mode is selected in the system | |
| 292 | preferences. However, to get a close match to the native Dark Mode style it | |
| 293 | is recommended to use Ttk widgets when possible. | |
| 294 | ||
| 295 | Apple's tab view and GroupBox objects delimit their content by | |
| 296 | displaying it within a rounded rectangle with a background color that | |
| 297 | contrasts with the background of the containing object. This means | |
| 298 | that the background color of a Ttk widget depends on how deeply it is | |
| 299 | nested inside of other widgets that use contrasting backgrounds. To | |
| 300 | support this, there are 8 contrasting system colors named | |
| 301 | systemWindowBackgroundColor, and systemWindowBackgroundColor1 - 7. | |
| 302 | The systemWindowBackgroundColor is the standard background for a | |
| 303 | dialog window and the others match the contrasting background colors | |
| 304 | used in ttk::notebooks and ttk::labelframes which are nested to the | |
| 305 | corresponding depth. | |
| 306 | ||
| 307 | 5. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS | |
| 194 | 308 | ------------------------------ |
| 195 | 309 | |
| 196 | - At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.6 | |
| 197 | is required to build TkAqua. The XCode application provides everything | |
| 198 | needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode. | |
| 310 | - macOS 10.6 is required to build TkAqua and TkX11. The XCode application provides everything needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode. | |
| 199 | 311 | It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done |
| 200 | 312 | by running the command: |
| 201 | xcode-selecct --install | |
| 313 | xcode-select --install | |
| 202 | 314 | |
| 203 | 315 | - Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in |
| 204 | 316 | tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the |
| 254 | 366 | ${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a |
| 255 | 367 | text editor. |
| 256 | 368 | |
| 257 | - To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows: | |
| 258 | export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc" | |
| 259 | This requires macOS 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is | |
| 260 | omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC | |
| 261 | Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk"). | |
| 262 | Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can | |
| 263 | be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386 | |
| 264 | on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon). | |
| 265 | Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as | |
| 266 | above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl. | |
| 267 | ||
| 268 | 369 | - To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable |
| 269 | 370 | to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g: |
| 270 | 371 | export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6 |
| 353 | 454 | TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin |
| 354 | 455 | The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3. |
| 355 | 456 | |
| 356 | 4. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk. | |
| 457 | 5. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk. | |
| 357 | 458 | ------------------------------------------- |
| 358 | 459 | |
| 359 | 4.1 About the event loop | |
| 460 | 5.1 About the event loop | |
| 360 | 461 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 361 | 462 | |
| 362 | 463 | The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see |
| 387 | 488 | all. Instead it uses the event loop built in to Tk. So the |
| 388 | 489 | application must take care to replicate the important features of the |
| 389 | 490 | method ourselves. The way that autorelease pools are handled is |
| 390 | discussed in 4.2 below. Here we discuss the event handling itself. | |
| 491 | discussed in 5.2 below. Here we discuss the event handling itself. | |
| 391 | 492 | |
| 392 | 493 | The Tcl event loop simply consists of repeated calls to TclDoOneEvent. |
| 393 | 494 | Each call to TclDoOneEvent begins by collecting all pending events from |
| 415 | 516 | event to the Tcl queue. |
| 416 | 517 | |
| 417 | 518 | |
| 418 | 4.2 Autorelease pools | |
| 519 | 5.2 Autorelease pools | |
| 419 | 520 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 420 | 521 | |
| 421 | 522 | In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which |
| 422 | 523 | would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private |
| 423 | NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of | |
| 524 | NSAutoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of | |
| 424 | 525 | NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which |
| 425 | 526 | initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to |
| 426 | 527 | calling [NSApp finishLaunching]. This mimics the behavior of the |
| 445 | 546 | One additional minor caveat for developers is that there are several |
| 446 | 547 | steps of the Tk initialization which precede the call to TkpInit. |
| 447 | 548 | Notably, the font package is initialized first. Since there is no |
| 448 | NSAUtoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions | |
| 549 | NSAutoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions | |
| 449 | 550 | called in these preliminary stages need to create and drain their own |
| 450 | 551 | NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects |
| 451 | 552 | (e.g. NSFont). |
| 452 | 553 | |
| 453 | 4.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows" | |
| 554 | 5.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows" | |
| 454 | 555 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 455 | 556 | |
| 456 | 557 | Another unusual aspect of the macOS port is its use of clipping |
| 465 | 566 | rectangle, but drawing can be clipped to a smaller rectangle by |
| 466 | 567 | calling TkpClipDrawableToRect.) The aboveVisRgn is the intersection of |
| 467 | 568 | the window's bounding rectangle with the bounding rectangle of the |
| 468 | parent window. Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubindows.c is devoted to | |
| 569 | parent window. Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubwindows.c is devoted to | |
| 469 | 570 | rebuilding these clipping regions whenever something changes in the |
| 470 | 571 | layout of the windows. This turns out to be a tricky thing to do and |
| 471 | 572 | it is extremely prone to errors which can be difficult to trace. |
| 560 | 661 | windows are redrawn within the DisplayText function by some |
| 561 | 662 | conditional code which is only used for macOS. |
| 562 | 663 | |
| 563 | 5.0 Virtual events on 10.14 | |
| 664 | 6.0 Virtual events on 10.14 | |
| 564 | 665 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 565 | 666 | |
| 566 | 667 | 10.14 supports system appearance changes, and has added a "Dark Mode" |
| 569 | 670 | your Tk app's appearance when the system appearance changes. Just bind |
| 570 | 671 | your appearance-updating code to these virtual events and you will see |
| 571 | 672 | it triggered when the system appearance toggles between dark and light. |
| 673 | ||
| 674 | 7.0 Mac Services | |
| 675 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | |
| 676 | ||
| 677 | With 8.6.10, Tk supports the Mac's NSServices API, documented at | |
| 678 | https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/SysServices/introduction.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/10000101-SW1 | |
| 679 | and in TIP 536 and Tk's man page. Tk presents a simple, | |
| 680 | straightforward API to implement the Services functionality. | |
| 681 | ||
| 682 | The Tk implementation of the NSServices API is intended for standalone | |
| 683 | applications, such as one wrapped by the standalone version of Wish | |
| 684 | and re-named into a different application. In particular such an | |
| 685 | application would specify its own unique CFBundleIdentifier in its | |
| 686 | Info.plist file. During development, however, if Wish itself is being | |
| 687 | used as the receiver, it may be necessary to take some care to ensure | |
| 688 | that the correct version of Wish.app is available as a receiver of | |
| 689 | NSServices data. | |
| 690 | ||
| 691 | When one macOS app uses NSServices to send data to another app that is | |
| 692 | not running, LaunchServices will launch the receiver. LaunchServices | |
| 693 | assumes that the CFBundleIdentifier uniquely identifies an app among | |
| 694 | all of the apps installed on a system. But this may not be the case | |
| 695 | for Wish.app if, for example, you have compiled Tk from source at some | |
| 696 | time in the past. In that case the Tk build directory will contain | |
| 697 | its own copy of Wish.app that will be visible to LaunchServices. It | |
| 698 | may be necessary when testing your app to take some steps to ensure | |
| 699 | that LaunchServices is launching the correct Wish.app. Instructions | |
| 700 | for doing this are provided below. | |
| 701 | ||
| 702 | The command line tool which manages the LaunchServices database has | |
| 703 | an amazingly unwieldy path name. So, first, run this command: | |
| 704 | ||
| 705 | alias lsregister='/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreServices.framework/Versions/A/Frameworks/LaunchServices.framework/Versions/A/Support/lsregister' | |
| 706 | ||
| 707 | Then you can reset the LaunchServices database like this: | |
| 708 | ||
| 709 | $ lsregister -kill | |
| 710 | $ lsregister -seed | |
| 711 | ||
| 712 | To find out which versions of Wish.app have been located by | |
| 713 | LaunchServices, run: | |
| 714 | ||
| 715 | $ lsregister -dump | grep path | grep Wish | |
| 716 | ||
| 717 | If more than one version of Wish is showing up in this list, eliminate | |
| 718 | all of the unintended targets by running | |
| 719 | ||
| 720 | lsregister -u /path/to/bad/Wish.app | |
| 721 | ||
| 722 | Continue this until only the correct version of Wish shows up in the | |
| 723 | list. | |
| 7 | 7 | this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 8 | 8 | --> |
| 9 | 9 | <plist version="1.0"> |
| 10 | <dict> | |
| 11 | <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key> | |
| 12 | <string>English</string> | |
| 13 | <key>CFBundleDocumentTypes</key> | |
| 10 | <dict> | |
| 11 | <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key> | |
| 12 | <string>English</string> | |
| 13 | <key>CFBundleDocumentTypes</key> | |
| 14 | <array> | |
| 15 | <dict> | |
| 16 | <key>CFBundleTypeExtensions</key> | |
| 14 | 17 | <array> |
| 15 | <dict> | |
| 16 | <key>CFBundleTypeExtensions</key> | |
| 17 | <array> | |
| 18 | <string>tcl</string> | |
| 19 | <string>TCL</string> | |
| 20 | <string>*</string> | |
| 21 | </array> | |
| 22 | <key>CFBundleTypeMIMETypes</key> | |
| 23 | <array> | |
| 24 | <string>application/x-tcl</string> | |
| 25 | <string>text/plain</string> | |
| 26 | </array> | |
| 27 | <key>CFBundleTypeName</key> | |
| 28 | <string>NSStringPboardType</string> | |
| 29 | <key>CFBundleTypeOSTypes</key> | |
| 30 | <array> | |
| 31 | <string>TEXT</string> | |
| 32 | <string>****</string> | |
| 33 | </array> | |
| 34 | <key>CFBundleTypeRole</key> | |
| 35 | <string>Viewer</string> | |
| 36 | </dict> | |
| 18 | <string>tcl</string> | |
| 19 | <string>TCL</string> | |
| 20 | <string>*</string> | |
| 37 | 21 | </array> |
| 38 | <key>CFBundleExecutable</key> | |
| 22 | <key>CFBundleTypeMIMETypes</key> | |
| 23 | <array> | |
| 24 | <string>application/x-tcl</string> | |
| 25 | <string>text/plain</string> | |
| 26 | </array> | |
| 27 | <key>CFBundleTypeName</key> | |
| 28 | <string>NSStringPboardType</string> | |
| 29 | <key>CFBundleTypeOSTypes</key> | |
| 30 | <array> | |
| 31 | <string>TEXT</string> | |
| 32 | <string>****</string> | |
| 33 | </array> | |
| 34 | <key>CFBundleTypeRole</key> | |
| 35 | <string>Viewer</string> | |
| 36 | </dict> | |
| 37 | </array> | |
| 38 | <key>CFBundleURLTypes</key> | |
| 39 | <array> | |
| 40 | <dict> | |
| 41 | <key>CFBundleTypeRole</key> | |
| 42 | <string>Viewer</string> | |
| 43 | <key>CFBundleURLSchemes</key> | |
| 44 | <array> | |
| 45 | <string>foo</string> | |
| 46 | </array> | |
| 47 | <key>CFBundleURLName</key> | |
| 48 | <string>Get Foo</string> | |
| 49 | </dict> | |
| 50 | </array> | |
| 51 | <key>CFBundleExecutable</key> | |
| 52 | <string>Wish</string> | |
| 53 | <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key> | |
| 54 | <string>Wish Shell @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@, | |
| 55 | Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team, | |
| 56 | Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors, | |
| 57 | Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC, | |
| 58 | Copyright © 2014-@TK_YEAR@ Marc Culler, | |
| 59 | Copyright © 2002-@TK_YEAR@ Daniel A. Steffen, | |
| 60 | Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc., | |
| 61 | Copyright © 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid</string> | |
| 62 | <key>CFBundleIconFile</key> | |
| 63 | <string>Wish.icns</string> | |
| 64 | <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key> | |
| 65 | <string>com.tcltk.wish</string> | |
| 66 | <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key> | |
| 67 | <string>6.0</string> | |
| 68 | <key>CFBundleLocalizations</key> | |
| 69 | <array> | |
| 70 | @CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS@ | |
| 71 | </array> | |
| 72 | <key>CFBundleName</key> | |
| 73 | <string>Wish</string> | |
| 74 | <key>CFBundlePackageType</key> | |
| 75 | <string>APPL</string> | |
| 76 | <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key> | |
| 77 | <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> | |
| 78 | <key>CFBundleSignature</key> | |
| 79 | <string>WiSH</string> | |
| 80 | <key>CFBundleVersion</key> | |
| 81 | <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> | |
| 82 | <key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key> | |
| 83 | <string>10.6.0</string> | |
| 84 | <key>LSRequiresCarbon</key> | |
| 85 | <true/> | |
| 86 | <key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key> | |
| 87 | <true/> | |
| 88 | <key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key> | |
| 89 | <string>Wish.sdef</string> | |
| 90 | <key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key> | |
| 91 | <string>True</string> | |
| 92 | <key>NSServices</key> | |
| 93 | <array> | |
| 94 | <dict> | |
| 95 | <key>NSMessage</key> | |
| 96 | <string>provideService</string> | |
| 97 | <key>NSPortName</key> | |
| 39 | 98 | <string>Wish</string> |
| 40 | <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key> | |
| 41 | <string>Wish Shell @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@, | |
| 42 | Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team, | |
| 43 | Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors, | |
| 44 | Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech | |
| 45 | Communications LLC, | |
| 46 | Copyright © 2014-@TK_YEAR@ Marc Culler, | |
| 47 | Copyright © 2002-@TK_YEAR@ Daniel A. Steffen, | |
| 48 | Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc., | |
| 49 | Copyright © 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid</string> | |
| 50 | <key>CFBundleIconFile</key> | |
| 51 | <string>Wish.icns</string> | |
| 52 | <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key> | |
| 53 | <string>com.tcltk.wish</string> | |
| 54 | <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key> | |
| 55 | <string>6.0</string> | |
| 56 | <key>CFBundleLocalizations</key> | |
| 99 | <key>NSSendTypes</key> | |
| 57 | 100 | <array> |
| 58 | @CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS@ | |
| 101 | <string>NSStringPboardType</string> | |
| 102 | <string>NSPasteboardTypeString</string> | |
| 59 | 103 | </array> |
| 60 | <key>CFBundleName</key> | |
| 61 | <string>Wish</string> | |
| 62 | <key>CFBundlePackageType</key> | |
| 63 | <string>APPL</string> | |
| 64 | <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key> | |
| 65 | <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> | |
| 66 | <key>CFBundleSignature</key> | |
| 67 | <string>WiSH</string> | |
| 68 | <key>CFBundleVersion</key> | |
| 69 | <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> | |
| 70 | <key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key> | |
| 71 | <string>10.6.0</string> | |
| 72 | <key>LSRequiresCarbon</key> | |
| 73 | <true/> | |
| 74 | <key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key> | |
| 75 | <true/> | |
| 76 | <key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key> | |
| 77 | <string>Wish.sdef</string> | |
| 78 | <key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key> | |
| 79 | <string>True</string> | |
| 80 | </dict> | |
| 104 | </dict> | |
| 105 | </array> | |
| 106 | </dict> | |
| 81 | 107 | </plist> |
| 32 | 32 | <type type="text"/> |
| 33 | 33 | </result> |
| 34 | 34 | </command> |
| 35 | <command name="open location" code="GURLGURL" | |
| 36 | description="Open a URL."> | |
| 37 | <direct-parameter description="URL" type="text"> | |
| 38 | <type type="text"/> | |
| 39 | </direct-parameter> | |
| 40 | <result description="Result"> | |
| 41 | <type type="text"/> | |
| 42 | </result> | |
| 43 | </command> | |
| 35 | 44 | </suite> |
| 36 | 45 | </dictionary> |
| 2286 | 2286 | TK_VERSION=8.6 |
| 2287 | 2287 | TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 |
| 2288 | 2288 | TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 |
| 2289 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" | |
| 2289 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10" | |
| 2290 | 2290 | VERSION=${TK_VERSION} |
| 2291 | 2291 | LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv" |
| 2292 | 2292 | |
| 2361 | 2361 | for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2362 | 2362 | `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2363 | 2363 | `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2364 | `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 2365 | 2364 | ; do |
| 2366 | 2365 | if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then |
| 2367 | 2366 | ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" |
| 2378 | 2377 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2379 | 2378 | `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2380 | 2379 | `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2380 | `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 2381 | 2381 | `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2382 | 2382 | `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 2383 | 2383 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 4526 | 4526 | if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then |
| 4527 | 4527 | tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` |
| 4528 | 4528 | fi |
| 4529 | if test "`uname -s`" = "NetBSD" -a -f /etc/debian_version ; then | |
| 4530 | tcl_cv_sys_version=NetBSD-Debian | |
| 4531 | fi | |
| 4529 | 4532 | fi |
| 4530 | 4533 | fi |
| 4531 | 4534 | |
| 5595 | 5598 | SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" |
| 5596 | 5599 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o" |
| 5597 | 5600 | DL_LIBS="" |
| 5598 | # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: | |
| 5599 | if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ | |
| 5600 | "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then : | |
| 5601 | ||
| 5602 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind" | |
| 5603 | fi | |
| 5604 | 5601 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" |
| 5605 | 5602 | { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5 |
| 5606 | 5603 | $as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... " >&6; } |
| 8122 | 8119 | XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" |
| 8123 | 8120 | if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then |
| 8124 | 8121 | found_xft=yes |
| 8125 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 8126 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 8122 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 8123 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 8127 | 8124 | fi |
| 8128 | 8125 | { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $found_xft" >&5 |
| 8129 | 8126 | $as_echo "$found_xft" >&6; } |
| 8613 | 8610 | TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS" |
| 8614 | 8611 | fi |
| 8615 | 8612 | |
| 8616 | TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 8613 | test -z "$TK_LIBRARY" && TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 8617 | 8614 | PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)' |
| 8618 | 8615 | HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html' |
| 8619 | 8616 | TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)' |
| 48 | 48 | |
| 49 | 49 | #define builtInIconSize 32 |
| 50 | 50 | |
| 51 | #define OSTYPE_TO_UTI(x) (NSString *)UTTypeCreatePreferredIdentifierForTag( \ | |
| 52 | kUTTagClassOSType, UTCreateStringForOSType(x), nil) | |
| 53 | ||
| 51 | 54 | static Tcl_HashTable iconBitmapTable = {}; |
| 52 | 55 | typedef struct { |
| 53 | 56 | int kind, width, height; |
| 106 | 109 | } |
| 107 | 110 | } |
| 108 | 111 | } |
| 109 | ||
| 110 | /* | |
| 111 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 112 | * | |
| 113 | * GetBitmapForIcon -- | |
| 114 | * | |
| 115 | * Results: | |
| 116 | * Bitmap for the given IconRef. | |
| 112 | ||
| 113 | ||
| 114 | /* | |
| 115 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 116 | * | |
| 117 | * PixmapFromImage -- | |
| 118 | * | |
| 119 | * Results: | |
| 120 | * Returns a Pixmap with an NSImage drawn into it. | |
| 117 | 121 | * |
| 118 | 122 | * Side effects: |
| 119 | 123 | * None. |
| 122 | 126 | */ |
| 123 | 127 | |
| 124 | 128 | static Pixmap |
| 125 | GetBitmapForIcon( | |
| 129 | PixmapFromImage( | |
| 126 | 130 | Display *display, |
| 127 | IconRef icon, | |
| 131 | NSImage* image, | |
| 128 | 132 | CGSize size) |
| 129 | 133 | { |
| 130 | 134 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; |
| 133 | 137 | pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, 0); |
| 134 | 138 | if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) { |
| 135 | 139 | if (dc.context) { |
| 136 | const CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, | |
| 137 | .tx = 0, .ty = size.height }; | |
| 138 | const CGRect r = { .origin = { .x = 0, .y = 0 }, .size = size }; | |
| 139 | ||
| 140 | CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, | |
| 141 | .tx = 0, .ty = size.height}; | |
| 140 | 142 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); |
| 141 | PlotIconRefInContext(dc.context, &r, kAlignAbsoluteCenter, | |
| 142 | kTransformNone, NULL, kPlotIconRefNormalFlags, icon); | |
| 143 | [NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState]; | |
| 144 | [NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:[NSGraphicsContext | |
| 145 | graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:dc.context | |
| 146 | flipped:NO]]; | |
| 147 | [image drawAtPoint:NSZeroPoint fromRect:NSZeroRect | |
| 148 | operation:NSCompositeCopy fraction:1.0]; | |
| 149 | [NSGraphicsContext restoreGraphicsState]; | |
| 143 | 150 | } |
| 144 | 151 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 145 | 152 | } |
| 146 | 153 | return pixmap; |
| 147 | 154 | } |
| 155 | ||
| 148 | 156 | |
| 149 | 157 | /* |
| 150 | 158 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 167 | 175 | Display *display, |
| 168 | 176 | const void *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */ |
| 169 | 177 | { |
| 170 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 171 | IconRef icon; | |
| 172 | OSErr err; | |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator, | |
| 175 | PTR2UINT(source), &icon); | |
| 176 | if (err == noErr) { | |
| 177 | pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize, | |
| 178 | builtInIconSize)); | |
| 179 | ReleaseIconRef(icon); | |
| 180 | } else { | |
| 181 | pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, builtInIconSize, | |
| 182 | builtInIconSize, 0); | |
| 183 | } | |
| 178 | NSString *iconUTI = OSTYPE_TO_UTI(PTR2UINT(source)); | |
| 179 | NSImage *iconImage = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] | |
| 180 | iconForFileType: iconUTI]; | |
| 181 | CGSize size = CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize, builtInIconSize); | |
| 182 | Pixmap pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, NSSizeToCGSize(size)); | |
| 184 | 183 | return pixmap; |
| 185 | 184 | } |
| 185 | ||
| 186 | 186 | |
| 187 | 187 | /* |
| 188 | 188 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 209 | 209 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds); |
| 210 | 210 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) { |
| 211 | 211 | char string[4] = {}; |
| 212 | memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (size_t) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); | |
| 212 | memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); | |
| 213 | 213 | *t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 | |
| 214 | 214 | (OSType) string[2] << 8 | (OSType) string[3]; |
| 215 | 215 | result = TCL_OK; |
| 218 | 218 | Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); |
| 219 | 219 | return result; |
| 220 | 220 | } |
| 221 | ||
| 221 | 222 | |
| 222 | 223 | /* |
| 223 | 224 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 308 | 309 | } |
| 309 | 310 | } |
| 310 | 311 | if (image) { |
| 311 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; | |
| 312 | int depth = 0; | |
| 313 | ||
| 314 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK_TODO | |
| 315 | for (NSImageRep *r in [image representations]) { | |
| 316 | NSInteger bitsPerSample = [r bitsPerSample]; | |
| 317 | if (bitsPerSample && bitsPerSample > depth) { | |
| 318 | depth = bitsPerSample; | |
| 319 | }; | |
| 320 | } | |
| 321 | if (depth == 1) { | |
| 322 | /* TODO: convert BW NSImage to CGImageMask */ | |
| 323 | } | |
| 324 | #endif | |
| 325 | pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, depth); | |
| 326 | 312 | *width = size.width; |
| 327 | 313 | *height = size.height; |
| 328 | if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) { | |
| 329 | if (dc.context) { | |
| 330 | CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, | |
| 331 | .tx = 0, .ty = size.height}; | |
| 332 | ||
| 333 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); | |
| 334 | [NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState]; | |
| 335 | [NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:[NSGraphicsContext | |
| 336 | graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:dc.context flipped:NO]]; | |
| 337 | [image drawAtPoint:NSZeroPoint fromRect:NSZeroRect | |
| 338 | operation:NSCompositeCopy fraction:1.0]; | |
| 339 | [NSGraphicsContext restoreGraphicsState]; | |
| 340 | } | |
| 341 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); | |
| 342 | } | |
| 314 | pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, image, NSSizeToCGSize(size)); | |
| 343 | 315 | } else if (name) { |
| 344 | 316 | OSType iconType; |
| 345 | 317 | if (OSTypeFromString(name, &iconType) == TCL_OK) { |
| 346 | IconRef icon; | |
| 347 | OSErr err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator, | |
| 348 | iconType, &icon); | |
| 349 | if (err == noErr) { | |
| 350 | pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, NSSizeToCGSize(size)); | |
| 351 | *width = size.width; | |
| 352 | *height = size.height; | |
| 353 | ReleaseIconRef(icon); | |
| 354 | } | |
| 318 | NSString *iconUTI = OSTYPE_TO_UTI(iconType); | |
| 319 | printf("Found image for UTI %s\n", iconUTI.UTF8String); | |
| 320 | NSImage *iconImage = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] | |
| 321 | iconForFileType: iconUTI]; | |
| 322 | pixmap = PixmapFromImage(display, iconImage, NSSizeToCGSize(size)); | |
| 355 | 323 | } |
| 356 | 324 | } |
| 357 | 325 | return pixmap; |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXButton.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the | |
| 4 | * button widgets. | |
| 3 | * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the button | |
| 4 | * widgets. | |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. |
| 28 | 28 | * be allowed when drawing the HITheme button. |
| 29 | 29 | */ |
| 30 | 30 | |
| 31 | #define HI_PADX 2 | |
| 31 | #define HI_PADX 14 | |
| 32 | 32 | #define HI_PADY 1 |
| 33 | 33 | |
| 34 | 34 | /* |
| 35 | * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn. | |
| 36 | */ | |
| 37 | ||
| 38 | #define DRAW_LABEL 0 /* Labels are treated genericly. */ | |
| 39 | #define DRAW_CONTROL 1 /* Draw using the Native control. */ | |
| 40 | #define DRAW_CUSTOM 2 /* Make our own button drawing. */ | |
| 41 | #define DRAW_BEVEL 3 | |
| 42 | ||
| 43 | /* | |
| 44 | 35 | * The delay in milliseconds between pulsing default button redraws. |
| 45 | 36 | */ |
| 46 | 37 | #define PULSE_TIMER_MSECS 62 /* Largest value that didn't look stuttery */ |
| 51 | 42 | |
| 52 | 43 | |
| 53 | 44 | typedef struct { |
| 54 | int drawType; | |
| 55 | 45 | Tk_3DBorder border; |
| 56 | 46 | int relief; |
| 57 | 47 | int offset; /* 0 means this is a normal widget. 1 means |
| 79 | 69 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: |
| 80 | 70 | */ |
| 81 | 71 | |
| 82 | ||
| 83 | static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (const HIRect *btnbounds, MacButton *ptr, | |
| 84 | SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 85 | static void ButtonContentDrawCB (const HIRect *bounds, ThemeButtonKind kind, | |
| 86 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, | |
| 87 | Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 88 | static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 89 | static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams (TkButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, | |
| 90 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo); | |
| 91 | static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams (TkButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr); | |
| 92 | static void TkMacOSXDrawButton (MacButton *butPtr, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap); | |
| 93 | static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton* butPtr); | |
| 94 | static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData); | |
| 95 | ||
| 72 | static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(const HIRect *btnbounds, | |
| 73 | MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 74 | static void ButtonContentDrawCB(const HIRect *bounds, | |
| 75 | ThemeButtonKind kind, | |
| 76 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr, | |
| 77 | SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 78 | static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, | |
| 79 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 80 | static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(TkButton *butPtr, | |
| 81 | ThemeButtonKind *btnkind, | |
| 82 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo); | |
| 83 | static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(TkButton *butPtr, | |
| 84 | DrawParams * dpPtr); | |
| 85 | static void TkMacOSXDrawButton(MacButton *butPtr, GC gc, | |
| 86 | Pixmap pixmap); | |
| 87 | static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton *butPtr); | |
| 88 | static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData); | |
| 96 | 89 | |
| 97 | 90 | /* |
| 98 | 91 | * The class procedure table for the button widgets. |
| 104 | 97 | }; |
| 105 | 98 | |
| 106 | 99 | static int bCount; |
| 107 | ||
| 100 | ||
| 108 | 101 | /* |
| 109 | 102 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 110 | 103 | * |
| 111 | 104 | * TkpButtonSetDefaults -- |
| 112 | 105 | * |
| 113 | * This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for | |
| 114 | * buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current | |
| 115 | * values defined for this platform. | |
| 106 | * This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for buttons. | |
| 107 | * It modifies some of the default values to match the current values | |
| 108 | * defined for this platform. | |
| 116 | 109 | * |
| 117 | 110 | * Results: |
| 118 | 111 | * Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified. |
| 126 | 119 | void |
| 127 | 120 | TkpButtonSetDefaults() |
| 128 | 121 | { |
| 129 | /*No-op.*/ | |
| 130 | } | |
| 131 | ||
| 122 | /*No-op.*/ | |
| 123 | } | |
| 132 | 124 | |
| 133 | 125 | /* |
| 134 | 126 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 150 | 142 | TkpCreateButton( |
| 151 | 143 | Tk_Window tkwin) |
| 152 | 144 | { |
| 153 | MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton)); | |
| 145 | MacButton *macButtonPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton)); | |
| 154 | 146 | |
| 155 | 147 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, |
| 156 | ButtonEventProc, (ClientData) macButtonPtr); | |
| 148 | ButtonEventProc, macButtonPtr); | |
| 157 | 149 | macButtonPtr->id = bCount++; |
| 158 | 150 | macButtonPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW; |
| 159 | 151 | macButtonPtr->btnkind = kThemePushButton; |
| 161 | 153 | bzero(&macButtonPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->drawinfo)); |
| 162 | 154 | bzero(&macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo)); |
| 163 | 155 | |
| 164 | return (TkButton *)macButtonPtr; | |
| 156 | return (TkButton *) macButtonPtr; | |
| 165 | 157 | } |
| 166 | 158 | |
| 167 | 159 | /* |
| 169 | 161 | * |
| 170 | 162 | * TkpDisplayButton -- |
| 171 | 163 | * |
| 172 | * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is | |
| 173 | * normally invoked as an idle handler. | |
| 164 | * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally | |
| 165 | * invoked as an idle handler. | |
| 174 | 166 | * |
| 175 | 167 | * Results: |
| 176 | 168 | * None. |
| 177 | 169 | * |
| 178 | 170 | * Side effects: |
| 179 | * Commands are output to X to display the button in its | |
| 180 | * current mode. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared. | |
| 171 | * Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode. The | |
| 172 | * REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared. | |
| 181 | 173 | * |
| 182 | 174 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 183 | 175 | */ |
| 186 | 178 | TkpDisplayButton( |
| 187 | 179 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ |
| 188 | 180 | { |
| 189 | MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) clientData; | |
| 190 | TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData; | |
| 181 | MacButton *macButtonPtr = clientData; | |
| 182 | TkButton *butPtr = clientData; | |
| 191 | 183 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; |
| 192 | 184 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 193 | 185 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams; |
| 194 | 186 | int needhighlight = 0; |
| 195 | 187 | |
| 188 | if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) { | |
| 189 | return; | |
| 190 | } | |
| 196 | 191 | butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 197 | 192 | if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 198 | 193 | return; |
| 199 | 194 | } |
| 200 | 195 | pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 201 | TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); | |
| 202 | ||
| 203 | if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr) ) { | |
| 204 | macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0; | |
| 205 | } else { | |
| 206 | macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1; | |
| 207 | } | |
| 208 | ||
| 209 | 196 | |
| 210 | 197 | /* |
| 211 | 198 | * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port |
| 212 | 199 | * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip. |
| 213 | 200 | */ |
| 214 | 201 | |
| 202 | TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); | |
| 203 | ||
| 204 | if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr)) { | |
| 205 | macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0; | |
| 206 | } else { | |
| 207 | macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1; | |
| 208 | } | |
| 215 | 209 | if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) { |
| 216 | 210 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { |
| 217 | 211 | Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0, |
| 221 | 215 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); |
| 222 | 216 | } |
| 223 | 217 | |
| 224 | /* Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls. */ | |
| 218 | /* | |
| 219 | * Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls. | |
| 220 | */ | |
| 221 | ||
| 225 | 222 | DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr); |
| 226 | needhighlight = 1; | |
| 223 | needhighlight = 1; | |
| 227 | 224 | } else { |
| 228 | /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */ | |
| 225 | /* | |
| 226 | * Draw the native portion of the buttons. | |
| 227 | */ | |
| 228 | ||
| 229 | 229 | TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap); |
| 230 | 230 | |
| 231 | /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */ | |
| 231 | /* | |
| 232 | * Ask for the highlight border, if needed. | |
| 233 | */ | |
| 234 | ||
| 232 | 235 | if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) { |
| 233 | 236 | needhighlight = 1; |
| 234 | 237 | } |
| 235 | 238 | } |
| 236 | 239 | |
| 237 | /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */ | |
| 240 | /* | |
| 241 | * Draw highlight border, if needed. | |
| 242 | */ | |
| 243 | ||
| 238 | 244 | if (needhighlight) { |
| 239 | if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) { | |
| 240 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, | |
| 241 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), | |
| 242 | butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID); | |
| 243 | } | |
| 245 | GC gc = NULL; | |
| 246 | if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) && butPtr->highlightColorPtr) { | |
| 247 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); | |
| 248 | } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { | |
| 249 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); | |
| 250 | } | |
| 251 | if (gc) { | |
| 252 | TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(tkwin, gc, 0, butPtr->highlightWidth); | |
| 253 | } | |
| 244 | 254 | } |
| 245 | 255 | } |
| 246 | 256 | |
| 249 | 259 | * |
| 250 | 260 | * TkpComputeButtonGeometry -- |
| 251 | 261 | * |
| 252 | * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure | |
| 253 | * recomputes the button's geometry and passes this information | |
| 254 | * along to the geometry manager for the window. | |
| 262 | * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure recomputes | |
| 263 | * the button's geometry and passes this information along to the geometry | |
| 264 | * manager for the window. | |
| 255 | 265 | * |
| 256 | 266 | * Results: |
| 257 | 267 | * None. |
| 268 | 278 | { |
| 269 | 279 | int width = 0, height = 0, charWidth = 1, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; |
| 270 | 280 | int txtWidth = 0, txtHeight = 0; |
| 271 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr; | |
| 281 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; | |
| 272 | 282 | Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 273 | DrawParams drawParams; | |
| 274 | ||
| 275 | /* | |
| 276 | * First figure out the size of the contents of the button. | |
| 277 | */ | |
| 283 | char *text = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr); | |
| 278 | 284 | |
| 279 | 285 | TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo); |
| 280 | 286 | |
| 282 | 288 | * If the indicator is on, get its size. |
| 283 | 289 | */ |
| 284 | 290 | |
| 285 | if ( butPtr->indicatorOn ) { | |
| 286 | switch (butPtr->type) { | |
| 287 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 288 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter); | |
| 289 | break; | |
| 290 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 291 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter); | |
| 292 | break; | |
| 293 | default: | |
| 294 | break; | |
| 295 | } | |
| 296 | /* Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator. */ | |
| 297 | butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2; | |
| 291 | if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { | |
| 292 | switch (butPtr->type) { | |
| 293 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 294 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth, | |
| 295 | (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter); | |
| 296 | break; | |
| 297 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 298 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth, | |
| 299 | (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter); | |
| 300 | break; | |
| 301 | default: | |
| 302 | break; | |
| 303 | } | |
| 304 | ||
| 305 | /* | |
| 306 | * Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator. | |
| 307 | */ | |
| 308 | ||
| 309 | butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2; | |
| 298 | 310 | } else { |
| 299 | butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0; | |
| 300 | butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0; | |
| 311 | butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0; | |
| 312 | butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0; | |
| 301 | 313 | } |
| 302 | 314 | |
| 303 | 315 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 311 | 323 | if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { |
| 312 | 324 | Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); |
| 313 | 325 | butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, |
| 314 | Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength, | |
| 315 | butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 316 | ||
| 317 | txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth; | |
| 318 | txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight; | |
| 319 | charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); | |
| 320 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); | |
| 321 | haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0); | |
| 326 | text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength, butPtr->justify, 0, | |
| 327 | &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 328 | ||
| 329 | txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth + 2*butPtr->padX; | |
| 330 | txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + 2*butPtr->padY; | |
| 331 | haveText = 1; | |
| 322 | 332 | } |
| 323 | 333 | |
| 324 | 334 | if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */ |
| 325 | 335 | switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { |
| 326 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 327 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: | |
| 328 | /* | |
| 329 | * Image is above or below text. | |
| 330 | */ | |
| 331 | ||
| 332 | height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 333 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 334 | break; | |
| 335 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 336 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: | |
| 337 | /* | |
| 338 | * Image is left or right of text. | |
| 339 | */ | |
| 340 | ||
| 341 | width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 342 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 343 | break; | |
| 344 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: | |
| 345 | /* | |
| 346 | * Image and text are superimposed. | |
| 347 | */ | |
| 348 | ||
| 349 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 350 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 351 | break; | |
| 352 | default: | |
| 353 | break; | |
| 336 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 337 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: | |
| 338 | /* | |
| 339 | * Image is above or below text. | |
| 340 | */ | |
| 341 | ||
| 342 | height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 343 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 344 | break; | |
| 345 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 346 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: | |
| 347 | /* | |
| 348 | * Image is left or right of text. | |
| 349 | */ | |
| 350 | ||
| 351 | width += txtWidth + 2*butPtr->padX; | |
| 352 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 353 | break; | |
| 354 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: | |
| 355 | /* | |
| 356 | * Image and text are superimposed. | |
| 357 | */ | |
| 358 | ||
| 359 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 360 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 361 | break; | |
| 362 | default: | |
| 363 | break; | |
| 354 | 364 | } |
| 355 | 365 | width += butPtr->indicatorSpace; |
| 356 | ||
| 357 | 366 | } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */ |
| 358 | width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace; | |
| 359 | height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height; | |
| 360 | ||
| 367 | width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace; | |
| 368 | height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height; | |
| 369 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { | |
| 370 | /* | |
| 371 | * Allow room to shift the image. | |
| 372 | */ | |
| 373 | width += 2; | |
| 374 | height += 2; | |
| 375 | } | |
| 361 | 376 | } else { /* Text only */ |
| 362 | 377 | width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace; |
| 363 | 378 | height = txtHeight; |
| 364 | 379 | if (butPtr->width > 0) { |
| 365 | width = butPtr->width * charWidth; | |
| 380 | charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); | |
| 381 | width = butPtr->width * charWidth + 2*butPtr->padX; | |
| 366 | 382 | } |
| 367 | 383 | if (butPtr->height > 0) { |
| 368 | height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace; | |
| 369 | } | |
| 370 | } | |
| 371 | ||
| 372 | /* Add padding */ | |
| 373 | width += 2 * butPtr->padX; | |
| 374 | height += 2 * butPtr->padY; | |
| 384 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); | |
| 385 | height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace + 2*butPtr->padY; | |
| 386 | } | |
| 387 | } | |
| 375 | 388 | |
| 376 | 389 | /* |
| 377 | 390 | * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button. |
| 381 | 394 | butPtr->highlightWidth = 0; |
| 382 | 395 | } |
| 383 | 396 | |
| 384 | butPtr->inset = 0; | |
| 385 | butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 386 | ||
| 387 | if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) { | |
| 388 | HIRect tmpRect; | |
| 389 | HIRect contBounds; | |
| 390 | int paddingx = 0; | |
| 391 | int paddingy = 0; | |
| 392 | ||
| 393 | tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY); | |
| 394 | ||
| 395 | HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds); | |
| 396 | /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */ | |
| 397 | if (height < contBounds.size.height) { | |
| 398 | height = contBounds.size.height; | |
| 399 | } | |
| 400 | ||
| 401 | /* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */ | |
| 402 | if (width < contBounds.size.width) { | |
| 403 | width = contBounds.size.width; | |
| 404 | } | |
| 405 | ||
| 406 | /* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */ | |
| 407 | paddingx = contBounds.origin.x; | |
| 408 | paddingy = contBounds.origin.y; | |
| 409 | ||
| 410 | if (height < paddingx - 4) { | |
| 411 | /* can't have buttons much shorter than button side diameter. */ | |
| 412 | height = paddingx - 4; | |
| 413 | } | |
| 414 | ||
| 415 | } else { | |
| 416 | height += butPtr->borderWidth*2; | |
| 417 | width += butPtr->borderWidth*2; | |
| 418 | } | |
| 397 | butPtr->inset = butPtr->borderWidth + butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 419 | 398 | |
| 420 | 399 | width += butPtr->inset*2; |
| 421 | 400 | height += butPtr->inset*2; |
| 422 | 401 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) { |
| 423 | width += 12; | |
| 424 | } | |
| 425 | ||
| 402 | width += 12; | |
| 403 | } | |
| 404 | if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) { | |
| 405 | HIRect tmpRect; | |
| 406 | HIRect contBounds; | |
| 407 | ||
| 408 | /* | |
| 409 | * A PushButton has a minimum size. We make sure that we are not | |
| 410 | * underestimating the size by requesting the content size of a | |
| 411 | * Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the | |
| 412 | * standard padding. | |
| 413 | */ | |
| 414 | ||
| 415 | tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY); | |
| 416 | HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds); | |
| 417 | if (height < contBounds.size.height) { | |
| 418 | height = contBounds.size.height; | |
| 419 | } | |
| 420 | if (width < contBounds.size.width) { | |
| 421 | width = contBounds.size.width; | |
| 422 | } | |
| 423 | height += 2*HI_PADY; | |
| 424 | width += 2*HI_PADX; | |
| 425 | } | |
| 426 | 426 | Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height); |
| 427 | 427 | Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset); |
| 428 | 428 | } |
| 429 | ||
| 429 | ||
| 430 | 430 | /* |
| 431 | 431 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 432 | 432 | * |
| 433 | 433 | * DrawButtonImageAndText -- |
| 434 | 434 | * |
| 435 | * Draws the image and text associated with a button or label. | |
| 436 | * | |
| 437 | * Results: | |
| 438 | * None. | |
| 439 | * | |
| 440 | * Side effects: | |
| 441 | * The image and text are drawn. | |
| 435 | * Draws the image and text associated with a button or label. | |
| 436 | * | |
| 437 | * Results: | |
| 438 | * None. | |
| 439 | * | |
| 440 | * Side effects: | |
| 441 | * The image and text are drawn. | |
| 442 | 442 | * |
| 443 | 443 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 444 | 444 | */ |
| 445 | 445 | static void |
| 446 | 446 | DrawButtonImageAndText( |
| 447 | TkButton* butPtr) | |
| 448 | { | |
| 449 | ||
| 450 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr; | |
| 451 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 452 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 453 | int haveImage = 0; | |
| 454 | int haveText = 0; | |
| 455 | int imageWidth = 0; | |
| 456 | int imageHeight = 0; | |
| 457 | int imageXOffset = 0; | |
| 458 | int imageYOffset = 0; | |
| 459 | int textXOffset = 0; | |
| 460 | int textYOffset = 0; | |
| 461 | int width = 0; | |
| 462 | int height = 0; | |
| 463 | int fullWidth = 0; | |
| 464 | int fullHeight = 0; | |
| 465 | int pressed = 0; | |
| 466 | ||
| 447 | TkButton *butPtr) | |
| 448 | { | |
| 449 | ||
| 450 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; | |
| 451 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 452 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 453 | int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, pressed = 0; | |
| 454 | int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0; | |
| 455 | int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; | |
| 456 | int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; | |
| 457 | int width = 0, height = 0; | |
| 458 | int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0; | |
| 459 | DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 467 | 460 | |
| 468 | 461 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 469 | 462 | return; |
| 470 | 463 | } |
| 471 | 464 | |
| 472 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 473 | pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 465 | pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 474 | 466 | |
| 475 | 467 | if (butPtr->image != None) { |
| 476 | 468 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 480 | 472 | haveImage = 1; |
| 481 | 473 | } |
| 482 | 474 | |
| 483 | imageWidth = width; | |
| 475 | imageWidth = width; | |
| 484 | 476 | imageHeight = height; |
| 485 | 477 | |
| 486 | 478 | if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) { |
| 487 | /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */ | |
| 488 | 479 | pressed = 1; |
| 489 | 480 | } |
| 490 | 481 | |
| 491 | 482 | haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); |
| 492 | 483 | if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */ |
| 493 | int x; | |
| 494 | int y; | |
| 495 | textXOffset = 0; | |
| 496 | textYOffset = 0; | |
| 497 | fullWidth = 0; | |
| 498 | fullHeight = 0; | |
| 484 | int x, y; | |
| 499 | 485 | |
| 500 | 486 | switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { |
| 501 | 487 | case COMPOUND_TOP: |
| 502 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { | |
| 503 | /* Image is above or below text */ | |
| 504 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { | |
| 505 | textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; | |
| 506 | } else { | |
| 507 | imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 508 | } | |
| 509 | fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 510 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : | |
| 511 | butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 512 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 513 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 514 | break; | |
| 515 | } | |
| 488 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: | |
| 489 | /* Image is above or below text */ | |
| 490 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { | |
| 491 | textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; | |
| 492 | } else { | |
| 493 | imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 494 | } | |
| 495 | fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 496 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 497 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 498 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 499 | break; | |
| 516 | 500 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: |
| 517 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { | |
| 518 | /* | |
| 519 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 520 | */ | |
| 521 | ||
| 522 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { | |
| 523 | textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX; | |
| 524 | } else { | |
| 525 | imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 526 | } | |
| 527 | fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; | |
| 528 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 529 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 530 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 531 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 532 | break; | |
| 533 | } | |
| 534 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: { | |
| 535 | /* | |
| 536 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 537 | */ | |
| 538 | ||
| 539 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : | |
| 540 | butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 541 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 542 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 543 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 544 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 545 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 546 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 547 | break; | |
| 548 | } | |
| 501 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: | |
| 502 | /* | |
| 503 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 504 | */ | |
| 505 | ||
| 506 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { | |
| 507 | textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX; | |
| 508 | } else { | |
| 509 | imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 510 | } | |
| 511 | fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; | |
| 512 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 513 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 514 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 515 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 516 | break; | |
| 517 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: | |
| 518 | /* | |
| 519 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 520 | */ | |
| 521 | ||
| 522 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : | |
| 523 | butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 524 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 525 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 526 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 527 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 528 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 529 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 530 | break; | |
| 549 | 531 | default: |
| 550 | break; | |
| 532 | break; | |
| 551 | 533 | } |
| 552 | 534 | |
| 553 | 535 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, |
| 569 | 551 | } |
| 570 | 552 | imageXOffset += x; |
| 571 | 553 | imageYOffset += y; |
| 572 | textYOffset -= 1; | |
| 573 | 554 | |
| 574 | 555 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 575 | if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && | |
| 576 | (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { | |
| 577 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, | |
| 578 | width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 579 | } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && | |
| 580 | (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { | |
| 581 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, | |
| 582 | width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 583 | } else { | |
| 584 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, | |
| 585 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 586 | } | |
| 556 | if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && | |
| 557 | (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { | |
| 558 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, | |
| 559 | width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 560 | } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && | |
| 561 | (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { | |
| 562 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, | |
| 563 | width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 564 | } else { | |
| 565 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, | |
| 566 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 567 | } | |
| 587 | 568 | } else { |
| 588 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 589 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 590 | XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 591 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, | |
| 592 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 593 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); | |
| 594 | } | |
| 595 | ||
| 596 | Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, | |
| 597 | dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, | |
| 598 | x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); | |
| 569 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 570 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 571 | XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 572 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, | |
| 573 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 574 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); | |
| 575 | } | |
| 576 | y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons. */ | |
| 577 | Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, | |
| 578 | x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); | |
| 599 | 579 | Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, |
| 600 | 580 | butPtr->textLayout, |
| 601 | 581 | x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, |
| 602 | 582 | butPtr->underline); |
| 603 | 583 | } else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */ |
| 604 | int x = 0; | |
| 605 | int y; | |
| 584 | int x = 0, y; | |
| 585 | ||
| 606 | 586 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, |
| 607 | butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 608 | butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 609 | width + butPtr->indicatorSpace, | |
| 610 | height, &x, &y); | |
| 587 | butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 588 | butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 589 | width + butPtr->indicatorSpace, height, &x, &y); | |
| 611 | 590 | x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; |
| 612 | 591 | if (pressed) { |
| 613 | x += dpPtr->offset; | |
| 614 | y += dpPtr->offset; | |
| 592 | x += dpPtr->offset; | |
| 593 | y += dpPtr->offset; | |
| 615 | 594 | } |
| 616 | 595 | imageXOffset += x; |
| 617 | 596 | imageYOffset += y; |
| 618 | 597 | |
| 619 | 598 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 620 | ||
| 621 | if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && | |
| 622 | (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { | |
| 623 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, | |
| 624 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 625 | } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && | |
| 626 | (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { | |
| 627 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, | |
| 628 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 629 | } else { | |
| 630 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, | |
| 631 | pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 632 | } | |
| 599 | if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && | |
| 600 | (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { | |
| 601 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, | |
| 602 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 603 | } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && | |
| 604 | (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { | |
| 605 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, | |
| 606 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 607 | } else { | |
| 608 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, | |
| 609 | pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 610 | } | |
| 633 | 611 | } else { |
| 634 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y); | |
| 635 | XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, | |
| 636 | pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 637 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, | |
| 638 | (unsigned int) height, | |
| 639 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 640 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); | |
| 612 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y); | |
| 613 | XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 614 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, | |
| 615 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 616 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); | |
| 641 | 617 | } |
| 642 | 618 | } else { /* Text only */ |
| 643 | 619 | int x, y; |
| 620 | ||
| 644 | 621 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, |
| 645 | butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, | |
| 646 | butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); | |
| 622 | butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, | |
| 623 | butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); | |
| 647 | 624 | x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; |
| 625 | y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons */ | |
| 648 | 626 | Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, |
| 649 | 627 | x, y, 0, -1); |
| 650 | 628 | } |
| 651 | 629 | |
| 652 | 630 | /* |
| 653 | 631 | * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special |
| 654 | * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget | |
| 655 | * is selected and we use a different background color when selected, | |
| 656 | * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. | |
| 632 | * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is | |
| 633 | * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must | |
| 634 | * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. | |
| 657 | 635 | */ |
| 658 | 636 | |
| 659 | 637 | if (mbPtr->useTkText) { |
| 691 | 669 | */ |
| 692 | 670 | |
| 693 | 671 | if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { |
| 694 | int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 695 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset, | |
| 696 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, | |
| 697 | butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief); | |
| 698 | } | |
| 699 | } | |
| 700 | ||
| 701 | } | |
| 702 | ||
| 703 | ||
| 704 | ||
| 705 | ||
| 672 | int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 673 | ||
| 674 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset, | |
| 675 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset, | |
| 676 | butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief); | |
| 677 | } | |
| 678 | } | |
| 679 | } | |
| 680 | ||
| 706 | 681 | /* |
| 707 | 682 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 708 | 683 | * |
| 724 | 699 | TkButton *butPtr) |
| 725 | 700 | { |
| 726 | 701 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */ |
| 702 | ||
| 727 | 703 | if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { |
| 728 | 704 | Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler); |
| 729 | 705 | } |
| 734 | 710 | * |
| 735 | 711 | * TkMacOSXDrawButton -- |
| 736 | 712 | * |
| 737 | * This function draws the tk button using Mac controls | |
| 738 | * In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed | |
| 739 | * in the TkButton. | |
| 713 | * This function draws the tk button using Mac controls. In addition, | |
| 714 | * this code may apply custom colors passed in the TkButton. | |
| 740 | 715 | * |
| 741 | 716 | * Results: |
| 742 | 717 | * None. |
| 755 | 730 | Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed |
| 756 | 731 | * for the bevel button */ |
| 757 | 732 | { |
| 758 | TkButton * butPtr = ( TkButton *)mbPtr; | |
| 759 | TkWindow * winPtr; | |
| 760 | HIRect cntrRect; | |
| 733 | TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr; | |
| 734 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 735 | HIRect cntrRect; | |
| 761 | 736 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; |
| 762 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 737 | DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 763 | 738 | int useNewerHITools = 1; |
| 764 | 739 | |
| 765 | winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 766 | ||
| 767 | 740 | TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo); |
| 768 | 741 | |
| 769 | cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, | |
| 770 | winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, | |
| 771 | Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), | |
| 772 | Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin)); | |
| 773 | ||
| 774 | cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset); | |
| 742 | cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, | |
| 743 | Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin)); | |
| 744 | ||
| 745 | cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset); | |
| 775 | 746 | |
| 776 | 747 | if (useNewerHITools == 1) { |
| 777 | 748 | HIRect contHIRec; |
| 785 | 756 | |
| 786 | 757 | hiinfo.version = 0; |
| 787 | 758 | hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state; |
| 788 | hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind; | |
| 759 | hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind; | |
| 789 | 760 | hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value; |
| 790 | 761 | hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment; |
| 791 | 762 | hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent(); |
| 793 | 764 | hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current; |
| 794 | 765 | } |
| 795 | 766 | |
| 796 | HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal, | |
| 797 | &contHIRec); | |
| 767 | /* | |
| 768 | * To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we set the | |
| 769 | * state to inactive in Dark Mode unless the button is pressed or is a | |
| 770 | * -default active button. This isn't perfect but it is mostly usable. | |
| 771 | * Using a ttk::button would be a much better choice, however. | |
| 772 | */ | |
| 773 | ||
| 774 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin) && | |
| 775 | mbPtr->drawinfo.state != kThemeStatePressed && | |
| 776 | !(mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment & kThemeAdornmentDefault)) { | |
| 777 | hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive; | |
| 778 | } | |
| 779 | HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, | |
| 780 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec); | |
| 798 | 781 | |
| 799 | 782 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 800 | 783 | ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, |
| 801 | (MacButton *)mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 802 | ||
| 784 | (MacButton *) mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 803 | 785 | } else { |
| 804 | 786 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 805 | 787 | return; |
| 815 | 797 | * |
| 816 | 798 | * ButtonBackgroundDrawCB -- |
| 817 | 799 | * |
| 818 | * This function draws the background that | |
| 819 | * lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons. | |
| 800 | * This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and | |
| 801 | * radiobuttons. | |
| 820 | 802 | * |
| 821 | 803 | * Results: |
| 822 | 804 | * None. |
| 826 | 808 | * |
| 827 | 809 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 828 | 810 | */ |
| 811 | ||
| 829 | 812 | static void |
| 830 | ButtonBackgroundDrawCB ( | |
| 831 | const HIRect * btnbounds, | |
| 813 | ButtonBackgroundDrawCB( | |
| 814 | const HIRect *btnbounds, | |
| 832 | 815 | MacButton *ptr, |
| 833 | 816 | SInt16 depth, |
| 834 | 817 | Boolean isColorDev) |
| 835 | 818 | { |
| 836 | MacButton* mbPtr = (MacButton*)ptr; | |
| 837 | TkButton* butPtr = (TkButton*)mbPtr; | |
| 838 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 819 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) ptr; | |
| 820 | TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr; | |
| 821 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 839 | 822 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 840 | 823 | int usehlborder = 0; |
| 841 | 824 | |
| 842 | 825 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 843 | 826 | return; |
| 844 | 827 | } |
| 845 | pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 828 | pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 846 | 829 | |
| 847 | 830 | if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) { |
| 848 | 831 | switch (mbPtr->btnkind) { |
| 849 | case kThemeSmallBevelButton: | |
| 850 | case kThemeBevelButton: | |
| 851 | case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: | |
| 852 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 853 | usehlborder = 1; | |
| 854 | break; | |
| 832 | case kThemeSmallBevelButton: | |
| 833 | case kThemeBevelButton: | |
| 834 | case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: | |
| 835 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 836 | usehlborder = 1; | |
| 837 | break; | |
| 855 | 838 | } |
| 856 | 839 | } |
| 857 | 840 | if (usehlborder) { |
| 887 | 870 | SInt16 depth, |
| 888 | 871 | Boolean isColorDev) |
| 889 | 872 | { |
| 890 | TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr; | |
| 891 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 873 | TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) ptr; | |
| 874 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 892 | 875 | |
| 893 | 876 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 894 | 877 | return; |
| 895 | 878 | } |
| 896 | 879 | |
| 897 | 880 | /* |
| 898 | * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements | |
| 899 | * within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics. | |
| 881 | * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within | |
| 882 | * button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics. | |
| 900 | 883 | */ |
| 884 | ||
| 901 | 885 | DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr); |
| 902 | 886 | } |
| 903 | 887 | |
| 906 | 890 | * |
| 907 | 891 | * ButtonEventProc -- |
| 908 | 892 | * |
| 909 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various | |
| 910 | * events on buttons. | |
| 893 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on | |
| 894 | * buttons. | |
| 911 | 895 | * |
| 912 | 896 | * Results: |
| 913 | 897 | * None. |
| 923 | 907 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ |
| 924 | 908 | XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ |
| 925 | 909 | { |
| 926 | TkButton *buttonPtr = (TkButton *) clientData; | |
| 927 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) clientData; | |
| 910 | TkButton *buttonPtr = clientData; | |
| 911 | MacButton *mbPtr = clientData; | |
| 928 | 912 | |
| 929 | 913 | if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify |
| 930 | 914 | || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) { |
| 937 | 921 | mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE; |
| 938 | 922 | } |
| 939 | 923 | if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) { |
| 940 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) buttonPtr); | |
| 924 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, buttonPtr); | |
| 941 | 925 | buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 942 | 926 | } |
| 943 | 927 | } |
| 948 | 932 | * |
| 949 | 933 | * TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams -- |
| 950 | 934 | * |
| 951 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used | |
| 952 | * when creating a Carbon Appearance control. | |
| 953 | * These are determined by the various tk button parameters | |
| 935 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a | |
| 936 | * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various tk | |
| 937 | * button parameters | |
| 954 | 938 | * |
| 955 | 939 | * Results: |
| 956 | 940 | * None. |
| 963 | 947 | |
| 964 | 948 | static void |
| 965 | 949 | TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams( |
| 966 | TkButton * butPtr, | |
| 967 | ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, | |
| 968 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo) | |
| 969 | { | |
| 970 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr; | |
| 950 | TkButton *butPtr, | |
| 951 | ThemeButtonKind *btnkind, | |
| 952 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo) | |
| 953 | { | |
| 954 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; | |
| 971 | 955 | |
| 972 | 956 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) { |
| 973 | 957 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton; |
| 981 | 965 | |
| 982 | 966 | if ((butPtr->image == None) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) { |
| 983 | 967 | switch (butPtr->type) { |
| 984 | case TYPE_BUTTON: | |
| 985 | *btnkind = kThemePushButton; | |
| 986 | break; | |
| 987 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 988 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 989 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; | |
| 990 | } else { | |
| 991 | *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton; | |
| 992 | } | |
| 993 | break; | |
| 994 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 995 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 996 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox; | |
| 997 | } else { | |
| 998 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; | |
| 999 | } | |
| 1000 | break; | |
| 968 | case TYPE_BUTTON: | |
| 969 | *btnkind = kThemePushButton; | |
| 970 | break; | |
| 971 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 972 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 973 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; | |
| 974 | } else { | |
| 975 | *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton; | |
| 976 | } | |
| 977 | break; | |
| 978 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 979 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 980 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox; | |
| 981 | } else { | |
| 982 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; | |
| 983 | } | |
| 984 | break; | |
| 1001 | 985 | } |
| 1002 | 986 | } |
| 1003 | 987 | |
| 1004 | 988 | if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { |
| 1005 | 989 | switch (butPtr->type) { |
| 1006 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 1007 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 1008 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; | |
| 1009 | } else { | |
| 1010 | *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton; | |
| 1011 | } | |
| 1012 | break; | |
| 1013 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 1014 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 1015 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox; | |
| 1016 | } else { | |
| 1017 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; | |
| 1018 | } | |
| 1019 | break; | |
| 990 | case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: | |
| 991 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 992 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton; | |
| 993 | } else { | |
| 994 | *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton; | |
| 995 | } | |
| 996 | break; | |
| 997 | case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: | |
| 998 | if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) { | |
| 999 | *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox; | |
| 1000 | } else { | |
| 1001 | *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox; | |
| 1002 | } | |
| 1003 | break; | |
| 1020 | 1004 | } |
| 1021 | 1005 | } else { |
| 1022 | 1006 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON || |
| 1023 | butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON | |
| 1024 | ) { | |
| 1007 | butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { | |
| 1025 | 1008 | if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) { |
| 1026 | 1009 | *btnkind = kThemeBevelButton; |
| 1027 | 1010 | } |
| 1060 | 1043 | |
| 1061 | 1044 | drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone; |
| 1062 | 1045 | if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) { |
| 1063 | drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault; | |
| 1046 | if (drawinfo->state != kThemeStatePressed) { | |
| 1047 | drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault; | |
| 1048 | } | |
| 1064 | 1049 | if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { |
| 1065 | 1050 | mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
| 1066 | PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, | |
| 1067 | (ClientData) butPtr); | |
| 1051 | PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, butPtr); | |
| 1068 | 1052 | } |
| 1069 | 1053 | } else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) { |
| 1070 | 1054 | Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler); |
| 1081 | 1065 | * |
| 1082 | 1066 | * TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams -- |
| 1083 | 1067 | * |
| 1084 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used | |
| 1085 | * when drawing a button | |
| 1086 | * These are determined by the various tk button parameters | |
| 1068 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used when drawing a | |
| 1069 | * button. These are determined by the various tk button parameters | |
| 1087 | 1070 | * |
| 1088 | 1071 | * Results: |
| 1089 | 1072 | * 1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise. |
| 1099 | 1082 | TkButton *butPtr, |
| 1100 | 1083 | DrawParams *dpPtr) |
| 1101 | 1084 | { |
| 1102 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr; | |
| 1085 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; | |
| 1103 | 1086 | |
| 1104 | 1087 | dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL) |
| 1105 | 1088 | || (butPtr->bitmap != None)); |
| 1108 | 1091 | dpPtr->offset = 0; |
| 1109 | 1092 | if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) { |
| 1110 | 1093 | switch (mbPtr->btnkind) { |
| 1111 | case kThemeSmallBevelButton: | |
| 1112 | case kThemeBevelButton: | |
| 1113 | case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: | |
| 1114 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 1115 | dpPtr->offset = 1; | |
| 1116 | break; | |
| 1094 | case kThemeSmallBevelButton: | |
| 1095 | case kThemeBevelButton: | |
| 1096 | case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: | |
| 1097 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 1098 | dpPtr->offset = 1; | |
| 1099 | break; | |
| 1117 | 1100 | } |
| 1118 | 1101 | } |
| 1119 | 1102 | } |
| 1120 | ||
| 1121 | 1103 | |
| 1122 | 1104 | dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder; |
| 1123 | 1105 | if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { |
| 1125 | 1107 | } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON && butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { |
| 1126 | 1108 | dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; |
| 1127 | 1109 | dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder; |
| 1110 | } else if ((mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment & kThemeAdornmentDefault) && | |
| 1111 | mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStateActive) { | |
| 1112 | /* | |
| 1113 | * This is a "-default active" button in the front window. | |
| 1114 | */ | |
| 1115 | ||
| 1116 | dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC; | |
| 1128 | 1117 | } else { |
| 1129 | 1118 | dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC; |
| 1130 | 1119 | } |
| 1135 | 1124 | } |
| 1136 | 1125 | |
| 1137 | 1126 | /* |
| 1138 | * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a | |
| 1139 | * checkbutton or radiobutton and there's no indicator. | |
| 1127 | * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton or | |
| 1128 | * radiobutton and there's no indicator. | |
| 1140 | 1129 | */ |
| 1141 | 1130 | |
| 1142 | 1131 | dpPtr->relief = butPtr->relief; |
| 1148 | 1137 | } |
| 1149 | 1138 | } |
| 1150 | 1139 | |
| 1151 | /* | |
| 1152 | * Determine the draw type | |
| 1153 | */ | |
| 1154 | ||
| 1155 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { | |
| 1156 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_LABEL; | |
| 1157 | } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { | |
| 1158 | if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) { | |
| 1159 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL; | |
| 1160 | } else { | |
| 1161 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL; | |
| 1162 | } | |
| 1163 | } else if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { | |
| 1164 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL; | |
| 1165 | } else if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) { | |
| 1166 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL; | |
| 1167 | } else { | |
| 1168 | dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CUSTOM; | |
| 1169 | } | |
| 1170 | ||
| 1171 | if ((dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_CONTROL) || (dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_BEVEL)) { | |
| 1140 | if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL && (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON || | |
| 1141 | butPtr->indicatorOn || dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap)) { | |
| 1142 | /* | |
| 1143 | * Draw this widget as a native control. | |
| 1144 | */ | |
| 1145 | ||
| 1172 | 1146 | return 1; |
| 1173 | 1147 | } else { |
| 1148 | /* | |
| 1149 | * Draw this widget from scratch. | |
| 1150 | */ | |
| 1151 | ||
| 1174 | 1152 | return 0; |
| 1175 | 1153 | } |
| 1176 | 1154 | } |
| 1191 | 1169 | * |
| 1192 | 1170 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1193 | 1171 | */ |
| 1172 | ||
| 1194 | 1173 | static void |
| 1195 | 1174 | PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData) |
| 1196 | 1175 | { |
| 1197 | MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData; | |
| 1176 | MacButton *mbPtr = clientData; | |
| 1177 | ||
| 1198 | 1178 | TkpDisplayButton(clientData); |
| 1199 | 1179 | mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( |
| 1200 | 1180 | PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData); |
| 1201 | 1181 | } |
| 1202 | ||
| 1182 | ||
| 1203 | 1183 | /* |
| 1204 | 1184 | * Local Variables: |
| 1205 | 1185 | * mode: objc |
| 34 | 34 | targetPtr->type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) { |
| 35 | 35 | for (TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; |
| 36 | 36 | cbPtr; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 37 | NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy: | |
| 38 | cbPtr->buffer length:cbPtr->length | |
| 39 | encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO]; | |
| 40 | ||
| 37 | NSString *s = TclUniToNSString(cbPtr->buffer, cbPtr->length); | |
| 41 | 38 | [string appendString:s]; |
| 42 | 39 | [s release]; |
| 43 | 40 | } |
| 122 | 119 | { |
| 123 | 120 | int result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 124 | 121 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; |
| 125 | ||
| 126 | int haveExternalClip = ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount); | |
| 122 | int haveExternalClip = | |
| 123 | ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount); | |
| 124 | ||
| 127 | 125 | if (dispPtr && (haveExternalClip || dispPtr->clipboardActive) |
| 128 | 126 | && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom |
| 129 | 127 | && (target == XA_STRING || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) { |
| 135 | 133 | if (type) { |
| 136 | 134 | string = [pb stringForType:type]; |
| 137 | 135 | } |
| 138 | result = proc(clientData, interp, string ? [string UTF8String] : ""); | |
| 136 | if (string) { | |
| 137 | ||
| 138 | /* | |
| 139 | * Encode the string using the encoding which is used in Tcl | |
| 140 | * when TCL_UTF_MAX = 3. This replaces each UTF-16 surrogate with | |
| 141 | * a 3-byte sequence generated using the UTF-8 algorithm. (Even | |
| 142 | * though UTF-8 does not allow encoding surrogates, the algorithm | |
| 143 | * does produce a 3-byte sequence.) | |
| 144 | */ | |
| 145 | ||
| 146 | char *bytes = NSStringToTclUni(string, NULL); | |
| 147 | result = proc(clientData, interp, bytes); | |
| 148 | if (bytes) { | |
| 149 | ckfree(bytes); | |
| 150 | } | |
| 151 | } | |
| 139 | 152 | } else { |
| 140 | 153 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 141 | 154 | "%s selection doesn't exist or form \"%s\" not defined", |
| 176 | 189 | clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL; |
| 177 | 190 | if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) { |
| 178 | 191 | NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard]; |
| 192 | ||
| 179 | 193 | changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp]; |
| 180 | 194 | } |
| 181 | 195 | } |
| 187 | 201 | * |
| 188 | 202 | * TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow -- |
| 189 | 203 | * |
| 190 | * This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It | |
| 191 | * performs selection-related cleanup. | |
| 204 | * This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It performs | |
| 205 | * selection-related cleanup. | |
| 192 | 206 | * |
| 193 | 207 | * Results: |
| 194 | 208 | * None. |
| 16 | 16 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| 17 | 17 | #include "tkColor.h" |
| 18 | 18 | |
| 19 | /* | |
| 20 | * The colorType specifies how the color value should be interpreted. For the | |
| 21 | * unique rgbColor entry, the RGB values are generated from the pixel value of | |
| 22 | * an XColor. The ttkBackground and semantic types are dynamic, meaning | |
| 23 | * that they change when dark mode is enabled on OSX 10.13 and later. | |
| 24 | */ | |
| 25 | ||
| 26 | enum colorType { | |
| 27 | clearColor, /* There should be only one of these. */ | |
| 28 | rgbColor, /* There should be only one of these. */ | |
| 29 | appearance, /* There should be only one of these. */ | |
| 30 | HIBrush, /* The value is a HITheme brush color table index. */ | |
| 31 | HIText, /* The value is a HITheme text color table index. */ | |
| 32 | HIBackground, /* The value is a HITheme background color table index. */ | |
| 33 | ttkBackground, /* The value can be used as a parameter.*/ | |
| 34 | semantic, /* The value can be used as a parameter.*/ | |
| 35 | }; | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | /* | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | */ | |
| 40 | ||
| 19 | 41 | struct SystemColorMapEntry { |
| 20 | 42 | const char *name; |
| 21 | ThemeBrush brush; | |
| 22 | ThemeTextColor textColor; | |
| 23 | ThemeBackgroundKind background; | |
| 43 | enum colorType type; | |
| 44 | long value; | |
| 24 | 45 | }; /* unsigned char pixelCode; */ |
| 25 | 46 | |
| 26 | 47 | /* |
| 31 | 52 | |
| 32 | 53 | #define MIN_PIXELCODE 30 |
| 33 | 54 | static const struct SystemColorMapEntry systemColorMap[] = { |
| 34 | { "Transparent", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30: TRANSPARENT_PIXEL */ | |
| 35 | { "Highlight", kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 31: HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL */ | |
| 36 | { "HighlightSecondary", kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 32: HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL */ | |
| 37 | { "HighlightText", kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 }, /* 33: HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL */ | |
| 38 | { "HighlightAlternate", kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 34: HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL */ | |
| 39 | { "ButtonText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 }, /* 35: CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL */ | |
| 40 | { "PrimaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 36 */ | |
| 41 | { "ButtonFace", kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 }, /* 37: CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL */ | |
| 42 | { "SecondaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 38 */ | |
| 43 | { "ButtonFrame", kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 }, /* 39: CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL */ | |
| 44 | { "AlternatePrimaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 40 */ | |
| 45 | { "WindowBody", kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 41: WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL */ | |
| 46 | { "SheetBackground", kThemeBrushSheetBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 42 */ | |
| 47 | { "MenuActive", kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 43: MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL */ | |
| 48 | { "Black", kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 }, /* 44 */ | |
| 49 | { "MenuActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 }, /* 45: MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL */ | |
| 50 | { "White", kThemeBrushWhite, 0, 0 }, /* 46 */ | |
| 51 | { "Menu", kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 47: MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL */ | |
| 52 | { "DialogBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 48 */ | |
| 53 | { "MenuDisabled", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 }, /* 49: MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL */ | |
| 54 | { "DialogBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 50 */ | |
| 55 | { "MenuText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 }, /* 51: MENU_TEXT_PIXEL */ | |
| 56 | { "AppearanceColor", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 52: APPEARANCE_PIXEL */ | |
| 57 | { "AlertBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 53 */ | |
| 58 | { "AlertBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 54 */ | |
| 59 | { "ModelessDialogBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 55 */ | |
| 60 | { "ModelessDialogBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 56 */ | |
| 61 | { "UtilityWindowBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 57 */ | |
| 62 | { "UtilityWindowBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */ | |
| 63 | { "ListViewSortColumnBackground", kThemeBrushListViewSortColumnBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */ | |
| 64 | { "ListViewBackground", kThemeBrushListViewBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */ | |
| 65 | { "IconLabelBackground", kThemeBrushIconLabelBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */ | |
| 66 | { "ListViewSeparator", kThemeBrushListViewSeparator, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */ | |
| 67 | { "ChasingArrows", kThemeBrushChasingArrows, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */ | |
| 68 | { "DragHilite", kThemeBrushDragHilite, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */ | |
| 69 | { "DocumentWindowBackground", kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 65 */ | |
| 70 | { "FinderWindowBackground", kThemeBrushFinderWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 66 */ | |
| 71 | { "ScrollBarDelimiterActive", kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterActive, 0, 0 }, /* 67 */ | |
| 72 | { "ScrollBarDelimiterInactive", kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 68 */ | |
| 73 | { "FocusHighlight", kThemeBrushFocusHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 69 */ | |
| 74 | { "PopupArrowActive", kThemeBrushPopupArrowActive, 0, 0 }, /* 70 */ | |
| 75 | { "PopupArrowPressed", kThemeBrushPopupArrowPressed, 0, 0 }, /* 71 */ | |
| 76 | { "PopupArrowInactive", kThemeBrushPopupArrowInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 72 */ | |
| 77 | { "AppleGuideCoachmark", kThemeBrushAppleGuideCoachmark, 0, 0 }, /* 73 */ | |
| 78 | { "IconLabelBackgroundSelected", kThemeBrushIconLabelBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 74 */ | |
| 79 | { "StaticAreaFill", kThemeBrushStaticAreaFill, 0, 0 }, /* 75 */ | |
| 80 | { "ActiveAreaFill", kThemeBrushActiveAreaFill, 0, 0 }, /* 76 */ | |
| 81 | { "ButtonFrameActive", kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 }, /* 77 */ | |
| 82 | { "ButtonFrameInactive", kThemeBrushButtonFrameInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 78 */ | |
| 83 | { "ButtonFaceActive", kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 }, /* 79 */ | |
| 84 | { "ButtonFaceInactive", kThemeBrushButtonFaceInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 80 */ | |
| 85 | { "ButtonFacePressed", kThemeBrushButtonFacePressed, 0, 0 }, /* 81 */ | |
| 86 | { "ButtonActiveDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 82 */ | |
| 87 | { "ButtonActiveDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 83 */ | |
| 88 | { "ButtonActiveLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 84 */ | |
| 89 | { "ButtonActiveLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 85 */ | |
| 90 | { "ButtonInactiveDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 86 */ | |
| 91 | { "ButtonInactiveDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 87 */ | |
| 92 | { "ButtonInactiveLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 88 */ | |
| 93 | { "ButtonInactiveLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 89 */ | |
| 94 | { "ButtonPressedDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 90 */ | |
| 95 | { "ButtonPressedDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 91 */ | |
| 96 | { "ButtonPressedLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 92 */ | |
| 97 | { "ButtonPressedLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 93 */ | |
| 98 | { "BevelActiveLight", kThemeBrushBevelActiveLight, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */ | |
| 99 | { "BevelActiveDark", kThemeBrushBevelActiveDark, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */ | |
| 100 | { "BevelInactiveLight", kThemeBrushBevelInactiveLight, 0, 0 }, /* 96 */ | |
| 101 | { "BevelInactiveDark", kThemeBrushBevelInactiveDark, 0, 0 }, /* 97 */ | |
| 102 | { "NotificationWindowBackground", kThemeBrushNotificationWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 98 */ | |
| 103 | { "MovableModalBackground", kThemeBrushMovableModalBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 99 */ | |
| 104 | { "SheetBackgroundOpaque", kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundOpaque, 0, 0 }, /* 100 */ | |
| 105 | { "DrawerBackground", kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 101 */ | |
| 106 | { "ToolbarBackground", kThemeBrushToolbarBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 102 */ | |
| 107 | { "SheetBackgroundTransparent", kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent, 0, 0 }, /* 103 */ | |
| 108 | { "MenuBackground", kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 104 */ | |
| 109 | { "Pixel", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 105: PIXEL_MAGIC */ | |
| 110 | { "MenuBackgroundSelected", kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 106 */ | |
| 111 | { "ListViewOddRowBackground", kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 107 */ | |
| 112 | { "ListViewEvenRowBackground", kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 108 */ | |
| 113 | { "ListViewColumnDivider", kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider, 0, 0 }, /* 109 */ | |
| 114 | { "BlackText", 0, kThemeTextColorBlack, 0 }, /* 110 */ | |
| 115 | { "DialogActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDialogActive, 0 }, /* 111 */ | |
| 116 | { "DialogInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDialogInactive, 0 }, /* 112 */ | |
| 117 | { "AlertActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorAlertActive, 0 }, /* 113 */ | |
| 118 | { "AlertInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorAlertInactive, 0 }, /* 114 */ | |
| 119 | { "ModelessDialogActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive, 0 }, /* 115 */ | |
| 120 | { "ModelessDialogInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive, 0 }, /* 116 */ | |
| 121 | { "WindowHeaderActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive, 0 }, /* 117 */ | |
| 122 | { "WindowHeaderInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive, 0 }, /* 118 */ | |
| 123 | { "PlacardActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardActive, 0 }, /* 119 */ | |
| 124 | { "PlacardInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive, 0 }, /* 120 */ | |
| 125 | { "PlacardPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed, 0 }, /* 121 */ | |
| 126 | { "PushButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 }, /* 122 */ | |
| 127 | { "PushButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 123 */ | |
| 128 | { "PushButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 124 */ | |
| 129 | { "BevelButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive, 0 }, /* 125 */ | |
| 130 | { "BevelButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 126 */ | |
| 131 | { "BevelButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 127 */ | |
| 132 | { "PopupButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive, 0 }, /* 128 */ | |
| 133 | { "PopupButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 129 */ | |
| 134 | { "PopupButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 130 */ | |
| 135 | { "IconLabelText", 0, kThemeTextColorIconLabel, 0 }, /* 131 */ | |
| 136 | { "ListViewText", 0, kThemeTextColorListView, 0 }, /* 132 */ | |
| 137 | { "DocumentWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 133 */ | |
| 138 | { "DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 134 */ | |
| 139 | { "MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 135 */ | |
| 140 | { "MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText",0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 136 */ | |
| 141 | { "UtilityWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 137 */ | |
| 142 | { "UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 138 */ | |
| 143 | { "PopupWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 139 */ | |
| 144 | { "PopupWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 140 */ | |
| 145 | { "RootMenuActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive, 0 }, /* 141 */ | |
| 146 | { "RootMenuSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected, 0 }, /* 142 */ | |
| 147 | { "RootMenuDisabledText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled, 0 }, /* 143 */ | |
| 148 | { "MenuItemActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 }, /* 144 */ | |
| 149 | { "MenuItemSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 }, /* 145 */ | |
| 150 | { "MenuItemDisabledText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 }, /* 146 */ | |
| 151 | { "PopupLabelActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive, 0 }, /* 147 */ | |
| 152 | { "PopupLabelInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive, 0 }, /* 148 */ | |
| 153 | { "TabFrontActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive, 0 }, /* 149 */ | |
| 154 | { "TabNonFrontActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive, 0 }, /* 150 */ | |
| 155 | { "TabNonFrontPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed, 0 }, /* 151 */ | |
| 156 | { "TabFrontInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive, 0 }, /* 152 */ | |
| 157 | { "TabNonFrontInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive, 0 }, /* 153 */ | |
| 158 | { "IconLabelSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected, 0 }, /* 154 */ | |
| 159 | { "BevelButtonStickyActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive, 0 }, /* 155 */ | |
| 160 | { "BevelButtonStickyInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive, 0 }, /* 156 */ | |
| 161 | { "NotificationText", 0, kThemeTextColorNotification, 0 }, /* 157 */ | |
| 162 | { "SystemDetailText", 0, kThemeTextColorSystemDetail, 0 }, /* 158 */ | |
| 163 | { "WhiteText", 0, kThemeTextColorWhite, 0 }, /* 159 */ | |
| 164 | { "TabPaneBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundTabPane }, /* 160 */ | |
| 165 | { "PlacardBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundPlacard }, /* 161 */ | |
| 166 | { "WindowHeaderBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader }, /* 162 */ | |
| 167 | { "ListViewWindowHeaderBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader }, /* 163 */ | |
| 168 | { "SecondaryGroupBoxBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox }, /* 164 */ | |
| 169 | { "MetalBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundMetal }, /* 165 */ | |
| 170 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } | |
| 55 | { "Transparent", clearColor, 0 }, /* 30: TRANSPARENT_PIXEL */ | |
| 56 | { "Highlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor }, /* 31 */ | |
| 57 | { "HighlightSecondary", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor }, /* 32 */ | |
| 58 | { "HighlightText", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBlack }, /* 33 */ | |
| 59 | { "HighlightAlternate", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor }, /* 34 */ | |
| 60 | { "ButtonText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive }, /* 35 */ | |
| 61 | { "PrimaryHighlightColor", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor }, /* 36 */ | |
| 62 | { "ButtonFace", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive }, /* 37 */ | |
| 63 | { "SecondaryHighlightColor", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor }, /* 38 */ | |
| 64 | { "ButtonFrame", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive }, /* 39 */ | |
| 65 | { "AlternatePrimaryHighlightColor", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor }, /* 40 */ | |
| 66 | { "WindowBody", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground }, /* 41 */ | |
| 67 | { "SheetBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSheetBackground }, /* 42 */ | |
| 68 | { "MenuActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected }, /* 43 */ | |
| 69 | { "Black", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBlack }, /* 44 */ | |
| 70 | { "MenuActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected }, /* 45 */ | |
| 71 | { "White", HIBrush, kThemeBrushWhite }, /* 46 */ | |
| 72 | { "Menu", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackground }, /* 47 */ | |
| 73 | { "DialogBackgroundActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundActive }, /* 48 */ | |
| 74 | { "MenuDisabled", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled }, /* 49 */ | |
| 75 | { "DialogBackgroundInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundInactive }, /* 50 */ | |
| 76 | { "MenuText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive }, /* 51 */ | |
| 77 | { "AppearanceColor", appearance, 0 }, /* 52: APPEARANCE_PIXEL */ | |
| 78 | { "AlertBackgroundActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundActive }, /* 53 */ | |
| 79 | { "AlertBackgroundInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundInactive }, /* 54 */ | |
| 80 | { "ModelessDialogBackgroundActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive }, /* 55 */ | |
| 81 | { "ModelessDialogBackgroundInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive }, /* 56 */ | |
| 82 | { "UtilityWindowBackgroundActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundActive }, /* 57 */ | |
| 83 | { "UtilityWindowBackgroundInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive }, /* 58 */ | |
| 84 | { "ListViewSortColumnBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewSortColumnBackground }, /* 59 */ | |
| 85 | { "ListViewBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewBackground }, /* 60 */ | |
| 86 | { "IconLabelBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushIconLabelBackground }, /* 61 */ | |
| 87 | { "ListViewSeparator", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewSeparator }, /* 62 */ | |
| 88 | { "ChasingArrows", HIBrush, kThemeBrushChasingArrows }, /* 63 */ | |
| 89 | { "DragHilite", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDragHilite }, /* 64 */ | |
| 90 | { "DocumentWindowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground }, /* 65 */ | |
| 91 | { "FinderWindowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushFinderWindowBackground }, /* 66 */ | |
| 92 | { "ScrollBarDelimiterActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterActive }, /* 67 */ | |
| 93 | { "ScrollBarDelimiterInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterInactive }, /* 68 */ | |
| 94 | { "FocusHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushFocusHighlight }, /* 69 */ | |
| 95 | { "PopupArrowActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPopupArrowActive }, /* 70 */ | |
| 96 | { "PopupArrowPressed", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPopupArrowPressed }, /* 71 */ | |
| 97 | { "PopupArrowInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushPopupArrowInactive }, /* 72 */ | |
| 98 | { "AppleGuideCoachmark", HIBrush, kThemeBrushAppleGuideCoachmark }, /* 73 */ | |
| 99 | { "IconLabelBackgroundSelected", HIBrush, kThemeBrushIconLabelBackgroundSelected }, /* 74 */ | |
| 100 | { "StaticAreaFill", HIBrush, kThemeBrushStaticAreaFill }, /* 75 */ | |
| 101 | { "ActiveAreaFill", HIBrush, kThemeBrushActiveAreaFill }, /* 76 */ | |
| 102 | { "ButtonFrameActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive }, /* 77 */ | |
| 103 | { "ButtonFrameInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFrameInactive }, /* 78 */ | |
| 104 | { "ButtonFaceActive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive }, /* 79 */ | |
| 105 | { "ButtonFaceInactive", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFaceInactive }, /* 80 */ | |
| 106 | { "ButtonFacePressed", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonFacePressed }, /* 81 */ | |
| 107 | { "ButtonActiveDarkShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkShadow }, /* 82 */ | |
| 108 | { "ButtonActiveDarkHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkHighlight }, /* 83 */ | |
| 109 | { "ButtonActiveLightShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightShadow }, /* 84 */ | |
| 110 | { "ButtonActiveLightHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightHighlight }, /* 85 */ | |
| 111 | { "ButtonInactiveDarkShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkShadow }, /* 86 */ | |
| 112 | { "ButtonInactiveDarkHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkHighlight }, /* 87 */ | |
| 113 | { "ButtonInactiveLightShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightShadow }, /* 88 */ | |
| 114 | { "ButtonInactiveLightHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightHighlight }, /* 89 */ | |
| 115 | { "ButtonPressedDarkShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkShadow }, /* 90 */ | |
| 116 | { "ButtonPressedDarkHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkHighlight }, /* 91 */ | |
| 117 | { "ButtonPressedLightShadow", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightShadow }, /* 92 */ | |
| 118 | { "ButtonPressedLightHighlight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightHighlight }, /* 93 */ | |
| 119 | { "BevelActiveLight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBevelActiveLight }, /* 94 */ | |
| 120 | { "BevelActiveDark", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBevelActiveDark }, /* 95 */ | |
| 121 | { "BevelInactiveLight", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBevelInactiveLight }, /* 96 */ | |
| 122 | { "BevelInactiveDark", HIBrush, kThemeBrushBevelInactiveDark }, /* 97 */ | |
| 123 | { "NotificationWindowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushNotificationWindowBackground }, /* 98 */ | |
| 124 | { "MovableModalBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMovableModalBackground }, /* 99 */ | |
| 125 | { "SheetBackgroundOpaque", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundOpaque }, /* 100 */ | |
| 126 | { "DrawerBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground }, /* 101 */ | |
| 127 | { "ToolbarBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushToolbarBackground }, /* 102 */ | |
| 128 | { "SheetBackgroundTransparent", HIBrush, kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent }, /* 103 */ | |
| 129 | { "MenuBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackground }, /* 104 */ | |
| 130 | { "Pixel", rgbColor, 0 }, /* 105: PIXEL_MAGIC */ | |
| 131 | { "MenuBackgroundSelected", HIBrush, kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected }, /* 106 */ | |
| 132 | { "ListViewOddRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground }, /* 107 */ | |
| 133 | { "ListViewEvenRowBackground", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground }, /* 108 */ | |
| 134 | { "ListViewColumnDivider", HIBrush, kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider }, /* 109 */ | |
| 135 | { "BlackText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBlack }, /* 110 */ | |
| 136 | { "DialogActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDialogActive }, /* 111 */ | |
| 137 | { "DialogInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDialogInactive }, /* 112 */ | |
| 138 | { "AlertActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorAlertActive }, /* 113 */ | |
| 139 | { "AlertInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorAlertInactive }, /* 114 */ | |
| 140 | { "ModelessDialogActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive }, /* 115 */ | |
| 141 | { "ModelessDialogInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive }, /* 116 */ | |
| 142 | { "WindowHeaderActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive }, /* 117 */ | |
| 143 | { "WindowHeaderInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive }, /* 118 */ | |
| 144 | { "PlacardActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardActive }, /* 119 */ | |
| 145 | { "PlacardInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive }, /* 120 */ | |
| 146 | { "PlacardPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed }, /* 121 */ | |
| 147 | { "PushButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive }, /* 122 */ | |
| 148 | { "PushButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive }, /* 123 */ | |
| 149 | { "PushButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed }, /* 124 */ | |
| 150 | { "BevelButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive }, /* 125 */ | |
| 151 | { "BevelButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive }, /* 126 */ | |
| 152 | { "BevelButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed }, /* 127 */ | |
| 153 | { "PopupButtonActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive }, /* 128 */ | |
| 154 | { "PopupButtonInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive }, /* 129 */ | |
| 155 | { "PopupButtonPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed }, /* 130 */ | |
| 156 | { "IconLabelText", HIText, kThemeTextColorIconLabel }, /* 131 */ | |
| 157 | { "ListViewText", HIText, kThemeTextColorListView }, /* 132 */ | |
| 158 | { "DocumentWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive }, /* 133 */ | |
| 159 | { "DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive }, /* 134 */ | |
| 160 | { "MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive }, /* 135 */ | |
| 161 | { "MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText",HIText, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive }, /* 136 */ | |
| 162 | { "UtilityWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive }, /* 137 */ | |
| 163 | { "UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive }, /* 138 */ | |
| 164 | { "PopupWindowTitleActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive }, /* 139 */ | |
| 165 | { "PopupWindowTitleInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive }, /* 140 */ | |
| 166 | { "RootMenuActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive }, /* 141 */ | |
| 167 | { "RootMenuSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected }, /* 142 */ | |
| 168 | { "RootMenuDisabledText", HIText, kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled }, /* 143 */ | |
| 169 | { "MenuItemActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive }, /* 144 */ | |
| 170 | { "MenuItemSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected }, /* 145 */ | |
| 171 | { "MenuItemDisabledText", HIText, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled }, /* 146 */ | |
| 172 | { "PopupLabelActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive }, /* 147 */ | |
| 173 | { "PopupLabelInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive }, /* 148 */ | |
| 174 | { "TabFrontActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive }, /* 149 */ | |
| 175 | { "TabNonFrontActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive }, /* 150 */ | |
| 176 | { "TabNonFrontPressedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed }, /* 151 */ | |
| 177 | { "TabFrontInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive }, /* 152 */ | |
| 178 | { "TabNonFrontInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive }, /* 153 */ | |
| 179 | { "IconLabelSelectedText", HIText, kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected }, /* 154 */ | |
| 180 | { "BevelButtonStickyActiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive }, /* 155 */ | |
| 181 | { "BevelButtonStickyInactiveText", HIText, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive }, /* 156 */ | |
| 182 | { "NotificationText", HIText, kThemeTextColorNotification }, /* 157 */ | |
| 183 | { "SystemDetailText", HIText, kThemeTextColorSystemDetail }, /* 158 */ | |
| 184 | { "WhiteText", HIText, kThemeTextColorWhite }, /* 159 */ | |
| 185 | { "TabPaneBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundTabPane }, /* 160 */ | |
| 186 | { "PlacardBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundPlacard }, /* 161 */ | |
| 187 | { "WindowHeaderBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader }, /* 162 */ | |
| 188 | { "ListViewWindowHeaderBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader }, /* 163 */ | |
| 189 | { "SecondaryGroupBoxBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox }, /* 164 */ | |
| 190 | { "MetalBackground", HIBackground, kThemeBackgroundMetal }, /* 165 */ | |
| 191 | ||
| 192 | /* | |
| 193 | * Colors based on "semantic" NSColors. | |
| 194 | */ | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | { "WindowBackgroundColor", ttkBackground, 0 }, /* 166 */ | |
| 197 | { "WindowBackgroundColor1", ttkBackground, 1 }, /* 167 */ | |
| 198 | { "WindowBackgroundColor2", ttkBackground, 2 }, /* 168 */ | |
| 199 | { "WindowBackgroundColor3", ttkBackground, 3 }, /* 169 */ | |
| 200 | { "WindowBackgroundColor4", ttkBackground, 4 }, /* 170 */ | |
| 201 | { "WindowBackgroundColor5", ttkBackground, 5 }, /* 171 */ | |
| 202 | { "WindowBackgroundColor6", ttkBackground, 6 }, /* 172 */ | |
| 203 | { "WindowBackgroundColor7", ttkBackground, 7 }, /* 173 */ | |
| 204 | { "TextColor", semantic, 0 }, /* 174 */ | |
| 205 | { "SelectedTextColor", semantic, 1 }, /* 175 */ | |
| 206 | { "LabelColor", semantic, 2 }, /* 176 */ | |
| 207 | { "ControlTextColor", semantic, 3 }, /* 177 */ | |
| 208 | { "DisabledControlTextColor", semantic, 4 }, /* 178 */ | |
| 209 | { "SelectedTabTextColor", semantic, 5 }, /* 179 */ | |
| 210 | { "TextBackgroundColor", semantic, 6 }, /* 180 */ | |
| 211 | { "SelectedTextBackgroundColor", semantic, 7 }, /* 181 */ | |
| 212 | { "ControlAccentColor", semantic, 8 }, /* 182 */ | |
| 213 | { NULL, 0, 0 } | |
| 171 | 214 | }; |
| 172 | #define MAX_PIXELCODE 165 | |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | /* | |
| 175 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 176 | * | |
| 177 | * GetThemeFromPixelCode -- | |
| 178 | * | |
| 179 | * When given a pixel code corresponding to a theme system color, | |
| 180 | * set one of brush, textColor or background to the corresponding | |
| 181 | * Appearance Mgr theme constant. | |
| 182 | * | |
| 183 | * Results: | |
| 184 | * Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise. | |
| 215 | #define FIRST_SEMANTIC_COLOR 166 | |
| 216 | #define MAX_PIXELCODE 182 | |
| 217 | ||
| 218 | /* | |
| 219 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 220 | * | |
| 221 | * GetEntryFromPixelCode -- | |
| 222 | * | |
| 223 | * Extract a SystemColorMapEntry from the table. | |
| 224 | * | |
| 225 | * Results: | |
| 226 | * Returns false if the code is out of bounds. | |
| 185 | 227 | * |
| 186 | 228 | * Side effects: |
| 187 | 229 | * None. |
| 189 | 231 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 190 | 232 | */ |
| 191 | 233 | |
| 192 | static int | |
| 193 | GetThemeFromPixelCode( | |
| 234 | static bool | |
| 235 | GetEntryFromPixelCode( | |
| 194 | 236 | unsigned char code, |
| 195 | ThemeBrush *brush, | |
| 196 | ThemeTextColor *textColor, | |
| 197 | ThemeBackgroundKind *background) | |
| 237 | struct SystemColorMapEntry *entry) | |
| 198 | 238 | { |
| 199 | 239 | if (code >= MIN_PIXELCODE && code <= MAX_PIXELCODE) { |
| 200 | *brush = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].brush; | |
| 201 | *textColor = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].textColor; | |
| 202 | *background = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].background; | |
| 240 | *entry = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE]; | |
| 241 | return true; | |
| 203 | 242 | } else { |
| 204 | *brush = 0; | |
| 205 | *textColor = 0; | |
| 206 | *background = 0; | |
| 207 | } | |
| 208 | if (!*brush && !*textColor && !*background && code != PIXEL_MAGIC && | |
| 209 | code != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL) { | |
| 210 | 243 | return false; |
| 211 | } else { | |
| 212 | return true; | |
| 213 | } | |
| 214 | } | |
| 215 | ||
| 216 | /* | |
| 217 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 218 | * | |
| 219 | * GetThemeColor -- | |
| 220 | * | |
| 221 | * Get RGB color for a given system color or pixel value. | |
| 244 | } | |
| 245 | } | |
| 246 | ||
| 247 | /* | |
| 248 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 249 | * | |
| 250 | * SetCGColorComponents -- | |
| 251 | * | |
| 252 | * Set the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value and a | |
| 253 | * system color map entry. The pixel value is only used in the case where | |
| 254 | * the color is of type rgbColor. In that case the normalized XColor RGB | |
| 255 | * values are copied into the CGColorRef. | |
| 222 | 256 | * |
| 223 | 257 | * Results: |
| 224 | 258 | * OSStatus |
| 229 | 263 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 230 | 264 | */ |
| 231 | 265 | |
| 266 | static NSColorSpace* deviceRGB = NULL; | |
| 267 | static CGFloat blueAccentRGBA[4] = {0, 122.0 / 255, 1.0, 1.0}; | |
| 268 | static CGFloat windowBackground[4] = | |
| 269 | {236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 236.0 / 255, 1.0}; | |
| 270 | ||
| 232 | 271 | static OSStatus |
| 233 | GetThemeColor( | |
| 272 | SetCGColorComponents( | |
| 273 | struct SystemColorMapEntry entry, | |
| 234 | 274 | unsigned long pixel, |
| 235 | ThemeBrush brush, | |
| 236 | ThemeTextColor textColor, | |
| 237 | ThemeBackgroundKind background, | |
| 238 | 275 | CGColorRef *c) |
| 239 | 276 | { |
| 240 | 277 | OSStatus err = noErr; |
| 241 | ||
| 242 | if (brush) { | |
| 243 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, brush, c); | |
| 244 | /*} else if (textColor) { | |
| 245 | err = ChkErr(GetThemeTextColor, textColor, 32, true, c);*/ | |
| 246 | } else { | |
| 247 | CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1}; | |
| 248 | ||
| 249 | switch ((pixel >> 24) & 0xff) { | |
| 250 | case PIXEL_MAGIC: { | |
| 251 | unsigned short red, green, blue; | |
| 252 | red = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; | |
| 253 | green = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 254 | blue = (pixel ) & 0xff; | |
| 255 | red |= red << 8; | |
| 256 | green |= green << 8; | |
| 257 | blue |= blue << 8; | |
| 258 | rgba[0] = red / 65535.0; | |
| 259 | rgba[1] = green / 65535.0; | |
| 260 | rgba[2] = blue / 65535.0; | |
| 261 | break; | |
| 262 | } | |
| 263 | case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL: | |
| 264 | rgba[3] = 0.0; | |
| 265 | break; | |
| 278 | NSColor *bgColor, *color = nil; | |
| 279 | CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1}; | |
| 280 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101400 | |
| 281 | NSInteger colorVariant; | |
| 282 | static CGFloat graphiteAccentRGBA[4] = | |
| 283 | {152.0 / 255, 152.0 / 255, 152.0 / 255, 1.0}; | |
| 284 | #endif | |
| 285 | ||
| 286 | if (!deviceRGB) { | |
| 287 | deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 288 | } | |
| 289 | ||
| 290 | /* | |
| 291 | * This function is called before our autorelease pool is set up, | |
| 292 | * so it needs its own pool. | |
| 293 | */ | |
| 294 | ||
| 295 | NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new]; | |
| 296 | ||
| 297 | switch (entry.type) { | |
| 298 | case HIBrush: | |
| 299 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, entry.value, c); | |
| 300 | return err; | |
| 301 | case rgbColor: | |
| 302 | rgba[0] = ((pixel >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0; | |
| 303 | rgba[1] = ((pixel >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0; | |
| 304 | rgba[2] = ((pixel ) & 0xff) / 255.0; | |
| 305 | break; | |
| 306 | case ttkBackground: | |
| 307 | ||
| 308 | /* | |
| 309 | * Prior to OSX 10.14, getComponents returns black when applied to | |
| 310 | * windowBackGroundColor. | |
| 311 | */ | |
| 312 | ||
| 313 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 14) { | |
| 314 | for (int i=0; i<3; i++) { | |
| 315 | rgba[i] = windowBackground[i]; | |
| 316 | } | |
| 317 | } else { | |
| 318 | bgColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 319 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 320 | [bgColor getComponents: rgba]; | |
| 266 | 321 | } |
| 267 | ||
| 268 | static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL; | |
| 269 | if (!deviceRGBSpace) { | |
| 270 | deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB(); | |
| 322 | if (rgba[0] + rgba[1] + rgba[2] < 1.5) { | |
| 323 | for (int i=0; i<3; i++) { | |
| 324 | rgba[i] += entry.value*8.0 / 255.0; | |
| 325 | } | |
| 326 | } else { | |
| 327 | for (int i=0; i<3; i++) { | |
| 328 | rgba[i] -= entry.value*8.0 / 255.0; | |
| 329 | } | |
| 271 | 330 | } |
| 272 | *c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba ); | |
| 273 | } | |
| 331 | break; | |
| 332 | case semantic: | |
| 333 | switch (entry.value) { | |
| 334 | case 0: | |
| 335 | color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 336 | break; | |
| 337 | case 1: | |
| 338 | color = [[NSColor selectedTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 339 | break; | |
| 340 | case 2: | |
| 341 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 9) { | |
| 342 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1090 | |
| 343 | color = [[NSColor labelColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 344 | #endif | |
| 345 | } else { | |
| 346 | color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 347 | } | |
| 348 | break; | |
| 349 | case 3: | |
| 350 | color = [[NSColor controlTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 351 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 352 | break; | |
| 353 | case 4: | |
| 354 | color = [[NSColor disabledControlTextColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 355 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 356 | break; | |
| 357 | case 5: | |
| 358 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 6) { | |
| 359 | color = [[NSColor whiteColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 360 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 361 | } else { | |
| 362 | color = [[NSColor blackColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 363 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 364 | } | |
| 365 | break; | |
| 366 | case 6: | |
| 367 | color = [[NSColor textBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 368 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 369 | break; | |
| 370 | case 7: | |
| 371 | color = [[NSColor selectedTextBackgroundColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 372 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 373 | break; | |
| 374 | case 8: | |
| 375 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 376 | if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) { | |
| 377 | color = [[NSColor controlAccentColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 378 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 379 | } else { | |
| 380 | color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 381 | components: blueAccentRGBA | |
| 382 | count: 4]; | |
| 383 | } | |
| 384 | #else | |
| 385 | colorVariant = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] | |
| 386 | integerForKey:@"AppleAquaColorVariant"]; | |
| 387 | if (colorVariant == 6) { | |
| 388 | color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 389 | components: graphiteAccentRGBA | |
| 390 | count: 4]; | |
| 391 | } else { | |
| 392 | color = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 393 | components: blueAccentRGBA | |
| 394 | count: 4]; | |
| 395 | } | |
| 396 | #endif | |
| 397 | break; | |
| 398 | default: | |
| 399 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101000 | |
| 400 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 10) { | |
| 401 | color = [[NSColor labelColor] colorUsingColorSpace: | |
| 402 | deviceRGB]; | |
| 403 | break; | |
| 404 | } | |
| 405 | #endif | |
| 406 | color = [[NSColor textColor] colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 407 | break; | |
| 408 | } | |
| 409 | [color getComponents: rgba]; | |
| 410 | break; | |
| 411 | case clearColor: | |
| 412 | rgba[3] = 0.0; | |
| 413 | break; | |
| 414 | ||
| 415 | /* | |
| 416 | * There are no HITheme functions which convert Text or background colors | |
| 417 | * to CGColors. (GetThemeTextColor has been removed, and it was never | |
| 418 | * possible with backgrounds.) If we get one of these we return black. | |
| 419 | */ | |
| 420 | ||
| 421 | case HIText: | |
| 422 | case HIBackground: | |
| 423 | default: | |
| 424 | break; | |
| 425 | } | |
| 426 | *c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, rgba); | |
| 427 | [pool drain]; | |
| 274 | 428 | return err; |
| 275 | 429 | } |
| 276 | 430 | |
| 277 | 431 | /* |
| 278 | 432 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 279 | 433 | * |
| 434 | * TkMacOSXInDarkMode -- | |
| 435 | * | |
| 436 | * Tests whether the given window's NSView has a DarkAqua Appearance. | |
| 437 | * | |
| 438 | * Results: | |
| 439 | * Returns true if the NSView is in DarkMode, false if not. | |
| 440 | * | |
| 441 | * Side effects: | |
| 442 | * None. | |
| 443 | * | |
| 444 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 445 | */ | |
| 446 | ||
| 447 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool | |
| 448 | TkMacOSXInDarkMode(Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 449 | { | |
| 450 | int result = false; | |
| 451 | ||
| 452 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 453 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 14) { | |
| 454 | static NSAppearanceName darkAqua = @"NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua"; | |
| 455 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*) tkwin; | |
| 456 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(winPtr->privatePtr); | |
| 457 | result = (view && | |
| 458 | [view.effectiveAppearance.name isEqualToString:darkAqua]); | |
| 459 | } | |
| 460 | #endif | |
| 461 | return result; | |
| 462 | } | |
| 463 | ||
| 464 | /* | |
| 465 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 466 | * | |
| 280 | 467 | * TkSetMacColor -- |
| 281 | 468 | * |
| 282 | * Creates a CGColorRef from a X style pixel value. | |
| 283 | * | |
| 284 | * Results: | |
| 285 | * Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise. | |
| 469 | * Sets the components of a CGColorRef from an XColor pixel value. | |
| 470 | * The high order byte of the pixel value is used as an index into | |
| 471 | * the system color table, and then SetCGColorComponents is called | |
| 472 | * with the table entry and the pixel value. | |
| 473 | * | |
| 474 | * Results: | |
| 475 | * Returns false if the high order byte is not a valid index, true | |
| 476 | * otherwise. | |
| 286 | 477 | * |
| 287 | 478 | * Side effects: |
| 288 | 479 | * The variable macColor is set to a new CGColorRef, the caller is |
| 298 | 489 | { |
| 299 | 490 | CGColorRef *color = (CGColorRef*)macColor; |
| 300 | 491 | OSStatus err = -1; |
| 301 | ThemeBrush brush; | |
| 302 | ThemeTextColor textColor; | |
| 303 | ThemeBackgroundKind background; | |
| 304 | ||
| 305 | if (GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush, &textColor, | |
| 306 | &background)) { | |
| 307 | err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background, | |
| 308 | color); | |
| 492 | struct SystemColorMapEntry entry; | |
| 493 | ||
| 494 | if (GetEntryFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &entry)) { | |
| 495 | err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, pixel, color); | |
| 309 | 496 | } |
| 310 | 497 | return (err == noErr); |
| 311 | 498 | } |
| 320 | 507 | * Results: |
| 321 | 508 | * None resp. retained CGColorRef for CopyCachedColor() |
| 322 | 509 | * |
| 323 | * Side effects: | |
| 510 | * Side effects:M | |
| 324 | 511 | * None. |
| 325 | 512 | * |
| 326 | 513 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 449 | 636 | if (cgColor) { |
| 450 | 637 | NSColorSpace *colorSpace = [[NSColorSpace alloc] |
| 451 | 638 | initWithCGColorSpace:CGColorGetColorSpace(cgColor)]; |
| 639 | ||
| 452 | 640 | nsColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:colorSpace |
| 453 | 641 | components:CGColorGetComponents(cgColor) |
| 454 | 642 | count:CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(cgColor)]; |
| 483 | 671 | unsigned long pixel, |
| 484 | 672 | CGContextRef context) |
| 485 | 673 | { |
| 486 | OSStatus err = -1; | |
| 487 | CGColorRef cgColor = CopyCachedColor(gc, pixel); | |
| 488 | ThemeBrush brush; | |
| 489 | ThemeTextColor textColor; | |
| 490 | ThemeBackgroundKind background; | |
| 491 | ||
| 492 | if (!cgColor && GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush, | |
| 493 | &textColor, &background)) { | |
| 494 | if (brush) { | |
| 495 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, context, | |
| 674 | OSStatus err = noErr; | |
| 675 | CGColorRef cgColor = nil; | |
| 676 | struct SystemColorMapEntry entry; | |
| 677 | CGRect rect; | |
| 678 | int code = (pixel >> 24) & 0xff; | |
| 679 | HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = {0, kThemeStateActive, 0};; | |
| 680 | static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL; | |
| 681 | ||
| 682 | if (!deviceRGBSpace) { | |
| 683 | deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB(); | |
| 684 | } | |
| 685 | if (code < FIRST_SEMANTIC_COLOR) { | |
| 686 | cgColor = CopyCachedColor(gc, pixel); | |
| 687 | } | |
| 688 | if (!cgColor && GetEntryFromPixelCode(code, &entry)) { | |
| 689 | switch (entry.type) { | |
| 690 | case HIBrush: | |
| 691 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, entry.value, NULL, context, | |
| 496 | 692 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal); |
| 497 | 693 | if (err == noErr) { |
| 498 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, brush, NULL, context, | |
| 694 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, entry.value, NULL, context, | |
| 499 | 695 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal); |
| 500 | 696 | } |
| 501 | } else if (textColor) { | |
| 502 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, textColor, NULL, context, | |
| 697 | break; | |
| 698 | case HIText: | |
| 699 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, entry.value, NULL, context, | |
| 503 | 700 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal); |
| 504 | } else if (background) { | |
| 505 | CGRect rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context); | |
| 506 | HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = { 0, kThemeStateActive, | |
| 507 | background }; | |
| 508 | ||
| 701 | break; | |
| 702 | case HIBackground: | |
| 703 | info.kind = entry.value; | |
| 704 | rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context); | |
| 509 | 705 | err = ChkErr(HIThemeApplyBackground, &rect, &info, |
| 510 | 706 | context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal); |
| 707 | break; | |
| 708 | default: | |
| 709 | err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, pixel, &cgColor); | |
| 710 | if (err == noErr) { | |
| 711 | SetCachedColor(gc, pixel, cgColor); | |
| 712 | } | |
| 713 | break; | |
| 511 | 714 | } |
| 512 | if (err == noErr) { | |
| 513 | return; | |
| 514 | } | |
| 515 | err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background, | |
| 516 | &cgColor); | |
| 517 | if (err == noErr) { | |
| 518 | SetCachedColor(gc, pixel, cgColor); | |
| 519 | } | |
| 520 | } else if (!cgColor) { | |
| 521 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Ignored unknown pixel value 0x%lx", pixel); | |
| 522 | 715 | } |
| 523 | 716 | if (cgColor) { |
| 524 | 717 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, cgColor); |
| 525 | 718 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, cgColor); |
| 526 | 719 | CGColorRelease(cgColor); |
| 527 | 720 | } |
| 721 | if (err != noErr) { | |
| 722 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Ignored unknown pixel value 0x%lx", pixel); | |
| 723 | } | |
| 528 | 724 | } |
| 529 | 725 | |
| 530 | 726 | /* |
| 548 | 744 | TkColor * |
| 549 | 745 | TkpGetColor( |
| 550 | 746 | Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ |
| 551 | Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to allocated (in form | |
| 747 | Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to be allocated (in form | |
| 552 | 748 | * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */ |
| 553 | 749 | { |
| 554 | 750 | Display *display = tkwin != None ? Tk_Display(tkwin) : NULL; |
| 560 | 756 | * Check to see if this is a system color. Otherwise, XParseColor |
| 561 | 757 | * will do all the work. |
| 562 | 758 | */ |
| 759 | ||
| 563 | 760 | if (strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) { |
| 564 | 761 | Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(name+6, -1); |
| 565 | 762 | int idx, result; |
| 566 | 763 | |
| 567 | 764 | result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, strPtr, systemColorMap, |
| 568 | sizeof(struct SystemColorMapEntry), NULL, TCL_EXACT, &idx); | |
| 765 | sizeof(struct SystemColorMapEntry), NULL, TCL_EXACT, &idx); | |
| 569 | 766 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(strPtr); |
| 570 | 767 | if (result == TCL_OK) { |
| 571 | 768 | OSStatus err; |
| 572 | 769 | CGColorRef c; |
| 573 | 770 | unsigned char pixelCode = idx + MIN_PIXELCODE; |
| 574 | ThemeBrush brush = systemColorMap[idx].brush; | |
| 575 | ThemeTextColor textColor = systemColorMap[idx].textColor; | |
| 576 | ThemeBackgroundKind background = systemColorMap[idx].background; | |
| 577 | ||
| 578 | err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, 0, brush, textColor, background, &c); | |
| 771 | struct SystemColorMapEntry entry = systemColorMap[idx]; | |
| 772 | ||
| 773 | err = ChkErr(SetCGColorComponents, entry, 0, &c); | |
| 579 | 774 | if (err == noErr) { |
| 580 | 775 | const size_t n = CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(c); |
| 581 | 776 | const CGFloat *rgba = CGColorGetComponents(c); |
| 590 | 785 | color.red = color.green = color.blue = rgba[0] * 65535.0; |
| 591 | 786 | break; |
| 592 | 787 | default: |
| 593 | Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", (int) n); | |
| 788 | Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", (int) n); | |
| 594 | 789 | } |
| 595 | 790 | color.pixel = ((((((pixelCode << 8) |
| 596 | | ((color.red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) | |
| 597 | | ((color.green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) | |
| 598 | | ((color.blue >> 8) & 0xff)); | |
| 791 | | ((color.red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) | |
| 792 | | ((color.green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) | |
| 793 | | ((color.blue >> 8) & 0xff)); | |
| 599 | 794 | CGColorRelease(c); |
| 600 | 795 | goto validXColor; |
| 601 | 796 | } |
| 78 | 78 | #define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational |
| 79 | 79 | #define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical |
| 80 | 80 | #define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter |
| 81 | #define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask | |
| 82 | #define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand | |
| 83 | #define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift | |
| 84 | #define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock | |
| 85 | #define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption | |
| 86 | #define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl | |
| 87 | #define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad | |
| 88 | #define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction | |
| 89 | #define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp | |
| 90 | #define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown | |
| 91 | #define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged | |
| 92 | #define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock | |
| 93 | #define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift | |
| 94 | 81 | #define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny |
| 95 | 82 | #define NSApplicationDefinedMask NSEventMaskApplicationDefined |
| 96 | #define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground | |
| 97 | 83 | #define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow |
| 98 | 84 | #define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel |
| 99 | 85 | #define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow |
| 184 | 184 | * Declarations of static variables used in this file. |
| 185 | 185 | */ |
| 186 | 186 | |
| 187 | static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL; | |
| 187 | static TkMacOSXCursor *gCurrentCursor = NULL; | |
| 188 | 188 | /* A pointer to the current cursor. */ |
| 189 | 189 | static int gResizeOverride = false; |
| 190 | 190 | /* A boolean indicating whether we should use |
| 193 | 193 | * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case |
| 194 | 194 | * where a Tk window is embedded in another |
| 195 | 195 | * app's window, and the cursor is out of the |
| 196 | * tk window, we will not attempt to adjust | |
| 196 | * Tk window, we will not attempt to adjust | |
| 197 | 197 | * the cursor. */ |
| 198 | 198 | |
| 199 | 199 | /* |
| 277 | 277 | kCGColorSpaceGenericGray); |
| 278 | 278 | CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL, |
| 279 | 279 | bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL); |
| 280 | ||
| 280 | 281 | if (provider) { |
| 281 | 282 | img = CGImageCreate(pix, pix, 1, 1, pix/8, colorspace, |
| 282 | 283 | kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault, provider, decodeWB, 0, |
| 298 | 299 | initWithCGImage:maskedImg]; |
| 299 | 300 | CFRelease(maskedImg); |
| 300 | 301 | } |
| 301 | if (mask) { CFRelease(mask); } | |
| 302 | if (img) { CFRelease(img); } | |
| 303 | if (colorspace) { CFRelease(colorspace); } | |
| 302 | if (mask) { | |
| 303 | CFRelease(mask); | |
| 304 | } | |
| 305 | if (img) { | |
| 306 | CFRelease(img); | |
| 307 | } | |
| 308 | if (colorspace) { | |
| 309 | CFRelease(colorspace); | |
| 310 | } | |
| 304 | 311 | if (bitmapImageRep) { |
| 305 | 312 | image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(pix, pix)]; |
| 306 | 313 | [image addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep]; |
| 307 | 314 | [bitmapImageRep release]; |
| 308 | 315 | } |
| 316 | ||
| 309 | 317 | uint16_t *hotSpotData = (uint16_t*)(bitmap + 2*pix*pix/8); |
| 310 | 318 | hotSpot.y = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData++); |
| 311 | 319 | hotSpot.x = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData); |
| 22 | 22 | /* |
| 23 | 23 | * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. |
| 24 | 24 | * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. |
| 25 | * NORMAL_FG - Normal foreground color. | |
| 25 | 26 | * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. |
| 27 | * ACTIVE_FG - Foreground color when widget is active. | |
| 26 | 28 | * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. |
| 27 | 29 | * SELECT_FG - Foreground color for selected text. |
| 28 | 30 | * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. |
| 32 | 34 | |
| 33 | 35 | #define BLACK "Black" |
| 34 | 36 | #define WHITE "White" |
| 35 | #define NORMAL_BG "systemWindowBody" | |
| 36 | #define ACTIVE_BG "systemButtonFacePressed" | |
| 37 | #define ACTIVE_FG "systemPushButtonPressedText" | |
| 38 | #define SELECT_BG "systemHighlight" | |
| 39 | #define SELECT_FG None | |
| 40 | #define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG "systemHighlightSecondary" | |
| 37 | #define NORMAL_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" | |
| 38 | #define TEXT_BG "systemTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 39 | #define NORMAL_FG "systemTextColor" | |
| 40 | #define ACTIVE_BG "systemWindowBackgroundColor" | |
| 41 | #define ACTIVE_FG "systemTextColor" | |
| 42 | #define SELECT_BG "systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 43 | #define SELECT_FG "systemSelectedTextColor" | |
| 44 | #define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG "systemSelectedTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 41 | 45 | #define TROUGH "#c3c3c3" |
| 42 | 46 | #define INDICATOR "#b03060" |
| 43 | 47 | #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" |
| 49 | 53 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" |
| 50 | 54 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG |
| 51 | 55 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK |
| 52 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG | |
| 53 | #define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR | |
| 56 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR WHITE | |
| 57 | #define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG | |
| 54 | 58 | #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE |
| 55 | /* #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR "systemButtonFace"*/ | |
| 56 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR WHITE | |
| 59 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG | |
| 57 | 60 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 58 | 61 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP "" |
| 59 | 62 | #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" |
| 63 | 66 | #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" |
| 64 | 67 | #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED |
| 65 | 68 | #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" |
| 66 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FG "systemButtonText" | |
| 69 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 67 | 70 | #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_BUTTON_FG |
| 68 | 71 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 69 | 72 | #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" |
| 77 | 80 | //#else |
| 78 | 81 | #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" |
| 79 | 82 | //#endif |
| 80 | #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 83 | #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE NULL | |
| 81 | 84 | #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" |
| 82 | 85 | #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" |
| 83 | 86 | #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" |
| 104 | 107 | #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" |
| 105 | 108 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR |
| 106 | 109 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| 107 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 110 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE NULL | |
| 108 | 111 | #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| 109 | 112 | #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" |
| 110 | #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 113 | #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 111 | 114 | #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" |
| 112 | 115 | #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" |
| 113 | 116 | #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" |
| 145 | 148 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" |
| 146 | 149 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG |
| 147 | 150 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE |
| 148 | #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 151 | #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 149 | 152 | #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" |
| 150 | 153 | #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" |
| 151 | 154 | #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" |
| 168 | 171 | #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN |
| 169 | 172 | #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_FLAT |
| 170 | 173 | |
| 171 | #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG | |
| 174 | #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR TEXT_BG | |
| 172 | 175 | #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 173 | 176 | #define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH "2" |
| 174 | 177 | #define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR "xterm" |
| 177 | 180 | #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED |
| 178 | 181 | #define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" |
| 179 | 182 | #define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" |
| 180 | #define DEF_ENTRY_FG BLACK | |
| 183 | #define DEF_ENTRY_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 181 | 184 | #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| 182 | 185 | #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT BLACK |
| 183 | /* #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" */ | |
| 184 | 186 | #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" |
| 185 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK | |
| 187 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG NORMAL_FG | |
| 186 | 188 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" |
| 187 | 189 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" |
| 188 | 190 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" |
| 189 | 191 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" |
| 190 | /* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" */ | |
| 191 | 192 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "1" |
| 192 | 193 | #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" |
| 193 | 194 | #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG |
| 194 | 195 | #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 195 | 196 | #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" |
| 196 | /* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "solid" */ | |
| 197 | 197 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" |
| 198 | 198 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG |
| 199 | 199 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| 201 | 201 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" |
| 202 | 202 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG |
| 203 | 203 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE |
| 204 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW ((char *) NULL) | |
| 204 | #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW NULL | |
| 205 | 205 | #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" |
| 206 | #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 206 | #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 207 | 207 | #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" |
| 208 | 208 | #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" |
| 209 | 209 | |
| 236 | 236 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "2" |
| 237 | 237 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS "Labelframe" |
| 238 | 238 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF "groove" |
| 239 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG "systemButtonText" | |
| 239 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 240 | 240 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 241 | 241 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT "" |
| 242 | 242 | #define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR "nw" |
| 246 | 246 | */ |
| 247 | 247 | |
| 248 | 248 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE "dotbox" |
| 249 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR WHITE | |
| 249 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR TEXT_BG | |
| 250 | 250 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 251 | 251 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH "1" |
| 252 | 252 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" |
| 253 | 253 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED |
| 254 | 254 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" |
| 255 | 255 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkTextFont" |
| 256 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG BLACK | |
| 256 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 257 | 257 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" |
| 258 | 258 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| 259 | 259 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT BLACK |
| 270 | 270 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" |
| 271 | 271 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" |
| 272 | 272 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" |
| 273 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 273 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 274 | 274 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" |
| 275 | 275 | |
| 276 | 276 | /* |
| 277 | 277 | * Defaults for individual entries of menus: |
| 278 | 278 | */ |
| 279 | 279 | |
| 280 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG ((char *) NULL) | |
| 281 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) | |
| 282 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) | |
| 283 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) | |
| 284 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP None | |
| 280 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG NULL | |
| 281 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG NULL | |
| 282 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR NULL | |
| 283 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG NULL | |
| 284 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL | |
| 285 | 285 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" |
| 286 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) | |
| 286 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND NULL | |
| 287 | 287 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" |
| 288 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG ((char *) NULL) | |
| 289 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT ((char *) NULL) | |
| 288 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG NULL | |
| 289 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT NULL | |
| 290 | 290 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" |
| 291 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 291 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE NULL | |
| 292 | 292 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" |
| 293 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL ((char *) NULL) | |
| 294 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU ((char *) NULL) | |
| 293 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL NULL | |
| 294 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU NULL | |
| 295 | 295 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" |
| 296 | 296 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" |
| 297 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 297 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE NULL | |
| 298 | 298 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" |
| 299 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 300 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 299 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE NULL | |
| 300 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE NULL | |
| 301 | 301 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" |
| 302 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT ((char *) NULL) | |
| 302 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT NULL | |
| 303 | 303 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" |
| 304 | 304 | |
| 305 | 305 | /* |
| 325 | 325 | #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| 326 | 326 | #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" |
| 327 | 327 | #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "0" |
| 328 | #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD ((char *) NULL) | |
| 328 | #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD NULL | |
| 329 | 329 | #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" |
| 330 | 330 | #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" |
| 331 | 331 | |
| 333 | 333 | * Defaults for menubuttons: |
| 334 | 334 | */ |
| 335 | 335 | |
| 336 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR "center" | |
| 336 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR "w" | |
| 337 | 337 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG |
| 338 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK | |
| 338 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO WHITE | |
| 339 | 339 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG |
| 340 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE | |
| 340 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO BLACK | |
| 341 | 341 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG |
| 342 | 342 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 343 | 343 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP "" |
| 344 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" | |
| 344 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "0" | |
| 345 | 345 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR "" |
| 346 | 346 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION "below" |
| 347 | 347 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED |
| 348 | 348 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" |
| 349 | 349 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 350 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK | |
| 350 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 351 | 351 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" |
| 352 | 352 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR |
| 353 | 353 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO |
| 354 | 354 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK |
| 355 | 355 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" |
| 356 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) | |
| 356 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE NULL | |
| 357 | 357 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "1" |
| 358 | 358 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "left" |
| 359 | 359 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" |
| 360 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4" | |
| 361 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3" | |
| 360 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "0" | |
| 361 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "0" | |
| 362 | 362 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" |
| 363 | 363 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| 364 | 364 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS "0" |
| 378 | 378 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 379 | 379 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" |
| 380 | 380 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" |
| 381 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG BLACK | |
| 381 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 382 | 382 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 383 | 383 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| 384 | 384 | #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK |
| 442 | 442 | #define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR "" |
| 443 | 443 | #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" |
| 444 | 444 | #define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 445 | #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR BLACK | |
| 445 | #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR NORMAL_FG | |
| 446 | 446 | #define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK |
| 447 | 447 | #define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" |
| 448 | 448 | #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR |
| 462 | 462 | #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" |
| 463 | 463 | #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" |
| 464 | 464 | #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" |
| 465 | #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 465 | #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 466 | 466 | #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" |
| 467 | 467 | #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" |
| 468 | 468 | #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" |
| 489 | 489 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "flat" |
| 490 | 490 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" |
| 491 | 491 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" |
| 492 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 492 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 493 | 493 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH |
| 494 | 494 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE |
| 495 | 495 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "15" |
| 499 | 499 | */ |
| 500 | 500 | |
| 501 | 501 | #define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS "1" |
| 502 | #define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG | |
| 502 | #define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR TEXT_BG | |
| 503 | 503 | #define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO WHITE |
| 504 | 504 | #define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR "0" |
| 505 | 505 | #define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "0" |
| 506 | 506 | #define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" |
| 507 | #define DEF_TEXT_FG BLACK | |
| 507 | #define DEF_TEXT_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 508 | 508 | #define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" |
| 509 | 509 | #define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" |
| 510 | 510 | #define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" |
| 511 | 511 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| 512 | 512 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT BLACK |
| 513 | 513 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" |
| 514 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG BLACK | |
| 514 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG NORMAL_FG | |
| 515 | 515 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" |
| 516 | 516 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" |
| 517 | 517 | #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" |
| 537 | 537 | #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" |
| 538 | 538 | #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" |
| 539 | 539 | #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" |
| 540 | #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) | |
| 540 | #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS NULL | |
| 541 | 541 | #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" |
| 542 | 542 | #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" |
| 543 | 543 | #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" |
| 551 | 551 | #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 552 | 552 | |
| 553 | 553 | /* |
| 554 | * Defaults for canvas items | |
| 555 | * (arcs, bitmaps, lines, polygons, rectangles, and ovals): | |
| 556 | */ | |
| 557 | ||
| 558 | #define DEF_CANVBMAP_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 559 | #define DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE NORMAL_FG | |
| 560 | ||
| 561 | /* | |
| 554 | 562 | * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply |
| 555 | 563 | * to toplevels): |
| 556 | 564 | */ |
| 21 | 21 | #else |
| 22 | 22 | #define modalOK NSModalResponseOK |
| 23 | 23 | #define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel |
| 24 | #endif | |
| 24 | #endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090 | |
| 25 | 25 | #define modalOther -1 |
| 26 | 26 | #define modalError -2 |
| 27 | 27 | |
| 28 | /*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/ | |
| 28 | /* | |
| 29 | * Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs. | |
| 30 | */ | |
| 31 | ||
| 29 | 32 | typedef struct { |
| 30 | bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu | |
| 31 | bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable | |
| 32 | bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view | |
| 33 | ||
| 34 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document" | |
| 35 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc" | |
| 36 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)" | |
| 37 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions | |
| 40 | bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.* | |
| 41 | ||
| 42 | NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter | |
| 33 | bool doFileTypes; /* Show the accessory view which | |
| 34 | * displays the filter menu */ | |
| 35 | bool preselectFilter; /* A filter was selected by the | |
| 36 | * typevariable. */ | |
| 37 | bool userHasSelectedFilter; /* The user has changed the filter in | |
| 38 | * the accessory view. */ | |
| 39 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; /* Array of names, e.g. "Text | |
| 40 | * document". */ | |
| 41 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; /* Array of allowed extensions per | |
| 42 | * name, e.g. "txt", "doc". */ | |
| 43 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; /* Displayed string, e.g. "Text | |
| 44 | * document (.txt, .doc)". */ | |
| 45 | NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; /* Boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is | |
| 46 | * included. */ | |
| 47 | NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; /* Set of all allowed extensions. */ | |
| 48 | bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; /* Set of all allowed extensions | |
| 49 | * includes *.* */ | |
| 50 | NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; /* Index of currently selected | |
| 51 | * filter. */ | |
| 43 | 52 | } filepanelFilterInfo; |
| 44 | 53 | |
| 45 | filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo; | |
| 46 | ||
| 47 | NSOpenPanel *openpanel; | |
| 48 | NSSavePanel *savepanel; | |
| 54 | static filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo; | |
| 55 | static NSOpenPanel *openpanel; | |
| 56 | static NSSavePanel *savepanel; | |
| 49 | 57 | |
| 50 | 58 | static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = { |
| 51 | 59 | "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL |
| 165 | 173 | }; |
| 166 | 174 | |
| 167 | 175 | /* |
| 168 | * Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may | |
| 169 | * be nil. If both are nil, returns nil. | |
| 170 | */ | |
| 171 | static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) { | |
| 176 | * Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may be nil. If both | |
| 177 | * are nil, returns nil. | |
| 178 | */ | |
| 179 | ||
| 180 | static NSURL * | |
| 181 | getFileURL( | |
| 182 | NSString *directory, | |
| 183 | NSString *filename) | |
| 184 | { | |
| 172 | 185 | NSURL *url = nil; |
| 173 | 186 | if (directory) { |
| 174 | 187 | url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]; |
| 181 | 194 | |
| 182 | 195 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog) |
| 183 | 196 | |
| 184 | @interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog) | |
| 185 | - (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag; | |
| 186 | @end | |
| 187 | ||
| 188 | 197 | @implementation TKApplication(TKDialog) |
| 198 | ||
| 199 | - (BOOL)panel:(id)sender shouldEnableURL:(NSURL *)url { | |
| 200 | return YES; | |
| 201 | } | |
| 202 | ||
| 203 | - (void)panel:(id)sender didChangeToDirectoryURL:(NSURL *)url { | |
| 204 | } | |
| 205 | ||
| 206 | - (BOOL)panel:(id)sender validateURL:(NSURL *)url error:(NSError **)outError { | |
| 207 | *outError = nil; | |
| 208 | return YES; | |
| 209 | } | |
| 189 | 210 | |
| 190 | 211 | - (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel |
| 191 | 212 | returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo |
| 232 | 253 | } |
| 233 | 254 | } |
| 234 | 255 | |
| 235 | ||
| 236 | 256 | - (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode |
| 237 | 257 | contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo |
| 238 | 258 | { |
| 275 | 295 | |
| 276 | 296 | if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) { |
| 277 | 297 | [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES]; |
| 278 | /* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the | |
| 279 | * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension | |
| 280 | * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */ | |
| 298 | ||
| 299 | /* | |
| 300 | * setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from | |
| 301 | * the NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an | |
| 302 | * extension. Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting | |
| 303 | * any file. | |
| 304 | */ | |
| 305 | ||
| 281 | 306 | [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil]; |
| 282 | 307 | } else { |
| 283 | NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 308 | NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = | |
| 309 | [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 284 | 310 | [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes]; |
| 285 | 311 | [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO]; |
| 286 | 312 | } |
| 296 | 322 | [savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES]; |
| 297 | 323 | [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil]; |
| 298 | 324 | } else { |
| 299 | NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 325 | NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = | |
| 326 | [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 300 | 327 | [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes]; |
| 301 | 328 | [savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO]; |
| 302 | 329 | } |
| 307 | 334 | @end |
| 308 | 335 | |
| 309 | 336 | #pragma mark - |
| 337 | ||
| 338 | static NSInteger showOpenSavePanel( | |
| 339 | NSSavePanel *panel, | |
| 340 | NSWindow *parent, | |
| 341 | FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo) | |
| 342 | { | |
| 343 | NSInteger modalReturnCode; | |
| 344 | ||
| 345 | if (parent && ![parent attachedSheet] && [NSApp macMinorVersion] < 15) { | |
| 346 | [panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent | |
| 347 | completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) { | |
| 348 | [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel | |
| 349 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 350 | contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; | |
| 351 | }]; | |
| 352 | modalReturnCode = callbackInfo->cmdObj ? modalOther : | |
| 353 | [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel]; | |
| 354 | } else { | |
| 355 | modalReturnCode = [panel runModal]; | |
| 356 | [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode | |
| 357 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; | |
| 358 | } | |
| 359 | return modalReturnCode; | |
| 360 | } | |
| 310 | 361 | |
| 311 | 362 | /* |
| 312 | 363 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 387 | 438 | [colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES]; |
| 388 | 439 | if (title) { |
| 389 | 440 | NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title]; |
| 441 | ||
| 390 | 442 | [colorPanel setTitle:s]; |
| 391 | 443 | [s release]; |
| 392 | 444 | } |
| 418 | 470 | return result; |
| 419 | 471 | } |
| 420 | 472 | |
| 421 | /* dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information | |
| 422 | * in the filterInfo structure */ | |
| 423 | int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr) { | |
| 473 | /* | |
| 474 | * Dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information in the | |
| 475 | * filterInfo structure. | |
| 476 | */ | |
| 477 | ||
| 478 | static int | |
| 479 | parseFileFilters( | |
| 480 | Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 481 | Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, | |
| 482 | Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr) | |
| 483 | { | |
| 424 | 484 | |
| 425 | 485 | if (!fileTypesPtr) { |
| 426 | 486 | filterInfo.doFileTypes = false; |
| 428 | 488 | } |
| 429 | 489 | |
| 430 | 490 | FileFilterList fl; |
| 491 | ||
| 431 | 492 | TkInitFileFilters(&fl); |
| 432 | 493 | if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, fileTypesPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) { |
| 433 | 494 | TkFreeFileFilters(&fl); |
| 448 | 509 | if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) { |
| 449 | 510 | for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr; |
| 450 | 511 | filterPtr = filterPtr->next) { |
| 451 | NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name]; | |
| 512 | NSString *name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr->name]; | |
| 513 | ||
| 452 | 514 | [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name]; |
| 453 | 515 | [name release]; |
| 454 | NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array]; | |
| 455 | NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array]; | |
| 516 | NSMutableArray *clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array]; | |
| 517 | NSMutableArray *displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array]; | |
| 456 | 518 | bool allowsAll = NO; |
| 457 | 519 | |
| 458 | 520 | for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr; |
| 463 | 525 | const char *str = globPtr->pattern; |
| 464 | 526 | while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) { |
| 465 | 527 | str++; |
| 466 | } | |
| 528 | } | |
| 467 | 529 | if (*str) { |
| 468 | 530 | NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]; |
| 469 | 531 | if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) { |
| 475 | 537 | |
| 476 | 538 | [extension release]; |
| 477 | 539 | } else { |
| 478 | // it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*) | |
| 540 | /* | |
| 541 | * It is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*) | |
| 542 | */ | |
| 543 | ||
| 479 | 544 | allowsAll = YES; |
| 480 | 545 | filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES; |
| 481 | 546 | [displayextensions addObject:@"*"]; |
| 485 | 550 | [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions]; |
| 486 | 551 | [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]]; |
| 487 | 552 | |
| 488 | NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name]; | |
| 553 | NSMutableString *label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name]; | |
| 489 | 554 | [label appendString:@" ("]; |
| 490 | 555 | [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]]; |
| 491 | 556 | [label appendString:@")"]; |
| 492 | 557 | [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label]; |
| 493 | 558 | [label release]; |
| 494 | ||
| 495 | } | |
| 496 | ||
| 497 | /* Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names */ | |
| 559 | } | |
| 560 | ||
| 561 | /* | |
| 562 | * Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names. | |
| 563 | */ | |
| 564 | ||
| 498 | 565 | filterInfo.preselectFilter = false; |
| 499 | 566 | filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = false; |
| 500 | 567 | if (typeVariablePtr) { |
| 501 | /* extract the variable content as a NSString */ | |
| 502 | Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 503 | ||
| 504 | /* check that the typevariable exists */ | |
| 568 | /* | |
| 569 | * Extract the variable content as a NSString. | |
| 570 | */ | |
| 571 | ||
| 572 | Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, | |
| 573 | typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 574 | ||
| 575 | /* | |
| 576 | * Check that the typevariable exists. | |
| 577 | */ | |
| 578 | ||
| 505 | 579 | if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) { |
| 506 | const char *selectedFileType = Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj); | |
| 507 | NSString *selectedFileTypeStr = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType]; | |
| 508 | NSUInteger index = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr]; | |
| 580 | const char *selectedFileType = | |
| 581 | Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj); | |
| 582 | NSString *selectedFileTypeStr = | |
| 583 | [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType]; | |
| 584 | NSUInteger index = | |
| 585 | [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr]; | |
| 509 | 586 | |
| 510 | 587 | if (index != NSNotFound) { |
| 511 | 588 | filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index; |
| 520 | 597 | return TCL_OK; |
| 521 | 598 | } |
| 522 | 599 | |
| 523 | bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) { | |
| 524 | NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex]; | |
| 525 | ||
| 526 | /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */ | |
| 600 | static bool | |
| 601 | filterCompatible( | |
| 602 | NSString *extension, | |
| 603 | int filterIndex) | |
| 604 | { | |
| 605 | NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = | |
| 606 | [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex]; | |
| 607 | ||
| 608 | /* | |
| 609 | * If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension. | |
| 610 | */ | |
| 611 | ||
| 527 | 612 | if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) { |
| 528 | 613 | return true; |
| 529 | 614 | } |
| 530 | 615 | |
| 531 | 616 | return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension]; |
| 532 | 617 | } |
| 533 | ||
| 534 | 618 | |
| 535 | 619 | /* |
| 536 | 620 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 569 | 653 | NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError; |
| 570 | 654 | BOOL parentIsKey = NO; |
| 571 | 655 | |
| 656 | [openpanel setDelegate:NSApp]; | |
| 657 | ||
| 572 | 658 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { |
| 573 | 659 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], openOptionStrings, |
| 574 | 660 | sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 630 | 716 | break; |
| 631 | 717 | } |
| 632 | 718 | } |
| 633 | ||
| 634 | 719 | if (title) { |
| 635 | 720 | [openpanel setTitle:title]; |
| 636 | 721 | |
| 637 | /* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open panel. | |
| 638 | * Prepend the title to the message in this case | |
| 639 | * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but | |
| 640 | * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/ | |
| 641 | ||
| 642 | if (message) { | |
| 643 | NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message]; | |
| 644 | [message release]; | |
| 645 | [title release]; | |
| 646 | message = fullmessage; | |
| 647 | } else { | |
| 648 | message = title; | |
| 722 | /* | |
| 723 | * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open | |
| 724 | * panel. Prepend the title to the message in this case. | |
| 725 | */ | |
| 726 | ||
| 727 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 10) { | |
| 728 | if (message) { | |
| 729 | NSString *fullmessage = | |
| 730 | [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@", title, message]; | |
| 731 | [message release]; | |
| 732 | [title release]; | |
| 733 | message = fullmessage; | |
| 734 | } else { | |
| 735 | message = title; | |
| 736 | } | |
| 649 | 737 | } |
| 650 | 738 | } |
| 651 | 739 | |
| 661 | 749 | } |
| 662 | 750 | |
| 663 | 751 | if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) { |
| 664 | NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)]; | |
| 665 | NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)]; | |
| 752 | NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] | |
| 753 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)]; | |
| 754 | NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] | |
| 755 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO]; | |
| 756 | NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] | |
| 757 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)]; | |
| 758 | ||
| 666 | 759 | [label setEditable:NO]; |
| 667 | 760 | [label setStringValue:@"Filter:"]; |
| 668 | 761 | [label setBordered:NO]; |
| 669 | 762 | [label setBezeled:NO]; |
| 670 | 763 | [label setDrawsBackground:NO]; |
| 671 | ||
| 672 | NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO]; | |
| 673 | 764 | [popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels]; |
| 674 | 765 | [popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)]; |
| 675 | ||
| 676 | 766 | [accessoryView addSubview:label]; |
| 677 | 767 | [accessoryView addSubview:popupButton]; |
| 678 | ||
| 679 | 768 | if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) { |
| 680 | /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and | |
| 681 | * open the accessory view */ | |
| 769 | ||
| 770 | /* | |
| 771 | * A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it | |
| 772 | * and open the accessory view. | |
| 773 | */ | |
| 774 | ||
| 682 | 775 | [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; |
| 683 | /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types | |
| 776 | ||
| 777 | /* | |
| 778 | * On OSX > 10.11, the options are not visible by default. Ergo | |
| 779 | * allow all file types | |
| 684 | 780 | [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]]; |
| 685 | 781 | */ |
| 782 | ||
| 686 | 783 | [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions]; |
| 687 | 784 | } else { |
| 688 | 785 | [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions]; |
| 689 | 786 | } |
| 690 | ||
| 691 | 787 | if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) { |
| 692 | 788 | [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES]; |
| 693 | 789 | } else { |
| 694 | 790 | [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO]; |
| 695 | 791 | } |
| 696 | ||
| 697 | 792 | [openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView]; |
| 698 | 793 | } else { |
| 699 | /* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */ | |
| 794 | /* | |
| 795 | * No filters are given. Allow picking all files. | |
| 796 | */ | |
| 797 | ||
| 700 | 798 | [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES]; |
| 701 | 799 | } |
| 702 | ||
| 703 | 800 | if (cmdObj) { |
| 704 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 705 | 801 | if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) { |
| 706 | 802 | cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj); |
| 707 | 803 | } |
| 708 | 804 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 709 | 805 | } |
| 710 | ||
| 806 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 711 | 807 | callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj; |
| 712 | 808 | callbackInfo->interp = interp; |
| 713 | 809 | callbackInfo->multiple = multiple; |
| 714 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); | |
| 715 | if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) { | |
| 716 | parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 717 | if (directory || filename ) { | |
| 718 | NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename); | |
| 719 | [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL]; | |
| 720 | } | |
| 721 | ||
| 722 | [openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent | |
| 723 | completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) | |
| 724 | { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel | |
| 725 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 726 | contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ]; | |
| 727 | modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel]; | |
| 810 | if (directory || filename) { | |
| 811 | NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename); | |
| 812 | ||
| 813 | [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL]; | |
| 814 | } | |
| 815 | if (haveParentOption) { | |
| 816 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); | |
| 817 | parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 728 | 818 | } else { |
| 729 | if (directory || filename ) { | |
| 730 | NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename); | |
| 731 | [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL]; | |
| 732 | } | |
| 733 | ||
| 734 | modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal]; | |
| 735 | [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode | |
| 736 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; | |
| 737 | } | |
| 819 | parent = nil; | |
| 820 | parentIsKey = False; | |
| 821 | } | |
| 822 | modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(openpanel, parent, callbackInfo); | |
| 738 | 823 | result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR; |
| 739 | 824 | if (parentIsKey) { |
| 740 | 825 | [parent makeKeyWindow]; |
| 741 | 826 | } |
| 742 | ||
| 743 | if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && | |
| 744 | filterInfo.doFileTypes) { | |
| 827 | if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) | |
| 828 | && filterInfo.doFileTypes) { | |
| 745 | 829 | /* |
| 746 | * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled | |
| 830 | * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the | |
| 831 | * dialog was not cancelled. | |
| 747 | 832 | */ |
| 833 | ||
| 748 | 834 | NSUInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex; |
| 749 | 835 | NSString *selectedFilter = NULL; |
| 836 | ||
| 750 | 837 | if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) { |
| 751 | 838 | selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex; |
| 752 | 839 | selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex]; |
| 753 | 840 | } else { |
| 754 | /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must | |
| 755 | * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible | |
| 756 | * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list, | |
| 757 | * finally fall back to the empty string */ | |
| 841 | /* | |
| 842 | * Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, | |
| 843 | * but we must return something in the typevariable. First check if | |
| 844 | * the preselected type is compatible with the selected file, | |
| 845 | * otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list, | |
| 846 | * finally fall back to the empty string. | |
| 847 | */ | |
| 848 | ||
| 758 | 849 | NSURL *selectedFile; |
| 850 | NSString *extension; | |
| 759 | 851 | if (multiple) { |
| 760 | // Use the first file in the case of multiple selection | |
| 761 | // Anyway it is not overly useful here | |
| 852 | /* | |
| 853 | * Use the first file in the case of multiple selection. | |
| 854 | * Anyway it is not overly useful here. | |
| 855 | */ | |
| 762 | 856 | selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0]; |
| 763 | 857 | } else { |
| 764 | 858 | selectedFile = [openpanel URL]; |
| 765 | 859 | } |
| 766 | 860 | |
| 767 | NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension]; | |
| 861 | extension = [selectedFile pathExtension]; | |
| 862 | ||
| 768 | 863 | if (filterInfo.preselectFilter && |
| 769 | filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) { | |
| 864 | filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) { | |
| 770 | 865 | selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex; // The preselection from the typevariable |
| 771 | 866 | selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex]; |
| 772 | 867 | } else { |
| 773 | // scan the list | |
| 774 | 868 | NSUInteger i; |
| 869 | ||
| 775 | 870 | for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) { |
| 776 | 871 | if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) { |
| 777 | 872 | selectedFilterIndex = i; |
| 783 | 878 | } else { |
| 784 | 879 | selectedFilter = @""; |
| 785 | 880 | } |
| 786 | ||
| 787 | } | |
| 788 | } | |
| 789 | ||
| 881 | } | |
| 882 | } | |
| 790 | 883 | Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, |
| 791 | Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 792 | } | |
| 793 | ||
| 794 | ||
| 795 | end: | |
| 884 | Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), | |
| 885 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 886 | } | |
| 887 | end: | |
| 796 | 888 | return result; |
| 797 | 889 | } |
| 798 | ||
| 799 | 890 | |
| 800 | 891 | /* |
| 801 | 892 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 810 | 901 | * |
| 811 | 902 | * Side effects: |
| 812 | 903 | * See user documentation. |
| 904 | * | |
| 813 | 905 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 814 | 906 | */ |
| 815 | 907 | |
| 831 | 923 | NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil; |
| 832 | 924 | NSString *message = nil, *title = nil; |
| 833 | 925 | NSWindow *parent; |
| 834 | savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel]; | |
| 926 | savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel]; | |
| 835 | 927 | NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError; |
| 836 | 928 | BOOL parentIsKey = NO; |
| 929 | ||
| 930 | [savepanel setDelegate:NSApp]; | |
| 837 | 931 | |
| 838 | 932 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { |
| 839 | 933 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings, |
| 909 | 1003 | if (title) { |
| 910 | 1004 | [savepanel setTitle:title]; |
| 911 | 1005 | |
| 912 | /* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save panel is a sheet. | |
| 913 | * Prepend the title to the message in this case | |
| 914 | * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but | |
| 915 | * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/ | |
| 1006 | /* | |
| 1007 | * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save | |
| 1008 | * panel is a sheet. Prepend the title to the message in this case. | |
| 1009 | * NOTE: should be conditional on OSX version, but -mmacosx-version-min | |
| 1010 | * does not revert this behaviour. | |
| 1011 | */ | |
| 1012 | ||
| 916 | 1013 | if (haveParentOption) { |
| 917 | 1014 | if (message) { |
| 918 | NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message]; | |
| 1015 | NSString *fullmessage = | |
| 1016 | [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message]; | |
| 919 | 1017 | [message release]; |
| 920 | 1018 | [title release]; |
| 921 | 1019 | message = fullmessage; |
| 935 | 1033 | } |
| 936 | 1034 | |
| 937 | 1035 | if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) { |
| 938 | NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)]; | |
| 939 | NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)]; | |
| 1036 | NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] | |
| 1037 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)]; | |
| 1038 | NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] | |
| 1039 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)]; | |
| 1040 | ||
| 940 | 1041 | [label setEditable:NO]; |
| 941 | 1042 | [label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)]; |
| 942 | 1043 | [label setBordered:NO]; |
| 943 | 1044 | [label setBezeled:NO]; |
| 944 | 1045 | [label setDrawsBackground:NO]; |
| 945 | 1046 | |
| 946 | NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO]; | |
| 1047 | NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] | |
| 1048 | initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO]; | |
| 1049 | ||
| 947 | 1050 | [popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels]; |
| 948 | 1051 | [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; |
| 949 | 1052 | [popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)]; |
| 956 | 1059 | [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]]; |
| 957 | 1060 | [savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll]; |
| 958 | 1061 | } else if (defaultType) { |
| 959 | /* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way | |
| 960 | * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension, | |
| 961 | * but don't display an accessory view */ | |
| 1062 | /* | |
| 1063 | * If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way to | |
| 1064 | * specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension, but | |
| 1065 | * don't display an accessory view. | |
| 1066 | */ | |
| 1067 | ||
| 962 | 1068 | NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array]; |
| 1069 | ||
| 963 | 1070 | [AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType]; |
| 964 | 1071 | [savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes]; |
| 965 | 1072 | [savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES]; |
| 969 | 1076 | [savepanel setExtensionHidden:NO]; |
| 970 | 1077 | |
| 971 | 1078 | if (cmdObj) { |
| 972 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 973 | 1079 | if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) { |
| 974 | 1080 | cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj); |
| 975 | 1081 | } |
| 976 | 1082 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 977 | 1083 | } |
| 1084 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 978 | 1085 | callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj; |
| 979 | 1086 | callbackInfo->interp = interp; |
| 980 | 1087 | callbackInfo->multiple = 0; |
| 981 | 1088 | |
| 982 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); | |
| 983 | if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) { | |
| 984 | parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 985 | if (directory) { | |
| 986 | [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 987 | } | |
| 988 | /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/ | |
| 989 | if (filename) { | |
| 990 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename]; | |
| 991 | } else { | |
| 992 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""]; | |
| 993 | } | |
| 994 | [savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent | |
| 995 | completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) | |
| 996 | { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel | |
| 997 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 998 | contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ]; | |
| 999 | modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel]; | |
| 1089 | if (directory) { | |
| 1090 | [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 1091 | } | |
| 1092 | ||
| 1093 | /* | |
| 1094 | * Check for file name and set to the empty string if nil. This prevents a crash | |
| 1095 | * with an uncaught exception. | |
| 1096 | */ | |
| 1097 | ||
| 1098 | if (filename) { | |
| 1099 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename]; | |
| 1000 | 1100 | } else { |
| 1001 | if (directory) { | |
| 1002 | [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 1003 | } | |
| 1004 | /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/ | |
| 1005 | if (filename) { | |
| 1006 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename]; | |
| 1007 | } else { | |
| 1008 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""]; | |
| 1009 | } | |
| 1010 | modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal]; | |
| 1011 | [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode | |
| 1012 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; | |
| 1013 | } | |
| 1101 | [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""]; | |
| 1102 | } | |
| 1103 | if (haveParentOption) { | |
| 1104 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); | |
| 1105 | parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 1106 | } else { | |
| 1107 | parent = nil; | |
| 1108 | parentIsKey = False; | |
| 1109 | } | |
| 1110 | modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(savepanel, parent, callbackInfo); | |
| 1014 | 1111 | result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR; |
| 1015 | 1112 | if (parentIsKey) { |
| 1016 | 1113 | [parent makeKeyWindow]; |
| 1017 | 1114 | } |
| 1018 | 1115 | |
| 1019 | if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) { | |
| 1116 | if (typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton) | |
| 1117 | && filterInfo.doFileTypes) { | |
| 1020 | 1118 | /* |
| 1021 | * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled | |
| 1119 | * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the | |
| 1120 | * dialog was not cancelled. | |
| 1022 | 1121 | */ |
| 1023 | NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 1122 | ||
| 1123 | NSString *selectedFilter = | |
| 1124 | [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]; | |
| 1024 | 1125 | Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, |
| 1025 | Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 1026 | } | |
| 1027 | ||
| 1126 | Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), | |
| 1127 | TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); | |
| 1128 | } | |
| 1028 | 1129 | |
| 1029 | 1130 | end: |
| 1030 | 1131 | return result; |
| 1069 | 1170 | NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError; |
| 1070 | 1171 | BOOL parentIsKey = NO; |
| 1071 | 1172 | |
| 1173 | [panel setDelegate:NSApp]; | |
| 1174 | ||
| 1072 | 1175 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { |
| 1073 | 1176 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], chooseOptionStrings, |
| 1074 | 1177 | sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1124 | 1227 | [panel setCanChooseDirectories:YES]; |
| 1125 | 1228 | [panel setCanCreateDirectories:!mustexist]; |
| 1126 | 1229 | if (cmdObj) { |
| 1127 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 1128 | 1230 | if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) { |
| 1129 | 1231 | cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj); |
| 1130 | 1232 | } |
| 1131 | 1233 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 1132 | 1234 | } |
| 1235 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo)); | |
| 1133 | 1236 | callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj; |
| 1134 | 1237 | callbackInfo->interp = interp; |
| 1135 | 1238 | callbackInfo->multiple = 0; |
| 1136 | /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/ | |
| 1239 | ||
| 1240 | /* | |
| 1241 | * Check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise | |
| 1242 | * crashes with exception because of nil string parameter. | |
| 1243 | */ | |
| 1244 | ||
| 1137 | 1245 | if (!directory) { |
| 1138 | 1246 | directory = @"/"; |
| 1139 | 1247 | } |
| 1140 | 1248 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); |
| 1141 | if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) { | |
| 1142 | parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 1143 | [panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 1144 | [panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent | |
| 1145 | completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) | |
| 1146 | { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel | |
| 1147 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 1148 | contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ]; | |
| 1149 | modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel]; | |
| 1249 | [panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 1250 | if (haveParentOption) { | |
| 1251 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); | |
| 1252 | parentIsKey = parent && [parent isKeyWindow]; | |
| 1150 | 1253 | } else { |
| 1151 | [panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]]; | |
| 1152 | modalReturnCode = [panel runModal]; | |
| 1153 | [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode | |
| 1154 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; | |
| 1155 | } | |
| 1254 | parent = nil; | |
| 1255 | parentIsKey = False; | |
| 1256 | } | |
| 1257 | modalReturnCode = showOpenSavePanel(panel, parent, callbackInfo); | |
| 1156 | 1258 | result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR; |
| 1157 | 1259 | if (parentIsKey) { |
| 1158 | 1260 | [parent makeKeyWindow]; |
| 1197 | 1299 | NSString *year = [dateFormatter stringFromDate:[NSDate date]]; |
| 1198 | 1300 | |
| 1199 | 1301 | [dateFormatter release]; |
| 1200 | ||
| 1302 | ||
| 1201 | 1303 | /* |
| 1202 | 1304 | * This replaces the old about dialog with a standard alert that displays |
| 1203 | 1305 | * correctly on 10.14. |
| 1204 | 1306 | */ |
| 1205 | ||
| 1307 | ||
| 1206 | 1308 | NSString *version = @"Tcl " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL " & Tk " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL; |
| 1207 | NSString *url = @"www.tcl-lang.org"; | |
| 1309 | NSString *url = @"www.tcl-lang.org"; | |
| 1208 | 1310 | NSTextView *credits = [[NSTextView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0,0,300,300)]; |
| 1209 | 1311 | NSFont *font = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:[NSFont systemFontSize]]; |
| 1210 | 1312 | NSDictionary *textAttributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:font |
| 1211 | 1313 | forKey:NSFontAttributeName]; |
| 1314 | ||
| 1212 | 1315 | [credits insertText: [[NSAttributedString alloc] |
| 1213 | 1316 | initWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"\n" |
| 1214 | 1317 | "Tcl and Tk are distributed under a modified BSD license: " |
| 1222 | 1325 | "%1$C 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson\n\n" |
| 1223 | 1326 | "%1$C 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc.\n\n" |
| 1224 | 1327 | "%1$C 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.", 0xA9, year] |
| 1225 | attributes:textAttributes] | |
| 1226 | replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)]; | |
| 1328 | attributes:textAttributes] | |
| 1329 | replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)]; | |
| 1227 | 1330 | [credits setDrawsBackground:NO]; |
| 1228 | 1331 | [credits setEditable:NO]; |
| 1229 | NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init]; | |
| 1332 | ||
| 1333 | NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init]; | |
| 1334 | ||
| 1230 | 1335 | [[about window] setTitle:@"About Tcl & Tk"]; |
| 1231 | 1336 | [about setMessageText: version]; |
| 1232 | 1337 | [about setInformativeText:url]; |
| 1381 | 1486 | */ |
| 1382 | 1487 | |
| 1383 | 1488 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1], |
| 1384 | alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1489 | alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", | |
| 1490 | TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1385 | 1491 | goto end; |
| 1386 | 1492 | } |
| 1387 | 1493 | |
| 1402 | 1508 | [alert setAlertStyle:alertStyles[iconIndex]]; |
| 1403 | 1509 | i = 0; |
| 1404 | 1510 | while (i < 3 && alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i]) { |
| 1405 | [alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*)alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]]; | |
| 1511 | [alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*) alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]]; | |
| 1406 | 1512 | } |
| 1407 | 1513 | buttons = [alert buttons]; |
| 1408 | 1514 | for (NSButton *b in buttons) { |
| 1417 | 1523 | [[buttons objectAtIndex: defaultNativeButtonIndex-1] |
| 1418 | 1524 | setKeyEquivalent: @"\r"]; |
| 1419 | 1525 | if (cmdObj) { |
| 1420 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AlertCallbackInfo)); | |
| 1421 | 1526 | if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) { |
| 1422 | 1527 | cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj); |
| 1423 | 1528 | } |
| 1424 | 1529 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); |
| 1425 | 1530 | } |
| 1531 | callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AlertCallbackInfo)); | |
| 1426 | 1532 | callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj; |
| 1427 | 1533 | callbackInfo->interp = interp; |
| 1428 | 1534 | callbackInfo->typeIndex = typeIndex; |
| 1429 | 1535 | parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window); |
| 1430 | 1536 | if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) { |
| 1431 | 1537 | parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow]; |
| 1432 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1090 | |
| 1538 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1090 | |
| 1433 | 1539 | [alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent |
| 1434 | completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) | |
| 1435 | { [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert | |
| 1436 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 1437 | contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ]; | |
| 1540 | completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) { | |
| 1541 | [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert | |
| 1542 | returnCode:returnCode | |
| 1543 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; | |
| 1544 | }]; | |
| 1438 | 1545 | #else |
| 1439 | 1546 | [alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent |
| 1440 | 1547 | modalDelegate:NSApp |
| 1442 | 1549 | contextInfo:callbackInfo]; |
| 1443 | 1550 | #endif |
| 1444 | 1551 | modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? 0 : |
| 1445 | [NSApp runModalForWindow:[alert window]]; | |
| 1552 | [alert runModal]; | |
| 1446 | 1553 | } else { |
| 1447 | 1554 | modalReturnCode = [alert runModal]; |
| 1448 | 1555 | [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert returnCode:modalReturnCode |
| 1474 | 1581 | Tk_Window parent; |
| 1475 | 1582 | } FontchooserData; |
| 1476 | 1583 | |
| 1477 | enum FontchooserEvent { FontchooserClosed, FontchooserSelection }; | |
| 1584 | enum FontchooserEvent { | |
| 1585 | FontchooserClosed, | |
| 1586 | FontchooserSelection | |
| 1587 | }; | |
| 1478 | 1588 | |
| 1479 | 1589 | static void FontchooserEvent(int kind); |
| 1480 | 1590 | static Tcl_Obj * FontchooserCget(FontchooserData *fcdPtr, |
| 1566 | 1676 | * |
| 1567 | 1677 | * FontchooserEvent -- |
| 1568 | 1678 | * |
| 1569 | * This processes events generated by user interaction with the | |
| 1570 | * font panel. | |
| 1679 | * This processes events generated by user interaction with the font | |
| 1680 | * panel. | |
| 1571 | 1681 | * |
| 1572 | 1682 | * Results: |
| 1573 | 1683 | * None. |
| 1626 | 1736 | * |
| 1627 | 1737 | * FontchooserCget -- |
| 1628 | 1738 | * |
| 1629 | * Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the | |
| 1630 | * current value of any of the options (which may be NULL in | |
| 1631 | * the structure) | |
| 1739 | * Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the current value | |
| 1740 | * of any of the options (which may be NULL in the structure). | |
| 1632 | 1741 | * |
| 1633 | 1742 | * Results: |
| 1634 | 1743 | * Tcl object of option value. |
| 1691 | 1800 | * |
| 1692 | 1801 | * FontchooserConfigureCmd -- |
| 1693 | 1802 | * |
| 1694 | * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command. | |
| 1695 | * See the user documentation for what it does. | |
| 1803 | * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command. See | |
| 1804 | * the user documentation for what it does. | |
| 1696 | 1805 | * |
| 1697 | 1806 | * Results: |
| 1698 | 1807 | * See the user documentation. |
| 1825 | 1934 | [fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes |
| 1826 | 1935 | isMultiple:NO]; |
| 1827 | 1936 | if ([fp isVisible]) { |
| 1828 | TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL); | |
| 1937 | TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, | |
| 1938 | "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL); | |
| 1829 | 1939 | } |
| 1830 | 1940 | break; |
| 1831 | 1941 | case FontchooserCmd: |
| 1853 | 1963 | * |
| 1854 | 1964 | * FontchooserShowCmd -- |
| 1855 | 1965 | * |
| 1856 | * Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The | |
| 1857 | * per-interp configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp | |
| 1858 | * associated structure. | |
| 1966 | * Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The per-interp | |
| 1967 | * configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp associated | |
| 1968 | * structure. | |
| 1859 | 1969 | * |
| 1860 | 1970 | * Results: |
| 1861 | 1971 | * See the user documentation. |
| 1881 | 1991 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask, |
| 1882 | 1992 | FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr); |
| 1883 | 1993 | } |
| 1994 | ||
| 1884 | 1995 | NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager]; |
| 1885 | 1996 | NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:YES]; |
| 1997 | ||
| 1886 | 1998 | if ([fp delegate] != NSApp) { |
| 1887 | 1999 | [fp setDelegate:NSApp]; |
| 1888 | 2000 | } |
| 1900 | 2012 | * |
| 1901 | 2013 | * FontchooserHideCmd -- |
| 1902 | 2014 | * |
| 1903 | * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the | |
| 1904 | * user documentation for details. | |
| 2015 | * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the user | |
| 2016 | * documentation for details. | |
| 1905 | 2017 | * |
| 1906 | 2018 | * Results: |
| 1907 | 2019 | * See the user documentation. |
| 1920 | 2032 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) |
| 1921 | 2033 | { |
| 1922 | 2034 | NSFontPanel *fp = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] fontPanel:NO]; |
| 2035 | ||
| 1923 | 2036 | if ([fp isVisible]) { |
| 1924 | 2037 | [fp orderOut:NSApp]; |
| 1925 | 2038 | } |
| 1953 | 2066 | if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { |
| 1954 | 2067 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask, |
| 1955 | 2068 | FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr); |
| 1956 | fcdPtr->parent = None; | |
| 2069 | fcdPtr->parent = NULL; | |
| 1957 | 2070 | FontchooserHideCmd(NULL, NULL, 0, NULL); |
| 1958 | 2071 | } |
| 1959 | 2072 | } |
| 2000 | 2113 | * |
| 2001 | 2114 | * TkInitFontchooser -- |
| 2002 | 2115 | * |
| 2003 | * Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl | |
| 2004 | * interpreter. There is one font chooser per interp. | |
| 2116 | * Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl interpreter. | |
| 2117 | * There is one font chooser per interp. | |
| 2005 | 2118 | * |
| 2006 | 2119 | * Results: |
| 2007 | 2120 | * None. |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXDraw.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * This file contains functions that perform drawing to | |
| 4 | * Xlib windows. Most of the functions simple emulate | |
| 5 | * Xlib functions. | |
| 3 | * This file contains functions that perform drawing to Xlib windows. Most | |
| 4 | * of the functions simply emulate Xlib functions. | |
| 6 | 5 | * |
| 7 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 8 | 7 | * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. |
| 30 | 29 | #endif |
| 31 | 30 | */ |
| 32 | 31 | |
| 33 | #define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0)) | |
| 32 | #define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0)) | |
| 34 | 33 | |
| 35 | 34 | /* |
| 36 | 35 | * Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using |
| 39 | 38 | #define NON_AA_CG_OFFSET .999 |
| 40 | 39 | |
| 41 | 40 | static int cgAntiAliasLimit = 0; |
| 42 | #define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit) | |
| 41 | #define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit) | |
| 43 | 42 | |
| 44 | 43 | static int useThemedToplevel = 0; |
| 45 | 44 | static int useThemedFrame = 0; |
| 118 | 117 | * replacement is [NSView cacheDisplayInRect: toBitmapImageRep:] and that |
| 119 | 118 | * is what is being used here. However, that method only works when the |
| 120 | 119 | * view has a valid CGContext, and a view is only guaranteed to have a |
| 121 | * valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect]. To further | |
| 122 | * complicate matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect]. | |
| 123 | * Essentially it is asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into | |
| 124 | * a special graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep. But | |
| 125 | * our implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls. | |
| 126 | * If called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing. | |
| 120 | * valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect]. To further complicate | |
| 121 | * matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect]. Essentially it is | |
| 122 | * asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into a special | |
| 123 | * graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep. But our | |
| 124 | * implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls. If | |
| 125 | * called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing. | |
| 127 | 126 | * So the bottom line is that this function either returns a NULL pointer |
| 128 | * or a black image. To make it useful would require a significant amount | |
| 129 | * of rewriting of the drawRect method. Perhaps the next release of OSX | |
| 127 | * or a black image. To make it useful would require a significant amount | |
| 128 | * of rewriting of the drawRect method. Perhaps the next release of OSX | |
| 130 | 129 | * will include some more helpful ways of doing this. |
| 131 | 130 | * |
| 132 | 131 | * Results: |
| 133 | * Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given | |
| 134 | * rectangle of the given drawable. This object is retained. | |
| 135 | * The caller is responsible for releasing it. | |
| 136 | * | |
| 137 | * NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with | |
| 138 | * origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom | |
| 132 | * Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given rectangle of | |
| 133 | * the given drawable. This object is retained. The caller is responsible | |
| 134 | * for releasing it. | |
| 135 | * | |
| 136 | * NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system | |
| 137 | * with origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom | |
| 139 | 138 | * left as used by NSView. |
| 140 | 139 | * |
| 141 | 140 | * Side effects: |
| 143 | 142 | * |
| 144 | 143 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 145 | 144 | */ |
| 146 | NSBitmapImageRep* | |
| 145 | ||
| 146 | NSBitmapImageRep * | |
| 147 | 147 | TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect( |
| 148 | Drawable drawable, | |
| 149 | int x, | |
| 150 | int y, | |
| 151 | unsigned int width, | |
| 152 | unsigned int height) | |
| 148 | Drawable drawable, | |
| 149 | int x, | |
| 150 | int y, | |
| 151 | unsigned int width, | |
| 152 | unsigned int height) | |
| 153 | 153 | { |
| 154 | 154 | MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable; |
| 155 | 155 | CGContextRef cg_context = NULL; |
| 156 | CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL; | |
| 156 | CGImageRef cg_image = NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL; | |
| 157 | 157 | NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL; |
| 158 | NSView *view=NULL; | |
| 159 | if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) { | |
| 160 | ||
| 158 | NSView *view = NULL; | |
| 159 | if (mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) { | |
| 161 | 160 | /* |
| 162 | 161 | * This MacDrawable is a bitmap, so its view is NULL. |
| 163 | 162 | */ |
| 164 | 163 | |
| 164 | CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height); | |
| 165 | ||
| 165 | 166 | cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable); |
| 166 | CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height); | |
| 167 | cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context); | |
| 167 | cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage((CGContextRef) cg_context); | |
| 168 | 168 | sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect); |
| 169 | if ( sub_cg_image ) { | |
| 169 | if (sub_cg_image) { | |
| 170 | 170 | bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc]; |
| 171 | 171 | [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image]; |
| 172 | 172 | } |
| 173 | if ( cg_image ) { | |
| 173 | if (cg_image) { | |
| 174 | 174 | CGImageRelease(cg_image); |
| 175 | 175 | } |
| 176 | } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) { | |
| 177 | ||
| 176 | } else if ((view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) != NULL) { | |
| 178 | 177 | /* |
| 179 | 178 | * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates. |
| 180 | 179 | */ |
| 181 | 180 | |
| 182 | 181 | int view_height = [view bounds].size.height; |
| 183 | 182 | NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff, |
| 184 | view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff, | |
| 185 | width, height); | |
| 183 | view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff, | |
| 184 | width, height); | |
| 186 | 185 | |
| 187 | 186 | /* |
| 188 | 187 | * Attempt to copy from the view to a bitmapImageRep. If the view does |
| 217 | 216 | * None. |
| 218 | 217 | * |
| 219 | 218 | * Side effects: |
| 220 | * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or | |
| 221 | * bitmap. | |
| 222 | * | |
| 223 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 224 | */ | |
| 225 | ||
| 226 | void | |
| 219 | * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or bitmap. | |
| 220 | * | |
| 221 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 222 | */ | |
| 223 | ||
| 224 | int | |
| 227 | 225 | XCopyArea( |
| 228 | 226 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 229 | 227 | Drawable src, /* Source drawable. */ |
| 230 | 228 | Drawable dst, /* Destination drawable. */ |
| 231 | GC gc, /* GC to use. */ | |
| 229 | GC gc, /* GC to use. */ | |
| 232 | 230 | int src_x, /* X & Y, width & height */ |
| 233 | 231 | int src_y, /* define the source rectangle */ |
| 234 | unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */ | |
| 232 | unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */ | |
| 235 | 233 | unsigned int height, |
| 236 | 234 | int dest_x, /* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */ |
| 237 | 235 | int dest_y) |
| 244 | 242 | |
| 245 | 243 | display->request++; |
| 246 | 244 | if (!width || !height) { |
| 247 | return; | |
| 245 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 248 | 246 | } |
| 249 | 247 | |
| 250 | 248 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 251 | return; | |
| 252 | 249 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context."); |
| 253 | } | |
| 254 | ||
| 255 | if ( dc.context ) { | |
| 256 | if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) { | |
| 257 | img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src); | |
| 258 | }else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) { | |
| 259 | bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, | |
| 260 | src_x, src_y, width, height); | |
| 261 | if ( bitmap_rep ) { | |
| 262 | img = [bitmap_rep CGImage]; | |
| 263 | } | |
| 264 | } else { | |
| 265 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap."); | |
| 266 | } | |
| 267 | ||
| 268 | if (img) { | |
| 269 | bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height); | |
| 270 | srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height); | |
| 271 | dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height); | |
| 272 | TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, | |
| 273 | gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect); | |
| 274 | CFRelease(img); | |
| 275 | } else { | |
| 276 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage."); | |
| 277 | } | |
| 278 | ||
| 250 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 251 | } | |
| 252 | ||
| 253 | if (!dc.context) { | |
| 254 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context."); | |
| 255 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 256 | } | |
| 257 | ||
| 258 | if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) { | |
| 259 | img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src); | |
| 260 | } else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) { | |
| 261 | bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, | |
| 262 | src_x, src_y, width, height); | |
| 263 | if (bitmap_rep) { | |
| 264 | img = [bitmap_rep CGImage]; | |
| 265 | } | |
| 279 | 266 | } else { |
| 280 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context."); | |
| 281 | return; | |
| 267 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap."); | |
| 268 | } | |
| 269 | ||
| 270 | if (img) { | |
| 271 | bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height); | |
| 272 | srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height); | |
| 273 | dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height); | |
| 274 | TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, | |
| 275 | gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect); | |
| 276 | CFRelease(img); | |
| 277 | } else { | |
| 278 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage."); | |
| 282 | 279 | } |
| 283 | 280 | |
| 284 | 281 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 282 | return Success; | |
| 285 | 283 | } |
| 286 | 284 | |
| 287 | 285 | /* |
| 289 | 287 | * |
| 290 | 288 | * XCopyPlane -- |
| 291 | 289 | * |
| 292 | * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination | |
| 293 | * drawable. The plane argument specifies which bit plane of | |
| 294 | * the source contains the bitmap. Note that this implementation | |
| 295 | * ignores the gc->function. | |
| 290 | * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination drawable. The | |
| 291 | * plane argument specifies which bit plane of the source contains the | |
| 292 | * bitmap. Note that this implementation ignores the gc->function. | |
| 296 | 293 | * |
| 297 | 294 | * Results: |
| 298 | 295 | * None. |
| 303 | 300 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 304 | 301 | */ |
| 305 | 302 | |
| 306 | void | |
| 303 | int | |
| 307 | 304 | XCopyPlane( |
| 308 | 305 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 309 | 306 | Drawable src, /* Source drawable. */ |
| 324 | 321 | display->request++; |
| 325 | 322 | if (!width || !height) { |
| 326 | 323 | /* TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing of empty area requested"); */ |
| 327 | return; | |
| 324 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 328 | 325 | } |
| 329 | 326 | if (plane != 1) { |
| 330 | 327 | Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane"); |
| 331 | 328 | } |
| 332 | 329 | if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) { |
| 333 | 330 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 334 | return; | |
| 335 | } | |
| 331 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 332 | } | |
| 333 | ||
| 336 | 334 | CGContextRef context = dc.context; |
| 335 | ||
| 337 | 336 | if (context) { |
| 338 | 337 | CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src); |
| 338 | ||
| 339 | 339 | if (img) { |
| 340 | 340 | TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask; |
| 341 | 341 | unsigned long imageBackground = gc->background; |
| 342 | if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP){ | |
| 342 | ||
| 343 | if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP) { | |
| 343 | 344 | srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height); |
| 344 | CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(clipPtr->value.pixmap); | |
| 345 | CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect); | |
| 345 | CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable( | |
| 346 | clipPtr->value.pixmap); | |
| 347 | CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect( | |
| 348 | img, srcRect); | |
| 346 | 349 | CGRect rect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height); |
| 350 | ||
| 347 | 351 | rect = CGRectOffset(rect, dstDraw->xOff, dstDraw->yOff); |
| 348 | 352 | CGContextSaveGState(context); |
| 349 | /* Move the origin of the destination to top left. */ | |
| 350 | CGContextTranslateCTM(context, 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect)); | |
| 353 | ||
| 354 | /* | |
| 355 | * Move the origin of the destination to top left. | |
| 356 | */ | |
| 357 | ||
| 358 | CGContextTranslateCTM(context, | |
| 359 | 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect)); | |
| 351 | 360 | CGContextScaleCTM(context, 1, -1); |
| 352 | /* Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask. */ | |
| 361 | ||
| 362 | /* | |
| 363 | * Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask. | |
| 364 | */ | |
| 365 | ||
| 353 | 366 | CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, submask); |
| 354 | 367 | TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->background, dc.context); |
| 355 | 368 | CGContextFillRect(context, rect); |
| 356 | /* Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the | |
| 357 | intersection of img and mask. */ | |
| 358 | CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect); | |
| 369 | ||
| 370 | /* | |
| 371 | * Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the | |
| 372 | * intersection of img and mask. | |
| 373 | */ | |
| 374 | ||
| 375 | CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect( | |
| 376 | img, srcRect); | |
| 359 | 377 | CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, subimage); |
| 360 | 378 | TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, context); |
| 361 | 379 | CGContextFillRect(context, rect); |
| 365 | 383 | CGImageRelease(submask); |
| 366 | 384 | CGImageRelease(subimage); |
| 367 | 385 | } else { |
| 368 | bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height); | |
| 386 | bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, | |
| 387 | srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height); | |
| 369 | 388 | srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height); |
| 370 | 389 | dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height); |
| 371 | TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, | |
| 372 | imageBackground, bounds, srcRect, dstRect); | |
| 390 | TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, | |
| 391 | gc->foreground, imageBackground, bounds, | |
| 392 | srcRect, dstRect); | |
| 373 | 393 | CGImageRelease(img); |
| 374 | 394 | } |
| 375 | } else { /* no image */ | |
| 395 | } else { | |
| 396 | /* no image */ | |
| 376 | 397 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable"); |
| 377 | 398 | } |
| 378 | 399 | } else { |
| 379 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context."); | |
| 400 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - " | |
| 401 | "could not get a bitmap context."); | |
| 380 | 402 | } |
| 381 | 403 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 382 | } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */ | |
| 383 | XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y); | |
| 404 | return Success; | |
| 405 | } else { | |
| 406 | /* | |
| 407 | * Source drawable is a Window, not a Pixmap. | |
| 408 | */ | |
| 409 | ||
| 410 | return XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, | |
| 411 | dest_x, dest_y); | |
| 384 | 412 | } |
| 385 | 413 | } |
| 386 | 414 | |
| 429 | 457 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 430 | 458 | */ |
| 431 | 459 | |
| 432 | static NSImage* | |
| 460 | static NSImage * | |
| 433 | 461 | CreateNSImageWithPixmap( |
| 434 | 462 | Pixmap pixmap, |
| 435 | 463 | int width, |
| 465 | 493 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 466 | 494 | */ |
| 467 | 495 | |
| 468 | NSImage* | |
| 496 | NSImage * | |
| 469 | 497 | TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage( |
| 470 | 498 | Display *display, |
| 471 | 499 | Tk_Image image, |
| 472 | 500 | int width, |
| 473 | 501 | int height) |
| 474 | 502 | { |
| 475 | Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0); | |
| 503 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 476 | 504 | NSImage *nsImage; |
| 477 | ||
| 505 | if (width == 0 || height == 0) { | |
| 506 | return nsImage = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(0,0)]; | |
| 507 | } | |
| 508 | pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0); | |
| 478 | 509 | Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0); |
| 479 | 510 | nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height); |
| 480 | 511 | Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap); |
| 498 | 529 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 499 | 530 | */ |
| 500 | 531 | |
| 501 | NSImage* | |
| 532 | NSImage * | |
| 502 | 533 | TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap( |
| 503 | 534 | Display *display, |
| 504 | 535 | Pixmap bitmap, |
| 549 | 580 | CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL; |
| 550 | 581 | CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo = |
| 551 | 582 | #ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ |
| 552 | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host; | |
| 583 | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host; | |
| 553 | 584 | #else |
| 554 | kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault; | |
| 585 | kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault; | |
| 555 | 586 | #endif |
| 556 | 587 | char *data; |
| 557 | CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height); | |
| 588 | CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, | |
| 589 | macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height); | |
| 558 | 590 | |
| 559 | 591 | if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) { |
| 560 | 592 | bitsPerPixel = 8; |
| 561 | bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly; | |
| 593 | bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo) kCGImageAlphaOnly; | |
| 562 | 594 | } else { |
| 563 | 595 | colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB(); |
| 564 | 596 | bitsPerPixel = 32; |
| 565 | 597 | bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst; |
| 566 | 598 | } |
| 567 | bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3 | |
| 568 | & ~15; | |
| 599 | bytesPerRow = ((size_t) | |
| 600 | macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3 & ~15; | |
| 569 | 601 | len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow; |
| 570 | 602 | data = ckalloc(len); |
| 571 | 603 | bzero(data, len); |
| 629 | 661 | dstBounds = CGRectOffset(dstBounds, macDraw->xOff, macDraw->yOff); |
| 630 | 662 | if (CGImageIsMask(image)) { |
| 631 | 663 | if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) { |
| 632 | ||
| 633 | /* Set fill color to black; background comes from the context, | |
| 664 | /* | |
| 665 | * Set fill color to black; background comes from the context, | |
| 634 | 666 | * or is transparent. |
| 635 | 667 | */ |
| 636 | 668 | |
| 654 | 686 | CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0, 1, 0, 0.1); |
| 655 | 687 | CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds); |
| 656 | 688 | CGContextStrokeRect(context, dstBounds); |
| 689 | ||
| 657 | 690 | CGPoint p[4] = {dstBounds.origin, |
| 658 | 691 | CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)), |
| 659 | 692 | CGPointMake(CGRectGetMinX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)), |
| 660 | 693 | CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMinY(dstBounds)) |
| 661 | 694 | }; |
| 695 | ||
| 662 | 696 | CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, p, 4); |
| 663 | 697 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); |
| 664 | 698 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing CGImage at (x=%f, y=%f), (w=%f, h=%f)", |
| 735 | 769 | CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy); |
| 736 | 770 | } |
| 737 | 771 | } |
| 772 | ||
| 738 | 773 | /* |
| 739 | * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points | |
| 740 | * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also | |
| 741 | * at this point, this needs telling CoreGraphics that the | |
| 742 | * path is closed. | |
| 774 | * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points are the | |
| 775 | * same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also at this point, | |
| 776 | * this needs telling CoreGraphics that the path is closed. | |
| 743 | 777 | */ |
| 778 | ||
| 744 | 779 | if ((points[0].x == points[npoints-1].x) && |
| 745 | 780 | (points[0].y == points[npoints-1].y)) { |
| 746 | 781 | CGContextClosePath(dc.context); |
| 817 | 852 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 818 | 853 | */ |
| 819 | 854 | |
| 820 | void | |
| 855 | int | |
| 821 | 856 | XFillPolygon( |
| 822 | Display* display, /* Display. */ | |
| 857 | Display *display, /* Display. */ | |
| 823 | 858 | Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */ |
| 824 | 859 | GC gc, /* Use this GC. */ |
| 825 | XPoint* points, /* Array of points. */ | |
| 860 | XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */ | |
| 826 | 861 | int npoints, /* Number of points. */ |
| 827 | 862 | int shape, /* Shape to draw. */ |
| 828 | 863 | int mode) /* Drawing mode. */ |
| 833 | 868 | |
| 834 | 869 | display->request++; |
| 835 | 870 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 836 | return; | |
| 871 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 837 | 872 | } |
| 838 | 873 | if (dc.context) { |
| 839 | 874 | double prevx, prevy; |
| 857 | 892 | CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context); |
| 858 | 893 | } |
| 859 | 894 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 895 | return Success; | |
| 860 | 896 | } |
| 861 | 897 | |
| 862 | 898 | /* |
| 875 | 911 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 876 | 912 | */ |
| 877 | 913 | |
| 878 | void | |
| 914 | int | |
| 879 | 915 | XDrawRectangle( |
| 880 | 916 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 881 | 917 | Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */ |
| 889 | 925 | int lw = gc->line_width; |
| 890 | 926 | |
| 891 | 927 | if (width == 0 || height == 0) { |
| 892 | return; | |
| 928 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 893 | 929 | } |
| 894 | 930 | |
| 895 | 931 | display->request++; |
| 896 | 932 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 897 | return; | |
| 933 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 898 | 934 | } |
| 899 | 935 | if (dc.context) { |
| 900 | 936 | CGRect rect; |
| 901 | 937 | double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0; |
| 902 | 938 | |
| 903 | 939 | rect = CGRectMake( |
| 904 | macWin->xOff + x + o, | |
| 905 | macWin->yOff + y + o, | |
| 940 | macWin->xOff + x + o, macWin->yOff + y + o, | |
| 906 | 941 | width, height); |
| 907 | 942 | CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect); |
| 908 | 943 | } |
| 909 | 944 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 945 | return Success; | |
| 910 | 946 | } |
| 911 | 947 | |
| 912 | 948 | #ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED |
| 915 | 951 | * |
| 916 | 952 | * XDrawRectangles -- |
| 917 | 953 | * |
| 918 | * Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a | |
| 919 | * five-point PolyLine protocol request were specified for each | |
| 920 | * rectangle: | |
| 954 | * Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a five-point | |
| 955 | * PolyLine protocol request were specified for each rectangle: | |
| 921 | 956 | * |
| 922 | 957 | * [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y] |
| 923 | 958 | * |
| 924 | * For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a | |
| 925 | * pixel more than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in | |
| 926 | * the order listed in the array. If rectangles intersect, the | |
| 927 | * intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. Draws a | |
| 928 | * rectangle. | |
| 959 | * For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a pixel more | |
| 960 | * than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in the order listed in | |
| 961 | * the array. If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn | |
| 962 | * multiple times. Draws a rectangle. | |
| 929 | 963 | * |
| 930 | 964 | * Results: |
| 931 | 965 | * None. |
| 990 | 1024 | |
| 991 | 1025 | int |
| 992 | 1026 | XFillRectangles( |
| 993 | Display* display, /* Display. */ | |
| 1027 | Display *display, /* Display. */ | |
| 994 | 1028 | Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */ |
| 995 | 1029 | GC gc, /* Use this GC. */ |
| 996 | 1030 | XRectangle *rectangles, /* Rectangle array. */ |
| 1026 | 1060 | /* |
| 1027 | 1061 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1028 | 1062 | * |
| 1063 | * TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder -- | |
| 1064 | * | |
| 1065 | * Draws a border rectangle of specified thickness inside the bounding | |
| 1066 | * rectangle of a Tk Window. The border rectangle can be inset within the | |
| 1067 | * bounding rectangle. For a highlight border the inset should be 0, but | |
| 1068 | * for a solid border around the actual window the inset should equal the | |
| 1069 | * thickness of the highlight border. The color of the border rectangle | |
| 1070 | * is the foreground color of the graphics context passed to the function. | |
| 1071 | * | |
| 1072 | * Results: | |
| 1073 | * None. | |
| 1074 | * | |
| 1075 | * Side effects: | |
| 1076 | * Draws a rectangular border inside the bounding rectangle of a window. | |
| 1077 | * | |
| 1078 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1079 | */ | |
| 1080 | ||
| 1081 | MODULE_SCOPE void | |
| 1082 | TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder( | |
| 1083 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1084 | GC gc, | |
| 1085 | int inset, | |
| 1086 | int thickness) | |
| 1087 | { | |
| 1088 | Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 1089 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; | |
| 1090 | CGRect outerRect, innerRect; | |
| 1091 | ||
| 1092 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { | |
| 1093 | return; | |
| 1094 | } | |
| 1095 | if (dc.context) { | |
| 1096 | outerRect = CGRectMake(Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), | |
| 1097 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin)); | |
| 1098 | outerRect = CGRectInset(outerRect, inset, inset); | |
| 1099 | innerRect = CGRectInset(outerRect, thickness, thickness); | |
| 1100 | CGContextBeginPath(dc.context); | |
| 1101 | CGContextAddRect(dc.context, outerRect); | |
| 1102 | CGContextAddRect(dc.context, innerRect); | |
| 1103 | CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context); | |
| 1104 | } | |
| 1105 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); | |
| 1106 | } | |
| 1107 | ||
| 1108 | /* | |
| 1109 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1110 | * | |
| 1029 | 1111 | * XDrawArc -- |
| 1030 | 1112 | * |
| 1031 | 1113 | * Draw an arc. |
| 1039 | 1121 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1040 | 1122 | */ |
| 1041 | 1123 | |
| 1042 | void | |
| 1124 | int | |
| 1043 | 1125 | XDrawArc( |
| 1044 | Display* display, /* Display. */ | |
| 1126 | Display *display, /* Display. */ | |
| 1045 | 1127 | Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */ |
| 1046 | 1128 | GC gc, /* Use this GC. */ |
| 1047 | 1129 | int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */ |
| 1055 | 1137 | int lw = gc->line_width; |
| 1056 | 1138 | |
| 1057 | 1139 | if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) { |
| 1058 | return; | |
| 1140 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 1059 | 1141 | } |
| 1060 | 1142 | |
| 1061 | 1143 | display->request++; |
| 1062 | 1144 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 1063 | return; | |
| 1145 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 1064 | 1146 | } |
| 1065 | 1147 | if (dc.context) { |
| 1066 | 1148 | CGRect rect; |
| 1090 | 1172 | } |
| 1091 | 1173 | } |
| 1092 | 1174 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 1175 | return Success; | |
| 1093 | 1176 | } |
| 1094 | 1177 | |
| 1095 | 1178 | #ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED |
| 1098 | 1181 | * |
| 1099 | 1182 | * XDrawArcs -- |
| 1100 | 1183 | * |
| 1101 | * Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is | |
| 1102 | * specified by a rectangle and two angles. The center of the | |
| 1103 | * circle or ellipse is the center of the rect- angle, and the | |
| 1104 | * major and minor axes are specified by the width and height. | |
| 1105 | * Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise motion, and | |
| 1106 | * negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude | |
| 1107 | * of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it | |
| 1108 | * to 360 degrees. | |
| 1184 | * Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a | |
| 1185 | * rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the | |
| 1186 | * center of the rect- angle, and the major and minor axes are specified | |
| 1187 | * by the width and height. Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise | |
| 1188 | * motion, and negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude | |
| 1189 | * of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it to 360 | |
| 1190 | * degrees. | |
| 1109 | 1191 | * |
| 1110 | 1192 | * Results: |
| 1111 | 1193 | * None. |
| 1116 | 1198 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1117 | 1199 | */ |
| 1118 | 1200 | |
| 1119 | void | |
| 1201 | int | |
| 1120 | 1202 | XDrawArcs( |
| 1121 | 1203 | Display *display, |
| 1122 | 1204 | Drawable d, |
| 1124 | 1206 | XArc *arcArr, |
| 1125 | 1207 | int nArcs) |
| 1126 | 1208 | { |
| 1127 | ||
| 1128 | 1209 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d; |
| 1129 | 1210 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; |
| 1130 | 1211 | XArc *arcPtr; |
| 1132 | 1213 | |
| 1133 | 1214 | display->request++; |
| 1134 | 1215 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 1135 | return; | |
| 1216 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 1136 | 1217 | } |
| 1137 | 1218 | if (dc.context) { |
| 1138 | 1219 | CGRect rect; |
| 1173 | 1254 | } |
| 1174 | 1255 | } |
| 1175 | 1256 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 1257 | return Success; | |
| 1176 | 1258 | } |
| 1177 | 1259 | #endif |
| 1178 | 1260 | |
| 1192 | 1274 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1193 | 1275 | */ |
| 1194 | 1276 | |
| 1195 | void | |
| 1277 | int | |
| 1196 | 1278 | XFillArc( |
| 1197 | Display* display, /* Display. */ | |
| 1279 | Display *display, /* Display. */ | |
| 1198 | 1280 | Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */ |
| 1199 | 1281 | GC gc, /* Use this GC. */ |
| 1200 | 1282 | int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */ |
| 1208 | 1290 | int lw = gc->line_width; |
| 1209 | 1291 | |
| 1210 | 1292 | if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) { |
| 1211 | return; | |
| 1293 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 1212 | 1294 | } |
| 1213 | 1295 | |
| 1214 | 1296 | display->request++; |
| 1215 | 1297 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 1216 | return; | |
| 1298 | return BadDrawable; | |
| 1217 | 1299 | } |
| 1218 | 1300 | if (dc.context) { |
| 1219 | 1301 | CGRect rect; |
| 1252 | 1334 | } |
| 1253 | 1335 | } |
| 1254 | 1336 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 1337 | return Success; | |
| 1255 | 1338 | } |
| 1256 | 1339 | |
| 1257 | 1340 | #ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED |
| 1359 | 1442 | * |
| 1360 | 1443 | * TkScrollWindow -- |
| 1361 | 1444 | * |
| 1362 | * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate | |
| 1363 | * a damage region. | |
| 1364 | * | |
| 1365 | * Results: | |
| 1366 | * Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage. | |
| 1367 | * Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after | |
| 1368 | * scrolling and returns 1. | |
| 1445 | * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage | |
| 1446 | * region. | |
| 1447 | * | |
| 1448 | * Results: | |
| 1449 | * Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage. Otherwise, sets | |
| 1450 | * the region that needs to be repainted after scrolling and returns 1. | |
| 1369 | 1451 | * |
| 1370 | 1452 | * Side effects: |
| 1371 | 1453 | * Scrolls the bits in the window. |
| 1384 | 1466 | { |
| 1385 | 1467 | Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 1386 | 1468 | MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable; |
| 1387 | TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw); | |
| 1469 | TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *) TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw); | |
| 1388 | 1470 | CGRect srcRect, dstRect; |
| 1389 | 1471 | HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL; |
| 1390 | 1472 | NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst; |
| 1391 | 1473 | int result = 0; |
| 1392 | 1474 | |
| 1393 | if ( view ) { | |
| 1394 | /* Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */ | |
| 1475 | if (view) { | |
| 1476 | /* | |
| 1477 | * Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). | |
| 1478 | */ | |
| 1479 | ||
| 1395 | 1480 | bounds = [view bounds]; |
| 1396 | 1481 | scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x, |
| 1397 | bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y), | |
| 1398 | width, height); | |
| 1482 | bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y), | |
| 1483 | width, height); | |
| 1399 | 1484 | scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy); |
| 1400 | 1485 | |
| 1401 | /* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */ | |
| 1486 | /* | |
| 1487 | * Limit scrolling to the window content area. | |
| 1488 | */ | |
| 1489 | ||
| 1402 | 1490 | visRect = [view visibleRect]; |
| 1403 | 1491 | scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect); |
| 1404 | 1492 | scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect); |
| 1405 | if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) { | |
| 1493 | if (!NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst)) { | |
| 1406 | 1494 | /* |
| 1407 | 1495 | * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged. |
| 1408 | * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom) | |
| 1409 | * and converted to Tk coordinates later. | |
| 1496 | * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the | |
| 1497 | * bottom) and converted to Tk coordinates later. | |
| 1410 | 1498 | */ |
| 1411 | 1499 | |
| 1412 | 1500 | srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height); |
| 1413 | 1501 | dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy); |
| 1414 | 1502 | |
| 1415 | /* Compute the damage. */ | |
| 1503 | /* | |
| 1504 | * Compute the damage. | |
| 1505 | */ | |
| 1506 | ||
| 1416 | 1507 | dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect); |
| 1417 | 1508 | extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect); |
| 1418 | ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn); | |
| 1509 | ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, | |
| 1510 | (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn); | |
| 1419 | 1511 | result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1; |
| 1420 | 1512 | |
| 1421 | /* Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. */ | |
| 1513 | /* | |
| 1514 | * Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. | |
| 1515 | */ | |
| 1516 | ||
| 1422 | 1517 | TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn); |
| 1423 | 1518 | if (extraRgn) { |
| 1424 | 1519 | CFRelease(extraRgn); |
| 1425 | 1520 | } |
| 1426 | 1521 | |
| 1427 | /* Scroll the rectangle. */ | |
| 1522 | /* | |
| 1523 | * Scroll the rectangle. | |
| 1524 | */ | |
| 1525 | ||
| 1428 | 1526 | [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)]; |
| 1429 | 1527 | } |
| 1430 | 1528 | } else { |
| 1471 | 1569 | * Set up a drawing context for the given drawable and GC. |
| 1472 | 1570 | * |
| 1473 | 1571 | * Results: |
| 1474 | * Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing | |
| 1475 | * context was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call | |
| 1572 | * Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing context | |
| 1573 | * was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call | |
| 1476 | 1574 | * TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(). |
| 1477 | 1575 | * |
| 1478 | 1576 | * Side effects: |
| 1485 | 1583 | TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext( |
| 1486 | 1584 | Drawable d, |
| 1487 | 1585 | GC gc, |
| 1488 | int useCG, /* advisory only ! */ | |
| 1586 | int useCG, /* advisory only ! */ | |
| 1489 | 1587 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr) |
| 1490 | 1588 | { |
| 1491 | MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)d); | |
| 1589 | MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d; | |
| 1492 | 1590 | Bool canDraw = true; |
| 1493 | 1591 | NSWindow *win = NULL; |
| 1494 | 1592 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {}; |
| 1495 | 1593 | CGRect clipBounds; |
| 1496 | 1594 | |
| 1497 | 1595 | /* |
| 1498 | * If we are simulating drawing for tests, just return false. | |
| 1499 | */ | |
| 1500 | ||
| 1501 | if ([NSApp simulateDrawing]) { | |
| 1502 | return false; | |
| 1503 | } | |
| 1504 | ||
| 1505 | /* | |
| 1506 | * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated | |
| 1507 | * NSWindow then we know we are drawing to a window. | |
| 1596 | * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated NSWindow then | |
| 1597 | * we know we are drawing to a window. | |
| 1508 | 1598 | */ |
| 1509 | 1599 | |
| 1510 | 1600 | if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) { |
| 1523 | 1613 | } |
| 1524 | 1614 | |
| 1525 | 1615 | /* |
| 1526 | * If we already have a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, if we | |
| 1527 | * are drawing to a window then we can get one from the | |
| 1528 | * window. | |
| 1616 | * If we already have a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, if we are drawing to | |
| 1617 | * a window then we can get one from the window. | |
| 1529 | 1618 | */ |
| 1530 | 1619 | |
| 1531 | 1620 | dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d); |
| 1533 | 1622 | dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context); |
| 1534 | 1623 | } else if (win) { |
| 1535 | 1624 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw); |
| 1536 | if (view) { | |
| 1537 | ||
| 1538 | /* | |
| 1539 | * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is | |
| 1540 | * valid and belongs to the view. Validity can only be guaranteed | |
| 1541 | * inside of a view's drawRect or setFrame methods. The isDrawing | |
| 1542 | * attribute tells us whether we are being called from one of those | |
| 1543 | * methods. | |
| 1544 | * | |
| 1545 | * If the CGContext is not valid, or belongs to a different View, | |
| 1546 | * then we mark our view as needing display and return failure. | |
| 1547 | * It should get drawn in a later call to drawRect. | |
| 1548 | */ | |
| 1549 | ||
| 1550 | if (view != [NSView focusView]) { | |
| 1551 | [view setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 1552 | canDraw = false; | |
| 1553 | goto end; | |
| 1554 | } | |
| 1555 | dc.view = view; | |
| 1556 | dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT; | |
| 1557 | dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]); | |
| 1558 | if (dc.clipRgn) { | |
| 1559 | clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context); | |
| 1560 | } | |
| 1561 | } else { | |
| 1625 | ||
| 1626 | if (!view) { | |
| 1562 | 1627 | Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): " |
| 1563 | 1628 | "no NSView to draw into !"); |
| 1629 | } | |
| 1630 | ||
| 1631 | /* | |
| 1632 | * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is valid | |
| 1633 | * and belongs to the view. Validity can only be guaranteed inside of | |
| 1634 | * a view's drawRect or setFrame methods. The isDrawing attribute | |
| 1635 | * tells us whether we are being called from one of those methods. | |
| 1636 | * | |
| 1637 | * If the CGContext is not valid then we mark our view as needing | |
| 1638 | * display in the bounding rectangle of the clipping region and | |
| 1639 | * return failure. That rectangle should get drawn in a later call | |
| 1640 | * to drawRect. | |
| 1641 | * | |
| 1642 | * As an exception to the above, if mouse buttons are pressed at the | |
| 1643 | * moment when we fail to obtain a valid context we schedule the entire | |
| 1644 | * view for a redraw rather than just the clipping region. The purpose | |
| 1645 | * of this is to make sure that scrollbars get updated correctly. | |
| 1646 | */ | |
| 1647 | ||
| 1648 | if (![NSApp isDrawing] || view != [NSView focusView]) { | |
| 1649 | NSRect bounds = [view bounds]; | |
| 1650 | NSRect dirtyNS = bounds; | |
| 1651 | if ([NSEvent pressedMouseButtons]) { | |
| 1652 | [view setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 1653 | } else { | |
| 1654 | CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0, | |
| 1655 | .ty = dirtyNS.size.height}; | |
| 1656 | if (dc.clipRgn) { | |
| 1657 | CGRect dirtyCG = NSRectToCGRect(dirtyNS); | |
| 1658 | HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &dirtyCG); | |
| 1659 | dirtyNS = NSRectToCGRect(CGRectApplyAffineTransform(dirtyCG, t)); | |
| 1660 | } | |
| 1661 | [view setNeedsDisplayInRect:dirtyNS]; | |
| 1662 | } | |
| 1663 | canDraw = false; | |
| 1664 | goto end; | |
| 1665 | } | |
| 1666 | ||
| 1667 | dc.view = view; | |
| 1668 | dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT; | |
| 1669 | dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]); | |
| 1670 | if (dc.clipRgn) { | |
| 1671 | clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context); | |
| 1564 | 1672 | } |
| 1565 | 1673 | } else { |
| 1566 | 1674 | Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): " |
| 1572 | 1680 | */ |
| 1573 | 1681 | |
| 1574 | 1682 | if (dc.context) { |
| 1575 | CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0, | |
| 1576 | .ty = dc.portBounds.size.height}; | |
| 1683 | CGAffineTransform t = { | |
| 1684 | .a = 1, .b = 0, | |
| 1685 | .c = 0, .d = -1, | |
| 1686 | .tx = 0, | |
| 1687 | .ty = dc.portBounds.size.height | |
| 1688 | }; | |
| 1689 | ||
| 1577 | 1690 | dc.portBounds.origin.x += macDraw->xOff; |
| 1578 | 1691 | dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff; |
| 1579 | 1692 | CGContextSaveGState(dc.context); |
| 1588 | 1701 | CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context); |
| 1589 | 1702 | #endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */ |
| 1590 | 1703 | CGRect r; |
| 1704 | ||
| 1591 | 1705 | if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect( |
| 1592 | 1706 | *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r), |
| 1593 | 1707 | CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) { |
| 1615 | 1729 | CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, CGSizeMake( |
| 1616 | 1730 | dc.portBounds.size.width, dc.portBounds.size.height)); |
| 1617 | 1731 | } |
| 1618 | if(gc->function != GXcopy) { | |
| 1732 | if (gc->function != GXcopy) { | |
| 1619 | 1733 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are " |
| 1620 | 1734 | "not supported for CG drawing!"); |
| 1621 | 1735 | } |
| 1622 | /* When should we antialias? */ | |
| 1736 | ||
| 1737 | /* | |
| 1738 | * When should we antialias? | |
| 1739 | */ | |
| 1740 | ||
| 1623 | 1741 | shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width); |
| 1624 | 1742 | if (!shouldAntialias) { |
| 1625 | /* Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11 */ | |
| 1743 | /* | |
| 1744 | * Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11. | |
| 1745 | */ | |
| 1746 | ||
| 1626 | 1747 | w -= (gc->line_width ? NON_AA_CG_OFFSET : 0); |
| 1627 | 1748 | } |
| 1628 | 1749 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(dc.context, shouldAntialias); |
| 1629 | 1750 | CGContextSetLineWidth(dc.context, w); |
| 1630 | 1751 | if (gc->line_style != LineSolid) { |
| 1631 | 1752 | int num = 0; |
| 1632 | char *p = &(gc->dashes); | |
| 1753 | char *p = &gc->dashes; | |
| 1633 | 1754 | CGFloat dashOffset = gc->dash_offset; |
| 1634 | 1755 | CGFloat lengths[10]; |
| 1635 | 1756 | |
| 1639 | 1760 | } |
| 1640 | 1761 | CGContextSetLineDash(dc.context, dashOffset, lengths, num); |
| 1641 | 1762 | } |
| 1642 | if ((unsigned)gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) { | |
| 1763 | if ((unsigned) gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) { | |
| 1643 | 1764 | CGContextSetLineCap(dc.context, |
| 1644 | cgCap[(unsigned)gc->cap_style]); | |
| 1765 | cgCap[(unsigned) gc->cap_style]); | |
| 1645 | 1766 | } |
| 1646 | 1767 | if ((unsigned)gc->join_style < sizeof(cgJoin)/sizeof(CGLineJoin)) { |
| 1647 | 1768 | CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context, |
| 1648 | cgJoin[(unsigned)gc->join_style]); | |
| 1769 | cgJoin[(unsigned) gc->join_style]); | |
| 1649 | 1770 | } |
| 1650 | 1771 | } |
| 1651 | 1772 | } |
| 1654 | 1775 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING |
| 1655 | 1776 | if (!canDraw && win != NULL) { |
| 1656 | 1777 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win); |
| 1657 | if (winPtr) fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n", | |
| 1658 | Tk_PathName(winPtr)); | |
| 1778 | ||
| 1779 | if (winPtr) { | |
| 1780 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n", | |
| 1781 | Tk_PathName(winPtr)); | |
| 1782 | } | |
| 1659 | 1783 | } |
| 1660 | 1784 | #endif |
| 1661 | 1785 | if (!canDraw && dc.clipRgn) { |
| 1726 | 1850 | TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr); |
| 1727 | 1851 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING |
| 1728 | 1852 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macDraw->winPtr->pathName); |
| 1853 | ||
| 1729 | 1854 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw); |
| 1855 | ||
| 1730 | 1856 | CGContextSaveGState(context); |
| 1731 | 1857 | CGContextConcatCTM(context, CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, |
| 1732 | 1858 | -1.0, 0.0, [view bounds].size.height)); |
| 1750 | 1876 | * |
| 1751 | 1877 | * TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn -- |
| 1752 | 1878 | * |
| 1753 | * Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the | |
| 1754 | * specified X subwindow. | |
| 1879 | * Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the specified | |
| 1880 | * X subwindow. | |
| 1755 | 1881 | * |
| 1756 | 1882 | * Results: |
| 1757 | 1883 | * None. |
| 1773 | 1899 | * |
| 1774 | 1900 | * TkpClipDrawableToRect -- |
| 1775 | 1901 | * |
| 1776 | * Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle. | |
| 1777 | * If width or height are negative, reset to no clipping. | |
| 1902 | * Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle. If width | |
| 1903 | * or height are negative, reset to no clipping. | |
| 1778 | 1904 | * |
| 1779 | 1905 | * Results: |
| 1780 | 1906 | * None. |
| 1839 | 1965 | HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */ |
| 1840 | 1966 | { |
| 1841 | 1967 | if (gc && gc->clip_mask && |
| 1842 | ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { | |
| 1843 | TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region; | |
| 1968 | ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { | |
| 1969 | TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->value.region; | |
| 1844 | 1970 | int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin; |
| 1845 | 1971 | int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin; |
| 1846 | 1972 | HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn; |
| 1863 | 1989 | * |
| 1864 | 1990 | * TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap -- |
| 1865 | 1991 | * |
| 1866 | * Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the | |
| 1867 | * pattern repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then | |
| 1868 | * be used as a mask for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an | |
| 1869 | * object. | |
| 1992 | * Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the pattern | |
| 1993 | * repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then be used as a mask | |
| 1994 | * for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an object. | |
| 1870 | 1995 | * |
| 1871 | 1996 | * Results: |
| 1872 | 1997 | * A BitMap data structure. |
| 1890 | 2015 | * |
| 1891 | 2016 | * TkpDrawHighlightBorder -- |
| 1892 | 2017 | * |
| 1893 | * This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of | |
| 1894 | * a widget to indicate that it has received the input focus. | |
| 1895 | * | |
| 1896 | * On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color | |
| 1897 | * between the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where | |
| 1898 | * highlightWidth is 1, in which case the border is left out. | |
| 2018 | * This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget | |
| 2019 | * to indicate that it has received the input focus. | |
| 2020 | * | |
| 2021 | * On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color between | |
| 2022 | * the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where highlightWidth | |
| 2023 | * is 1, in which case the border is left out. | |
| 1899 | 2024 | * |
| 1900 | 2025 | * For proper Mac L&F, use highlightWidth of 3. |
| 1901 | 2026 | * |
| 1903 | 2028 | * None. |
| 1904 | 2029 | * |
| 1905 | 2030 | * Side effects: |
| 1906 | * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", | |
| 1907 | * corresponding to the outer area of "tkwin". | |
| 2031 | * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding | |
| 2032 | * to the outer area of "tkwin". | |
| 1908 | 2033 | * |
| 1909 | 2034 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1910 | 2035 | */ |
| 1933 | 2058 | * |
| 1934 | 2059 | * TkpDrawFrame -- |
| 1935 | 2060 | * |
| 1936 | * This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user | |
| 1937 | * has requested themeing, it draws with the background theme. | |
| 2061 | * This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user has | |
| 2062 | * requested themeing, it draws with the background theme. | |
| 1938 | 2063 | * |
| 1939 | 2064 | * Results: |
| 1940 | 2065 | * None. |
| 271 | 271 | } |
| 272 | 272 | |
| 273 | 273 | usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, (Window) parent); |
| 274 | if (usePtr != NULL && !(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) { | |
| 274 | if (usePtr == NULL) { | |
| 275 | if (interp != NULL) { | |
| 276 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 277 | "couldn't create child of window \"%s\"", string)); | |
| 278 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "NO_TARGET", NULL); | |
| 279 | } | |
| 280 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 281 | } else if (!(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) { | |
| 275 | 282 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 276 | 283 | "window \"%s\" doesn't have -container option set", |
| 277 | 284 | usePtr->pathName)); |
| 280 | 287 | } |
| 281 | 288 | |
| 282 | 289 | /* |
| 283 | * The code below can probably be simplified given we have already | |
| 284 | * discovered 'usePtr' above. | |
| 285 | */ | |
| 286 | ||
| 287 | /* | |
| 288 | * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a | |
| 289 | * Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing | |
| 290 | * Container structure, since we only allow the case where both container | |
| 291 | * and embedded app. are in the same process. | |
| 290 | * Since we do not allow embedding into windows belonging to a different | |
| 291 | * process, we know that a container will exist showing the parent window | |
| 292 | * as the parent. This loop finds that container. | |
| 292 | 293 | */ |
| 293 | 294 | |
| 294 | 295 | for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; |
| 311 | 312 | } |
| 312 | 313 | |
| 313 | 314 | macWin->winPtr = winPtr; |
| 314 | winPtr->privatePtr = macWin; | |
| 315 | ||
| 316 | /* | |
| 317 | * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. It is none of | |
| 318 | * our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, but we will | |
| 319 | * initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc set it. In any case, | |
| 320 | * you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort to get the portPtr. It will | |
| 321 | * correctly find the container's port. | |
| 322 | */ | |
| 323 | ||
| 324 | 315 | macWin->view = nil; |
| 325 | 316 | macWin->context = NULL; |
| 326 | 317 | macWin->size = CGSizeZero; |
| 332 | 323 | macWin->toplevel = macWin; |
| 333 | 324 | macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++; |
| 334 | 325 | |
| 326 | winPtr->privatePtr = macWin; | |
| 335 | 327 | winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; |
| 336 | 328 | |
| 337 | 329 | /* |
| 340 | 332 | */ |
| 341 | 333 | |
| 342 | 334 | macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; |
| 343 | ||
| 344 | /* | |
| 345 | * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the | |
| 346 | * first case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler | |
| 347 | * registered, and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin. | |
| 348 | */ | |
| 349 | ||
| 350 | if (containerPtr == NULL) { | |
| 351 | /* | |
| 352 | * If someone has registered an in-process embedding handler, then | |
| 353 | * see if it can handle this window... | |
| 354 | */ | |
| 355 | ||
| 356 | if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL || | |
| 357 | tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc((long) parent, | |
| 358 | (Tk_Window) winPtr) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 359 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 360 | "The window ID %s does not correspond to a valid Tk Window", | |
| 361 | string)); | |
| 362 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "HANDLE", NULL); | |
| 363 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 364 | } | |
| 365 | ||
| 366 | containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container)); | |
| 367 | ||
| 368 | containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; | |
| 369 | containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin; | |
| 370 | containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr; | |
| 371 | containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr; | |
| 372 | firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; | |
| 373 | } else { | |
| 374 | /* | |
| 375 | * The window is embedded in another Tk window. | |
| 376 | */ | |
| 377 | ||
| 378 | macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff + | |
| 379 | parent->winPtr->changes.border_width + | |
| 380 | winPtr->changes.x; | |
| 381 | macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff + | |
| 382 | parent->winPtr->changes.border_width + | |
| 383 | winPtr->changes.y; | |
| 384 | ||
| 385 | /* | |
| 386 | * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded | |
| 387 | * window's information. | |
| 388 | */ | |
| 389 | ||
| 390 | containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin; | |
| 391 | containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr; | |
| 392 | ||
| 393 | /* | |
| 394 | * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when | |
| 395 | * tkwin is eventually deleted. | |
| 396 | */ | |
| 397 | ||
| 398 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc, | |
| 399 | winPtr); | |
| 400 | } | |
| 335 | macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff + | |
| 336 | parent->winPtr->changes.border_width + | |
| 337 | winPtr->changes.x; | |
| 338 | macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff + | |
| 339 | parent->winPtr->changes.border_width + | |
| 340 | winPtr->changes.y; | |
| 341 | ||
| 342 | /* | |
| 343 | * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded window's | |
| 344 | * information. | |
| 345 | */ | |
| 346 | ||
| 347 | containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin; | |
| 348 | containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr; | |
| 349 | ||
| 350 | /* | |
| 351 | * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when | |
| 352 | * tkwin is eventually deleted. | |
| 353 | */ | |
| 354 | ||
| 355 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, | |
| 356 | EmbeddedEventProc, winPtr); | |
| 401 | 357 | |
| 402 | 358 | return TCL_OK; |
| 403 | 359 | } |
| 493 | 449 | } |
| 494 | 450 | } |
| 495 | 451 | Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXContainerId couldn't find window"); |
| 496 | return None; | |
| 452 | return NULL; | |
| 497 | 453 | } |
| 498 | 454 | |
| 499 | 455 | /* |
| 529 | 485 | * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding. |
| 530 | 486 | */ |
| 531 | 487 | |
| 532 | if (contWinPtr == NULL) { | |
| 533 | return None; | |
| 488 | if (!contWinPtr) { | |
| 489 | return NULL; | |
| 534 | 490 | } |
| 535 | 491 | return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr); |
| 536 | 492 | } |
| 541 | 497 | * TkpClaimFocus -- |
| 542 | 498 | * |
| 543 | 499 | * This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be |
| 544 | * put on a window in an embedded application, but the application | |
| 545 | * doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the | |
| 546 | * container application. | |
| 500 | * put on a window in an embedded application. | |
| 547 | 501 | * |
| 548 | 502 | * Results: |
| 549 | 503 | * None. |
| 582 | 536 | event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent; |
| 583 | 537 | event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS; |
| 584 | 538 | event.xfocus.detail = force; |
| 585 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event,TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 539 | Tk_HandleEvent(&event); | |
| 586 | 540 | } |
| 587 | 541 | |
| 588 | 542 | /* |
| 613 | 567 | Container *containerPtr; |
| 614 | 568 | Tcl_DString dString; |
| 615 | 569 | char buffer[50]; |
| 570 | Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL; | |
| 616 | 571 | |
| 617 | 572 | if ((objc > 1) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "all") == 0)) { |
| 618 | 573 | all = 1; |
| 622 | 577 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); |
| 623 | 578 | for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; |
| 624 | 579 | containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 580 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { | |
| 581 | embeddedInterp = containerPtr->embeddedPtr->mainPtr->interp; | |
| 582 | } | |
| 583 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL) { | |
| 584 | parentInterp = containerPtr->parentPtr->mainPtr->interp; | |
| 585 | } | |
| 586 | if (embeddedInterp != interp && parentInterp != interp) { | |
| 587 | continue; | |
| 588 | } | |
| 625 | 589 | Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString); |
| 590 | ||
| 591 | /* | |
| 592 | * Parent id | |
| 593 | */ | |
| 594 | ||
| 626 | 595 | if (containerPtr->parent == None) { |
| 627 | 596 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 628 | 597 | } else if (all) { |
| 629 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent); | |
| 598 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", containerPtr->parent); | |
| 630 | 599 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); |
| 631 | 600 | } else { |
| 632 | 601 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); |
| 633 | 602 | } |
| 634 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) { | |
| 603 | ||
| 604 | /* | |
| 605 | * Parent pathName | |
| 606 | */ | |
| 607 | ||
| 608 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL || | |
| 609 | parentInterp != interp) { | |
| 635 | 610 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 636 | 611 | } else { |
| 637 | 612 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, |
| 638 | 613 | containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName); |
| 639 | 614 | } |
| 640 | if (containerPtr->embedded == None) { | |
| 641 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); | |
| 642 | } else if (all) { | |
| 643 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded); | |
| 644 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); | |
| 645 | } else { | |
| 646 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); | |
| 647 | } | |
| 648 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { | |
| 615 | ||
| 616 | /* | |
| 617 | * On X11 embedded is a wrapper, which does not exist on macOS. | |
| 618 | */ | |
| 619 | ||
| 620 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); | |
| 621 | ||
| 622 | /* | |
| 623 | * Embedded window pathName | |
| 624 | */ | |
| 625 | ||
| 626 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL || | |
| 627 | embeddedInterp != interp) { | |
| 649 | 628 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 650 | 629 | } else { |
| 651 | 630 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, |
| 802 | 781 | /* |
| 803 | 782 | * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil. |
| 804 | 783 | */ |
| 784 | ||
| 805 | 785 | return; |
| 806 | 786 | } |
| 807 | 787 | |
| 867 | 847 | eventPtr->xmaprequest.window); |
| 868 | 848 | } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { |
| 869 | 849 | /* |
| 870 | * The embedded application is gone. Destroy the container window. | |
| 850 | * It is not clear whether the container should be destroyed | |
| 851 | * when an embedded window is destroyed. See ticket [67384bce7d]. | |
| 852 | * Here we are following unix, by destroying the container. | |
| 871 | 853 | */ |
| 872 | 854 | |
| 873 | 855 | Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 903 | 885 | Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; |
| 904 | 886 | |
| 905 | 887 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { |
| 888 | ||
| 889 | /* | |
| 890 | * Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application. | |
| 891 | */ | |
| 892 | ||
| 893 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) { | |
| 894 | TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr); | |
| 895 | } | |
| 906 | 896 | if (containerPtr->embedded != None) { |
| 907 | 897 | /* |
| 908 | 898 | * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have |
| 1051 | 1041 | /* |
| 1052 | 1042 | * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via |
| 1053 | 1043 | * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the |
| 1054 | * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make | |
| 1055 | * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so | |
| 1056 | * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want | |
| 1057 | * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a | |
| 1058 | * configure event. | |
| 1044 | * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make this | |
| 1045 | * happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so that the | |
| 1046 | * geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want to do), and | |
| 1047 | * if the window's size didn't change then generate a configure event. | |
| 1059 | 1048 | */ |
| 1060 | 1049 | |
| 1061 | 1050 | Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height); |
| 1077 | 1066 | * application of its current size and location. This procedure is called |
| 1078 | 1067 | * when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not |
| 1079 | 1068 | * grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't |
| 1080 | * change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which | |
| 1081 | * we do not currently synthesize on the Mac | |
| 1069 | * change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which we | |
| 1070 | * do not currently synthesize on the Mac | |
| 1082 | 1071 | * |
| 1083 | 1072 | * Results: |
| 1084 | 1073 | * None. |
| 1138 | 1127 | containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) { |
| 1139 | 1128 | XEvent event; |
| 1140 | 1129 | |
| 1141 | event.xany.serial = | |
| 1142 | LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)); | |
| 1130 | event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed( | |
| 1131 | Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)); | |
| 1143 | 1132 | event.xany.send_event = False; |
| 1144 | 1133 | event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); |
| 1145 | 1134 | |
| 122 | 122 | if (isSpinbox) { |
| 123 | 123 | int incDecWidth; |
| 124 | 124 | |
| 125 | /* | |
| 126 | * If native spinbox buttons are going to be drawn, then temporarily | |
| 127 | * change the width of the widget so that the same code can be used | |
| 128 | * for drawing the Entry portion of the Spinbox as is used to draw | |
| 129 | * an ordinary Entry. The width must be restored before returning. | |
| 130 | */ | |
| 131 | ||
| 125 | 132 | oldWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin); |
| 126 | ||
| 127 | ComputeIncDecParameters(Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH, | |
| 128 | &incDecWidth); | |
| 129 | Tk_Width(tkwin) -= incDecWidth + 1; | |
| 133 | if (ComputeIncDecParameters(Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH, | |
| 134 | &incDecWidth) != 0) { | |
| 135 | Tk_Width(tkwin) -= incDecWidth + 1; | |
| 136 | } | |
| 130 | 137 | } |
| 131 | 138 | |
| 132 | 139 | /* |
| 148 | 155 | bounds.size.width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH; |
| 149 | 156 | bounds.size.height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH; |
| 150 | 157 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, 1, &dc)) { |
| 158 | ||
| 159 | /* | |
| 160 | * No graphics context is available. If the widget is a Spinbox, we | |
| 161 | * must restore its width before returning 0. (Ticket [273b6a4996].) | |
| 162 | */ | |
| 163 | ||
| 164 | if (isSpinbox) { | |
| 165 | Tk_Width(tkwin) = oldWidth; | |
| 166 | } | |
| 151 | 167 | return 0; |
| 152 | 168 | } |
| 153 | 169 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); |
| 170 | 186 | * have to implement it. |
| 171 | 187 | * |
| 172 | 188 | * Results: |
| 173 | * 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not. | |
| 189 | * 1 if it has drawn the buttons, 0 if not. | |
| 174 | 190 | * |
| 175 | 191 | * Side effects: |
| 176 | * May draw the entry border into pixmap. | |
| 192 | * May draw the buttons into pixmap. | |
| 177 | 193 | * |
| 178 | 194 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 179 | 195 | */ |
| 242 | 258 | */ |
| 243 | 259 | |
| 244 | 260 | bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d); |
| 245 | rects[0].x = bounds.origin.x; | |
| 261 | rects[0].x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - incDecWidth - 1; | |
| 246 | 262 | rects[0].y = 0; |
| 247 | rects[0].width = Tk_Width(tkwin); | |
| 263 | rects[0].width = incDecWidth + 1; | |
| 248 | 264 | rects[0].height = Tk_Height(tkwin); |
| 249 | 265 | XFillRectangles(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, bgGC, rects, 1); |
| 250 | 266 | |
| 113 | 113 | * |
| 114 | 114 | * This routine is a stub called by XSync, which is called during the Tk |
| 115 | 115 | * update command. The language specification does not require that the |
| 116 | * update command be synchronous but many of the tests assume that is the | |
| 117 | * case. It is not naturally the case on macOS since many idle tasks are | |
| 118 | * run inside of the drawRect method of a window's contentView, and that | |
| 119 | * method will not be called until after this function returns. To make | |
| 120 | * the tests work, we attempt to force this to be synchronous by waiting | |
| 121 | * until drawRect has been called for each window. The mechanism we use | |
| 122 | * for this is to have drawRect post an ApplicationDefined NSEvent on the | |
| 123 | * AppKit event queue when it finishes drawing, and wait for it here. | |
| 116 | * update command be synchronous but many of the tests implicitly assume | |
| 117 | * that it is. It is definitely asynchronous on macOS since many idle | |
| 118 | * tasks are run inside of the drawRect method of a window's contentView, | |
| 119 | * which will not be called until after this function returns. | |
| 124 | 120 | * |
| 125 | 121 | * Results: |
| 126 | 122 | * None. |
| 127 | 123 | * |
| 128 | * Side effects: | |
| 129 | * Calls the drawRect method of the contentView of each visible | |
| 130 | * window. | |
| 124 | * Side effects: Processes all pending idle events then calls the display | |
| 125 | * method of each visible window. | |
| 131 | 126 | * |
| 132 | 127 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 133 | 128 | */ |
| 135 | 130 | MODULE_SCOPE void |
| 136 | 131 | TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void) |
| 137 | 132 | { |
| 138 | NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows]; | |
| 139 | if ([NSApp simulateDrawing]) { | |
| 140 | [NSApp setSimulateDrawing:NO]; | |
| 133 | if (Tk_GetNumMainWindows() == 0) { | |
| 141 | 134 | return; |
| 142 | 135 | } |
| 143 | for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) { | |
| 144 | if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) { | |
| 145 | [w displayIfNeeded]; | |
| 146 | } | |
| 136 | while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)){} | |
| 137 | for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) { | |
| 138 | [w display]; | |
| 147 | 139 | } |
| 148 | 140 | } |
| 149 | 141 | |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXFont.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant | |
| 4 | * font package interface. | |
| 3 | * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent font | |
| 4 | * package interface. | |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, Benjamin.Riefenstahl@epost.de |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 31 | 31 | */ |
| 32 | 32 | |
| 33 | 33 | typedef struct { |
| 34 | TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must | |
| 35 | * be first in structure. */ | |
| 36 | ||
| 34 | TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be | |
| 35 | * first in structure. */ | |
| 37 | 36 | NSFont *nsFont; |
| 38 | 37 | NSDictionary *nsAttributes; |
| 39 | 38 | } MacFont; |
| 82 | 81 | static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil; |
| 83 | 82 | static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil; |
| 84 | 83 | |
| 85 | static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont, | |
| 86 | TkFontAttributes *faPtr); | |
| 87 | static NSFont *FindNSFont(const char *familyName, NSFontTraitMask traits, | |
| 88 | NSInteger weight, CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault); | |
| 89 | static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont, const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr, | |
| 90 | MacFont * fontPtr); | |
| 91 | static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 92 | const char* name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr); | |
| 93 | static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, | |
| 94 | Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart, | |
| 95 | int rangeLength, int x, int y, double angle); | |
| 96 | ||
| 97 | @interface NSFont(TKFont) | |
| 98 | - (NSFont *) bestMatchingFontForCharacters: (const UTF16Char *) characters | |
| 99 | length: (NSUInteger) length attributes: (NSDictionary *) attributes | |
| 100 | actualCoveredLength: (NSUInteger *) coveredLength; | |
| 101 | @end | |
| 84 | static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont, | |
| 85 | TkFontAttributes *faPtr); | |
| 86 | static NSFont * FindNSFont(const char *familyName, | |
| 87 | NSFontTraitMask traits, NSInteger weight, | |
| 88 | CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault); | |
| 89 | static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont, | |
| 90 | const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr, | |
| 91 | MacFont *fontPtr); | |
| 92 | static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 93 | Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, | |
| 94 | TkFontAttributes *faPtr); | |
| 95 | static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, | |
| 96 | GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, | |
| 97 | int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength, | |
| 98 | int x, int y, double angle); | |
| 102 | 99 | |
| 103 | 100 | #pragma mark - |
| 104 | 101 | #pragma mark Font Helpers: |
| 105 | 102 | |
| 103 | /* | |
| 104 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 105 | * | |
| 106 | * TclUniToNSString -- | |
| 107 | * | |
| 108 | * When Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX = 3 (the default for 8.6) it cannot | |
| 109 | * deal directly with UTF-8 encoded non-BMP characters, since their UTF-8 | |
| 110 | * encoding requires 4 bytes. | |
| 111 | * | |
| 112 | * As a workaround, these versions of Tcl encode non-BMP characters as a string | |
| 113 | * of length 6 in which the high and low UTF-16 surrogates have been encoded | |
| 114 | * using the UTF-8 algorithm. The UTF-8 encoding does not allow encoding | |
| 115 | * surrogates, so these 6-byte strings are not valid UTF-8, and hence Apple's | |
| 116 | * NString class will refuse to instantiate an NSString from the 6-byte | |
| 117 | * encoding. This function allows creating an NSString from a C-string which | |
| 118 | * has been encoded using this scheme. | |
| 119 | * | |
| 120 | * Results: | |
| 121 | * An NSString, which may be nil. | |
| 122 | * | |
| 123 | * Side effects: | |
| 124 | * None. | |
| 125 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 126 | */ | |
| 127 | ||
| 128 | MODULE_SCOPE NSString* | |
| 129 | TclUniToNSString( | |
| 130 | const char *source, | |
| 131 | int numBytes) | |
| 132 | { | |
| 133 | NSString *string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void *)source | |
| 134 | length:numBytes | |
| 135 | encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding | |
| 136 | freeWhenDone:NO]; | |
| 137 | if (!string) { | |
| 138 | const unichar *characters = ckalloc(numBytes*sizeof(unichar)); | |
| 139 | const char *in = source; | |
| 140 | unichar *out = (unichar *) characters; | |
| 141 | while (in < source + numBytes) { | |
| 142 | in += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(in, out++); | |
| 143 | } | |
| 144 | string = [[NSString alloc] initWithCharacters:characters | |
| 145 | length:(out - characters)]; | |
| 146 | ckfree(characters); | |
| 147 | } | |
| 148 | return string; | |
| 149 | } | |
| 150 | ||
| 151 | /* | |
| 152 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 153 | * | |
| 154 | * TclUniAtIndex -- | |
| 155 | * | |
| 156 | * Write a sequence of bytes up to length 6 which is an encoding of a UTF-16 | |
| 157 | * character in an NSString. Also record the unicode code point of the character. | |
| 158 | * this may be a non-BMP character constructed by reading two surrogates from | |
| 159 | * the NSString. | |
| 160 | * | |
| 161 | * Results: | |
| 162 | * Returns the number of bytes written. | |
| 163 | * | |
| 164 | * Side effects: | |
| 165 | * Bytes are written to the char array referenced by the pointer uni and | |
| 166 | * the unicode code point is written to the integer referenced by the | |
| 167 | * pointer code. | |
| 168 | * | |
| 169 | */ | |
| 170 | ||
| 171 | MODULE_SCOPE int | |
| 172 | TclUniAtIndex( | |
| 173 | NSString *string, | |
| 174 | int index, | |
| 175 | char *uni, | |
| 176 | unsigned int *code) | |
| 177 | { | |
| 178 | char *ptr = uni; | |
| 179 | UniChar uniChar = [string characterAtIndex: index]; | |
| 180 | if (CFStringIsSurrogateHighCharacter(uniChar)) { | |
| 181 | UniChar lowChar = [string characterAtIndex: ++index]; | |
| 182 | *code = CFStringGetLongCharacterForSurrogatePair( | |
| 183 | uniChar, lowChar); | |
| 184 | ptr += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(uniChar, ptr); | |
| 185 | ptr += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(lowChar, ptr); | |
| 186 | return ptr - uni; | |
| 187 | } else { | |
| 188 | *code = (int) uniChar; | |
| 189 | [[string substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(index, 1)] | |
| 190 | getCString: uni | |
| 191 | maxLength: XMaxTransChars | |
| 192 | encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding]; | |
| 193 | return strlen(uni); | |
| 194 | } | |
| 195 | } | |
| 196 | ||
| 197 | /* | |
| 198 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 199 | * | |
| 200 | * NSStringToTclUni -- | |
| 201 | * | |
| 202 | * Encodes the unicode string represented by an NSString object with the | |
| 203 | * internal encoding that Tcl uses when TCL_UTF_MAX = 3. This encoding | |
| 204 | * is similar to UTF-8 except that non-BMP characters are encoded as two | |
| 205 | * successive 3-byte sequences which are constructed from UTF-16 surrogates | |
| 206 | * by applying the UTF-8 algorithm. Even though the UTF-8 encoding does not | |
| 207 | * allow encoding surrogates, the algorithm does produce a well-defined | |
| 208 | * 3-byte sequence. | |
| 209 | * | |
| 210 | * Results: | |
| 211 | * Returns a pointer to a null-terminated byte array which encodes the | |
| 212 | * NSString. | |
| 213 | * | |
| 214 | * Side effects: | |
| 215 | * Memory is allocated to hold the byte array, which must be freed with | |
| 216 | * ckalloc. If the pointer numBytes is not NULL the number of non-null | |
| 217 | * bytes written to the array is stored in the integer it references. | |
| 218 | */ | |
| 219 | ||
| 220 | MODULE_SCOPE char* | |
| 221 | NSStringToTclUni( | |
| 222 | NSString *string, | |
| 223 | int *numBytes) | |
| 224 | { | |
| 225 | unsigned int code; | |
| 226 | int i; | |
| 227 | char *ptr, *bytes = ckalloc(6*[string length] + 1); | |
| 228 | ||
| 229 | ptr = bytes; | |
| 230 | if (ptr) { | |
| 231 | for (i = 0; i < [string length]; i++) { | |
| 232 | ptr += TclUniAtIndex(string, i, ptr, &code); | |
| 233 | if (code > 0xffff){ | |
| 234 | i++; | |
| 235 | } | |
| 236 | } | |
| 237 | *ptr = '\0'; | |
| 238 | } | |
| 239 | if (numBytes) { | |
| 240 | *numBytes = ptr - bytes; | |
| 241 | } | |
| 242 | return bytes; | |
| 243 | } | |
| 244 | ||
| 106 | 245 | #define GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr) \ |
| 107 | 246 | ((faPtr)->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? NSBoldFontMask : NSUnboldFontMask) | \ |
| 108 | 247 | ((faPtr)->slant == TK_FS_ITALIC ? NSItalicFontMask : NSUnitalicFontMask) |
| 130 | 269 | { |
| 131 | 270 | NSFontTraitMask traits = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] |
| 132 | 271 | traitsOfFont:nsFont]; |
| 133 | ||
| 134 | 272 | faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid([[nsFont familyName] UTF8String]); |
| 135 | 273 | faPtr->size = [nsFont pointSize]; |
| 136 | 274 | faPtr->weight = (traits & NSBoldFontMask ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL); |
| 137 | 275 | faPtr->slant = (traits & NSItalicFontMask ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN); |
| 276 | ||
| 138 | 277 | } |
| 139 | 278 | |
| 140 | 279 | /* |
| 178 | 317 | size = [defaultFont pointSize]; |
| 179 | 318 | } |
| 180 | 319 | nsFont = [fm fontWithFamily:family traits:traits weight:weight size:size]; |
| 320 | ||
| 321 | /* | |
| 322 | * A second bug in NSFontManager that Apple created for the Catalina OS | |
| 323 | * causes requests as above to sometimes return fonts with additional | |
| 324 | * traits that were not requested, even though fonts without those unwanted | |
| 325 | * traits exist on the system. See bug [90d555e088]. As a workaround | |
| 326 | * we ask the font manager to remove any unrequested traits. | |
| 327 | */ | |
| 328 | ||
| 329 | if (nsFont) { | |
| 330 | nsFont = [fm convertFont:nsFont toNotHaveTrait:~traits]; | |
| 331 | } | |
| 181 | 332 | if (!nsFont) { |
| 182 | 333 | NSArray *availableFamilies = [fm availableFontFamilies]; |
| 183 | 334 | NSString *caseFamily = nil; |
| 237 | 388 | int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/; |
| 238 | 389 | static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7}; |
| 239 | 390 | /* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */ |
| 240 | #define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar)) | |
| 391 | #define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar)) | |
| 241 | 392 | CGGlyph glyphs[nCh]; |
| 242 | 393 | CGRect boundingRects[nCh]; |
| 243 | 394 | |
| 249 | 400 | TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr); |
| 250 | 401 | } |
| 251 | 402 | fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont; |
| 252 | // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit | |
| 403 | ||
| 404 | /* | |
| 405 | * Some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit | |
| 406 | */ | |
| 407 | ||
| 253 | 408 | // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10; |
| 254 | 409 | if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) { |
| 255 | 410 | renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ? |
| 299 | 454 | NSLigatureAttributeName, |
| 300 | 455 | [NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil]; |
| 301 | 456 | fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain]; |
| 302 | #undef nCh | |
| 457 | #undef nCh | |
| 303 | 458 | } |
| 304 | 459 | |
| 305 | 460 | /* |
| 341 | 496 | * |
| 342 | 497 | * This procedure is called when an application is created. It |
| 343 | 498 | * initializes all the structures that are used by the |
| 344 | * platform-dependant code on a per application basis. | |
| 499 | * platform-dependent code on a per application basis. | |
| 345 | 500 | * Note that this is called before TkpInit() ! |
| 346 | 501 | * |
| 347 | 502 | * Results: |
| 363 | 518 | NSFont *nsFont; |
| 364 | 519 | TkFontAttributes fa; |
| 365 | 520 | NSMutableCharacterSet *cs; |
| 366 | /* Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool. */ | |
| 521 | /* | |
| 522 | * Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool. | |
| 523 | */ | |
| 367 | 524 | NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new]; |
| 368 | 525 | |
| 369 | /* force this for now */ | |
| 526 | /* | |
| 527 | * Force this for now. | |
| 528 | */ | |
| 370 | 529 | if (!mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr) { |
| 371 | 530 | mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr; |
| 372 | 531 | } |
| 388 | 547 | systemFont++; |
| 389 | 548 | } |
| 390 | 549 | TkInitFontAttributes(&fa); |
| 550 | #if 0 | |
| 551 | ||
| 552 | /* | |
| 553 | * In macOS 10.15.1 Apple introduced a bug in NSFontManager which caused | |
| 554 | * it to not recognize the familyName ".SF NSMono" which is the familyName | |
| 555 | * of the default fixed pitch system fault on that system. See bug [855049e799]. | |
| 556 | * As a workaround we call [NSFont userFixedPitchFontOfSize:11] instead. | |
| 557 | * This returns a user font in the "Menlo" family. | |
| 558 | */ | |
| 559 | ||
| 391 | 560 | nsFont = (NSFont*) CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(fixedPitch, 11, NULL); |
| 561 | #else | |
| 562 | nsFont = [NSFont userFixedPitchFontOfSize:11]; | |
| 563 | #endif | |
| 392 | 564 | if (nsFont) { |
| 393 | 565 | GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, &fa); |
| 566 | #if 0 | |
| 394 | 567 | CFRelease(nsFont); |
| 568 | #endif | |
| 395 | 569 | } else { |
| 396 | 570 | fa.family = Tk_GetUid("Monaco"); |
| 397 | 571 | fa.size = 11; |
| 418 | 592 | * Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont. |
| 419 | 593 | * |
| 420 | 594 | * Results: |
| 421 | * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the | |
| 422 | * native font. If a native font by the given name could not be | |
| 423 | * found, the return value is NULL. | |
| 424 | * | |
| 425 | * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even | |
| 426 | * if the name has already been seen before. The caller should call | |
| 595 | * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native | |
| 596 | * font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the return | |
| 597 | * value is NULL. | |
| 598 | * | |
| 599 | * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if | |
| 600 | * the name has already been seen before. The caller should call | |
| 427 | 601 | * TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed. |
| 428 | 602 | * |
| 429 | * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated | |
| 430 | * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing | |
| 431 | * the contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). | |
| 603 | * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with | |
| 604 | * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the | |
| 605 | * contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). | |
| 432 | 606 | * |
| 433 | 607 | * Side effects: |
| 434 | 608 | * None. |
| 454 | 628 | } else { |
| 455 | 629 | return NULL; |
| 456 | 630 | } |
| 457 | ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(HIThemeGetUIFontType( | |
| 458 | themeFontId), 0, NULL); | |
| 631 | ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage( | |
| 632 | HIThemeGetUIFontType(themeFontId), 0, NULL); | |
| 459 | 633 | if (ctFont) { |
| 460 | 634 | fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont)); |
| 461 | 635 | InitFont((NSFont*) ctFont, NULL, fontPtr); |
| 473 | 647 | * closest matching attributes. |
| 474 | 648 | * |
| 475 | 649 | * Results: |
| 476 | * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font | |
| 477 | * with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes | |
| 478 | * could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted | |
| 479 | * automatically. | |
| 480 | * | |
| 481 | * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even | |
| 482 | * if the specified attributes have already been seen before. The | |
| 483 | * caller should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific | |
| 484 | * data when the font is no longer needed. | |
| 485 | * | |
| 486 | * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated | |
| 487 | * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing | |
| 488 | * the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). | |
| 650 | * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font with | |
| 651 | * the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes could not | |
| 652 | * be constructed, some other font will be substituted automatically. | |
| 653 | * | |
| 654 | * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if | |
| 655 | * the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller | |
| 656 | * should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when | |
| 657 | * the font is no longer needed. | |
| 658 | * | |
| 659 | * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with | |
| 660 | * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the | |
| 661 | * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). | |
| 489 | 662 | * |
| 490 | 663 | * Side effects: |
| 491 | 664 | * None. |
| 497 | 670 | TkpGetFontFromAttributes( |
| 498 | 671 | TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this |
| 499 | 672 | * existing TkFont structure, rather than |
| 500 | * allocating a new structure to hold the | |
| 501 | * font; the existing contents of the font | |
| 502 | * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont | |
| 503 | * structure is allocated. */ | |
| 673 | * allocating a new structure to hold the font; | |
| 674 | * the existing contents of the font will be | |
| 675 | * released. If NULL, a new TkFont structure is | |
| 676 | * allocated. */ | |
| 504 | 677 | Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ |
| 505 | 678 | const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) |
| 506 | 679 | /* Set of attributes to match. */ |
| 507 | 680 | { |
| 508 | 681 | MacFont *fontPtr; |
| 509 | int points = (int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5); | |
| 682 | int points = (int) (TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5); | |
| 510 | 683 | NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr); |
| 511 | 684 | NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5); |
| 512 | 685 | NSFont *nsFont; |
| 543 | 716 | * TkpDeleteFont -- |
| 544 | 717 | * |
| 545 | 718 | * Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or |
| 546 | * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already | |
| 547 | * released the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the | |
| 548 | * generic TkFont code. | |
| 719 | * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released the | |
| 720 | * fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont | |
| 721 | * code. | |
| 549 | 722 | * |
| 550 | 723 | * Results: |
| 551 | 724 | * TkFont is deallocated. |
| 572 | 745 | * |
| 573 | 746 | * TkpGetFontFamilies -- |
| 574 | 747 | * |
| 575 | * Return information about the font families that are available on | |
| 576 | * the display of the given window. | |
| 748 | * Return information about the font families that are available on the | |
| 749 | * display of the given window. | |
| 577 | 750 | * |
| 578 | 751 | * Results: |
| 579 | 752 | * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available |
| 605 | 778 | * |
| 606 | 779 | * TkpGetSubFonts -- |
| 607 | 780 | * |
| 608 | * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual | |
| 609 | * screen fonts that make up a font object. | |
| 610 | * | |
| 611 | * Results: | |
| 612 | * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names | |
| 613 | * of the screen fonts that make up the given font object. | |
| 781 | * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen | |
| 782 | * fonts that make up a font object. | |
| 783 | * | |
| 784 | * Results: | |
| 785 | * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of | |
| 786 | * the screen fonts that make up the given font object. | |
| 614 | 787 | * |
| 615 | 788 | * Side effects: |
| 616 | 789 | * None. |
| 647 | 820 | * |
| 648 | 821 | * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar -- |
| 649 | 822 | * |
| 650 | * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a | |
| 651 | * given character. | |
| 823 | * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given | |
| 824 | * character. | |
| 652 | 825 | * |
| 653 | 826 | * Results: |
| 654 | 827 | * None. |
| 750 | 923 | * all the characters on the line for context. |
| 751 | 924 | * |
| 752 | 925 | * Results: |
| 753 | * The return value is the number of bytes from source that | |
| 754 | * fit into the span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is | |
| 755 | * filled with the x-coordinate of the right edge of the last | |
| 756 | * character that did fit. | |
| 926 | * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the | |
| 927 | * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the | |
| 928 | * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit. | |
| 757 | 929 | * |
| 758 | 930 | * Side effects: |
| 759 | 931 | * None. |
| 779 | 951 | * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char |
| 780 | 952 | * which only partially fits on this line. |
| 781 | 953 | * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word |
| 782 | * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE | |
| 783 | * means return at least one character even | |
| 784 | * if no characters fit. If TK_WHOLE_WORDS | |
| 785 | * and TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first | |
| 786 | * word doesn't fit, we return at least one | |
| 954 | * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE means | |
| 955 | * return at least one character even if no | |
| 956 | * characters fit. If TK_WHOLE_WORDS and | |
| 957 | * TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first word | |
| 958 | * doesn't fit, we return at least one | |
| 787 | 959 | * character or whatever characters fit into |
| 788 | 960 | * maxLength. TK_ISOLATE_END means that the |
| 789 | 961 | * last character should not be considered in |
| 813 | 985 | if (maxLength > 32767) { |
| 814 | 986 | maxLength = 32767; |
| 815 | 987 | } |
| 816 | string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source | |
| 817 | length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO]; | |
| 988 | string = TclUniToNSString((const char *)source, numBytes); | |
| 818 | 989 | if (!string) { |
| 819 | 990 | length = 0; |
| 820 | 991 | fit = rangeLength; |
| 869 | 1040 | } |
| 870 | 1041 | |
| 871 | 1042 | /* |
| 872 | * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between | |
| 873 | * its start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then | |
| 1043 | * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between its | |
| 1044 | * start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then | |
| 874 | 1045 | * CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index. |
| 875 | * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break | |
| 876 | * at a word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE | |
| 877 | * is set, we must report that zero chars actually fit (in other | |
| 878 | * words the smallest word of the source string is still larger | |
| 879 | * than maxWidth). | |
| 1046 | * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break at a | |
| 1047 | * word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE is set, we | |
| 1048 | * must report that zero chars actually fit (in other words the | |
| 1049 | * smallest word of the source string is still larger than maxWidth). | |
| 880 | 1050 | */ |
| 881 | 1051 | |
| 882 | 1052 | if ((index >= start) && (index < len) && |
| 908 | 1078 | CFRelease(line); |
| 909 | 1079 | } |
| 910 | 1080 | |
| 911 | /* The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always | |
| 912 | return at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded | |
| 913 | it or not. Clean that up now. */ | |
| 1081 | /* | |
| 1082 | * The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always return | |
| 1083 | * at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded it or not. | |
| 1084 | * Clean that up now. | |
| 1085 | */ | |
| 1086 | ||
| 914 | 1087 | while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) |
| 915 | 1088 | && index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) { |
| 916 | 1089 | range.length = --index; |
| 951 | 1124 | * actual implementation in TkpDrawCharsInContext(). |
| 952 | 1125 | * |
| 953 | 1126 | * Results: |
| 954 | * None. | |
| 1127 | * None. | |
| 955 | 1128 | * |
| 956 | 1129 | * Side effects: |
| 957 | 1130 | * Information gets drawn on the screen. |
| 969 | 1142 | const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be |
| 970 | 1143 | * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters |
| 971 | 1144 | * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) |
| 972 | * should be stripped out of the string that | |
| 973 | * is passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1145 | * should be stripped out of the string that is | |
| 1146 | * passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 974 | 1147 | * stripped out, they will be displayed as |
| 975 | 1148 | * regular printing characters. */ |
| 976 | 1149 | int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ |
| 991 | 1164 | const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be |
| 992 | 1165 | * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters |
| 993 | 1166 | * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) |
| 994 | * should be stripped out of the string that | |
| 995 | * is passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1167 | * should be stripped out of the string that is | |
| 1168 | * passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 996 | 1169 | * stripped out, they will be displayed as |
| 997 | 1170 | * regular printing characters. */ |
| 998 | 1171 | int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ |
| 1034 | 1207 | const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be |
| 1035 | 1208 | * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters |
| 1036 | 1209 | * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) |
| 1037 | * should be stripped out of the string that | |
| 1038 | * is passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1210 | * should be stripped out of the string that is | |
| 1211 | * passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1039 | 1212 | * stripped out, they will be displayed as |
| 1040 | 1213 | * regular printing characters. */ |
| 1041 | 1214 | int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ |
| 1059 | 1232 | const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be |
| 1060 | 1233 | * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters |
| 1061 | 1234 | * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) |
| 1062 | * should be stripped out of the string that | |
| 1063 | * is passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1235 | * should be stripped out of the string that is | |
| 1236 | * passed to this function. If they are not | |
| 1064 | 1237 | * stripped out, they will be displayed as |
| 1065 | 1238 | * regular printing characters. */ |
| 1066 | 1239 | int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ |
| 1091 | 1264 | !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, 1, &drawingContext)) { |
| 1092 | 1265 | return; |
| 1093 | 1266 | } |
| 1094 | string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source | |
| 1095 | length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO]; | |
| 1267 | string = TclUniToNSString((const char *)source, numBytes); | |
| 1096 | 1268 | if (!string) { |
| 1097 | 1269 | return; |
| 1098 | 1270 | } |
| 1124 | 1296 | len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength); |
| 1125 | 1297 | if (start > 0) { |
| 1126 | 1298 | CGRect clipRect = CGRectInfinite, startBounds; |
| 1299 | ||
| 1127 | 1300 | line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, start)); |
| 1128 | 1301 | startBounds = CTLineGetImageBounds(line, context); |
| 1129 | 1302 | CFRelease(line); |
| 1246 | 1419 | NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName]; |
| 1247 | 1420 | id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey: |
| 1248 | 1421 | NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName]; |
| 1422 | ||
| 1249 | 1423 | objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1); |
| 1250 | 1424 | objv[i++] = Tcl_NewIntObj([nsFont pointSize]); |
| 1251 | #define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s),(int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1)) | |
| 1425 | #define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s),(int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1)) | |
| 1252 | 1426 | objv[i++] = (traits & NSBoldFontMask) ? S(bold) : S(normal); |
| 1253 | 1427 | objv[i++] = (traits & NSItalicFontMask) ? S(italic) : S(roman); |
| 1254 | 1428 | if ([underline respondsToSelector:@selector(intValue)] && |
| 1272 | 1446 | * TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText -- |
| 1273 | 1447 | * |
| 1274 | 1448 | * Enables or disables application-wide use of antialiased text (where |
| 1275 | * available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow | |
| 1276 | * disabling of antialiased text from tcl. | |
| 1449 | * available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow disabling of | |
| 1450 | * antialiased text from Tcl. | |
| 1451 | * | |
| 1277 | 1452 | * The possible values for this variable are: |
| 1278 | 1453 | * |
| 1279 | 1454 | * -1 - Use system default as configurable in "System Prefs" -> "General". |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXFont.h -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant | |
| 3 | * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independent | |
| 4 | 4 | * font package interface. |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXHLEvents.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * Implements high level event support for the Macintosh. Currently, the | |
| 4 | * only event that really does anything is the Quit event. | |
| 3 | * Implements high level event support for the Macintosh. | |
| 5 | 4 | * |
| 6 | 5 | * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 7 | * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. | |
| 6 | * Copyright (c) 2001-2009, Apple Inc. | |
| 8 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 2015 Marc Culler | |
| 8 | * Copyright (c) 2015-2019 Marc Culler | |
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 2019 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. | |
| 10 | 10 | * |
| 11 | 11 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 12 | 12 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 29 | 29 | } KillEvent; |
| 30 | 30 | |
| 31 | 31 | /* |
| 32 | * When processing an AppleEvent as an idle task, a pointer to one | |
| 33 | * of these structs is passed as the clientData. | |
| 34 | */ | |
| 35 | ||
| 36 | typedef struct AppleEventInfo { | |
| 37 | Tcl_Interp *interp; | |
| 38 | const char *procedure; | |
| 39 | Tcl_DString command; | |
| 40 | NSAppleEventDescriptor *replyEvent; /* Only used for DoScriptText. */ | |
| 41 | } AppleEventInfo; | |
| 42 | ||
| 43 | /* | |
| 32 | 44 | * Static functions used only in this file. |
| 33 | 45 | */ |
| 34 | 46 | |
| 35 | static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event, | |
| 36 | NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent, | |
| 37 | Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 38 | const char* procedure); | |
| 39 | 47 | static int MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent); |
| 40 | 48 | static int ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags); |
| 49 | static void ProcessAppleEvent(ClientData clientData); | |
| 50 | ||
| 51 | /* | |
| 52 | * Names of the procedures which can be used to process AppleEvents. | |
| 53 | */ | |
| 54 | ||
| 55 | static const char *openDocumentProc = "::tk::mac::OpenDocument"; | |
| 56 | static const char *launchURLProc = "::tk::mac::LaunchURL"; | |
| 57 | static const char *printDocProc = "::tk::mac::PrintDocument"; | |
| 58 | static const char *scriptFileProc = "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile"; | |
| 59 | static const char *scriptTextProc = "::tk::mac::DoScriptText"; | |
| 41 | 60 | |
| 42 | 61 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents) |
| 43 | 62 | |
| 77 | 96 | - (void) handleOpenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event |
| 78 | 97 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent |
| 79 | 98 | { |
| 80 | Tcl_Interp *interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 81 | ||
| 82 | if (interp && | |
| 99 | if (_eventInterp && | |
| 83 | 100 | Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication", NULL, 0)){ |
| 84 | 101 | int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication", |
| 85 | 102 | -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
| 92 | 109 | - (void) handleReopenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event |
| 93 | 110 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent |
| 94 | 111 | { |
| 95 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090 | |
| 96 | ProcessSerialNumber thePSN = {0, kCurrentProcess}; | |
| 97 | SetFrontProcess(&thePSN); | |
| 98 | #else | |
| 99 | [[NSApplication sharedApplication] activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES]; | |
| 100 | #endif | |
| 112 | [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES]; | |
| 101 | 113 | if (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, |
| 102 | 114 | "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication", NULL, 0)) { |
| 103 | 115 | int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication", |
| 123 | 135 | |
| 124 | 136 | - (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event |
| 125 | 137 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent |
| 126 | { | |
| 127 | tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenDocument"); | |
| 128 | } | |
| 129 | ||
| 130 | - (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event | |
| 131 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent | |
| 132 | { | |
| 133 | tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::PrintDocument"); | |
| 134 | } | |
| 135 | ||
| 136 | - (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event | |
| 137 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent | |
| 138 | { | |
| 139 | OSStatus err; | |
| 140 | const AEDesc *theDesc = nil; | |
| 141 | DescType type = 0, initialType = 0; | |
| 142 | Size actual; | |
| 143 | int tclErr = -1; | |
| 144 | char URLBuffer[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH]; | |
| 145 | char errString[128]; | |
| 146 | char typeString[5]; | |
| 147 | ||
| 148 | /* | |
| 149 | * The DoScript event receives one parameter that should be text data or a | |
| 150 | * fileURL. | |
| 151 | */ | |
| 152 | ||
| 153 | theDesc = [event aeDesc]; | |
| 154 | if (theDesc == nil) { | |
| 155 | return; | |
| 156 | } | |
| 157 | ||
| 158 | err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType, | |
| 159 | NULL, 0, NULL); | |
| 160 | if (err != noErr) { | |
| 161 | sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err); | |
| 162 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, | |
| 163 | errString, strlen(errString)); | |
| 164 | return; | |
| 165 | } | |
| 166 | ||
| 167 | if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent*)theDesc)) { | |
| 168 | sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters"); | |
| 169 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, | |
| 170 | errString, strlen(errString)); | |
| 171 | return; | |
| 172 | } | |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) { | |
| 175 | /* | |
| 176 | * The descriptor can be coerced to a file url. Source the file, or | |
| 177 | * pass the path as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile if | |
| 178 | * that procedure exists. | |
| 179 | */ | |
| 180 | err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeFileURL, &type, | |
| 181 | (Ptr) URLBuffer, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual); | |
| 182 | if (err == noErr && actual > 0){ | |
| 183 | URLBuffer[actual] = '\0'; | |
| 184 | NSString *urlString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLBuffer]; | |
| 185 | NSURL *fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString]; | |
| 186 | Tcl_DString command; | |
| 187 | Tcl_DStringInit(&command); | |
| 188 | if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", NULL, 0)){ | |
| 189 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", -1); | |
| 190 | } else { | |
| 191 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "source", -1); | |
| 192 | } | |
| 193 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]); | |
| 194 | tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command), | |
| 195 | Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); | |
| 196 | } | |
| 197 | } else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type, | |
| 198 | NULL, 0, &actual)) { | |
| 199 | if (actual > 0) { | |
| 200 | /* | |
| 201 | * The descriptor can be coerced to UTF8 text. Evaluate as Tcl, or | |
| 202 | * or pass the text as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptText | |
| 203 | * if that procedure exists. | |
| 204 | */ | |
| 205 | char *data = ckalloc(actual + 1); | |
| 206 | if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type, | |
| 207 | data, actual, NULL)) { | |
| 208 | if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", NULL, 0)){ | |
| 209 | Tcl_DString command; | |
| 210 | Tcl_DStringInit(&command); | |
| 211 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", -1); | |
| 212 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, data); | |
| 213 | tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command), | |
| 214 | Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); | |
| 215 | } else { | |
| 216 | tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, data, actual, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); | |
| 217 | } | |
| 218 | } | |
| 219 | ckfree(data); | |
| 220 | } | |
| 221 | } else { | |
| 222 | /* | |
| 223 | * The descriptor can not be coerced to a fileURL or UTF8 text. | |
| 224 | */ | |
| 225 | for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { | |
| 226 | typeString[i] = ((char*)&initialType)[3-i]; | |
| 227 | } | |
| 228 | typeString[4] = '\0'; | |
| 229 | sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: invalid script type '%s', " | |
| 230 | "must be coercable to 'furl' or 'utf8'", typeString); | |
| 231 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, errString, | |
| 232 | strlen(errString)); | |
| 233 | } | |
| 234 | /* | |
| 235 | * If we ran some Tcl code, put the result in the reply. | |
| 236 | */ | |
| 237 | if (tclErr >= 0) { | |
| 238 | int reslen; | |
| 239 | const char *result = | |
| 240 | Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp), &reslen); | |
| 241 | if (tclErr == TCL_OK) { | |
| 242 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyDirectObject, typeChar, | |
| 243 | result, reslen); | |
| 244 | } else { | |
| 245 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, | |
| 246 | result, reslen); | |
| 247 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorNumber, typeSInt32, | |
| 248 | (Ptr) &tclErr,sizeof(int)); | |
| 249 | } | |
| 250 | } | |
| 251 | return; | |
| 252 | } | |
| 253 | @end | |
| 254 | ||
| 255 | #pragma mark - | |
| 256 | ||
| 257 | /* | |
| 258 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 259 | * | |
| 260 | * TkMacOSXProcessFiles -- | |
| 261 | * | |
| 262 | * Extract a list of fileURLs from an AppleEvent and call the specified | |
| 263 | * procedure with the file paths as arguments. | |
| 264 | * | |
| 265 | * Results: | |
| 266 | * None. | |
| 267 | * | |
| 268 | * Side effects: | |
| 269 | * The event is handled by running the procedure. | |
| 270 | * | |
| 271 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 272 | */ | |
| 273 | ||
| 274 | static void | |
| 275 | tkMacOSXProcessFiles( | |
| 276 | NSAppleEventDescriptor* event, | |
| 277 | NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent, | |
| 278 | Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 279 | const char* procedure) | |
| 280 | 138 | { |
| 281 | 139 | Tcl_Encoding utf8; |
| 282 | 140 | const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil; |
| 287 | 145 | Size actual; |
| 288 | 146 | long count, index; |
| 289 | 147 | AEKeyword keyword; |
| 290 | Tcl_DString command, pathName; | |
| 291 | int code; | |
| 148 | Tcl_DString pathName; | |
| 292 | 149 | |
| 293 | 150 | /* |
| 294 | * Do nothing if we don't have an interpreter or the procedure doesn't exist. | |
| 151 | * Do nothing if we don't have an interpreter. | |
| 295 | 152 | */ |
| 296 | 153 | |
| 297 | if (!interp || !Tcl_FindCommand(interp, procedure, NULL, 0)) { | |
| 154 | if (!_eventInterp) { | |
| 298 | 155 | return; |
| 299 | 156 | } |
| 300 | 157 | |
| 324 | 181 | } |
| 325 | 182 | |
| 326 | 183 | /* |
| 327 | * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the | |
| 328 | * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments. | |
| 184 | * Construct a Tcl expression which calls the ::tk::mac::OpenDocument | |
| 185 | * procedure, passing the paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments. | |
| 329 | 186 | */ |
| 330 | 187 | |
| 331 | Tcl_DStringInit(&command); | |
| 332 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1); | |
| 188 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AppleEventInfo)); | |
| 189 | Tcl_DString *openCommand = &AEInfo->command; | |
| 190 | Tcl_DStringInit(openCommand); | |
| 191 | Tcl_DStringAppend(openCommand, openDocumentProc, -1); | |
| 333 | 192 | utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8"); |
| 334 | 193 | |
| 335 | 194 | for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) { |
| 346 | 205 | continue; |
| 347 | 206 | } |
| 348 | 207 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName); |
| 349 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName)); | |
| 208 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(openCommand, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName)); | |
| 350 | 209 | Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName); |
| 351 | 210 | } |
| 352 | 211 | |
| 353 | 212 | Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8); |
| 354 | 213 | AEDisposeDesc(&contents); |
| 214 | AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 215 | AEInfo->procedure = openDocumentProc; | |
| 216 | AEInfo->replyEvent = nil; | |
| 217 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 218 | } | |
| 219 | ||
| 220 | - (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event | |
| 221 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent | |
| 222 | { | |
| 223 | NSString* file = [[event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject] | |
| 224 | stringValue]; | |
| 225 | const char *printFile = [file UTF8String]; | |
| 226 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AppleEventInfo)); | |
| 227 | Tcl_DString *printCommand = &AEInfo->command; | |
| 228 | Tcl_DStringInit(printCommand); | |
| 229 | Tcl_DStringAppend(printCommand, printDocProc, -1); | |
| 230 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(printCommand, printFile); | |
| 231 | AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 232 | AEInfo->procedure = printDocProc; | |
| 233 | AEInfo->replyEvent = nil; | |
| 234 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 235 | } | |
| 236 | ||
| 237 | - (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event | |
| 238 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent | |
| 239 | { | |
| 240 | OSStatus err; | |
| 241 | const AEDesc *theDesc = nil; | |
| 242 | DescType type = 0, initialType = 0; | |
| 243 | Size actual; | |
| 244 | char URLBuffer[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH]; | |
| 245 | char errString[128]; | |
| 355 | 246 | |
| 356 | 247 | /* |
| 357 | * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed. | |
| 248 | * The DoScript event receives one parameter that should be text data or a | |
| 249 | * fileURL. | |
| 358 | 250 | */ |
| 359 | 251 | |
| 360 | code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command), | |
| 361 | Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); | |
| 252 | theDesc = [event aeDesc]; | |
| 253 | if (theDesc == nil) { | |
| 254 | return; | |
| 255 | } | |
| 256 | ||
| 257 | err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType, | |
| 258 | NULL, 0, NULL); | |
| 259 | if (err != noErr) { | |
| 260 | sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err); | |
| 261 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, | |
| 262 | typeChar, errString, strlen(errString)); | |
| 263 | return; | |
| 264 | } | |
| 265 | ||
| 266 | if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent*)theDesc)) { | |
| 267 | sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters"); | |
| 268 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, | |
| 269 | typeChar,errString, strlen(errString)); | |
| 270 | return; | |
| 271 | } | |
| 272 | ||
| 273 | if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) { | |
| 274 | ||
| 275 | /* | |
| 276 | * This descriptor can be coerced to a file url. Construct a Tcl | |
| 277 | * expression which passes the file path as a string argument to | |
| 278 | * ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile. | |
| 279 | */ | |
| 280 | ||
| 281 | if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeFileURL, &type, | |
| 282 | (Ptr) URLBuffer, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) { | |
| 283 | if (actual > 0) { | |
| 284 | URLBuffer[actual] = '\0'; | |
| 285 | NSString *urlString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLBuffer]; | |
| 286 | NSURL *fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString]; | |
| 287 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AppleEventInfo)); | |
| 288 | Tcl_DString *scriptFileCommand = &AEInfo->command; | |
| 289 | Tcl_DStringInit(scriptFileCommand); | |
| 290 | Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptFileCommand, scriptFileProc, -1); | |
| 291 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptFileCommand, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]); | |
| 292 | AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 293 | AEInfo->procedure = scriptFileProc; | |
| 294 | AEInfo->replyEvent = nil; | |
| 295 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 296 | } | |
| 297 | } | |
| 298 | } else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type, | |
| 299 | NULL, 0, &actual)) { | |
| 300 | /* | |
| 301 | * The descriptor cannot be coerced to a file URL but can be coerced to | |
| 302 | * text. Construct a Tcl expression which passes the text as a string | |
| 303 | * argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptText. | |
| 304 | */ | |
| 305 | ||
| 306 | if (actual > 0) { | |
| 307 | char *data = ckalloc(actual + 1); | |
| 308 | if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, | |
| 309 | typeUTF8Text, &type, | |
| 310 | data, actual, NULL)) { | |
| 311 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AppleEventInfo)); | |
| 312 | Tcl_DString *scriptTextCommand = &AEInfo->command; | |
| 313 | Tcl_DStringInit(scriptTextCommand); | |
| 314 | Tcl_DStringAppend(scriptTextCommand, scriptTextProc, -1); | |
| 315 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(scriptTextCommand, data); | |
| 316 | AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 317 | AEInfo->procedure = scriptTextProc; | |
| 318 | if (Tcl_FindCommand(AEInfo->interp, AEInfo->procedure, NULL, 0)) { | |
| 319 | AEInfo->replyEvent = replyEvent; | |
| 320 | ProcessAppleEvent((ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 321 | } else { | |
| 322 | AEInfo->replyEvent = nil; | |
| 323 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 324 | } | |
| 325 | } | |
| 326 | } | |
| 327 | } | |
| 328 | } | |
| 329 | ||
| 330 | - (void)handleURLEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event | |
| 331 | withReplyEvent:(NSAppleEventDescriptor*)replyEvent | |
| 332 | { | |
| 333 | NSString* url = [[event paramDescriptorForKeyword:keyDirectObject] | |
| 334 | stringValue]; | |
| 335 | const char *cURL=[url UTF8String]; | |
| 336 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(AppleEventInfo)); | |
| 337 | Tcl_DString *launchCommand = &AEInfo->command; | |
| 338 | Tcl_DStringInit(launchCommand); | |
| 339 | Tcl_DStringAppend(launchCommand, launchURLProc, -1); | |
| 340 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(launchCommand, cURL); | |
| 341 | AEInfo->interp = _eventInterp; | |
| 342 | AEInfo->procedure = launchURLProc; | |
| 343 | AEInfo->replyEvent = nil; | |
| 344 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ProcessAppleEvent, (ClientData)AEInfo); | |
| 345 | } | |
| 346 | ||
| 347 | @end | |
| 348 | ||
| 349 | #pragma mark - | |
| 350 | ||
| 351 | /* | |
| 352 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 353 | * | |
| 354 | * ProcessAppleEvent -- | |
| 355 | * | |
| 356 | * Usually used as an idle task which evaluates a Tcl expression generated | |
| 357 | * from an AppleEvent. If the AppleEventInfo passed as the client data | |
| 358 | * has a non-null replyEvent, the result of evaluating the expression will | |
| 359 | * be added to the reply. This must not be done when this function is | |
| 360 | * called as an idle task, but is done when handling DoScriptText events | |
| 361 | * when this function is called directly. | |
| 362 | * | |
| 363 | * Results: | |
| 364 | * None. | |
| 365 | * | |
| 366 | * Side effects: | |
| 367 | * The expression will be evaluated and the clientData will be freed. | |
| 368 | * The replyEvent may be modified to contain the result of evaluating | |
| 369 | * a Tcl expression. | |
| 370 | * | |
| 371 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 372 | */ | |
| 373 | ||
| 374 | static void ProcessAppleEvent( | |
| 375 | ClientData clientData) | |
| 376 | { | |
| 377 | int code; | |
| 378 | AppleEventInfo *AEInfo = (AppleEventInfo*) clientData; | |
| 379 | if (!AEInfo->interp || | |
| 380 | !Tcl_FindCommand(AEInfo->interp, AEInfo->procedure, NULL, 0)) { | |
| 381 | return; | |
| 382 | } | |
| 383 | code = Tcl_EvalEx(AEInfo->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&AEInfo->command), | |
| 384 | Tcl_DStringLength(&AEInfo->command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); | |
| 362 | 385 | if (code != TCL_OK) { |
| 363 | Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code); | |
| 364 | } | |
| 365 | Tcl_DStringFree(&command); | |
| 386 | Tcl_BackgroundException(AEInfo->interp, code); | |
| 387 | } | |
| 388 | ||
| 389 | if (AEInfo->replyEvent && code >= 0) { | |
| 390 | int reslen; | |
| 391 | const char *result = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(AEInfo->interp), | |
| 392 | &reslen); | |
| 393 | if (code == TCL_OK) { | |
| 394 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[AEInfo->replyEvent aeDesc], | |
| 395 | keyDirectObject, typeChar, result, reslen); | |
| 396 | } else { | |
| 397 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[AEInfo->replyEvent aeDesc], | |
| 398 | keyErrorString, typeChar, result, reslen); | |
| 399 | AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[AEInfo->replyEvent aeDesc], | |
| 400 | keyErrorNumber, typeSInt32, (Ptr) &code, sizeof(int)); | |
| 401 | } | |
| 402 | } | |
| 403 | Tcl_DStringFree(&AEInfo->command); | |
| 404 | ckfree(clientData); | |
| 366 | 405 | } |
| 367 | 406 | |
| 368 | 407 | /* |
| 413 | 452 | forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments]; |
| 414 | 453 | |
| 415 | 454 | [aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp |
| 416 | andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:) | |
| 455 | andSelector:@selector(handlePrintDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:) | |
| 417 | 456 | forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEPrintDocuments]; |
| 418 | 457 | |
| 419 | 458 | [aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp |
| 420 | 459 | andSelector:@selector(handleDoScriptEvent:withReplyEvent:) |
| 421 | 460 | forEventClass:kAEMiscStandards andEventID:kAEDoScript]; |
| 461 | ||
| 462 | [aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp | |
| 463 | andSelector:@selector(handleURLEvent:withReplyEvent:) | |
| 464 | forEventClass:kInternetEventClass andEventID:kAEGetURL]; | |
| 465 | ||
| 422 | 466 | } |
| 423 | 467 | } |
| 424 | 468 | |
| 22 | 22 | { |
| 23 | 23 | return 0; |
| 24 | 24 | } |
| 25 | ||
| 25 | ||
| 26 | 26 | /* |
| 27 | 27 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 28 | 28 | * |
| 80 | 80 | data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len); |
| 81 | 81 | } |
| 82 | 82 | if (data) { |
| 83 | provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData); | |
| 83 | provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, | |
| 84 | releaseData); | |
| 84 | 85 | } |
| 85 | 86 | if (provider) { |
| 86 | img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent, | |
| 87 | bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0); | |
| 88 | } | |
| 89 | } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) { | |
| 90 | ||
| 87 | img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, | |
| 88 | bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, | |
| 89 | provider, decode, 0); | |
| 90 | } | |
| 91 | } else if ((image->format == ZPixmap) && (image->bits_per_pixel == 32)) { | |
| 91 | 92 | /* |
| 92 | 93 | * Color image |
| 93 | 94 | */ |
| 94 | 95 | |
| 95 | 96 | CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB(); |
| 97 | ||
| 98 | if (image->width == 0 && image->height == 0) { | |
| 99 | /* | |
| 100 | * CGCreateImage complains on early macOS releases. | |
| 101 | */ | |
| 102 | ||
| 103 | return NULL; | |
| 104 | } | |
| 96 | 105 | bitsPerComponent = 8; |
| 97 | 106 | bitsPerPixel = 32; |
| 98 | 107 | bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ? |
| 99 | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big); | |
| 108 | kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big); | |
| 100 | 109 | bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaLast; |
| 101 | 110 | data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len); |
| 102 | 111 | if (data) { |
| 103 | provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData); | |
| 112 | provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, | |
| 113 | releaseData); | |
| 104 | 114 | } |
| 105 | 115 | if (provider) { |
| 106 | 116 | img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent, |
| 117 | 127 | return img; |
| 118 | 128 | } |
| 119 | 129 | |
| 120 | ||
| 121 | 130 | /* |
| 122 | 131 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 123 | 132 | * |
| 169 | 178 | |
| 170 | 179 | if (win && has_retina == unknown) { |
| 171 | 180 | #ifdef __clang__ |
| 172 | has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]? | |
| 173 | yes : no; | |
| 181 | has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)] ? | |
| 182 | yes : no; | |
| 174 | 183 | #else |
| 175 | 184 | has_retina = no; |
| 176 | 185 | #endif |
| 177 | 186 | } |
| 178 | 187 | |
| 179 | 188 | if (has_retina == yes) { |
| 180 | ||
| 181 | 189 | /* |
| 182 | 190 | * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does. |
| 183 | 191 | */ |
| 195 | 203 | } |
| 196 | 204 | |
| 197 | 205 | bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable, |
| 198 | x, y, width, height); | |
| 206 | x, y, width, height); | |
| 199 | 207 | if (!bitmap_rep) { |
| 200 | 208 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep"); |
| 201 | 209 | return NULL; |
| 204 | 212 | size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane]; |
| 205 | 213 | bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow]; |
| 206 | 214 | bitmap = ckalloc(size); |
| 207 | if (!bitmap || | |
| 208 | (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) || | |
| 209 | [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 || | |
| 210 | [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0 || | |
| 211 | bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width || | |
| 212 | size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height ) { | |
| 215 | if (!bitmap | |
| 216 | || (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) | |
| 217 | || [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 | |
| 218 | || [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0 | |
| 219 | || bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width | |
| 220 | || size != bytes_per_row * scaled_height) { | |
| 213 | 221 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format"); |
| 214 | 222 | CFRelease(bitmap_rep); |
| 215 | 223 | return NULL; |
| 218 | 226 | CFRelease(bitmap_rep); |
| 219 | 227 | |
| 220 | 228 | /* |
| 221 | * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in | |
| 222 | * either BGRA or ABGR format. For an XImage we need RGBA. | |
| 229 | * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in either | |
| 230 | * BGRA or ABGR format. For an XImage we need RGBA. | |
| 223 | 231 | */ |
| 224 | 232 | |
| 225 | 233 | struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr; |
| 238 | 246 | } |
| 239 | 247 | } |
| 240 | 248 | imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset, |
| 241 | (char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height, | |
| 242 | bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row); | |
| 249 | (char*) bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height, | |
| 250 | bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row); | |
| 243 | 251 | if (scalefactor == 2) { |
| 244 | 252 | imagePtr->pixelpower = 1; |
| 245 | 253 | } |
| 246 | 254 | } else { |
| 247 | 255 | /* |
| 248 | * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk | |
| 249 | * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap. | |
| 250 | * XYPixmaps should be handled here. | |
| 256 | * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk code which pass | |
| 257 | * an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap. XYPixmaps should be handled | |
| 258 | * here. | |
| 251 | 259 | */ |
| 252 | 260 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment."); |
| 253 | 261 | } |
| 313 | 321 | + (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY); |
| 314 | 322 | |
| 315 | 323 | switch (image->bits_per_pixel) { |
| 316 | case 32: { | |
| 317 | r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff; | |
| 318 | g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 319 | b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) ) & 0xff; | |
| 320 | /*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) { | |
| 321 | r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0]; | |
| 322 | } else { | |
| 323 | r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3]; | |
| 324 | }*/ | |
| 325 | break; | |
| 326 | } | |
| 327 | case 16: | |
| 328 | r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8; | |
| 329 | g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8; | |
| 330 | b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8; | |
| 331 | break; | |
| 332 | case 8: | |
| 333 | r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0; | |
| 334 | g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0; | |
| 335 | b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0; | |
| 336 | r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6; | |
| 337 | g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6; | |
| 338 | b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6; | |
| 339 | break; | |
| 340 | case 4: { | |
| 341 | unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4); | |
| 342 | r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 343 | g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 344 | b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 345 | break; | |
| 346 | } | |
| 347 | case 1: | |
| 348 | r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 349 | break; | |
| 324 | case 32: | |
| 325 | r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff; | |
| 326 | g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 327 | b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) ) & 0xff; | |
| 328 | /*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) { | |
| 329 | r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0]; | |
| 330 | } else { | |
| 331 | r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3]; | |
| 332 | }*/ | |
| 333 | break; | |
| 334 | case 16: | |
| 335 | r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8; | |
| 336 | g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8; | |
| 337 | b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8; | |
| 338 | break; | |
| 339 | case 8: | |
| 340 | r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0; | |
| 341 | g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0; | |
| 342 | b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0; | |
| 343 | r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6; | |
| 344 | g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6; | |
| 345 | b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6; | |
| 346 | break; | |
| 347 | case 4: { | |
| 348 | unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4); | |
| 349 | ||
| 350 | r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 351 | g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 352 | b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 353 | break; | |
| 354 | } | |
| 355 | case 1: | |
| 356 | r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0; | |
| 357 | break; | |
| 350 | 358 | } |
| 351 | 359 | } |
| 352 | 360 | return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b; |
| 379 | 387 | unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data) |
| 380 | 388 | + (y * image->bytes_per_line) |
| 381 | 389 | + (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY); |
| 390 | ||
| 382 | 391 | if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) { |
| 383 | 392 | *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel; |
| 384 | 393 | } else { |
| 410 | 419 | } |
| 411 | 420 | return 0; |
| 412 | 421 | } |
| 413 | ||
| 422 | ||
| 414 | 423 | /* |
| 415 | 424 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 416 | 425 | * |
| 441 | 450 | int bytes_per_line) |
| 442 | 451 | { |
| 443 | 452 | XImage *ximage; |
| 453 | ||
| 444 | 454 | display->request++; |
| 445 | 455 | ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage)); |
| 446 | 456 | |
| 451 | 461 | ximage->format = format; |
| 452 | 462 | ximage->data = data; |
| 453 | 463 | ximage->obdata = NULL; |
| 454 | /* The default pixelpower is 0. This must be explicitly set to 1 in the | |
| 464 | ||
| 465 | /* | |
| 466 | * The default pixelpower is 0. This must be explicitly set to 1 in the | |
| 455 | 467 | * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display. |
| 456 | 468 | */ |
| 469 | ||
| 457 | 470 | ximage->pixelpower = 0; |
| 458 | 471 | |
| 459 | 472 | if (format == ZPixmap) { |
| 466 | 479 | if (bitmap_pad) { |
| 467 | 480 | ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad; |
| 468 | 481 | } else { |
| 469 | /* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */ | |
| 482 | /* | |
| 483 | * Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance. | |
| 484 | */ | |
| 485 | ||
| 470 | 486 | ximage->bitmap_pad = 128; |
| 471 | 487 | } |
| 472 | 488 | if (bytes_per_line) { |
| 499 | 515 | /* |
| 500 | 516 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 501 | 517 | * |
| 502 | * TkPutImage -- | |
| 503 | * | |
| 504 | * Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable. | |
| 505 | * Currently this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using | |
| 506 | * a Window as the drawable. | |
| 518 | * TkPutImage, XPutImage -- | |
| 519 | * | |
| 520 | * Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable. Currently | |
| 521 | * this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using a Window as the | |
| 522 | * drawable. | |
| 507 | 523 | * |
| 508 | 524 | * Results: |
| 509 | 525 | * None. |
| 515 | 531 | */ |
| 516 | 532 | |
| 517 | 533 | int |
| 518 | TkPutImage( | |
| 519 | unsigned long *colors, /* Unused on Macintosh. */ | |
| 520 | int ncolors, /* Unused on Macintosh. */ | |
| 534 | XPutImage( | |
| 521 | 535 | Display* display, /* Display. */ |
| 522 | 536 | Drawable drawable, /* Drawable to place image on. */ |
| 523 | 537 | GC gc, /* GC to use. */ |
| 549 | 563 | } |
| 550 | 564 | if (img) { |
| 551 | 565 | |
| 552 | /* If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect | |
| 566 | /* | |
| 567 | * If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect | |
| 553 | 568 | * the actual pixel dimensions. This is not currently used, but |
| 554 | 569 | * could arise if the image were copied from a retina monitor and |
| 555 | 570 | * redrawn on an ordinary monitor. |
| 556 | 571 | */ |
| 557 | 572 | |
| 558 | 573 | int pp = image->pixelpower; |
| 574 | ||
| 559 | 575 | bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height); |
| 560 | 576 | srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp); |
| 561 | 577 | dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height); |
| 572 | 588 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 573 | 589 | return Success; |
| 574 | 590 | } |
| 591 | ||
| 592 | int | |
| 593 | TkPutImage( | |
| 594 | unsigned long *colors, /* Array of pixel values used by this image. | |
| 595 | * May be NULL. */ | |
| 596 | int ncolors, /* Number of colors used, or 0. */ | |
| 597 | Display *display, | |
| 598 | Drawable d, /* Destination drawable. */ | |
| 599 | GC gc, | |
| 600 | XImage *image, /* Source image. */ | |
| 601 | int src_x, int src_y, /* Offset of subimage. */ | |
| 602 | int dest_x, int dest_y, /* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */ | |
| 603 | unsigned int width, unsigned int height) | |
| 604 | /* Dimensions of subimage. */ | |
| 605 | { | |
| 606 | return XPutImage(display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height); | |
| 607 | } | |
| 575 | 608 | |
| 576 | 609 | /* |
| 577 | 610 | * Local Variables: |
| 29 | 29 | |
| 30 | 30 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit) |
| 31 | 31 | |
| 32 | @interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard) | |
| 33 | - (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification; | |
| 34 | @end | |
| 35 | ||
| 36 | #define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate> | |
| 37 | @interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate | |
| 38 | - (void) _setupWindowNotifications; | |
| 39 | @end | |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | @interface TKApplication(TKMenus) | |
| 42 | - (void) _setupMenus; | |
| 43 | @end | |
| 44 | ||
| 45 | 32 | @implementation TKApplication |
| 46 | 33 | @synthesize poolLock = _poolLock; |
| 47 | 34 | @synthesize macMinorVersion = _macMinorVersion; |
| 48 | 35 | @synthesize isDrawing = _isDrawing; |
| 49 | @synthesize simulateDrawing = _simulateDrawing; | |
| 50 | 36 | @end |
| 51 | 37 | |
| 52 | 38 | /* |
| 58 | 44 | @implementation TKApplication(TKInit) |
| 59 | 45 | - (void) _resetAutoreleasePool |
| 60 | 46 | { |
| 61 | if([self poolLock] == 0) { | |
| 47 | if ([self poolLock] == 0) { | |
| 62 | 48 | [_mainPool drain]; |
| 63 | 49 | _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new]; |
| 64 | 50 | } else { |
| 115 | 101 | _defaultMainMenu = nil; |
| 116 | 102 | [self _setupMenus]; |
| 117 | 103 | |
| 118 | ||
| 119 | 104 | /* |
| 120 | 105 | * Initialize event processing. |
| 121 | 106 | */ |
| 131 | 116 | -(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification |
| 132 | 117 | { |
| 133 | 118 | /* |
| 134 | * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this | |
| 135 | * method is called. Activating too early can cause the menu | |
| 136 | * bar to be unresponsive. | |
| 137 | */ | |
| 119 | * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this method is | |
| 120 | * called. Activating too early can cause the menu bar to be unresponsive. | |
| 121 | * The call to activateIgnoringOtherApps was moved here to avoid this. | |
| 122 | * However, with the release of macOS 10.15 (Catalina) this was no longer | |
| 123 | * sufficient. (See ticket bf93d098d7.) Apparently apps were being | |
| 124 | * activated automatically, and this was sometimes being done too early. | |
| 125 | * As a workaround we deactivate and then reactivate the app, even though | |
| 126 | * Apple says that "Normally, you shouldn’t invoke this method". | |
| 127 | */ | |
| 128 | ||
| 129 | [NSApp deactivate]; | |
| 138 | 130 | [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES]; |
| 131 | ||
| 132 | /* | |
| 133 | * Process events to ensure that the root window is fully initialized. See | |
| 134 | * ticket 56a1823c73. | |
| 135 | */ | |
| 136 | ||
| 137 | [NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool]; | |
| 138 | while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS| TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {} | |
| 139 | [NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool]; | |
| 139 | 140 | } |
| 140 | 141 | |
| 141 | 142 | - (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp |
| 155 | 156 | * Record the OS version we are running on. |
| 156 | 157 | */ |
| 157 | 158 | int minorVersion; |
| 158 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101000 | |
| 159 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000 | |
| 159 | 160 | Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minorVersion); |
| 160 | 161 | #else |
| 161 | 162 | NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion; |
| 165 | 166 | [NSApp setMacMinorVersion: minorVersion]; |
| 166 | 167 | |
| 167 | 168 | /* |
| 168 | * We are not drawing yet. | |
| 169 | * We are not drawing right now. | |
| 169 | 170 | */ |
| 170 | 171 | |
| 171 | 172 | [NSApp setIsDrawing:NO]; |
| 172 | [NSApp setSimulateDrawing:NO]; | |
| 173 | 173 | |
| 174 | 174 | /* |
| 175 | 175 | * Be our own delegate. |
| 176 | 176 | */ |
| 177 | ||
| 177 | 178 | [self setDelegate:self]; |
| 178 | 179 | |
| 179 | 180 | /* |
| 186 | 187 | * If no icon has been set from an Info.plist file, use the Wish icon from |
| 187 | 188 | * the Tk framework. |
| 188 | 189 | */ |
| 190 | ||
| 189 | 191 | NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey: |
| 190 | 192 | @"CFBundleIconFile"]; |
| 191 | 193 | if (!iconFile) { |
| 314 | 316 | } |
| 315 | 317 | |
| 316 | 318 | /* |
| 317 | * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be | |
| 318 | * done before we check whether to open a console window. | |
| 319 | * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be done before | |
| 320 | * we check whether to open a console window. | |
| 319 | 321 | */ |
| 320 | 322 | |
| 321 | 323 | NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new]; |
| 329 | 331 | [TKApplication sharedApplication]; |
| 330 | 332 | [pool drain]; |
| 331 | 333 | [NSApp _setup:interp]; |
| 334 | ||
| 335 | /* | |
| 336 | * WARNING: The finishLaunching method runs asynchronously, apparently | |
| 337 | * in a separate thread. This creates a race between the | |
| 338 | * initialization of the NSApplication and the initialization of Tk. | |
| 339 | * If Tk wins the race bad things happen with the root window (see | |
| 340 | * below). If the NSApplication wins then an AppleEvent created during | |
| 341 | * launch, e.g. by dropping a file icon on the application icon, will | |
| 342 | * be delivered before the procedure meant to to handle the AppleEvent | |
| 343 | * has been defined. This is now handled by processing the AppleEvent | |
| 344 | * as an idle task. See tkMacOSXHLEvents.c. | |
| 345 | */ | |
| 346 | ||
| 332 | 347 | [NSApp finishLaunching]; |
| 348 | ||
| 349 | /* | |
| 350 | * Create a Tk event source based on the Appkit event queue. | |
| 351 | */ | |
| 352 | ||
| 353 | Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(); | |
| 354 | ||
| 355 | /* | |
| 356 | * If Tk initialization wins the race, the root window is mapped before | |
| 357 | * the NSApplication is initialized. This can cause bad things to | |
| 358 | * happen. The root window can open off screen with no way to make it | |
| 359 | * appear on screen until the app icon is clicked. This will happen if | |
| 360 | * a Tk application opens a modal window in its startup script (see | |
| 361 | * ticket 56a1823c73). In other cases, an empty root window can open | |
| 362 | * on screen and remain visible for a noticeable amount of time while | |
| 363 | * the Tk initialization finishes (see ticket d1989fb7cf). The call | |
| 364 | * below forces Tk to block until the Appkit event queue has been | |
| 365 | * created. This seems to be sufficient to ensure that the | |
| 366 | * NSApplication initialization wins the race, avoiding these bad | |
| 367 | * window behaviors. | |
| 368 | */ | |
| 369 | ||
| 370 | Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS | TCL_DONT_WAIT); | |
| 333 | 371 | |
| 334 | 372 | /* |
| 335 | 373 | * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of |
| 346 | 384 | Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR)); |
| 347 | 385 | |
| 348 | 386 | /* |
| 349 | * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script | |
| 350 | * and tcl_interactive hasn't been set already. | |
| 387 | * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script and | |
| 388 | * tcl_interactive hasn't been set already. | |
| 351 | 389 | */ |
| 352 | 390 | |
| 353 | 391 | if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) { |
| 364 | 402 | } |
| 365 | 403 | } |
| 366 | 404 | |
| 367 | } | |
| 368 | ||
| 369 | Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(); | |
| 405 | /* | |
| 406 | * Initialize the NSServices object here. Apple's docs say to do this | |
| 407 | * in applicationDidFinishLaunching, but the Tcl interpreter is not | |
| 408 | * initialized until this function call. | |
| 409 | */ | |
| 410 | ||
| 411 | TkMacOSXServices_Init(interp); | |
| 412 | } | |
| 370 | 413 | |
| 371 | 414 | if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') { |
| 372 | 415 | Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 381 | 424 | TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd, NULL, NULL); |
| 382 | 425 | Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::iconBitmap", |
| 383 | 426 | TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd, NULL, NULL); |
| 384 | ||
| 427 | Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::GetAppPath", TkMacOSXGetAppPath, NULL, NULL); | |
| 385 | 428 | return TCL_OK; |
| 386 | 429 | } |
| 387 | 430 | |
| 421 | 464 | } |
| 422 | 465 | Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1); |
| 423 | 466 | } |
| 424 | ||
| 467 | ||
| 468 | /* | |
| 469 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 470 | * | |
| 471 | * TkMacOSXGetAppPath -- | |
| 472 | * | |
| 473 | * Returns the path of the Wish application bundle. | |
| 474 | * | |
| 475 | * Results: | |
| 476 | * Returns the application path. | |
| 477 | * | |
| 478 | * Side effects: | |
| 479 | * None. | |
| 480 | * | |
| 481 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 482 | */ | |
| 483 | int TkMacOSXGetAppPath( | |
| 484 | ClientData cd, | |
| 485 | Tcl_Interp *ip, | |
| 486 | int objc, | |
| 487 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) | |
| 488 | { | |
| 489 | ||
| 490 | CFURLRef mainBundleURL = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(CFBundleGetMainBundle()); | |
| 491 | ||
| 492 | ||
| 493 | /* | |
| 494 | * Convert the URL reference into a string reference. | |
| 495 | */ | |
| 496 | ||
| 497 | CFStringRef appPath = CFURLCopyFileSystemPath(mainBundleURL, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle); | |
| 498 | ||
| 499 | /* | |
| 500 | * Get the system encoding method. | |
| 501 | */ | |
| 502 | ||
| 503 | CFStringEncoding encodingMethod = CFStringGetSystemEncoding(); | |
| 504 | ||
| 505 | /* | |
| 506 | * Convert the string reference into a C string. | |
| 507 | */ | |
| 508 | ||
| 509 | char *path = (char *) CFStringGetCStringPtr(appPath, encodingMethod); | |
| 510 | ||
| 511 | Tcl_SetResult(ip, path, NULL); | |
| 512 | ||
| 513 | CFRelease(mainBundleURL); | |
| 514 | CFRelease(appPath); | |
| 515 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 516 | ||
| 517 | } | |
| 518 | ||
| 425 | 519 | /* |
| 426 | 520 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 427 | 521 | * |
| 70 | 70 | * gone. */ |
| 71 | 71 | struct TkWindowPrivate *toplevel; |
| 72 | 72 | /* Pointer to the toplevel datastruct. */ |
| 73 | CGFloat fillRGBA[4]; /* Background used by the ttk FillElement */ | |
| 73 | 74 | int flags; /* Various state see defines below. */ |
| 74 | 75 | }; |
| 75 | 76 | typedef struct TkWindowPrivate MacDrawable; |
| 85 | 86 | #define TK_IS_PIXMAP 0x10 |
| 86 | 87 | #define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP 0x20 |
| 87 | 88 | #define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW 0x40 |
| 89 | #define TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG 0x80 | |
| 88 | 90 | |
| 89 | 91 | /* |
| 90 | 92 | * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags |
| 199 | 201 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpShiftButton(NSButton *button, NSPoint delta); |
| 200 | 202 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkpAppIsDrawing(void); |
| 201 | 203 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin); |
| 202 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkTestSimulateDrawing(Bool); | |
| 204 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkTestLogDisplay(void); | |
| 205 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool TkMacOSXInDarkMode(Tk_Window tkwin); | |
| 203 | 206 | |
| 204 | 207 | /* |
| 205 | 208 | * Include the stubbed internal platform-specific API. |
| 208 | 211 | #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" |
| 209 | 212 | |
| 210 | 213 | #endif /* _TKMACINT */ |
| 214 | ||
| 215 | /* | |
| 216 | * Local Variables: | |
| 217 | * mode: objc | |
| 218 | * c-basic-offset: 4 | |
| 219 | * fill-column: 79 | |
| 220 | * coding: utf-8 | |
| 221 | * End: | |
| 222 | */ | |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 8 | 8 | * Copyright (c) 2012 Adrian Robert. |
| 9 | * Copyright 2015 Marc Culler. | |
| 9 | * Copyright 2015-2019 Marc Culler. | |
| 10 | 10 | * |
| 11 | 11 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of |
| 12 | 12 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 13 | 13 | */ |
| 14 | 14 | |
| 15 | 15 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| 16 | #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" | |
| 16 | #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" | |
| 17 | 17 | #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" |
| 18 | 18 | |
| 19 | 19 | /* |
| 23 | 23 | */ |
| 24 | 24 | #define NS_KEYLOG 0 |
| 25 | 25 | |
| 26 | ||
| 27 | static Tk_Window grabWinPtr = NULL; | |
| 28 | /* Current grab window, NULL if no grab. */ | |
| 29 | 26 | static Tk_Window keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL; |
| 30 | 27 | /* Current keyboard grab window. */ |
| 31 | 28 | static NSWindow *keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil; |
| 32 | /* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab window. */ | |
| 29 | /* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab | |
| 30 | * window. */ | |
| 33 | 31 | static NSModalSession modalSession = nil; |
| 34 | ||
| 35 | 32 | static BOOL processingCompose = NO; |
| 36 | static BOOL finishedCompose = NO; | |
| 37 | ||
| 33 | static Tk_Window composeWin = NULL; | |
| 38 | 34 | static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0; |
| 35 | static unsigned short releaseCode; | |
| 39 | 36 | |
| 40 | 37 | static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state); |
| 41 | static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code); | |
| 42 | ||
| 43 | unsigned short releaseCode; | |
| 38 | static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code); | |
| 44 | 39 | |
| 45 | 40 | |
| 46 | 41 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent) |
| 52 | 47 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 53 | 48 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent); |
| 54 | 49 | #endif |
| 55 | NSWindow* w; | |
| 56 | NSEventType type = [theEvent type]; | |
| 57 | NSUInteger modifiers, len = 0; | |
| 58 | BOOL repeat = NO; | |
| 59 | unsigned short keyCode; | |
| 60 | NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil; | |
| 50 | NSWindow *w; | |
| 51 | NSEventType type = [theEvent type]; | |
| 52 | NSUInteger modifiers = ([theEvent modifierFlags] & | |
| 53 | NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask); | |
| 54 | NSUInteger len = 0; | |
| 55 | BOOL repeat = NO; | |
| 56 | unsigned short keyCode = [theEvent keyCode]; | |
| 57 | NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil; | |
| 61 | 58 | static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0; |
| 62 | 59 | static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray; |
| 63 | 60 | |
| 64 | if (nsEvArray == nil) | |
| 65 | { | |
| 61 | if (nsEvArray == nil) { | |
| 66 | 62 | nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1]; |
| 67 | 63 | processingCompose = NO; |
| 68 | } | |
| 64 | } | |
| 69 | 65 | |
| 70 | 66 | w = [theEvent window]; |
| 71 | 67 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 73 | 69 | XEvent xEvent; |
| 74 | 70 | |
| 75 | 71 | if (!winPtr) { |
| 72 | return theEvent; | |
| 73 | } | |
| 74 | ||
| 75 | /* | |
| 76 | * Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used to switch tabs in a tabbed | |
| 77 | * window. We do not want to generate an Xevent for these since that might | |
| 78 | * cause the deselected tab to be reactivated. | |
| 79 | */ | |
| 80 | ||
| 81 | if (keyCode == 48 && (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) == NSControlKeyMask) { | |
| 76 | 82 | return theEvent; |
| 77 | 83 | } |
| 78 | 84 | |
| 89 | 95 | charactersIgnoringModifiers = [theEvent charactersIgnoringModifiers]; |
| 90 | 96 | len = [charactersIgnoringModifiers length]; |
| 91 | 97 | case NSFlagsChanged: |
| 92 | modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags]; | |
| 93 | keyCode = [theEvent keyCode]; | |
| 94 | 98 | |
| 95 | 99 | #if defined(TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS) || NS_KEYLOG == 1 |
| 96 | 100 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] r=%d mods=%u '%@' '%@' code=%u c=%d %@ %d", [self class], self, _cmd, repeat, modifiers, characters, charactersIgnoringModifiers, keyCode,([charactersIgnoringModifiers length] == 0) ? 0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0], w, type); |
| 101 | 105 | return theEvent; /* Unrecognized key event. */ |
| 102 | 106 | } |
| 103 | 107 | |
| 104 | /* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */ | |
| 108 | /* | |
| 109 | * Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. | |
| 110 | */ | |
| 111 | ||
| 105 | 112 | if (!processingCompose) { |
| 106 | 113 | unsigned int state = 0; |
| 107 | 114 | |
| 108 | 115 | if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) { |
| 109 | state |= LockMask; | |
| 116 | state |= LockMask; | |
| 110 | 117 | } |
| 111 | 118 | if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) { |
| 112 | state |= ShiftMask; | |
| 119 | state |= ShiftMask; | |
| 113 | 120 | } |
| 114 | 121 | if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) { |
| 115 | state |= ControlMask; | |
| 122 | state |= ControlMask; | |
| 116 | 123 | } |
| 117 | 124 | if (modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) { |
| 118 | state |= Mod1Mask; /* command key */ | |
| 125 | state |= Mod1Mask; /* command key */ | |
| 119 | 126 | } |
| 120 | 127 | if (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) { |
| 121 | state |= Mod2Mask; /* option key */ | |
| 128 | state |= Mod2Mask; /* option key */ | |
| 122 | 129 | } |
| 123 | 130 | if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) { |
| 124 | state |= Mod3Mask; | |
| 131 | state |= Mod3Mask; | |
| 125 | 132 | } |
| 126 | 133 | if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) { |
| 127 | state |= Mod4Mask; | |
| 134 | state |= Mod4Mask; | |
| 128 | 135 | } |
| 129 | 136 | |
| 130 | 137 | /* |
| 131 | * The focus must be in the FrontWindow on the Macintosh. We then query Tk | |
| 132 | * to determine the exact Tk window that owns the focus. | |
| 138 | * Key events are only received for the front Window on the Macintosh. So | |
| 139 | * to build an XEvent we look up the Tk window associated to the Front | |
| 140 | * window. | |
| 133 | 141 | */ |
| 134 | 142 | |
| 135 | 143 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 136 | 144 | Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 137 | 145 | |
| 146 | if (tkwin) { | |
| 147 | TkWindow *grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr; | |
| 148 | ||
| 149 | /* | |
| 150 | * If a local grab is in effect, key events for windows in the | |
| 151 | * grabber's application are redirected to the grabber. Key events | |
| 152 | * for other applications are delivered normally. If a global | |
| 153 | * grab is in effect all key events are redirected to the grabber. | |
| 154 | */ | |
| 155 | ||
| 156 | if (grabWinPtr) { | |
| 157 | if (winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags || /* global grab */ | |
| 158 | grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr){ /* same appl. */ | |
| 159 | tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 160 | } | |
| 161 | } | |
| 162 | } else { | |
| 163 | tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 164 | } | |
| 138 | 165 | if (!tkwin) { |
| 139 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL"); | |
| 140 | return theEvent; | |
| 166 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL"); | |
| 167 | return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */ | |
| 141 | 168 | } |
| 142 | tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 143 | if (!tkwin) { | |
| 144 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL"); | |
| 145 | return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */ | |
| 146 | } | |
| 147 | 169 | |
| 148 | 170 | /* |
| 149 | * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or Alt, | |
| 150 | * pass it straight to Tk. Otherwise we'll send for input processing. | |
| 171 | * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or | |
| 172 | * Alt, pass it straight to Tk. Otherwise we'll send for input | |
| 173 | * processing. | |
| 151 | 174 | */ |
| 152 | int code = (len == 0) ? | |
| 153 | 0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0]; | |
| 175 | ||
| 176 | int code = (len == 0) ? 0 : | |
| 177 | [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0]; | |
| 154 | 178 | if (type != NSKeyDown || isFunctionKey(code) |
| 155 | || (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) { | |
| 156 | ||
| 179 | || (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) { | |
| 157 | 180 | XEvent xEvent; |
| 181 | ||
| 158 | 182 | setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state); |
| 159 | ||
| 160 | 183 | if (type == NSFlagsChanged) { |
| 161 | if (savedModifiers > modifiers) { | |
| 162 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease; | |
| 163 | } else { | |
| 164 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 165 | } | |
| 166 | ||
| 167 | /* | |
| 168 | * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our platform | |
| 169 | * specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather like what | |
| 170 | * happens on Windows. | |
| 171 | */ | |
| 172 | ||
| 173 | xEvent.xany.send_event = -1; | |
| 174 | ||
| 175 | /* | |
| 176 | * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier | |
| 177 | */ | |
| 178 | ||
| 179 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers); | |
| 184 | if (savedModifiers > modifiers) { | |
| 185 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease; | |
| 186 | } else { | |
| 187 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 188 | } | |
| 189 | ||
| 190 | /* | |
| 191 | * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our | |
| 192 | * platform specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather | |
| 193 | * like what happens on Windows. | |
| 194 | */ | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | xEvent.xany.send_event = -1; | |
| 197 | ||
| 198 | /* | |
| 199 | * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier | |
| 200 | */ | |
| 201 | ||
| 202 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers); | |
| 180 | 203 | } else { |
| 181 | if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) { | |
| 182 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease; | |
| 183 | } else { | |
| 184 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 185 | } | |
| 186 | ||
| 187 | /* For command key, take input manager's word so things | |
| 188 | like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */ | |
| 189 | if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask | |
| 190 | && (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask | |
| 191 | && len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) { | |
| 192 | // head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c | |
| 193 | xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len | |
| 194 | } | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | if ([characters length] > 0) { | |
| 197 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = | |
| 198 | (keyCode << 16) | (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0]; | |
| 199 | if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars | |
| 200 | maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) { | |
| 201 | /* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */ | |
| 202 | //PENDING: we might not need this anymore | |
| 203 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long"); | |
| 204 | return theEvent; | |
| 205 | } | |
| 206 | } | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | if (repeat) { | |
| 209 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 210 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 211 | xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin)); | |
| 212 | } | |
| 204 | if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) { | |
| 205 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease; | |
| 206 | } else { | |
| 207 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 208 | } | |
| 209 | ||
| 210 | if ([characters length] > 0) { | |
| 211 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = (keyCode << 16) | | |
| 212 | (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0]; | |
| 213 | if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars | |
| 214 | maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) { | |
| 215 | /* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */ | |
| 216 | //PENDING: we might not need this anymore | |
| 217 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long"); | |
| 218 | return theEvent; | |
| 219 | } | |
| 220 | } | |
| 221 | ||
| 222 | if (repeat) { | |
| 223 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 224 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 225 | xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin)); | |
| 226 | } | |
| 213 | 227 | } |
| 214 | 228 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); |
| 215 | 229 | savedModifiers = modifiers; |
| 216 | 230 | return theEvent; |
| 217 | } /* if send straight to TK */ | |
| 218 | ||
| 219 | } /* if not processing compose */ | |
| 231 | } /* if this is a function key or has modifiers */ | |
| 232 | } /* if not processing compose */ | |
| 220 | 233 | |
| 221 | 234 | if (type == NSKeyDown) { |
| 222 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 223 | fprintf (stderr, "keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n", | |
| 224 | processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin"); | |
| 225 | processingCompose = YES; | |
| 226 | [nsEvArray addObject: theEvent]; | |
| 227 | [[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray]; | |
| 228 | [nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent]; | |
| 229 | } | |
| 230 | ||
| 235 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 236 | TKLog(@"keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n", | |
| 237 | processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin"); | |
| 238 | } | |
| 239 | ||
| 240 | /* | |
| 241 | * Call the interpretKeyEvents method to interpret composition key | |
| 242 | * strokes. When it detects a complete composition sequence it will | |
| 243 | * call our implementation of insertText: replacementRange, which | |
| 244 | * generates a key down XEvent with the appropriate character. In IME | |
| 245 | * when multiple characters have the same composition sequence and the | |
| 246 | * chosen character is not the default it may be necessary to hit the | |
| 247 | * enter key multiple times before the character is accepted and | |
| 248 | * rendered. We send enter key events until inputText has cleared | |
| 249 | * the processingCompose flag. | |
| 250 | */ | |
| 251 | ||
| 252 | processingCompose = YES; | |
| 253 | while(processingCompose) { | |
| 254 | [nsEvArray addObject: theEvent]; | |
| 255 | [[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray]; | |
| 256 | [nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent]; | |
| 257 | if ([theEvent keyCode] != 36) { | |
| 258 | break; | |
| 259 | } | |
| 260 | } | |
| 261 | } | |
| 231 | 262 | savedModifiers = modifiers; |
| 232 | ||
| 233 | 263 | return theEvent; |
| 234 | 264 | } |
| 235 | @end | |
| 236 | ||
| 237 | ||
| 238 | ||
| 239 | @implementation TKContentView | |
| 240 | /* <NSTextInput> implementation (called through interpretKeyEvents:]). */ | |
| 241 | ||
| 242 | /* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing; | |
| 243 | NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed. | |
| 244 | by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */ | |
| 245 | - (void)insertText: (id)aString | |
| 246 | { | |
| 247 | int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length]; | |
| 248 | XEvent xEvent; | |
| 249 | ||
| 250 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 251 | TKLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len); | |
| 252 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 253 | finishedCompose = YES; | |
| 254 | ||
| 255 | /* first, clear any working text */ | |
| 256 | if (privateWorkingText != nil) | |
| 257 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 258 | ||
| 259 | /* now insert the string as keystrokes */ | |
| 260 | setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0); | |
| 261 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 262 | ||
| 263 | for (i =0; i<len; i++) | |
| 264 | { | |
| 265 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i]; | |
| 266 | [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)] | |
| 267 | getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars | |
| 268 | maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding]; | |
| 269 | xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars); | |
| 270 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 271 | releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0]; | |
| 272 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 273 | } | |
| 274 | releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0]; | |
| 275 | } | |
| 276 | ||
| 277 | ||
| 278 | /* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */ | |
| 279 | - (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange | |
| 280 | { | |
| 281 | NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ? | |
| 282 | [aString string] : aString; | |
| 283 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 284 | TKLog (@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str, | |
| 285 | (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length, | |
| 286 | (unsigned long) selRange.location); | |
| 287 | ||
| 288 | if (privateWorkingText != nil) | |
| 289 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 290 | if ([str length] == 0) | |
| 291 | return; | |
| 292 | ||
| 293 | processingCompose = YES; | |
| 294 | privateWorkingText = [str copy]; | |
| 295 | ||
| 296 | //PENDING: insert workingText underlined | |
| 297 | } | |
| 298 | ||
| 299 | ||
| 300 | - (BOOL)hasMarkedText | |
| 301 | { | |
| 302 | return privateWorkingText != nil; | |
| 303 | } | |
| 304 | ||
| 305 | ||
| 306 | - (NSRange)markedRange | |
| 307 | { | |
| 308 | NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil | |
| 309 | ? NSMakeRange (0, [privateWorkingText length]) : NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0); | |
| 310 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 311 | TKLog (@"markedRange request"); | |
| 312 | return rng; | |
| 313 | } | |
| 314 | ||
| 315 | ||
| 316 | - (void)unmarkText | |
| 317 | { | |
| 318 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 319 | TKLog (@"unmark (accept) text"); | |
| 320 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 321 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 322 | } | |
| 323 | ||
| 324 | ||
| 325 | /* used to position char selection windows, etc. */ | |
| 326 | - (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange | |
| 327 | { | |
| 328 | NSRect rect; | |
| 329 | NSPoint pt; | |
| 330 | ||
| 331 | pt.x = caret_x; | |
| 332 | pt.y = caret_y; | |
| 333 | ||
| 334 | pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil]; | |
| 335 | pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt]; | |
| 336 | pt.y -= caret_height; | |
| 337 | ||
| 338 | rect.origin = pt; | |
| 339 | rect.size.width = caret_height; | |
| 340 | rect.size.height = caret_height; | |
| 341 | return rect; | |
| 342 | } | |
| 343 | ||
| 344 | ||
| 345 | - (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier | |
| 346 | { | |
| 347 | return (NSInteger)self; | |
| 348 | } | |
| 349 | ||
| 350 | ||
| 351 | - (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector | |
| 352 | { | |
| 353 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 354 | TKLog (@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector (aSelector)); | |
| 355 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 356 | if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) | |
| 357 | { | |
| 358 | /* happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition: | |
| 359 | throw a 'delete' into the event queue */ | |
| 360 | XEvent xEvent; | |
| 361 | setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0); | |
| 362 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 363 | xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1; | |
| 364 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F; | |
| 365 | xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F; | |
| 366 | xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0; | |
| 367 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 368 | } | |
| 369 | } | |
| 370 | ||
| 371 | ||
| 372 | - (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText | |
| 373 | { | |
| 374 | static NSArray *arr = nil; | |
| 375 | if (arr == nil) arr = [NSArray new]; | |
| 376 | /* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */ | |
| 377 | return arr; | |
| 378 | } | |
| 379 | ||
| 380 | ||
| 381 | - (NSRange)selectedRange | |
| 382 | { | |
| 383 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 384 | TKLog (@"selectedRange request"); | |
| 385 | return NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0); | |
| 386 | } | |
| 387 | ||
| 388 | ||
| 389 | - (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint | |
| 390 | { | |
| 391 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 392 | TKLog (@"characterIndexForPoint request"); | |
| 393 | return 0; | |
| 394 | } | |
| 395 | ||
| 396 | ||
| 397 | - (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange | |
| 398 | { | |
| 399 | static NSAttributedString *str = nil; | |
| 400 | if (str == nil) str = [NSAttributedString new]; | |
| 401 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 402 | TKLog (@"attributedSubstringFromRange request"); | |
| 403 | return str; | |
| 404 | } | |
| 405 | /* End <NSTextInput> impl. */ | |
| 406 | 265 | @end |
| 407 | 266 | |
| 408 | 267 | |
| 268 | @implementation TKContentView | |
| 269 | ||
| 270 | -(id)init { | |
| 271 | self = [super init]; | |
| 272 | if (self) { | |
| 273 | _needsRedisplay = NO; | |
| 274 | } | |
| 275 | return self; | |
| 276 | } | |
| 277 | ||
| 278 | /* | |
| 279 | * Implementation of the NSTextInputClient protocol. | |
| 280 | */ | |
| 281 | ||
| 282 | /* [NSTextInputClient inputText: replacementRange:] is called by | |
| 283 | * interpretKeyEvents when a composition sequence is complete. It is also | |
| 284 | * called when we delete over working text. In that case the call is followed | |
| 285 | * immediately by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: | |
| 286 | */ | |
| 287 | - (void)insertText: (id)aString | |
| 288 | replacementRange: (NSRange)repRange | |
| 289 | { | |
| 290 | int i, len; | |
| 291 | XEvent xEvent; | |
| 292 | NSString *str; | |
| 293 | ||
| 294 | str = ([aString isKindOfClass: [NSAttributedString class]]) ? | |
| 295 | [aString string] : aString; | |
| 296 | len = [str length]; | |
| 297 | ||
| 298 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 299 | TKLog(@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len); | |
| 300 | } | |
| 301 | ||
| 302 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 303 | ||
| 304 | /* | |
| 305 | * Clear any working text. | |
| 306 | */ | |
| 307 | ||
| 308 | if (privateWorkingText != nil) { | |
| 309 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 310 | } | |
| 311 | ||
| 312 | /* | |
| 313 | * Insert the string as a sequence of keystrokes. | |
| 314 | */ | |
| 315 | ||
| 316 | setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0); | |
| 317 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 318 | ||
| 319 | /* | |
| 320 | * Apple evidently sets location to 0 to signal that an accented letter has | |
| 321 | * been selected from the accent menu. An unaccented letter has already | |
| 322 | * been displayed and we need to erase it before displaying the accented | |
| 323 | * letter. | |
| 324 | */ | |
| 325 | ||
| 326 | if (repRange.location == 0) { | |
| 327 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]); | |
| 328 | Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 329 | TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkAccentBackspace", NULL); | |
| 330 | } | |
| 331 | ||
| 332 | /* | |
| 333 | * Next we generate an XEvent for each unicode character in our string. | |
| 334 | * | |
| 335 | * NSString uses UTF-16 internally, which means that a non-BMP character is | |
| 336 | * represented by a sequence of two 16-bit "surrogates". In principle we | |
| 337 | * could record this in the XEvent by setting the keycode to the 32-bit | |
| 338 | * unicode code point and setting the trans_chars string to the 4-byte | |
| 339 | * UTF-8 string for the non-BMP character. However, that will not work | |
| 340 | * when TCL_UTF_MAX is set to 3, as is the case for Tcl 8.6. A workaround | |
| 341 | * used internally by Tcl 8.6 is to encode each surrogate as a 3-byte | |
| 342 | * sequence using the UTF-8 algorithm (ignoring the fact that the UTF-8 | |
| 343 | * encoding specification does not allow encoding UTF-16 surrogates). | |
| 344 | * This gives a 6-byte encoding of the non-BMP character which we write into | |
| 345 | * the trans_chars field of the XEvent. | |
| 346 | */ | |
| 347 | ||
| 348 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { | |
| 349 | xEvent.xkey.nbytes = TclUniAtIndex(str, i, xEvent.xkey.trans_chars, | |
| 350 | &xEvent.xkey.keycode); | |
| 351 | if (xEvent.xkey.keycode > 0xffff){ | |
| 352 | i++; | |
| 353 | } | |
| 354 | xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress; | |
| 355 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 356 | } | |
| 357 | releaseCode = (UInt16) [str characterAtIndex: 0]; | |
| 358 | } | |
| 359 | ||
| 360 | /* | |
| 361 | * This required method is allowed to return nil. | |
| 362 | */ | |
| 363 | ||
| 364 | - (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringForProposedRange:(NSRange)theRange | |
| 365 | actualRange:(NSRangePointer)thePointer | |
| 366 | { | |
| 367 | return nil; | |
| 368 | } | |
| 369 | ||
| 370 | /* | |
| 371 | * This method is supposed to insert (or replace selected text with) the string | |
| 372 | * argument. If the argument is an NSString, it should be displayed with a | |
| 373 | * distinguishing appearance, e.g underlined. | |
| 374 | */ | |
| 375 | ||
| 376 | - (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString | |
| 377 | selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange | |
| 378 | replacementRange: (NSRange)repRange | |
| 379 | { | |
| 380 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]); | |
| 381 | Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 382 | NSString *temp; | |
| 383 | NSString *str; | |
| 384 | ||
| 385 | str = ([aString isKindOfClass: [NSAttributedString class]]) ? | |
| 386 | [aString string] : aString; | |
| 387 | ||
| 388 | if (focusWin) { | |
| 389 | ||
| 390 | /* | |
| 391 | * Remember the widget where the composition is happening, in case it | |
| 392 | * gets defocussed during the composition. | |
| 393 | */ | |
| 394 | ||
| 395 | composeWin = focusWin; | |
| 396 | } else { | |
| 397 | return; | |
| 398 | } | |
| 399 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 400 | TKLog(@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str, | |
| 401 | (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length, | |
| 402 | (unsigned long) selRange.location); | |
| 403 | } | |
| 404 | ||
| 405 | if (privateWorkingText != nil) { | |
| 406 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 407 | } | |
| 408 | ||
| 409 | if ([str length] == 0) { | |
| 410 | return; | |
| 411 | } | |
| 412 | ||
| 413 | /* | |
| 414 | * Use our insertText method to display the marked text. | |
| 415 | */ | |
| 416 | ||
| 417 | TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkStartIMEMarkedText", NULL); | |
| 418 | temp = [str copy]; | |
| 419 | [self insertText: temp replacementRange:repRange]; | |
| 420 | privateWorkingText = temp; | |
| 421 | processingCompose = YES; | |
| 422 | TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkEndIMEMarkedText", NULL); | |
| 423 | } | |
| 424 | ||
| 425 | - (BOOL)hasMarkedText | |
| 426 | { | |
| 427 | return privateWorkingText != nil; | |
| 428 | } | |
| 429 | ||
| 430 | ||
| 431 | - (NSRange)markedRange | |
| 432 | { | |
| 433 | NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil | |
| 434 | ? NSMakeRange(0, [privateWorkingText length]) | |
| 435 | : NSMakeRange(NSNotFound, 0); | |
| 436 | ||
| 437 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 438 | TKLog(@"markedRange request"); | |
| 439 | } | |
| 440 | return rng; | |
| 441 | } | |
| 442 | ||
| 443 | - (void)cancelComposingText | |
| 444 | { | |
| 445 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 446 | TKLog(@"cancelComposingText"); | |
| 447 | } | |
| 448 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 449 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 450 | } | |
| 451 | ||
| 452 | - (void)unmarkText | |
| 453 | { | |
| 454 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 455 | TKLog(@"unmarkText"); | |
| 456 | } | |
| 457 | [self deleteWorkingText]; | |
| 458 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 459 | } | |
| 460 | ||
| 461 | ||
| 462 | /* | |
| 463 | * Called by the system to get a position for popup character selection windows | |
| 464 | * such as a Character Palette, or a selection menu for IME. | |
| 465 | */ | |
| 466 | ||
| 467 | - (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange | |
| 468 | actualRange: (NSRangePointer)thePointer | |
| 469 | { | |
| 470 | NSRect rect; | |
| 471 | NSPoint pt; | |
| 472 | pt.x = caret_x; | |
| 473 | pt.y = caret_y; | |
| 474 | ||
| 475 | pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil]; | |
| 476 | pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt]; | |
| 477 | pt.y -= caret_height; | |
| 478 | ||
| 479 | rect.origin = pt; | |
| 480 | rect.size.width = 0; | |
| 481 | rect.size.height = caret_height; | |
| 482 | return rect; | |
| 483 | } | |
| 484 | ||
| 485 | - (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier | |
| 486 | { | |
| 487 | return (NSInteger) self; | |
| 488 | } | |
| 489 | ||
| 490 | - (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector | |
| 491 | { | |
| 492 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 493 | TKLog(@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector(aSelector)); | |
| 494 | } | |
| 495 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 496 | if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) { | |
| 497 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]); | |
| 498 | Tk_Window focusWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr; | |
| 499 | TkSendVirtualEvent(focusWin, "TkAccentBackspace", NULL); | |
| 500 | } | |
| 501 | } | |
| 502 | ||
| 503 | - (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText | |
| 504 | { | |
| 505 | static NSArray *arr = nil; | |
| 506 | if (arr == nil) { | |
| 507 | arr = [[NSArray alloc] initWithObjects: | |
| 508 | NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName, | |
| 509 | NSUnderlineColorAttributeName, | |
| 510 | nil]; | |
| 511 | [arr retain]; | |
| 512 | } | |
| 513 | return arr; | |
| 514 | } | |
| 515 | ||
| 516 | - (NSRange)selectedRange | |
| 517 | { | |
| 518 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 519 | TKLog(@"selectedRange request"); | |
| 520 | } | |
| 521 | return NSMakeRange(0, 0); | |
| 522 | } | |
| 523 | ||
| 524 | - (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint | |
| 525 | { | |
| 526 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 527 | TKLog(@"characterIndexForPoint request"); | |
| 528 | } | |
| 529 | return NSNotFound; | |
| 530 | } | |
| 531 | ||
| 532 | - (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange | |
| 533 | { | |
| 534 | static NSAttributedString *str = nil; | |
| 535 | if (str == nil) { | |
| 536 | str = [NSAttributedString new]; | |
| 537 | } | |
| 538 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 539 | TKLog(@"attributedSubstringFromRange request"); | |
| 540 | } | |
| 541 | return str; | |
| 542 | } | |
| 543 | /* End of NSTextInputClient implementation. */ | |
| 544 | ||
| 545 | @synthesize needsRedisplay = _needsRedisplay; | |
| 546 | @end | |
| 547 | ||
| 548 | ||
| 409 | 549 | @implementation TKContentView(TKKeyEvent) |
| 410 | /* delete display of composing characters [not in <NSTextInput>] */ | |
| 550 | ||
| 551 | /* | |
| 552 | * Tell the widget to erase the displayed composing characters. This | |
| 553 | * is not part of the NSTextInputClient protocol. | |
| 554 | */ | |
| 555 | ||
| 411 | 556 | - (void)deleteWorkingText |
| 412 | 557 | { |
| 413 | if (privateWorkingText == nil) | |
| 414 | return; | |
| 415 | if (NS_KEYLOG) | |
| 416 | TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n", | |
| 417 | (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]); | |
| 418 | [privateWorkingText release]; | |
| 419 | privateWorkingText = nil; | |
| 420 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 421 | ||
| 422 | //PENDING: delete working text | |
| 558 | if (privateWorkingText == nil) { | |
| 559 | return; | |
| 560 | } else { | |
| 561 | ||
| 562 | if (NS_KEYLOG) { | |
| 563 | TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n", | |
| 564 | (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]); | |
| 565 | } | |
| 566 | ||
| 567 | [privateWorkingText release]; | |
| 568 | privateWorkingText = nil; | |
| 569 | processingCompose = NO; | |
| 570 | if (composeWin) { | |
| 571 | TkSendVirtualEvent(composeWin, "TkClearIMEMarkedText", NULL); | |
| 572 | } | |
| 573 | } | |
| 423 | 574 | } |
| 424 | 575 | @end |
| 425 | 576 | |
| 426 | ||
| 427 | ||
| 428 | /* | |
| 429 | * Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input. | |
| 430 | */ | |
| 577 | /* | |
| 578 | * Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input. | |
| 579 | */ | |
| 580 | ||
| 431 | 581 | static void |
| 432 | 582 | setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state) |
| 433 | 583 | { |
| 434 | 584 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 435 | 585 | Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 586 | ||
| 436 | 587 | if (!winPtr) { |
| 437 | 588 | return; |
| 438 | 589 | } |
| 439 | 590 | |
| 440 | 591 | memset(xEvent, 0, sizeof(XEvent)); |
| 441 | 592 | xEvent->xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin)); |
| 442 | xEvent->xany.send_event = false; | |
| 443 | 593 | xEvent->xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 444 | 594 | xEvent->xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 445 | 595 | |
| 446 | 596 | xEvent->xkey.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0); |
| 447 | xEvent->xkey.subwindow = None; | |
| 448 | 597 | xEvent->xkey.time = TkpGetMS(); |
| 449 | 598 | xEvent->xkey.state = state; |
| 450 | 599 | xEvent->xkey.same_screen = true; |
| 451 | xEvent->xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0; | |
| 452 | xEvent->xkey.nbytes = 0; | |
| 600 | /* No need to initialize other fields implicitly here, | |
| 601 | * because of the memset() above. */ | |
| 453 | 602 | } |
| 454 | 603 | |
| 455 | 604 | #pragma mark - |
| 480 | 629 | Time time) |
| 481 | 630 | { |
| 482 | 631 | keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window); |
| 483 | if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && grabWinPtr) { | |
| 632 | TkWindow *captureWinPtr = (TkWindow *) TkpGetCapture(); | |
| 633 | ||
| 634 | if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && captureWinPtr) { | |
| 484 | 635 | NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(grab_window); |
| 485 | 636 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) grab_window; |
| 486 | 637 | |
| 487 | if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow*) grabWinPtr) { | |
| 638 | if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow *) captureWinPtr) { | |
| 488 | 639 | if (modalSession) { |
| 489 | 640 | Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed"); |
| 490 | 641 | } |
| 512 | 663 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 513 | 664 | */ |
| 514 | 665 | |
| 515 | void | |
| 666 | int | |
| 516 | 667 | XUngrabKeyboard( |
| 517 | 668 | Display* display, |
| 518 | 669 | Time time) |
| 526 | 677 | keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil; |
| 527 | 678 | } |
| 528 | 679 | keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL; |
| 680 | return Success; | |
| 529 | 681 | } |
| 530 | 682 | |
| 531 | 683 | /* |
| 532 | 684 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 533 | 685 | * |
| 534 | * TkMacOSXGetCapture -- | |
| 686 | * TkMacOSXGetModalSession -- | |
| 535 | 687 | * |
| 536 | 688 | * Results: |
| 537 | * Returns the current grab window | |
| 689 | * Returns the current modal session | |
| 538 | 690 | * |
| 539 | 691 | * Side effects: |
| 540 | 692 | * None. |
| 542 | 694 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 543 | 695 | */ |
| 544 | 696 | |
| 545 | Tk_Window | |
| 546 | TkMacOSXGetCapture(void) | |
| 547 | { | |
| 548 | return grabWinPtr; | |
| 549 | } | |
| 550 | ||
| 551 | /* | |
| 552 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 553 | * | |
| 554 | * TkMacOSXGetModalSession -- | |
| 555 | * | |
| 556 | * Results: | |
| 557 | * Returns the current modal session | |
| 558 | * | |
| 559 | * Side effects: | |
| 560 | * None. | |
| 561 | * | |
| 562 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 563 | */ | |
| 564 | ||
| 565 | 697 | MODULE_SCOPE NSModalSession |
| 566 | 698 | TkMacOSXGetModalSession(void) |
| 567 | 699 | { |
| 568 | 700 | return modalSession; |
| 569 | } | |
| 570 | ||
| 571 | /* | |
| 572 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 573 | * | |
| 574 | * TkpSetCapture -- | |
| 575 | * | |
| 576 | * This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be | |
| 577 | * reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If | |
| 578 | * the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released. | |
| 579 | * | |
| 580 | * Results: | |
| 581 | * None. | |
| 582 | * | |
| 583 | * Side effects: | |
| 584 | * Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse. | |
| 585 | * | |
| 586 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 587 | */ | |
| 588 | ||
| 589 | void | |
| 590 | TkpSetCapture( | |
| 591 | TkWindow *winPtr) /* Capture window, or NULL. */ | |
| 592 | { | |
| 593 | while (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { | |
| 594 | winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; | |
| 595 | } | |
| 596 | grabWinPtr = (Tk_Window) winPtr; | |
| 597 | 701 | } |
| 598 | 702 | |
| 599 | 703 | /* |
| 651 | 755 | } |
| 652 | 756 | } |
| 653 | 757 | |
| 654 | /* But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view. */ | |
| 758 | /* | |
| 759 | * But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view. | |
| 760 | */ | |
| 761 | ||
| 655 | 762 | y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y; |
| 656 | 763 | |
| 657 | 764 | caret_x = x; |
| 662 | 769 | |
| 663 | 770 | static unsigned convert_ns_to_X_keysym[] = |
| 664 | 771 | { |
| 665 | NSHomeFunctionKey, 0x50, | |
| 666 | NSLeftArrowFunctionKey, 0x51, | |
| 667 | NSUpArrowFunctionKey, 0x52, | |
| 668 | NSRightArrowFunctionKey, 0x53, | |
| 669 | NSDownArrowFunctionKey, 0x54, | |
| 670 | NSPageUpFunctionKey, 0x55, | |
| 671 | NSPageDownFunctionKey, 0x56, | |
| 672 | NSEndFunctionKey, 0x57, | |
| 673 | NSBeginFunctionKey, 0x58, | |
| 674 | NSSelectFunctionKey, 0x60, | |
| 675 | NSPrintFunctionKey, 0x61, | |
| 676 | NSExecuteFunctionKey, 0x62, | |
| 677 | NSInsertFunctionKey, 0x63, | |
| 678 | NSUndoFunctionKey, 0x65, | |
| 679 | NSRedoFunctionKey, 0x66, | |
| 680 | NSMenuFunctionKey, 0x67, | |
| 681 | NSFindFunctionKey, 0x68, | |
| 682 | NSHelpFunctionKey, 0x6A, | |
| 683 | NSBreakFunctionKey, 0x6B, | |
| 684 | ||
| 685 | NSF1FunctionKey, 0xBE, | |
| 686 | NSF2FunctionKey, 0xBF, | |
| 687 | NSF3FunctionKey, 0xC0, | |
| 688 | NSF4FunctionKey, 0xC1, | |
| 689 | NSF5FunctionKey, 0xC2, | |
| 690 | NSF6FunctionKey, 0xC3, | |
| 691 | NSF7FunctionKey, 0xC4, | |
| 692 | NSF8FunctionKey, 0xC5, | |
| 693 | NSF9FunctionKey, 0xC6, | |
| 694 | NSF10FunctionKey, 0xC7, | |
| 695 | NSF11FunctionKey, 0xC8, | |
| 696 | NSF12FunctionKey, 0xC9, | |
| 697 | NSF13FunctionKey, 0xCA, | |
| 698 | NSF14FunctionKey, 0xCB, | |
| 699 | NSF15FunctionKey, 0xCC, | |
| 700 | NSF16FunctionKey, 0xCD, | |
| 701 | NSF17FunctionKey, 0xCE, | |
| 702 | NSF18FunctionKey, 0xCF, | |
| 703 | NSF19FunctionKey, 0xD0, | |
| 704 | NSF20FunctionKey, 0xD1, | |
| 705 | NSF21FunctionKey, 0xD2, | |
| 706 | NSF22FunctionKey, 0xD3, | |
| 707 | NSF23FunctionKey, 0xD4, | |
| 708 | NSF24FunctionKey, 0xD5, | |
| 709 | ||
| 710 | NSBackspaceCharacter, 0x08, /* 8: Not on some KBs. */ | |
| 711 | NSDeleteCharacter, 0xFF, /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */ | |
| 712 | NSDeleteFunctionKey, 0x9F, /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */ | |
| 713 | ||
| 714 | NSTabCharacter, 0x09, | |
| 715 | 0x19, 0x09, /* left tab->regular since pass shift */ | |
| 716 | NSCarriageReturnCharacter, 0x0D, | |
| 717 | NSNewlineCharacter, 0x0D, | |
| 718 | NSEnterCharacter, 0x8D, | |
| 719 | ||
| 720 | 0x1B, 0x1B /* escape */ | |
| 772 | NSHomeFunctionKey, 0x50, | |
| 773 | NSLeftArrowFunctionKey, 0x51, | |
| 774 | NSUpArrowFunctionKey, 0x52, | |
| 775 | NSRightArrowFunctionKey, 0x53, | |
| 776 | NSDownArrowFunctionKey, 0x54, | |
| 777 | NSPageUpFunctionKey, 0x55, | |
| 778 | NSPageDownFunctionKey, 0x56, | |
| 779 | NSEndFunctionKey, 0x57, | |
| 780 | NSBeginFunctionKey, 0x58, | |
| 781 | NSSelectFunctionKey, 0x60, | |
| 782 | NSPrintFunctionKey, 0x61, | |
| 783 | NSExecuteFunctionKey, 0x62, | |
| 784 | NSInsertFunctionKey, 0x63, | |
| 785 | NSUndoFunctionKey, 0x65, | |
| 786 | NSRedoFunctionKey, 0x66, | |
| 787 | NSMenuFunctionKey, 0x67, | |
| 788 | NSFindFunctionKey, 0x68, | |
| 789 | NSHelpFunctionKey, 0x6A, | |
| 790 | NSBreakFunctionKey, 0x6B, | |
| 791 | ||
| 792 | NSF1FunctionKey, 0xBE, | |
| 793 | NSF2FunctionKey, 0xBF, | |
| 794 | NSF3FunctionKey, 0xC0, | |
| 795 | NSF4FunctionKey, 0xC1, | |
| 796 | NSF5FunctionKey, 0xC2, | |
| 797 | NSF6FunctionKey, 0xC3, | |
| 798 | NSF7FunctionKey, 0xC4, | |
| 799 | NSF8FunctionKey, 0xC5, | |
| 800 | NSF9FunctionKey, 0xC6, | |
| 801 | NSF10FunctionKey, 0xC7, | |
| 802 | NSF11FunctionKey, 0xC8, | |
| 803 | NSF12FunctionKey, 0xC9, | |
| 804 | NSF13FunctionKey, 0xCA, | |
| 805 | NSF14FunctionKey, 0xCB, | |
| 806 | NSF15FunctionKey, 0xCC, | |
| 807 | NSF16FunctionKey, 0xCD, | |
| 808 | NSF17FunctionKey, 0xCE, | |
| 809 | NSF18FunctionKey, 0xCF, | |
| 810 | NSF19FunctionKey, 0xD0, | |
| 811 | NSF20FunctionKey, 0xD1, | |
| 812 | NSF21FunctionKey, 0xD2, | |
| 813 | NSF22FunctionKey, 0xD3, | |
| 814 | NSF23FunctionKey, 0xD4, | |
| 815 | NSF24FunctionKey, 0xD5, | |
| 816 | ||
| 817 | NSBackspaceCharacter, 0x08, /* 8: Not on some KBs. */ | |
| 818 | NSDeleteCharacter, 0xFF, /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */ | |
| 819 | NSDeleteFunctionKey, 0x9F, /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */ | |
| 820 | ||
| 821 | NSTabCharacter, 0x09, | |
| 822 | 0x19, 0x09, /* left tab->regular since pass shift */ | |
| 823 | NSCarriageReturnCharacter, 0x0D, | |
| 824 | NSNewlineCharacter, 0x0D, | |
| 825 | NSEnterCharacter, 0x8D, | |
| 826 | ||
| 827 | 0x1B, 0x1B /* escape */ | |
| 721 | 828 | }; |
| 722 | 829 | |
| 723 | 830 | |
| 724 | static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned code) | |
| 725 | { | |
| 726 | const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym) | |
| 727 | / sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0])); | |
| 728 | unsigned keysym; | |
| 729 | for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2) | |
| 730 | if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym]) | |
| 731 | return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym+1]; | |
| 732 | return 0; | |
| 733 | } | |
| 831 | static unsigned | |
| 832 | isFunctionKey( | |
| 833 | unsigned code) | |
| 834 | { | |
| 835 | const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym) | |
| 836 | / sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0])); | |
| 837 | unsigned keysym; | |
| 838 | ||
| 839 | for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2) { | |
| 840 | if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym]) { | |
| 841 | return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym + 1]; | |
| 842 | } | |
| 843 | } | |
| 844 | return 0; | |
| 845 | } | |
| 734 | 846 | |
| 735 | 847 | /* |
| 736 | 848 | * Local Variables: |
| 179 | 179 | for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) { |
| 180 | 180 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode), |
| 181 | 181 | &dummy); |
| 182 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym); | |
| 182 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym)); | |
| 183 | 183 | } |
| 184 | 184 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); |
| 185 | 185 | for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) { |
| 186 | 186 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode), |
| 187 | 187 | &dummy); |
| 188 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym); | |
| 188 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym)); | |
| 189 | 189 | } |
| 190 | 190 | initialized = 1; |
| 191 | 191 | } |
| 442 | 442 | * result. */ |
| 443 | 443 | { |
| 444 | 444 | (void) winPtr; /*unused*/ |
| 445 | int ch; | |
| 446 | ||
| 445 | 447 | Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr); |
| 446 | return Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, -1); | |
| 448 | return Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, | |
| 449 | TkUtfToUniChar(eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, &ch)); | |
| 447 | 450 | } |
| 448 | 451 | |
| 449 | 452 | /* |
| 716 | 719 | } |
| 717 | 720 | |
| 718 | 721 | if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) { |
| 719 | int done = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(keysym, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars); | |
| 722 | int done = TkUniCharToUtf(keysym, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars); | |
| 720 | 723 | |
| 721 | 724 | eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[done] = 0; |
| 722 | 725 | } else { |
| 802 | 805 | /* If nbytes has been set, it's not a function key, but a regular key that |
| 803 | 806 | has been translated in tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; just use that. */ |
| 804 | 807 | if (eventPtr->xkey.nbytes) { |
| 805 | return eventPtr->xkey.keycode & 0xFFFF; | |
| 808 | return eventPtr->xkey.keycode; | |
| 806 | 809 | } |
| 807 | 810 | |
| 808 | 811 | /* |
| 109 | 109 | |
| 110 | 110 | #pragma mark TKMenu |
| 111 | 111 | |
| 112 | /* | |
| 113 | * This interface is not declared in tkMacOSXPrivate.h because it requires | |
| 114 | * tkMenu.h. | |
| 115 | */ | |
| 116 | ||
| 112 | 117 | @interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate) |
| 113 | 118 | - (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu; |
| 114 | 119 | - (TkMenu *) tkMenu; |
| 115 | 120 | - (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem; |
| 116 | 121 | - (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index; |
| 117 | @end | |
| 118 | ||
| 119 | #define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate> | |
| 120 | @interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate | |
| 121 | 122 | @end |
| 122 | 123 | |
| 123 | 124 | @implementation TKMenu |
| 191 | 192 | - (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index |
| 192 | 193 | { |
| 193 | 194 | if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) { |
| 194 | if ((NSUInteger)index <= _tkOffset) { | |
| 195 | if ((NSUInteger) index <= _tkOffset) { | |
| 195 | 196 | _tkOffset++; |
| 196 | 197 | } else { |
| 197 | NSAssert((NSUInteger)index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset, | |
| 198 | NSAssert((NSUInteger) index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset, | |
| 198 | 199 | @"Cannot insert in the middle of Tk menu"); |
| 199 | 200 | } |
| 200 | 201 | } |
| 204 | 205 | - (void) removeItemAtIndex: (NSInteger) index |
| 205 | 206 | { |
| 206 | 207 | if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) { |
| 207 | if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkOffset) { | |
| 208 | if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkOffset) { | |
| 208 | 209 | _tkOffset--; |
| 209 | } else if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) { | |
| 210 | } else if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) { | |
| 210 | 211 | _tkItemCount--; |
| 211 | 212 | } |
| 212 | 213 | } |
| 219 | 220 | action:@selector(tkMenuItemInvoke:) keyEquivalent:@""]; |
| 220 | 221 | |
| 221 | 222 | [menuItem setTarget:self]; |
| 222 | [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger)mePtr]; | |
| 223 | [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger) mePtr]; | |
| 223 | 224 | return menuItem; |
| 224 | 225 | } |
| 225 | 226 | @end |
| 226 | 227 | |
| 227 | 228 | @implementation TKMenu(TKMenuActions) |
| 228 | // target methods | |
| 229 | 229 | |
| 230 | 230 | - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem |
| 231 | 231 | { |
| 232 | 232 | return [menuItem isEnabled]; |
| 233 | 233 | } |
| 234 | 234 | |
| 235 | // Workaround for bug 3572016; leaves menu items enabled during modal dialog. | |
| 235 | /* | |
| 236 | * Workaround for bug 3572016; leave menu items enabled during modal dialog. | |
| 237 | */ | |
| 238 | ||
| 236 | 239 | - (BOOL)worksWhenModal |
| 237 | 240 | { |
| 238 | 241 | return YES; |
| 242 | 245 | { |
| 243 | 246 | /* |
| 244 | 247 | * With the delegate matching key equivalents, when a menu action is sent |
| 245 | * in response to a key equivalent, sender is the whole menu and not the | |
| 246 | * the specific menu item, use this to ignore key equivalents for our | |
| 248 | * in response to a key equivalent, the sender is the whole menu and not the | |
| 249 | * specific menu item. We use this to ignore key equivalents for Tk | |
| 247 | 250 | * menus (as Tk handles them directly via bindings). |
| 248 | 251 | */ |
| 249 | 252 | |
| 250 | 253 | if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) { |
| 251 | NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *)sender; | |
| 252 | TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)_tkMenu; | |
| 253 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)[menuItem tag]; | |
| 254 | NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) sender; | |
| 255 | TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) _tkMenu; | |
| 256 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) [menuItem tag]; | |
| 254 | 257 | |
| 255 | 258 | if (menuPtr && mePtr) { |
| 256 | 259 | Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp; |
| 257 | /*Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal | |
| 258 | *but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration. | |
| 260 | ||
| 261 | /* | |
| 262 | * Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal | |
| 263 | * but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration. | |
| 259 | 264 | */ |
| 260 | Tcl_Sleep(100); | |
| 265 | ||
| 266 | //Tcl_Sleep(100); | |
| 261 | 267 | Tcl_Preserve(interp); |
| 262 | 268 | Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr); |
| 263 | 269 | |
| 276 | 282 | @end |
| 277 | 283 | |
| 278 | 284 | @implementation TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) |
| 279 | #define keyEquivModifiersMatch(km, m) (( \ | |
| 280 | ((km) & NSCommandKeyMask) != ((m) & NSCommandKeyMask) || \ | |
| 281 | ((km) & NSAlternateKeyMask) != ((m) & NSAlternateKeyMask) || \ | |
| 282 | ((km) & NSControlKeyMask) != ((m) & NSControlKeyMask) || \ | |
| 283 | (((km) & NSShiftKeyMask) != ((m) & NSShiftKeyMask) && \ | |
| 284 | ((m) & NSFunctionKeyMask))) ? NO : YES) | |
| 285 | 285 | |
| 286 | 286 | - (BOOL) menuHasKeyEquivalent: (NSMenu *) menu forEvent: (NSEvent *) event |
| 287 | 287 | target: (id *) target action: (SEL *) action |
| 288 | 288 | { |
| 289 | /*Use lowercaseString to keep "shift" from firing twice if bound to different procedure.*/ | |
| 289 | /* | |
| 290 | * Use lowercaseString when comparing keyEquivalents since the notion of | |
| 291 | * a shifted upper case letter does not make much sense. | |
| 292 | */ | |
| 293 | ||
| 290 | 294 | NSString *key = [[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] lowercaseString]; |
| 291 | 295 | NSUInteger modifiers = [event modifierFlags] & |
| 292 | 296 | NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask; |
| 293 | 297 | |
| 294 | 298 | if (modifiers == (NSCommandKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) && |
| 295 | 299 | [key compare:@"?"] == NSOrderedSame) { |
| 300 | /* | |
| 301 | * Command-Shift-? has not been allowed as a keyboard equivalent since | |
| 302 | * the first aqua port, for some mysterious reason. | |
| 303 | */ | |
| 304 | ||
| 296 | 305 | return NO; |
| 297 | } | |
| 298 | ||
| 299 | // For command key, take input manager's word so things | |
| 300 | // like dvorak / qwerty layout work. | |
| 301 | if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) { | |
| 302 | key = [event characters]; | |
| 306 | } else if (modifiers == (NSControlKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) && | |
| 307 | [event keyCode] == 48) { | |
| 308 | /* | |
| 309 | * Starting with OSX 10.12 Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used | |
| 310 | * to select window tabs. But for some even more mysterious reason the | |
| 311 | * Control-Shift-Tab event has character 0x19 = NSBackTabCharacter | |
| 312 | * rather than 0x09 = NSTabCharacter. At the same time, the | |
| 313 | * keyEquivalent must be \0x09 in order for it to be displayed | |
| 314 | * correctly in the menu. This makes it impossible for the standard | |
| 315 | * "Select Previous Tab" to work correctly, unless we intervene. | |
| 316 | */ | |
| 317 | ||
| 318 | key = @"\t"; | |
| 319 | } else if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) { | |
| 320 | /* | |
| 321 | * If the command modifier is set, use the full character string so | |
| 322 | * things like the dvorak / qwerty layout will work. | |
| 323 | */ | |
| 324 | ||
| 325 | key = [event characters]; | |
| 303 | 326 | } |
| 304 | 327 | |
| 305 | 328 | NSArray *itemArray = [self itemArray]; |
| 306 | ||
| 307 | 329 | for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) { |
| 308 | if ([item isEnabled] && [[item keyEquivalent] compare:key] == | |
| 309 | NSOrderedSame) { | |
| 330 | if ([item isEnabled] && | |
| 331 | [[item keyEquivalent] compare:key] == NSOrderedSame) { | |
| 310 | 332 | NSUInteger keyEquivModifiers = [item keyEquivalentModifierMask]; |
| 311 | ||
| 312 | if (keyEquivModifiersMatch(keyEquivModifiers, modifiers)) { | |
| 333 | if (keyEquivModifiers == modifiers) { | |
| 313 | 334 | *target = [item target]; |
| 314 | 335 | *action = [item action]; |
| 315 | 336 | return YES; |
| 365 | 386 | @end |
| 366 | 387 | |
| 367 | 388 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenu) |
| 368 | ||
| 369 | @interface NSApplication(TKMenu) | |
| 370 | - (void) setAppleMenu: (NSMenu *) menu; | |
| 371 | @end | |
| 372 | 389 | |
| 373 | 390 | @implementation TKApplication(TKMenu) |
| 374 | 391 | |
| 610 | 627 | &imageHeight); |
| 611 | 628 | image = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(mePtr->menuPtr->display, bitmap, |
| 612 | 629 | gc, imageWidth, imageHeight); |
| 630 | if (gc->foreground == defaultFg) { | |
| 631 | // Use a semantic foreground color by default | |
| 632 | [image setTemplate:YES]; | |
| 633 | } | |
| 613 | 634 | } |
| 614 | 635 | [menuItem setImage:image]; |
| 615 | 636 | if ((!image || mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && mePtr->labelPtr && |
| 632 | 653 | gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background); |
| 633 | 654 | |
| 634 | 655 | attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease]; |
| 635 | [(NSMutableDictionary *)attributes setObject:color | |
| 656 | [(NSMutableDictionary *) attributes setObject:color | |
| 636 | 657 | forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName]; |
| 637 | 658 | } |
| 638 | 659 | if (attributes) { |
| 672 | 693 | [submenu setTitle:title]; |
| 673 | 694 | |
| 674 | 695 | if ([menuItem isEnabled]) { |
| 675 | /* This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX: | |
| 676 | track this), which would have disabled entries; we must | |
| 677 | re-enable the entries here. */ | |
| 678 | int i = 0; | |
| 679 | NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray]; | |
| 680 | for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) { | |
| 681 | TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i]; | |
| 682 | /* Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have | |
| 683 | more items than the menu's entries[] array. */ | |
| 684 | if (i >= menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) break; | |
| 685 | [item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)]; | |
| 686 | i++; | |
| 687 | } | |
| 696 | ||
| 697 | /* | |
| 698 | * This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX: | |
| 699 | * track this), which would have disabled entries; we must | |
| 700 | * re-enable the entries here. | |
| 701 | */ | |
| 702 | ||
| 703 | int i = 0; | |
| 704 | NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray]; | |
| 705 | ||
| 706 | for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) { | |
| 707 | TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i]; | |
| 708 | ||
| 709 | /* | |
| 710 | * Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have | |
| 711 | * more items than the menu's entries[] array. | |
| 712 | */ | |
| 713 | ||
| 714 | if (i >= (int) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) { | |
| 715 | break; | |
| 716 | } | |
| 717 | [item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)]; | |
| 718 | i++; | |
| 719 | } | |
| 688 | 720 | } |
| 689 | ||
| 690 | 721 | } |
| 691 | 722 | } |
| 692 | 723 | } |
| 737 | 768 | * |
| 738 | 769 | * TkpPostMenu -- |
| 739 | 770 | * |
| 740 | * Posts a menu on the screen | |
| 741 | * | |
| 742 | * Results: | |
| 743 | * None. | |
| 771 | * Posts a menu on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the menu is drawn so | |
| 772 | * its top left corner is located at the point with screen coordinates | |
| 773 | * (x,y). Otherwise the top left corner of the specified entry is located | |
| 774 | * at that point. | |
| 775 | * | |
| 776 | * Results: | |
| 777 | * Returns a standard Tcl result. | |
| 744 | 778 | * |
| 745 | 779 | * Side effects: |
| 746 | 780 | * The menu is posted and handled. |
| 752 | 786 | TkpPostMenu( |
| 753 | 787 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter this menu lives in */ |
| 754 | 788 | TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */ |
| 755 | int x, /* The global x-coordinate of the top, left- | |
| 756 | * hand corner of where the menu is supposed | |
| 757 | * to be posted. */ | |
| 758 | int y) /* The global y-coordinate */ | |
| 759 | { | |
| 760 | ||
| 761 | ||
| 762 | /* Get the object that holds this Tk Window.*/ | |
| 763 | Tk_Window root; | |
| 764 | root = Tk_MainWindow(interp); | |
| 765 | if (root == NULL) { | |
| 766 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 767 | } | |
| 768 | ||
| 769 | Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root); | |
| 770 | NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d); | |
| 771 | NSWindow *win = [rootview window]; | |
| 789 | int x, int y, /* The screen coordinates where the top left | |
| 790 | * corner of the menu, or of the specified | |
| 791 | * entry, will be located. */ | |
| 792 | int index) | |
| 793 | { | |
| 772 | 794 | int result; |
| 795 | Tk_Window realWin = menuPtr->tkwin; | |
| 796 | TkWindow *realWinPtr; | |
| 797 | NSView *realWinView; | |
| 798 | ||
| 799 | while (1) { | |
| 800 | if (realWin == NULL) { | |
| 801 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 802 | } | |
| 803 | /* | |
| 804 | * Fix for bug 07cfc9f03e: use the view for the parent real (non-menu) | |
| 805 | * toplevel window, rather than always using the root window. | |
| 806 | * This allows menus to appear on a separate monitor than the root | |
| 807 | * window, and to use the appearance of their parent real window | |
| 808 | * rather than the appearance of the root window. | |
| 809 | */ | |
| 810 | realWinPtr = (TkWindow*) realWin; | |
| 811 | realWinView = TkMacOSXDrawableView(realWinPtr->privatePtr); | |
| 812 | if (realWinView != nil) { | |
| 813 | break; | |
| 814 | } | |
| 815 | realWin = Tk_Parent(realWin); | |
| 816 | } | |
| 817 | NSWindow *win = [realWinView window]; | |
| 818 | NSView *view = [win contentView]; | |
| 819 | NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData; | |
| 820 | NSInteger itemIndex = index; | |
| 821 | NSInteger numItems = [menu numberOfItems]; | |
| 822 | NSMenuItem *item = nil; | |
| 823 | NSPoint location = NSMakePoint(x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y); | |
| 773 | 824 | |
| 774 | 825 | inPostMenu = 1; |
| 775 | ||
| 776 | 826 | result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr); |
| 777 | 827 | if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 778 | 828 | inPostMenu = 0; |
| 779 | 829 | return result; |
| 780 | 830 | } |
| 781 | ||
| 782 | int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE); | |
| 783 | NSView *view = [win contentView]; | |
| 784 | NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1); | |
| 785 | ||
| 786 | frame.origin = [view convertPoint: | |
| 787 | [win tkConvertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil]; | |
| 788 | ||
| 789 | NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData; | |
| 790 | NSPopUpButtonCell *popUpButtonCell = [[NSPopUpButtonCell alloc] | |
| 791 | initTextCell:@"" pullsDown:NO]; | |
| 792 | ||
| 793 | [popUpButtonCell setAltersStateOfSelectedItem:NO]; | |
| 794 | [popUpButtonCell setMenu:menu]; | |
| 795 | [popUpButtonCell selectItem:nil]; | |
| 796 | [popUpButtonCell performClickWithFrame:frame inView:view]; | |
| 797 | [popUpButtonCell release]; | |
| 798 | Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); | |
| 831 | if (itemIndex >= numItems) { | |
| 832 | itemIndex = numItems - 1; | |
| 833 | } | |
| 834 | if (itemIndex >= 0) { | |
| 835 | item = [menu itemAtIndex:itemIndex]; | |
| 836 | } | |
| 837 | ||
| 838 | /* | |
| 839 | * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead | |
| 840 | * and should go away. | |
| 841 | */ | |
| 842 | ||
| 843 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 844 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 845 | } | |
| 846 | ||
| 847 | [menu popUpMenuPositioningItem:item | |
| 848 | atLocation:[win tkConvertPointFromScreen:location] | |
| 849 | inView:view]; | |
| 799 | 850 | inPostMenu = 0; |
| 851 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 852 | } | |
| 853 | ||
| 854 | /* | |
| 855 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 856 | * | |
| 857 | * TkpPostTearoffMenu -- | |
| 858 | * | |
| 859 | * Tearoff menus are not supported on the Mac. This placeholder function, | |
| 860 | * which is simply a copy of the unix function, posts a completely useless | |
| 861 | * window with a black background on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the | |
| 862 | * window is positioned so that its top left corner is located at the | |
| 863 | * point with screen coordinates (x, y). Otherwise the window position is | |
| 864 | * offset so that top left corner of the specified entry would be located | |
| 865 | * at that point, if there actually were a menu. | |
| 866 | * | |
| 867 | * Mac menus steal all mouse or keyboard input from the application until | |
| 868 | * the menu is dismissed, with or without a selection, by a mouse or key | |
| 869 | * event. Posting a Mac menu in a regression test will cause the test to | |
| 870 | * halt waiting for user input. This is why the TkpPostMenu function is | |
| 871 | * not being used as the placeholder. | |
| 872 | * | |
| 873 | * Results: | |
| 874 | * None. | |
| 875 | * | |
| 876 | * Side effects: | |
| 877 | * A useless window is posted. | |
| 878 | * | |
| 879 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 880 | */ | |
| 881 | ||
| 882 | int | |
| 883 | TkpPostTearoffMenu( | |
| 884 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter this menu lives in */ | |
| 885 | TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */ | |
| 886 | int x, int y, int index) /* The screen coordinates where the top left | |
| 887 | * corner of the menu, or of the specified | |
| 888 | * entry, will be located. */ | |
| 889 | { | |
| 890 | int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight; | |
| 891 | int result; | |
| 892 | ||
| 893 | if (index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries) { | |
| 894 | index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; | |
| 895 | } | |
| 896 | if (index >= 0) { | |
| 897 | y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y; | |
| 898 | } | |
| 899 | ||
| 900 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); | |
| 901 | TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); | |
| 902 | result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr); | |
| 903 | if (result != TCL_OK) { | |
| 904 | return result; | |
| 905 | } | |
| 906 | ||
| 907 | /* | |
| 908 | * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead | |
| 909 | * and should go away. | |
| 910 | */ | |
| 911 | ||
| 912 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 913 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 914 | } | |
| 915 | ||
| 916 | /* | |
| 917 | * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the | |
| 918 | * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right: | |
| 919 | * | |
| 920 | * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates | |
| 921 | * are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu | |
| 922 | * uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for | |
| 923 | * the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root | |
| 924 | * (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu | |
| 925 | * itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead | |
| 926 | * (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use | |
| 927 | * for this...). | |
| 928 | * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be | |
| 929 | * the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its | |
| 930 | * requested size, not its actual size. | |
| 931 | */ | |
| 932 | ||
| 933 | Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY, | |
| 934 | &vRootWidth, &vRootHeight); | |
| 935 | vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 936 | if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) { | |
| 937 | x = vRootX + vRootWidth; | |
| 938 | } | |
| 939 | if (x < vRootX) { | |
| 940 | x = vRootX; | |
| 941 | } | |
| 942 | vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 943 | if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) { | |
| 944 | y = vRootY + vRootHeight; | |
| 945 | } | |
| 946 | if (y < vRootY) { | |
| 947 | y = vRootY; | |
| 948 | } | |
| 949 | Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y); | |
| 950 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 951 | Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 952 | } | |
| 953 | TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL); | |
| 800 | 954 | return TCL_OK; |
| 801 | 955 | } |
| 802 | 956 | |
| 834 | 988 | * |
| 835 | 989 | * TkpSetMainMenubar -- |
| 836 | 990 | * |
| 837 | * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only | |
| 838 | * be called when the window is in front. | |
| 991 | * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only be | |
| 992 | * called when the window is in front. | |
| 839 | 993 | * |
| 840 | 994 | * This is a no-op on all other platforms. On OS X it is a no-op when |
| 841 | * passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception | |
| 842 | * for the first call in a new interpreter. In that special case, passing a | |
| 995 | * passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception for | |
| 996 | * the first call in a new interpreter. In that special case, passing a | |
| 843 | 997 | * NULL menuName installs the default menu. |
| 844 | 998 | * |
| 845 | 999 | * Results: |
| 859 | 1013 | { |
| 860 | 1014 | static Tcl_Interp *currentInterp = NULL; |
| 861 | 1015 | TKMenu *menu = nil; |
| 1016 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 1017 | ||
| 1018 | /* | |
| 1019 | * We will be called when an embedded window receives an ActivationNotify | |
| 1020 | * event, but we should not change the menubar in that case. | |
| 1021 | */ | |
| 1022 | ||
| 1023 | if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { | |
| 1024 | return; | |
| 1025 | } | |
| 862 | 1026 | |
| 863 | 1027 | if (menuName) { |
| 864 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 865 | ||
| 866 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr && | |
| 867 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr && | |
| 868 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin && | |
| 869 | !strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName( | |
| 870 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin))) { | |
| 1028 | Tk_Window menubar = NULL; | |
| 1029 | ||
| 1030 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr && | |
| 1031 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr && | |
| 1032 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr) { | |
| 1033 | menubar = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin; | |
| 1034 | } | |
| 1035 | ||
| 1036 | /* | |
| 1037 | * Attempt to find the NSMenu directly. If that fails, ask Tk to find | |
| 1038 | * it. | |
| 1039 | */ | |
| 1040 | ||
| 1041 | if (menubar != NULL && strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName(menubar)) == 0) { | |
| 871 | 1042 | menu = (TKMenu *) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->platformData; |
| 872 | 1043 | } else { |
| 873 | 1044 | TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, |
| 879 | 1050 | } |
| 880 | 1051 | } |
| 881 | 1052 | } |
| 1053 | ||
| 1054 | /* | |
| 1055 | * If we couldn't find a menu, do nothing unless the window belongs to a | |
| 1056 | * different application. In that case, install the default menubar. | |
| 1057 | */ | |
| 1058 | ||
| 882 | 1059 | if (menu || interp != currentInterp) { |
| 883 | 1060 | [NSApp tkSetMainMenu:menu]; |
| 884 | 1061 | } |
| 891 | 1068 | * CheckForSpecialMenu -- |
| 892 | 1069 | * |
| 893 | 1070 | * Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a cascade in a menubar |
| 894 | * with one of the special names .apple, .help or .window If it is, the | |
| 895 | * entry that points to this menu will be marked. | |
| 1071 | * with one of the special names ".apple", ".help" or ".window". If it is, | |
| 1072 | * the entry that points to this menu will be marked. | |
| 896 | 1073 | * |
| 897 | 1074 | * Results: |
| 898 | 1075 | * None. |
| 1069 | 1246 | TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( |
| 1070 | 1247 | TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */ |
| 1071 | 1248 | { |
| 1249 | NSSize menuSize; | |
| 1072 | 1250 | Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont; |
| 1073 | 1251 | Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr; |
| 1074 | 1252 | int modifierCharWidth, menuModifierCharWidth; |
| 1075 | 1253 | int x, y, modifierWidth, labelWidth, indicatorSpace; |
| 1076 | 1254 | int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelWidth; |
| 1077 | int i, j, lastColumnBreak, maxWidth; | |
| 1255 | int i, maxWidth; | |
| 1078 | 1256 | int entryWidth, maxIndicatorSpace, borderWidth, activeBorderWidth; |
| 1079 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr, *columnEntryPtr; | |
| 1257 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr; | |
| 1080 | 1258 | int haveAccel = 0; |
| 1081 | 1259 | |
| 1082 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 1260 | /* | |
| 1261 | * Do nothing if this menu is a clone. | |
| 1262 | */ | |
| 1263 | ||
| 1264 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL || menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) { | |
| 1083 | 1265 | return; |
| 1084 | 1266 | } |
| 1085 | 1267 | |
| 1268 | menuSize = [(NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData size]; | |
| 1086 | 1269 | Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, |
| 1087 | 1270 | &borderWidth); |
| 1088 | 1271 | Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, |
| 1089 | 1272 | &activeBorderWidth); |
| 1090 | 1273 | x = y = borderWidth; |
| 1091 | windowHeight = maxWidth = lastColumnBreak = 0; | |
| 1274 | windowHeight = maxWidth = 0; | |
| 1092 | 1275 | maxIndicatorSpace = 0; |
| 1093 | 1276 | |
| 1094 | 1277 | /* |
| 1096 | 1279 | * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass |
| 1097 | 1280 | * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure |
| 1098 | 1281 | * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own |
| 1099 | * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font | |
| 1100 | * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font | |
| 1101 | * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics. | |
| 1282 | * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font and | |
| 1283 | * metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font and | |
| 1284 | * give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics. | |
| 1102 | 1285 | */ |
| 1103 | 1286 | |
| 1104 | 1287 | menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); |
| 1105 | 1288 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics); |
| 1106 | 1289 | menuModifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(menuFont); |
| 1107 | 1290 | |
| 1108 | for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1291 | for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1109 | 1292 | mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 1110 | 1293 | if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY || mePtr->accelLength > 0) { |
| 1111 | 1294 | haveAccel = 1; |
| 1113 | 1296 | } |
| 1114 | 1297 | } |
| 1115 | 1298 | |
| 1116 | for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1299 | for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1117 | 1300 | mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 1301 | if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { | |
| 1302 | continue; | |
| 1303 | } | |
| 1118 | 1304 | if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) { |
| 1119 | 1305 | tkfont = menuFont; |
| 1120 | 1306 | fmPtr = &menuMetrics; |
| 1125 | 1311 | fmPtr = &entryMetrics; |
| 1126 | 1312 | modifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(tkfont); |
| 1127 | 1313 | } |
| 1128 | ||
| 1129 | if ((i > 0) && mePtr->columnBreak) { | |
| 1130 | if (maxIndicatorSpace != 0) { | |
| 1131 | maxIndicatorSpace += 2; | |
| 1132 | } | |
| 1133 | for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) { | |
| 1134 | columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j]; | |
| 1135 | columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace; | |
| 1136 | columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth | |
| 1137 | + 2 * activeBorderWidth; | |
| 1138 | columnEntryPtr->x = x; | |
| 1139 | columnEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; | |
| 1140 | } | |
| 1141 | x += maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth; | |
| 1142 | maxWidth = maxIndicatorSpace = 0; | |
| 1143 | lastColumnBreak = i; | |
| 1144 | y = borderWidth; | |
| 1145 | } | |
| 1146 | 1314 | accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0; |
| 1147 | if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY || mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { | |
| 1315 | if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) { | |
| 1148 | 1316 | mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight; |
| 1149 | 1317 | } else { |
| 1150 | 1318 | /* |
| 1162 | 1330 | if (mePtr->image) { |
| 1163 | 1331 | Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 1164 | 1332 | haveImage = 1; |
| 1333 | height += 2; /* tweak */ | |
| 1165 | 1334 | } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr) { |
| 1166 | 1335 | Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, |
| 1167 | 1336 | mePtr->bitmapPtr); |
| 1168 | 1337 | |
| 1169 | 1338 | Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &width, &height); |
| 1170 | 1339 | haveImage = 1; |
| 1340 | height += 2; /* tweak */ | |
| 1171 | 1341 | } |
| 1172 | 1342 | if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) { |
| 1173 | 1343 | NSAttributedString *attrTitle = [menuItem attributedTitle]; |
| 1179 | 1349 | size = [[menuItem title] sizeWithAttributes: |
| 1180 | 1350 | TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(tkfont)]; |
| 1181 | 1351 | } |
| 1182 | size.width += menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin + | |
| 1183 | menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin; | |
| 1184 | if (size.height < fmPtr->linespace) { | |
| 1185 | size.height = fmPtr->linespace; | |
| 1186 | } | |
| 1352 | size.width += menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin + menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin; | |
| 1353 | size.height -= 1; /* tweak */ | |
| 1187 | 1354 | if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) { |
| 1188 | 1355 | int margin = width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin; |
| 1189 | 1356 | |
| 1199 | 1366 | height = size.height; |
| 1200 | 1367 | } |
| 1201 | 1368 | } |
| 1369 | else { | |
| 1370 | /* image only. */ | |
| 1371 | } | |
| 1202 | 1372 | labelWidth = width + menuItemExtraWidth; |
| 1203 | 1373 | mePtr->height = height + menuItemExtraHeight; |
| 1204 | ||
| 1205 | 1374 | if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
| 1206 | 1375 | modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth; |
| 1207 | 1376 | } else if (mePtr->accelLength == 0) { |
| 1232 | 1401 | if (entryWidth > maxWidth) { |
| 1233 | 1402 | maxWidth = entryWidth; |
| 1234 | 1403 | } |
| 1404 | menuPtr->entries[i]->width = entryWidth; | |
| 1235 | 1405 | mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth; |
| 1236 | 1406 | } |
| 1407 | mePtr->x = x; | |
| 1237 | 1408 | mePtr->y = y; |
| 1238 | 1409 | y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height + borderWidth; |
| 1239 | if (y > windowHeight) { | |
| 1240 | windowHeight = y; | |
| 1241 | } | |
| 1242 | } | |
| 1243 | ||
| 1244 | for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) { | |
| 1245 | columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j]; | |
| 1246 | columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace; | |
| 1247 | columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth | |
| 1248 | + 2 * activeBorderWidth; | |
| 1249 | columnEntryPtr->x = x; | |
| 1250 | columnEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; | |
| 1251 | } | |
| 1252 | windowWidth = x + maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth | |
| 1253 | + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth; | |
| 1254 | windowHeight += borderWidth; | |
| 1255 | ||
| 1410 | } | |
| 1411 | windowWidth = menuSize.width; | |
| 1256 | 1412 | if (windowWidth <= 0) { |
| 1257 | 1413 | windowWidth = 1; |
| 1258 | 1414 | } |
| 1415 | windowHeight = menuSize.height; | |
| 1259 | 1416 | if (windowHeight <= 0) { |
| 1260 | 1417 | windowHeight = 1; |
| 1261 | 1418 | } |
| 1289 | 1446 | if (menuPtr) { |
| 1290 | 1447 | int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem]; |
| 1291 | 1448 | |
| 1292 | if (index < 0 || index >= menuPtr->numEntries || | |
| 1449 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries || | |
| 1293 | 1450 | (menuPtr->entries[index])->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { |
| 1294 | 1451 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); |
| 1295 | 1452 | } else { |
| 1368 | 1525 | int i; |
| 1369 | 1526 | |
| 1370 | 1527 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); |
| 1371 | for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1528 | for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { | |
| 1372 | 1529 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 1373 | 1530 | |
| 1374 | 1531 | if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY |
| 1403 | 1560 | if (mainMenu && [mainMenu isKindOfClass:[TKMenu class]]) { |
| 1404 | 1561 | TkMenu *menuPtr = [(TKMenu *) mainMenu tkMenu]; |
| 1405 | 1562 | |
| 1406 | if (menuPtr && menuPtr->numEntries && menuPtr->entries) { | |
| 1563 | if (menuPtr && | |
| 1564 | !(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) && | |
| 1565 | menuPtr->numEntries > 0 && | |
| 1566 | menuPtr->entries != NULL) { | |
| 1407 | 1567 | RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr); |
| 1408 | 1568 | } |
| 1409 | 1569 | } |
| 1463 | 1623 | #undef observe |
| 1464 | 1624 | |
| 1465 | 1625 | [NSMenuItem setUsesUserKeyEquivalents:NO]; |
| 1466 | tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(None, DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR); | |
| 1626 | tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR); | |
| 1467 | 1627 | defaultBg = tkColPtr->color.pixel; |
| 1468 | 1628 | ckfree(tkColPtr); |
| 1469 | tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(None, DEF_MENU_FG); | |
| 1629 | tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_FG); | |
| 1470 | 1630 | defaultFg = tkColPtr->color.pixel; |
| 1471 | 1631 | ckfree(tkColPtr); |
| 1472 | 1632 | |
| 1657 | 1817 | * TkMacOSXUseID -- |
| 1658 | 1818 | * |
| 1659 | 1819 | * Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the |
| 1660 | * default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the tk | |
| 1820 | * default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the Tk | |
| 1661 | 1821 | * level. See TkMacOSXGetNewMenuID for more information. |
| 1662 | 1822 | * |
| 1663 | 1823 | * Results: |
| 1682 | 1842 | * |
| 1683 | 1843 | * TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent -- |
| 1684 | 1844 | * |
| 1685 | * Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with | |
| 1686 | * it. | |
| 1845 | * Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with it. | |
| 1687 | 1846 | * |
| 1688 | 1847 | * Results: |
| 1689 | 1848 | * None. |
| 1733 | 1892 | * |
| 1734 | 1893 | * TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount -- |
| 1735 | 1894 | * |
| 1736 | * Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the | |
| 1737 | * global variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu. | |
| 1738 | * NB. Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system | |
| 1895 | * Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the global | |
| 1896 | * variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu. | |
| 1897 | * | |
| 1898 | * NB: Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system | |
| 1739 | 1899 | * help items from HMGetHelpMenu trivially. But it is in the stubs |
| 1740 | 1900 | * table... |
| 1741 | 1901 | * |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the | |
| 4 | * menubutton widget. | |
| 3 | * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the menubutton | |
| 4 | * widget. | |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. |
| 30 | 30 | GC gc; |
| 31 | 31 | int hasImageOrBitmap; |
| 32 | 32 | } DrawParams; |
| 33 | ||
| 34 | 33 | |
| 35 | 34 | /* |
| 36 | 35 | * Declaration of Mac specific button structure. |
| 46 | 45 | } MacMenuButton; |
| 47 | 46 | |
| 48 | 47 | /* |
| 49 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: | |
| 50 | */ | |
| 51 | ||
| 52 | static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 53 | static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB ( MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 54 | static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB ( ThemeButtonKind kind, const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo * info, MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 55 | static void MenuButtonEventProc ( ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 56 | static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo); | |
| 57 | static int TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr); | |
| 58 | static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton (MacMenuButton *butPtr, | |
| 59 | GC gc, Pixmap pixmap); | |
| 60 | static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton* butPtr); | |
| 48 | * Forward declarations for static functions defined later in this file: | |
| 49 | */ | |
| 50 | ||
| 51 | static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, | |
| 52 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 53 | static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(MacMenuButton *ptr, | |
| 54 | SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 55 | static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB(ThemeButtonKind kind, | |
| 56 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, | |
| 57 | MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, | |
| 58 | Boolean isColorDev); | |
| 59 | static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, | |
| 60 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 61 | static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton *butPtr, | |
| 62 | ThemeButtonKind *btnkind, | |
| 63 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo); | |
| 64 | static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams( | |
| 65 | TkMenuButton *butPtr, DrawParams *dpPtr); | |
| 66 | static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(MacMenuButton *butPtr, GC gc, | |
| 67 | Pixmap pixmap); | |
| 68 | static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton *butPtr); | |
| 61 | 69 | |
| 62 | 70 | /* |
| 63 | 71 | * The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of |
| 69 | 77 | TkMenuButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */ |
| 70 | 78 | }; |
| 71 | 79 | |
| 72 | ||
| 73 | /* | |
| 74 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 75 | * | |
| 76 | * TkpCreateMenuButton -- | |
| 80 | /* | |
| 81 | * We use Apple's Pop-Up Button widget to represent the Tk Menubutton. | |
| 82 | * However, we do not use the NSPopUpButton class for this control. Instead we | |
| 83 | * render the Pop-Up Button using the HITheme library. This imposes some | |
| 84 | * constraints on what can be done. The HITheme renderer allows only specific | |
| 85 | * dimensions for the button. | |
| 86 | * | |
| 87 | * The HITheme library allows drawing a Pop-Up Button with an arbitrary bounds | |
| 88 | * rectangle. However the button is always drawn as a rounded box which is 22 | |
| 89 | * pixels high. If the bounds rectangle is less than 22 pixels high, the | |
| 90 | * button is drawn at the top of the rectangle and the bottom of the button is | |
| 91 | * clipped away. So we set a minimum height of 22 pixels for a Menubutton. If | |
| 92 | * the bounds rectangle is more than 22 pixels high, then the button is drawn | |
| 93 | * centered vertically in the bounds rectangle. | |
| 94 | * | |
| 95 | * The content rectangle of the button is inset by 14 pixels on the left and 28 | |
| 96 | * pixels on the right. The rightmost part of the button contains the blue | |
| 97 | * double-arrow symbol which is 28 pixels wide. | |
| 98 | * | |
| 99 | * To maintain compatibility with code that runs on multiple operating systems, | |
| 100 | * the width and height of the content rectangle includes the borderWidth, the | |
| 101 | * highlightWidth and the padX and padY dimensions of the Menubutton. However, | |
| 102 | * to be consistent with the standard Apple appearance, the content is always | |
| 103 | * be drawn at the left side of the content rectangle. All of the excess space | |
| 104 | * appears on the right side of the content, and the anchor property is | |
| 105 | * ignored. The easiest way to comply with Apple's Human Interface Guidelines | |
| 106 | * would be to set bd = highlightthickness = padx = 0 and to specify an | |
| 107 | * explicit width for the button. Apple also recommends using the same width | |
| 108 | * for all Pop-Up Buttons in a given window. | |
| 109 | */ | |
| 110 | ||
| 111 | #define LEFT_INSET 8 | |
| 112 | #define RIGHT_INSET 28 | |
| 113 | #define MIN_HEIGHT 22 | |
| 114 | ||
| 115 | /* | |
| 116 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 117 | * | |
| 118 | * TkpCreateMenuButton -- | |
| 77 | 119 | * |
| 78 | 120 | * Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure. |
| 79 | 121 | * |
| 92 | 134 | { |
| 93 | 135 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacMenuButton)); |
| 94 | 136 | |
| 95 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, | |
| 96 | MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr); | |
| 137 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr); | |
| 97 | 138 | mbPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW; |
| 98 | 139 | mbPtr->btnkind = kThemePopupButton; |
| 99 | 140 | bzero(&mbPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->drawinfo)); |
| 100 | 141 | bzero(&mbPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->lastdrawinfo)); |
| 101 | ||
| 102 | 142 | return (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr; |
| 103 | 143 | } |
| 104 | 144 | |
| 113 | 153 | * None. |
| 114 | 154 | * |
| 115 | 155 | * Side effects: |
| 116 | * Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its | |
| 117 | * current mode. | |
| 156 | * Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its current mode. | |
| 118 | 157 | * |
| 119 | 158 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 120 | 159 | */ |
| 123 | 162 | TkpDisplayMenuButton( |
| 124 | 163 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ |
| 125 | 164 | { |
| 126 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)clientData; | |
| 127 | TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; | |
| 128 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 165 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; | |
| 166 | TkMenuButton *butPtr = clientData; | |
| 167 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 129 | 168 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 130 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 169 | DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 131 | 170 | |
| 132 | 171 | butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 133 | 172 | if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 139 | 178 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr); |
| 140 | 179 | |
| 141 | 180 | /* |
| 142 | * set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port | |
| 143 | * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip. | |
| 181 | * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port for this | |
| 182 | * button, or we will set the wrong window's clip. | |
| 144 | 183 | */ |
| 145 | 184 | |
| 146 | 185 | TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(pixmap); |
| 147 | 186 | |
| 148 | /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */ | |
| 187 | /* | |
| 188 | * Draw the native portion of the buttons. | |
| 189 | */ | |
| 190 | ||
| 149 | 191 | TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(mbPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap); |
| 150 | 192 | |
| 151 | /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */ | |
| 193 | /* | |
| 194 | * Draw highlight border, if needed. | |
| 195 | */ | |
| 196 | ||
| 152 | 197 | if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) { |
| 153 | if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) { | |
| 154 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, | |
| 155 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), | |
| 156 | butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID); | |
| 157 | } | |
| 198 | if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) { | |
| 199 | GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); | |
| 200 | TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(tkwin, gc, 0, butPtr->highlightWidth); | |
| 201 | } | |
| 158 | 202 | } |
| 159 | 203 | } |
| 160 | 204 | |
| 163 | 207 | * |
| 164 | 208 | * TkpDestroyMenuButton -- |
| 165 | 209 | * |
| 166 | * Free data structures associated with the menubutton control. | |
| 210 | * Free data structures associated with the menubutton control. This is a | |
| 211 | * no-op on the Mac. | |
| 167 | 212 | * |
| 168 | 213 | * Results: |
| 169 | 214 | * None. |
| 170 | 215 | * |
| 171 | 216 | * Side effects: |
| 172 | * Restores the default control state. | |
| 217 | * None. | |
| 173 | 218 | * |
| 174 | 219 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 175 | 220 | */ |
| 203 | 248 | register TkMenuButton *butPtr; /* Widget record for menu button. */ |
| 204 | 249 | { |
| 205 | 250 | int width, height, avgWidth, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; |
| 206 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr; | |
| 207 | 251 | int txtWidth, txtHeight; |
| 208 | 252 | Tk_FontMetrics fm; |
| 209 | DrawParams drawParams; | |
| 210 | int paddingx = 0; | |
| 211 | int paddingy = 0; | |
| 253 | int highlightWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth > 0 ? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0; | |
| 212 | 254 | |
| 213 | 255 | /* |
| 214 | * First figure out the size of the contents of the button. | |
| 256 | * First compute the size of the contents of the button. | |
| 215 | 257 | */ |
| 216 | 258 | |
| 217 | 259 | width = 0; |
| 219 | 261 | txtWidth = 0; |
| 220 | 262 | txtHeight = 0; |
| 221 | 263 | avgWidth = 0; |
| 222 | ||
| 223 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo); | |
| 224 | 264 | |
| 225 | 265 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 226 | 266 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 230 | 270 | haveImage = 1; |
| 231 | 271 | } |
| 232 | 272 | |
| 233 | if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) { | |
| 273 | if (butPtr->text && strlen(butPtr->text) > 0) { | |
| 274 | haveText = 1; | |
| 234 | 275 | Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); |
| 235 | 276 | butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, |
| 236 | 277 | butPtr->text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength, |
| 237 | 278 | butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight); |
| 238 | ||
| 239 | 279 | txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth; |
| 240 | 280 | txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight; |
| 241 | 281 | avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1); |
| 242 | 282 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 243 | haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0); | |
| 244 | 283 | } |
| 245 | 284 | |
| 246 | 285 | /* |
| 247 | * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text), | |
| 248 | * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. | |
| 249 | * We only honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an | |
| 250 | * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound button. | |
| 286 | * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text), the new | |
| 287 | * geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only honor | |
| 288 | * the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, because | |
| 289 | * otherwise it is not really a compound button. | |
| 251 | 290 | */ |
| 252 | 291 | |
| 253 | if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { | |
| 292 | if (haveImage && haveText) { | |
| 254 | 293 | switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { |
| 255 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 256 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { | |
| 257 | /* | |
| 258 | * Image is above or below text | |
| 259 | */ | |
| 260 | ||
| 261 | height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 262 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 263 | break; | |
| 264 | } | |
| 265 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 266 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { | |
| 267 | /* | |
| 268 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 269 | */ | |
| 270 | ||
| 271 | width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 272 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 273 | break; | |
| 274 | } | |
| 275 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: { | |
| 276 | /* | |
| 277 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 278 | */ | |
| 279 | ||
| 280 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 281 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 282 | break; | |
| 283 | } | |
| 284 | case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;} | |
| 294 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 295 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: | |
| 296 | /* | |
| 297 | * Image is above or below text | |
| 298 | */ | |
| 299 | ||
| 300 | height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 301 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 302 | break; | |
| 303 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 304 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: | |
| 305 | /* | |
| 306 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 307 | */ | |
| 308 | ||
| 309 | width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 310 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 311 | break; | |
| 312 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: | |
| 313 | /* | |
| 314 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 315 | */ | |
| 316 | ||
| 317 | width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth); | |
| 318 | height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight); | |
| 319 | break; | |
| 320 | case COMPOUND_NONE: | |
| 321 | break; | |
| 285 | 322 | } |
| 286 | 323 | |
| 287 | 324 | if (butPtr->width > 0) { |
| 292 | 329 | } |
| 293 | 330 | |
| 294 | 331 | } else { |
| 295 | if (haveImage) { | |
| 332 | if (haveImage) { /* Image only */ | |
| 296 | 333 | if (butPtr->width > 0) { |
| 297 | 334 | width = butPtr->width; |
| 298 | 335 | } |
| 299 | 336 | if (butPtr->height > 0) { |
| 300 | 337 | height = butPtr->height; |
| 301 | 338 | } |
| 302 | } else { | |
| 339 | } else { /* Text only */ | |
| 303 | 340 | width = txtWidth; |
| 304 | 341 | height = txtHeight; |
| 305 | 342 | if (butPtr->width > 0) { |
| 306 | width = butPtr->width * avgWidth; | |
| 343 | width = butPtr->width * avgWidth + 2*butPtr->padX; | |
| 307 | 344 | } |
| 308 | 345 | if (butPtr->height > 0) { |
| 309 | height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace; | |
| 346 | height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace + 2*butPtr->padY; | |
| 310 | 347 | } |
| 311 | 348 | } |
| 312 | 349 | } |
| 313 | width += 2 * butPtr->padX - 2; | |
| 314 | height += 2 * butPtr->padY - 2; | |
| 315 | ||
| 316 | /*Add padding for button arrows.*/ | |
| 317 | width += 22; | |
| 318 | ||
| 319 | /* | |
| 320 | * Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button. | |
| 321 | */ | |
| 322 | ||
| 323 | if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { | |
| 324 | butPtr->highlightWidth = 0; | |
| 325 | } | |
| 326 | butPtr->inset = 0; | |
| 327 | butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 328 | ||
| 329 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams); | |
| 330 | ||
| 331 | HIRect tmpRect; | |
| 332 | HIRect contBounds; | |
| 333 | ||
| 334 | tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height); | |
| 335 | ||
| 336 | HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds); | |
| 337 | ||
| 338 | ||
| 339 | ||
| 340 | /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */ | |
| 341 | if (height < contBounds.size.height) { | |
| 342 | height = contBounds.size.height; | |
| 343 | } | |
| 344 | ||
| 345 | /* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */ | |
| 346 | if (width < contBounds.size.width) { | |
| 347 | width = contBounds.size.width; | |
| 348 | } | |
| 349 | ||
| 350 | /* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */ | |
| 351 | paddingx = tmpRect.origin.x - contBounds.origin.x; | |
| 352 | paddingy = tmpRect.origin.y - contBounds.origin.y; | |
| 353 | ||
| 354 | if (paddingx > 0) { | |
| 355 | width += paddingx; | |
| 356 | } | |
| 357 | if (paddingy > 0) { | |
| 358 | height += paddingy; | |
| 359 | } | |
| 360 | ||
| 361 | width += butPtr->inset*2; | |
| 362 | height += butPtr->inset*2; | |
| 363 | ||
| 364 | ||
| 350 | ||
| 351 | butPtr->inset = highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth; | |
| 352 | width += LEFT_INSET + RIGHT_INSET + 2*butPtr->inset; | |
| 353 | height += 2*butPtr->inset; | |
| 354 | height = height < MIN_HEIGHT ? MIN_HEIGHT : height; | |
| 365 | 355 | Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height); |
| 366 | 356 | Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset); |
| 367 | 357 | } |
| 383 | 373 | */ |
| 384 | 374 | void |
| 385 | 375 | DrawMenuButtonImageAndText( |
| 386 | TkMenuButton* butPtr) | |
| 387 | { | |
| 388 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr; | |
| 389 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 390 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 391 | int haveImage = 0; | |
| 392 | int haveText = 0; | |
| 393 | int imageWidth = 0; | |
| 394 | int imageHeight = 0; | |
| 395 | int imageXOffset = 0; | |
| 396 | int imageYOffset = 0; | |
| 397 | int textXOffset = 0; | |
| 398 | int textYOffset = 0; | |
| 399 | int width = 0; | |
| 400 | int height = 0; | |
| 401 | int fullWidth = 0; | |
| 402 | int fullHeight = 0; | |
| 403 | int pressed; | |
| 376 | TkMenuButton *butPtr) | |
| 377 | { | |
| 378 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr; | |
| 379 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 380 | Pixmap pixmap; | |
| 381 | int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; | |
| 382 | int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0; | |
| 383 | int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; | |
| 384 | int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; | |
| 385 | int width = 0, height = 0; | |
| 386 | int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0; | |
| 404 | 387 | |
| 405 | 388 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 406 | 389 | return; |
| 407 | 390 | } |
| 408 | 391 | |
| 409 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 410 | pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 411 | ||
| 392 | DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 393 | pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 412 | 394 | |
| 413 | 395 | if (butPtr->image != None) { |
| 414 | 396 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 418 | 400 | haveImage = 1; |
| 419 | 401 | } |
| 420 | 402 | |
| 421 | imageWidth = width; | |
| 403 | imageWidth = width; | |
| 422 | 404 | imageHeight = height; |
| 423 | 405 | |
| 424 | if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) { | |
| 425 | /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */ | |
| 426 | pressed = 1; | |
| 427 | } | |
| 428 | ||
| 429 | haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); | |
| 430 | if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { | |
| 431 | int x = 0; | |
| 432 | int y = 0; | |
| 406 | haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); | |
| 407 | if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { | |
| 408 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
| 409 | ||
| 433 | 410 | textXOffset = 0; |
| 434 | 411 | textYOffset = 0; |
| 435 | 412 | fullWidth = 0; |
| 436 | 413 | fullHeight = 0; |
| 437 | 414 | |
| 438 | 415 | switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { |
| 439 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 440 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { | |
| 441 | /* Image is above or below text */ | |
| 442 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { | |
| 443 | textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; | |
| 444 | } else { | |
| 445 | imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 446 | } | |
| 447 | fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 448 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : | |
| 449 | butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 450 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 451 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 452 | break; | |
| 453 | } | |
| 454 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 455 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { | |
| 456 | /* | |
| 457 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 458 | */ | |
| 459 | ||
| 460 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { | |
| 461 | textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2; | |
| 462 | } else { | |
| 463 | imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 464 | } | |
| 465 | fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; | |
| 466 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 467 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 468 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 469 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 470 | break; | |
| 471 | } | |
| 472 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: { | |
| 473 | /* | |
| 474 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 475 | */ | |
| 476 | ||
| 477 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : | |
| 478 | butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 479 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 480 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 481 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 482 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 483 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 484 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 485 | break; | |
| 486 | } | |
| 487 | case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;} | |
| 416 | case COMPOUND_TOP: | |
| 417 | case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: | |
| 418 | /* | |
| 419 | * Image is above or below text. | |
| 420 | */ | |
| 421 | ||
| 422 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { | |
| 423 | textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; | |
| 424 | } else { | |
| 425 | imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 426 | } | |
| 427 | fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; | |
| 428 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? | |
| 429 | width : butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 430 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; | |
| 431 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; | |
| 432 | break; | |
| 433 | case COMPOUND_LEFT: | |
| 434 | case COMPOUND_RIGHT: | |
| 435 | /* | |
| 436 | * Image is left or right of text | |
| 437 | */ | |
| 438 | ||
| 439 | if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { | |
| 440 | textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2; | |
| 441 | } else { | |
| 442 | imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; | |
| 443 | } | |
| 444 | fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; | |
| 445 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 446 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 447 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; | |
| 448 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; | |
| 449 | break; | |
| 450 | case COMPOUND_CENTER: | |
| 451 | /* | |
| 452 | * Image and text are superimposed | |
| 453 | */ | |
| 454 | ||
| 455 | fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth); | |
| 456 | fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : | |
| 457 | butPtr->textHeight); | |
| 458 | textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth) / 2; | |
| 459 | imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width) / 2; | |
| 460 | textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight) / 2; | |
| 461 | imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height) / 2; | |
| 462 | break; | |
| 463 | case COMPOUND_NONE: | |
| 464 | break; | |
| 488 | 465 | } |
| 489 | 466 | |
| 490 | 467 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, |
| 491 | butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 492 | butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, | |
| 468 | butPtr->padX + butPtr->inset, butPtr->padY + butPtr->inset, | |
| 493 | 469 | fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y); |
| 494 | imageXOffset += x; | |
| 470 | imageXOffset = LEFT_INSET; | |
| 495 | 471 | imageYOffset += y; |
| 496 | 472 | textYOffset -= 1; |
| 497 | 473 | |
| 498 | 474 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { |
| 499 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, | |
| 500 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 475 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, | |
| 476 | height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 501 | 477 | } else { |
| 502 | 478 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, |
| 503 | 479 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset); |
| 511 | 487 | dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout, |
| 512 | 488 | x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); |
| 513 | 489 | Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, |
| 514 | butPtr->textLayout, | |
| 515 | x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, | |
| 490 | butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, | |
| 516 | 491 | butPtr->underline); |
| 517 | 492 | } else { |
| 493 | int x, y; | |
| 494 | ||
| 518 | 495 | if (haveImage) { |
| 519 | int x = 0; | |
| 520 | int y; | |
| 521 | 496 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, |
| 522 | 497 | butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth, |
| 523 | 498 | butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth, |
| 524 | 499 | width, height, &x, &y); |
| 525 | imageXOffset += x; | |
| 526 | imageYOffset += y; | |
| 527 | ||
| 528 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { | |
| 529 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, | |
| 530 | pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 500 | imageXOffset = LEFT_INSET; | |
| 501 | imageYOffset += y; | |
| 502 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { | |
| 503 | Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, | |
| 504 | pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); | |
| 531 | 505 | } else { |
| 532 | 506 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y); |
| 533 | 507 | XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, |
| 534 | pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 535 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, | |
| 536 | (unsigned int) height, | |
| 537 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 508 | pixmap, dpPtr->gc, | |
| 509 | 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, | |
| 510 | (unsigned int) height, | |
| 511 | imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); | |
| 538 | 512 | XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0); |
| 539 | 513 | } |
| 540 | 514 | } else { |
| 541 | /*Move x back by eight pixels to give the menubutton arrows room.*/ | |
| 542 | int x = 0; | |
| 543 | int y; | |
| 544 | textXOffset = 8; | |
| 515 | textXOffset = LEFT_INSET; | |
| 545 | 516 | TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, |
| 546 | butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); | |
| 517 | butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); | |
| 547 | 518 | Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, |
| 548 | butPtr->textLayout, x - textXOffset, y, 0, -1); | |
| 519 | butPtr->textLayout, textXOffset, y, 0, -1); | |
| 549 | 520 | y += butPtr->textHeight/2; |
| 550 | } | |
| 521 | } | |
| 551 | 522 | } |
| 552 | 523 | } |
| 553 | ||
| 554 | ||
| 555 | ||
| 524 | ||
| 556 | 525 | /* |
| 557 | 526 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 558 | 527 | * |
| 559 | 528 | * TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton -- |
| 560 | 529 | * |
| 561 | * This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls | |
| 562 | * In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed | |
| 563 | * in the TkMenubutton. | |
| 530 | * This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls. In | |
| 531 | * addition, this code may apply custom colors passed in the | |
| 532 | * TkMenubutton. | |
| 564 | 533 | * |
| 565 | 534 | * Results: |
| 566 | 535 | * None. |
| 570 | 539 | * |
| 571 | 540 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 572 | 541 | */ |
| 542 | ||
| 573 | 543 | static void |
| 574 | 544 | TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton( |
| 575 | 545 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr, /* Mac menubutton. */ |
| 576 | GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for | |
| 577 | * the bevel button */ | |
| 578 | Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed | |
| 579 | * for the bevel button */ | |
| 580 | ||
| 581 | { | |
| 582 | TkMenuButton * butPtr = ( TkMenuButton *)mbPtr; | |
| 583 | TkWindow * winPtr; | |
| 584 | HIRect cntrRect; | |
| 546 | GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for the bevel | |
| 547 | * button */ | |
| 548 | Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed for the | |
| 549 | * bevel button */ | |
| 550 | { | |
| 551 | TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr; | |
| 552 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 553 | HIRect cntrRect; | |
| 585 | 554 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; |
| 586 | DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 555 | DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams; | |
| 587 | 556 | int useNewerHITools = 1; |
| 588 | 557 | |
| 589 | winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 590 | ||
| 591 | 558 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo); |
| 592 | 559 | |
| 593 | cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin)); | |
| 594 | ||
| 595 | cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset); | |
| 596 | ||
| 560 | cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, | |
| 561 | Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin)); | |
| 597 | 562 | |
| 598 | 563 | if (useNewerHITools == 1) { |
| 599 | 564 | HIRect contHIRec; |
| 600 | 565 | static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo; |
| 601 | 566 | |
| 602 | MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB((MacMenuButton*) mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 603 | ||
| 567 | MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 604 | 568 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 605 | 569 | return; |
| 606 | 570 | } |
| 607 | 571 | |
| 608 | ||
| 609 | 572 | hiinfo.version = 0; |
| 610 | 573 | hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state; |
| 611 | hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind; | |
| 574 | hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind; | |
| 612 | 575 | hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value; |
| 613 | 576 | hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment; |
| 614 | 577 | hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent(); |
| 616 | 579 | hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current; |
| 617 | 580 | } |
| 618 | 581 | |
| 619 | HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec); | |
| 620 | ||
| 582 | /* | |
| 583 | * To avoid menubuttons with white text on a white background, we | |
| 584 | * always set the state to inactive in Dark Mode. It isn't perfect but | |
| 585 | * it is usable. Using a ttk::menubutton would be a better choice, | |
| 586 | * however. | |
| 587 | */ | |
| 588 | ||
| 589 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 590 | hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive; | |
| 591 | } | |
| 592 | ||
| 593 | HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, | |
| 594 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec); | |
| 621 | 595 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 622 | ||
| 623 | MenuButtonContentDrawCB( mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, (MacMenuButton *)mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 596 | MenuButtonContentDrawCB(mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, | |
| 597 | mbPtr, 32, true); | |
| 624 | 598 | } else { |
| 625 | 599 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) { |
| 626 | 600 | return; |
| 627 | 601 | } |
| 628 | ||
| 629 | ||
| 630 | 602 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 631 | 603 | } |
| 632 | 604 | mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo; |
| 637 | 609 | * |
| 638 | 610 | * MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB -- |
| 639 | 611 | * |
| 640 | * This function draws the background that | |
| 641 | * lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons. | |
| 642 | * | |
| 643 | * Results: | |
| 644 | * None. | |
| 645 | * | |
| 646 | * Side effects: | |
| 647 | * The background gets updated to the current color. | |
| 612 | * This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and | |
| 613 | * radiobuttons. | |
| 614 | * | |
| 615 | * Results: | |
| 616 | * None. | |
| 617 | * | |
| 618 | * Side effects: | |
| 619 | * The background gets updated to the current color. | |
| 648 | 620 | * |
| 649 | 621 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 650 | 622 | */ |
| 623 | ||
| 651 | 624 | static void |
| 652 | 625 | MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB ( |
| 653 | 626 | MacMenuButton *ptr, |
| 654 | 627 | SInt16 depth, |
| 655 | 628 | Boolean isColorDev) |
| 656 | 629 | { |
| 657 | TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton*)ptr; | |
| 658 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 630 | TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr; | |
| 631 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 659 | 632 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 633 | ||
| 660 | 634 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 661 | 635 | return; |
| 662 | 636 | } |
| 663 | pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 664 | ||
| 637 | pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 665 | 638 | Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0, |
| 666 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); | |
| 639 | Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); | |
| 667 | 640 | } |
| 668 | 641 | |
| 669 | 642 | /* |
| 671 | 644 | * |
| 672 | 645 | * MenuButtonContentDrawCB -- |
| 673 | 646 | * |
| 674 | * This function draws the label and image for the button. | |
| 675 | * | |
| 676 | * Results: | |
| 677 | * None. | |
| 678 | * | |
| 679 | * Side effects: | |
| 680 | * The content of the button gets updated. | |
| 647 | * This function draws the label and image for the button. | |
| 648 | * | |
| 649 | * Results: | |
| 650 | * None. | |
| 651 | * | |
| 652 | * Side effects: | |
| 653 | * The content of the button gets updated. | |
| 681 | 654 | * |
| 682 | 655 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 683 | 656 | */ |
| 657 | ||
| 684 | 658 | static void |
| 685 | 659 | MenuButtonContentDrawCB ( |
| 686 | 660 | ThemeButtonKind kind, |
| 689 | 663 | SInt16 depth, |
| 690 | 664 | Boolean isColorDev) |
| 691 | 665 | { |
| 692 | TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *)ptr; | |
| 693 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 666 | TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr; | |
| 667 | Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; | |
| 694 | 668 | |
| 695 | 669 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 696 | 670 | return; |
| 697 | 671 | } |
| 698 | ||
| 699 | DrawMenuButtonImageAndText( butPtr); | |
| 672 | DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(butPtr); | |
| 700 | 673 | } |
| 701 | 674 | |
| 702 | 675 | /* |
| 704 | 677 | * |
| 705 | 678 | * MenuButtonEventProc -- |
| 706 | 679 | * |
| 707 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various | |
| 708 | * events on buttons. | |
| 680 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on | |
| 681 | * buttons. | |
| 709 | 682 | * |
| 710 | 683 | * Results: |
| 711 | 684 | * None. |
| 721 | 694 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ |
| 722 | 695 | XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ |
| 723 | 696 | { |
| 724 | TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; | |
| 725 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) clientData; | |
| 697 | TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = clientData; | |
| 698 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; | |
| 726 | 699 | |
| 727 | 700 | if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify |
| 728 | 701 | || eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) { |
| 746 | 719 | * |
| 747 | 720 | * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams -- |
| 748 | 721 | * |
| 749 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used | |
| 750 | * when creating a Carbon Appearance control. | |
| 751 | * These are determined by the various tk button parameters | |
| 722 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a | |
| 723 | * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various Tk | |
| 724 | * button parameters | |
| 752 | 725 | * |
| 753 | 726 | * Results: |
| 754 | 727 | * None. |
| 760 | 733 | */ |
| 761 | 734 | |
| 762 | 735 | static void |
| 763 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo) | |
| 764 | { | |
| 765 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)butPtr; | |
| 766 | ||
| 767 | if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap) { | |
| 736 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams( | |
| 737 | TkMenuButton *butPtr, | |
| 738 | ThemeButtonKind *btnkind, | |
| 739 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo) | |
| 740 | { | |
| 741 | MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr; | |
| 742 | ||
| 743 | if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap || butPtr->text) { | |
| 768 | 744 | /* TODO: allow for Small and Mini menubuttons. */ |
| 769 | 745 | *btnkind = kThemePopupButton; |
| 770 | } else { | |
| 771 | if (!butPtr->text || !*butPtr->text) { | |
| 772 | *btnkind = kThemeArrowButton; | |
| 773 | } else { | |
| 774 | *btnkind = kThemePopupButton; | |
| 775 | } | |
| 746 | } else { /* This should never happen. */ | |
| 747 | *btnkind = kThemeArrowButton; | |
| 776 | 748 | } |
| 777 | 749 | |
| 778 | 750 | drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOff; |
| 811 | 783 | * |
| 812 | 784 | * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams -- |
| 813 | 785 | * |
| 814 | * This procedure computes the various parameters used | |
| 815 | * when drawing a button | |
| 816 | * These are determined by the various tk button parameters | |
| 817 | * | |
| 818 | * Results: | |
| 819 | * 1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise. | |
| 820 | * | |
| 821 | * Side effects: | |
| 822 | * Sets the button draw parameters | |
| 823 | * | |
| 824 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 825 | */ | |
| 826 | ||
| 827 | static int | |
| 828 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr) | |
| 829 | { | |
| 830 | dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL) | |
| 831 | || (butPtr->bitmap != None)); | |
| 786 | * This procedure selects an appropriate drawing context for drawing a | |
| 787 | * menubutton. | |
| 788 | * | |
| 789 | * Results: | |
| 790 | * None. | |
| 791 | * | |
| 792 | * Side effects: | |
| 793 | * Sets the button draw parameters. | |
| 794 | * | |
| 795 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 796 | */ | |
| 797 | ||
| 798 | static void | |
| 799 | TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams( | |
| 800 | TkMenuButton *butPtr, | |
| 801 | DrawParams *dpPtr) | |
| 802 | { | |
| 803 | dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = | |
| 804 | ((butPtr->image != NULL) || (butPtr->bitmap != None)); | |
| 832 | 805 | dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder; |
| 833 | 806 | if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { |
| 834 | 807 | dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC; |
| 838 | 811 | } else { |
| 839 | 812 | dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC; |
| 840 | 813 | } |
| 841 | ||
| 842 | return 1; | |
| 843 | } | |
| 844 | ||
| 814 | } | |
| 815 | ||
| 845 | 816 | /* |
| 846 | 817 | * Local Variables: |
| 847 | 818 | * mode: objc |
| 16 | 16 | |
| 17 | 17 | static void GenerateEditEvent(const char *name); |
| 18 | 18 | static Tcl_Obj * GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp); |
| 19 | ||
| 19 | 20 | |
| 20 | 21 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus) |
| 21 | 22 | |
| 68 | 69 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle: |
| 69 | 70 | [NSString stringWithFormat:@"About %@", aboutName] |
| 70 | 71 | action:@selector(orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:)] atIndex:0]; |
| 71 | ||
| 72 | TKMenu *fileMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"File" menuItems: | |
| 73 | [NSArray arrayWithObjects: | |
| 72 | _defaultFileMenuItems = | |
| 73 | [[NSArray arrayWithObjects: | |
| 74 | 74 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle: |
| 75 | 75 | [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Source%C", 0x2026] |
| 76 | 76 | action:@selector(tkSource:)], |
| 78 | 78 | action:@selector(tkDemo:)], |
| 79 | 79 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Close" action:@selector(performClose:) |
| 80 | 80 | target:nil keyEquivalent:@"w"], |
| 81 | nil]]; | |
| 81 | nil] retain]; | |
| 82 | _demoMenuItem = [_defaultFileMenuItems objectAtIndex:1]; | |
| 83 | TKMenu *fileMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"File" | |
| 84 | menuItems: _defaultFileMenuItems]; | |
| 82 | 85 | TKMenu *editMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Edit" menuItems: |
| 83 | 86 | [NSArray arrayWithObjects: |
| 84 | 87 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Undo" action:@selector(undo:) |
| 96 | 99 | target:nil], |
| 97 | 100 | nil]]; |
| 98 | 101 | |
| 99 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems = [[NSArray arrayWithObjects: | |
| 100 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Minimize" | |
| 101 | action:@selector(performMiniaturize:) target:nil | |
| 102 | keyEquivalent:@"m"], | |
| 103 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Zoom" action:@selector(performZoom:) | |
| 104 | target:nil], | |
| 105 | [NSMenuItem separatorItem], | |
| 102 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: | |
| 103 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Minimize" | |
| 104 | action:@selector(performMiniaturize:) target:nil | |
| 105 | keyEquivalent:@"m"], | |
| 106 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Zoom" action:@selector(performZoom:) | |
| 107 | target:nil], | |
| 108 | nil]; | |
| 109 | ||
| 110 | /* | |
| 111 | * On OS X 10.12 we get duplicate tab control items if we create them here. | |
| 112 | */ | |
| 113 | ||
| 114 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 12) { | |
| 115 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems = [_defaultWindowsMenuItems | |
| 116 | arrayByAddingObjectsFromArray: | |
| 117 | [NSArray arrayWithObjects: | |
| 118 | [NSMenuItem separatorItem], | |
| 119 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Show Previous Tab" | |
| 120 | action:@selector(selectPreviousTab:) | |
| 121 | target:nil | |
| 122 | keyEquivalent:@"\t" | |
| 123 | keyEquivalentModifierMask: | |
| 124 | NSControlKeyMask|NSShiftKeyMask], | |
| 125 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Show Next Tab" | |
| 126 | action:@selector(selectNextTab:) | |
| 127 | target:nil | |
| 128 | keyEquivalent:@"\t" | |
| 129 | keyEquivalentModifierMask:NSControlKeyMask], | |
| 130 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Move Tab To New Window" | |
| 131 | action:@selector(moveTabToNewWindow:) | |
| 132 | target:nil], | |
| 133 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Merge All Windows" | |
| 134 | action:@selector(mergeAllWindows:) | |
| 135 | target:nil], | |
| 136 | [NSMenuItem separatorItem], | |
| 137 | nil]]; | |
| 138 | } | |
| 139 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems = [_defaultWindowsMenuItems arrayByAddingObject: | |
| 106 | 140 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Bring All to Front" |
| 107 | action:@selector(arrangeInFront:)], | |
| 108 | nil] retain]; | |
| 109 | ||
| 141 | action:@selector(arrangeInFront:)]]; | |
| 142 | [_defaultWindowsMenuItems retain]; | |
| 110 | 143 | TKMenu *windowsMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Window" menuItems: |
| 111 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems]; | |
| 112 | ||
| 144 | _defaultWindowsMenuItems]; | |
| 113 | 145 | _defaultHelpMenuItems = [[NSArray arrayWithObjects: |
| 114 | 146 | [NSMenuItem itemWithTitle: |
| 115 | 147 | [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ Help", applicationName] |
| 116 | 148 | action:@selector(showHelp:) keyEquivalent:@"?"], |
| 117 | 149 | nil] retain]; |
| 118 | ||
| 119 | 150 | TKMenu *helpMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Help" menuItems: |
| 120 | 151 | _defaultHelpMenuItems]; |
| 121 | ||
| 122 | 152 | [self setServicesMenu:_servicesMenu]; |
| 123 | 153 | [self setWindowsMenu:windowsMenu]; |
| 124 | 154 | _defaultMainMenu = [[TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"" submenus:[NSArray |
| 137 | 167 | [_defaultHelpMenuItems release]; |
| 138 | 168 | [_defaultWindowsMenuItems release]; |
| 139 | 169 | [_defaultApplicationMenuItems release]; |
| 170 | [_defaultFileMenuItems release]; | |
| 140 | 171 | [super dealloc]; |
| 141 | 172 | } |
| 142 | 173 | |
| 145 | 176 | SEL action = [anItem action]; |
| 146 | 177 | |
| 147 | 178 | if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(preferences:))) { |
| 148 | ||
| 149 | 179 | return (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, |
| 150 | 180 | "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0)); |
| 151 | 181 | } else if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(tkDemo:))) { |
| 231 | 261 | if (path) { |
| 232 | 262 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(path); |
| 233 | 263 | |
| 264 | [_demoMenuItem setHidden:YES]; | |
| 234 | 265 | int code = Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(_eventInterp, path, NULL); |
| 235 | 266 | |
| 236 | 267 | if (code != TCL_OK) { |
| 23 | 23 | Point global; |
| 24 | 24 | Point local; |
| 25 | 25 | } MouseEventData; |
| 26 | static Tk_Window captureWinPtr = NULL; /* Current capture window; may be | |
| 27 | * NULL. */ | |
| 26 | 28 | |
| 27 | 29 | static int GenerateButtonEvent(MouseEventData *medPtr); |
| 28 | 30 | static unsigned int ButtonModifiers2State(UInt32 buttonState, |
| 29 | UInt32 keyModifiers); | |
| 31 | UInt32 keyModifiers); | |
| 30 | 32 | |
| 31 | 33 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKMouseEvent) |
| 32 | 34 | |
| 33 | 35 | enum { |
| 34 | 36 | NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20 |
| 35 | 37 | }; |
| 38 | ||
| 36 | 39 | /* |
| 37 | 40 | * In OS X 10.6 an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved would always have a non-Nil |
| 38 | 41 | * window attribute pointing to the active window. As of 10.8 this behavior |
| 46 | 49 | @implementation TKApplication(TKMouseEvent) |
| 47 | 50 | - (NSEvent *) tkProcessMouseEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent |
| 48 | 51 | { |
| 52 | NSWindow *eventWindow = [theEvent window]; | |
| 53 | NSEventType eventType = [theEvent type]; | |
| 54 | TkWindow *winPtr = NULL, *grabWinPtr; | |
| 55 | Tk_Window tkwin; | |
| 56 | NSPoint local, global; | |
| 57 | #if 0 | |
| 58 | NSTrackingArea *trackingArea = nil; | |
| 59 | NSInteger eventNumber, clickCount, buttonNumber; | |
| 60 | #endif | |
| 61 | [NSEvent stopPeriodicEvents]; | |
| 62 | ||
| 49 | 63 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 50 | 64 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent); |
| 51 | #endif | |
| 52 | NSWindow* eventWindow = [theEvent window]; | |
| 53 | NSEventType eventType = [theEvent type]; | |
| 54 | #if 0 | |
| 55 | NSTrackingArea *trackingArea = nil; | |
| 56 | NSInteger eventNumber, clickCount, buttonNumber; | |
| 57 | 65 | #endif |
| 58 | 66 | switch (eventType) { |
| 59 | 67 | case NSMouseEntered: |
| 72 | 80 | case NSTabletPoint: |
| 73 | 81 | case NSTabletProximity: |
| 74 | 82 | case NSScrollWheel: |
| 75 | break; | |
| 83 | break; | |
| 76 | 84 | default: /* Unrecognized mouse event. */ |
| 77 | 85 | return theEvent; |
| 78 | 86 | } |
| 79 | 87 | |
| 80 | /* Remember the window in case we need it next time. */ | |
| 81 | if (eventWindow && eventWindow != _windowWithMouse) { | |
| 82 | if (_windowWithMouse) { | |
| 83 | [_windowWithMouse release]; | |
| 84 | } | |
| 85 | _windowWithMouse = eventWindow; | |
| 86 | [_windowWithMouse retain]; | |
| 87 | } | |
| 88 | ||
| 89 | /* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */ | |
| 90 | NSPoint global, local = [theEvent locationInWindow]; | |
| 91 | if (eventWindow) { /* local will be in window coordinates. */ | |
| 88 | /* | |
| 89 | * Compute the mouse position in Tk screen coordinates (global) and in the | |
| 90 | * Tk coordinates of its containing Tk Window (local). If a grab is in effect, | |
| 91 | * the local coordinates should be relative to the grab window. | |
| 92 | */ | |
| 93 | ||
| 94 | if (eventWindow) { | |
| 95 | local = [theEvent locationInWindow]; | |
| 92 | 96 | global = [eventWindow tkConvertPointToScreen: local]; |
| 97 | tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture(); | |
| 98 | if (tkwin) { | |
| 99 | winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 100 | eventWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 101 | if (eventWindow) { | |
| 102 | local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: global]; | |
| 103 | } else { | |
| 104 | return theEvent; | |
| 105 | } | |
| 106 | } | |
| 93 | 107 | local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y; |
| 94 | global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y; | |
| 95 | } else { /* local will be in screen coordinates. */ | |
| 96 | if (_windowWithMouse ) { | |
| 97 | eventWindow = _windowWithMouse; | |
| 98 | global = local; | |
| 99 | local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: local]; | |
| 100 | local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y; | |
| 101 | global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y; | |
| 102 | } else { /* We have no window. Use the screen???*/ | |
| 103 | local.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - local.y; | |
| 104 | global = local; | |
| 105 | } | |
| 106 | } | |
| 107 | ||
| 108 | Window window = TkMacOSXGetXWindow(eventWindow); | |
| 109 | Tk_Window tkwin = window ? Tk_IdToWindow(TkGetDisplayList()->display, | |
| 110 | window) : NULL; | |
| 108 | global.y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - global.y; | |
| 109 | } else { | |
| 110 | ||
| 111 | /* | |
| 112 | * If the event has no NSWindow, the location is in screen coordinates. | |
| 113 | */ | |
| 114 | ||
| 115 | global = [theEvent locationInWindow]; | |
| 116 | tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture(); | |
| 117 | if (tkwin) { | |
| 118 | winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 119 | eventWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 120 | } else { | |
| 121 | eventWindow = [NSApp mainWindow]; | |
| 122 | } | |
| 123 | if (!eventWindow) { | |
| 124 | return theEvent; | |
| 125 | } | |
| 126 | local = [eventWindow tkConvertPointFromScreen: global]; | |
| 127 | local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y; | |
| 128 | global.y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - global.y; | |
| 129 | } | |
| 130 | ||
| 131 | /* | |
| 132 | * If we still don't have a window, try using the toplevel that | |
| 133 | * manages the NSWindow. | |
| 134 | */ | |
| 135 | ||
| 111 | 136 | if (!tkwin) { |
| 112 | tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture(); | |
| 137 | winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(eventWindow); | |
| 138 | tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; | |
| 113 | 139 | } |
| 114 | 140 | if (!tkwin) { |
| 115 | return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */ | |
| 116 | } | |
| 117 | ||
| 118 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 119 | local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; | |
| 120 | local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; | |
| 141 | ||
| 142 | /* | |
| 143 | * We can't find a window for this event. We have to ignore it. | |
| 144 | */ | |
| 145 | ||
| 146 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS | |
| 147 | TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL"); | |
| 148 | #endif | |
| 149 | return theEvent; | |
| 150 | } | |
| 151 | ||
| 152 | /* | |
| 153 | * Ignore the event if a local grab is in effect and the Tk event window is | |
| 154 | * not in the grabber's subtree. | |
| 155 | */ | |
| 156 | ||
| 157 | grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr; | |
| 158 | if (grabWinPtr && /* There is a grab in effect ... */ | |
| 159 | !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* and it is a local grab ... */ | |
| 160 | grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr){ /* in the same application. */ | |
| 161 | Tk_Window tkwin2, tkEventWindow = Tk_CoordsToWindow(global.x, global.y, tkwin); | |
| 162 | if (!tkEventWindow) { | |
| 163 | return theEvent; | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | for (tkwin2 = tkEventWindow; | |
| 166 | !Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2); | |
| 167 | tkwin2 = Tk_Parent(tkwin2)) { | |
| 168 | if (tkwin2 == (Tk_Window) grabWinPtr) { | |
| 169 | break; | |
| 170 | } | |
| 171 | } | |
| 172 | if (tkwin2 != (Tk_Window) grabWinPtr) { | |
| 173 | return theEvent; | |
| 174 | } | |
| 175 | } | |
| 176 | ||
| 177 | /* | |
| 178 | * Convert local from NSWindow flipped coordinates to the toplevel's | |
| 179 | * coordinates. | |
| 180 | */ | |
| 181 | ||
| 182 | if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { | |
| 183 | TkWindow *contPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); | |
| 184 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(contPtr)) { | |
| 185 | local.x -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; | |
| 186 | local.y -= contPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; | |
| 187 | } else { | |
| 188 | TkWindow *topPtr = TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(winPtr)->winPtr; | |
| 189 | local.x -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent + contPtr->changes.x); | |
| 190 | local.y -= (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent + contPtr->changes.y); | |
| 191 | } | |
| 192 | } else { | |
| 193 | local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; | |
| 194 | local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; | |
| 195 | } | |
| 196 | ||
| 197 | /* | |
| 198 | * Use the toplevel coordinates to find the containing Tk window. Then | |
| 199 | * convert local into the coordinates of that window. (The converted | |
| 200 | * local coordinates are only needed for scrollwheel events.) | |
| 201 | */ | |
| 121 | 202 | |
| 122 | 203 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 123 | tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, | |
| 124 | &win_x, &win_y); | |
| 204 | tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y, &win_x, &win_y); | |
| 205 | local.x = win_x; | |
| 206 | local.y = win_y; | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | /* | |
| 209 | * Generate an XEvent for this mouse event. | |
| 210 | */ | |
| 125 | 211 | |
| 126 | 212 | unsigned int state = 0; |
| 127 | NSInteger button = [theEvent buttonNumber]; | |
| 213 | int button = [theEvent buttonNumber] + Button1; | |
| 128 | 214 | EventRef eventRef = (EventRef)[theEvent eventRef]; |
| 129 | 215 | UInt32 buttons; |
| 130 | 216 | OSStatus err = GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseChord, |
| 131 | typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &buttons); | |
| 217 | typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &buttons); | |
| 132 | 218 | |
| 133 | 219 | if (err == noErr) { |
| 134 | state |= (buttons & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8; | |
| 135 | } else if (button < 5) { | |
| 220 | state |= (buttons & 0x1F) * Button1Mask; | |
| 221 | } else if (button <= Button5) { | |
| 136 | 222 | switch (eventType) { |
| 137 | 223 | case NSLeftMouseDown: |
| 138 | 224 | case NSRightMouseDown: |
| 139 | 225 | case NSLeftMouseDragged: |
| 140 | 226 | case NSRightMouseDragged: |
| 141 | 227 | case NSOtherMouseDown: |
| 142 | state |= 1 << (button + 8); | |
| 228 | state |= TkGetButtonMask(button); | |
| 143 | 229 | break; |
| 144 | 230 | default: |
| 145 | 231 | break; |
| 171 | 257 | } |
| 172 | 258 | |
| 173 | 259 | if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) { |
| 260 | ||
| 261 | /* | |
| 262 | * For normal mouse events, Tk_UpdatePointer will send the XEvent. | |
| 263 | */ | |
| 264 | ||
| 174 | 265 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 175 | TKLog(@"UpdatePointer %p x %f.0 y %f.0 %d", tkwin, global.x, global.y, state); | |
| 266 | TKLog(@"UpdatePointer %p x %f.0 y %f.0 %d", | |
| 267 | tkwin, global.x, global.y, state); | |
| 176 | 268 | #endif |
| 177 | 269 | Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, global.x, global.y, state); |
| 178 | } else { /* handle scroll wheel event */ | |
| 270 | } else { | |
| 271 | ||
| 272 | /* | |
| 273 | * For scroll wheel events we need to send the XEvent here. | |
| 274 | */ | |
| 275 | ||
| 179 | 276 | CGFloat delta; |
| 180 | 277 | int coarseDelta; |
| 181 | 278 | XEvent xEvent; |
| 192 | 289 | delta = [theEvent deltaY]; |
| 193 | 290 | if (delta != 0.0) { |
| 194 | 291 | coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ? |
| 195 | (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta); | |
| 292 | (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta); | |
| 196 | 293 | xEvent.xbutton.state = state; |
| 197 | 294 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta; |
| 198 | 295 | xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin)); |
| 201 | 298 | delta = [theEvent deltaX]; |
| 202 | 299 | if (delta != 0.0) { |
| 203 | 300 | coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ? |
| 204 | (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta); | |
| 301 | (signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta); | |
| 205 | 302 | xEvent.xbutton.state = state | ShiftMask; |
| 206 | 303 | xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta; |
| 207 | 304 | xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin)); |
| 298 | 395 | unsigned int state; |
| 299 | 396 | |
| 300 | 397 | /* |
| 301 | * Tk supports at most 5 buttons. | |
| 302 | */ | |
| 303 | ||
| 304 | state = (buttonState & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8; | |
| 398 | * Tk on OSX supports at most 5 buttons. | |
| 399 | */ | |
| 400 | ||
| 401 | state = (buttonState & 0x1F) * Button1Mask; | |
| 305 | 402 | |
| 306 | 403 | if (keyModifiers & alphaLock) { |
| 307 | 404 | state |= LockMask; |
| 384 | 481 | } |
| 385 | 482 | if (getGlobal) { |
| 386 | 483 | *root_x_return = global.x; |
| 387 | *root_y_return = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y; | |
| 484 | *root_y_return = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - global.y; | |
| 388 | 485 | } |
| 389 | 486 | } |
| 390 | 487 | if (mask_return) { |
| 436 | 533 | * TkGenerateButtonEvent -- |
| 437 | 534 | * |
| 438 | 535 | * Given a global x & y position and the button key status this procedure |
| 439 | * generates the appropiate X button event. It also handles the state | |
| 536 | * generates the appropriate X button event. It also handles the state | |
| 440 | 537 | * changes needed to implement implicit grabs. |
| 441 | 538 | * |
| 442 | 539 | * Results: |
| 468 | 565 | med.local = med.global; |
| 469 | 566 | |
| 470 | 567 | if (win) { |
| 471 | NSPoint local = NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y); | |
| 568 | NSPoint local = NSMakePoint(x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y); | |
| 472 | 569 | |
| 473 | 570 | local = [win tkConvertPointFromScreen:local]; |
| 474 | 571 | local.y = [win frame].size.height - local.y; |
| 477 | 574 | local.y -= macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; |
| 478 | 575 | } |
| 479 | 576 | med.local.h = local.x; |
| 480 | med.local.v = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - local.y; | |
| 577 | med.local.v = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - local.y; | |
| 481 | 578 | } |
| 482 | 579 | |
| 483 | 580 | return GenerateButtonEvent(&med); |
| 510 | 607 | TkDisplay *dispPtr; |
| 511 | 608 | |
| 512 | 609 | #if UNUSED |
| 610 | ||
| 513 | 611 | /* |
| 514 | 612 | * ButtonDown events will always occur in the front window. ButtonUp |
| 515 | 613 | * events, however, may occur anywhere on the screen. ButtonUp events |
| 542 | 640 | TkDisplay *dispPtr) |
| 543 | 641 | { |
| 544 | 642 | CGPoint pt; |
| 545 | UInt32 buttonState; | |
| 643 | NSPoint loc; | |
| 644 | int wNum; | |
| 546 | 645 | |
| 547 | 646 | if (dispPtr->warpWindow) { |
| 548 | 647 | int x, y; |
| 549 | ||
| 648 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) dispPtr->warpWindow; | |
| 649 | TkWindow *topPtr = winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr; | |
| 650 | NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 651 | wNum = [w windowNumber]; | |
| 550 | 652 | Tk_GetRootCoords(dispPtr->warpWindow, &x, &y); |
| 551 | 653 | pt.x = x + dispPtr->warpX; |
| 552 | 654 | pt.y = y + dispPtr->warpY; |
| 655 | loc.x = dispPtr->warpX; | |
| 656 | loc.y = Tk_Height(topPtr) - dispPtr->warpY; | |
| 553 | 657 | } else { |
| 554 | pt.x = dispPtr->warpX; | |
| 658 | wNum = 0; | |
| 659 | pt.x = loc.x = dispPtr->warpX; | |
| 555 | 660 | pt.y = dispPtr->warpY; |
| 556 | } | |
| 557 | ||
| 558 | /* | |
| 559 | * Tell the OSX core to generate the events to make it happen. | |
| 560 | */ | |
| 561 | ||
| 562 | buttonState = [NSEvent pressedMouseButtons]; | |
| 563 | CGEventType type = kCGEventMouseMoved; | |
| 564 | CGEventRef theEvent = CGEventCreateMouseEvent(NULL, | |
| 565 | type, | |
| 566 | pt, | |
| 567 | buttonState); | |
| 661 | loc.y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - pt.y; | |
| 662 | } | |
| 663 | ||
| 664 | /* | |
| 665 | * Generate an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved. | |
| 666 | * | |
| 667 | * It is not clear why this is necessary. For example, calling | |
| 668 | * event generate $w <Motion> -warp 1 -x $X -y $Y | |
| 669 | * will cause two <Motion> events to be added to the Tcl queue. | |
| 670 | */ | |
| 671 | ||
| 568 | 672 | CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt); |
| 569 | CGEventPost(kCGHIDEventTap, theEvent); | |
| 570 | CFRelease(theEvent); | |
| 673 | NSEvent *warpEvent = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSMouseMoved | |
| 674 | location:loc | |
| 675 | modifierFlags:0 | |
| 676 | timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime() | |
| 677 | windowNumber:wNum | |
| 678 | context:nil | |
| 679 | eventNumber:0 | |
| 680 | clickCount:1 | |
| 681 | pressure:0.0]; | |
| 682 | [NSApp postEvent:warpEvent atStart:NO]; | |
| 683 | } | |
| 684 | ||
| 685 | /* | |
| 686 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 687 | * | |
| 688 | * TkpSetCapture -- | |
| 689 | * | |
| 690 | * This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be | |
| 691 | * reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If | |
| 692 | * the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released. | |
| 693 | * | |
| 694 | * Results: | |
| 695 | * None. | |
| 696 | * | |
| 697 | * Side effects: | |
| 698 | * Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse. | |
| 699 | * | |
| 700 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 701 | */ | |
| 702 | ||
| 703 | void | |
| 704 | TkpSetCapture( | |
| 705 | TkWindow *winPtr) /* Capture window, or NULL. */ | |
| 706 | { | |
| 707 | while (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { | |
| 708 | winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; | |
| 709 | } | |
| 710 | [NSEvent stopPeriodicEvents]; | |
| 711 | captureWinPtr = (Tk_Window) winPtr; | |
| 712 | } | |
| 713 | ||
| 714 | /* | |
| 715 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 716 | * | |
| 717 | * TkMacOSXGetCapture -- | |
| 718 | * | |
| 719 | * Results: | |
| 720 | * Returns the current grab window | |
| 721 | * | |
| 722 | * Side effects: | |
| 723 | * None. | |
| 724 | * | |
| 725 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 726 | */ | |
| 727 | ||
| 728 | Tk_Window | |
| 729 | TkMacOSXGetCapture(void) | |
| 730 | { | |
| 731 | return captureWinPtr; | |
| 571 | 732 | } |
| 572 | 733 | |
| 573 | 734 | /* |
| 32 | 32 | static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags); |
| 33 | 33 | |
| 34 | 34 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 35 | static char* Tk_EventName[39] = { | |
| 35 | static const char *Tk_EventName[39] = { | |
| 36 | 36 | "", |
| 37 | 37 | "", |
| 38 | 38 | "KeyPress", /*2*/ |
| 83 | 83 | const char *name; |
| 84 | 84 | long serial = ve->serial; |
| 85 | 85 | long time = eventPtr->xkey.time; |
| 86 | ||
| 86 | ||
| 87 | 87 | if (eventPtr->type == VirtualEvent) { |
| 88 | 88 | name = ve->name; |
| 89 | 89 | } else { |
| 111 | 111 | # endif |
| 112 | 112 | |
| 113 | 113 | #pragma mark TKApplication(TKNotify) |
| 114 | ||
| 115 | @interface NSApplication(TKNotify) | |
| 116 | /* We need to declare this hidden method. */ | |
| 117 | - (void) _modalSession: (NSModalSession) session sendEvent: (NSEvent *) event; | |
| 118 | @end | |
| 119 | 114 | |
| 120 | 115 | @implementation TKApplication(TKNotify) |
| 121 | 116 | /* |
| 139 | 134 | */ |
| 140 | 135 | |
| 141 | 136 | /* |
| 142 | * Call super then check the pasteboard. | |
| 137 | * Since the contentView is the first responder for a Tk Window, it is | |
| 138 | * responsible for sending events up the responder chain. We also check the | |
| 139 | * pasteboard here. | |
| 143 | 140 | */ |
| 144 | 141 | - (void) sendEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent |
| 145 | 142 | { |
| 146 | 143 | [super sendEvent:theEvent]; |
| 147 | 144 | [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard]; |
| 148 | 145 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 149 | fprintf(stderr, "Sending event of type %d\n", (int)[theEvent type]); | |
| 146 | fprintf(stderr, "Sending event of type %d\n", (int)[theEvent type]); | |
| 150 | 147 | DebugPrintQueue(); |
| 151 | 148 | #endif |
| 152 | 149 | } |
| 192 | 189 | * |
| 193 | 190 | * Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier -- |
| 194 | 191 | * |
| 195 | * This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create | |
| 196 | * the event source for TkAqua events. | |
| 192 | * This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create the event | |
| 193 | * source for TkAqua events. | |
| 197 | 194 | * |
| 198 | 195 | * Results: |
| 199 | 196 | * None. |
| 226 | 223 | "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!"); |
| 227 | 224 | } |
| 228 | 225 | Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc, |
| 229 | TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, | |
| 230 | NULL); | |
| 226 | TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL); | |
| 231 | 227 | TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL); |
| 232 | 228 | Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 233 | 229 | TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode); |
| 260 | 256 | TSD_INIT(); |
| 261 | 257 | |
| 262 | 258 | Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc, |
| 263 | TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, | |
| 264 | NULL); | |
| 259 | TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL); | |
| 265 | 260 | tsdPtr->initialized = 0; |
| 266 | 261 | } |
| 267 | 262 | |
| 270 | 265 | * |
| 271 | 266 | * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc -- |
| 272 | 267 | * |
| 273 | * This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event | |
| 274 | * source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling | |
| 275 | * TkMacOSXEventsProc to process all queued NSEvents. In our | |
| 276 | * case, all we need to do is to set the Tcl MaxBlockTime to | |
| 277 | * 0 before starting the loop to process all queued NSEvents. | |
| 268 | * This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event source. It | |
| 269 | * is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling TkMacOSXEventsProc to | |
| 270 | * process all queued NSEvents. In our case, all we need to do is to set | |
| 271 | * the Tcl MaxBlockTime to 0 before starting the loop to process all | |
| 272 | * queued NSEvents. | |
| 278 | 273 | * |
| 279 | 274 | * Results: |
| 280 | 275 | * None. |
| 281 | 276 | * |
| 282 | 277 | * Side effects: |
| 283 | 278 | * |
| 284 | * If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set | |
| 285 | * to 0 to ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl. | |
| 279 | * If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set to 0 to | |
| 280 | * ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl. | |
| 286 | 281 | * |
| 287 | 282 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 288 | 283 | */ |
| 292 | 287 | ClientData clientData, |
| 293 | 288 | int flags) |
| 294 | 289 | { |
| 290 | static Bool havePeriodicEvents = NO; | |
| 295 | 291 | NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode]; |
| 296 | /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */ | |
| 292 | ||
| 293 | /* | |
| 294 | * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. | |
| 295 | */ | |
| 296 | ||
| 297 | 297 | if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) { |
| 298 | 298 | static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 }; |
| 299 | 299 | [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool]; |
| 300 | /* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */ | |
| 301 | NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask | |
| 302 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 303 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession()) | |
| 304 | dequeue:NO]; | |
| 300 | ||
| 301 | /* | |
| 302 | * Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. | |
| 303 | */ | |
| 304 | ||
| 305 | NSEvent *currentEvent = | |
| 306 | [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask | |
| 307 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 308 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession()) | |
| 309 | dequeue:NO]; | |
| 305 | 310 | if (currentEvent) { |
| 306 | 311 | if (currentEvent.type > 0) { |
| 307 | 312 | Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&zeroBlockTime); |
| 313 | [NSEvent stopPeriodicEvents]; | |
| 314 | havePeriodicEvents = NO; | |
| 308 | 315 | } |
| 316 | } else if (!havePeriodicEvents){ | |
| 317 | ||
| 318 | /* | |
| 319 | * When the user is not generating events we schedule a "hearbeat" | |
| 320 | * event to fire every 0.1 seconds. This helps to make the vwait | |
| 321 | * command more responsive when there is no user input, e.g. when | |
| 322 | * running the test suite. | |
| 323 | */ | |
| 324 | ||
| 325 | havePeriodicEvents = YES; | |
| 326 | [NSEvent startPeriodicEventsAfterDelay:0.0 withPeriod:0.1]; | |
| 309 | 327 | } |
| 310 | 328 | } |
| 311 | 329 | } |
| 315 | 333 | * |
| 316 | 334 | * TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc -- |
| 317 | 335 | * |
| 318 | * This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the | |
| 319 | * TKApplication event queue, generating X events from them. | |
| 336 | * This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the TKApplication | |
| 337 | * event queue, generating X events from them. | |
| 320 | 338 | * |
| 321 | 339 | * Results: |
| 322 | 340 | * None. |
| 323 | 341 | * |
| 324 | 342 | * Side effects: |
| 325 | * NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the | |
| 326 | * Tcl event queue. | |
| 343 | * NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the Tcl | |
| 344 | * event queue. | |
| 327 | 345 | * |
| 328 | 346 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 329 | 347 | */ |
| 333 | 351 | int flags) |
| 334 | 352 | { |
| 335 | 353 | NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode]; |
| 336 | /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */ | |
| 354 | ||
| 355 | /* | |
| 356 | * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. | |
| 357 | */ | |
| 358 | ||
| 337 | 359 | if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) { |
| 338 | 360 | NSEvent *currentEvent = nil; |
| 339 | 361 | NSEvent *testEvent = nil; |
| 340 | 362 | NSModalSession modalSession; |
| 341 | /* It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function | |
| 363 | ||
| 364 | /* | |
| 365 | * It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function | |
| 342 | 366 | * returns. This happens, for example, when we process an event which |
| 343 | 367 | * opens a modal window. To prevent premature release of our |
| 344 | 368 | * application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc, |
| 345 | 369 | * we must lock it here. |
| 346 | 370 | */ |
| 371 | ||
| 347 | 372 | [NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool]; |
| 348 | 373 | do { |
| 349 | 374 | modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession(); |
| 350 | testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask | |
| 351 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 352 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession) | |
| 353 | dequeue:NO]; | |
| 354 | /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */ | |
| 375 | testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask | |
| 376 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 377 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession) | |
| 378 | dequeue:NO]; | |
| 379 | ||
| 380 | /* | |
| 381 | * We must not steal any events during LiveResize. | |
| 382 | */ | |
| 383 | ||
| 355 | 384 | if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) { |
| 356 | 385 | break; |
| 357 | 386 | } |
| 358 | 387 | currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask |
| 359 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 360 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession) | |
| 361 | dequeue:YES]; | |
| 388 | untilDate:[NSDate distantPast] | |
| 389 | inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession) | |
| 390 | dequeue:YES]; | |
| 362 | 391 | if (currentEvent) { |
| 363 | /* Generate Xevents. */ | |
| 392 | /* | |
| 393 | * Generate Xevents. | |
| 394 | */ | |
| 395 | ||
| 364 | 396 | int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 365 | 397 | NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent]; |
| 366 | 398 | Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode); |
| 367 | if (processedEvent) { /* Should always be non-NULL. */ | |
| 399 | if (processedEvent) { | |
| 368 | 400 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 369 | 401 | TKLog(@" event: %@", currentEvent); |
| 370 | 402 | #endif |
| 378 | 410 | break; |
| 379 | 411 | } |
| 380 | 412 | } while (1); |
| 381 | /* Now we can unlock the pool. */ | |
| 413 | ||
| 414 | /* | |
| 415 | * Now we can unlock the pool. | |
| 416 | */ | |
| 417 | ||
| 382 | 418 | [NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool]; |
| 383 | 419 | } |
| 384 | 420 | } |
| 385 | ||
| 386 | 421 | |
| 387 | 422 | /* |
| 388 | 423 | * Local Variables: |
| 22 | 22 | #include <math.h> |
| 23 | 23 | #include <pwd.h> |
| 24 | 24 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 25 | #include <assert.h> | |
| 25 | 26 | #include <string.h> |
| 26 | 27 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 27 | 28 | #include <sys/file.h> |
| 109 | 110 | * no-op functions on the Macintosh. |
| 110 | 111 | */ |
| 111 | 112 | |
| 112 | #define XFlush(display) | |
| 113 | #define XFree(data) {if ((data) != NULL) ckfree(data);} | |
| 114 | #define XGrabServer(display) | |
| 115 | #define XNoOp(display) {display->request++;} | |
| 116 | #define XUngrabServer(display) | |
| 117 | #define XSynchronize(display, bool) {display->request++;} | |
| 113 | #undef XFlush | |
| 114 | #define XFlush(display) (0) | |
| 115 | #undef XFree | |
| 116 | #define XFree(data) (((data) != NULL) ? (ckfree(data),0) : 0) | |
| 117 | #undef XGrabServer | |
| 118 | #define XGrabServer(display) (0) | |
| 119 | #undef XNoOp | |
| 120 | #define XNoOp(display) (display->request++,0) | |
| 121 | #undef XUngrabServer | |
| 122 | #define XUngrabServer(display) (0) | |
| 123 | #undef XSynchronize | |
| 124 | #define XSynchronize(display, onoff) (display->request++,NULL) | |
| 125 | #undef XVisualIDFromVisual | |
| 118 | 126 | #define XVisualIDFromVisual(visual) (visual->visualid) |
| 119 | 127 | |
| 120 | 128 | /* |
| 127 | 135 | #define TkpSync(display) |
| 128 | 136 | |
| 129 | 137 | /* |
| 130 | * The following macro returns the pixel value that corresponds to the | |
| 131 | * RGB values in the given XColor structure. | |
| 138 | * TkMacOSXGetCapture is a legacy function used on the Mac. When fixing | |
| 139 | * [943d5ebe51], TkpGetCapture was added to the Windows port. Both | |
| 140 | * are actually the same feature and should bear the same name. However, | |
| 141 | * in order to avoid potential backwards incompatibilities, renaming | |
| 142 | * TkMacOSXGetCapture into TkpGetCapture in *PlatDecls.h shall not be | |
| 143 | * done in a patch release, therefore use a define here. | |
| 132 | 144 | */ |
| 133 | 145 | |
| 134 | #define PIXEL_MAGIC ((unsigned char) 0x69) | |
| 135 | #define TkpGetPixel(p) ((((((PIXEL_MAGIC << 8) \ | |
| 136 | | (((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \ | |
| 137 | | (((p)->green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \ | |
| 138 | | (((p)->blue >> 8) & 0xff)) | |
| 146 | #define TkpGetCapture TkMacOSXGetCapture | |
| 139 | 147 | |
| 140 | 148 | /* |
| 141 | 149 | * This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string. |
| 158 | 166 | */ |
| 159 | 167 | |
| 160 | 168 | #define TRANSPARENT_PIXEL 30 |
| 161 | #define HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL 31 | |
| 162 | #define HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL 32 | |
| 163 | #define HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL 33 | |
| 164 | #define HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL 34 | |
| 165 | #define CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL 35 | |
| 166 | #define CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL 37 | |
| 167 | #define CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL 39 | |
| 168 | #define WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL 41 | |
| 169 | #define MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL 43 | |
| 170 | #define MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL 45 | |
| 171 | #define MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL 47 | |
| 172 | #define MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL 49 | |
| 173 | #define MENU_TEXT_PIXEL 51 | |
| 174 | 169 | #define APPEARANCE_PIXEL 52 |
| 170 | #define PIXEL_MAGIC ((unsigned char) 0x69) | |
| 171 | ||
| 172 | /* | |
| 173 | * The following macro returns the pixel value that corresponds to the | |
| 174 | * 16-bit RGB values in the given XColor structure. | |
| 175 | * The format is: (PIXEL_MAGIC <<< 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B | |
| 176 | * where each of R, G and B is the high order byte of a 16-bit component. | |
| 177 | */ | |
| 178 | ||
| 179 | #define TkpGetPixel(p) ((((((PIXEL_MAGIC << 8) \ | |
| 180 | | (((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \ | |
| 181 | | (((p)->green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \ | |
| 182 | | (((p)->blue >> 8) & 0xff)) | |
| 183 | ||
| 175 | 184 | |
| 176 | 185 | #endif /* _TKMACPORT */ |
| 136 | 136 | * Variables internal to TkAqua. |
| 137 | 137 | */ |
| 138 | 138 | |
| 139 | MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight; | |
| 140 | MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop; | |
| 141 | 139 | MODULE_SCOPE long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion; |
| 142 | 140 | |
| 143 | 141 | /* |
| 176 | 174 | MODULE_SCOPE void * TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(const char *module, |
| 177 | 175 | const char *symbol); |
| 178 | 176 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display); |
| 177 | MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight(); | |
| 178 | MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat TkMacOSXZeroScreenTop(); | |
| 179 | 179 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 180 | 180 | int enable); |
| 181 | 181 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(Tcl_Interp *interp, int enable, |
| 232 | 232 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(ClientData clientData, |
| 233 | 233 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 234 | 234 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 235 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDrawSolidBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, | |
| 236 | int inset, int thickness); | |
| 237 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXServices_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); | |
| 238 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXRegisterServiceWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, | |
| 239 | Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, | |
| 240 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 241 | MODULE_SCOPE NSString* TclUniToNSString(const char *source, int numBytes); | |
| 242 | MODULE_SCOPE int TclUniAtIndex(NSString *string, int index, char *uni, | |
| 243 | unsigned int *code); | |
| 244 | MODULE_SCOPE char* NSStringToTclUni(NSString *string, int *numBytes); | |
| 235 | 245 | |
| 236 | 246 | #pragma mark Private Objective-C Classes |
| 237 | 247 | |
| 249 | 259 | - (BOOL)isSpecial:(NSUInteger)special; |
| 250 | 260 | @end |
| 251 | 261 | |
| 262 | @interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) <NSMenuDelegate> | |
| 263 | @end | |
| 264 | ||
| 252 | 265 | VISIBILITY_HIDDEN |
| 253 | 266 | @interface TKApplication : NSApplication { |
| 254 | 267 | @private |
| 255 | 268 | Tcl_Interp *_eventInterp; |
| 256 | 269 | NSMenu *_servicesMenu; |
| 257 | 270 | TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu; |
| 271 | NSMenuItem *_demoMenuItem; | |
| 258 | 272 | NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems; |
| 259 | NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems; | |
| 260 | NSWindow *_windowWithMouse; | |
| 273 | NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems, *_defaultFileMenuItems; | |
| 261 | 274 | NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool; |
| 262 | 275 | #ifdef __i386__ |
| 263 | 276 | /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */ |
| 264 | 277 | int _poolLock; |
| 265 | 278 | int _macMinorVersion; |
| 266 | 279 | Bool _isDrawing; |
| 267 | Bool _simulateDrawing; | |
| 268 | 280 | #endif |
| 269 | 281 | } |
| 270 | 282 | @property int poolLock; |
| 271 | 283 | @property int macMinorVersion; |
| 272 | 284 | @property Bool isDrawing; |
| 273 | @property Bool simulateDrawing; | |
| 274 | 285 | |
| 275 | 286 | @end |
| 276 | 287 | @interface TKApplication(TKInit) |
| 279 | 290 | - (void)_lockAutoreleasePool; |
| 280 | 291 | - (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool; |
| 281 | 292 | @end |
| 293 | @interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard) | |
| 294 | - (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification; | |
| 295 | @end | |
| 296 | @interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) <NSApplicationDelegate> | |
| 297 | - (void) _setupWindowNotifications; | |
| 298 | @end | |
| 299 | @interface TKApplication(TKDialog) <NSOpenSavePanelDelegate> | |
| 300 | @end | |
| 301 | @interface TKApplication(TKMenu) | |
| 302 | - (void)tkSetMainMenu:(TKMenu *)menu; | |
| 303 | @end | |
| 304 | @interface TKApplication(TKMenus) | |
| 305 | - (void) _setupMenus; | |
| 306 | @end | |
| 307 | @interface NSApplication(TKNotify) | |
| 308 | /* We need to declare this hidden method. */ | |
| 309 | - (void) _modalSession: (NSModalSession) session sendEvent: (NSEvent *) event; | |
| 310 | @end | |
| 282 | 311 | @interface TKApplication(TKEvent) |
| 283 | 312 | - (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent; |
| 284 | 313 | @end |
| 287 | 316 | @end |
| 288 | 317 | @interface TKApplication(TKKeyEvent) |
| 289 | 318 | - (NSEvent *)tkProcessKeyEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent; |
| 290 | @end | |
| 291 | @interface TKApplication(TKMenu) | |
| 292 | - (void)tkSetMainMenu:(TKMenu *)menu; | |
| 293 | 319 | @end |
| 294 | 320 | @interface TKApplication(TKClipboard) |
| 295 | 321 | - (void)tkProvidePasteboard:(TkDisplay *)dispPtr; |
| 312 | 338 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent; |
| 313 | 339 | - (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event |
| 314 | 340 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent; |
| 341 | - (void)handleURLEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor*)event | |
| 342 | withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor*)replyEvent; | |
| 315 | 343 | @end |
| 316 | 344 | |
| 317 | 345 | VISIBILITY_HIDDEN |
| 318 | @interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInput> { | |
| 346 | /* | |
| 347 | * Subclass TKContentView from NSTextInputClient to enable composition and | |
| 348 | * input from the Character Palette. | |
| 349 | */ | |
| 350 | ||
| 351 | @interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInputClient> | |
| 352 | { | |
| 319 | 353 | @private |
| 320 | /*Remove private API calls.*/ | |
| 321 | #if 0 | |
| 322 | id _savedSubviews; | |
| 323 | BOOL _subviewsSetAside; | |
| 324 | #endif | |
| 325 | 354 | NSString *privateWorkingText; |
| 355 | Bool _needsRedisplay; | |
| 326 | 356 | } |
| 357 | @property Bool needsRedisplay; | |
| 327 | 358 | @end |
| 328 | 359 | |
| 329 | 360 | @interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent) |
| 331 | 362 | @end |
| 332 | 363 | |
| 333 | 364 | @interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent) |
| 334 | - (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect; | |
| 335 | - (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape; | |
| 365 | - (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape; | |
| 336 | 366 | - (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender; |
| 337 | - (BOOL) isOpaque; | |
| 338 | - (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping; | |
| 339 | - (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder; | |
| 340 | - (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent; | |
| 341 | @end | |
| 342 | ||
| 343 | VISIBILITY_HIDDEN | |
| 344 | @interface TKWindow : NSWindow | |
| 345 | 367 | @end |
| 346 | 368 | |
| 347 | 369 | @interface NSWindow(TKWm) |
| 348 | 370 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen:(NSPoint)point; |
| 349 | 371 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen:(NSPoint)point; |
| 372 | @end | |
| 373 | ||
| 374 | VISIBILITY_HIDDEN | |
| 375 | @interface TKWindow : NSWindow | |
| 376 | @end | |
| 377 | ||
| 378 | @interface TKWindow(TKWm) | |
| 379 | - (void) tkLayoutChanged; | |
| 380 | @end | |
| 381 | ||
| 382 | @interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow | |
| 383 | { | |
| 384 | id _i1, _i2; | |
| 385 | } | |
| 350 | 386 | @end |
| 351 | 387 | |
| 352 | 388 | #pragma mark NSMenu & NSMenuItem Utilities |
| 377 | 413 | keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask; |
| 378 | 414 | @end |
| 379 | 415 | |
| 416 | @interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog) | |
| 417 | - (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag; | |
| 418 | @end | |
| 419 | ||
| 420 | @interface NSFont(TKFont) | |
| 421 | - (NSFont *) bestMatchingFontForCharacters: (const UTF16Char *) characters | |
| 422 | length: (NSUInteger) length attributes: (NSDictionary *) attributes | |
| 423 | actualCoveredLength: (NSUInteger *) coveredLength; | |
| 424 | @end | |
| 425 | ||
| 426 | /* | |
| 427 | * This method of NSApplication is not declared in NSApplication.h so we | |
| 428 | * declare it here to be a method of the TKMenu category. | |
| 429 | */ | |
| 430 | ||
| 431 | @interface NSApplication(TKMenu) | |
| 432 | - (void) setAppleMenu: (NSMenu *) menu; | |
| 433 | @end | |
| 434 | ||
| 380 | 435 | #endif /* _TKMACPRIV */ |
| 436 | ||
| 437 | int TkMacOSXGetAppPath(ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp *ip, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 438 | ||
| 439 | /* | |
| 440 | * Local Variables: | |
| 441 | * mode: objc | |
| 442 | * c-basic-offset: 4 | |
| 443 | * fill-column: 79 | |
| 444 | * coding: utf-8 | |
| 445 | * End: | |
| 446 | */ | |
| 53 | 53 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 54 | 54 | */ |
| 55 | 55 | |
| 56 | void | |
| 56 | int | |
| 57 | 57 | TkDestroyRegion( |
| 58 | 58 | TkRegion r) |
| 59 | 59 | { |
| 60 | 60 | if (r) { |
| 61 | 61 | CFRelease(r); |
| 62 | 62 | } |
| 63 | return Success; | |
| 63 | 64 | } |
| 64 | 65 | |
| 65 | 66 | /* |
| 79 | 80 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 80 | 81 | */ |
| 81 | 82 | |
| 82 | void | |
| 83 | int | |
| 83 | 84 | TkIntersectRegion( |
| 84 | 85 | TkRegion sra, |
| 85 | 86 | TkRegion srb, |
| 87 | 88 | { |
| 88 | 89 | ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb, |
| 89 | 90 | (HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return); |
| 91 | return Success; | |
| 90 | 92 | } |
| 91 | 93 | |
| 92 | 94 | /* |
| 106 | 108 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 107 | 109 | */ |
| 108 | 110 | |
| 109 | void | |
| 111 | int | |
| 110 | 112 | TkSubtractRegion( |
| 111 | 113 | TkRegion sra, |
| 112 | 114 | TkRegion srb, |
| 114 | 116 | { |
| 115 | 117 | ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb, |
| 116 | 118 | (HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return); |
| 119 | return Success; | |
| 117 | 120 | } |
| 118 | 121 | |
| 119 | 122 | /* |
| 133 | 136 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 134 | 137 | */ |
| 135 | 138 | |
| 136 | void | |
| 139 | int | |
| 137 | 140 | TkUnionRectWithRegion( |
| 138 | 141 | XRectangle* rectangle, |
| 139 | 142 | TkRegion src_region, |
| 152 | 155 | (HIMutableShapeRef) dest_region_return); |
| 153 | 156 | CFRelease(rectRgn); |
| 154 | 157 | } |
| 158 | return Success; | |
| 155 | 159 | } |
| 156 | 160 | |
| 157 | 161 | /* |
| 186 | 190 | * Xwindow documentation for more details. |
| 187 | 191 | * |
| 188 | 192 | * Results: |
| 189 | * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a | |
| 190 | * complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn. | |
| 193 | * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a complete | |
| 194 | * implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn. | |
| 191 | 195 | * |
| 192 | 196 | * Side effects: |
| 193 | 197 | * None. |
| 203 | 207 | unsigned int width, |
| 204 | 208 | unsigned int height) |
| 205 | 209 | { |
| 206 | if ( TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region) ) { | |
| 207 | return RectangleOut; | |
| 208 | } | |
| 209 | else { | |
| 210 | if (TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region)) { | |
| 211 | return RectangleOut; | |
| 212 | } else { | |
| 210 | 213 | const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height); |
| 214 | ||
| 211 | 215 | return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ? |
| 212 | RectanglePart : RectangleOut; | |
| 216 | RectanglePart : RectangleOut; | |
| 213 | 217 | } |
| 214 | 218 | } |
| 215 | 219 | |
| 230 | 234 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 231 | 235 | */ |
| 232 | 236 | |
| 233 | void | |
| 237 | int | |
| 234 | 238 | TkClipBox( |
| 235 | 239 | TkRegion r, |
| 236 | XRectangle* rect_return) | |
| 240 | XRectangle *rect_return) | |
| 237 | 241 | { |
| 238 | 242 | CGRect rect; |
| 239 | 243 | |
| 242 | 246 | rect_return->y = rect.origin.y; |
| 243 | 247 | rect_return->width = rect.size.width; |
| 244 | 248 | rect_return->height = rect.size.height; |
| 249 | return Success; | |
| 245 | 250 | } |
| 246 | 251 | |
| 247 | 252 | /* |
| 50 | 50 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: |
| 51 | 51 | */ |
| 52 | 52 | |
| 53 | static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 54 | static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl, | |
| 55 | ControlPartCode partCode); | |
| 56 | ||
| 53 | static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, | |
| 54 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 55 | static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl, | |
| 56 | ControlPartCode partCode); | |
| 57 | 57 | |
| 58 | 58 | /* |
| 59 | 59 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 83 | 83 | } |
| 84 | 84 | |
| 85 | 85 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ButtonPressMask, |
| 86 | MacScaleEventProc, (ClientData) macScalePtr); | |
| 86 | MacScaleEventProc, macScalePtr); | |
| 87 | 87 | |
| 88 | 88 | return (TkScale *) macScalePtr; |
| 89 | 89 | } |
| 124 | 124 | * |
| 125 | 125 | * TkpDisplayScale -- |
| 126 | 126 | * |
| 127 | * This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay | |
| 128 | * the contents of a scale widget. | |
| 127 | * This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay the contents | |
| 128 | * of a scale widget. | |
| 129 | 129 | * |
| 130 | 130 | * Results: |
| 131 | 131 | * None. |
| 140 | 140 | TkpDisplayScale( |
| 141 | 141 | ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */ |
| 142 | 142 | { |
| 143 | TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; | |
| 143 | TkScale *scalePtr = clientData; | |
| 144 | 144 | Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; |
| 145 | 145 | Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp; |
| 146 | 146 | int result; |
| 147 | 147 | char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; |
| 148 | MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) clientData; | |
| 148 | MacScale *macScalePtr = clientData; | |
| 149 | 149 | Rect r; |
| 150 | 150 | WindowRef windowRef; |
| 151 | 151 | CGrafPtr destPort, savePort; |
| 167 | 167 | * Invoke the scale's command if needed. |
| 168 | 168 | */ |
| 169 | 169 | |
| 170 | Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr); | |
| 170 | Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr); | |
| 171 | 171 | if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) { |
| 172 | Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); | |
| 172 | Tcl_Preserve(interp); | |
| 173 | 173 | if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, |
| 174 | 174 | scalePtr->value) < 0) { |
| 175 | 175 | string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; |
| 184 | 184 | Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command executed by scale)"); |
| 185 | 185 | Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result); |
| 186 | 186 | } |
| 187 | Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); | |
| 187 | Tcl_Release(interp); | |
| 188 | 188 | } |
| 189 | 189 | scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND; |
| 190 | 190 | if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) { |
| 191 | Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr); | |
| 191 | Tcl_Release(scalePtr); | |
| 192 | 192 | return; |
| 193 | 193 | } |
| 194 | Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr); | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | /* | |
| 197 | * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for | |
| 198 | * horizontal and vertical scales: border and traversal | |
| 199 | * highlight. | |
| 194 | Tcl_Release(scalePtr); | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | /* | |
| 197 | * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and | |
| 198 | * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight. | |
| 200 | 199 | */ |
| 201 | 200 | |
| 202 | 201 | if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) { |
| 228 | 227 | #define MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH 10 |
| 229 | 228 | |
| 230 | 229 | if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { |
| 231 | int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2; | |
| 230 | int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2; | |
| 232 | 231 | |
| 233 | 232 | if (offset < 0) { |
| 234 | 233 | offset = 0; |
| 239 | 238 | r.right = macDraw->xOff+Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset; |
| 240 | 239 | r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2; |
| 241 | 240 | } else { |
| 242 | int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2; | |
| 241 | int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2; | |
| 243 | 242 | |
| 244 | 243 | if (offset < 0) { |
| 245 | 244 | offset = 0; |
| 248 | 247 | r.left = macDraw->xOff + offset; |
| 249 | 248 | r.top = macDraw->yOff + scalePtr->inset; |
| 250 | 249 | r.right = macDraw->xOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2; |
| 251 | r.bottom = macDraw->yOff+Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset; | |
| 250 | r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset; | |
| 252 | 251 | } |
| 253 | 252 | |
| 254 | 253 | if (macScalePtr->scaleHandle == NULL) { |
| 272 | 271 | |
| 273 | 272 | CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue, |
| 274 | 273 | kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc, |
| 275 | &(macScalePtr->scaleHandle)); | |
| 274 | &macScalePtr->scaleHandle); | |
| 276 | 275 | SetControlReference(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, (UInt32) scalePtr); |
| 277 | 276 | |
| 278 | 277 | if (IsWindowActive(windowRef)) { |
| 289 | 288 | * Finally draw the control. |
| 290 | 289 | */ |
| 291 | 290 | |
| 292 | SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,true,true); | |
| 293 | HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,0); | |
| 291 | SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, true, true); | |
| 292 | HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, 0); | |
| 294 | 293 | Draw1Control(macScalePtr->scaleHandle); |
| 295 | 294 | |
| 296 | 295 | if (portChanged) { |
| 305 | 304 | * |
| 306 | 305 | * TkpScaleElement -- |
| 307 | 306 | * |
| 308 | * Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given | |
| 309 | * point. | |
| 307 | * Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given point. | |
| 310 | 308 | * |
| 311 | 309 | * Results: |
| 312 | * The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or | |
| 313 | * OTHER, depending on which of the scale's active elements | |
| 314 | * (if any) is under the point at (x,y). | |
| 310 | * The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or OTHER, | |
| 311 | * depending on which of the scale's active elements (if any) is under the | |
| 312 | * point at (x,y). | |
| 315 | 313 | * |
| 316 | 314 | * Side effects: |
| 317 | 315 | * None. |
| 356 | 354 | #endif |
| 357 | 355 | |
| 358 | 356 | switch (part) { |
| 359 | case inSlider: | |
| 360 | return SLIDER; | |
| 361 | case inInc: | |
| 362 | if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { | |
| 363 | return TROUGH1; | |
| 364 | } else { | |
| 365 | return TROUGH2; | |
| 366 | } | |
| 367 | case inDecr: | |
| 368 | if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { | |
| 369 | return TROUGH2; | |
| 370 | } else { | |
| 371 | return TROUGH1; | |
| 372 | } | |
| 373 | default: | |
| 374 | return OTHER; | |
| 357 | case inSlider: | |
| 358 | return SLIDER; | |
| 359 | case inInc: | |
| 360 | if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { | |
| 361 | return TROUGH1; | |
| 362 | } else { | |
| 363 | return TROUGH2; | |
| 364 | } | |
| 365 | case inDecr: | |
| 366 | if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) { | |
| 367 | return TROUGH2; | |
| 368 | } else { | |
| 369 | return TROUGH1; | |
| 370 | } | |
| 371 | default: | |
| 372 | return OTHER; | |
| 375 | 373 | } |
| 376 | 374 | } |
| 377 | 375 | |
| 380 | 378 | * |
| 381 | 379 | * MacScaleEventProc -- |
| 382 | 380 | * |
| 383 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for | |
| 384 | * ButtonPress events on scales. | |
| 381 | * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for ButtonPress events | |
| 382 | * on scales. | |
| 385 | 383 | * |
| 386 | 384 | * Results: |
| 387 | 385 | * None. |
| 388 | 386 | * |
| 389 | 387 | * Side effects: |
| 390 | * When the window gets deleted, internal structures get | |
| 391 | * cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. | |
| 388 | * When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When | |
| 389 | * it gets exposed, it is redisplayed. | |
| 392 | 390 | * |
| 393 | 391 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 394 | 392 | */ |
| 410 | 408 | #endif |
| 411 | 409 | |
| 412 | 410 | /* |
| 413 | * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port | |
| 414 | * set to the window containing the control. We will then test | |
| 415 | * which part of the control was hit and act accordingly. | |
| 411 | * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port set to the | |
| 412 | * window containing the control. We will then test which part of the | |
| 413 | * control was hit and act accordingly. | |
| 416 | 414 | */ |
| 417 | 415 | |
| 418 | 416 | destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin)); |
| 460 | 458 | * ScaleActionProc -- |
| 461 | 459 | * |
| 462 | 460 | * Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call |
| 463 | * HandleControlClick. This call will update the display | |
| 464 | * while the scrollbar is being manipulated by the user. | |
| 461 | * HandleControlClick. This call will update the display while the | |
| 462 | * scrollbar is being manipulated by the user. | |
| 465 | 463 | * |
| 466 | 464 | * Results: |
| 467 | 465 | * None. |
| 485 | 483 | #endif |
| 486 | 484 | value = GetControlValue(theControl); |
| 487 | 485 | TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1); |
| 488 | Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr); | |
| 486 | Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr); | |
| 489 | 487 | TkMacOSXRunTclEventLoop(); |
| 490 | Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr); | |
| 488 | Tcl_Release(scalePtr); | |
| 491 | 489 | } |
| 492 | 490 | #endif |
| 493 | 491 | |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. |
| 8 | 8 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 9 | 9 | * Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC. |
| 10 | * Copyright (c) 2018 Marc Culler | |
| 10 | * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Marc Culler | |
| 11 | * | |
| 11 | 12 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 12 | 13 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 13 | 14 | */ |
| 16 | 17 | #include "tkScrollbar.h" |
| 17 | 18 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| 18 | 19 | |
| 19 | ||
| 20 | #define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE 0 | |
| 21 | ||
| 22 | 20 | /* |
| 23 | 21 | * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is |
| 24 | 22 | * always easy to grab with the mouse). |
| 25 | 23 | */ |
| 26 | 24 | |
| 27 | #define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH 5 | |
| 28 | ||
| 29 | /*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling.*/ | |
| 25 | #define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH 18 | |
| 26 | #define MIN_GAP 4 | |
| 27 | ||
| 28 | /* | |
| 29 | * Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling. | |
| 30 | */ | |
| 31 | ||
| 30 | 32 | #ifdef __LP64__ |
| 31 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) | |
| 33 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) | |
| 32 | 34 | #else |
| 33 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) | |
| 35 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) | |
| 34 | 36 | #endif /* __LP64__ */ |
| 35 | 37 | |
| 36 | 38 | /* |
| 37 | 39 | * Apple reversed the scroll direction with the release of OSX 10.7 Lion. |
| 38 | 40 | */ |
| 39 | 41 | |
| 40 | #define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138) | |
| 42 | #define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138) | |
| 41 | 43 | |
| 42 | 44 | /* |
| 43 | 45 | * Declaration of an extended scrollbar structure with Mac specific additions. |
| 47 | 49 | TkScrollbar information; /* Generic scrollbar info. */ |
| 48 | 50 | GC troughGC; /* For drawing trough. */ |
| 49 | 51 | GC copyGC; /* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */ |
| 50 | Bool buttonDown; /* Is the mouse button down? */ | |
| 52 | Bool buttonDown; /* Is the mouse button down? */ | |
| 51 | 53 | Bool mouseOver; /* Is the pointer over the scrollbar. */ |
| 52 | HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info; /* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */ | |
| 54 | HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info; /* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */ | |
| 53 | 55 | } MacScrollbar; |
| 54 | 56 | |
| 55 | 57 | /* Used to initialize a MacScrollbar's info field. */ |
| 68 | 70 | |
| 69 | 71 | const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = { |
| 70 | 72 | sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */ |
| 71 | NULL, /* worldChangedProc */ | |
| 72 | NULL, /* createProc */ | |
| 73 | NULL /* modalProc */ | |
| 73 | NULL, /* worldChangedProc */ | |
| 74 | NULL, /* createProc */ | |
| 75 | NULL /* modalProc */ | |
| 74 | 76 | }; |
| 75 | 77 | |
| 76 | ||
| 77 | /* Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/ | |
| 78 | /* | |
| 79 | * Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info. | |
| 80 | */ | |
| 81 | ||
| 78 | 82 | typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics { |
| 79 | 83 | SInt32 width, minThumbHeight; |
| 80 | 84 | int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight; |
| 81 | 85 | NSControlSize controlSize; |
| 82 | 86 | } ScrollbarMetrics; |
| 83 | 87 | |
| 84 | ||
| 85 | 88 | static ScrollbarMetrics metrics = { |
| 86 | 15, 54, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */ | |
| 89 | /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */ | |
| 90 | 15, MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal | |
| 87 | 91 | }; |
| 88 | 92 | |
| 89 | ||
| 90 | 93 | /* |
| 91 | 94 | * Declarations of static functions defined later in this file: |
| 92 | 95 | */ |
| 93 | 96 | |
| 94 | static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 95 | static int ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 96 | static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr); | |
| 97 | ||
| 97 | static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, | |
| 98 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 99 | static int ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, | |
| 100 | XEvent *eventPtr); | |
| 101 | static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr); | |
| 102 | ||
| 98 | 103 | /* |
| 99 | 104 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 100 | 105 | * |
| 113 | 118 | |
| 114 | 119 | TkScrollbar * |
| 115 | 120 | TkpCreateScrollbar( |
| 116 | Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 117 | { | |
| 118 | ||
| 119 | MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar)); | |
| 120 | ||
| 121 | scrollPtr->troughGC = None; | |
| 122 | scrollPtr->copyGC = None; | |
| 121 | Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 122 | { | |
| 123 | MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar)); | |
| 124 | ||
| 125 | scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL; | |
| 126 | scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL; | |
| 123 | 127 | scrollPtr->info = defaultInfo; |
| 124 | 128 | scrollPtr->buttonDown = false; |
| 125 | ||
| 129 | ||
| 126 | 130 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, |
| 127 | ExposureMask | | |
| 128 | StructureNotifyMask | | |
| 129 | FocusChangeMask | | |
| 130 | ButtonPressMask | | |
| 131 | ButtonReleaseMask | | |
| 132 | EnterWindowMask | | |
| 133 | LeaveWindowMask | | |
| 134 | VisibilityChangeMask, | |
| 135 | ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr); | |
| 131 | ExposureMask | | |
| 132 | StructureNotifyMask | | |
| 133 | FocusChangeMask | | |
| 134 | ButtonPressMask | | |
| 135 | ButtonReleaseMask | | |
| 136 | EnterWindowMask | | |
| 137 | LeaveWindowMask | | |
| 138 | VisibilityChangeMask, | |
| 139 | ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr); | |
| 136 | 140 | |
| 137 | 141 | return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr; |
| 138 | 142 | } |
| 143 | 147 | * TkpDisplayScrollbar -- |
| 144 | 148 | * |
| 145 | 149 | * This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is |
| 146 | * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's | |
| 147 | * nothing else for the application to do. | |
| 150 | * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing | |
| 151 | * else for the application to do. | |
| 148 | 152 | * |
| 149 | 153 | * Results: |
| 150 | 154 | * None. |
| 155 | 159 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 156 | 160 | */ |
| 157 | 161 | |
| 162 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080 | |
| 163 | ||
| 164 | /* | |
| 165 | * This stand-alone drawing function is used on macOS 10.9 and newer because | |
| 166 | * the HIToolbox does not draw the scrollbar thumb at the expected size on | |
| 167 | * those systems. The thumb is drawn too large, causing a mouse click on the | |
| 168 | * thumb to be interpreted as a mouse click in the trough. | |
| 169 | */ | |
| 170 | ||
| 171 | static void drawMacScrollbar( | |
| 172 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, | |
| 173 | MacScrollbar *msPtr, | |
| 174 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 175 | { | |
| 176 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 177 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin); | |
| 178 | CGPathRef path; | |
| 179 | CGPoint inner[2], outer[2], thumbOrigin; | |
| 180 | CGSize thumbSize; | |
| 181 | CGRect troughBounds = msPtr->info.bounds; | |
| 182 | troughBounds.origin.y = [view bounds].size.height - | |
| 183 | (troughBounds.origin.y + troughBounds.size.height); | |
| 184 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { | |
| 185 | thumbOrigin.x = troughBounds.origin.x + MIN_GAP; | |
| 186 | thumbOrigin.y = troughBounds.origin.y + scrollPtr->sliderFirst; | |
| 187 | thumbSize.width = troughBounds.size.width - 2*MIN_GAP + 1; | |
| 188 | thumbSize.height = scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst; | |
| 189 | inner[0] = troughBounds.origin; | |
| 190 | inner[1] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x, | |
| 191 | inner[0].y + troughBounds.size.height); | |
| 192 | outer[0] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x + troughBounds.size.width - 1, | |
| 193 | inner[0].y); | |
| 194 | outer[1] = CGPointMake(outer[0].x, inner[1].y); | |
| 195 | } else { | |
| 196 | thumbOrigin.x = troughBounds.origin.x + scrollPtr->sliderFirst; | |
| 197 | thumbOrigin.y = troughBounds.origin.y + MIN_GAP; | |
| 198 | thumbSize.width = scrollPtr->sliderLast - scrollPtr->sliderFirst; | |
| 199 | thumbSize.height = troughBounds.size.height - 2*MIN_GAP + 1; | |
| 200 | inner[0] = troughBounds.origin; | |
| 201 | inner[1] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x + troughBounds.size.width, | |
| 202 | inner[0].y + 1); | |
| 203 | outer[0] = CGPointMake(inner[0].x, | |
| 204 | inner[0].y + troughBounds.size.height); | |
| 205 | outer[1] = CGPointMake(inner[1].x, outer[0].y); | |
| 206 | } | |
| 207 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 208 | CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 250.0 / 255, 1.0); | |
| 209 | CGContextFillRect(context, troughBounds); | |
| 210 | CGContextSetGrayStrokeColor(context, 232.0 / 255, 1.0); | |
| 211 | CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, inner, 2); | |
| 212 | CGContextSetGrayStrokeColor(context, 238.0 / 255, 1.0); | |
| 213 | CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, outer, 2); | |
| 214 | ||
| 215 | /* | |
| 216 | * Do not display the thumb unless scrolling is possible, in accordance | |
| 217 | * with macOS behavior. | |
| 218 | * | |
| 219 | * Native scrollbars and Ttk scrollbars are always 15 pixels wide, but we | |
| 220 | * allow Tk scrollbars to have any width, even if it looks bad. To prevent | |
| 221 | * sporadic assertion errors when drawing skinny thumbs we must make sure | |
| 222 | * the radius is at most half the width. | |
| 223 | */ | |
| 224 | ||
| 225 | if (scrollPtr->firstFraction > 0.0 || scrollPtr->lastFraction < 1.0) { | |
| 226 | CGRect thumbBounds = {thumbOrigin, thumbSize}; | |
| 227 | int width = scrollPtr->vertical ? thumbSize.width : thumbSize.height; | |
| 228 | int radius = width >= 8 ? 4 : width >> 1; | |
| 229 | path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(thumbBounds, radius, radius, NULL); | |
| 230 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 231 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 232 | if (msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState != 0) { | |
| 233 | CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 133.0 / 255, 1.0); | |
| 234 | } else { | |
| 235 | CGContextSetGrayFillColor(context, 200.0 / 255, 1.0); | |
| 236 | } | |
| 237 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true); | |
| 238 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 239 | CFRelease(path); | |
| 240 | } | |
| 241 | } | |
| 242 | #endif | |
| 243 | ||
| 158 | 244 | void |
| 159 | 245 | TkpDisplayScrollbar( |
| 160 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ | |
| 161 | { | |
| 162 | register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData; | |
| 246 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ | |
| 247 | { | |
| 248 | register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData; | |
| 163 | 249 | MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr; |
| 164 | 250 | register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin; |
| 165 | 251 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; |
| 168 | 254 | scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 169 | 255 | |
| 170 | 256 | if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { |
| 171 | return; | |
| 172 | } | |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window; | |
| 257 | return; | |
| 258 | } | |
| 259 | ||
| 260 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window; | |
| 175 | 261 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin); |
| 176 | if (!view || | |
| 177 | macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW || | |
| 178 | !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) { | |
| 179 | return; | |
| 180 | } | |
| 262 | ||
| 263 | if ((view == NULL) | |
| 264 | || (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW) | |
| 265 | || !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) { | |
| 266 | return; | |
| 267 | } | |
| 268 | ||
| 269 | /* | |
| 270 | * Transform NSView coordinates to CoreGraphics coordinates. | |
| 271 | */ | |
| 181 | 272 | |
| 182 | 273 | CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height; |
| 183 | CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0, | |
| 184 | .ty = viewHeight}; | |
| 274 | CGAffineTransform t = { | |
| 275 | .a = 1, .b = 0, | |
| 276 | .c = 0, .d = -1, | |
| 277 | .tx = 0, .ty = viewHeight | |
| 278 | }; | |
| 279 | ||
| 185 | 280 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); |
| 186 | 281 | |
| 187 | /*Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar.*/ | |
| 282 | /* | |
| 283 | * Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar. | |
| 284 | */ | |
| 285 | ||
| 188 | 286 | if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) { |
| 189 | 287 | GC fgGC, bgGC; |
| 190 | 288 | |
| 195 | 293 | fgGC = bgGC; |
| 196 | 294 | } |
| 197 | 295 | TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, |
| 198 | (Pixmap) macWin); | |
| 296 | (Pixmap) macWin); | |
| 199 | 297 | } |
| 200 | 298 | |
| 201 | 299 | Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder, |
| 202 | scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 203 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 204 | Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 205 | scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief); | |
| 300 | scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 301 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 302 | Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth, | |
| 303 | scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief); | |
| 206 | 304 | Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder, |
| 207 | scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 208 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 209 | Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); | |
| 210 | ||
| 211 | /* Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle.*/ | |
| 305 | scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 306 | Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 307 | Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); | |
| 308 | ||
| 309 | /* | |
| 310 | * Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle. | |
| 311 | */ | |
| 312 | ||
| 212 | 313 | UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr); |
| 213 | 314 | |
| 214 | 315 | if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) { |
| 215 | HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationInverted); | |
| 316 | HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context, | |
| 317 | kHIThemeOrientationInverted); | |
| 318 | } else if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] <= 8) { | |
| 319 | HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context, | |
| 320 | kHIThemeOrientationNormal); | |
| 216 | 321 | } else { |
| 217 | HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal); | |
| 322 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080 | |
| 323 | ||
| 324 | /* | |
| 325 | * Switch back to NSView coordinates and draw a modern scrollbar. | |
| 326 | */ | |
| 327 | ||
| 328 | CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t); | |
| 329 | drawMacScrollbar(scrollPtr, msPtr, dc.context); | |
| 330 | #endif | |
| 218 | 331 | } |
| 219 | 332 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); |
| 220 | ||
| 221 | 333 | scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; |
| 222 | 334 | } |
| 223 | ||
| 335 | ||
| 224 | 336 | /* |
| 225 | 337 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 226 | 338 | * |
| 239 | 351 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 240 | 352 | */ |
| 241 | 353 | |
| 242 | ||
| 243 | ||
| 244 | 354 | extern void |
| 245 | 355 | TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( |
| 246 | 356 | register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) |
| 247 | /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have | |
| 248 | * changed. */ | |
| 249 | { | |
| 250 | ||
| 251 | /* | |
| 252 | * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to | |
| 253 | * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar | |
| 254 | * has an arrow button on each end. On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the | |
| 255 | * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right. | |
| 256 | * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not | |
| 257 | * supporting that!) On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow | |
| 258 | * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special | |
| 259 | * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength | |
| 260 | * happens to be zero. To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we | |
| 261 | * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength. | |
| 262 | */ | |
| 357 | /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have | |
| 358 | * changed. */ | |
| 359 | { | |
| 360 | /* | |
| 361 | * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to | |
| 362 | * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar | |
| 363 | * has an arrow button on each end. On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the | |
| 364 | * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right. | |
| 365 | * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not | |
| 366 | * supporting that!) On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow | |
| 367 | * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special | |
| 368 | * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength | |
| 369 | * happens to be zero. To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we | |
| 370 | * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength. | |
| 371 | */ | |
| 263 | 372 | |
| 264 | 373 | int fieldLength; |
| 265 | 374 | |
| 266 | 375 | if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { |
| 267 | scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; | |
| 376 | scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0; | |
| 268 | 377 | } |
| 269 | 378 | scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth; |
| 270 | 379 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) { |
| 271 | scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width; | |
| 380 | scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width; | |
| 272 | 381 | } else { |
| 273 | scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0; | |
| 382 | scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0; | |
| 274 | 383 | } |
| 275 | 384 | fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin) |
| 276 | : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)) | |
| 277 | - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset); | |
| 385 | : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)) | |
| 386 | - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset); | |
| 278 | 387 | if (fieldLength < 0) { |
| 279 | fieldLength = 0; | |
| 388 | fieldLength = 0; | |
| 280 | 389 | } |
| 281 | 390 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction; |
| 282 | 391 | scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction; |
| 283 | 392 | |
| 284 | 393 | /* |
| 285 | * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the | |
| 286 | * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be | |
| 287 | * grabbed with the mouse). | |
| 288 | */ | |
| 289 | ||
| 394 | * Adjust the slider so that it has at least a minimal size and so there | |
| 395 | * is a small gap on either end which can be used to scroll by one page. | |
| 396 | */ | |
| 397 | ||
| 398 | if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < MIN_GAP) { | |
| 399 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst = MIN_GAP; | |
| 400 | scrollPtr->sliderLast += MIN_GAP; | |
| 401 | } | |
| 402 | if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength - MIN_GAP) { | |
| 403 | scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength - MIN_GAP; | |
| 404 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst -= MIN_GAP; | |
| 405 | } | |
| 290 | 406 | if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) { |
| 291 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; | |
| 292 | } | |
| 293 | if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) { | |
| 294 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0; | |
| 407 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; | |
| 295 | 408 | } |
| 296 | 409 | if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) { |
| 297 | scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; | |
| 298 | } | |
| 299 | if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) { | |
| 300 | scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength; | |
| 410 | scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH; | |
| 301 | 411 | } |
| 302 | 412 | scrollPtr->sliderFirst += -scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset; |
| 303 | 413 | scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset; |
| 309 | 419 | * be redisplayed. |
| 310 | 420 | */ |
| 311 | 421 | |
| 312 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { | |
| 313 | Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, | |
| 314 | scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 315 | 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth | |
| 316 | + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight); | |
| 422 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { | |
| 423 | Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, | |
| 424 | scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset, | |
| 425 | 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth | |
| 426 | + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight); | |
| 317 | 427 | } else { |
| 318 | Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, | |
| 319 | 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth | |
| 320 | + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight, | |
| 321 | scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset); | |
| 428 | Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, | |
| 429 | 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth | |
| 430 | + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight, | |
| 431 | scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset); | |
| 322 | 432 | } |
| 323 | 433 | Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset); |
| 324 | 434 | } |
| 325 | ||
| 435 | ||
| 326 | 436 | /* |
| 327 | 437 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 328 | 438 | * |
| 341 | 451 | |
| 342 | 452 | void |
| 343 | 453 | TkpDestroyScrollbar( |
| 344 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) | |
| 345 | { | |
| 346 | MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr; | |
| 454 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) | |
| 455 | { | |
| 456 | MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr; | |
| 347 | 457 | |
| 348 | 458 | if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != None) { |
| 349 | 459 | Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC); |
| 352 | 462 | Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC); |
| 353 | 463 | } |
| 354 | 464 | } |
| 355 | ||
| 465 | ||
| 356 | 466 | /* |
| 357 | 467 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 358 | 468 | * |
| 359 | 469 | * TkpConfigureScrollbar -- |
| 360 | 470 | * |
| 361 | * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished | |
| 362 | * processing configuration options, in order to configure platform | |
| 363 | * specific options. There are no such option on the Mac, however. | |
| 471 | * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished processing | |
| 472 | * configuration options, in order to configure platform specific options. | |
| 473 | * There are no such option on the Mac, however. | |
| 364 | 474 | * |
| 365 | 475 | * Results: |
| 366 | 476 | * None. |
| 373 | 483 | |
| 374 | 484 | void |
| 375 | 485 | TkpConfigureScrollbar( |
| 376 | register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) | |
| 377 | { | |
| 378 | ||
| 379 | } | |
| 380 | ||
| 486 | register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) | |
| 487 | { | |
| 488 | /* empty */ | |
| 489 | } | |
| 490 | ||
| 381 | 491 | /* |
| 382 | 492 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 383 | 493 | * |
| 402 | 512 | /* Scrollbar widget record. */ |
| 403 | 513 | int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */ |
| 404 | 514 | { |
| 405 | ||
| 406 | /* | |
| 407 | * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment | |
| 408 | * since it does not involve the arrow buttons. | |
| 409 | */ | |
| 515 | /* | |
| 516 | * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment | |
| 517 | * since it does not involve the arrow buttons. | |
| 518 | */ | |
| 410 | 519 | |
| 411 | 520 | int length, width, tmp; |
| 412 | 521 | register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset; |
| 413 | 522 | |
| 414 | 523 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { |
| 415 | length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 416 | width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 524 | length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 525 | width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 417 | 526 | } else { |
| 418 | tmp = x; | |
| 419 | x = y; | |
| 420 | y = tmp; | |
| 421 | length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 422 | width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 527 | tmp = x; | |
| 528 | x = y; | |
| 529 | y = tmp; | |
| 530 | length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 531 | width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin); | |
| 423 | 532 | } |
| 424 | 533 | |
| 425 | 534 | if (x < inset || x >= width - inset || |
| 426 | y < inset || y >= length - inset) { | |
| 427 | return OUTSIDE; | |
| 535 | y < inset || y >= length - inset) { | |
| 536 | return OUTSIDE; | |
| 428 | 537 | } |
| 429 | 538 | |
| 430 | 539 | /* |
| 435 | 544 | */ |
| 436 | 545 | |
| 437 | 546 | if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + scrollPtr->arrowLength) { |
| 438 | return TOP_GAP; | |
| 439 | } | |
| 440 | if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) { | |
| 441 | return SLIDER; | |
| 442 | } | |
| 443 | if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) { | |
| 444 | return BOTTOM_GAP; | |
| 445 | } | |
| 446 | /* On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned. */ | |
| 447 | if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) { | |
| 448 | return TOP_ARROW; | |
| 449 | } | |
| 450 | return BOTTOM_ARROW; | |
| 451 | } | |
| 452 | ||
| 547 | return TOP_GAP; | |
| 548 | } | |
| 549 | if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) { | |
| 550 | return SLIDER; | |
| 551 | } | |
| 552 | if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) { | |
| 553 | return BOTTOM_GAP; | |
| 554 | } | |
| 555 | ||
| 556 | /* | |
| 557 | * On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned. | |
| 558 | */ | |
| 559 | ||
| 560 | if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) { | |
| 561 | return TOP_ARROW; | |
| 562 | } | |
| 563 | return BOTTOM_ARROW; | |
| 564 | } | |
| 565 | ||
| 453 | 566 | /* |
| 454 | 567 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 455 | 568 | * |
| 456 | 569 | * UpdateControlValues -- |
| 457 | 570 | * |
| 458 | * This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to | |
| 459 | * display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the | |
| 460 | * key interface to the Mac-native scrollbar; the Unix bindings | |
| 461 | * drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has | |
| 462 | * to do is redraw itself. | |
| 571 | * This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to display the | |
| 572 | * values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the key interface to the | |
| 573 | * Mac-native scrollbar; the Unix bindings drive scrolling in the Tk | |
| 574 | * window and all the Mac scrollbar has to do is redraw itself. | |
| 463 | 575 | * |
| 464 | 576 | * Results: |
| 465 | 577 | * None. |
| 472 | 584 | |
| 473 | 585 | static void |
| 474 | 586 | UpdateControlValues( |
| 475 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */ | |
| 476 | { | |
| 477 | MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr; | |
| 587 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */ | |
| 588 | { | |
| 589 | MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr; | |
| 478 | 590 | Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin; |
| 479 | 591 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin); |
| 480 | 592 | double dViewSize; |
| 481 | HIRect contrlRect; | |
| 593 | HIRect contrlRect; | |
| 482 | 594 | short width, height; |
| 483 | 595 | |
| 484 | 596 | NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin); |
| 485 | 597 | CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height; |
| 486 | 598 | NSRect frame; |
| 599 | ||
| 487 | 600 | frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin), |
| 488 | Tk_Height(tkwin)); | |
| 601 | Tk_Height(tkwin)); | |
| 489 | 602 | frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset); |
| 490 | 603 | frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height); |
| 491 | 604 | |
| 493 | 606 | msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect; |
| 494 | 607 | |
| 495 | 608 | width = contrlRect.size.width; |
| 496 | height = contrlRect.size.height; | |
| 609 | height = contrlRect.size.height - scrollPtr->arrowLength; | |
| 497 | 610 | |
| 498 | 611 | /* |
| 499 | 612 | * Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments |
| 502 | 615 | |
| 503 | 616 | msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect; |
| 504 | 617 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { |
| 505 | msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 618 | msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 506 | 619 | } else { |
| 507 | msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 620 | msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 508 | 621 | } |
| 509 | 622 | |
| 510 | 623 | /* |
| 517 | 630 | * the view area. |
| 518 | 631 | */ |
| 519 | 632 | |
| 520 | double maximum = 100, factor; | |
| 521 | factor = RangeToFactor(maximum); | |
| 522 | dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction) | |
| 523 | * factor; | |
| 524 | msPtr->info.max = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + | |
| 525 | factor - dViewSize; | |
| 633 | double factor = RangeToFactor(100.0); | |
| 634 | dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction) * factor; | |
| 635 | msPtr->info.max = factor - dViewSize; | |
| 526 | 636 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = dViewSize; |
| 527 | 637 | if (scrollPtr->vertical) { |
| 528 | if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) { | |
| 638 | if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) { | |
| 639 | msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; | |
| 640 | } else { | |
| 641 | msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max - | |
| 642 | factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; | |
| 643 | } | |
| 644 | } else { | |
| 529 | 645 | msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; |
| 530 | } else { | |
| 531 | msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; | |
| 532 | } | |
| 533 | } else { | |
| 534 | msPtr->info.value = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction; | |
| 535 | } | |
| 536 | ||
| 537 | if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0) | |
| 538 | || height <= metrics.minHeight) { | |
| 646 | } | |
| 647 | ||
| 648 | if ((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0) | |
| 649 | || height <= metrics.minHeight) { | |
| 539 | 650 | msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack; |
| 540 | 651 | } else { |
| 541 | 652 | msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive; |
| 542 | msPtr->info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost; | |
| 543 | } | |
| 544 | ||
| 545 | } | |
| 546 | ||
| 653 | msPtr->info.attributes = | |
| 654 | kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost; | |
| 655 | } | |
| 656 | } | |
| 657 | ||
| 547 | 658 | /* |
| 548 | 659 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 549 | 660 | * |
| 550 | 661 | * ScrollbarEvent -- |
| 551 | 662 | * |
| 552 | * This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>, <ButtonRelease>, | |
| 553 | * <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. The Scrollbar appearance is | |
| 554 | * modified for each event. | |
| 663 | * This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>, | |
| 664 | * <ButtonRelease>, <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. The | |
| 665 | * Scrollbar appearance is modified for each event. | |
| 555 | 666 | * |
| 556 | 667 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 557 | 668 | */ |
| 558 | 669 | |
| 559 | 670 | static int |
| 560 | ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr) | |
| 561 | { | |
| 562 | MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr; | |
| 563 | ||
| 564 | /* The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was | |
| 565 | * pressed at some location in the Scrollbar. Rather, it indicates | |
| 566 | * that the scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that | |
| 567 | * location. The standard Mac behavior is that once the button is | |
| 568 | * pressed inside the Scrollbar the appearance should not change until | |
| 569 | * the button is released, even if the mouse moves outside of the | |
| 570 | * scrollbar. However, if the mouse lies over the scrollbar but the | |
| 571 | * button is not pressed then the appearance should be the same as if | |
| 572 | * the button had been pressed on the slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed. | |
| 573 | * See the file Appearance.r, or HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14. | |
| 671 | ScrollbarEvent( | |
| 672 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, | |
| 673 | XEvent *eventPtr) | |
| 674 | { | |
| 675 | MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr; | |
| 676 | ||
| 677 | /* | |
| 678 | * The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was pressed | |
| 679 | * at some location in the Scrollbar. Rather, it indicates that the | |
| 680 | * scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that location. The | |
| 681 | * standard Mac behavior is that once the button is pressed inside the | |
| 682 | * Scrollbar the appearance should not change until the button is released, | |
| 683 | * even if the mouse moves outside of the scrollbar. However, if the mouse | |
| 684 | * lies over the scrollbar but the button is not pressed then the | |
| 685 | * appearance should be the same as if the button had been pressed on the | |
| 686 | * slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed. See the file Appearance.r, or | |
| 687 | * HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14. | |
| 574 | 688 | */ |
| 575 | 689 | |
| 576 | 690 | if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) { |
| 577 | 691 | msPtr->buttonDown = true; |
| 578 | 692 | UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr); |
| 693 | ||
| 579 | 694 | int where = TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, |
| 580 | eventPtr->xbutton.x, | |
| 581 | eventPtr->xbutton.y); | |
| 582 | switch(where) { | |
| 695 | eventPtr->xbutton.x, eventPtr->xbutton.y); | |
| 696 | ||
| 697 | switch (where) { | |
| 583 | 698 | case OUTSIDE: |
| 584 | 699 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0; |
| 585 | 700 | break; |
| 590 | 705 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed; |
| 591 | 706 | break; |
| 592 | 707 | case BOTTOM_GAP: |
| 593 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomTrackPressed; | |
| 708 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = | |
| 709 | kThemeBottomTrackPressed; | |
| 594 | 710 | break; |
| 595 | 711 | case TOP_ARROW: |
| 596 | /* This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works. */ | |
| 597 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed; | |
| 712 | ||
| 713 | /* | |
| 714 | * This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works. | |
| 715 | */ | |
| 716 | ||
| 717 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = | |
| 718 | kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed; | |
| 598 | 719 | break; |
| 599 | 720 | case BOTTOM_ARROW: |
| 600 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed; | |
| 721 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = | |
| 722 | kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed; | |
| 601 | 723 | break; |
| 602 | 724 | } |
| 603 | 725 | } |
| 619 | 741 | msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0; |
| 620 | 742 | } |
| 621 | 743 | } |
| 744 | TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr); | |
| 622 | 745 | return TCL_OK; |
| 623 | 746 | } |
| 624 | ||
| 625 | ||
| 626 | ||
| 747 | ||
| 627 | 748 | /* |
| 628 | 749 | *-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 629 | 750 | * |
| 644 | 765 | |
| 645 | 766 | static void |
| 646 | 767 | ScrollbarEventProc( |
| 647 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ | |
| 648 | XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ | |
| 768 | ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ | |
| 769 | XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ | |
| 649 | 770 | { |
| 650 | 771 | TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData; |
| 651 | 772 | |
| 667 | 788 | TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr); |
| 668 | 789 | } |
| 669 | 790 | } |
| 670 | ||
| 791 | ||
| 671 | 792 | /* |
| 672 | 793 | * Local Variables: |
| 673 | 794 | * mode: objc |
| 50 | 50 | * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property |
| 51 | 51 | * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a |
| 52 | 52 | * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each |
| 53 | * of the form | |
| 53 | * of the form: | |
| 54 | 54 | * window space name '\0' |
| 55 | 55 | * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an |
| 56 | 56 | * interpreter named "name". |
| 77 | 77 | * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */ |
| 78 | 78 | } NameRegistry; |
| 79 | 79 | |
| 80 | static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized | |
| 80 | static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized | |
| 81 | 81 | * yet. */ |
| 82 | 82 | |
| 83 | 83 | static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL; |
| 324 | 324 | int objc, /* Number of arguments */ |
| 325 | 325 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments */ |
| 326 | 326 | { |
| 327 | const char *const sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "-", NULL}; | |
| 327 | const char *const sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL}; | |
| 328 | 328 | char *stringRep, *destName; |
| 329 | 329 | /*int async = 0;*/ |
| 330 | 330 | int i, index, firstArg; |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | * tkMacOSXServices.c -- | |
| 2 | *\ | |
| 3 | * This file allows the integration of Tk and the Cocoa NSServices API. | |
| 4 | * | |
| 5 | * Copyright (c) 2010-2019 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. | |
| 6 | * Copyright (c) 2019 Marc Culler. | |
| 7 | * Copyright (c) 2010 Adrian Robert. | |
| 8 | * | |
| 9 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution | |
| 10 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | |
| 11 | */ | |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | #include <tkInt.h> | |
| 14 | #include <tkMacOSXInt.h> | |
| 15 | ||
| 16 | /* | |
| 17 | * Event proc which calls the PerformService procedure. | |
| 18 | */ | |
| 19 | ||
| 20 | static int | |
| 21 | ServicesEventProc( | |
| 22 | Tcl_Event *event, | |
| 23 | int flags) | |
| 24 | { | |
| 25 | TkMainInfo *info = TkGetMainInfoList(); | |
| 26 | Tcl_GlobalEval(info->interp, "::tk::mac::PerformService"); | |
| 27 | return 1; | |
| 28 | } | |
| 29 | ||
| 30 | /* | |
| 31 | * The Wish application can send the current selection in the Tk clipboard | |
| 32 | * to other applications which accept messages of type NSString. The TkService | |
| 33 | * object provides this service via its provideService method. (The method | |
| 34 | * must be specified in the application's Info.plist file for this to work.) | |
| 35 | */ | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | @interface TkService : NSObject { | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | } | |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | + (void) initialize; | |
| 42 | - (void) provideService:(NSPasteboard *)pboard | |
| 43 | userData:(NSString *)data | |
| 44 | error:(NSString **)error; | |
| 45 | - (BOOL)writeSelectionToPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard | |
| 46 | types:(NSArray *)types; | |
| 47 | ||
| 48 | @end | |
| 49 | ||
| 50 | /* | |
| 51 | * Class methods. | |
| 52 | */ | |
| 53 | ||
| 54 | @implementation TkService | |
| 55 | ||
| 56 | + (void) initialize { | |
| 57 | NSArray *sendTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"NSStringPboardType", | |
| 58 | @"NSPasteboardTypeString", nil]; | |
| 59 | [NSApp registerServicesMenuSendTypes:sendTypes returnTypes:sendTypes]; | |
| 60 | return; | |
| 61 | } | |
| 62 | ||
| 63 | /* | |
| 64 | * Get the current Tk selection and copy it to the system pasteboard. | |
| 65 | */ | |
| 66 | ||
| 67 | - (BOOL)writeSelectionToPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard | |
| 68 | types:(NSArray *)types | |
| 69 | { | |
| 70 | NSArray *typesDeclared = nil; | |
| 71 | NSString *pboardType = nil; | |
| 72 | TkMainInfo *info = TkGetMainInfoList(); | |
| 73 | ||
| 74 | for (NSString *typeString in types) { | |
| 75 | if ([typeString isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] || | |
| 76 | [typeString isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) { | |
| 77 | typesDeclared = [NSArray arrayWithObject:typeString]; | |
| 78 | pboardType = typeString; | |
| 79 | break; | |
| 80 | } | |
| 81 | } | |
| 82 | if (!typesDeclared) { | |
| 83 | return NO; | |
| 84 | } | |
| 85 | Tcl_Eval(info->interp, "selection get"); | |
| 86 | ||
| 87 | char *copystring = Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(info->interp)); | |
| 88 | NSString *writestring = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:copystring]; | |
| 89 | ||
| 90 | [pboard declareTypes:typesDeclared owner:nil]; | |
| 91 | return [pboard setString:writestring forType:pboardType]; | |
| 92 | } | |
| 93 | ||
| 94 | /* | |
| 95 | * This is the method that actually calls the Tk service; it must be specified | |
| 96 | * in Info.plist. | |
| 97 | */ | |
| 98 | ||
| 99 | - (void)provideService:(NSPasteboard *)pboard | |
| 100 | userData:(NSString *)data | |
| 101 | error:(NSString **)error | |
| 102 | { | |
| 103 | NSString *pboardString = nil, *pboardType = nil; | |
| 104 | NSArray *types = [pboard types]; | |
| 105 | Tcl_Event *event; | |
| 106 | ||
| 107 | /* | |
| 108 | * Get a string from the private pasteboard and copy it to the general | |
| 109 | * pasteboard to make it available to other applications. | |
| 110 | */ | |
| 111 | ||
| 112 | for (NSString *typeString in types) { | |
| 113 | if ([typeString isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] || | |
| 114 | [typeString isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) { | |
| 115 | pboardString = [pboard stringForType:typeString]; | |
| 116 | pboardType = typeString; | |
| 117 | break; | |
| 118 | } | |
| 119 | } | |
| 120 | if (pboardString) { | |
| 121 | NSPasteboard *generalpasteboard = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard]; | |
| 122 | [generalpasteboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects:pboardType, nil] | |
| 123 | owner:nil]; | |
| 124 | [generalpasteboard setString:pboardString forType:pboardType]; | |
| 125 | event = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Event)); | |
| 126 | event->proc = ServicesEventProc; | |
| 127 | Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 128 | } | |
| 129 | } | |
| 130 | @end | |
| 131 | ||
| 132 | /* | |
| 133 | * Instantiate a TkService object and register it with the NSApplication. | |
| 134 | * This is called exactly one time from TkpInit. | |
| 135 | */ | |
| 136 | ||
| 137 | int | |
| 138 | TkMacOSXServices_Init( | |
| 139 | Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 140 | { | |
| 141 | /* | |
| 142 | * Initialize an instance of TkService and register it with the NSApp. | |
| 143 | */ | |
| 144 | ||
| 145 | TkService *service = [[TkService alloc] init]; | |
| 146 | [NSApp setServicesProvider:service]; | |
| 147 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 148 | } | |
| 149 | ||
| 150 | /* | |
| 151 | * Local Variables: | |
| 152 | * mode: objc | |
| 153 | * c-basic-offset: 4 | |
| 154 | * fill-column: 79 | |
| 155 | * coding: utf-8 | |
| 156 | * End: | |
| 157 | */ |
| 48 | 48 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 49 | 49 | */ |
| 50 | 50 | |
| 51 | void | |
| 51 | int | |
| 52 | 52 | XDestroyWindow( |
| 53 | 53 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 54 | 54 | Window window) /* Window. */ |
| 64 | 64 | TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr); |
| 65 | 65 | macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--; |
| 66 | 66 | |
| 67 | if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) ) { | |
| 67 | if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) { | |
| 68 | 68 | TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW); |
| 69 | 69 | if (macWin->winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) { |
| 70 | 70 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr); |
| 71 | 71 | } |
| 72 | 72 | if (macWin->visRgn) { |
| 73 | 73 | CFRelease(macWin->visRgn); |
| 74 | macWin->visRgn = NULL; | |
| 74 | 75 | } |
| 75 | 76 | if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) { |
| 76 | 77 | CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn); |
| 78 | macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL; | |
| 77 | 79 | } |
| 78 | 80 | if (macWin->drawRgn) { |
| 79 | 81 | CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn); |
| 82 | macWin->drawRgn = NULL; | |
| 80 | 83 | } |
| 81 | 84 | |
| 82 | 85 | if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) { |
| 83 | 86 | ckfree(macWin->toplevel); |
| 84 | 87 | } |
| 85 | 88 | ckfree(macWin); |
| 86 | return; | |
| 89 | return Success; | |
| 87 | 90 | } |
| 88 | 91 | if (macWin->visRgn) { |
| 89 | 92 | CFRelease(macWin->visRgn); |
| 93 | macWin->visRgn = NULL; | |
| 90 | 94 | } |
| 91 | 95 | if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) { |
| 92 | 96 | CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn); |
| 97 | macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL; | |
| 93 | 98 | } |
| 94 | 99 | if (macWin->drawRgn) { |
| 95 | 100 | CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn); |
| 101 | macWin->drawRgn = NULL; | |
| 96 | 102 | } |
| 97 | 103 | macWin->view = nil; |
| 98 | 104 | |
| 104 | 110 | if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) { |
| 105 | 111 | ckfree(macWin->toplevel); |
| 106 | 112 | } |
| 113 | return Success; | |
| 107 | 114 | } |
| 108 | 115 | |
| 109 | 116 | /* |
| 123 | 130 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 124 | 131 | */ |
| 125 | 132 | |
| 126 | void | |
| 133 | int | |
| 127 | 134 | XMapWindow( |
| 128 | 135 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 129 | 136 | Window window) /* Window. */ |
| 130 | 137 | { |
| 131 | 138 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window; |
| 139 | TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr; | |
| 140 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window); | |
| 132 | 141 | XEvent event; |
| 133 | 142 | |
| 134 | 143 | /* |
| 144 | 153 | } |
| 145 | 154 | |
| 146 | 155 | display->request++; |
| 147 | macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED; | |
| 148 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) { | |
| 149 | if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { | |
| 150 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window); | |
| 156 | winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED; | |
| 157 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { | |
| 158 | if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { | |
| 159 | ||
| 151 | 160 | /* |
| 152 | * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped | |
| 153 | * but we must not supply YES here. This is because | |
| 154 | * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped | |
| 155 | * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing | |
| 156 | * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar | |
| 157 | * unresponsive. | |
| 161 | * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped but we must not | |
| 162 | * supply YES here. This is because during Tk initialization the | |
| 163 | * root window is mapped before applicationDidFinishLaunching | |
| 164 | * returns. Forcing the app to activate too early can make the menu | |
| 165 | * bar unresponsive. | |
| 158 | 166 | */ |
| 167 | ||
| 168 | TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, win); | |
| 169 | [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO]; | |
| 159 | 170 | [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO]; |
| 160 | if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) { | |
| 171 | [[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 172 | if ([win canBecomeKeyWindow]) { | |
| 161 | 173 | [win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp]; |
| 174 | } else { | |
| 175 | [win orderFrontRegardless]; | |
| 162 | 176 | } |
| 163 | TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win); | |
| 164 | 177 | } else { |
| 178 | TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); | |
| 179 | ||
| 165 | 180 | /* |
| 166 | 181 | * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display |
| 167 | 182 | * the window. |
| 168 | 183 | */ |
| 169 | TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr); | |
| 170 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr); | |
| 184 | ||
| 185 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) contWinPtr); | |
| 171 | 186 | TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW); |
| 172 | 187 | } |
| 173 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr); | |
| 188 | ||
| 189 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr); | |
| 174 | 190 | |
| 175 | 191 | /* |
| 176 | 192 | * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows. |
| 183 | 199 | event.xmap.window = window; |
| 184 | 200 | event.xmap.type = MapNotify; |
| 185 | 201 | event.xmap.event = window; |
| 186 | event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect; | |
| 202 | event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect; | |
| 187 | 203 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); |
| 188 | 204 | } else { |
| 205 | ||
| 189 | 206 | /* |
| 190 | * Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window. | |
| 191 | * | |
| 207 | * For non-toplevel windows, rebuild the parent's clipping region | |
| 208 | * and redisplay the window. | |
| 192 | 209 | */ |
| 193 | 210 | |
| 194 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr); | |
| 195 | TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW); | |
| 211 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr); | |
| 212 | } | |
| 213 | ||
| 214 | if ([NSApp isDrawing]) { | |
| 215 | [[win contentView] setNeedsRedisplay:YES]; | |
| 216 | } else { | |
| 217 | [[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 196 | 218 | } |
| 197 | 219 | |
| 198 | 220 | /* |
| 203 | 225 | event.xany.display = display; |
| 204 | 226 | event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify; |
| 205 | 227 | event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured; |
| 206 | NotifyVisibility(macWin->winPtr, &event); | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | /* | |
| 209 | * Make sure that subwindows get displayed. | |
| 210 | */ | |
| 211 | ||
| 212 | GenerateConfigureNotify(macWin->winPtr, 1); | |
| 213 | ||
| 228 | NotifyVisibility(winPtr, &event); | |
| 229 | return Success; | |
| 214 | 230 | } |
| 215 | 231 | |
| 216 | 232 | /* |
| 264 | 280 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 265 | 281 | */ |
| 266 | 282 | |
| 267 | void | |
| 283 | int | |
| 268 | 284 | XUnmapWindow( |
| 269 | 285 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 270 | 286 | Window window) /* Window. */ |
| 272 | 288 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window; |
| 273 | 289 | TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr; |
| 274 | 290 | TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; |
| 291 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window); | |
| 275 | 292 | XEvent event; |
| 276 | 293 | |
| 277 | 294 | display->request++; |
| 278 | 295 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { |
| 279 | 296 | if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && |
| 280 | 297 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) { |
| 281 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window); | |
| 282 | ||
| 283 | if ([win isVisible]) { | |
| 284 | [[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win]; | |
| 285 | [win orderOut:NSApp]; | |
| 286 | } | |
| 298 | [win orderOut:nil]; | |
| 287 | 299 | } |
| 288 | 300 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 289 | 301 | |
| 301 | 313 | event.xunmap.from_configure = false; |
| 302 | 314 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); |
| 303 | 315 | } else { |
| 304 | ||
| 305 | 316 | /* |
| 306 | 317 | * Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed |
| 307 | * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed. | |
| 318 | * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed and then | |
| 319 | * redraw the window. | |
| 308 | 320 | */ |
| 309 | 321 | |
| 310 | 322 | if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) { |
| 311 | TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr), | |
| 312 | parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn); | |
| 323 | TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion( | |
| 324 | TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr), | |
| 325 | parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn); | |
| 313 | 326 | } |
| 314 | 327 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr); |
| 315 | 328 | TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr); |
| 316 | 329 | } |
| 317 | 330 | winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; |
| 331 | if ([NSApp isDrawing]) { | |
| 332 | [[win contentView] setNeedsRedisplay:YES]; | |
| 333 | } else { | |
| 334 | [[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 335 | } | |
| 336 | return Success; | |
| 318 | 337 | } |
| 319 | 338 | |
| 320 | 339 | /* |
| 334 | 353 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 335 | 354 | */ |
| 336 | 355 | |
| 337 | void | |
| 356 | int | |
| 338 | 357 | XResizeWindow( |
| 339 | 358 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 340 | 359 | Window window, /* Window. */ |
| 342 | 361 | unsigned int height) |
| 343 | 362 | { |
| 344 | 363 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window; |
| 364 | ||
| 345 | 365 | display->request++; |
| 346 | 366 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { |
| 347 | 367 | NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window; |
| 368 | ||
| 348 | 369 | if (w) { |
| 349 | 370 | NSRect r = [w contentRectForFrameRect:[w frame]]; |
| 371 | ||
| 350 | 372 | r.origin.y += r.size.height - height; |
| 351 | 373 | r.size.width = width; |
| 352 | 374 | r.size.height = height; |
| 355 | 377 | } else { |
| 356 | 378 | MoveResizeWindow(macWin); |
| 357 | 379 | } |
| 380 | return Success; | |
| 358 | 381 | } |
| 359 | 382 | |
| 360 | 383 | /* |
| 362 | 385 | * |
| 363 | 386 | * XMoveResizeWindow -- |
| 364 | 387 | * |
| 365 | * Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation | |
| 366 | * for further details. | |
| 367 | * | |
| 368 | * Results: | |
| 369 | * None. | |
| 370 | * | |
| 371 | * Side effects: | |
| 372 | * None. | |
| 373 | * | |
| 374 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 375 | */ | |
| 376 | ||
| 377 | void | |
| 388 | * Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation for | |
| 389 | * further details. | |
| 390 | * | |
| 391 | * Results: | |
| 392 | * None. | |
| 393 | * | |
| 394 | * Side effects: | |
| 395 | * None. | |
| 396 | * | |
| 397 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 398 | */ | |
| 399 | ||
| 400 | int | |
| 378 | 401 | XMoveResizeWindow( |
| 379 | 402 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 380 | 403 | Window window, /* Window. */ |
| 387 | 410 | display->request++; |
| 388 | 411 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { |
| 389 | 412 | NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window; |
| 413 | ||
| 390 | 414 | if (w) { |
| 391 | ||
| 392 | /* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get | |
| 415 | /* | |
| 416 | * We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get | |
| 393 | 417 | * surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with |
| 394 | 418 | * unsigned ints. |
| 395 | 419 | */ |
| 396 | 420 | |
| 397 | CGFloat X = (CGFloat)x; | |
| 398 | CGFloat Y = (CGFloat)y; | |
| 399 | CGFloat Width = (CGFloat)width; | |
| 400 | CGFloat Height = (CGFloat)height; | |
| 401 | CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; | |
| 402 | CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; | |
| 403 | NSRect r = NSMakeRect(X + XOff, | |
| 404 | tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height, | |
| 405 | Width, Height); | |
| 421 | CGFloat X = (CGFloat) x; | |
| 422 | CGFloat Y = (CGFloat) y; | |
| 423 | CGFloat Width = (CGFloat) width; | |
| 424 | CGFloat Height = (CGFloat) height; | |
| 425 | CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; | |
| 426 | CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent; | |
| 427 | NSRect r = NSMakeRect( | |
| 428 | X + XOff, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - Y - YOff - Height, | |
| 429 | Width, Height); | |
| 430 | ||
| 406 | 431 | [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES]; |
| 407 | 432 | } |
| 408 | 433 | } else { |
| 409 | 434 | MoveResizeWindow(macWin); |
| 410 | 435 | } |
| 436 | return Success; | |
| 411 | 437 | } |
| 412 | 438 | |
| 413 | 439 | /* |
| 415 | 441 | * |
| 416 | 442 | * XMoveWindow -- |
| 417 | 443 | * |
| 418 | * Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further | |
| 419 | * details. | |
| 420 | * | |
| 421 | * Results: | |
| 422 | * None. | |
| 423 | * | |
| 424 | * Side effects: | |
| 425 | * None. | |
| 426 | * | |
| 427 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 428 | */ | |
| 429 | ||
| 430 | void | |
| 444 | * Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further details. | |
| 445 | * | |
| 446 | * Results: | |
| 447 | * None. | |
| 448 | * | |
| 449 | * Side effects: | |
| 450 | * None. | |
| 451 | * | |
| 452 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 453 | */ | |
| 454 | ||
| 455 | int | |
| 431 | 456 | XMoveWindow( |
| 432 | 457 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 433 | 458 | Window window, /* Window. */ |
| 438 | 463 | display->request++; |
| 439 | 464 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { |
| 440 | 465 | NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window; |
| 466 | ||
| 441 | 467 | if (w) { |
| 442 | [w setFrameTopLeftPoint:NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)]; | |
| 468 | [w setFrameTopLeftPoint: NSMakePoint( | |
| 469 | x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y)]; | |
| 443 | 470 | } |
| 444 | 471 | } else { |
| 445 | 472 | MoveResizeWindow(macWin); |
| 446 | 473 | } |
| 474 | return Success; | |
| 447 | 475 | } |
| 448 | 476 | |
| 449 | 477 | /* |
| 480 | 508 | if (contWinPtr) { |
| 481 | 509 | macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr; |
| 482 | 510 | } else { |
| 483 | ||
| 484 | 511 | /* |
| 485 | 512 | * Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point, |
| 486 | 513 | * we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you |
| 489 | 516 | */ |
| 490 | 517 | } |
| 491 | 518 | } else { |
| 492 | ||
| 493 | 519 | /* |
| 494 | 520 | * TODO: update all xOff & yOffs |
| 495 | 521 | */ |
| 570 | 596 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 571 | 597 | */ |
| 572 | 598 | |
| 573 | void | |
| 599 | int | |
| 574 | 600 | XRaiseWindow( |
| 575 | 601 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 576 | 602 | Window window) /* Window. */ |
| 581 | 607 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { |
| 582 | 608 | TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL); |
| 583 | 609 | } else { |
| 584 | ||
| 585 | 610 | /* |
| 586 | 611 | * TODO: this should generate damage |
| 587 | 612 | */ |
| 588 | 613 | } |
| 614 | return Success; | |
| 589 | 615 | } |
| 590 | 616 | |
| 591 | 617 | #if 0 |
| 616 | 642 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) { |
| 617 | 643 | TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL); |
| 618 | 644 | } else { |
| 619 | ||
| 620 | 645 | /* |
| 621 | 646 | * TODO: this should generate damage |
| 622 | 647 | */ |
| 642 | 667 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 643 | 668 | */ |
| 644 | 669 | |
| 645 | void | |
| 670 | int | |
| 646 | 671 | XConfigureWindow( |
| 647 | 672 | Display *display, /* Display. */ |
| 648 | 673 | Window w, /* Window. */ |
| 679 | 704 | TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr); |
| 680 | 705 | TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &bounds); |
| 681 | 706 | r = NSMakeRect(bounds.left, |
| 682 | [view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom, | |
| 683 | bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top); | |
| 707 | [view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom, | |
| 708 | bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top); | |
| 684 | 709 | [view setNeedsDisplayInRect:r]; |
| 685 | 710 | } |
| 686 | 711 | } |
| 687 | 712 | |
| 688 | /* TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr, | |
| 689 | macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y); */ | |
| 713 | #if 0 | |
| 714 | TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr, | |
| 715 | macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y); | |
| 716 | #endif | |
| 717 | return Success; | |
| 690 | 718 | } |
| 691 | 719 | |
| 692 | 720 | /* |
| 708 | 736 | |
| 709 | 737 | void |
| 710 | 738 | TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled( |
| 711 | TkWindow *winPtr, | |
| 712 | int flag) | |
| 739 | TkWindow *winPtr, | |
| 740 | int flag) | |
| 713 | 741 | { |
| 714 | 742 | TkWindow *childPtr; |
| 715 | 743 | MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr; |
| 716 | 744 | |
| 717 | 745 | if (macWin) { |
| 718 | if (flag ) { | |
| 746 | if (flag) { | |
| 719 | 747 | macWin->flags &= ~TK_DO_NOT_DRAW; |
| 720 | 748 | } else { |
| 721 | 749 | macWin->flags |= TK_DO_NOT_DRAW; |
| 723 | 751 | } |
| 724 | 752 | |
| 725 | 753 | /* |
| 726 | * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding | |
| 727 | * Toplevels. (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?) | |
| 754 | * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding Toplevels. | |
| 755 | * (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?) | |
| 728 | 756 | */ |
| 729 | 757 | |
| 730 | 758 | childPtr = winPtr->childList; |
| 888 | 916 | } |
| 889 | 917 | CFRelease(rgn); |
| 890 | 918 | } else { |
| 891 | ||
| 892 | 919 | /* |
| 893 | 920 | * An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any |
| 894 | 921 | * (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming |
| 918 | 945 | * TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn -- |
| 919 | 946 | * |
| 920 | 947 | * This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given |
| 921 | * window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned | |
| 922 | * region via TkDestroyRegion(). | |
| 948 | * window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned region | |
| 949 | * via TkDestroyRegion(). | |
| 923 | 950 | * |
| 924 | 951 | * Results: |
| 925 | 952 | * The region. |
| 937 | 964 | if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) { |
| 938 | 965 | TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr); |
| 939 | 966 | } |
| 940 | return (TkRegion)HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn); | |
| 967 | return (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn); | |
| 941 | 968 | } |
| 942 | 969 | |
| 943 | 970 | /* |
| 957 | 984 | */ |
| 958 | 985 | |
| 959 | 986 | static OSStatus |
| 960 | InvalViewRect(int msg, HIShapeRef rgn, const CGRect *rect, void *ref) { | |
| 987 | InvalViewRect( | |
| 988 | int msg, | |
| 989 | HIShapeRef rgn, | |
| 990 | const CGRect *rect, | |
| 991 | void *ref) | |
| 992 | { | |
| 961 | 993 | static CGAffineTransform t; |
| 962 | 994 | NSView *view = ref; |
| 963 | 995 | |
| 1037 | 1069 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1038 | 1070 | */ |
| 1039 | 1071 | |
| 1040 | NSWindow* | |
| 1072 | NSWindow * | |
| 1041 | 1073 | TkMacOSXDrawableWindow( |
| 1042 | 1074 | Drawable drawable) |
| 1043 | 1075 | { |
| 1055 | 1087 | result = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window; |
| 1056 | 1088 | } else if (macWin->toplevel && (macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { |
| 1057 | 1089 | TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr); |
| 1090 | ||
| 1058 | 1091 | if (contWinPtr) { |
| 1059 | 1092 | result = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) contWinPtr->privatePtr); |
| 1060 | 1093 | } |
| 1108 | 1141 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1109 | 1142 | */ |
| 1110 | 1143 | |
| 1111 | NSView* | |
| 1144 | NSView * | |
| 1112 | 1145 | TkMacOSXDrawableView( |
| 1113 | 1146 | MacDrawable *macWin) |
| 1114 | 1147 | { |
| 1122 | 1155 | result = macWin->toplevel->view; |
| 1123 | 1156 | } else { |
| 1124 | 1157 | TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr); |
| 1158 | ||
| 1125 | 1159 | if (contWinPtr) { |
| 1126 | 1160 | result = TkMacOSXDrawableView(contWinPtr->privatePtr); |
| 1127 | 1161 | } |
| 1149 | 1183 | TkMacOSXGetRootControl( |
| 1150 | 1184 | Drawable drawable) |
| 1151 | 1185 | { |
| 1152 | ||
| 1153 | 1186 | /* |
| 1154 | 1187 | * will probably need to fix this up for embedding |
| 1155 | 1188 | */ |
| 1266 | 1299 | TkWindow *winPtr, |
| 1267 | 1300 | void *bounds) |
| 1268 | 1301 | { |
| 1269 | Rect *b = (Rect *)bounds; | |
| 1302 | Rect *b = (Rect *) bounds; | |
| 1303 | ||
| 1270 | 1304 | b->left = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff; |
| 1271 | 1305 | b->top = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff; |
| 1272 | 1306 | b->right = b->left + winPtr->changes.width; |
| 1309 | 1343 | * UpdateOffsets -- |
| 1310 | 1344 | * |
| 1311 | 1345 | * Updates the X & Y offsets of the given TkWindow from the TopLevel it is |
| 1312 | * a decendant of. | |
| 1346 | * a descendant of. | |
| 1313 | 1347 | * |
| 1314 | 1348 | * Results: |
| 1315 | 1349 | * None. |
| 1330 | 1364 | TkWindow *childPtr; |
| 1331 | 1365 | |
| 1332 | 1366 | if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) { |
| 1333 | ||
| 1334 | 1367 | /* |
| 1335 | 1368 | * We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset |
| 1336 | 1369 | * information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will |
| 12 | 12 | */ |
| 13 | 13 | |
| 14 | 14 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| 15 | #include "tkMacOSXConstants.h" | |
| 15 | 16 | |
| 16 | 17 | /* |
| 17 | 18 | * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file: |
| 18 | 19 | */ |
| 19 | 20 | |
| 21 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 | |
| 20 | 22 | static int DebuggerObjCmd (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 21 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 23 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 24 | #endif | |
| 25 | static int PressButtonObjCmd (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 26 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 27 | ||
| 22 | 28 | |
| 23 | 29 | /* |
| 24 | 30 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 45 | 51 | * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here. |
| 46 | 52 | */ |
| 47 | 53 | |
| 48 | Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, | |
| 49 | (ClientData) 0, (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); | |
| 54 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 | |
| 55 | Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL); | |
| 56 | #endif | |
| 57 | Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "pressbutton", PressButtonObjCmd, NULL, NULL); | |
| 50 | 58 | |
| 51 | 59 | return TCL_OK; |
| 52 | 60 | } |
| 56 | 64 | * |
| 57 | 65 | * DebuggerObjCmd -- |
| 58 | 66 | * |
| 59 | * This procedure simply calls the low level debugger. | |
| 67 | * This procedure simply calls the low level debugger, which was | |
| 68 | * deprecated in OSX 10.8. | |
| 60 | 69 | * |
| 61 | 70 | * Results: |
| 62 | 71 | * A standard Tcl result. |
| 67 | 76 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 68 | 77 | */ |
| 69 | 78 | |
| 79 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 | |
| 70 | 80 | static int |
| 71 | 81 | DebuggerObjCmd( |
| 72 | 82 | ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ |
| 77 | 87 | Debugger(); |
| 78 | 88 | return TCL_OK; |
| 79 | 89 | } |
| 80 | ||
| 81 | /* | |
| 82 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 83 | * | |
| 84 | * TkTestSimulateDrawing -- | |
| 85 | * | |
| 86 | * A test widget display procedure which records calls can use this to | |
| 87 | * avoid duplicate calls which would occur due to fact that no valid | |
| 88 | * graphics context is available to the idle task which is running the | |
| 89 | * display proc. Note that no actual drawing to the screen will take | |
| 90 | * place when this flag is set. This is just a wrapper for the NSApp | |
| 91 | * property. | |
| 92 | * | |
| 93 | * | |
| 94 | * Results: | |
| 95 | * Calls to low level drawing routines will return without actually | |
| 96 | * drawing anything to the screen. | |
| 90 | #endif | |
| 91 | ||
| 92 | /* | |
| 93 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 94 | * | |
| 95 | * TkTestLogDisplay -- | |
| 96 | * | |
| 97 | * The test image display procedure calls this to determine whether it | |
| 98 | * should write a log message recording that it has being run. On OSX | |
| 99 | * 10.14 and later, only calls to the display procedure which occur inside | |
| 100 | * of the drawRect method should be logged, since those are the only ones | |
| 101 | * which actually draw anything. On earlier systems the opposite is true. | |
| 102 | * The calls from within the drawRect method are redundant, since the | |
| 103 | * first time the display procedure is run it will do the drawing and that | |
| 104 | * first call will usually not occur inside of drawRect. | |
| 105 | * | |
| 106 | * Results: | |
| 107 | * On OSX 10.14 and later, returns true if and only if called from | |
| 108 | * within [NSView drawRect]. On earlier systems returns false if | |
| 109 | * and only if called from with [NSView drawRect]. | |
| 97 | 110 | * |
| 98 | 111 | * Side effects: |
| 99 | 112 | * None |
| 100 | 113 | * |
| 101 | 114 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 102 | 115 | */ |
| 103 | MODULE_SCOPE void | |
| 104 | TkTestSimulateDrawing(Bool yesno) { | |
| 105 | [NSApp setSimulateDrawing:yesno]; | |
| 106 | } | |
| 107 | ||
| 116 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool | |
| 117 | TkTestLogDisplay(void) { | |
| 118 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] >= 14) { | |
| 119 | return [NSApp isDrawing]; | |
| 120 | } else { | |
| 121 | return ![NSApp isDrawing]; | |
| 122 | } | |
| 123 | } | |
| 124 | ||
| 125 | /* | |
| 126 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 127 | * | |
| 128 | * PressButtonObjCmd -- | |
| 129 | * | |
| 130 | * This Tcl command simulates a button press at a specific screen | |
| 131 | * location. It injects NSEvents into the NSApplication event queue, | |
| 132 | * as opposed to adding events to the Tcl queue as event generate | |
| 133 | * would do. One application is for testing the grab command. | |
| 134 | * | |
| 135 | * Results: | |
| 136 | * A standard Tcl result. | |
| 137 | * | |
| 138 | * Side effects: | |
| 139 | * None. | |
| 140 | * | |
| 141 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 142 | */ | |
| 143 | ||
| 144 | /* ARGSUSED */ | |
| 145 | static int | |
| 146 | PressButtonObjCmd( | |
| 147 | ClientData clientData, | |
| 148 | Tcl_Interp *interp, | |
| 149 | int objc, | |
| 150 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) | |
| 151 | { | |
| 152 | int x, y, i, value, wNum; | |
| 153 | CGPoint pt; | |
| 154 | NSPoint loc; | |
| 155 | NSEvent *motion, *press, *release; | |
| 156 | NSArray *screens = [NSScreen screens]; | |
| 157 | CGFloat ScreenHeight = 0; | |
| 158 | enum {X=1, Y}; | |
| 159 | ||
| 160 | if (screens && [screens count]) { | |
| 161 | ScreenHeight = [[screens objectAtIndex:0] frame].size.height; | |
| 162 | } | |
| 163 | ||
| 164 | if (objc != 3) { | |
| 165 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "x y"); | |
| 166 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 167 | } | |
| 168 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) { | |
| 169 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i],&value) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 170 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 171 | } | |
| 172 | switch (i) { | |
| 173 | case X: | |
| 174 | x = value; | |
| 175 | break; | |
| 176 | case Y: | |
| 177 | y = value; | |
| 178 | break; | |
| 179 | default: | |
| 180 | break; | |
| 181 | } | |
| 182 | } | |
| 183 | pt.x = loc.x = x; | |
| 184 | pt.y = y; | |
| 185 | loc.y = ScreenHeight - y; | |
| 186 | wNum = 0; | |
| 187 | CGWarpMouseCursorPosition(pt); | |
| 188 | motion = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSMouseMoved | |
| 189 | location:loc | |
| 190 | modifierFlags:0 | |
| 191 | timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime() | |
| 192 | windowNumber:wNum | |
| 193 | context:nil | |
| 194 | eventNumber:0 | |
| 195 | clickCount:1 | |
| 196 | pressure:0.0]; | |
| 197 | [NSApp postEvent:motion atStart:NO]; | |
| 198 | press = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSLeftMouseDown | |
| 199 | location:loc | |
| 200 | modifierFlags:0 | |
| 201 | timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime() | |
| 202 | windowNumber:wNum | |
| 203 | context:nil | |
| 204 | eventNumber:1 | |
| 205 | clickCount:1 | |
| 206 | pressure:0.0]; | |
| 207 | [NSApp postEvent:press atStart:NO]; | |
| 208 | release = [NSEvent mouseEventWithType:NSLeftMouseUp | |
| 209 | location:loc | |
| 210 | modifierFlags:0 | |
| 211 | timestamp:GetCurrentEventTime() | |
| 212 | windowNumber:wNum | |
| 213 | context:nil | |
| 214 | eventNumber:2 | |
| 215 | clickCount:1 | |
| 216 | pressure:0.0]; | |
| 217 | [NSApp postEvent:release atStart:NO]; | |
| 218 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 219 | } | |
| 108 | 220 | |
| 109 | 221 | |
| 110 | 222 | /* |
| 30 | 30 | */ |
| 31 | 31 | |
| 32 | 32 | static int GenerateUpdates(HIShapeRef updateRgn, |
| 33 | CGRect *updateBounds, TkWindow *winPtr); | |
| 33 | CGRect *updateBounds, TkWindow *winPtr); | |
| 34 | 34 | static int GenerateActivateEvents(TkWindow *winPtr, |
| 35 | 35 | int activeFlag); |
| 36 | 36 | static void DoWindowActivate(ClientData clientData); |
| 67 | 67 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification); |
| 68 | 68 | #endif |
| 69 | 69 | BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name] |
| 70 | isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification]; | |
| 71 | ||
| 70 | isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification]; | |
| 72 | 71 | NSWindow *w = [notification object]; |
| 73 | 72 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 74 | 73 | |
| 78 | 77 | int x, y, width = -1, height = -1, flags = 0; |
| 79 | 78 | |
| 80 | 79 | x = bounds.origin.x; |
| 81 | y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height); | |
| 82 | if (winPtr->changes.x != x || winPtr->changes.y != y){ | |
| 80 | y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - (bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height); | |
| 81 | if (winPtr->changes.x != x || winPtr->changes.y != y) { | |
| 83 | 82 | flags |= TK_LOCATION_CHANGED; |
| 84 | 83 | } else { |
| 85 | 84 | x = y = -1; |
| 91 | 90 | flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED; |
| 92 | 91 | } |
| 93 | 92 | if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) { |
| 94 | ||
| 95 | 93 | /* |
| 96 | 94 | * Propagate geometry changes immediately. |
| 97 | 95 | */ |
| 98 | 96 | |
| 99 | 97 | flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY; |
| 100 | 98 | } |
| 99 | ||
| 101 | 100 | TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags); |
| 102 | 101 | } |
| 102 | ||
| 103 | 103 | } |
| 104 | 104 | |
| 105 | 105 | - (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification |
| 135 | 135 | } |
| 136 | 136 | } |
| 137 | 137 | |
| 138 | - (NSRect)windowWillUseStandardFrame:(NSWindow *)window | |
| 139 | defaultFrame:(NSRect)newFrame | |
| 140 | { | |
| 141 | /* | |
| 142 | * This method needs to be implemented in order for [NSWindow isZoomed] to | |
| 143 | * give the correct answer. But it suffices to always validate every | |
| 144 | * request. | |
| 145 | */ | |
| 146 | ||
| 147 | return newFrame; | |
| 148 | } | |
| 149 | ||
| 150 | - (NSSize)window:(NSWindow *)window | |
| 151 | willUseFullScreenContentSize:(NSSize)proposedSize | |
| 152 | { | |
| 153 | /* | |
| 154 | * We don't need to change the proposed size, but we do need to implement | |
| 155 | * this method. Otherwise the full screen window will be sized to the | |
| 156 | * screen's visibleFrame, leaving black bands at the top and bottom. | |
| 157 | */ | |
| 158 | ||
| 159 | return proposedSize; | |
| 160 | } | |
| 161 | ||
| 162 | - (void) windowEnteredFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification | |
| 163 | { | |
| 164 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS | |
| 165 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification); | |
| 166 | #endif | |
| 167 | [(TKWindow *)[notification object] tkLayoutChanged]; | |
| 168 | } | |
| 169 | ||
| 170 | - (void) windowExitedFullScreen: (NSNotification *) notification | |
| 171 | { | |
| 172 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS | |
| 173 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification); | |
| 174 | #endif | |
| 175 | [(TKWindow *)[notification object] tkLayoutChanged]; | |
| 176 | } | |
| 177 | ||
| 138 | 178 | - (void) windowCollapsed: (NSNotification *) notification |
| 139 | 179 | { |
| 140 | 180 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS |
| 157 | 197 | |
| 158 | 198 | if (winPtr) { |
| 159 | 199 | TkGenWMDestroyEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 160 | if (_windowWithMouse == w) { | |
| 161 | _windowWithMouse = nil; | |
| 162 | [w release]; | |
| 163 | } | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | ||
| 166 | /* | |
| 167 | * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window, | |
| 168 | * so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window. | |
| 200 | } | |
| 201 | ||
| 202 | /* | |
| 203 | * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window, so | |
| 204 | * can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window. | |
| 169 | 205 | */ |
| 170 | 206 | |
| 171 | 207 | return (winPtr ? NO : YES); |
| 172 | 208 | } |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | 209 | |
| 175 | 210 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS |
| 176 | 211 | |
| 212 | 247 | } |
| 213 | 248 | } |
| 214 | 249 | |
| 215 | ||
| 216 | 250 | #endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */ |
| 217 | 251 | |
| 218 | 252 | - (void) _setupWindowNotifications |
| 221 | 255 | |
| 222 | 256 | #define observe(n, s) \ |
| 223 | 257 | [nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil] |
| 258 | ||
| 224 | 259 | observe(NSWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification, windowActivation:); |
| 225 | 260 | observe(NSWindowDidResignKeyNotification, windowActivation:); |
| 226 | 261 | observe(NSWindowDidMoveNotification, windowBoundsChanged:); |
| 227 | 262 | observe(NSWindowDidResizeNotification, windowBoundsChanged:); |
| 228 | 263 | observe(NSWindowDidDeminiaturizeNotification, windowExpanded:); |
| 229 | 264 | observe(NSWindowDidMiniaturizeNotification, windowCollapsed:); |
| 265 | ||
| 266 | #if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1070) | |
| 267 | observe(NSWindowDidEnterFullScreenNotification, windowEnteredFullScreen:); | |
| 268 | observe(NSWindowDidExitFullScreenNotification, windowExitedFullScreen:); | |
| 269 | #endif | |
| 270 | ||
| 230 | 271 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS |
| 231 | 272 | observe(NSWindowWillMoveNotification, windowDragStart:); |
| 232 | 273 | observe(NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:); |
| 250 | 291 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification); |
| 251 | 292 | #endif |
| 252 | 293 | [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard]; |
| 294 | ||
| 295 | /* | |
| 296 | * When the application is activated with Command-Tab it will create a | |
| 297 | * zombie window for every Tk window which has been withdrawn. So iterate | |
| 298 | * through the list of windows and order out any withdrawn window. | |
| 299 | */ | |
| 300 | ||
| 301 | for (NSWindow *win in [NSApp windows]) { | |
| 302 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win); | |
| 303 | if (!winPtr || !winPtr->wmInfoPtr) { | |
| 304 | continue; | |
| 305 | } | |
| 306 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { | |
| 307 | [win orderOut:nil]; | |
| 308 | } | |
| 309 | } | |
| 253 | 310 | } |
| 254 | 311 | |
| 255 | 312 | - (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification |
| 258 | 315 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification); |
| 259 | 316 | #endif |
| 260 | 317 | } |
| 318 | ||
| 319 | - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)sender | |
| 320 | hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag | |
| 321 | { | |
| 322 | /* | |
| 323 | * Allowing the default response means that withdrawn windows will get | |
| 324 | * displayed on the screen with unresponsive title buttons. We don't | |
| 325 | * really want that. Besides, we can write our own code to handle this | |
| 326 | * with ::tk::mac::ReopenApplication. So we just say NO. | |
| 327 | */ | |
| 328 | ||
| 329 | return NO; | |
| 330 | } | |
| 331 | ||
| 261 | 332 | |
| 262 | 333 | - (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification |
| 263 | 334 | { |
| 298 | 369 | * |
| 299 | 370 | * TkpAppIsDrawing -- |
| 300 | 371 | * |
| 301 | * A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it | |
| 302 | * is being run inside of the drawRect method. This is needed for | |
| 303 | * some tests, especially of the Text widget, which record data in | |
| 304 | * a global Tcl variable and assume that display procedures will be | |
| 305 | * run in a predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks. | |
| 372 | * A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it is | |
| 373 | * being run inside of the drawRect method. This is needed for some tests, | |
| 374 | * especially of the Text widget, which record data in a global Tcl | |
| 375 | * variable and assume that display procedures will be run in a | |
| 376 | * predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks. | |
| 306 | 377 | * |
| 307 | 378 | * Results: |
| 308 | 379 | * True only while running the drawRect method of a TKContentView; |
| 312 | 383 | * |
| 313 | 384 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 314 | 385 | */ |
| 386 | ||
| 315 | 387 | MODULE_SCOPE Bool |
| 316 | 388 | TkpAppIsDrawing(void) { |
| 317 | 389 | return [NSApp isDrawing]; |
| 318 | 390 | } |
| 319 | ||
| 320 | 391 | |
| 321 | 392 | /* |
| 322 | 393 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 442 | 513 | int activeFlag) |
| 443 | 514 | { |
| 444 | 515 | TkGenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, activeFlag); |
| 445 | TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(winPtr, activeFlag); | |
| 516 | if (activeFlag || ![NSApp isActive]) { | |
| 517 | TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(winPtr, activeFlag); | |
| 518 | } | |
| 446 | 519 | return true; |
| 447 | 520 | } |
| 448 | 521 | |
| 599 | 672 | if (flags & TK_LOCATION_CHANGED) { |
| 600 | 673 | wmPtr->x = x; |
| 601 | 674 | wmPtr->y = y; |
| 602 | wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y); | |
| 603 | 675 | } |
| 604 | 676 | if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) && |
| 605 | 677 | ((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) { |
| 606 | 678 | if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) { |
| 607 | ||
| 608 | 679 | /* |
| 609 | 680 | * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it |
| 610 | 681 | * from what the widgets asked for. |
| 611 | 682 | */ |
| 612 | ||
| 613 | 683 | } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { |
| 614 | 684 | wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth |
| 615 | 685 | + (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; |
| 621 | 691 | } |
| 622 | 692 | |
| 623 | 693 | if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) { |
| 624 | ||
| 625 | 694 | /* |
| 626 | 695 | * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it |
| 627 | 696 | * from what the widgets asked for. |
| 628 | 697 | */ |
| 629 | ||
| 630 | 698 | } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { |
| 631 | 699 | wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight |
| 632 | 700 | + (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc; |
| 799 | 867 | * |
| 800 | 868 | */ |
| 801 | 869 | |
| 802 | /*Restrict event processing to Expose events.*/ | |
| 870 | /* | |
| 871 | * Restrict event processing to Expose events. | |
| 872 | */ | |
| 873 | ||
| 803 | 874 | static Tk_RestrictAction |
| 804 | 875 | ExposeRestrictProc( |
| 805 | 876 | ClientData arg, |
| 809 | 880 | ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT); |
| 810 | 881 | } |
| 811 | 882 | |
| 812 | /*Restrict event processing to ConfigureNotify events.*/ | |
| 883 | /* | |
| 884 | * Restrict event processing to ConfigureNotify events. | |
| 885 | */ | |
| 886 | ||
| 813 | 887 | static Tk_RestrictAction |
| 814 | 888 | ConfigureRestrictProc( |
| 815 | 889 | ClientData arg, |
| 818 | 892 | return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT); |
| 819 | 893 | } |
| 820 | 894 | |
| 895 | /* | |
| 896 | * If a window gets mapped inside the drawRect method, this will be run as an | |
| 897 | * idle task, after drawRect returns, to clean up the mess. | |
| 898 | */ | |
| 899 | ||
| 900 | static void | |
| 901 | RedisplayView( | |
| 902 | ClientData clientdata) | |
| 903 | { | |
| 904 | NSView *view = (NSView *) clientdata; | |
| 905 | ||
| 906 | /* | |
| 907 | * Make sure that we are not trying to displaying a view that no longer | |
| 908 | * exists. | |
| 909 | */ | |
| 910 | ||
| 911 | for (NSWindow *w in [NSApp orderedWindows]) { | |
| 912 | if ([w contentView] == view) { | |
| 913 | [view setNeedsDisplay:YES]; | |
| 914 | break; | |
| 915 | } | |
| 916 | } | |
| 917 | } | |
| 918 | ||
| 821 | 919 | @implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent) |
| 822 | 920 | |
| 823 | 921 | - (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect |
| 831 | 929 | Tk_PathName(winPtr)); |
| 832 | 930 | #endif |
| 833 | 931 | |
| 834 | if ([NSApp simulateDrawing]) { | |
| 835 | return; | |
| 836 | } | |
| 837 | ||
| 838 | /* | |
| 839 | * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log | |
| 840 | * them on OSX > 10.13, where they should never happen. | |
| 841 | */ | |
| 842 | ||
| 843 | if ([NSApp isDrawing] && [NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) { | |
| 844 | TKLog(@"WARNING: a recursive call to drawRect was aborted."); | |
| 932 | /* | |
| 933 | * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log them on OSX | |
| 934 | * > 10.13, where they should never happen. | |
| 935 | */ | |
| 936 | ||
| 937 | if ([NSApp isDrawing]) { | |
| 938 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) { | |
| 939 | TKLog(@"WARNING: a recursive call to drawRect was aborted."); | |
| 940 | } | |
| 845 | 941 | return; |
| 846 | 942 | } |
| 847 | 943 | |
| 865 | 961 | [self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape]; |
| 866 | 962 | CFRelease(drawShape); |
| 867 | 963 | [NSApp setIsDrawing: NO]; |
| 964 | ||
| 965 | if ([self needsRedisplay]) { | |
| 966 | [self setNeedsRedisplay:NO]; | |
| 967 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RedisplayView, self); | |
| 968 | } | |
| 868 | 969 | |
| 869 | 970 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING |
| 870 | 971 | fprintf(stderr, "drawRect: done.\n"); |
| 877 | 978 | NSWindow *w = [self window]; |
| 878 | 979 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 879 | 980 | Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 981 | ||
| 982 | if (![self inLiveResize] && | |
| 983 | [w respondsToSelector: @selector (tkLayoutChanged)]) { | |
| 984 | [(TKWindow *)w tkLayoutChanged]; | |
| 985 | } | |
| 986 | ||
| 880 | 987 | if (winPtr) { |
| 881 | /* On OSX versions below 10.14 setFrame calls drawRect. | |
| 882 | * On 10.14 it does its own drawing. | |
| 883 | */ | |
| 884 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) { | |
| 885 | [NSApp setIsDrawing:YES]; | |
| 886 | } | |
| 887 | 988 | unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width; |
| 888 | 989 | unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height; |
| 889 | 990 | ClientData oldArg; |
| 890 | 991 | Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc; |
| 891 | 992 | |
| 892 | 993 | /* |
| 893 | * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop. | |
| 894 | * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we | |
| 895 | * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller. | |
| 994 | * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop. Since it calls | |
| 995 | * Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we don't clobber the | |
| 996 | * AutoreleasePool set up by the caller. | |
| 896 | 997 | */ |
| 897 | 998 | |
| 898 | 999 | [NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool]; |
| 908 | 1009 | */ |
| 909 | 1010 | |
| 910 | 1011 | TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height, |
| 911 | TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY); | |
| 1012 | TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY); | |
| 912 | 1013 | oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg); |
| 913 | 1014 | Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg); |
| 914 | 1015 | |
| 932 | 1033 | /* |
| 933 | 1034 | * Finally, unlock the main autoreleasePool. |
| 934 | 1035 | */ |
| 935 | ||
| 1036 | ||
| 936 | 1037 | [NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool]; |
| 937 | 1038 | } |
| 938 | 1039 | } |
| 996 | 1097 | } |
| 997 | 1098 | |
| 998 | 1099 | /* |
| 999 | * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode. | |
| 1000 | * The implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound | |
| 1001 | * to a function that redraws the window in an appropriate style. | |
| 1100 | * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode. The | |
| 1101 | * implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound to a | |
| 1102 | * function that redraws the window in an appropriate style. | |
| 1002 | 1103 | */ |
| 1003 | 1104 | |
| 1004 | 1105 | - (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance |
| 1005 | 1106 | { |
| 1006 | 1107 | XVirtualEvent event; |
| 1007 | 1108 | int x, y; |
| 1008 | NSString *osxMode = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AppleInterfaceStyle"]; | |
| 1009 | 1109 | NSWindow *w = [self window]; |
| 1010 | 1110 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 1011 | 1111 | Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 1026 | 1126 | &event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state); |
| 1027 | 1127 | Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y); |
| 1028 | 1128 | event.same_screen = true; |
| 1029 | if (osxMode == nil) { | |
| 1030 | event.name = Tk_GetUid("LightAqua"); | |
| 1031 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 1032 | return; | |
| 1033 | } | |
| 1034 | if ([osxMode isEqual:@"Dark"]) { | |
| 1129 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1035 | 1130 | event.name = Tk_GetUid("DarkAqua"); |
| 1036 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 1037 | return; | |
| 1038 | } | |
| 1039 | } | |
| 1040 | ||
| 1041 | /* | |
| 1042 | * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget, | |
| 1043 | * but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility. | |
| 1131 | } else { | |
| 1132 | event.name = Tk_GetUid("LightAqua"); | |
| 1133 | } | |
| 1134 | Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); | |
| 1135 | } | |
| 1136 | ||
| 1137 | /* | |
| 1138 | * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget, but we | |
| 1139 | * are leaving it here for backwards compatibility. | |
| 1044 | 1140 | */ |
| 1045 | 1141 | |
| 1046 | 1142 | - (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender |
| 1089 | 1185 | return YES; |
| 1090 | 1186 | } |
| 1091 | 1187 | |
| 1188 | /* | |
| 1189 | * This keyDown method does nothing, which is a huge improvement over the | |
| 1190 | * default keyDown method which beeps every time a key is pressed. | |
| 1191 | */ | |
| 1192 | ||
| 1092 | 1193 | - (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent |
| 1093 | 1194 | { |
| 1094 | 1195 | #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS |
| 1095 | 1196 | TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent); |
| 1096 | 1197 | #endif |
| 1198 | } | |
| 1199 | ||
| 1200 | /* | |
| 1201 | * When the services menu is opened this is called for each Responder in | |
| 1202 | * the Responder chain until a service provider is found. The TkContentView | |
| 1203 | * should be the first (and generally only) Responder in the chain. We | |
| 1204 | * return the TkServices object that was created in TkpInit. | |
| 1205 | */ | |
| 1206 | ||
| 1207 | - (id)validRequestorForSendType:(NSString *)sendType | |
| 1208 | returnType:(NSString *)returnType | |
| 1209 | { | |
| 1210 | if ([sendType isEqualToString:@"NSStringPboardType"] || | |
| 1211 | [sendType isEqualToString:@"NSPasteboardTypeString"]) { | |
| 1212 | return [NSApp servicesProvider]; | |
| 1213 | } | |
| 1214 | return [super validRequestorForSendType:sendType returnType:returnType]; | |
| 1097 | 1215 | } |
| 1098 | 1216 | |
| 1099 | 1217 | @end |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | 3 | * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based |
| 4 | 4 | * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements |
| 5 | * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window | |
| 6 | * manager. | |
| 5 | * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window manager. | |
| 7 | 6 | * |
| 8 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 9 | 8 | * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. |
| 10 | 9 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 11 | 10 | * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. |
| 12 | * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler. | |
| 11 | * Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Marc Culler. | |
| 13 | 12 | * |
| 14 | 13 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 15 | 14 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 53 | 52 | | kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \ |
| 54 | 53 | | tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \ |
| 55 | 54 | | tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute | tkHUDWindowAttribute) |
| 56 | ||
| 57 | 55 | |
| 58 | 56 | static const struct { |
| 59 | 57 | const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs; |
| 151 | 149 | typedef enum { |
| 152 | 150 | WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_FULLSCREEN, WMATT_MODIFIED, WMATT_NOTIFY, |
| 153 | 151 | WMATT_TITLEPATH, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_TRANSPARENT, |
| 154 | _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE | |
| 152 | WMATT_TYPE, _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE | |
| 155 | 153 | } WmAttribute; |
| 156 | 154 | |
| 157 | 155 | static const char *const WmAttributeNames[] = { |
| 158 | 156 | "-alpha", "-fullscreen", "-modified", "-notify", |
| 159 | 157 | "-titlepath", "-topmost", "-transparent", |
| 160 | NULL | |
| 158 | "-type", NULL | |
| 161 | 159 | }; |
| 162 | 160 | |
| 163 | 161 | /* |
| 193 | 191 | |
| 194 | 192 | static Tcl_HashTable windowTable; |
| 195 | 193 | static int windowHashInit = false; |
| 196 | ||
| 197 | ||
| 198 | #pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm) | |
| 199 | ||
| 200 | /* | |
| 201 | * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen. | |
| 202 | */ | |
| 203 | ||
| 204 | @implementation NSWindow(TKWm) | |
| 205 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070 | |
| 206 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point | |
| 207 | { | |
| 208 | return [self convertBaseToScreen:point]; | |
| 209 | } | |
| 210 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point | |
| 211 | { | |
| 212 | return [self convertScreenToBase:point]; | |
| 213 | } | |
| 214 | #else | |
| 215 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point | |
| 216 | { | |
| 217 | NSRect pointrect; | |
| 218 | pointrect.origin = point; | |
| 219 | pointrect.size.width = 0; | |
| 220 | pointrect.size.height = 0; | |
| 221 | return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin; | |
| 222 | } | |
| 223 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point | |
| 224 | { | |
| 225 | NSRect pointrect; | |
| 226 | pointrect.origin = point; | |
| 227 | pointrect.size.width = 0; | |
| 228 | pointrect.size.height = 0; | |
| 229 | return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin; | |
| 230 | } | |
| 231 | #endif | |
| 232 | ||
| 233 | - (NSSize)windowWillResize:(NSWindow *)sender | |
| 234 | toSize:(NSSize)frameSize | |
| 235 | { | |
| 236 | NSRect currentFrame = [sender frame]; | |
| 237 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(sender); | |
| 238 | if (winPtr) { | |
| 239 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) { | |
| 240 | frameSize.width = currentFrame.size.width; | |
| 241 | } | |
| 242 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) { | |
| 243 | frameSize.height = currentFrame.size.height; | |
| 244 | } | |
| 245 | } | |
| 246 | return frameSize; | |
| 247 | } | |
| 248 | @end | |
| 249 | ||
| 250 | #pragma mark - | |
| 251 | ||
| 252 | 194 | |
| 253 | 195 | /* |
| 254 | 196 | * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: |
| 364 | 306 | static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); |
| 365 | 307 | static int WmWinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr, |
| 366 | 308 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| 309 | static int WmWinTabbingId(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr, | |
| 310 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 311 | static int WmWinAppearance(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr, | |
| 312 | int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | |
| 367 | 313 | static void ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(TkWindow *winPtr, |
| 368 | 314 | NSWindow *macWindow, UInt64 oldAttributes, |
| 369 | 315 | int oldFlags, int create, int initial); |
| 375 | 321 | int *maxHeightPtr); |
| 376 | 322 | static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, |
| 377 | 323 | MacDrawable *parentWin); |
| 324 | static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr); | |
| 325 | ||
| 326 | #pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm) | |
| 327 | ||
| 328 | @implementation NSWindow(TKWm) | |
| 329 | ||
| 330 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070 | |
| 331 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point | |
| 332 | { | |
| 333 | return [self convertBaseToScreen:point]; | |
| 334 | } | |
| 335 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point | |
| 336 | { | |
| 337 | return [self convertScreenToBase:point]; | |
| 338 | } | |
| 339 | #else | |
| 340 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point | |
| 341 | { | |
| 342 | NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}}; | |
| 343 | return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin; | |
| 344 | } | |
| 345 | - (NSPoint) tkConvertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point | |
| 346 | { | |
| 347 | NSRect pointrect = {point, {0,0}}; | |
| 348 | return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin; | |
| 349 | } | |
| 350 | #endif | |
| 351 | ||
| 352 | @end | |
| 353 | ||
| 354 | #pragma mark - | |
| 378 | 355 | |
| 379 | 356 | #pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm) |
| 380 | 357 | |
| 381 | @interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow | |
| 382 | { | |
| 383 | id _i1, _i2; | |
| 384 | } | |
| 358 | @implementation TKWindow: NSWindow | |
| 359 | ||
| 385 | 360 | @end |
| 386 | 361 | |
| 387 | ||
| 388 | @implementation TKWindow: NSWindow | |
| 389 | ||
| 390 | /* Custom fullscreen implementation on 10.13 and above. On older versions of | |
| 391 | * macOS dating back to 10.7, the NSWindow fullscreen API was opt-in, requiring | |
| 392 | * explicit calls to toggleFullScreen. On 10.13, the API became implicit, | |
| 393 | * applying to all NSWindows unless they were marked non-resizable; this caused | |
| 394 | * issues with Tk, which was not aware of changes in screen geometry. Here we | |
| 395 | * override the toggleFullScreen call to hook directly into Tk's own fullscreen | |
| 396 | * API, allowing Tk to function smoothly with the Mac's fullscreen button. | |
| 397 | */ | |
| 398 | ||
| 399 | NSStatusItem *exitFullScreen; | |
| 400 | ||
| 401 | ||
| 402 | - (void)toggleFullScreen:(id)sender | |
| 403 | { | |
| 404 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self); | |
| 405 | if (!winPtr) { | |
| 406 | return; | |
| 407 | } | |
| 408 | Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp((Tk_Window)winPtr); | |
| 409 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 12) { | |
| 410 | if (([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) == NSFullScreenWindowMask) { | |
| 411 | TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 0, interp); | |
| 412 | } else { | |
| 413 | TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 1, interp); | |
| 414 | } | |
| 415 | } else { | |
| 416 | TKLog (@"toggleFullScreen is ignored by Tk on OSX versions < 10.13"); | |
| 417 | } | |
| 418 | } | |
| 419 | ||
| 420 | -(void)restoreOldScreen:(id)sender | |
| 362 | @implementation TKWindow(TKWm) | |
| 363 | ||
| 364 | /* | |
| 365 | * This method synchronizes Tk's understanding of the bounds of a contentView | |
| 366 | * with the window's. It is needed because there are situations when the | |
| 367 | * window manager can change the layout of an NSWindow without having been | |
| 368 | * requested to do so by Tk. Examples are when a window goes FullScreen or | |
| 369 | * shows a tab bar. NSWindow methods which involve such layout changes should | |
| 370 | * be overridden or protected by methods which call this. | |
| 371 | */ | |
| 372 | ||
| 373 | - (void) tkLayoutChanged | |
| 374 | { | |
| 375 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self); | |
| 376 | ||
| 377 | if (winPtr) { | |
| 378 | NSRect frameRect; | |
| 379 | ||
| 380 | /* | |
| 381 | * This avoids including the title bar for full screen windows | |
| 382 | * but does include it for normal windows. | |
| 383 | */ | |
| 384 | ||
| 385 | if ([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) { | |
| 386 | frameRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect | |
| 387 | styleMask:[self styleMask]]; | |
| 388 | } else { | |
| 389 | frameRect = [self frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect]; | |
| 390 | } | |
| 391 | ||
| 392 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 393 | ||
| 394 | wmPtr->xInParent = -frameRect.origin.x; | |
| 395 | wmPtr->yInParent = frameRect.origin.y + frameRect.size.height; | |
| 396 | wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + frameRect.size.width; | |
| 397 | wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + frameRect.size.height; | |
| 398 | } | |
| 399 | } | |
| 400 | ||
| 401 | #if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101200) | |
| 402 | - (void)toggleTabBar:(id)sender | |
| 421 | 403 | { |
| 422 | 404 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self); |
| 423 | 405 | if (!winPtr) { |
| 424 | 406 | return; |
| 425 | 407 | } |
| 426 | Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp((Tk_Window)winPtr); | |
| 427 | TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 0, interp); | |
| 428 | [[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] removeStatusItem: exitFullScreen]; | |
| 429 | } | |
| 430 | ||
| 431 | @end | |
| 432 | ||
| 433 | @implementation TKWindow(TKWm) | |
| 408 | [super toggleTabBar:sender]; | |
| 409 | [self tkLayoutChanged]; | |
| 410 | } | |
| 411 | #endif | |
| 412 | ||
| 413 | - (NSSize)windowWillResize:(NSWindow *)sender | |
| 414 | toSize:(NSSize)frameSize | |
| 415 | { | |
| 416 | NSRect currentFrame = [sender frame]; | |
| 417 | TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(sender); | |
| 418 | if (winPtr) { | |
| 419 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) { | |
| 420 | frameSize.width = currentFrame.size.width; | |
| 421 | } | |
| 422 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) { | |
| 423 | frameSize.height = currentFrame.size.height; | |
| 424 | } | |
| 425 | } | |
| 426 | return frameSize; | |
| 427 | } | |
| 434 | 428 | |
| 435 | 429 | - (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow |
| 436 | 430 | { |
| 452 | 446 | if (title == nil) { |
| 453 | 447 | title = "unnamed window"; |
| 454 | 448 | } |
| 455 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){ | |
| 449 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) { | |
| 456 | 450 | fprintf(stderr, "Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", |
| 457 | 451 | title, [self retainCount]); |
| 458 | 452 | } |
| 466 | 460 | if (title == nil) { |
| 467 | 461 | title = "unnamed window"; |
| 468 | 462 | } |
| 469 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){ | |
| 463 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) { | |
| 470 | 464 | fprintf(stderr, "Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", |
| 471 | 465 | title, [self retainCount]); |
| 472 | 466 | } |
| 478 | 472 | if (title == nil) { |
| 479 | 473 | title = "unnamed window"; |
| 480 | 474 | } |
| 481 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){ | |
| 475 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) { | |
| 482 | 476 | fprintf(stderr, "Releasing <%s>. Count is %lu\n", |
| 483 | 477 | title, [self retainCount]); |
| 484 | 478 | } |
| 490 | 484 | if (title == nil) { |
| 491 | 485 | title = "unnamed window"; |
| 492 | 486 | } |
| 493 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0){ | |
| 487 | if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0) { | |
| 494 | 488 | fprintf(stderr, ">>>> Freeing <%s>. Count is %lu\n", |
| 495 | 489 | title, [self retainCount]); |
| 496 | 490 | } |
| 497 | 491 | [super dealloc]; |
| 498 | 492 | } |
| 499 | ||
| 500 | 493 | |
| 501 | 494 | #endif |
| 502 | 495 | @end |
| 596 | 589 | * |
| 597 | 590 | * FrontWindowAtPoint -- |
| 598 | 591 | * |
| 599 | * Find frontmost toplevel window at a given screen location. | |
| 592 | * Find frontmost toplevel window at a given screen location which has the | |
| 593 | * specified mainPtr. If the location is in the title bar, return NULL. | |
| 600 | 594 | * |
| 601 | 595 | * Results: |
| 602 | 596 | * TkWindow*. |
| 609 | 603 | |
| 610 | 604 | static TkWindow* |
| 611 | 605 | FrontWindowAtPoint( |
| 612 | int x, int y) | |
| 613 | { | |
| 614 | NSPoint p = NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y); | |
| 606 | int x, | |
| 607 | int y) | |
| 608 | { | |
| 609 | NSPoint p = NSMakePoint(x, TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - y); | |
| 615 | 610 | NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows]; |
| 616 | 611 | TkWindow *winPtr = NULL; |
| 617 | 612 | |
| 618 | 613 | for (NSWindow *w in windows) { |
| 619 | 614 | winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w); |
| 620 | if (winPtr && NSMouseInRect(p, [w frame], NO)) { | |
| 621 | break; | |
| 622 | } | |
| 623 | } | |
| 624 | return winPtr; | |
| 615 | if (winPtr) { | |
| 616 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 617 | NSRect windowFrame = [w frame]; | |
| 618 | NSRect contentFrame = [w frame]; | |
| 619 | ||
| 620 | contentFrame.size.height = [[w contentView] frame].size.height; | |
| 621 | /* | |
| 622 | * For consistency with other platforms, points in the | |
| 623 | * title bar are not considered to be contained in the | |
| 624 | * window. | |
| 625 | */ | |
| 626 | ||
| 627 | if ((wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState || | |
| 628 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState)) { | |
| 629 | if (NSMouseInRect(p, contentFrame, NO)) { | |
| 630 | return winPtr; | |
| 631 | } else if (NSMouseInRect(p, windowFrame, NO)) { | |
| 632 | return NULL; | |
| 633 | } | |
| 634 | } | |
| 635 | } | |
| 636 | } | |
| 637 | return NULL; | |
| 625 | 638 | } |
| 626 | 639 | |
| 627 | 640 | /* |
| 651 | 664 | wmPtr->reparent = None; |
| 652 | 665 | wmPtr->titleUid = NULL; |
| 653 | 666 | wmPtr->iconName = NULL; |
| 654 | wmPtr->master = None; | |
| 667 | wmPtr->master = NULL; | |
| 655 | 668 | wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint; |
| 656 | 669 | wmPtr->hints.input = True; |
| 657 | 670 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; |
| 661 | 674 | wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None; |
| 662 | 675 | wmPtr->hints.window_group = None; |
| 663 | 676 | wmPtr->leaderName = NULL; |
| 664 | wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL; | |
| 665 | 677 | wmPtr->icon = NULL; |
| 666 | 678 | wmPtr->iconFor = NULL; |
| 679 | wmPtr->transientPtr = NULL; | |
| 667 | 680 | wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags = 0; |
| 668 | 681 | wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1; |
| 669 | 682 | wmPtr->maxWidth = 0; |
| 816 | 829 | */ |
| 817 | 830 | |
| 818 | 831 | XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); |
| 819 | ||
| 820 | /*Add window to Window menu.*/ | |
| 821 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 822 | [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO]; | |
| 823 | 832 | } |
| 824 | 833 | |
| 825 | 834 | /* |
| 873 | 882 | if (wmPtr == NULL) { |
| 874 | 883 | return; |
| 875 | 884 | } |
| 885 | ||
| 886 | /* | |
| 887 | *If the dead window is a transient, remove it from the master's list. | |
| 888 | */ | |
| 889 | ||
| 890 | RemoveTransient(winPtr); | |
| 876 | 891 | Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, NULL, NULL); |
| 877 | 892 | Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask, |
| 878 | 893 | TopLevelEventProc, winPtr); |
| 888 | 903 | if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) { |
| 889 | 904 | ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName); |
| 890 | 905 | } |
| 891 | if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) { | |
| 892 | ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName); | |
| 893 | } | |
| 894 | 906 | if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { |
| 895 | 907 | wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; |
| 896 | 908 | wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL; |
| 902 | 914 | } |
| 903 | 915 | while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) { |
| 904 | 916 | ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; |
| 905 | ||
| 906 | 917 | wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; |
| 907 | 918 | Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); |
| 908 | 919 | } |
| 914 | 925 | } |
| 915 | 926 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { |
| 916 | 927 | Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); |
| 928 | } | |
| 929 | ||
| 930 | /* | |
| 931 | * If the dead window has a transient, remove references to it from | |
| 932 | * the transient. | |
| 933 | */ | |
| 934 | ||
| 935 | for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr; | |
| 936 | transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 937 | TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr; | |
| 938 | TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2); | |
| 939 | ||
| 940 | if (masterPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 941 | wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 942 | wmPtr2->master = NULL; | |
| 943 | } | |
| 944 | } | |
| 945 | ||
| 946 | while (wmPtr->transientPtr != NULL) { | |
| 947 | Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr; | |
| 948 | ||
| 949 | wmPtr->transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr; | |
| 950 | ckfree(transientPtr); | |
| 917 | 951 | } |
| 918 | 952 | |
| 919 | 953 | /* |
| 925 | 959 | |
| 926 | 960 | NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window; |
| 927 | 961 | |
| 928 | if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) { | |
| 962 | if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { | |
| 929 | 963 | NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow]; |
| 964 | ||
| 930 | 965 | if (parent) { |
| 931 | 966 | [parent removeChildWindow:window]; |
| 932 | 967 | } |
| 936 | 971 | if (title == nil) { |
| 937 | 972 | title = "unnamed window"; |
| 938 | 973 | } |
| 939 | printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]); | |
| 974 | fprintf(stderr, ">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, | |
| 975 | [window retainCount]); | |
| 940 | 976 | } |
| 941 | 977 | #endif |
| 942 | 978 | [window close]; |
| 951 | 987 | NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows]; |
| 952 | 988 | for (id nswindow in windows) { |
| 953 | 989 | TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow); |
| 990 | ||
| 954 | 991 | if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) { |
| 955 | 992 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr; |
| 956 | BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState || | |
| 957 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState); | |
| 993 | BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState | |
| 994 | || wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState); | |
| 995 | ||
| 958 | 996 | /* |
| 959 | * If no windows are left on the screen and the next | |
| 960 | * window is iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to | |
| 961 | * make it be the KeyWindow because that would cause | |
| 962 | * it to be displayed on the screen. | |
| 997 | * If no windows are left on the screen and the next window is | |
| 998 | * iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to make it be the | |
| 999 | * KeyWindow because that would cause it to be displayed on the | |
| 1000 | * screen. | |
| 963 | 1001 | */ |
| 1002 | ||
| 964 | 1003 | if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) { |
| 965 | 1004 | [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp]; |
| 966 | 1005 | break; |
| 967 | 1006 | } |
| 968 | 1007 | } |
| 969 | 1008 | } |
| 1009 | ||
| 970 | 1010 | /* |
| 971 | 1011 | * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to |
| 972 | 1012 | * be deallocated. But don't do this for the root window as that is |
| 973 | 1013 | * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults. |
| 974 | 1014 | */ |
| 1015 | ||
| 975 | 1016 | if (winPtr->parentPtr) { |
| 976 | while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {} | |
| 1017 | while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {} | |
| 977 | 1018 | } |
| 978 | 1019 | [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool]; |
| 979 | ||
| 980 | 1020 | #if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0 |
| 981 | 1021 | fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n"); |
| 982 | 1022 | [NSAutoreleasePool showPools]; |
| 1299 | 1339 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1300 | 1340 | } |
| 1301 | 1341 | if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) { |
| 1302 | if (TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp) | |
| 1303 | != TCL_OK) { | |
| 1304 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1305 | } | |
| 1342 | #if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1070) | |
| 1343 | [macWindow toggleFullScreen:macWindow]; | |
| 1344 | #else | |
| 1345 | TKLog(@"The fullscreen attribute is ignored on this system."); | |
| 1346 | #endif | |
| 1306 | 1347 | } |
| 1307 | 1348 | break; |
| 1308 | 1349 | case WMATT_MODIFIED: |
| 1378 | 1419 | TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window, |
| 1379 | 1420 | TK_PARENT_WINDOW); |
| 1380 | 1421 | } |
| 1422 | break; | |
| 1423 | case WMATT_TYPE: | |
| 1424 | TKLog(@"The type attribute is ignored on macOS."); | |
| 1381 | 1425 | break; |
| 1382 | 1426 | case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: |
| 1383 | 1427 | default: |
| 1429 | 1473 | case WMATT_TRANSPARENT: |
| 1430 | 1474 | result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT); |
| 1431 | 1475 | break; |
| 1476 | case WMATT_TYPE: | |
| 1477 | result = Tcl_NewStringObj("unsupported", -1); | |
| 1478 | break; | |
| 1432 | 1479 | case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: |
| 1433 | 1480 | default: |
| 1434 | 1481 | break; |
| 1482 | 1529 | WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute)); |
| 1483 | 1530 | } |
| 1484 | 1531 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result); |
| 1485 | } else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */ | |
| 1532 | } else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */ | |
| 1486 | 1533 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames, |
| 1487 | 1534 | sizeof(char *), "attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1488 | 1535 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1691 | 1738 | } |
| 1692 | 1739 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1693 | 1740 | } |
| 1694 | if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == 0) { | |
| 1741 | if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { | |
| 1695 | 1742 | if (wmPtr->commandObj != NULL) { |
| 1696 | 1743 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->commandObj); |
| 1697 | 1744 | wmPtr->commandObj = NULL; |
| 1736 | 1783 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 1737 | 1784 | { |
| 1738 | 1785 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 1786 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 1739 | 1787 | |
| 1740 | 1788 | if (objc != 3) { |
| 1741 | 1789 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); |
| 1758 | 1806 | |
| 1759 | 1807 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ? |
| 1760 | 1808 | ZoomState : NormalState); |
| 1809 | [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO]; | |
| 1810 | TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, win); | |
| 1811 | [win orderFront:nil]; | |
| 1812 | if (wmPtr->icon) { | |
| 1813 | Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon); | |
| 1814 | } | |
| 1815 | ||
| 1816 | /* | |
| 1817 | * If this window has a transient, the transient must also be deiconified if | |
| 1818 | * it was withdrawn by the master. | |
| 1819 | */ | |
| 1820 | ||
| 1821 | for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr; | |
| 1822 | transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 1823 | TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr; | |
| 1824 | WmInfo *wmPtr2 = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 1825 | TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2); | |
| 1826 | ||
| 1827 | if (masterPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 1828 | if ((wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) && | |
| 1829 | ((transientPtr->flags & WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER) != 0)) { | |
| 1830 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, NormalState); | |
| 1831 | transientPtr->flags &= ~WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER; | |
| 1832 | } | |
| 1833 | } | |
| 1834 | } | |
| 1835 | ||
| 1761 | 1836 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1762 | 1837 | } |
| 1763 | 1838 | |
| 1908 | 1983 | { |
| 1909 | 1984 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 1910 | 1985 | Window window; |
| 1986 | char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; | |
| 1911 | 1987 | |
| 1912 | 1988 | if (objc != 3) { |
| 1913 | 1989 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); |
| 1917 | 1993 | if (window == None) { |
| 1918 | 1994 | window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 1919 | 1995 | } |
| 1920 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned) window)); | |
| 1996 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window); | |
| 1997 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1)); | |
| 1921 | 1998 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1922 | 1999 | } |
| 1923 | 2000 | |
| 1947 | 2024 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 1948 | 2025 | { |
| 1949 | 2026 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 1950 | char xSign, ySign; | |
| 1951 | int width, height; | |
| 2027 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 2028 | char xSign = '+', ySign = '+'; | |
| 2029 | int width, height, x = wmPtr->x, y= wmPtr->y; | |
| 1952 | 2030 | char *argv3; |
| 1953 | 2031 | |
| 1954 | 2032 | if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 1956 | 2034 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1957 | 2035 | } |
| 1958 | 2036 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 1959 | xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+'; | |
| 1960 | ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+'; | |
| 1961 | 2037 | if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { |
| 1962 | 2038 | width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width |
| 1963 | 2039 | - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; |
| 1967 | 2043 | width = winPtr->changes.width; |
| 1968 | 2044 | height = winPtr->changes.height; |
| 1969 | 2045 | } |
| 2046 | if (win) { | |
| 2047 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { | |
| 2048 | xSign = '-'; | |
| 2049 | x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x | |
| 2050 | - (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width)); | |
| 2051 | } | |
| 2052 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { | |
| 2053 | ySign = '-'; | |
| 2054 | y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y | |
| 2055 | - (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height)); | |
| 2056 | } | |
| 2057 | } | |
| 1970 | 2058 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
| 1971 | width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y)); | |
| 2059 | width, height, xSign, x, ySign, y)); | |
| 1972 | 2060 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1973 | 2061 | } |
| 1974 | 2062 | argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); |
| 2246 | 2334 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", |
| 2247 | 2335 | NULL); |
| 2248 | 2336 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2249 | } else if (wmPtr->master != None) { | |
| 2337 | } else if (wmPtr->master != NULL) { | |
| 2250 | 2338 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 2251 | 2339 | "can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", winPtr->pathName)); |
| 2252 | 2340 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL); |
| 2266 | 2354 | } |
| 2267 | 2355 | |
| 2268 | 2356 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState); |
| 2357 | if (wmPtr->icon) { | |
| 2358 | Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window)wmPtr->icon); | |
| 2359 | } | |
| 2360 | ||
| 2361 | /* | |
| 2362 | * If this window has a transient the transient must be withdrawn when | |
| 2363 | * the master is iconified. | |
| 2364 | */ | |
| 2365 | ||
| 2366 | for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr; | |
| 2367 | transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 2368 | TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr; | |
| 2369 | TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2); | |
| 2370 | if (masterPtr == winPtr && | |
| 2371 | winPtr2->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) { | |
| 2372 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, WithdrawnState); | |
| 2373 | transientPtr->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER; | |
| 2374 | } | |
| 2375 | } | |
| 2376 | ||
| 2269 | 2377 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2270 | 2378 | } |
| 2271 | 2379 | |
| 2409 | 2517 | { |
| 2410 | 2518 | Tk_Image tk_icon; |
| 2411 | 2519 | int width, height, isDefault = 0; |
| 2520 | NSImage *newIcon = NULL; | |
| 2412 | 2521 | |
| 2413 | 2522 | if (objc < 4) { |
| 2414 | 2523 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, |
| 2416 | 2525 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2417 | 2526 | } |
| 2418 | 2527 | |
| 2419 | /*Parse args.*/ | |
| 2528 | /* | |
| 2529 | * Parse args. | |
| 2530 | */ | |
| 2531 | ||
| 2420 | 2532 | if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { |
| 2421 | 2533 | isDefault = 1; |
| 2422 | 2534 | if (objc == 4) { |
| 2426 | 2538 | } |
| 2427 | 2539 | } |
| 2428 | 2540 | |
| 2429 | /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not | |
| 2430 | support multiple images in Tk photos.*/ | |
| 2541 | /* | |
| 2542 | * Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not | |
| 2543 | * support multiple images in Tk photos. | |
| 2544 | */ | |
| 2545 | ||
| 2431 | 2546 | char *icon; |
| 2432 | 2547 | if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { |
| 2433 | 2548 | icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); |
| 2434 | } else { | |
| 2549 | } else { | |
| 2435 | 2550 | icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); |
| 2436 | 2551 | } |
| 2437 | 2552 | |
| 2438 | /*Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.*/ | |
| 2553 | /* | |
| 2554 | * Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon. | |
| 2555 | */ | |
| 2556 | ||
| 2439 | 2557 | tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL); |
| 2440 | 2558 | if (tk_icon == NULL) { |
| 2441 | 2559 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 2445 | 2563 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2446 | 2564 | } |
| 2447 | 2565 | |
| 2448 | NSImage *newIcon; | |
| 2449 | 2566 | Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height); |
| 2450 | newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, width, height); | |
| 2567 | if (width != 0 && height != 0) { | |
| 2568 | newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, | |
| 2569 | width, height); | |
| 2570 | } | |
| 2451 | 2571 | Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon); |
| 2452 | 2572 | if (newIcon == NULL) { |
| 2573 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 2574 | "failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"", icon)); | |
| 2575 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "IMAGE", NULL); | |
| 2453 | 2576 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2454 | 2577 | } |
| 2455 | 2578 | [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon]; |
| 2504 | 2627 | wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint; |
| 2505 | 2628 | } else { |
| 2506 | 2629 | if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) |
| 2507 | || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){ | |
| 2630 | || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) { | |
| 2508 | 2631 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2509 | 2632 | } |
| 2510 | 2633 | wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x; |
| 2584 | 2707 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2585 | 2708 | } |
| 2586 | 2709 | if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { |
| 2587 | WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 2588 | ||
| 2710 | TkWindow *oldIcon = (TkWindow *)wmPtr->icon; | |
| 2711 | WmInfo *wmPtr3 = oldIcon->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 2712 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(oldIcon->window); | |
| 2713 | ||
| 2714 | /* | |
| 2715 | * The old icon should be withdrawn. | |
| 2716 | */ | |
| 2717 | ||
| 2718 | TkpWmSetState(oldIcon, WithdrawnState); | |
| 2719 | [win orderOut:nil]; | |
| 2720 | [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES]; | |
| 2589 | 2721 | wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL; |
| 2590 | 2722 | } |
| 2591 | 2723 | Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2); |
| 2595 | 2727 | wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 2596 | 2728 | if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { |
| 2597 | 2729 | /* |
| 2598 | * Don't have iconwindows on the Mac. We just withdraw. | |
| 2730 | * If the window is in normal or zoomed state, the icon should be | |
| 2731 | * unmapped. | |
| 2599 | 2732 | */ |
| 2600 | 2733 | |
| 2601 | Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin2); | |
| 2734 | if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState || | |
| 2735 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) { | |
| 2736 | Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin2); | |
| 2737 | } | |
| 2602 | 2738 | } |
| 2603 | 2739 | } |
| 2604 | 2740 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2651 | 2787 | Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 2652 | 2788 | macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window; |
| 2653 | 2789 | } |
| 2654 | TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); | |
| 2655 | Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); | |
| 2656 | 2790 | } |
| 2657 | 2791 | wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 2658 | 2792 | winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; |
| 2663 | 2797 | winPtr->flags |= |
| 2664 | 2798 | (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); |
| 2665 | 2799 | TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); |
| 2800 | TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); | |
| 2666 | 2801 | } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { |
| 2667 | 2802 | /* Already managed by wm - ignore it */ |
| 2668 | 2803 | } |
| 2802 | 2937 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 2803 | 2938 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 2804 | 2939 | { |
| 2805 | int boolean; | |
| 2940 | int flag; | |
| 2806 | 2941 | XSetWindowAttributes atts; |
| 2942 | TKWindow *win = (TKWindow *)TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 2807 | 2943 | |
| 2808 | 2944 | if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 2809 | 2945 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?"); |
| 2816 | 2952 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2817 | 2953 | } |
| 2818 | 2954 | |
| 2819 | if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 2955 | if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &flag) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 2820 | 2956 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2821 | 2957 | } |
| 2822 | atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False; | |
| 2958 | atts.override_redirect = flag ? True : False; | |
| 2823 | 2959 | Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); |
| 2824 | ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL); | |
| 2960 | ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, win); | |
| 2825 | 2961 | return TCL_OK; |
| 2826 | 2962 | } |
| 2827 | 2963 | |
| 2966 | 3102 | */ |
| 2967 | 3103 | |
| 2968 | 3104 | for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL; |
| 2969 | prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 3105 | prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 2970 | 3106 | if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { |
| 2971 | 3107 | if (prevPtr == NULL) { |
| 2972 | 3108 | wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; |
| 3177 | 3313 | |
| 3178 | 3314 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 3179 | 3315 | windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr); |
| 3180 | if (windows == NULL) { | |
| 3181 | Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed"); | |
| 3182 | } | |
| 3183 | ||
| 3184 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 3185 | for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) { | |
| 3186 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, | |
| 3316 | if (windows != NULL) { | |
| 3317 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 3318 | for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) { | |
| 3319 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, | |
| 3187 | 3320 | TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr)); |
| 3188 | } | |
| 3189 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 3190 | ckfree(windows); | |
| 3191 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 3321 | } | |
| 3322 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 3323 | ckfree(windows); | |
| 3324 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 3325 | } else { | |
| 3326 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3327 | } | |
| 3192 | 3328 | } else { |
| 3193 | 3329 | TkWindow *winPtr2; |
| 3194 | 3330 | int index1 = -1, index2 = -1, result; |
| 3319 | 3455 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3320 | 3456 | } |
| 3321 | 3457 | |
| 3322 | if (index == OPT_NORMAL) { | |
| 3458 | switch (index) { | |
| 3459 | case OPT_NORMAL: | |
| 3323 | 3460 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); |
| 3324 | 3461 | |
| 3325 | 3462 | /* |
| 3326 | 3463 | * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the |
| 3327 | 3464 | * window to be raised and receive focus |
| 3328 | 3465 | */ |
| 3329 | } else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) { | |
| 3466 | ||
| 3467 | break; | |
| 3468 | case OPT_ICONIC: | |
| 3330 | 3469 | if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { |
| 3331 | 3470 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 3332 | 3471 | "can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set", |
| 3335 | 3474 | "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL); |
| 3336 | 3475 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3337 | 3476 | } |
| 3338 | if (wmPtr->master != None) { | |
| 3477 | if (wmPtr->master != NULL) { | |
| 3339 | 3478 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 3340 | 3479 | "can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient", |
| 3341 | 3480 | winPtr->pathName)); |
| 3344 | 3483 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3345 | 3484 | } |
| 3346 | 3485 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState); |
| 3347 | } else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) { | |
| 3486 | break; | |
| 3487 | case OPT_WITHDRAWN: | |
| 3348 | 3488 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); |
| 3349 | } else { /* OPT_ZOOMED */ | |
| 3489 | break; | |
| 3490 | default: /* OPT_ZOOMED */ | |
| 3350 | 3491 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState); |
| 3492 | break; | |
| 3351 | 3493 | } |
| 3352 | 3494 | } else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { |
| 3353 | 3495 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("icon", -1)); |
| 3450 | 3592 | { |
| 3451 | 3593 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 3452 | 3594 | Tk_Window master; |
| 3595 | TkWindow *masterPtr, *w; | |
| 3453 | 3596 | WmInfo *wmPtr2; |
| 3454 | char *masterWindowName; | |
| 3455 | int length; | |
| 3597 | Transient *transient; | |
| 3456 | 3598 | |
| 3457 | 3599 | if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 3458 | 3600 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?"); |
| 3459 | 3601 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3460 | 3602 | } |
| 3461 | 3603 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 3462 | if (wmPtr->master != None) { | |
| 3604 | if (wmPtr->master != NULL) { | |
| 3463 | 3605 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, |
| 3464 | Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->masterWindowName, -1)); | |
| 3606 | Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(wmPtr->master), -1)); | |
| 3465 | 3607 | } |
| 3466 | 3608 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3467 | 3609 | } |
| 3468 | if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') { | |
| 3469 | wmPtr->master = None; | |
| 3470 | if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) { | |
| 3471 | ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName); | |
| 3472 | } | |
| 3473 | wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL; | |
| 3610 | if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { | |
| 3611 | RemoveTransient(winPtr); | |
| 3474 | 3612 | } else { |
| 3475 | 3613 | if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) { |
| 3476 | 3614 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3477 | 3615 | } |
| 3478 | TkWindow* masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master; | |
| 3616 | masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master; | |
| 3479 | 3617 | while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) { |
| 3480 | 3618 | /* |
| 3481 | 3619 | * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel. |
| 3494 | 3632 | } |
| 3495 | 3633 | |
| 3496 | 3634 | wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 3497 | /* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here */ | |
| 3635 | ||
| 3636 | /* | |
| 3637 | * Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here. | |
| 3638 | */ | |
| 3639 | ||
| 3498 | 3640 | if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { |
| 3499 | 3641 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 3500 | 3642 | "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s", |
| 3503 | 3645 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3504 | 3646 | } |
| 3505 | 3647 | |
| 3506 | if (masterPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 3507 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3508 | "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr))); | |
| 3509 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 3510 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3511 | } | |
| 3512 | ||
| 3513 | wmPtr->master = Tk_WindowId(masterPtr); | |
| 3514 | masterWindowName = masterPtr->pathName; | |
| 3515 | length = strlen(masterWindowName); | |
| 3516 | if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) { | |
| 3517 | ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName); | |
| 3518 | } | |
| 3519 | wmPtr->masterWindowName = ckalloc(length+1); | |
| 3520 | strcpy(wmPtr->masterWindowName, masterWindowName); | |
| 3648 | for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL; | |
| 3649 | w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->master) { | |
| 3650 | if (w == winPtr) { | |
| 3651 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3652 | "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle", | |
| 3653 | Tk_PathName(masterPtr))); | |
| 3654 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 3655 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3656 | } | |
| 3657 | } | |
| 3658 | ||
| 3659 | /* | |
| 3660 | * Add the transient to the master's list, if it not already there. | |
| 3661 | */ | |
| 3662 | ||
| 3663 | for (transient = wmPtr2->transientPtr; | |
| 3664 | transient != NULL && transient->winPtr != winPtr; | |
| 3665 | transient = transient->nextPtr) {} | |
| 3666 | if (transient == NULL) { | |
| 3667 | transient = ckalloc(sizeof(Transient)); | |
| 3668 | transient->winPtr = winPtr; | |
| 3669 | transient->flags = 0; | |
| 3670 | transient->nextPtr = wmPtr2->transientPtr; | |
| 3671 | wmPtr2->transientPtr = transient; | |
| 3672 | } | |
| 3673 | ||
| 3674 | /* | |
| 3675 | * If the master is withdrawn or iconic then withdraw the transient. | |
| 3676 | */ | |
| 3677 | ||
| 3678 | if ((wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState || | |
| 3679 | wmPtr2->hints.initial_state == IconicState) && | |
| 3680 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) { | |
| 3681 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); | |
| 3682 | transient->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER; | |
| 3683 | } | |
| 3684 | ||
| 3685 | wmPtr->master = (Tk_Window) masterPtr; | |
| 3521 | 3686 | } |
| 3522 | 3687 | ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL); |
| 3523 | 3688 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3689 | } | |
| 3690 | ||
| 3691 | /* | |
| 3692 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 3693 | * | |
| 3694 | * RemoveTransient -- | |
| 3695 | * | |
| 3696 | * Clears the transient's master record and removes the transient from the | |
| 3697 | * master's list. | |
| 3698 | * | |
| 3699 | * Results: | |
| 3700 | * None | |
| 3701 | * | |
| 3702 | * Side effects: | |
| 3703 | * References to a master are removed from the transient's wmInfo | |
| 3704 | * structure and references to the transient are removed from its master's | |
| 3705 | * wmInfo. | |
| 3706 | * | |
| 3707 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 3708 | */ | |
| 3709 | ||
| 3710 | static void | |
| 3711 | RemoveTransient( | |
| 3712 | TkWindow *winPtr) | |
| 3713 | { | |
| 3714 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2; | |
| 3715 | TkWindow *masterPtr; | |
| 3716 | Transient *transPtr, *temp; | |
| 3717 | ||
| 3718 | if (wmPtr == NULL || wmPtr->master == NULL) { | |
| 3719 | return; | |
| 3720 | } | |
| 3721 | masterPtr = (TkWindow*)wmPtr->master; | |
| 3722 | wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 3723 | if (wmPtr2 == NULL) { | |
| 3724 | return; | |
| 3725 | } | |
| 3726 | wmPtr->master = NULL; | |
| 3727 | transPtr = wmPtr2->transientPtr; | |
| 3728 | while (transPtr != NULL) { | |
| 3729 | if (transPtr->winPtr != winPtr) { | |
| 3730 | break; | |
| 3731 | } | |
| 3732 | temp = transPtr->nextPtr; | |
| 3733 | ckfree(transPtr); | |
| 3734 | transPtr = temp; | |
| 3735 | } | |
| 3736 | wmPtr2->transientPtr = transPtr; | |
| 3737 | while (transPtr != NULL) { | |
| 3738 | if (transPtr->nextPtr && transPtr->nextPtr->winPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 3739 | temp = transPtr->nextPtr; | |
| 3740 | transPtr->nextPtr = temp->nextPtr; | |
| 3741 | ckfree(temp); | |
| 3742 | } else { | |
| 3743 | transPtr = transPtr->nextPtr; | |
| 3744 | } | |
| 3745 | } | |
| 3524 | 3746 | } |
| 3525 | 3747 | |
| 3526 | 3748 | /* |
| 3562 | 3784 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL); |
| 3563 | 3785 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3564 | 3786 | } |
| 3787 | ||
| 3565 | 3788 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); |
| 3566 | /*Remove window from Window menu.*/ | |
| 3789 | ||
| 3567 | 3790 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); |
| 3791 | [win orderOut:nil]; | |
| 3568 | 3792 | [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES]; |
| 3569 | 3793 | |
| 3794 | /* | |
| 3795 | * If this window has a transient, the transient must also be withdrawn. | |
| 3796 | */ | |
| 3797 | ||
| 3798 | for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr; | |
| 3799 | transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) { | |
| 3800 | TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr; | |
| 3801 | TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetTransientMaster(winPtr2); | |
| 3802 | ||
| 3803 | if (masterPtr == winPtr && | |
| 3804 | winPtr2->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state != WithdrawnState) { | |
| 3805 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr2, WithdrawnState); | |
| 3806 | transientPtr->flags |= WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER; | |
| 3807 | } | |
| 3808 | } | |
| 3809 | ||
| 3570 | 3810 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3571 | 3811 | } |
| 3572 | ||
| 3573 | /* | |
| 3574 | * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. | |
| 3575 | * Schedules a geometry update. | |
| 3812 | ||
| 3813 | /* | |
| 3814 | * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry | |
| 3815 | * update. | |
| 3576 | 3816 | */ |
| 3577 | 3817 | |
| 3578 | 3818 | static void |
| 3659 | 3899 | |
| 3660 | 3900 | /* |
| 3661 | 3901 | * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size |
| 3662 | * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel | |
| 3663 | * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the | |
| 3664 | * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have | |
| 3665 | * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle | |
| 3666 | * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just | |
| 3667 | * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid | |
| 3668 | * units but just happened to have been specified before this procedure | |
| 3669 | * was called. | |
| 3902 | * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel units | |
| 3903 | * and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the new | |
| 3904 | * requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have been | |
| 3905 | * registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). | |
| 3906 | * However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just leave the | |
| 3907 | * window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid units but | |
| 3908 | * just happened to have been specified before this procedure was called. | |
| 3670 | 3909 | */ |
| 3671 | 3910 | |
| 3672 | 3911 | if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { |
| 3947 | 4186 | } else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) { |
| 3948 | 4187 | height = max; |
| 3949 | 4188 | } |
| 3950 | ||
| 3951 | /* | |
| 3952 | * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's | |
| 3953 | * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border | |
| 3954 | * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't | |
| 3955 | * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result | |
| 3956 | * of this code. | |
| 3957 | */ | |
| 3958 | ||
| 3959 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { | |
| 3960 | x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x | |
| 3961 | - (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width)); | |
| 3962 | } else { | |
| 3963 | x = wmPtr->x; | |
| 3964 | } | |
| 3965 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { | |
| 3966 | y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y | |
| 3967 | - (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height)); | |
| 3968 | } else { | |
| 3969 | y = wmPtr->y; | |
| 3970 | } | |
| 4189 | x = wmPtr->x; | |
| 4190 | y = wmPtr->y; | |
| 3971 | 4191 | |
| 3972 | 4192 | /* |
| 3973 | 4193 | * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to |
| 4128 | 4348 | |
| 4129 | 4349 | width = wmPtr->width; |
| 4130 | 4350 | height = wmPtr->height; |
| 4131 | x = wmPtr->x; | |
| 4132 | y = wmPtr->y; | |
| 4351 | x = -1; | |
| 4352 | y = -1; | |
| 4133 | 4353 | flags = wmPtr->flags; |
| 4134 | 4354 | if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) { |
| 4135 | 4355 | width = strtoul(p, &end, 10); |
| 4193 | 4413 | * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for |
| 4194 | 4414 | * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager |
| 4195 | 4415 | * at the next idle moment. |
| 4416 | * | |
| 4417 | * Computing the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's | |
| 4418 | * decorative frame is tricky because we need to include the border | |
| 4419 | * widths supplied by a reparented parent in the calculation, but we can't | |
| 4420 | * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result | |
| 4421 | * of this code. | |
| 4196 | 4422 | */ |
| 4197 | 4423 | |
| 4198 | 4424 | wmPtr->width = width; |
| 4199 | 4425 | wmPtr->height = height; |
| 4200 | if ((x != wmPtr->x) || (y != wmPtr->y) | |
| 4201 | || ((flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y)) | |
| 4202 | != (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y)))) { | |
| 4203 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) { | |
| 4204 | wmPtr->configX = x; | |
| 4205 | wmPtr->configY = y; | |
| 4206 | } else { | |
| 4207 | wmPtr->x = x; | |
| 4208 | wmPtr->y = y; | |
| 4209 | } | |
| 4210 | flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; | |
| 4211 | } | |
| 4426 | if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { | |
| 4427 | int borderwidth = wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width; | |
| 4428 | int newWidth = width == -1 ? winPtr->changes.width : width; | |
| 4429 | ||
| 4430 | x = (x == -1) ? | |
| 4431 | wmPtr->x + winPtr->changes.width - newWidth : | |
| 4432 | wmPtr->vRootWidth - x - newWidth - borderwidth; | |
| 4433 | } | |
| 4434 | if (x == -1) { | |
| 4435 | x = wmPtr->x; | |
| 4436 | } | |
| 4437 | if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { | |
| 4438 | int borderheight = wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height; | |
| 4439 | int newHeight = height == -1 ? winPtr->changes.height : height; | |
| 4440 | ||
| 4441 | y = (y == -1) ? | |
| 4442 | wmPtr->y + winPtr->changes.height - newHeight : | |
| 4443 | wmPtr->vRootHeight - y - newHeight - borderheight; | |
| 4444 | } | |
| 4445 | if (y == -1) { | |
| 4446 | y = wmPtr->y; | |
| 4447 | } | |
| 4448 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) { | |
| 4449 | wmPtr->configX = x; | |
| 4450 | wmPtr->configY = y; | |
| 4451 | } else { | |
| 4452 | wmPtr->x = x; | |
| 4453 | wmPtr->y = y; | |
| 4454 | } | |
| 4455 | flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; | |
| 4212 | 4456 | wmPtr->flags = flags; |
| 4213 | ||
| 4214 | 4457 | if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { |
| 4215 | 4458 | Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); |
| 4216 | 4459 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; |
| 4324 | 4567 | * |
| 4325 | 4568 | * Results: |
| 4326 | 4569 | * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to |
| 4327 | * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such | |
| 4328 | * window. | |
| 4570 | * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such window. | |
| 4329 | 4571 | * |
| 4330 | 4572 | * Side effects: |
| 4331 | 4573 | * None. |
| 4417 | 4659 | } |
| 4418 | 4660 | winPtr = nextPtr; |
| 4419 | 4661 | } |
| 4662 | if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) { | |
| 4663 | return NULL; | |
| 4664 | } | |
| 4420 | 4665 | return (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 4421 | 4666 | } |
| 4422 | 4667 | |
| 4671 | 4916 | wmPtr->x = x; |
| 4672 | 4917 | wmPtr->y = y; |
| 4673 | 4918 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING; |
| 4674 | wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y); | |
| 4675 | 4919 | if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) { |
| 4676 | 4920 | wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition; |
| 4677 | 4921 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; |
| 4727 | 4971 | /* |
| 4728 | 4972 | * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing. |
| 4729 | 4973 | */ |
| 4974 | ||
| 4730 | 4975 | if (winPtr->window == None || |
| 4731 | wmPtr == NULL || | |
| 4732 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { | |
| 4976 | wmPtr == NULL || | |
| 4977 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { | |
| 4733 | 4978 | return; |
| 4734 | 4979 | } |
| 4735 | 4980 | macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); |
| 4738 | 4983 | } |
| 4739 | 4984 | if (otherPtr) { |
| 4740 | 4985 | /* |
| 4741 | * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no | |
| 4742 | * drawable or is withdrawn, do nothing. | |
| 4986 | * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no drawable or is | |
| 4987 | * withdrawn, do nothing. | |
| 4743 | 4988 | */ |
| 4989 | ||
| 4744 | 4990 | WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 4745 | 4991 | if (winPtr->window == None || |
| 4746 | otherWmPtr == NULL || | |
| 4747 | otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { | |
| 4748 | return; | |
| 4992 | otherWmPtr == NULL || | |
| 4993 | otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { | |
| 4994 | return; | |
| 4749 | 4995 | } |
| 4750 | 4996 | otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window); |
| 4751 | 4997 | if (otherMacWindow == nil) { |
| 4752 | 4998 | return; |
| 4753 | } else { | |
| 4754 | /* | |
| 4755 | * If the other window is OK, get its number. | |
| 4756 | */ | |
| 4757 | otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber]; | |
| 4758 | } | |
| 4999 | } | |
| 5000 | ||
| 5001 | /* | |
| 5002 | * If the other window is OK, get its number. | |
| 5003 | */ | |
| 5004 | ||
| 5005 | otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber]; | |
| 4759 | 5006 | } |
| 4760 | 5007 | |
| 4761 | 5008 | /* |
| 4762 | * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties | |
| 4763 | * of keeping track of off-screen windows, etc. | |
| 5009 | * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties of keeping | |
| 5010 | * track of off-screen windows, etc. | |
| 4764 | 5011 | */ |
| 5012 | ||
| 4765 | 5013 | [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber]; |
| 4766 | 5014 | } |
| 4767 | 5015 | |
| 4960 | 5208 | * |
| 4961 | 5209 | * This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel |
| 4962 | 5210 | * window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will |
| 4963 | * auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main | |
| 4964 | * monitor of the Mac. | |
| 5211 | * auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main monitor | |
| 5212 | * of the Mac. | |
| 4965 | 5213 | * |
| 4966 | 5214 | * Results: |
| 4967 | 5215 | * Window bounds. |
| 4986 | 5234 | cascadePoint = [macWindow cascadeTopLeftFromPoint:cascadePoint]; |
| 4987 | 5235 | frame = [macWindow frame]; |
| 4988 | 5236 | wmPtr->x = frame.origin.x; |
| 4989 | wmPtr->y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (frame.origin.y + | |
| 5237 | wmPtr->y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - (frame.origin.y + | |
| 4990 | 5238 | frame.size.height); |
| 4991 | 5239 | } |
| 4992 | 5240 | return NSMakeRect(wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, winPtr->changes.width, |
| 5108 | 5356 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5109 | 5357 | */ |
| 5110 | 5358 | |
| 5111 | Window | |
| 5359 | Tk_Window | |
| 5112 | 5360 | TkGetTransientMaster( |
| 5113 | 5361 | TkWindow *winPtr) |
| 5114 | 5362 | { |
| 5115 | 5363 | if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) { |
| 5116 | return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->master; | |
| 5117 | } | |
| 5118 | return None; | |
| 5364 | return (Tk_Window)winPtr->wmInfoPtr->master; | |
| 5365 | } | |
| 5366 | return NULL; | |
| 5119 | 5367 | } |
| 5120 | 5368 | |
| 5121 | 5369 | /* |
| 5199 | 5447 | TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed( |
| 5200 | 5448 | TkWindow *winPtr) |
| 5201 | 5449 | { |
| 5202 | return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed]; | |
| 5203 | } | |
| 5204 | ||
| 5450 | NSWindow *macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 5451 | return [macWindow isZoomed]; | |
| 5452 | } | |
| 5205 | 5453 | |
| 5206 | 5454 | /* |
| 5207 | 5455 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5244 | 5492 | * Do nothing if already in desired zoom state. |
| 5245 | 5493 | */ |
| 5246 | 5494 | |
| 5247 | if ((![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn))) { | |
| 5495 | if (([window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomOut))) { | |
| 5248 | 5496 | return false; |
| 5249 | 5497 | } |
| 5250 | [window zoom:NSApp]; | |
| 5251 | ||
| 5252 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = | |
| 5253 | (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState); | |
| 5498 | [window zoom:NSApp]; | |
| 5499 | ||
| 5500 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = | |
| 5501 | (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState); | |
| 5254 | 5502 | return true; |
| 5255 | 5503 | } |
| 5256 | 5504 | |
| 5257 | 5505 | /* |
| 5258 | 5506 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5259 | 5507 | * |
| 5260 | * TkUnsupported1Cmd -- | |
| 5508 | * TkUnsupported1ObjCmd -- | |
| 5261 | 5509 | * |
| 5262 | 5510 | * This procedure is invoked to process the |
| 5263 | 5511 | * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command. This command allows |
| 5281 | 5529 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 5282 | 5530 | { |
| 5283 | 5531 | static const char *const subcmds[] = { |
| 5284 | "style", NULL | |
| 5532 | "style", "tabbingid", "appearance", "isdark", NULL | |
| 5285 | 5533 | }; |
| 5286 | 5534 | enum SubCmds { |
| 5287 | TKMWS_STYLE | |
| 5535 | TKMWS_STYLE, TKMWS_TABID, TKMWS_APPEARANCE, TKMWS_ISDARK | |
| 5288 | 5536 | }; |
| 5289 | 5537 | Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; |
| 5290 | 5538 | TkWindow *winPtr; |
| 5294 | 5542 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?"); |
| 5295 | 5543 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 5296 | 5544 | } |
| 5297 | ||
| 5298 | 5545 | |
| 5299 | 5546 | winPtr = (TkWindow *) |
| 5300 | 5547 | Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin); |
| 5312 | 5559 | sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 5313 | 5560 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 5314 | 5561 | } |
| 5315 | if (((enum SubCmds) index) == TKMWS_STYLE) { | |
| 5562 | switch((enum SubCmds) index) { | |
| 5563 | case TKMWS_STYLE: | |
| 5316 | 5564 | if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) { |
| 5317 | 5565 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?class attributes?"); |
| 5318 | 5566 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 5319 | 5567 | } |
| 5320 | 5568 | return WmWinStyle(interp, winPtr, objc, objv); |
| 5321 | } | |
| 5322 | /* won't be reached */ | |
| 5323 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5569 | case TKMWS_TABID: | |
| 5570 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 12) { | |
| 5571 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 5572 | "Tabbing identifiers did not exist until OSX 10.12.", -1)); | |
| 5573 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "TABBINGID", NULL); | |
| 5574 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5575 | } | |
| 5576 | if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { | |
| 5577 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newid?"); | |
| 5578 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5579 | } | |
| 5580 | return WmWinTabbingId(interp, winPtr, objc, objv); | |
| 5581 | case TKMWS_APPEARANCE: | |
| 5582 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 9) { | |
| 5583 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 5584 | "Window appearances did not exist until OSX 10.9.", -1)); | |
| 5585 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "APPEARANCE", NULL); | |
| 5586 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5587 | } | |
| 5588 | if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { | |
| 5589 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?appearancename?"); | |
| 5590 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5591 | } | |
| 5592 | if (objc == 4 && [NSApp macMinorVersion] < 14) { | |
| 5593 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( | |
| 5594 | "Window appearances cannot be changed before OSX 10.14.", | |
| 5595 | -1)); | |
| 5596 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WINDOWSTYLE", "APPEARANCE", NULL); | |
| 5597 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5598 | } | |
| 5599 | return WmWinAppearance(interp, winPtr, objc, objv); | |
| 5600 | case TKMWS_ISDARK: | |
| 5601 | if ((objc != 3)) { | |
| 5602 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); | |
| 5603 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5604 | } | |
| 5605 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( | |
| 5606 | TkMacOSXInDarkMode((Tk_Window) winPtr))); | |
| 5607 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5608 | default: | |
| 5609 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5610 | } | |
| 5324 | 5611 | } |
| 5325 | 5612 | |
| 5326 | 5613 | /* |
| 5413 | 5700 | { "moveToActiveSpace", tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute }, |
| 5414 | 5701 | { "nonActivating", tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute }, |
| 5415 | 5702 | { "hud", tkHUDWindowAttribute }, |
| 5416 | { "black", 0 }, | |
| 5417 | { "dark", 0 }, | |
| 5418 | { "light", 0 }, | |
| 5419 | { "gray", 0 }, | |
| 5420 | { "red", 0 }, | |
| 5421 | { "green", 0 }, | |
| 5422 | { "blue", 0 }, | |
| 5423 | { "cyan", 0 }, | |
| 5424 | { "yellow", 0 }, | |
| 5425 | { "magenta", 0 }, | |
| 5426 | { "orange", 0 }, | |
| 5427 | { "purple", 0 }, | |
| 5428 | { "brown", 0 }, | |
| 5429 | { "clear", 0 }, | |
| 5430 | { "opacity", 0 }, | |
| 5431 | 5703 | { NULL } |
| 5432 | 5704 | }; |
| 5433 | 5705 | |
| 5509 | 5781 | macClassAttrs[macClass].validAttrs); |
| 5510 | 5782 | wmPtr->flags |= macClassAttrs[macClass].flags; |
| 5511 | 5783 | wmPtr->macClass = macClass; |
| 5512 | ||
| 5513 | 5784 | ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, NULL, oldAttributes, oldFlags, |
| 5514 | 5785 | 0, 1); |
| 5515 | ||
| 5516 | 5786 | return TCL_OK; |
| 5517 | 5787 | |
| 5518 | 5788 | badClassAttrs: |
| 5521 | 5791 | } |
| 5522 | 5792 | |
| 5523 | 5793 | return TCL_OK; |
| 5794 | } | |
| 5795 | ||
| 5796 | /* | |
| 5797 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5798 | * | |
| 5799 | * WmWinTabbingId -- | |
| 5800 | * | |
| 5801 | * This procedure is invoked to process the | |
| 5802 | * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid" subcommand. The command | |
| 5803 | * allows you to get or set the tabbingIdentifier for the NSWindow | |
| 5804 | * associated with a Tk Window. The syntax is: | |
| 5805 | * | |
| 5806 | * tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newId? | |
| 5807 | * | |
| 5808 | * Results: | |
| 5809 | * Returns the tabbingIdentifier of the window prior to calling this | |
| 5810 | * function. If the optional newId argument is omitted, the window's | |
| 5811 | * tabbingIdentifier is not changed. | |
| 5812 | * | |
| 5813 | * Side effects: | |
| 5814 | * Windows may only be grouped together as tabs if they all have the same | |
| 5815 | * tabbingIdentifier. In particular, by giving a window a unique | |
| 5816 | * tabbingIdentifier one can prevent it from becoming a tab in any other | |
| 5817 | * window. Changing the tabbingIdentifier of a window which is already | |
| 5818 | * a tab causes it to become a separate window. | |
| 5819 | * | |
| 5820 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5821 | */ | |
| 5822 | ||
| 5823 | static int | |
| 5824 | WmWinTabbingId( | |
| 5825 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ | |
| 5826 | TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */ | |
| 5827 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ | |
| 5828 | Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ | |
| 5829 | { | |
| 5830 | #if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101200) | |
| 5831 | Tcl_Obj *result = NULL; | |
| 5832 | NSString *idString; | |
| 5833 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 5834 | if (win) { | |
| 5835 | idString = win.tabbingIdentifier; | |
| 5836 | result = Tcl_NewStringObj(idString.UTF8String, [idString length]); | |
| 5837 | } | |
| 5838 | if (result == NULL) { | |
| 5839 | NSLog(@"Failed to read tabbing identifier; try calling update idletasks before getting/setting the tabbing identifier of the window."); | |
| 5840 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5841 | } | |
| 5842 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result); | |
| 5843 | if (objc == 3) { | |
| 5844 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5845 | } else if (objc == 4) { | |
| 5846 | int len; | |
| 5847 | char *newId = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &len); | |
| 5848 | NSString *newIdString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:newId]; | |
| 5849 | [win setTabbingIdentifier: newIdString]; | |
| 5850 | ||
| 5851 | /* | |
| 5852 | * If the tabbingIdentifier of a tab is changed we also turn it into a | |
| 5853 | * separate window so we don't violate the rule that all tabs in the | |
| 5854 | * same frame must have the same tabbingIdentifier. | |
| 5855 | */ | |
| 5856 | ||
| 5857 | if ([idString compare:newIdString] != NSOrderedSame | |
| 5858 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101200 | |
| 5859 | && [win tab] | |
| 5860 | #endif | |
| 5861 | ) { | |
| 5862 | [win moveTabToNewWindow:nil]; | |
| 5863 | } | |
| 5864 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5865 | } | |
| 5866 | #endif | |
| 5867 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5868 | } | |
| 5869 | ||
| 5870 | /* | |
| 5871 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5872 | * | |
| 5873 | * WmWinAppearance -- | |
| 5874 | * | |
| 5875 | * This procedure is invoked to process the | |
| 5876 | * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle appearance" subcommand. The command | |
| 5877 | * allows you to get or set the appearance for the NSWindow associated | |
| 5878 | * with a Tk Window. The syntax is: | |
| 5879 | * | |
| 5880 | * tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle tabbingid window ?newAppearance? | |
| 5881 | * | |
| 5882 | * Allowed appearance names are "aqua", "darkaqua", and "auto". | |
| 5883 | * | |
| 5884 | * Results: | |
| 5885 | * Returns the appearance setting of the window prior to calling this | |
| 5886 | * function. | |
| 5887 | * | |
| 5888 | * Side effects: | |
| 5889 | * The underlying NSWindow's appearance property is set to the specified | |
| 5890 | * value if the optional newAppearance argument is supplied. Otherwise the | |
| 5891 | * window's appearance property is not changed. If the appearance is set | |
| 5892 | * to aqua or darkaqua then the window will use the associated | |
| 5893 | * NSAppearance even if the user has selected a different appearance with | |
| 5894 | * the system preferences. If it is set to auto then the appearance | |
| 5895 | * property is set to nil, meaning that the preferences will determine the | |
| 5896 | * appearance. | |
| 5897 | * | |
| 5898 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 5899 | */ | |
| 5900 | ||
| 5901 | static int | |
| 5902 | WmWinAppearance( | |
| 5903 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ | |
| 5904 | TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to be manipulated. */ | |
| 5905 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ | |
| 5906 | Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ | |
| 5907 | { | |
| 5908 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1090 | |
| 5909 | static const char *const appearanceStrings[] = { | |
| 5910 | "aqua", "darkaqua", "auto", NULL | |
| 5911 | }; | |
| 5912 | enum appearances { | |
| 5913 | APPEARANCE_AQUA, APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA, APPEARANCE_AUTO | |
| 5914 | }; | |
| 5915 | Tcl_Obj *result = NULL; | |
| 5916 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101300 | |
| 5917 | NSAppearanceName appearance; | |
| 5918 | #else | |
| 5919 | NSString *appearance; | |
| 5920 | #endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101300 | |
| 5921 | ||
| 5922 | const char *resultString = "unrecognized"; | |
| 5923 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 5924 | if (win) { | |
| 5925 | appearance = win.appearance.name; | |
| 5926 | if (appearance == nil) { | |
| 5927 | resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_AUTO]; | |
| 5928 | } else if (appearance == NSAppearanceNameAqua) { | |
| 5929 | resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_AQUA]; | |
| 5930 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 5931 | } else if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) { | |
| 5932 | if (appearance == NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua) { | |
| 5933 | resultString = appearanceStrings[APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA]; | |
| 5934 | } | |
| 5935 | #endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 5936 | } | |
| 5937 | result = Tcl_NewStringObj(resultString, strlen(resultString)); | |
| 5938 | } | |
| 5939 | if (result == NULL) { | |
| 5940 | NSLog(@"Failed to read appearance name; try calling update idletasks before getting/setting the appearance of the window."); | |
| 5941 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5942 | } | |
| 5943 | if (objc == 4) { | |
| 5944 | int index; | |
| 5945 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], appearanceStrings, | |
| 5946 | sizeof(char *), "appearancename", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { | |
| 5947 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5948 | } | |
| 5949 | switch ((enum appearances) index) { | |
| 5950 | case APPEARANCE_AQUA: | |
| 5951 | win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed: | |
| 5952 | NSAppearanceNameAqua]; | |
| 5953 | break; | |
| 5954 | case APPEARANCE_DARKAQUA: | |
| 5955 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 5956 | if (@available(macOS 10.14, *)) { | |
| 5957 | win.appearance = [NSAppearance appearanceNamed: | |
| 5958 | NSAppearanceNameDarkAqua]; | |
| 5959 | } | |
| 5960 | #endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 101400 | |
| 5961 | break; | |
| 5962 | default: | |
| 5963 | win.appearance = nil; | |
| 5964 | } | |
| 5965 | } | |
| 5966 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result); | |
| 5967 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5968 | #else // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1090 | |
| 5969 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5970 | #endif | |
| 5524 | 5971 | } |
| 5525 | 5972 | |
| 5526 | 5973 | /* |
| 5584 | 6031 | { |
| 5585 | 6032 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 5586 | 6033 | MacDrawable *macWin; |
| 6034 | WindowClass macClass; | |
| 6035 | Bool overrideRedirect = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect; | |
| 5587 | 6036 | |
| 5588 | 6037 | if (TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) { |
| 5589 | 6038 | return; |
| 5592 | 6041 | macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window; |
| 5593 | 6042 | |
| 5594 | 6043 | /* |
| 5595 | * If this is embedded, make sure its container's toplevel exists, | |
| 5596 | * then return... | |
| 6044 | * If this is embedded, make sure its container's toplevel exists, then | |
| 6045 | * return... | |
| 5597 | 6046 | */ |
| 5598 | 6047 | |
| 5599 | 6048 | if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { |
| 5620 | 6069 | * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding. |
| 5621 | 6070 | */ |
| 5622 | 6071 | } |
| 5623 | WindowClass macClass = wmPtr->macClass; | |
| 6072 | ||
| 6073 | /* | |
| 6074 | * If this is an override-redirect window, the NSWindow is created first as | |
| 6075 | * a document window then converted to a simple window. | |
| 6076 | */ | |
| 6077 | ||
| 6078 | if (overrideRedirect) { | |
| 6079 | wmPtr->macClass = kDocumentWindowClass; | |
| 6080 | } | |
| 6081 | macClass = wmPtr->macClass; | |
| 5624 | 6082 | wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes | |
| 5625 | 6083 | macClassAttrs[macClass].validAttrs); |
| 5626 | 6084 | wmPtr->flags |= macClassAttrs[macClass].flags | |
| 5648 | 6106 | NSRect structureRect = [winClass frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect |
| 5649 | 6107 | styleMask:styleMask]; |
| 5650 | 6108 | NSRect contentRect = NSMakeRect(5 - structureRect.origin.x, |
| 5651 | tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop + 5 + | |
| 6109 | TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - (TkMacOSXZeroScreenTop() + 5 + | |
| 5652 | 6110 | structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height + 200), 200, 200); |
| 5653 | 6111 | NSWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect |
| 5654 | 6112 | styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES]; |
| 5668 | 6126 | if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) && |
| 5669 | 6127 | !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) { |
| 5670 | 6128 | /* |
| 5671 | * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Textured windows are draggable | |
| 5672 | * from opaque content. | |
| 6129 | * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Textured windows are draggable from | |
| 6130 | * opaque content. | |
| 5673 | 6131 | */ |
| 5674 | 6132 | [window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO]; |
| 5675 | 6133 | } |
| 5676 | ||
| 5677 | 6134 | [window setDocumentEdited:NO]; |
| 5678 | 6135 | wmPtr->window = window; |
| 5679 | 6136 | macWin->view = window.contentView; |
| 5680 | 6137 | TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window); |
| 5681 | ||
| 5682 | 6138 | NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window); |
| 5683 | geometry.size.width += structureRect.size.width; | |
| 6139 | geometry.size.width += structureRect.size.width; | |
| 5684 | 6140 | geometry.size.height += structureRect.size.height; |
| 5685 | geometry.origin.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (geometry.origin.y + | |
| 6141 | geometry.origin.y = TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() - (geometry.origin.y + | |
| 5686 | 6142 | geometry.size.height); |
| 5687 | 6143 | [window setFrame:geometry display:YES]; |
| 5688 | 6144 | TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow((Window) macWin, window); |
| 6145 | ||
| 5689 | 6146 | macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS; |
| 6147 | if (overrideRedirect) { | |
| 6148 | XSetWindowAttributes atts; | |
| 6149 | ||
| 6150 | atts.override_redirect = True; | |
| 6151 | Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); | |
| 6152 | ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL); | |
| 6153 | } | |
| 5690 | 6154 | } |
| 5691 | 6155 | |
| 5692 | 6156 | /* |
| 5694 | 6158 | * |
| 5695 | 6159 | * TkpDisplayWindow -- |
| 5696 | 6160 | * |
| 5697 | * Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the | |
| 5698 | * window will be drawn by the window manager. If this is called | |
| 5699 | * within the drawRect method, do nothing. | |
| 6161 | * Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the window | |
| 6162 | * will be drawn by the window manager. If this is called within the | |
| 6163 | * drawRect method, do nothing. | |
| 5700 | 6164 | * |
| 5701 | 6165 | * Results: |
| 5702 | 6166 | * None. |
| 5710 | 6174 | MODULE_SCOPE void |
| 5711 | 6175 | TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin) { |
| 5712 | 6176 | if (![NSApp isDrawing]) { |
| 5713 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin; | |
| 6177 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 5714 | 6178 | NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); |
| 6179 | ||
| 5715 | 6180 | [[w contentView] setNeedsDisplay: YES]; |
| 5716 | 6181 | } |
| 5717 | 6182 | } |
| 5721 | 6186 | * |
| 5722 | 6187 | * TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow -- |
| 5723 | 6188 | * |
| 5724 | * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table | |
| 5725 | * that maps Mac windows to root X windows. | |
| 6189 | * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table that | |
| 6190 | * maps Mac windows to root X windows. | |
| 5726 | 6191 | * |
| 5727 | 6192 | * Results: |
| 5728 | 6193 | * None. |
| 6061 | 6526 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6062 | 6527 | */ |
| 6063 | 6528 | |
| 6064 | void | |
| 6529 | int | |
| 6065 | 6530 | XSetInputFocus( |
| 6066 | 6531 | Display* display, |
| 6067 | 6532 | Window focus, |
| 6071 | 6536 | /* |
| 6072 | 6537 | * Don't need to do a thing. Tk manages the focus for us. |
| 6073 | 6538 | */ |
| 6539 | return Success; | |
| 6074 | 6540 | } |
| 6075 | 6541 | |
| 6076 | 6542 | /* |
| 6078 | 6544 | * |
| 6079 | 6545 | * TkpChangeFocus -- |
| 6080 | 6546 | * |
| 6081 | * This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the focus if | |
| 6082 | * we are a front most application. | |
| 6547 | * This function is called when Tk moves focus from one window to another. | |
| 6548 | * It should be passed a non-embedded TopLevel. That toplevel gets raised | |
| 6549 | * to the top of the Tk stacking order and the associated NSWindow is | |
| 6550 | * ordered Front. | |
| 6083 | 6551 | * |
| 6084 | 6552 | * Results: |
| 6085 | 6553 | * The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the |
| 6104 | 6572 | return 0; |
| 6105 | 6573 | } |
| 6106 | 6574 | |
| 6107 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ){ | |
| 6575 | if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { | |
| 6108 | 6576 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); |
| 6577 | ||
| 6109 | 6578 | TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL); |
| 6110 | if (force ) { | |
| 6579 | if (force) { | |
| 6111 | 6580 | [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES]; |
| 6112 | 6581 | } |
| 6113 | if ( win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) { | |
| 6582 | if (win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow]) { | |
| 6114 | 6583 | [win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp]; |
| 6115 | 6584 | } |
| 6116 | 6585 | } |
| 6156 | 6625 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 6157 | 6626 | int newEntry; |
| 6158 | 6627 | |
| 6159 | if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) | |
| 6628 | if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) | |
| 6160 | 6629 | && (winPtr->display == display)) { |
| 6161 | 6630 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, |
| 6162 | 6631 | (char*) TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window), &newEntry); |
| 6177 | 6646 | * This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows. |
| 6178 | 6647 | * |
| 6179 | 6648 | * Results: |
| 6180 | * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else | |
| 6181 | * NULL if there was an error. | |
| 6649 | * A NULL terminated array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking | |
| 6650 | * order or else NULL if there was an error. | |
| 6182 | 6651 | * |
| 6183 | 6652 | * Side effects: |
| 6184 | 6653 | * None. |
| 6193 | 6662 | TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **windowPtr; |
| 6194 | 6663 | Tcl_HashTable table; |
| 6195 | 6664 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
| 6196 | Tcl_HashSearch search; | |
| 6197 | ||
| 6198 | /* | |
| 6199 | * Map mac windows to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel. | |
| 6200 | */ | |
| 6201 | ||
| 6202 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | |
| 6203 | WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); | |
| 6204 | ||
| 6205 | windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); | |
| 6206 | ||
| 6207 | /* | |
| 6208 | * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to | |
| 6209 | * enumerate Windows. | |
| 6210 | */ | |
| 6211 | ||
| 6212 | switch (table.numEntries) { | |
| 6213 | case 0: | |
| 6214 | windows[0] = NULL; | |
| 6215 | goto done; | |
| 6216 | case 1: | |
| 6217 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); | |
| 6218 | windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); | |
| 6219 | windows[1] = NULL; | |
| 6220 | goto done; | |
| 6221 | } | |
| 6222 | ||
| 6223 | 6665 | NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows]; |
| 6666 | NSArray* backToFront = [[macWindows reverseObjectEnumerator] allObjects]; | |
| 6224 | 6667 | NSInteger windowCount = [macWindows count]; |
| 6225 | 6668 | |
| 6226 | if (!windowCount) { | |
| 6227 | ckfree(windows); | |
| 6228 | windows = NULL; | |
| 6229 | } else { | |
| 6230 | windowPtr = windows + table.numEntries; | |
| 6231 | *windowPtr-- = NULL; | |
| 6232 | for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) { | |
| 6669 | windows = windowPtr = ckalloc((windowCount + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); | |
| 6670 | if (windows != NULL) { | |
| 6671 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); | |
| 6672 | WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); | |
| 6673 | for (NSWindow *w in backToFront) { | |
| 6233 | 6674 | hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char*) w); |
| 6234 | 6675 | if (hPtr != NULL) { |
| 6235 | 6676 | childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); |
| 6236 | *windowPtr-- = childWinPtr; | |
| 6677 | *windowPtr++ = childWinPtr; | |
| 6237 | 6678 | } |
| 6238 | 6679 | } |
| 6239 | if (windowPtr != windows-1) { | |
| 6240 | Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num " | |
| 6241 | "children"); | |
| 6242 | } | |
| 6243 | } | |
| 6244 | ||
| 6245 | done: | |
| 6246 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); | |
| 6680 | *windowPtr = NULL; | |
| 6681 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); | |
| 6682 | } | |
| 6247 | 6683 | return windows; |
| 6248 | 6684 | } |
| 6249 | 6685 | |
| 6269 | 6705 | NSWindow *macWindow) |
| 6270 | 6706 | { |
| 6271 | 6707 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 6708 | ||
| 6272 | 6709 | ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, 0, 0, 0, 1); |
| 6273 | if (wmPtr->master != None || winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { | |
| 6710 | if (wmPtr->master != NULL || winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { | |
| 6274 | 6711 | ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, macWindow); |
| 6275 | 6712 | } |
| 6276 | 6713 | } |
| 6308 | 6745 | if (changedAttributes || wmPtr->flags != oldFlags || initial) { |
| 6309 | 6746 | if (!macWindow) { |
| 6310 | 6747 | if (winPtr->window == None) { |
| 6311 | if (create) { | |
| 6312 | Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); | |
| 6313 | } else { | |
| 6748 | if (!create) { | |
| 6314 | 6749 | return; |
| 6315 | 6750 | } |
| 6751 | Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); | |
| 6316 | 6752 | } |
| 6317 | 6753 | if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) { |
| 6318 | if (create) { | |
| 6319 | TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr); | |
| 6320 | } else { | |
| 6754 | if (!create) { | |
| 6321 | 6755 | return; |
| 6322 | 6756 | } |
| 6757 | TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr); | |
| 6323 | 6758 | } |
| 6324 | 6759 | macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); |
| 6325 | 6760 | } |
| 6356 | 6791 | if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) && |
| 6357 | 6792 | ![macWindow toolbar]) { |
| 6358 | 6793 | NSToolbar *toolbar = [[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier:@""]; |
| 6794 | ||
| 6359 | 6795 | [toolbar setVisible:NO]; |
| 6360 | 6796 | [macWindow setToolbar:toolbar]; |
| 6361 | 6797 | [toolbar release]; |
| 6389 | 6825 | tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute)) || |
| 6390 | 6826 | initial) { |
| 6391 | 6827 | NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault; |
| 6828 | ||
| 6829 | /* | |
| 6830 | * This behavior, which makes the green button expand a window to | |
| 6831 | * full screen, was included in the default as of OSX 10.13. For | |
| 6832 | * uniformity we use the new default in all versions of the OS | |
| 6833 | * after 10.10. | |
| 6834 | */ | |
| 6835 | ||
| 6836 | #if !(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000) | |
| 6837 | if (!(macWindow.styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask)) { | |
| 6838 | /* | |
| 6839 | * Exclude overrideredirect, transient, and "help"-styled | |
| 6840 | * windows from moving into their own fullscreen space. | |
| 6841 | */ | |
| 6842 | ||
| 6843 | if ((winPtr->atts.override_redirect) || | |
| 6844 | (wmPtr->master != NULL) || | |
| 6845 | (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass == kHelpWindowClass)) { | |
| 6846 | b |= (NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces | | |
| 6847 | NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenAuxiliary); | |
| 6848 | } else { | |
| 6849 | NSSize screenSize = [[macWindow screen] frame].size; | |
| 6850 | b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorFullScreenPrimary; | |
| 6851 | ||
| 6852 | /* | |
| 6853 | * The default max size has height less than the screen | |
| 6854 | * height. This causes the window manager to refuse to | |
| 6855 | * allow the window to be resized when it is a split | |
| 6856 | * window. To work around this we make the max size equal | |
| 6857 | * to the screen size. (For 10.11 and up, only) | |
| 6858 | */ | |
| 6859 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 10) { | |
| 6860 | [macWindow setMaxFullScreenContentSize:screenSize]; | |
| 6861 | } | |
| 6862 | } | |
| 6863 | } | |
| 6864 | #endif | |
| 6865 | ||
| 6392 | 6866 | if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) { |
| 6393 | 6867 | b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces; |
| 6394 | 6868 | } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) { |
| 6410 | 6884 | |
| 6411 | 6885 | /* |
| 6412 | 6886 | * The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window |
| 6413 | * structure widths: | |
| 6887 | * frame geometry: | |
| 6414 | 6888 | */ |
| 6415 | 6889 | |
| 6416 | 6890 | NSRect structureRect = [macWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect]; |
| 6891 | ||
| 6417 | 6892 | wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x; |
| 6418 | 6893 | wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height; |
| 6419 | 6894 | wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width; |
| 6445 | 6920 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 6446 | 6921 | UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes; |
| 6447 | 6922 | int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags; |
| 6923 | unsigned long styleMask; | |
| 6924 | NSRect structureRect; | |
| 6925 | NSWindow *parentWindow; | |
| 6926 | ||
| 6927 | if (!macWindow && winPtr->window != None && | |
| 6928 | TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) { | |
| 6929 | macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 6930 | } | |
| 6931 | styleMask = [macWindow styleMask]; | |
| 6448 | 6932 | |
| 6449 | 6933 | /* |
| 6450 | 6934 | * FIX: We need an UpdateWrapper equivalent to make this 100% correct |
| 6456 | 6940 | wmPtr->attributes = macClassAttrs[kSimpleWindowClass].defaultAttrs; |
| 6457 | 6941 | } |
| 6458 | 6942 | wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoActivatesAttribute; |
| 6943 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) { | |
| 6944 | styleMask = 0; | |
| 6945 | } else { | |
| 6946 | styleMask &= ~NSTitledWindowMask; | |
| 6947 | } | |
| 6459 | 6948 | } else { |
| 6460 | 6949 | if (wmPtr->macClass == kSimpleWindowClass && |
| 6461 | 6950 | oldAttributes == kWindowNoActivatesAttribute) { |
| 6464 | 6953 | macClassAttrs[kDocumentWindowClass].defaultAttrs; |
| 6465 | 6954 | } |
| 6466 | 6955 | wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoActivatesAttribute; |
| 6467 | } | |
| 6468 | if (!macWindow && winPtr->window != None && | |
| 6469 | TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) { | |
| 6470 | macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); | |
| 6956 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) { | |
| 6957 | styleMask = NSTitledWindowMask | | |
| 6958 | NSClosableWindowMask | | |
| 6959 | NSMiniaturizableWindowMask | | |
| 6960 | NSResizableWindowMask; | |
| 6961 | } else { | |
| 6962 | styleMask |= NSTitledWindowMask; | |
| 6963 | } | |
| 6471 | 6964 | } |
| 6472 | 6965 | if (macWindow) { |
| 6473 | if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect && wmPtr->master != None) { | |
| 6474 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST; | |
| 6966 | structureRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect | |
| 6967 | styleMask:styleMask]; | |
| 6968 | ||
| 6969 | /* | |
| 6970 | * Synchronize the wmInfoPtr to match the new window configuration | |
| 6971 | * so windowBoundsChanged won't corrupt the window manager info. | |
| 6972 | */ | |
| 6973 | ||
| 6974 | wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x; | |
| 6975 | wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height; | |
| 6976 | wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width; | |
| 6977 | wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height; | |
| 6978 | if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { | |
| 6979 | [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES]; | |
| 6980 | [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask]; | |
| 6981 | if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState) { | |
| 6982 | [macWindow orderFront:nil]; | |
| 6983 | } | |
| 6984 | if (wmPtr->master != NULL) { | |
| 6985 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST; | |
| 6986 | } else { | |
| 6987 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST; | |
| 6988 | } | |
| 6475 | 6989 | } else { |
| 6990 | const char *title = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->titleUid; | |
| 6991 | ||
| 6992 | if (!title) { | |
| 6993 | title = winPtr->nameUid; | |
| 6994 | } | |
| 6995 | [macWindow setStyleMask:styleMask]; | |
| 6996 | [macWindow setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:title]]; | |
| 6997 | [macWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO]; | |
| 6476 | 6998 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST; |
| 6477 | 6999 | } |
| 6478 | NSWindow *parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow]; | |
| 6479 | 7000 | if (wmPtr->master != None) { |
| 6480 | TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); | |
| 6481 | TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *) | |
| 6482 | Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, wmPtr->master); | |
| 6483 | ||
| 6484 | if (masterWinPtr && masterWinPtr->window != None && | |
| 6485 | TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) { | |
| 6486 | NSWindow *masterMacWin = | |
| 6487 | TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(masterWinPtr->window); | |
| 6488 | ||
| 6489 | if (masterMacWin && masterMacWin != parentWindow && | |
| 6490 | (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) { | |
| 6491 | if (parentWindow) { | |
| 7001 | TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *) wmPtr->master; | |
| 7002 | ||
| 7003 | if (masterWinPtr && (masterWinPtr->window != None) | |
| 7004 | && TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) { | |
| 7005 | NSWindow *masterMacWin = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow( | |
| 7006 | masterWinPtr->window); | |
| 7007 | ||
| 7008 | /* | |
| 7009 | * Try to add the transient window as a child window of the | |
| 7010 | * master. A child NSWindow retains its relative position with | |
| 7011 | * respect to the parent when the parent is moved. This is | |
| 7012 | * pointless if the parent is offscreen, and adding a child to | |
| 7013 | * an offscreen window causes the parent to be displayed as a | |
| 7014 | * zombie. So we only do this if the parent is visible. | |
| 7015 | */ | |
| 7016 | ||
| 7017 | if (masterMacWin && [masterMacWin isVisible] | |
| 7018 | && (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) { | |
| 7019 | /* | |
| 7020 | * If the transient is already a child of some other window, | |
| 7021 | * remove it. | |
| 7022 | */ | |
| 7023 | ||
| 7024 | parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow]; | |
| 7025 | if (parentWindow && parentWindow != masterMacWin) { | |
| 6492 | 7026 | [parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow]; |
| 6493 | 7027 | } |
| 7028 | ||
| 6494 | 7029 | [masterMacWin addChildWindow:macWindow |
| 6495 | ordered:NSWindowAbove]; | |
| 6496 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) { | |
| 6497 | [macWindow setLevel:kCGUtilityWindowLevel]; | |
| 6498 | } | |
| 7030 | ordered:NSWindowAbove]; | |
| 6499 | 7031 | } |
| 6500 | 7032 | } |
| 6501 | } else if (parentWindow) { | |
| 6502 | [parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow]; | |
| 7033 | } else { | |
| 7034 | parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow]; | |
| 7035 | if (parentWindow) { | |
| 7036 | [parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow]; | |
| 7037 | } | |
| 7038 | } | |
| 7039 | if (wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) { | |
| 7040 | [macWindow setLevel:kCGUtilityWindowLevel]; | |
| 6503 | 7041 | } |
| 6504 | 7042 | ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes, |
| 6505 | 7043 | oldFlags, 0, 0); |
| 6506 | 7044 | } |
| 6507 | } | |
| 6508 | ||
| 6509 | /* | |
| 6510 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 6511 | * | |
| 6512 | * TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen -- | |
| 6513 | * | |
| 6514 | * This procedure sets a fullscreen window to the size of the screen. | |
| 6515 | * | |
| 6516 | * Results: | |
| 6517 | * A standard Tcl result. | |
| 6518 | * | |
| 6519 | * Side effects: | |
| 6520 | * None. | |
| 6521 | * | |
| 6522 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 6523 | */ | |
| 6524 | ||
| 6525 | int | |
| 6526 | TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen( | |
| 6527 | TkWindow *winPtr, | |
| 6528 | NSWindow *window, | |
| 6529 | int fullscreen, | |
| 6530 | Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 6531 | { | |
| 6532 | WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; | |
| 6533 | int screenWidth = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); | |
| 6534 | int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); | |
| 6535 | ||
| 6536 | if (fullscreen) { | |
| 6537 | ||
| 6538 | /* | |
| 6539 | * Check max width and height if set by the user. | |
| 6540 | */ | |
| 6541 | ||
| 6542 | if ((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0 && wmPtr->maxWidth < screenWidth) | |
| 6543 | || (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0 && wmPtr->maxHeight < screenHeight)) { | |
| 6544 | if (interp) { | |
| 6545 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 6546 | "can't set fullscreen attribute for \"%s\": max" | |
| 6547 | " width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName)); | |
| 6548 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FULLSCREEN", | |
| 6549 | "CONSTRAINT_FAILURE", NULL); | |
| 6550 | } | |
| 6551 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN; | |
| 6552 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 6553 | } | |
| 6554 | ||
| 6555 | /* | |
| 6556 | * Save the current window state. | |
| 6557 | */ | |
| 6558 | ||
| 6559 | wmPtr->cachedBounds = [window frame]; | |
| 6560 | wmPtr->cachedStyle = [window styleMask]; | |
| 6561 | wmPtr->cachedPresentation = [NSApp presentationOptions]; | |
| 6562 | ||
| 6563 | /* | |
| 6564 | * Adjust the window style so it looks like a Fullscreen window. | |
| 6565 | */ | |
| 6566 | ||
| 6567 | [window setStyleMask: NSFullScreenWindowMask]; | |
| 6568 | [NSApp setPresentationOptions: (NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock | | |
| 6569 | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar)]; | |
| 6570 | ||
| 6571 | /*For 10.13 and later add a button for exiting Fullscreen.*/ | |
| 6572 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 12) { | |
| 6573 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 101200 | |
| 6574 | exitFullScreen = [[[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] | |
| 6575 | statusItemWithLength:NSVariableStatusItemLength] retain]; | |
| 6576 | NSImage *exitIcon = [NSImage imageNamed:@"NSExitFullScreenTemplate"]; | |
| 6577 | exitFullScreen.button.image = exitIcon; | |
| 6578 | exitFullScreen.button.cell.highlighted = NO; | |
| 6579 | exitFullScreen.button.toolTip = @"Exit Full Screen"; | |
| 6580 | exitFullScreen.button.target = window; | |
| 6581 | exitFullScreen.button.action = @selector(restoreOldScreen:); | |
| 6582 | #endif | |
| 6583 | } | |
| 6584 | ||
| 6585 | /* | |
| 6586 | * Resize the window to fill the screen. (After setting the style!) | |
| 6587 | */ | |
| 6588 | ||
| 6589 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; | |
| 6590 | NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight); | |
| 6591 | [window setFrame:screenBounds display:YES]; | |
| 6592 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; | |
| 6593 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN; | |
| 6594 | } else { | |
| 6595 | ||
| 6596 | /* | |
| 6597 | * Restore the previous styles and attributes. | |
| 6598 | */ | |
| 6599 | ||
| 6600 | [NSApp setPresentationOptions: wmPtr->cachedPresentation]; | |
| 6601 | [window setStyleMask: wmPtr->cachedStyle]; | |
| 6602 | UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes; | |
| 6603 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN; | |
| 6604 | wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes & | |
| 6605 | kWindowResizableAttribute; | |
| 6606 | ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes, | |
| 6607 | wmPtr->flags, 1, 0); | |
| 6608 | ||
| 6609 | /* | |
| 6610 | * Resize the window to its previous size. | |
| 6611 | */ | |
| 6612 | ||
| 6613 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; | |
| 6614 | [window setFrame:wmPtr->cachedBounds display:YES]; | |
| 6615 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; | |
| 6616 | } | |
| 6617 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 6618 | 7045 | } |
| 6619 | 7046 | |
| 6620 | 7047 | /* |
| 6792 | 7219 | MacDrawable *parentWin) |
| 6793 | 7220 | { |
| 6794 | 7221 | TkWindow *childPtr; |
| 7222 | ||
| 6795 | 7223 | /* |
| 6796 | 7224 | * Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets |
| 6797 | 7225 | * Mapped. |
| 6809 | 7237 | #endif |
| 6810 | 7238 | } |
| 6811 | 7239 | |
| 6812 | /* Repeat for all the children */ | |
| 7240 | /* | |
| 7241 | * Repeat for all the children. | |
| 7242 | */ | |
| 7243 | ||
| 6813 | 7244 | for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; |
| 6814 | 7245 | childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 6815 | 7246 | RemapWindows(childPtr, (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window); |
| 35 | 35 | * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ |
| 36 | 36 | } ProtocolHandler; |
| 37 | 37 | |
| 38 | /* The following data structure is used in the TkWmInfo to maintain a list of all of the | |
| 39 | * transient windows belonging to a given master. | |
| 40 | */ | |
| 41 | ||
| 42 | typedef struct Transient { | |
| 43 | TkWindow *winPtr; | |
| 44 | int flags; | |
| 45 | struct Transient *nextPtr; | |
| 46 | } Transient; | |
| 47 | ||
| 48 | #define WITHDRAWN_BY_MASTER 0x1 | |
| 38 | 49 | |
| 39 | 50 | /* |
| 40 | 51 | * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related |
| 53 | 64 | Tk_Uid titleUid; /* Title to display in window caption. If NULL, |
| 54 | 65 | * use name of widget. */ |
| 55 | 66 | char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. */ |
| 56 | Window master; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, or | |
| 67 | Tk_Window master; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, or | |
| 57 | 68 | * None. */ |
| 58 | 69 | XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window |
| 59 | 70 | * manager. */ |
| 61 | 72 | * (corresponds to hints.window_group). |
| 62 | 73 | * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get |
| 63 | 74 | * updated if leader is destroyed. */ |
| 64 | char *masterWindowName; /* Path name of window specified as master in | |
| 65 | * "wm transient" command, or NULL. Malloc-ed. | |
| 66 | * Note: this field doesn't get updated if | |
| 67 | * masterWindowName is destroyed. */ | |
| 68 | 75 | Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or |
| 69 | 76 | * NULL. */ |
| 70 | 77 | Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or |
| 71 | 78 | * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */ |
| 79 | Transient *transientPtr; /* First item in a list of all transient windows | |
| 80 | * belonging to this window, or NULL if there | |
| 81 | * are no transients. */ | |
| 72 | 82 | |
| 73 | 83 | /* |
| 74 | 84 | * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window |
| 31 | 31 | #endif |
| 32 | 32 | |
| 33 | 33 | #define ROOT_ID 10 |
| 34 | ||
| 35 | CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0; | |
| 36 | CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0; | |
| 37 | 34 | |
| 38 | 35 | /* |
| 39 | 36 | * Declarations of static variables used in this file. |
| 89 | 86 | nsScreens = [NSScreen screens]; |
| 90 | 87 | if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) { |
| 91 | 88 | NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0]; |
| 92 | NSRect bounds = [s frame], visible = [s visibleFrame]; | |
| 89 | NSRect bounds = [s frame]; | |
| 93 | 90 | NSRect maxBounds = NSZeroRect; |
| 94 | ||
| 95 | tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = bounds.size.height; | |
| 96 | tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - | |
| 97 | (visible.origin.y + visible.size.height); | |
| 98 | 91 | |
| 99 | 92 | screen->root_depth = NSBitsPerPixelFromDepth([s depth]); |
| 100 | 93 | screen->width = bounds.size.width; |
| 107 | 100 | } |
| 108 | 101 | *((NSRect *)screen->ext_data) = maxBounds; |
| 109 | 102 | } |
| 103 | } | |
| 104 | ||
| 105 | /* | |
| 106 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 107 | * | |
| 108 | * TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -- | |
| 109 | * | |
| 110 | * Replacement for the tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight variable to avoid | |
| 111 | * caching values from NSScreen (fixes bug aea00be199). | |
| 112 | * | |
| 113 | * Results: | |
| 114 | * Returns the height of screen 0 (the screen assigned the menu bar | |
| 115 | * in System Preferences), or 0.0 if getting [NSScreen screens] fails. | |
| 116 | * | |
| 117 | * Side effects: | |
| 118 | * None. | |
| 119 | * | |
| 120 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 121 | */ | |
| 122 | ||
| 123 | CGFloat | |
| 124 | TkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight() | |
| 125 | { | |
| 126 | NSArray *nsScreens = [NSScreen screens]; | |
| 127 | if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) { | |
| 128 | NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0]; | |
| 129 | NSRect bounds = [s frame]; | |
| 130 | return bounds.size.height; | |
| 131 | } | |
| 132 | return 0.0; | |
| 133 | } | |
| 134 | ||
| 135 | /* | |
| 136 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 137 | * | |
| 138 | * TkMacOSXZeroScreenTop -- | |
| 139 | * | |
| 140 | * Replacement for the tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop variable to avoid | |
| 141 | * caching values from visibleFrame. | |
| 142 | * | |
| 143 | * Results: | |
| 144 | * Returns how far below the top of screen 0 to draw | |
| 145 | * (i.e. the height of the menu bar if it is always shown), | |
| 146 | * or 0.0 if getting [NSScreen screens] fails. | |
| 147 | * | |
| 148 | * Side effects: | |
| 149 | * None. | |
| 150 | * | |
| 151 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 152 | */ | |
| 153 | ||
| 154 | CGFloat | |
| 155 | TkMacOSXZeroScreenTop() | |
| 156 | { | |
| 157 | NSArray *nsScreens = [NSScreen screens]; | |
| 158 | if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) { | |
| 159 | NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0]; | |
| 160 | NSRect bounds = [s frame], visible = [s visibleFrame]; | |
| 161 | return bounds.size.height - (visible.origin.y + visible.size.height); | |
| 162 | } | |
| 163 | return 0.0; | |
| 110 | 164 | } |
| 111 | 165 | |
| 112 | 166 | /* |
| 177 | 231 | { |
| 178 | 232 | int major, minor, patch; |
| 179 | 233 | |
| 180 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101000 | |
| 234 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 101000 | |
| 181 | 235 | Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major); |
| 182 | 236 | Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor); |
| 183 | 237 | Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch); |
| 201 | 255 | |
| 202 | 256 | screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual)); |
| 203 | 257 | screen->root_visual->visualid = 0; |
| 204 | screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor; | |
| 258 | screen->root_visual->c_class = TrueColor; | |
| 205 | 259 | screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0x00FF0000; |
| 206 | 260 | screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0x0000FF00; |
| 207 | 261 | screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0x000000FF; |
| 224 | 278 | bzero(gMacDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay)); |
| 225 | 279 | gMacDisplay->display = display; |
| 226 | 280 | [pool drain]; |
| 281 | ||
| 282 | /* | |
| 283 | * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event". | |
| 284 | */ | |
| 285 | TkpInitKeymapInfo(gMacDisplay); | |
| 286 | ||
| 227 | 287 | return gMacDisplay; |
| 228 | 288 | } |
| 229 | 289 | |
| 428 | 488 | return 1; |
| 429 | 489 | } |
| 430 | 490 | |
| 431 | void | |
| 491 | int | |
| 432 | 492 | XChangeProperty( |
| 433 | 493 | Display* display, |
| 434 | 494 | Window w, |
| 440 | 500 | int nelements) |
| 441 | 501 | { |
| 442 | 502 | Debugger(); |
| 443 | } | |
| 444 | ||
| 445 | void | |
| 503 | return Success; | |
| 504 | } | |
| 505 | ||
| 506 | int | |
| 446 | 507 | XSelectInput( |
| 447 | 508 | Display* display, |
| 448 | 509 | Window w, |
| 449 | 510 | long event_mask) |
| 450 | 511 | { |
| 451 | 512 | Debugger(); |
| 513 | return Success; | |
| 452 | 514 | } |
| 453 | 515 | |
| 454 | 516 | int |
| 507 | 569 | return 0; |
| 508 | 570 | } |
| 509 | 571 | |
| 510 | void | |
| 572 | int | |
| 511 | 573 | XClearWindow( |
| 512 | 574 | Display* display, |
| 513 | 575 | Window w) |
| 514 | 576 | { |
| 577 | return Success; | |
| 515 | 578 | } |
| 516 | 579 | |
| 517 | 580 | /* |
| 523 | 586 | int x, |
| 524 | 587 | int y) |
| 525 | 588 | { |
| 589 | return Success; | |
| 526 | 590 | } |
| 527 | 591 | |
| 528 | 592 | int |
| 534 | 598 | int npoints, |
| 535 | 599 | int mode) |
| 536 | 600 | { |
| 601 | return Success; | |
| 537 | 602 | } |
| 538 | 603 | */ |
| 539 | 604 | |
| 552 | 617 | return Success; |
| 553 | 618 | } |
| 554 | 619 | |
| 555 | void | |
| 620 | int | |
| 556 | 621 | XQueryColor( |
| 557 | 622 | Display* display, |
| 558 | 623 | Colormap colormap, |
| 571 | 636 | d->blue = (b << 8) | b; |
| 572 | 637 | d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; |
| 573 | 638 | d->pad = 0; |
| 574 | } | |
| 575 | ||
| 576 | void | |
| 639 | return Success; | |
| 640 | } | |
| 641 | ||
| 642 | int | |
| 577 | 643 | XQueryColors( |
| 578 | 644 | Display* display, |
| 579 | 645 | Colormap colormap, |
| 596 | 662 | d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; |
| 597 | 663 | d->pad = 0; |
| 598 | 664 | } |
| 665 | return Success; | |
| 599 | 666 | } |
| 600 | 667 | |
| 601 | 668 | int |
| 634 | 701 | return 0; |
| 635 | 702 | } |
| 636 | 703 | |
| 637 | void | |
| 704 | int | |
| 638 | 705 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping( |
| 639 | 706 | XMappingEvent *x) |
| 640 | 707 | { |
| 641 | 708 | /* used by tkXEvent.c */ |
| 642 | 709 | Debugger(); |
| 643 | } | |
| 644 | ||
| 645 | void | |
| 710 | return Success; | |
| 711 | } | |
| 712 | ||
| 713 | int | |
| 646 | 714 | XSetIconName( |
| 647 | 715 | Display* display, |
| 648 | 716 | Window w, |
| 652 | 720 | * This is a no-op, no icon name for Macs. |
| 653 | 721 | */ |
| 654 | 722 | display->request++; |
| 655 | } | |
| 656 | ||
| 657 | void | |
| 723 | return Success; | |
| 724 | } | |
| 725 | ||
| 726 | int | |
| 658 | 727 | XForceScreenSaver( |
| 659 | 728 | Display* display, |
| 660 | 729 | int mode) |
| 666 | 735 | */ |
| 667 | 736 | |
| 668 | 737 | display->request++; |
| 738 | return Success; | |
| 669 | 739 | } |
| 670 | 740 | |
| 671 | 741 | void |
| 679 | 749 | int |
| 680 | 750 | XSync( |
| 681 | 751 | Display *display, |
| 682 | Bool flag) | |
| 752 | Bool discard) | |
| 683 | 753 | { |
| 684 | 754 | TkMacOSXFlushWindows(); |
| 685 | 755 | display->request++; |
| 769 | 839 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 770 | 840 | */ |
| 771 | 841 | |
| 772 | void | |
| 842 | int | |
| 773 | 843 | XChangeWindowAttributes( |
| 774 | 844 | Display *display, |
| 775 | 845 | Window w, |
| 776 | 846 | unsigned long value_mask, |
| 777 | 847 | XSetWindowAttributes *attributes) |
| 778 | 848 | { |
| 779 | } | |
| 780 | ||
| 781 | void | |
| 849 | return Success; | |
| 850 | } | |
| 851 | ||
| 852 | int | |
| 782 | 853 | XSetWindowBackground( |
| 783 | 854 | Display *display, |
| 784 | 855 | Window window, |
| 785 | 856 | unsigned long value) |
| 786 | 857 | { |
| 787 | } | |
| 788 | ||
| 789 | void | |
| 858 | return Success; | |
| 859 | } | |
| 860 | ||
| 861 | int | |
| 790 | 862 | XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap( |
| 791 | 863 | Display *display, |
| 792 | 864 | Window w, |
| 793 | 865 | Pixmap background_pixmap) |
| 794 | 866 | { |
| 795 | } | |
| 796 | ||
| 797 | void | |
| 867 | return Success; | |
| 868 | } | |
| 869 | ||
| 870 | int | |
| 798 | 871 | XSetWindowBorder( |
| 799 | 872 | Display *display, |
| 800 | 873 | Window w, |
| 801 | 874 | unsigned long border_pixel) |
| 802 | 875 | { |
| 803 | } | |
| 804 | ||
| 805 | void | |
| 876 | return Success; | |
| 877 | } | |
| 878 | ||
| 879 | int | |
| 806 | 880 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap( |
| 807 | 881 | Display *display, |
| 808 | 882 | Window w, |
| 809 | 883 | Pixmap border_pixmap) |
| 810 | 884 | { |
| 811 | } | |
| 812 | ||
| 813 | void | |
| 885 | return Success; | |
| 886 | } | |
| 887 | ||
| 888 | int | |
| 814 | 889 | XSetWindowBorderWidth( |
| 815 | 890 | Display *display, |
| 816 | 891 | Window w, |
| 817 | 892 | unsigned int width) |
| 818 | 893 | { |
| 819 | } | |
| 820 | ||
| 821 | void | |
| 894 | return Success; | |
| 895 | } | |
| 896 | ||
| 897 | int | |
| 822 | 898 | XSetWindowColormap( |
| 823 | 899 | Display *display, |
| 824 | 900 | Window w, |
| 825 | 901 | Colormap colormap) |
| 826 | 902 | { |
| 827 | 903 | Debugger(); |
| 904 | return Success; | |
| 828 | 905 | } |
| 829 | 906 | |
| 830 | 907 | Status |
| 847 | 924 | } |
| 848 | 925 | |
| 849 | 926 | XIC |
| 850 | XCreateIC(void) | |
| 927 | XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...) | |
| 851 | 928 | { |
| 852 | 929 | Debugger(); |
| 853 | 930 | return (XIC) 0; |
| 854 | 931 | } |
| 855 | 932 | |
| 933 | #undef XVisualIDFromVisual | |
| 934 | VisualID | |
| 935 | XVisualIDFromVisual( | |
| 936 | Visual *visual) | |
| 937 | { | |
| 938 | return visual->visualid; | |
| 939 | } | |
| 940 | ||
| 941 | #undef XSynchronize | |
| 942 | XAfterFunction | |
| 943 | XSynchronize( | |
| 944 | Display *display, | |
| 945 | Bool onoff) | |
| 946 | { | |
| 947 | display->request++; | |
| 948 | return NULL; | |
| 949 | } | |
| 950 | ||
| 951 | #undef XUngrabServer | |
| 952 | int | |
| 953 | XUngrabServer( | |
| 954 | Display *display) | |
| 955 | { | |
| 956 | return 0; | |
| 957 | } | |
| 958 | ||
| 959 | #undef XNoOp | |
| 960 | int | |
| 961 | XNoOp( | |
| 962 | Display *display) | |
| 963 | { | |
| 964 | display->request++; | |
| 965 | return 0; | |
| 966 | } | |
| 967 | ||
| 968 | #undef XGrabServer | |
| 969 | int | |
| 970 | XGrabServer( | |
| 971 | Display *display) | |
| 972 | { | |
| 973 | return 0; | |
| 974 | } | |
| 975 | ||
| 976 | #undef XFree | |
| 977 | int | |
| 978 | XFree( | |
| 979 | void *data) | |
| 980 | { | |
| 981 | if ((data) != NULL) { | |
| 982 | ckfree(data); | |
| 983 | } | |
| 984 | return 0; | |
| 985 | } | |
| 986 | #undef XFlush | |
| 987 | int | |
| 988 | XFlush( | |
| 989 | Display *display) | |
| 990 | { | |
| 991 | return 0; | |
| 992 | } | |
| 993 | ||
| 856 | 994 | /* |
| 857 | 995 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 858 | 996 | * |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * ttkMacOSXTheme.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API. | |
| 3 | * Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API. | |
| 4 | 4 | * |
| 5 | 5 | * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 2005 Neil Madden |
| 7 | 7 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> |
| 8 | 8 | * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. |
| 9 | 9 | * Copyright 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. |
| 10 | * Copyright 2019 Marc Culler | |
| 10 | 11 | * |
| 11 | 12 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 12 | 13 | * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 14 | 15 | * See also: |
| 15 | 16 | * |
| 16 | 17 | * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/ |
| 17 | * Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/APIIndex.html > | |
| 18 | * Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/APIIndex.html > | |
| 18 | 19 | * |
| 19 | 20 | * Notes: |
| 20 | * "Active" means different things in Mac and Tk terminology -- | |
| 21 | * On Aqua, widgets are "Active" if they belong to the foreground window, | |
| 22 | * "Inactive" if they are in a background window. | |
| 23 | * Tk uses the term "active" to mean that the mouse cursor | |
| 24 | * is over a widget; aka "hover", "prelight", or "hot-tracked". | |
| 25 | * Aqua doesn't use this kind of feedback. | |
| 26 | * | |
| 27 | * The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the | |
| 28 | * top-level window, not to the Tk_Window. BoxToRect() | |
| 29 | * accounts for this. | |
| 21 | * "Active" means different things in Mac and Tk terminology -- | |
| 22 | * On Aqua, widgets are "Active" if they belong to the foreground window, | |
| 23 | * "Inactive" if they are in a background window. Tk uses the term | |
| 24 | * "active" to mean that the mouse cursor is over a widget; aka "hover", | |
| 25 | * "prelight", or "hot-tracked". Aqua doesn't use this kind of feedback. | |
| 26 | * | |
| 27 | * The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the top-level | |
| 28 | * window, not to the Tk_Window. BoxToRect() accounts for this. | |
| 30 | 29 | */ |
| 31 | 30 | |
| 32 | 31 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| 33 | 32 | #include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" |
| 33 | #include <math.h> | |
| 34 | 34 | |
| 35 | 35 | /* |
| 36 | * Use this version in the core: | |
| 37 | */ | |
| 38 | #define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) { \ | |
| 36 | * Macros for handling drawing contexts. | |
| 37 | */ | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | #define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) { \ | |
| 39 | 40 | TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; \ |
| 40 | 41 | if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((d), NULL, 1, &dc)) {return;} |
| 41 | 42 | #define END_DRAWING \ |
| 42 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); } | |
| 43 | TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);} | |
| 43 | 44 | |
| 44 | 45 | #define HIOrientation kHIThemeOrientationNormal |
| 46 | #define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF | |
| 45 | 47 | |
| 46 | 48 | #ifdef __LP64__ |
| 47 | 49 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) |
| 49 | 51 | #define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum)) |
| 50 | 52 | #endif /* __LP64__ */ |
| 51 | 53 | |
| 54 | #define TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 55 | #define TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB TTK_STATE_USER2 | |
| 56 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 57 | ||
| 58 | /* | |
| 59 | * Colors and gradients used in Dark Mode. | |
| 60 | */ | |
| 61 | ||
| 62 | static CGFloat darkButtonFace[4] = { | |
| 63 | 112.0 / 255, 113.0 / 255, 115.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 64 | }; | |
| 65 | static CGFloat darkPressedBevelFace[4] = { | |
| 66 | 135.0 / 255, 136.0 / 255, 138.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 67 | }; | |
| 68 | static CGFloat darkSelectedBevelFace[4] = { | |
| 69 | 162.0 / 255, 163.0 / 255, 165.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 70 | }; | |
| 71 | static CGFloat darkDisabledButtonFace[4] = { | |
| 72 | 86.0 / 255, 87.0 / 255, 89.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 73 | }; | |
| 74 | static CGFloat darkInactiveSelectedTab[4] = { | |
| 75 | 159.0 / 255, 160.0 / 255, 161.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 76 | }; | |
| 77 | static CGFloat darkFocusRing[4] = { | |
| 78 | 38.0 / 255, 113.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 79 | }; | |
| 80 | static CGFloat darkFocusRingTop[4] = { | |
| 81 | 50.0 / 255, 124.0 / 255, 171.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 82 | }; | |
| 83 | static CGFloat darkFocusRingBottom[4] = { | |
| 84 | 57.0 / 255, 130.0 / 255, 176.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 85 | }; | |
| 86 | static CGFloat darkTabSeparator[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.25}; | |
| 87 | static CGFloat darkTrack[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.25}; | |
| 88 | static CGFloat darkFrameTop[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0625}; | |
| 89 | static CGFloat darkFrameBottom[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.125}; | |
| 90 | static CGFloat darkFrameAccent[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0625}; | |
| 91 | static CGFloat darkTopGradient[8] = { | |
| 92 | 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.3, | |
| 93 | 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0 | |
| 94 | }; | |
| 95 | static CGFloat darkBackgroundGradient[8] = { | |
| 96 | 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1, | |
| 97 | 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.25 | |
| 98 | }; | |
| 99 | static CGFloat darkInactiveGradient[8] = { | |
| 100 | 89.0 / 255, 90.0 / 255, 93.0 / 255, 1.0, | |
| 101 | 119.0 / 255, 120.0 / 255, 122.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 102 | }; | |
| 103 | static CGFloat darkSelectedGradient[8] = { | |
| 104 | 23.0 / 255, 111.0 / 255, 232.0 / 255, 1.0, | |
| 105 | 20.0 / 255, 94.0 / 255, 206.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 106 | }; | |
| 107 | static CGFloat pressedPushButtonGradient[8] = { | |
| 108 | 35.0 / 255, 123.0 / 255, 244.0 / 255, 1.0, | |
| 109 | 30.0 / 255, 114.0 / 255, 235.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 110 | }; | |
| 111 | ||
| 112 | /* | |
| 113 | * When building on systems earlier than 10.8 there is no reasonable way to | |
| 114 | * convert an NSColor to a CGColor. We do run-time checking of the OS version, | |
| 115 | * and never need the CGColor property on older systems, so we can use this | |
| 116 | * CGCOLOR macro, which evaluates to NULL without raising compiler warnings. | |
| 117 | * Similarly, we never draw rounded rectangles on older systems which did not | |
| 118 | * have CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect, so we just redefine it to return NULL. | |
| 119 | */ | |
| 120 | ||
| 121 | #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1080 | |
| 122 | #define CGCOLOR(nscolor) nscolor.CGColor | |
| 123 | #else | |
| 124 | #define CGCOLOR(nscolor) (0 ? (CGColorRef) nscolor : NULL) | |
| 125 | #define CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(w, x, y, z) NULL | |
| 126 | #endif | |
| 127 | ||
| 128 | /* | |
| 129 | * If we try to draw a rounded rectangle with too large of a radius | |
| 130 | * CoreGraphics will raise a fatal exception. This macro returns if | |
| 131 | * the width or height is less than twice the radius. Presumably this | |
| 132 | * only happens when a widget has not yet been configured and has size | |
| 133 | * 1x1. | |
| 134 | */ | |
| 135 | ||
| 136 | #define CHECK_RADIUS(radius, bounds) \ | |
| 137 | if (radius > bounds.size.width / 2 || radius > bounds.size.height / 2) { \ | |
| 138 | return; \ | |
| 139 | } | |
| 140 | ||
| 52 | 141 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 53 | 142 | * +++ Utilities. |
| 54 | 143 | */ |
| 55 | 144 | |
| 56 | 145 | /* |
| 57 | 146 | * BoxToRect -- |
| 58 | * Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable | |
| 59 | * to a native Rect relative to the containing port. | |
| 60 | */ | |
| 61 | static inline CGRect BoxToRect(Drawable d, Ttk_Box b) | |
| 62 | { | |
| 63 | MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable*)d; | |
| 147 | * Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable | |
| 148 | * to a native Rect relative to the containing port. | |
| 149 | */ | |
| 150 | ||
| 151 | static inline CGRect BoxToRect( | |
| 152 | Drawable d, | |
| 153 | Ttk_Box b) | |
| 154 | { | |
| 155 | MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable *) d; | |
| 64 | 156 | CGRect rect; |
| 65 | 157 | |
| 66 | rect.origin.y = b.y + md->yOff; | |
| 67 | rect.origin.x = b.x + md->xOff; | |
| 68 | rect.size.height = b.height; | |
| 69 | rect.size.width = b.width; | |
| 158 | rect.origin.y = b.y + md->yOff; | |
| 159 | rect.origin.x = b.x + md->xOff; | |
| 160 | rect.size.height = b.height; | |
| 161 | rect.size.width = b.width; | |
| 70 | 162 | |
| 71 | 163 | return rect; |
| 72 | 164 | } |
| 76 | 168 | */ |
| 77 | 169 | |
| 78 | 170 | static Ttk_StateTable ThemeStateTable[] = { |
| 171 | {kThemeStateActive, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 79 | 172 | {kThemeStateUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, |
| 80 | 173 | {kThemeStatePressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, |
| 81 | 174 | {kThemeStateInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0}, |
| 82 | 175 | {kThemeStateActive, 0, 0} |
| 83 | /* Others: Not sure what these are supposed to mean. | |
| 84 | Up/Down have something to do with "little arrow" increment controls... | |
| 85 | Dunno what a "Rollover" is. | |
| 86 | NEM: Rollover is TTK_STATE_ACTIVE... but we don't handle that yet, by the | |
| 87 | looks of things | |
| 88 | {kThemeStateRollover, 0, 0}, | |
| 89 | {kThemeStateUnavailableInactive, 0, 0} | |
| 90 | {kThemeStatePressedUp, 0, 0}, | |
| 91 | {kThemeStatePressedDown, 0, 0} | |
| 92 | */ | |
| 93 | }; | |
| 176 | ||
| 177 | /* Others: Not sure what these are supposed to mean. Up/Down have | |
| 178 | * something to do with "little arrow" increment controls... Dunno what | |
| 179 | * a "Rollover" is. | |
| 180 | * NEM: Rollover is TTK_STATE_ACTIVE... but we don't handle that yet, by | |
| 181 | * the looks of things | |
| 182 | * | |
| 183 | * {kThemeStateRollover, 0, 0}, | |
| 184 | * {kThemeStateUnavailableInactive, 0, 0} | |
| 185 | * {kThemeStatePressedUp, 0, 0}, | |
| 186 | * {kThemeStatePressedDown, 0, 0} | |
| 187 | */ | |
| 188 | }; | |
| 189 | ||
| 190 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 191 | * NormalizeButtonBounds -- | |
| 192 | * | |
| 193 | * Apple's Human Interface Guidelines only allow three specific heights | |
| 194 | * for most buttons: Regular, small and mini. We always use the regular | |
| 195 | * size. However, Ttk may provide an arbitrary bounding rectangle. We | |
| 196 | * always draw the button centered vertically on the rectangle, and | |
| 197 | * having the same width as the rectangle. This function returns the | |
| 198 | * actual bounding rectangle that will be used in drawing the button. | |
| 199 | * | |
| 200 | * The BevelButton is allowed to have arbitrary size, and also has | |
| 201 | * external padding. This is handled separately here. | |
| 202 | */ | |
| 203 | ||
| 204 | static CGRect NormalizeButtonBounds( | |
| 205 | SInt32 heightMetric, | |
| 206 | CGRect bounds) | |
| 207 | { | |
| 208 | SInt32 height; | |
| 209 | ||
| 210 | if (heightMetric != (SInt32) NoThemeMetric) { | |
| 211 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, heightMetric, &height); | |
| 212 | bounds.origin.y += (bounds.size.height - height) / 2; | |
| 213 | bounds.size.height = height; | |
| 214 | } | |
| 215 | return bounds; | |
| 216 | } | |
| 217 | ||
| 218 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 219 | * +++ Backgrounds | |
| 220 | * | |
| 221 | * Support for contrasting background colors when GroupBoxes or Tabbed | |
| 222 | * panes are nested inside each other. Early versions of macOS used ridged | |
| 223 | * borders, so do not need contrasting backgrounds. | |
| 224 | */ | |
| 225 | ||
| 226 | /* | |
| 227 | * For systems older than 10.14, [NSColor windowBackGroundColor] generates | |
| 228 | * garbage when called from this function. In 10.14 it works correctly, and | |
| 229 | * must be used in order to have a background color which responds to Dark | |
| 230 | * Mode. So we use this hard-wired RGBA color on the older systems which don't | |
| 231 | * support Dark Mode anyway. | |
| 232 | */ | |
| 233 | ||
| 234 | static CGFloat windowBackground[4] = { | |
| 235 | 235.0 / 255, 235.0 / 255, 235.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 236 | }; | |
| 237 | static CGFloat whiteRGBA[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}; | |
| 238 | static CGFloat blackRGBA[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0}; | |
| 239 | ||
| 240 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 241 | * GetBackgroundColor -- | |
| 242 | * | |
| 243 | * Fills the array rgba with the color coordinates for a background color. | |
| 244 | * Start with the background color of a window's geometry master, or the | |
| 245 | * standard ttk window background if there is no master. If the contrast | |
| 246 | * parameter is nonzero, modify this color to be darker, for the aqua | |
| 247 | * appearance, or lighter for the DarkAqua appearance. This is primarily | |
| 248 | * used by the Fill and Background elements. | |
| 249 | */ | |
| 250 | ||
| 251 | static void GetBackgroundColor( | |
| 252 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 253 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 254 | int contrast, | |
| 255 | CGFloat *rgba) | |
| 256 | { | |
| 257 | TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; | |
| 258 | TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(tkwin); | |
| 259 | ||
| 260 | while (masterPtr && masterPtr->privatePtr) { | |
| 261 | if (masterPtr->privatePtr->flags & TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG) { | |
| 262 | break; | |
| 263 | } | |
| 264 | masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(masterPtr); | |
| 265 | } | |
| 266 | if (masterPtr && masterPtr->privatePtr) { | |
| 267 | for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { | |
| 268 | rgba[i] = masterPtr->privatePtr->fillRGBA[i]; | |
| 269 | } | |
| 270 | } else { | |
| 271 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 13) { | |
| 272 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 273 | NSColor *windowColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor] | |
| 274 | colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB]; | |
| 275 | [windowColor getComponents: rgba]; | |
| 276 | } else { | |
| 277 | for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { | |
| 278 | rgba[i] = windowBackground[i]; | |
| 279 | } | |
| 280 | } | |
| 281 | } | |
| 282 | if (contrast) { | |
| 283 | int isDark = (rgba[0] + rgba[1] + rgba[2] < 1.5); | |
| 284 | ||
| 285 | if (isDark) { | |
| 286 | for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { | |
| 287 | rgba[i] += 8.0 / 255.0; | |
| 288 | } | |
| 289 | } else { | |
| 290 | for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { | |
| 291 | rgba[i] -= 8.0 / 255.0; | |
| 292 | } | |
| 293 | } | |
| 294 | if (winPtr->privatePtr) { | |
| 295 | winPtr->privatePtr->flags |= TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG; | |
| 296 | for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { | |
| 297 | winPtr->privatePtr->fillRGBA[i] = rgba[i]; | |
| 298 | } | |
| 299 | } | |
| 300 | } | |
| 301 | } | |
| 302 | ||
| 303 | ||
| 304 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 305 | * +++ Single Arrow Buttons -- | |
| 306 | * | |
| 307 | * Used in ListHeaders and Comboboxes. | |
| 308 | */ | |
| 309 | ||
| 310 | static void DrawDownArrow( | |
| 311 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 312 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 313 | CGFloat inset, | |
| 314 | CGFloat size, | |
| 315 | CGFloat *rgba) | |
| 316 | { | |
| 317 | CGFloat x, y; | |
| 318 | ||
| 319 | CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]); | |
| 320 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5); | |
| 321 | x = bounds.origin.x + inset; | |
| 322 | y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2); | |
| 323 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 324 | CGPoint arrow[3] = { | |
| 325 | {x, y - size / 4}, {x + size / 2, y + size / 4}, | |
| 326 | {x + size, y - size / 4} | |
| 327 | }; | |
| 328 | CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3); | |
| 329 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 330 | } | |
| 331 | ||
| 332 | static void DrawUpArrow( | |
| 333 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 334 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 335 | CGFloat inset, | |
| 336 | CGFloat size, | |
| 337 | CGFloat *rgba) | |
| 338 | { | |
| 339 | CGFloat x, y; | |
| 340 | ||
| 341 | CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]); | |
| 342 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5); | |
| 343 | x = bounds.origin.x + inset; | |
| 344 | y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2); | |
| 345 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 346 | CGPoint arrow[3] = { | |
| 347 | {x, y + size / 4}, {x + size / 2, y - size / 4}, | |
| 348 | {x + size, y + size / 4} | |
| 349 | }; | |
| 350 | CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3); | |
| 351 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 352 | } | |
| 353 | ||
| 354 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 355 | * +++ Double Arrow Buttons -- | |
| 356 | * | |
| 357 | * Used in MenuButtons and SpinButtons. | |
| 358 | */ | |
| 359 | ||
| 360 | static void DrawUpDownArrows( | |
| 361 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 362 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 363 | CGFloat inset, | |
| 364 | CGFloat size, | |
| 365 | CGFloat *rgba) | |
| 366 | { | |
| 367 | CGFloat x, y; | |
| 368 | ||
| 369 | CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]); | |
| 370 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5); | |
| 371 | x = bounds.origin.x + inset; | |
| 372 | y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height / 2); | |
| 373 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 374 | CGPoint bottomArrow[3] = | |
| 375 | {{x, y + 2}, {x + size / 2, y + 2 + size / 2}, {x + size, y + 2}}; | |
| 376 | CGContextAddLines(context, bottomArrow, 3); | |
| 377 | CGPoint topArrow[3] = | |
| 378 | {{x, y - 2}, {x + size / 2, y - 2 - size / 2}, {x + size, y - 2}}; | |
| 379 | CGContextAddLines(context, topArrow, 3); | |
| 380 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 381 | } | |
| 382 | ||
| 383 | ||
| 384 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 385 | * +++ FillButtonBackground -- | |
| 386 | * | |
| 387 | * Fills a rounded rectangle with a transparent black gradient. | |
| 388 | * This is a no-op if building on 10.8 or older. | |
| 389 | */ | |
| 390 | ||
| 391 | static void FillButtonBackground( | |
| 392 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 393 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 394 | CGFloat radius) | |
| 395 | { | |
| 396 | CHECK_RADIUS(radius, bounds) | |
| 397 | ||
| 398 | CGPathRef path; | |
| 399 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 400 | CGGradientRef backgroundGradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents( | |
| 401 | deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, darkBackgroundGradient, NULL, 2); | |
| 402 | CGPoint backgroundEnd = { | |
| 403 | bounds.origin.x, | |
| 404 | bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height | |
| 405 | }; | |
| 406 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 407 | path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL); | |
| 408 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 409 | CGContextClip(context); | |
| 410 | CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, backgroundGradient, | |
| 411 | bounds.origin, backgroundEnd, 0); | |
| 412 | CFRelease(path); | |
| 413 | CFRelease(backgroundGradient); | |
| 414 | } | |
| 415 | ||
| 416 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 417 | * +++ HighlightButtonBorder -- | |
| 418 | * | |
| 419 | * Accent the top border of a rounded rectangle with a transparent | |
| 420 | * white gradient. | |
| 421 | */ | |
| 422 | ||
| 423 | static void HighlightButtonBorder( | |
| 424 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 425 | CGRect bounds) | |
| 426 | { | |
| 427 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 428 | CGPoint topEnd = {bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y + 3}; | |
| 429 | CGGradientRef topGradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents( | |
| 430 | deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, darkTopGradient, NULL, 2); | |
| 431 | ||
| 432 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 433 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 434 | CGContextAddArc(context, bounds.origin.x + 4, bounds.origin.y + 4, | |
| 435 | 4, PI, 3 * PI / 2, 0); | |
| 436 | CGContextAddArc(context, bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 4, | |
| 437 | bounds.origin.y + 4, 4, 3 * PI / 2, 0, 0); | |
| 438 | CGContextReplacePathWithStrokedPath(context); | |
| 439 | CGContextClip(context); | |
| 440 | CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, topGradient, bounds.origin, topEnd, | |
| 441 | 0.0); | |
| 442 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 443 | CFRelease(topGradient); | |
| 444 | } | |
| 445 | ||
| 446 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 447 | * DrawGroupBox -- | |
| 448 | * | |
| 449 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws the contrasting | |
| 450 | * rounded rectangular box for LabelFrames and Notebook panes used in | |
| 451 | * more recent versions of macOS. | |
| 452 | */ | |
| 453 | ||
| 454 | static void DrawGroupBox( | |
| 455 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 456 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 457 | Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 458 | { | |
| 459 | CHECK_RADIUS(4, bounds) | |
| 460 | ||
| 461 | CGPathRef path; | |
| 462 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 463 | NSColor *borderColor, *bgColor; | |
| 464 | static CGFloat border[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.25}; | |
| 465 | CGFloat fill[4]; | |
| 466 | ||
| 467 | GetBackgroundColor(context, tkwin, 1, fill); | |
| 468 | bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill | |
| 469 | count: 4]; | |
| 470 | CGContextSetFillColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 471 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(bgColor)); | |
| 472 | path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, 4, 4, NULL); | |
| 473 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 474 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 475 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 476 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 477 | borderColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: border | |
| 478 | count: 4]; | |
| 479 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(borderColor)); | |
| 480 | [borderColor getComponents: fill]; | |
| 481 | CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, fill[0], fill[1], fill[2], fill[3]); | |
| 482 | ||
| 483 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 484 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 485 | CGContextReplacePathWithStrokedPath(context); | |
| 486 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 487 | CFRelease(path); | |
| 488 | } | |
| 489 | ||
| 490 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 491 | * SolidFillRoundedRectangle -- | |
| 492 | * | |
| 493 | * Fill a rounded rectangle with a specified solid color. | |
| 494 | */ | |
| 495 | ||
| 496 | static void SolidFillRoundedRectangle( | |
| 497 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 498 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 499 | CGFloat radius, | |
| 500 | NSColor *color) | |
| 501 | { | |
| 502 | CGPathRef path; | |
| 503 | CHECK_RADIUS(radius, bounds) | |
| 504 | ||
| 505 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(color)); | |
| 506 | path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL); | |
| 507 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 508 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 509 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 510 | CFRelease(path); | |
| 511 | } | |
| 512 | ||
| 513 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 514 | * +++ DrawListHeader -- | |
| 515 | * | |
| 516 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column headers for | |
| 517 | * a Treeview in the Aqua appearance. The HITheme headers have not | |
| 518 | * matched the native ones since OSX 10.8. Note that the header image is | |
| 519 | * ignored, but we draw arrows according to the state. | |
| 520 | */ | |
| 521 | ||
| 522 | static void DrawListHeader( | |
| 523 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 524 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 525 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 526 | int state) | |
| 527 | { | |
| 528 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 529 | NSColor *strokeColor, *bgColor; | |
| 530 | static CGFloat borderRGBA[4] = { | |
| 531 | 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 532 | }; | |
| 533 | static CGFloat separatorRGBA[4] = { | |
| 534 | 220.0 / 255, 220.0 / 255, 220.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 535 | }; | |
| 536 | static CGFloat activeBgRGBA[4] = { | |
| 537 | 238.0 / 255, 238.0 / 255, 238.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 538 | }; | |
| 539 | static CGFloat inactiveBgRGBA[4] = { | |
| 540 | 246.0 / 255, 246.0 / 255, 246.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 541 | }; | |
| 542 | ||
| 543 | /* | |
| 544 | * Apple changes the background of a list header when the window is not | |
| 545 | * active. But Ttk does not indicate that in the state of a TreeHeader. | |
| 546 | * So we have to query the Apple window manager. | |
| 547 | */ | |
| 548 | ||
| 549 | NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); | |
| 550 | CGFloat *bgRGBA = [win isKeyWindow] ? activeBgRGBA : inactiveBgRGBA; | |
| 551 | CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 552 | CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height; | |
| 553 | CGPoint top[2] = {{x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}}; | |
| 554 | CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}}; | |
| 555 | CGPoint separator[2] = {{x + w - 1, y + 3}, {x + w - 1, y + h - 3}}; | |
| 556 | ||
| 557 | bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 558 | components: bgRGBA | |
| 559 | count: 4]; | |
| 560 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 561 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 562 | CGContextSetFillColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 563 | CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 564 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 565 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(bgColor)); | |
| 566 | CGContextAddRect(context, bounds); | |
| 567 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 568 | strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 569 | components: separatorRGBA | |
| 570 | count: 4]; | |
| 571 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor)); | |
| 572 | CGContextAddLines(context, separator, 2); | |
| 573 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 574 | strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 575 | components: borderRGBA | |
| 576 | count: 4]; | |
| 577 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor)); | |
| 578 | CGContextAddLines(context, top, 2); | |
| 579 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 580 | CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2); | |
| 581 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 582 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 583 | ||
| 584 | if (state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW) { | |
| 585 | CGRect arrowBounds = bounds; | |
| 586 | arrowBounds.origin.x = bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 16; | |
| 587 | arrowBounds.size.width = 16; | |
| 588 | if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) { | |
| 589 | DrawUpArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, blackRGBA); | |
| 590 | } else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 591 | DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, blackRGBA); | |
| 592 | } | |
| 593 | } | |
| 594 | } | |
| 595 | ||
| 596 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 597 | * +++ Drawing procedures for widgets in Apple's "Dark Mode" (10.14 and up). | |
| 598 | * | |
| 599 | * The HIToolbox does not support Dark Mode, and apparently never will, | |
| 600 | * so to make widgets look "native" we have to provide analogues of the | |
| 601 | * HITheme drawing functions to be used in DarkAqua. We continue to use | |
| 602 | * HITheme in Aqua, since it understands earlier versions of the OS. | |
| 603 | * | |
| 604 | * Drawing the dark widgets requires NSColors that were introduced in OSX | |
| 605 | * 10.14, so we make some of these functions be no-ops when building on | |
| 606 | * systems older than 10.14. | |
| 607 | */ | |
| 608 | ||
| 609 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 610 | * GradientFillRoundedRectangle -- | |
| 611 | * | |
| 612 | * Fill a rounded rectangle with a specified gradient. | |
| 613 | */ | |
| 614 | ||
| 615 | static void GradientFillRoundedRectangle( | |
| 616 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 617 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 618 | CGFloat radius, | |
| 619 | CGFloat *colors, | |
| 620 | int numColors) | |
| 621 | { | |
| 622 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 623 | CGPathRef path; | |
| 624 | CHECK_RADIUS(radius, bounds) | |
| 625 | ||
| 626 | CGPoint end = { | |
| 627 | bounds.origin.x, | |
| 628 | bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height | |
| 629 | }; | |
| 630 | CGGradientRef gradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents( | |
| 631 | deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, colors, NULL, numColors); | |
| 632 | ||
| 633 | path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL); | |
| 634 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 635 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 636 | CGContextClip(context); | |
| 637 | CGContextDrawLinearGradient(context, gradient, bounds.origin, end, 0); | |
| 638 | CFRelease(path); | |
| 639 | CFRelease(gradient); | |
| 640 | } | |
| 641 | ||
| 642 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 643 | * +++ DrawDarkButton -- | |
| 644 | * | |
| 645 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws PushButtons and | |
| 646 | * PopupButtons in the Dark Mode style. | |
| 647 | */ | |
| 648 | ||
| 649 | static void DrawDarkButton( | |
| 650 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 651 | ThemeButtonKind kind, | |
| 652 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 653 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 654 | { | |
| 655 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 656 | NSColor *faceColor; | |
| 657 | ||
| 658 | /* | |
| 659 | * To match the appearance of Apple's buttons we need to increase the | |
| 660 | * height by 1 pixel. | |
| 661 | */ | |
| 662 | ||
| 663 | bounds.size.height += 1; | |
| 664 | ||
| 665 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 666 | FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 5); | |
| 667 | ||
| 668 | /* | |
| 669 | * Fill the button face with the appropriate color. | |
| 670 | */ | |
| 671 | ||
| 672 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 673 | if (kind == kThemePushButton && (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED)) { | |
| 674 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, | |
| 675 | pressedPushButtonGradient, 2); | |
| 676 | } else if (kind == kThemePushButton && | |
| 677 | (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) && | |
| 678 | !(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) { | |
| 679 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, | |
| 680 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 681 | } else { | |
| 682 | if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { | |
| 683 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 684 | components: darkDisabledButtonFace | |
| 685 | count: 4]; | |
| 686 | } else { | |
| 687 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 688 | components: darkButtonFace | |
| 689 | count: 4]; | |
| 690 | } | |
| 691 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor); | |
| 692 | } | |
| 693 | ||
| 694 | /* | |
| 695 | * If this is a popup, draw the arrow button. | |
| 696 | */ | |
| 697 | ||
| 698 | if ((kind == kThemePopupButton) | (kind == kThemeComboBox)) { | |
| 699 | CGRect arrowBounds = bounds; | |
| 700 | arrowBounds.size.width = 16; | |
| 701 | arrowBounds.origin.x += bounds.size.width - 16; | |
| 702 | ||
| 703 | /* | |
| 704 | * If the toplevel is front, paint the button blue. | |
| 705 | */ | |
| 706 | ||
| 707 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) && | |
| 708 | !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) { | |
| 709 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, arrowBounds, 4, | |
| 710 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 711 | } | |
| 712 | if (kind == kThemePopupButton) { | |
| 713 | DrawUpDownArrows(context, arrowBounds, 3, 7, whiteRGBA); | |
| 714 | } else { | |
| 715 | DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 4, 8, whiteRGBA); | |
| 716 | } | |
| 717 | } | |
| 718 | ||
| 719 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 720 | } | |
| 721 | ||
| 722 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 723 | * +++ DrawDarkIncDecButton -- | |
| 724 | * | |
| 725 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws an IncDecButton | |
| 726 | * (as used in a Spinbox) in the Dark Mode style. | |
| 727 | */ | |
| 728 | ||
| 729 | static void DrawDarkIncDecButton( | |
| 730 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 731 | ThemeDrawState drawState, | |
| 732 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 733 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 734 | { | |
| 735 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 736 | NSColor *faceColor; | |
| 737 | ||
| 738 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, -1); | |
| 739 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 740 | FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 6); | |
| 741 | ||
| 742 | /* | |
| 743 | * Fill the button face with the appropriate color. | |
| 744 | */ | |
| 745 | ||
| 746 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 747 | if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { | |
| 748 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 749 | components: darkDisabledButtonFace | |
| 750 | count: 4]; | |
| 751 | } else { | |
| 752 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 753 | components: darkButtonFace | |
| 754 | count: 4]; | |
| 755 | } | |
| 756 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor); | |
| 757 | ||
| 758 | /* | |
| 759 | * If pressed, paint the appropriate half blue. | |
| 760 | */ | |
| 761 | ||
| 762 | if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) { | |
| 763 | CGRect clip = bounds; | |
| 764 | clip.size.height /= 2; | |
| 765 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 766 | if (drawState == kThemeStatePressedDown) { | |
| 767 | clip.origin.y += clip.size.height; | |
| 768 | } | |
| 769 | CGContextClipToRect(context, clip); | |
| 770 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 5, | |
| 771 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 772 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 773 | } | |
| 774 | DrawUpDownArrows(context, bounds, 3, 5, whiteRGBA); | |
| 775 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 776 | } | |
| 777 | ||
| 778 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 779 | * +++ DrawDarkBevelButton -- | |
| 780 | * | |
| 781 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RoundedBevelButtons | |
| 782 | * in the Dark Mode style. | |
| 783 | */ | |
| 784 | ||
| 785 | static void DrawDarkBevelButton( | |
| 786 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 787 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 788 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 789 | { | |
| 790 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 791 | NSColor *faceColor; | |
| 792 | ||
| 793 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 794 | FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 5); | |
| 795 | ||
| 796 | /* | |
| 797 | * Fill the button face with the appropriate color. | |
| 798 | */ | |
| 799 | ||
| 800 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 801 | if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) { | |
| 802 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 803 | components: darkPressedBevelFace | |
| 804 | count: 4]; | |
| 805 | } else if ((state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) || | |
| 806 | (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) { | |
| 807 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 808 | components: darkDisabledButtonFace | |
| 809 | count: 4]; | |
| 810 | } else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 811 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 812 | components: darkSelectedBevelFace | |
| 813 | count: 4]; | |
| 814 | } else { | |
| 815 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 816 | components: darkButtonFace | |
| 817 | count: 4]; | |
| 818 | } | |
| 819 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor); | |
| 820 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 821 | } | |
| 822 | ||
| 823 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 824 | * +++ DrawDarkCheckBox -- | |
| 825 | * | |
| 826 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws Checkboxes in the | |
| 827 | * Dark Mode style. | |
| 828 | */ | |
| 829 | ||
| 830 | static void DrawDarkCheckBox( | |
| 831 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 832 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 833 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 834 | { | |
| 835 | CGRect checkbounds = {{0, bounds.size.height / 2 - 8}, {16, 16}}; | |
| 836 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 837 | NSColor *stroke; | |
| 838 | CGFloat x, y; | |
| 839 | ||
| 840 | bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y); | |
| 841 | x = bounds.origin.x; | |
| 842 | y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 843 | ||
| 844 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 845 | FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 4); | |
| 846 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 847 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) && | |
| 848 | !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) && | |
| 849 | ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE))) { | |
| 850 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 3, | |
| 851 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 852 | } else { | |
| 853 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 3, | |
| 854 | darkInactiveGradient, 2); | |
| 855 | } | |
| 856 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 857 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) { | |
| 858 | CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 859 | if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { | |
| 860 | stroke = [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]; | |
| 861 | } else { | |
| 862 | stroke = [NSColor controlTextColor]; | |
| 863 | } | |
| 864 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 865 | } | |
| 866 | if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 867 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5); | |
| 868 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 869 | CGPoint check[3] = {{x + 4, y + 8}, {x + 7, y + 11}, {x + 11, y + 4}}; | |
| 870 | CGContextAddLines(context, check, 3); | |
| 871 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 872 | } else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) { | |
| 873 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 2.0); | |
| 874 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 875 | CGPoint bar[2] = {{x + 4, y + 8}, {x + 12, y + 8}}; | |
| 876 | CGContextAddLines(context, bar, 2); | |
| 877 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 878 | } | |
| 879 | } | |
| 880 | ||
| 881 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 882 | * +++ DrawDarkRadioButton -- | |
| 883 | * | |
| 884 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RadioButtons | |
| 885 | * in the Dark Mode style. | |
| 886 | */ | |
| 887 | ||
| 888 | static void DrawDarkRadioButton( | |
| 889 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 890 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 891 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 892 | { | |
| 893 | CGRect checkbounds = {{0, bounds.size.height / 2 - 9}, {18, 18}}; | |
| 894 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 895 | NSColor *fill; | |
| 896 | CGFloat x, y; | |
| 897 | ||
| 898 | bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y); | |
| 899 | x = bounds.origin.x; | |
| 900 | y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 901 | ||
| 902 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 903 | FillButtonBackground(context, bounds, 9); | |
| 904 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 905 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) && | |
| 906 | !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) && | |
| 907 | ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE))) { | |
| 908 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 8, | |
| 909 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 910 | } else { | |
| 911 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 8, | |
| 912 | darkInactiveGradient, 2); | |
| 913 | } | |
| 914 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 915 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) || (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE)) { | |
| 916 | CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 917 | if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { | |
| 918 | fill = [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]; | |
| 919 | } else { | |
| 920 | fill = [NSColor controlTextColor]; | |
| 921 | } | |
| 922 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fill)); | |
| 923 | } | |
| 924 | if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 925 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 926 | CGRect dot = {{x + 6, y + 6}, {6, 6}}; | |
| 927 | CGContextAddEllipseInRect(context, dot); | |
| 928 | CGContextFillPath(context); | |
| 929 | } else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) { | |
| 930 | CGRect bar = {{x + 5, y + 8}, {8, 2}}; | |
| 931 | CGContextFillRect(context, bar); | |
| 932 | } | |
| 933 | } | |
| 934 | ||
| 935 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 936 | * +++ DrawDarkTab -- | |
| 937 | * | |
| 938 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws Tabbed Pane | |
| 939 | * Tabs in the Dark Mode style. | |
| 940 | */ | |
| 941 | ||
| 942 | static void DrawDarkTab( | |
| 943 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 944 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 945 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 946 | { | |
| 947 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 948 | NSColor *faceColor, *stroke; | |
| 949 | CGRect originalBounds = bounds; | |
| 950 | ||
| 951 | CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0); | |
| 952 | CGContextClipToRect(context, bounds); | |
| 953 | ||
| 954 | /* | |
| 955 | * Extend the bounds to one or both sides so the rounded part will be | |
| 956 | * clipped off. | |
| 957 | */ | |
| 958 | ||
| 959 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB)) { | |
| 960 | bounds.origin.x -= 10; | |
| 961 | bounds.size.width += 10; | |
| 962 | } | |
| 963 | ||
| 964 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) { | |
| 965 | bounds.size.width += 10; | |
| 966 | } | |
| 967 | ||
| 968 | /* | |
| 969 | * Fill the tab face with the appropriate color or gradient. Use a solid | |
| 970 | * color if the tab is not selected, otherwise use a blue or gray | |
| 971 | * gradient. | |
| 972 | */ | |
| 973 | ||
| 974 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 975 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)) { | |
| 976 | if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { | |
| 977 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 978 | components: darkDisabledButtonFace | |
| 979 | count: 4]; | |
| 980 | } else { | |
| 981 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 982 | components: darkButtonFace | |
| 983 | count: 4]; | |
| 984 | } | |
| 985 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor); | |
| 986 | ||
| 987 | /* | |
| 988 | * Draw a separator line on the left side of the tab if it | |
| 989 | * not first. | |
| 990 | */ | |
| 991 | ||
| 992 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB)) { | |
| 993 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 994 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 995 | stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 996 | components: darkTabSeparator | |
| 997 | count: 4]; | |
| 998 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 999 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 1000 | CGContextMoveToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x, | |
| 1001 | originalBounds.origin.y + 1); | |
| 1002 | CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x, | |
| 1003 | originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1); | |
| 1004 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1005 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 1006 | } | |
| 1007 | } else { | |
| 1008 | ||
| 1009 | /* | |
| 1010 | * This is the selected tab; paint it blue. If it is first, cover up | |
| 1011 | * the separator line drawn by the second one. (The selected tab is | |
| 1012 | * always drawn last.) | |
| 1013 | */ | |
| 1014 | ||
| 1015 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB) && !(state & TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB)) { | |
| 1016 | bounds.size.width += 1; | |
| 1017 | } | |
| 1018 | if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) { | |
| 1019 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, | |
| 1020 | darkSelectedGradient, 2); | |
| 1021 | } else { | |
| 1022 | faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1023 | components: darkInactiveSelectedTab | |
| 1024 | count: 4]; | |
| 1025 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4, faceColor); | |
| 1026 | } | |
| 1027 | HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds); | |
| 1028 | } | |
| 1029 | } | |
| 1030 | ||
| 1031 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1032 | * +++ DrawDarkSeparator -- | |
| 1033 | * | |
| 1034 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a separator widget | |
| 1035 | * in Dark Mode. | |
| 1036 | */ | |
| 1037 | ||
| 1038 | static void DrawDarkSeparator( | |
| 1039 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 1040 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 1041 | Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 1042 | { | |
| 1043 | static CGFloat fill[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.3}; | |
| 1044 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 1045 | NSColor *fillColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1046 | components: fill | |
| 1047 | count:4]; | |
| 1048 | ||
| 1049 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor)); | |
| 1050 | CGContextFillRect(context, bounds); | |
| 1051 | } | |
| 1052 | ||
| 1053 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1054 | * +++ DrawDarkFocusRing -- | |
| 1055 | * | |
| 1056 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a focus ring around | |
| 1057 | * an Entry widget in Dark Mode. | |
| 1058 | */ | |
| 1059 | ||
| 1060 | static void DrawDarkFocusRing( | |
| 1061 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 1062 | CGContextRef context) | |
| 1063 | { | |
| 1064 | CGRect insetBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, -3, -3); | |
| 1065 | CHECK_RADIUS(4, insetBounds) | |
| 1066 | ||
| 1067 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 1068 | NSColor *strokeColor; | |
| 1069 | NSColor *fillColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:deviceRGB | |
| 1070 | components:darkFocusRing | |
| 1071 | count:4]; | |
| 1072 | CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 1073 | CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height; | |
| 1074 | CGPoint topPart[4] = { | |
| 1075 | {x, y + h}, {x, y + 1}, {x + w - 1, y + 1}, {x + w - 1, y + h} | |
| 1076 | }; | |
| 1077 | CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}}; | |
| 1078 | ||
| 1079 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 1080 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 1081 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 1082 | strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1083 | components: darkFocusRingTop | |
| 1084 | count: 4]; | |
| 1085 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor)); | |
| 1086 | CGContextAddLines(context, topPart, 4); | |
| 1087 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1088 | strokeColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1089 | components: darkFocusRingBottom | |
| 1090 | count: 4]; | |
| 1091 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(strokeColor)); | |
| 1092 | CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2); | |
| 1093 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1094 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, true); | |
| 1095 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(fillColor)); | |
| 1096 | CGPathRef path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(insetBounds, 4, 4, NULL); | |
| 1097 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 1098 | CGContextAddPath(context, path); | |
| 1099 | CGContextAddRect(context, bounds); | |
| 1100 | CGContextEOFillPath(context); | |
| 1101 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 1102 | } | |
| 1103 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1104 | * +++ DrawDarkFrame -- | |
| 1105 | * | |
| 1106 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws various | |
| 1107 | * types of borders in Dark Mode. | |
| 1108 | */ | |
| 1109 | ||
| 1110 | static void DrawDarkFrame( | |
| 1111 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 1112 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 1113 | HIThemeFrameKind kind) | |
| 1114 | { | |
| 1115 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 1116 | NSColor *stroke; | |
| 1117 | ||
| 1118 | CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 1119 | CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 1120 | CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height; | |
| 1121 | CGPoint topPart[4] = { | |
| 1122 | {x, y + h - 1}, {x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}, {x + w, y + h - 1} | |
| 1123 | }; | |
| 1124 | CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}}; | |
| 1125 | CGPoint accent[2] = {{x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}}; | |
| 1126 | ||
| 1127 | switch (kind) { | |
| 1128 | case kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare: | |
| 1129 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 1130 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 1131 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 1132 | stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1133 | components: darkFrameTop | |
| 1134 | count: 4]; | |
| 1135 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 1136 | CGContextAddLines(context, topPart, 4); | |
| 1137 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1138 | stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1139 | components: darkFrameBottom | |
| 1140 | count: 4]; | |
| 1141 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 1142 | CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2); | |
| 1143 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1144 | stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1145 | components: darkFrameAccent | |
| 1146 | count: 4]; | |
| 1147 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 1148 | CGContextAddLines(context, accent, 2); | |
| 1149 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1150 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 1151 | break; | |
| 1152 | default: | |
| 1153 | break; | |
| 1154 | } | |
| 1155 | } | |
| 1156 | ||
| 1157 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1158 | * +++ DrawListHeader -- | |
| 1159 | * | |
| 1160 | * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column | |
| 1161 | * headers for a Treeview in the Dark Mode. | |
| 1162 | */ | |
| 1163 | ||
| 1164 | static void DrawDarkListHeader( | |
| 1165 | CGRect bounds, | |
| 1166 | CGContextRef context, | |
| 1167 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1168 | int state) | |
| 1169 | { | |
| 1170 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 1171 | NSColor *stroke; | |
| 1172 | ||
| 1173 | CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 1174 | CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y; | |
| 1175 | CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height; | |
| 1176 | CGPoint top[2] = {{x, y}, {x + w, y}}; | |
| 1177 | CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}}; | |
| 1178 | CGPoint separator[2] = {{x + w, y + 3}, {x + w, y + h - 3}}; | |
| 1179 | ||
| 1180 | CGContextSaveGState(context); | |
| 1181 | CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false); | |
| 1182 | stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1183 | components: darkFrameBottom | |
| 1184 | count: 4]; | |
| 1185 | CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, CGCOLOR(stroke)); | |
| 1186 | CGContextBeginPath(context); | |
| 1187 | CGContextAddLines(context, top, 2); | |
| 1188 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1189 | CGContextAddLines(context, bottom, 2); | |
| 1190 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1191 | CGContextAddLines(context, separator, 2); | |
| 1192 | CGContextStrokePath(context); | |
| 1193 | CGContextRestoreGState(context); | |
| 1194 | ||
| 1195 | if (state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW) { | |
| 1196 | CGRect arrowBounds = bounds; | |
| 1197 | ||
| 1198 | arrowBounds.origin.x = bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 16; | |
| 1199 | arrowBounds.size.width = 16; | |
| 1200 | if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) { | |
| 1201 | DrawUpArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, whiteRGBA); | |
| 1202 | } else if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) { | |
| 1203 | DrawDownArrow(context, arrowBounds, 3, 8, whiteRGBA); | |
| 1204 | } | |
| 1205 | } | |
| 1206 | } | |
| 94 | 1207 | |
| 95 | 1208 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 96 | 1209 | * +++ Button element: Used for elements drawn with DrawThemeButton. |
| 97 | 1210 | */ |
| 98 | 1211 | |
| 99 | 1212 | /* |
| 100 | * Extra margins to account for drop shadow. | |
| 101 | */ | |
| 102 | static Ttk_Padding ButtonMargins = {2,2,2,2}; | |
| 103 | ||
| 104 | #define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF | |
| 1213 | * When Ttk draws the various types of buttons, a pointer to one of these | |
| 1214 | * is passed as the clientData. | |
| 1215 | */ | |
| 105 | 1216 | |
| 106 | 1217 | typedef struct { |
| 107 | 1218 | ThemeButtonKind kind; |
| 108 | 1219 | ThemeMetric heightMetric; |
| 109 | 1220 | } ThemeButtonParams; |
| 110 | ||
| 111 | 1221 | static ThemeButtonParams |
| 112 | PushButtonParams = { kThemePushButton, kThemeMetricPushButtonHeight }, | |
| 113 | CheckBoxParams = { kThemeCheckBox, kThemeMetricCheckBoxHeight }, | |
| 114 | RadioButtonParams = { kThemeRadioButton, kThemeMetricRadioButtonHeight }, | |
| 115 | BevelButtonParams = { kThemeBevelButton, NoThemeMetric }, | |
| 116 | PopupButtonParams = { kThemePopupButton, kThemeMetricPopupButtonHeight }, | |
| 117 | DisclosureParams = { kThemeDisclosureButton, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight }, | |
| 118 | ListHeaderParams = { kThemeListHeaderButton, kThemeMetricListHeaderHeight }; | |
| 119 | ||
| 1222 | PushButtonParams = {kThemePushButton, kThemeMetricPushButtonHeight}, | |
| 1223 | CheckBoxParams = {kThemeCheckBox, kThemeMetricCheckBoxHeight}, | |
| 1224 | RadioButtonParams = {kThemeRadioButton, kThemeMetricRadioButtonHeight}, | |
| 1225 | BevelButtonParams = {kThemeRoundedBevelButton, NoThemeMetric}, | |
| 1226 | PopupButtonParams = {kThemePopupButton, kThemeMetricPopupButtonHeight}, | |
| 1227 | DisclosureParams = { | |
| 1228 | kThemeDisclosureButton, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight | |
| 1229 | }, | |
| 1230 | ListHeaderParams = | |
| 1231 | {kThemeListHeaderButton, kThemeMetricListHeaderHeight}; | |
| 120 | 1232 | static Ttk_StateTable ButtonValueTable[] = { |
| 121 | { kThemeButtonMixed, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 }, | |
| 122 | { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 }, | |
| 123 | { kThemeButtonOff, 0, 0 } | |
| 124 | /* Others: kThemeDisclosureRight, kThemeDisclosureDown, kThemeDisclosureLeft */ | |
| 125 | }; | |
| 126 | ||
| 1233 | {kThemeButtonOff, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 1234 | {kThemeButtonMixed, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0}, | |
| 1235 | {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0}, | |
| 1236 | {kThemeButtonOff, 0, 0} | |
| 1237 | ||
| 1238 | /* | |
| 1239 | * Others: kThemeDisclosureRight, kThemeDisclosureDown, | |
| 1240 | * kThemeDisclosureLeft | |
| 1241 | */ | |
| 1242 | ||
| 1243 | }; | |
| 127 | 1244 | static Ttk_StateTable ButtonAdornmentTable[] = { |
| 128 | { kThemeAdornmentDefault| kThemeAdornmentFocus, | |
| 129 | TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE| TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, | |
| 130 | { kThemeAdornmentDefault, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 }, | |
| 131 | { kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, | |
| 132 | { kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0 } | |
| 133 | }; | |
| 134 | ||
| 135 | /* | |
| 136 | * computeButtonDrawInfo -- | |
| 137 | * Fill in an appearance manager HIThemeButtonDrawInfo record. | |
| 138 | */ | |
| 1245 | {kThemeAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0}, | |
| 1246 | {kThemeAdornmentDefault | kThemeAdornmentFocus, | |
| 1247 | TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0}, | |
| 1248 | {kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0}, | |
| 1249 | {kThemeAdornmentDefault, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0}, | |
| 1250 | {kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0} | |
| 1251 | }; | |
| 1252 | ||
| 1253 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1254 | * +++ computeButtonDrawInfo -- | |
| 1255 | * | |
| 1256 | * Fill in an appearance manager HIThemeButtonDrawInfo record. | |
| 1257 | */ | |
| 1258 | ||
| 139 | 1259 | static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo( |
| 140 | ThemeButtonParams *params, Ttk_State state) | |
| 141 | { | |
| 1260 | ThemeButtonParams *params, | |
| 1261 | Ttk_State state, | |
| 1262 | Tk_Window tkwin) | |
| 1263 | { | |
| 1264 | ||
| 1265 | /* | |
| 1266 | * See ButtonElementDraw for the explanation of why we always draw | |
| 1267 | * PushButtons in the active state. | |
| 1268 | */ | |
| 1269 | ||
| 1270 | SInt32 HIThemeState; | |
| 1271 | ||
| 1272 | HIThemeState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state); | |
| 1273 | switch (params->kind) { | |
| 1274 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 1275 | HIThemeState &= ~kThemeStateInactive; | |
| 1276 | HIThemeState |= kThemeStateActive; | |
| 1277 | break; | |
| 1278 | default: | |
| 1279 | break; | |
| 1280 | } | |
| 1281 | ||
| 142 | 1282 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = { |
| 143 | 1283 | .version = 0, |
| 144 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 1284 | .state = HIThemeState, | |
| 145 | 1285 | .kind = params ? params->kind : 0, |
| 146 | 1286 | .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state), |
| 147 | 1287 | .adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state), |
| 149 | 1289 | return info; |
| 150 | 1290 | } |
| 151 | 1291 | |
| 152 | static void ButtonElementSizeNoPadding( | |
| 153 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 154 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1292 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1293 | * +++ Button elements. | |
| 1294 | */ | |
| 1295 | ||
| 1296 | static void ButtonElementMinSize( | |
| 1297 | void *clientData, | |
| 1298 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1299 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1300 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1301 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1302 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 155 | 1303 | { |
| 156 | 1304 | ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData; |
| 157 | 1305 | |
| 158 | 1306 | if (params->heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) { |
| 159 | SInt32 height; | |
| 160 | ||
| 161 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, &height); | |
| 162 | *heightPtr = height; | |
| 1307 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, minHeight); | |
| 1308 | ||
| 1309 | /* | |
| 1310 | * The theme height does not include the 1-pixel border around | |
| 1311 | * the button, although it does include the 1-pixel shadow at | |
| 1312 | * the bottom. | |
| 1313 | */ | |
| 1314 | ||
| 1315 | *minHeight += 2; | |
| 1316 | ||
| 1317 | /* | |
| 1318 | * The minwidth must be 0 to force the generic ttk code to compute the | |
| 1319 | * correct text layout. For example, a non-zero value will cause the | |
| 1320 | * text to be left justified, no matter what -anchor setting is used in | |
| 1321 | * the style. | |
| 1322 | */ | |
| 1323 | ||
| 1324 | *minWidth = 0; | |
| 163 | 1325 | } |
| 164 | 1326 | } |
| 165 | 1327 | |
| 166 | 1328 | static void ButtonElementSize( |
| 167 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 168 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1329 | void *clientData, | |
| 1330 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1331 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1332 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1333 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1334 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 169 | 1335 | { |
| 170 | 1336 | ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData; |
| 171 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0); | |
| 1337 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = | |
| 1338 | computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0, tkwin); | |
| 172 | 1339 | static const CGRect scratchBounds = {{0, 0}, {100, 100}}; |
| 173 | CGRect contentBounds; | |
| 174 | ||
| 175 | ButtonElementSizeNoPadding( | |
| 176 | clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, | |
| 177 | widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr); | |
| 1340 | CGRect contentBounds, backgroundBounds; | |
| 1341 | int verticalPad; | |
| 1342 | ||
| 1343 | ButtonElementMinSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, | |
| 1344 | minWidth, minHeight, paddingPtr); | |
| 178 | 1345 | |
| 179 | 1346 | /* |
| 180 | * To compute internal padding, query the appearance manager | |
| 181 | * for the content bounds of a dummy rectangle, then use | |
| 182 | * the difference as the padding. | |
| 1347 | * Given a hypothetical bounding rectangle for a button, HIToolbox will | |
| 1348 | * compute a bounding rectangle for the button contents and a bounding | |
| 1349 | * rectangle for the button background. The background bounds are large | |
| 1350 | * enough to contain the image of the button in any state, which might | |
| 1351 | * include highlight borders, shadows, etc. The content rectangle is not | |
| 1352 | * centered vertically within the background rectangle, presumably because | |
| 1353 | * shadows only appear on the bottom. Nonetheless, when HITools is asked | |
| 1354 | * to draw a button with a certain bounding rectangle it draws the button | |
| 1355 | * centered within the rectangle. | |
| 1356 | * | |
| 1357 | * To compute the effective padding around a button we request the | |
| 1358 | * content and bounding rectangles for a 100x100 button and use the | |
| 1359 | * padding between those. However, we symmetrize the padding on the | |
| 1360 | * top and bottom, because that is how the button will be drawn. | |
| 183 | 1361 | */ |
| 1362 | ||
| 184 | 1363 | ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds, |
| 185 | 1364 | &scratchBounds, &info, &contentBounds); |
| 186 | ||
| 187 | paddingPtr->left = CGRectGetMinX(contentBounds); | |
| 188 | paddingPtr->top = CGRectGetMinY(contentBounds); | |
| 189 | paddingPtr->right = CGRectGetMaxX(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds) + 1; | |
| 190 | paddingPtr->bottom = CGRectGetMaxY(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxY(contentBounds); | |
| 191 | ||
| 192 | /* | |
| 193 | * Now add a little extra padding to account for drop shadows. | |
| 194 | * @@@ SHOULD: call GetThemeButtonBackgroundBounds() instead. | |
| 195 | */ | |
| 196 | ||
| 197 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(*paddingPtr, ButtonMargins); | |
| 198 | *widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ButtonMargins); | |
| 199 | *heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ButtonMargins); | |
| 1365 | ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonBackgroundBounds, | |
| 1366 | &scratchBounds, &info, &backgroundBounds); | |
| 1367 | paddingPtr->left = contentBounds.origin.x - backgroundBounds.origin.x; | |
| 1368 | paddingPtr->right = | |
| 1369 | CGRectGetMaxX(backgroundBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds); | |
| 1370 | verticalPad = backgroundBounds.size.height - contentBounds.size.height; | |
| 1371 | paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = verticalPad / 2; | |
| 200 | 1372 | } |
| 201 | 1373 | |
| 202 | 1374 | static void ButtonElementDraw( |
| 203 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 204 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1375 | void *clientData, | |
| 1376 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1377 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1378 | Drawable d, | |
| 1379 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1380 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 205 | 1381 | { |
| 206 | 1382 | ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData; |
| 207 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ButtonMargins)); | |
| 208 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state); | |
| 1383 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 1384 | HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state, tkwin); | |
| 1385 | ||
| 1386 | bounds = NormalizeButtonBounds(params->heightMetric, bounds); | |
| 209 | 1387 | |
| 210 | 1388 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 211 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 1389 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1390 | switch (info.kind) { | |
| 1391 | case kThemePushButton: | |
| 1392 | case kThemePopupButton: | |
| 1393 | DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context); | |
| 1394 | break; | |
| 1395 | case kThemeCheckBox: | |
| 1396 | DrawDarkCheckBox(bounds, state, dc.context); | |
| 1397 | break; | |
| 1398 | case kThemeRadioButton: | |
| 1399 | DrawDarkRadioButton(bounds, state, dc.context); | |
| 1400 | break; | |
| 1401 | case kThemeRoundedBevelButton: | |
| 1402 | DrawDarkBevelButton(bounds, state, dc.context); | |
| 1403 | break; | |
| 1404 | default: | |
| 1405 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, | |
| 1406 | HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 1407 | } | |
| 1408 | } else if (info.kind == kThemePushButton && | |
| 1409 | (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED)) { | |
| 1410 | bounds.size.height += 2; | |
| 1411 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 1412 | GradientFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 4, | |
| 1413 | pressedPushButtonGradient, 2); | |
| 1414 | } | |
| 1415 | } else { | |
| 1416 | ||
| 1417 | /* | |
| 1418 | * Apple's PushButton and PopupButton do not change their fill color | |
| 1419 | * when the window is inactive. However, except in 10.7 (Lion), the | |
| 1420 | * color of the arrow button on a PopupButton does change. For some | |
| 1421 | * reason HITheme fills inactive buttons with a transparent color that | |
| 1422 | * allows the window background to show through, leading to | |
| 1423 | * inconsistent behavior. We work around this by filling behind an | |
| 1424 | * inactive PopupButton with a text background color before asking | |
| 1425 | * HIToolbox to draw it. For PushButtons, we simply draw them in the | |
| 1426 | * active state. | |
| 1427 | */ | |
| 1428 | ||
| 1429 | if (info.kind == kThemePopupButton && | |
| 1430 | (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) { | |
| 1431 | CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 1); | |
| 1432 | NSColor *whiteRGBA = [NSColor whiteColor]; | |
| 1433 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, whiteRGBA); | |
| 1434 | } | |
| 1435 | ||
| 1436 | /* | |
| 1437 | * A BevelButton with mixed value is drawn borderless, which does make | |
| 1438 | * much sense for us. | |
| 1439 | */ | |
| 1440 | ||
| 1441 | if (info.kind == kThemeRoundedBevelButton && | |
| 1442 | info.value == kThemeButtonMixed) { | |
| 1443 | info.value = kThemeButtonOff; | |
| 1444 | info.state = kThemeStateInactive; | |
| 1445 | } | |
| 1446 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 1447 | NULL); | |
| 1448 | } | |
| 212 | 1449 | END_DRAWING |
| 213 | 1450 | } |
| 214 | 1451 | |
| 224 | 1461 | * +++ Notebook elements. |
| 225 | 1462 | */ |
| 226 | 1463 | |
| 227 | ||
| 228 | 1464 | /* Tab position logic, c.f. ttkNotebook.c TabState() */ |
| 229 | ||
| 230 | #define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 231 | #define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST TTK_STATE_USER2 | |
| 232 | 1465 | static Ttk_StateTable TabStyleTable[] = { |
| 233 | { kThemeTabFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 234 | { kThemeTabNonFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 235 | { kThemeTabFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 236 | { kThemeTabNonFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED}, | |
| 237 | { kThemeTabFront, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 238 | { kThemeTabNonFrontPressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED}, | |
| 239 | { kThemeTabNonFront, 0} | |
| 240 | }; | |
| 241 | ||
| 1466 | {kThemeTabFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_SELECTED | TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 1467 | {kThemeTabNonFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 1468 | {kThemeTabFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED | TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 1469 | {kThemeTabNonFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED}, | |
| 1470 | {kThemeTabFront, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 1471 | {kThemeTabNonFrontPressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED}, | |
| 1472 | {kThemeTabNonFront, 0} | |
| 1473 | }; | |
| 242 | 1474 | static Ttk_StateTable TabAdornmentTable[] = { |
| 243 | { kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, | |
| 244 | TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST}, | |
| 245 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST}, | |
| 246 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST}, | |
| 247 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, 0 }, | |
| 248 | }; | |
| 249 | ||
| 1475 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB | TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB}, | |
| 1476 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB}, | |
| 1477 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB}, | |
| 1478 | {kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, 0}, | |
| 1479 | }; | |
| 250 | 1480 | static Ttk_StateTable TabPositionTable[] = { |
| 251 | { kHIThemeTabPositionOnly, | |
| 252 | TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST}, | |
| 253 | { kHIThemeTabPositionFirst, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST}, | |
| 254 | { kHIThemeTabPositionLast, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST}, | |
| 255 | { kHIThemeTabPositionMiddle, 0 }, | |
| 1481 | {kHIThemeTabPositionOnly, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB | TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB}, | |
| 1482 | {kHIThemeTabPositionFirst, TTK_STATE_FIRST_TAB}, | |
| 1483 | {kHIThemeTabPositionLast, TTK_STATE_LAST_TAB}, | |
| 1484 | {kHIThemeTabPositionMiddle, 0}, | |
| 256 | 1485 | }; |
| 257 | 1486 | |
| 258 | 1487 | /* |
| 270 | 1499 | * should be placed so that there are equal margins of space before and after |
| 271 | 1500 | * it. The guidelines below provide the specifications you should use for tab |
| 272 | 1501 | * labels: |
| 273 | * - Regular size: System font. Center in tab, leaving 12 pixels on each side. | |
| 1502 | * - Regular size: System font. Center in tab, leaving 12 pixels on each | |
| 1503 | *side. | |
| 274 | 1504 | * - Small: Small system font. Center in tab, leaving 10 pixels on each side. |
| 275 | 1505 | * - Mini: Mini system font. Center in tab, leaving 8 pixels on each side. |
| 276 | 1506 | * |
| 284 | 1514 | * the tab view, leave enough space below the tab view so the controls are 20 |
| 285 | 1515 | * pixels above the bottom edge of the window and 12 pixels between the tab |
| 286 | 1516 | * view and the controls. |
| 1517 | * | |
| 287 | 1518 | * If you choose to extend the tab view sides and bottom so that they meet the |
| 288 | 1519 | * window sides and bottom, you should leave a margin of at least 20 pixels |
| 289 | 1520 | * between the content in the tab view and the tab-view edges. |
| 294 | 1525 | */ |
| 295 | 1526 | |
| 296 | 1527 | static void TabElementSize( |
| 297 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 298 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 299 | { | |
| 300 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *)heightPtr); | |
| 1528 | void *clientData, | |
| 1529 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1530 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1531 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1532 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1533 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1534 | { | |
| 1535 | GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *) minHeight); | |
| 301 | 1536 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2); |
| 302 | 1537 | |
| 303 | 1538 | } |
| 304 | 1539 | |
| 305 | 1540 | static void TabElementDraw( |
| 306 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 307 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1541 | void *clientData, | |
| 1542 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1543 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1544 | Drawable d, | |
| 1545 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1546 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 308 | 1547 | { |
| 309 | 1548 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 310 | 1549 | HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = { |
| 318 | 1557 | }; |
| 319 | 1558 | |
| 320 | 1559 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 321 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 1560 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1561 | DrawDarkTab(bounds, state, dc.context); | |
| 1562 | } else { | |
| 1563 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 1564 | NULL); | |
| 1565 | } | |
| 322 | 1566 | END_DRAWING |
| 323 | 1567 | } |
| 324 | 1568 | |
| 333 | 1577 | /* |
| 334 | 1578 | * Notebook panes: |
| 335 | 1579 | */ |
| 1580 | ||
| 336 | 1581 | static void PaneElementSize( |
| 337 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 338 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1582 | void *clientData, | |
| 1583 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1584 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1585 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1586 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1587 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 339 | 1588 | { |
| 340 | 1589 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(9, 5, 9, 9); |
| 341 | 1590 | } |
| 342 | 1591 | |
| 343 | 1592 | static void PaneElementDraw( |
| 344 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 345 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1593 | void *clientData, | |
| 1594 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1595 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1596 | Drawable d, | |
| 1597 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1598 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 346 | 1599 | { |
| 347 | 1600 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 348 | HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = { | |
| 349 | .version = 1, | |
| 350 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 351 | .direction = kThemeTabNorth, | |
| 352 | .size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal, | |
| 353 | .kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal, | |
| 354 | .adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal, | |
| 355 | }; | |
| 356 | 1601 | |
| 357 | 1602 | bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap; |
| 358 | 1603 | bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap; |
| 359 | 1604 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 360 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 1605 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 1606 | DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin); | |
| 1607 | } else { | |
| 1608 | HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = { | |
| 1609 | .version = 1, | |
| 1610 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 1611 | .direction = kThemeTabNorth, | |
| 1612 | .size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal, | |
| 1613 | .kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal, | |
| 1614 | .adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal, | |
| 1615 | }; | |
| 1616 | bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap; | |
| 1617 | bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap; | |
| 1618 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 1619 | } | |
| 361 | 1620 | END_DRAWING |
| 362 | 1621 | } |
| 363 | 1622 | |
| 369 | 1628 | PaneElementDraw |
| 370 | 1629 | }; |
| 371 | 1630 | |
| 372 | /* | |
| 373 | * Labelframe borders: | |
| 374 | * Use "primary group box ..." | |
| 375 | * Quoth DrawThemePrimaryGroup reference: | |
| 376 | * "The primary group box frame is drawn inside the specified | |
| 377 | * rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick." | |
| 378 | * | |
| 379 | * "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie; | |
| 380 | * looks more like 4 to me with shading. | |
| 381 | */ | |
| 1631 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1632 | * +++ Labelframe elements -- | |
| 1633 | * | |
| 1634 | * Labelframe borders: Use "primary group box ..." Quoth | |
| 1635 | * DrawThemePrimaryGroup reference: "The primary group box frame is drawn | |
| 1636 | * inside the specified rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick." | |
| 1637 | * | |
| 1638 | * "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie; looks more like 4 to me | |
| 1639 | * with shading. | |
| 1640 | */ | |
| 1641 | ||
| 382 | 1642 | static void GroupElementSize( |
| 383 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 384 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1643 | void *clientData, | |
| 1644 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1645 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1646 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1647 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1648 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 385 | 1649 | { |
| 386 | 1650 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4); |
| 387 | 1651 | } |
| 388 | 1652 | |
| 389 | 1653 | static void GroupElementDraw( |
| 390 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 391 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1654 | void *clientData, | |
| 1655 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1656 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1657 | Drawable d, | |
| 1658 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1659 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 392 | 1660 | { |
| 393 | 1661 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 394 | const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = { | |
| 395 | .version = 0, | |
| 396 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 397 | .kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque, | |
| 398 | }; | |
| 399 | 1662 | |
| 400 | 1663 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 401 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 1664 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 1665 | DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin); | |
| 1666 | } else { | |
| 1667 | const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = { | |
| 1668 | .version = 0, | |
| 1669 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 1670 | .kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque, | |
| 1671 | }; | |
| 1672 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 1673 | } | |
| 402 | 1674 | END_DRAWING |
| 403 | 1675 | } |
| 404 | 1676 | |
| 411 | 1683 | }; |
| 412 | 1684 | |
| 413 | 1685 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 414 | * +++ Entry element -- | |
| 415 | * 3 pixels padding for focus rectangle | |
| 416 | * 2 pixels padding for EditTextFrame | |
| 1686 | * +++ Entry elements -- | |
| 1687 | * | |
| 1688 | * 3 pixels padding for focus rectangle | |
| 1689 | * 2 pixels padding for EditTextFrame | |
| 417 | 1690 | */ |
| 418 | 1691 | |
| 419 | 1692 | typedef struct { |
| 420 | Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; | |
| 1693 | Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; | |
| 1694 | Tcl_Obj *fieldbackgroundObj; | |
| 421 | 1695 | } EntryElement; |
| 422 | 1696 | |
| 1697 | #define ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "systemTextBackgroundColor" | |
| 1698 | ||
| 423 | 1699 | static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = { |
| 424 | { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, | |
| 425 | Tk_Offset(EntryElement,backgroundObj), "white" }, | |
| 1700 | {"-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, | |
| 1701 | Tk_Offset(EntryElement, backgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 1702 | {"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, | |
| 1703 | Tk_Offset(EntryElement, fieldbackgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND}, | |
| 426 | 1704 | {0} |
| 427 | 1705 | }; |
| 428 | 1706 | |
| 429 | 1707 | static void EntryElementSize( |
| 430 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 431 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 432 | { | |
| 433 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(5); | |
| 1708 | void *clientData, | |
| 1709 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1710 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1711 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1712 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1713 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1714 | { | |
| 1715 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(7, 5, 7, 6); | |
| 434 | 1716 | } |
| 435 | 1717 | |
| 436 | 1718 | static void EntryElementDraw( |
| 437 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 438 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1719 | void *clientData, | |
| 1720 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1721 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1722 | Drawable d, | |
| 1723 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1724 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 439 | 1725 | { |
| 440 | 1726 | EntryElement *e = elementRecord; |
| 441 | Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin,e->backgroundObj); | |
| 442 | 1727 | Ttk_Box inner = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3)); |
| 443 | 1728 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, inner); |
| 444 | const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = { | |
| 445 | .version = 0, | |
| 446 | .kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare, | |
| 447 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 448 | .isFocused = state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS, | |
| 449 | }; | |
| 450 | ||
| 451 | /* | |
| 452 | * Erase w/background color: | |
| 453 | */ | |
| 454 | XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, | |
| 455 | Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC), | |
| 456 | inner.x,inner.y, inner.width, inner.height); | |
| 457 | ||
| 458 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 459 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 460 | /*if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) { | |
| 461 | ChkErr(DrawThemeFocusRect, &bounds, 1); | |
| 462 | }*/ | |
| 463 | END_DRAWING | |
| 1729 | NSColor *background; | |
| 1730 | Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = NULL; | |
| 1731 | static const char *defaultBG = ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND; | |
| 1732 | ||
| 1733 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1734 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 1735 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 1736 | CGFloat fill[4]; | |
| 1737 | GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 1, fill); | |
| 1738 | ||
| 1739 | /* | |
| 1740 | * Lighten the background to provide contrast. | |
| 1741 | */ | |
| 1742 | ||
| 1743 | for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { | |
| 1744 | fill[i] += 9.0 / 255.0; | |
| 1745 | } | |
| 1746 | background = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 1747 | components: fill | |
| 1748 | count: 4]; | |
| 1749 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(background)); | |
| 1750 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 1751 | if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) { | |
| 1752 | DrawDarkFocusRing(bounds, dc.context); | |
| 1753 | } else { | |
| 1754 | DrawDarkFrame(bounds, dc.context, kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare); | |
| 1755 | } | |
| 1756 | END_DRAWING | |
| 1757 | } else { | |
| 1758 | const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = { | |
| 1759 | .version = 0, | |
| 1760 | .kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare, | |
| 1761 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 1762 | .isFocused = state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS, | |
| 1763 | }; | |
| 1764 | ||
| 1765 | /* | |
| 1766 | * Earlier versions of the Aqua theme ignored the -fieldbackground | |
| 1767 | * option and used the -background as if it were -fieldbackground. | |
| 1768 | * Here we are enabling -fieldbackground. For backwards | |
| 1769 | * compatibility, if -fieldbackground is set to the default color and | |
| 1770 | * -background is set to a different color then we use -background as | |
| 1771 | * -fieldbackground. | |
| 1772 | */ | |
| 1773 | ||
| 1774 | if (0 != strcmp(Tcl_GetString(e->fieldbackgroundObj), defaultBG)) { | |
| 1775 | backgroundPtr = | |
| 1776 | Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->fieldbackgroundObj); | |
| 1777 | } else if (0 != strcmp(Tcl_GetString(e->backgroundObj), defaultBG)) { | |
| 1778 | backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->backgroundObj); | |
| 1779 | } | |
| 1780 | if (backgroundPtr != NULL) { | |
| 1781 | XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, | |
| 1782 | Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC), | |
| 1783 | inner.x, inner.y, inner.width, inner.height); | |
| 1784 | } | |
| 1785 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 1786 | if (backgroundPtr == NULL) { | |
| 1787 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 1788 | background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor]; | |
| 1789 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(background)); | |
| 1790 | } else { | |
| 1791 | CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0); | |
| 1792 | } | |
| 1793 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 1794 | } | |
| 1795 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 1796 | END_DRAWING | |
| 1797 | } | |
| 464 | 1798 | } |
| 465 | 1799 | |
| 466 | 1800 | static Ttk_ElementSpec EntryElementSpec = { |
| 472 | 1806 | }; |
| 473 | 1807 | |
| 474 | 1808 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 475 | * +++ Combobox: | |
| 1809 | * +++ Combobox elements -- | |
| 476 | 1810 | * |
| 477 | 1811 | * NOTES: |
| 478 | * kThemeMetricComboBoxLargeDisclosureWidth -> 17 | |
| 479 | * Padding and margins guesstimated by trial-and-error. | |
| 480 | */ | |
| 481 | ||
| 482 | static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = { 2, 3, 17, 1 }; | |
| 483 | static Ttk_Padding ComboboxMargins = { 3, 3, 4, 4 }; | |
| 1812 | * The HIToolbox has incomplete and inconsistent support for ComboBoxes. | |
| 1813 | * There is no constant available to get the height of a ComboBox with | |
| 1814 | * GetThemeMetric. In fact, ComboBoxes are the same (fixed) height as | |
| 1815 | * PopupButtons and PushButtons, but they have no shadow at the bottom. | |
| 1816 | * As a result, they are drawn 1 pixel above the center of the bounds | |
| 1817 | * rectangle rather than being centered like the other buttons. One can | |
| 1818 | * request background bounds for a ComboBox, and it is reported with | |
| 1819 | * height 23, while the actual button face, including its 1-pixel border | |
| 1820 | * has height 21. Attempting to request the content bounds returns a 0x0 | |
| 1821 | * rectangle. Measurement indicates that the arrow button has width 18. | |
| 1822 | * | |
| 1823 | * With no help available from HIToolbox, we have to use hard-wired | |
| 1824 | * constants for the padding. We shift the bounding rectangle downward by | |
| 1825 | * 1 pixel to account for the fact that the button is not centered. | |
| 1826 | */ | |
| 1827 | ||
| 1828 | static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = {4, 2, 20, 2}; | |
| 484 | 1829 | |
| 485 | 1830 | static void ComboboxElementSize( |
| 486 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 487 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 488 | { | |
| 489 | *widthPtr = 0; | |
| 490 | *heightPtr = 0; | |
| 491 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(ComboboxMargins, ComboboxPadding); | |
| 1831 | void *clientData, | |
| 1832 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1833 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1834 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1835 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1836 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1837 | { | |
| 1838 | *minWidth = 24; | |
| 1839 | *minHeight = 23; | |
| 1840 | *paddingPtr = ComboboxPadding; | |
| 492 | 1841 | } |
| 493 | 1842 | |
| 494 | 1843 | static void ComboboxElementDraw( |
| 495 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 496 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 497 | { | |
| 498 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ComboboxMargins)); | |
| 1844 | void *clientData, | |
| 1845 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1846 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1847 | Drawable d, | |
| 1848 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1849 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 1850 | { | |
| 1851 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 499 | 1852 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = { |
| 500 | 1853 | .version = 0, |
| 501 | 1854 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), |
| 505 | 1858 | }; |
| 506 | 1859 | |
| 507 | 1860 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 1861 | bounds.origin.y += 1; | |
| 1862 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1863 | bounds.size.height += 1; | |
| 1864 | DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context); | |
| 1865 | } else if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 1866 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) && | |
| 1867 | !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) { | |
| 1868 | NSColor *background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor]; | |
| 1869 | CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 2); | |
| 1870 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, background); | |
| 1871 | } | |
| 1872 | } | |
| 508 | 1873 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); |
| 509 | 1874 | END_DRAWING |
| 510 | 1875 | } |
| 517 | 1882 | ComboboxElementDraw |
| 518 | 1883 | }; |
| 519 | 1884 | |
| 520 | ||
| 521 | ||
| 522 | ||
| 523 | ||
| 524 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 525 | * +++ Spinbuttons. | |
| 526 | * | |
| 527 | * From Apple HIG, part III, section "Controls", "The Stepper Control": | |
| 528 | * there should be 2 pixels of space between the stepper control | |
| 529 | * (AKA IncDecButton, AKA "little arrows") and the text field it modifies. | |
| 530 | */ | |
| 531 | ||
| 532 | static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {2,0,2,0}; | |
| 533 | static void SpinButtonElementSize( | |
| 534 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 535 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1885 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 1886 | * +++ Spinbutton elements -- | |
| 1887 | * | |
| 1888 | * From Apple HIG, part III, section "Controls", "The Stepper Control": | |
| 1889 | * there should be 2 pixels of space between the stepper control (AKA | |
| 1890 | * IncDecButton, AKA "little arrows") and the text field it modifies. | |
| 1891 | * | |
| 1892 | * Ttk expects the up and down arrows to be distinct elements but | |
| 1893 | * HIToolbox draws them as one widget with two different pressed states. | |
| 1894 | * We work around this by defining them as separate elements in the | |
| 1895 | * layout, but making each one have a drawing method which also draws the | |
| 1896 | * other one. The down button does no drawing when not pressed, and when | |
| 1897 | * pressed draws the entire IncDecButton in its "pressed down" state. | |
| 1898 | * The up button draws the entire IncDecButton when not pressed and when | |
| 1899 | * pressed draws the IncDecButton in its "pressed up" state. NOTE: This | |
| 1900 | * means that when the down button is pressed the IncDecButton will be | |
| 1901 | * drawn twice, first in unpressed state by the up arrow and then in | |
| 1902 | * "pressed down" state by the down button. The drawing must be done in | |
| 1903 | * that order. So the up button must be listed first in the layout. | |
| 1904 | */ | |
| 1905 | ||
| 1906 | static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {0, 0, 2, 0}; | |
| 1907 | ||
| 1908 | static void SpinButtonUpElementSize( | |
| 1909 | void *clientData, | |
| 1910 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1911 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1912 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1913 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1914 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 536 | 1915 | { |
| 537 | 1916 | SInt32 s; |
| 538 | 1917 | |
| 539 | 1918 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s); |
| 540 | *widthPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins); | |
| 1919 | *minWidth = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins); | |
| 541 | 1920 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s); |
| 542 | *heightPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins); | |
| 543 | } | |
| 544 | ||
| 545 | static void SpinButtonElementDraw( | |
| 546 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 547 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 1921 | *minHeight = (s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins)) / 2; | |
| 1922 | } | |
| 1923 | ||
| 1924 | static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw( | |
| 1925 | void *clientData, | |
| 1926 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1927 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1928 | Drawable d, | |
| 1929 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1930 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 548 | 1931 | { |
| 549 | 1932 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins)); |
| 550 | /* @@@ can't currently distinguish PressedUp (== Pressed) from PressedDown; | |
| 551 | * ignore this bit for now [see #2219588] | |
| 552 | */ | |
| 1933 | int infoState; | |
| 1934 | ||
| 1935 | bounds.size.height *= 2; | |
| 1936 | if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) { | |
| 1937 | infoState = kThemeStatePressedUp; | |
| 1938 | } else { | |
| 1939 | infoState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state); | |
| 1940 | } | |
| 553 | 1941 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = { |
| 554 | 1942 | .version = 0, |
| 555 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & ~TTK_STATE_PRESSED), | |
| 1943 | .state = infoState, | |
| 556 | 1944 | .kind = kThemeIncDecButton, |
| 557 | 1945 | .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state), |
| 558 | 1946 | .adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone, |
| 559 | 1947 | }; |
| 560 | ||
| 561 | 1948 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 562 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 1949 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 1950 | DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context); | |
| 1951 | } else { | |
| 1952 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 1953 | NULL); | |
| 1954 | } | |
| 563 | 1955 | END_DRAWING |
| 564 | 1956 | } |
| 565 | 1957 | |
| 566 | static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonElementSpec = { | |
| 1958 | static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonUpElementSpec = { | |
| 567 | 1959 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, |
| 568 | 1960 | sizeof(NullElement), |
| 569 | 1961 | TtkNullElementOptions, |
| 570 | SpinButtonElementSize, | |
| 571 | SpinButtonElementDraw | |
| 572 | }; | |
| 573 | ||
| 1962 | SpinButtonUpElementSize, | |
| 1963 | SpinButtonUpElementDraw | |
| 1964 | }; | |
| 1965 | static void SpinButtonDownElementSize( | |
| 1966 | void *clientData, | |
| 1967 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1968 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1969 | int *minWidth, | |
| 1970 | int *minHeight, | |
| 1971 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1972 | { | |
| 1973 | SInt32 s; | |
| 1974 | ||
| 1975 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s); | |
| 1976 | *minWidth = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins); | |
| 1977 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s); | |
| 1978 | *minHeight = (s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins)) / 2; | |
| 1979 | } | |
| 1980 | ||
| 1981 | static void SpinButtonDownElementDraw( | |
| 1982 | void *clientData, | |
| 1983 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 1984 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1985 | Drawable d, | |
| 1986 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 1987 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 1988 | { | |
| 1989 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins)); | |
| 1990 | int infoState = 0; | |
| 1991 | ||
| 1992 | bounds.origin.y -= bounds.size.height; | |
| 1993 | bounds.size.height *= 2; | |
| 1994 | if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) { | |
| 1995 | infoState = kThemeStatePressedDown; | |
| 1996 | } else { | |
| 1997 | return; | |
| 1998 | } | |
| 1999 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = { | |
| 2000 | .version = 0, | |
| 2001 | .state = infoState, | |
| 2002 | .kind = kThemeIncDecButton, | |
| 2003 | .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state), | |
| 2004 | .adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone, | |
| 2005 | }; | |
| 2006 | ||
| 2007 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2008 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 2009 | DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context); | |
| 2010 | } else { | |
| 2011 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 2012 | NULL); | |
| 2013 | } | |
| 2014 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2015 | } | |
| 2016 | ||
| 2017 | static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonDownElementSpec = { | |
| 2018 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2019 | sizeof(NullElement), | |
| 2020 | TtkNullElementOptions, | |
| 2021 | SpinButtonDownElementSize, | |
| 2022 | SpinButtonDownElementDraw | |
| 2023 | }; | |
| 574 | 2024 | |
| 575 | 2025 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 576 | 2026 | * +++ DrawThemeTrack-based elements -- |
| 577 | * Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>) | |
| 2027 | * | |
| 2028 | * Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>) | |
| 2029 | */ | |
| 2030 | ||
| 2031 | /* | |
| 2032 | * Apple does not change the appearance of a slider when the window becomes | |
| 2033 | * inactive. So we shouldn't either. | |
| 578 | 2034 | */ |
| 579 | 2035 | |
| 580 | 2036 | static Ttk_StateTable ThemeTrackEnableTable[] = { |
| 581 | { kThemeTrackDisabled, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, | |
| 582 | { kThemeTrackInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0 }, | |
| 583 | { kThemeTrackActive, 0, 0 } | |
| 2037 | {kThemeTrackDisabled, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, | |
| 2038 | {kThemeTrackActive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0}, | |
| 2039 | {kThemeTrackActive, 0, 0} | |
| 584 | 2040 | /* { kThemeTrackNothingToScroll, ?, ? }, */ |
| 585 | 2041 | }; |
| 586 | 2042 | |
| 587 | typedef struct { /* TrackElement client data */ | |
| 588 | ThemeTrackKind kind; | |
| 589 | SInt32 thicknessMetric; | |
| 2043 | typedef struct { /* TrackElement client data */ | |
| 2044 | ThemeTrackKind kind; | |
| 2045 | SInt32 thicknessMetric; | |
| 590 | 2046 | } TrackElementData; |
| 591 | 2047 | |
| 592 | 2048 | static TrackElementData ScaleData = { |
| 593 | 2049 | kThemeSlider, kThemeMetricHSliderHeight |
| 594 | 2050 | }; |
| 595 | 2051 | |
| 596 | ||
| 597 | 2052 | typedef struct { |
| 598 | Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */ | |
| 599 | Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */ | |
| 600 | Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */ | |
| 601 | Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */ | |
| 2053 | Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */ | |
| 2054 | Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */ | |
| 2055 | Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */ | |
| 2056 | Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */ | |
| 602 | 2057 | } TrackElement; |
| 603 | 2058 | |
| 604 | 2059 | static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = { |
| 605 | { "-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,fromObj) }, | |
| 606 | { "-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,toObj) }, | |
| 607 | { "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,valueObj) }, | |
| 608 | { "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,orientObj) }, | |
| 609 | {0,0,0} | |
| 610 | }; | |
| 611 | ||
| 2060 | {"-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, fromObj)}, | |
| 2061 | {"-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, toObj)}, | |
| 2062 | {"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, valueObj)}, | |
| 2063 | {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, Tk_Offset(TrackElement, orientObj)}, | |
| 2064 | {0, 0, 0} | |
| 2065 | }; | |
| 612 | 2066 | static void TrackElementSize( |
| 613 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 614 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2067 | void *clientData, | |
| 2068 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2069 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2070 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2071 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2072 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 615 | 2073 | { |
| 616 | 2074 | TrackElementData *data = clientData; |
| 617 | SInt32 size = 24; /* reasonable default ... */ | |
| 2075 | SInt32 size = 24; /* reasonable default ... */ | |
| 618 | 2076 | |
| 619 | 2077 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, data->thicknessMetric, &size); |
| 620 | *widthPtr = *heightPtr = size; | |
| 2078 | *minWidth = *minHeight = size; | |
| 621 | 2079 | } |
| 622 | 2080 | |
| 623 | 2081 | static void TrackElementDraw( |
| 624 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 625 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2082 | void *clientData, | |
| 2083 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2084 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2085 | Drawable d, | |
| 2086 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2087 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 626 | 2088 | { |
| 627 | 2089 | TrackElementData *data = clientData; |
| 628 | 2090 | TrackElement *elem = elementRecord; |
| 633 | 2095 | Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->fromObj, &from); |
| 634 | 2096 | Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->toObj, &to); |
| 635 | 2097 | Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->valueObj, &value); |
| 636 | factor = RangeToFactor(to - from); | |
| 2098 | factor = RangeToFactor(to); | |
| 637 | 2099 | |
| 638 | 2100 | HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = { |
| 639 | 2101 | .version = 0, |
| 643 | 2105 | .max = to * factor, |
| 644 | 2106 | .value = value * factor, |
| 645 | 2107 | .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | |
| 646 | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? | |
| 647 | kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0), | |
| 2108 | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? | |
| 2109 | kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0), | |
| 648 | 2110 | .enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state), |
| 649 | 2111 | .trackInfo.progress.phase = 0, |
| 650 | 2112 | }; |
| 651 | 2113 | |
| 652 | 2114 | if (info.kind == kThemeSlider) { |
| 653 | 2115 | info.trackInfo.slider.pressState = state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED ? |
| 654 | kThemeThumbPressed : 0; | |
| 655 | info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain; | |
| 656 | } | |
| 657 | ||
| 658 | ||
| 2116 | kThemeThumbPressed : 0; | |
| 2117 | if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) { | |
| 2118 | info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbDownward; | |
| 2119 | } else { | |
| 2120 | info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain; | |
| 2121 | } | |
| 2122 | } | |
| 659 | 2123 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 2124 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 2125 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 2126 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 2127 | NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 2128 | components: darkTrack | |
| 2129 | count: 4]; | |
| 2130 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2131 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, bounds.size.height / 2 - 2); | |
| 2132 | } else { | |
| 2133 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, bounds.size.width / 2 - 3, 2); | |
| 2134 | } | |
| 2135 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 2, trackColor); | |
| 2136 | } | |
| 660 | 2137 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation); |
| 661 | 2138 | END_DRAWING |
| 662 | 2139 | } |
| 669 | 2146 | TrackElementDraw |
| 670 | 2147 | }; |
| 671 | 2148 | |
| 672 | /* | |
| 673 | * Slider element -- <<NOTE-TRACKS>> | |
| 2149 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 2150 | * Slider elements -- <<NOTE-TRACKS>> | |
| 2151 | * | |
| 674 | 2152 | * Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element, |
| 675 | 2153 | * and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually |
| 676 | 2154 | * drawn as part of the trough element. |
| 677 | 2155 | * |
| 678 | * Also buggy: The geometry here is a Wild-Assed-Guess; I can't | |
| 679 | * figure out how to get the Appearance Manager to tell me the | |
| 680 | * slider size. | |
| 681 | */ | |
| 2156 | */ | |
| 2157 | ||
| 682 | 2158 | static void SliderElementSize( |
| 683 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 684 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 685 | { | |
| 686 | *widthPtr = *heightPtr = 24; | |
| 2159 | void *clientData, | |
| 2160 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2161 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2162 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2163 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2164 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2165 | { | |
| 2166 | *minWidth = *minHeight = 24; | |
| 687 | 2167 | } |
| 688 | 2168 | |
| 689 | 2169 | static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = { |
| 695 | 2175 | }; |
| 696 | 2176 | |
| 697 | 2177 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 698 | * +++ Progress bar element (new): | |
| 2178 | * +++ Progress bar elements -- | |
| 699 | 2179 | * |
| 700 | 2180 | * @@@ NOTE: According to an older revision of the Aqua reference docs, |
| 701 | 2181 | * @@@ the 'phase' field is between 0 and 4. Newer revisions say |
| 703 | 2183 | */ |
| 704 | 2184 | |
| 705 | 2185 | typedef struct { |
| 706 | Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */ | |
| 707 | Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */ | |
| 708 | Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; /* maximum value */ | |
| 709 | Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; /* animation phase */ | |
| 710 | Tcl_Obj *modeObj; /* progress bar mode */ | |
| 2186 | Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */ | |
| 2187 | Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */ | |
| 2188 | Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; /* maximum value */ | |
| 2189 | Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; /* animation phase */ | |
| 2190 | Tcl_Obj *modeObj; /* progress bar mode */ | |
| 711 | 2191 | } PbarElement; |
| 712 | 2192 | |
| 713 | 2193 | static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = { |
| 714 | { "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, | |
| 715 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj), "horizontal" }, | |
| 716 | { "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, | |
| 717 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement,valueObj), "0" }, | |
| 718 | { "-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, | |
| 719 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement,maximumObj), "100" }, | |
| 720 | { "-phase", TK_OPTION_INT, | |
| 721 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement,phaseObj), "0" }, | |
| 722 | { "-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING, | |
| 723 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement,modeObj), "determinate" }, | |
| 724 | {0,0,0,0} | |
| 725 | }; | |
| 726 | ||
| 2194 | {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, | |
| 2195 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"}, | |
| 2196 | {"-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, | |
| 2197 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement, valueObj), "0"}, | |
| 2198 | {"-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, | |
| 2199 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement, maximumObj), "100"}, | |
| 2200 | {"-phase", TK_OPTION_INT, | |
| 2201 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement, phaseObj), "0"}, | |
| 2202 | {"-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING, | |
| 2203 | Tk_Offset(PbarElement, modeObj), "determinate"}, | |
| 2204 | {0, 0, 0, 0} | |
| 2205 | }; | |
| 727 | 2206 | static void PbarElementSize( |
| 728 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 729 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 730 | { | |
| 731 | SInt32 size = 24; /* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */ | |
| 2207 | void *clientData, | |
| 2208 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2209 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2210 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2211 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2212 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2213 | { | |
| 2214 | SInt32 size = 24; /* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */ | |
| 732 | 2215 | |
| 733 | 2216 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLargeProgressBarThickness, &size); |
| 734 | *widthPtr = *heightPtr = size; | |
| 2217 | *minWidth = *minHeight = size; | |
| 735 | 2218 | } |
| 736 | 2219 | |
| 737 | 2220 | static void PbarElementDraw( |
| 738 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 739 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2221 | void *clientData, | |
| 2222 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2223 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2224 | Drawable d, | |
| 2225 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2226 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 740 | 2227 | { |
| 741 | 2228 | PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord; |
| 742 | 2229 | int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, phase = 0; |
| 750 | 2237 | |
| 751 | 2238 | HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = { |
| 752 | 2239 | .version = 0, |
| 753 | .kind = (!strcmp("indeterminate", Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) && value) ? | |
| 754 | kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar, | |
| 2240 | .kind = | |
| 2241 | (!strcmp("indeterminate", | |
| 2242 | Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) && value) ? | |
| 2243 | kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar, | |
| 755 | 2244 | .bounds = BoxToRect(d, b), |
| 756 | 2245 | .min = 0, |
| 757 | 2246 | .max = maximum * factor, |
| 758 | 2247 | .value = value * factor, |
| 759 | 2248 | .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | |
| 760 | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? | |
| 761 | kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0), | |
| 2249 | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? | |
| 2250 | kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0), | |
| 762 | 2251 | .enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state), |
| 763 | 2252 | .trackInfo.progress.phase = phase, |
| 764 | 2253 | }; |
| 765 | 2254 | |
| 766 | 2255 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 2256 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 2257 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 2258 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 2259 | NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 2260 | components: darkTrack | |
| 2261 | count: 4]; | |
| 2262 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2263 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, bounds.size.height / 2 - 3); | |
| 2264 | } else { | |
| 2265 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, bounds.size.width / 2 - 3, 1); | |
| 2266 | } | |
| 2267 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, bounds, 3, trackColor); | |
| 2268 | } | |
| 767 | 2269 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation); |
| 768 | 2270 | END_DRAWING |
| 769 | 2271 | } |
| 777 | 2279 | }; |
| 778 | 2280 | |
| 779 | 2281 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2282 | * +++ Scrollbar elements | |
| 2283 | */ | |
| 2284 | ||
| 2285 | typedef struct | |
| 2286 | { | |
| 2287 | Tcl_Obj *orientObj; | |
| 2288 | } ScrollbarElement; | |
| 2289 | ||
| 2290 | static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = { | |
| 2291 | {"-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, | |
| 2292 | Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal"}, | |
| 2293 | {0, 0, 0, 0} | |
| 2294 | }; | |
| 2295 | static void TroughElementSize( | |
| 2296 | void *clientData, | |
| 2297 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2298 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2299 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2300 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2301 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2302 | { | |
| 2303 | ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord; | |
| 2304 | int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL; | |
| 2305 | SInt32 thickness = 15; | |
| 2306 | ||
| 2307 | Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation); | |
| 2308 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricScrollBarWidth, &thickness); | |
| 2309 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2310 | *minHeight = thickness; | |
| 2311 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 7) { | |
| 2312 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(4, 4, 4, 3); | |
| 2313 | } | |
| 2314 | } else { | |
| 2315 | *minWidth = thickness; | |
| 2316 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 7) { | |
| 2317 | *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(4, 4, 3, 4); | |
| 2318 | } | |
| 2319 | } | |
| 2320 | } | |
| 2321 | ||
| 2322 | static CGFloat lightTrough[4] = {250.0 / 255, 250.0 / 255, 250.0 / 255, 1.0}; | |
| 2323 | static CGFloat darkTrough[4] = {45.0 / 255, 46.0 / 255, 49.0 / 255, 1.0}; | |
| 2324 | static CGFloat lightInactiveThumb[4] = { | |
| 2325 | 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 200.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 2326 | }; | |
| 2327 | static CGFloat lightActiveThumb[4] = { | |
| 2328 | 133.0 / 255, 133.0 / 255, 133.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 2329 | }; | |
| 2330 | static CGFloat darkInactiveThumb[4] = { | |
| 2331 | 116.0 / 255, 117.0 / 255, 118.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 2332 | }; | |
| 2333 | static CGFloat darkActiveThumb[4] = { | |
| 2334 | 158.0 / 255, 158.0 / 255, 159.0 / 255, 1.0 | |
| 2335 | }; | |
| 2336 | static void TroughElementDraw( | |
| 2337 | void *clientData, | |
| 2338 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2339 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2340 | Drawable d, | |
| 2341 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2342 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 2343 | { | |
| 2344 | ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord; | |
| 2345 | int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL; | |
| 2346 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 2347 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 2348 | NSColor *troughColor; | |
| 2349 | CGFloat *rgba = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ? darkTrough : lightTrough; | |
| 2350 | ||
| 2351 | Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation); | |
| 2352 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2353 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, 1); | |
| 2354 | } else { | |
| 2355 | bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 0); | |
| 2356 | } | |
| 2357 | troughColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 2358 | components: rgba | |
| 2359 | count: 4]; | |
| 2360 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2361 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2362 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(troughColor)); | |
| 2363 | } else { | |
| 2364 | ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, NULL, | |
| 2365 | dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 2366 | } | |
| 2367 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 2368 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2369 | } | |
| 2370 | ||
| 2371 | static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = { | |
| 2372 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2373 | sizeof(ScrollbarElement), | |
| 2374 | ScrollbarElementOptions, | |
| 2375 | TroughElementSize, | |
| 2376 | TroughElementDraw | |
| 2377 | }; | |
| 2378 | static void ThumbElementSize( | |
| 2379 | void *clientData, | |
| 2380 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2381 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2382 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2383 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2384 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2385 | { | |
| 2386 | ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord; | |
| 2387 | int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL; | |
| 2388 | ||
| 2389 | Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation); | |
| 2390 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) { | |
| 2391 | *minHeight = 18; | |
| 2392 | *minWidth = 8; | |
| 2393 | } else { | |
| 2394 | *minHeight = 8; | |
| 2395 | *minWidth = 18; | |
| 2396 | } | |
| 2397 | } | |
| 2398 | ||
| 2399 | static void ThumbElementDraw( | |
| 2400 | void *clientData, | |
| 2401 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2402 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2403 | Drawable d, | |
| 2404 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2405 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 2406 | { | |
| 2407 | ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord; | |
| 2408 | int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL; | |
| 2409 | ||
| 2410 | Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation); | |
| 2411 | ||
| 2412 | /* | |
| 2413 | * In order to make ttk scrollbars work correctly it is necessary to be | |
| 2414 | * able to display the thumb element at the size and location which the ttk | |
| 2415 | * scrollbar widget requests. The algorithm that HIToolbox uses to | |
| 2416 | * determine the thumb geometry from the input values of min, max, value | |
| 2417 | * and viewSize is undocumented. A seemingly natural algorithm is | |
| 2418 | * implemented below. This code uses that algorithm for older OS versions, | |
| 2419 | * because using HITools also handles drawing the buttons and 3D thumb used | |
| 2420 | * on those systems. For newer systems the cleanest approach is to just | |
| 2421 | * draw the thumb directly. | |
| 2422 | */ | |
| 2423 | ||
| 2424 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2425 | CGRect thumbBounds = BoxToRect(d, b); | |
| 2426 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 2427 | NSColor *thumbColor; | |
| 2428 | CGFloat *rgba; | |
| 2429 | if ((orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL && | |
| 2430 | thumbBounds.size.width >= Tk_Width(tkwin) - 8) || | |
| 2431 | (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL && | |
| 2432 | thumbBounds.size.height >= Tk_Height(tkwin) - 8)) { | |
| 2433 | return; | |
| 2434 | } | |
| 2435 | int isDark = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin); | |
| 2436 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) || | |
| 2437 | (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) { | |
| 2438 | rgba = isDark ? darkActiveThumb : lightActiveThumb; | |
| 2439 | } else { | |
| 2440 | rgba = isDark ? darkInactiveThumb : lightInactiveThumb; | |
| 2441 | } | |
| 2442 | thumbColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB | |
| 2443 | components: rgba | |
| 2444 | count: 4]; | |
| 2445 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2446 | SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, thumbBounds, 4, thumbColor); | |
| 2447 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2448 | } else { | |
| 2449 | double thumbSize, trackSize, visibleSize, factor, fraction; | |
| 2450 | MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); | |
| 2451 | CGRect troughBounds = {{macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff}, | |
| 2452 | {Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin)}}; | |
| 2453 | ||
| 2454 | /* | |
| 2455 | * The info struct has integer fields, which will be converted to | |
| 2456 | * floats in the drawing routine. All of values provided in the info | |
| 2457 | * struct, namely min, max, value, and viewSize are only defined up to | |
| 2458 | * an arbitrary scale factor. To avoid roundoff error we scale so | |
| 2459 | * that the viewSize is a large float which is smaller than the | |
| 2460 | * largest int. | |
| 2461 | */ | |
| 2462 | ||
| 2463 | HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = { | |
| 2464 | .version = 0, | |
| 2465 | .bounds = troughBounds, | |
| 2466 | .min = 0, | |
| 2467 | .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | | |
| 2468 | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost, | |
| 2469 | .enableState = kThemeTrackActive | |
| 2470 | }; | |
| 2471 | factor = RangeToFactor(100.0); | |
| 2472 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2473 | trackSize = troughBounds.size.width; | |
| 2474 | thumbSize = b.width; | |
| 2475 | fraction = b.x / trackSize; | |
| 2476 | } else { | |
| 2477 | trackSize = troughBounds.size.height; | |
| 2478 | thumbSize = b.height; | |
| 2479 | fraction = b.y / trackSize; | |
| 2480 | } | |
| 2481 | visibleSize = (thumbSize / trackSize) * factor; | |
| 2482 | info.max = factor - visibleSize; | |
| 2483 | info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = visibleSize; | |
| 2484 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 8 || | |
| 2485 | orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2486 | info.value = factor * fraction; | |
| 2487 | } else { | |
| 2488 | info.value = info.max - factor * fraction; | |
| 2489 | } | |
| 2490 | if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) || | |
| 2491 | (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) { | |
| 2492 | info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed; | |
| 2493 | } else { | |
| 2494 | info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0; | |
| 2495 | } | |
| 2496 | if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { | |
| 2497 | info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 2498 | } else { | |
| 2499 | info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal; | |
| 2500 | } | |
| 2501 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2502 | HIThemeDrawTrack(&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal); | |
| 2503 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2504 | } | |
| 2505 | } | |
| 2506 | ||
| 2507 | static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = { | |
| 2508 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2509 | sizeof(ScrollbarElement), | |
| 2510 | ScrollbarElementOptions, | |
| 2511 | ThumbElementSize, | |
| 2512 | ThumbElementDraw | |
| 2513 | }; | |
| 2514 | static void ArrowElementSize( | |
| 2515 | void *clientData, | |
| 2516 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2517 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2518 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2519 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2520 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2521 | { | |
| 2522 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] < 8) { | |
| 2523 | *minHeight = *minWidth = 14; | |
| 2524 | } else { | |
| 2525 | *minHeight = *minWidth = -1; | |
| 2526 | } | |
| 2527 | } | |
| 2528 | ||
| 2529 | static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = { | |
| 2530 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2531 | sizeof(ScrollbarElement), | |
| 2532 | ScrollbarElementOptions, | |
| 2533 | ArrowElementSize, | |
| 2534 | TtkNullElementDraw | |
| 2535 | }; | |
| 2536 | ||
| 2537 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 780 | 2538 | * +++ Separator element. |
| 781 | 2539 | * |
| 782 | * DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from | |
| 783 | * the width and height of the rectangle, so the same element can | |
| 784 | * can be used for horizontal, vertical, and general separators. | |
| 2540 | * DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from the width | |
| 2541 | * and height of the rectangle, so the same element can can be used for | |
| 2542 | * horizontal, vertical, and general separators. | |
| 785 | 2543 | */ |
| 786 | 2544 | |
| 787 | 2545 | static void SeparatorElementSize( |
| 788 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 789 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 790 | { | |
| 791 | *widthPtr = *heightPtr = 1; | |
| 2546 | void *clientData, | |
| 2547 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2548 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2549 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2550 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2551 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2552 | { | |
| 2553 | *minWidth = *minHeight = 1; | |
| 792 | 2554 | } |
| 793 | 2555 | |
| 794 | 2556 | static void SeparatorElementDraw( |
| 795 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 796 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) | |
| 2557 | void *clientData, | |
| 2558 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2559 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2560 | Drawable d, | |
| 2561 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2562 | unsigned int state) | |
| 797 | 2563 | { |
| 798 | 2564 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 799 | 2565 | const HIThemeSeparatorDrawInfo info = { |
| 800 | 2566 | .version = 0, |
| 801 | /* Separator only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */ | |
| 802 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND), | |
| 2567 | /* Separator only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */ | |
| 2568 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, | |
| 2569 | state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND), | |
| 803 | 2570 | }; |
| 804 | 2571 | |
| 805 | 2572 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 806 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 2573 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 2574 | DrawDarkSeparator(bounds, dc.context, tkwin); | |
| 2575 | } else { | |
| 2576 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context, | |
| 2577 | HIOrientation); | |
| 2578 | } | |
| 807 | 2579 | END_DRAWING |
| 808 | 2580 | } |
| 809 | 2581 | |
| 816 | 2588 | }; |
| 817 | 2589 | |
| 818 | 2590 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 819 | * +++ Size grip element. | |
| 820 | */ | |
| 2591 | * +++ Size grip elements -- (obsolete) | |
| 2592 | */ | |
| 2593 | ||
| 821 | 2594 | static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection |
| 822 | = kThemeGrowRight|kThemeGrowDown; | |
| 2595 | = kThemeGrowRight | kThemeGrowDown; | |
| 823 | 2596 | |
| 824 | 2597 | static void SizegripElementSize( |
| 825 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 826 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2598 | void *clientData, | |
| 2599 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2600 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2601 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2602 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2603 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 827 | 2604 | { |
| 828 | 2605 | HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = { |
| 829 | 2606 | .version = 0, |
| 835 | 2612 | CGRect bounds = CGRectZero; |
| 836 | 2613 | |
| 837 | 2614 | ChkErr(HIThemeGetGrowBoxBounds, &bounds.origin, &info, &bounds); |
| 838 | *widthPtr = bounds.size.width; | |
| 839 | *heightPtr = bounds.size.height; | |
| 2615 | *minWidth = bounds.size.width; | |
| 2616 | *minHeight = bounds.size.height; | |
| 840 | 2617 | } |
| 841 | 2618 | |
| 842 | 2619 | static void SizegripElementDraw( |
| 843 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 844 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) | |
| 2620 | void *clientData, | |
| 2621 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2622 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2623 | Drawable d, | |
| 2624 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2625 | unsigned int state) | |
| 845 | 2626 | { |
| 846 | 2627 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 847 | 2628 | HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = { |
| 848 | 2629 | .version = 0, |
| 849 | /* Grow box only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */ | |
| 850 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND), | |
| 2630 | /* Grow box only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */ | |
| 2631 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, | |
| 2632 | state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND), | |
| 851 | 2633 | .kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal, |
| 852 | 2634 | .direction = sizegripGrowDirection, |
| 853 | 2635 | .size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal, |
| 854 | 2636 | }; |
| 855 | 2637 | |
| 856 | 2638 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 857 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 2639 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context, | |
| 2640 | HIOrientation); | |
| 858 | 2641 | END_DRAWING |
| 859 | 2642 | } |
| 860 | 2643 | |
| 867 | 2650 | }; |
| 868 | 2651 | |
| 869 | 2652 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 870 | * +++ Background and fill elements. | |
| 871 | * | |
| 872 | * This isn't quite right: In Aqua, the correct background for | |
| 873 | * a control depends on what kind of container it belongs to, | |
| 874 | * and the type of the top-level window. | |
| 875 | * | |
| 876 | * Also: patterned backgrounds should be aligned with the coordinate | |
| 877 | * system of the top-level window. If we're drawing into an | |
| 878 | * off-screen graphics port this leads to alignment glitches. | |
| 2653 | * +++ Background and fill elements -- | |
| 2654 | * | |
| 2655 | * Before drawing any ttk widget, its bounding rectangle is filled with a | |
| 2656 | * background color. This color must match the background color of the | |
| 2657 | * containing widget to avoid looking ugly. The need for care when doing | |
| 2658 | * this is exacerbated by the fact that ttk enforces its "native look" by | |
| 2659 | * not allowing user control of the background or highlight colors of ttk | |
| 2660 | * widgets. | |
| 2661 | * | |
| 2662 | * This job is made more complicated in recent versions of macOS by the | |
| 2663 | * fact that the Appkit GroupBox (used for ttk LabelFrames) and | |
| 2664 | * TabbedPane (used for the Notebook widget) both place their content | |
| 2665 | * inside a rectangle with rounded corners that has a color which | |
| 2666 | * contrasts with the dialog background color. Moreover, although the | |
| 2667 | * Apple human interface guidelines recommend against doing so, there are | |
| 2668 | * times when one wants to nest these widgets, for example placing a | |
| 2669 | * GroupBox inside of a TabbedPane. To have the right contrast, each | |
| 2670 | * level of nesting requires a different color. | |
| 2671 | * | |
| 2672 | * Previous Tk releases used the HIThemeDrawGroupBox routine to draw | |
| 2673 | * GroupBoxes and TabbedPanes. This meant that the best that could be | |
| 2674 | * done was to set the GroupBox to be of kind | |
| 2675 | * kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque, and set its fill color to be the | |
| 2676 | * system background color. If widgets inside the box were drawn with | |
| 2677 | * the system background color the backgrounds would match. But this | |
| 2678 | * produces a GroupBox with no contrast, the only visual clue being a | |
| 2679 | * faint highlighting around the top of the GroupBox. Moreover, the | |
| 2680 | * TabbedPane does not have an Opaque version, so while it is drawn | |
| 2681 | * inside a contrasting rounded rectangle, the widgets inside the pane | |
| 2682 | * needed to be enclosed in a frame with the system background | |
| 2683 | * color. This added a visual artifact since the frame's background color | |
| 2684 | * does not match the Pane's background color. That code has now been | |
| 2685 | * replaced with the standalone drawing procedure macOSXDrawGroupBox, | |
| 2686 | * which draws a rounded rectangle with an appropriate contrasting | |
| 2687 | * background color. | |
| 2688 | * | |
| 2689 | * Patterned backgrounds, which are now obsolete, should be aligned with | |
| 2690 | * the coordinate system of the top-level window. Apparently failing to | |
| 2691 | * do this used to cause graphics anomalies when drawing into an | |
| 2692 | * off-screen graphics port. The code for handling this is currently | |
| 2693 | * commented out. | |
| 879 | 2694 | */ |
| 880 | 2695 | |
| 881 | 2696 | static void FillElementDraw( |
| 882 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 883 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2697 | void *clientData, | |
| 2698 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2699 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2700 | Drawable d, | |
| 2701 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2702 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 884 | 2703 | { |
| 885 | 2704 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 886 | ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) | |
| 2705 | ||
| 2706 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2707 | NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]; | |
| 2708 | NSColor *bgColor; | |
| 2709 | CGFloat fill[4]; | |
| 2710 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2711 | GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 0, fill); | |
| 2712 | bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill | |
| 2713 | count: 4]; | |
| 2714 | CGContextSetFillColorSpace(dc.context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace); | |
| 2715 | CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, CGCOLOR(bgColor)); | |
| 2716 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 2717 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2718 | } else { | |
| 2719 | ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) | |
| 887 | 2720 | ? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive |
| 888 | 2721 | : kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive; |
| 889 | ||
| 890 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 891 | ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 892 | //QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d)); | |
| 893 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 894 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2722 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) | |
| 2723 | ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation); | |
| 2724 | //QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d)); | |
| 2725 | CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds); | |
| 2726 | END_DRAWING | |
| 2727 | } | |
| 895 | 2728 | } |
| 896 | 2729 | |
| 897 | 2730 | static void BackgroundElementDraw( |
| 898 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 899 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) | |
| 900 | { | |
| 901 | FillElementDraw( | |
| 902 | clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, | |
| 903 | d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), state); | |
| 2731 | void *clientData, | |
| 2732 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2733 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2734 | Drawable d, | |
| 2735 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2736 | unsigned int state) | |
| 2737 | { | |
| 2738 | FillElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), | |
| 2739 | state); | |
| 904 | 2740 | } |
| 905 | 2741 | |
| 906 | 2742 | static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = { |
| 910 | 2746 | TtkNullElementSize, |
| 911 | 2747 | FillElementDraw |
| 912 | 2748 | }; |
| 913 | ||
| 914 | 2749 | static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = { |
| 915 | 2750 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, |
| 916 | 2751 | sizeof(NullElement), |
| 922 | 2757 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 923 | 2758 | * +++ ToolbarBackground element -- toolbar style for frames. |
| 924 | 2759 | * |
| 925 | * This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a | |
| 926 | * different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect | |
| 927 | * used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than | |
| 928 | * ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style. | |
| 929 | * | |
| 930 | * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/ | |
| 931 | * Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/ | |
| 932 | * /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321> | |
| 933 | * | |
| 934 | */ | |
| 2760 | * This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a | |
| 2761 | * different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect | |
| 2762 | * used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than | |
| 2763 | * ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style. | |
| 2764 | * | |
| 2765 | * <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/ | |
| 2766 | * Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/ | |
| 2767 | * /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321> | |
| 2768 | * | |
| 2769 | */ | |
| 2770 | ||
| 935 | 2771 | static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw( |
| 936 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 937 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2772 | void *clientData, | |
| 2773 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2774 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2775 | Drawable d, | |
| 2776 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2777 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 938 | 2778 | { |
| 939 | 2779 | ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground; |
| 940 | 2780 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin)); |
| 955 | 2795 | }; |
| 956 | 2796 | |
| 957 | 2797 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 958 | * +++ Treeview header | |
| 959 | * Redefine the header to use a kThemeListHeaderButton. | |
| 960 | */ | |
| 961 | ||
| 962 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 2798 | * +++ Field elements -- | |
| 2799 | * | |
| 2800 | * Used for the Treeview widget. This is like the BackgroundElement | |
| 2801 | * except that the fieldbackground color is configureable. | |
| 2802 | */ | |
| 2803 | ||
| 2804 | typedef struct { | |
| 2805 | Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; | |
| 2806 | } FieldElement; | |
| 2807 | ||
| 2808 | static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = { | |
| 2809 | {"-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, | |
| 2810 | Tk_Offset(FieldElement, backgroundObj), "white"}, | |
| 2811 | {NULL, 0, 0, NULL} | |
| 2812 | }; | |
| 2813 | ||
| 2814 | static void FieldElementDraw( | |
| 2815 | void *clientData, | |
| 2816 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2817 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2818 | Drawable d, | |
| 2819 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2820 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 2821 | { | |
| 2822 | FieldElement *e = elementRecord; | |
| 2823 | Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = | |
| 2824 | Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, e->backgroundObj); | |
| 2825 | ||
| 2826 | XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, | |
| 2827 | Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC), | |
| 2828 | b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height); | |
| 2829 | } | |
| 2830 | ||
| 2831 | static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = { | |
| 2832 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2833 | sizeof(FieldElement), | |
| 2834 | FieldElementOptions, | |
| 2835 | TtkNullElementSize, | |
| 2836 | FieldElementDraw | |
| 2837 | }; | |
| 2838 | ||
| 2839 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 2840 | * +++ Treeview headers -- | |
| 2841 | * | |
| 2842 | * On systems older than 10.9 The header is a kThemeListHeaderButton drawn | |
| 2843 | * by HIToolbox. On newer systems those buttons do not match the Apple | |
| 2844 | * buttons, so we draw them from scratch. | |
| 2845 | */ | |
| 2846 | ||
| 963 | 2847 | static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderValueTable[] = { |
| 964 | { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE}, | |
| 965 | { kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 966 | { kThemeButtonOff, 0} | |
| 967 | }; | |
| 2848 | {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE}, | |
| 2849 | {kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 2850 | {kThemeButtonOff, 0} | |
| 2851 | }; | |
| 2852 | ||
| 968 | 2853 | static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderAdornmentTable[] = { |
| 969 | { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonSortUp, | |
| 970 | TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW}, | |
| 971 | { kThemeAdornmentDefault, | |
| 972 | TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW}, | |
| 973 | { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE}, | |
| 974 | { kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 975 | { kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS}, | |
| 976 | { kThemeAdornmentNone, 0} | |
| 977 | }; | |
| 2854 | {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonSortUp, | |
| 2855 | TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE | TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW}, | |
| 2856 | {kThemeAdornmentDefault, | |
| 2857 | TTK_STATE_SELECTED | TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW}, | |
| 2858 | {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE}, | |
| 2859 | {kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED}, | |
| 2860 | {kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS}, | |
| 2861 | {kThemeAdornmentNone, 0} | |
| 2862 | }; | |
| 2863 | ||
| 2864 | static void TreeAreaElementSize ( | |
| 2865 | void *clientData, | |
| 2866 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2867 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2868 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2869 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2870 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2871 | { | |
| 2872 | ||
| 2873 | /* | |
| 2874 | * Padding is needed to get the heading text to align correctly, since the | |
| 2875 | * widget expects the heading to be the same height as a row. | |
| 2876 | */ | |
| 2877 | ||
| 2878 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2879 | paddingPtr->top = 4; | |
| 2880 | } | |
| 2881 | } | |
| 2882 | ||
| 2883 | static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeAreaElementSpec = { | |
| 2884 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, | |
| 2885 | sizeof(NullElement), | |
| 2886 | TtkNullElementOptions, | |
| 2887 | TreeAreaElementSize, | |
| 2888 | TtkNullElementDraw | |
| 2889 | }; | |
| 2890 | static void TreeHeaderElementSize( | |
| 2891 | void *clientData, | |
| 2892 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2893 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2894 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2895 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2896 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2897 | { | |
| 2898 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2899 | *minHeight = 24; | |
| 2900 | } else { | |
| 2901 | ButtonElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, minWidth, | |
| 2902 | minHeight, paddingPtr); | |
| 2903 | } | |
| 2904 | } | |
| 978 | 2905 | |
| 979 | 2906 | static void TreeHeaderElementDraw( |
| 980 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 981 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2907 | void *clientData, | |
| 2908 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2909 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2910 | Drawable d, | |
| 2911 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2912 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 982 | 2913 | { |
| 983 | 2914 | ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData; |
| 984 | 2915 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 991 | 2922 | }; |
| 992 | 2923 | |
| 993 | 2924 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 994 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 2925 | if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) { | |
| 2926 | ||
| 2927 | /* | |
| 2928 | * Compensate for the padding added in TreeHeaderElementSize, so | |
| 2929 | * the larger heading will be drawn at the top of the widget. | |
| 2930 | */ | |
| 2931 | ||
| 2932 | bounds.origin.y -= 4; | |
| 2933 | if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) { | |
| 2934 | DrawDarkListHeader(bounds, dc.context, tkwin, state); | |
| 2935 | } else { | |
| 2936 | DrawListHeader(bounds, dc.context, tkwin, state); | |
| 2937 | } | |
| 2938 | } else { | |
| 2939 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 2940 | NULL); | |
| 2941 | } | |
| 995 | 2942 | END_DRAWING |
| 996 | 2943 | } |
| 997 | 2944 | |
| 999 | 2946 | TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, |
| 1000 | 2947 | sizeof(NullElement), |
| 1001 | 2948 | TtkNullElementOptions, |
| 1002 | ButtonElementSizeNoPadding, | |
| 2949 | TreeHeaderElementSize, | |
| 1003 | 2950 | TreeHeaderElementDraw |
| 1004 | 2951 | }; |
| 1005 | 2952 | |
| 1006 | /* | |
| 1007 | * Disclosure triangle: | |
| 1008 | */ | |
| 1009 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 1010 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2 | |
| 2953 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 2954 | * +++ Disclosure triangles -- | |
| 2955 | */ | |
| 2956 | ||
| 2957 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 | |
| 2958 | #define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2 | |
| 1011 | 2959 | static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = { |
| 1012 | { kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0 }, | |
| 1013 | { kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0 }, | |
| 1014 | }; | |
| 1015 | ||
| 2960 | {kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0}, | |
| 2961 | {kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0}, | |
| 2962 | }; | |
| 1016 | 2963 | static void DisclosureElementSize( |
| 1017 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1018 | int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 2964 | void *clientData, | |
| 2965 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2966 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2967 | int *minWidth, | |
| 2968 | int *minHeight, | |
| 2969 | Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) | |
| 1019 | 2970 | { |
| 1020 | 2971 | SInt32 s; |
| 1021 | 2972 | |
| 1022 | 2973 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleWidth, &s); |
| 1023 | *widthPtr = s; | |
| 2974 | *minWidth = s; | |
| 1024 | 2975 | ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight, &s); |
| 1025 | *heightPtr = s; | |
| 2976 | *minHeight = s; | |
| 1026 | 2977 | } |
| 1027 | 2978 | |
| 1028 | 2979 | static void DisclosureElementDraw( |
| 1029 | void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 1030 | Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state) | |
| 2980 | void *clientData, | |
| 2981 | void *elementRecord, | |
| 2982 | Tk_Window tkwin, | |
| 2983 | Drawable d, | |
| 2984 | Ttk_Box b, | |
| 2985 | Ttk_State state) | |
| 1031 | 2986 | { |
| 1032 | 2987 | if (!(state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF)) { |
| 2988 | int triangleState = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ? | |
| 2989 | kThemeStateInactive : kThemeStateActive; | |
| 1033 | 2990 | CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b); |
| 1034 | 2991 | const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = { |
| 1035 | 2992 | .version = 0, |
| 1036 | .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state), | |
| 2993 | .state = triangleState, | |
| 1037 | 2994 | .kind = kThemeDisclosureTriangle, |
| 1038 | 2995 | .value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(DisclosureValueTable, state), |
| 1039 | 2996 | .adornment = kThemeAdornmentDrawIndicatorOnly, |
| 1040 | 2997 | }; |
| 1041 | 2998 | |
| 1042 | 2999 | BEGIN_DRAWING(d) |
| 1043 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL); | |
| 3000 | ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, | |
| 3001 | NULL); | |
| 1044 | 3002 | END_DRAWING |
| 1045 | 3003 | } |
| 1046 | 3004 | } |
| 1054 | 3012 | }; |
| 1055 | 3013 | |
| 1056 | 3014 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1057 | * +++ Widget layouts. | |
| 3015 | * +++ Widget layouts -- | |
| 1058 | 3016 | */ |
| 1059 | 3017 | |
| 1060 | 3018 | TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable) |
| 1064 | 3022 | |
| 1065 | 3023 | TTK_LAYOUT("TButton", |
| 1066 | 3024 | TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1067 | TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1068 | TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 3025 | TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3026 | TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 1069 | 3027 | |
| 1070 | 3028 | TTK_LAYOUT("TRadiobutton", |
| 1071 | 3029 | TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1072 | TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1073 | TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 3030 | TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3031 | TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 1074 | 3032 | |
| 1075 | 3033 | TTK_LAYOUT("TCheckbutton", |
| 1076 | 3034 | TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1077 | TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1078 | TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 3035 | TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3036 | TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 1079 | 3037 | |
| 1080 | 3038 | TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton", |
| 1081 | 3039 | TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1082 | TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1083 | TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 3040 | TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3041 | TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))) | |
| 1084 | 3042 | |
| 1085 | 3043 | TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox", |
| 1086 | TTK_GROUP("Combobox.button", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_FILL_X, | |
| 1087 | TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1088 | TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_X)))) | |
| 3044 | TTK_GROUP("Combobox.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3045 | TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3046 | TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 1089 | 3047 | |
| 1090 | 3048 | /* Notebook tabs -- no focus ring */ |
| 1091 | 3049 | TTK_LAYOUT("Tab", |
| 1092 | 3050 | TTK_GROUP("Notebook.tab", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1093 | TTK_GROUP("Notebook.padding", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 1094 | TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 3051 | TTK_GROUP("Notebook.padding", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3052 | TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 3053 | ||
| 3054 | /* Spinbox -- buttons 2px to the right of the field. */ | |
| 3055 | TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox", | |
| 3056 | TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.buttons", TTK_PACK_RIGHT, | |
| 3057 | TTK_NODE("Spinbox.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_STICK_E) | |
| 3058 | TTK_NODE("Spinbox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM | TTK_STICK_E)) | |
| 3059 | TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_X, | |
| 3060 | TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_X))) | |
| 1095 | 3061 | |
| 1096 | 3062 | /* Progress bars -- track only */ |
| 1097 | TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox", | |
| 1098 | TTK_NODE("Spinbox.spinbutton", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_STICK_E) | |
| 1099 | TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X, | |
| 1100 | TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X))) | |
| 1101 | ||
| 1102 | 3063 | TTK_LAYOUT("TProgressbar", |
| 1103 | TTK_NODE("Progressbar.track", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH)) | |
| 3064 | TTK_NODE("Progressbar.track", TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH)) | |
| 3065 | ||
| 3066 | /* Treeview -- no border. */ | |
| 3067 | TTK_LAYOUT("Treeview", | |
| 3068 | TTK_GROUP("Treeview.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3069 | TTK_GROUP("Treeview.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, | |
| 3070 | TTK_NODE("Treeview.treearea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) | |
| 1104 | 3071 | |
| 1105 | 3072 | /* Tree heading -- no border, fixed height */ |
| 1106 | 3073 | TTK_LAYOUT("Heading", |
| 1107 | TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_X) | |
| 3074 | TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_BOTH) | |
| 1108 | 3075 | TTK_NODE("Treeheading.image", TTK_PACK_RIGHT) |
| 1109 | TTK_NODE("Treeheading.text", 0)) | |
| 3076 | TTK_NODE("Treeheading.text", TTK_PACK_TOP)) | |
| 1110 | 3077 | |
| 1111 | 3078 | /* Tree items -- omit focus ring */ |
| 1112 | 3079 | TTK_LAYOUT("Item", |
| 1113 | 3080 | TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, |
| 1114 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT) | |
| 1115 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT) | |
| 1116 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))) | |
| 3081 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT) | |
| 3082 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT) | |
| 3083 | TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))) | |
| 3084 | ||
| 3085 | /* Scrollbar Layout -- Buttons at the bottom (Snow Leopard and Lion only) */ | |
| 3086 | ||
| 3087 | TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScrollbar", | |
| 3088 | TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y, | |
| 3089 | TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", | |
| 3090 | TTK_PACK_TOP | TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH) | |
| 3091 | TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM) | |
| 3092 | TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM))) | |
| 3093 | ||
| 3094 | TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar", | |
| 3095 | TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X, | |
| 3096 | TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", | |
| 3097 | TTK_PACK_LEFT | TTK_EXPAND | TTK_FILL_BOTH) | |
| 3098 | TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT) | |
| 3099 | TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT))) | |
| 1117 | 3100 | |
| 1118 | 3101 | TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE |
| 1119 | 3102 | |
| 1120 | 3103 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1121 | * +++ Initialization. | |
| 1122 | */ | |
| 1123 | ||
| 1124 | static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 3104 | * +++ Initialization -- | |
| 3105 | */ | |
| 3106 | ||
| 3107 | static int AquaTheme_Init( | |
| 3108 | Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 1125 | 3109 | { |
| 1126 | 3110 | Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "aqua", NULL); |
| 1127 | 3111 | |
| 1132 | 3116 | /* |
| 1133 | 3117 | * Elements: |
| 1134 | 3118 | */ |
| 1135 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3119 | ||
| 3120 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec, | |
| 3121 | 0); | |
| 1136 | 3122 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "fill", &FillElementSpec, 0); |
| 3123 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, 0); | |
| 1137 | 3124 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbar.background", |
| 1138 | 3125 | &ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0); |
| 1139 | 3126 | |
| 1147 | 3134 | &ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams); |
| 1148 | 3135 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Menubutton.button", |
| 1149 | 3136 | &ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams); |
| 1150 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.spinbutton", | |
| 1151 | &SpinButtonElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3137 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.uparrow", | |
| 3138 | &SpinButtonUpElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3139 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.downarrow", | |
| 3140 | &SpinButtonDownElementSpec, 0); | |
| 1152 | 3141 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.button", |
| 1153 | 3142 | &ComboboxElementSpec, 0); |
| 1154 | 3143 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeitem.indicator", |
| 1156 | 3145 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeheading.cell", |
| 1157 | 3146 | &TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams); |
| 1158 | 3147 | |
| 3148 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeview.treearea", | |
| 3149 | &TreeAreaElementSpec, 0); | |
| 1159 | 3150 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.tab", &TabElementSpec, 0); |
| 1160 | 3151 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.client", &PaneElementSpec, 0); |
| 1161 | 3152 | |
| 1162 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border",&GroupElementSpec,0); | |
| 1163 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field",&EntryElementSpec,0); | |
| 1164 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field",&EntryElementSpec,0); | |
| 1165 | ||
| 1166 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "separator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0); | |
| 1167 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "hseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0); | |
| 1168 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "vseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0); | |
| 1169 | ||
| 1170 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "sizegrip",&SizegripElementSpec,0); | |
| 3153 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border", &GroupElementSpec, | |
| 3154 | 0); | |
| 3155 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3156 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3157 | ||
| 3158 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "separator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3159 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "hseparator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3160 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "vseparator", &SeparatorElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3161 | ||
| 3162 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "sizegrip", &SizegripElementSpec, 0); | |
| 1171 | 3163 | |
| 1172 | 3164 | /* |
| 1173 | 3165 | * <<NOTE-TRACKS>> |
| 1174 | * The Progressbar widget adjusts the size of the pbar element. | |
| 1175 | * In the Aqua theme, the appearance manager computes the bar geometry; | |
| 1176 | * we do all the drawing in the ".track" element and leave the .pbar out. | |
| 3166 | * In some themes the Layouts for a progress bar has a trough element and a | |
| 3167 | * pbar element. But in our case the appearance manager draws both parts | |
| 3168 | * of the progress bar, so we just have a single element called ".track". | |
| 1177 | 3169 | */ |
| 1178 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.trough", | |
| 1179 | &TrackElementSpec, &ScaleData); | |
| 1180 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.slider",&SliderElementSpec,0); | |
| 1181 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3170 | ||
| 3171 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec, | |
| 3172 | 0); | |
| 3173 | ||
| 3174 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.trough", &TrackElementSpec, | |
| 3175 | &ScaleData); | |
| 3176 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.slider", &SliderElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3177 | ||
| 3178 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", | |
| 3179 | &TroughElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3180 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", | |
| 3181 | &ThumbElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3182 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", | |
| 3183 | &TroughElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3184 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", | |
| 3185 | &ThumbElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3186 | ||
| 3187 | /* | |
| 3188 | * If we are not in Snow Leopard or Lion the arrows won't actually be | |
| 3189 | * displayed. | |
| 3190 | */ | |
| 3191 | ||
| 3192 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", | |
| 3193 | &ArrowElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3194 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", | |
| 3195 | &ArrowElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3196 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", | |
| 3197 | &ArrowElementSpec, 0); | |
| 3198 | Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", | |
| 3199 | &ArrowElementSpec, 0); | |
| 1182 | 3200 | |
| 1183 | 3201 | /* |
| 1184 | 3202 | * Layouts: |
| 1185 | 3203 | */ |
| 3204 | ||
| 1186 | 3205 | Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable); |
| 1187 | 3206 | |
| 1188 | 3207 | Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION); |
| 1190 | 3209 | } |
| 1191 | 3210 | |
| 1192 | 3211 | MODULE_SCOPE |
| 1193 | int Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 3212 | int Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit( | |
| 3213 | Tcl_Interp *interp) | |
| 1194 | 3214 | { |
| 1195 | 3215 | return AquaTheme_Init(interp); |
| 1196 | 3216 | } |
| 1197 | ||
| 3217 | ||
| 1198 | 3218 | /* |
| 1199 | 3219 | * Local Variables: |
| 1200 | 3220 | * mode: objc |
| 1203 | 3223 | * coding: utf-8 |
| 1204 | 3224 | * End: |
| 1205 | 3225 | */ |
| 1206 | ||
| 98 | 98 | } |
| 99 | 99 | |
| 100 | 100 | bind .t.c <Shift-B1-Motion> { |
| 101 | .t.c move circle [expr %x-$curx] [expr %y-$cury] | |
| 101 | .t.c move circle [expr {%x-$curx}] [expr {%y-$cury}] | |
| 102 | 102 | set curx %x |
| 103 | 103 | set cury %y |
| 104 | 104 | } |
| 126 | 126 | } |
| 127 | 127 | incr i $delta |
| 128 | 128 | c -start $i |
| 129 | c -extent [expr 360-2*$i] | |
| 129 | c -extent [expr {360-2*$i}] | |
| 130 | 130 | after 20 |
| 131 | 131 | update |
| 132 | 132 | } |
| 21 | 21 | bind Test $event {} |
| 22 | 22 | } |
| 23 | 23 | foreach event [bind all] { |
| 24 | bind all $event {} | |
| 24 | bind all $event {} | |
| 25 | 25 | } |
| 26 | 26 | |
| 27 | 27 | proc unsetBindings {} { |
| 31 | 31 | bind xyz <Enter> {} |
| 32 | 32 | bind {a b} <Enter> {} |
| 33 | 33 | bind .t <Enter> {} |
| 34 | } | |
| 35 | ||
| 36 | # This function fills the pattern matcher's ring buffer with events of | |
| 37 | # the specified type. This can be used when testing with generated | |
| 38 | # events to make sure that there are no stray events in the ring | |
| 39 | # buffer which might cause the pattern matcher to find unintended | |
| 40 | # matches. The size of the ring buffer is EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE, which is | |
| 41 | # currently set to 30 (or 45 on macOS). If this changes, the code | |
| 42 | # below will need to change. | |
| 43 | proc clearRingBuffer {{event}} { | |
| 44 | for {set i 0} {$i < 45} {incr i} { | |
| 45 | event generate . $event | |
| 46 | } | |
| 47 | 34 | } |
| 48 | 35 | |
| 49 | 36 | # move the mouse pointer away of the testing area |
| 89 | 76 | } -result {test script |
| 90 | 77 | more text} |
| 91 | 78 | test bind-1.8 {bind command} -body { |
| 92 | bind .t <gorp-> {test script} | |
| 79 | bind .t <gorp-> {test script} | |
| 93 | 80 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "gorp"} |
| 94 | 81 | test bind-1.9 {bind command} -body { |
| 95 | catch {bind .t <gorp-> {test script}} | |
| 82 | catch {bind .t <gorp-> {test script}} | |
| 96 | 83 | bind .t |
| 97 | 84 | } -result {} |
| 98 | 85 | test bind-1.10 {bind command} -body { |
| 153 | 140 | test bind-2.9 {bindtags command} -body { |
| 154 | 141 | frame .t.f |
| 155 | 142 | bindtags .t.f {a b c} |
| 156 | bindtags .t.f "\{" | |
| 157 | } -cleanup { | |
| 158 | destroy .t.f | |
| 159 | } -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list} | |
| 143 | bindtags .t.f "\{" | |
| 144 | } -cleanup { | |
| 145 | destroy .t.f | |
| 146 | } -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list} | |
| 160 | 147 | test bind-2.10 {bindtags command} -body { |
| 161 | 148 | frame .t.f |
| 162 | 149 | bindtags .t.f {a b c} |
| 168 | 155 | test bind-2.11 {bindtags command} -body { |
| 169 | 156 | frame .t.f |
| 170 | 157 | bindtags .t.f {a b c} |
| 171 | bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b" | |
| 172 | } -cleanup { | |
| 173 | destroy .t.f | |
| 174 | } -returnCodes ok | |
| 158 | bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b" | |
| 159 | } -cleanup { | |
| 160 | destroy .t.f | |
| 161 | } -returnCodes ok | |
| 175 | 162 | test bind-2.12 {bindtags command} -body { |
| 176 | 163 | frame .t.f |
| 177 | 164 | bindtags .t.f {a b c} |
| 211 | 198 | bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} |
| 212 | 199 | bind .t <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t"} |
| 213 | 200 | bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} |
| 214 | ||
| 201 | ||
| 215 | 202 | event generate .t.f <Enter> |
| 216 | 203 | return $x |
| 217 | 204 | } -cleanup { |
| 231 | 218 | bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} |
| 232 | 219 | bind .t <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t"} |
| 233 | 220 | bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} |
| 234 | ||
| 221 | ||
| 235 | 222 | bindtags .t.f {.t.f {a b} xyz} |
| 236 | event generate .t.f <Enter> | |
| 223 | event generate .t.f <Enter> | |
| 237 | 224 | return $x |
| 238 | 225 | } -cleanup { |
| 239 | 226 | destroy .t.f |
| 247 | 234 | bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} |
| 248 | 235 | bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} |
| 249 | 236 | bind .t <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t"} |
| 250 | ||
| 237 | ||
| 251 | 238 | event generate .t <Enter> |
| 252 | 239 | return $x |
| 253 | 240 | } -cleanup { |
| 267 | 254 | bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} |
| 268 | 255 | bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} |
| 269 | 256 | bind .t <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t"} |
| 270 | ||
| 257 | ||
| 271 | 258 | bindtags .t.f {.t.f .t.f2 .t.f3} |
| 272 | 259 | bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} |
| 273 | 260 | bind .t.f3 <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f3"} |
| 291 | 278 | bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} |
| 292 | 279 | bind .t <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t"} |
| 293 | 280 | bindtags .t.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} |
| 294 | ||
| 281 | ||
| 295 | 282 | event generate .t.f <Enter> |
| 296 | 283 | } -cleanup { |
| 297 | 284 | destroy .t.f |
| 354 | 341 | } -body { |
| 355 | 342 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 356 | 343 | foreach i {a b c d} { |
| 357 | bind .t.f $i "binding for $i" | |
| 344 | bind .t.f $i "binding for $i" | |
| 358 | 345 | } |
| 359 | 346 | foreach i {b d a c} { |
| 360 | bind .t.f $i {} | |
| 361 | lappend result [lsort [bind .t.f]] | |
| 347 | bind .t.f $i {} | |
| 348 | lappend result [lsort [bind .t.f]] | |
| 362 | 349 | } |
| 363 | 350 | return $result |
| 364 | 351 | } -cleanup { |
| 369 | 356 | } -body { |
| 370 | 357 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 371 | 358 | foreach i {<1> <Meta-1> <Control-1> <Double-Alt-1>} { |
| 372 | bind .t.f $i "binding for $i" | |
| 359 | bind .t.f $i "binding for $i" | |
| 373 | 360 | } |
| 374 | 361 | foreach i {<Control-1> <Double-Alt-1> <1> <Meta-1>} { |
| 375 | bind .t.f $i {} | |
| 376 | lappend result [lsort [bind .t.f]] | |
| 362 | bind .t.f $i {} | |
| 363 | lappend result [lsort [bind .t.f]] | |
| 377 | 364 | } |
| 378 | 365 | return $result |
| 379 | 366 | } -cleanup { |
| 395 | 382 | } -result {Test} |
| 396 | 383 | |
| 397 | 384 | test bind-11.1 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { |
| 398 | frame .t.f | |
| 385 | frame .t.f | |
| 399 | 386 | foreach i "! a \\\{ ~ <Delete> <space> <<Paste>> <Tab> <Linefeed> <less> <Meta-a> <Acircumflex>" { |
| 400 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 387 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 401 | 388 | } |
| 402 | 389 | lsort [bind .t.f] |
| 403 | 390 | } -cleanup { |
| 404 | 391 | destroy .t.f |
| 405 | 392 | } -result {! <<Paste>> <Key-Acircumflex> <Key-Delete> <Key-Linefeed> <Key-Tab> <Key-less> <Key-space> <Meta-Key-a> a \{ ~} |
| 406 | 393 | test bind-11.2 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { |
| 407 | frame .t.f | |
| 394 | frame .t.f | |
| 408 | 395 | foreach i "<Double-1> <Triple-1> <Meta-Control-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <1>" { |
| 409 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 396 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 410 | 397 | } |
| 411 | 398 | lsort [bind .t.f] |
| 412 | 399 | } -cleanup { |
| 413 | 400 | destroy .t.f |
| 414 | 401 | } -result {<Button-1> <Control-Meta-Key-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <Double-Button-1> <Triple-Button-1>} |
| 415 | 402 | test bind-11.3 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { |
| 416 | frame .t.f | |
| 403 | frame .t.f | |
| 417 | 404 | foreach i "<Double-Triple-1> abcd a<Leave>b" { |
| 418 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 405 | bind .t.f $i Test | |
| 419 | 406 | } |
| 420 | 407 | lsort [bind .t.f] |
| 421 | 408 | } -cleanup { |
| 430 | 417 | test bind-12.2 {Tk_DeleteAllBindings procedure} -body { |
| 431 | 418 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 432 | 419 | foreach i "a b c <Meta-1> <Alt-a> <Control-a>" { |
| 433 | bind .t.f $i x | |
| 420 | bind .t.f $i x | |
| 434 | 421 | } |
| 435 | 422 | destroy .t.f |
| 436 | 423 | } -result {} |
| 447 | 434 | bind Test : {lappend x "%W %K Test :"} |
| 448 | 435 | bind all _ {lappend x "%W %K all _"} |
| 449 | 436 | bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f :"} |
| 450 | ||
| 437 | ||
| 451 | 438 | event generate .t.f <Key-colon> |
| 452 | 439 | event generate .t.f <Key-plus> |
| 453 | 440 | event generate .t.f <Key-underscore> |
| 470 | 457 | bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break} |
| 471 | 458 | bind all <KeyPress> {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"} |
| 472 | 459 | bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"} |
| 473 | ||
| 460 | ||
| 474 | 461 | event generate .t.f <Key-colon> |
| 475 | 462 | return $x |
| 476 | 463 | } -cleanup { |
| 526 | 513 | frame .t.g -gorp foo |
| 527 | 514 | } -cleanup { |
| 528 | 515 | bind all <Destroy> {} |
| 529 | } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"} | |
| 516 | } -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"} | |
| 530 | 517 | test bind-13.6 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body { |
| 531 | 518 | bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"} |
| 532 | 519 | set x {} |
| 533 | catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo} | |
| 520 | catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo} | |
| 534 | 521 | return $x |
| 535 | 522 | } -cleanup { |
| 536 | 523 | bind all <Destroy> {} |
| 611 | 598 | set x {} |
| 612 | 599 | } -body { |
| 613 | 600 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x Motion%#(%x,%y)" |
| 614 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail | |
| 601 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail | |
| 615 | 602 | update |
| 616 | 603 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 101 -x 200 -y 300 -when tail |
| 617 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail | |
| 604 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail | |
| 618 | 605 | update |
| 619 | 606 | return $x |
| 620 | 607 | } -cleanup { |
| 628 | 615 | } -body { |
| 629 | 616 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#" |
| 630 | 617 | bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#" |
| 631 | event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail | |
| 632 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail | |
| 633 | event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail | |
| 634 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail | |
| 618 | event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail | |
| 619 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail | |
| 620 | event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail | |
| 621 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail | |
| 635 | 622 | update |
| 636 | 623 | } -cleanup { |
| 637 | 624 | destroy .t.f |
| 867 | 854 | set x {} |
| 868 | 855 | } -body { |
| 869 | 856 | bind .t.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2} |
| 870 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 857 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 871 | 858 | return $x |
| 872 | 859 | } -cleanup { |
| 873 | 860 | destroy .t.f |
| 947 | 934 | set x {} |
| 948 | 935 | } -body { |
| 949 | 936 | bindtags .t.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p} |
| 950 | foreach p [bindtags .t.f] { | |
| 937 | foreach p [bindtags .t.f] { | |
| 951 | 938 | bind $p <1> "lappend x $p" |
| 952 | 939 | } |
| 953 | 940 | event generate .t.f <1> |
| 1031 | 1018 | } -result {b1} |
| 1032 | 1019 | test bind-13.45 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} -setup { |
| 1033 | 1020 | proc bgerror msg { |
| 1034 | global x | |
| 1021 | global x | |
| 1035 | 1022 | lappend x $msg |
| 1036 | 1023 | } |
| 1037 | 1024 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 1220 | 1207 | } -cleanup { |
| 1221 | 1208 | destroy .t.f |
| 1222 | 1209 | } -result {0} |
| 1223 | test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints { | |
| 1210 | test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints { | |
| 1224 | 1211 | nonPortable |
| 1225 | 1212 | } -setup { |
| 1226 | 1213 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 1261 | 1248 | } -body { |
| 1262 | 1249 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1263 | 1250 | set x 0 |
| 1264 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1251 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1265 | 1252 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1266 | 1253 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1267 | 1254 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 31 -y 39 |
| 1278 | 1265 | } -body { |
| 1279 | 1266 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1280 | 1267 | set x 0 |
| 1281 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1268 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1282 | 1269 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1283 | 1270 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1284 | 1271 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 29 -y 41 |
| 1295 | 1282 | } -body { |
| 1296 | 1283 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1297 | 1284 | set x 0 |
| 1298 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1285 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1299 | 1286 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1300 | 1287 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1301 | 1288 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 40 -y 40 |
| 1312 | 1299 | } -body { |
| 1313 | 1300 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1314 | 1301 | set x 0 |
| 1315 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1302 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1316 | 1303 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1317 | 1304 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1318 | 1305 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 20 -y 40 |
| 1329 | 1316 | } -body { |
| 1330 | 1317 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1331 | 1318 | set x 0 |
| 1332 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1319 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1333 | 1320 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1334 | 1321 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1335 | 1322 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 30 |
| 1346 | 1333 | } -body { |
| 1347 | 1334 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1348 | 1335 | set x 0 |
| 1349 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1336 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1350 | 1337 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1351 | 1338 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40 |
| 1352 | 1339 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 50 |
| 1363 | 1350 | } -body { |
| 1364 | 1351 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1365 | 1352 | set x 0 |
| 1366 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1353 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1367 | 1354 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1368 | 1355 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300 |
| 1369 | 1356 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 700 |
| 1380 | 1367 | } -body { |
| 1381 | 1368 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1382 | 1369 | set x 0 |
| 1383 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1370 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> | |
| 1384 | 1371 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 1385 | 1372 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300 |
| 1386 | 1373 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 900 |
| 1394 | 1381 | pack .t.f |
| 1395 | 1382 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1396 | 1383 | update |
| 1397 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1398 | 1384 | } -body { |
| 1399 | 1385 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1400 | 1386 | set x 0 |
| 1410 | 1396 | pack .t.f |
| 1411 | 1397 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1412 | 1398 | update |
| 1413 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1414 | 1399 | } -body { |
| 1415 | 1400 | bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1} |
| 1416 | 1401 | set x 0 |
| 1427 | 1412 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1428 | 1413 | update |
| 1429 | 1414 | set x {} |
| 1430 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1431 | 1415 | } -body { |
| 1432 | 1416 | event add <<Paste>> <Button-1> |
| 1433 | 1417 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste} |
| 1444 | 1428 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1445 | 1429 | update |
| 1446 | 1430 | set x {} |
| 1447 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1448 | 1431 | } -body { |
| 1449 | 1432 | event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1> |
| 1450 | 1433 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste} |
| 1461 | 1444 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1462 | 1445 | update |
| 1463 | 1446 | set x {} |
| 1464 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1465 | 1447 | } -body { |
| 1466 | 1448 | event add <<V1>> <Button> |
| 1467 | 1449 | event add <<V2>> <Button-1> |
| 1488 | 1470 | pack .t.f |
| 1489 | 1471 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1490 | 1472 | update |
| 1491 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 1492 | 1473 | } -body { |
| 1493 | 1474 | bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0} |
| 1494 | 1475 | bind .t.f 1 {set x 1} |
| 1503 | 1484 | pack .t.f |
| 1504 | 1485 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1505 | 1486 | update |
| 1506 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 1507 | 1487 | } -body { |
| 1508 | 1488 | bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0} |
| 1509 | 1489 | bind .t.f 1 {set x 1} |
| 1518 | 1498 | pack .t.f |
| 1519 | 1499 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1520 | 1500 | update |
| 1521 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 1522 | 1501 | } -body { |
| 1523 | 1502 | bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0} |
| 1524 | 1503 | bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1} |
| 1536 | 1515 | pack .t.f |
| 1537 | 1516 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1538 | 1517 | update |
| 1539 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1540 | 1518 | } -body { |
| 1541 | 1519 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0} |
| 1542 | 1520 | bind .t.f <1> {set x 1} |
| 1553 | 1531 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1554 | 1532 | update |
| 1555 | 1533 | set x {} |
| 1556 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 1557 | 1534 | } -body { |
| 1558 | 1535 | bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0} |
| 1559 | 1536 | bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1} |
| 1567 | 1544 | pack .t.f |
| 1568 | 1545 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1569 | 1546 | update |
| 1570 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 1571 | 1547 | } -body { |
| 1572 | 1548 | bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0} |
| 1573 | 1549 | bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1} |
| 1583 | 1559 | focus -force .t.f |
| 1584 | 1560 | update |
| 1585 | 1561 | set x {} |
| 1586 | clearRingBuffer <Key> | |
| 1587 | 1562 | } -body { |
| 1588 | 1563 | bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single} |
| 1589 | 1564 | bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)} |
| 2048 | 2023 | destroy .t.f |
| 2049 | 2024 | } -result {781 632} |
| 2050 | 2025 | test bind-16.35 {ExpandPercents procedure} -constraints { |
| 2051 | nonPortable | |
| 2026 | nonPortable | |
| 2052 | 2027 | } -setup { |
| 2053 | 2028 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 2054 | 2029 | pack .t.f |
| 2231 | 2206 | focus -force .t.e |
| 2232 | 2207 | foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} |
| 2233 | 2208 | update |
| 2234 | clearRingBuffer <Button> | |
| 2235 | 2209 | } -body { |
| 2236 | 2210 | bind all <Key> {set z "%M"} |
| 2237 | 2211 | bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"} |
| 2274 | 2248 | event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1> |
| 2275 | 2249 | } -cleanup { |
| 2276 | 2250 | event delete <<Paste>> |
| 2277 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} | |
| 2251 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} | |
| 2278 | 2252 | test bind-17.7 {event command: add with error} -body { |
| 2279 | 2253 | event delete <<Paste>> |
| 2280 | 2254 | catch {event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>} |
| 2292 | 2266 | event delete <<Paste>> <1> <2> |
| 2293 | 2267 | lsort [event info <<Paste>>] |
| 2294 | 2268 | } -cleanup { |
| 2269 | event delete <<Paste>> | |
| 2295 | 2270 | event delete <<Paste>> <3> t |
| 2296 | 2271 | } -result {<Button-3> t} |
| 2297 | 2272 | test bind-17.10 {event command: delete all} -body { |
| 2367 | 2342 | test bind-18.2 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: FindSequence} -body { |
| 2368 | 2343 | event add <<asd>> <Ctrl-v> |
| 2369 | 2344 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"} |
| 2370 | test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body { | |
| 2345 | test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body { | |
| 2371 | 2346 | event delete <<xyz>> |
| 2372 | 2347 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> |
| 2373 | 2348 | event info <<xyz>> |
| 2376 | 2351 | } -result {<Control-Key-v>} |
| 2377 | 2352 | test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} -body { |
| 2378 | 2353 | event delete <<xyz>> |
| 2379 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> | |
| 2354 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> | |
| 2380 | 2355 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> |
| 2381 | 2356 | event info <<xyz>> |
| 2382 | 2357 | } -cleanup { |
| 2447 | 2422 | foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} |
| 2448 | 2423 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> |
| 2449 | 2424 | event delete <<xyz>> |
| 2450 | event info | |
| 2425 | event info | |
| 2451 | 2426 | } -result {} |
| 2452 | 2427 | test bind-19.8 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete 1} -body { |
| 2453 | 2428 | foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} |
| 2454 | 2429 | event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> |
| 2455 | 2430 | event delete <<xyz>> <Control-v> |
| 2456 | event info | |
| 2431 | event info | |
| 2457 | 2432 | } -result {} |
| 2458 | 2433 | test bind-19.9 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete all} -body { |
| 2459 | 2434 | foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} |
| 2505 | 2480 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2506 | 2481 | event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2> |
| 2507 | 2482 | event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2508 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2483 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2509 | 2484 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> |
| 2510 | 2485 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2511 | 2486 | event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2> |
| 2572 | 2547 | event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2573 | 2548 | event generate .t.f <Shift-Button-2> |
| 2574 | 2549 | event generate .t.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2575 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2550 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2576 | 2551 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> |
| 2577 | 2552 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2578 | 2553 | event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2> |
| 2589 | 2564 | pack [frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2590 | 2565 | pack [frame .t.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2591 | 2566 | pack [frame .t.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2567 | after 250 ;# we need a bit time to ensure that .t.h is mapped (<TODO>: fix this race condition) | |
| 2592 | 2568 | focus -force .t.f |
| 2593 | 2569 | update |
| 2594 | 2570 | set x {} |
| 2608 | 2584 | event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2609 | 2585 | event generate .t.h <Button-2> |
| 2610 | 2586 | event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2611 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2587 | event delete <<xyz>> | |
| 2612 | 2588 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> |
| 2613 | 2589 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2614 | 2590 | event generate .t.g <Button-2> |
| 2625 | 2601 | pack [frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2626 | 2602 | pack [frame .t.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2627 | 2603 | pack [frame .t.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2604 | after 250 ;# we need a bit time to ensure that .t.h is mapped (<TODO>: fix this race condition) | |
| 2628 | 2605 | focus -force .t.f |
| 2629 | 2606 | update |
| 2630 | 2607 | set x {} |
| 2661 | 2638 | pack [frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2662 | 2639 | pack [frame .t.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2663 | 2640 | pack [frame .t.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100] |
| 2641 | after 250 ;# we need a bit time to ensure that .t.h is mapped (<TODO>: fix this race condition) | |
| 2664 | 2642 | focus -force .t.f |
| 2665 | 2643 | update |
| 2666 | 2644 | set x {} |
| 2680 | 2658 | event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2681 | 2659 | event generate .t.h <Button-2> |
| 2682 | 2660 | event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2683 | event delete <<def>> | |
| 2661 | event delete <<def>> | |
| 2684 | 2662 | event generate .t.f <Button-2> |
| 2685 | 2663 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2> |
| 2686 | 2664 | event generate .t.g <Button-2> |
| 2773 | 2751 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} |
| 2774 | 2752 | test bind-22.6 {HandleEventGenerate} -body { |
| 2775 | 2753 | event generate . <Double-Button-1> |
| 2776 | } -returnCodes error -result {Double or Triple modifier not allowed} | |
| 2754 | } -returnCodes error -result {Double, Triple, or Quadruple modifier not allowed} | |
| 2777 | 2755 | test bind-22.7 {HandleEventGenerate} -body { |
| 2778 | 2756 | event generate . xyz |
| 2779 | 2757 | } -returnCodes error -result {only one event specification allowed} |
| 3417 | 3395 | set x {} |
| 3418 | 3396 | } -body { |
| 3419 | 3397 | bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o" |
| 3420 | event generate .t.f <Map> -override xyz | |
| 3398 | event generate .t.f <Map> -override xyz | |
| 3421 | 3399 | } -cleanup { |
| 3422 | 3400 | destroy .t.f |
| 3423 | 3401 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"} |
| 3430 | 3408 | set x {} |
| 3431 | 3409 | } -body { |
| 3432 | 3410 | bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o" |
| 3433 | event generate .t.f <Map> -override 1 | |
| 3411 | event generate .t.f <Map> -override 1 | |
| 3434 | 3412 | return $x |
| 3435 | 3413 | } -cleanup { |
| 3436 | 3414 | destroy .t.f |
| 3444 | 3422 | set x {} |
| 3445 | 3423 | } -body { |
| 3446 | 3424 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %o" |
| 3447 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -override 1 | |
| 3425 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -override 1 | |
| 3448 | 3426 | return $x |
| 3449 | 3427 | } -cleanup { |
| 3450 | 3428 | destroy .t.f |
| 3458 | 3436 | set x {} |
| 3459 | 3437 | } -body { |
| 3460 | 3438 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %o" |
| 3461 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -override 1 | |
| 3439 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -override 1 | |
| 3462 | 3440 | return $x |
| 3463 | 3441 | } -cleanup { |
| 3464 | 3442 | destroy .t.f |
| 3472 | 3450 | set x {} |
| 3473 | 3451 | } -body { |
| 3474 | 3452 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k" |
| 3475 | event generate .t.f <Key> -override 1 | |
| 3453 | event generate .t.f <Key> -override 1 | |
| 3476 | 3454 | } -cleanup { |
| 3477 | 3455 | destroy .t.f |
| 3478 | 3456 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-override" option} |
| 3485 | 3463 | set x {} |
| 3486 | 3464 | } -body { |
| 3487 | 3465 | bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p" |
| 3488 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place xyz | |
| 3466 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place xyz | |
| 3489 | 3467 | } -cleanup { |
| 3490 | 3468 | destroy .t.f |
| 3491 | 3469 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad -place value "xyz": must be PlaceOnTop, or PlaceOnBottom} |
| 3498 | 3476 | set x {} |
| 3499 | 3477 | } -body { |
| 3500 | 3478 | bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p" |
| 3501 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop | |
| 3479 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop | |
| 3502 | 3480 | return $x |
| 3503 | 3481 | } -cleanup { |
| 3504 | 3482 | destroy .t.f |
| 3512 | 3490 | set x {} |
| 3513 | 3491 | } -body { |
| 3514 | 3492 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k" |
| 3515 | event generate .t.f <Key> -place PlaceOnTop | |
| 3493 | event generate .t.f <Key> -place PlaceOnTop | |
| 3516 | 3494 | } -cleanup { |
| 3517 | 3495 | destroy .t.f |
| 3518 | 3496 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-place" option} |
| 3525 | 3503 | set x {} |
| 3526 | 3504 | } -body { |
| 3527 | 3505 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R" |
| 3528 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root .xyz | |
| 3506 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root .xyz | |
| 3529 | 3507 | } -cleanup { |
| 3530 | 3508 | destroy .t.f |
| 3531 | 3509 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"} |
| 3538 | 3516 | set x {} |
| 3539 | 3517 | } -body { |
| 3540 | 3518 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R" |
| 3541 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root .t | |
| 3519 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root .t | |
| 3542 | 3520 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3543 | 3521 | } -cleanup { |
| 3544 | 3522 | destroy .t.f |
| 3552 | 3530 | set x {} |
| 3553 | 3531 | } -body { |
| 3554 | 3532 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R" |
| 3555 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root xyz | |
| 3533 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root xyz | |
| 3556 | 3534 | } -cleanup { |
| 3557 | 3535 | destroy .t.f |
| 3558 | 3536 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"} |
| 3565 | 3543 | set x {} |
| 3566 | 3544 | } -body { |
| 3567 | 3545 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R" |
| 3568 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root [winfo id .t] | |
| 3546 | event generate .t.f <Key> -root [winfo id .t] | |
| 3569 | 3547 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3570 | 3548 | } -cleanup { |
| 3571 | 3549 | destroy .t.f |
| 3579 | 3557 | set x {} |
| 3580 | 3558 | } -body { |
| 3581 | 3559 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %R" |
| 3582 | event generate .t.f <Button> -root .t | |
| 3560 | event generate .t.f <Button> -root .t | |
| 3583 | 3561 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3584 | 3562 | } -cleanup { |
| 3585 | 3563 | destroy .t.f |
| 3593 | 3571 | set x {} |
| 3594 | 3572 | } -body { |
| 3595 | 3573 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %R" |
| 3596 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -root .t | |
| 3574 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -root .t | |
| 3597 | 3575 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3598 | 3576 | } -cleanup { |
| 3599 | 3577 | destroy .t.f |
| 3607 | 3585 | set x {} |
| 3608 | 3586 | } -body { |
| 3609 | 3587 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %R" |
| 3610 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -root .t | |
| 3588 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -root .t | |
| 3611 | 3589 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3612 | 3590 | } -cleanup { |
| 3613 | 3591 | destroy .t.f |
| 3621 | 3599 | set x {} |
| 3622 | 3600 | } -body { |
| 3623 | 3601 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %R" |
| 3624 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -root .t | |
| 3602 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -root .t | |
| 3625 | 3603 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3626 | 3604 | } -cleanup { |
| 3627 | 3605 | destroy .t.f |
| 3635 | 3613 | set x {} |
| 3636 | 3614 | } -body { |
| 3637 | 3615 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %R" |
| 3638 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -root .t | |
| 3616 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -root .t | |
| 3639 | 3617 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 3640 | 3618 | } -cleanup { |
| 3641 | 3619 | destroy .t.f |
| 3649 | 3627 | set x {} |
| 3650 | 3628 | } -body { |
| 3651 | 3629 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %R" |
| 3652 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -root .t | |
| 3630 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -root .t | |
| 3653 | 3631 | } -cleanup { |
| 3654 | 3632 | destroy .t.f |
| 3655 | 3633 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-root" option} |
| 3662 | 3640 | set x {} |
| 3663 | 3641 | } -body { |
| 3664 | 3642 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X" |
| 3665 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx xyz | |
| 3643 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx xyz | |
| 3666 | 3644 | } -cleanup { |
| 3667 | 3645 | destroy .t.f |
| 3668 | 3646 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"} |
| 3675 | 3653 | set x {} |
| 3676 | 3654 | } -body { |
| 3677 | 3655 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X" |
| 3678 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx 2i | |
| 3656 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx 2i | |
| 3679 | 3657 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3680 | 3658 | } -cleanup { |
| 3681 | 3659 | destroy .t.f |
| 3689 | 3667 | set x {} |
| 3690 | 3668 | } -body { |
| 3691 | 3669 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %X" |
| 3692 | event generate .t.f <Button> -rootx 2i | |
| 3670 | event generate .t.f <Button> -rootx 2i | |
| 3693 | 3671 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3694 | 3672 | } -cleanup { |
| 3695 | 3673 | destroy .t.f |
| 3703 | 3681 | set x {} |
| 3704 | 3682 | } -body { |
| 3705 | 3683 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %X" |
| 3706 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i | |
| 3684 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i | |
| 3707 | 3685 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3708 | 3686 | } -cleanup { |
| 3709 | 3687 | destroy .t.f |
| 3717 | 3695 | set x {} |
| 3718 | 3696 | } -body { |
| 3719 | 3697 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %X" |
| 3720 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -rootx 2i | |
| 3698 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -rootx 2i | |
| 3721 | 3699 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3722 | 3700 | } -cleanup { |
| 3723 | 3701 | destroy .t.f |
| 3731 | 3709 | set x {} |
| 3732 | 3710 | } -body { |
| 3733 | 3711 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %X" |
| 3734 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rootx 2i | |
| 3712 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rootx 2i | |
| 3735 | 3713 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3736 | 3714 | } -cleanup { |
| 3737 | 3715 | destroy .t.f |
| 3745 | 3723 | set x {} |
| 3746 | 3724 | } -body { |
| 3747 | 3725 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %X" |
| 3748 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -rootx 2i | |
| 3726 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -rootx 2i | |
| 3749 | 3727 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3750 | 3728 | } -cleanup { |
| 3751 | 3729 | destroy .t.f |
| 3759 | 3737 | set x {} |
| 3760 | 3738 | } -body { |
| 3761 | 3739 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %X" |
| 3762 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -rootx 2i | |
| 3740 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -rootx 2i | |
| 3763 | 3741 | } -cleanup { |
| 3764 | 3742 | destroy .t.f |
| 3765 | 3743 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rootx" option} |
| 3772 | 3750 | set x {} |
| 3773 | 3751 | } -body { |
| 3774 | 3752 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3775 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty xyz | |
| 3753 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty xyz | |
| 3776 | 3754 | } -cleanup { |
| 3777 | 3755 | destroy .t.f |
| 3778 | 3756 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"} |
| 3785 | 3763 | set x {} |
| 3786 | 3764 | } -body { |
| 3787 | 3765 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3788 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty 2i | |
| 3766 | event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty 2i | |
| 3789 | 3767 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3790 | 3768 | } -cleanup { |
| 3791 | 3769 | destroy .t.f |
| 3799 | 3777 | set x {} |
| 3800 | 3778 | } -body { |
| 3801 | 3779 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3802 | event generate .t.f <Button> -rooty 2i | |
| 3780 | event generate .t.f <Button> -rooty 2i | |
| 3803 | 3781 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3804 | 3782 | } -cleanup { |
| 3805 | 3783 | destroy .t.f |
| 3813 | 3791 | set x {} |
| 3814 | 3792 | } -body { |
| 3815 | 3793 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3816 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i | |
| 3794 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i | |
| 3817 | 3795 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3818 | 3796 | } -cleanup { |
| 3819 | 3797 | destroy .t.f |
| 3827 | 3805 | set x {} |
| 3828 | 3806 | } -body { |
| 3829 | 3807 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3830 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -rooty 2i | |
| 3808 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -rooty 2i | |
| 3831 | 3809 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3832 | 3810 | } -cleanup { |
| 3833 | 3811 | destroy .t.f |
| 3841 | 3819 | set x {} |
| 3842 | 3820 | } -body { |
| 3843 | 3821 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3844 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rooty 2i | |
| 3822 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rooty 2i | |
| 3845 | 3823 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3846 | 3824 | } -cleanup { |
| 3847 | 3825 | destroy .t.f |
| 3855 | 3833 | set x {} |
| 3856 | 3834 | } -body { |
| 3857 | 3835 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3858 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -rooty 2i | |
| 3836 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -rooty 2i | |
| 3859 | 3837 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 3860 | 3838 | } -cleanup { |
| 3861 | 3839 | destroy .t.f |
| 3869 | 3847 | set x {} |
| 3870 | 3848 | } -body { |
| 3871 | 3849 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %Y" |
| 3872 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -rooty 2i | |
| 3850 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -rooty 2i | |
| 3873 | 3851 | } -cleanup { |
| 3874 | 3852 | destroy .t.f |
| 3875 | 3853 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rooty" option} |
| 3882 | 3860 | set x {} |
| 3883 | 3861 | } -body { |
| 3884 | 3862 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E" |
| 3885 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent xyz | |
| 3863 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent xyz | |
| 3886 | 3864 | } -cleanup { |
| 3887 | 3865 | destroy .t.f |
| 3888 | 3866 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"} |
| 3895 | 3873 | set x {} |
| 3896 | 3874 | } -body { |
| 3897 | 3875 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E" |
| 3898 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 1 | |
| 3876 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 1 | |
| 3899 | 3877 | return $x |
| 3900 | 3878 | } -cleanup { |
| 3901 | 3879 | destroy .t.f |
| 3909 | 3887 | set x {} |
| 3910 | 3888 | } -body { |
| 3911 | 3889 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E" |
| 3912 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent yes | |
| 3890 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent yes | |
| 3913 | 3891 | return $x |
| 3914 | 3892 | } -cleanup { |
| 3915 | 3893 | destroy .t.f |
| 3923 | 3901 | set x {} |
| 3924 | 3902 | } -body { |
| 3925 | 3903 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E" |
| 3926 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 43 | |
| 3927 | return $x | |
| 3928 | } -cleanup { | |
| 3929 | destroy .t.f | |
| 3930 | } -result {43} | |
| 3904 | event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 43 | |
| 3905 | return $x | |
| 3906 | } -cleanup { | |
| 3907 | destroy .t.f | |
| 3908 | } -result {1} | |
| 3931 | 3909 | |
| 3932 | 3910 | test bind-22.93 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -serial xyz} -setup { |
| 3933 | 3911 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 3937 | 3915 | set x {} |
| 3938 | 3916 | } -body { |
| 3939 | 3917 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#" |
| 3940 | event generate .t.f <Key> -serial xyz | |
| 3918 | event generate .t.f <Key> -serial xyz | |
| 3941 | 3919 | } -cleanup { |
| 3942 | 3920 | destroy .t.f |
| 3943 | 3921 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"} |
| 3950 | 3928 | set x {} |
| 3951 | 3929 | } -body { |
| 3952 | 3930 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#" |
| 3953 | event generate .t.f <Key> -serial 100 | |
| 3931 | event generate .t.f <Key> -serial 100 | |
| 3954 | 3932 | return $x |
| 3955 | 3933 | } -cleanup { |
| 3956 | 3934 | destroy .t.f |
| 3964 | 3942 | set x {} |
| 3965 | 3943 | } -body { |
| 3966 | 3944 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s" |
| 3967 | event generate .t.f <Key> -state xyz | |
| 3945 | event generate .t.f <Key> -state xyz | |
| 3968 | 3946 | } -cleanup { |
| 3969 | 3947 | destroy .t.f |
| 3970 | 3948 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"} |
| 3977 | 3955 | set x {} |
| 3978 | 3956 | } -body { |
| 3979 | 3957 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s" |
| 3980 | event generate .t.f <Key> -state 1 | |
| 3958 | event generate .t.f <Key> -state 1 | |
| 3981 | 3959 | return $x |
| 3982 | 3960 | } -cleanup { |
| 3983 | 3961 | destroy .t.f |
| 3991 | 3969 | set x {} |
| 3992 | 3970 | } -body { |
| 3993 | 3971 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %s" |
| 3994 | event generate .t.f <Button> -state 1025 | |
| 3972 | event generate .t.f <Button> -state 1025 | |
| 3995 | 3973 | return $x |
| 3996 | 3974 | } -cleanup { |
| 3997 | 3975 | destroy .t.f |
| 4005 | 3983 | set x {} |
| 4006 | 3984 | } -body { |
| 4007 | 3985 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %s" |
| 4008 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -state 1025 | |
| 3986 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -state 1025 | |
| 4009 | 3987 | return $x |
| 4010 | 3988 | } -cleanup { |
| 4011 | 3989 | destroy .t.f |
| 4019 | 3997 | set x {} |
| 4020 | 3998 | } -body { |
| 4021 | 3999 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %s" |
| 4022 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -state 1 | |
| 4000 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -state 1 | |
| 4023 | 4001 | return $x |
| 4024 | 4002 | } -cleanup { |
| 4025 | 4003 | destroy .t.f |
| 4033 | 4011 | set x {} |
| 4034 | 4012 | } -body { |
| 4035 | 4013 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %s" |
| 4036 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -state 1 | |
| 4014 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -state 1 | |
| 4037 | 4015 | return $x |
| 4038 | 4016 | } -cleanup { |
| 4039 | 4017 | destroy .t.f |
| 4047 | 4025 | set x {} |
| 4048 | 4026 | } -body { |
| 4049 | 4027 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %s" |
| 4050 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -state 1 | |
| 4028 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -state 1 | |
| 4051 | 4029 | return $x |
| 4052 | 4030 | } -cleanup { |
| 4053 | 4031 | destroy .t.f |
| 4061 | 4039 | set x {} |
| 4062 | 4040 | } -body { |
| 4063 | 4041 | bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s" |
| 4064 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state xyz | |
| 4042 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state xyz | |
| 4065 | 4043 | } -cleanup { |
| 4066 | 4044 | destroy .t.f |
| 4067 | 4045 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad -state value "xyz": must be VisibilityUnobscured, VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or VisibilityFullyObscured} |
| 4074 | 4052 | set x {} |
| 4075 | 4053 | } -body { |
| 4076 | 4054 | bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s" |
| 4077 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured | |
| 4055 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured | |
| 4078 | 4056 | return $x |
| 4079 | 4057 | } -cleanup { |
| 4080 | 4058 | destroy .t.f |
| 4088 | 4066 | set x {} |
| 4089 | 4067 | } -body { |
| 4090 | 4068 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %s" |
| 4091 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -state xyz | |
| 4069 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -state xyz | |
| 4092 | 4070 | } -cleanup { |
| 4093 | 4071 | destroy .t.f |
| 4094 | 4072 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-state" option} |
| 4101 | 4079 | set x {} |
| 4102 | 4080 | } -body { |
| 4103 | 4081 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S" |
| 4104 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .xyz | |
| 4082 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .xyz | |
| 4105 | 4083 | } -cleanup { |
| 4106 | 4084 | destroy .t.f |
| 4107 | 4085 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"} |
| 4114 | 4092 | set x {} |
| 4115 | 4093 | } -body { |
| 4116 | 4094 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S" |
| 4117 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .t | |
| 4095 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .t | |
| 4118 | 4096 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4119 | 4097 | } -cleanup { |
| 4120 | 4098 | destroy .t.f |
| 4128 | 4106 | set x {} |
| 4129 | 4107 | } -body { |
| 4130 | 4108 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S" |
| 4131 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow xyz | |
| 4109 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow xyz | |
| 4132 | 4110 | } -cleanup { |
| 4133 | 4111 | destroy .t.f |
| 4134 | 4112 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"} |
| 4141 | 4119 | set x {} |
| 4142 | 4120 | } -body { |
| 4143 | 4121 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S" |
| 4144 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t] | |
| 4122 | event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t] | |
| 4145 | 4123 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4146 | 4124 | } -cleanup { |
| 4147 | 4125 | destroy .t.f |
| 4155 | 4133 | set x {} |
| 4156 | 4134 | } -body { |
| 4157 | 4135 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %S" |
| 4158 | event generate .t.f <Button> -subwindow .t | |
| 4136 | event generate .t.f <Button> -subwindow .t | |
| 4159 | 4137 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4160 | 4138 | } -cleanup { |
| 4161 | 4139 | destroy .t.f |
| 4169 | 4147 | set x {} |
| 4170 | 4148 | } -body { |
| 4171 | 4149 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %S" |
| 4172 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t | |
| 4150 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t | |
| 4173 | 4151 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4174 | 4152 | } -cleanup { |
| 4175 | 4153 | destroy .t.f |
| 4183 | 4161 | set x {} |
| 4184 | 4162 | } -body { |
| 4185 | 4163 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %S" |
| 4186 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -subwindow .t | |
| 4164 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -subwindow .t | |
| 4187 | 4165 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4188 | 4166 | } -cleanup { |
| 4189 | 4167 | destroy .t.f |
| 4197 | 4175 | set x {} |
| 4198 | 4176 | } -body { |
| 4199 | 4177 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %S" |
| 4200 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -subwindow .t | |
| 4178 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -subwindow .t | |
| 4201 | 4179 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4202 | 4180 | } -cleanup { |
| 4203 | 4181 | destroy .t.f |
| 4211 | 4189 | set x {} |
| 4212 | 4190 | } -body { |
| 4213 | 4191 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %S" |
| 4214 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -subwindow .t | |
| 4192 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -subwindow .t | |
| 4215 | 4193 | expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} |
| 4216 | 4194 | } -cleanup { |
| 4217 | 4195 | destroy .t.f |
| 4225 | 4203 | set x {} |
| 4226 | 4204 | } -body { |
| 4227 | 4205 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %S" |
| 4228 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -subwindow .t | |
| 4206 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -subwindow .t | |
| 4229 | 4207 | } -cleanup { |
| 4230 | 4208 | destroy .t.f |
| 4231 | 4209 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-subwindow" option} |
| 4238 | 4216 | set x {} |
| 4239 | 4217 | } -body { |
| 4240 | 4218 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t" |
| 4241 | event generate .t.f <Key> -time xyz | |
| 4219 | event generate .t.f <Key> -time xyz | |
| 4242 | 4220 | } -cleanup { |
| 4243 | 4221 | destroy .t.f |
| 4244 | 4222 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"} |
| 4251 | 4229 | set x {} |
| 4252 | 4230 | } -body { |
| 4253 | 4231 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t" |
| 4254 | event generate .t.f <Key> -time 100 | |
| 4232 | event generate .t.f <Key> -time 100 | |
| 4255 | 4233 | return $x |
| 4256 | 4234 | } -cleanup { |
| 4257 | 4235 | destroy .t.f |
| 4265 | 4243 | set x {} |
| 4266 | 4244 | } -body { |
| 4267 | 4245 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %t" |
| 4268 | event generate .t.f <Button> -time 100 | |
| 4246 | event generate .t.f <Button> -time 100 | |
| 4269 | 4247 | return $x |
| 4270 | 4248 | } -cleanup { |
| 4271 | 4249 | destroy .t.f |
| 4279 | 4257 | set x {} |
| 4280 | 4258 | } -body { |
| 4281 | 4259 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %t" |
| 4282 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -time 100 | |
| 4260 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -time 100 | |
| 4283 | 4261 | return $x |
| 4284 | 4262 | } -cleanup { |
| 4285 | 4263 | destroy .t.f |
| 4293 | 4271 | set x {} |
| 4294 | 4272 | } -body { |
| 4295 | 4273 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %t" |
| 4296 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -time 100 | |
| 4274 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -time 100 | |
| 4297 | 4275 | return $x |
| 4298 | 4276 | } -cleanup { |
| 4299 | 4277 | destroy .t.f |
| 4307 | 4285 | set x {} |
| 4308 | 4286 | } -body { |
| 4309 | 4287 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %t" |
| 4310 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -time 100 | |
| 4288 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -time 100 | |
| 4311 | 4289 | return $x |
| 4312 | 4290 | } -cleanup { |
| 4313 | 4291 | destroy .t.f |
| 4321 | 4299 | set x {} |
| 4322 | 4300 | } -body { |
| 4323 | 4301 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %t" |
| 4324 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -time 100 | |
| 4302 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -time 100 | |
| 4325 | 4303 | return $x |
| 4326 | 4304 | } -cleanup { |
| 4327 | 4305 | destroy .t.f |
| 4335 | 4313 | set x {} |
| 4336 | 4314 | } -body { |
| 4337 | 4315 | bind .t.f <Property> "lappend x %t" |
| 4338 | event generate .t.f <Property> -time 100 | |
| 4316 | event generate .t.f <Property> -time 100 | |
| 4339 | 4317 | return $x |
| 4340 | 4318 | } -cleanup { |
| 4341 | 4319 | destroy .t.f |
| 4349 | 4327 | set x {} |
| 4350 | 4328 | } -body { |
| 4351 | 4329 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %t" |
| 4352 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -time 100 | |
| 4330 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -time 100 | |
| 4353 | 4331 | } -cleanup { |
| 4354 | 4332 | destroy .t.f |
| 4355 | 4333 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-time" option} |
| 4362 | 4340 | set x {} |
| 4363 | 4341 | } -body { |
| 4364 | 4342 | bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w" |
| 4365 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -width xyz | |
| 4343 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -width xyz | |
| 4366 | 4344 | } -cleanup { |
| 4367 | 4345 | destroy .t.f |
| 4368 | 4346 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"} |
| 4375 | 4353 | set x {} |
| 4376 | 4354 | } -body { |
| 4377 | 4355 | bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w" |
| 4378 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -width 2i | |
| 4356 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -width 2i | |
| 4379 | 4357 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4380 | 4358 | } -cleanup { |
| 4381 | 4359 | destroy .t.f |
| 4389 | 4367 | set x {} |
| 4390 | 4368 | } -body { |
| 4391 | 4369 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %w" |
| 4392 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -width 2i | |
| 4370 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -width 2i | |
| 4393 | 4371 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4394 | 4372 | } -cleanup { |
| 4395 | 4373 | destroy .t.f |
| 4403 | 4381 | set x {} |
| 4404 | 4382 | } -body { |
| 4405 | 4383 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k" |
| 4406 | event generate .t.f <Key> -width 2i | |
| 4384 | event generate .t.f <Key> -width 2i | |
| 4407 | 4385 | } -cleanup { |
| 4408 | 4386 | destroy .t.f |
| 4409 | 4387 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-width" option} |
| 4416 | 4394 | set x {} |
| 4417 | 4395 | } -body { |
| 4418 | 4396 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W" |
| 4419 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .xyz | |
| 4397 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .xyz | |
| 4420 | 4398 | } -cleanup { |
| 4421 | 4399 | destroy .t.f |
| 4422 | 4400 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"} |
| 4429 | 4407 | set x {} |
| 4430 | 4408 | } -body { |
| 4431 | 4409 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W" |
| 4432 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f | |
| 4410 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f | |
| 4433 | 4411 | return $x |
| 4434 | 4412 | } -cleanup { |
| 4435 | 4413 | destroy .t.f |
| 4443 | 4421 | set x {} |
| 4444 | 4422 | } -body { |
| 4445 | 4423 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W" |
| 4446 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window xyz | |
| 4424 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window xyz | |
| 4447 | 4425 | } -cleanup { |
| 4448 | 4426 | destroy .t.f |
| 4449 | 4427 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"} |
| 4456 | 4434 | set x {} |
| 4457 | 4435 | } -body { |
| 4458 | 4436 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W" |
| 4459 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f] | |
| 4437 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f] | |
| 4460 | 4438 | return $x |
| 4461 | 4439 | } -cleanup { |
| 4462 | 4440 | destroy .t.f |
| 4470 | 4448 | set x {} |
| 4471 | 4449 | } -body { |
| 4472 | 4450 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W" |
| 4473 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f | |
| 4451 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f | |
| 4474 | 4452 | return $x |
| 4475 | 4453 | } -cleanup { |
| 4476 | 4454 | destroy .t.f |
| 4484 | 4462 | set x {} |
| 4485 | 4463 | } -body { |
| 4486 | 4464 | bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %W" |
| 4487 | event generate .t.f <Map> -window .t.f | |
| 4465 | event generate .t.f <Map> -window .t.f | |
| 4488 | 4466 | return $x |
| 4489 | 4467 | } -cleanup { |
| 4490 | 4468 | destroy .t.f |
| 4498 | 4476 | set x {} |
| 4499 | 4477 | } -body { |
| 4500 | 4478 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %W" |
| 4501 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -window .t.f | |
| 4479 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -window .t.f | |
| 4502 | 4480 | return $x |
| 4503 | 4481 | } -cleanup { |
| 4504 | 4482 | destroy .t.f |
| 4512 | 4490 | set x {} |
| 4513 | 4491 | } -body { |
| 4514 | 4492 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %W" |
| 4515 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -window .t.f | |
| 4493 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -window .t.f | |
| 4516 | 4494 | return $x |
| 4517 | 4495 | } -cleanup { |
| 4518 | 4496 | destroy .t.f |
| 4526 | 4504 | set x {} |
| 4527 | 4505 | } -body { |
| 4528 | 4506 | bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %W" |
| 4529 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -window .t.f | |
| 4507 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -window .t.f | |
| 4530 | 4508 | return $x |
| 4531 | 4509 | } -cleanup { |
| 4532 | 4510 | destroy .t.f |
| 4540 | 4518 | set x {} |
| 4541 | 4519 | } -body { |
| 4542 | 4520 | bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %W" |
| 4543 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -window .t.f | |
| 4521 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> -window .t.f | |
| 4544 | 4522 | return $x |
| 4545 | 4523 | } -cleanup { |
| 4546 | 4524 | destroy .t.f |
| 4554 | 4532 | set x {} |
| 4555 | 4533 | } -body { |
| 4556 | 4534 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %W" |
| 4557 | event generate .t.f <Key> -window .t.f | |
| 4535 | event generate .t.f <Key> -window .t.f | |
| 4558 | 4536 | } -cleanup { |
| 4559 | 4537 | destroy .t.f |
| 4560 | 4538 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-window" option} |
| 4567 | 4545 | set x {} |
| 4568 | 4546 | } -body { |
| 4569 | 4547 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x" |
| 4570 | event generate .t.f <Key> -x xyz | |
| 4548 | event generate .t.f <Key> -x xyz | |
| 4571 | 4549 | } -cleanup { |
| 4572 | 4550 | destroy .t.f |
| 4573 | 4551 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"} |
| 4580 | 4558 | set x {} |
| 4581 | 4559 | } -body { |
| 4582 | 4560 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x" |
| 4583 | event generate .t.f <Key> -x 2i | |
| 4561 | event generate .t.f <Key> -x 2i | |
| 4584 | 4562 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4585 | 4563 | } -cleanup { |
| 4586 | 4564 | destroy .t.f |
| 4594 | 4572 | set x {} |
| 4595 | 4573 | } -body { |
| 4596 | 4574 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %x" |
| 4597 | event generate .t.f <Button> -x 2i | |
| 4575 | event generate .t.f <Button> -x 2i | |
| 4598 | 4576 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4599 | 4577 | } -cleanup { |
| 4600 | 4578 | destroy .t.f |
| 4608 | 4586 | set x {} |
| 4609 | 4587 | } -body { |
| 4610 | 4588 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %x" |
| 4611 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -x 2i | |
| 4589 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -x 2i | |
| 4612 | 4590 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4613 | 4591 | } -cleanup { |
| 4614 | 4592 | destroy .t.f |
| 4622 | 4600 | set x {} |
| 4623 | 4601 | } -body { |
| 4624 | 4602 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %x" |
| 4625 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -x 2i | |
| 4603 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -x 2i | |
| 4626 | 4604 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4627 | 4605 | } -cleanup { |
| 4628 | 4606 | destroy .t.f |
| 4636 | 4614 | set x {} |
| 4637 | 4615 | } -body { |
| 4638 | 4616 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %x" |
| 4639 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -x 2i | |
| 4617 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -x 2i | |
| 4640 | 4618 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4641 | 4619 | } -cleanup { |
| 4642 | 4620 | destroy .t.f |
| 4650 | 4628 | set x {} |
| 4651 | 4629 | } -body { |
| 4652 | 4630 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %x" |
| 4653 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 2i | |
| 4631 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 2i | |
| 4654 | 4632 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4655 | 4633 | } -cleanup { |
| 4656 | 4634 | destroy .t.f |
| 4664 | 4642 | set x {} |
| 4665 | 4643 | } -body { |
| 4666 | 4644 | bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %x" |
| 4667 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -x 2i | |
| 4645 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -x 2i | |
| 4668 | 4646 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4669 | 4647 | } -cleanup { |
| 4670 | 4648 | destroy .t.f |
| 4678 | 4656 | set x {} |
| 4679 | 4657 | } -body { |
| 4680 | 4658 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %x" |
| 4681 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -x 2i | |
| 4659 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -x 2i | |
| 4682 | 4660 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4683 | 4661 | } -cleanup { |
| 4684 | 4662 | destroy .t.f |
| 4692 | 4670 | set x {} |
| 4693 | 4671 | } -body { |
| 4694 | 4672 | bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %x" |
| 4695 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -x 2i | |
| 4673 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -x 2i | |
| 4696 | 4674 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4697 | 4675 | } -cleanup { |
| 4698 | 4676 | destroy .t.f |
| 4706 | 4684 | set x {} |
| 4707 | 4685 | } -body { |
| 4708 | 4686 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %x" |
| 4709 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -x 2i | |
| 4687 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -x 2i | |
| 4710 | 4688 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4711 | 4689 | } -cleanup { |
| 4712 | 4690 | destroy .t.f |
| 4720 | 4698 | set x {} |
| 4721 | 4699 | } -body { |
| 4722 | 4700 | bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %x" |
| 4723 | event generate .t.f <Map> -x 2i | |
| 4701 | event generate .t.f <Map> -x 2i | |
| 4724 | 4702 | } -cleanup { |
| 4725 | 4703 | destroy .t.f |
| 4726 | 4704 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-x" option} |
| 4733 | 4711 | set x {} |
| 4734 | 4712 | } -body { |
| 4735 | 4713 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y" |
| 4736 | event generate .t.f <Key> -y xyz | |
| 4714 | event generate .t.f <Key> -y xyz | |
| 4737 | 4715 | } -cleanup { |
| 4738 | 4716 | destroy .t.f |
| 4739 | 4717 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"} |
| 4746 | 4724 | set x {} |
| 4747 | 4725 | } -body { |
| 4748 | 4726 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y" |
| 4749 | event generate .t.f <Key> -y 2i | |
| 4727 | event generate .t.f <Key> -y 2i | |
| 4750 | 4728 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4751 | 4729 | } -cleanup { |
| 4752 | 4730 | destroy .t.f |
| 4760 | 4738 | set x {} |
| 4761 | 4739 | } -body { |
| 4762 | 4740 | bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %y" |
| 4763 | event generate .t.f <Button> -y 2i | |
| 4741 | event generate .t.f <Button> -y 2i | |
| 4764 | 4742 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4765 | 4743 | } -cleanup { |
| 4766 | 4744 | destroy .t.f |
| 4774 | 4752 | set x {} |
| 4775 | 4753 | } -body { |
| 4776 | 4754 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %y" |
| 4777 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -y 2i | |
| 4755 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -y 2i | |
| 4778 | 4756 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4779 | 4757 | } -cleanup { |
| 4780 | 4758 | destroy .t.f |
| 4788 | 4766 | set x {} |
| 4789 | 4767 | } -body { |
| 4790 | 4768 | bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %y" |
| 4791 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -y 2i | |
| 4769 | event generate .t.f <Motion> -y 2i | |
| 4792 | 4770 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4793 | 4771 | } -cleanup { |
| 4794 | 4772 | destroy .t.f |
| 4802 | 4780 | set x {} |
| 4803 | 4781 | } -body { |
| 4804 | 4782 | bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %y" |
| 4805 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -y 2i | |
| 4783 | event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -y 2i | |
| 4806 | 4784 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4807 | 4785 | } -cleanup { |
| 4808 | 4786 | destroy .t.f |
| 4816 | 4794 | set x {} |
| 4817 | 4795 | } -body { |
| 4818 | 4796 | bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %y" |
| 4819 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -y 2i | |
| 4797 | event generate .t.f <Enter> -y 2i | |
| 4820 | 4798 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4821 | 4799 | } -cleanup { |
| 4822 | 4800 | destroy .t.f |
| 4830 | 4808 | set x {} |
| 4831 | 4809 | } -body { |
| 4832 | 4810 | bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %y" |
| 4833 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -y 2i | |
| 4811 | event generate .t.f <Expose> -y 2i | |
| 4834 | 4812 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4835 | 4813 | } -cleanup { |
| 4836 | 4814 | destroy .t.f |
| 4844 | 4822 | set x {} |
| 4845 | 4823 | } -body { |
| 4846 | 4824 | bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %y" |
| 4847 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -y 2i | |
| 4825 | event generate .t.f <Configure> -y 2i | |
| 4848 | 4826 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4849 | 4827 | } -cleanup { |
| 4850 | 4828 | destroy .t.f |
| 4858 | 4836 | set x {} |
| 4859 | 4837 | } -body { |
| 4860 | 4838 | bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %y" |
| 4861 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -y 2i | |
| 4839 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> -y 2i | |
| 4862 | 4840 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4863 | 4841 | } -cleanup { |
| 4864 | 4842 | destroy .t.f |
| 4872 | 4850 | set x {} |
| 4873 | 4851 | } -body { |
| 4874 | 4852 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %y" |
| 4875 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -y 2i | |
| 4853 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> -y 2i | |
| 4876 | 4854 | expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x} |
| 4877 | 4855 | } -cleanup { |
| 4878 | 4856 | destroy .t.f |
| 4886 | 4864 | set x {} |
| 4887 | 4865 | } -body { |
| 4888 | 4866 | bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %y" |
| 4889 | event generate .t.f <Map> -y 2i | |
| 4867 | event generate .t.f <Map> -y 2i | |
| 4890 | 4868 | } -cleanup { |
| 4891 | 4869 | destroy .t.f |
| 4892 | 4870 | } -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-y" option} |
| 4899 | 4877 | set x {} |
| 4900 | 4878 | } -body { |
| 4901 | 4879 | bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k" |
| 4902 | event generate .t.f <Key> -xyz 1 | |
| 4880 | event generate .t.f <Key> -xyz 1 | |
| 4903 | 4881 | } -cleanup { |
| 4904 | 4882 | destroy .t.f |
| 4905 | 4883 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -when, -above, -borderwidth, -button, -count, -data, -delta, -detail, -focus, -height, -keycode, -keysym, -mode, -override, -place, -root, -rootx, -rooty, -sendevent, -serial, -state, -subwindow, -time, -warp, -width, -window, -x, or -y} |
| 4941 | 4919 | destroy .t.f |
| 4942 | 4920 | } -result {} |
| 4943 | 4921 | test bind-24.4 {FindSequence procedure: virtual not allowed} -body { |
| 4944 | event add <<Paste>> <<Alive>> | |
| 4922 | event add <<Paste>> <<Alive>> | |
| 4945 | 4923 | } -returnCodes error -result {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event} |
| 4946 | 4924 | test bind-24.5 {FindSequence procedure, multiple bindings} -setup { |
| 4947 | 4925 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 5120 | 5098 | } -cleanup { |
| 5121 | 5099 | destroy .t.f |
| 5122 | 5100 | } -result a |
| 5123 | test bind-25.4 {ParseEventDescription} -body { | |
| 5124 | bind .t <<Shift-Paste>> {puts hi} | |
| 5125 | bind .t | |
| 5101 | test bind-25.4 {ParseEventDescription} -setup { | |
| 5102 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5103 | } -body { | |
| 5104 | bind .t.f <<Shift-Paste>> {puts hi} | |
| 5105 | bind .t.f | |
| 5106 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5107 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5126 | 5108 | } -result {<<Shift-Paste>>} |
| 5127 | 5109 | |
| 5128 | 5110 | # Assorted error cases in event sequence parsing |
| 5169 | 5151 | # Modifier canonicalization tests |
| 5170 | 5152 | |
| 5171 | 5153 | test bind-25.18 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5172 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5154 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5173 | 5155 | } -body { |
| 5174 | 5156 | bind .t.f {<Control- a>} foo |
| 5175 | bind .t.f | |
| 5176 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5177 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5157 | bind .t.f | |
| 5158 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5159 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5178 | 5160 | } -result <Control-Key-a> |
| 5179 | 5161 | |
| 5180 | 5162 | test bind-25.19 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5181 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5182 | } -body { | |
| 5183 | bind .t.f <Shift-a> foo | |
| 5184 | bind .t.f | |
| 5185 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5186 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5163 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5164 | } -body { | |
| 5165 | bind .t.f <Shift-a> foo | |
| 5166 | bind .t.f | |
| 5167 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5168 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5187 | 5169 | } -result <Shift-Key-a> |
| 5188 | 5170 | |
| 5189 | 5171 | test bind-25.20 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5190 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5191 | } -body { | |
| 5192 | bind .t.f <Lock-a> foo | |
| 5193 | bind .t.f | |
| 5194 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5195 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5172 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5173 | } -body { | |
| 5174 | bind .t.f <Lock-a> foo | |
| 5175 | bind .t.f | |
| 5176 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5177 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5196 | 5178 | } -result <Lock-Key-a> |
| 5197 | 5179 | |
| 5198 | 5180 | test bind-25.21 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5199 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5200 | } -body { | |
| 5201 | bind .t.f <Meta---a> foo | |
| 5202 | bind .t.f | |
| 5203 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5204 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5181 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5182 | } -body { | |
| 5183 | bind .t.f <Meta---a> foo | |
| 5184 | bind .t.f | |
| 5185 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5186 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5205 | 5187 | } -result <Meta-Key-a> |
| 5206 | 5188 | |
| 5207 | 5189 | test bind-25.22 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5208 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5209 | } -body { | |
| 5210 | bind .t.f <M-a> foo | |
| 5211 | bind .t.f | |
| 5212 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5213 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5190 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5191 | } -body { | |
| 5192 | bind .t.f <M-a> foo | |
| 5193 | bind .t.f | |
| 5194 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5195 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5214 | 5196 | } -result <Meta-Key-a> |
| 5215 | 5197 | |
| 5216 | 5198 | test bind-25.23 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5217 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5218 | } -body { | |
| 5219 | bind .t.f <Alt-a> foo | |
| 5220 | bind .t.f | |
| 5221 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5222 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5199 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5200 | } -body { | |
| 5201 | bind .t.f <Alt-a> foo | |
| 5202 | bind .t.f | |
| 5203 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5204 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5223 | 5205 | } -result <Alt-Key-a> |
| 5224 | 5206 | |
| 5225 | 5207 | test bind-25.24 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5226 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5227 | } -body { | |
| 5228 | bind .t.f <B1-a> foo | |
| 5229 | bind .t.f | |
| 5230 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5231 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5208 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5209 | } -body { | |
| 5210 | bind .t.f <B1-a> foo | |
| 5211 | bind .t.f | |
| 5212 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5213 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5232 | 5214 | } -result <B1-Key-a> |
| 5233 | 5215 | |
| 5234 | 5216 | test bind-25.25 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5235 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5236 | } -body { | |
| 5237 | bind .t.f <B2-a> foo | |
| 5238 | bind .t.f | |
| 5239 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5240 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5217 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5218 | } -body { | |
| 5219 | bind .t.f <B2-a> foo | |
| 5220 | bind .t.f | |
| 5221 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5222 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5241 | 5223 | } -result <B2-Key-a> |
| 5242 | 5224 | |
| 5243 | 5225 | test bind-25.26 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5244 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5245 | } -body { | |
| 5246 | bind .t.f <B3-a> foo | |
| 5247 | bind .t.f | |
| 5248 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5249 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5226 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5227 | } -body { | |
| 5228 | bind .t.f <B3-a> foo | |
| 5229 | bind .t.f | |
| 5230 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5231 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5250 | 5232 | } -result <B3-Key-a> |
| 5251 | 5233 | |
| 5252 | 5234 | test bind-25.27 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5253 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5254 | } -body { | |
| 5255 | bind .t.f <B4-a> foo | |
| 5256 | bind .t.f | |
| 5257 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5258 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5235 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5236 | } -body { | |
| 5237 | bind .t.f <B4-a> foo | |
| 5238 | bind .t.f | |
| 5239 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5240 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5259 | 5241 | } -result <B4-Key-a> |
| 5260 | 5242 | |
| 5261 | 5243 | test bind-25.28 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5262 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5263 | } -body { | |
| 5264 | bind .t.f <B5-a> foo | |
| 5265 | bind .t.f | |
| 5266 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5267 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5244 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5245 | } -body { | |
| 5246 | bind .t.f <B5-a> foo | |
| 5247 | bind .t.f | |
| 5248 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5249 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5268 | 5250 | } -result <B5-Key-a> |
| 5269 | 5251 | |
| 5270 | 5252 | test bind-25.29 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5271 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5272 | } -body { | |
| 5273 | bind .t.f <Button1-a> foo | |
| 5274 | bind .t.f | |
| 5275 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5276 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5253 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5254 | } -body { | |
| 5255 | bind .t.f <Button1-a> foo | |
| 5256 | bind .t.f | |
| 5257 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5258 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5277 | 5259 | } -result <B1-Key-a> |
| 5278 | 5260 | |
| 5279 | 5261 | test bind-25.30 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5280 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5281 | } -body { | |
| 5282 | bind .t.f <Button2-a> foo | |
| 5283 | bind .t.f | |
| 5284 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5285 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5262 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5263 | } -body { | |
| 5264 | bind .t.f <Button2-a> foo | |
| 5265 | bind .t.f | |
| 5266 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5267 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5286 | 5268 | } -result <B2-Key-a> |
| 5287 | 5269 | |
| 5288 | 5270 | test bind-25.31 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5289 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5290 | } -body { | |
| 5291 | bind .t.f <Button3-a> foo | |
| 5292 | bind .t.f | |
| 5293 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5294 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5271 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5272 | } -body { | |
| 5273 | bind .t.f <Button3-a> foo | |
| 5274 | bind .t.f | |
| 5275 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5276 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5295 | 5277 | } -result <B3-Key-a> |
| 5296 | 5278 | |
| 5297 | 5279 | test bind-25.32 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5298 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5299 | } -body { | |
| 5300 | bind .t.f <Button4-a> foo | |
| 5301 | bind .t.f | |
| 5302 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5303 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5280 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5281 | } -body { | |
| 5282 | bind .t.f <Button4-a> foo | |
| 5283 | bind .t.f | |
| 5284 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5285 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5304 | 5286 | } -result <B4-Key-a> |
| 5305 | 5287 | |
| 5306 | 5288 | test bind-25.33 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5307 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5308 | } -body { | |
| 5309 | bind .t.f <Button5-a> foo | |
| 5310 | bind .t.f | |
| 5311 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5312 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5289 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5290 | } -body { | |
| 5291 | bind .t.f <Button5-a> foo | |
| 5292 | bind .t.f | |
| 5293 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5294 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5313 | 5295 | } -result <B5-Key-a> |
| 5314 | 5296 | |
| 5315 | 5297 | test bind-25.34 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5316 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5317 | } -body { | |
| 5318 | bind .t.f <M1-a> foo | |
| 5319 | bind .t.f | |
| 5320 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5321 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5298 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5299 | } -body { | |
| 5300 | bind .t.f <M1-a> foo | |
| 5301 | bind .t.f | |
| 5302 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5303 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5322 | 5304 | } -result <Mod1-Key-a> |
| 5323 | 5305 | |
| 5324 | 5306 | test bind-25.35 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5325 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5326 | } -body { | |
| 5327 | bind .t.f <M2-a> foo | |
| 5328 | bind .t.f | |
| 5329 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5330 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5307 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5308 | } -body { | |
| 5309 | bind .t.f <M2-a> foo | |
| 5310 | bind .t.f | |
| 5311 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5312 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5331 | 5313 | } -result <Mod2-Key-a> |
| 5332 | 5314 | |
| 5333 | 5315 | test bind-25.36 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5334 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5335 | } -body { | |
| 5336 | bind .t.f <M3-a> foo | |
| 5337 | bind .t.f | |
| 5338 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5339 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5316 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5317 | } -body { | |
| 5318 | bind .t.f <M3-a> foo | |
| 5319 | bind .t.f | |
| 5320 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5321 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5340 | 5322 | } -result <Mod3-Key-a> |
| 5341 | 5323 | |
| 5342 | 5324 | test bind-25.37 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5343 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5344 | } -body { | |
| 5345 | bind .t.f <M4-a> foo | |
| 5346 | bind .t.f | |
| 5347 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5348 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5325 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5326 | } -body { | |
| 5327 | bind .t.f <M4-a> foo | |
| 5328 | bind .t.f | |
| 5329 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5330 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5349 | 5331 | } -result <Mod4-Key-a> |
| 5350 | 5332 | |
| 5351 | 5333 | test bind-25.38 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5352 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5353 | } -body { | |
| 5354 | bind .t.f <M5-a> foo | |
| 5355 | bind .t.f | |
| 5356 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5357 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5334 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5335 | } -body { | |
| 5336 | bind .t.f <M5-a> foo | |
| 5337 | bind .t.f | |
| 5338 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5339 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5358 | 5340 | } -result <Mod5-Key-a> |
| 5359 | 5341 | |
| 5360 | 5342 | test bind-25.39 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5361 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5362 | } -body { | |
| 5363 | bind .t.f <Mod1-a> foo | |
| 5364 | bind .t.f | |
| 5365 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5366 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5343 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5344 | } -body { | |
| 5345 | bind .t.f <Mod1-a> foo | |
| 5346 | bind .t.f | |
| 5347 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5348 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5367 | 5349 | } -result <Mod1-Key-a> |
| 5368 | 5350 | |
| 5369 | 5351 | test bind-25.40 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5370 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5371 | } -body { | |
| 5372 | bind .t.f <Mod2-a> foo | |
| 5373 | bind .t.f | |
| 5374 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5375 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5352 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5353 | } -body { | |
| 5354 | bind .t.f <Mod2-a> foo | |
| 5355 | bind .t.f | |
| 5356 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5357 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5376 | 5358 | } -result <Mod2-Key-a> |
| 5377 | 5359 | |
| 5378 | 5360 | test bind-25.41 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5379 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5380 | } -body { | |
| 5381 | bind .t.f <Mod3-a> foo | |
| 5382 | bind .t.f | |
| 5383 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5384 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5361 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5362 | } -body { | |
| 5363 | bind .t.f <Mod3-a> foo | |
| 5364 | bind .t.f | |
| 5365 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5366 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5385 | 5367 | } -result <Mod3-Key-a> |
| 5386 | 5368 | |
| 5387 | 5369 | test bind-25.42 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5388 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5389 | } -body { | |
| 5390 | bind .t.f <Mod4-a> foo | |
| 5391 | bind .t.f | |
| 5392 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5393 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5370 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5371 | } -body { | |
| 5372 | bind .t.f <Mod4-a> foo | |
| 5373 | bind .t.f | |
| 5374 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5375 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5394 | 5376 | } -result <Mod4-Key-a> |
| 5395 | 5377 | |
| 5396 | 5378 | test bind-25.43 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5397 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5398 | } -body { | |
| 5399 | bind .t.f <Mod5-a> foo | |
| 5400 | bind .t.f | |
| 5401 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5402 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5379 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5380 | } -body { | |
| 5381 | bind .t.f <Mod5-a> foo | |
| 5382 | bind .t.f | |
| 5383 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5384 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5403 | 5385 | } -result <Mod5-Key-a> |
| 5404 | 5386 | |
| 5405 | 5387 | test bind-25.44 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5406 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5407 | } -body { | |
| 5408 | bind .t.f <Double-a> foo | |
| 5409 | bind .t.f | |
| 5410 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5411 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5388 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5389 | } -body { | |
| 5390 | bind .t.f <Double-a> foo | |
| 5391 | bind .t.f | |
| 5392 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5393 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5412 | 5394 | } -result <Double-Key-a> |
| 5413 | 5395 | |
| 5414 | 5396 | test bind-25.45 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5415 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5416 | } -body { | |
| 5417 | bind .t.f <Triple-a> foo | |
| 5418 | bind .t.f | |
| 5419 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5420 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5397 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5398 | } -body { | |
| 5399 | bind .t.f <Triple-a> foo | |
| 5400 | bind .t.f | |
| 5401 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5402 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5421 | 5403 | } -result <Triple-Key-a> |
| 5422 | 5404 | |
| 5423 | 5405 | test bind-25.46 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5424 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5425 | } -body { | |
| 5426 | bind .t.f {<Double 1>} foo | |
| 5427 | bind .t.f | |
| 5428 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5429 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5406 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5407 | } -body { | |
| 5408 | bind .t.f {<Double 1>} foo | |
| 5409 | bind .t.f | |
| 5410 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5411 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5430 | 5412 | } -result <Double-Button-1> |
| 5431 | 5413 | |
| 5432 | 5414 | test bind-25.47 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5433 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5434 | } -body { | |
| 5435 | bind .t.f <Triple-1> foo | |
| 5436 | bind .t.f | |
| 5437 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5438 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5415 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5416 | } -body { | |
| 5417 | bind .t.f <Triple-1> foo | |
| 5418 | bind .t.f | |
| 5419 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5420 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5439 | 5421 | } -result <Triple-Button-1> |
| 5440 | 5422 | |
| 5441 | 5423 | test bind-25.48 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5442 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5443 | } -body { | |
| 5444 | bind .t.f {<M1-M2 M3-M4 B1-Control-a>} foo | |
| 5445 | bind .t.f | |
| 5446 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5447 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5424 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5425 | } -body { | |
| 5426 | bind .t.f {<M1-M2 M3-M4 B1-Control-a>} foo | |
| 5427 | bind .t.f | |
| 5428 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5429 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5448 | 5430 | } -result <Control-B1-Mod1-Mod2-Mod3-Mod4-Key-a> |
| 5449 | 5431 | |
| 5450 | 5432 | test bind-25.49 {modifier names} -setup { |
| 5451 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5452 | } -body { | |
| 5453 | bind .t.f <Extended-Return> foo | |
| 5454 | bind .t.f | |
| 5455 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5456 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5433 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5434 | } -body { | |
| 5435 | bind .t.f <Extended-Return> foo | |
| 5436 | bind .t.f | |
| 5437 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5438 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5457 | 5439 | } -result <Extended-Key-Return> |
| 5458 | 5440 | |
| 5459 | 5441 | |
| 5460 | 5442 | |
| 5461 | 5443 | test bind-26.1 {event names} -setup { |
| 5462 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5444 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5463 | 5445 | } -body { |
| 5464 | 5446 | bind .t.f <FocusIn> {nothing} |
| 5465 | 5447 | bind .t.f |
| 5466 | 5448 | } -cleanup { |
| 5467 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5449 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5468 | 5450 | } -result <FocusIn> |
| 5469 | 5451 | test bind-26.2 {event names} -setup { |
| 5470 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5452 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5471 | 5453 | } -body { |
| 5472 | 5454 | bind .t.f <FocusOut> {nothing} |
| 5473 | 5455 | bind .t.f |
| 5474 | 5456 | } -cleanup { |
| 5475 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5457 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5476 | 5458 | } -result <FocusOut> |
| 5477 | 5459 | test bind-26.3 {event names} -setup { |
| 5478 | 5460 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 5494 | 5476 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5495 | 5477 | update |
| 5496 | 5478 | } -body { |
| 5497 | bind .t.f <Motion> "set x {event Motion}" | |
| 5498 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5499 | event generate .t.f <Motion> | |
| 5500 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5501 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5502 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5479 | bind .t.f <Motion> "set x {event Motion}" | |
| 5480 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5481 | event generate .t.f <Motion> | |
| 5482 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5483 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5484 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5503 | 5485 | } -result {{event Motion} <Motion>} |
| 5504 | 5486 | |
| 5505 | 5487 | test bind-26.5 {event names: Button} -setup { |
| 5508 | 5490 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5509 | 5491 | update |
| 5510 | 5492 | } -body { |
| 5511 | bind .t.f <Button> "set x {event Button}" | |
| 5512 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5513 | event generate .t.f <Button> | |
| 5514 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5515 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5516 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5493 | bind .t.f <Button> "set x {event Button}" | |
| 5494 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5495 | event generate .t.f <Button> | |
| 5496 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5497 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5498 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5517 | 5499 | } -result {{event Button} <Button>} |
| 5518 | 5500 | |
| 5519 | 5501 | test bind-26.6 {event names: ButtonPress} -setup { |
| 5522 | 5504 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5523 | 5505 | update |
| 5524 | 5506 | } -body { |
| 5525 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress> "set x {event ButtonPress}" | |
| 5526 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5527 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress> | |
| 5528 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5529 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5530 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5507 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress> "set x {event ButtonPress}" | |
| 5508 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5509 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress> | |
| 5510 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5511 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5512 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5531 | 5513 | } -result {{event ButtonPress} <Button>} |
| 5532 | 5514 | |
| 5533 | 5515 | test bind-26.7 {event names: ButtonRelease} -setup { |
| 5536 | 5518 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5537 | 5519 | update |
| 5538 | 5520 | } -body { |
| 5539 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "set x {event ButtonRelease}" | |
| 5540 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5541 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> | |
| 5542 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5543 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5544 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5521 | bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "set x {event ButtonRelease}" | |
| 5522 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5523 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> | |
| 5524 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5525 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5526 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5545 | 5527 | } -result {{event ButtonRelease} <ButtonRelease>} |
| 5546 | 5528 | |
| 5547 | 5529 | test bind-26.8 {event names: Colormap} -setup { |
| 5550 | 5532 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5551 | 5533 | update |
| 5552 | 5534 | } -body { |
| 5553 | bind .t.f <Colormap> "set x {event Colormap}" | |
| 5554 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5555 | event generate .t.f <Colormap> | |
| 5556 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5557 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5558 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5535 | bind .t.f <Colormap> "set x {event Colormap}" | |
| 5536 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5537 | event generate .t.f <Colormap> | |
| 5538 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5539 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5540 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5559 | 5541 | } -result {{event Colormap} <Colormap>} |
| 5560 | 5542 | |
| 5561 | 5543 | test bind-26.9 {event names: Enter} -setup { |
| 5564 | 5546 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5565 | 5547 | update |
| 5566 | 5548 | } -body { |
| 5567 | bind .t.f <Enter> "set x {event Enter}" | |
| 5568 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5569 | event generate .t.f <Enter> | |
| 5570 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5571 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5572 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5549 | bind .t.f <Enter> "set x {event Enter}" | |
| 5550 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5551 | event generate .t.f <Enter> | |
| 5552 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5553 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5554 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5573 | 5555 | } -result {{event Enter} <Enter>} |
| 5574 | 5556 | |
| 5575 | 5557 | test bind-26.10 {event names: Leave} -setup { |
| 5578 | 5560 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5579 | 5561 | update |
| 5580 | 5562 | } -body { |
| 5581 | bind .t.f <Leave> "set x {event Leave}" | |
| 5582 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5583 | event generate .t.f <Leave> | |
| 5584 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5585 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5586 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5563 | bind .t.f <Leave> "set x {event Leave}" | |
| 5564 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5565 | event generate .t.f <Leave> | |
| 5566 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5567 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5568 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5587 | 5569 | } -result {{event Leave} <Leave>} |
| 5588 | 5570 | |
| 5589 | 5571 | test bind-26.11 {event names: Expose} -setup { |
| 5592 | 5574 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5593 | 5575 | update |
| 5594 | 5576 | } -body { |
| 5595 | bind .t.f <Expose> "set x {event Expose}" | |
| 5596 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5597 | event generate .t.f <Expose> | |
| 5598 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5599 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5600 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5577 | bind .t.f <Expose> "set x {event Expose}" | |
| 5578 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5579 | event generate .t.f <Expose> | |
| 5580 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5581 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5582 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5601 | 5583 | } -result {{event Expose} <Expose>} |
| 5602 | 5584 | |
| 5603 | 5585 | test bind-26.12 {event names: Key} -setup { |
| 5606 | 5588 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5607 | 5589 | update |
| 5608 | 5590 | } -body { |
| 5609 | bind .t.f <Key> "set x {event Key}" | |
| 5610 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5611 | event generate .t.f <Key> | |
| 5612 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5613 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5614 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5591 | bind .t.f <Key> "set x {event Key}" | |
| 5592 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5593 | event generate .t.f <Key> | |
| 5594 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5595 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5596 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5615 | 5597 | } -result {{event Key} <Key>} |
| 5616 | 5598 | |
| 5617 | 5599 | test bind-26.13 {event names: KeyPress} -setup { |
| 5620 | 5602 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5621 | 5603 | update |
| 5622 | 5604 | } -body { |
| 5623 | bind .t.f <KeyPress> "set x {event KeyPress}" | |
| 5624 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5625 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress> | |
| 5626 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5627 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5628 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5605 | bind .t.f <KeyPress> "set x {event KeyPress}" | |
| 5606 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5607 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress> | |
| 5608 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5609 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5610 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5629 | 5611 | } -result {{event KeyPress} <Key>} |
| 5630 | 5612 | |
| 5631 | 5613 | test bind-26.14 {event names: KeyRelease} -setup { |
| 5634 | 5616 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5635 | 5617 | update |
| 5636 | 5618 | } -body { |
| 5637 | bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "set x {event KeyRelease}" | |
| 5638 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5639 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> | |
| 5640 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5641 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5642 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5619 | bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "set x {event KeyRelease}" | |
| 5620 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5621 | event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> | |
| 5622 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5623 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5624 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5643 | 5625 | } -result {{event KeyRelease} <KeyRelease>} |
| 5644 | 5626 | |
| 5645 | 5627 | test bind-26.15 {event names: Property} -setup { |
| 5648 | 5630 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5649 | 5631 | update |
| 5650 | 5632 | } -body { |
| 5651 | bind .t.f <Property> "set x {event Property}" | |
| 5652 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5653 | event generate .t.f <Property> | |
| 5654 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5655 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5656 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5633 | bind .t.f <Property> "set x {event Property}" | |
| 5634 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5635 | event generate .t.f <Property> | |
| 5636 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5637 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5638 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5657 | 5639 | } -result {{event Property} <Property>} |
| 5658 | 5640 | |
| 5659 | 5641 | test bind-26.16 {event names: Visibility} -setup { |
| 5662 | 5644 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5663 | 5645 | update |
| 5664 | 5646 | } -body { |
| 5665 | bind .t.f <Visibility> "set x {event Visibility}" | |
| 5666 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5667 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> | |
| 5668 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5669 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5670 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5647 | bind .t.f <Visibility> "set x {event Visibility}" | |
| 5648 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5649 | event generate .t.f <Visibility> | |
| 5650 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5651 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5652 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5671 | 5653 | } -result {{event Visibility} <Visibility>} |
| 5672 | 5654 | |
| 5673 | 5655 | test bind-26.17 {event names: Activate} -setup { |
| 5676 | 5658 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5677 | 5659 | update |
| 5678 | 5660 | } -body { |
| 5679 | bind .t.f <Activate> "set x {event Activate}" | |
| 5680 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5681 | event generate .t.f <Activate> | |
| 5682 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5683 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5684 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5661 | bind .t.f <Activate> "set x {event Activate}" | |
| 5662 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5663 | event generate .t.f <Activate> | |
| 5664 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5665 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5666 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5685 | 5667 | } -result {{event Activate} <Activate>} |
| 5686 | 5668 | |
| 5687 | 5669 | test bind-26.18 {event names: Deactivate} -setup { |
| 5690 | 5672 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5691 | 5673 | update |
| 5692 | 5674 | } -body { |
| 5693 | bind .t.f <Deactivate> "set x {event Deactivate}" | |
| 5694 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5695 | event generate .t.f <Deactivate> | |
| 5696 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5697 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5698 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5675 | bind .t.f <Deactivate> "set x {event Deactivate}" | |
| 5676 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5677 | event generate .t.f <Deactivate> | |
| 5678 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5679 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5680 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5699 | 5681 | } -result {{event Deactivate} <Deactivate>} |
| 5700 | 5682 | |
| 5701 | 5683 | |
| 5706 | 5688 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5707 | 5689 | update |
| 5708 | 5690 | } -body { |
| 5709 | bind .t.f <Circulate> "set x {event Circulate}" | |
| 5710 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5711 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> | |
| 5712 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5713 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5714 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5691 | bind .t.f <Circulate> "set x {event Circulate}" | |
| 5692 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5693 | event generate .t.f <Circulate> | |
| 5694 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5695 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5696 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5715 | 5697 | } -result {{event Circulate} <Circulate>} |
| 5716 | 5698 | |
| 5717 | 5699 | test bind-26.20 {event names: Configure} -setup { |
| 5720 | 5702 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5721 | 5703 | update |
| 5722 | 5704 | } -body { |
| 5723 | bind .t.f <Configure> "set x {event Configure}" | |
| 5724 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5725 | event generate .t.f <Configure> | |
| 5726 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5727 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5728 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5705 | bind .t.f <Configure> "set x {event Configure}" | |
| 5706 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5707 | event generate .t.f <Configure> | |
| 5708 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5709 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5710 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5729 | 5711 | } -result {{event Configure} <Configure>} |
| 5730 | 5712 | |
| 5731 | 5713 | test bind-26.21 {event names: Gravity} -setup { |
| 5734 | 5716 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5735 | 5717 | update |
| 5736 | 5718 | } -body { |
| 5737 | bind .t.f <Gravity> "set x {event Gravity}" | |
| 5738 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5739 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> | |
| 5740 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5741 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5742 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5719 | bind .t.f <Gravity> "set x {event Gravity}" | |
| 5720 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5721 | event generate .t.f <Gravity> | |
| 5722 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5723 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5724 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5743 | 5725 | } -result {{event Gravity} <Gravity>} |
| 5744 | 5726 | |
| 5745 | 5727 | test bind-26.22 {event names: Map} -setup { |
| 5748 | 5730 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5749 | 5731 | update |
| 5750 | 5732 | } -body { |
| 5751 | bind .t.f <Map> "set x {event Map}" | |
| 5752 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5753 | event generate .t.f <Map> | |
| 5754 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5755 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5756 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5733 | bind .t.f <Map> "set x {event Map}" | |
| 5734 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5735 | event generate .t.f <Map> | |
| 5736 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5737 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5738 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5757 | 5739 | } -result {{event Map} <Map>} |
| 5758 | 5740 | |
| 5759 | 5741 | test bind-26.23 {event names: Reparent} -setup { |
| 5762 | 5744 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5763 | 5745 | update |
| 5764 | 5746 | } -body { |
| 5765 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "set x {event Reparent}" | |
| 5766 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5767 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> | |
| 5768 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5769 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5770 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5747 | bind .t.f <Reparent> "set x {event Reparent}" | |
| 5748 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5749 | event generate .t.f <Reparent> | |
| 5750 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5751 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5752 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5771 | 5753 | } -result {{event Reparent} <Reparent>} |
| 5772 | 5754 | |
| 5773 | 5755 | test bind-26.24 {event names: Unmap} -setup { |
| 5776 | 5758 | focus -force .t.f |
| 5777 | 5759 | update |
| 5778 | 5760 | } -body { |
| 5779 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "set x {event Unmap}" | |
| 5780 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5781 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> | |
| 5782 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5783 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5784 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5761 | bind .t.f <Unmap> "set x {event Unmap}" | |
| 5762 | set x xyzzy | |
| 5763 | event generate .t.f <Unmap> | |
| 5764 | list $x [bind .t.f] | |
| 5765 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5766 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5785 | 5767 | } -result {{event Unmap} <Unmap>} |
| 5786 | 5768 | |
| 5787 | 5769 | |
| 5790 | 5772 | } -returnCodes error -result {specified button "1" for non-button event} |
| 5791 | 5773 | test bind-27.2 {button names} -body { |
| 5792 | 5774 | bind .t <Button-6> foo |
| 5793 | } -returnCodes error -result {specified keysym "6" for non-key event} | |
| 5775 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad button number "6"} | |
| 5794 | 5776 | test bind-27.3 {button names} -setup { |
| 5795 | 5777 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 |
| 5796 | 5778 | pack .t.f |
| 5935 | 5917 | } -cleanup { |
| 5936 | 5918 | destroy .t.f |
| 5937 | 5919 | } -result {X x {keysym X}} |
| 5938 | ||
| 5939 | ||
| 5940 | test bind-29.1 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup { | |
| 5920 | test bind-28.9 {keysym names, Eth -> ETH} -body { | |
| 5921 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5922 | bind .t.f <Eth> foo | |
| 5923 | bind .t.f | |
| 5924 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5925 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5926 | } -result {<Key-ETH>} | |
| 5927 | test bind-28.10 {keysym names, Ooblique -> Oslash} -body { | |
| 5928 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5929 | bind .t.f <Ooblique> foo | |
| 5930 | bind .t.f | |
| 5931 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5932 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5933 | } -result {<Key-Oslash>} | |
| 5934 | test bind-28.11 {keysym names, gcedilla} -body { | |
| 5935 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5936 | bind .t.f <gcedilla> foo | |
| 5937 | bind .t.f | |
| 5938 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5939 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5940 | } -result {<Key-gcedilla>} | |
| 5941 | test bind-28.12 {keysym names, Greek_IOTAdiaeresis -> Greek_IOTAdieresis} -body { | |
| 5942 | frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 | |
| 5943 | bind .t.f <Greek_IOTAdiaeresis> foo | |
| 5944 | bind .t.f | |
| 5945 | } -cleanup { | |
| 5946 | destroy .t.f | |
| 5947 | } -result {<Key-Greek_IOTAdieresis>} | |
| 5948 | ||
| 5949 | ||
| 5950 | test bind-29.1 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} -setup { | |
| 5941 | 5951 | proc bgerror msg { |
| 5942 | 5952 | global x errorInfo |
| 5943 | 5953 | set x [list $msg $errorInfo] |
| 5960 | 5970 | while executing |
| 5961 | 5971 | "error "This is a test"" |
| 5962 | 5972 | (command bound to event)}} |
| 5963 | ||
| 5964 | test bind-29.2 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup { | |
| 5973 | ||
| 5974 | test bind-29.2 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} -setup { | |
| 5965 | 5975 | proc do {} { |
| 5966 | 5976 | event generate .t.f <Button> |
| 5967 | 5977 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> |
| 6125 | 6135 | destroy .t.f |
| 6126 | 6136 | } -result {{} {} {TestUserData >b<}} |
| 6127 | 6137 | |
| 6128 | test bind-32 {-warp, window was destroyed before the idle callback DoWarp} -setup { | |
| 6138 | test bind-32.1 {-warp, window was destroyed before the idle callback DoWarp} -setup { | |
| 6129 | 6139 | frame .t.f |
| 6130 | 6140 | pack .t.f |
| 6131 | 6141 | focus -force .t.f |
| 6137 | 6147 | update ; # shall simply not crash |
| 6138 | 6148 | } -cleanup { |
| 6139 | 6149 | } -result {} |
| 6140 | ||
| 6150 | test bind-32.2 {detection of double click should not fail} -setup { | |
| 6151 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6152 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6153 | bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> { set x "Double" } | |
| 6154 | update | |
| 6155 | set x {} | |
| 6156 | } -body { | |
| 6157 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6158 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1> | |
| 6159 | # Simulate a lot of intervening exposure events. The old implementation | |
| 6160 | # that used an event ring overflowed, and the double click was not detected. | |
| 6161 | # But new implementation should work properly. | |
| 6162 | for {set i 0} {$i < 1000} {incr i} { | |
| 6163 | event generate .t.f <Expose> | |
| 6164 | } | |
| 6165 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6166 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1> | |
| 6167 | set x | |
| 6168 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6169 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6170 | } -result {Double} | |
| 6171 | test bind-32.3 {should trigger best match of modifier states} -setup { | |
| 6172 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6173 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6174 | update | |
| 6175 | set x {} | |
| 6176 | } -body { | |
| 6177 | bind .t.f <Alt-Control-Key-A> { lappend x "Alt-Control" } | |
| 6178 | bind .t.f <Shift-Control-Key-A> { lappend x "Shift-Control" } | |
| 6179 | bind .t.f <Shift-Key-A> { lappend x "Shift" } | |
| 6180 | event generate .t.f <Alt-Control-Key-A> | |
| 6181 | set x | |
| 6182 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6183 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6184 | } -result {Shift-Control} | |
| 6185 | test bind-32.4 {should not trigger Double-1} -setup { | |
| 6186 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6187 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6188 | update | |
| 6189 | set x {} | |
| 6190 | } -body { | |
| 6191 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { set x "Double" } | |
| 6192 | event generate .t.f <1> -time current | |
| 6193 | after 1000 | |
| 6194 | event generate .t.f <1> -time current | |
| 6195 | set x | |
| 6196 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6197 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6198 | } -result {} | |
| 6199 | test bind-32.5 {should trigger Quadruple-1} -setup { | |
| 6200 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6201 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6202 | update | |
| 6203 | set x {} | |
| 6204 | } -body { | |
| 6205 | bind .t.f <Quadruple-1> { set x "Quadruple" } | |
| 6206 | bind .t.f <Triple-1> { set x "Triple" } | |
| 6207 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { set x "Double" } | |
| 6208 | bind .t.f <1> { set x "Single" } | |
| 6209 | # Old implementation triggered "Double", but new implementation | |
| 6210 | # triggers "Quadruple", the latter behavior conforms to other toolkits. | |
| 6211 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 0 | |
| 6212 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 400 | |
| 6213 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 800 | |
| 6214 | event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 1200 | |
| 6215 | set x | |
| 6216 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6217 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6218 | } -result {Quadruple} | |
| 6219 | test bind-32.6 {problem with sendevent} -setup { | |
| 6220 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6221 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6222 | update | |
| 6223 | set x {} | |
| 6224 | } -body { | |
| 6225 | # Old implementation was losing sendevent value | |
| 6226 | bind .t.f <FocusIn> { set x "sendevent=%E" } | |
| 6227 | event generate .t.f <FocusIn> -sendevent 1 | |
| 6228 | set x | |
| 6229 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6230 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6231 | } -result {sendevent=1} | |
| 6232 | test bind-32.7 {test sequences} -setup { | |
| 6233 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6234 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6235 | update | |
| 6236 | set x {} | |
| 6237 | } -body { | |
| 6238 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6239 | bind .t.f <1><1><a> { lappend x "11" } | |
| 6240 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6241 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6242 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6243 | set x | |
| 6244 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6245 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6246 | } -result {Double 11} | |
| 6247 | test bind-32.8 {test sequences} -setup { | |
| 6248 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6249 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6250 | update | |
| 6251 | set x {} | |
| 6252 | } -body { | |
| 6253 | bind .t.f <a><1><Double-1><1><a> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6254 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6255 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6256 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6257 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6258 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6259 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6260 | set x | |
| 6261 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6262 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6263 | } -result {Double} | |
| 6264 | test bind-32.9 {trigger events for modifier keys} -setup { | |
| 6265 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6266 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6267 | update | |
| 6268 | set x {} | |
| 6269 | } -body { | |
| 6270 | bind .t.f <Any-Key> { set x "Key" } | |
| 6271 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress> -keysym Caps_Lock | |
| 6272 | set x | |
| 6273 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6274 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6275 | } -result {Key} | |
| 6276 | test bind-32.10 {reset key state when destroying window} -setup { | |
| 6277 | set x {} | |
| 6278 | } -body { | |
| 6279 | pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f | |
| 6280 | bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" } | |
| 6281 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6282 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6283 | destroy .t.f; update | |
| 6284 | pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f | |
| 6285 | bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" } | |
| 6286 | bind .t.f <Double-Key-A> { set x "AA" } | |
| 6287 | event generate .t.f <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6288 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6289 | set x | |
| 6290 | } -result {A} | |
| 6291 | test bind-32.11 {match detailed virtual} -setup { | |
| 6292 | pack [frame .t.f -class Test] | |
| 6293 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6294 | update | |
| 6295 | set x {} | |
| 6296 | } -body { | |
| 6297 | event add <<TestControlButton1>> <Control-Button-1> | |
| 6298 | bind Test <<TestControlButton1>> { set x "Control-Button-1" } | |
| 6299 | bind Test <Button-1> { set x "Button-1" } | |
| 6300 | bind .t.f <Button-1> { set x "Button-1" } | |
| 6301 | event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6302 | set x | |
| 6303 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6304 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6305 | event delete <<TestControlButton1>> | |
| 6306 | bind Test <Button-1> {#} | |
| 6307 | } -result {Control-Button-1} | |
| 6308 | test bind-32.12 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup { | |
| 6309 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6310 | pack [frame .t.g] | |
| 6311 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6312 | update | |
| 6313 | set x {} | |
| 6314 | } -body { | |
| 6315 | bind .t.f <Button-1> { set x "1" } | |
| 6316 | bind .t.f <Double-Button-1> { set x "11" } | |
| 6317 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6318 | event generate .t.g <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6319 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6320 | set x | |
| 6321 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6322 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6323 | destroy .t.g | |
| 6324 | } -result {1} | |
| 6325 | test bind-32.13 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup { | |
| 6326 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6327 | pack [frame .t.g] | |
| 6328 | update | |
| 6329 | set x {} | |
| 6330 | } -body { | |
| 6331 | bind .t.f <Key-A> { set x "A" } | |
| 6332 | bind .t.f <Double-Key-A> { set x "AA" } | |
| 6333 | focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6334 | focus -force .t.g; event generate .t.g <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6335 | focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <KeyPress-A> | |
| 6336 | set x | |
| 6337 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6338 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6339 | destroy .t.g | |
| 6340 | } -result {A} | |
| 6341 | test bind-32.14 {don't detect repetition when window has changed} -setup { | |
| 6342 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6343 | pack [frame .t.g] | |
| 6344 | update | |
| 6345 | set x {} | |
| 6346 | } -body { | |
| 6347 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress-1> { set x "1" } | |
| 6348 | bind .t.f <Double-ButtonPress-1> { set x "11" } | |
| 6349 | focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6350 | focus -force .t.g; event generate .t.g <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6351 | focus -force .t.f; event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6352 | set x | |
| 6353 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6354 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6355 | destroy .t.g | |
| 6356 | } -result {1} | |
| 6357 | test bind-32.15 {reset button state when destroying window} -setup { | |
| 6358 | set x {} | |
| 6359 | } -body { | |
| 6360 | pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f | |
| 6361 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress-1> { set x "1" } | |
| 6362 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6363 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6364 | destroy .t.f; update | |
| 6365 | pack [frame .t.f]; update; focus -force .t.f | |
| 6366 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress-1> { set x "1" } | |
| 6367 | bind .t.f <Double-ButtonPress-1> { set x "11" } | |
| 6368 | event generate .t.f <ButtonPress-1> | |
| 6369 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6370 | set x | |
| 6371 | } -result {1} | |
| 6372 | ||
| 6373 | test bind-33.1 {prefer longest match} -setup { | |
| 6374 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6375 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6376 | update | |
| 6377 | set x {} | |
| 6378 | } -body { | |
| 6379 | bind .t.f <a><1><1> { lappend x "a11" } | |
| 6380 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6381 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6382 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6383 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6384 | set x | |
| 6385 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6386 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6387 | } -result {a11} | |
| 6388 | test bind-33.2 {should prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6389 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6390 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6391 | update | |
| 6392 | set x {} | |
| 6393 | } -body { | |
| 6394 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6395 | bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" } | |
| 6396 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6397 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6398 | set x | |
| 6399 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6400 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6401 | # This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because | |
| 6402 | # it is expected that <Double-1> is matching, this binding | |
| 6403 | # is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old, | |
| 6404 | # and so "11" is the expected result. | |
| 6405 | } -result {11} | |
| 6406 | test bind-33.3 {should prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6407 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6408 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6409 | update | |
| 6410 | set x {} | |
| 6411 | } -body { | |
| 6412 | bind .t.f <a><Double-1><a> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6413 | bind .t.f <a><1><1><a> { lappend x "11" } | |
| 6414 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6415 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6416 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6417 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6418 | set x | |
| 6419 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6420 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6421 | # Also this test case shows that old implementation has an issue, it is | |
| 6422 | # expected that <a><Double-1><a> is matching, because <Double-1> is more | |
| 6423 | # specific than <1><1>. But new implementation will be conform to old, | |
| 6424 | # and so "11" is the expected result. | |
| 6425 | } -result {11} | |
| 6426 | test bind-33.4 {prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6427 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6428 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6429 | update | |
| 6430 | set x {} | |
| 6431 | } -body { | |
| 6432 | bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" } | |
| 6433 | bind .t.f <Double-1> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6434 | event generate .t.f <1> -time 0 | |
| 6435 | event generate .t.f <1> -time 1000 | |
| 6436 | set x | |
| 6437 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6438 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6439 | } -result {11} | |
| 6440 | test bind-33.5 {prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6441 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6442 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6443 | update | |
| 6444 | set x {} | |
| 6445 | } -body { | |
| 6446 | bind .t.f <1><1> { lappend x "11" } | |
| 6447 | bind .t.f <Double-ButtonPress> { lappend x "Double" } | |
| 6448 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6449 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6450 | set x | |
| 6451 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6452 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6453 | } -result {11} | |
| 6454 | test bind-33.6 {prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6455 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6456 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6457 | update | |
| 6458 | set x {} | |
| 6459 | } -body { | |
| 6460 | bind .t.f <a><1><1><1><1><a> { lappend x "1111" } | |
| 6461 | bind .t.f <a><ButtonPress><Double-ButtonPress><ButtonPress><a> { lappend x "Any-Double-Any" } | |
| 6462 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6463 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6464 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6465 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6466 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6467 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6468 | set x | |
| 6469 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6470 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6471 | } -result {1111} | |
| 6472 | test bind-33.7 {prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6473 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6474 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6475 | update | |
| 6476 | set x {} | |
| 6477 | } -body { | |
| 6478 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress-1><a> { lappend x "1" } | |
| 6479 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress><a> { lappend x "Any" } | |
| 6480 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6481 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6482 | set x | |
| 6483 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6484 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6485 | } -result {1} | |
| 6486 | test bind-33.8 {prefer most specific event} -setup { | |
| 6487 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6488 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6489 | update | |
| 6490 | set x {} | |
| 6491 | } -body { | |
| 6492 | bind .t.f <Double-ButtonPress-1><a> { lappend x "1" } | |
| 6493 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress><ButtonPress><a> { lappend x "Any" } | |
| 6494 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6495 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6496 | event generate .t.f <a> | |
| 6497 | set x | |
| 6498 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6499 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6500 | } -result {1} | |
| 6501 | test bind-33.9 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6502 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6503 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6504 | update | |
| 6505 | set x {} | |
| 6506 | } -body { | |
| 6507 | bind .t.f <1><2><2><Double-1> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6508 | bind .t.f <1><Double-2><1><1> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6509 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6510 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6511 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6512 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6513 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6514 | set x | |
| 6515 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6516 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6517 | } -result {last} | |
| 6518 | test bind-33.10 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6519 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6520 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6521 | update | |
| 6522 | set x {} | |
| 6523 | } -body { | |
| 6524 | bind .t.f <1><Double-2><1><1> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6525 | bind .t.f <1><2><2><Double-1> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6526 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6527 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6528 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6529 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6530 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6531 | set x | |
| 6532 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6533 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6534 | } -result {last} | |
| 6535 | test bind-33.11 {should prefer most specific} -setup { | |
| 6536 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6537 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6538 | update | |
| 6539 | set x {} | |
| 6540 | } -body { | |
| 6541 | bind .t.f <2><Double-1><Double-2><Double-1><2><2> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6542 | bind .t.f <2><1><1><2><2><Double-1><Double-2> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6543 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6544 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6545 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6546 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6547 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6548 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6549 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6550 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6551 | event generate .t.f <2> | |
| 6552 | set x | |
| 6553 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6554 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6555 | # This test case shows that old implementation has an issue, because | |
| 6556 | # it is expected that first one is matching, this binding | |
| 6557 | # is more specific. But new implementation will be conform to old, | |
| 6558 | # and so "last" is the expected result. | |
| 6559 | } -result {last} | |
| 6560 | test bind-33.12 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6561 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6562 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6563 | update | |
| 6564 | set x {} | |
| 6565 | } -body { | |
| 6566 | bind .t.f <Control-1><1> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6567 | bind .t.f <1><Control-1> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6568 | event generate .t.f <Control-1> | |
| 6569 | event generate .t.f <Control-1> | |
| 6570 | set x | |
| 6571 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6572 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6573 | } -result {last} | |
| 6574 | test bind-33.13 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6575 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6576 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6577 | update | |
| 6578 | set x {} | |
| 6579 | } -body { | |
| 6580 | bind .t.f <1><Control-1> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6581 | bind .t.f <Control-1><1> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6582 | event generate .t.f <Control-1> | |
| 6583 | event generate .t.f <Control-1> | |
| 6584 | set x | |
| 6585 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6586 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6587 | # Old implementation failed, and returned "first", but this was wrong, | |
| 6588 | # because both bindings are homogeneous equal, so the most recently defined | |
| 6589 | # must be preferred. | |
| 6590 | } -result {last} | |
| 6591 | test bind-33.14 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6592 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6593 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6594 | update | |
| 6595 | set x {} | |
| 6596 | } -body { | |
| 6597 | bind .t.f <1><ButtonPress><1><ButtonPress> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6598 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress><1><ButtonPress><1> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6599 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6600 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6601 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6602 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6603 | set x | |
| 6604 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6605 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6606 | } -result {last} | |
| 6607 | test bind-33.15 {prefer last in case of homogeneous equal patterns} -setup { | |
| 6608 | pack [frame .t.f] | |
| 6609 | focus -force .t.f | |
| 6610 | update | |
| 6611 | set x {} | |
| 6612 | } -body { | |
| 6613 | bind .t.f <ButtonPress><1><ButtonPress><1> { lappend x "first" } | |
| 6614 | bind .t.f <1><ButtonPress><1><ButtonPress> { lappend x "last" } | |
| 6615 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6616 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6617 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6618 | event generate .t.f <1> | |
| 6619 | set x | |
| 6620 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6621 | destroy .t.f | |
| 6622 | # Old implementation failed, and returned "first", but this was wrong, | |
| 6623 | # because both bindings are homogeneous equal, so the most recently defined | |
| 6624 | # must be preferred. | |
| 6625 | } -result {last} | |
| 6626 | ||
| 6627 | test bind-34.1 {-warp works relatively to a window} -setup { | |
| 6628 | toplevel .top | |
| 6629 | } -body { | |
| 6630 | # In order to avoid platform-dependent coordinate results due to | |
| 6631 | # decorations and borders, this test warps the pointer twice | |
| 6632 | # relatively to a window that moved in the meantime, and checks | |
| 6633 | # how much the pointer moved | |
| 6634 | wm geometry .top +200+200 | |
| 6635 | update | |
| 6636 | event generate .top <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1 | |
| 6637 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6638 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6639 | set pointerPos1 [winfo pointerxy .t] | |
| 6640 | wm geometry .top +600+600 | |
| 6641 | update | |
| 6642 | event generate .top <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1 | |
| 6643 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6644 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6645 | set pointerPos2 [winfo pointerxy .t] | |
| 6646 | # from the first warped position to the second one, the mouse | |
| 6647 | # pointer should have moved the same amount as the window moved | |
| 6648 | set res 1 | |
| 6649 | foreach pos1 $pointerPos1 pos2 $pointerPos2 { | |
| 6650 | if {$pos1 != [expr {$pos2 - 400}]} { | |
| 6651 | set res [list $pointerPos1 $pointerPos2] | |
| 6652 | } | |
| 6653 | } | |
| 6654 | set res | |
| 6655 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6656 | destroy .top | |
| 6657 | } -result {1} | |
| 6658 | test bind-34.2 {-warp works relatively to the screen} -setup { | |
| 6659 | } -body { | |
| 6660 | # Contrary to bind-34.1, we're directly checking screen coordinates | |
| 6661 | event generate {} <Motion> -x 20 -y 20 -warp 1 | |
| 6662 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6663 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6664 | set res [winfo pointerxy .] | |
| 6665 | event generate {} <Motion> -x 200 -y 200 -warp 1 | |
| 6666 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6667 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6668 | lappend res {*}[winfo pointerxy .] | |
| 6669 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6670 | } -result {20 20 200 200} | |
| 6671 | test bind-34.3 {-warp works with null or negative coordinates} -setup { | |
| 6672 | } -body { | |
| 6673 | event generate {} <Motion> -x 0 -y 0 -warp 1 | |
| 6674 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6675 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6676 | set res [winfo pointerxy .] | |
| 6677 | event generate {} <Motion> -x -1 -y -1 -warp 1 | |
| 6678 | update idletasks ; # DoWarp is an idle callback | |
| 6679 | after 50 ; # Win specific - wait for SendInput to be executed | |
| 6680 | foreach dim [winfo pointerxy .] { | |
| 6681 | if {$dim <= 0} { | |
| 6682 | lappend res ok | |
| 6683 | } else { | |
| 6684 | lappend res $dim | |
| 6685 | } | |
| 6686 | } | |
| 6687 | set res | |
| 6688 | } -cleanup { | |
| 6689 | } -result {0 0 ok ok} | |
| 6141 | 6690 | |
| 6142 | 6691 | # cleanup |
| 6143 | 6692 | cleanupTests |
| 6144 | 6693 | return |
| 6145 | 6694 | |
| 6695 | # vi:set ts=4 sw=4 et: | |
| 6146 | 6696 | # Local Variables: |
| 6147 | 6697 | # mode: tcl |
| 6148 | 6698 | # End: |
| 0 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out various known bugs that will | |
| 1 | # cause Tk to crash. This file ends with .tcl instead of .test to make | |
| 2 | # sure it isn't run when you type "source all". We currently are not | |
| 3 | # shipping this file with the rest of the source release. | |
| 4 | # | |
| 5 | # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | |
| 6 | # | |
| 7 | # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution | |
| 8 | # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | |
| 9 | ||
| 10 | if {[info procs test] != "test"} { | |
| 11 | source defs | |
| 12 | } | |
| 13 | ||
| 14 | test crash-1.0 {imgPhoto} { | |
| 15 | image create photo p1 | |
| 16 | image create photo p2 | |
| 17 | catch {image create photo p2 -file bogus} | |
| 18 | p1 copy p2 | |
| 19 | label .l -image p1 | |
| 20 | destroy .l | |
| 21 | set foo "" | |
| 22 | } {} | |
| 23 | ||
| 24 | test crash-1.1 {color} { | |
| 25 | . configure -bg rgb:345 | |
| 26 | set foo "" | |
| 27 | } {} | |
| 28 | ||
| 29 | ||
| 30 | ||
| 31 | ||
| 32 | ||
| 33 | ||
| 34 | ||
| 35 | ||
| 36 | ||
| 37 | ||
| 38 | ||
| 39 | ||
| 40 |
| 3443 | 3443 | set expectedwidth [expr {$textwidth + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \ |
| 3444 | 3444 | + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -padx]}] |
| 3445 | 3445 | incr expectedwidth 2 ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c |
| 3446 | set result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]] | |
| 3446 | set result [expr {$expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]}] | |
| 3447 | 3447 | set linespace [lindex [font metrics [.b cget -font] -displayof .b] 5] |
| 3448 | 3448 | set expectedheight [expr {$linespace + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \ |
| 3449 | 3449 | + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -pady]}] |
| 3450 | 3450 | incr expectedheight 2 ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c |
| 3451 | lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]] | |
| 3451 | lappend result [expr {$expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]}] | |
| 3452 | 3452 | # 2. button with a bitmap image |
| 3453 | 3453 | # there is no access to characteristics the predefined bitmaps, |
| 3454 | 3454 | # so define one as an image (copied from questhead.xbm) |
| 3467 | 3467 | set expectedwidth [expr {[image width $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \ |
| 3468 | 3468 | + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}] |
| 3469 | 3469 | incr expectedwidth 2 ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c |
| 3470 | lappend result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]] | |
| 3470 | lappend result [expr {$expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]}] | |
| 3471 | 3471 | set expectedheight [expr {[image height $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \ |
| 3472 | 3472 | + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}] |
| 3473 | 3473 | incr expectedheight 2 ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c |
| 3474 | lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]] | |
| 3474 | lappend result [expr {$expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]}] | |
| 3475 | 3475 | } -cleanup { |
| 3476 | 3476 | destroy .b |
| 3477 | 3477 | } -result {1 1 1 1} |
| 3957 | 3957 | destroy .top.b .top |
| 3958 | 3958 | } -result {} |
| 3959 | 3959 | |
| 3960 | test button-15.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3961 | # Want this not to segfault | |
| 3962 | set var INIT | |
| 3963 | button .b -textvariable var | |
| 3964 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3965 | .b configure -textvariable {} | |
| 3966 | }}} | |
| 3967 | pack .b | |
| 3968 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 3969 | update | |
| 3970 | destroy .b | |
| 3971 | } {} | |
| 3972 | test button-15.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3973 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 3974 | set var INIT | |
| 3975 | button .b -textvariable var | |
| 3976 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3977 | .b configure -textvariable new | |
| 3978 | }}} | |
| 3979 | pack .b | |
| 3980 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 3981 | update | |
| 3982 | destroy .b | |
| 3983 | unset new | |
| 3984 | } {} | |
| 3985 | test button-15.3 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3986 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 3987 | set var INIT | |
| 3988 | checkbutton .b -variable var | |
| 3989 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3990 | .b configure -variable {} | |
| 3991 | }}} | |
| 3992 | pack .b | |
| 3993 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 3994 | update | |
| 3995 | destroy .b | |
| 3996 | } {} | |
| 3997 | ||
| 3998 | ||
| 3960 | 3999 | imageFinish |
| 3961 | 4000 | cleanupTests |
| 3962 | 4001 | return |
| 155 | 155 | .c delete all |
| 156 | 156 | image delete foo |
| 157 | 157 | } -result {{{foo free}} {}} |
| 158 | test canvImg-4.2 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { | |
| 159 | .c delete all | |
| 160 | } -body { | |
| 161 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 158 | test canvImg-4.2 {ConfigureImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { | |
| 159 | .c delete all | |
| 160 | } -body { | |
| 161 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 162 | 162 | image create test foo2 -variable y |
| 163 | 163 | foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60 |
| 164 | 164 | .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw |
| 165 | 165 | update |
| 166 | 166 | set x {} |
| 167 | 167 | set y {} |
| 168 | set timer [after 300 {lappend y "timed out"}] | |
| 168 | 169 | .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2 |
| 169 | update | |
| 170 | update idletasks | |
| 171 | update | |
| 172 | # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run. | |
| 173 | while {"timed out" ni $y && [lindex $y end 1] ne "display"} { | |
| 174 | vwait y | |
| 175 | } | |
| 176 | after cancel timer | |
| 170 | 177 | list $x $y [.c bbox i1] |
| 171 | 178 | } -cleanup { |
| 172 | .c delete all | |
| 173 | image delete foo | |
| 174 | image delete foo2 | |
| 179 | .c delete all | |
| 180 | image delete foo | |
| 181 | image delete foo2 | |
| 175 | 182 | } -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} {50 100 130 160}} |
| 176 | 183 | test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { |
| 177 | 184 | .c delete all |
| 719 | 726 | image delete foo |
| 720 | 727 | } -result {75 150 105 165} |
| 721 | 728 | |
| 729 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} { | |
| 730 | # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image. | |
| 731 | set result_10_1 {{foo display 0 0 30 15}} | |
| 732 | } else { | |
| 733 | set result_10_1 {{foo display 2 4 6 8}} | |
| 734 | } | |
| 722 | 735 | test canvImg-10.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { |
| 723 | 736 | .c delete all |
| 724 | } -body { | |
| 725 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 737 | update | |
| 738 | } -body { | |
| 739 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 726 | 740 | .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw |
| 727 | 741 | update |
| 728 | 742 | set x {} |
| 743 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 729 | 744 | foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15 |
| 745 | vwait x | |
| 746 | after cancel $timer | |
| 730 | 747 | update |
| 731 | 748 | return $x |
| 732 | 749 | } -cleanup { |
| 733 | .c delete all | |
| 734 | image delete foo | |
| 735 | } -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8}} | |
| 750 | .c delete all | |
| 751 | image delete foo | |
| 752 | } -result $result_10_1 | |
| 736 | 753 | |
| 737 | 754 | test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { |
| 738 | 755 | .c delete all |
| 739 | } -body { | |
| 740 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 756 | update | |
| 757 | } -body { | |
| 758 | image create test foo -variable x | |
| 741 | 759 | .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw |
| 742 | 760 | update |
| 743 | 761 | set x {} |
| 762 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 744 | 763 | foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50 |
| 764 | vwait x | |
| 765 | after cancel $timer | |
| 745 | 766 | update |
| 746 | 767 | return $x |
| 747 | 768 | } -cleanup { |
| 748 | .c delete all | |
| 749 | image delete foo | |
| 769 | .c delete all | |
| 770 | image delete foo | |
| 750 | 771 | } -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50}} |
| 751 | 772 | test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints { |
| 752 | 773 | testImageType |
| 763 | 784 | .c delete all |
| 764 | 785 | image delete foo |
| 765 | 786 | } -result {30 75 70 125} |
| 787 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} { | |
| 788 | # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image. | |
| 789 | set result_11_3 {{foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} | |
| 790 | } else { | |
| 791 | set result_11_3 {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}} | |
| 792 | } | |
| 766 | 793 | test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints { |
| 767 | 794 | testImageType |
| 768 | 795 | } -setup { |
| 769 | 796 | .c delete all |
| 797 | update | |
| 770 | 798 | } -body { |
| 771 | 799 | image create test foo -variable x |
| 772 | image create test foo2 -variable y | |
| 800 | image create test foo2 -variable z | |
| 773 | 801 | foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50 |
| 774 | 802 | foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60 |
| 775 | ||
| 776 | 803 | .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw |
| 777 | 804 | .c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw |
| 778 | 805 | update |
| 779 | set y {} | |
| 806 | set z {} | |
| 807 | set timer [after 500 {lappend z "timed out"}] | |
| 780 | 808 | image create test foo -variable x |
| 781 | update | |
| 782 | return $y | |
| 783 | } -cleanup { | |
| 784 | .c delete all | |
| 785 | image delete foo foo2 | |
| 786 | } -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}} | |
| 809 | vwait x | |
| 810 | after cancel $timer | |
| 811 | return $z | |
| 812 | } -cleanup { | |
| 813 | .c delete all | |
| 814 | image delete foo foo2 | |
| 815 | } -result $result_11_3 | |
| 787 | 816 | |
| 788 | 817 | # cleanup |
| 789 | 818 | imageFinish |
| 268 | 268 | .c create text 0 0 -tag test |
| 269 | 269 | .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0 |
| 270 | 270 | expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor n; .c bbox test] \ |
| 271 | eq "[expr -$ax/2-1] 0 [expr $ax/2+1] $ay"} | |
| 271 | eq "[expr {-$ax/2-1}] 0 [expr {$ax/2+1}] $ay"} | |
| 272 | 272 | } -cleanup { |
| 273 | 273 | .c delete test |
| 274 | 274 | } -result 1 |
| 281 | 281 | .c create text 0 0 -tag test |
| 282 | 282 | .c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0 |
| 283 | 283 | expr {[.c itemconfig test -anchor nw; .c bbox test] \ |
| 284 | eq "-1 0 [expr $ax+1] $ay"} | |
| 284 | eq "-1 0 [expr {$ax+1}] $ay"} | |
| 285 | 285 | } -cleanup { |
| 286 | 286 | .c delete test |
| 287 | 287 | } -result 1 |
| 353 | 353 | for {set i 0} {$i < $size} {incr i} { |
| 354 | 354 | set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}] |
| 355 | 355 | for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} { |
| 356 | .c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr $x+2]c [expr $y+2]c \ | |
| 356 | .c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr {$x+2}]c [expr {$y+2}]c \ | |
| 357 | 357 | -outline black -fill blue -tags rect |
| 358 | .c create text [expr $x+1]c [expr $y+1]c -text "$i,$j" \ | |
| 358 | .c create text [expr {$x+1}]c [expr {$y+1}]c -text "$i,$j" \ | |
| 359 | 359 | -anchor center -tags text |
| 360 | 360 | } |
| 361 | 361 | } |
| 9 | 9 | # Note: Multiple display clipboard handling will only be tested if the |
| 10 | 10 | # environment variable TK_ALT_DISPLAY is set to an alternate display. |
| 11 | 11 | # |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | ################################################################# | |
| 14 | # Note that some of these tests may fail if another application # | |
| 15 | # is grabbing the clipboard (e.g. an X server, or a VNC viewer) # | |
| 16 | ################################################################# | |
| 12 | 17 | |
| 13 | 18 | package require tcltest 2.2 |
| 14 | 19 | namespace import ::tcltest::* |
| 77 | 77 | # tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run |
| 78 | 78 | # if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg |
| 79 | 79 | # before settin isNative |
| 80 | catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg | |
| 80 | catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg | |
| 81 | 81 | set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}] |
| 82 | 82 | |
| 83 | 83 | proc ToPressButton {parent btn} { |
| 18 | 18 | for {set x 0} {$x < 8} {incr x} { |
| 19 | 19 | frame $w.f$x,$y -width 40 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised \ |
| 20 | 20 | -bg [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue] |
| 21 | place $w.f$x,$y -x [expr 40*$x] -y [expr 40*$y] | |
| 21 | place $w.f$x,$y -x [expr {40*$x}] -y [expr {40*$y}] | |
| 22 | 22 | incr red $redInc |
| 23 | 23 | incr green $greenInc |
| 24 | 24 | incr blue $blueInc |
| 167 | 167 | if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } { |
| 168 | 168 | append result $line\n |
| 169 | 169 | } |
| 170 | ||
| 170 | ||
| 171 | 171 | } |
| 172 | 172 | return $result |
| 173 | 173 | } {} |
| 189 | 189 | [testConstraint userInteraction] || |
| 190 | 190 | ([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua]) |
| 191 | 191 | }] |
| 192 | testConstraint haveDISPLAY [info exists env(DISPLAY)] | |
| 192 | testConstraint haveDISPLAY [expr {[info exists env(DISPLAY)] && [testConstraint x11]}] | |
| 193 | 193 | testConstraint altDisplay [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)] |
| 194 | 194 | testConstraint noExceed [expr { |
| 195 | 195 | ![testConstraint unix] || [catch {font actual "\{xyz"}] |
| 1670 | 1670 | } -body { |
| 1671 | 1671 | .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 1672 | 1672 | .e insert end "01234567890" |
| 1673 | update | |
| 1673 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 1674 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 1674 | 1675 | .e configure -width 5 |
| 1675 | 1676 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 1676 | 1677 | } -cleanup { |
| 1677 | 1678 | destroy .e |
| 1679 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1678 | 1680 | } -result {0.000000 0.363636} |
| 1679 | 1681 | |
| 1680 | 1682 | |
| 1915 | 1917 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 1916 | 1918 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 1917 | 1919 | .e insert 2 XXX |
| 1918 | update | |
| 1920 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 1921 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 1919 | 1922 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 1920 | 1923 | } -cleanup { |
| 1921 | 1924 | destroy .e |
| 1925 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1922 | 1926 | } -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 1923 | 1927 | |
| 1924 | 1928 | test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup { |
| 1930 | 1934 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 1931 | 1935 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 1932 | 1936 | .e insert 500 XXX |
| 1933 | update | |
| 1937 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 1938 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 1934 | 1939 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 1935 | 1940 | } -cleanup { |
| 1936 | 1941 | destroy .e |
| 1942 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1937 | 1943 | } -result {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 1938 | 1944 | test entry-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} -setup { |
| 1939 | 1945 | entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 |
| 2062 | 2068 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2063 | 2069 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2064 | 2070 | .e delete 2 4 |
| 2065 | update | |
| 2071 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2072 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2066 | 2073 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2067 | 2074 | } -cleanup { |
| 2068 | 2075 | destroy .e |
| 2076 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2069 | 2077 | } -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2070 | 2078 | test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2071 | 2079 | unset -nocomplain contents |
| 2076 | 2084 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2077 | 2085 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2078 | 2086 | .e delete -2 2 |
| 2079 | update | |
| 2087 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2088 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2080 | 2089 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2081 | 2090 | } -cleanup { |
| 2082 | 2091 | destroy .e |
| 2092 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2083 | 2093 | } -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2084 | 2094 | test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2085 | 2095 | unset -nocomplain contents |
| 2090 | 2100 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2091 | 2101 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2092 | 2102 | .e delete 3 1000 |
| 2093 | update | |
| 2103 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2104 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2094 | 2105 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2095 | 2106 | } -cleanup { |
| 2096 | 2107 | destroy .e |
| 2108 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2097 | 2109 | } -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2098 | 2110 | test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2099 | 2111 | entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 |
| 2926 | 2938 | pack .e |
| 2927 | 2939 | .e delete 0 end |
| 2928 | 2940 | .e insert 0 123 |
| 2929 | update | |
| 2941 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2942 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2930 | 2943 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 2931 | 2944 | } -cleanup { |
| 2932 | 2945 | destroy .e |
| 2946 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2933 | 2947 | } -result {0.000000 1.000000} |
| 2934 | 2948 | test entry-17.2 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body { |
| 2935 | 2949 | entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12} |
| 2936 | 2950 | pack .e |
| 2937 | 2951 | .e insert 0 0123456789abcdef |
| 2938 | 2952 | .e xview 3 |
| 2939 | update | |
| 2953 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2954 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2940 | 2955 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 2941 | 2956 | } -cleanup { |
| 2942 | 2957 | destroy .e |
| 2958 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2943 | 2959 | } -result {0.187500 0.812500} |
| 2944 | 2960 | test entry-17.3 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body { |
| 2945 | 2961 | entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12} |
| 2946 | 2962 | pack .e |
| 2947 | 2963 | .e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs |
| 2948 | 2964 | .e xview 6 |
| 2949 | update | |
| 2965 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2966 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2950 | 2967 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 2951 | 2968 | } -cleanup { |
| 2952 | 2969 | destroy .e |
| 2970 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2953 | 2971 | } -result {0.315789 0.842105} |
| 2954 | 2972 | test entry-17.4 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} -setup { |
| 2955 | 2973 | proc bgerror msg { |
| 2959 | 2977 | } -body { |
| 2960 | 2978 | entry .e -width 5 -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand |
| 2961 | 2979 | pack .e |
| 2962 | update | |
| 2980 | vwait x | |
| 2963 | 2981 | list $x $errorInfo |
| 2964 | 2982 | } -cleanup { |
| 2965 | 2983 | destroy .e |
| 3501 | 3519 | destroy .e |
| 3502 | 3520 | } -result {can't trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace doesn't exist} |
| 3503 | 3521 | |
| 3522 | test entry-25.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3523 | # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name | |
| 3524 | set var INIT | |
| 3525 | entry .b -textvariable var | |
| 3526 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3527 | .b configure -textvariable {} | |
| 3528 | }}} | |
| 3529 | pack .b | |
| 3530 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 3531 | update | |
| 3532 | destroy .b | |
| 3533 | info exists {} | |
| 3534 | } 0 | |
| 3535 | test entry-25.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3536 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 3537 | set var INIT | |
| 3538 | entry .b -textvariable var | |
| 3539 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3540 | .b configure -textvariable new | |
| 3541 | }}} | |
| 3542 | pack .b | |
| 3543 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 3544 | update | |
| 3545 | destroy .b | |
| 3546 | unset new | |
| 3547 | } {} | |
| 3548 | ||
| 3549 | ||
| 3504 | 3550 | # Gathered comments about lacks |
| 3505 | 3551 | # XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc, |
| 3506 | 3552 | # and EntryTextVarProc. |
| 244 | 244 | set e [entry $t.e] |
| 245 | 245 | pack $e |
| 246 | 246 | tkwait visibility $e |
| 247 | # Avoid a hang when macOS puts the mouse pointer on the green button | |
| 248 | wm geometry .t +200+100 | |
| 247 | 249 | _keypress_string $e MELLO |
| 248 | 250 | _keypress $e BackSpace |
| 249 | 251 | _keypress $e BackSpace |
| 108 | 108 | font actual xyz -displayof |
| 109 | 109 | } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing} |
| 110 | 110 | test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body { |
| 111 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 111 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 112 | 112 | font actual |
| 113 | 113 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"} |
| 114 | 114 | test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body { |
| 159 | 159 | |
| 160 | 160 | |
| 161 | 161 | test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body { |
| 162 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 162 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 163 | 163 | font configure |
| 164 | 164 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"} |
| 165 | 165 | test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body { |
| 172 | 172 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 173 | 173 | update |
| 174 | 174 | } -body { |
| 175 | # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0) | |
| 175 | # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0) | |
| 176 | 176 | font create xyz |
| 177 | 177 | .t.f configure -font xyz |
| 178 | 178 | font delete xyz |
| 262 | 262 | test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup { |
| 263 | 263 | catch {font delete xyz} |
| 264 | 264 | } -body { |
| 265 | # name was specified so skip = 3 | |
| 265 | # name was specified so skip = 3 | |
| 266 | 266 | font create xyz -xyz times |
| 267 | 267 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike} |
| 268 | 268 | test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup { |
| 269 | 269 | clearnondefaultfonts |
| 270 | 270 | } -body { |
| 271 | # name was not specified so skip = 2 | |
| 271 | # name was not specified so skip = 2 | |
| 272 | 272 | font create -xyz times |
| 273 | 273 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike} |
| 274 | 274 | test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} -setup { |
| 282 | 282 | } -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" already exists} |
| 283 | 283 | |
| 284 | 284 | test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} -body { |
| 285 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 285 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 286 | 286 | font delete |
| 287 | 287 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"} |
| 288 | 288 | test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} -setup { |
| 289 | 289 | clearnondefaultfonts |
| 290 | 290 | set x {} |
| 291 | 291 | } -body { |
| 292 | # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) | |
| 292 | # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) | |
| 293 | 293 | font create a -underline 1 |
| 294 | 294 | font create b -underline 1 |
| 295 | 295 | font create c -underline 1 |
| 320 | 320 | test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} -setup { |
| 321 | 321 | catch {font delete xyz} |
| 322 | 322 | } -body { |
| 323 | # (namedHashPtr == NULL) | |
| 323 | # (namedHashPtr == NULL) | |
| 324 | 324 | font delete xyz |
| 325 | 325 | } -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist} |
| 326 | 326 | test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} -setup { |
| 387 | 387 | expr {[font measure xyz -displayof] > 0} |
| 388 | 388 | } -returnCodes ok -result 1 |
| 389 | 389 | test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} -body { |
| 390 | # (objc - skip != 4) | |
| 390 | # (objc - skip != 4) | |
| 391 | 391 | font measure |
| 392 | 392 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"} |
| 393 | 393 | test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} -body { |
| 394 | # (objc - skip != 4) | |
| 394 | # (objc - skip != 4) | |
| 395 | 395 | font measure xyz abc def |
| 396 | 396 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"} |
| 397 | 397 | test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body { |
| 421 | 421 | font metrics xyz -displayof |
| 422 | 422 | } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing} |
| 423 | 423 | test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body { |
| 424 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 424 | # (objc < 3) | |
| 425 | 425 | font metrics |
| 426 | 426 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"} |
| 427 | 427 | test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body { |
| 584 | 584 | |
| 585 | 585 | |
| 586 | 586 | test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints { |
| 587 | testfont | |
| 587 | testfont | |
| 588 | 588 | } -setup { |
| 589 | 589 | destroy .b1 .b2 |
| 590 | 590 | } -body { |
| 597 | 597 | destroy .b1 .b2 |
| 598 | 598 | } -result {{1 0}} |
| 599 | 599 | test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints { |
| 600 | testfont | |
| 600 | testfont | |
| 601 | 601 | } -setup { |
| 602 | 602 | destroy .b1 .b2 |
| 603 | 603 | set result {} |
| 612 | 612 | destroy .b2 |
| 613 | 613 | } -result {{} {{1 1}}} |
| 614 | 614 | test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints { |
| 615 | testfont | |
| 615 | testfont | |
| 616 | 616 | } -setup { |
| 617 | 617 | destroy .b1 .b2 |
| 618 | 618 | set result {} |
| 643 | 643 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 644 | 644 | update |
| 645 | 645 | } -body { |
| 646 | # (namedHashPtr != NULL) | |
| 647 | font create xyz | |
| 648 | .t.f config -font xyz | |
| 646 | # (namedHashPtr != NULL) | |
| 647 | font create xyz | |
| 648 | .t.f config -font xyz | |
| 649 | 649 | } -cleanup { |
| 650 | 650 | destroy .t.f |
| 651 | 651 | font delete xyz |
| 661 | 661 | destroy .t.f |
| 662 | 662 | } -result {-family} -result {} |
| 663 | 663 | test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints { |
| 664 | unix | |
| 664 | unix | |
| 665 | 665 | } -setup { |
| 666 | 666 | destroy .t.f |
| 667 | 667 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 668 | 668 | update |
| 669 | 669 | } -body { |
| 670 | # not (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 670 | # not (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 671 | 671 | .t.f config -font fixed |
| 672 | 672 | } -result {} |
| 673 | 673 | test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints { |
| 674 | win | |
| 674 | win | |
| 675 | 675 | } -setup { |
| 676 | 676 | destroy .t.f |
| 677 | 677 | clearnondefaultfonts |
| 678 | 678 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 679 | 679 | update |
| 680 | 680 | } -body { |
| 681 | # not (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 681 | # not (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 682 | 682 | .t.f config -font oemfixed |
| 683 | 683 | } -cleanup { |
| 684 | 684 | destroy .t.f |
| 688 | 688 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 689 | 689 | update |
| 690 | 690 | } -body { |
| 691 | # (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 691 | # (fontPtr == NULL) | |
| 692 | 692 | .t.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz} |
| 693 | 693 | } -cleanup { |
| 694 | 694 | destroy .t.f |
| 723 | 723 | update |
| 724 | 724 | } -cleanup { |
| 725 | 725 | destroy .t.f |
| 726 | } -result {} | |
| 726 | } -result {} | |
| 727 | 727 | |
| 728 | 728 | |
| 729 | 729 | test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} -setup { |
| 739 | 739 | |
| 740 | 740 | |
| 741 | 741 | test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints { |
| 742 | testfont | |
| 742 | testfont | |
| 743 | 743 | } -setup { |
| 744 | 744 | destroy .b1 .b2 .b3 |
| 745 | 745 | set result {} |
| 784 | 784 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 785 | 785 | update |
| 786 | 786 | } -body { |
| 787 | # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) | |
| 787 | # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) | |
| 788 | 788 | font create xyz |
| 789 | 789 | .t.f config -font xyz |
| 790 | 790 | destroy .t.f |
| 796 | 796 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 797 | 797 | update |
| 798 | 798 | } -body { |
| 799 | # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0) | |
| 799 | # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0) | |
| 800 | 800 | font create xyz -underline 1 |
| 801 | 801 | .t.f config -font xyz |
| 802 | 802 | font delete xyz |
| 810 | 810 | pack [label .t.f] |
| 811 | 811 | update |
| 812 | 812 | } -body { |
| 813 | font create xyz | |
| 813 | font create xyz | |
| 814 | 814 | .t.f config -font xyz |
| 815 | 815 | button .t.b -font xyz |
| 816 | 816 | font delete xyz |
| 869 | 869 | # Procedure used in 21.* tests |
| 870 | 870 | proc psfontname {name} { |
| 871 | 871 | destroy .t.c |
| 872 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 872 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 873 | 873 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 874 | 874 | pack .t.c |
| 875 | 875 | update |
| 895 | 895 | } |
| 896 | 896 | } -result {AvantGarde-Book} |
| 897 | 897 | test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints { |
| 898 | win | |
| 898 | win | |
| 899 | 899 | } -body { |
| 900 | 900 | psfontname "arial 10" |
| 901 | 901 | } -result {Helvetica} |
| 902 | 902 | test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints { |
| 903 | win | |
| 903 | win | |
| 904 | 904 | } -body { |
| 905 | 905 | psfontname "{times new roman} 10" |
| 906 | 906 | } -result {Times-Roman} |
| 907 | 907 | test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints { |
| 908 | win | |
| 908 | win | |
| 909 | 909 | } -body { |
| 910 | 910 | psfontname "{courier new} 10" |
| 911 | 911 | } -result {Courier} |
| 912 | 912 | test font-21.5 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints { |
| 913 | unix | |
| 913 | unix | |
| 914 | 914 | } -body { |
| 915 | 915 | set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family] |
| 916 | 916 | if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} { |
| 920 | 920 | } |
| 921 | 921 | } -result {LucidaBright} |
| 922 | 922 | test font-21.6 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints { |
| 923 | x11 | |
| 923 | x11 | |
| 924 | 924 | } -body { |
| 925 | 925 | psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10" |
| 926 | 926 | } -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman} |
| 927 | 927 | |
| 928 | 928 | test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 929 | unix | |
| 929 | unix | |
| 930 | 930 | } -body { |
| 931 | 931 | set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal} |
| 932 | 932 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} { |
| 936 | 936 | } |
| 937 | 937 | } -result {AvantGarde-Book} |
| 938 | 938 | test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 939 | unix | |
| 939 | unix | |
| 940 | 940 | } -body { |
| 941 | 941 | set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold} |
| 942 | 942 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} { |
| 946 | 946 | } |
| 947 | 947 | } -result {AvantGarde-Demi} |
| 948 | 948 | test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 949 | unix | |
| 949 | unix | |
| 950 | 950 | } -body { |
| 951 | 951 | set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal} |
| 952 | 952 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} { |
| 956 | 956 | } |
| 957 | 957 | } -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique} |
| 958 | 958 | test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 959 | unix | |
| 959 | unix | |
| 960 | 960 | } -body { |
| 961 | 961 | set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold} |
| 962 | 962 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} { |
| 967 | 967 | } -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique} |
| 968 | 968 | |
| 969 | 969 | test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 970 | unix | |
| 970 | unix | |
| 971 | 971 | } -body { |
| 972 | 972 | set name {bookman 12 roman normal} |
| 973 | 973 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} { |
| 977 | 977 | } |
| 978 | 978 | } -result {Bookman-Light} |
| 979 | 979 | test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 980 | unix | |
| 980 | unix | |
| 981 | 981 | } -body { |
| 982 | 982 | set name {bookman 12 roman bold} |
| 983 | 983 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} { |
| 987 | 987 | } |
| 988 | 988 | } -result {Bookman-Demi} |
| 989 | 989 | test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 990 | unix | |
| 990 | unix | |
| 991 | 991 | } -body { |
| 992 | 992 | set name {bookman 12 italic normal} |
| 993 | 993 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} { |
| 997 | 997 | } |
| 998 | 998 | } -result {Bookman-LightItalic} |
| 999 | 999 | test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1000 | unix | |
| 1000 | unix | |
| 1001 | 1001 | } -body { |
| 1002 | 1002 | set name {bookman 12 italic bold} |
| 1003 | 1003 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} { |
| 1008 | 1008 | } -result {Bookman-DemiItalic} |
| 1009 | 1009 | |
| 1010 | 1010 | test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1011 | unix | |
| 1011 | unix | |
| 1012 | 1012 | } -body { |
| 1013 | 1013 | set name {courier 12 roman normal} |
| 1014 | 1014 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} { |
| 1018 | 1018 | } |
| 1019 | 1019 | } -result {Courier} |
| 1020 | 1020 | test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1021 | unix | |
| 1021 | unix | |
| 1022 | 1022 | } -body { |
| 1023 | 1023 | set name {courier 12 roman bold} |
| 1024 | 1024 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} { |
| 1028 | 1028 | } |
| 1029 | 1029 | } -result {Courier-Bold} |
| 1030 | 1030 | test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1031 | unix | |
| 1031 | unix | |
| 1032 | 1032 | } -body { |
| 1033 | 1033 | set name {courier 12 italic normal} |
| 1034 | 1034 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} { |
| 1038 | 1038 | } |
| 1039 | 1039 | } -result {Courier-Oblique} |
| 1040 | 1040 | test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1041 | unix | |
| 1041 | unix | |
| 1042 | 1042 | } -body { |
| 1043 | 1043 | set name {courier 12 italic bold} |
| 1044 | 1044 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} { |
| 1049 | 1049 | } -result {Courier-BoldOblique} |
| 1050 | 1050 | |
| 1051 | 1051 | test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1052 | unix | |
| 1052 | unix | |
| 1053 | 1053 | } -body { |
| 1054 | 1054 | set name {helvetica 12 roman normal} |
| 1055 | 1055 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} { |
| 1059 | 1059 | } |
| 1060 | 1060 | } -result {Helvetica} |
| 1061 | 1061 | test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1062 | unix | |
| 1062 | unix | |
| 1063 | 1063 | } -body { |
| 1064 | 1064 | set name {helvetica 12 roman bold} |
| 1065 | 1065 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} { |
| 1069 | 1069 | } |
| 1070 | 1070 | } -result {Helvetica-Bold} |
| 1071 | 1071 | test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1072 | unix | |
| 1072 | unix | |
| 1073 | 1073 | } -body { |
| 1074 | 1074 | set name {helvetica 12 italic normal} |
| 1075 | 1075 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} { |
| 1079 | 1079 | } |
| 1080 | 1080 | } -result {Helvetica-Oblique} |
| 1081 | 1081 | test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1082 | unix | |
| 1082 | unix | |
| 1083 | 1083 | } -body { |
| 1084 | 1084 | set name {helvetica 12 italic bold} |
| 1085 | 1085 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} { |
| 1090 | 1090 | } -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique} |
| 1091 | 1091 | |
| 1092 | 1092 | test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1093 | unix | |
| 1093 | unix | |
| 1094 | 1094 | } -body { |
| 1095 | 1095 | set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal} |
| 1096 | 1096 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} { |
| 1100 | 1100 | } |
| 1101 | 1101 | } -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman} |
| 1102 | 1102 | test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1103 | unix | |
| 1103 | unix | |
| 1104 | 1104 | } -body { |
| 1105 | 1105 | set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold} |
| 1106 | 1106 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} { |
| 1110 | 1110 | } |
| 1111 | 1111 | } -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold} |
| 1112 | 1112 | test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1113 | unix | |
| 1113 | unix | |
| 1114 | 1114 | } -body { |
| 1115 | 1115 | set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal} |
| 1116 | 1116 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} { |
| 1120 | 1120 | } |
| 1121 | 1121 | } -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic} |
| 1122 | 1122 | test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1123 | unix | |
| 1123 | unix | |
| 1124 | 1124 | } -body { |
| 1125 | 1125 | set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold} |
| 1126 | 1126 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} { |
| 1131 | 1131 | } -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic} |
| 1132 | 1132 | |
| 1133 | 1133 | test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1134 | unix | |
| 1134 | unix | |
| 1135 | 1135 | } -body { |
| 1136 | 1136 | set name {palatino 12 roman normal} |
| 1137 | 1137 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} { |
| 1141 | 1141 | } |
| 1142 | 1142 | } -result {Palatino-Roman} |
| 1143 | 1143 | test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1144 | unix | |
| 1144 | unix | |
| 1145 | 1145 | } -body { |
| 1146 | 1146 | set name {palatino 12 roman bold} |
| 1147 | 1147 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} { |
| 1151 | 1151 | } |
| 1152 | 1152 | } -result {Palatino-Bold} |
| 1153 | 1153 | test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1154 | unix | |
| 1154 | unix | |
| 1155 | 1155 | } -body { |
| 1156 | 1156 | set name {palatino 12 italic normal} |
| 1157 | 1157 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} { |
| 1161 | 1161 | } |
| 1162 | 1162 | } -result {Palatino-Italic} |
| 1163 | 1163 | test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1164 | unix | |
| 1164 | unix | |
| 1165 | 1165 | } -body { |
| 1166 | 1166 | set name {palatino 12 italic bold} |
| 1167 | 1167 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} { |
| 1172 | 1172 | } -result {Palatino-BoldItalic} |
| 1173 | 1173 | |
| 1174 | 1174 | test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1175 | unix | |
| 1175 | unix | |
| 1176 | 1176 | } -body { |
| 1177 | 1177 | set name {symbol 12 roman normal} |
| 1178 | 1178 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} { |
| 1182 | 1182 | } |
| 1183 | 1183 | } -result {Symbol} |
| 1184 | 1184 | test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1185 | unix | |
| 1185 | unix | |
| 1186 | 1186 | } -body { |
| 1187 | 1187 | set name {symbol 12 roman bold} |
| 1188 | 1188 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} { |
| 1192 | 1192 | } |
| 1193 | 1193 | } -result {Symbol} |
| 1194 | 1194 | test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1195 | unix | |
| 1195 | unix | |
| 1196 | 1196 | } -body { |
| 1197 | 1197 | set name {symbol 12 italic normal} |
| 1198 | 1198 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} { |
| 1202 | 1202 | } |
| 1203 | 1203 | } -result {Symbol} |
| 1204 | 1204 | test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1205 | unix | |
| 1205 | unix | |
| 1206 | 1206 | } -body { |
| 1207 | 1207 | set name {symbol 12 italic bold} |
| 1208 | 1208 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} { |
| 1213 | 1213 | } -result {Symbol} |
| 1214 | 1214 | |
| 1215 | 1215 | test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1216 | unix | |
| 1216 | unix | |
| 1217 | 1217 | } -body { |
| 1218 | 1218 | set name {times 12 roman normal} |
| 1219 | 1219 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} { |
| 1223 | 1223 | } |
| 1224 | 1224 | } -result {Times-Roman} |
| 1225 | 1225 | test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1226 | unix | |
| 1226 | unix | |
| 1227 | 1227 | } -body { |
| 1228 | 1228 | set name {times 12 roman bold} |
| 1229 | 1229 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} { |
| 1233 | 1233 | } |
| 1234 | 1234 | } -result {Times-Bold} |
| 1235 | 1235 | test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1236 | unix | |
| 1236 | unix | |
| 1237 | 1237 | } -body { |
| 1238 | 1238 | set name {times 12 italic normal} |
| 1239 | 1239 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} { |
| 1243 | 1243 | } |
| 1244 | 1244 | } -result {Times-Italic} |
| 1245 | 1245 | test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1246 | unix | |
| 1246 | unix | |
| 1247 | 1247 | } -body { |
| 1248 | 1248 | set name {times 12 italic bold} |
| 1249 | 1249 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} { |
| 1254 | 1254 | } -result {Times-BoldItalic} |
| 1255 | 1255 | |
| 1256 | 1256 | test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1257 | unix | |
| 1257 | unix | |
| 1258 | 1258 | } -body { |
| 1259 | 1259 | set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal} |
| 1260 | 1260 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} { |
| 1264 | 1264 | } |
| 1265 | 1265 | } -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic} |
| 1266 | 1266 | test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1267 | unix | |
| 1267 | unix | |
| 1268 | 1268 | } -body { |
| 1269 | 1269 | set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold} |
| 1270 | 1270 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} { |
| 1274 | 1274 | } |
| 1275 | 1275 | } -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic} |
| 1276 | 1276 | test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1277 | unix | |
| 1277 | unix | |
| 1278 | 1278 | } -body { |
| 1279 | 1279 | set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal} |
| 1280 | 1280 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} { |
| 1284 | 1284 | } |
| 1285 | 1285 | } -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic} |
| 1286 | 1286 | test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1287 | unix | |
| 1287 | unix | |
| 1288 | 1288 | } -body { |
| 1289 | 1289 | set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold} |
| 1290 | 1290 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} { |
| 1295 | 1295 | } -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic} |
| 1296 | 1296 | |
| 1297 | 1297 | test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1298 | unix | |
| 1298 | unix | |
| 1299 | 1299 | } -body { |
| 1300 | 1300 | set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal} |
| 1301 | 1301 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} { |
| 1305 | 1305 | } |
| 1306 | 1306 | } -result {ZapfDingbats} |
| 1307 | 1307 | test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1308 | unix | |
| 1308 | unix | |
| 1309 | 1309 | } -body { |
| 1310 | 1310 | set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold} |
| 1311 | 1311 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} { |
| 1315 | 1315 | } |
| 1316 | 1316 | } -result {ZapfDingbats} |
| 1317 | 1317 | test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1318 | unix | |
| 1318 | unix | |
| 1319 | 1319 | } -body { |
| 1320 | 1320 | set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal} |
| 1321 | 1321 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} { |
| 1325 | 1325 | } |
| 1326 | 1326 | } -result {ZapfDingbats} |
| 1327 | 1327 | test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints { |
| 1328 | unix | |
| 1328 | unix | |
| 1329 | 1329 | } -body { |
| 1330 | 1330 | set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold} |
| 1331 | 1331 | if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} { |
| 1442 | 1442 | |
| 1443 | 1443 | |
| 1444 | 1444 | test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} -setup { |
| 1445 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1445 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1446 | 1446 | } -body { |
| 1447 | 1447 | label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \ |
| 1448 | 1448 | -text "0" -font "Courier -12" |
| 1468 | 1468 | |
| 1469 | 1469 | |
| 1470 | 1470 | # Data used in 24.* tests |
| 1471 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1471 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1472 | 1472 | label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \ |
| 1473 | 1473 | -text "0" -font "Courier -12" |
| 1474 | 1474 | pack .t.l |
| 1593 | 1593 | lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq [expr {$ay * 2}]}] |
| 1594 | 1594 | return $x |
| 1595 | 1595 | } -result {1 1 1 1} |
| 1596 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1596 | destroy .t.l | |
| 1597 | 1597 | |
| 1598 | 1598 | test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} -setup { |
| 1599 | 1599 | set x {} |
| 1600 | 1600 | destroy .t.c |
| 1601 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1601 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1602 | 1602 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1603 | 1603 | pack .t.c |
| 1604 | 1604 | update |
| 1627 | 1627 | } -cleanup { |
| 1628 | 1628 | destroy .t.f |
| 1629 | 1629 | } -result {} |
| 1630 | ||
| 1630 | ||
| 1631 | 1631 | |
| 1632 | 1632 | # Canvas created for tests: 26.* |
| 1633 | 1633 | destroy .t.c |
| 1634 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1634 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1635 | 1635 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1636 | 1636 | pack .t.c |
| 1637 | 1637 | update |
| 1689 | 1689 | |
| 1690 | 1690 | # Canvas created for tests: 28.* |
| 1691 | 1691 | destroy .t.c |
| 1692 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1692 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1693 | 1693 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1694 | 1694 | pack .t.c |
| 1695 | 1695 | update |
| 1781 | 1781 | |
| 1782 | 1782 | # Canvas created for tests: 30.* |
| 1783 | 1783 | destroy .t.c |
| 1784 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1784 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1785 | 1785 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1786 | 1786 | pack .t.c |
| 1787 | 1787 | update |
| 1924 | 1924 | |
| 1925 | 1925 | # Canvas created for tests 31.* |
| 1926 | 1926 | destroy .t.c |
| 1927 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1927 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1928 | 1928 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1929 | 1929 | pack .t.c |
| 1930 | 1930 | update |
| 1970 | 1970 | |
| 1971 | 1971 | test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup { |
| 1972 | 1972 | destroy .t.c |
| 1973 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1973 | canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 | |
| 1974 | 1974 | .t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12" |
| 1975 | 1975 | pack .t.c |
| 1976 | 1976 | update |
| 1983 | 1983 | .t.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n" |
| 1984 | 1984 | .t.c insert text end "end" |
| 1985 | 1985 | set x [.t.c postscript] |
| 1986 | set i [string first "(qwerty" $x] | |
| 1986 | set i [string first "(qwerty" $x] | |
| 1987 | 1987 | string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}] |
| 1988 | 1988 | } -cleanup { |
| 1989 | 1989 | destroy .t.c |
| 2199 | 2199 | set x {} |
| 2200 | 2200 | } -body { |
| 2201 | 2201 | font create xyz -underline yes |
| 2202 | font config xyz -underline | |
| 2202 | font config xyz -underline | |
| 2203 | 2203 | } -cleanup { |
| 2204 | 2204 | font delete xyz |
| 2205 | 2205 | } -result {1} |
| 2208 | 2208 | set x {} |
| 2209 | 2209 | } -body { |
| 2210 | 2210 | font create xyz -overstrike no |
| 2211 | font config xyz -overstrike | |
| 2211 | font config xyz -overstrike | |
| 2212 | 2212 | } -cleanup { |
| 2213 | 2213 | font delete xyz |
| 2214 | 2214 | } -result {0} |
| 59 | 59 | .f configure -class |
| 60 | 60 | } -cleanup { |
| 61 | 61 | deleteWindows |
| 62 | } -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame} | |
| 62 | } -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame} | |
| 63 | 63 | test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} -setup { |
| 64 | 64 | deleteWindows |
| 65 | 65 | } -body { |
| 622 | 622 | deleteWindows |
| 623 | 623 | option clear |
| 624 | 624 | } -result {#123456} |
| 625 | test frame-3.6 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup { | |
| 626 | deleteWindows | |
| 627 | } -body { | |
| 628 | option add *NewFrame.background #123456 | |
| 629 | frame .f -class NewFrame | |
| 630 | lindex [.f configure -background] 4 | |
| 631 | } -cleanup { | |
| 632 | deleteWindows | |
| 633 | option clear | |
| 634 | } -result {#123456} | |
| 635 | 625 | test frame-3.7 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup { |
| 636 | 626 | deleteWindows |
| 637 | 627 | } -body { |
| 667 | 657 | [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \ |
| 668 | 658 | [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t] |
| 669 | 659 | } -cleanup { |
| 660 | # This call to update idletasks was added to prevent a crash that was | |
| 661 | # observed on OSX 10.12 (Sierra) only. Any change, such as using the | |
| 662 | # Development version to make debugging symbols available, adding a print | |
| 663 | # statement, or calling update idletasks here, would make the test pass | |
| 664 | # with no segfault. | |
| 665 | update idletasks | |
| 670 | 666 | deleteWindows |
| 671 | 667 | } -result {0 0 140 300} |
| 672 | 668 | test frame-3.10 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -constraints { |
| 677 | 673 | toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120 |
| 678 | 674 | wm geometry .t +0+0 |
| 679 | 675 | option add *x.use [winfo id .t] |
| 676 | update | |
| 680 | 677 | toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -bg green |
| 681 | 678 | tkwait visibility .x |
| 679 | update | |
| 682 | 680 | list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \ |
| 683 | 681 | [expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \ |
| 684 | 682 | [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t] |
| 791 | 789 | } -setup { |
| 792 | 790 | deleteWindows |
| 793 | 791 | } -body { |
| 794 | toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 | |
| 792 | toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 | |
| 795 | 793 | wm geometry .t +0+0 |
| 796 | 794 | update |
| 797 | 795 | colorsFree .t 131 131 131 |
| 835 | 833 | deleteWindows |
| 836 | 834 | } -body { |
| 837 | 835 | set x ok |
| 838 | toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 | |
| 836 | toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 | |
| 839 | 837 | wm geometry .t +0+0 |
| 840 | 838 | update |
| 841 | 839 | colorsFree .t 131 131 131 |
| 1131 | 1129 | place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100 |
| 1132 | 1130 | pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1 |
| 1133 | 1131 | |
| 1134 | set result {} | |
| 1132 | set result {} | |
| 1135 | 1133 | foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} { |
| 1136 | 1134 | .f configure -labelanchor $lp |
| 1137 | 1135 | update |
| 11 | 11 | tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| 12 | 12 | namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| 13 | 13 | |
| 14 | # There's currently no way to test the actual grab effect, per se, | |
| 15 | # in an automated test. Therefore, this test suite only covers the | |
| 16 | # interface to the grab command (ie, error messages, etc.) | |
| 17 | ||
| 14 | # The macOS test module includes the pressbutton command to simulate a | |
| 15 | # mouse button press event by injecting events into the NSApplication | |
| 16 | # event queue. On other platforms there is currently no way to test | |
| 17 | # the actual grab effect, per se, in an automated test. Therefore, | |
| 18 | # this test suite only covers the interface to the grab command (ie, | |
| 19 | # error messages, etc.) on platforms other than macOS. | |
| 20 | ||
| 21 | testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]] | |
| 18 | 22 | |
| 19 | 23 | test grab-1.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd} -body { |
| 20 | 24 | grab |
| 181 | 185 | grab release . |
| 182 | 186 | } -result {. global} |
| 183 | 187 | |
| 188 | test grab-6.1 {local grab on child window} -constraints { | |
| 189 | pressbutton | |
| 190 | } -body { | |
| 191 | wm geometry . 100x200+200+100 | |
| 192 | set result {} | |
| 193 | frame .f -background red -padx 10 -pady 10 -height 100 -width 80 | |
| 194 | bind . <Button-1> {lappend result "outside"} | |
| 195 | bind .f <Button-1> {lappend result "inside"} | |
| 196 | pack .f | |
| 197 | update idletasks | |
| 198 | pressbutton 250 150 | |
| 199 | update | |
| 200 | lappend result ":" | |
| 201 | pressbutton 250 250 | |
| 202 | update | |
| 203 | lappend result ":" | |
| 204 | grab set .f | |
| 205 | pressbutton 250 150 | |
| 206 | update | |
| 207 | lappend result ":" | |
| 208 | pressbutton 250 250 | |
| 209 | update | |
| 210 | return $result | |
| 211 | } -cleanup { | |
| 212 | grab release .f | |
| 213 | } -result {inside outside : outside : inside outside :} | |
| 184 | 214 | |
| 185 | 215 | cleanupTests |
| 186 | 216 | return |
| 78 | 78 | } -cleanup { |
| 79 | 79 | grid_reset 1.9 |
| 80 | 80 | } -returnCodes ok -result {} |
| 81 | ||
| 81 | 82 | |
| 82 | 83 | test grid-2.1 {bbox} -body { |
| 83 | 84 | grid bbox . |
| 191 | 192 | } -cleanup { |
| 192 | 193 | grid_reset 3.9 |
| 193 | 194 | } -returnCodes error -result {invalid window shortcut, "y" should be '-', 'x', or '^'} |
| 195 | test grid-3.10 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -body { | |
| 196 | frame .f | |
| 197 | grid .f -in .f | |
| 198 | } -cleanup { | |
| 199 | grid_reset 3.10 | |
| 200 | } -returnCodes error -result {window can't be managed in itself} | |
| 201 | test grid-3.11 {prevent management loops} -body { | |
| 202 | frame .f1 | |
| 203 | frame .f2 | |
| 204 | grid .f1 -in .f2 | |
| 205 | grid .f2 -in .f1 | |
| 206 | } -cleanup { | |
| 207 | grid_reset 3.11 | |
| 208 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 209 | test grid-3.12 {prevent management loops} -body { | |
| 210 | frame .f1 | |
| 211 | frame .f2 | |
| 212 | frame .f3 | |
| 213 | grid .f1 -in .f2 | |
| 214 | grid .f2 -in .f3 | |
| 215 | grid .f3 -in .f1 | |
| 216 | } -cleanup { | |
| 217 | grid_reset 3.12 | |
| 218 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 194 | 219 | |
| 195 | 220 | test grid-4.1 {forget: basic argument checking} -body { |
| 196 | 221 | grid forget foo |
| 32 | 32 | image c bad_type |
| 33 | 33 | } -returnCodes error -result {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist} |
| 34 | 34 | test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 35 | testImageType | |
| 35 | testImageType | |
| 36 | 36 | } -body { |
| 37 | 37 | list [image create test myimage] [imageNames] |
| 38 | 38 | } -cleanup { |
| 39 | 39 | imageCleanup |
| 40 | 40 | } -result {myimage myimage} |
| 41 | 41 | test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 42 | testImageType | |
| 42 | testImageType | |
| 43 | 43 | } -setup { |
| 44 | 44 | imageCleanup |
| 45 | 45 | } -body { |
| 46 | 46 | scan [image create test] image%d first |
| 47 | 47 | image create test myimage |
| 48 | 48 | scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second |
| 49 | expr $second-$first | |
| 49 | expr {$second-$first} | |
| 50 | 50 | } -cleanup { |
| 51 | 51 | imageCleanup |
| 52 | 52 | } -result {1} |
| 53 | 53 | |
| 54 | 54 | test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 55 | testImageType | |
| 55 | testImageType | |
| 56 | 56 | } -setup { |
| 57 | 57 | imageCleanup |
| 58 | 58 | } -body { |
| 61 | 61 | .c create image 100 150 -image myimage |
| 62 | 62 | update |
| 63 | 63 | set x {} |
| 64 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 64 | 65 | image create test myimage -variable x |
| 65 | update | |
| 66 | update idletasks | |
| 67 | update | |
| 68 | # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run. | |
| 69 | while {"timed out" ni $x && [lindex $x end 1] ne "display"} { | |
| 70 | vwait x | |
| 71 | } | |
| 72 | after cancel timer | |
| 73 | if {[lindex $x end] eq "timed out"} { | |
| 74 | return [lreplace $x end end] | |
| 75 | } | |
| 66 | 76 | return $x |
| 67 | 77 | } -cleanup { |
| 68 | 78 | imageCleanup |
| 69 | 79 | } -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}} |
| 70 | 80 | test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 71 | testImageType | |
| 81 | testImageType | |
| 72 | 82 | } -setup { |
| 73 | 83 | .c delete all |
| 74 | 84 | imageCleanup |
| 79 | 89 | image delete myimage |
| 80 | 90 | update |
| 81 | 91 | set x {} |
| 92 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 82 | 93 | image create test myimage -variable x |
| 83 | update | |
| 94 | vwait x | |
| 95 | after cancel $timer | |
| 84 | 96 | return $x |
| 85 | 97 | } -cleanup { |
| 86 | 98 | .c delete all |
| 87 | 99 | imageCleanup |
| 88 | 100 | } -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}} |
| 89 | 101 | test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 90 | testImageType | |
| 102 | testImageType | |
| 91 | 103 | } -body { |
| 92 | 104 | image create test -badName foo |
| 93 | 105 | } -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"} |
| 94 | 106 | test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints { |
| 95 | testImageType | |
| 107 | testImageType | |
| 96 | 108 | } -body { |
| 97 | 109 | catch {image create test -badName foo} |
| 98 | 110 | imageNames |
| 141 | 153 | image delete |
| 142 | 154 | } -result {} |
| 143 | 155 | test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints { |
| 144 | testImageType | |
| 156 | testImageType | |
| 145 | 157 | } -setup { |
| 146 | 158 | imageCleanup |
| 147 | 159 | set result {} |
| 155 | 167 | imageCleanup |
| 156 | 168 | } -result {{img2 myimage} {}} |
| 157 | 169 | test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints { |
| 158 | testImageType | |
| 170 | testImageType | |
| 159 | 171 | } -setup { |
| 160 | 172 | imageCleanup |
| 161 | 173 | } -body { |
| 166 | 178 | imageCleanup |
| 167 | 179 | } -returnCodes error -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist} |
| 168 | 180 | test image-2.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints { |
| 169 | testImageType | |
| 181 | testImageType | |
| 170 | 182 | } -setup { |
| 171 | 183 | imageCleanup |
| 172 | 184 | } -body { |
| 189 | 201 | image height foo |
| 190 | 202 | } -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist} |
| 191 | 203 | test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -constraints { |
| 192 | testImageType | |
| 204 | testImageType | |
| 193 | 205 | } -setup { |
| 194 | 206 | imageCleanup |
| 195 | 207 | } -body { |
| 206 | 218 | image names x |
| 207 | 219 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image names"} |
| 208 | 220 | test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -constraints { |
| 209 | testImageType | |
| 221 | testImageType | |
| 210 | 222 | } -setup { |
| 211 | 223 | catch {interp delete testinterp} |
| 212 | 224 | } -body { |
| 248 | 260 | } -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist} |
| 249 | 261 | |
| 250 | 262 | test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints { |
| 251 | testImageType | |
| 263 | testImageType | |
| 252 | 264 | } -setup { |
| 253 | 265 | imageCleanup |
| 254 | 266 | } -body { |
| 258 | 270 | imageCleanup |
| 259 | 271 | } -result {test} |
| 260 | 272 | test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints { |
| 261 | testImageType | |
| 273 | testImageType | |
| 262 | 274 | } -setup { |
| 263 | 275 | imageCleanup |
| 264 | 276 | } -body { |
| 270 | 282 | imageCleanup |
| 271 | 283 | } -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist} |
| 272 | 284 | test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints { |
| 273 | testOldImageType | |
| 285 | testOldImageType | |
| 274 | 286 | } -setup { |
| 275 | 287 | imageCleanup |
| 276 | 288 | } -body { |
| 280 | 292 | imageCleanup |
| 281 | 293 | } -result {oldtest} |
| 282 | 294 | test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints { |
| 283 | testOldImageType | |
| 295 | testOldImageType | |
| 284 | 296 | } -setup { |
| 285 | 297 | .c delete all |
| 286 | 298 | imageCleanup |
| 299 | 311 | image types x |
| 300 | 312 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"} |
| 301 | 313 | test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -constraints { |
| 302 | testImageType | |
| 314 | testImageType | |
| 303 | 315 | } -body { |
| 304 | 316 | lsort [image types] |
| 305 | 317 | } -result {bitmap oldtest photo test} |
| 315 | 327 | image width foo |
| 316 | 328 | } -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist} |
| 317 | 329 | test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -constraints { |
| 318 | testImageType | |
| 330 | testImageType | |
| 319 | 331 | } -setup { |
| 320 | 332 | imageCleanup |
| 321 | 333 | } -body { |
| 329 | 341 | |
| 330 | 342 | |
| 331 | 343 | test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} -constraints { |
| 332 | testImageType | |
| 344 | testImageType | |
| 333 | 345 | } -setup { |
| 334 | 346 | imageCleanup |
| 335 | 347 | set res {} |
| 343 | 355 | imageCleanup |
| 344 | 356 | catch {destroy .b} |
| 345 | 357 | } -result [list 0 1] |
| 346 | ||
| 347 | ||
| 358 | ||
| 359 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} { | |
| 360 | # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image in drawRect. | |
| 361 | set result_9_1 {{foo display 0 0 30 15}} | |
| 362 | } else { | |
| 363 | set result_9_1 {{foo display 5 6 7 8}} | |
| 364 | } | |
| 348 | 365 | test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { |
| 349 | 366 | .c delete all |
| 350 | 367 | imageCleanup |
| 368 | update | |
| 351 | 369 | } -body { |
| 352 | 370 | image create test foo -variable x |
| 353 | 371 | .c create image 50 50 -image foo |
| 354 | 372 | update |
| 355 | 373 | set x {} |
| 374 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 356 | 375 | foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15 |
| 357 | update | |
| 358 | return $x | |
| 359 | } -cleanup { | |
| 360 | .c delete all | |
| 361 | imageCleanup | |
| 362 | } -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8}} | |
| 376 | update idletasks | |
| 377 | update | |
| 378 | # On MacOS we need to wait for the test image display procedure to run. | |
| 379 | while {"timed out" ni $x && [lindex $x end 1] ne "display"} { | |
| 380 | vwait x | |
| 381 | } | |
| 382 | after cancel $timer | |
| 383 | return $x | |
| 384 | } -cleanup { | |
| 385 | .c delete all | |
| 386 | imageCleanup | |
| 387 | } -result $result_9_1 | |
| 388 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua" && $tcl_platform(osVersion) > 18} { | |
| 389 | # Aqua >= 10.14 will redraw the entire image. | |
| 390 | set result_9_2 {{foo display 0 0 30 15} {foo display 0 0 30 15}} | |
| 391 | } else { | |
| 392 | set result_9_2 {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}} | |
| 393 | } | |
| 363 | 394 | test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup { |
| 364 | 395 | .c delete all |
| 365 | 396 | imageCleanup |
| 397 | update | |
| 366 | 398 | } -body { |
| 367 | 399 | image create test foo -variable x |
| 368 | 400 | .c create image 50 50 -image foo |
| 370 | 402 | update |
| 371 | 403 | set x {} |
| 372 | 404 | foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15 |
| 373 | update | |
| 374 | return $x | |
| 375 | } -cleanup { | |
| 376 | .c delete all | |
| 377 | imageCleanup | |
| 378 | } -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}} | |
| 379 | ||
| 405 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 406 | image create test myimage -variable x | |
| 407 | vwait x | |
| 408 | after cancel $timer | |
| 409 | return $x | |
| 410 | } -cleanup { | |
| 411 | .c delete all | |
| 412 | imageCleanup | |
| 413 | } -result $result_9_2 | |
| 380 | 414 | |
| 381 | 415 | test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup { |
| 382 | 416 | imageCleanup |
| 410 | 444 | update |
| 411 | 445 | set x {} |
| 412 | 446 | .c delete i1 |
| 447 | set timer [after 500 {lappend x "timed out"}] | |
| 413 | 448 | pack .c |
| 414 | update | |
| 449 | vwait x | |
| 450 | after cancel $timer | |
| 415 | 451 | list [imageNames] $x |
| 416 | 452 | } -cleanup { |
| 417 | 453 | .c delete all |
| 612 | 648 | .c delete all |
| 613 | 649 | imageCleanup |
| 614 | 650 | } -result {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo} |
| 615 | ||
| 651 | ||
| 616 | 652 | destroy .c |
| 617 | 653 | imageFinish |
| 618 | 654 | |
| 1211 | 1211 | image create photo -file $fileName -format "gif -index 2" |
| 1212 | 1212 | } -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index} |
| 1213 | 1213 | |
| 1214 | test imgPhoto-14.6 {Access Subimage after Subimage with buffer overflow. Ticket 4da2191b} -setup { | |
| 1215 | set data { | |
| 1216 | R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM | |
| 1217 | hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1218 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1219 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1220 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1221 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1222 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1223 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1224 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1225 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1226 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1227 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1228 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1229 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1230 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1231 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA | |
| 1232 | AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMDAwP8AAAD/ | |
| 1233 | AP//AAAA//8A/wD//////ywAAAAAYwA5AAAI/wAZCBxIsKDBgwgTKlzIsKHD | |
| 1234 | hxAjSpxIsaLFixgzatzIsaPHjyBDihxJsqTJkyhTqlzJsqXLlzBjypxJs6bN | |
| 1235 | mzhz6tzJs6fPn0CDCh1KtKhRiwoSKEXAtGlTpUqPGkyagOmCq1edNsWalWkC | |
| 1236 | BUSXIuDqFepBqFWtZv3KU+zYrkrBSqT6dgECtjOTbu16NwFHvV3lshRLti/J | |
| 1237 | qlgRCE6ZuO9ik4Dt+k0ZVyZiyVIvXr77ODPEy5g9T4zMWfTEzXdNz1VbWvXn | |
| 1238 | uqldP1TAOrbshqBb314Y2W7n3Qdpv7UNPCHpycUVbv6dnODy5sqzQldIe8H0 | |
| 1239 | hciva9/Ovbv37+BzBgE7ACH5BAFkAAMALAAAAAAEAAQAAAMEKLrckgA7 | |
| 1240 | } | |
| 1241 | } -body { | |
| 1242 | image create photo photo1 -data $data -format "GIF -index 1" | |
| 1243 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1244 | catch {image delete photo1} | |
| 1245 | } -result photo1 | |
| 1246 | ||
| 1214 | 1247 | test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints { |
| 1215 | 1248 | nonPortable |
| 1216 | 1249 | } -body { |
| 1403 | 1403 | } -body { |
| 1404 | 1404 | set x [list a b c d] |
| 1405 | 1405 | set y [list 1 2 3 4] |
| 1406 | listbox .l2 | |
| 1406 | listbox .l2 | |
| 1407 | 1407 | .l2 configure -listvar x |
| 1408 | 1408 | .l2 configure -listvar y |
| 1409 | 1409 | .l2 insert end 5 6 7 8 |
| 1551 | 1551 | } -cleanup { |
| 1552 | 1552 | destroy .l |
| 1553 | 1553 | } -result {} |
| 1554 | ||
| 1554 | ||
| 1555 | 1555 | |
| 1556 | 1556 | # Listbox used in 6.*, 7.* tests |
| 1557 | 1557 | destroy .l |
| 1912 | 1912 | deleteWindows |
| 1913 | 1913 | } -result {{} {}} |
| 1914 | 1914 | test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints { |
| 1915 | fonts | |
| 1915 | fonts | |
| 1916 | 1916 | } -setup { |
| 1917 | 1917 | destroy .top |
| 1918 | 1918 | } -body { |
| 2208 | 2208 | } -body { |
| 2209 | 2209 | listbox .l -height 5 -yscrollcommand "record y" |
| 2210 | 2210 | pack .l |
| 2211 | update | |
| 2211 | 2212 | .l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j |
| 2212 | 2213 | .l yview 3 |
| 2213 | 2214 | update |
| 2661 | 2662 | destroy .l |
| 2662 | 2663 | } -body { |
| 2663 | 2664 | catch {unset x} |
| 2665 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x | |
| 2664 | 2666 | set log {} |
| 2665 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x | |
| 2666 | 2667 | pack .l |
| 2667 | update | |
| 2668 | set timeout [after 500 {set log timeout}] | |
| 2669 | vwait log | |
| 2668 | 2670 | lappend x "0000000000" |
| 2669 | 2671 | update |
| 2670 | 2672 | lappend x "00000000000000000000" |
| 2672 | 2674 | set log |
| 2673 | 2675 | } -cleanup { |
| 2674 | 2676 | destroy .l |
| 2677 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2675 | 2678 | } -result [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5}] |
| 2676 | 2679 | test listbox-21.10 {ListboxListVarProc, test hscrollbar after listvar mod} -setup { |
| 2677 | 2680 | destroy .l |
| 2678 | 2681 | } -body { |
| 2679 | 2682 | catch {unset x} |
| 2683 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x | |
| 2680 | 2684 | set log {} |
| 2681 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x | |
| 2682 | 2685 | pack .l |
| 2683 | update | |
| 2686 | set timeout [after 500 {set log timeout}] | |
| 2687 | vwait log | |
| 2684 | 2688 | lappend x "0000000000" |
| 2685 | 2689 | update |
| 2686 | 2690 | lappend x "00000000000000000000" |
| 2690 | 2694 | set log |
| 2691 | 2695 | } -cleanup { |
| 2692 | 2696 | destroy .l |
| 2697 | after cancel timeout | |
| 2693 | 2698 | } -result [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5} {x 0 1}] |
| 2694 | 2699 | test listbox-21.11 {ListboxListVarProc, bad list} -setup { |
| 2695 | 2700 | destroy .l |
| 2754 | 2759 | destroy .l |
| 2755 | 2760 | } -body { |
| 2756 | 2761 | catch {unset x} |
| 2762 | listbox .l -font $fixed -height 3 -yscrollcommand "record y" -listvar x | |
| 2763 | update | |
| 2757 | 2764 | set log {} |
| 2758 | listbox .l -listvar x -yscrollcommand "record y" -font fixed -height 3 | |
| 2759 | 2765 | pack .l |
| 2766 | set timeout [after 500 {set log timeout}] | |
| 2767 | vwait log | |
| 2760 | 2768 | update |
| 2761 | 2769 | lappend x a b c d e f |
| 2762 | update | |
| 2770 | vwait log | |
| 2763 | 2771 | set log |
| 2764 | 2772 | } -cleanup { |
| 2765 | 2773 | destroy .l |
| 2774 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2766 | 2775 | } -result [list {y 0 1} {y 0 0.5}] |
| 2767 | 2776 | test listbox-21.16 {ListboxListVarProc, update vertical scrollbar} -setup { |
| 2768 | 2777 | destroy .l |
| 2770 | 2779 | catch {unset x} |
| 2771 | 2780 | listbox .l -listvar x -height 3 |
| 2772 | 2781 | pack .l |
| 2773 | update | |
| 2774 | 2782 | set x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5] |
| 2775 | 2783 | .l yview scroll 3 units |
| 2776 | 2784 | update |
| 2791 | 2799 | test listbox-22.1 {UpdateHScrollbar} -setup { |
| 2792 | 2800 | destroy .l |
| 2793 | 2801 | } -body { |
| 2802 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" | |
| 2794 | 2803 | set log {} |
| 2795 | listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" | |
| 2796 | 2804 | pack .l |
| 2797 | update | |
| 2805 | set timeout [after 500 {set log timeout}] | |
| 2806 | vwait log | |
| 2798 | 2807 | .l insert end "0000000000" |
| 2799 | 2808 | update |
| 2800 | 2809 | .l insert end "00000000000000000000" |
| 2801 | update | |
| 2810 | vwait log | |
| 2802 | 2811 | set log |
| 2803 | 2812 | } -cleanup { |
| 2804 | 2813 | destroy .l |
| 2814 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2805 | 2815 | } -result [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5}] |
| 2806 | 2816 | |
| 2807 | 2817 | |
| 2993 | 3003 | } -cleanup { |
| 2994 | 3004 | destroy .l |
| 2995 | 3005 | } -result {{} red} |
| 2996 | ||
| 3006 | ||
| 2997 | 3007 | |
| 2998 | 3008 | # state issues |
| 2999 | 3009 | test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} -setup { |
| 3176 | 3186 | destroy .l |
| 3177 | 3187 | } -result {{.l 0} {{} {}}} |
| 3178 | 3188 | |
| 3189 | test listbox-32.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3190 | # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name | |
| 3191 | set var INIT | |
| 3192 | listbox .b -listvariable var | |
| 3193 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3194 | .b configure -listvariable {} | |
| 3195 | }}} | |
| 3196 | pack .b | |
| 3197 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 3198 | update | |
| 3199 | destroy .b | |
| 3200 | info exists {} | |
| 3201 | } 0 | |
| 3202 | test listbox-32.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 3203 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 3204 | set var INIT | |
| 3205 | listbox .b -listvariable var | |
| 3206 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3207 | .b configure -listvariable new | |
| 3208 | }}} | |
| 3209 | pack .b | |
| 3210 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 3211 | update | |
| 3212 | destroy .b | |
| 3213 | unset new | |
| 3214 | } {} | |
| 3215 | ||
| 3179 | 3216 | resetGridInfo |
| 3180 | 3217 | deleteWindows |
| 3181 | 3218 | option clear |
| 1605 | 1605 | .m1 post |
| 1606 | 1606 | } -cleanup { |
| 1607 | 1607 | destroy .m1 |
| 1608 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y"} | |
| 1608 | } -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y ?index?"} | |
| 1609 | 1609 | test menu-3.48 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -setup { |
| 1610 | 1610 | destroy .m1 |
| 1611 | 1611 | } -body { |
| 3161 | 3161 | } -cleanup { |
| 3162 | 3162 | deleteWindows |
| 3163 | 3163 | } -result {{} goodbye {}} |
| 3164 | test menu-17.6 {MenuVarProc [5d991b822e]} -setup { | |
| 3165 | deleteWindows | |
| 3166 | } -body { | |
| 3167 | # Want this not to crash | |
| 3168 | menu .b | |
| 3169 | set var INIT | |
| 3170 | .b add checkbutton -variable var | |
| 3171 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3172 | .b entryconfigure 1 -variable {} | |
| 3173 | }}} | |
| 3174 | unset var | |
| 3175 | } -cleanup { | |
| 3176 | deleteWindows | |
| 3177 | } -result {} | |
| 3178 | test menu-17.7 {MenuVarProc [5d991b822e]} -setup { | |
| 3179 | deleteWindows | |
| 3180 | } -body { | |
| 3181 | # Want this not to duplicate traces | |
| 3182 | menu .b | |
| 3183 | set var INIT | |
| 3184 | .b add checkbutton -variable var | |
| 3185 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 3186 | .b entryconfigure 1 -variable new | |
| 3187 | }}} | |
| 3188 | unset var | |
| 3189 | } -cleanup { | |
| 3190 | deleteWindows | |
| 3191 | } -result {} | |
| 3164 | 3192 | |
| 3165 | 3193 | |
| 3166 | 3194 | test menu-18.1 {TkActivateMenuEntry} -setup { |
| 19 | 19 | } -result {.m1} |
| 20 | 20 | |
| 21 | 21 | |
| 22 | test menuDraw-2.1 {TkIntializeMenuEntryDrawingFields} -setup { | |
| 22 | test menuDraw-2.1 {TkInitializeMenuEntryDrawingFields} -setup { | |
| 23 | 23 | deleteWindows |
| 24 | 24 | } -body { |
| 25 | 25 | menu .m1 |
| 541 | 541 | deleteWindows |
| 542 | 542 | } -result {{} {}} |
| 543 | 543 | |
| 544 | ||
| 544 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 545 | set extraWidth 36 | |
| 546 | } else { | |
| 547 | set extraWidth 0 | |
| 548 | } | |
| 545 | 549 | test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 546 | 550 | testImageType |
| 547 | 551 | } -setup { |
| 554 | 558 | } -cleanup { |
| 555 | 559 | deleteWindows |
| 556 | 560 | imageCleanup |
| 557 | } -result {38 23} | |
| 561 | } -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23] | |
| 558 | 562 | test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 559 | 563 | testImageType |
| 560 | 564 | } -setup { |
| 561 | 565 | deleteWindows |
| 562 | 566 | image create test image1 |
| 563 | 567 | } -body { |
| 564 | menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2 | |
| 565 | pack .mb | |
| 566 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] | |
| 567 | } -cleanup { | |
| 568 | deleteWindows | |
| 569 | imageCleanup | |
| 570 | } -result {36 21} | |
| 568 | menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 | |
| 569 | pack .mb | |
| 570 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] | |
| 571 | } -cleanup { | |
| 572 | deleteWindows | |
| 573 | imageCleanup | |
| 574 | } -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23] | |
| 571 | 575 | test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 572 | 576 | testImageType |
| 573 | 577 | } -setup { |
| 574 | 578 | deleteWindows |
| 575 | 579 | image create test image1 |
| 576 | 580 | } -body { |
| 577 | menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 2 -padx 5 -pady 5 | |
| 578 | pack .mb | |
| 579 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] | |
| 580 | } -cleanup { | |
| 581 | deleteWindows | |
| 582 | imageCleanup | |
| 583 | } -result {34 19} | |
| 581 | menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 3 -padx 5 -pady 5 | |
| 582 | pack .mb | |
| 583 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] | |
| 584 | } -cleanup { | |
| 585 | deleteWindows | |
| 586 | imageCleanup | |
| 587 | } -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 23] | |
| 584 | 588 | test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 585 | 589 | testImageType |
| 586 | 590 | } -setup { |
| 594 | 598 | } -cleanup { |
| 595 | 599 | deleteWindows |
| 596 | 600 | imageCleanup |
| 597 | } -result {48 23} | |
| 601 | } -result [list [expr {48 + $extraWidth}] 23] | |
| 598 | 602 | test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 599 | 603 | testImageType |
| 600 | 604 | } -setup { |
| 608 | 612 | } -cleanup { |
| 609 | 613 | deleteWindows |
| 610 | 614 | imageCleanup |
| 611 | } -result {38 38} | |
| 615 | } -result [list [expr {38 + $extraWidth}] 38] | |
| 612 | 616 | test menubutton-7.6 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup { |
| 613 | 617 | deleteWindows |
| 614 | 618 | } -body { |
| 618 | 622 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] |
| 619 | 623 | } -cleanup { |
| 620 | 624 | deleteWindows |
| 621 | } -result {25 35} | |
| 625 | } -result [list [expr {25 + $extraWidth}] 35] | |
| 622 | 626 | test menubutton-7.7 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup { |
| 623 | 627 | deleteWindows |
| 624 | 628 | } -body { |
| 628 | 632 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] |
| 629 | 633 | } -cleanup { |
| 630 | 634 | deleteWindows |
| 631 | } -result {46 33} | |
| 635 | } -result [list [expr {46 + $extraWidth}] 33] | |
| 632 | 636 | test menubutton-7.8 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -setup { |
| 633 | 637 | deleteWindows |
| 634 | 638 | } -body { |
| 638 | 642 | list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb] |
| 639 | 643 | } -cleanup { |
| 640 | 644 | deleteWindows |
| 641 | } -result {23 56} | |
| 645 | } -result [list [expr {23 + $extraWidth}] 56] | |
| 642 | 646 | test menubutton-7.9 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 643 | 647 | fonts |
| 644 | 648 | } -setup { |
| 746 | 750 | expr {$res1 eq $res2} |
| 747 | 751 | } -result 1 |
| 748 | 752 | |
| 753 | test menubutton-9.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 754 | # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name | |
| 755 | unset -nocomplain {} | |
| 756 | set var INIT | |
| 757 | menubutton .b -textvariable var | |
| 758 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 759 | .b configure -textvariable {} | |
| 760 | }}} | |
| 761 | pack .b | |
| 762 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 763 | update | |
| 764 | destroy .b | |
| 765 | info exists {} | |
| 766 | } 0 | |
| 767 | test menubutton-9.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 768 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 769 | set var INIT | |
| 770 | menubutton .b -textvariable var | |
| 771 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 772 | .b configure -textvariable new | |
| 773 | }}} | |
| 774 | pack .b | |
| 775 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 776 | update | |
| 777 | destroy .b | |
| 778 | unset new | |
| 779 | } {} | |
| 780 | ||
| 781 | ||
| 749 | 782 | |
| 750 | 783 | |
| 751 | 784 | deleteWindows |
| 469 | 469 | destroy .m |
| 470 | 470 | } -result {4} |
| 471 | 471 | |
| 472 | test message-4.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 473 | # Want this not to segfault, or write to variable with empty name | |
| 474 | unset -nocomplain {} | |
| 475 | set var INIT | |
| 476 | message .b -textvariable var | |
| 477 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 478 | .b configure -textvariable {} | |
| 479 | }}} | |
| 480 | pack .b | |
| 481 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 482 | update | |
| 483 | destroy .b | |
| 484 | info exists {} | |
| 485 | } 0 | |
| 486 | test message-4.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 487 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 488 | set var INIT | |
| 489 | message .b -textvariable var | |
| 490 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 491 | .b configure -textvariable new | |
| 492 | }}} | |
| 493 | pack .b | |
| 494 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 495 | update | |
| 496 | destroy .b | |
| 497 | unset new | |
| 498 | } {} | |
| 499 | ||
| 472 | 500 | cleanupTests |
| 473 | 501 | return |
| 975 | 975 | winfo manager .pack.a |
| 976 | 976 | pack .pack.a -in .pack.a |
| 977 | 977 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself} |
| 978 | test pack-10.5 {prevent management loops} -body { | |
| 979 | frame .f1 | |
| 980 | frame .f2 | |
| 981 | pack .f1 -in .f2 | |
| 982 | pack .f2 -in .f1 | |
| 983 | } -cleanup { | |
| 984 | destroy .f1 | |
| 985 | destroy .f2 | |
| 986 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f2 inside .f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 987 | test pack-10.6 {prevent management loops} -body { | |
| 988 | frame .f1 | |
| 989 | frame .f2 | |
| 990 | frame .f3 | |
| 991 | pack .f1 -in .f2 | |
| 992 | pack .f2 -in .f3 | |
| 993 | pack .f3 -in .f1 | |
| 994 | } -cleanup { | |
| 995 | destroy .f1 | |
| 996 | destroy .f2 | |
| 997 | destroy .f3 | |
| 998 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .f3 inside .f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 978 | 999 | |
| 979 | 1000 | |
| 980 | 1001 | test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup { |
| 1540 | 1561 | |
| 1541 | 1562 | wm geometry .pack +100+100 |
| 1542 | 1563 | |
| 1543 | # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is | |
| 1564 | # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is | |
| 1544 | 1565 | # unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped. |
| 1545 | 1566 | # Who knows why? |
| 1546 | 1567 | |
| 117 | 117 | } -body { |
| 118 | 118 | place .t.f2 -in . |
| 119 | 119 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f2 relative to .} |
| 120 | ||
| 120 | test place-4.5 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} -setup { | |
| 121 | } -body { | |
| 122 | frame .t.f1 | |
| 123 | place .t.f1 -in .t.f1 | |
| 124 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't place .t.f1 relative to itself} | |
| 125 | test place-4.6 {prevent management loops} -setup { | |
| 126 | place forget .t.f1 | |
| 127 | } -body { | |
| 128 | place .t.f1 -in .t.f2 | |
| 129 | place .t.f2 -in .t.f1 | |
| 130 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f2 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 131 | test place-4.7 {prevent management loops} -setup { | |
| 132 | place forget .t.f1 | |
| 133 | place forget .t.f2 | |
| 134 | } -body { | |
| 135 | frame .t.f3 | |
| 136 | place .t.f1 -in .t.f2 | |
| 137 | place .t.f2 -in .t.f3 | |
| 138 | place .t.f3 -in .t.f1 | |
| 139 | } -returnCodes error -result {can't put .t.f3 inside .t.f1, would cause management loop} | |
| 121 | 140 | |
| 122 | 141 | test place-5.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} -body { |
| 123 | 142 | place .t.f2 -relwidth abcd |
| 130 | 130 | raise_getOrder |
| 131 | 131 | } -result {a d d a c e e e} |
| 132 | 132 | test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints { |
| 133 | testmakeexist | |
| 133 | testmakeexist | |
| 134 | 134 | } -body { |
| 135 | 135 | raise_setup |
| 136 | 136 | testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b |
| 139 | 139 | raise_getOrder |
| 140 | 140 | } -result {d d d a c e e e} |
| 141 | 141 | test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints { |
| 142 | testmakeexist | |
| 142 | testmakeexist | |
| 143 | 143 | } -body { |
| 144 | 144 | raise_setup |
| 145 | 145 | testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d |
| 148 | 148 | raise_getOrder |
| 149 | 149 | } -result {d d d a c e e e} |
| 150 | 150 | test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints { |
| 151 | testmakeexist | |
| 151 | testmakeexist | |
| 152 | 152 | } -body { |
| 153 | 153 | raise_setup |
| 154 | 154 | testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d |
| 1103 | 1103 | destroy .s |
| 1104 | 1104 | pack [scale .s] |
| 1105 | 1105 | update |
| 1106 | test scale-14.1 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1106 | test scale-14.1 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1107 | 1107 | .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1108 | 1108 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1109 | 1109 | update |
| 1110 | 1110 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1111 | 1111 | } -result 72 |
| 1112 | test scale-14.2 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1112 | test scale-14.2 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1113 | 1113 | .s configure -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1114 | 1114 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1115 | 1115 | update |
| 1116 | 1116 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1117 | 1117 | } -result 76 |
| 1118 | 1118 | |
| 1119 | test scale-14.3 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1119 | test scale-14.3 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1120 | 1120 | .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1121 | 1121 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1122 | 1122 | update |
| 1123 | 1123 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1124 | 1124 | } -result 28 |
| 1125 | test scale-14.4 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1125 | test scale-14.4 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1126 | 1126 | .s configure -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1127 | 1127 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1128 | 1128 | update |
| 1129 | 1129 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1130 | 1130 | } -result 24 |
| 1131 | 1131 | |
| 1132 | test scale-14.5 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1132 | test scale-14.5 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1133 | 1133 | .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1134 | 1134 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1135 | 1135 | update |
| 1136 | 1136 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1137 | 1137 | } -result {-28} |
| 1138 | test scale-14.6 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1138 | test scale-14.6 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1139 | 1139 | .s configure -from -100 -to 0 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1140 | 1140 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1141 | 1141 | update |
| 1142 | 1142 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1143 | 1143 | } -result {-24} |
| 1144 | 1144 | |
| 1145 | test scale-14.7 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1145 | test scale-14.7 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1146 | 1146 | .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1147 | 1147 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1148 | 1148 | update |
| 1149 | 1149 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1150 | 1150 | } -result {-72} |
| 1151 | test scale-14.8 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1151 | test scale-14.8 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1152 | 1152 | .s configure -from 0 -to -100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1153 | 1153 | -orient horizontal -resolution 4.0 |
| 1154 | 1154 | update |
| 1155 | 1155 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1156 | 1156 | } -result {-76} |
| 1157 | 1157 | |
| 1158 | test scale-14.9 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1158 | test scale-14.9 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1159 | 1159 | .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1160 | 1160 | -orient horizontal -resolution 0 |
| 1161 | 1161 | update |
| 1162 | 1162 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1163 | 1163 | } -result {1.64} |
| 1164 | test scale-14.10 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1164 | test scale-14.10 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1165 | 1165 | .s configure -from 0 -to 2.25 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1166 | 1166 | -orient horizontal -resolution 0 |
| 1167 | 1167 | update |
| 1168 | 1168 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1169 | 1169 | } -result {1.69} |
| 1170 | 1170 | |
| 1171 | test scale-14.11 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1171 | test scale-14.11 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1172 | 1172 | .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1173 | 1173 | -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5 |
| 1174 | 1174 | update |
| 1175 | 1175 | .s get 84 152 |
| 1176 | 1176 | } -result {164.25} |
| 1177 | test scale-14.12 {RoundToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1177 | test scale-14.12 {RoundValueToResolution procedure} -body { | |
| 1178 | 1178 | .s configure -from 0 -to 225 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 \ |
| 1179 | 1179 | -orient horizontal -resolution 0 -digits 5 |
| 1180 | 1180 | update |
| 1181 | 1181 | .s get 86 152 |
| 1182 | 1182 | } -result {168.75} |
| 1183 | 1183 | destroy .s |
| 1184 | ||
| 1185 | test scale-14.13 {RoundValueToResolution procedure, round-off errors} -setup { | |
| 1186 | # see [220665ffff], and duplicates [220265ffff] and [779559ffff] | |
| 1187 | set x NotSet | |
| 1188 | pack [scale .s -orient horizontal -resolution .1 -from -180 -to 180 -command "set x"] | |
| 1189 | update | |
| 1190 | } -body { | |
| 1191 | .s configure -background red | |
| 1192 | update | |
| 1193 | set x | |
| 1194 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1195 | destroy .s | |
| 1196 | } -result {NotSet} | |
| 1197 | ||
| 1198 | test scale-14a.1 {RoundValueToResolution, RoundIntervalToResolution procedures} -setup { | |
| 1199 | pack [scale .s -orient horizontal] | |
| 1200 | update | |
| 1201 | } -body { | |
| 1202 | .s configure -length 400 -bd 0 -from 1 -to 9 -resolution 2 -tickinterval 1 | |
| 1203 | update | |
| 1204 | .s get 200 0 | |
| 1205 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1206 | destroy .s | |
| 1207 | } -result {5} | |
| 1208 | test scale-14a.2 {RoundValueToResolution, RoundIntervalToResolution procedures} -setup { | |
| 1209 | pack [scale .s -orient horizontal] | |
| 1210 | update | |
| 1211 | } -body { | |
| 1212 | .s configure -length 400 -bd 0 -from -1.5 -to 1.5 -resolution 1 \ | |
| 1213 | -tickinterval 1 -digits 2 | |
| 1214 | update | |
| 1215 | .s get 250 0 | |
| 1216 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1217 | destroy .s | |
| 1218 | } -result {0.5} | |
| 1184 | 1219 | |
| 1185 | 1220 | |
| 1186 | 1221 | test scale-15.1 {ScaleVarProc procedure} -setup { |
| 1442 | 1477 | scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -command {set commandedVar} |
| 1443 | 1478 | .s set 10 |
| 1444 | 1479 | pack .s |
| 1445 | update ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1480 | set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}] | |
| 1481 | vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1446 | 1482 | set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar] |
| 1447 | 1483 | } -cleanup { |
| 1448 | 1484 | destroy .s |
| 1485 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1449 | 1486 | } -result {10 10} |
| 1450 | 1487 | test scale-20.5 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 5} -setup { |
| 1451 | 1488 | catch {destroy .s} |
| 1470 | 1507 | pack .s |
| 1471 | 1508 | .s configure -command {set commandedVar} |
| 1472 | 1509 | .s set 10 |
| 1473 | update ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1510 | set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}] | |
| 1511 | vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1474 | 1512 | set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar] |
| 1475 | 1513 | } -cleanup { |
| 1476 | 1514 | destroy .s |
| 1515 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1477 | 1516 | } -result {10 10} |
| 1478 | 1517 | test scale-20.7 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 7} -setup { |
| 1479 | 1518 | catch {destroy .s} |
| 1483 | 1522 | scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -command {set commandedVar} |
| 1484 | 1523 | pack .s |
| 1485 | 1524 | .s set 10 |
| 1486 | update ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1525 | set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}] | |
| 1526 | vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1487 | 1527 | set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar] |
| 1488 | 1528 | } -cleanup { |
| 1489 | 1529 | destroy .s |
| 1530 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1490 | 1531 | } -result {10 10} |
| 1491 | 1532 | test scale-20.8 {Bug [2262543fff] - Scale widget unexpectedly fires command callback, case 8} -setup { |
| 1492 | 1533 | catch {destroy .s} |
| 1497 | 1538 | scale .s -from 1 -to 50 -variable scaleVar -command {set commandedVar} |
| 1498 | 1539 | pack .s |
| 1499 | 1540 | .s set 10 |
| 1500 | update ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1541 | set timeout [after 500 {set $commandedVar "timeout"}] | |
| 1542 | vwait commandedVar ; # -command callback shall fire | |
| 1501 | 1543 | set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar] |
| 1502 | 1544 | } -cleanup { |
| 1503 | 1545 | destroy .s |
| 1546 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 1504 | 1547 | } -result {10 10} |
| 1505 | 1548 | |
| 1506 | 1549 | test scale-21.1 {Bug [55b95f578a] - Associating variable with bignum value with scale crashes it} -setup { |
| 1523 | 1566 | destroy .s |
| 1524 | 1567 | } -result {} |
| 1525 | 1568 | |
| 1569 | test scale-22.1 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 1570 | # Want this not to crash | |
| 1571 | set var INIT | |
| 1572 | scale .b -variable var | |
| 1573 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 1574 | .b configure -variable {} | |
| 1575 | }}} | |
| 1576 | pack .b | |
| 1577 | bind .b <Configure> {unset var} | |
| 1578 | update | |
| 1579 | destroy .b | |
| 1580 | } {} | |
| 1581 | test scale-22.2 {Bug [5d991b822e]} { | |
| 1582 | # Want this not to leak traces | |
| 1583 | set var INIT | |
| 1584 | scale .b -variable var | |
| 1585 | trace add variable var unset {apply {args { | |
| 1586 | .b configure -variable new | |
| 1587 | }}} | |
| 1588 | pack .b | |
| 1589 | bind .b <Configure> {unset -nocomplain var} | |
| 1590 | update | |
| 1591 | destroy .b | |
| 1592 | unset new | |
| 1593 | } {} | |
| 1594 | ||
| 1526 | 1595 | option clear |
| 1527 | 1596 | |
| 1528 | 1597 | # cleanup |
| 19 | 19 | if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} { |
| 20 | 20 | # Only Windows has [testmetrics] |
| 21 | 21 | if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] { |
| 22 | return [expr [winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]] | |
| 22 | return [expr {[winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]}] | |
| 23 | 23 | } else { |
| 24 | return [expr [winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]] | |
| 24 | return [expr {[winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]}] | |
| 25 | 25 | } |
| 26 | 26 | } else { |
| 27 | 27 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { |
| 28 | 28 | # Calculations here assume that the arrow area is a square. |
| 29 | 29 | if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] { |
| 30 | return [expr [winfo height $w] \ | |
| 30 | return [expr {[winfo height $w] \ | |
| 31 | 31 | - ([winfo width $w] \ |
| 32 | 32 | - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \ |
| 33 | - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2] | |
| 33 | - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2}] | |
| 34 | 34 | } else { |
| 35 | return [expr [winfo width $w] \ | |
| 35 | return [expr {[winfo width $w] \ | |
| 36 | 36 | - ([winfo height $w] \ |
| 37 | 37 | - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \ |
| 38 | - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2] | |
| 38 | - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2}] | |
| 39 | 39 | } |
| 40 | 40 | } else { |
| 41 | 41 | # macOS aqua |
| 42 | 42 | if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] { |
| 43 | return [expr [winfo height $w] \ | |
| 43 | return [expr {[winfo height $w] \ | |
| 44 | 44 | - ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \ |
| 45 | +[$w cget -bd])*2] | |
| 45 | +[$w cget -bd])*2}] | |
| 46 | 46 | } else { |
| 47 | return [expr [winfo width $w] \ | |
| 47 | return [expr {[winfo width $w] \ | |
| 48 | 48 | - ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \ |
| 49 | +[$w cget -bd])*2] | |
| 49 | +[$w cget -bd])*2}] | |
| 50 | 50 | } |
| 51 | 51 | } |
| 52 | 52 | } |
| 57 | 57 | # as you fix bugs and add features. |
| 58 | 58 | |
| 59 | 59 | foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] { |
| 60 | set height [expr ($height < 200) ? 200 : $height] | |
| 61 | set width [expr ($width < 1) ? 1 : $width] | |
| 60 | set height [expr {($height < 200) ? 200 : $height}] | |
| 61 | set width [expr {($width < 1) ? 1 : $width}] | |
| 62 | 62 | } |
| 63 | 63 | |
| 64 | 64 | frame .f -height $height -width $width |
| 232 | 232 | } {0} |
| 233 | 233 | test scrollbar-3.26 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} { |
| 234 | 234 | format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 20] |
| 235 | } [format %.6g [expr 20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]] | |
| 235 | } [format %.6g [expr {20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)}]] | |
| 236 | 236 | test scrollbar-3.27 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} { |
| 237 | 237 | format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 -20] |
| 238 | } [format %.6g [expr -20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]] | |
| 238 | } [format %.6g [expr {-20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)}]] | |
| 239 | 239 | test scrollbar-3.28 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} { |
| 240 | 240 | toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100 |
| 241 | 241 | wm geom .t +0+0 |
| 243 | 243 | place .t.s -width 201 |
| 244 | 244 | update |
| 245 | 245 | set result [list [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta 0 20]] \ |
| 246 | [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta [expr [getTroughSize .t.s] - 1] 0]]] | |
| 246 | [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta [expr {[getTroughSize .t.s] - 1}] 0]]] | |
| 247 | 247 | destroy .t |
| 248 | 248 | set result |
| 249 | 249 | } {0 1} |
| 267 | 267 | } {1} |
| 268 | 268 | test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} { |
| 269 | 269 | format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21] |
| 270 | } [format %.6g [expr (21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \ | |
| 271 | /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)]] | |
| 270 | } [format %.6g [expr {(21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \ | |
| 271 | /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)}]] | |
| 272 | 272 | test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 { |
| 273 | 273 | format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179] |
| 274 | 274 | } {1} |
| 275 | 275 | test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} { |
| 276 | format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]] | |
| 276 | format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}]] | |
| 277 | 277 | } {1} |
| 278 | 278 | test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 { |
| 279 | 279 | format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178] |
| 280 | 280 | } {0.993711} |
| 281 | 281 | test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} { |
| 282 | expr \ | |
| 283 | [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2]]] \ | |
| 284 | == [format %g [expr (200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) \ | |
| 285 | / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)]] | |
| 282 | expr { | |
| 283 | [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr {200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2}]]] | |
| 284 | == [format %g [expr {(200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) | |
| 285 | / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)}]]} | |
| 286 | 286 | } 1 |
| 287 | 287 | |
| 288 | 288 | toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100 |
| 296 | 296 | } {0.5} |
| 297 | 297 | if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} { |
| 298 | 298 | # Only Windows has [testmetrics] |
| 299 | place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1] | |
| 299 | place configure .t.s -width [expr {2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1}] | |
| 300 | 300 | } else { |
| 301 | 301 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} { |
| 302 | place configure .t.s -width [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd] + 1)] | |
| 302 | place configure .t.s -width [expr {[winfo height .t.s] - 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd] + 1)}] | |
| 303 | 303 | } else { |
| 304 | 304 | # macOS aqua |
| 305 | place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd])] | |
| 305 | place configure .t.s -width [expr {2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd])}] | |
| 306 | 306 | } |
| 307 | 307 | } |
| 308 | 308 | update |
| 472 | 472 | .s identify 19 100 |
| 473 | 473 | } {} |
| 474 | 474 | test scrollbar-6.7 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} { |
| 475 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] -1 | |
| 475 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] -1 | |
| 476 | 476 | } {} |
| 477 | 477 | test scrollbar-6.8 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} { |
| 478 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s]] | |
| 478 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [winfo height .s] | |
| 479 | 479 | } {} |
| 480 | 480 | test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} { |
| 481 | .s identify -1 [expr [winfo height .s] / 2] | |
| 481 | .s identify -1 [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}] | |
| 482 | 482 | } {} |
| 483 | 483 | test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} { |
| 484 | .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr [winfo height .s] / 2] | |
| 484 | .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr {[winfo height .s] / 2}] | |
| 485 | 485 | } {} |
| 486 | 486 | test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 { |
| 487 | 487 | .s identify 8 4 |
| 498 | 498 | .s identify 8 19 |
| 499 | 499 | } {trough1} |
| 500 | 500 | test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win { |
| 501 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] 0 | |
| 501 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] 0 | |
| 502 | 502 | } {arrow1} |
| 503 | 503 | test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 504 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1] | |
| 504 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}] | |
| 505 | 505 | } {arrow1} |
| 506 | 506 | test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix { |
| 507 | 507 | .s identify 8 20 |
| 512 | 512 | .s identify 8 51 |
| 513 | 513 | } {trough1} |
| 514 | 514 | test scrollbar-6.18 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 515 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] | |
| 515 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] | |
| 516 | 516 | } {trough1} |
| 517 | 517 | test scrollbar-6.19 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 518 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1]) \ | |
| 519 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1] | |
| 518 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1]) | |
| 519 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}] | |
| 520 | 520 | } {trough1} |
| 521 | 521 | test scrollbar-6.20 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix { |
| 522 | 522 | .s identify 8 52 |
| 527 | 527 | .s identify 8 83 |
| 528 | 528 | } {slider} |
| 529 | 529 | test scrollbar-6.22 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 530 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] \ | |
| 531 | [expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1] + 0.5) + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]] | |
| 530 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] \ | |
| 531 | [expr {int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1] + 0.5) + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}] | |
| 532 | 532 | } {slider} |
| 533 | 533 | test scrollbar-6.23 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 534 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \ | |
| 535 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1] | |
| 534 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) | |
| 535 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}] | |
| 536 | 536 | } {slider} |
| 537 | 537 | test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix { |
| 538 | 538 | .s identify 8 84 |
| 541 | 541 | .s identify 8 179 |
| 542 | 542 | } {trough2} |
| 543 | 543 | test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 544 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \ | |
| 545 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]] | |
| 544 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) | |
| 545 | + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}] | |
| 546 | 546 | } {trough2} |
| 547 | 547 | test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 548 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \ | |
| 549 | - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1] | |
| 548 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s] | |
| 549 | - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1}] | |
| 550 | 550 | } {trough2} |
| 551 | 551 | test scrollbar-6.29.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 { |
| 552 | 552 | .s identify 8 180 |
| 563 | 563 | .s identify 8 195 |
| 564 | 564 | } {trough2} |
| 565 | 565 | test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 566 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \ | |
| 567 | - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]] | |
| 566 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s] | |
| 567 | - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]}] | |
| 568 | 568 | } {arrow2} |
| 569 | 569 | test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win { |
| 570 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] - 1] | |
| 570 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] / 2}] [expr {[winfo height .s] - 1}] | |
| 571 | 571 | } {arrow2} |
| 572 | 572 | test scrollbar-6.34 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix { |
| 573 | 573 | .s identify 4 100 |
| 579 | 579 | .s identify 0 100 |
| 580 | 580 | } {trough2} |
| 581 | 581 | test scrollbar-6.38 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win { |
| 582 | .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] - 1] 100 | |
| 582 | .s identify [expr {[winfo width .s] - 1}] 100 | |
| 583 | 583 | } {trough2} |
| 584 | 584 | |
| 585 | 585 | catch {destroy .t} |
| 598 | 598 | .t.s identify 4 8 |
| 599 | 599 | } {trough1} |
| 600 | 600 | test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win { |
| 601 | .t.s identify 0 [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2] | |
| 601 | .t.s identify 0 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}] | |
| 602 | 602 | } {arrow1} |
| 603 | 603 | test scrollbar-6.41.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 { |
| 604 | 604 | .t.s identify 82 8 |
| 608 | 608 | .t.s identify 82 8 |
| 609 | 609 | } {trough2} |
| 610 | 610 | test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} { |
| 611 | .t.s identify [expr int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] \ | |
| 612 | - 1] [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2] | |
| 611 | .t.s identify [expr {int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] | |
| 612 | - 1}] [expr {[winfo height .t.s] / 2}] | |
| 613 | 613 | } {slider} |
| 614 | 614 | test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix { |
| 615 | 615 | .t.s identify 100 18 |
| 616 | 616 | } {trough2} |
| 617 | 617 | test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win { |
| 618 | .t.s identify 100 [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 1] | |
| 618 | .t.s identify 100 [expr {[winfo height .t.s] - 1}] | |
| 619 | 619 | } {trough2} |
| 620 | 620 | |
| 621 | 621 | test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} { |
| 644 | 644 | .t.f.s set 0 .5 |
| 645 | 645 | update |
| 646 | 646 | set result [winfo exists .t.f.s] |
| 647 | event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5 | |
| 647 | event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5 | |
| 648 | 648 | event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1 |
| 649 | 649 | update |
| 650 | 650 | lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f] |
| 665 | 665 | .t.f.s set 0 .5 |
| 666 | 666 | update |
| 667 | 667 | set result [winfo exists .t.f.s] |
| 668 | event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5 | |
| 668 | event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr {[winfo width .t.f.s] / 2}] -y 5 | |
| 669 | 669 | event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -button 1 |
| 670 | 670 | update |
| 671 | 671 | lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f] |
| 35 | 35 | if {$numBytes <= 0} { |
| 36 | 36 | return "" |
| 37 | 37 | } |
| 38 | string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset] | |
| 38 | string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}] | |
| 39 | 39 | } |
| 40 | 40 | |
| 41 | 41 | proc errIncrHandler {type offset count} { |
| 54 | 54 | if {$numBytes <= 0} { |
| 55 | 55 | return "" |
| 56 | 56 | } |
| 57 | string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset] | |
| 57 | string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}] | |
| 58 | 58 | } |
| 59 | 59 | |
| 60 | 60 | proc errHandler args { |
| 69 | 69 | if {$numBytes <= 0} { |
| 70 | 70 | return "" |
| 71 | 71 | } |
| 72 | string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset] | |
| 72 | string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}] | |
| 73 | 73 | } |
| 74 | 74 | proc reallyBadHandler {path type offset count} { |
| 75 | 75 | global selValue selInfo pass |
| 85 | 85 | if {$numBytes <= 0} { |
| 86 | 86 | return "" |
| 87 | 87 | } |
| 88 | string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset] | |
| 88 | string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}] | |
| 89 | 89 | } |
| 90 | 90 | |
| 91 | 91 | # Eliminate any existing selection on the screen. This is needed in case |
| 1146 | 1146 | if {$numBytes <= 0} { |
| 1147 | 1147 | return "" |
| 1148 | 1148 | } |
| 1149 | string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset] | |
| 1149 | string range $selValue $offset [expr {$numBytes+$offset}] | |
| 1150 | 1150 | } |
| 1151 | 1151 | set selValue $longValue |
| 1152 | 1152 | set selInfo "" |
| 196 | 196 | list [tk appname foo] [testsend prop root InterpRegistry] |
| 197 | 197 | } "{foo #4} {$commId foo #4\n$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n}" |
| 198 | 198 | |
| 199 | test send-8.1 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} { | |
| 199 | #macOS does not send to other processes | |
| 200 | test send-8.1 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 200 | 201 | setupbg |
| 201 | 202 | set app [dobg {tk appname}] |
| 202 | 203 | set a 66 |
| 221 | 222 | cleanupbg |
| 222 | 223 | set result |
| 223 | 224 | } {altDisplay homeDisplay} |
| 224 | test send-8.3 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} { | |
| 225 | # Since macOS has no registry of interpreters, 8.3, 8.4 and 8.10 will fail. | |
| 226 | test send-8.3 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 225 | 227 | list [catch {send -- -async foo bar baz} msg] $msg |
| 226 | 228 | } {1 {no application named "-async"}} |
| 227 | test send-8.4 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} { | |
| 229 | test send-8.4 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 228 | 230 | list [catch {send -gorp foo bar baz} msg] $msg |
| 229 | 231 | } {1 {no application named "-gorp"}} |
| 230 | 232 | test send-8.5 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} { |
| 252 | 254 | "open bad_file" |
| 253 | 255 | invoked from within |
| 254 | 256 | "send [tk appname] open bad_file"} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}} |
| 255 | test send-8.10 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, no such interpreter} {secureserver} { | |
| 257 | test send-8.10 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, no such interpreter} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 256 | 258 | list [catch {send bogus_name bogus_command} msg] $msg |
| 257 | 259 | } {1 {no application named "bogus_name"}} |
| 258 | 260 | |
| 541 | 543 | |
| 542 | 544 | catch {testsend prop root InterpRegistry ""} |
| 543 | 545 | |
| 544 | test send-12.2 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver} { | |
| 546 | #macOS does not send to other processes | |
| 547 | test send-12.2 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 545 | 548 | winfo interps |
| 546 | 549 | tk appname tktest |
| 547 | 550 | update |
| 556 | 559 | set result |
| 557 | 560 | } {1 {target application died}} |
| 558 | 561 | |
| 562 | #macOS does not send to other processes | |
| 559 | 563 | winfo interps |
| 560 | 564 | tk appname tktest |
| 561 | test send-13.1 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} { | |
| 565 | test send-13.1 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 562 | 566 | setupbg |
| 563 | 567 | set app [dobg {rename send {}; tk appname}] |
| 564 | 568 | set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg [winfo interps]] |
| 565 | 569 | cleanupbg |
| 566 | 570 | set result |
| 567 | 571 | } {1 {no application named "tktest #2"} tktest} |
| 568 | test send-13.2 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} { | |
| 572 | test send-13.2 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver notAqua} { | |
| 569 | 573 | winfo interps |
| 570 | 574 | tk appname tktest |
| 571 | 575 | rename send {} |
| 2012 | 2012 | } -body { |
| 2013 | 2013 | .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2014 | 2014 | .e insert end "01234567890" |
| 2015 | update | |
| 2015 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2016 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2016 | 2017 | .e configure -width 5 |
| 2017 | 2018 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 2018 | 2019 | } -cleanup { |
| 2019 | 2020 | destroy .e |
| 2021 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2020 | 2022 | } -result {0.000000 0.363636} |
| 2021 | 2023 | |
| 2022 | 2024 | test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints { |
| 2202 | 2204 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2203 | 2205 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2204 | 2206 | .e insert 2 XXX |
| 2205 | update | |
| 2207 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2208 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2206 | 2209 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2207 | 2210 | } -cleanup { |
| 2208 | 2211 | destroy .e |
| 2212 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2209 | 2213 | } -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2210 | 2214 | |
| 2211 | 2215 | test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2217 | 2221 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2218 | 2222 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2219 | 2223 | .e insert 500 XXX |
| 2220 | update | |
| 2224 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2225 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2221 | 2226 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2222 | 2227 | } -cleanup { |
| 2223 | 2228 | destroy .e |
| 2229 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2224 | 2230 | } -result {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2225 | 2231 | test spinbox-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2226 | 2232 | spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 |
| 2349 | 2355 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2350 | 2356 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2351 | 2357 | .e delete 2 4 |
| 2352 | update | |
| 2358 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2359 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2353 | 2360 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2354 | 2361 | } -cleanup { |
| 2355 | 2362 | destroy .e |
| 2363 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2356 | 2364 | } -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2357 | 2365 | test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2358 | 2366 | unset -nocomplain contents |
| 2363 | 2371 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2364 | 2372 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2365 | 2373 | .e delete -2 2 |
| 2366 | update | |
| 2374 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2375 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2367 | 2376 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2368 | 2377 | } -cleanup { |
| 2369 | 2378 | destroy .e |
| 2379 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2370 | 2380 | } -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2371 | 2381 | test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2372 | 2382 | unset -nocomplain contents |
| 2377 | 2387 | .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 2378 | 2388 | .e insert 0 abcde |
| 2379 | 2389 | .e delete 3 1000 |
| 2380 | update | |
| 2390 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 2391 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 2381 | 2392 | list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo] |
| 2382 | 2393 | } -cleanup { |
| 2383 | 2394 | destroy .e |
| 2395 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 2384 | 2396 | } -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}} |
| 2385 | 2397 | test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup { |
| 2386 | 2398 | spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 |
| 3162 | 3174 | pack .e |
| 3163 | 3175 | .e delete 0 end |
| 3164 | 3176 | .e insert 0 123 |
| 3165 | update | |
| 3177 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 3178 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 3166 | 3179 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 3167 | 3180 | } -cleanup { |
| 3168 | 3181 | destroy .e |
| 3182 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 3169 | 3183 | } -result {0.000000 1.000000} |
| 3170 | 3184 | test spinbox-17.2 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body { |
| 3171 | 3185 | spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12} |
| 3172 | 3186 | pack .e |
| 3173 | 3187 | .e insert 0 0123456789abcdef |
| 3174 | 3188 | .e xview 3 |
| 3175 | update | |
| 3189 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 3190 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 3176 | 3191 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 3177 | 3192 | } -cleanup { |
| 3178 | 3193 | destroy .e |
| 3194 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 3179 | 3195 | } -result {0.187500 0.812500} |
| 3180 | 3196 | test spinbox-17.3 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -body { |
| 3181 | 3197 | spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font {Courier -12} |
| 3182 | 3198 | pack .e |
| 3183 | 3199 | .e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs |
| 3184 | 3200 | .e xview 6 |
| 3185 | update | |
| 3201 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 3202 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 3186 | 3203 | format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo |
| 3187 | 3204 | } -cleanup { |
| 3188 | 3205 | destroy .e |
| 3206 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 3189 | 3207 | } -result {0.315789 0.842105} |
| 3190 | 3208 | test spinbox-17.4 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} -setup { |
| 3191 | 3209 | proc bgerror msg { |
| 3195 | 3213 | } -body { |
| 3196 | 3214 | spinbox .e -width 5 -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand |
| 3197 | 3215 | pack .e |
| 3198 | update | |
| 3216 | vwait x | |
| 3199 | 3217 | list $x $errorInfo |
| 3200 | 3218 | } -cleanup { |
| 3201 | 3219 | destroy .e |
| 2685 | 2685 | set res {} |
| 2686 | 2686 | } -body { |
| 2687 | 2687 | for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} { |
| 2688 | .t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n" | |
| 2688 | .t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n" | |
| 2689 | 2689 | } |
| 2690 | 2690 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 2691 | 2691 | .t tag add hidden 2.15 3.10 |
| 2707 | 2707 | for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} { |
| 2708 | 2708 | # 0 1 2 3 4 |
| 2709 | 2709 | # 012345 678901234 567890123 456789012 34567890123456789 |
| 2710 | .mytop.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n" | |
| 2710 | .mytop.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i---Line $i///Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n" | |
| 2711 | 2711 | } |
| 2712 | 2712 | .mytop.t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 2713 | 2713 | .mytop.t tag add hidden 2.30 3.10 |
| 2935 | 2935 | } -cleanup { |
| 2936 | 2936 | destroy .yt |
| 2937 | 2937 | } -result {1 {wrong # args: should be ".yt pendingsync"}} |
| 2938 | ||
| 2938 | 2939 | test text-11a.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "pendingsync" option} -setup { |
| 2939 | 2940 | destroy .top.yt .top |
| 2940 | 2941 | } -body { |
| 2941 | 2942 | toplevel .top |
| 2942 | 2943 | pack [text .top.yt] |
| 2944 | update | |
| 2943 | 2945 | set content {} |
| 2944 | 2946 | for {set i 1} {$i < 300} {incr i} { |
| 2945 | 2947 | append content [string repeat "$i " 15] \n |
| 2977 | 2979 | } -body { |
| 2978 | 2980 | toplevel .top |
| 2979 | 2981 | pack [text .top.yt] |
| 2982 | update | |
| 2980 | 2983 | set content {} |
| 2984 | # Use long lines so the line metrics will need updating. | |
| 2981 | 2985 | for {set i 1} {$i < 30} {incr i} { |
| 2982 | append content [string repeat "$i " 15] \n | |
| 2986 | append content [string repeat "$i " 200] \n | |
| 2983 | 2987 | } |
| 2984 | 2988 | .top.yt insert 1.0 $content |
| 2985 | 2989 | # wait for end of line metrics calculation to get correct $fraction1 |
| 3020 | 3024 | set ::x 0 |
| 3021 | 3025 | toplevel .top |
| 3022 | 3026 | pack [text .top.yt] |
| 3027 | update | |
| 3023 | 3028 | set content {} |
| 3024 | 3029 | for {set i 1} {$i < 30} {incr i} { |
| 3025 | 3030 | append content [string repeat "$i " 15] \n |
| 3026 | 3031 | } |
| 3027 | 3032 | .top.yt insert 1.0 $content |
| 3028 | 3033 | # first case: line metrics calculation still running when launching 'sync -command' |
| 3029 | lappend res [.top.yt pendingsync] | |
| 3034 | lappend res [.top.yt pendingsync] ; # {1} | |
| 3030 | 3035 | .top.yt sync -command [list set ::x 1] |
| 3031 | lappend res $::x | |
| 3036 | lappend res $::x ; # {1 0} | |
| 3032 | 3037 | # now finish line metrics calculations |
| 3033 | 3038 | while {[.top.yt pendingsync]} {update} |
| 3034 | lappend res [.top.yt pendingsync] $::x | |
| 3039 | lappend res [.top.yt pendingsync] $::x ; # {1 0 0 1} | |
| 3035 | 3040 | # second case: line metrics calculation completed when launching 'sync -command' |
| 3036 | 3041 | .top.yt sync -command [list set ::x 2] |
| 3037 | lappend res $::x | |
| 3042 | lappend res $::x ; # {1 0 0 1 1} | |
| 3038 | 3043 | vwait ::x |
| 3039 | lappend res $::x | |
| 3044 | lappend res $::x ; # {1 0 0 1 1 2} | |
| 3040 | 3045 | } -cleanup { |
| 3041 | 3046 | destroy .top.yt .top |
| 3042 | 3047 | } -result {1 0 0 1 1 2} |
| 3046 | 3051 | } -body { |
| 3047 | 3052 | toplevel .top |
| 3048 | 3053 | pack [text .top.yt] |
| 3054 | update | |
| 3049 | 3055 | set content {} |
| 3050 | 3056 | for {set i 1} {$i < 300} {incr i} { |
| 3051 | 3057 | append content [string repeat "$i " 15] \n |
| 3052 | 3058 | } |
| 3059 | # Sync the widget and process <<WidgetViewSync>> events before binding. | |
| 3060 | .top.yt sync | |
| 3061 | update | |
| 3062 | bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> { if {%d} {set yud(%W) 1} } | |
| 3053 | 3063 | .top.yt insert 1.0 $content |
| 3054 | update | |
| 3055 | bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> { if {%d} {set yud(%W) 1} } | |
| 3056 | # wait for end of line metrics calculation to get correct $fraction1 | |
| 3057 | # as a reference | |
| 3058 | if {[.top.yt pendingsync]} {vwait yud(.top.yt)} | |
| 3059 | 3064 | .top.yt yview moveto 1 |
| 3060 | 3065 | set fraction1 [lindex [.top.yt yview] 0] |
| 3061 | 3066 | set res [expr {$fraction1 > 0}] |
| 3062 | 3067 | .top.yt delete 1.0 end |
| 3063 | 3068 | .top.yt insert 1.0 $content |
| 3064 | 3069 | # synchronously wait for completion of line metrics calculation |
| 3065 | # and ensure the test is relevant | |
| 3070 | # and verify that the fractions agree. | |
| 3066 | 3071 | set waited 0 |
| 3067 | 3072 | if {[.top.yt pendingsync]} {set waited 1 ; vwait yud(.top.yt)} |
| 3068 | 3073 | lappend res $waited |
| 3076 | 3081 | test text-11a.41 {"sync" "pendingsync" and <<WidgetViewSync>>} -setup { |
| 3077 | 3082 | destroy .top.yt .top |
| 3078 | 3083 | } -body { |
| 3079 | set res {} | |
| 3080 | 3084 | toplevel .top |
| 3081 | 3085 | pack [text .top.yt] |
| 3086 | update | |
| 3082 | 3087 | set content {} |
| 3083 | 3088 | for {set i 1} {$i < 300} {incr i} { |
| 3084 | 3089 | append content [string repeat "$i " 50] \n |
| 3085 | 3090 | } |
| 3091 | # Sync the widget and process all <<WidgetViewSync>> events before binding. | |
| 3092 | .top.yt sync | |
| 3093 | update | |
| 3086 | 3094 | bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> {lappend res Sync:%d} |
| 3095 | set res {} | |
| 3096 | # The next line triggers <<WidgetViewSync>> with %d==0 i.e. out of sync. | |
| 3087 | 3097 | .top.yt insert 1.0 $content |
| 3088 | vwait res ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==0 i.e. we're out of sync | |
| 3089 | # ensure the test is relevant | |
| 3098 | vwait res | |
| 3099 | # Verify that the line metrics are not up-to-date (pendingsync is 1). | |
| 3090 | 3100 | lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]" |
| 3091 | # - <<WidgetViewSync>> fires when sync returns if there was pending syncs | |
| 3092 | # - there is no more any pending sync after running 'sync' | |
| 3101 | # Update all line metrics by calling the sync command. | |
| 3093 | 3102 | .top.yt sync |
| 3094 | vwait res ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==1 i.e. we're in sync again | |
| 3103 | # <<WidgetViewSync>> should fire with %d==1 i.e. back in sync. | |
| 3104 | vwait res | |
| 3105 | # At this time the line metrics should be up-to-date (pendingsync is 0). | |
| 3095 | 3106 | lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]" |
| 3096 | 3107 | set res |
| 3097 | 3108 | } -cleanup { |
| 3106 | 3117 | set res {} |
| 3107 | 3118 | toplevel .top |
| 3108 | 3119 | pack [text .top.t] |
| 3120 | update | |
| 3109 | 3121 | for {set i 1} {$i < 10000} {incr i} { |
| 3110 | 3122 | .top.t insert end "Hello world!\n" |
| 3111 | 3123 | } |
| 3461 | 3473 | # minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid. |
| 3462 | 3474 | # The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink |
| 3463 | 3475 | # to the appropriate size. |
| 3476 | # On macOS, however, there is no way to make the window overlap the menubar. | |
| 3477 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 3478 | set minY 23 | |
| 3479 | } else { | |
| 3480 | set minY 0 | |
| 3481 | } | |
| 3464 | 3482 | test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup { |
| 3465 | 3483 | toplevel .top |
| 3466 | 3484 | text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 |
| 3468 | 3486 | .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1 |
| 3469 | 3487 | wm overrideredirect .top 1 |
| 3470 | 3488 | pack .top.t |
| 3471 | wm geometry .top +0+0 | |
| 3489 | wm geometry .top +0+$minY | |
| 3472 | 3490 | update |
| 3473 | 3491 | wm geometry .top |
| 3474 | 3492 | } -cleanup { |
| 3475 | 3493 | destroy .top |
| 3476 | } -result {20x10+0+0} | |
| 3494 | } -result "20x10+0+$minY" | |
| 3477 | 3495 | # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain |
| 3478 | 3496 | # minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid. |
| 3479 | 3497 | # The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink |
| 3480 | 3498 | # to the appropriate size. |
| 3499 | # On macOS we again use minY as a workaround. | |
| 3481 | 3500 | test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup { |
| 3482 | 3501 | toplevel .top |
| 3483 | 3502 | text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 |
| 3485 | 3504 | .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1 |
| 3486 | 3505 | wm overrideredirect .top 1 |
| 3487 | 3506 | pack .top.t |
| 3488 | wm geometry .top +0+0 | |
| 3507 | wm geometry .top +0+$minY | |
| 3489 | 3508 | update |
| 3490 | 3509 | set result [wm geometry .top] |
| 3491 | 3510 | wm geometry .top 15x8 |
| 3496 | 3515 | lappend result [wm geometry .top] |
| 3497 | 3516 | } -cleanup { |
| 3498 | 3517 | destroy .top |
| 3499 | } -result {20x10+0+0 15x8+0+0 15x8+0+0} | |
| 3518 | } -result "20x10+0+$minY 15x8+0+$minY 15x8+0+$minY" | |
| 3500 | 3519 | |
| 3501 | 3520 | |
| 3502 | 3521 | test text-15.1 {TextWorldChanged procedure, spacing options} -constraints { |
| 6113 | 6132 | .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5" |
| 6114 | 6133 | .t configure -tabs {100 right 200 left 300 center 400 numeric} |
| 6115 | 6134 | update idletasks |
| 6116 | list [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]] \ | |
| 6135 | list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \ | |
| 6117 | 6136 | [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \ |
| 6118 | [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2] \ | |
| 6137 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \ | |
| 6119 | 6138 | [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0] |
| 6120 | 6139 | } -cleanup { |
| 6121 | 6140 | destroy .t |
| 6127 | 6146 | .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5" |
| 6128 | 6147 | .t configure -tabs {105 r 205 l 305 c 405 n} |
| 6129 | 6148 | update idletasks |
| 6130 | list [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]] \ | |
| 6149 | list [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 2]}] \ | |
| 6131 | 6150 | [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] \ |
| 6132 | [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2] \ | |
| 6151 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]/2}] \ | |
| 6133 | 6152 | [lindex [.t bbox 1.10] 0] |
| 6134 | 6153 | } -cleanup { |
| 6135 | 6154 | destroy .t |
| 6541 | 6560 | test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup { |
| 6542 | 6561 | text .t |
| 6543 | 6562 | pack .t |
| 6563 | # Make sure the Text is mapped before we start | |
| 6564 | update | |
| 6544 | 6565 | set ::retval {} |
| 6545 | 6566 | } -body { |
| 6546 | 6567 | bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified" |
| 7350 | 7371 | destroy .t |
| 7351 | 7372 | } -result {1} |
| 7352 | 7373 | |
| 7353 | ||
| 7354 | test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7355 | text .t | |
| 7356 | } -body { | |
| 7357 | .t peer foo 1 | |
| 7358 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7359 | destroy .t | |
| 7360 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad peer option "foo": must be create or names} | |
| 7361 | test text-33.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7362 | text .t | |
| 7363 | } -body { | |
| 7364 | .t peer names foo | |
| 7365 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7366 | destroy .t | |
| 7367 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".t peer names"} | |
| 7368 | test text-33.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7369 | text .t | |
| 7370 | } -body { | |
| 7371 | .t pee names | |
| 7372 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7373 | destroy .t | |
| 7374 | } -returnCodes {ok} -result {} | |
| 7375 | test text-33.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7376 | text .t | |
| 7377 | } -body { | |
| 7378 | .t peer names | |
| 7379 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7380 | destroy .t | |
| 7381 | } -result {} | |
| 7382 | test text-33.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7383 | text .t | |
| 7384 | } -body { | |
| 7385 | .t peer create foo | |
| 7386 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7387 | destroy .t | |
| 7388 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"} | |
| 7389 | test text-33.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7390 | text .t | |
| 7391 | set res {} | |
| 7392 | } -body { | |
| 7393 | .t peer create .t2 | |
| 7394 | lappend res [.t peer names] | |
| 7395 | lappend res [.t2 peer names] | |
| 7396 | destroy .t2 | |
| 7397 | lappend res [.t peer names] | |
| 7398 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7399 | destroy .t | |
| 7400 | } -result {.t2 .t {}} | |
| 7401 | test text-33.7 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7402 | text .t | |
| 7403 | set res [.t configure -start 10 -end 5] | |
| 7404 | return $res | |
| 7405 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7406 | destroy .t | |
| 7407 | } -returnCodes {2} -result {} | |
| 7408 | test text-33.8 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7409 | text .t | |
| 7410 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7411 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7412 | } | |
| 7413 | .t configure -start 10 -end 5 | |
| 7414 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7415 | destroy .t | |
| 7416 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {-startline must be less than or equal to -endline} | |
| 7417 | test text-33.9 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7418 | text .t | |
| 7419 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7420 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7421 | } | |
| 7422 | .t configure -start 5 -end 10 | |
| 7423 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7424 | destroy .t | |
| 7425 | } -returnCodes {ok} -result {} | |
| 7426 | test text-33.10 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7427 | text .t | |
| 7428 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7429 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7430 | } | |
| 7431 | set res [.t index end] | |
| 7432 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 5 -end 10 -tab foo}] | |
| 7433 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7434 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -tab foo -start 15 -end 20}] | |
| 7435 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7436 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7437 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7438 | return $res | |
| 7439 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7440 | destroy .t | |
| 7441 | } -result {101.0 1 101.0 1 101.0 101.0} | |
| 7442 | test text-33.11 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7443 | text .t | |
| 7444 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7445 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7446 | } | |
| 7447 | set res [.t index end] | |
| 7448 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 5 -end 15}] | |
| 7449 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7450 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 10 -end 40}] | |
| 7451 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7452 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7453 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7454 | return $res | |
| 7455 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7456 | destroy .t | |
| 7457 | } -result {101.0 0 11.0 0 31.0 101.0} | |
| 7458 | ||
| 7459 | test text-34.1 {peer widget -start, -end and selection} -setup { | |
| 7460 | text .t | |
| 7461 | set res {} | |
| 7462 | } -body { | |
| 7463 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7464 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7465 | } | |
| 7466 | .t tag add sel 10.0 20.0 | |
| 7467 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7468 | .t configure -start 5 -end 30 | |
| 7469 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7470 | .t configure -start 5 -end 15 | |
| 7471 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7472 | .t configure -start 15 -end 30 | |
| 7473 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7474 | .t configure -start 15 -end 16 | |
| 7475 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7476 | .t configure -start 25 -end 30 | |
| 7477 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7478 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7479 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7480 | return $res | |
| 7481 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7482 | destroy .t | |
| 7483 | } -result {{10.0 20.0} {6.0 16.0} {6.0 11.0} {1.0 6.0} {1.0 2.0} {} {10.0 20.0}} | |
| 7484 | ||
| 7485 | 7374 | test text-32.2 {peer widget -start, -end and deletion (bug 1630262)} -setup { |
| 7486 | 7375 | destroy .t .pt |
| 7487 | 7376 | set res {} |
| 7576 | 7465 | destroy .pt .t |
| 7577 | 7466 | } -result {5 11 8 10 5 8 6 8 22 27 38 44 55 60 57 57} |
| 7578 | 7467 | |
| 7468 | ||
| 7469 | test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7470 | text .t | |
| 7471 | } -body { | |
| 7472 | .t peer foo 1 | |
| 7473 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7474 | destroy .t | |
| 7475 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad peer option "foo": must be create or names} | |
| 7476 | test text-33.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7477 | text .t | |
| 7478 | } -body { | |
| 7479 | .t peer names foo | |
| 7480 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7481 | destroy .t | |
| 7482 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".t peer names"} | |
| 7483 | test text-33.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7484 | text .t | |
| 7485 | } -body { | |
| 7486 | .t pee names | |
| 7487 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7488 | destroy .t | |
| 7489 | } -returnCodes {ok} -result {} | |
| 7490 | test text-33.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7491 | text .t | |
| 7492 | } -body { | |
| 7493 | .t peer names | |
| 7494 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7495 | destroy .t | |
| 7496 | } -result {} | |
| 7497 | test text-33.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7498 | text .t | |
| 7499 | } -body { | |
| 7500 | .t peer create foo | |
| 7501 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7502 | destroy .t | |
| 7503 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"} | |
| 7504 | test text-33.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup { | |
| 7505 | text .t | |
| 7506 | set res {} | |
| 7507 | } -body { | |
| 7508 | .t peer create .t2 | |
| 7509 | lappend res [.t peer names] | |
| 7510 | lappend res [.t2 peer names] | |
| 7511 | destroy .t2 | |
| 7512 | lappend res [.t peer names] | |
| 7513 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7514 | destroy .t | |
| 7515 | } -result {.t2 .t {}} | |
| 7516 | test text-33.7 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7517 | text .t | |
| 7518 | set res [.t configure -start 10 -end 5] | |
| 7519 | return $res | |
| 7520 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7521 | destroy .t | |
| 7522 | } -returnCodes {2} -result {} | |
| 7523 | test text-33.8 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7524 | text .t | |
| 7525 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7526 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7527 | } | |
| 7528 | .t configure -start 10 -end 5 | |
| 7529 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7530 | destroy .t | |
| 7531 | } -returnCodes {error} -result {-startline must be less than or equal to -endline} | |
| 7532 | test text-33.9 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7533 | text .t | |
| 7534 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7535 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7536 | } | |
| 7537 | .t configure -start 5 -end 10 | |
| 7538 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7539 | destroy .t | |
| 7540 | } -returnCodes {ok} -result {} | |
| 7541 | test text-33.10 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7542 | text .t | |
| 7543 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7544 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7545 | } | |
| 7546 | set res [.t index end] | |
| 7547 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 5 -end 10 -tab foo}] | |
| 7548 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7549 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -tab foo -start 15 -end 20}] | |
| 7550 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7551 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7552 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7553 | return $res | |
| 7554 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7555 | destroy .t | |
| 7556 | } -result {101.0 1 101.0 1 101.0 101.0} | |
| 7557 | test text-33.11 {peer widget -start, -end} -body { | |
| 7558 | text .t | |
| 7559 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7560 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7561 | } | |
| 7562 | set res [.t index end] | |
| 7563 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 5 -end 15}] | |
| 7564 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7565 | lappend res [catch {.t configure -start 10 -end 40}] | |
| 7566 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7567 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7568 | lappend res [.t index end] | |
| 7569 | return $res | |
| 7570 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7571 | destroy .t | |
| 7572 | } -result {101.0 0 11.0 0 31.0 101.0} | |
| 7573 | ||
| 7574 | test text-34.1 {peer widget -start, -end and selection} -setup { | |
| 7575 | text .t | |
| 7576 | set res {} | |
| 7577 | } -body { | |
| 7578 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 7579 | .t insert end "Line $i\n" | |
| 7580 | } | |
| 7581 | .t tag add sel 10.0 20.0 | |
| 7582 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7583 | .t configure -start 5 -end 30 | |
| 7584 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7585 | .t configure -start 5 -end 15 | |
| 7586 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7587 | .t configure -start 15 -end 30 | |
| 7588 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7589 | .t configure -start 15 -end 16 | |
| 7590 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7591 | .t configure -start 25 -end 30 | |
| 7592 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7593 | .t configure -start {} -end {} | |
| 7594 | lappend res [.t tag ranges sel] | |
| 7595 | return $res | |
| 7596 | } -cleanup { | |
| 7597 | destroy .t | |
| 7598 | } -result {{10.0 20.0} {6.0 16.0} {6.0 11.0} {1.0 6.0} {1.0 2.0} {} {10.0 20.0}} | |
| 7599 | ||
| 7579 | 7600 | test text-35.1 {widget dump -command alters tags} -setup { |
| 7580 | 7601 | proc Dumpy {key value index} { |
| 7581 | 7602 | #puts "KK: $key, $value" |
| 421 | 421 | setup |
| 422 | 422 | .t insert 1.1 $bigText2 |
| 423 | 423 | for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} { |
| 424 | set j [expr $i+2] | |
| 425 | set k [expr 1+2*$i] | |
| 424 | set j [expr {$i+2}] | |
| 425 | set k [expr {1+2*$i}] | |
| 426 | 426 | .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3 |
| 427 | 427 | .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6 |
| 428 | 428 | } |
| 438 | 438 | setup |
| 439 | 439 | .t insert 1.1 $bigText2 |
| 440 | 440 | for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} { |
| 441 | set j [expr $i+2] | |
| 442 | set k [expr 1+2*$i] | |
| 441 | set j [expr {$i+2}] | |
| 442 | set k [expr {1+2*$i}] | |
| 443 | 443 | .t tag add x $j.1 $j.3 |
| 444 | 444 | .t tag add y $k.1 $k.6 |
| 445 | 445 | } |
| 446 | 446 | for {set i 199} {$i >= 2} {incr i -1} { |
| 447 | .t delete $i.0 [expr $i+1].0 | |
| 447 | .t delete $i.0 [expr {$i+1}].0 | |
| 448 | 448 | } |
| 449 | 449 | list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y] |
| 450 | 450 | } -result {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}} |
| 9 | 9 | eval tcltest::configure $argv |
| 10 | 10 | tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| 11 | 11 | namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | # Platform specific procedure for updating the text widget. | |
| 14 | ||
| 15 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 16 | proc updateText {} { | |
| 17 | update idletasks | |
| 18 | } | |
| 19 | } else { | |
| 20 | proc updateText {} { | |
| 21 | update | |
| 22 | } | |
| 23 | } | |
| 12 | 24 | |
| 13 | 25 | # The procedure below is used as the scrolling command for the text; |
| 14 | 26 | # it just saves the scrolling information in a variable "scrollInfo". |
| 76 | 88 | wm minsize . 1 1 |
| 77 | 89 | wm positionfrom . user |
| 78 | 90 | wm deiconify . |
| 79 | update | |
| 91 | updateText | |
| 80 | 92 | |
| 81 | 93 | # Some window managers (like olwm under SunOS 4.1.3) misbehave in a way |
| 82 | 94 | # that tends to march windows off the top and left of the screen. If |
| 157 | 169 | .txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0 |
| 158 | 170 | .txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1 |
| 159 | 171 | .txt insert end "\n" {TRAFFIC SYSTEM} |
| 160 | update | |
| 172 | updateText | |
| 161 | 173 | destroy .txt |
| 162 | 174 | } {} |
| 163 | 175 | |
| 170 | 182 | .txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1 |
| 171 | 183 | .txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC} |
| 172 | 184 | # Crash was here. |
| 173 | update | |
| 185 | updateText | |
| 174 | 186 | destroy .txt |
| 175 | 187 | } {} |
| 176 | 188 | |
| 184 | 196 | .txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC} |
| 185 | 197 | .txt insert end "\n" WELCOME |
| 186 | 198 | # Crash was here. |
| 187 | update | |
| 199 | updateText | |
| 188 | 200 | destroy .txt |
| 189 | 201 | } {} |
| 190 | 202 | |
| 215 | 227 | .t tag configure x -wrap word |
| 216 | 228 | .t tag configure y -wrap none |
| 217 | 229 | .t tag raise y |
| 218 | update | |
| 230 | updateText | |
| 219 | 231 | set result [list [.t bbox 2.20]] |
| 220 | 232 | .t tag add x 2.0 2.1 |
| 221 | 233 | lappend result [.t bbox 2.20] |
| 229 | 241 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 230 | 242 | .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing." |
| 231 | 243 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 232 | } [list [list [expr 5 + $fixedWidth * 19] 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr 5 + $fixedHeight] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] | |
| 244 | } [list [list [expr {5 + $fixedWidth * 19}] 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {5 + $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] | |
| 233 | 245 | test textDisp-2.2 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} { |
| 234 | 246 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 235 | 247 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 273 | 285 | } |
| 274 | 286 | scan [wm geom .] %dx%d width height |
| 275 | 287 | test textDisp-2.8 {LayoutDLine, extra chunk at end of dline} {textfonts} { |
| 276 | wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height | |
| 277 | update | |
| 288 | wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height | |
| 289 | updateText | |
| 278 | 290 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 279 | 291 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 280 | 292 | .t insert 1.0 "This isxx some sample text for testing." |
| 282 | 294 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 283 | 295 | } [list [list 138 5 8 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 284 | 296 | wm geom . {} |
| 285 | update | |
| 297 | updateText | |
| 286 | 298 | test textDisp-2.9 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} { |
| 287 | 299 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 288 | 300 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 413 | 425 | .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times" |
| 414 | 426 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 415 | 427 | set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0] |
| 416 | set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 428 | set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 417 | 429 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0] |
| 418 | set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 430 | set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 419 | 431 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end] |
| 420 | set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 432 | set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 421 | 433 | set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0] |
| 422 | set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 434 | set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 423 | 435 | .t configure -spacing1 2 -spacing2 1 -spacing3 3 |
| 424 | 436 | set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0] |
| 425 | set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1] | |
| 437 | set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1}] | |
| 426 | 438 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0] |
| 427 | set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2] | |
| 439 | set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2}] | |
| 428 | 440 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end] |
| 429 | set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3] | |
| 441 | set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}] | |
| 430 | 442 | set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0] |
| 431 | set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4] | |
| 443 | set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}] | |
| 432 | 444 | list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4 |
| 433 | 445 | } [list 2 7 10 15] |
| 434 | 446 | .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 |
| 440 | 452 | .t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times" |
| 441 | 453 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 442 | 454 | set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0] |
| 443 | set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 455 | set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 444 | 456 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0] |
| 445 | set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 457 | set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 446 | 458 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end] |
| 447 | set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 459 | set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 448 | 460 | set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0] |
| 449 | set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]] | |
| 461 | set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]}] | |
| 450 | 462 | .t configure -spacing1 4 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 4 |
| 451 | 463 | .t tag configure x -spacing1 1 -spacing2 2 -spacing3 3 |
| 452 | 464 | .t tag add x 1.0 end |
| 454 | 466 | .t tag add y 2.19 end |
| 455 | 467 | .t tag raise y |
| 456 | 468 | set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0] |
| 457 | set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1] | |
| 469 | set b1 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1}] | |
| 458 | 470 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0] |
| 459 | set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2] | |
| 471 | set b2 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2}] | |
| 460 | 472 | set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end] |
| 461 | set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3] | |
| 473 | set b3 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3}] | |
| 462 | 474 | set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0] |
| 463 | set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4] | |
| 475 | set b4 [expr {[lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4}] | |
| 464 | 476 | list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4 |
| 465 | 477 | } [list 1 5 13 16] |
| 466 | 478 | .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 |
| 534 | 546 | test textDisp-4.1 {UpdateDisplayInfo, basic} {textfonts} { |
| 535 | 547 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 536 | 548 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n" |
| 537 | update | |
| 549 | updateText | |
| 538 | 550 | .t delete 2.0 2.end |
| 539 | update | |
| 551 | updateText | |
| 540 | 552 | set res $tk_textRelayout |
| 541 | 553 | .t insert 2.0 "New Line 2" |
| 542 | update | |
| 554 | updateText | |
| 543 | 555 | lappend res [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout |
| 544 | 556 | } [list 2.0 [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] 2.0] |
| 545 | 557 | test textDisp-4.2 {UpdateDisplayInfo, re-use tail of text line} {textfonts} { |
| 546 | 558 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 547 | 559 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 548 | update | |
| 560 | updateText | |
| 549 | 561 | .t mark set x 2.21 |
| 550 | 562 | .t delete 2.2 |
| 551 | update | |
| 563 | updateText | |
| 552 | 564 | set res $tk_textRelayout |
| 553 | 565 | .t insert 2.0 X |
| 554 | update | |
| 566 | updateText | |
| 555 | 567 | lappend res [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout |
| 556 | 568 | } [list 2.0 2.20 [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 12 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight] {2.0 2.20}] |
| 557 | 569 | test textDisp-4.3 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tail of text line shifts} {textfonts} { |
| 558 | 570 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 559 | 571 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 560 | update | |
| 572 | updateText | |
| 561 | 573 | .t mark set x 2.21 |
| 562 | 574 | .t delete 2.2 |
| 563 | update | |
| 575 | updateText | |
| 564 | 576 | list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout |
| 565 | 577 | } [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight] {2.0 2.20}] |
| 566 | 578 | .t mark unset x |
| 568 | 580 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 569 | 581 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 570 | 582 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 571 | update | |
| 583 | updateText | |
| 572 | 584 | list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.25] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout |
| 573 | 585 | } [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}] |
| 574 | 586 | test textDisp-4.5 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {textfonts} { |
| 576 | 588 | wm overrideredirect . 1 |
| 577 | 589 | } |
| 578 | 590 | wm geom . 103x$height |
| 579 | update | |
| 591 | updateText | |
| 580 | 592 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 581 | 593 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 582 | 594 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 583 | update | |
| 595 | updateText | |
| 584 | 596 | list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.1] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout |
| 585 | 597 | } [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}] |
| 586 | 598 | if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} { |
| 600 | 612 | frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100 |
| 601 | 613 | pack .f2 -before .f |
| 602 | 614 | wm geom . 103x103 |
| 603 | update | |
| 615 | updateText | |
| 604 | 616 | .t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2 |
| 605 | 617 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 606 | 618 | .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 607 | update | |
| 619 | updateText | |
| 608 | 620 | set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout] |
| 609 | 621 | wm overrideredirect . 0 |
| 610 | update | |
| 622 | updateText | |
| 611 | 623 | set x |
| 612 | 624 | } [list [list 5 5 1 1] {} 1.0] |
| 613 | 625 | catch {destroy .f2} |
| 614 | 626 | .t configure -borderwidth 0 -wrap char |
| 615 | 627 | wm geom . {} |
| 616 | update | |
| 628 | updateText | |
| 617 | 629 | set bw [.t cget -borderwidth] |
| 618 | 630 | set px [.t cget -padx] |
| 619 | 631 | set py [.t cget -pady] |
| 632 | 644 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 633 | 645 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17" |
| 634 | 646 | .t yview 1.0 |
| 635 | update | |
| 647 | updateText | |
| 636 | 648 | .t yview 16.0 |
| 637 | update | |
| 649 | updateText | |
| 638 | 650 | set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw] |
| 639 | 651 | wm overrideredirect . 0 |
| 640 | update | |
| 652 | updateText | |
| 641 | 653 | set x |
| 642 | 654 | } {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}} |
| 643 | 655 | test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} { |
| 644 | 656 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 645 | 657 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17" |
| 646 | 658 | .t yview 16.0 |
| 647 | update | |
| 659 | updateText | |
| 648 | 660 | .t delete 5.0 14.0 |
| 649 | update | |
| 661 | updateText | |
| 650 | 662 | set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw] |
| 651 | 663 | } {1.0 {5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 eof}} |
| 652 | 664 | test textDisp-4.9 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {textfonts} { |
| 653 | 665 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 654 | 666 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17" |
| 655 | 667 | .t yview 16.0 |
| 656 | update | |
| 668 | updateText | |
| 657 | 669 | .t delete 15.0 end |
| 658 | 670 | list [.t bbox 7.0] [.t bbox 12.0] |
| 659 | 671 | } [list [list [expr {$hlth + $px + $bw}] [expr {$hlth + $py + $bw + 2 * $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list [expr {$hlth + $px + $bw}] [expr {$hlth + $py + $bw + 7 * $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] |
| 661 | 673 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 662 | 674 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17" |
| 663 | 675 | .t yview end |
| 664 | update | |
| 676 | updateText | |
| 665 | 677 | .t delete 13.0 end |
| 666 | update | |
| 678 | updateText | |
| 667 | 679 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 668 | 680 | } {5.0 {12.0 7.0 6.40 6.20 6.0 5.0} {5.0 6.0 6.20 6.40 7.0 12.0}} |
| 669 | 681 | test textDisp-4.11 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} { |
| 670 | 682 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 671 | 683 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around, not once but really quite a few times.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17" |
| 672 | 684 | .t yview end |
| 673 | update | |
| 685 | updateText | |
| 674 | 686 | .t delete 14.0 end |
| 675 | update | |
| 687 | updateText | |
| 676 | 688 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 677 | 689 | } {6.40 {13.0 7.0 6.80 6.60 6.40} {6.40 6.60 6.80 7.0 13.0}} |
| 678 | 690 | test textDisp-4.12 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} { |
| 681 | 693 | button .b -text "Test" -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 |
| 682 | 694 | .t window create 3.end -window .b |
| 683 | 695 | .t yview moveto 1 |
| 684 | update | |
| 696 | updateText | |
| 685 | 697 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 686 | update | |
| 698 | updateText | |
| 687 | 699 | .t yview moveto 1 |
| 688 | update | |
| 700 | updateText | |
| 689 | 701 | winfo ismapped .b |
| 690 | 702 | } {0} |
| 691 | 703 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 698 | 710 | test textDisp-4.13 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} { |
| 699 | 711 | .t tag add x 1.0 end |
| 700 | 712 | .t yview 1.0 |
| 701 | update | |
| 713 | updateText | |
| 702 | 714 | .t yview scroll 3 units |
| 703 | update | |
| 715 | updateText | |
| 704 | 716 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 705 | 717 | } {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {4.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0}} |
| 706 | 718 | test textDisp-4.14 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} { |
| 707 | 719 | .t tag remove x 1.0 end |
| 708 | 720 | .t yview 1.0 |
| 709 | update | |
| 721 | updateText | |
| 710 | 722 | .t yview scroll 3 units |
| 711 | update | |
| 723 | updateText | |
| 712 | 724 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 713 | 725 | } {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {11.0 12.0 13.0}} |
| 714 | 726 | test textDisp-4.15 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} { |
| 715 | 727 | .t tag add x 1.0 end |
| 716 | 728 | .t yview 4.0 |
| 717 | update | |
| 729 | updateText | |
| 718 | 730 | .t yview scroll -2 units |
| 719 | update | |
| 731 | updateText | |
| 720 | 732 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 721 | 733 | } {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0 4.0 11.0}} |
| 722 | 734 | test textDisp-4.16 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} { |
| 723 | 735 | .t tag remove x 1.0 end |
| 724 | 736 | .t yview 4.0 |
| 725 | update | |
| 737 | updateText | |
| 726 | 738 | .t yview scroll -2 units |
| 727 | update | |
| 739 | updateText | |
| 728 | 740 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 729 | 741 | } {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}} |
| 730 | 742 | test textDisp-4.17 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} { |
| 732 | 744 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 733 | 745 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 734 | 746 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 735 | update | |
| 747 | updateText | |
| 736 | 748 | .t xview scroll 3 units |
| 737 | update | |
| 749 | updateText | |
| 738 | 750 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.5] \ |
| 739 | 751 | [.t bbox 2.23] |
| 740 | 752 | } [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} {} [list 17 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}] |
| 743 | 755 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 744 | 756 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 745 | 757 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 746 | update | |
| 758 | updateText | |
| 747 | 759 | .t xview scroll 100 units |
| 748 | update | |
| 760 | updateText | |
| 749 | 761 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25] |
| 750 | 762 | } [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 751 | 763 | test textDisp-4.19 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} { |
| 753 | 765 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 754 | 766 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 755 | 767 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 756 | update | |
| 768 | updateText | |
| 757 | 769 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 758 | 770 | .t xview scroll -10 units |
| 759 | update | |
| 771 | updateText | |
| 760 | 772 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.5] |
| 761 | 773 | } [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 38 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 762 | 774 | test textDisp-4.20 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} { |
| 766 | 778 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 767 | 779 | .t xview moveto 0.0 |
| 768 | 780 | .t xview scroll 100 units |
| 769 | update | |
| 781 | updateText | |
| 770 | 782 | .t delete 2.30 2.44 |
| 771 | update | |
| 783 | updateText | |
| 772 | 784 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25] |
| 773 | 785 | } [list 2.0 {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 108 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 774 | 786 | test textDisp-4.21 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} { |
| 777 | 789 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 778 | 790 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 779 | 791 | .t xview moveto .9 |
| 780 | update | |
| 792 | updateText | |
| 781 | 793 | .t xview moveto .6 |
| 782 | update | |
| 794 | updateText | |
| 783 | 795 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 784 | 796 | } {{} {}} |
| 785 | 797 | test textDisp-4.22 {UpdateDisplayInfo, no horizontal scrolling except for -wrap none} {textfonts} { |
| 788 | 800 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 789 | 801 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 790 | 802 | .t xview scroll 25 units |
| 791 | update | |
| 803 | updateText | |
| 792 | 804 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 793 | 805 | list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16] |
| 794 | 806 | } [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 798 | 810 | .t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally" |
| 799 | 811 | .t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 800 | 812 | .t xview scroll 25 units |
| 801 | update | |
| 813 | updateText | |
| 802 | 814 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 803 | 815 | list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16] |
| 804 | 816 | } [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 816 | 828 | .t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center |
| 817 | 829 | .t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom |
| 818 | 830 | .t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline |
| 819 | update | |
| 831 | updateText | |
| 820 | 832 | list [winfo geometry .t.f1] [winfo geometry .t.f2] \ |
| 821 | 833 | [winfo geometry .t.f3] [winfo geometry .t.f4] |
| 822 | 834 | } [list 10x4+24+11 10x4+55+[expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10x4+10+[expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10x4+76+[expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}]] |
| 831 | 843 | frame .t.f -width 20 -height 20 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 832 | 844 | bind .t.f <Configure> {.t.f configure -width 30 -height 30} |
| 833 | 845 | .t window create insert -window .t.f |
| 834 | update | |
| 846 | updateText | |
| 835 | 847 | list [winfo width .t.f] [winfo height .t.f] |
| 836 | 848 | } [list 30 30] |
| 837 | 849 | |
| 842 | 854 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 843 | 855 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 844 | 856 | } |
| 845 | update | |
| 857 | updateText | |
| 846 | 858 | .t delete 2.0 3.0 |
| 847 | update | |
| 859 | updateText | |
| 848 | 860 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 849 | 861 | } {{2.0 10.0} {2.0 10.0}} |
| 850 | 862 | test textDisp-6.2 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll down} { |
| 853 | 865 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 854 | 866 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 855 | 867 | } |
| 856 | update | |
| 868 | updateText | |
| 857 | 869 | .t insert 2.0 "New Line 2\n" |
| 858 | update | |
| 870 | updateText | |
| 859 | 871 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 860 | 872 | } {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}} |
| 861 | 873 | test textDisp-6.3 {scrolling in DisplayText, multiple scrolls} { |
| 865 | 877 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 866 | 878 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 867 | 879 | } |
| 868 | update | |
| 880 | updateText | |
| 869 | 881 | .t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps" |
| 870 | 882 | .t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps" |
| 871 | update | |
| 883 | updateText | |
| 872 | 884 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 873 | 885 | } {{2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20}} |
| 874 | 886 | test textDisp-6.4 {scrolling in DisplayText, scrolls interfere} { |
| 878 | 890 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 879 | 891 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 880 | 892 | } |
| 881 | update | |
| 893 | updateText | |
| 882 | 894 | .t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps around, not once but three times" |
| 883 | 895 | .t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps" |
| 884 | update | |
| 896 | updateText | |
| 885 | 897 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 886 | 898 | } {{2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20 6.0}} |
| 887 | 899 | test textDisp-6.5 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll source obscured} {nonPortable} { |
| 893 | 905 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 894 | 906 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 895 | 907 | } |
| 896 | update | |
| 908 | updateText | |
| 897 | 909 | .t delete 1.6 1.end |
| 898 | update | |
| 910 | updateText | |
| 899 | 911 | destroy .f2 |
| 900 | 912 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 901 | 913 | } {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 4.0 5.0 9.0 10.0}} |
| 910 | 922 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 911 | 923 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 912 | 924 | } |
| 913 | update | |
| 925 | updateText | |
| 914 | 926 | .t delete 1.6 1.end |
| 915 | 927 | destroy .f2 |
| 916 | update | |
| 928 | updateText | |
| 917 | 929 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 918 | 930 | } {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {borders 1.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0}} |
| 919 | 931 | .t configure -bd 0 |
| 920 | 932 | test textDisp-6.7 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} { |
| 921 | 933 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 922 | 934 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 923 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 935 | updateText | |
| 936 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 937 | updateText | |
| 924 | 938 | set scrollInfo |
| 925 | 939 | } {0.0 1.0} |
| 926 | 940 | test textDisp-6.8 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} { |
| 927 | 941 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 928 | 942 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 929 | 943 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1" |
| 930 | update | |
| 944 | updateText | |
| 931 | 945 | set scrollInfo "unchanged" |
| 932 | 946 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} { |
| 933 | 947 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 934 | 948 | } |
| 935 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 949 | updateText | |
| 950 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 936 | 951 | set scrollInfo |
| 937 | 952 | } [list 0.0 [expr {10.0/13}]] |
| 938 | 953 | .t configure -yscrollcommand {} -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 939 | 954 | test textDisp-6.9 {DisplayText, horizontal scrollbar updates} { |
| 940 | 955 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 941 | 956 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 942 | update | |
| 957 | updateText | |
| 943 | 958 | set scrollInfo unchanged |
| 944 | 959 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 945 | 960 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n |
| 946 | 961 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
| 947 | update | |
| 962 | updateText | |
| 948 | 963 | set scrollInfo |
| 949 | 964 | } [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]] |
| 950 | 965 | test textDisp-6.10 {DisplayText, redisplay embedded windows after scroll.} {aqua} { |
| 963 | 978 | .t insert end "\nLine 8\n" |
| 964 | 979 | .t window create end -create { |
| 965 | 980 | button %W.button_three -text "Button 3"} |
| 966 | update | |
| 981 | updateText | |
| 967 | 982 | .t delete 2.0 3.0 |
| 968 | update | |
| 983 | updateText | |
| 969 | 984 | list $tk_textEmbWinDisplay |
| 970 | 985 | } {{4.0 6.0}} |
| 971 | 986 | |
| 983 | 998 | test textDisp-7.1 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 984 | 999 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 985 | 1000 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.2 -relwidth 0.6 -rely 0.22 -relheight 0.55 |
| 986 | update | |
| 1001 | updateText | |
| 987 | 1002 | destroy .f2 |
| 988 | update | |
| 1003 | updateText | |
| 989 | 1004 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 990 | 1005 | } {{} {1.40 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0}} |
| 991 | 1006 | test textDisp-7.2 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 992 | 1007 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 993 | 1008 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0 -relheight 0.5 |
| 994 | update | |
| 1009 | updateText | |
| 995 | 1010 | destroy .f2 |
| 996 | update | |
| 1011 | updateText | |
| 997 | 1012 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 998 | 1013 | } {{} {borders 1.0 1.20 1.40 2.0 3.0}} |
| 999 | 1014 | test textDisp-7.3 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1000 | 1015 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1001 | 1016 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0.5 -relheight 0.5 |
| 1002 | update | |
| 1017 | updateText | |
| 1003 | 1018 | destroy .f2 |
| 1004 | update | |
| 1019 | updateText | |
| 1005 | 1020 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1006 | 1021 | } {{} {borders 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0}} |
| 1007 | 1022 | test textDisp-7.4 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1008 | 1023 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1009 | 1024 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0 -relheight 0.2 \ |
| 1010 | 1025 | -bordermode ignore |
| 1011 | update | |
| 1026 | updateText | |
| 1012 | 1027 | destroy .f2 |
| 1013 | update | |
| 1028 | updateText | |
| 1014 | 1029 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1015 | 1030 | } {{} {borders 1.0 1.20}} |
| 1016 | 1031 | test textDisp-7.5 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1017 | 1032 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1018 | 1033 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 1.0 -relheight 0.2 \ |
| 1019 | 1034 | -anchor s -bordermode ignore |
| 1020 | update | |
| 1035 | updateText | |
| 1021 | 1036 | destroy .f2 |
| 1022 | update | |
| 1037 | updateText | |
| 1023 | 1038 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1024 | 1039 | } {{} {borders 7.0 8.0}} |
| 1025 | 1040 | test textDisp-7.6 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1026 | 1041 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1027 | 1042 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \ |
| 1028 | 1043 | -anchor w -bordermode ignore |
| 1029 | update | |
| 1044 | updateText | |
| 1030 | 1045 | destroy .f2 |
| 1031 | update | |
| 1046 | updateText | |
| 1032 | 1047 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1033 | 1048 | } {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}} |
| 1034 | 1049 | test textDisp-7.7 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1035 | 1050 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1036 | 1051 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 1.0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \ |
| 1037 | 1052 | -anchor e -bordermode ignore |
| 1038 | update | |
| 1053 | updateText | |
| 1039 | 1054 | destroy .f2 |
| 1040 | update | |
| 1055 | updateText | |
| 1041 | 1056 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1042 | 1057 | } {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}} |
| 1043 | 1058 | test textDisp-7.8 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} { |
| 1046 | 1061 | frame .f2 -bg #ff0000 |
| 1047 | 1062 | place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.0 -relwidth 0.4 -rely 0.35 -relheight 0.4 \ |
| 1048 | 1063 | -anchor nw -bordermode ignore |
| 1049 | update | |
| 1064 | updateText | |
| 1050 | 1065 | destroy .f2 |
| 1051 | update | |
| 1066 | updateText | |
| 1052 | 1067 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1053 | 1068 | } {{} {borders 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 eof}} |
| 1054 | 1069 | .t configure -bd 0 |
| 1060 | 1075 | foreach i {3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1061 | 1076 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1062 | 1077 | } |
| 1063 | update | |
| 1078 | updateText | |
| 1064 | 1079 | .t delete 2.36 2.38 |
| 1065 | update | |
| 1080 | updateText | |
| 1066 | 1081 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.32] |
| 1067 | 1082 | } [list {2.0 2.18 2.38} {2.0 2.18 2.38} [list 101 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 1068 | 1083 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1072 | 1087 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1073 | 1088 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1074 | 1089 | } |
| 1075 | update | |
| 1090 | updateText | |
| 1076 | 1091 | .t insert 1.2 xx |
| 1077 | update | |
| 1092 | updateText | |
| 1078 | 1093 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1079 | 1094 | } {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}} |
| 1080 | 1095 | test textDisp-8.3 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1083 | 1098 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1084 | 1099 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1085 | 1100 | } |
| 1086 | update | |
| 1101 | updateText | |
| 1087 | 1102 | .t insert 2.0 xx |
| 1088 | update | |
| 1103 | updateText | |
| 1089 | 1104 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1090 | 1105 | } {2.0 2.0} |
| 1091 | 1106 | test textDisp-8.4 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1094 | 1109 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1095 | 1110 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1096 | 1111 | } |
| 1097 | update | |
| 1112 | updateText | |
| 1098 | 1113 | .t delete 1.5 |
| 1099 | update | |
| 1114 | updateText | |
| 1100 | 1115 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1101 | 1116 | } {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}} |
| 1102 | 1117 | test textDisp-8.5 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1105 | 1120 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1106 | 1121 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1107 | 1122 | } |
| 1108 | update | |
| 1123 | updateText | |
| 1109 | 1124 | .t delete 1.40 1.44 |
| 1110 | update | |
| 1125 | updateText | |
| 1111 | 1126 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1112 | 1127 | } {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}} |
| 1113 | 1128 | test textDisp-8.6 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1116 | 1131 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1117 | 1132 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1118 | 1133 | } |
| 1119 | update | |
| 1134 | updateText | |
| 1120 | 1135 | .t delete 1.41 1.44 |
| 1121 | update | |
| 1136 | updateText | |
| 1122 | 1137 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1123 | 1138 | } {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}} |
| 1124 | 1139 | test textDisp-8.7 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1127 | 1142 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1128 | 1143 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1129 | 1144 | } |
| 1130 | update | |
| 1145 | updateText | |
| 1131 | 1146 | .t delete 1.2 1.end |
| 1132 | update | |
| 1147 | updateText | |
| 1133 | 1148 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1134 | 1149 | } {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 9.0 10.0}} |
| 1135 | 1150 | test textDisp-8.8 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1138 | 1153 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1139 | 1154 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1140 | 1155 | } |
| 1141 | update | |
| 1156 | updateText | |
| 1142 | 1157 | .t delete 2.2 |
| 1143 | update | |
| 1158 | updateText | |
| 1144 | 1159 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1145 | 1160 | } {2.0 2.0} |
| 1146 | 1161 | test textDisp-8.9 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1149 | 1164 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} { |
| 1150 | 1165 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1151 | 1166 | } |
| 1152 | update | |
| 1167 | updateText | |
| 1153 | 1168 | .t delete 2.0 3.0 |
| 1154 | update | |
| 1169 | updateText | |
| 1155 | 1170 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1156 | 1171 | } {{2.0 8.0} {2.0 8.0}} |
| 1157 | 1172 | test textDisp-8.10 {TkTextChanged} { |
| 1159 | 1174 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1160 | 1175 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1161 | 1176 | .t tag add big 2.19 |
| 1162 | update | |
| 1177 | updateText | |
| 1163 | 1178 | .t delete 2.19 |
| 1164 | update | |
| 1179 | updateText | |
| 1165 | 1180 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1166 | 1181 | } {2.0 2.20 eof} |
| 1167 | 1182 | test textDisp-8.11 {TkTextChanged, scrollbar notification when changes are off-screen} { |
| 1168 | 1183 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1169 | 1184 | .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n" |
| 1170 | 1185 | .t configure -yscrollcommand scroll |
| 1171 | update | |
| 1186 | updateText | |
| 1172 | 1187 | set scrollInfo "" |
| 1173 | 1188 | .t insert end "a\nb\nc\n" |
| 1174 | 1189 | # We need to wait for our asychronous callbacks to update the |
| 1175 | 1190 | # scrollbar |
| 1176 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 1191 | updateText | |
| 1192 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 1193 | updateText | |
| 1177 | 1194 | .t configure -yscrollcommand "" |
| 1178 | 1195 | set scrollInfo |
| 1179 | 1196 | } {0.0 0.625} |
| 1186 | 1203 | .t tag add hidden 5.0 8.0 |
| 1187 | 1204 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 1188 | 1205 | .t mark set insert 9.0 |
| 1189 | update | |
| 1206 | updateText | |
| 1190 | 1207 | .t mark set insert 8.0 ; # up one line |
| 1191 | update | |
| 1208 | updateText | |
| 1192 | 1209 | set res [list $tk_textRedraw] |
| 1193 | 1210 | .t mark set insert 12.2 ; # in the visible text |
| 1194 | update | |
| 1211 | updateText | |
| 1195 | 1212 | lappend res $tk_textRedraw |
| 1196 | 1213 | .t mark set insert 6.5 ; # in the hidden text |
| 1197 | update | |
| 1214 | updateText | |
| 1198 | 1215 | lappend res $tk_textRedraw |
| 1199 | 1216 | .t mark set insert 3.5 ; # in the visible text again |
| 1200 | update | |
| 1217 | updateText | |
| 1201 | 1218 | lappend res $tk_textRedraw |
| 1202 | 1219 | .t mark set insert 3.8 ; # within the same line |
| 1203 | update | |
| 1220 | updateText | |
| 1204 | 1221 | lappend res $tk_textRedraw |
| 1205 | 1222 | } {{8.0 9.0} {8.0 12.0} {8.0 12.0} {3.0 8.0} {3.0 4.0}} |
| 1206 | 1223 | test textDisp-8.13 {TkTextChanged, used to crash, see [06c1433906]} { |
| 1207 | 1224 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1208 | 1225 | .t insert 1.0 \nLine2\nLine3\n |
| 1209 | update | |
| 1226 | updateText | |
| 1210 | 1227 | .t insert 3.0 "" |
| 1211 | 1228 | .t delete 1.0 2.0 |
| 1212 | 1229 | update idletasks |
| 1216 | 1233 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1217 | 1234 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1218 | 1235 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 1219 | update | |
| 1236 | updateText | |
| 1220 | 1237 | .t tag add big 2.2 2.4 |
| 1221 | update | |
| 1238 | updateText | |
| 1222 | 1239 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1223 | 1240 | } {{2.0 2.18} {2.0 2.18}} |
| 1224 | 1241 | test textDisp-9.2 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} { |
| 1225 | 1242 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1226 | 1243 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1227 | 1244 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 1228 | update | |
| 1245 | updateText | |
| 1229 | 1246 | .t tag add big 1.2 2.4 |
| 1230 | update | |
| 1247 | updateText | |
| 1231 | 1248 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1232 | 1249 | } {{1.0 2.0 2.17} {1.0 2.0 2.17}} |
| 1233 | 1250 | test textDisp-9.3 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1234 | 1251 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1235 | 1252 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1236 | 1253 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 1237 | update | |
| 1254 | updateText | |
| 1238 | 1255 | .t tag add big 2.2 2.4 |
| 1239 | update | |
| 1256 | updateText | |
| 1240 | 1257 | .t tag remove big 1.0 end |
| 1241 | update | |
| 1258 | updateText | |
| 1242 | 1259 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1243 | 1260 | } {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}} |
| 1244 | 1261 | test textDisp-9.4 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1245 | 1262 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1246 | 1263 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1247 | 1264 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 1248 | update | |
| 1265 | updateText | |
| 1249 | 1266 | .t tag add big 2.2 2.20 |
| 1250 | update | |
| 1267 | updateText | |
| 1251 | 1268 | .t tag remove big 1.0 end |
| 1252 | update | |
| 1269 | updateText | |
| 1253 | 1270 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1254 | 1271 | } {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}} |
| 1255 | 1272 | test textDisp-9.5 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1256 | 1273 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1257 | 1274 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1258 | 1275 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4" |
| 1259 | update | |
| 1276 | updateText | |
| 1260 | 1277 | .t tag add big 2.2 2.end |
| 1261 | update | |
| 1278 | updateText | |
| 1262 | 1279 | .t tag remove big 1.0 end |
| 1263 | update | |
| 1280 | updateText | |
| 1264 | 1281 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1265 | 1282 | } {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}} |
| 1266 | 1283 | test textDisp-9.6 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1267 | 1284 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1268 | 1285 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1269 | 1286 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap" |
| 1270 | update | |
| 1287 | updateText | |
| 1271 | 1288 | .t tag add big 2.2 3.5 |
| 1272 | update | |
| 1289 | updateText | |
| 1273 | 1290 | .t tag remove big 1.0 end |
| 1274 | update | |
| 1291 | updateText | |
| 1275 | 1292 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1276 | 1293 | } {{2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20} {2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 eof}} |
| 1277 | 1294 | test textDisp-9.7 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1279 | 1296 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1280 | 1297 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1281 | 1298 | .t tag add big 2.19 |
| 1282 | update | |
| 1299 | updateText | |
| 1283 | 1300 | .t tag remove big 2.19 |
| 1284 | update | |
| 1301 | updateText | |
| 1285 | 1302 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1286 | 1303 | } {2.0 2.20 eof} |
| 1287 | 1304 | test textDisp-9.8 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} { |
| 1289 | 1306 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1290 | 1307 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1291 | 1308 | .t tag add big 1.0 2.0 |
| 1292 | update | |
| 1309 | updateText | |
| 1293 | 1310 | .t tag add big 2.0 2.5 |
| 1294 | update | |
| 1311 | updateText | |
| 1295 | 1312 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1296 | 1313 | } {2.0 2.17} |
| 1297 | 1314 | test textDisp-9.9 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} { |
| 1299 | 1316 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1300 | 1317 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1301 | 1318 | .t tag add big 1.0 2.0 |
| 1302 | update | |
| 1319 | updateText | |
| 1303 | 1320 | .t tag add big 1.5 2.5 |
| 1304 | update | |
| 1321 | updateText | |
| 1305 | 1322 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1306 | 1323 | } {2.0 2.17} |
| 1307 | 1324 | test textDisp-9.10 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1309 | 1326 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1310 | 1327 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1311 | 1328 | .t tag add big 1.0 2.0 |
| 1312 | update | |
| 1329 | updateText | |
| 1313 | 1330 | set tk_textRedraw {none} |
| 1314 | 1331 | .t tag add big 1.3 1.5 |
| 1315 | update | |
| 1332 | updateText | |
| 1316 | 1333 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1317 | 1334 | } {none} |
| 1318 | 1335 | test textDisp-9.11 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1320 | 1337 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1321 | 1338 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1322 | 1339 | .t tag add big 1.0 2.0 |
| 1323 | update | |
| 1340 | updateText | |
| 1324 | 1341 | .t tag add big 1.0 2.0 |
| 1325 | update | |
| 1342 | updateText | |
| 1326 | 1343 | set tk_textRedraw |
| 1327 | 1344 | } {} |
| 1328 | 1345 | test textDisp-9.12 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1333 | 1350 | } |
| 1334 | 1351 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 1335 | 1352 | .t tag add hidden 2.6 3.6 |
| 1336 | update | |
| 1353 | updateText | |
| 1337 | 1354 | .t tag add hidden 3.11 4.6 |
| 1338 | update | |
| 1355 | updateText | |
| 1339 | 1356 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1340 | 1357 | } {2.0 {2.0 eof}} |
| 1341 | 1358 | test textDisp-9.13 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1342 | 1359 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 1343 | 1360 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1344 | 1361 | for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} { |
| 1345 | .t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n" | |
| 1362 | .t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n" | |
| 1346 | 1363 | } |
| 1347 | 1364 | .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.17 |
| 1348 | 1365 | .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.17 |
| 1349 | 1366 | .t tag configure hidden -background red |
| 1350 | 1367 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 1351 | update | |
| 1368 | updateText | |
| 1352 | 1369 | .t tag configure hidden -elide false |
| 1353 | update | |
| 1370 | updateText | |
| 1354 | 1371 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1355 | 1372 | } {{2.0 6.0 7.0} {2.0 6.0 7.0}} |
| 1356 | 1373 | test textDisp-9.14 {TkTextRedrawTag} { |
| 1360 | 1377 | } |
| 1361 | 1378 | .tnocrash tag configure mytag1 -relief raised |
| 1362 | 1379 | .tnocrash tag configure mytag2 -relief solid |
| 1363 | update | |
| 1380 | updateText | |
| 1364 | 1381 | proc doit {} { |
| 1365 | 1382 | .tnocrash tag add mytag1 4.0 5.0 |
| 1366 | 1383 | .tnocrash tag add mytag2 4.0 5.0 |
| 1382 | 1399 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1383 | 1400 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1384 | 1401 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4" |
| 1385 | update | |
| 1402 | updateText | |
| 1386 | 1403 | .t configure -bg black |
| 1387 | update | |
| 1404 | updateText | |
| 1388 | 1405 | list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw |
| 1389 | 1406 | } {{1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0} {borders 1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0 eof}} |
| 1390 | 1407 | .t configure -bg [lindex [.t configure -bg] 3] |
| 1398 | 1415 | .top.t see insert |
| 1399 | 1416 | tkwait visibility .top.t |
| 1400 | 1417 | place .top.t -width 150 -height 100 |
| 1401 | update | |
| 1418 | updateText | |
| 1402 | 1419 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1403 | 1420 | } {1.0} |
| 1404 | 1421 | catch {destroy .top} |
| 1408 | 1425 | for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} { |
| 1409 | 1426 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1410 | 1427 | } |
| 1411 | update | |
| 1428 | updateText | |
| 1412 | 1429 | test textDisp-11.1 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1413 | 1430 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1414 | update | |
| 1431 | updateText | |
| 1415 | 1432 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1416 | 1433 | } {30.0} |
| 1417 | 1434 | test textDisp-11.2 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1418 | 1435 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1419 | update | |
| 1436 | updateText | |
| 1420 | 1437 | .t yview 32.0 |
| 1421 | update | |
| 1438 | updateText | |
| 1422 | 1439 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1423 | 1440 | } {32.0 {40.0 41.0}} |
| 1424 | 1441 | test textDisp-11.3 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1425 | 1442 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1426 | update | |
| 1443 | updateText | |
| 1427 | 1444 | .t yview 28.0 |
| 1428 | update | |
| 1445 | updateText | |
| 1429 | 1446 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1430 | 1447 | } {28.0 {28.0 29.0}} |
| 1431 | 1448 | test textDisp-11.4 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1432 | 1449 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1433 | update | |
| 1450 | updateText | |
| 1434 | 1451 | .t yview 31.4 |
| 1435 | update | |
| 1452 | updateText | |
| 1436 | 1453 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1437 | 1454 | } {31.0 40.0} |
| 1438 | 1455 | test textDisp-11.5 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1439 | 1456 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1440 | update | |
| 1457 | updateText | |
| 1441 | 1458 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1442 | 1459 | .t yview -pickplace 31.0 |
| 1443 | update | |
| 1460 | updateText | |
| 1444 | 1461 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1445 | 1462 | } {30.0 {}} |
| 1446 | 1463 | test textDisp-11.6 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1447 | 1464 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1448 | update | |
| 1465 | updateText | |
| 1449 | 1466 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1450 | 1467 | .t yview -pickplace 28.0 |
| 1451 | update | |
| 1468 | updateText | |
| 1452 | 1469 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1453 | 1470 | } {28.0 {28.0 29.0}} |
| 1454 | 1471 | test textDisp-11.7 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1455 | 1472 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1456 | update ; update | |
| 1473 | updateText | |
| 1457 | 1474 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1458 | 1475 | .t yview -pickplace 26.0 |
| 1459 | update | |
| 1476 | updateText | |
| 1460 | 1477 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1461 | 1478 | } {21.0 {21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0}} |
| 1462 | 1479 | test textDisp-11.8 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1463 | 1480 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1464 | update | |
| 1481 | updateText | |
| 1465 | 1482 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1466 | 1483 | .t yview -pickplace 41.0 |
| 1467 | update | |
| 1484 | updateText | |
| 1468 | 1485 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1469 | 1486 | } {32.0 {40.0 41.0}} |
| 1470 | 1487 | test textDisp-11.9 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1471 | 1488 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1472 | update | |
| 1489 | updateText | |
| 1473 | 1490 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1474 | 1491 | .t yview -pickplace 43.0 |
| 1475 | update | |
| 1492 | updateText | |
| 1476 | 1493 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1477 | 1494 | } {38.0 {40.0 41.0 42.0 43.0 44.0 45.0 46.0 47.0 48.0}} |
| 1478 | 1495 | test textDisp-11.10 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1479 | 1496 | .t yview 30.0 |
| 1480 | update | |
| 1497 | updateText | |
| 1481 | 1498 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1482 | 1499 | .t yview 10000.0 |
| 1483 | update | |
| 1500 | updateText | |
| 1484 | 1501 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1485 | 1502 | } {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0 197.0 198.0 199.0 200.0}} |
| 1486 | 1503 | test textDisp-11.11 {TkTextSetYView} { |
| 1487 | 1504 | .t yview 195.0 |
| 1488 | update | |
| 1505 | updateText | |
| 1489 | 1506 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1490 | 1507 | .t yview 197.0 |
| 1491 | update | |
| 1508 | updateText | |
| 1492 | 1509 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1493 | 1510 | } {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0}} |
| 1494 | 1511 | test textDisp-11.12 {TkTextSetYView, wrapped line is off-screen} { |
| 1495 | 1512 | .t insert 10.0 "Long line with enough text to wrap\n" |
| 1496 | 1513 | .t yview 1.0 |
| 1497 | update | |
| 1514 | updateText | |
| 1498 | 1515 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1499 | 1516 | .t see 10.30 |
| 1500 | update | |
| 1517 | updateText | |
| 1501 | 1518 | list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1502 | 1519 | } {2.0 10.20} |
| 1503 | 1520 | .t delete 10.0 11.0 |
| 1511 | 1528 | for {set i 2} {$i <= 100} {incr i} { |
| 1512 | 1529 | .top.t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1513 | 1530 | } |
| 1514 | update | |
| 1531 | updateText | |
| 1515 | 1532 | scan [wm geometry .top] "%dx%d" w2 h2 |
| 1516 | wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr $h2-2] | |
| 1517 | update | |
| 1533 | wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr {$h2-2}] | |
| 1534 | updateText | |
| 1518 | 1535 | .top.t yview 1.0 |
| 1519 | update | |
| 1536 | updateText | |
| 1520 | 1537 | set tk_textRedraw {} |
| 1521 | 1538 | .top.t see 5.0 |
| 1522 | update | |
| 1539 | updateText | |
| 1523 | 1540 | # Note, with smooth scrolling, the results of this test |
| 1524 | 1541 | # have changed, and the old '2.0 {5.0 6.0}' is quite wrong. |
| 1525 | 1542 | list [.top.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw |
| 1533 | 1550 | for {set i 2} {$i <= 20} {incr i} { |
| 1534 | 1551 | .top.t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1535 | 1552 | } |
| 1536 | update | |
| 1553 | updateText | |
| 1537 | 1554 | test textDisp-11.14 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} { |
| 1538 | 1555 | .top.t yview 5.0 |
| 1539 | update | |
| 1556 | updateText | |
| 1540 | 1557 | .top.t see 10.0 |
| 1541 | 1558 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1542 | 1559 | } {8.0} |
| 1543 | 1560 | test textDisp-11.15 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} { |
| 1544 | 1561 | .top.t yview 5.0 |
| 1545 | update | |
| 1562 | updateText | |
| 1546 | 1563 | .top.t see 11.0 |
| 1547 | 1564 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1548 | 1565 | # The index 9.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels |
| 1549 | 1566 | } {9.0} |
| 1550 | 1567 | test textDisp-11.16 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} { |
| 1551 | 1568 | .top.t yview 8.0 |
| 1552 | update | |
| 1569 | updateText | |
| 1553 | 1570 | .top.t see 5.0 |
| 1554 | 1571 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1555 | 1572 | } {5.0} |
| 1556 | 1573 | test textDisp-11.17 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} { |
| 1557 | 1574 | .top.t yview 8.0 |
| 1558 | update | |
| 1575 | updateText | |
| 1559 | 1576 | .top.t see 4.0 |
| 1560 | 1577 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1561 | 1578 | # The index 2.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels |
| 1570 | 1587 | .top.t tag add hidden 4.10 "4.10 lineend" |
| 1571 | 1588 | .top.t tag add hidden 5.15 10.3 |
| 1572 | 1589 | .top.t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 1573 | update | |
| 1590 | updateText | |
| 1574 | 1591 | .top.t see "8.0 lineend" |
| 1575 | 1592 | # The index "8.0 lineend" is on screen despite elided -> no scroll |
| 1576 | 1593 | .top.t index @0,0 |
| 1590 | 1607 | # Indices 21.0, 17.0 and 15.0 are all on the same display line |
| 1591 | 1608 | # therefore index @0,0 shall be the same for all of them |
| 1592 | 1609 | .top.t see end |
| 1593 | update | |
| 1610 | updateText | |
| 1594 | 1611 | .top.t see 21.0 |
| 1595 | update | |
| 1612 | updateText | |
| 1596 | 1613 | set ind1 [.top.t index @0,0] |
| 1597 | 1614 | .top.t see end |
| 1598 | update | |
| 1615 | updateText | |
| 1599 | 1616 | .top.t see 17.0 |
| 1600 | update | |
| 1617 | updateText | |
| 1601 | 1618 | set ind2 [.top.t index @0,0] |
| 1602 | 1619 | .top.t see end |
| 1603 | update | |
| 1620 | updateText | |
| 1604 | 1621 | .top.t see 15.0 |
| 1605 | update | |
| 1622 | updateText | |
| 1606 | 1623 | set ind3 [.top.t index @0,0] |
| 1607 | 1624 | list [expr {$ind1 == $ind2}] [expr {$ind1 == $ind3}] |
| 1608 | 1625 | } {1 1} |
| 1625 | 1642 | } |
| 1626 | 1643 | set lineheight [font metrics [.top.t cget -font] -linespace] |
| 1627 | 1644 | wm geometry .top 200x[expr {$lineheight / 2}] |
| 1628 | update | |
| 1645 | updateText | |
| 1629 | 1646 | .top.t see 1.0 |
| 1630 | 1647 | .top.t index @0,[expr {$lineheight - 2}] |
| 1631 | 1648 | } {1.0} |
| 1635 | 1652 | .t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n" |
| 1636 | 1653 | test textDisp-12.1 {MeasureUp} { |
| 1637 | 1654 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 1638 | update | |
| 1655 | updateText | |
| 1639 | 1656 | .t yview -pickplace 52.0 |
| 1640 | update | |
| 1657 | updateText | |
| 1641 | 1658 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1642 | 1659 | } {49.0} |
| 1643 | 1660 | test textDisp-12.2 {MeasureUp} { |
| 1644 | 1661 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 1645 | update | |
| 1662 | updateText | |
| 1646 | 1663 | .t yview -pickplace 53.0 |
| 1647 | update | |
| 1664 | updateText | |
| 1648 | 1665 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1649 | 1666 | } {50.0} |
| 1650 | 1667 | test textDisp-12.3 {MeasureUp} { |
| 1651 | 1668 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 1652 | update | |
| 1669 | updateText | |
| 1653 | 1670 | .t yview -pickplace 50.10 |
| 1654 | update | |
| 1671 | updateText | |
| 1655 | 1672 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1656 | 1673 | } {45.0} |
| 1657 | 1674 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 1658 | 1675 | test textDisp-12.4 {MeasureUp} { |
| 1659 | 1676 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 1660 | update | |
| 1677 | updateText | |
| 1661 | 1678 | .t yview -pickplace 53.0 |
| 1662 | update | |
| 1679 | updateText | |
| 1663 | 1680 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1664 | 1681 | } {48.0} |
| 1665 | 1682 | test textDisp-12.5 {MeasureUp} { |
| 1666 | 1683 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 1667 | update | |
| 1684 | updateText | |
| 1668 | 1685 | .t yview -pickplace 50.10 |
| 1669 | update | |
| 1686 | updateText | |
| 1670 | 1687 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1671 | 1688 | } {45.0} |
| 1672 | 1689 | |
| 1689 | 1706 | test textDisp-13.4 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} { |
| 1690 | 1707 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 1691 | 1708 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1692 | update | |
| 1709 | updateText | |
| 1693 | 1710 | .t see 4.2 |
| 1694 | 1711 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1695 | 1712 | } {1.0} |
| 1697 | 1714 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1698 | 1715 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 1699 | 1716 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1700 | update | |
| 1717 | updateText | |
| 1701 | 1718 | .t see 12.1 |
| 1702 | 1719 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1703 | 1720 | } {3.0} |
| 1705 | 1722 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1706 | 1723 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 1707 | 1724 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1708 | update | |
| 1725 | updateText | |
| 1709 | 1726 | .t see 30.50 |
| 1710 | 1727 | set x [.t index @0,0] |
| 1711 | 1728 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 1716 | 1733 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1717 | 1734 | .t tag add sel 30.20 |
| 1718 | 1735 | .t tag add sel 30.40 |
| 1719 | update | |
| 1736 | updateText | |
| 1720 | 1737 | .t see 30.50 |
| 1721 | 1738 | .t yview 25.0 |
| 1722 | 1739 | .t see 30.50 |
| 1733 | 1750 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1734 | 1751 | .t tag add sel 30.20 |
| 1735 | 1752 | .t tag add sel 30.50 |
| 1736 | update | |
| 1753 | updateText | |
| 1737 | 1754 | .t see 30.50 |
| 1738 | 1755 | set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]] |
| 1739 | 1756 | .t see 30.60 |
| 1744 | 1761 | lappend x [.t bbox 30.90] |
| 1745 | 1762 | } [list [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 1746 | 1763 | test textDisp-13.9 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} { |
| 1747 | wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height | |
| 1764 | wm geom . [expr {$width-2}]x$height | |
| 1748 | 1765 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 1749 | 1766 | .t yview moveto 0 |
| 1750 | 1767 | .t tag add sel 30.20 |
| 1751 | 1768 | .t tag add sel 30.50 |
| 1752 | update | |
| 1769 | updateText | |
| 1753 | 1770 | .t see 30.50 |
| 1754 | 1771 | set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]] |
| 1755 | 1772 | .t see 30.60 |
| 1781 | 1798 | |
| 1782 | 1799 | } |
| 1783 | 1800 | wm geometry .top2 300x200+0+0 |
| 1784 | update | |
| 1801 | updateText | |
| 1785 | 1802 | .top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend" |
| 1786 | update | |
| 1803 | updateText | |
| 1787 | 1804 | set ref [.top2.t2 index @0,0] |
| 1788 | 1805 | .top2.t2 insert "1.0 lineend" ç |
| 1789 | 1806 | .top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend" |
| 1790 | update | |
| 1807 | updateText | |
| 1791 | 1808 | set new [.top2.t2 index @0,0] |
| 1792 | 1809 | set res [.top2.t2 compare $ref == $new] |
| 1793 | 1810 | destroy .top2 |
| 1798 | 1815 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 1799 | 1816 | test textDisp-14.1 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} { |
| 1800 | 1817 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1801 | update | |
| 1818 | updateText | |
| 1802 | 1819 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 1803 | 1820 | .t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n" |
| 1804 | 1821 | .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx" |
| 1808 | 1825 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 1809 | 1826 | test textDisp-14.2 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} { |
| 1810 | 1827 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1811 | update | |
| 1828 | updateText | |
| 1812 | 1829 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 1813 | 1830 | .t insert end "xxxxx\n" |
| 1814 | 1831 | .t insert end "xxxx" |
| 1817 | 1834 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 1818 | 1835 | test textDisp-14.3 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} { |
| 1819 | 1836 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 1820 | update | |
| 1837 | updateText | |
| 1821 | 1838 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 1822 | 1839 | .t insert end "xxxxx\n" |
| 1823 | 1840 | .t insert end "xxxx" |
| 1910 | 1927 | .t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n" |
| 1911 | 1928 | test textDisp-15.1 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1912 | 1929 | .t yview 45.0 |
| 1913 | update | |
| 1930 | updateText | |
| 1914 | 1931 | .t yview scroll -3 units |
| 1915 | 1932 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1916 | 1933 | } {42.0} |
| 1917 | 1934 | test textDisp-15.2 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1918 | 1935 | .t yview 51.0 |
| 1919 | update | |
| 1936 | updateText | |
| 1920 | 1937 | .t yview scroll -2 units |
| 1921 | 1938 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1922 | 1939 | } {50.20} |
| 1923 | 1940 | test textDisp-15.3 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1924 | 1941 | .t yview 51.0 |
| 1925 | update | |
| 1942 | updateText | |
| 1926 | 1943 | .t yview scroll -4 units |
| 1927 | 1944 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1928 | 1945 | } {49.0} |
| 1929 | 1946 | test textDisp-15.4 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1930 | 1947 | .t yview 50.20 |
| 1931 | update | |
| 1948 | updateText | |
| 1932 | 1949 | .t yview scroll -2 units |
| 1933 | 1950 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1934 | 1951 | } {49.0} |
| 1935 | 1952 | test textDisp-15.5 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1936 | 1953 | .t yview 50.40 |
| 1937 | update | |
| 1954 | updateText | |
| 1938 | 1955 | .t yview scroll -2 units |
| 1939 | 1956 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1940 | 1957 | } {50.0} |
| 1941 | 1958 | test textDisp-15.6 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} { |
| 1942 | 1959 | .t yview 3.2 |
| 1943 | update | |
| 1960 | updateText | |
| 1944 | 1961 | .t yview scroll -5 units |
| 1945 | 1962 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1946 | 1963 | } {1.0} |
| 1947 | 1964 | test textDisp-15.7 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling forwards} { |
| 1948 | 1965 | .t yview 48.0 |
| 1949 | update | |
| 1966 | updateText | |
| 1950 | 1967 | .t yview scroll 4 units |
| 1951 | 1968 | .t index @0,0 |
| 1952 | 1969 | } {50.40} |
| 1972 | 1989 | for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} { |
| 1973 | 1990 | .tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 1974 | 1991 | } |
| 1975 | update ; after 1000 ; update | |
| 1992 | updateText | |
| 1976 | 1993 | set refind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]] |
| 1977 | 1994 | # Should scroll and should not crash! |
| 1978 | 1995 | .tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit |
| 1992 | 2009 | .t tag add big 100.0 105.0 |
| 1993 | 2010 | .t insert 151.end { has a lot of extra text, so that it wraps around on the screen several times over.} |
| 1994 | 2011 | .t insert 153.end { also has enoug extra text to wrap.} |
| 1995 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 2012 | updateText | |
| 2013 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 1996 | 2014 | test textDisp-16.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} { |
| 1997 | 2015 | .t yview 21.0 |
| 1998 | 2016 | set x [.t yview] |
| 2013 | 2031 | } {1 {bad option "-bogus": must be moveto or scroll}} |
| 2014 | 2032 | test textDisp-16.6 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, integer position} { |
| 2015 | 2033 | .t yview 100.0 |
| 2016 | update | |
| 2034 | updateText | |
| 2017 | 2035 | .t yview 98 |
| 2018 | 2036 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2019 | 2037 | } {99.0} |
| 2068 | 2086 | text .top1.t -height 3 -width 4 -wrap none -setgrid 1 -padx 6 \ |
| 2069 | 2087 | -spacing3 6 |
| 2070 | 2088 | pack .top1.t |
| 2071 | update | |
| 2089 | updateText | |
| 2072 | 2090 | .top1.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6" |
| 2073 | 2091 | .top1.t yview moveto 0.3333 |
| 2074 | 2092 | set result [.top1.t yview] |
| 2089 | 2107 | } {1 {expected integer but got "badInt"}} |
| 2090 | 2108 | test textDisp-16.22 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} { |
| 2091 | 2109 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2092 | update | |
| 2110 | updateText | |
| 2093 | 2111 | .t yview scroll -1 pages |
| 2094 | 2112 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2095 | 2113 | } {42.0} |
| 2098 | 2116 | } {1 {ambiguous argument "p": must be units, pages, or pixels}} |
| 2099 | 2117 | test textDisp-16.23 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} { |
| 2100 | 2118 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2101 | update | |
| 2119 | updateText | |
| 2102 | 2120 | .t yview scroll -3 pa |
| 2103 | 2121 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2104 | 2122 | } {26.0} |
| 2105 | 2123 | test textDisp-16.24 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} { |
| 2106 | 2124 | .t yview 5.0 |
| 2107 | update | |
| 2125 | updateText | |
| 2108 | 2126 | .t yview scroll -3 pa |
| 2109 | 2127 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2110 | 2128 | } {1.0} |
| 2111 | 2129 | test textDisp-16.25 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} { |
| 2112 | 2130 | .t configure -height 1 |
| 2113 | update | |
| 2131 | updateText | |
| 2114 | 2132 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2115 | update | |
| 2133 | updateText | |
| 2116 | 2134 | .t yview scroll -1 pages |
| 2117 | 2135 | set x [.t index @0,0] |
| 2118 | 2136 | .t configure -height 10 |
| 2119 | update | |
| 2137 | updateText | |
| 2120 | 2138 | set x |
| 2121 | 2139 | } {49.0} |
| 2122 | 2140 | test textDisp-16.26 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} { |
| 2123 | 2141 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2124 | update | |
| 2142 | updateText | |
| 2125 | 2143 | .t yview scroll 1 pages |
| 2126 | 2144 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2127 | 2145 | } {58.0} |
| 2128 | 2146 | test textDisp-16.27 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} { |
| 2129 | 2147 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2130 | update | |
| 2148 | updateText | |
| 2131 | 2149 | .t yview scroll 2 pages |
| 2132 | 2150 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2133 | 2151 | } {66.0} |
| 2134 | 2152 | test textDisp-16.28 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {textfonts} { |
| 2135 | 2153 | .t yview 98.0 |
| 2136 | update | |
| 2154 | updateText | |
| 2137 | 2155 | .t yview scroll 1 page |
| 2138 | set res [expr int([.t index @0,0])] | |
| 2156 | set res [expr {int([.t index @0,0])}] | |
| 2139 | 2157 | if {$fixedDiff > 1} { |
| 2140 | 2158 | incr res -1 |
| 2141 | 2159 | } |
| 2143 | 2161 | } {102} |
| 2144 | 2162 | test textDisp-16.29 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} { |
| 2145 | 2163 | .t configure -height 1 |
| 2146 | update | |
| 2164 | updateText | |
| 2147 | 2165 | .t yview 50.0 |
| 2148 | update | |
| 2166 | updateText | |
| 2149 | 2167 | .t yview scroll 1 pages |
| 2150 | 2168 | set x [.t index @0,0] |
| 2151 | 2169 | .t configure -height 10 |
| 2152 | update | |
| 2170 | updateText | |
| 2153 | 2171 | set x |
| 2154 | 2172 | } {51.0} |
| 2155 | 2173 | test textDisp-16.30 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} { |
| 2156 | 2174 | .t yview 45.0 |
| 2157 | update | |
| 2175 | updateText | |
| 2158 | 2176 | .t yview scroll -3 units |
| 2159 | 2177 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2160 | 2178 | } {42.0} |
| 2161 | 2179 | test textDisp-16.31 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} { |
| 2162 | 2180 | .t yview 149.0 |
| 2163 | update | |
| 2181 | updateText | |
| 2164 | 2182 | .t yview scroll 4 units |
| 2165 | 2183 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2166 | 2184 | } {151.40} |
| 2265 | 2283 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 2266 | 2284 | .t yview 35.0 |
| 2267 | 2285 | .t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels |
| 2268 | update | |
| 2286 | updateText | |
| 2269 | 2287 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2270 | 2288 | } {5.0} |
| 2271 | 2289 | test textDisp-16.43 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure with indices in elided lines} { |
| 2279 | 2297 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 2280 | 2298 | .t yview 35.0 |
| 2281 | 2299 | .t yview scroll -15 units |
| 2282 | update | |
| 2300 | updateText | |
| 2283 | 2301 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2284 | 2302 | } {5.0} |
| 2285 | 2303 | test textDisp-16.44 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, scroll down, with elided lines} { |
| 2290 | 2308 | .t insert end "$x 1111\n$x 2222\n$x 3333\n$x 4444\n$x 5555\n$x 6666" hidden |
| 2291 | 2309 | } |
| 2292 | 2310 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true ; # 5 hidden lines |
| 2293 | update | |
| 2294 | .t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight} + 1].0 | |
| 2295 | update | |
| 2311 | updateText | |
| 2312 | .t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight + 1}].0 | |
| 2313 | updateText | |
| 2296 | 2314 | .t index @0,0 |
| 2297 | 2315 | } {2.0} |
| 2298 | 2316 | |
| 2368 | 2386 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2369 | 2387 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2370 | 2388 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
| 2371 | update | |
| 2389 | updateText | |
| 2372 | 2390 | set scrollInfo |
| 2373 | 2391 | } [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]] |
| 2374 | 2392 | test textDisp-18.2 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2377 | 2395 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2378 | 2396 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2379 | 2397 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
| 2380 | update | |
| 2398 | updateText | |
| 2381 | 2399 | set scrollInfo |
| 2382 | 2400 | } {0.0 1.0} |
| 2383 | 2401 | test textDisp-18.3 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2384 | 2402 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 2385 | 2403 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2386 | update | |
| 2404 | updateText | |
| 2387 | 2405 | set scrollInfo |
| 2388 | 2406 | } {0.0 1.0} |
| 2389 | 2407 | test textDisp-18.4 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2392 | 2410 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2393 | 2411 | .t insert end xxxxxx\n |
| 2394 | 2412 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
| 2395 | update | |
| 2413 | updateText | |
| 2396 | 2414 | set scrollInfo |
| 2397 | 2415 | } {0.0 1.0} |
| 2398 | 2416 | test textDisp-18.5 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2402 | 2420 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2403 | 2421 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
| 2404 | 2422 | .t xview scroll 31 units |
| 2405 | update | |
| 2423 | updateText | |
| 2406 | 2424 | set scrollInfo |
| 2407 | 2425 | } [list [expr {31.0/55}] [expr {51.0/55}]] |
| 2408 | 2426 | test textDisp-18.6 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2413 | 2431 | .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx" |
| 2414 | 2432 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 2415 | 2433 | .t xview scroll 31 units |
| 2416 | update | |
| 2434 | updateText | |
| 2417 | 2435 | set x {} |
| 2418 | 2436 | lappend x $scrollInfo |
| 2419 | 2437 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 2420 | update | |
| 2438 | updateText | |
| 2421 | 2439 | lappend x $scrollInfo |
| 2422 | 2440 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 2423 | update | |
| 2441 | updateText | |
| 2424 | 2442 | lappend x $scrollInfo |
| 2425 | 2443 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 2426 | update | |
| 2444 | updateText | |
| 2427 | 2445 | lappend x $scrollInfo |
| 2428 | 2446 | } [list [list [expr {31.0/56}] [expr {51.0/56}]] {0.0 1.0} {0.0 1.0} [list 0.0 [expr {5.0/14}]]] |
| 2429 | 2447 | test textDisp-18.7 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2430 | 2448 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 2431 | 2449 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2432 | update | |
| 2450 | updateText | |
| 2433 | 2451 | set scrollInfo unchanged |
| 2434 | 2452 | .t insert end xxxxxx\n |
| 2435 | 2453 | .t insert end xxx |
| 2436 | update | |
| 2454 | updateText | |
| 2437 | 2455 | set scrollInfo |
| 2438 | 2456 | } {unchanged} |
| 2439 | 2457 | test textDisp-18.8 {GetXView procedure} { |
| 2447 | 2465 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 2448 | 2466 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2449 | 2467 | .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n |
| 2450 | update | |
| 2468 | updateText | |
| 2451 | 2469 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2452 | 2470 | .t configure -xscrollcommand scrollError |
| 2453 | update | |
| 2471 | updateText | |
| 2454 | 2472 | set x |
| 2455 | 2473 | } {{scrolling error} {scrolling error |
| 2456 | 2474 | while executing |
| 2467 | 2485 | test textDisp-19.1 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2468 | 2486 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 2469 | 2487 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2470 | update | |
| 2488 | updateText | |
| 2471 | 2489 | set scrollInfo |
| 2472 | 2490 | } {0.0 1.0} |
| 2473 | 2491 | test textDisp-19.2 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2474 | 2492 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 2475 | 2493 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2476 | update | |
| 2494 | updateText | |
| 2477 | 2495 | set scrollInfo "unchanged" |
| 2478 | 2496 | .t insert 1.0 "Line1\nLine2" |
| 2479 | update | |
| 2497 | updateText | |
| 2480 | 2498 | set scrollInfo |
| 2481 | 2499 | } {unchanged} |
| 2482 | 2500 | test textDisp-19.3 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2483 | 2501 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 2484 | 2502 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2485 | update; after 10 ; update | |
| 2503 | updateText | |
| 2486 | 2504 | set scrollInfo "unchanged" |
| 2487 | 2505 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3" |
| 2488 | update | |
| 2506 | updateText | |
| 2489 | 2507 | set scrollInfo |
| 2490 | 2508 | } {unchanged} |
| 2491 | 2509 | test textDisp-19.4 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2492 | 2510 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 2493 | 2511 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2494 | 2512 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1" |
| 2495 | update | |
| 2513 | updateText | |
| 2496 | 2514 | set scrollInfo "unchanged" |
| 2497 | 2515 | foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} { |
| 2498 | 2516 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 2499 | 2517 | } |
| 2500 | update | |
| 2518 | updateText | |
| 2501 | 2519 | set scrollInfo |
| 2502 | 2520 | } [list 0.0 [expr {70.0/91}]] |
| 2503 | 2521 | test textDisp-19.5 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2508 | 2526 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 2509 | 2527 | } |
| 2510 | 2528 | .t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times" |
| 2511 | update ; after 100 | |
| 2529 | updateText | |
| 2512 | 2530 | set x $scrollInfo |
| 2513 | 2531 | } {0.0 0.625} |
| 2514 | 2532 | test textDisp-19.6 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2520 | 2538 | } |
| 2521 | 2539 | .t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times" |
| 2522 | 2540 | .t yview 4.0 |
| 2523 | update | |
| 2541 | updateText | |
| 2524 | 2542 | set x $scrollInfo |
| 2525 | 2543 | } {0.375 1.0} |
| 2526 | 2544 | test textDisp-19.7 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2532 | 2550 | } |
| 2533 | 2551 | .t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times" |
| 2534 | 2552 | .t yview 2.26 |
| 2535 | update; after 1; update | |
| 2553 | updateText | |
| 2536 | 2554 | set x $scrollInfo |
| 2537 | 2555 | } {0.125 0.75} |
| 2538 | 2556 | test textDisp-19.8 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2544 | 2562 | } |
| 2545 | 2563 | .t insert 10.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times" |
| 2546 | 2564 | .t yview 2.0 |
| 2547 | update | |
| 2565 | updateText | |
| 2548 | 2566 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end |
| 2549 | 2567 | set x $scrollInfo |
| 2550 | 2568 | } {0.0625 0.6875} |
| 2556 | 2574 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 2557 | 2575 | } |
| 2558 | 2576 | .t yview 3.0 |
| 2559 | update | |
| 2577 | updateText | |
| 2560 | 2578 | set scrollInfo |
| 2561 | 2579 | } [list [expr {4.0/30}] 0.8] |
| 2562 | 2580 | test textDisp-19.10 {GetYView procedure} { |
| 2567 | 2585 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 2568 | 2586 | } |
| 2569 | 2587 | .t yview 11.0 |
| 2570 | update | |
| 2588 | updateText | |
| 2571 | 2589 | set scrollInfo |
| 2572 | 2590 | } [list [expr {1.0/3}] 1.0] |
| 2573 | 2591 | test textDisp-19.10.1 {Widget manipulation causes height miscount} { |
| 2578 | 2596 | .t insert end "\nLine $i" |
| 2579 | 2597 | } |
| 2580 | 2598 | .t yview 11.0 |
| 2581 | update | |
| 2599 | updateText | |
| 2582 | 2600 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 2583 | 2601 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2584 | 2602 | .t insert 1.0 "Line 1" |
| 2588 | 2606 | .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four " |
| 2589 | 2607 | .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line." |
| 2590 | 2608 | .t yview insert |
| 2591 | update | |
| 2609 | updateText | |
| 2592 | 2610 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end |
| 2593 | 2611 | set scrollInfo |
| 2594 | 2612 | } {0.5 1.0} |
| 2602 | 2620 | .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four " |
| 2603 | 2621 | .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line." |
| 2604 | 2622 | .t yview insert |
| 2605 | update | |
| 2623 | updateText | |
| 2606 | 2624 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end |
| 2607 | 2625 | set scrollInfo |
| 2608 | 2626 | } {0.5 1.0} |
| 2740 | 2758 | pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both |
| 2741 | 2759 | .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5" |
| 2742 | 2760 | # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete. |
| 2743 | update ; after 10 | |
| 2761 | updateText | |
| 2744 | 2762 | scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight |
| 2745 | wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3] | |
| 2746 | update | |
| 2763 | wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}] | |
| 2764 | updateText | |
| 2747 | 2765 | .top.t yview |
| 2748 | 2766 | } [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]] |
| 2749 | 2767 | test textDisp-19.13 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {textfonts} { |
| 2754 | 2772 | pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both |
| 2755 | 2773 | .top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4 has enough text to wrap around at least once" |
| 2756 | 2774 | # Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete. |
| 2757 | update ; after 10 | |
| 2775 | updateText | |
| 2758 | 2776 | scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight |
| 2759 | wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3] | |
| 2760 | update | |
| 2777 | wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr {$theight - 3}] | |
| 2778 | updateText | |
| 2761 | 2779 | .top.t yview |
| 2762 | 2780 | } [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]] |
| 2763 | 2781 | catch {destroy .top} |
| 2771 | 2789 | .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four " |
| 2772 | 2790 | .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line." |
| 2773 | 2791 | # Need to update so everything is calculated. |
| 2774 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 2775 | update ; after 10 ; update | |
| 2792 | updateText | |
| 2793 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 2794 | updateText | |
| 2776 | 2795 | set scrollInfo "unchanged" |
| 2777 | 2796 | .t mark set insert 3.0 |
| 2778 | 2797 | .t tag configure x -background red |
| 2779 | 2798 | .t tag add x 1.0 5.0 |
| 2780 | update | |
| 2799 | updateText | |
| 2781 | 2800 | .t tag delete x |
| 2782 | 2801 | set scrollInfo |
| 2783 | 2802 | } {unchanged} |
| 2790 | 2809 | } |
| 2791 | 2810 | .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four " |
| 2792 | 2811 | .t insert end "times with a bit little left on the last line." |
| 2793 | update | |
| 2812 | updateText | |
| 2794 | 2813 | .t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError |
| 2795 | 2814 | proc bgerror args { |
| 2796 | 2815 | global x errorInfo errorCode |
| 2797 | 2816 | set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode] |
| 2798 | 2817 | } |
| 2799 | 2818 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2800 | update | |
| 2819 | updateText | |
| 2801 | 2820 | rename bgerror {} |
| 2802 | 2821 | .t configure -yscrollcommand scroll |
| 2803 | 2822 | set x |
| 2819 | 2838 | .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four " |
| 2820 | 2839 | .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line." |
| 2821 | 2840 | # Need to update so everything is calculated. |
| 2822 | update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 2841 | updateText | |
| 2842 | .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 2843 | updateText | |
| 2823 | 2844 | set res {} |
| 2824 | 2845 | lappend res \ |
| 2825 | 2846 | [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \ |
| 2870 | 2891 | update |
| 2871 | 2892 | lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0] |
| 2872 | 2893 | .t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels |
| 2873 | update | |
| 2894 | updateText | |
| 2874 | 2895 | lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0] |
| 2875 | 2896 | } [list [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]] |
| 2876 | 2897 | test textDisp-19.19 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} { |
| 2883 | 2904 | .t tag add hidden 5.27 11.0 |
| 2884 | 2905 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 2885 | 2906 | .t yview 5.0 |
| 2886 | update | |
| 2907 | updateText | |
| 2887 | 2908 | set res [list [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.0] [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.20]] |
| 2888 | 2909 | } [list [expr {1 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {2 * $fixedHeight}]] |
| 2889 | 2910 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 2975 | 2996 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 2976 | 2997 | .t delete 50.0 51.0 |
| 2977 | 2998 | .t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n" |
| 2978 | update | |
| 2999 | updateText | |
| 2979 | 3000 | .t tag add x 50.1 |
| 2980 | 3001 | test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} { |
| 2981 | 3002 | .t config -wrap word |
| 2991 | 3012 | test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} { |
| 2992 | 3013 | .t config -wrap char |
| 2993 | 3014 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 2994 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1] | |
| 2995 | update | |
| 3015 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}] | |
| 3016 | updateText | |
| 2996 | 3017 | list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] |
| 2997 | 3018 | } [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 3]] |
| 2998 | 3019 | test textDisp-22.4 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} { |
| 2999 | 3020 | .t config -wrap char |
| 3000 | 3021 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3001 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1] | |
| 3002 | update | |
| 3022 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}] | |
| 3023 | updateText | |
| 3003 | 3024 | list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] |
| 3004 | 3025 | } [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 5]] |
| 3005 | 3026 | test textDisp-22.5 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off char} {textfonts} { |
| 3006 | 3027 | .t config -wrap none |
| 3007 | 3028 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3008 | wm geom . [expr $width-95]x$height | |
| 3009 | update | |
| 3029 | wm geom . [expr {$width-95}]x$height | |
| 3030 | updateText | |
| 3010 | 3031 | .t bbox 15.6 |
| 3011 | 3032 | } [list 45 [expr {3+5*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] |
| 3012 | 3033 | test textDisp-22.6 {TkTextCharBbox, line visible but not char} {textfonts} { |
| 3013 | 3034 | .t config -wrap char |
| 3014 | 3035 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3015 | 3036 | .t tag add big 20.2 20.5 |
| 3016 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+3] | |
| 3017 | update | |
| 3037 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+3}] | |
| 3038 | updateText | |
| 3018 | 3039 | list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] [.t bbox 20.2] |
| 3019 | 3040 | } [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 17 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 14 7]] |
| 3020 | 3041 | wm geom . {} |
| 3021 | update | |
| 3042 | updateText | |
| 3022 | 3043 | test textDisp-22.7 {TkTextCharBbox, different character sizes} {textfonts} { |
| 3023 | 3044 | .t config -wrap char |
| 3024 | 3045 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3025 | 3046 | .t tag add big 12.2 12.5 |
| 3026 | update | |
| 3047 | updateText | |
| 3027 | 3048 | list [.t bbox 12.1] [.t bbox 12.2] |
| 3028 | 3049 | } [list [list 10 [expr {3 + 2*$fixedHeight + $ascentDiff}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 17 [expr {3+ 2*$fixedHeight}] 14 27]] |
| 3029 | 3050 | .t tag remove big 1.0 end |
| 3050 | 3071 | .t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center |
| 3051 | 3072 | .t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom |
| 3052 | 3073 | .t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline |
| 3053 | update | |
| 3074 | updateText | |
| 3054 | 3075 | list [.t bbox .t.f1] [.t bbox .t.f2] [.t bbox .t.f3] [.t bbox .t.f4] \ |
| 3055 | 3076 | [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.9] |
| 3056 | 3077 | } [list [list 24 11 10 4] [list 55 [expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10 4] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10 4] [list 76 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}] 10 4] [list 10 11 7 $fixedHeight] [list 69 [expr {$fixedDiff + 34}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3059 | 3080 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3060 | 3081 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3061 | 3082 | for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} { |
| 3062 | .t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n" | |
| 3083 | .t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n" | |
| 3063 | 3084 | } |
| 3064 | 3085 | .t tag add hidden 2.8 2.13 |
| 3065 | 3086 | .t tag add hidden 6.8 7.13 |
| 3066 | 3087 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 3067 | update | |
| 3088 | updateText | |
| 3068 | 3089 | list \ |
| 3069 | 3090 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.9] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \ |
| 3070 | 3091 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.10] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \ |
| 3082 | 3103 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3083 | 3104 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3084 | 3105 | for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} { |
| 3085 | .t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n" | |
| 3106 | .t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr {64+$i}]]\n" | |
| 3086 | 3107 | } |
| 3087 | 3108 | .t tag add hidden 1.30 2.5 |
| 3088 | 3109 | .t tag configure hidden -elide true |
| 3089 | update | |
| 3110 | updateText | |
| 3090 | 3111 | list \ |
| 3091 | 3112 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.4] 0]}] \ |
| 3092 | 3113 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.5] 0]}] |
| 3100 | 3121 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 3101 | 3122 | .t delete 50.0 51.0 |
| 3102 | 3123 | .t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n" |
| 3103 | update | |
| 3124 | updateText | |
| 3104 | 3125 | test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} { |
| 3105 | 3126 | .t config -wrap word |
| 3106 | 3127 | .t yview 48.0 |
| 3109 | 3130 | } [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}] |
| 3110 | 3131 | test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} { |
| 3111 | 3132 | .t config -bd 4 -wrap word |
| 3112 | update | |
| 3133 | updateText | |
| 3113 | 3134 | .t yview 48.0 |
| 3114 | 3135 | .t dlineinfo 50.40 |
| 3115 | 3136 | } [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] |
| 3116 | 3137 | .t config -bd 0 |
| 3117 | 3138 | test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} { |
| 3118 | 3139 | .t config -wrap none |
| 3119 | update | |
| 3140 | updateText | |
| 3120 | 3141 | .t yview 48.0 |
| 3121 | 3142 | list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3] |
| 3122 | 3143 | } [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]] |
| 3123 | 3144 | test textDisp-23.4 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} { |
| 3124 | 3145 | .t config -wrap char |
| 3125 | 3146 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3126 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1] | |
| 3127 | update | |
| 3147 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height-1}] | |
| 3148 | updateText | |
| 3128 | 3149 | list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0] |
| 3129 | 3150 | } [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]] |
| 3130 | 3151 | test textDisp-23.5 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} { |
| 3131 | 3152 | .t config -wrap char |
| 3132 | 3153 | .t yview 10.0 |
| 3133 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1] | |
| 3134 | update | |
| 3154 | wm geom . ${width}x[expr {$height+1}] | |
| 3155 | updateText | |
| 3135 | 3156 | list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0] |
| 3136 | 3157 | } [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]] |
| 3137 | 3158 | wm geom . {} |
| 3138 | update | |
| 3159 | updateText | |
| 3139 | 3160 | test textDisp-23.6 {TkTextDLineInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} { |
| 3140 | 3161 | .t config -wrap none |
| 3141 | 3162 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3143 | 3164 | .t insert end "Second line is a very long one that doesn't all fit.\n" |
| 3144 | 3165 | .t insert end "Third" |
| 3145 | 3166 | .t xview scroll 6 units |
| 3146 | update | |
| 3167 | updateText | |
| 3147 | 3168 | list [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 2.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0] |
| 3148 | 3169 | } [list [list -39 3 70 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list -39 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 364 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list -39 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 35 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]] |
| 3149 | 3170 | .t xview moveto 0 |
| 3171 | 3192 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3172 | 3193 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3173 | 3194 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3174 | wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height | |
| 3175 | update | |
| 3195 | wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height | |
| 3196 | updateText | |
| 3176 | 3197 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3177 | 3198 | } [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3178 | 3199 | test textDisp-24.3 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} { |
| 3179 | 3200 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3180 | 3201 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3181 | 3202 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3182 | wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height | |
| 3183 | update | |
| 3203 | wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height | |
| 3204 | updateText | |
| 3184 | 3205 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3185 | 3206 | } [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3186 | 3207 | test textDisp-24.4 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, newline not visible} {textfonts} { |
| 3188 | 3209 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3189 | 3210 | .t insert 1.0 01234567890123456789\n012345678901234567890 |
| 3190 | 3211 | wm geom . {} |
| 3191 | update | |
| 3212 | updateText | |
| 3192 | 3213 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 2.20] |
| 3193 | 3214 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3194 | 3215 | test textDisp-24.5 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, char doesn't fit, newline not visible} {unix textfonts} { |
| 3196 | 3217 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3197 | 3218 | .t insert 1.0 0\n1\n |
| 3198 | 3219 | wm geom . 110x$height |
| 3199 | update | |
| 3220 | updateText | |
| 3200 | 3221 | list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.0] |
| 3201 | 3222 | } [list [list 3 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 7 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 4 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3202 | 3223 | test textDisp-24.6 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} { |
| 3204 | 3225 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3205 | 3226 | .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p" |
| 3206 | 3227 | wm geom . {} |
| 3207 | update | |
| 3228 | updateText | |
| 3208 | 3229 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3209 | 3230 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3210 | 3231 | test textDisp-24.7 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} { |
| 3211 | 3232 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3212 | 3233 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3213 | 3234 | .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p" |
| 3214 | wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height | |
| 3215 | update | |
| 3235 | wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height | |
| 3236 | updateText | |
| 3216 | 3237 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3217 | 3238 | } [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3218 | 3239 | test textDisp-24.8 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} { |
| 3219 | 3240 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3220 | 3241 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3221 | 3242 | .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p" |
| 3222 | wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height | |
| 3223 | update | |
| 3243 | wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height | |
| 3244 | updateText | |
| 3224 | 3245 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3225 | 3246 | } [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3226 | 3247 | test textDisp-24.9 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} { |
| 3227 | 3248 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3228 | 3249 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3229 | 3250 | .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p" |
| 3230 | wm geom . [expr $width-6]x$height | |
| 3231 | update | |
| 3251 | wm geom . [expr {$width-6}]x$height | |
| 3252 | updateText | |
| 3232 | 3253 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3233 | 3254 | } [list [list 136 3 5 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3234 | 3255 | test textDisp-24.10 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} { |
| 3235 | 3256 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3236 | 3257 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3237 | 3258 | .t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p" |
| 3238 | wm geom . [expr $width-7]x$height | |
| 3239 | update | |
| 3259 | wm geom . [expr {$width-7}]x$height | |
| 3260 | updateText | |
| 3240 | 3261 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3241 | 3262 | } [list [list 136 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3242 | 3263 | test textDisp-24.11 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space that doesn't quite fit} {textfonts} { |
| 3243 | 3264 | .t configure -wrap char |
| 3244 | 3265 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3245 | 3266 | .t insert 1.0 "01234567890123456789 \nabcdefg" |
| 3246 | wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height | |
| 3247 | update | |
| 3267 | wm geom . [expr {$width-2}]x$height | |
| 3268 | updateText | |
| 3248 | 3269 | set result {} |
| 3249 | 3270 | lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0] |
| 3250 | 3271 | .t mark set insert 1.21 |
| 3263 | 3284 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3264 | 3285 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3265 | 3286 | wm geom . {} |
| 3266 | update | |
| 3287 | updateText | |
| 3267 | 3288 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3268 | 3289 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] {}] |
| 3269 | 3290 | test textDisp-24.14 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} { |
| 3270 | 3291 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 3271 | 3292 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3272 | 3293 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3273 | wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height | |
| 3274 | update | |
| 3294 | wm geom . [expr {$width+1}]x$height | |
| 3295 | updateText | |
| 3275 | 3296 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3276 | 3297 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 5 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3277 | 3298 | test textDisp-24.15 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} { |
| 3278 | 3299 | .t configure -wrap none |
| 3279 | 3300 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3280 | 3301 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3281 | wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height | |
| 3282 | update | |
| 3302 | wm geom . [expr {$width-1}]x$height | |
| 3303 | updateText | |
| 3283 | 3304 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3284 | 3305 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 3 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3285 | 3306 | test textDisp-24.16 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, no chars fit} {textfonts} { |
| 3290 | 3311 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3291 | 3312 | .t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" |
| 3292 | 3313 | wm geom . 103x$height |
| 3293 | update | |
| 3314 | updateText | |
| 3294 | 3315 | list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.2] |
| 3295 | 3316 | } [list [list 3 3 1 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 1 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 1 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3296 | 3317 | if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} { |
| 3301 | 3322 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3302 | 3323 | .t insert 1.0 "This is a line that wraps around" |
| 3303 | 3324 | wm geom . {} |
| 3304 | update | |
| 3325 | updateText | |
| 3305 | 3326 | list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3306 | 3327 | } [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3307 | 3328 | test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} { |
| 3309 | 3330 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3310 | 3331 | .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around" |
| 3311 | 3332 | wm geom . {} |
| 3312 | update | |
| 3333 | updateText | |
| 3313 | 3334 | list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16] [.t bbox 1.17] |
| 3314 | 3335 | } [list [list 108 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 3 28 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3315 | 3336 | test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} { |
| 3317 | 3338 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3318 | 3339 | .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around" |
| 3319 | 3340 | wm geom . {} |
| 3320 | update | |
| 3341 | updateText | |
| 3321 | 3342 | list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16] |
| 3322 | 3343 | } [list [list 101 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 108 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 3 28 $fixedHeight]] |
| 3323 | 3344 | test textDisp-24.20 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, vertical offset} {textfonts} { |
| 3335 | 3356 | set result |
| 3336 | 3357 | } [list [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 19}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}]] [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 15}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]] |
| 3337 | 3358 | .t configure -width 30 |
| 3338 | update | |
| 3359 | updateText | |
| 3339 | 3360 | test textDisp-24.21 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, word breaks} {textfonts} { |
| 3340 | 3361 | .t configure -wrap word |
| 3341 | 3362 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3365 | 3386 | } [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 30 20] |
| 3366 | 3387 | catch {destroy .t.f} |
| 3367 | 3388 | .t configure -width 20 |
| 3368 | update | |
| 3389 | updateText | |
| 3369 | 3390 | test textDisp-24.24 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} {textfonts} { |
| 3370 | 3391 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3371 | 3392 | .t tag configure x -justify center |
| 3378 | 3399 | pack .tt |
| 3379 | 3400 | } -body { |
| 3380 | 3401 | .tt insert end \t9\n\t99\n\t999 |
| 3381 | update | |
| 3402 | updateText | |
| 3382 | 3403 | list [.tt bbox 1.1] [.tt bbox 2.2] [.tt bbox 3.3] |
| 3383 | 3404 | } -cleanup { |
| 3384 | 3405 | destroy .tt |
| 3386 | 3407 | |
| 3387 | 3408 | .t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \ |
| 3388 | 3409 | -tabs 100 |
| 3389 | update | |
| 3410 | updateText | |
| 3390 | 3411 | test textDisp-25.1 {CharBboxProc procedure, check tab width} {textfonts} { |
| 3391 | 3412 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3392 | 3413 | .t insert 1.0 abc\td\tfgh |
| 3395 | 3416 | |
| 3396 | 3417 | .t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \ |
| 3397 | 3418 | -tabs {} |
| 3398 | update | |
| 3419 | updateText | |
| 3399 | 3420 | test textDisp-26.1 {AdjustForTab procedure, no tabs} {textfonts} { |
| 3400 | 3421 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3401 | 3422 | .t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td |
| 3427 | 3448 | .t tag configure x -tabs {40 70 right} |
| 3428 | 3449 | .t tag add x 1.0 end |
| 3429 | 3450 | list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] \ |
| 3430 | [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 2]] \ | |
| 3431 | [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]] \ | |
| 3432 | [expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 2]] | |
| 3451 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 2]}] \ | |
| 3452 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]}] \ | |
| 3453 | [expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 2]}] | |
| 3433 | 3454 | } [list 40 70 100 130] |
| 3434 | 3455 | test textDisp-26.4 {AdjustForTab procedure, different alignments} { |
| 3435 | 3456 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3518 | 3539 | .t tag add y 1.9 |
| 3519 | 3540 | button .b -text "=" |
| 3520 | 3541 | .t window create 1.3 -window .b |
| 3521 | update | |
| 3542 | updateText | |
| 3522 | 3543 | lindex [.t bbox 1.5] 0 |
| 3523 | 3544 | } {120} |
| 3524 | 3545 | test textDisp-26.13 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {textfonts} { |
| 3565 | 3586 | |
| 3566 | 3587 | .t configure -width 20 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken -tabs {} \ |
| 3567 | 3588 | -wrap char |
| 3568 | update | |
| 3589 | updateText | |
| 3569 | 3590 | test textDisp-27.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, old-style tabs} {textfonts} { |
| 3570 | 3591 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3571 | 3592 | .t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td |
| 3634 | 3655 | # Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding, |
| 3635 | 3656 | # so must we. |
| 3636 | 3657 | set tab [expr {4 + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}] |
| 3637 | update | |
| 3658 | updateText | |
| 3638 | 3659 | set res [.t bbox 2.23] |
| 3639 | 3660 | lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}] |
| 3640 | 3661 | set res |
| 3655 | 3676 | # Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding, |
| 3656 | 3677 | # so must we. |
| 3657 | 3678 | set tab [expr {4 + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}] |
| 3658 | update | |
| 3679 | updateText | |
| 3659 | 3680 | set res [.t bbox 2.23] |
| 3660 | 3681 | .t configure -tabstyle tabular |
| 3661 | 3682 | lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}] |
| 3670 | 3691 | } |
| 3671 | 3692 | .t configure -tabs $interpolatetab -wrap none -width 150 |
| 3672 | 3693 | .t insert 1.0 [string repeat "a\t" 20] |
| 3673 | update | |
| 3694 | updateText | |
| 3674 | 3695 | set res [.t bbox 1.20] |
| 3675 | 3696 | # Now, Tk's interpolated tabs should be the same as |
| 3676 | 3697 | # non-interpolated. |
| 3677 | 3698 | .t configure -tabs $precisetab |
| 3678 | update | |
| 3699 | updateText | |
| 3679 | 3700 | expr {[lindex $res 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 1.20] 0]} |
| 3680 | 3701 | } {0} |
| 3681 | 3702 | |
| 3682 | 3703 | .t configure -wrap char -tabs {} -width 20 |
| 3683 | update | |
| 3704 | updateText | |
| 3684 | 3705 | test textDisp-27.8 {SizeOfTab procedure, right alignment} {textfonts} { |
| 3685 | 3706 | .t delete 1.0 end |
| 3686 | 3707 | .t insert 1.0 a\t\txyzzyabc |
| 3724 | 3745 | .t2.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n" |
| 3725 | 3746 | pack .t2.t |
| 3726 | 3747 | wm geometry .t2 +0+0 |
| 3727 | update | |
| 3748 | updateText | |
| 3728 | 3749 | .t2.t configure -yscrollcommand bizarre_scroll |
| 3729 | 3750 | .t2.t yview 100.0 |
| 3730 | 3751 | set result [.t2.t index @0,0] |
| 3731 | update | |
| 3752 | updateText | |
| 3732 | 3753 | lappend result [.t2.t index @0,0] |
| 3733 | 3754 | } {6.0 1.0} |
| 3734 | 3755 | |
| 3744 | 3765 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3745 | 3766 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3746 | 3767 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3747 | update | |
| 3768 | updateText | |
| 3748 | 3769 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3749 | 3770 | } [list [list 0.0 [expr {20.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] |
| 3750 | 3771 | test textDisp-29.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} { |
| 3759 | 3780 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3760 | 3781 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3761 | 3782 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3762 | update | |
| 3783 | updateText | |
| 3763 | 3784 | .t2.t xview scroll 1 unit |
| 3764 | update | |
| 3785 | updateText | |
| 3765 | 3786 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3766 | 3787 | } [list [list [expr {1.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {21.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - $fixedWidth}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1 - $fixedWidth}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] |
| 3767 | 3788 | test textDisp-29.2.1 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} { |
| 3775 | 3796 | pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x |
| 3776 | 3797 | .t2.t insert end 1\n |
| 3777 | 3798 | .t2.t insert end [string repeat "abc" 30] |
| 3778 | update | |
| 3799 | updateText | |
| 3779 | 3800 | .t2.t xview scroll 5 unit |
| 3780 | update | |
| 3801 | updateText | |
| 3781 | 3802 | .t2.t xview |
| 3782 | 3803 | } [list [expr {5.0/90}] [expr {25.0/90}]] |
| 3783 | 3804 | test textDisp-29.2.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} { |
| 3792 | 3813 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3793 | 3814 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3794 | 3815 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3795 | update | |
| 3816 | updateText | |
| 3796 | 3817 | .t2.t xview scroll 2 unit |
| 3797 | update | |
| 3818 | updateText | |
| 3798 | 3819 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3799 | 3820 | } [list [list [expr {2.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {22.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] {}] |
| 3800 | 3821 | test textDisp-29.2.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} { |
| 3809 | 3830 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3810 | 3831 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3811 | 3832 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3812 | update | |
| 3833 | updateText | |
| 3813 | 3834 | .t2.t xview scroll 7 pixels |
| 3814 | update | |
| 3835 | updateText | |
| 3815 | 3836 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3816 | 3837 | } [list [list [expr {7.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth + 7)/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 7}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1 - 7}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]] |
| 3817 | 3838 | test textDisp-29.2.4 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} { |
| 3826 | 3847 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3827 | 3848 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3828 | 3849 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3829 | update | |
| 3850 | updateText | |
| 3830 | 3851 | .t2.t xview scroll 17 pixels |
| 3831 | update | |
| 3852 | updateText | |
| 3832 | 3853 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3833 | 3854 | } [list [list [expr {17.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth + 17)/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 17}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] {}] |
| 3834 | 3855 | test textDisp-29.2.5 {miscellaneous: can show last character} { |
| 3845 | 3866 | grid columnconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1 |
| 3846 | 3867 | grid rowconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1 |
| 3847 | 3868 | grid rowconfigure .t2 1 -weight 0 |
| 3848 | update ; update | |
| 3869 | updateText | |
| 3849 | 3870 | set xv [.t2.t xview] |
| 3850 | 3871 | set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}] |
| 3851 | 3872 | .t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}] |
| 3871 | 3892 | .t2.t insert end 123 |
| 3872 | 3893 | frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised |
| 3873 | 3894 | .t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f |
| 3874 | update | |
| 3895 | updateText | |
| 3875 | 3896 | .t2.t xview scroll 200 units |
| 3876 | update | |
| 3897 | updateText | |
| 3877 | 3898 | list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3] |
| 3878 | 3899 | } [list [list [expr {16.0/30}] 1.0] 300x50+-155+[expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] {}] |
| 3879 | 3900 | test textDisp-30.1 {elidden text joining multiple logical lines} { |
| 3893 | 3914 | catch {destroy .t2} |
| 3894 | 3915 | |
| 3895 | 3916 | .t configure -height 1 |
| 3896 | update | |
| 3917 | updateText | |
| 3897 | 3918 | |
| 3898 | 3919 | test textDisp-31.1 {line embedded window height update} { |
| 3899 | 3920 | set res {} |
| 3911 | 3932 | test textDisp-31.2 {line update index shifting} { |
| 3912 | 3933 | set res {} |
| 3913 | 3934 | .t.f configure -height 100 |
| 3914 | update | |
| 3935 | updateText | |
| 3915 | 3936 | lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3916 | 3937 | .t.f configure -height 10 |
| 3917 | 3938 | .t insert 1.0 "abc\n" |
| 3933 | 3954 | # have been performed. |
| 3934 | 3955 | set res {} |
| 3935 | 3956 | .t.f configure -height 100 |
| 3936 | update | |
| 3957 | updateText | |
| 3937 | 3958 | lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3938 | 3959 | .t.f configure -height 10 |
| 3939 | 3960 | .t insert 1.0 "abc\n" |
| 3954 | 3975 | image create photo textest -height 100 -width 10 |
| 3955 | 3976 | .t delete 3.0 |
| 3956 | 3977 | .t image create 3.0 -image textest |
| 3957 | update | |
| 3978 | updateText | |
| 3958 | 3979 | lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3959 | 3980 | textest configure -height 10 |
| 3960 | 3981 | lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3965 | 3986 | test textDisp-31.5 {line update index shifting} { |
| 3966 | 3987 | set res {} |
| 3967 | 3988 | textest configure -height 100 |
| 3968 | update ; after 1000 ; update | |
| 3989 | updateText | |
| 3969 | 3990 | lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3970 | 3991 | textest configure -height 10 |
| 3971 | 3992 | .t insert 1.0 "abc\n" |
| 3987 | 4008 | # have been performed. |
| 3988 | 4009 | set res {} |
| 3989 | 4010 | textest configure -height 100 |
| 3990 | update ; after 1000 ; update | |
| 3991 | 4011 | lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] |
| 3992 | 4012 | textest configure -height 10 |
| 3993 | 4013 | .t insert 1.0 "abc\n" |
| 4030 | 4050 | .tt insert 0.0 HELLO |
| 4031 | 4051 | .tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1 |
| 4032 | 4052 | .tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end |
| 4033 | update ; update ; update ; update | |
| 4053 | updateText | |
| 4034 | 4054 | destroy .tt |
| 4035 | 4055 | } {} |
| 4036 | 4056 | test textDisp-32.1 {everything elided} { |
| 4037 | 4057 | # Must not crash |
| 4038 | 4058 | pack [text .tt] |
| 4039 | update | |
| 4059 | updateText | |
| 4040 | 4060 | .tt insert 0.0 HELLO |
| 4041 | update | |
| 4061 | updateText | |
| 4042 | 4062 | .tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1 |
| 4043 | update | |
| 4063 | updateText | |
| 4044 | 4064 | .tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end |
| 4045 | update ; update ; update ; update | |
| 4065 | updateText | |
| 4046 | 4066 | destroy .tt |
| 4047 | 4067 | } {} |
| 4048 | 4068 | test textDisp-32.2 {elide and tags} { |
| 4053 | 4073 | {testtag1 testtag3} \ |
| 4054 | 4074 | {[this bit here uses tags 2 and 3]} \ |
| 4055 | 4075 | {testtag2 testtag3} |
| 4056 | update | |
| 4076 | updateText | |
| 4057 | 4077 | # indent left margin of tag 1 by 20 pixels |
| 4058 | 4078 | # text should be indented |
| 4059 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 20 ; update | |
| 4079 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 20 | |
| 4080 | updateText | |
| 4060 | 4081 | #1 |
| 4061 | 4082 | set res {} |
| 4062 | 4083 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4064 | 4085 | [lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]] |
| 4065 | 4086 | # hide tag 1, remaining text should not be indented, since |
| 4066 | 4087 | # the indented tag and character is hidden. |
| 4067 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update | |
| 4088 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 | |
| 4089 | updateText | |
| 4068 | 4090 | #2 |
| 4069 | 4091 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4070 | 4092 | [lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \ |
| 4074 | 4096 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 0 |
| 4075 | 4097 | # indent left margin of tag 2 by 20 pixels |
| 4076 | 4098 | # text should not be indented, since tag1 has lmargin1 of 0. |
| 4077 | .tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 20 ; update | |
| 4099 | .tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 20 | |
| 4100 | updateText | |
| 4078 | 4101 | #3 |
| 4079 | 4102 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4080 | 4103 | [lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \ |
| 4082 | 4105 | # hide tag 1, remaining text should now be indented, but |
| 4083 | 4106 | # the bbox of 1.0 should have zero width and zero indent, |
| 4084 | 4107 | # since it is elided at that position. |
| 4085 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update | |
| 4108 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 | |
| 4109 | updateText | |
| 4086 | 4110 | #4 |
| 4087 | 4111 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4088 | 4112 | [lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \ |
| 4094 | 4118 | # text should be indented, since this tag takes |
| 4095 | 4119 | # precedence over testtag1, and is applied to the |
| 4096 | 4120 | # start of the text. |
| 4097 | .tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 20 ; update | |
| 4121 | .tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 20 | |
| 4122 | updateText | |
| 4098 | 4123 | #5 |
| 4099 | 4124 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4100 | 4125 | [lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \ |
| 4102 | 4127 | # hide tag 1, remaining text should still be indented, |
| 4103 | 4128 | # since it still has testtag3 on it. Again the |
| 4104 | 4129 | # bbox of 1.0 should have 0. |
| 4105 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update | |
| 4130 | .tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 | |
| 4131 | updateText | |
| 4106 | 4132 | #6 |
| 4107 | 4133 | lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \ |
| 4108 | 4134 | [lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \ |
| 4140 | 4166 | .tt insert end ":)" emoticon |
| 4141 | 4167 | .tt image create end -image $img |
| 4142 | 4168 | pack .tt |
| 4143 | update; update; update | |
| 4169 | updateText | |
| 4144 | 4170 | } -cleanup { |
| 4145 | 4171 | image delete $img |
| 4146 | 4172 | destroy .tt |
| 4149 | 4175 | test textDisp-33.0 {one line longer than fits in the widget} { |
| 4150 | 4176 | pack [text .tt -wrap char] |
| 4151 | 4177 | .tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300] |
| 4152 | update ; update ; update | |
| 4178 | updateText | |
| 4153 | 4179 | .tt see 1.0 |
| 4154 | 4180 | lindex [.tt yview] 0 |
| 4155 | 4181 | } {0.0} |
| 4157 | 4183 | destroy .tt |
| 4158 | 4184 | pack [text .tt -wrap char] |
| 4159 | 4185 | .tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300] |
| 4160 | update ; update ; update | |
| 4186 | updateText | |
| 4161 | 4187 | .tt yview "1.0 +1 displaylines" |
| 4162 | 4188 | if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} { |
| 4163 | 4189 | set result "window should be scrolled to the top" |
| 4181 | 4207 | .tt debug 1 |
| 4182 | 4208 | set tk_textHeightCalc "" |
| 4183 | 4209 | .tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300] |
| 4184 | update ; .tt count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update | |
| 4210 | updateText | |
| 4211 | .tt count -update -ypixels 1.0 end | |
| 4212 | updateText | |
| 4185 | 4213 | # Each line should have been recalculated just once |
| 4186 | 4214 | .tt debug 0 |
| 4187 | 4215 | expr {[llength $tk_textHeightCalc] == [.tt count -displaylines 1.0 end]} |
| 4192 | 4220 | .tt debug 1 |
| 4193 | 4221 | set tk_textHeightCalc "" |
| 4194 | 4222 | .tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300] |
| 4195 | update ; update ; update | |
| 4223 | updateText | |
| 4196 | 4224 | set idx [.tt index "1.0 + 1 displaylines"] |
| 4197 | 4225 | .tt yview $idx |
| 4198 | 4226 | if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} { |
| 4214 | 4242 | .tt tag configure bi -font bi |
| 4215 | 4243 | .tt tag configure no -font no |
| 4216 | 4244 | .tt insert end abcd no efgh bi ijkl\n no |
| 4217 | update | |
| 4245 | updateText | |
| 4218 | 4246 | set bb {} |
| 4219 | 4247 | for {set i 0} {$i < 12} {incr i 4} { |
| 4220 | 4248 | lappend bb [lindex [.tt bbox 1.$i] 0] |
| 4241 | 4269 | .t1 debug 1 |
| 4242 | 4270 | set ge [winfo geometry .] |
| 4243 | 4271 | scan $ge "%dx%d+%d+%d" width height left top |
| 4244 | update | |
| 4272 | updateText | |
| 4245 | 4273 | .t1 sync |
| 4246 | 4274 | set negative 0 |
| 4247 | 4275 | bind .t1 <<WidgetViewSync>> { if {%d < 0} {set negative 1} } |
| 4251 | 4279 | # Thus we use this way to check for regression regarding bug 2677890, |
| 4252 | 4280 | # i.e. to check that the fix for this bug really is still in. |
| 4253 | 4281 | wm geometry . "[expr {$width * 2}]x$height+$left+$top" |
| 4254 | update | |
| 4282 | updateText | |
| 4255 | 4283 | .t1 sync |
| 4256 | 4284 | set negative |
| 4257 | 4285 | } -cleanup { |
| 802 | 802 | .t index "2.40 -1displaylines" |
| 803 | 803 | } {2.20} |
| 804 | 804 | |
| 805 | test textIndex-19.12.1 {Display lines} { | |
| 806 | .t index "2.50 - 100 displaylines" | |
| 807 | } {1.0} | |
| 808 | ||
| 809 | test textIndex-19.12.2 {Display lines} { | |
| 810 | .t compare [.t index "2.50 + 100 displaylines"] == "end - 1 c" | |
| 811 | } {1} | |
| 812 | ||
| 805 | 813 | test textIndex-19.13 {Display lines} { |
| 806 | 814 | destroy {*}[pack slaves .] |
| 807 | 815 | text .txt -height 1 -wrap word -yscroll ".sbar set" -width 400 |
| 1476 | 1476 | |
| 1477 | 1477 | |
| 1478 | 1478 | set c [.t bbox 2.1] |
| 1479 | set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2] | |
| 1480 | set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2] | |
| 1479 | set x1 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}] | |
| 1480 | set y1 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}] | |
| 1481 | 1481 | set c [.t bbox 3.2] |
| 1482 | set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2] | |
| 1483 | set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2] | |
| 1482 | set x2 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}] | |
| 1483 | set y2 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}] | |
| 1484 | 1484 | set c [.t bbox 4.3] |
| 1485 | set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2] | |
| 1486 | set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2] | |
| 1485 | set x3 [expr {[lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2}] | |
| 1486 | set y3 [expr {[lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2}] | |
| 1487 | 1487 | |
| 1488 | 1488 | test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup { |
| 1489 | 1489 | .t tag delete x y |
| 37 | 37 | wm minsize . 1 1 |
| 38 | 38 | wm positionfrom . user |
| 39 | 39 | wm deiconify . |
| 40 | ||
| 41 | # This update is needed on MacOS to make sure that the window is mapped | |
| 42 | # when the tests begin. | |
| 43 | ||
| 44 | update | |
| 40 | 45 | |
| 41 | 46 | set bw [.t cget -borderwidth] |
| 42 | 47 | set px [.t cget -padx] |
| 946 | 951 | destroy .f |
| 947 | 952 | place forget .t |
| 948 | 953 | pack .t |
| 954 | # Make sure the Text is mapped before we start | |
| 955 | update | |
| 949 | 956 | } -body { |
| 950 | 957 | .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text" |
| 951 | 958 | pack forget .t |
| 952 | 959 | place .t -x 30 -y 50 |
| 953 | 960 | frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color |
| 954 | 961 | .t window create 1.12 -window .f |
| 955 | update | |
| 962 | update ; after 100 ; update | |
| 956 | 963 | winfo geom .f |
| 957 | 964 | } -cleanup { |
| 958 | 965 | destroy .f |
| 964 | 971 | destroy .t.f |
| 965 | 972 | place forget .t |
| 966 | 973 | pack .t |
| 974 | # Make sure the Text is mapped before we start | |
| 975 | update | |
| 967 | 976 | } -body { |
| 968 | 977 | .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text" |
| 969 | 978 | pack forget .t |
| 970 | 979 | place .t -x 30 -y 50 |
| 971 | 980 | frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color |
| 972 | 981 | .t window create 1.12 -window .t.f |
| 973 | update | |
| 982 | update ; after 100 ; update | |
| 974 | 983 | winfo geom .t.f |
| 975 | 984 | } -cleanup { |
| 976 | 985 | destroy .t.f |
| 983 | 992 | destroy .f |
| 984 | 993 | place forget .t |
| 985 | 994 | pack .t |
| 995 | # Make sure the Text is mapped before we start | |
| 996 | update | |
| 986 | 997 | } -body { |
| 987 | 998 | .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text" |
| 988 | 999 | frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color |
| 42 | 42 | .cb current |
| 43 | 43 | } -result -1 |
| 44 | 44 | |
| 45 | test combobox-2.5 "current -- set to end index" -body { | |
| 46 | .cb configure -values [list a b c d e thelastone] | |
| 47 | .cb current end | |
| 48 | .cb get | |
| 49 | } -result thelastone | |
| 50 | ||
| 51 | test combobox-2.6 "current -- set to unknown index" -body { | |
| 52 | .cb configure -values [list a b c d e] | |
| 53 | .cb current notanindex | |
| 54 | } -returnCodes error -result {Incorrect index notanindex} | |
| 55 | ||
| 45 | 56 | test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb } |
| 46 | 57 | |
| 47 | 58 | test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body { |
| 76 | 76 | test entry-2.2 "Initial scroll position" -body { |
| 77 | 77 | ttk::entry .e -font fixed -width 5 -xscrollcommand scroll |
| 78 | 78 | .e insert end "0123456789" |
| 79 | pack .e; update | |
| 79 | pack .e; | |
| 80 | set timeout [after 500 {set $scrollInfo "timeout"}] | |
| 81 | vwait scrollInfo | |
| 80 | 82 | set scrollInfo |
| 81 | } -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e } | |
| 83 | } -cleanup { | |
| 84 | destroy .e | |
| 85 | after cancel $timeout | |
| 86 | } -result {0.0 0.5} | |
| 82 | 87 | # NOTE: result can vary depending on font. |
| 83 | 88 | |
| 84 | 89 | # Bounding box / scrolling tests. |
| 102 | 107 | test entry-3.2 "xview" -body { |
| 103 | 108 | .e delete 0 end; |
| 104 | 109 | .e insert end [string repeat "0" 40] |
| 105 | update idletasks | |
| 106 | 110 | set result [.e xview] |
| 107 | 111 | } -result {0.0 0.5} |
| 112 | ||
| 113 | test entry-3.3 "xview" -body { | |
| 114 | .e delete 0 end; | |
| 115 | .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | |
| 116 | .e xview end | |
| 117 | set result [.e index @0] | |
| 118 | } -result {7} | |
| 119 | ||
| 120 | test entry-3.4 "xview" -body { | |
| 121 | .e delete 0 end; | |
| 122 | .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | |
| 123 | .e xview moveto 1.0 | |
| 124 | set result [.e index @0] | |
| 125 | } -result {7} | |
| 126 | ||
| 127 | test entry-3.5 "xview" -body { | |
| 128 | .e delete 0 end; | |
| 129 | .e insert end abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | |
| 130 | .e xview scroll 5 units | |
| 131 | set result [.e index @0] | |
| 132 | } -result {5} | |
| 133 | ||
| 134 | test entry-3.6 "xview" -body { | |
| 135 | .e delete 0 end; | |
| 136 | .e insert end [string repeat abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 5] | |
| 137 | .e xview scroll 2 pages | |
| 138 | set result [.e index @0] | |
| 139 | } -result {40} | |
| 108 | 140 | |
| 109 | 141 | test entry-3.last "Series 3 cleanup" -body { |
| 110 | 142 | destroy .e |
| 68 | 68 | .nb tab .nb.foo |
| 69 | 69 | } -result [list \ |
| 70 | 70 | -padding 0 -sticky nsew \ |
| 71 | -state normal -text "Changed Foo" -image "" -compound none -underline -1] | |
| 71 | -state normal -text "Changed Foo" -image "" -compound {} -underline -1] | |
| 72 | 72 | |
| 73 | 73 | test notebook-4.1 "Test .nb index end" -body { |
| 74 | 74 | .nb index end |
| 3 | 3 | |
| 4 | 4 | testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}] |
| 5 | 5 | |
| 6 | test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Use core scrollbars on OSX..." -constraints { | |
| 7 | coreScrollbar | |
| 6 | # Before 2019 the code in library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl would replace the | |
| 7 | # constructor of ttk::scrollbar with the constructor of tk::scrollbar | |
| 8 | # unless the -class or -style options were specified.. | |
| 9 | # Now there is an implementation of ttk::scrollbar for macOS. The | |
| 10 | # tests are left in place, though, except that scrollbar-swapout-1 | |
| 11 | # test was changed to expect the class to be TScrollbar instead of | |
| 12 | # Scrollbar. | |
| 13 | ||
| 14 | test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Don't use core scrollbars on OSX..." \ | |
| 15 | -constraints { | |
| 16 | coreScrollbar | |
| 8 | 17 | } -body { |
| 9 | 18 | ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" |
| 10 | 19 | list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] |
| 11 | } -result [list Scrollbar yadda] -cleanup { | |
| 20 | } -result [list TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup { | |
| 12 | 21 | destroy .sb |
| 13 | 22 | } |
| 14 | 23 | |
| 15 | test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... unless -style is specified ..." -constraints { | |
| 24 | test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... regardless of whether -style ..." \ | |
| 25 | -constraints { | |
| 16 | 26 | coreScrollbar |
| 17 | 27 | } -body { |
| 18 | 28 | ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \ |
| 23 | 33 | destroy .sb |
| 24 | 34 | } |
| 25 | 35 | |
| 26 | test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class." -constraints { | |
| 36 | test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class is specified." -constraints { | |
| 27 | 37 | coreScrollbar |
| 28 | 38 | } -body { |
| 29 | 39 | ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar |
| 43 | 53 | |
| 44 | 54 | test scrollbar-1.2 "Set orientation" -body { |
| 45 | 55 | .tsb configure -orient vertical |
| 46 | set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb] | |
| 56 | pack .tsb -side right -anchor e -expand 1 -fill y | |
| 57 | wm geometry . 200x200 | |
| 58 | update | |
| 59 | set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb] | |
| 47 | 60 | expr {$h > $w} |
| 48 | 61 | } -result 1 |
| 49 | 62 | |
| 50 | 63 | test scrollbar-1.3 "Change orientation" -body { |
| 51 | 64 | .tsb configure -orient horizontal |
| 52 | set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb] | |
| 65 | pack .tsb -side bottom -anchor s -expand 1 -fill x | |
| 66 | wm geometry . 200x200 | |
| 67 | update | |
| 68 | set w [winfo width .tsb] ; set h [winfo height .tsb] | |
| 53 | 69 | expr {$h < $w} |
| 54 | 70 | } -result 1 |
| 55 | 71 | |
| 458 | 458 | .tv selection badop foo |
| 459 | 459 | } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *} |
| 460 | 460 | |
| 461 | test treeview-8.6 "Selection - <<TreeviewSelect>> on selection add" -body { | |
| 462 | .tv selection set {} | |
| 463 | bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {set res 1} | |
| 464 | set res 0 | |
| 465 | .tv selection add newnode.n1 | |
| 466 | update | |
| 467 | set res | |
| 468 | } -result {1} | |
| 469 | ||
| 470 | test treeview-8.7 "<<TreeviewSelect>> on selected item deletion" -body { | |
| 471 | .tv selection set {} | |
| 472 | .tv insert "" end -id selectedDoomed -text DeadItem | |
| 473 | .tv insert "" end -id doomed -text AlsoDead | |
| 474 | .tv selection add selectedDoomed | |
| 475 | update | |
| 476 | bind .tv <<TreeviewSelect>> {lappend res 1} | |
| 477 | set res 0 | |
| 478 | .tv delete doomed | |
| 479 | update | |
| 480 | set res [expr {$res == 0}] | |
| 481 | .tv delete selectedDoomed | |
| 482 | update | |
| 483 | set res | |
| 484 | } -result {1 1} | |
| 485 | ||
| 461 | 486 | ### NEED: more tests for see/yview/scrolling |
| 462 | 487 | |
| 463 | 488 | proc scrollcallback {args} { |
| 469 | 494 | update |
| 470 | 495 | set ::scrolldata |
| 471 | 496 | } -result [list 0.0 1.0] |
| 497 | ||
| 498 | test treeview-9.1 "scrolling" -setup { | |
| 499 | pack [ttk::treeview .tree -show tree] -fill y | |
| 500 | for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} { | |
| 501 | .tree insert {} end -text $i | |
| 502 | } | |
| 503 | } -body { | |
| 504 | .tree yview scroll 5 units | |
| 505 | .tree identify item 2 2 | |
| 506 | } -cleanup { | |
| 507 | destroy .tree | |
| 508 | } -result {I006} | |
| 472 | 509 | |
| 473 | 510 | ### identify tests: |
| 474 | 511 | # |
| 635 | 672 | destroy .tv |
| 636 | 673 | } -result [list] |
| 637 | 674 | |
| 675 | test treeview-368fa4561e "indicators cannot be clicked on leafs" -setup { | |
| 676 | pack [ttk::treeview .tv] | |
| 677 | .tv insert {} end -id foo -text "<-- (1) Click the blank space to my left" | |
| 678 | update | |
| 679 | } -body { | |
| 680 | foreach {x y w h} [.tv bbox foo #0] {} | |
| 681 | set res [.tv item foo -open] | |
| 682 | # using $h even for x computation is intentional here in order to simulate | |
| 683 | # a mouse click on the (invisible since we're on a leaf) indicator | |
| 684 | event generate .tv <ButtonPress-1> \ | |
| 685 | -x [expr {$x + $h / 2}] \ | |
| 686 | -y [expr {$y + $h / 2}] | |
| 687 | lappend res [.tv item foo -open] | |
| 688 | .tv insert foo end -text "sub" | |
| 689 | lappend res [.tv item foo -open] | |
| 690 | } -cleanup { | |
| 691 | destroy .tv | |
| 692 | } -result {0 0 0} | |
| 693 | ||
| 694 | test treeview-ce470f20fd-1 "dragging further than the right edge of the treeview is allowed" -setup { | |
| 695 | pack [ttk::treeview .tv] | |
| 696 | .tv heading #0 -text "Drag my right edge -->" | |
| 697 | update | |
| 698 | } -body { | |
| 699 | set res [.tv column #0 -width] | |
| 700 | .tv drag #0 400 | |
| 701 | lappend res [expr {[.tv column #0 -width] > $res}] | |
| 702 | } -cleanup { | |
| 703 | destroy .tv | |
| 704 | } -result {200 1} | |
| 705 | ||
| 706 | proc nostretch {tv} { | |
| 707 | foreach col [$tv cget -columns] { | |
| 708 | $tv column $col -stretch 0 | |
| 709 | } | |
| 710 | $tv column #0 -stretch 0 | |
| 711 | update idletasks ; # redisplay $tv | |
| 712 | } | |
| 713 | ||
| 714 | test treeview-ce470f20fd-2 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup { | |
| 715 | pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}] | |
| 716 | foreach col [.tv cget -columns] { | |
| 717 | .tv heading $col -text $col | |
| 718 | } | |
| 719 | nostretch .tv | |
| 720 | .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column colB -width 50 ; # slack created | |
| 721 | update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview | |
| 722 | } -body { | |
| 723 | # when no column is stretchable and one of them becomes stretchable | |
| 724 | # the stretchable column takes the slack and the widget is redisplayed | |
| 725 | # automatically at idle time | |
| 726 | set res [.tv column colA -width] | |
| 727 | .tv column colA -stretch 1 | |
| 728 | update idletasks ; # no slack anymore, widget redisplayed | |
| 729 | lappend res [expr {[.tv column colA -width] > $res}] | |
| 730 | } -cleanup { | |
| 731 | destroy .tv | |
| 732 | } -result {50 1} | |
| 733 | ||
| 734 | test treeview-ce470f20fd-3 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup { | |
| 735 | pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}] | |
| 736 | foreach col [.tv cget -columns] { | |
| 737 | .tv heading $col -text $col | |
| 738 | } | |
| 739 | .tv configure -displaycolumns {colB colA colC} | |
| 740 | nostretch .tv | |
| 741 | .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column colB -width 50 ; # slack created | |
| 742 | update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview | |
| 743 | } -body { | |
| 744 | # only some columns are displayed (and in a different order than declared | |
| 745 | # in -columns), a displayed column becomes stretchable --> the stretchable | |
| 746 | # column expands | |
| 747 | set res [.tv column colA -width] | |
| 748 | .tv column colA -stretch 1 | |
| 749 | update idletasks ; # no slack anymore, widget redisplayed | |
| 750 | lappend res [expr {[.tv column colA -width] > $res}] | |
| 751 | } -cleanup { | |
| 752 | destroy .tv | |
| 753 | } -result {50 1} | |
| 754 | ||
| 755 | test treeview-ce470f20fd-4 "changing -stretch resizes columns" -setup { | |
| 756 | pack [ttk::treeview .tv -columns {bar colA colB colC foo}] | |
| 757 | foreach col [.tv cget -columns] { | |
| 758 | .tv heading $col -text $col | |
| 759 | } | |
| 760 | .tv configure -displaycolumns {colB colA colC} | |
| 761 | nostretch .tv | |
| 762 | .tv column colA -width 50 ; .tv column bar -width 60 ; # slack created | |
| 763 | update idletasks ; # redisplay treeview | |
| 764 | } -body { | |
| 765 | # only some columns are displayed (and in a different order than declared | |
| 766 | # in -columns), a non-displayed column becomes stretchable --> nothing | |
| 767 | # happens | |
| 768 | set origTreeWidth [winfo width .tv] | |
| 769 | set res [list [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width]] | |
| 770 | .tv column bar -stretch 1 | |
| 771 | update idletasks ; # no change, widget redisplayed | |
| 772 | lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] | |
| 773 | # this column becomes visible --> widget resizes | |
| 774 | .tv configure -displaycolumns {bar colC colA colB} | |
| 775 | update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks) | |
| 776 | lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \ | |
| 777 | [expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}] | |
| 778 | } -cleanup { | |
| 779 | destroy .tv | |
| 780 | } -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1} | |
| 781 | ||
| 638 | 782 | tcltest::cleanupTests |
| 205 | 205 | destroy .b |
| 206 | 206 | set ttk28 {} |
| 207 | 207 | pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}] |
| 208 | update | |
| 208 | 209 | } -body { |
| 209 | 210 | bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}} |
| 210 | 211 | after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>} |
| 268 | 269 | test ttk-4.0 "Setup" -body { |
| 269 | 270 | catch { destroy .t } |
| 270 | 271 | pack [ttk::label .t -text "Button 1"] |
| 271 | testConstraint fontOption [expr ![catch { set prevFont [.t cget -font] }]] | |
| 272 | testConstraint fontOption [expr {![catch { set prevFont [.t cget -font] }]}] | |
| 272 | 273 | ok |
| 273 | 274 | } |
| 274 | 275 | |
| 34 | 34 | error "trace aborted" |
| 35 | 35 | } |
| 36 | 36 | |
| 37 | ||
| 37 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 38 | set smallIndicator 20 | |
| 39 | set bigIndicator 20 | |
| 40 | set defaultBorder 10 | |
| 41 | } else { | |
| 42 | set smallIndicator 27 | |
| 43 | set bigIndicator 40 | |
| 44 | set defaultBorder 20 | |
| 45 | } | |
| 38 | 46 | test unixbutton-1.1 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 39 | 47 | unix testImageType |
| 40 | 48 | } -setup { |
| 56 | 64 | } -cleanup { |
| 57 | 65 | deleteWindows |
| 58 | 66 | image delete image1 |
| 59 | } -result {68 48 74 54 112 52 112 52} | |
| 67 | } -result [list 68 48 \ | |
| 68 | 74 54 \ | |
| 69 | [expr {72 + $bigIndicator}] 52 \ | |
| 70 | [expr {72 + $bigIndicator}] 52] | |
| 60 | 71 | test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 61 | 72 | unix |
| 62 | 73 | } -setup { |
| 74 | 85 | [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4] |
| 75 | 86 | } -cleanup { |
| 76 | 87 | deleteWindows |
| 77 | } -result {23 33 29 39 54 37 54 37} | |
| 88 | } -result [list 23 33 \ | |
| 89 | 29 39 \ | |
| 90 | [expr {27 + $smallIndicator}] 37 \ | |
| 91 | [expr {27 + $smallIndicator}] 37] | |
| 78 | 92 | test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 79 | 93 | unix |
| 80 | 94 | } -setup { |
| 185 | 199 | list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] |
| 186 | 200 | } -cleanup { |
| 187 | 201 | deleteWindows |
| 188 | } -result {37 47} | |
| 202 | } -result [list [expr {17 + $defaultBorder}] [expr {27 + $defaultBorder}]] | |
| 189 | 203 | test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 190 | 204 | unix |
| 191 | 205 | } -setup { |
| 195 | 209 | list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] |
| 196 | 210 | } -cleanup { |
| 197 | 211 | deleteWindows |
| 198 | } -result {37 47} | |
| 212 | } -result [list [expr {17 + $defaultBorder}] [expr {27 + $defaultBorder}]] | |
| 199 | 213 | test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints { |
| 200 | 214 | unix |
| 201 | 215 | } -setup { |
| 0 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file | |
| 0 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file | |
| 1 | 1 | # tkUnixEmbed.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl |
| 2 | 2 | # tests. |
| 3 | 3 | # |
| 9 | 9 | eval tcltest::configure $argv |
| 10 | 10 | tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| 11 | 11 | namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | namespace eval ::_test_tmp {} | |
| 14 | ||
| 15 | # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 16 | # Proc ::_test_tmp::testInterp | |
| 17 | # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 18 | # Command that creates an unsafe child interpreter and tries to load Tk. | |
| 19 | # This code is borrowed from safePrimarySelection.test | |
| 20 | # This is necessary for loading Tktest if the tests are done in the build | |
| 21 | # directory without installing Tk. In that case the usual auto_path loading | |
| 22 | # mechanism cannot work because the tk binary is not where pkgIndex.tcl says | |
| 23 | # it is. | |
| 24 | # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 25 | ||
| 26 | namespace eval ::_test_tmp { | |
| 27 | variable TkLoadCmd | |
| 28 | } | |
| 29 | ||
| 30 | foreach pkg [info loaded] { | |
| 31 | if {[lindex $pkg 1] eq "Tk"} { | |
| 32 | set ::_test_tmp::TkLoadCmd [list load {*}$pkg] | |
| 33 | break | |
| 34 | } | |
| 35 | } | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | proc ::_test_tmp::testInterp {name} { | |
| 38 | variable TkLoadCmd | |
| 39 | interp create $name | |
| 40 | $name eval [list set argv [list -name $name]] | |
| 41 | catch {{*}$TkLoadCmd $name} | |
| 42 | } | |
| 12 | 43 | |
| 13 | 44 | setupbg |
| 14 | 45 | dobg {wm withdraw .} |
| 53 | 84 | && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue) |
| 54 | 85 | } |
| 55 | 86 | |
| 87 | testConstraint pressbutton [llength [info commands pressbutton]] | |
| 88 | ||
| 56 | 89 | test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints { |
| 57 | unix | |
| 90 | unix | |
| 58 | 91 | } -setup { |
| 59 | 92 | deleteWindows |
| 60 | 93 | } -body { |
| 61 | 94 | toplevel .t -use xyz |
| 62 | 95 | } -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"} |
| 63 | 96 | test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints { |
| 64 | unix | |
| 97 | unix | |
| 65 | 98 | } -setup { |
| 66 | 99 | deleteWindows |
| 67 | 100 | } -body { |
| 96 | 129 | } -result {1} |
| 97 | 130 | |
| 98 | 131 | test unixEmbed-1.5 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints { |
| 99 | unix testembed | |
| 132 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 100 | 133 | } -setup { |
| 101 | 134 | deleteWindows |
| 102 | 135 | } -body { |
| 112 | 145 | } -cleanup { |
| 113 | 146 | deleteWindows |
| 114 | 147 | } -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0} |
| 115 | test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints { | |
| 116 | unix testembed | |
| 117 | } -setup { | |
| 118 | deleteWindows | |
| 148 | test unixEmbed-1.5a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints { | |
| 149 | unix testembed | |
| 150 | } -setup { | |
| 151 | deleteWindows | |
| 152 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 153 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 154 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 119 | 155 | } -body { |
| 120 | 156 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 |
| 121 | 157 | frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 |
| 122 | 158 | pack .f1 .f2 |
| 159 | slave alias w winfo id .f1 | |
| 160 | slave eval { | |
| 161 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 162 | toplevel .t -use [w] | |
| 163 | list [testembed] [expr {[lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - [w]}] | |
| 164 | } | |
| 165 | } -cleanup { | |
| 166 | interp delete slave | |
| 167 | deleteWindows | |
| 168 | } -result {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0} | |
| 169 | test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints { | |
| 170 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 171 | } -setup { | |
| 172 | deleteWindows | |
| 173 | } -body { | |
| 174 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 175 | frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 176 | pack .f1 .f2 | |
| 123 | 177 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" |
| 124 | 178 | dobg "set w2 [winfo id .f2]" |
| 125 | 179 | dobg { |
| 130 | 184 | } |
| 131 | 185 | } -cleanup { |
| 132 | 186 | deleteWindows |
| 187 | } -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}} | |
| 188 | test unixEmbed-1.6a {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} -constraints { | |
| 189 | unix testembed | |
| 190 | } -setup { | |
| 191 | deleteWindows | |
| 192 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 193 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 194 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 195 | } -body { | |
| 196 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 197 | frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 198 | pack .f1 .f2 | |
| 199 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 200 | slave alias w2 winfo id .f2 | |
| 201 | slave eval { | |
| 202 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 203 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 204 | toplevel .t2 -use [w2] | |
| 205 | testembed | |
| 206 | } | |
| 207 | } -cleanup { | |
| 208 | interp delete slave | |
| 209 | deleteWindows | |
| 133 | 210 | } -result {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}} |
| 134 | 211 | test unixEmbed-1.7 {TkpUseWindow procedure, container and embedded in same app} -constraints { |
| 135 | 212 | unix testembed |
| 151 | 228 | |
| 152 | 229 | |
| 153 | 230 | test unixEmbed-2.1 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints { |
| 154 | unix testembed | |
| 231 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 155 | 232 | } -setup { |
| 156 | 233 | deleteWindows |
| 157 | 234 | } -body { |
| 170 | 247 | } |
| 171 | 248 | } -cleanup { |
| 172 | 249 | deleteWindows |
| 250 | } -result {} | |
| 251 | test unixEmbed-2.1a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints { | |
| 252 | unix testembed | |
| 253 | } -setup { | |
| 254 | deleteWindows | |
| 255 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 256 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 257 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 258 | } -body { | |
| 259 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 260 | pack .f1 | |
| 261 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 262 | slave eval { | |
| 263 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 264 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 265 | testembed | |
| 266 | } | |
| 267 | destroy .f1 | |
| 268 | update | |
| 269 | slave eval { | |
| 270 | testembed | |
| 271 | } | |
| 272 | } -cleanup { | |
| 273 | deleteWindows | |
| 173 | 274 | } -result {} |
| 174 | 275 | test unixEmbed-2.2 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints { |
| 175 | unix testembed | |
| 276 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 176 | 277 | } -setup { |
| 177 | 278 | deleteWindows |
| 178 | 279 | } -body { |
| 189 | 290 | } -cleanup { |
| 190 | 291 | deleteWindows |
| 191 | 292 | } -result {} |
| 293 | test unixEmbed-2.2a {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints { | |
| 294 | unix testembed | |
| 295 | } -setup { | |
| 296 | deleteWindows | |
| 297 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 298 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 299 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 300 | } -body { | |
| 301 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 302 | pack .f1 | |
| 303 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 304 | slave eval { | |
| 305 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 306 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 307 | testembed | |
| 308 | destroy .t1 | |
| 309 | testembed | |
| 310 | } | |
| 311 | } -cleanup { | |
| 312 | interp delete slave | |
| 313 | deleteWindows | |
| 314 | } -result {} | |
| 192 | 315 | test unixEmbed-2.3 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} -constraints { |
| 193 | unix testembed | |
| 316 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 194 | 317 | } -setup { |
| 195 | 318 | deleteWindows |
| 196 | 319 | } -body { |
| 206 | 329 | } -setup { |
| 207 | 330 | deleteWindows |
| 208 | 331 | } -body { |
| 209 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 210 | pack .f1 | |
| 332 | pack [frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50] | |
| 211 | 333 | toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] |
| 334 | set x [testembed] | |
| 212 | 335 | update |
| 213 | 336 | destroy .t1 |
| 214 | set x [testembed] | |
| 215 | update | |
| 216 | list $x [testembed] | |
| 217 | } -cleanup { | |
| 218 | deleteWindows | |
| 219 | } -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}} | |
| 337 | update | |
| 338 | list $x [winfo exists .t1] [winfo exists .f1] [testembed] | |
| 339 | } -cleanup { | |
| 340 | deleteWindows | |
| 341 | } -result "{{XXX .f1 {} .t1}} 0 0 {}" | |
| 220 | 342 | |
| 221 | 343 | |
| 222 | 344 | test unixEmbed-3.1 {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints { |
| 235 | 357 | } -cleanup { |
| 236 | 358 | deleteWindows |
| 237 | 359 | } -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}} |
| 360 | test unixEmbed-3.1a {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} -constraints { | |
| 361 | unix testembed | |
| 362 | } -setup { | |
| 363 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 364 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 365 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 366 | } -body { | |
| 367 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 368 | pack .f1 | |
| 369 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 370 | set x [testembed] | |
| 371 | slave eval { | |
| 372 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 373 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 374 | wm withdraw .t1 | |
| 375 | } | |
| 376 | list $x [testembed] | |
| 377 | } -cleanup { | |
| 378 | interp delete slave | |
| 379 | deleteWindows | |
| 380 | } -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 {} {}}}} | |
| 238 | 381 | test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints { |
| 239 | unix | |
| 240 | } -setup { | |
| 241 | deleteWindows | |
| 382 | unix | |
| 383 | } -setup { | |
| 384 | deleteWindows | |
| 385 | update | |
| 242 | 386 | } -body { |
| 243 | 387 | toplevel .t1 -container 1 |
| 244 | 388 | wm geometry .t1 +0+0 |
| 249 | 393 | deleteWindows |
| 250 | 394 | } -result {200x200+0+0} |
| 251 | 395 | test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints { |
| 252 | unix | |
| 396 | unix notAqua | |
| 253 | 397 | } -setup { |
| 254 | 398 | deleteWindows |
| 255 | 399 | } -body { |
| 269 | 413 | } -cleanup { |
| 270 | 414 | deleteWindows |
| 271 | 415 | } -result {200x200+0+0} |
| 416 | test unixEmbed-3.3a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints { | |
| 417 | unix | |
| 418 | } -setup { | |
| 419 | deleteWindows | |
| 420 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 421 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 422 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 423 | } -body { | |
| 424 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 425 | pack .f1 | |
| 426 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 427 | slave eval { | |
| 428 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 429 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -bd 2 -relief raised | |
| 430 | update | |
| 431 | wm geometry .t1 +30+40 | |
| 432 | update | |
| 433 | wm geometry .t1 | |
| 434 | } | |
| 435 | } -cleanup { | |
| 436 | interp delete slave | |
| 437 | deleteWindows | |
| 438 | } -result {200x200+0+0} | |
| 272 | 439 | test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints { |
| 273 | unix | |
| 440 | unix notAqua | |
| 274 | 441 | } -setup { |
| 275 | 442 | deleteWindows |
| 276 | 443 | } -body { |
| 290 | 457 | } -cleanup { |
| 291 | 458 | deleteWindows |
| 292 | 459 | } -result {300x100+0+0} |
| 460 | test unixEmbed-3.4a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints { | |
| 461 | unix | |
| 462 | } -setup { | |
| 463 | deleteWindows | |
| 464 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 465 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 466 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 467 | } -body { | |
| 468 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 469 | pack .f1 | |
| 470 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 471 | slave eval { | |
| 472 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 473 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 474 | update | |
| 475 | wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40 | |
| 476 | update | |
| 477 | wm geometry .t1 | |
| 478 | } | |
| 479 | } -cleanup { | |
| 480 | interp delete slave | |
| 481 | deleteWindows | |
| 482 | } -result {300x100+0+0} | |
| 293 | 483 | test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints { |
| 294 | unix | |
| 484 | unix notAqua | |
| 295 | 485 | } -setup { |
| 296 | 486 | deleteWindows |
| 297 | 487 | } -body { |
| 310 | 500 | list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}] |
| 311 | 501 | } -cleanup { |
| 312 | 502 | deleteWindows |
| 503 | } -result {300 80 300x80+0+0} | |
| 504 | test unixEmbed-3.5a {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints { | |
| 505 | unix | |
| 506 | } -setup { | |
| 507 | deleteWindows | |
| 508 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 509 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 510 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 511 | } -body { | |
| 512 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 513 | pack .f1 | |
| 514 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 515 | slave eval { | |
| 516 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 517 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 518 | .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80 | |
| 519 | update | |
| 520 | } | |
| 521 | list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [slave eval {wm geometry .t1}] | |
| 522 | } -cleanup { | |
| 523 | interp delete slave | |
| 524 | deleteWindows | |
| 313 | 525 | } -result {300 80 300x80+0+0} |
| 314 | 526 | test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints { |
| 315 | unix | |
| 527 | unix notAqua | |
| 316 | 528 | } -setup { |
| 317 | 529 | deleteWindows |
| 318 | 530 | } -body { |
| 334 | 546 | } -cleanup { |
| 335 | 547 | deleteWindows |
| 336 | 548 | } -result {mapped} |
| 549 | test unixEmbed-3.6a {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints { | |
| 550 | unix | |
| 551 | } -setup { | |
| 552 | deleteWindows | |
| 553 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 554 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 555 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 556 | } -body { | |
| 557 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 558 | pack .f1 | |
| 559 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 560 | slave eval { | |
| 561 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 562 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 563 | set x unmapped | |
| 564 | bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped} | |
| 565 | update | |
| 566 | after 100 | |
| 567 | update | |
| 568 | set x | |
| 569 | } | |
| 570 | } -cleanup { | |
| 571 | interp delete slave | |
| 572 | deleteWindows | |
| 573 | } -result {mapped} | |
| 337 | 574 | test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints { |
| 338 | unix | |
| 575 | unix notAqua | |
| 339 | 576 | } -setup { |
| 340 | 577 | deleteWindows |
| 341 | 578 | } -body { |
| 357 | 594 | } -cleanup { |
| 358 | 595 | deleteWindows |
| 359 | 596 | } -result {dead 0} |
| 360 | ||
| 597 | test unixEmbed-3.7a {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints { | |
| 598 | unix | |
| 599 | } -setup { | |
| 600 | deleteWindows | |
| 601 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 602 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 603 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 604 | } -body { | |
| 605 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 606 | pack .f1 | |
| 607 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 608 | bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead} | |
| 609 | set x alive | |
| 610 | slave eval { | |
| 611 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 612 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 613 | update | |
| 614 | destroy .t1 | |
| 615 | } | |
| 616 | update | |
| 617 | list $x [winfo exists .f1] | |
| 618 | } -cleanup { | |
| 619 | interp delete slave | |
| 620 | deleteWindows | |
| 621 | } -result {dead 0} | |
| 361 | 622 | |
| 362 | 623 | test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints { |
| 363 | unix | |
| 624 | unix notAqua | |
| 364 | 625 | } -setup { |
| 365 | 626 | deleteWindows |
| 366 | 627 | } -body { |
| 381 | 642 | } |
| 382 | 643 | } -cleanup { |
| 383 | 644 | deleteWindows |
| 645 | } -result {180x100+0+0} | |
| 646 | test unixEmbed-4.1a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints { | |
| 647 | unix | |
| 648 | } -setup { | |
| 649 | deleteWindows | |
| 650 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 651 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 652 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 653 | } -body { | |
| 654 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 655 | pack .f1 | |
| 656 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 657 | slave eval { | |
| 658 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 659 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 660 | update | |
| 661 | .t1 configure -width 180 -height 100 | |
| 662 | update | |
| 663 | winfo geometry .t1 | |
| 664 | } | |
| 665 | } -cleanup { | |
| 666 | interp delete slave | |
| 667 | deleteWindows | |
| 384 | 668 | } -result {180x100+0+0} |
| 385 | 669 | test unixEmbed-4.2 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints { |
| 386 | unix testembed | |
| 387 | } -setup { | |
| 388 | deleteWindows | |
| 389 | } -body { | |
| 390 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 391 | pack .f1 | |
| 392 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" | |
| 393 | dobg { | |
| 394 | eval destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 395 | toplevel .t1 -use $w1 | |
| 396 | } | |
| 397 | update | |
| 670 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 671 | } -setup { | |
| 672 | deleteWindows | |
| 673 | } -body { | |
| 674 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 675 | pack .f1 | |
| 676 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" | |
| 677 | dobg { | |
| 678 | eval destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 679 | toplevel .t1 -use $w1 | |
| 680 | } | |
| 681 | update | |
| 682 | set x [testembed] | |
| 683 | destroy .f1 | |
| 684 | update | |
| 685 | list $x [testembed] | |
| 686 | } -cleanup { | |
| 687 | deleteWindows | |
| 688 | } -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}} | |
| 689 | test unixEmbed-4.2a {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints { | |
| 690 | unix testembed | |
| 691 | } -setup { | |
| 692 | deleteWindows | |
| 693 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 694 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 695 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 696 | } -body { | |
| 697 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 698 | pack .f1 | |
| 699 | update | |
| 700 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 701 | slave eval { | |
| 702 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 703 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 704 | } | |
| 398 | 705 | set x [testembed] |
| 399 | 706 | destroy .f1 |
| 400 | 707 | list $x [testembed] |
| 401 | 708 | } -cleanup { |
| 402 | deleteWindows | |
| 403 | } -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}} | |
| 709 | interp delete slave | |
| 710 | deleteWindows | |
| 711 | } -result "{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}" | |
| 404 | 712 | |
| 405 | 713 | |
| 406 | 714 | test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints { |
| 407 | unix | |
| 715 | unix notAqua | |
| 408 | 716 | } -setup { |
| 409 | 717 | deleteWindows |
| 410 | 718 | } -body { |
| 424 | 732 | } -cleanup { |
| 425 | 733 | deleteWindows |
| 426 | 734 | } -result {{focus in .t1}} |
| 735 | test unixEmbed-5.1a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints { | |
| 736 | unix | |
| 737 | } -setup { | |
| 738 | deleteWindows | |
| 739 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 740 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 741 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 742 | } -body { | |
| 743 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 744 | pack .f1 | |
| 745 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 746 | slave eval { | |
| 747 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 748 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 749 | bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"} | |
| 750 | bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"} | |
| 751 | update | |
| 752 | set x {} | |
| 753 | } | |
| 754 | focus -force .f1 | |
| 755 | update | |
| 756 | slave eval {set x} | |
| 757 | } -cleanup { | |
| 758 | interp delete slave | |
| 759 | deleteWindows | |
| 760 | } -result {{focus in .t1}} | |
| 427 | 761 | test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints { |
| 428 | unix | |
| 762 | unix notAqua | |
| 429 | 763 | } -setup { |
| 430 | 764 | deleteWindows |
| 431 | 765 | } -body { |
| 446 | 780 | } -cleanup { |
| 447 | 781 | deleteWindows |
| 448 | 782 | } -result {} |
| 783 | test unixEmbed-5.2a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints { | |
| 784 | unix | |
| 785 | } -setup { | |
| 786 | deleteWindows | |
| 787 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 788 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 789 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 790 | } -body { | |
| 791 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 792 | pack .f1 | |
| 793 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 794 | slave eval { | |
| 795 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 796 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 797 | update | |
| 798 | after 200 {destroy .t1} | |
| 799 | } | |
| 800 | after 400 | |
| 801 | focus -force .f1 | |
| 802 | update | |
| 803 | } -cleanup { | |
| 804 | interp delete slave | |
| 805 | deleteWindows | |
| 806 | } -result {} | |
| 449 | 807 | test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints { |
| 450 | unix | |
| 808 | unix notAqua | |
| 451 | 809 | } -setup { |
| 452 | 810 | deleteWindows |
| 453 | 811 | } -body { |
| 470 | 828 | } -cleanup { |
| 471 | 829 | deleteWindows |
| 472 | 830 | } -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}} |
| 831 | test unixEmbed-5.3a {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints { | |
| 832 | unix | |
| 833 | } -setup { | |
| 834 | deleteWindows | |
| 835 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 836 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 837 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 838 | } -body { | |
| 839 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 840 | pack .f1 | |
| 841 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 842 | slave eval { | |
| 843 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 844 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 845 | set x {} | |
| 846 | bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"} | |
| 847 | bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"} | |
| 848 | update | |
| 849 | } | |
| 850 | focus -force .f1 | |
| 851 | update | |
| 852 | set x [slave eval {update; set x }] | |
| 853 | focus . | |
| 854 | update | |
| 855 | list $x [slave eval {update; set x}] | |
| 856 | } -cleanup { | |
| 857 | interp delete slave | |
| 858 | deleteWindows | |
| 859 | } -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}} | |
| 473 | 860 | |
| 474 | 861 | |
| 475 | 862 | test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints { |
| 476 | unix | |
| 477 | } -setup { | |
| 478 | deleteWindows | |
| 479 | } -body { | |
| 480 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 481 | pack .f1 | |
| 482 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" | |
| 483 | dobg { | |
| 484 | eval destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 485 | toplevel .t1 -use $w1 | |
| 486 | } | |
| 487 | update | |
| 488 | dobg { | |
| 863 | unix notAqua | |
| 864 | } -setup { | |
| 865 | deleteWindows | |
| 866 | } -body { | |
| 867 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 868 | pack .f1 | |
| 869 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" | |
| 870 | dobg { | |
| 871 | eval destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 872 | toplevel .t1 -use $w1 | |
| 873 | update | |
| 489 | 874 | bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}} |
| 490 | 875 | set x {} |
| 491 | 876 | .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120 |
| 495 | 880 | } -cleanup { |
| 496 | 881 | deleteWindows |
| 497 | 882 | } -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0} |
| 883 | test unixEmbed-6.1a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints { | |
| 884 | unix | |
| 885 | } -setup { | |
| 886 | deleteWindows | |
| 887 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 888 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 889 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 890 | } -body { | |
| 891 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 892 | pack .f1 | |
| 893 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 894 | slave eval { | |
| 895 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 896 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 897 | update | |
| 898 | bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}} | |
| 899 | set x {} | |
| 900 | .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120 | |
| 901 | update | |
| 902 | list $x [winfo geom .t1] | |
| 903 | } | |
| 904 | } -cleanup { | |
| 905 | interp delete slave | |
| 906 | deleteWindows | |
| 907 | } -result {{configure .t1 300 120} 300x120+0+0} | |
| 498 | 908 | test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints { |
| 499 | unix | |
| 909 | unix notAqua | |
| 500 | 910 | } -setup { |
| 501 | 911 | deleteWindows |
| 502 | 912 | } -body { |
| 506 | 916 | dobg { |
| 507 | 917 | eval destroy [winfo child .] |
| 508 | 918 | toplevel .t1 -use $w1 |
| 509 | } | |
| 510 | after 300 {set x done} | |
| 511 | vwait x | |
| 512 | dobg { | |
| 919 | update | |
| 513 | 920 | bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}} |
| 514 | 921 | set x {} |
| 515 | 922 | .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120 |
| 516 | update | |
| 923 | update | |
| 517 | 924 | list $x [winfo geom .t1] |
| 518 | 925 | } |
| 519 | 926 | } -cleanup { |
| 520 | 927 | deleteWindows |
| 521 | 928 | } -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0} |
| 929 | test unixEmbed-6.2a {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints { | |
| 930 | unix | |
| 931 | } -setup { | |
| 932 | deleteWindows | |
| 933 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 934 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 935 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 936 | } -body { | |
| 937 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 938 | place .f1 -width 200 -height 200 | |
| 939 | update | |
| 940 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 941 | slave eval { | |
| 942 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 943 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 944 | update | |
| 945 | bind .t1 <Configure> {set x {configure .t1 %w %h}} | |
| 946 | set x {} | |
| 947 | .t1 configure -width 300 -height 120 | |
| 948 | update | |
| 949 | list $x [winfo geom .t1] | |
| 950 | } | |
| 951 | } -cleanup { | |
| 952 | interp delete slave | |
| 953 | deleteWindows | |
| 954 | } -result {{configure .t1 200 200} 200x200+0+0} | |
| 522 | 955 | |
| 523 | 956 | # Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure. |
| 524 | 957 | |
| 525 | ||
| 526 | 958 | test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints { |
| 527 | unix | |
| 959 | unix notAqua | |
| 528 | 960 | } -setup { |
| 529 | 961 | deleteWindows |
| 530 | 962 | } -body { |
| 552 | 984 | deleteWindows |
| 553 | 985 | bind . <KeyPress> {} |
| 554 | 986 | } -result {{{key a 1}} {}} |
| 987 | # TkpRedirectKeyEvent is not implemented in win or aqua. If someone | |
| 988 | # implements it they should change the constraints for this test. | |
| 989 | test unixEmbed-7.1a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints { | |
| 990 | unix notAqua | |
| 991 | } -setup { | |
| 992 | deleteWindows | |
| 993 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 994 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 995 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 996 | } -body { | |
| 997 | deleteWindows | |
| 998 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 999 | pack .f1 | |
| 1000 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 1001 | slave eval { | |
| 1002 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 1003 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 1004 | } | |
| 1005 | focus -force . | |
| 1006 | bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A %E}} | |
| 1007 | set x {} | |
| 1008 | set y [slave eval { | |
| 1009 | update | |
| 1010 | bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}} | |
| 1011 | set y {} | |
| 1012 | event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a | |
| 1013 | set y | |
| 1014 | }] | |
| 1015 | update | |
| 1016 | list $x $y | |
| 1017 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1018 | interp delete slave | |
| 1019 | deleteWindows | |
| 1020 | bind . <KeyPress> {} | |
| 1021 | } -result {{{key a 1}} {}} | |
| 555 | 1022 | test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints { |
| 556 | unix | |
| 1023 | unix notAqua | |
| 557 | 1024 | } -setup { |
| 558 | 1025 | deleteWindows |
| 559 | 1026 | } -body { |
| 582 | 1049 | deleteWindows |
| 583 | 1050 | bind . <KeyPress> {} |
| 584 | 1051 | } -result {{} {{key b}}} |
| 585 | ||
| 586 | ||
| 587 | test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup { | |
| 1052 | test unixEmbed-7.2a {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints { | |
| 1053 | unix | |
| 1054 | } -setup { | |
| 1055 | deleteWindows | |
| 1056 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 1057 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 1058 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 1059 | } -body { | |
| 1060 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1061 | pack .f1 | |
| 1062 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 1063 | slave eval { | |
| 1064 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 1065 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] | |
| 1066 | } | |
| 1067 | update | |
| 1068 | focus -force .f1 | |
| 1069 | update | |
| 1070 | bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A}} | |
| 1071 | set x {} | |
| 1072 | set y [slave eval { | |
| 1073 | update | |
| 1074 | bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}} | |
| 1075 | set y {} | |
| 1076 | event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym b | |
| 1077 | set y | |
| 1078 | }] | |
| 1079 | update | |
| 1080 | list $x $y | |
| 1081 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1082 | interp delete slave | |
| 1083 | deleteWindows | |
| 1084 | bind . <KeyPress> {} | |
| 1085 | } -result {{} {{key b}}} | |
| 1086 | ||
| 1087 | test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints { | |
| 1088 | unix notAqua | |
| 1089 | } -setup { | |
| 588 | 1090 | deleteWindows |
| 589 | 1091 | } -body { |
| 590 | 1092 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 |
| 608 | 1110 | } -cleanup { |
| 609 | 1111 | deleteWindows |
| 610 | 1112 | } -result {{{} .t1} .f1} |
| 611 | test unixEmbed-8.2 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup { | |
| 612 | deleteWindows | |
| 613 | catch {interp delete child} | |
| 614 | deleteWindows | |
| 1113 | test unixEmbed-8.1a {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup { | |
| 1114 | deleteWindows | |
| 1115 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 1116 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 1117 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 615 | 1118 | } -body { |
| 616 | 1119 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 |
| 617 | 1120 | frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50 |
| 618 | 1121 | pack .f1 .f2 |
| 1122 | update | |
| 1123 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 1124 | slave eval { | |
| 1125 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 1126 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken | |
| 1127 | } | |
| 1128 | # This should clear focus from the application embedded in .f1 | |
| 1129 | focus -force .f2 | |
| 1130 | update | |
| 1131 | list [slave eval { | |
| 1132 | set x [list [focus]] | |
| 1133 | focus .t1 | |
| 1134 | update | |
| 1135 | lappend x [focus] | |
| 1136 | }] [focus] | |
| 1137 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1138 | interp delete slave | |
| 1139 | deleteWindows | |
| 1140 | } -result {{{} .t1} .f1} | |
| 1141 | test unixEmbed-8.2 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} -constraints unix -setup { | |
| 1142 | deleteWindows | |
| 1143 | catch {interp delete child} | |
| 619 | 1144 | interp create child |
| 1145 | } -body { | |
| 1146 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1147 | frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1148 | pack .f1 .f2 | |
| 1149 | update | |
| 1150 | set w1 [winfo id .f1] | |
| 620 | 1151 | child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}" |
| 621 | 1152 | load {} Tk child |
| 622 | 1153 | child eval { |
| 634 | 1165 | deleteWindows |
| 635 | 1166 | } -result {{{} .} .f1} |
| 636 | 1167 | catch {interp delete child} |
| 637 | ||
| 638 | 1168 | |
| 639 | 1169 | test unixEmbed-9.1 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check parentPtr} -constraints { |
| 640 | 1170 | unix testembed |
| 657 | 1187 | deleteWindows |
| 658 | 1188 | } -result {{{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f3 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}}} {}} |
| 659 | 1189 | test unixEmbed-9.2 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints { |
| 660 | unix testembed | |
| 661 | } -setup { | |
| 662 | deleteWindows | |
| 663 | } -body { | |
| 664 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 665 | pack .f1 | |
| 1190 | unix testembed notAqua | |
| 1191 | } -setup { | |
| 1192 | deleteWindows | |
| 1193 | } -body { | |
| 1194 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1195 | pack .f1 | |
| 1196 | update | |
| 666 | 1197 | dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]" |
| 667 | 1198 | dobg { |
| 668 | 1199 | eval destroy [winfo child .] |
| 675 | 1206 | } -cleanup { |
| 676 | 1207 | deleteWindows |
| 677 | 1208 | } -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}} |
| 1209 | test unixEmbed-9.2a {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} -constraints { | |
| 1210 | unix testembed | |
| 1211 | } -setup { | |
| 1212 | deleteWindows | |
| 1213 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 1214 | ::_test_tmp::testInterp slave | |
| 1215 | load {} Tktest slave | |
| 1216 | } -body { | |
| 1217 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1218 | pack .f1 | |
| 1219 | slave alias w1 winfo id .f1 | |
| 1220 | slave eval { | |
| 1221 | destroy [winfo child .] | |
| 1222 | toplevel .t1 -use [w1] -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken | |
| 1223 | set x {} | |
| 1224 | lappend x [testembed] | |
| 1225 | destroy .t1 | |
| 1226 | lappend x [testembed] | |
| 1227 | } | |
| 1228 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1229 | interp delete slave | |
| 1230 | deleteWindows | |
| 1231 | } -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}} | |
| 678 | 1232 | |
| 679 | 1233 | |
| 680 | 1234 | test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints { |
| 681 | unix | |
| 682 | } -setup { | |
| 683 | deleteWindows | |
| 684 | } -body { | |
| 685 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 686 | pack .f1 | |
| 1235 | unix | |
| 1236 | } -setup { | |
| 1237 | deleteWindows | |
| 1238 | } -body { | |
| 1239 | frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50 | |
| 1240 | update | |
| 1241 | pack .f1 | |
| 1242 | update | |
| 687 | 1243 | toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80 |
| 688 | 1244 | update |
| 689 | 1245 | wm geometry .t1 +40+50 |
| 693 | 1249 | deleteWindows |
| 694 | 1250 | } -result {150x80+0+0} |
| 695 | 1251 | test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints { |
| 696 | unix | |
| 1252 | unix | |
| 697 | 1253 | } -setup { |
| 698 | 1254 | deleteWindows |
| 699 | 1255 | } -body { |
| 707 | 1263 | } -cleanup { |
| 708 | 1264 | deleteWindows |
| 709 | 1265 | } -result {70x300+0+0} |
| 1266 | ||
| 1267 | test unixEmbed-11.1 {focus -force works for embedded toplevels} -constraints { | |
| 1268 | unix | |
| 1269 | } -setup { | |
| 1270 | deleteWindows | |
| 1271 | } -body { | |
| 1272 | toplevel .t | |
| 1273 | pack [frame .t.f -container 1 -width 200 -height 200] -fill both | |
| 1274 | update idletasks | |
| 1275 | toplevel .embed -use [winfo id .t.f] -bg green | |
| 1276 | update idletasks | |
| 1277 | focus -force .t | |
| 1278 | focus -force .embed | |
| 1279 | focus | |
| 1280 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1281 | deleteWindows | |
| 1282 | } -result .embed | |
| 1283 | test unixEmbed-11.2 {mouse coordinates in embedded toplevels} -constraints { | |
| 1284 | unix pressbutton | |
| 1285 | } -setup { | |
| 1286 | deleteWindows | |
| 1287 | } -body { | |
| 1288 | toplevel .main | |
| 1289 | set result {} | |
| 1290 | pack [button .main.b -text "Main Button" \ | |
| 1291 | -command {lappend result ".main.b"}] -padx 30 -pady 30 | |
| 1292 | pack [frame .main.f -container 1 -width 200 -height 200] -fill both | |
| 1293 | update idletasks | |
| 1294 | toplevel .embed -use [winfo id .main.f] -bg green | |
| 1295 | pack [button .embed.b -text "Emb Button" \ | |
| 1296 | -command {lappend result ".embed.b"}] -padx 30 -pady 30 | |
| 1297 | wm geometry .main 200x400+100+100 | |
| 1298 | update idletasks | |
| 1299 | focus -force .main | |
| 1300 | set x [expr {[winfo x .main ] + [winfo x .main.b] + 40}] | |
| 1301 | set y [expr {[winfo y .main ] + [winfo y .main.b] + 38}] | |
| 1302 | lappend result [winfo containing $x $y] | |
| 1303 | after 200 | |
| 1304 | pressbutton $x $y | |
| 1305 | update | |
| 1306 | set y [expr {$y + 80}] | |
| 1307 | lappend result [winfo containing $x $y] | |
| 1308 | after 200 | |
| 1309 | pressbutton $x $y | |
| 1310 | update | |
| 1311 | set result | |
| 1312 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1313 | deleteWindows | |
| 1314 | } -result {.main.b .main.b .embed.b .embed.b} | |
| 1315 | ||
| 710 | 1316 | |
| 711 | 1317 | # cleanup |
| 712 | 1318 | deleteWindows |
| 713 | 1319 | cleanupbg |
| 714 | 1320 | cleanupTests |
| 715 | 1321 | return |
| 716 | ||
| 0 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. | |
| 0 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. | |
| 1 | 1 | # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. |
| 2 | 2 | # |
| 3 | 3 | # Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked |
| 5 | 5 | # underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question, |
| 6 | 6 | # but there are no results that can be checked. Some tests depend on the |
| 7 | 7 | # fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid |
| 8 | # at all sites. | |
| 8 | # at all sites. | |
| 9 | 9 | # |
| 10 | 10 | # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 11 | 11 | # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. |
| 123 | 123 | |
| 124 | 124 | font actual {-size 14} |
| 125 | 125 | set x {} |
| 126 | } {} | |
| 126 | } {} | |
| 127 | 127 | |
| 128 | 128 | test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} x11 { |
| 129 | 129 | font actual {-family xyz} |
| 18 | 18 | vwait x |
| 19 | 19 | } |
| 20 | 20 | |
| 21 | # The macOS window manager shows an animation when a window is deiconified. | |
| 22 | # Tests which check the geometry of a window after deiconifying it should | |
| 23 | # wait for the animation to finish. | |
| 24 | ||
| 25 | proc animationDelay {} { | |
| 26 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 27 | sleep 250 | |
| 28 | } | |
| 29 | } | |
| 30 | ||
| 21 | 31 | # Procedure to set up a collection of top-level windows |
| 22 | 32 | |
| 23 | 33 | proc makeToplevels {} { |
| 29 | 39 | } |
| 30 | 40 | } |
| 31 | 41 | |
| 42 | # On macOS windows are not allowed to overlap the menubar at the top | |
| 43 | # of the screen. So tests which move a window and then check whether | |
| 44 | # it got moved to the requested location should use a y coordinate | |
| 45 | # larger than the height of the menubar (normally 23 pixels). | |
| 46 | ||
| 47 | if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} { | |
| 48 | set Y0 23 | |
| 49 | set Y2 25 | |
| 50 | set Y5 28 | |
| 51 | } else { | |
| 52 | set Y0 0 | |
| 53 | set Y2 2 | |
| 54 | set Y5 5 | |
| 55 | } | |
| 56 | ||
| 32 | 57 | set i 1 |
| 33 | foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0} { | |
| 58 | foreach geom "+23+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0" { | |
| 34 | 59 | destroy .t |
| 35 | 60 | test unixWm-1.$i {initial window position} unix { |
| 36 | 61 | toplevel .t -width 200 -height 150 |
| 56 | 81 | scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d+%d+%d width height x y |
| 57 | 82 | set xerr [expr 150-$x] |
| 58 | 83 | set yerr [expr 150-$y] |
| 59 | foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} { | |
| 84 | foreach geom "+20+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+$Y0 -10-5 -10+$Y5 +10-5" { | |
| 60 | 85 | test unixWm-2.$i {moving window while mapped} unix { |
| 61 | 86 | wm geom .t $geom |
| 62 | 87 | update |
| 68 | 93 | } |
| 69 | 94 | |
| 70 | 95 | set i 1 |
| 71 | foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} { | |
| 96 | foreach geom "+20+80 +80+23 +0+$Y0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+$Y0 -10-5 -10+$Y5 +10-5" { | |
| 72 | 97 | test unixWm-3.$i {moving window while iconified} unix { |
| 73 | 98 | wm iconify .t |
| 74 | 99 | sleep 200 |
| 75 | 100 | wm geom .t $geom |
| 76 | 101 | update |
| 77 | 102 | wm deiconify .t |
| 103 | animationDelay | |
| 78 | 104 | scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y |
| 79 | 105 | format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \ |
| 80 | 106 | [eval expr $y$ysign$yerr] |
| 83 | 109 | } |
| 84 | 110 | |
| 85 | 111 | set i 1 |
| 86 | foreach geom {+20+80 +100+40 +0+0} { | |
| 112 | foreach geom "+20+80 +100+40 +0+$Y0" { | |
| 87 | 113 | test unixWm-4.$i {moving window while withdrawn} unix { |
| 88 | 114 | wm withdraw .t |
| 89 | 115 | sleep 200 |
| 90 | 116 | wm geom .t $geom |
| 91 | 117 | update |
| 92 | 118 | wm deiconify .t |
| 119 | animationDelay | |
| 93 | 120 | wm geom .t |
| 94 | 121 | } 100x150$geom |
| 95 | 122 | incr i |
| 166 | 193 | |
| 167 | 194 | destroy .t |
| 168 | 195 | toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 |
| 169 | wm geom .t +10+10 | |
| 196 | wm geom .t +10+23 | |
| 170 | 197 | wm minsize .t 1 1 |
| 171 | 198 | update |
| 172 | 199 | test unixWm-6.1 {size changes} unix { |
| 173 | 200 | .t config -width 180 -height 150 |
| 174 | 201 | update |
| 175 | 202 | wm geom .t |
| 176 | } 180x150+10+10 | |
| 203 | } 180x150+10+23 | |
| 177 | 204 | test unixWm-6.2 {size changes} unix { |
| 178 | 205 | wm geom .t 250x60 |
| 179 | 206 | .t config -width 170 -height 140 |
| 180 | 207 | update |
| 181 | 208 | wm geom .t |
| 182 | } 250x60+10+10 | |
| 209 | } 250x60+10+23 | |
| 183 | 210 | test unixWm-6.3 {size changes} unix { |
| 184 | 211 | wm geom .t 250x60 |
| 185 | 212 | .t config -width 170 -height 140 |
| 186 | 213 | wm geom .t {} |
| 187 | 214 | update |
| 188 | 215 | wm geom .t |
| 189 | } 170x140+10+10 | |
| 216 | } 170x140+10+23 | |
| 190 | 217 | test unixWm-6.4 {size changes} {unix nonPortable userInteraction} { |
| 191 | 218 | wm minsize .t 1 1 |
| 192 | 219 | update |
| 399 | 426 | destroy .t |
| 400 | 427 | sleep 500 |
| 401 | 428 | toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50 -bg blue |
| 429 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 402 | 430 | wm iconwindow . .t |
| 403 | 431 | update |
| 404 | 432 | set result [winfo ismapped .t] |
| 629 | 657 | list [catch {wm focusmodel .t bogus} msg] $msg |
| 630 | 658 | } {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be active or passive}} |
| 631 | 659 | test unixWm-17.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix { |
| 632 | set result {} | |
| 660 | set result {} | |
| 633 | 661 | lappend result [wm focusmodel .t] |
| 634 | 662 | wm focusmodel .t active |
| 635 | 663 | lappend result [wm focusmodel .t] |
| 794 | 822 | WM_HINTS] 0]]] |
| 795 | 823 | lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit |
| 796 | 824 | } {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0} |
| 797 | test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option} unix { | |
| 825 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 826 | set result_22_3 {0 {}} | |
| 827 | } else { | |
| 828 | set result_22_3 {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}} | |
| 829 | } | |
| 830 | test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option for unix only} \ | |
| 831 | unix { | |
| 798 | 832 | list [catch {wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap} msg] $msg |
| 799 | } {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}} | |
| 833 | } $result_22_3 | |
| 800 | 834 | |
| 801 | 835 | test unixWm-23.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} unix { |
| 802 | 836 | list [catch {wm iconify .t 12} msg] $msg |
| 1199 | 1233 | test unixWm-34.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "sizefrom" option} unix { |
| 1200 | 1234 | list [catch {wm sizefrom .t none} msg] $msg |
| 1201 | 1235 | } {1 {bad argument "none": must be program or user}} |
| 1202 | ||
| 1203 | test unixWm-35.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} unix { | |
| 1236 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 1237 | set result_35_1 {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, withdrawn, or zoomed}} | |
| 1238 | } else { | |
| 1239 | set result_35_1 {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, or withdrawn}} | |
| 1240 | } | |
| 1241 | test unixWm-35.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} {unix notAqua} { | |
| 1204 | 1242 | list [catch {wm state .t 1} msg] $msg |
| 1205 | } {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, or withdrawn}} | |
| 1243 | } $result_35_1 | |
| 1206 | 1244 | test unixWm-35.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} unix { |
| 1207 | 1245 | list [catch {wm state .t iconic 1} msg] $msg |
| 1208 | 1246 | } {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm state window ?state?"}} |
| 1325 | 1363 | destroy .t |
| 1326 | 1364 | toplevel .t |
| 1327 | 1365 | wm geometry .t 30x10+0+0 |
| 1328 | listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1 | |
| 1366 | listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1 | |
| 1329 | 1367 | pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1 |
| 1330 | 1368 | update |
| 1331 | 1369 | wm geometry .t |
| 1333 | 1371 | test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix { |
| 1334 | 1372 | destroy .t |
| 1335 | 1373 | toplevel .t |
| 1336 | wm geometry .t 200x100+0+0 | |
| 1337 | listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 | |
| 1374 | wm geometry .t 200x100+0+$Y0 | |
| 1375 | listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 | |
| 1338 | 1376 | pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1 |
| 1339 | 1377 | update |
| 1340 | 1378 | .t.l configure -setgrid 1 |
| 1341 | 1379 | update |
| 1342 | 1380 | wm geometry .t |
| 1343 | } {20x20+0+0} | |
| 1381 | } "20x20+0+$Y0" | |
| 1344 | 1382 | |
| 1345 | 1383 | test unixWm-41.1 {ConfigureEvent procedure, internally generated size changes} unix { |
| 1346 | 1384 | destroy .t |
| 1414 | 1452 | bind .t <Unmap> {set x "unmapped"} |
| 1415 | 1453 | set x {no event} |
| 1416 | 1454 | wm iconify .t |
| 1455 | animationDelay | |
| 1417 | 1456 | lappend result $x [winfo ismapped .t] |
| 1418 | 1457 | set x {no event} |
| 1419 | 1458 | wm deiconify .t |
| 1459 | animationDelay | |
| 1420 | 1460 | lappend result $x [winfo ismapped .t] |
| 1421 | 1461 | } {unmapped 0 mapped 1} |
| 1422 | 1462 | |
| 1506 | 1546 | update |
| 1507 | 1547 | list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t] |
| 1508 | 1548 | } {1 72} |
| 1549 | destroy .t | |
| 1550 | toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60 | |
| 1509 | 1551 | test unixWm-44.6 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, negative height} unix { |
| 1510 | destroy .t | |
| 1511 | toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60 | |
| 1512 | 1552 | wm grid .t 18 7 10 12 |
| 1513 | 1553 | wm geometry .t +30+40 |
| 1514 | 1554 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 |
| 1517 | 1557 | update |
| 1518 | 1558 | list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t] |
| 1519 | 1559 | } {100 1} |
| 1520 | ||
| 1521 | 1560 | destroy .t |
| 1522 | 1561 | toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60 |
| 1523 | 1562 | test unixWm-44.7 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix { |
| 1563 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1564 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 | |
| 1565 | update | |
| 1524 | 1566 | wm geometry .t +5-10 |
| 1525 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 | |
| 1526 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1567 | update | |
| 1527 | 1568 | list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t] |
| 1528 | 1569 | } [list 5 [expr [winfo screenheight .t] - 70]] |
| 1529 | ||
| 1530 | 1570 | destroy .t |
| 1531 | 1571 | toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60 |
| 1532 | 1572 | test unixWm-44.8 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix { |
| 1533 | wm geometry .t -30+2 | |
| 1573 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1534 | 1574 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 |
| 1535 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1575 | update | |
| 1576 | wm geometry .t -30+$Y2 | |
| 1577 | update | |
| 1536 | 1578 | list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t] |
| 1537 | } [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] 2] | |
| 1579 | } [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] $Y2] | |
| 1538 | 1580 | destroy .t |
| 1539 | 1581 | |
| 1540 | 1582 | test unixWm-44.9 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, updating fixed dimensions} {unix testwrapper} { |
| 1747 | 1789 | testmenubar window .t .t.m |
| 1748 | 1790 | update |
| 1749 | 1791 | list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \ |
| 1750 | [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y] | |
| 1792 | [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y] | |
| 1751 | 1793 | } {52 7 12 62} |
| 1752 | 1794 | |
| 1753 | 1795 | deleteWindows |
| 1754 | wm iconify . | |
| 1755 | test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords} unix { | |
| 1756 | deleteWindows | |
| 1796 | wm withdraw . | |
| 1797 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 1798 | # Modern mac windows have no border. | |
| 1799 | set result_50_1 {{} {} .t .t .t2 {} .t2 .t .t} | |
| 1800 | } else { | |
| 1801 | # Windows are assumed to have a border (invisible in Gnome 3). | |
| 1802 | set result_50_1 {{} {} .t {} .t2 {} .t2 {} .t} | |
| 1803 | } | |
| 1804 | test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords, title bar} unix { | |
| 1805 | update | |
| 1757 | 1806 | toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green |
| 1758 | wm geom .t +40+0 | |
| 1759 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1760 | toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 80 -bg red | |
| 1761 | wm geom .t2 +140+200 | |
| 1807 | wm geom .t +100+100 | |
| 1808 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1809 | toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 200 -bg red | |
| 1810 | wm geom .t2 +200+200 | |
| 1762 | 1811 | tkwait visibility .t2 |
| 1763 | 1812 | raise .t2 |
| 1813 | update | |
| 1764 | 1814 | set x [winfo rootx .t] |
| 1765 | 1815 | set y [winfo rooty .t] |
| 1766 | list [winfo containing [expr $x - 30] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1767 | [winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1768 | [winfo containing $x [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1769 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 99] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1770 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 100] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1771 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 199] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1772 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1773 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 220] [expr $y + 250]] | |
| 1774 | } {{} {} .t {} .t2 .t2 {} .t} | |
| 1816 | list [winfo containing [expr $x - 30] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1817 | [winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1818 | [winfo containing $x [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1819 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 99] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1820 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 100] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1821 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 150] [expr $y + 90]] \ | |
| 1822 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 199] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1823 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1824 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 220] [expr $y + 250]] \ | |
| 1825 | } $result_50_1 | |
| 1775 | 1826 | test unixWm-50.2 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, y-coords and overrideredirect} unix { |
| 1776 | 1827 | deleteWindows |
| 1777 | toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg yellow | |
| 1778 | wm geom .t +0+50 | |
| 1779 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1780 | toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 80 -bg blue | |
| 1828 | toplevel .t -width 400 -height 300 -bg yellow | |
| 1829 | wm geom .t +100+100 | |
| 1830 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1831 | toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 100 -bg blue | |
| 1781 | 1832 | wm overrideredirect .t2 1 |
| 1782 | wm geom .t2 +100+200 | |
| 1833 | wm geom .t2 +200+200 | |
| 1783 | 1834 | tkwait visibility .t2 |
| 1784 | 1835 | raise .t2 |
| 1785 | 1836 | set x [winfo rootx .t] |
| 1786 | 1837 | set y [winfo rooty .t] |
| 1787 | 1838 | set y2 [winfo rooty .t2] |
| 1788 | list [winfo containing [expr $x +150] 10] \ | |
| 1789 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y - 1]] \ | |
| 1790 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] $y] \ | |
| 1791 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 - 1]] \ | |
| 1792 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] $y2] \ | |
| 1793 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 + 79]] \ | |
| 1794 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 + 80]] \ | |
| 1795 | [winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y + 450]] | |
| 1839 | list [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y - 30]] \ | |
| 1840 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y - 1]] \ | |
| 1841 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] $y] \ | |
| 1842 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y2 - 1]] \ | |
| 1843 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] $y2] \ | |
| 1844 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y2 + 99]] \ | |
| 1845 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y2 + 100]] \ | |
| 1846 | [winfo containing [expr $x +200] [expr $y + 450]] | |
| 1796 | 1847 | } {{} {} .t .t .t2 .t2 .t {}} |
| 1797 | 1848 | test unixWm-50.3 { |
| 1798 | 1849 | Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel with embedding |
| 1799 | } -constraints tempNotWin -setup { | |
| 1850 | } tempNotWin { | |
| 1800 | 1851 | deleteWindows |
| 1852 | catch {interp delete slave} | |
| 1853 | ||
| 1801 | 1854 | toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg blue |
| 1802 | wm geom .t +0+50 | |
| 1803 | frame .t.f -container 1 | |
| 1855 | wm geom .t +100+100 | |
| 1856 | frame .t.f -container 1 -bg red | |
| 1804 | 1857 | place .t.f -x 150 -y 50 |
| 1805 | 1858 | tkwait visibility .t.f |
| 1806 | setupbg | |
| 1807 | } -body { | |
| 1808 | dobg " | |
| 1859 | update | |
| 1860 | interp create slave | |
| 1861 | load {} Tk slave | |
| 1862 | slave alias frameid winfo id .t.f | |
| 1863 | slave eval { | |
| 1809 | 1864 | wm withdraw . |
| 1810 | toplevel .x -width 100 -height 80 -use [winfo id .t.f] -bg yellow | |
| 1811 | tkwait visibility .x" | |
| 1812 | set result [dobg { | |
| 1813 | set x [winfo rootx .x] | |
| 1814 | set y [winfo rooty .x] | |
| 1815 | list [winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 50]] \ | |
| 1816 | [winfo containing $x [expr $y +50]] | |
| 1817 | }] | |
| 1865 | toplevel .x -width 100 -height 80 -use [frameid] -bg yellow | |
| 1866 | tkwait visibility .x | |
| 1867 | update | |
| 1868 | set x [winfo rootx .x] | |
| 1869 | set y [winfo rooty .x] | |
| 1870 | } | |
| 1871 | set result [list [slave eval {winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 50]}] \ | |
| 1872 | [slave eval {winfo containing $x [expr $y + 50]}]] | |
| 1873 | interp delete slave | |
| 1818 | 1874 | set x [winfo rootx .t] |
| 1819 | 1875 | set y [winfo rooty .t] |
| 1820 | 1876 | lappend result [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 49]] \ |
| 1821 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y +50]] | |
| 1822 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1823 | cleanupbg | |
| 1824 | } -result {{} .x .t .t.f} | |
| 1877 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y +50]] | |
| 1878 | set result | |
| 1879 | } {{} .x .t .t.f} | |
| 1825 | 1880 | test unixWm-50.4 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, window in other application} unix { |
| 1826 | 1881 | destroy .t |
| 1882 | ||
| 1827 | 1883 | catch {interp delete slave} |
| 1828 | 1884 | toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green |
| 1829 | wm geometry .t +0+0 | |
| 1830 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1885 | wm geometry .t +100+100 | |
| 1886 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1887 | update | |
| 1831 | 1888 | interp create slave |
| 1832 | 1889 | load {} Tk slave |
| 1833 | slave eval {wm geometry . 200x200+0+0; tkwait visibility .} | |
| 1834 | set result [list [winfo containing 100 100] \ | |
| 1835 | [slave eval {winfo containing 100 100}]] | |
| 1890 | slave eval {wm geometry . 200x200+100+100; tkwait visibility . ; update} | |
| 1891 | set result [list [winfo containing 200 200] \ | |
| 1892 | [slave eval {winfo containing 200 200}]] | |
| 1836 | 1893 | interp delete slave |
| 1837 | 1894 | set result |
| 1838 | 1895 | } {{} .} |
| 1850 | 1907 | update |
| 1851 | 1908 | set x [winfo rootx .t] |
| 1852 | 1909 | set y [winfo rooty .t] |
| 1853 | list [winfo containing $x [expr $y - 31]] \ | |
| 1854 | [winfo containing $x [expr $y - 30]] \ | |
| 1855 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 19]] \ | |
| 1856 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 18]] \ | |
| 1857 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \ | |
| 1858 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 11] [expr $y + 152]] \ | |
| 1859 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 12] [expr $y + 152]] | |
| 1910 | list [winfo containing $x [expr $y - 31]] \ | |
| 1911 | [winfo containing $x [expr $y - 30]] \ | |
| 1912 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 19]] \ | |
| 1913 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 18]] \ | |
| 1914 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \ | |
| 1915 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 11] [expr $y + 152]] \ | |
| 1916 | [winfo containing [expr $x + 12] [expr $y + 152]] | |
| 1860 | 1917 | } {{} .t.menu .t.menu .t.menu.f .t .t .t.f} |
| 1861 | 1918 | test unixWm-50.6 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, embedding within one app.} unix { |
| 1862 | 1919 | deleteWindows |
| 1921 | 1978 | tkwait visibility .t2 |
| 1922 | 1979 | set result [list [winfo containing 100 100]] |
| 1923 | 1980 | wm iconify .t2 |
| 1981 | animationDelay | |
| 1924 | 1982 | lappend result [winfo containing 100 100] |
| 1925 | 1983 | } {.t2 .t} |
| 1926 | 1984 | test unixWm-50.10 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, unmapped windows} unix { |
| 2006 | 2064 | test unixWm-51.7 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window isn't mapped} unix { |
| 2007 | 2065 | foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} { |
| 2008 | 2066 | destroy $w |
| 2067 | update | |
| 2009 | 2068 | toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green |
| 2010 | 2069 | wm geometry $w +0+0 |
| 2011 | 2070 | } |
| 2042 | 2101 | raise .t2 |
| 2043 | 2102 | lappend result [winfo containing $x $y] |
| 2044 | 2103 | } {.t2 .t .t2} |
| 2104 | # The mac won't put an overrideredirect window above the root, | |
| 2105 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 2106 | wm withdraw . | |
| 2107 | } | |
| 2045 | 2108 | test unixWm-51.9 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window overrideredirect} unix { |
| 2046 | 2109 | foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} { |
| 2047 | 2110 | destroy $w |
| 2111 | update | |
| 2048 | 2112 | toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green |
| 2049 | 2113 | wm overrideredirect $w 1 |
| 2050 | 2114 | wm geometry $w +0+0 |
| 2051 | 2115 | tkwait visibility $w |
| 2116 | update | |
| 2052 | 2117 | } |
| 2053 | 2118 | lower .t3 .t2 |
| 2054 | 2119 | update |
| 2064 | 2129 | lower .t2 |
| 2065 | 2130 | lappend result [winfo containing $x $y] |
| 2066 | 2131 | } {.t2 .t3} |
| 2132 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 2133 | wm deiconify . | |
| 2134 | } | |
| 2067 | 2135 | test unixWm-51.10 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, don't move window that's already in the right place} unix { |
| 2068 | 2136 | makeToplevels |
| 2069 | 2137 | raise .raise1 |
| 2439 | 2507 | # NOTE: since [wm attributes] is not guaranteed to have any effect, |
| 2440 | 2508 | # the only thing we can really test here is the syntax. |
| 2441 | 2509 | # |
| 2510 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "aqua"} { | |
| 2511 | set result_60_1 {-alpha 1.0 -fullscreen 0 -modified 0 -notify 0\ | |
| 2512 | -titlepath {} -topmost 0 -transparent 0\ | |
| 2513 | -type unsupported} | |
| 2514 | } else { | |
| 2515 | set result_60_1 {-alpha 1.0 -topmost 0 -zoomed 0 -fullscreen 0 -type {}} | |
| 2516 | } | |
| 2442 | 2517 | test unixWm-60.1 {wm attributes - test} -constraints unix -body { |
| 2443 | 2518 | destroy .t |
| 2444 | 2519 | toplevel .t |
| 2445 | 2520 | wm attributes .t |
| 2446 | } -result [list -alpha 1.0 -topmost 0 -zoomed 0 -fullscreen 0 -type {}] | |
| 2521 | } -result $result_60_1 | |
| 2447 | 2522 | |
| 2448 | 2523 | test unixWm-60.2 {wm attributes - test} -constraints unix -body { |
| 2449 | 2524 | destroy .t |
| 28 | 28 | pack $w.c |
| 29 | 29 | for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} { |
| 30 | 30 | for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} { |
| 31 | set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0] | |
| 32 | $w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \ | |
| 33 | [expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \ | |
| 31 | set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr {$x*6}] [expr {$y*30}] 0] | |
| 32 | $w.c create rectangle [expr {10*$x}] [expr {20*$y}] \ | |
| 33 | [expr {10*$x + 10}] [expr {20*$y + 20}] -outline {} \ | |
| 34 | 34 | -fill $color |
| 35 | 35 | } |
| 36 | 36 | } |
| 49 | 49 | |
| 50 | 50 | proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} { |
| 51 | 51 | set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]] |
| 52 | expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \ | |
| 53 | && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue) | |
| 52 | expr {([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) | |
| 53 | && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)} | |
| 54 | 54 | } |
| 55 | 55 | |
| 56 | 56 | # If more than one visual type is available for the screen, pick one |
| 14 | 14 | tcltest::loadTestedCommands |
| 15 | 15 | namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| 16 | 16 | |
| 17 | # Note that these tests may fail if another application is grabbing the | |
| 18 | # clipboard (e.g. an X server) | |
| 17 | ################################################################# | |
| 18 | # Note that some of these tests may fail if another application # | |
| 19 | # is grabbing the clipboard (e.g. an X server, or a VNC viewer) # | |
| 20 | ################################################################# | |
| 19 | 21 | |
| 20 | 22 | test winClipboard-1.1 {TkSelGetSelection} -constraints win -setup { |
| 21 | 23 | clipboard clear |
| 255 | 255 | Click cancel |
| 256 | 256 | }] |
| 257 | 257 | # Note this also tests fix for |
| 258 | # http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6 | |
| 258 | # https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6 | |
| 259 | 259 | # $x is expected to be empty |
| 260 | 260 | append x $y |
| 261 | 261 | } -result {0} |
| 375 | 375 | test winDialog-5.7.6 {GetFileName: All/extension } -constraints { |
| 376 | 376 | nt testwinevent |
| 377 | 377 | } -body { |
| 378 | # In 8.6.4 this combination resulted in bar.ext.ext which is bad | |
| 379 | start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension {ext} -title Save]} | |
| 378 | # In 8.6.4 this combination resulted in bar.aaa.aaa which is bad | |
| 379 | start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension {aaa} -title Save]} | |
| 380 | 380 | set msg {} |
| 381 | 381 | then { |
| 382 | 382 | if {[catch {SetText [vista? 0x47C 0x3e9] bar} msg]} { |
| 388 | 388 | set x "[file tail $x]$msg" |
| 389 | 389 | } -cleanup { |
| 390 | 390 | unset msg |
| 391 | } -result bar.ext | |
| 391 | } -result bar.aaa | |
| 392 | 392 | |
| 393 | 393 | test winDialog-5.7.7 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints { |
| 394 | 394 | nt testwinevent |
| 395 | 395 | } -body { |
| 396 | 396 | unset -nocomplain x |
| 397 | tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 7.ext" [initialdir] | |
| 397 | tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 7.aaa" [initialdir] | |
| 398 | 398 | start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \ |
| 399 | -defaultextension ext \ | |
| 399 | -defaultextension aaa \ | |
| 400 | 400 | -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \ |
| 401 | 401 | -initialfile "5 7 7" -title Foo]} |
| 402 | 402 | then { |
| 403 | 403 | Click ok |
| 404 | 404 | } |
| 405 | 405 | return $x |
| 406 | } -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 7.ext"] | |
| 406 | } -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 7.aaa"] | |
| 407 | 407 | |
| 408 | 408 | test winDialog-5.7.8 {tk_getOpenFile: -defaultextension} -constraints { |
| 409 | 409 | nt testwinevent |
| 410 | 410 | } -body { |
| 411 | 411 | unset -nocomplain x |
| 412 | tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 8.ext" [initialdir] | |
| 412 | tcltest::makeFile "" "5 7 8.aaa" [initialdir] | |
| 413 | 413 | start {set x [tk_getOpenFile \ |
| 414 | -defaultextension ext \ | |
| 414 | -defaultextension aaa \ | |
| 415 | 415 | -initialdir [file nativename [initialdir]] \ |
| 416 | -initialfile "5 7 8.ext" -title Foo]} | |
| 417 | then { | |
| 418 | Click ok | |
| 419 | } | |
| 420 | return $x | |
| 421 | } -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 8.ext"] | |
| 416 | -initialfile "5 7 8.aaa" -title Foo]} | |
| 417 | then { | |
| 418 | Click ok | |
| 419 | } | |
| 420 | return $x | |
| 421 | } -result [file join [initialdir] "5 7 8.aaa"] | |
| 422 | 422 | |
| 423 | 423 | test winDialog-5.8 {GetFileName: extension doesn't begin with .} -constraints { |
| 424 | 424 | nt testwinevent |
| 179 | 179 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 180 | 180 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 181 | 181 | |
| 182 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10] -text "00000000" | |
| 182 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*10}] -text "00000000" | |
| 183 | 183 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 8*$ax}] \ |
| 184 | 184 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}] |
| 185 | 185 | } -cleanup { |
| 198 | 198 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 199 | 199 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 200 | 200 | |
| 201 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*6] -text "00000000" | |
| 201 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*6}] -text "00000000" | |
| 202 | 202 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \ |
| 203 | 203 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}] |
| 204 | 204 | } -cleanup { |
| 217 | 217 | |
| 218 | 218 | .t.c dchars $t 0 end |
| 219 | 219 | .t.c insert $t 0 "0000" |
| 220 | .t.c index $t @[expr int($cx*2.5)],1 | |
| 220 | .t.c index $t @[expr {int($cx*2.5)}],1 | |
| 221 | 221 | } -cleanup { |
| 222 | 222 | destroy .t.c |
| 223 | 223 | } -result {2} |
| 253 | 253 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 254 | 254 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 255 | 255 | |
| 256 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*8] -text "000000 0000" | |
| 256 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*8}] -text "000000 0000" | |
| 257 | 257 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \ |
| 258 | 258 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}] |
| 259 | 259 | } -cleanup { |
| 272 | 272 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 273 | 273 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 274 | 274 | |
| 275 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000000 0000000" | |
| 275 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "000000 0000000" | |
| 276 | 276 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \ |
| 277 | 277 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}] |
| 278 | 278 | } -cleanup { |
| 291 | 291 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 292 | 292 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 293 | 293 | |
| 294 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000 00 00000" | |
| 294 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "000 00 00000" | |
| 295 | 295 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \ |
| 296 | 296 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}] |
| 297 | 297 | } -cleanup { |
| 310 | 310 | set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l] |
| 311 | 311 | set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l] |
| 312 | 312 | |
| 313 | .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "0000000000000000" | |
| 313 | .t.l config -wrap [expr {$ax*12}] -text "0000000000000000" | |
| 314 | 314 | list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 12*$ax}] \ |
| 315 | 315 | [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}] |
| 316 | 316 | } -cleanup { |
| 333 | 333 | .t.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx" |
| 334 | 334 | set x [lindex [getsize] 0] |
| 335 | 335 | .t.l config -font $font |
| 336 | expr $x < ($width*10) | |
| 336 | expr {$x < ($width*10)} | |
| 337 | 337 | } -cleanup { |
| 338 | 338 | destroy .t.l |
| 339 | 339 | } -result {1} |
| 117 | 117 | } {0 b {}} |
| 118 | 118 | test winSend-2.4 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interp with errors} winSend { |
| 119 | 119 | newApp testApp |
| 120 | list [catch {send testApp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo [interp delete testApp] | |
| 121 | } "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n invoked from within\n\"send testApp {expr 2 / 0}\"} {}" | |
| 120 | list [catch {send testApp {expr {2 / 0}}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo [interp delete testApp] | |
| 121 | } "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr {2 / 0}\"\n invoked from within\n\"send testApp {expr {2 / 0}}\"} {}" | |
| 122 | 122 | test winSend-2.5 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app async} winSend { |
| 123 | 123 | set newInterps [winfo interps] |
| 124 | 124 | foreach interp $newInterps { |
| 144 | 144 | break |
| 145 | 145 | } |
| 146 | 146 | } |
| 147 | list [catch {send $interp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo | |
| 148 | } "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n invoked from within\n\"send \$interp {expr 2 / 0}\"}" | |
| 147 | list [catch {send $interp {expr {2 / 0}}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo | |
| 148 | } "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr {2 / 0}\"\n invoked from within\n\"send \$interp {expr {2 / 0}}\"}" | |
| 149 | 149 | |
| 150 | 150 | test winSend-3.1 {TkGetInterpNames} winSend { |
| 151 | 151 | set origLength [llength $currentInterps] |
| 169 | 169 | break |
| 170 | 170 | } |
| 171 | 171 | } |
| 172 | list [send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 1}}] | |
| 172 | list [send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr {2 / 1}}}] | |
| 173 | 173 | } {2} |
| 174 | 174 | test winSend-5.2 {ExecuteRemoteObject - error} winSend { |
| 175 | 175 | set newInterps [winfo interps] |
| 178 | 178 | break |
| 179 | 179 | } |
| 180 | 180 | } |
| 181 | list [catch {send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 0}}} msg] $msg | |
| 181 | list [catch {send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr {2 / 0}}}} msg] $msg | |
| 182 | 182 | } {1 {divide by zero}} |
| 183 | 183 | |
| 184 | 184 | test winSend-6.1 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_CONNECT} winSend { |
| 245 | 245 | break |
| 246 | 246 | } |
| 247 | 247 | } |
| 248 | set command "send [tk appname] {expr $foo + 1}" | |
| 248 | set command "send [tk appname] {expr {$foo + 1}}" | |
| 249 | 249 | list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg |
| 250 | 250 | } {0 4} |
| 251 | 251 | test winSend-6.7 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_EXECUTE} winSend { |
| 255 | 255 | break |
| 256 | 256 | } |
| 257 | 257 | } |
| 258 | set command "send [tk appname] {expr 4 / 2}" | |
| 258 | set command "send [tk appname] {expr {4 / 2}}" | |
| 259 | 259 | list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg |
| 260 | 260 | } {0 2} |
| 261 | 261 | test winSend-6.8 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_WILDCONNECT} winSend { |
| 385 | 385 | } {0 winSend-10.17} |
| 386 | 386 | test winSend-10.18 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services} winSend { |
| 387 | 387 | set currentService [list Tk [tk appname]] |
| 388 | list [catch {dde services Tk {}} msg] [expr [lsearch $msg $currentService] >= 0] | |
| 388 | list [catch {dde services Tk {}} msg] [expr {[lsearch $msg $currentService] >= 0}] | |
| 389 | 389 | } {0 1} |
| 390 | 390 | |
| 391 | 391 | # Get rid of the other app and all of its interps |
| 26 | 26 | pack $w.c |
| 27 | 27 | for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} { |
| 28 | 28 | for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} { |
| 29 | set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0] | |
| 30 | $w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \ | |
| 31 | [expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \ | |
| 29 | set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr {$x*6}] [expr {$y*30}] 0] | |
| 30 | $w.c create rectangle [expr {10*$x}] [expr {20*$y}] \ | |
| 31 | [expr {10*$x + 10}] [expr {20*$y + 20}] -outline {} \ | |
| 32 | 32 | -fill $color |
| 33 | 33 | } |
| 34 | 34 | } |
| 155 | 155 | wm geom .t +0+0 |
| 156 | 156 | update |
| 157 | 157 | |
| 158 | winfo containing [expr [winfo rootx .t.f]-1] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f]-1] | |
| 158 | winfo containing [expr {[winfo rootx .t.f]-1}] [expr {[winfo rooty .t.f]-1}] | |
| 159 | 159 | } -cleanup { |
| 160 | 160 | destroy .t |
| 161 | 161 | } -result .t |
| 168 | 168 | wm geom .t +0+0 |
| 169 | 169 | update |
| 170 | 170 | |
| 171 | set x [winfo containing -display .t.f [expr [winfo rootx .t]+600] \ | |
| 172 | [expr [winfo rooty .t.f]+450]] | |
| 171 | set x [winfo containing -display .t.f [expr {[winfo rootx .t]+600}] \ | |
| 172 | [expr {[winfo rooty .t.f]+450}]] | |
| 173 | 173 | expr {($x == ".") || ($x == "")} |
| 174 | 174 | } -cleanup { |
| 175 | 175 | destroy .t |
| 363 | 363 | } -result {3} |
| 364 | 364 | test winfo-11.6 {"winfo visualid" command} -body { |
| 365 | 365 | set x [lindex [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0] 2] |
| 366 | expr $x + 2 - $x | |
| 366 | expr {$x + 2 - $x} | |
| 367 | 367 | } -result {2} |
| 368 | 368 | |
| 369 | 369 | |
| 393 | 393 | deleteWindows |
| 394 | 394 | } -result {rootx 1 rooty 1} |
| 395 | 395 | |
| 396 | # Windows does not destroy the container when an embedded window is | |
| 397 | # destroyed. Unix and macOS do destroy it. See ticket [67384bce7d]. | |
| 398 | if {[tk windowingsystem] == "win32"} { | |
| 399 | set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 1} | |
| 400 | } else { | |
| 401 | set result_13_2 {embedded 0 container 0} | |
| 402 | } | |
| 396 | 403 | test winfo-13.2 {destroying embedded toplevel} -setup { |
| 397 | 404 | deleteWindows |
| 398 | 405 | } -body { |
| 408 | 415 | list embedded [winfo exists .emb.b] container [winfo exists .con] |
| 409 | 416 | } -cleanup { |
| 410 | 417 | deleteWindows |
| 411 | } -result {embedded 0 container 1} | |
| 418 | } -result $result_13_2 | |
| 412 | 419 | |
| 413 | 420 | test winfo-13.3 {destroying container window} -setup { |
| 414 | 421 | deleteWindows |
| 139 | 139 | } -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type} |
| 140 | 140 | test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body { |
| 141 | 141 | wm attributes . _ |
| 142 | } -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -fullscreen, -modified, -notify, -titlepath, -topmost, or -transparent} | |
| 142 | } -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -fullscreen, -modified, -notify, -titlepath, -topmost, -transparent, or -type} | |
| 143 | 143 | |
| 144 | 144 | |
| 145 | 145 | ### wm client ### |
| 872 | 872 | # we currently have no return info |
| 873 | 873 | wm iconphoto . -default |
| 874 | 874 | } -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"} |
| 875 | test wm-iconphoto-1.5.1 {usage} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -returnCodes error -body { | |
| 876 | wm iconphoto . -default [image create photo -file {}] | |
| 877 | } -match {glob} -result {failed to create an iconphoto with image *} | |
| 878 | test wm-iconphoto-1.5.2 {usage} -constraints x11 -body { | |
| 879 | wm iconphoto . -default [image create photo -file {}] | |
| 880 | } -result {} | |
| 875 | 881 | |
| 876 | 882 | # All other iconphoto tests are platform specific |
| 877 | 883 | |
| 1515 | 1521 | } -cleanup { |
| 1516 | 1522 | destroy .t |
| 1517 | 1523 | } -result {.t .} |
| 1518 | test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be\ | |
| 1519 | raised above an overrideredirect toplevel} -body { | |
| 1520 | toplevel .t | |
| 1524 | test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be raised above an \ | |
| 1525 | overrideredirect toplevel on unix} -constraints x11 -body { | |
| 1526 | toplevel .t | |
| 1527 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1521 | 1528 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 |
| 1522 | 1529 | raise . |
| 1523 | 1530 | update |
| 1526 | 1533 | } -cleanup { |
| 1527 | 1534 | destroy .t |
| 1528 | 1535 | } -result 0 |
| 1536 | test wm-stackorder-5.2.1 {A normal toplevel can be raised above an \ | |
| 1537 | overrideredirect toplevel on macOS or win} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body { | |
| 1538 | toplevel .t | |
| 1539 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1540 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 | |
| 1541 | raise . | |
| 1542 | update | |
| 1543 | raiseDelay | |
| 1544 | wm stackorder . isabove .t | |
| 1545 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1546 | destroy .t | |
| 1547 | } -result 1 | |
| 1529 | 1548 | test wm-stackorder-5.3 {An overrideredirect window\ |
| 1530 | 1549 | can be explicitly lowered} -body { |
| 1531 | 1550 | toplevel .t |
| 1551 | tkwait visibility .t | |
| 1532 | 1552 | wm overrideredirect .t 1 |
| 1533 | 1553 | lower .t |
| 1534 | 1554 | update |
| 1538 | 1558 | destroy .t |
| 1539 | 1559 | } -result 1 |
| 1540 | 1560 | |
| 1541 | test wm-stackorder-6.1 {An embedded toplevel does not\ | |
| 1542 | appear in the stacking order} -body { | |
| 1561 | test wm-stackorder-6.1 {An embedded toplevel does not appear in the \ | |
| 1562 | stacking order} -body { | |
| 1543 | 1563 | toplevel .real -container 1 |
| 1544 | 1564 | toplevel .embd -bg blue -use [winfo id .real] |
| 1545 | 1565 | update |
| 1547 | 1567 | } -cleanup { |
| 1548 | 1568 | deleteWindows |
| 1549 | 1569 | } -result {. .real} |
| 1550 | ||
| 1551 | 1570 | |
| 1552 | 1571 | stdWindow |
| 1553 | 1572 | |
| 1616 | 1635 | wm transient .master .master |
| 1617 | 1636 | } -cleanup { |
| 1618 | 1637 | deleteWindows |
| 1619 | } -result {can't make ".master" its own master} | |
| 1638 | } -result {setting ".master" as master creates a transient/master cycle} | |
| 1620 | 1639 | test wm-transient-1.8 {usage} -returnCodes error -body { |
| 1640 | toplevel .t1 | |
| 1641 | toplevel .t2 | |
| 1642 | toplevel .t3 | |
| 1643 | wm transient .t2 .t1 | |
| 1644 | wm transient .t3 .t2 | |
| 1645 | wm transient .t1 .t3 | |
| 1646 | } -cleanup { | |
| 1647 | deleteWindows | |
| 1648 | } -result {setting ".t3" as master creates a transient/master cycle} | |
| 1649 | test wm-transient-1.9 {usage} -returnCodes error -body { | |
| 1621 | 1650 | toplevel .master |
| 1622 | 1651 | frame .master.f |
| 1623 | 1652 | wm transient .master .master.f |
| 1624 | 1653 | } -cleanup { |
| 1625 | 1654 | deleteWindows |
| 1626 | } -result {can't make ".master" its own master} | |
| 1655 | } -result {setting ".master" as master creates a transient/master cycle} | |
| 1627 | 1656 | |
| 1628 | 1657 | test wm-transient-2.1 {basic get/set of master} -setup { |
| 1629 | 1658 | set results [list] |
| 34 | 34 | libdir = @libdir@ |
| 35 | 35 | includedir = @includedir@ |
| 36 | 36 | datarootdir = @datarootdir@ |
| 37 | runstatedir = @runstatedir@ | |
| 37 | 38 | mandir = @mandir@ |
| 38 | 39 | |
| 39 | 40 | # The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems |
| 394 | 395 | tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \ |
| 395 | 396 | tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \ |
| 396 | 397 | tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \ |
| 397 | tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \ | |
| 398 | tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o \ | |
| 399 | tkMacOSXMenu.o \ | |
| 398 | 400 | tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \ |
| 399 | 401 | tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \ |
| 400 | tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \ | |
| 402 | tkMacOSXServices.o tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \ | |
| 401 | 403 | tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \ |
| 402 | 404 | tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \ |
| 403 | 405 | xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \ |
| 520 | 522 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \ |
| 521 | 523 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \ |
| 522 | 524 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \ |
| 523 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \ | |
| 525 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c \ | |
| 526 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \ | |
| 524 | 527 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \ |
| 525 | 528 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \ |
| 526 | 529 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \ |
| 530 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c \ | |
| 527 | 531 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \ |
| 528 | 532 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \ |
| 529 | 533 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \ |
| 1312 | 1316 | tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c |
| 1313 | 1317 | $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c |
| 1314 | 1318 | |
| 1319 | tkMacOSXServices.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c | |
| 1320 | $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXServices.c | |
| 1321 | ||
| 1315 | 1322 | tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c |
| 1316 | 1323 | $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c |
| 1317 | 1324 | |
| 1563 | 1570 | cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic |
| 1564 | 1571 | cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic |
| 1565 | 1572 | cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \ |
| 1566 | $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README \ | |
| 1573 | $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README.md \ | |
| 1567 | 1574 | $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR) |
| 1568 | 1575 | rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch] |
| 1569 | 1576 | mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk |
| 5 | 5 | specific to UNIX. |
| 6 | 6 | |
| 7 | 7 | The information in this file is maintained at: |
| 8 | http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html | |
| 8 | https://www.tcl-lang.org//doc/howto/compile.html | |
| 9 | 9 | |
| 10 | 10 | For information on platforms where Tcl/Tk is known to compile, along with any |
| 11 | 11 | porting notes for getting it to work on those platforms, see: |
| 12 | http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/platforms.html | |
| 12 | https://www.tcl-lang.org//software/tcltk/platforms.html | |
| 13 | 13 | |
| 14 | 14 | The rest of this file contains instructions on how to do this. The release |
| 15 | 15 | should compile and run either "out of the box" or with trivial changes on any |
| 1337 | 1337 | TK_VERSION=8.6 |
| 1338 | 1338 | TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 |
| 1339 | 1339 | TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 |
| 1340 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" | |
| 1340 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10" | |
| 1341 | 1341 | VERSION=${TK_VERSION} |
| 1342 | 1342 | LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv" |
| 1343 | 1343 | |
| 1414 | 1414 | for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1415 | 1415 | `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1416 | 1416 | `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1417 | `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 1418 | 1417 | ; do |
| 1419 | 1418 | if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then |
| 1420 | 1419 | ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" |
| 1431 | 1430 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1432 | 1431 | `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1433 | 1432 | `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1433 | `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 1434 | 1434 | `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1435 | 1435 | `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 1436 | 1436 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 4292 | 4292 | fi |
| 4293 | 4293 | if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then |
| 4294 | 4294 | tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` |
| 4295 | fi | |
| 4296 | if test "`uname -s`" = "NetBSD" -a -f /etc/debian_version ; then | |
| 4297 | tcl_cv_sys_version=NetBSD-Debian | |
| 4295 | 4298 | fi |
| 4296 | 4299 | fi |
| 4297 | 4300 | fi |
| 5681 | 5684 | SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" |
| 5682 | 5685 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o" |
| 5683 | 5686 | DL_LIBS="" |
| 5684 | # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: | |
| 5685 | if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ | |
| 5686 | "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then | |
| 5687 | ||
| 5688 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind" | |
| 5689 | fi | |
| 5690 | ||
| 5691 | 5687 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" |
| 5692 | 5688 | echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5 |
| 5693 | 5689 | echo $ECHO_N "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... $ECHO_C" >&6 |
| 9460 | 9456 | /usr/openwin/share/include' |
| 9461 | 9457 | |
| 9462 | 9458 | if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then |
| 9463 | # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Intrinsic.h. | |
| 9459 | # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Xlib.h. | |
| 9464 | 9460 | # First, try using that file with no special directory specified. |
| 9465 | 9461 | cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF |
| 9466 | 9462 | /* confdefs.h. */ |
| 9468 | 9464 | cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext |
| 9469 | 9465 | cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF |
| 9470 | 9466 | /* end confdefs.h. */ |
| 9471 | #include <X11/Intrinsic.h> | |
| 9467 | #include <X11/Xlib.h> | |
| 9472 | 9468 | _ACEOF |
| 9473 | 9469 | if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 |
| 9474 | 9470 | (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 |
| 9495 | 9491 | sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 |
| 9496 | 9492 | |
| 9497 | 9493 | for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do |
| 9498 | if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Intrinsic.h"; then | |
| 9494 | if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Xlib.h"; then | |
| 9499 | 9495 | ac_x_includes=$ac_dir |
| 9500 | 9496 | break |
| 9501 | 9497 | fi |
| 9509 | 9505 | # See if we find them without any special options. |
| 9510 | 9506 | # Don't add to $LIBS permanently. |
| 9511 | 9507 | ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS |
| 9512 | LIBS="-lXt $LIBS" | |
| 9508 | LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS" | |
| 9513 | 9509 | cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF |
| 9514 | 9510 | /* confdefs.h. */ |
| 9515 | 9511 | _ACEOF |
| 9516 | 9512 | cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext |
| 9517 | 9513 | cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF |
| 9518 | 9514 | /* end confdefs.h. */ |
| 9519 | #include <X11/Intrinsic.h> | |
| 9515 | #include <X11/Xlib.h> | |
| 9520 | 9516 | int |
| 9521 | 9517 | main () |
| 9522 | 9518 | { |
| 9523 | XtMalloc (0) | |
| 9519 | XrmInitialize () | |
| 9524 | 9520 | ; |
| 9525 | 9521 | return 0; |
| 9526 | 9522 | } |
| 10012 | 10008 | XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" |
| 10013 | 10009 | if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then |
| 10014 | 10010 | found_xft=yes |
| 10015 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 10016 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 10011 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 10012 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 10017 | 10013 | fi |
| 10018 | 10014 | echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $found_xft" >&5 |
| 10019 | 10015 | echo "${ECHO_T}$found_xft" >&6 |
| 10937 | 10933 | TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS" |
| 10938 | 10934 | fi |
| 10939 | 10935 | |
| 10940 | TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 10936 | test -z "$TK_LIBRARY" && TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 10941 | 10937 | PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)' |
| 10942 | 10938 | HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html' |
| 10943 | 10939 | TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)' |
| 24 | 24 | TK_VERSION=8.6 |
| 25 | 25 | TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 |
| 26 | 26 | TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 |
| 27 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" | |
| 27 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10" | |
| 28 | 28 | VERSION=${TK_VERSION} |
| 29 | 29 | LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv" |
| 30 | 30 | |
| 469 | 469 | XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" |
| 470 | 470 | if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then |
| 471 | 471 | found_xft=yes |
| 472 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 473 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 472 | XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 473 | XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no" | |
| 474 | 474 | fi |
| 475 | 475 | AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft]) |
| 476 | 476 | dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb |
| 662 | 662 | TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS" |
| 663 | 663 | fi |
| 664 | 664 | |
| 665 | TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 665 | test -z "$TK_LIBRARY" && TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)' | |
| 666 | 666 | PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)' |
| 667 | 667 | HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html' |
| 668 | 668 | TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)' |
| 91 | 91 | exit 2 ;; |
| 92 | 92 | esac |
| 93 | 93 | |
| 94 | Name=`basename $ManPage .$Section` | |
| 94 | 95 | SrcDir=`dirname $ManPage` |
| 95 | 96 | |
| 96 | 97 | ######################################################################## |
| 97 | 98 | ### Process Page to Create Target Pages |
| 98 | 99 | ### |
| 100 | ||
| 101 | Specials="FindPhoto FontId MeasureChar" | |
| 102 | for n in $Specials; do | |
| 103 | if [ "$Name" = "$n" ] ; then | |
| 104 | Names="$n $Names" | |
| 105 | fi | |
| 106 | done | |
| 99 | 107 | |
| 100 | 108 | First="" |
| 101 | 109 | for Target in $Names; do |
| 105 | 113 | First=$Target |
| 106 | 114 | sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \ |
| 107 | 115 | $ManPage > $Dir/$First |
| 108 | chmod 444 $Dir/$First | |
| 116 | chmod 644 $Dir/$First | |
| 109 | 117 | $Gzip $Dir/$First |
| 110 | 118 | else |
| 111 | 119 | ln $SymOrLoc$First$Gz $Dir/$Target$Gz |
| 76 | 76 | for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 77 | 77 | `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 78 | 78 | `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 79 | `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 80 | 79 | ; do |
| 81 | 80 | if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then |
| 82 | 81 | ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" |
| 93 | 92 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 94 | 93 | `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 95 | 94 | `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 95 | `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 96 | 96 | `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 97 | 97 | `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 98 | 98 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 209 | 209 | for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 210 | 210 | `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 211 | 211 | `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 212 | `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 213 | 212 | ; do |
| 214 | 213 | if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then |
| 215 | 214 | ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`" |
| 226 | 225 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 227 | 226 | `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 228 | 227 | `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 228 | `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ | |
| 229 | 229 | `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 230 | 230 | `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 231 | 231 | `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ |
| 926 | 926 | fi |
| 927 | 927 | if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then |
| 928 | 928 | tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` |
| 929 | fi | |
| 930 | if test "`uname -s`" = "NetBSD" -a -f /etc/debian_version ; then | |
| 931 | tcl_cv_sys_version=NetBSD-Debian | |
| 929 | 932 | fi |
| 930 | 933 | fi |
| 931 | 934 | fi |
| 1601 | 1604 | SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" |
| 1602 | 1605 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o" |
| 1603 | 1606 | DL_LIBS="" |
| 1604 | # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: | |
| 1605 | AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ | |
| 1606 | "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [ | |
| 1607 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"]) | |
| 1608 | 1607 | LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" |
| 1609 | 1608 | AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag], |
| 1610 | 1609 | tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [ |
| 2682 | 2681 | # |
| 2683 | 2682 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2684 | 2683 | |
| 2685 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [ | |
| 2684 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R], [ | |
| 2685 | # Avoids picking hidden internal symbol from libc | |
| 2686 | SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL | |
| 2687 | ||
| 2688 | if test "$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r" = yes; then | |
| 2689 | SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE | |
| 2690 | fi | |
| 2691 | ]) | |
| 2692 | ||
| 2693 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyaddr_r, [ | |
| 2694 | tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>]) | |
| 2695 | ]) | |
| 2696 | ||
| 2697 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [ | |
| 2686 | 2698 | AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [ |
| 2687 | 2699 | AC_TRY_COMPILE([ |
| 2688 | 2700 | #include <netdb.h> |
| 2743 | 2755 | # Results: |
| 2744 | 2756 | # |
| 2745 | 2757 | # Might define the following vars: |
| 2746 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R | |
| 2747 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_3 | |
| 2748 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_5 | |
| 2749 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_6 | |
| 2750 | # | |
| 2751 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 2752 | ||
| 2753 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [ | |
| 2758 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R | |
| 2759 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3 | |
| 2760 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5 | |
| 2761 | # HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6 | |
| 2762 | # | |
| 2763 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 2764 | ||
| 2765 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R], [ | |
| 2766 | # Avoids picking hidden internal symbol from libc | |
| 2767 | SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL | |
| 2768 | ||
| 2769 | if test "$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r" = yes; then | |
| 2770 | SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE | |
| 2771 | fi | |
| 2772 | ]) | |
| 2773 | ||
| 2774 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyname_r, [ | |
| 2775 | tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>]) | |
| 2776 | ]) | |
| 2777 | ||
| 2778 | AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [ | |
| 2754 | 2779 | AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [ |
| 2755 | 2780 | AC_TRY_COMPILE([ |
| 2756 | 2781 | #include <netdb.h> |
| 6 | 6 | |
| 7 | 7 | Name: The Tk Toolkit |
| 8 | 8 | Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well. |
| 9 | URL: http://www.tcl.tk/ | |
| 9 | URL: https://www.tcl-lang.org/ | |
| 10 | 10 | Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ |
| 11 | 11 | Requires: tcl >= 8.6 |
| 12 | 12 | Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@ @TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@ |
| 3 | 3 | |
| 4 | 4 | Name: tk |
| 5 | 5 | Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language. |
| 6 | Version: 8.6.9 | |
| 6 | Version: 8.6.10 | |
| 7 | 7 | Release: 2 |
| 8 | 8 | License: BSD |
| 9 | 9 | Group: Development/Languages |
| 10 | 10 | Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz |
| 11 | URL: http://www.tcl.tk/ | |
| 11 | URL: https://www.tcl-lang.org/ | |
| 12 | 12 | Buildroot: /var/tmp/%{name}%{version} |
| 13 | 13 | Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version |
| 14 | 14 | Requires: tcl >= %version |
| 47 | 47 | { |
| 48 | 48 | UnixBorder *borderPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixBorder)); |
| 49 | 49 | |
| 50 | borderPtr->solidGC = None; | |
| 50 | borderPtr->solidGC = NULL; | |
| 51 | 51 | return (TkBorder *) borderPtr; |
| 52 | 52 | } |
| 53 | 53 | |
| 75 | 75 | UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; |
| 76 | 76 | Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); |
| 77 | 77 | |
| 78 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC != None) { | |
| 78 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC != NULL) { | |
| 79 | 79 | Tk_FreeGC(display, unixBorderPtr->solidGC); |
| 80 | 80 | } |
| 81 | 81 | } |
| 123 | 123 | GC left, right; |
| 124 | 124 | Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 125 | 125 | |
| 126 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 126 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 127 | 127 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 128 | 128 | } |
| 129 | 129 | |
| 158 | 158 | (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); |
| 159 | 159 | } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) { |
| 160 | 160 | UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; |
| 161 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) { | |
| 161 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == NULL) { | |
| 162 | 162 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 163 | 163 | |
| 164 | 164 | gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); |
| 215 | 215 | Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); |
| 216 | 216 | int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta; |
| 217 | 217 | UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr; |
| 218 | GC topGC = None, bottomGC = None; | |
| 218 | GC topGC = NULL, bottomGC = NULL; | |
| 219 | 219 | /* Initializations needed only to prevent |
| 220 | 220 | * compiler warnings. */ |
| 221 | 221 | |
| 222 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) && | |
| 222 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) && | |
| 223 | 223 | (relief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID)) { |
| 224 | 224 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 225 | 225 | } |
| 245 | 245 | bottomGC = borderPtr->darkGC; |
| 246 | 246 | break; |
| 247 | 247 | case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: |
| 248 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) { | |
| 248 | if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == NULL) { | |
| 249 | 249 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 250 | 250 | |
| 251 | 251 | gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); |
| 343 | 343 | int r, g, b; |
| 344 | 344 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 345 | 345 | |
| 346 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) { | |
| 346 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != NULL) { | |
| 347 | 347 | return; |
| 348 | 348 | } |
| 349 | 349 | stressed = TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, borderPtr->colormap); |
| 442 | 442 | } |
| 443 | 443 | |
| 444 | 444 | if (borderPtr->shadow == None) { |
| 445 | borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin, | |
| 445 | borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap(NULL, tkwin, | |
| 446 | 446 | Tk_GetUid("gray50")); |
| 447 | 447 | if (borderPtr->shadow == None) { |
| 448 | 448 | Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border"); |
| 84 | 84 | */ |
| 85 | 85 | |
| 86 | 86 | visual = tkColPtr->visual; |
| 87 | if ((visual->class != StaticGray) && (visual->class != StaticColor) | |
| 87 | if ((visual->c_class != StaticGray) && (visual->c_class != StaticColor) | |
| 88 | 88 | && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != BlackPixelOfScreen(screen)) |
| 89 | 89 | && (tkColPtr->color.pixel != WhitePixelOfScreen(screen))) { |
| 90 | 90 | Tk_ErrorHandler handler; |
| 156 | 156 | } |
| 157 | 157 | if (strlen(name) > 99) { |
| 158 | 158 | /* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/ |
| 159 | return (TkColor *) NULL; | |
| 159 | return NULL; | |
| 160 | 160 | } else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) { |
| 161 | 161 | DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap); |
| 162 | 162 | } else { |
| 30 | 30 | #define ACTIVE_BG "#ececec" |
| 31 | 31 | #define SELECT_BG "#c3c3c3" |
| 32 | 32 | #define TROUGH "#b3b3b3" |
| 33 | #define CHECK_INDICATOR WHITE | |
| 34 | #define MENU_INDICATOR BLACK | |
| 33 | #define INDICATOR WHITE | |
| 35 | 34 | #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" |
| 36 | 35 | |
| 37 | 36 | /* |
| 78 | 77 | #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" |
| 79 | 78 | #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" |
| 80 | 79 | #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" |
| 81 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR CHECK_INDICATOR | |
| 80 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR | |
| 82 | 81 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| 83 | 82 | #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) |
| 84 | 83 | #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| 243 | 242 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) |
| 244 | 243 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) |
| 245 | 244 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) |
| 246 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP None | |
| 245 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL | |
| 247 | 246 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" |
| 248 | 247 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) |
| 249 | 248 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" |
| 283 | 282 | #define DEF_MENU_FG BLACK |
| 284 | 283 | #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" |
| 285 | 284 | #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "raised" |
| 286 | #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR MENU_INDICATOR | |
| 285 | #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR BLACK | |
| 287 | 286 | #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK |
| 288 | 287 | #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" |
| 289 | 288 | #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" |
| 514 | 513 | #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 515 | 514 | |
| 516 | 515 | /* |
| 516 | * Defaults for canvas items | |
| 517 | * (arcs, bitmaps, lines, polygons, rectangles, and ovals): | |
| 518 | */ | |
| 519 | ||
| 520 | #define DEF_CANVBMAP_FG BLACK | |
| 521 | #define DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE BLACK | |
| 522 | ||
| 523 | /* | |
| 517 | 524 | * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply |
| 518 | 525 | * to toplevels): |
| 519 | 526 | */ |
| 41 | 41 | * process. */ |
| 42 | 42 | } Container; |
| 43 | 43 | |
| 44 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 44 | typedef struct { | |
| 45 | 45 | Container *firstContainerPtr; |
| 46 | 46 | /* First in list of all containers managed by |
| 47 | 47 | * this process. */ |
| 502 | 502 | Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; |
| 503 | 503 | |
| 504 | 504 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { |
| 505 | /* | |
| 506 | * Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application. | |
| 507 | */ | |
| 508 | ||
| 509 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != None) { | |
| 510 | TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr); | |
| 511 | } | |
| 505 | 512 | if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) { |
| 513 | ||
| 506 | 514 | /* |
| 507 | 515 | * Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have |
| 508 | 516 | * deleted its window. |
| 872 | 880 | Container *containerPtr; |
| 873 | 881 | Tcl_DString dString; |
| 874 | 882 | char buffer[50]; |
| 883 | Tcl_Interp *embeddedInterp = NULL, *parentInterp = NULL; | |
| 875 | 884 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 876 | 885 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 877 | 886 | |
| 883 | 892 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); |
| 884 | 893 | for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; |
| 885 | 894 | containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 895 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { | |
| 896 | embeddedInterp = containerPtr->embeddedPtr->mainPtr->interp; | |
| 897 | } | |
| 898 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL) { | |
| 899 | parentInterp = containerPtr->parentPtr->mainPtr->interp; | |
| 900 | } | |
| 901 | if (embeddedInterp != interp && parentInterp != interp) { | |
| 902 | continue; | |
| 903 | } | |
| 886 | 904 | Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString); |
| 905 | /* Parent id */ | |
| 887 | 906 | if (containerPtr->parent == None) { |
| 888 | 907 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 889 | 908 | } else if (all) { |
| 890 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent); | |
| 909 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", containerPtr->parent); | |
| 891 | 910 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); |
| 892 | 911 | } else { |
| 893 | 912 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); |
| 894 | 913 | } |
| 895 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) { | |
| 914 | /* Parent pathName */ | |
| 915 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL || | |
| 916 | parentInterp != interp) { | |
| 896 | 917 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 897 | 918 | } else { |
| 898 | 919 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, |
| 899 | 920 | containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName); |
| 900 | 921 | } |
| 922 | /* Wrapper */ | |
| 901 | 923 | if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) { |
| 902 | 924 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 903 | 925 | } else if (all) { |
| 904 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->wrapper); | |
| 926 | sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", containerPtr->wrapper); | |
| 905 | 927 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); |
| 906 | 928 | } else { |
| 907 | 929 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); |
| 908 | 930 | } |
| 909 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { | |
| 931 | /* Embedded window pathName */ | |
| 932 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL || | |
| 933 | embeddedInterp != interp) { | |
| 910 | 934 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); |
| 911 | 935 | } else { |
| 912 | 936 | Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, |
| 22 | 22 | * the current thread. |
| 23 | 23 | */ |
| 24 | 24 | |
| 25 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 25 | typedef struct { | |
| 26 | 26 | int initialized; |
| 27 | 27 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 28 | 28 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 165 | 165 | if (display == NULL) { |
| 166 | 166 | /*fprintf(stderr,"event=%d error=%d major=%d minor=%d reason=%d\nDisabling xkb\n", |
| 167 | 167 | event, error, major, minor, reason);*/ |
| 168 | display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr); | |
| 168 | display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr); | |
| 169 | 169 | } else { |
| 170 | 170 | use_xkb = TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB; |
| 171 | 171 | /*fprintf(stderr, "Using xkb %d.%d\n", major, minor);*/ |
| 185 | 185 | #endif |
| 186 | 186 | Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE, |
| 187 | 187 | DisplayFileProc, dispPtr); |
| 188 | ||
| 189 | /* | |
| 190 | * Observed weird WidthMMOfScreen() in X on Wayland on a | |
| 191 | * Fedora 30/i386 running in a VM. Fallback to 75 dpi, | |
| 192 | * otherwise many other strange things may happen later. | |
| 193 | * See: [https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktview?name=a01b6f7227] | |
| 194 | */ | |
| 195 | if (WidthMMOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) <= 0) { | |
| 196 | int mm; | |
| 197 | ||
| 198 | mm = WidthOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) * (25.4 / 75.0); | |
| 199 | WidthMMOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) = mm; | |
| 200 | } | |
| 201 | if (HeightMMOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) <= 0) { | |
| 202 | int mm; | |
| 203 | ||
| 204 | mm = HeightOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) * (25.4 / 75.0); | |
| 205 | HeightMMOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)) = mm; | |
| 206 | } | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | /* | |
| 209 | * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event". | |
| 210 | */ | |
| 211 | TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr); | |
| 212 | ||
| 188 | 213 | return dispPtr; |
| 189 | 214 | } |
| 190 | 215 | |
| 36 | 36 | |
| 37 | 37 | #define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10 |
| 38 | 38 | |
| 39 | #define FONTMAP_PAGES (1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT)) | |
| 40 | 39 | #define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT) |
| 40 | #define FONTMAP_PAGES (0x30000 / FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE) | |
| 41 | 41 | |
| 42 | 42 | typedef struct FontFamily { |
| 43 | 43 | struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */ |
| 152 | 152 | TkXLFDAttributes xa; |
| 153 | 153 | } FontAttributes; |
| 154 | 154 | |
| 155 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 155 | typedef struct { | |
| 156 | 156 | FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are |
| 157 | 157 | * currently loaded. As screen fonts are |
| 158 | 158 | * loaded, this list grows to hold information |
| 170 | 170 | * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package. |
| 171 | 171 | */ |
| 172 | 172 | |
| 173 | static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = { | |
| 173 | static const EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = { | |
| 174 | 174 | {"gb2312-raw", "gb2312*"}, |
| 175 | 175 | {"big5", "big5*"}, |
| 176 | 176 | {"cns11643-1", "cns11643*-1"}, |
| 185 | 185 | {"tis620", "tis620*"}, |
| 186 | 186 | {"ksc5601", "ksc5601*"}, |
| 187 | 187 | {"dingbats", "*dingbats"}, |
| 188 | #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN | |
| 189 | {"unicode", "iso10646-1"}, | |
| 190 | #else | |
| 191 | /* | |
| 192 | * ucs-2be is needed if native order isn't BE. | |
| 193 | */ | |
| 194 | 188 | {"ucs-2be", "iso10646-1"}, |
| 195 | #endif | |
| 196 | 189 | {NULL, NULL} |
| 197 | 190 | }; |
| 198 | 191 | |
| 245 | 238 | static void ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr); |
| 246 | 239 | static void ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr); |
| 247 | 240 | static int SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); |
| 248 | #ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN | |
| 249 | 241 | static int Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src, |
| 250 | 242 | int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, |
| 251 | 243 | char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, |
| 254 | 246 | int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, |
| 255 | 247 | char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, |
| 256 | 248 | int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); |
| 257 | #endif | |
| 258 | 249 | |
| 259 | 250 | /* |
| 260 | 251 | *------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 319 | 310 | { |
| 320 | 311 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 321 | 312 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 322 | Tcl_EncodingType type; | |
| 323 | 313 | SubFont dummy; |
| 324 | 314 | int i; |
| 315 | Tcl_Encoding ucs2; | |
| 325 | 316 | |
| 326 | 317 | if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) { |
| 327 | type.encodingName = "X11ControlChars"; | |
| 328 | type.toUtfProc = ControlUtfProc; | |
| 329 | type.fromUtfProc = ControlUtfProc; | |
| 330 | type.freeProc = NULL; | |
| 331 | type.clientData = NULL; | |
| 332 | type.nullSize = 0; | |
| 333 | ||
| 318 | ||
| 319 | Tcl_EncodingType type = {"X11ControlChars", ControlUtfProc, ControlUtfProc, NULL, NULL, 0}; | |
| 334 | 320 | tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2; |
| 335 | 321 | tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type); |
| 336 | 322 | tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0; |
| 342 | 328 | FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80); |
| 343 | 329 | } |
| 344 | 330 | |
| 345 | #ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN | |
| 346 | 331 | /* |
| 347 | 332 | * UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if |
| 348 | * native order isn't BE. It is used in iso10646 fonts. | |
| 333 | * if it doesn't exist yet. It is used in iso10646 fonts. | |
| 349 | 334 | */ |
| 350 | 335 | |
| 351 | type.encodingName = "ucs-2be"; | |
| 352 | type.toUtfProc = Ucs2beToUtfProc; | |
| 353 | type.fromUtfProc = UtfToUcs2beProc; | |
| 354 | type.freeProc = NULL; | |
| 355 | type.clientData = NULL; | |
| 356 | type.nullSize = 2; | |
| 357 | Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type); | |
| 358 | #endif | |
| 336 | ucs2 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "ucs-2be"); | |
| 337 | if (ucs2 == NULL) { | |
| 338 | Tcl_EncodingType ucs2type = {"ucs-2be", Ucs2beToUtfProc, UtfToUcs2beProc, NULL, NULL, 2}; | |
| 339 | Tcl_CreateEncoding(&ucs2type); | |
| 340 | } else { | |
| 341 | Tcl_FreeEncoding(ucs2); | |
| 342 | } | |
| 359 | 343 | Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL); |
| 360 | 344 | } |
| 361 | 345 | } |
| 427 | 411 | } |
| 428 | 412 | src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch); |
| 429 | 413 | dst[0] = '\\'; |
| 430 | if (((size_t) ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) { | |
| 414 | if (((size_t)ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) { | |
| 431 | 415 | dst[1] = mapChars[ch]; |
| 432 | 416 | dst += 2; |
| 433 | } else if (ch < 256) { | |
| 417 | } else if ((size_t)ch < 256) { | |
| 434 | 418 | dst[1] = 'x'; |
| 435 | 419 | dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf]; |
| 436 | 420 | dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf]; |
| 437 | 421 | dst += 4; |
| 438 | } else if (ch < 0x10000) { | |
| 422 | } else if ((size_t)ch < 0x10000) { | |
| 439 | 423 | dst[1] = 'u'; |
| 440 | 424 | dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf]; |
| 441 | 425 | dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf]; |
| 458 | 442 | return result; |
| 459 | 443 | } |
| 460 | 444 | |
| 461 | #ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN | |
| 462 | 445 | /* |
| 463 | 446 | *------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 464 | 447 | * |
| 465 | 448 | * Ucs2beToUtfProc -- |
| 466 | 449 | * |
| 467 | 450 | * Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8. |
| 468 | * This is only defined on LE machines. | |
| 469 | 451 | * |
| 470 | 452 | * Results: |
| 471 | 453 | * Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful. |
| 514 | 496 | result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE; |
| 515 | 497 | srcLen--; |
| 516 | 498 | } |
| 499 | /* If last code point is a high surrogate, we cannot handle that yet */ | |
| 500 | if ((srcLen >= 2) && ((src[srcLen - 2] & 0xFC) == 0xD8)) { | |
| 501 | result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE; | |
| 502 | srcLen -= 2; | |
| 503 | } | |
| 517 | 504 | |
| 518 | 505 | srcStart = src; |
| 519 | 506 | srcEnd = src + srcLen; |
| 532 | 519 | * UCS-2BE. We know this is an LE->BE swap. |
| 533 | 520 | */ |
| 534 | 521 | |
| 535 | dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(htons(*((short *)src)), dst); | |
| 522 | dst += TkUniCharToUtf(htons(*((short *)src)), dst); | |
| 536 | 523 | src += 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */; |
| 537 | 524 | } |
| 538 | 525 | |
| 588 | 575 | { |
| 589 | 576 | const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd; |
| 590 | 577 | int result, numChars; |
| 591 | Tcl_UniChar ch; | |
| 578 | Tcl_UniChar *chPtr = (Tcl_UniChar *)statePtr; | |
| 579 | ||
| 580 | if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_START) { | |
| 581 | *statePtr = 0; | |
| 582 | } | |
| 592 | 583 | |
| 593 | 584 | srcStart = src; |
| 594 | 585 | srcEnd = src + srcLen; |
| 607 | 598 | * If there is more string to follow, this will ensure that the |
| 608 | 599 | * last UTF-8 character in the source buffer hasn't been cut off. |
| 609 | 600 | */ |
| 610 | ||
| 611 | 601 | result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE; |
| 612 | 602 | break; |
| 613 | 603 | } |
| 614 | 604 | if (dst > dstEnd) { |
| 615 | 605 | result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE; |
| 616 | 606 | break; |
| 617 | } | |
| 618 | src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch); | |
| 607 | } | |
| 608 | src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, chPtr); | |
| 619 | 609 | |
| 620 | 610 | /* |
| 621 | 611 | * Ensure big-endianness (store big bits first). |
| 623 | 613 | * sure to work in char* for Tcl_UtfToUniChar alignment. [Bug 1122671] |
| 624 | 614 | */ |
| 625 | 615 | |
| 626 | *dst++ = (ch >> 8); | |
| 627 | *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF); | |
| 616 | ||
| 617 | *dst++ = (char)(*chPtr >> 8); | |
| 618 | *dst++ = (char)*chPtr; | |
| 628 | 619 | } |
| 629 | 620 | *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart; |
| 630 | 621 | *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart; |
| 631 | 622 | *dstCharsPtr = numChars; |
| 632 | 623 | return result; |
| 633 | 624 | } |
| 634 | #endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ | |
| 635 | 625 | |
| 636 | 626 | /* |
| 637 | 627 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1985 | 1975 | SubFont *subFontPtr; |
| 1986 | 1976 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 1987 | 1977 | |
| 1988 | if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[0], ch)) { | |
| 1989 | return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; | |
| 1990 | } | |
| 1991 | ||
| 1992 | for (i = 1; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { | |
| 1978 | if (ch < 0 || ch > 0x30000) { | |
| 1979 | ch = 0xfffd; | |
| 1980 | } | |
| 1981 | ||
| 1982 | for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { | |
| 1993 | 1983 | if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) { |
| 1994 | 1984 | return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]; |
| 1995 | 1985 | } |
| 2139 | 2129 | { |
| 2140 | 2130 | int row, bitOffset; |
| 2141 | 2131 | |
| 2132 | if (ch < 0 || ch >= 0x30000) { | |
| 2133 | return 0; | |
| 2134 | } | |
| 2142 | 2135 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; |
| 2143 | 2136 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { |
| 2144 | 2137 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); |
| 2179 | 2172 | { |
| 2180 | 2173 | int row, bitOffset; |
| 2181 | 2174 | |
| 2182 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; | |
| 2183 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { | |
| 2184 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); | |
| 2185 | } | |
| 2186 | bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); | |
| 2187 | subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); | |
| 2175 | if (ch >= 0 && ch < 0x30000) { | |
| 2176 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; | |
| 2177 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { | |
| 2178 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); | |
| 2179 | } | |
| 2180 | bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); | |
| 2181 | subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); | |
| 2182 | } | |
| 2188 | 2183 | } |
| 2189 | 2184 | |
| 2190 | 2185 | /* |
| 3014 | 3009 | GetEncodingAlias( |
| 3015 | 3010 | const char *name) /* The name to look up. */ |
| 3016 | 3011 | { |
| 3017 | EncodingAlias *aliasPtr; | |
| 3012 | const EncodingAlias *aliasPtr; | |
| 3018 | 3013 | |
| 3019 | 3014 | for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) { |
| 3020 | if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) { | |
| 3015 | if (Tcl_StringCaseMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern, 0)) { | |
| 3021 | 3016 | return aliasPtr->realName; |
| 3022 | 3017 | } |
| 3023 | 3018 | aliasPtr++; |
| 207 | 207 | Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[len] = '\0'; |
| 208 | 208 | |
| 209 | 209 | if (len == 1) { |
| 210 | len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((unsigned char) Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[0], | |
| 210 | len = TkUniCharToUtf((unsigned char) Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[0], | |
| 211 | 211 | Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr)); |
| 212 | 212 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len); |
| 213 | 213 | } else { |
| 856 | 856 | if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) { |
| 857 | 857 | int len; |
| 858 | 858 | |
| 859 | /* | |
| 860 | * Do the unicode call just to prevent overruns. | |
| 861 | */ | |
| 862 | ||
| 863 | Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len); | |
| 859 | len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr); | |
| 864 | 860 | if (mePtr->underline < len) { |
| 865 | 861 | int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge; |
| 866 | 862 | const char *label, *start, *end; |
| 888 | 884 | * |
| 889 | 885 | * TkpPostMenu -- |
| 890 | 886 | * |
| 891 | * Posts a menu on the screen | |
| 887 | * Posts a menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the | |
| 888 | * specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates. | |
| 889 | * If the entry parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the | |
| 890 | * menu itself is placed at the point. | |
| 892 | 891 | * |
| 893 | 892 | * Results: |
| 894 | 893 | * None. |
| 903 | 902 | TkpPostMenu( |
| 904 | 903 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 905 | 904 | TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 906 | int x, int y) | |
| 907 | { | |
| 908 | return TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); | |
| 905 | int x, int y, int index) | |
| 906 | { | |
| 907 | return TkpPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y, index); | |
| 908 | } | |
| 909 | ||
| 910 | /* | |
| 911 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 912 | * | |
| 913 | * TkpPostTearoffMenu -- | |
| 914 | * | |
| 915 | * Posts a tearoff menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the | |
| 916 | * specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates. | |
| 917 | * If the index parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the menu | |
| 918 | * itself is placed at the point. On unix this is called when posting | |
| 919 | * any menu. Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits on the screen, | |
| 920 | * and maps and raises the menu. | |
| 921 | * | |
| 922 | * Results: | |
| 923 | * Returns a standard Tcl Error. | |
| 924 | * | |
| 925 | * Side effects: | |
| 926 | * The menu is posted. | |
| 927 | * | |
| 928 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 929 | */ | |
| 930 | ||
| 931 | int | |
| 932 | TkpPostTearoffMenu( | |
| 933 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the menu */ | |
| 934 | TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */ | |
| 935 | int x, int y, int index) /* The root X,Y coordinates where the | |
| 936 | * specified entry will be posted */ | |
| 937 | { | |
| 938 | int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight; | |
| 939 | int result; | |
| 940 | ||
| 941 | if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) { | |
| 942 | index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; | |
| 943 | } | |
| 944 | if (index >= 0) { | |
| 945 | y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y; | |
| 946 | } | |
| 947 | ||
| 948 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); | |
| 949 | TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); | |
| 950 | result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr); | |
| 951 | if (result != TCL_OK) { | |
| 952 | return result; | |
| 953 | } | |
| 954 | ||
| 955 | /* | |
| 956 | * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead | |
| 957 | * and should go away. | |
| 958 | */ | |
| 959 | ||
| 960 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 961 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 962 | } | |
| 963 | ||
| 964 | /* | |
| 965 | * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the | |
| 966 | * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right: | |
| 967 | * | |
| 968 | * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates | |
| 969 | * are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu | |
| 970 | * uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for | |
| 971 | * the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root | |
| 972 | * (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu | |
| 973 | * itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead | |
| 974 | * (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use | |
| 975 | * for this...). | |
| 976 | * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be | |
| 977 | * the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its | |
| 978 | * requested size, not its actual size. | |
| 979 | */ | |
| 980 | ||
| 981 | Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY, | |
| 982 | &vRootWidth, &vRootHeight); | |
| 983 | vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 984 | if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) { | |
| 985 | x = vRootX + vRootWidth; | |
| 986 | } | |
| 987 | if (x < vRootX) { | |
| 988 | x = vRootX; | |
| 989 | } | |
| 990 | vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 991 | if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) { | |
| 992 | y = vRootY + vRootHeight; | |
| 993 | } | |
| 994 | if (y < vRootY) { | |
| 995 | y = vRootY; | |
| 996 | } | |
| 997 | Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y); | |
| 998 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 999 | Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 1000 | } | |
| 1001 | TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL); | |
| 1002 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 909 | 1003 | } |
| 910 | 1004 | |
| 911 | 1005 | /* |
| 1720 | 1814 | } |
| 1721 | 1815 | windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth |
| 1722 | 1816 | + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth; |
| 1723 | ||
| 1724 | 1817 | windowHeight += borderWidth; |
| 1725 | 1818 | |
| 1726 | 1819 | /* |
| 91 | 91 | border = mbPtr->normalBorder; |
| 92 | 92 | } |
| 93 | 93 | |
| 94 | if (mbPtr->image != None) { | |
| 94 | if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { | |
| 95 | 95 | Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 96 | 96 | haveImage = 1; |
| 97 | 97 | } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { |
| 357 | 357 | txtHeight = 0; |
| 358 | 358 | avgWidth = 0; |
| 359 | 359 | |
| 360 | if (mbPtr->image != None) { | |
| 360 | if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { | |
| 361 | 361 | Tk_SizeOfImage(mbPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 362 | 362 | haveImage = 1; |
| 363 | 363 | } else if (mbPtr->bitmap != None) { |
| 27 | 27 | #else |
| 28 | 28 | # include <stdlib.h> |
| 29 | 29 | #endif |
| 30 | #include <assert.h> | |
| 30 | 31 | #include <string.h> |
| 31 | 32 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 32 | 33 | #include <sys/file.h> |
| 49 | 49 | * the information isn't retrievable from the GC. |
| 50 | 50 | */ |
| 51 | 51 | |
| 52 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 52 | typedef struct { | |
| 53 | 53 | Region clipRegion; /* The clipping region, or None. */ |
| 54 | 54 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 55 | 55 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 68 | 68 | TkpFontPkgInit( |
| 69 | 69 | TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ |
| 70 | 70 | { |
| 71 | static Tcl_Config cfg[] = { | |
| 71 | static const Tcl_Config cfg[] = { | |
| 72 | 72 | { "fontsystem", "xft" }, |
| 73 | 73 | { 0,0 } |
| 74 | 74 | }; |
| 936 | 936 | |
| 937 | 937 | doUnderlineStrikeout: |
| 938 | 938 | if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { |
| 939 | XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, None); | |
| 939 | XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL); | |
| 940 | 940 | } |
| 941 | 941 | if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) { |
| 942 | 942 | XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, |
| 1182 | 1182 | |
| 1183 | 1183 | doUnderlineStrikeout: |
| 1184 | 1184 | if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) { |
| 1185 | XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, None); | |
| 1185 | XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, NULL); | |
| 1186 | 1186 | } |
| 1187 | 1187 | if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline || fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike) { |
| 1188 | 1188 | XPoint points[5]; |
| 23 | 23 | static void DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr, |
| 24 | 24 | Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr); |
| 25 | 25 | static void DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr, |
| 26 | Drawable drawable, double value, int top); | |
| 26 | Drawable drawable, double value, int top, | |
| 27 | const char *format); | |
| 27 | 28 | static void DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr, |
| 28 | 29 | Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr); |
| 29 | 30 | static void DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr, |
| 30 | Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge); | |
| 31 | Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge, | |
| 32 | const char *format); | |
| 31 | 33 | |
| 32 | 34 | /* |
| 33 | 35 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 149 | 151 | for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ; |
| 150 | 152 | tickValue += tickInterval) { |
| 151 | 153 | /* |
| 152 | * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated | |
| 154 | * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated | |
| 153 | 155 | * round-off errors, if any. |
| 154 | 156 | */ |
| 155 | 157 | |
| 156 | tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); | |
| 158 | tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); | |
| 157 | 159 | if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) { |
| 158 | 160 | if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) { |
| 159 | 161 | break; |
| 164 | 166 | } |
| 165 | 167 | } |
| 166 | 168 | DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue, |
| 167 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX); | |
| 169 | scalePtr->vertTickRightX, scalePtr->tickFormat); | |
| 168 | 170 | } |
| 169 | 171 | } |
| 170 | 172 | } |
| 175 | 177 | |
| 176 | 178 | if (scalePtr->showValue) { |
| 177 | 179 | DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value, |
| 178 | scalePtr->vertValueRightX); | |
| 180 | scalePtr->vertValueRightX, scalePtr->valueFormat); | |
| 179 | 181 | } |
| 180 | 182 | |
| 181 | 183 | /* |
| 227 | 229 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 228 | 230 | Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, |
| 229 | 231 | scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label, |
| 230 | scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX, | |
| 231 | scalePtr->inset + (3*fm.ascent)/2); | |
| 232 | scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX, | |
| 233 | scalePtr->inset + (3 * fm.ascent) / 2); | |
| 232 | 234 | } |
| 233 | 235 | } |
| 234 | 236 | |
| 260 | 262 | double value, /* Y-coordinate of number to display, |
| 261 | 263 | * specified in application coords, not in |
| 262 | 264 | * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */ |
| 263 | int rightEdge) /* X-coordinate of right edge of text, | |
| 265 | int rightEdge, /* X-coordinate of right edge of text, | |
| 264 | 266 | * specified in pixels. */ |
| 267 | const char *format) /* Format string to use for the value */ | |
| 265 | 268 | { |
| 266 | 269 | register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; |
| 267 | 270 | int y, width, length; |
| 270 | 273 | |
| 271 | 274 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 272 | 275 | y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2; |
| 273 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) { | |
| 274 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 276 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) { | |
| 277 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 275 | 278 | } |
| 276 | 279 | length = (int) strlen(valueString); |
| 277 | 280 | width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length); |
| 281 | 284 | * the window. |
| 282 | 285 | */ |
| 283 | 286 | |
| 284 | if ((y - fm.ascent) < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) { | |
| 287 | if (y - fm.ascent < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) { | |
| 285 | 288 | y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent; |
| 286 | 289 | } |
| 287 | if ((y + fm.descent) > (Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING)) { | |
| 290 | if (y + fm.descent > Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING) { | |
| 288 | 291 | y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent; |
| 289 | 292 | } |
| 290 | 293 | Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, |
| 323 | 326 | { |
| 324 | 327 | register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; |
| 325 | 328 | int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth; |
| 326 | double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval; | |
| 329 | double tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval; | |
| 327 | 330 | Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder; |
| 328 | 331 | |
| 329 | 332 | /* |
| 347 | 350 | |
| 348 | 351 | if (tickInterval != 0) { |
| 349 | 352 | char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; |
| 350 | double ticks, maxTicks; | |
| 353 | double ticks, maxTicks, tickValue; | |
| 351 | 354 | |
| 352 | 355 | /* |
| 353 | 356 | * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such |
| 357 | 360 | |
| 358 | 361 | ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) |
| 359 | 362 | / tickInterval); |
| 360 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, | |
| 361 | scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) { | |
| 362 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 363 | } | |
| 363 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->tickFormat, | |
| 364 | scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) { | |
| 365 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 366 | } | |
| 364 | 367 | maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin) |
| 365 | 368 | / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1); |
| 366 | 369 | if (ticks > maxTicks) { |
| 367 | tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks); | |
| 370 | tickInterval *= ticks / maxTicks; | |
| 368 | 371 | } |
| 369 | for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ; | |
| 370 | tickValue += tickInterval) { | |
| 372 | tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; | |
| 373 | while (1) { | |
| 371 | 374 | /* |
| 372 | * The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated | |
| 375 | * The TkRoundValueToResolution call gets rid of accumulated | |
| 373 | 376 | * round-off errors, if any. |
| 374 | 377 | */ |
| 375 | 378 | |
| 376 | tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); | |
| 379 | tickValue = TkRoundValueToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue); | |
| 377 | 380 | if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) { |
| 378 | 381 | if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) { |
| 379 | 382 | break; |
| 384 | 387 | } |
| 385 | 388 | } |
| 386 | 389 | DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue, |
| 387 | scalePtr->horizTickY); | |
| 390 | scalePtr->horizTickY, scalePtr->tickFormat); | |
| 391 | tickValue += tickInterval; | |
| 388 | 392 | } |
| 389 | 393 | } |
| 390 | 394 | } |
| 395 | 399 | |
| 396 | 400 | if (scalePtr->showValue) { |
| 397 | 401 | DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value, |
| 398 | scalePtr->horizValueY); | |
| 402 | scalePtr->horizValueY, scalePtr->valueFormat); | |
| 399 | 403 | } |
| 400 | 404 | |
| 401 | 405 | /* |
| 448 | 452 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 449 | 453 | Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC, |
| 450 | 454 | scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label, |
| 451 | scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2, | |
| 452 | scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent); | |
| 455 | scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2, | |
| 456 | scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent); | |
| 453 | 457 | } |
| 454 | 458 | } |
| 455 | 459 | |
| 481 | 485 | double value, /* X-coordinate of number to display, |
| 482 | 486 | * specified in application coords, not in |
| 483 | 487 | * pixels (we'll compute pixels). */ |
| 484 | int top) /* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified | |
| 488 | int top, /* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified | |
| 485 | 489 | * in pixels. */ |
| 490 | const char *format) /* Format string to use for the value */ | |
| 486 | 491 | { |
| 487 | 492 | register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; |
| 488 | 493 | int x, y, length, width; |
| 492 | 497 | x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value); |
| 493 | 498 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm); |
| 494 | 499 | y = top + fm.ascent; |
| 495 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) { | |
| 496 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 500 | if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, format, value) < 0) { | |
| 501 | valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 497 | 502 | } |
| 498 | 503 | length = (int) strlen(valueString); |
| 499 | 504 | width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length); |
| 503 | 508 | * the window. |
| 504 | 509 | */ |
| 505 | 510 | |
| 506 | x -= (width)/2; | |
| 507 | if (x < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) { | |
| 511 | x -= width / 2; | |
| 512 | if (x < scalePtr->inset + SPACING) { | |
| 508 | 513 | x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING; |
| 509 | 514 | } |
| 510 | 515 | |
| 561 | 566 | Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr); |
| 562 | 567 | if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) { |
| 563 | 568 | Tcl_Preserve(interp); |
| 564 | if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, | |
| 565 | scalePtr->value) < 0) { | |
| 566 | string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 567 | } | |
| 569 | if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->valueFormat, | |
| 570 | scalePtr->value) < 0) { | |
| 571 | string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0'; | |
| 572 | } | |
| 568 | 573 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buf); |
| 569 | 574 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1); |
| 570 | 575 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1); |
| 633 | 638 | gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap); |
| 634 | 639 | } else { |
| 635 | 640 | gc = Tk_GCForColor( |
| 636 | Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); | |
| 641 | Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap); | |
| 637 | 642 | } |
| 638 | 643 | Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap); |
| 639 | 644 | } |
| 695 | 700 | if (y < sliderFirst) { |
| 696 | 701 | return TROUGH1; |
| 697 | 702 | } |
| 698 | if (y < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) { | |
| 703 | if (y < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) { | |
| 699 | 704 | return SLIDER; |
| 700 | 705 | } |
| 701 | 706 | return TROUGH2; |
| 715 | 720 | if (x < sliderFirst) { |
| 716 | 721 | return TROUGH1; |
| 717 | 722 | } |
| 718 | if (x < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) { | |
| 723 | if (x < sliderFirst + scalePtr->sliderLength) { | |
| 719 | 724 | return SLIDER; |
| 720 | 725 | } |
| 721 | 726 | return TROUGH2; |
| 64 | 64 | { |
| 65 | 65 | UnixScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(UnixScrollbar)); |
| 66 | 66 | |
| 67 | scrollPtr->troughGC = None; | |
| 68 | scrollPtr->copyGC = None; | |
| 67 | scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL; | |
| 68 | scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL; | |
| 69 | 69 | |
| 70 | 70 | Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, |
| 71 | 71 | ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, |
| 365 | 365 | { |
| 366 | 366 | UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)scrollPtr; |
| 367 | 367 | |
| 368 | if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) { | |
| 368 | if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != NULL) { | |
| 369 | 369 | Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC); |
| 370 | 370 | } |
| 371 | if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC != None) { | |
| 371 | if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC != NULL) { | |
| 372 | 372 | Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->copyGC); |
| 373 | 373 | } |
| 374 | 374 | } |
| 405 | 405 | |
| 406 | 406 | gcValues.foreground = scrollPtr->troughColorPtr->pixel; |
| 407 | 407 | new = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); |
| 408 | if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) { | |
| 408 | if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != NULL) { | |
| 409 | 409 | Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC); |
| 410 | 410 | } |
| 411 | 411 | unixScrollPtr->troughGC = new; |
| 412 | if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC == None) { | |
| 412 | if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC == NULL) { | |
| 413 | 413 | gcValues.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 414 | 414 | unixScrollPtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, |
| 415 | 415 | GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues); |
| 20 | 20 | * offset of the next chunk of data to |
| 21 | 21 | * transfer. */ |
| 22 | 22 | Tcl_EncodingState state; /* The encoding state needed across chunks. */ |
| 23 | char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character | |
| 23 | char buffer[4]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character | |
| 24 | 24 | * that is split across chunks.*/ |
| 25 | 25 | } ConvertInfo; |
| 26 | 26 | |
| 67 | 67 | * currently pending. */ |
| 68 | 68 | } IncrInfo; |
| 69 | 69 | |
| 70 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 70 | typedef struct { | |
| 71 | 71 | IncrInfo *pendingIncrs; /* List of all incr structures currently |
| 72 | 72 | * active. */ |
| 73 | 73 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 445 | 445 | * Preserve any left-over bytes. |
| 446 | 446 | */ |
| 447 | 447 | |
| 448 | if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) { | |
| 448 | if (srcLen > 3) { | |
| 449 | 449 | Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted"); |
| 450 | 450 | } |
| 451 | 451 | memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1); |
| 96 | 96 | * NULL means end of list. */ |
| 97 | 97 | } PendingCommand; |
| 98 | 98 | |
| 99 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 99 | typedef struct { | |
| 100 | 100 | PendingCommand *pendingCommands; |
| 101 | 101 | /* List of all commands currently being waited |
| 102 | 102 | * for. */ |
| 979 | 979 | |
| 980 | 980 | if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) { |
| 981 | 981 | XClassHint *classPtr; |
| 982 | Tcl_DString name, class; | |
| 982 | Tcl_DString name, ds; | |
| 983 | 983 | |
| 984 | 984 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->nameUid, -1, &name); |
| 985 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &class); | |
| 985 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &ds); | |
| 986 | 986 | classPtr = XAllocClassHint(); |
| 987 | 987 | classPtr->res_name = Tcl_DStringValue(&name); |
| 988 | classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&class); | |
| 988 | classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); | |
| 989 | 989 | XSetClassHint(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window, |
| 990 | 990 | classPtr); |
| 991 | 991 | XFree((char *) classPtr); |
| 992 | 992 | Tcl_DStringFree(&name); |
| 993 | Tcl_DStringFree(&class); | |
| 993 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 994 | 994 | } |
| 995 | 995 | } |
| 996 | 996 | |
| 1870 | 1870 | { |
| 1871 | 1871 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 1872 | 1872 | Window window; |
| 1873 | char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; | |
| 1873 | 1874 | |
| 1874 | 1875 | if (objc != 3) { |
| 1875 | 1876 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); |
| 1879 | 1880 | if (window == None) { |
| 1880 | 1881 | window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 1881 | 1882 | } |
| 1882 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", (unsigned) window)); | |
| 1883 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)window); | |
| 1884 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1)); | |
| 1883 | 1885 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1884 | 1886 | } |
| 1885 | 1887 | |
| 2443 | 2445 | for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) { |
| 2444 | 2446 | photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); |
| 2445 | 2447 | if (photo == NULL) { |
| 2446 | Tcl_Free((char *) iconPropertyData); | |
| 2448 | ckfree((char *) iconPropertyData); | |
| 2449 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 2450 | "failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"", | |
| 2451 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); | |
| 2452 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "IMAGE", NULL); | |
| 2447 | 2453 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2448 | 2454 | } |
| 2449 | 2455 | Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); |
| 3265 | 3271 | ckfree(windows); |
| 3266 | 3272 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); |
| 3267 | 3273 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3274 | } else { | |
| 3275 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3268 | 3276 | } |
| 3269 | 3277 | } else { |
| 3270 | 3278 | Tk_Window relWin; |
| 3523 | 3531 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 3524 | 3532 | { |
| 3525 | 3533 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 3526 | TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr; | |
| 3534 | TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, *w; | |
| 3527 | 3535 | WmInfo *wmPtr2; |
| 3528 | 3536 | |
| 3529 | 3537 | if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 3592 | 3600 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3593 | 3601 | } |
| 3594 | 3602 | |
| 3595 | if (masterPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 3596 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3597 | "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr))); | |
| 3598 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 3599 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3600 | } else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 3603 | for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL; | |
| 3604 | w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 3605 | if (w == winPtr) { | |
| 3606 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 3607 | "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle", | |
| 3608 | Tk_PathName(masterPtr))); | |
| 3609 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 3610 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 3611 | } | |
| 3612 | } | |
| 3613 | ||
| 3614 | if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 3601 | 3615 | /* |
| 3602 | 3616 | * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new |
| 3603 | 3617 | * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states |
| 5784 | 5798 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 5785 | 5799 | */ |
| 5786 | 5800 | |
| 5801 | static int PointInWindow( | |
| 5802 | int x, | |
| 5803 | int y, | |
| 5804 | WmInfo *wmPtr) | |
| 5805 | { | |
| 5806 | XWindowChanges changes = wmPtr->winPtr->changes; | |
| 5807 | return (x >= changes.x && | |
| 5808 | x < changes.x + changes.width && | |
| 5809 | y >= changes.y - wmPtr->menuHeight && | |
| 5810 | y < changes.y + changes.height); | |
| 5811 | } | |
| 5812 | ||
| 5787 | 5813 | Tk_Window |
| 5788 | 5814 | Tk_CoordsToWindow( |
| 5789 | 5815 | int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a |
| 5854 | 5880 | } |
| 5855 | 5881 | for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; |
| 5856 | 5882 | wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 5857 | if (wmPtr->reparent == child) { | |
| 5858 | goto gotToplevel; | |
| 5883 | if (wmPtr->winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) { | |
| 5884 | continue; | |
| 5885 | } | |
| 5886 | if (child == wmPtr->reparent) { | |
| 5887 | if (PointInWindow(x, y, wmPtr)) { | |
| 5888 | goto gotToplevel; | |
| 5889 | } else { | |
| 5890 | ||
| 5891 | /* | |
| 5892 | * Return NULL if the point is in the title bar or border. | |
| 5893 | */ | |
| 5894 | ||
| 5895 | return NULL; | |
| 5896 | } | |
| 5859 | 5897 | } |
| 5860 | 5898 | if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) { |
| 5861 | 5899 | if (child == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window) { |
| 5862 | 5900 | goto gotToplevel; |
| 5863 | } | |
| 5901 | } else if (wmPtr->winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED && | |
| 5902 | TkpGetOtherWindow(wmPtr->winPtr) == NULL) { | |
| 5903 | ||
| 5904 | /* | |
| 5905 | * This toplevel is embedded in a window belonging to | |
| 5906 | * a different application. | |
| 5907 | */ | |
| 5908 | ||
| 5909 | int rx, ry; | |
| 5910 | Tk_GetRootCoords((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, &rx, &ry); | |
| 5911 | childX -= rx; | |
| 5912 | childY -= ry; | |
| 5913 | goto gotToplevel; | |
| 5914 | } | |
| 5864 | 5915 | } else if (child == wmPtr->winPtr->window) { |
| 5865 | 5916 | goto gotToplevel; |
| 5866 | 5917 | } |
| 5882 | 5933 | handler = NULL; |
| 5883 | 5934 | } |
| 5884 | 5935 | winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; |
| 5885 | if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) { | |
| 5886 | return NULL; | |
| 5887 | } | |
| 5888 | 5936 | |
| 5889 | 5937 | /* |
| 5890 | 5938 | * Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that |
| 5941 | 5989 | if (nextPtr == NULL) { |
| 5942 | 5990 | break; |
| 5943 | 5991 | } |
| 5944 | winPtr = nextPtr; | |
| 5945 | x -= winPtr->changes.x; | |
| 5946 | y -= winPtr->changes.y; | |
| 5947 | if ((winPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER) | |
| 5948 | && (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { | |
| 5992 | x -= nextPtr->changes.x; | |
| 5993 | y -= nextPtr->changes.y; | |
| 5994 | if ((nextPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER) | |
| 5995 | && (nextPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { | |
| 5949 | 5996 | /* |
| 5950 | 5997 | * The window containing the point is a container, and the |
| 5951 | 5998 | * embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to |
| 5952 | 5999 | * the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing |
| 5953 | 6000 | * that toplevel from scratch. |
| 5954 | 6001 | */ |
| 5955 | ||
| 5956 | winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); | |
| 6002 | winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(nextPtr); | |
| 5957 | 6003 | if (winPtr == NULL) { |
| 5958 | return NULL; | |
| 6004 | return (Tk_Window) nextPtr; | |
| 5959 | 6005 | } |
| 5960 | 6006 | wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 5961 | 6007 | childX = x; |
| 5962 | 6008 | childY = y; |
| 5963 | 6009 | goto gotToplevel; |
| 5964 | } | |
| 6010 | } else { | |
| 6011 | winPtr = nextPtr; | |
| 6012 | } | |
| 6013 | } | |
| 6014 | if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) { | |
| 6015 | return NULL; | |
| 5965 | 6016 | } |
| 5966 | 6017 | return (Tk_Window) winPtr; |
| 5967 | 6018 | } |
| 6386 | 6437 | TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); |
| 6387 | 6438 | |
| 6388 | 6439 | window_ptr = windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); |
| 6440 | if (windows == NULL) { | |
| 6441 | return NULL; | |
| 6442 | } | |
| 6389 | 6443 | |
| 6390 | 6444 | /* |
| 6391 | 6445 | * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to |
| 0 | # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" | |
| 1 | # then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, | |
| 2 | # run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the | |
| 3 | # "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the | |
| 4 | # actual Makefile. | |
| 0 | # | |
| 1 | # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" then it | |
| 2 | # is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, run | |
| 3 | # "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the "autoconf" | |
| 4 | # program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the actual Makefile. | |
| 5 | 5 | |
| 6 | 6 | TCLVERSION = @TCL_VERSION@ |
| 7 | 7 | TCLPATCHL = @TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@ |
| 8 | 8 | VERSION = @TK_VERSION@ |
| 9 | 9 | PATCH_LEVEL = @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ |
| 10 | 10 | |
| 11 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 12 | # Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own | |
| 13 | # site (you can make these changes in either Makefile.in or | |
| 14 | # Makefile, but changes to Makefile will get lost if you re-run | |
| 15 | # the configuration script). | |
| 16 | #---------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 17 | ||
| 18 | # Default top-level directories in which to install architecture- | |
| 19 | # specific files (exec_prefix) and machine-independent files such | |
| 20 | # as scripts (prefix). The values specified here may be overridden | |
| 21 | # at configure-time with the --exec-prefix and --prefix options | |
| 22 | # to the "configure" script. | |
| 11 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 12 | # Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own site (you can | |
| 13 | # make these changes in either Makefile.in or Makefile, but changes to | |
| 14 | # Makefile will get lost if you re-run the configuration script). | |
| 15 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 16 | ||
| 17 | # Default top-level directories in which to install architecture-specific | |
| 18 | # files (exec_prefix) and machine-independent files such as scripts (prefix). | |
| 19 | # The values specified here may be overridden at configure-time with the | |
| 20 | # --exec-prefix and --prefix options to the "configure" script. | |
| 23 | 21 | |
| 24 | 22 | prefix = @prefix@ |
| 25 | 23 | exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ |
| 27 | 25 | libdir = @libdir@ |
| 28 | 26 | includedir = @includedir@ |
| 29 | 27 | datarootdir = @datarootdir@ |
| 28 | runstatedir = @runstatedir@ | |
| 30 | 29 | mandir = @mandir@ |
| 31 | 30 | |
| 32 | # The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems | |
| 33 | # like AFS with replication. It allows the pathnames used for installation | |
| 34 | # to be different than those used for actually reference files at | |
| 35 | # run-time. INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix | |
| 36 | # when installing files. | |
| 37 | INSTALL_ROOT = | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | # Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tk | |
| 40 | # scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at | |
| 41 | # run-time to override this value): | |
| 42 | TK_LIBRARY = $(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION) | |
| 31 | # The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems like AFS | |
| 32 | # with replication. It allows the pathnames used for installation to be | |
| 33 | # different than those used for actually reference files at run-time. | |
| 34 | # INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix when installing files. | |
| 35 | INSTALL_ROOT = | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | # Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tk scripts | |
| 38 | # (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at run-time to | |
| 39 | # override this value): | |
| 40 | TK_LIBRARY = $(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION) | |
| 43 | 41 | |
| 44 | 42 | # Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR: |
| 45 | 43 | LIB_RUNTIME_DIR = $(libdir) |
| 59 | 57 | # Directory in which to (optionally) install the private tk headers: |
| 60 | 58 | PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(includedir) |
| 61 | 59 | |
| 62 | # Top-level directory for manual entries: | |
| 60 | # Top-level directory in which to install manual entries: | |
| 63 | 61 | MAN_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(mandir) |
| 64 | 62 | |
| 65 | 63 | # Directory in which to install manual entry for wish: |
| 66 | MAN1_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man1 | |
| 64 | MAN1_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man1 | |
| 67 | 65 | |
| 68 | 66 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library |
| 69 | 67 | # procedures: |
| 70 | MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 | |
| 71 | ||
| 72 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in | |
| 73 | # Tk commands: | |
| 74 | MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann | |
| 68 | MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 | |
| 69 | ||
| 70 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in Tk commands: | |
| 71 | MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann | |
| 75 | 72 | |
| 76 | 73 | # Libraries built with optimization switches have this additional extension |
| 77 | TK_DBGX = @TK_DBGX@ | |
| 74 | TK_DBGX = @TK_DBGX@ | |
| 78 | 75 | |
| 79 | 76 | # Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk |
| 80 | 77 | PKG_INSTALL_DIR = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/tk$(VERSION)$(TK_DBGX) |
| 100 | 97 | |
| 101 | 98 | TCL_TOOL_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@/tools |
| 102 | 99 | |
| 100 | SRC_DIR = @srcdir@ | |
| 101 | ROOT_DIR = @srcdir@/.. | |
| 102 | TOP_DIR = $(shell cd @srcdir@/..; pwd -W 2>/dev/null || pwd -P) | |
| 103 | WIN_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/win | |
| 104 | UNIX_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/unix | |
| 105 | GENERIC_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/generic | |
| 106 | TTK_DIR = $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk | |
| 107 | BITMAP_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/bitmaps | |
| 108 | XLIB_DIR = $(TOP_DIR)/xlib | |
| 109 | RC_DIR = $(WIN_DIR)/rc | |
| 110 | ||
| 103 | 111 | # Converts a POSIX path to a Windows native path. |
| 104 | 112 | CYGPATH = @CYGPATH@ |
| 105 | 113 | |
| 107 | 115 | TCL_LIB_FILE = "$(shell $(CYGPATH) '@TCL_BIN_DIR@/@TCL_LIB_FILE@')" |
| 108 | 116 | TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE = "$(shell $(CYGPATH) '@TCL_BIN_DIR@/@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@')" |
| 109 | 117 | |
| 110 | SRC_DIR = @srcdir@ | |
| 111 | ROOT_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/.. | |
| 112 | WIN_DIR = $(SRC_DIR) | |
| 113 | UNIX_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/../unix | |
| 114 | GENERIC_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/../generic | |
| 115 | TTK_DIR = $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk | |
| 116 | BITMAP_DIR = $(ROOT_DIR)/bitmaps | |
| 117 | XLIB_DIR = $(ROOT_DIR)/xlib | |
| 118 | RC_DIR = $(WIN_DIR)/rc | |
| 119 | ||
| 120 | ROOT_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 121 | WIN_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(WIN_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 122 | GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(GENERIC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 123 | BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE = $(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/bitmaps | |
| 124 | XLIB_DIR_NATIVE = $(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/xlib | |
| 125 | RC_DIR_NATIVE = $(WIN_DIR_NATIVE)/rc | |
| 126 | TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 127 | TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 128 | TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g') | |
| 118 | ROOT_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)') | |
| 119 | WIN_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(WIN_DIR)') | |
| 120 | GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(GENERIC_DIR)') | |
| 121 | BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)/bitmaps') | |
| 122 | XLIB_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)/xlib') | |
| 123 | RC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)/rc') | |
| 124 | TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)') | |
| 125 | TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)') | |
| 126 | TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)') | |
| 129 | 127 | |
| 130 | 128 | DLLSUFFIX = @DLLSUFFIX@ |
| 131 | 129 | LIBSUFFIX = @LIBSUFFIX@ |
| 503 | 501 | done |
| 504 | 502 | |
| 505 | 503 | install-libraries: libraries |
| 506 | @for i in $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(prefix)/lib \ | |
| 507 | $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR) $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11 \ | |
| 508 | $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR) $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images \ | |
| 509 | $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk; \ | |
| 504 | @for i in "$$($(CYGPATH) $(prefix)/lib)" \ | |
| 505 | "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11" \ | |
| 506 | "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images" \ | |
| 507 | "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk"; \ | |
| 510 | 508 | do \ |
| 511 | 509 | if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \ |
| 512 | 510 | echo "Making directory $$i"; \ |
| 516 | 514 | fi; \ |
| 517 | 515 | done; |
| 518 | 516 | @echo "Installing header files to $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/"; |
| 519 | @for i in $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h \ | |
| 520 | $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h ; \ | |
| 517 | @for i in "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h" \ | |
| 518 | "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h" ; \ | |
| 521 | 519 | do \ |
| 522 | 520 | $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \ |
| 523 | 521 | done; |
| 603 | 601 | fi; \ |
| 604 | 602 | done; |
| 605 | 603 | @echo "Installing private header files to $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/"; |
| 606 | @for i in $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h \ | |
| 607 | $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h \ | |
| 608 | $(WIN_DIR)/tkWinPort.h $(WIN_DIR)/tkWinInt.h $(WIN_DIR)/tkWin.h; \ | |
| 604 | @for i in "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h" \ | |
| 605 | "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h" \ | |
| 606 | "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinPort.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinInt.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWin.h"; \ | |
| 609 | 607 | do \ |
| 610 | 608 | $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \ |
| 611 | 609 | done; |
| 17 | 17 | edit makefile.vc and adjust the path to Tcl accordingly. |
| 18 | 18 | |
| 19 | 19 | Information about compiling for windows is maintained at: |
| 20 | http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html | |
| 20 | https://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html |
| 1311 | 1311 | TK_VERSION=8.6 |
| 1312 | 1312 | TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 |
| 1313 | 1313 | TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 |
| 1314 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" | |
| 1314 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10" | |
| 1315 | 1315 | VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION |
| 1316 | 1316 | |
| 1317 | 1317 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 3000 | 3000 | |
| 3001 | 3001 | echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 |
| 3002 | 3002 | echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6 |
| 3003 | set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'` | |
| 3003 | set x ${MAKE-make} | |
| 3004 | ac_make=`echo "" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'` | |
| 3004 | 3005 | if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then |
| 3005 | 3006 | echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 |
| 3006 | 3007 | else |
| 3007 | 3008 | cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF |
| 3009 | SHELL = /bin/sh | |
| 3008 | 3010 | all: |
| 3009 | @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"' | |
| 3010 | _ACEOF | |
| 3011 | # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. | |
| 3012 | eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` | |
| 3013 | if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then | |
| 3014 | eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes | |
| 3015 | else | |
| 3016 | eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no | |
| 3017 | fi | |
| 3011 | @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' | |
| 3012 | _ACEOF | |
| 3013 | # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. | |
| 3014 | case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in | |
| 3015 | *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) | |
| 3016 | eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; | |
| 3017 | *) | |
| 3018 | eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; | |
| 3019 | esac | |
| 3018 | 3020 | rm -f conftest.make |
| 3019 | 3021 | fi |
| 3020 | if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then | |
| 3022 | if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then | |
| 3021 | 3023 | echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 |
| 3022 | 3024 | echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 |
| 3023 | 3025 | SET_MAKE= |
| 13 | 13 | TK_VERSION=8.6 |
| 14 | 14 | TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 |
| 15 | 15 | TK_MINOR_VERSION=6 |
| 16 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9" | |
| 16 | TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".10" | |
| 17 | 17 | VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION |
| 18 | 18 | |
| 19 | 19 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 16 | 16 | # General usage: |
| 17 | 17 | # nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]] |
| 18 | 18 | # |
| 19 | # For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) | |
| 19 | # For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) | |
| 20 | 20 | # or examine Sections 6-8 in rules.vc. This makefile has the following |
| 21 | 21 | # values for the OPTS macro in addition to the ones described there. |
| 22 | 22 | # noxp = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you |
| 65 | 65 | # c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc test |
| 66 | 66 | # Install Tk in location specified by INSTALLDIR macro |
| 67 | 67 | # c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl |
| 68 | # Build release with PDF files | |
| 69 | # c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=pdbs | |
| 68 | # Build release with PDF files | |
| 69 | # c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=pdbs | |
| 70 | 70 | # Build debug version |
| 71 | 71 | # c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=symbols |
| 72 | 72 | # |
| 82 | 82 | |
| 83 | 83 | # We have a custom resource file |
| 84 | 84 | RCFILE = tk.rc |
| 85 | ||
| 86 | USE_WIDECHAR_API = 0 | |
| 85 | 87 | |
| 86 | 88 | # The rules.vc file does much of the hard work in terms of defining |
| 87 | 89 | # the build configuration, macros, output directories etc. |
| 301 | 303 | # defined in rules.vc |
| 302 | 304 | PRJ_INCLUDES = -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" |
| 303 | 305 | |
| 304 | CONFIG_DEFS =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \ | |
| 305 | -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \ | |
| 306 | -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \ | |
| 307 | -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \ | |
| 306 | CONFIG_DEFS =/DSTDC_HEADERS=1 /DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 /DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \ | |
| 307 | /DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 /DHAVE_STRING_H=1 /DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \ | |
| 308 | /DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 /DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 \ | |
| 309 | /DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE \ | |
| 308 | 310 | !if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H) |
| 309 | -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \ | |
| 311 | /DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \ | |
| 310 | 312 | !endif |
| 311 | 313 | !if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) |
| 312 | -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \ | |
| 313 | !endif | |
| 314 | ||
| 315 | PRJ_DEFINES = -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE | |
| 314 | /DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \ | |
| 315 | !endif | |
| 316 | ||
| 317 | PRJ_DEFINES = /DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) /Dinline=__inline /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE | |
| 316 | 318 | |
| 317 | 319 | # Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc |
| 318 | 320 | PRJ_LIBS = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib |
| 335 | 337 | core: setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB) |
| 336 | 338 | cwish: $(WISHC) |
| 337 | 339 | install: install-binaries install-libraries install-docs |
| 340 | !if $(SYMBOLS) | |
| 341 | install: install-pdbs | |
| 342 | !endif | |
| 338 | 343 | tktest: setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32) |
| 339 | 344 | |
| 340 | 345 | setup: default-setup |
| 449 | 454 | |
| 450 | 455 | |
| 451 | 456 | $(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c |
| 452 | $(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -DCONSOLE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $? | |
| 453 | $(CONEXECMD) -DCONSOLE -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj | |
| 457 | $(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE /DCONSOLE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $? | |
| 458 | $(CONEXECMD) /DCONSOLE -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj | |
| 454 | 459 | $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) |
| 455 | 460 | |
| 456 | 461 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 515 | 520 | !endif |
| 516 | 521 | # "emacs font-lock highlighting fix |
| 517 | 522 | |
| 523 | install-pdbs: | |
| 524 | @echo Installing debug symbols | |
| 525 | @$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\" | |
| 526 | # "emacs font-lock highlighting fix | |
| 527 | ||
| 518 | 528 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 519 | 529 | # Special case object file targets |
| 520 | 530 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 521 | 531 | |
| 522 | $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c | |
| 523 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \ | |
| 524 | -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ | |
| 532 | $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c | |
| 533 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) /DTK_TEST \ | |
| 534 | /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ | |
| 525 | 535 | -Fo$@ $? |
| 526 | 536 | |
| 527 | 537 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c |
| 530 | 540 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c |
| 531 | 541 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? |
| 532 | 542 | |
| 533 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c | |
| 543 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\tkWinTest.c | |
| 534 | 544 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? |
| 535 | 545 | |
| 536 | 546 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c |
| 537 | 547 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $? |
| 538 | 548 | |
| 539 | $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c | |
| 549 | $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c | |
| 540 | 550 | $(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) \ |
| 541 | -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ | |
| 551 | /DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ | |
| 542 | 552 | -Fo$@ $? |
| 543 | 553 | |
| 544 | 554 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c |
| 545 | $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $? | |
| 555 | $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) /DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $? | |
| 546 | 556 | |
| 547 | 557 | # The following objects are part of the stub library and should not |
| 548 | 558 | # be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported |
| 551 | 561 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c |
| 552 | 562 | $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $? |
| 553 | 563 | |
| 554 | ||
| 555 | $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in | |
| 564 | $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj : $(TTKDIR)\ttkStubLib.c | |
| 565 | $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $? | |
| 566 | ||
| 567 | $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WIN_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in | |
| 556 | 568 | @nmakehlp -s << $** >$@ |
| 557 | 569 | @MACHINE@ $(MACHINE:IX86=X86) |
| 558 | 570 | @TK_WIN_VERSION@ $(DOTVERSION).0.0 |
| 572 | 584 | !else |
| 573 | 585 | set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) |
| 574 | 586 | $(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR:\=/)/mkdepend.tcl -vc32 -out:"$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk" \ |
| 575 | -passthru:"-DBUILD_tk $(TK_INCLUDES)" $(GENERICDIR),$$(GENERICDIR) \ | |
| 576 | $(WINDIR),$$(WINDIR) $(TTKDIR),$$(TTKDIR) $(XLIBDIR),$$(XLIBDIR) \ | |
| 587 | -passthru:"/DBUILD_tk $(TK_INCLUDES)" $(GENERICDIR),$$(GENERICDIR) \ | |
| 588 | $(WIN_DIR),$$(WIN_DIR) $(TTKDIR),$$(TTKDIR) $(XLIBDIR),$$(XLIBDIR) \ | |
| 577 | 589 | $(BITMAPDIR),$$(BITMAPDIR) @<< |
| 578 | 590 | $(TKOBJS) |
| 579 | 591 | << |
| 5 | 5 | # compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile |
| 6 | 6 | # directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc". |
| 7 | 7 | # |
| 8 | # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for | |
| 8 | # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for | |
| 9 | 9 | # detailed documentation. |
| 10 | 10 | # |
| 11 | 11 | # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 23 | 23 | # For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change |
| 24 | 24 | # the major version. |
| 25 | 25 | RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1 |
| 26 | RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 1 | |
| 26 | RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 4 | |
| 27 | 27 | |
| 28 | 28 | # The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile. |
| 29 | 29 | !if "$(PROJECT)" == "" |
| 161 | 161 | # COMPATDIR - source directory that holds compatibility sources |
| 162 | 162 | # DOCDIR - source directory containing documentation files |
| 163 | 163 | # GENERICDIR - platform-independent source directory |
| 164 | # WINDIR - Windows-specific source directory | |
| 164 | # WIN_DIR - Windows-specific source directory | |
| 165 | 165 | # TESTDIR - directory containing test files |
| 166 | 166 | # TOOLSDIR - directory containing build tools |
| 167 | 167 | # _TCLDIR - root of the Tcl installation OR the Tcl sources. Not set |
| 214 | 214 | DEMODIR = $(ROOT)\demos |
| 215 | 215 | !endif |
| 216 | 216 | !endif # ifndef DEMODIR |
| 217 | # Do NOT enclose WINDIR in a !ifndef because Windows always defines | |
| 218 | # WINDIR env var to point to c:\windows! | |
| 219 | # TBD - This is a potentially dangerous conflict, rename WINDIR to | |
| 220 | # something else | |
| 221 | WINDIR = $(ROOT)\win | |
| 217 | # Do NOT use WINDIR because it is Windows internal environment | |
| 218 | # variable to point to c:\windows! | |
| 219 | WIN_DIR = $(ROOT)\win | |
| 222 | 220 | |
| 223 | 221 | !ifndef RCDIR |
| 224 | !if exist("$(WINDIR)\rc") | |
| 225 | RCDIR = $(WINDIR)\rc | |
| 226 | !else | |
| 227 | RCDIR = $(WINDIR) | |
| 222 | !if exist("$(WIN_DIR)\rc") | |
| 223 | RCDIR = $(WIN_DIR)\rc | |
| 224 | !else | |
| 225 | RCDIR = $(WIN_DIR) | |
| 228 | 226 | !endif |
| 229 | 227 | !endif |
| 230 | 228 | RCDIR = $(RCDIR:/=\) |
| 392 | 390 | !endif |
| 393 | 391 | |
| 394 | 392 | |
| 395 | # If INSTALLDIR set to tcl installation root dir then reset to the | |
| 396 | # lib dir for installing extensions | |
| 393 | # If INSTALLDIR set to Tcl installation root dir then reset to the | |
| 394 | # lib dir for installing extensions | |
| 397 | 395 | !if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h") |
| 398 | 396 | _INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib |
| 399 | 397 | !endif |
| 474 | 472 | MACHINE=$(ARCH) |
| 475 | 473 | !endif |
| 476 | 474 | |
| 475 | #--------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 476 | # The PLATFORM_IDENTIFY macro matches the values returned by | |
| 477 | # the Tcl platform::identify command | |
| 478 | !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" | |
| 479 | PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-x86_64 | |
| 480 | !else | |
| 481 | PLATFORM_IDENTIFY = win32-ix86 | |
| 482 | !endif | |
| 483 | ||
| 484 | # The MULTIPLATFORM macro controls whether binary extensions are installed | |
| 485 | # in platform-specific directories. Intended to be set/used by extensions. | |
| 486 | !ifndef MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL | |
| 487 | MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL = 0 | |
| 488 | !endif | |
| 489 | ||
| 477 | 490 | #------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 478 | 491 | # Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry |
| 479 | 492 | |
| 545 | 558 | # The following macros are set: |
| 546 | 559 | # OPTIMIZATIONS - the compiler flags to be used for optimized builds |
| 547 | 560 | # DEBUGFLAGS - the compiler flags to be used for debug builds |
| 548 | # LINKERFLAGS - Flags passed to the linker | |
| 561 | # LINKERFLAGS - Flags passed to the linker | |
| 549 | 562 | # |
| 550 | 563 | # Note that these are the compiler settings *available*, not those |
| 551 | 564 | # that will be *used*. The latter depends on the OPTS macro settings |
| 670 | 683 | # USE_STUBS - 1 -> compile to use stubs interfaces, 0 -> direct linking |
| 671 | 684 | # CONFIG_CHECK - 1 -> check current build configuration against Tcl |
| 672 | 685 | # configuration (ignored for Tcl itself) |
| 686 | # _USE_64BIT_TIME_T - forces a build using 64-bit time_t for 32-bit build | |
| 687 | # (CRT library should support this) | |
| 673 | 688 | # Further, LINKERFLAGS are modified based on above. |
| 674 | 689 | |
| 675 | 690 | # Default values for all the above |
| 731 | 746 | |
| 732 | 747 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"] |
| 733 | 748 | !message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl |
| 734 | TCL_THREADS = 0 | |
| 749 | TCL_THREADS = 0 | |
| 735 | 750 | USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0 |
| 736 | 751 | !else |
| 737 | 752 | TCL_THREADS = 1 |
| 738 | 753 | USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1 |
| 739 | 754 | !endif |
| 740 | 755 | |
| 756 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "time64bit"] | |
| 757 | !message *** Force 64-bit time_t | |
| 758 | _USE_64BIT_TIME_T = 1 | |
| 759 | !endif | |
| 760 | ||
| 761 | # Yes, it's weird that the "symbols" option controls DEBUG and | |
| 762 | # the "pdbs" option controls SYMBOLS. That's historical. | |
| 741 | 763 | !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"] |
| 742 | 764 | !message *** Doing symbols |
| 743 | 765 | DEBUG = 1 |
| 969 | 991 | # different compilers, build configurations etc., |
| 970 | 992 | # |
| 971 | 993 | # Naming convention (suffixes): |
| 972 | # t = full thread support. | |
| 994 | # t = full thread support. (Not used for Tcl >= 8.7) | |
| 973 | 995 | # s = static library (as opposed to an import library) |
| 974 | 996 | # g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time. |
| 975 | 997 | # x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time. |
| 1027 | 1049 | !endif |
| 1028 | 1050 | !endif |
| 1029 | 1051 | |
| 1030 | !if !$(TCL_THREADS) | |
| 1052 | !if !$(TCL_THREADS) || $(TCL_VERSION) > 86 | |
| 1031 | 1053 | TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=) |
| 1032 | 1054 | SUFX = $(SUFX:t=) |
| 1033 | 1055 | !endif |
| 1060 | 1082 | # Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions |
| 1061 | 1083 | !if $(DOING_TCL) |
| 1062 | 1084 | |
| 1063 | TCLSHNAME = $(PROJECT)sh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1085 | TCLSHNAME = $(PROJECT)sh$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1064 | 1086 | TCLSH = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME) |
| 1065 | 1087 | TCLIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib |
| 1066 | 1088 | TCLLIBNAME = $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT) |
| 1068 | 1090 | |
| 1069 | 1091 | TCLSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib |
| 1070 | 1092 | TCLSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME) |
| 1071 | TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" | |
| 1093 | TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" | |
| 1072 | 1094 | |
| 1073 | 1095 | !else # ! $(DOING_TCL) |
| 1074 | 1096 | |
| 1077 | 1099 | # When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version |
| 1078 | 1100 | # of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix. |
| 1079 | 1101 | # Try various possibilities in turn. |
| 1080 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1081 | !if !exist("$(TCLSH)") && $(TCL_THREADS) | |
| 1082 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1083 | !endif | |
| 1102 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1084 | 1103 | !if !exist("$(TCLSH)") |
| 1085 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1104 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1086 | 1105 | !endif |
| 1087 | 1106 | |
| 1088 | 1107 | TCLSTUBLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib |
| 1089 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib | |
| 1108 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1090 | 1109 | # When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add |
| 1091 | 1110 | # "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility. |
| 1092 | 1111 | !if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)") |
| 1093 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1112 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1094 | 1113 | !endif |
| 1095 | 1114 | TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib |
| 1096 | 1115 | TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib |
| 1100 | 1119 | |
| 1101 | 1120 | !else # Building against Tcl sources |
| 1102 | 1121 | |
| 1103 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1104 | !if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS) | |
| 1105 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe | |
| 1106 | !endif | |
| 1122 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1107 | 1123 | !if !exist($(TCLSH)) |
| 1108 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1124 | TCLSH = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe | |
| 1109 | 1125 | !endif |
| 1110 | 1126 | TCLSTUBLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib |
| 1111 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib | |
| 1127 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1112 | 1128 | # When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add |
| 1113 | 1129 | # "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility. |
| 1114 | 1130 | !if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)") |
| 1115 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1131 | TCLIMPLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib | |
| 1116 | 1132 | !endif |
| 1117 | 1133 | TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library |
| 1118 | 1134 | TCLREGLIB = $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib |
| 1149 | 1165 | TKSTUBLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME) |
| 1150 | 1166 | TKIMPLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME) |
| 1151 | 1167 | TKLIB = $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME) |
| 1152 | TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" | |
| 1168 | TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" | |
| 1153 | 1169 | |
| 1154 | 1170 | !else # effectively NEED_TK |
| 1155 | 1171 | |
| 1208 | 1224 | # SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed |
| 1209 | 1225 | # INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed |
| 1210 | 1226 | # DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed |
| 1211 | # PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for tcl and tk) | |
| 1227 | # PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for Tcl and Tk) | |
| 1212 | 1228 | |
| 1213 | 1229 | !if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK) |
| 1214 | 1230 | LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib |
| 1225 | 1241 | !else # extension other than Tk |
| 1226 | 1242 | |
| 1227 | 1243 | PRJ_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION) |
| 1244 | !if $(MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL) | |
| 1245 | LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\$(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) | |
| 1246 | BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\$(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) | |
| 1247 | !else | |
| 1228 | 1248 | LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR) |
| 1229 | 1249 | BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR) |
| 1250 | !endif | |
| 1230 | 1251 | DOC_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR) |
| 1231 | 1252 | SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR) |
| 1232 | 1253 | DEMO_INSTALL_DIR = $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos |
| 1233 | INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(_TCLDIR)\include | |
| 1254 | INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include | |
| 1234 | 1255 | |
| 1235 | 1256 | !endif |
| 1236 | 1257 | |
| 1255 | 1276 | # baselibs - minimum Windows libraries required. Parent makefile can |
| 1256 | 1277 | # define PRJ_LIBS before including rules.rc if additional libs are needed |
| 1257 | 1278 | |
| 1258 | OPTDEFINES = -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS | |
| 1279 | OPTDEFINES = /DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) /DSTDC_HEADERS | |
| 1259 | 1280 | |
| 1260 | 1281 | !if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) |
| 1261 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG | |
| 1282 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_MEM_DEBUG | |
| 1262 | 1283 | !endif |
| 1263 | 1284 | !if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) |
| 1264 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS | |
| 1265 | !endif | |
| 1266 | !if $(TCL_THREADS) | |
| 1267 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1 | |
| 1268 | !if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC) | |
| 1269 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1 | |
| 1285 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG /DTCL_COMPILE_STATS | |
| 1286 | !endif | |
| 1287 | !if $(TCL_THREADS) && $(TCL_VERSION) < 87 | |
| 1288 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_THREADS=1 | |
| 1289 | !if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(TCL_VERSION) < 87 | |
| 1290 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1 | |
| 1270 | 1291 | !endif |
| 1271 | 1292 | !endif |
| 1272 | 1293 | !if $(STATIC_BUILD) |
| 1273 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD | |
| 1294 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DSTATIC_BUILD | |
| 1274 | 1295 | !endif |
| 1275 | 1296 | !if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) |
| 1276 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED | |
| 1297 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED | |
| 1277 | 1298 | !endif |
| 1278 | 1299 | |
| 1279 | 1300 | !if $(USE_STUBS) |
| 1280 | 1301 | # Note we do not define USE_TCL_STUBS even when building tk since some |
| 1281 | 1302 | # test targets in tk do not use stubs |
| 1282 | 1303 | !if ! $(DOING_TCL) |
| 1283 | USE_STUBS_DEFS = -DUSE_TCL_STUBS -DUSE_TCLOO_STUBS | |
| 1304 | USE_STUBS_DEFS = /DUSE_TCL_STUBS /DUSE_TCLOO_STUBS | |
| 1284 | 1305 | !if $(NEED_TK) |
| 1285 | USE_STUBS_DEFS = $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) -DUSE_TK_STUBS | |
| 1306 | USE_STUBS_DEFS = $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) /DUSE_TK_STUBS | |
| 1286 | 1307 | !endif |
| 1287 | 1308 | !endif |
| 1288 | 1309 | !endif # USE_STUBS |
| 1289 | 1310 | |
| 1290 | 1311 | !if !$(DEBUG) |
| 1291 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG | |
| 1312 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DNDEBUG | |
| 1292 | 1313 | !if $(OPTIMIZING) |
| 1293 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED | |
| 1314 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED | |
| 1294 | 1315 | !endif |
| 1295 | 1316 | !endif |
| 1296 | 1317 | !if $(PROFILE) |
| 1297 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED | |
| 1318 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_PROFILED | |
| 1298 | 1319 | !endif |
| 1299 | 1320 | !if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" |
| 1300 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT | |
| 1321 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT | |
| 1301 | 1322 | !endif |
| 1302 | 1323 | !if $(VCVERSION) < 1300 |
| 1303 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64 | |
| 1324 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DNO_STRTOI64 | |
| 1325 | !endif | |
| 1326 | ||
| 1327 | !if "$(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)" == "1" | |
| 1328 | OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /D_USE_64BIT_TIME_T | |
| 1304 | 1329 | !endif |
| 1305 | 1330 | |
| 1306 | 1331 | # _ATL_XP_TARGETING - Newer SDK's need this to build for XP |
| 1307 | 1332 | COMPILERFLAGS = /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING |
| 1308 | ||
| 1309 | # Following is primarily for the benefit of extensions. Tcl 8.5 builds | |
| 1310 | # Tcl without /DUNICODE, while 8.6 builds with it defined. When building | |
| 1311 | # an extension, it is advisable (but not mandated) to use the same Windows | |
| 1312 | # API as the Tcl build. This is accordingly defaulted below. A particular | |
| 1313 | # extension can override this by pre-definining USE_WIDECHAR_API. | |
| 1314 | !ifndef USE_WIDECHAR_API | |
| 1315 | !if $(TCL_VERSION) > 85 | |
| 1316 | USE_WIDECHAR_API = 1 | |
| 1317 | !else | |
| 1318 | USE_WIDECHAR_API = 0 | |
| 1319 | !endif | |
| 1320 | !endif | |
| 1321 | ||
| 1322 | !if $(USE_WIDECHAR_API) | |
| 1323 | COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE | |
| 1324 | !endif | |
| 1325 | 1333 | |
| 1326 | 1334 | # Like the TEA system only set this non empty for non-Tk extensions |
| 1327 | 1335 | # Note: some extensions use PACKAGE_NAME and others use PACKAGE_TCLNAME |
| 1328 | 1336 | # so we pass both |
| 1329 | 1337 | !if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK) |
| 1330 | PKGNAMEFLAGS = -DPACKAGE_NAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \ | |
| 1331 | -DPACKAGE_TCLNAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \ | |
| 1332 | -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" \ | |
| 1333 | -DMODULE_SCOPE=extern | |
| 1338 | PKGNAMEFLAGS = /DPACKAGE_NAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \ | |
| 1339 | /DPACKAGE_TCLNAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \ | |
| 1340 | /DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" \ | |
| 1341 | /DMODULE_SCOPE=extern | |
| 1334 | 1342 | !endif |
| 1335 | 1343 | |
| 1336 | 1344 | # crt picks the C run time based on selected OPTS |
| 1377 | 1385 | |
| 1378 | 1386 | ### Common compiler options that are architecture specific |
| 1379 | 1387 | !if "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM" |
| 1380 | carch = -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE | |
| 1388 | carch = /D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE | |
| 1381 | 1389 | !else |
| 1382 | 1390 | carch = |
| 1383 | 1391 | !endif |
| 1389 | 1397 | |
| 1390 | 1398 | INCLUDES = $(TCL_INCLUDES) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(PRJ_INCLUDES) |
| 1391 | 1399 | !if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK) |
| 1392 | INCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(COMPATDIR)" | |
| 1400 | INCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(COMPATDIR)" | |
| 1393 | 1401 | !endif |
| 1394 | 1402 | |
| 1395 | 1403 | # These flags are defined roughly in the order of the pre-reform |
| 1405 | 1413 | # BUILD_$(PROJECT) macro which should be defined only for the shared |
| 1406 | 1414 | # library *implementation* and not for its caller interface |
| 1407 | 1415 | |
| 1408 | appcflags = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) | |
| 1409 | 1416 | appcflags_nostubs = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) |
| 1410 | pkgcflags = $(appcflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) | |
| 1411 | pkgcflags_nostubs = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) | |
| 1417 | appcflags = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) | |
| 1418 | pkgcflags = $(appcflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) /DBUILD_$(PROJECT) | |
| 1419 | pkgcflags_nostubs = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) /DBUILD_$(PROJECT) | |
| 1412 | 1420 | |
| 1413 | 1421 | # stubscflags contains $(cflags) plus flags used for building a stubs |
| 1414 | # library for the package. Note: -DSTATIC_BUILD is defined in | |
| 1422 | # library for the package. Note: /DSTATIC_BUILD is defined in | |
| 1415 | 1423 | # $(OPTDEFINES) only if the OPTS configuration indicates a static |
| 1416 | 1424 | # library. However the stubs library is ALWAYS static hence included |
| 1417 | 1425 | # here irrespective of the OPTS setting. |
| 1421 | 1429 | # so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions |
| 1422 | 1430 | # compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library |
| 1423 | 1431 | # compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly. |
| 1424 | stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES) | |
| 1425 | ||
| 1426 | # Link flags | |
| 1432 | stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) -Zl /DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) | |
| 1433 | ||
| 1434 | # Link flags | |
| 1427 | 1435 | |
| 1428 | 1436 | !if $(DEBUG) |
| 1429 | 1437 | ldebug = -debug -debugtype:cv |
| 1439 | 1447 | ldebug= $(ldebug) -profile |
| 1440 | 1448 | !endif |
| 1441 | 1449 | |
| 1442 | ### Declarations common to all linker versions | |
| 1450 | ### Declarations common to all linker versions | |
| 1443 | 1451 | lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug) |
| 1444 | 1452 | |
| 1445 | 1453 | !if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900 |
| 1498 | 1506 | GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs) |
| 1499 | 1507 | RESCMD = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \ |
| 1500 | 1508 | $(TCL_INCLUDES) \ |
| 1501 | -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \ | |
| 1502 | -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \ | |
| 1503 | -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \ | |
| 1504 | -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \ | |
| 1505 | -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \ | |
| 1506 | -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \ | |
| 1507 | -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\" | |
| 1509 | /DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \ | |
| 1510 | /DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \ | |
| 1511 | /DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \ | |
| 1512 | /DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \ | |
| 1513 | /DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \ | |
| 1514 | /DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \ | |
| 1515 | /DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\" | |
| 1508 | 1516 | |
| 1509 | 1517 | !ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET |
| 1510 | 1518 | DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT) |
| 1512 | 1520 | |
| 1513 | 1521 | default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET) |
| 1514 | 1522 | |
| 1523 | !if $(MULTIPLATFORM_INSTALL) | |
| 1524 | default-pkgindex: | |
| 1525 | @echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \ | |
| 1526 | [list load [file join $$dir $(PLATFORM_IDENTIFY) $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl | |
| 1527 | !else | |
| 1515 | 1528 | default-pkgindex: |
| 1516 | 1529 | @echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \ |
| 1517 | 1530 | [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl |
| 1531 | !endif | |
| 1518 | 1532 | |
| 1519 | 1533 | default-pkgindex-tea: |
| 1520 | 1534 | @if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl |
| 1524 | 1538 | @PKG_LIB_FILE@ $(PRJLIBNAME) |
| 1525 | 1539 | << |
| 1526 | 1540 | |
| 1527 | ||
| 1528 | 1541 | default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries |
| 1529 | ||
| 1542 | !if $(SYMBOLS) | |
| 1543 | default-install: default-install-pdbs | |
| 1544 | !endif | |
| 1545 | ||
| 1546 | # Again to deal with historical brokenness, there is some confusion | |
| 1547 | # in terminlogy. For extensions, the "install-binaries" was used to | |
| 1548 | # locate target directory for *binary shared libraries* and thus | |
| 1549 | # the appropriate macro is LIB_INSTALL_DIR since BIN_INSTALL_DIR is | |
| 1550 | # for executables (exes). On the other hand the "install-libraries" | |
| 1551 | # target is for *scripts* and should have been called "install-scripts". | |
| 1530 | 1552 | default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB) |
| 1531 | @echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)' | |
| 1532 | @if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" | |
| 1533 | @$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL | |
| 1534 | ||
| 1535 | default-install-libraries: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl | |
| 1553 | @echo Installing binaries to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)' | |
| 1554 | @if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" | |
| 1555 | @$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL | |
| 1556 | ||
| 1557 | # Alias for default-install-scripts | |
| 1558 | default-install-libraries: default-install-scripts | |
| 1559 | ||
| 1560 | default-install-scripts: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl | |
| 1536 | 1561 | @echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)' |
| 1537 | 1562 | @if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" |
| 1538 | 1563 | @echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)' |
| 1543 | 1568 | @if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" |
| 1544 | 1569 | @$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL |
| 1545 | 1570 | |
| 1571 | default-install-pdbs: | |
| 1572 | @echo Installing PDBs to '$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)' | |
| 1573 | @if not exist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" | |
| 1574 | @$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\*.pdb" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\" | |
| 1575 | ||
| 1546 | 1576 | default-install-docs-html: |
| 1547 | 1577 | @echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)' |
| 1548 | 1578 | @if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" |
| 1561 | 1591 | default-clean: |
| 1562 | 1592 | @echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ... |
| 1563 | 1593 | @if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR) |
| 1564 | @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj, nmakehlp.exe ... | |
| 1565 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj | |
| 1566 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe | |
| 1567 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out | |
| 1568 | @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt ... | |
| 1569 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt del $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt | |
| 1570 | @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ... | |
| 1571 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch | |
| 1572 | @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x, vercl.i ... | |
| 1573 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x | |
| 1574 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i | |
| 1575 | @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc, version.vc ... | |
| 1576 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc | |
| 1577 | @if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc | |
| 1594 | @echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj, nmakehlp.exe ... | |
| 1595 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj | |
| 1596 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.exe | |
| 1597 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.out del $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.out | |
| 1598 | @echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\nmhlp-out.txt ... | |
| 1599 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmhlp-out.txt del $(WIN_DIR)\nmhlp-out.txt | |
| 1600 | @echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch ... | |
| 1601 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch del $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch | |
| 1602 | @echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x, vercl.i ... | |
| 1603 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x del $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x | |
| 1604 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.i del $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.i | |
| 1605 | @echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc, version.vc ... | |
| 1606 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc del $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc | |
| 1607 | @if exist $(WIN_DIR)\version.vc del $(WIN_DIR)\version.vc | |
| 1578 | 1608 | |
| 1579 | 1609 | default-hose: default-clean |
| 1580 | 1610 | @echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ... |
| 1601 | 1631 | @if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)" |
| 1602 | 1632 | $(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH) |
| 1603 | 1633 | |
| 1604 | # Generation of Windows version resource | |
| 1634 | # Generation of Windows version resource | |
| 1605 | 1635 | !ifdef RCFILE |
| 1606 | 1636 | |
| 1607 | 1637 | # Note: don't use $** in below rule because there may be other dependencies |
| 1640 | 1670 | VALUE "OriginalFilename", PRJLIBNAME |
| 1641 | 1671 | VALUE "FileVersion", DOTVERSION |
| 1642 | 1672 | VALUE "ProductName", "Package " PROJECT " for Tcl" |
| 1643 | VALUE "ProductVersion", DOTVERSION | |
| 1673 | VALUE "ProductVersion", DOTVERSION | |
| 1644 | 1674 | END |
| 1645 | 1675 | END |
| 1646 | 1676 | BLOCK "VarFileInfo" |
| 1666 | 1696 | $< |
| 1667 | 1697 | << |
| 1668 | 1698 | |
| 1669 | {$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj:: | |
| 1699 | {$(WIN_DIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj:: | |
| 1670 | 1700 | $(CCPKGCMD) @<< |
| 1671 | 1701 | $< |
| 1672 | 1702 | << |
| 1684 | 1714 | {$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res: |
| 1685 | 1715 | $(RESCMD) $< |
| 1686 | 1716 | |
| 1687 | {$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res: | |
| 1717 | {$(WIN_DIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res: | |
| 1688 | 1718 | $(RESCMD) $< |
| 1689 | 1719 | |
| 1690 | 1720 | {$(TMP_DIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res: |
| 1719 | 1749 | !if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)" |
| 1720 | 1750 | !error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)). |
| 1721 | 1751 | !endif |
| 1722 | !if defined(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) != $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC) | |
| 1752 | !if $(TCL_VERSION) < 87 && defined(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) != $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC) | |
| 1723 | 1753 | !message WARNING: Value of USE_THREAD_ALLOC ($(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)) does not match its Tcl core value ($(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC)). |
| 1724 | 1754 | !endif |
| 1725 | 1755 | !if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG) |
| 443 | 443 | XNoOp( |
| 444 | 444 | Display *display) |
| 445 | 445 | { |
| 446 | display->request++; | |
| 446 | display->request++; | |
| 447 | 447 | return 0; |
| 448 | 448 | } |
| 449 | 449 | |
| 450 | 450 | XAfterFunction |
| 451 | 451 | XSynchronize( |
| 452 | 452 | Display *display, |
| 453 | Bool bool) | |
| 454 | { | |
| 455 | display->request++; | |
| 453 | Bool onoff) | |
| 454 | { | |
| 455 | display->request++; | |
| 456 | 456 | return NULL; |
| 457 | 457 | } |
| 458 | 458 | |
| 459 | 459 | int |
| 460 | 460 | XSync( |
| 461 | 461 | Display *display, |
| 462 | Bool bool) | |
| 463 | { | |
| 464 | display->request++; | |
| 462 | Bool discard) | |
| 463 | { | |
| 464 | display->request++; | |
| 465 | 465 | return 0; |
| 466 | 466 | } |
| 467 | 467 |
| 3 | 3 | # Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions. |
| 4 | 4 | # This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions |
| 5 | 5 | # and can be optionally included by the extension makefile. |
| 6 | # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for docs. | |
| 6 | # See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl-lang.org/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for docs. | |
| 7 | 7 | |
| 8 | 8 | $(PROJECT): setup pkgindex $(PRJLIB) |
| 9 | 9 |
| 126 | 126 | HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); |
| 127 | 127 | int half; |
| 128 | 128 | |
| 129 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 129 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 130 | 130 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 131 | 131 | } |
| 132 | 132 | |
| 221 | 221 | HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); |
| 222 | 222 | int topColor, bottomColor; |
| 223 | 223 | |
| 224 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 224 | if ((borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { | |
| 225 | 225 | TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); |
| 226 | 226 | } |
| 227 | 227 | |
| 338 | 338 | int r, g, b; |
| 339 | 339 | XGCValues gcValues; |
| 340 | 340 | |
| 341 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) { | |
| 341 | if (borderPtr->lightGC != NULL) { | |
| 342 | 342 | return; |
| 343 | 343 | } |
| 344 | 344 | |
| 539 | 539 | { |
| 540 | 540 | WinBorder *borderPtr = (WinBorder *) border; |
| 541 | 541 | |
| 542 | if (borderPtr->info.lightGC == None) { | |
| 542 | if (borderPtr->info.lightGC == NULL) { | |
| 543 | 543 | TkpGetShadows(&borderPtr->info, tkwin); |
| 544 | 544 | } |
| 545 | 545 | switch (which) { |
| 62 | 62 | * widget classes. |
| 63 | 63 | */ |
| 64 | 64 | |
| 65 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 65 | typedef struct { | |
| 66 | 66 | BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr; /* Information about the bitmap. */ |
| 67 | 67 | DWORD *boxesPalette; /* Pointer to color palette. */ |
| 68 | 68 | LPSTR boxesBits; /* Pointer to bitmap data. */ |
| 126 | 126 | HRSRC hrsrc; |
| 127 | 127 | HGLOBAL hblk; |
| 128 | 128 | LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap; |
| 129 | DWORD size; | |
| 129 | size_t size; | |
| 130 | 130 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) |
| 131 | 131 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 132 | 132 | |
| 133 | hrsrc = FindResource(module, TEXT("buttons"), RT_BITMAP); | |
| 133 | hrsrc = FindResourceW(module, L"buttons", (LPWSTR) RT_BITMAP); | |
| 134 | 134 | if (hrsrc == NULL) { |
| 135 | Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, " | |
| 135 | Tcl_Panic("FindResourceW() failed for buttons bitmap resource, " | |
| 136 | 136 | "resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable"); |
| 137 | 137 | } else { |
| 138 | 138 | hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc); |
| 145 | 145 | |
| 146 | 146 | if (tsdPtr->boxesPtr != NULL && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth % 4) |
| 147 | 147 | && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight % 2)) { |
| 148 | size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize + (1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) | |
| 149 | * sizeof(RGBQUAD) + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage; | |
| 148 | size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize | |
| 149 | + (sizeof(RGBQUAD) << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) | |
| 150 | + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage; | |
| 150 | 151 | newBitmap = ckalloc(size); |
| 151 | 152 | memcpy(newBitmap, tsdPtr->boxesPtr, size); |
| 152 | 153 | tsdPtr->boxesPtr = newBitmap; |
| 155 | 156 | tsdPtr->boxesPalette = (DWORD*) (((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPtr) |
| 156 | 157 | + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize); |
| 157 | 158 | tsdPtr->boxesBits = ((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPalette) |
| 158 | + ((1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) * sizeof(RGBQUAD)); | |
| 159 | + (sizeof(RGBQUAD) << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount); | |
| 159 | 160 | } else { |
| 160 | 161 | tsdPtr->boxesPtr = NULL; |
| 161 | 162 | } |
| 240 | 241 | { |
| 241 | 242 | Window window; |
| 242 | 243 | HWND parent; |
| 243 | const TCHAR *class; | |
| 244 | LPCWSTR windowClass; | |
| 244 | 245 | WinButton *butPtr = (WinButton *)instanceData; |
| 245 | 246 | |
| 246 | 247 | parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin); |
| 247 | 248 | if (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_LABEL) { |
| 248 | class = TEXT("STATIC"); | |
| 249 | windowClass = L"STATIC"; | |
| 249 | 250 | butPtr->style = SS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS; |
| 250 | 251 | } else { |
| 251 | class = TEXT("BUTTON"); | |
| 252 | windowClass = L"BUTTON"; | |
| 252 | 253 | butPtr->style = BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS; |
| 253 | 254 | } |
| 254 | butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(class, NULL, butPtr->style, | |
| 255 | butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindowW(windowClass, NULL, butPtr->style, | |
| 255 | 256 | Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 256 | 257 | parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 257 | 258 | SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 258 | 259 | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); |
| 259 | butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(butPtr->hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, | |
| 260 | butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtrW(butPtr->hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, | |
| 260 | 261 | (LONG_PTR) ButtonProc); |
| 261 | 262 | |
| 262 | 263 | window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, butPtr->hwnd); |
| 287 | 288 | HWND hwnd = winButPtr->hwnd; |
| 288 | 289 | |
| 289 | 290 | if (hwnd) { |
| 290 | SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc); | |
| 291 | SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc); | |
| 291 | 292 | } |
| 292 | 293 | } |
| 293 | 294 | |
| 403 | 404 | * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons. |
| 404 | 405 | */ |
| 405 | 406 | |
| 406 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { | |
| 407 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { | |
| 408 | defaultWidth = butPtr->highlightWidth; | |
| 409 | offset = 0; | |
| 410 | } else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) { | |
| 407 | 411 | defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) |
| 408 | 412 | ? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0); |
| 409 | 413 | offset = 1; |
| 432 | 436 | * Display image or bitmap or text for button. |
| 433 | 437 | */ |
| 434 | 438 | |
| 435 | if (butPtr->image != None) { | |
| 439 | if (butPtr->image != NULL) { | |
| 436 | 440 | Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height); |
| 437 | 441 | haveImage = 1; |
| 438 | 442 | } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { |
| 757 | 761 | butPtr->borderWidth, relief); |
| 758 | 762 | } |
| 759 | 763 | if (defaultWidth != 0) { |
| 764 | int highlightColor; | |
| 765 | ||
| 760 | 766 | dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state); |
| 767 | if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) { | |
| 768 | highlightColor = (int) Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder)->pixel; | |
| 769 | } else { | |
| 770 | highlightColor = (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel; | |
| 771 | } | |
| 761 | 772 | TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, |
| 762 | (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); | |
| 773 | highlightColor); | |
| 763 | 774 | TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 764 | (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); | |
| 775 | highlightColor); | |
| 765 | 776 | TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth, |
| 766 | 777 | Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, |
| 767 | (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); | |
| 778 | highlightColor); | |
| 768 | 779 | TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0, |
| 769 | 780 | defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 770 | (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); | |
| 781 | highlightColor); | |
| 771 | 782 | TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state); |
| 772 | 783 | } |
| 773 | 784 | |
| 1288 | 1299 | return 0; |
| 1289 | 1300 | } |
| 1290 | 1301 | } |
| 1291 | ||
| 1302 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
| 1292 | 1303 | default: |
| 1293 | 1304 | if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { |
| 1294 | 1305 | return result; |
| 1295 | 1306 | } |
| 1296 | 1307 | } |
| 1297 | return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 1308 | return DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 1298 | 1309 | } |
| 1299 | 1310 | |
| 1300 | 1311 | /* |
| 54 | 54 | Tcl_Encoding encoding; |
| 55 | 55 | int result, locale, noBackslash = 0; |
| 56 | 56 | |
| 57 | if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) { | |
| 58 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 59 | "clipboard cannot be opened, another application grabbed it")); | |
| 60 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "CLIPBOARD", "BUSY", NULL); | |
| 61 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 62 | } | |
| 57 | 63 | if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD")) |
| 58 | || (target != XA_STRING) | |
| 59 | || !OpenClipboard(NULL)) { | |
| 64 | || (target != XA_STRING)) { | |
| 60 | 65 | goto error; |
| 61 | 66 | } |
| 62 | 67 | |
| 73 | 78 | goto error; |
| 74 | 79 | } |
| 75 | 80 | data = GlobalLock(handle); |
| 76 | Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); | |
| 77 | Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)data, | |
| 78 | Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *)data), &ds); | |
| 81 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)data, -1, &ds); | |
| 79 | 82 | GlobalUnlock(handle); |
| 80 | 83 | } else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT)) { |
| 81 | 84 | /* |
| 145 | 148 | if (drop->fWide) { |
| 146 | 149 | WCHAR *fname = (WCHAR *) ((char *) drop + drop->pFiles); |
| 147 | 150 | Tcl_DString dsTmp; |
| 148 | int count = 0, len; | |
| 151 | int count = 0; | |
| 152 | size_t len; | |
| 149 | 153 | |
| 150 | 154 | while (*fname != 0) { |
| 151 | 155 | if (count) { |
| 152 | 156 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n", 1); |
| 153 | 157 | } |
| 154 | len = Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *) fname); | |
| 155 | Tcl_DStringInit(&dsTmp); | |
| 156 | Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *) fname, len, &dsTmp); | |
| 158 | len = wcslen(fname); | |
| 159 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)fname, len * sizeof(WCHAR), &dsTmp); | |
| 157 | 160 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsTmp), |
| 158 | 161 | Tcl_DStringLength(&dsTmp)); |
| 159 | 162 | Tcl_DStringFree(&dsTmp); |
| 323 | 326 | } |
| 324 | 327 | *buffer = '\0'; |
| 325 | 328 | |
| 326 | /* | |
| 327 | * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system | |
| 328 | * encoding before placing it on the clipboard. | |
| 329 | */ | |
| 330 | ||
| 331 | #ifdef UNICODE | |
| 332 | Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); | |
| 333 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds); | |
| 334 | ckfree(rawText); | |
| 335 | handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, | |
| 336 | (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); | |
| 337 | if (!handle) { | |
| 338 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 339 | return; | |
| 340 | } | |
| 341 | buffer = GlobalLock(handle); | |
| 342 | memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 343 | (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); | |
| 344 | GlobalUnlock(handle); | |
| 329 | Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); | |
| 330 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds); | |
| 331 | ckfree(rawText); | |
| 332 | handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, | |
| 333 | Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); | |
| 334 | if (!handle) { | |
| 345 | 335 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 346 | SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle); | |
| 347 | #else | |
| 348 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, rawText, -1, &ds); | |
| 349 | ckfree(rawText); | |
| 350 | handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, | |
| 351 | (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); | |
| 352 | if (!handle) { | |
| 353 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 354 | return; | |
| 355 | } | |
| 356 | buffer = GlobalLock(handle); | |
| 357 | memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 358 | (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); | |
| 359 | GlobalUnlock(handle); | |
| 360 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 361 | SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, handle); | |
| 362 | #endif | |
| 336 | return; | |
| 337 | } | |
| 338 | buffer = GlobalLock(handle); | |
| 339 | memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 340 | Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); | |
| 341 | GlobalUnlock(handle); | |
| 342 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 343 | SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle); | |
| 363 | 344 | } |
| 364 | 345 | |
| 365 | 346 | /* |
| 346 | 346 | color->blue = closeEntry.peBlue * 257; |
| 347 | 347 | entry = closeEntry; |
| 348 | 348 | if (index >= cmap->size) { |
| 349 | OutputDebugStringA("XAllocColor: Colormap is bigger than we thought"); | |
| 349 | OutputDebugStringW(L"XAllocColor: Colormap is bigger than we thought"); | |
| 350 | 350 | } |
| 351 | 351 | } else { |
| 352 | 352 | cmap->size++; |
| 70 | 70 | * The default cursor is used whenever no other cursor has been specified. |
| 71 | 71 | */ |
| 72 | 72 | |
| 73 | #define TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR IDC_ARROW | |
| 73 | #define TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR (LPCWSTR)IDC_ARROW | |
| 74 | 74 | |
| 75 | 75 | /* |
| 76 | 76 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 144 | 144 | |
| 145 | 145 | for (namePtr = cursorNames; namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) { |
| 146 | 146 | if (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0) { |
| 147 | cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, namePtr->id); | |
| 147 | cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursorW(NULL, (LPCWSTR) namePtr->id); | |
| 148 | 148 | break; |
| 149 | 149 | } |
| 150 | 150 | } |
| 252 | 252 | TkWinCursor *winCursor = (TkWinCursor *) cursor; |
| 253 | 253 | |
| 254 | 254 | if (winCursor == NULL || winCursor->winCursor == NULL) { |
| 255 | hcursor = LoadCursor(NULL, TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR); | |
| 255 | hcursor = LoadCursorW(NULL, TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR); | |
| 256 | 256 | } else { |
| 257 | 257 | hcursor = winCursor->winCursor; |
| 258 | 258 | } |
| 246 | 246 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) |
| 247 | 247 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) |
| 248 | 248 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) |
| 249 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP None | |
| 249 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL | |
| 250 | 250 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" |
| 251 | 251 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) |
| 252 | 252 | #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" |
| 517 | 517 | #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" |
| 518 | 518 | |
| 519 | 519 | /* |
| 520 | * Defaults for canvas items | |
| 521 | * (arcs, bitmaps, lines, polygons, rectangles, and ovals): | |
| 522 | */ | |
| 523 | ||
| 524 | #define DEF_CANVBMAP_FG NORMAL_FG | |
| 525 | #define DEF_CANVITEM_OUTLINE NORMAL_FG | |
| 526 | ||
| 527 | /* | |
| 520 | 528 | * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply |
| 521 | 529 | * to toplevels): |
| 522 | 530 | */ |
| 39 | 39 | #define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040 |
| 40 | 40 | #endif |
| 41 | 41 | |
| 42 | #ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED | |
| 43 | #ifdef UNICODE | |
| 44 | #define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4 | |
| 45 | #else | |
| 46 | #define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 3 | |
| 47 | #endif | |
| 48 | #endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */ | |
| 49 | ||
| 50 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 42 | #ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILEDW | |
| 43 | #define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILEDW 4 | |
| 44 | #endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILEDW */ | |
| 45 | ||
| 46 | typedef struct { | |
| 51 | 47 | int debugFlag; /* Flags whether we should output debugging |
| 52 | 48 | * information while displaying a builtin |
| 53 | 49 | * dialog. */ |
| 119 | 115 | */ |
| 120 | 116 | |
| 121 | 117 | #define TkWinGetHInstance(from) \ |
| 122 | ((HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_HINSTANCE)) | |
| 118 | ((HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtrW((from), GWLP_HINSTANCE)) | |
| 123 | 119 | #define TkWinGetUserData(from) \ |
| 124 | GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_USERDATA) | |
| 120 | GetWindowLongPtrW((from), GWLP_USERDATA) | |
| 125 | 121 | #define TkWinSetUserData(to,what) \ |
| 126 | SetWindowLongPtr((to), GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM)(what)) | |
| 122 | SetWindowLongPtrW((to), GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM)(what)) | |
| 127 | 123 | |
| 128 | 124 | /* |
| 129 | 125 | * The value of TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH dictates how many files can be retrieved |
| 142 | 138 | */ |
| 143 | 139 | |
| 144 | 140 | typedef struct { |
| 145 | TCHAR initDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Initial folder to use */ | |
| 146 | TCHAR retDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Returned folder to use */ | |
| 141 | WCHAR initDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Initial folder to use */ | |
| 142 | WCHAR retDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Returned folder to use */ | |
| 147 | 143 | Tcl_Interp *interp; |
| 148 | 144 | int mustExist; /* True if file must exist to return from |
| 149 | 145 | * callback */ |
| 160 | 156 | int dynFileBufferSize; /* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to |
| 161 | 157 | * avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer |
| 162 | 158 | * when selection changes */ |
| 163 | TCHAR *dynFileBuffer; /* Dynamic filename buffer */ | |
| 159 | WCHAR *dynFileBuffer; /* Dynamic filename buffer */ | |
| 164 | 160 | } OFNData; |
| 165 | 161 | |
| 166 | 162 | /* |
| 179 | 175 | int confirmOverwrite; /* Confirm before overwriting */ |
| 180 | 176 | int mustExist; /* Used only for */ |
| 181 | 177 | int forceXPStyle; /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */ |
| 182 | TCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name | |
| 178 | WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name | |
| 183 | 179 | XXX - fixed size because it was so |
| 184 | 180 | historically. Why not malloc'ed ? |
| 185 | XXX - also, TCHAR should really be WCHAR | |
| 186 | because TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding is always | |
| 187 | UCS2. | |
| 188 | 181 | */ |
| 189 | 182 | } OFNOpts; |
| 190 | 183 | |
| 595 | 588 | LPARAM lParam); |
| 596 | 589 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
| 597 | 590 | static void SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData); |
| 598 | static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(TCHAR *filename, | |
| 591 | static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(WCHAR *filename, | |
| 599 | 592 | Tcl_DString *dsPtr); |
| 600 | 593 | static void LoadShellProcs(void); |
| 601 | 594 | |
| 643 | 636 | if (shell32_handle != NULL) |
| 644 | 637 | return; /* We have already been through here. */ |
| 645 | 638 | |
| 646 | shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("shell32.dll")); | |
| 639 | shell32_handle = GetModuleHandleW(L"shell32.dll"); | |
| 647 | 640 | if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */ |
| 648 | 641 | return; |
| 649 | 642 | |
| 698 | 691 | DWORD nTime = GetTickCount() + 250; |
| 699 | 692 | |
| 700 | 693 | while (GetTickCount() < nTime) { |
| 701 | PeekMessage(&msg, 0, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST, PM_REMOVE); | |
| 694 | PeekMessageW(&msg, 0, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST, PM_REMOVE); | |
| 702 | 695 | } |
| 703 | 696 | } |
| 704 | 697 | |
| 760 | 753 | Tk_Window tkwin = clientData, parent; |
| 761 | 754 | HWND hWnd; |
| 762 | 755 | int i, oldMode, winCode, result; |
| 763 | CHOOSECOLOR chooseColor; | |
| 756 | CHOOSECOLORW chooseColor; | |
| 764 | 757 | static int inited = 0; |
| 765 | 758 | static COLORREF dwCustColors[16]; |
| 766 | 759 | static long oldColor; /* the color selected last time */ |
| 796 | 789 | chooseColor.Flags = CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK; |
| 797 | 790 | chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) NULL; |
| 798 | 791 | chooseColor.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) ColorDlgHookProc; |
| 799 | chooseColor.lpTemplateName = (LPTSTR) interp; | |
| 792 | chooseColor.lpTemplateName = (LPWSTR) interp; | |
| 800 | 793 | |
| 801 | 794 | for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { |
| 802 | 795 | int index; |
| 848 | 841 | chooseColor.hwndOwner = hWnd; |
| 849 | 842 | |
| 850 | 843 | oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 851 | winCode = ChooseColor(&chooseColor); | |
| 844 | winCode = ChooseColorW(&chooseColor); | |
| 852 | 845 | (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); |
| 853 | 846 | |
| 854 | 847 | /* |
| 928 | 921 | if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) { |
| 929 | 922 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 930 | 923 | |
| 931 | SetWindowText(hDlg, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title,-1,&ds)); | |
| 924 | SetWindowTextW(hDlg, (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title,-1,&ds)); | |
| 932 | 925 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 933 | 926 | } |
| 934 | 927 | if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) { |
| 1411 | 1404 | normPath = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(interp, iniDirPath); |
| 1412 | 1405 | /* XXX - Note on failures do not raise error, simply ignore ini dir */ |
| 1413 | 1406 | if (normPath) { |
| 1414 | const WCHAR *nativePath; | |
| 1407 | LPCWSTR nativePath; | |
| 1415 | 1408 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(normPath); |
| 1416 | 1409 | nativePath = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(normPath); /* Points INTO normPath*/ |
| 1417 | 1410 | if (nativePath) { |
| 1444 | 1437 | |
| 1445 | 1438 | /* |
| 1446 | 1439 | * Clear interp result since it might have been set during the modal loop. |
| 1447 | * http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6 | |
| 1440 | * https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6 | |
| 1448 | 1441 | */ |
| 1449 | 1442 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 1450 | 1443 | |
| 1517 | 1510 | Tcl_DString ftds; |
| 1518 | 1511 | Tcl_Obj *ftobj; |
| 1519 | 1512 | |
| 1520 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, -1, &ftds); | |
| 1513 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, -1, &ftds); | |
| 1521 | 1514 | ftobj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ftds), |
| 1522 | 1515 | Tcl_DStringLength(&ftds)); |
| 1523 | 1516 | Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL, |
| 1571 | 1564 | */ |
| 1572 | 1565 | static int GetFileNameXP(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, enum OFNOper oper) |
| 1573 | 1566 | { |
| 1574 | OPENFILENAME ofn; | |
| 1567 | OPENFILENAMEW ofn; | |
| 1575 | 1568 | OFNData ofnData; |
| 1576 | 1569 | int cdlgerr; |
| 1577 | 1570 | int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode; |
| 1624 | 1617 | */ |
| 1625 | 1618 | |
| 1626 | 1619 | ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 512; |
| 1627 | ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(512 * sizeof(TCHAR)); | |
| 1620 | ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(512 * sizeof(WCHAR)); | |
| 1628 | 1621 | } |
| 1629 | 1622 | |
| 1630 | 1623 | if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) { |
| 1632 | 1625 | if (str[0] == '.') |
| 1633 | 1626 | ++str; |
| 1634 | 1627 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(str, -1, &extString); |
| 1635 | ofn.lpstrDefExt = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString); | |
| 1628 | ofn.lpstrDefExt = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString); | |
| 1636 | 1629 | } |
| 1637 | 1630 | |
| 1638 | 1631 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString), |
| 1639 | 1632 | Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString); |
| 1640 | ofn.lpstrFilter = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString); | |
| 1633 | ofn.lpstrFilter = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString); | |
| 1641 | 1634 | ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex; |
| 1642 | 1635 | |
| 1643 | 1636 | if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') { |
| 1662 | 1655 | } |
| 1663 | 1656 | Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd); |
| 1664 | 1657 | } |
| 1665 | ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString); | |
| 1658 | ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString); | |
| 1666 | 1659 | |
| 1667 | 1660 | if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) { |
| 1668 | 1661 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj), -1, &titleString); |
| 1669 | ofn.lpstrTitle = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); | |
| 1662 | ofn.lpstrTitle = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); | |
| 1670 | 1663 | } |
| 1671 | 1664 | |
| 1672 | 1665 | /* |
| 1675 | 1668 | |
| 1676 | 1669 | oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 1677 | 1670 | if (oper != OFN_FILE_SAVE) { |
| 1678 | winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn); | |
| 1671 | winCode = GetOpenFileNameW(&ofn); | |
| 1679 | 1672 | } else { |
| 1680 | winCode = GetSaveFileName(&ofn); | |
| 1673 | winCode = GetSaveFileNameW(&ofn); | |
| 1681 | 1674 | } |
| 1682 | 1675 | Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); |
| 1683 | 1676 | EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(); |
| 1713 | 1706 | /* |
| 1714 | 1707 | * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The |
| 1715 | 1708 | * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog |
| 1716 | * procedure to accomodate all selected files. | |
| 1709 | * procedure to accommodate all selected files. | |
| 1717 | 1710 | */ |
| 1718 | 1711 | |
| 1719 | 1712 | if ((winCode != 0) |
| 1731 | 1724 | * first element is the directory path. |
| 1732 | 1725 | */ |
| 1733 | 1726 | |
| 1734 | TCHAR *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer; | |
| 1727 | WCHAR *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer; | |
| 1735 | 1728 | Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 1736 | 1729 | int count = 0; |
| 1737 | 1730 | |
| 1943 | 1936 | if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK || |
| 1944 | 1937 | notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) { |
| 1945 | 1938 | int dirsize, selsize; |
| 1946 | TCHAR *buffer; | |
| 1939 | WCHAR *buffer; | |
| 1947 | 1940 | int buffersize; |
| 1948 | 1941 | |
| 1949 | 1942 | /* |
| 1956 | 1949 | buffer = ofnData->dynFileBuffer; |
| 1957 | 1950 | hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); |
| 1958 | 1951 | |
| 1959 | selsize = (int) SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0); | |
| 1960 | dirsize = (int) SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0); | |
| 1952 | selsize = (int) SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0); | |
| 1953 | dirsize = (int) SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0); | |
| 1961 | 1954 | buffersize = (selsize + dirsize + 1); |
| 1962 | 1955 | |
| 1963 | 1956 | /* |
| 1967 | 1960 | |
| 1968 | 1961 | if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) { |
| 1969 | 1962 | if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) { |
| 1970 | buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize * sizeof(TCHAR)); | |
| 1963 | buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize * sizeof(WCHAR)); | |
| 1971 | 1964 | ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize; |
| 1972 | 1965 | ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer; |
| 1973 | 1966 | } |
| 1974 | 1967 | |
| 1975 | SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 1968 | SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 1976 | 1969 | buffer += dirsize; |
| 1977 | 1970 | |
| 1978 | SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 1971 | SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 1979 | 1972 | |
| 1980 | 1973 | /* |
| 1981 | 1974 | * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change |
| 1984 | 1977 | |
| 1985 | 1978 | if (buffer[0] == '"') { |
| 1986 | 1979 | BOOL findquote = TRUE; |
| 1987 | TCHAR *tmp = buffer; | |
| 1980 | WCHAR *tmp = buffer; | |
| 1988 | 1981 | |
| 1989 | 1982 | while (*buffer != '\0') { |
| 1990 | 1983 | if (findquote) { |
| 2013 | 2006 | if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE == |
| 2014 | 2007 | Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) { |
| 2015 | 2008 | /* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */ |
| 2016 | buffer = (TCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer; | |
| 2017 | SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 2009 | buffer = (WCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer; | |
| 2010 | SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); | |
| 2018 | 2011 | } else { |
| 2019 | 2012 | *(buffer-1) = '\\'; |
| 2020 | 2013 | } |
| 2294 | 2287 | for (i = 0, filterPtr = flist.filters; |
| 2295 | 2288 | filterPtr; |
| 2296 | 2289 | filterPtr = filterPtr->next, ++i) { |
| 2297 | const char *sep; | |
| 2298 | FileFilterClause *clausePtr; | |
| 2299 | int nbytes; | |
| 2300 | ||
| 2301 | /* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */ | |
| 2302 | if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0) | |
| 2290 | const char *sep; | |
| 2291 | FileFilterClause *clausePtr; | |
| 2292 | int nbytes; | |
| 2293 | ||
| 2294 | /* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */ | |
| 2295 | if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0) | |
| 2303 | 2296 | initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */ |
| 2304 | 2297 | |
| 2305 | /* First stash away the text description of the pattern */ | |
| 2298 | /* First stash away the text description of the pattern */ | |
| 2306 | 2299 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(filterPtr->name, -1, &ds); |
| 2307 | nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ | |
| 2308 | nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ | |
| 2309 | dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = ckalloc(nbytes); | |
| 2310 | memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); | |
| 2311 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 2312 | ||
| 2313 | /* | |
| 2314 | * Loop through and join patterns with a ";" Each "clause" | |
| 2315 | * corresponds to a single textual description (called typename) | |
| 2316 | * in the tk_getOpenFile docs. Each such typename may occur | |
| 2317 | * multiple times and all these form a single filter entry | |
| 2318 | * with one clause per occurence. Further each clause may specify | |
| 2319 | * multiple patterns. Hence the nested loop here. | |
| 2320 | */ | |
| 2321 | sep = ""; | |
| 2322 | for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses ; clausePtr; | |
| 2323 | clausePtr=clausePtr->next) { | |
| 2324 | GlobPattern *globPtr; | |
| 2325 | for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr; | |
| 2326 | globPtr = globPtr->next) { | |
| 2327 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1); | |
| 2328 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1); | |
| 2329 | sep = ";"; | |
| 2330 | } | |
| 2331 | } | |
| 2332 | ||
| 2333 | /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */ | |
| 2300 | nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ | |
| 2301 | nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ | |
| 2302 | dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = ckalloc(nbytes); | |
| 2303 | memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); | |
| 2304 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 2305 | ||
| 2306 | /* | |
| 2307 | * Loop through and join patterns with a ";" Each "clause" | |
| 2308 | * corresponds to a single textual description (called typename) | |
| 2309 | * in the tk_getOpenFile docs. Each such typename may occur | |
| 2310 | * multiple times and all these form a single filter entry | |
| 2311 | * with one clause per occurence. Further each clause may specify | |
| 2312 | * multiple patterns. Hence the nested loop here. | |
| 2313 | */ | |
| 2314 | sep = ""; | |
| 2315 | for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses ; clausePtr; | |
| 2316 | clausePtr=clausePtr->next) { | |
| 2317 | GlobPattern *globPtr; | |
| 2318 | for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr; | |
| 2319 | globPtr = globPtr->next) { | |
| 2320 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1); | |
| 2321 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1); | |
| 2322 | sep = ";"; | |
| 2323 | } | |
| 2324 | } | |
| 2325 | ||
| 2326 | /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */ | |
| 2334 | 2327 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), -1, &ds); |
| 2335 | nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ | |
| 2336 | nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ | |
| 2337 | dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = ckalloc(nbytes); | |
| 2338 | memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); | |
| 2339 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 2340 | Tcl_DStringFree(&patterns); | |
| 2341 | } | |
| 2342 | ||
| 2343 | if (initialIndex == 0) | |
| 2344 | initialIndex = 1; /* If no default, show first entry */ | |
| 2328 | nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */ | |
| 2329 | nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR); /* Terminating \0 */ | |
| 2330 | dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = ckalloc(nbytes); | |
| 2331 | memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes); | |
| 2332 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 2333 | Tcl_DStringSetLength(&patterns, 0); | |
| 2334 | } | |
| 2335 | Tcl_DStringFree(&patterns); | |
| 2336 | ||
| 2337 | if (initialIndex == 0) { | |
| 2338 | initialIndex = 1; /* If no default, show first entry */ | |
| 2339 | } | |
| 2345 | 2340 | *initialIndexPtr = initialIndex; |
| 2346 | 2341 | *dlgFilterPtrPtr = dlgFilterPtr; |
| 2347 | 2342 | *countPtr = flist.numFilters; |
| 2428 | 2423 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 2429 | 2424 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 2430 | 2425 | { |
| 2431 | TCHAR path[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2426 | WCHAR path[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2432 | 2427 | int oldMode, result; |
| 2433 | 2428 | LPCITEMIDLIST pidl; /* Returned by browser */ |
| 2434 | BROWSEINFO bInfo; /* Used by browser */ | |
| 2429 | BROWSEINFOW bInfo; /* Used by browser */ | |
| 2435 | 2430 | ChooseDir cdCBData; /* Structure to pass back and forth */ |
| 2436 | 2431 | LPMALLOC pMalloc; /* Used by shell */ |
| 2437 | 2432 | HWND hWnd; |
| 2438 | TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2433 | WCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2439 | 2434 | Tcl_DString titleString; /* Title */ |
| 2440 | 2435 | Tcl_DString tempString; /* temporary */ |
| 2441 | 2436 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr; |
| 2463 | 2458 | |
| 2464 | 2459 | utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString); |
| 2465 | 2460 | if (utfDir[0] != '\0') { |
| 2466 | const TCHAR *uniStr; | |
| 2461 | LPCWSTR uniStr; | |
| 2467 | 2462 | |
| 2468 | 2463 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), -1, |
| 2469 | 2464 | &tempString); |
| 2470 | uniStr = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString); | |
| 2465 | uniStr = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString); | |
| 2471 | 2466 | |
| 2472 | 2467 | /* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */ |
| 2473 | 2468 | |
| 2474 | GetFullPathName(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL); | |
| 2475 | _tcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH); | |
| 2469 | GetFullPathNameW(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL); | |
| 2470 | wcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH); | |
| 2476 | 2471 | } |
| 2477 | 2472 | |
| 2478 | 2473 | /* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */ |
| 2491 | 2486 | bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd; |
| 2492 | 2487 | bInfo.pszDisplayName = path; |
| 2493 | 2488 | bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL; |
| 2494 | if (_tcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) { | |
| 2495 | GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir); | |
| 2489 | if (wcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) { | |
| 2490 | GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir); | |
| 2496 | 2491 | } |
| 2497 | 2492 | bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData; |
| 2498 | 2493 | |
| 2499 | 2494 | if (ofnOpts.titleObj != NULL) { |
| 2500 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(ofnOpts.titleObj), -1, &titleString); | |
| 2501 | bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); | |
| 2495 | bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar( | |
| 2496 | Tcl_GetString(ofnOpts.titleObj), -1, &titleString); | |
| 2502 | 2497 | } else { |
| 2503 | bInfo.lpszTitle = TEXT("Please choose a directory, then select OK."); | |
| 2498 | bInfo.lpszTitle = L"Please choose a directory, then select OK."; | |
| 2504 | 2499 | } |
| 2505 | 2500 | |
| 2506 | 2501 | /* |
| 2533 | 2528 | */ |
| 2534 | 2529 | |
| 2535 | 2530 | oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 2536 | GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, saveDir); | |
| 2531 | GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, saveDir); | |
| 2537 | 2532 | if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) { |
| 2538 | 2533 | /* |
| 2539 | 2534 | * XXX - MSDN says CoInitialize must have been called before |
| 2540 | 2535 | * SHBrowseForFolder can be used but don't see that called anywhere. |
| 2541 | 2536 | */ |
| 2542 | pidl = SHBrowseForFolder(&bInfo); | |
| 2537 | pidl = SHBrowseForFolderW(&bInfo); | |
| 2543 | 2538 | |
| 2544 | 2539 | /* |
| 2545 | 2540 | * This is a fix for Windows 2000, which seems to modify the folder |
| 2554 | 2549 | */ |
| 2555 | 2550 | |
| 2556 | 2551 | if (pidl != NULL) { |
| 2557 | if (!SHGetPathFromIDList(pidl, path)) { | |
| 2552 | if (!SHGetPathFromIDListW(pidl, path)) { | |
| 2558 | 2553 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 2559 | 2554 | "error: not a file system folder", -1)); |
| 2560 | 2555 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "PSEUDO", NULL); |
| 2561 | 2556 | } |
| 2562 | 2557 | pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void *) pidl); |
| 2563 | } else if (_tcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) { | |
| 2564 | _tcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir); | |
| 2558 | } else if (wcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) { | |
| 2559 | wcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir); | |
| 2565 | 2560 | } |
| 2566 | 2561 | pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc); |
| 2567 | 2562 | } |
| 2568 | SetCurrentDirectory(saveDir); | |
| 2563 | SetCurrentDirectoryW(saveDir); | |
| 2569 | 2564 | Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); |
| 2570 | 2565 | |
| 2571 | 2566 | /* |
| 2617 | 2612 | LPARAM lParam, |
| 2618 | 2613 | LPARAM lpData) |
| 2619 | 2614 | { |
| 2620 | TCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2615 | WCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2621 | 2616 | ChooseDir *chooseDirSharedData = (ChooseDir *) lpData; |
| 2622 | 2617 | Tcl_DString tempString; |
| 2623 | 2618 | Tcl_DString initDirString; |
| 2624 | TCHAR string[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2619 | WCHAR string[MAX_PATH]; | |
| 2625 | 2620 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 2626 | 2621 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 2627 | 2622 | |
| 2631 | 2626 | } |
| 2632 | 2627 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0'; |
| 2633 | 2628 | switch (message) { |
| 2634 | case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED: | |
| 2629 | case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILEDW: | |
| 2635 | 2630 | /* |
| 2636 | 2631 | * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then |
| 2637 | 2632 | * make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed |
| 2641 | 2636 | * like ~ are converted correctly. |
| 2642 | 2637 | */ |
| 2643 | 2638 | |
| 2644 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *) lParam, -1, &initDirString); | |
| 2639 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR) lParam, -1, &initDirString); | |
| 2645 | 2640 | if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp, |
| 2646 | 2641 | Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), &tempString) == NULL) { |
| 2647 | 2642 | /* |
| 2655 | 2650 | Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); |
| 2656 | 2651 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString), -1, &initDirString); |
| 2657 | 2652 | Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString); |
| 2658 | _tcsncpy(string, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), | |
| 2653 | wcsncpy(string, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), | |
| 2659 | 2654 | MAX_PATH); |
| 2660 | 2655 | Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); |
| 2661 | 2656 | |
| 2662 | if (SetCurrentDirectory(string) == 0) { | |
| 2657 | if (SetCurrentDirectoryW(string) == 0) { | |
| 2663 | 2658 | |
| 2664 | 2659 | /* |
| 2665 | 2660 | * Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does |
| 2667 | 2662 | * it. |
| 2668 | 2663 | */ |
| 2669 | 2664 | |
| 2670 | GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH, | |
| 2665 | GetFullPathNameW(string, MAX_PATH, | |
| 2671 | 2666 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL); |
| 2672 | 2667 | if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) { |
| 2673 | 2668 | /* |
| 2674 | 2669 | * User HAS to select a valid directory. |
| 2675 | 2670 | */ |
| 2676 | 2671 | |
| 2677 | wsprintf(selDir, TEXT("Directory '%s' does not exist,\n") | |
| 2678 | TEXT("please select or enter an existing directory."), | |
| 2672 | wsprintfW(selDir, L"Directory '%s' does not exist,\n" | |
| 2673 | L"please select or enter an existing directory.", | |
| 2679 | 2674 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir); |
| 2680 | MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK); | |
| 2675 | MessageBoxW(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK); | |
| 2681 | 2676 | chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0'; |
| 2682 | 2677 | return 1; |
| 2683 | 2678 | } |
| 2687 | 2682 | * directory in utfRetDir. |
| 2688 | 2683 | */ |
| 2689 | 2684 | |
| 2690 | GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, chooseDirSharedData->retDir); | |
| 2685 | GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, chooseDirSharedData->retDir); | |
| 2691 | 2686 | return 0; |
| 2692 | 2687 | } |
| 2693 | 2688 | return 0; |
| 2702 | 2697 | * Not called when user changes edit box directly. |
| 2703 | 2698 | */ |
| 2704 | 2699 | |
| 2705 | if (SHGetPathFromIDList((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) { | |
| 2706 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 0, (LPARAM) selDir); | |
| 2700 | if (SHGetPathFromIDListW((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) { | |
| 2701 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXTW, 0, (LPARAM) selDir); | |
| 2707 | 2702 | // enable the OK button |
| 2708 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); | |
| 2703 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); | |
| 2709 | 2704 | } else { |
| 2710 | 2705 | // disable the OK button |
| 2711 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0); | |
| 2706 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0); | |
| 2712 | 2707 | } |
| 2713 | 2708 | UpdateWindow(hwnd); |
| 2714 | 2709 | return 1; |
| 2715 | 2710 | |
| 2716 | 2711 | case BFFM_INITIALIZED: { |
| 2717 | 2712 | /* |
| 2718 | * Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, user | |
| 2713 | * Directory browser initializing - tell it where to start from, user | |
| 2719 | 2714 | * specified parameter. |
| 2720 | 2715 | */ |
| 2721 | 2716 | |
| 2722 | TCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir; | |
| 2723 | ||
| 2724 | SetCurrentDirectory(initDir); | |
| 2717 | WCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir; | |
| 2718 | ||
| 2719 | SetCurrentDirectoryW(initDir); | |
| 2725 | 2720 | |
| 2726 | 2721 | if (*initDir == '\\') { |
| 2727 | 2722 | /* |
| 2728 | * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so | |
| 2723 | * BFFM_SETSELECTIONW only understands UNC paths as pidls, so | |
| 2729 | 2724 | * convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface. |
| 2730 | 2725 | */ |
| 2731 | 2726 | |
| 2738 | 2733 | ULONG ulCount, ulAttr; |
| 2739 | 2734 | |
| 2740 | 2735 | if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName( |
| 2741 | psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (TCHAR *) | |
| 2736 | psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (WCHAR *) | |
| 2742 | 2737 | initDir, &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr)) |
| 2743 | 2738 | && (pidlMain != NULL)) { |
| 2744 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE, | |
| 2739 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTIONW, FALSE, | |
| 2745 | 2740 | (LPARAM) pidlMain); |
| 2746 | 2741 | pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain); |
| 2747 | 2742 | } |
| 2750 | 2745 | pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc); |
| 2751 | 2746 | } |
| 2752 | 2747 | } else { |
| 2753 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, (LPARAM) initDir); | |
| 2754 | } | |
| 2755 | SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); | |
| 2748 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTIONW, TRUE, (LPARAM) initDir); | |
| 2749 | } | |
| 2750 | SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); | |
| 2756 | 2751 | break; |
| 2757 | 2752 | } |
| 2758 | 2753 | |
| 2802 | 2797 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 2803 | 2798 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 2804 | 2799 | Tcl_DString titleBuf, tmpBuf; |
| 2805 | const WCHAR *titlePtr, *tmpPtr; | |
| 2800 | LPCWSTR titlePtr, tmpPtr; | |
| 2806 | 2801 | const char *src; |
| 2807 | 2802 | |
| 2808 | 2803 | defaultBtn = -1; |
| 2910 | 2905 | |
| 2911 | 2906 | flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND; |
| 2912 | 2907 | |
| 2913 | tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj) | |
| 2914 | : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0); | |
| 2908 | tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj) : Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 2915 | 2909 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj); |
| 2916 | 2910 | if (detailObj) { |
| 2917 | const Tcl_UniChar twoNL[] = { '\n', '\n' }; | |
| 2918 | ||
| 2919 | Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, twoNL, 2); | |
| 2911 | Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(tmpObj, "\n\n", NULL); | |
| 2920 | 2912 | Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj); |
| 2921 | 2913 | } |
| 2922 | 2914 | |
| 2933 | 2925 | |
| 2934 | 2926 | tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL); |
| 2935 | 2927 | tsdPtr->hBigIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG); |
| 2936 | tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL, | |
| 2928 | tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookExW(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL, | |
| 2937 | 2929 | GetCurrentThreadId()); |
| 2938 | 2930 | src = Tcl_GetString(tmpObj); |
| 2939 | tmpPtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, tmpObj->length, &tmpBuf); | |
| 2931 | tmpPtr = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, tmpObj->length, &tmpBuf); | |
| 2940 | 2932 | if (titleObj != NULL) { |
| 2941 | 2933 | src = Tcl_GetString(titleObj); |
| 2942 | titlePtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, titleObj->length, &titleBuf); | |
| 2934 | titlePtr = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, titleObj->length, &titleBuf); | |
| 2943 | 2935 | } else { |
| 2944 | 2936 | titlePtr = L""; |
| 2945 | 2937 | Tcl_DStringInit(&titleBuf); |
| 2946 | 2938 | } |
| 2947 | winCode = MessageBox(hWnd, tmpPtr, titlePtr, flags); | |
| 2939 | winCode = MessageBoxW(hWnd, tmpPtr, titlePtr, flags); | |
| 2948 | 2940 | Tcl_DStringFree(&titleBuf); |
| 2949 | 2941 | Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpBuf); |
| 2950 | 2942 | UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook); |
| 2987 | 2979 | if (WC_DIALOG == lpcbtcreate->lpcs->lpszClass) { |
| 2988 | 2980 | HWND hwnd = (HWND) wParam; |
| 2989 | 2981 | |
| 2990 | SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 2982 | SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 2991 | 2983 | (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hSmallIcon); |
| 2992 | SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hBigIcon); | |
| 2984 | SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hBigIcon); | |
| 2993 | 2985 | } |
| 2994 | 2986 | } |
| 2995 | 2987 | |
| 3021 | 3013 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 3022 | 3014 | char buf[32]; |
| 3023 | 3015 | |
| 3024 | sprintf(buf, "0x%p", (HWND) clientData); | |
| 3016 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)clientData); | |
| 3025 | 3017 | Tcl_SetVar2(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", NULL, buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 3026 | 3018 | } |
| 3027 | 3019 | |
| 3031 | 3023 | |
| 3032 | 3024 | static const char * |
| 3033 | 3025 | ConvertExternalFilename( |
| 3034 | TCHAR *filename, | |
| 3026 | WCHAR *filename, | |
| 3035 | 3027 | Tcl_DString *dsPtr) |
| 3036 | 3028 | { |
| 3037 | 3029 | char *p; |
| 3038 | 3030 | |
| 3039 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filename, -1, dsPtr); | |
| 3031 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)filename, -1, dsPtr); | |
| 3040 | 3032 | for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) { |
| 3041 | 3033 | /* |
| 3042 | 3034 | * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back |
| 3066 | 3058 | static Tcl_Obj * |
| 3067 | 3059 | GetFontObj( |
| 3068 | 3060 | HDC hdc, |
| 3069 | LOGFONT *plf) | |
| 3061 | LOGFONTW *plf) | |
| 3070 | 3062 | { |
| 3071 | 3063 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 3072 | 3064 | Tcl_Obj *resObj; |
| 3073 | 3065 | int pt = 0; |
| 3074 | 3066 | |
| 3075 | 3067 | resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); |
| 3076 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(plf->lfFaceName, -1, &ds); | |
| 3068 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)plf->lfFaceName, -1, &ds); | |
| 3077 | 3069 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, |
| 3078 | 3070 | Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1)); |
| 3079 | 3071 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 3102 | 3094 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 3103 | 3095 | Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, |
| 3104 | 3096 | HDC hdc, |
| 3105 | LOGFONT *logfontPtr) | |
| 3097 | LOGFONTW *logfontPtr) | |
| 3106 | 3098 | { |
| 3107 | 3099 | int objc; |
| 3108 | 3100 | Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv; |
| 3161 | 3153 | |
| 3162 | 3154 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(phd->titleObj), -1, &title); |
| 3163 | 3155 | if (Tcl_DStringLength(&title) > 0) { |
| 3164 | SetWindowText(hwndDlg, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&title)); | |
| 3156 | SetWindowTextW(hwndDlg, (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&title)); | |
| 3165 | 3157 | } |
| 3166 | 3158 | Tcl_DStringFree(&title); |
| 3167 | 3159 | } |
| 3194 | 3186 | */ |
| 3195 | 3187 | |
| 3196 | 3188 | if (WM_COMMAND == msg && LOWORD(wParam) == 1026) { |
| 3197 | LOGFONT lf = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0, 0}}; | |
| 3189 | LOGFONTW lf = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0, 0}}; | |
| 3198 | 3190 | HDC hdc = GetDC(hwndDlg); |
| 3199 | 3191 | |
| 3200 | SendMessage(hwndDlg, WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM) &lf); | |
| 3192 | SendMessageW(hwndDlg, WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM) &lf); | |
| 3201 | 3193 | if (phd && phd->cmdObj) { |
| 3202 | 3194 | ApplyLogfont(phd->interp, phd->cmdObj, hdc, &lf); |
| 3203 | 3195 | } |
| 3350 | 3342 | Tk_Window parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, |
| 3351 | 3343 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), tkwin); |
| 3352 | 3344 | |
| 3353 | if (parent == None) { | |
| 3345 | if (parent == NULL) { | |
| 3354 | 3346 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3355 | 3347 | } |
| 3356 | 3348 | if (hdPtr->parentObj) { |
| 3433 | 3425 | { |
| 3434 | 3426 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 3435 | 3427 | Tk_Window tkwin = clientData, parent; |
| 3436 | CHOOSEFONT cf; | |
| 3437 | LOGFONT lf; | |
| 3428 | CHOOSEFONTW cf; | |
| 3429 | LOGFONTW lf; | |
| 3438 | 3430 | HDC hdc; |
| 3439 | 3431 | HookData *hdPtr; |
| 3440 | 3432 | int r = TCL_OK, oldMode = 0; |
| 3445 | 3437 | if (hdPtr->parentObj) { |
| 3446 | 3438 | parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(hdPtr->parentObj), |
| 3447 | 3439 | tkwin); |
| 3448 | if (parent == None) { | |
| 3440 | if (parent == NULL) { | |
| 3449 | 3441 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3450 | 3442 | } |
| 3451 | 3443 | } |
| 3477 | 3469 | fontPtr = (TkFont *) f; |
| 3478 | 3470 | cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT; |
| 3479 | 3471 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds); |
| 3480 | _tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 3472 | wcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 3481 | 3473 | LF_FACESIZE-1); |
| 3482 | 3474 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 3483 | 3475 | lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0; |
| 3509 | 3501 | |
| 3510 | 3502 | if (TCL_OK == r) { |
| 3511 | 3503 | oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); |
| 3512 | if (ChooseFont(&cf)) { | |
| 3504 | if (ChooseFontW(&cf)) { | |
| 3513 | 3505 | if (hdPtr->cmdObj) { |
| 3514 | 3506 | ApplyLogfont(hdPtr->interp, hdPtr->cmdObj, hdc, &lf); |
| 3515 | 3507 | } |
| 102 | 102 | |
| 103 | 103 | typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints); |
| 104 | 104 | |
| 105 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 105 | typedef struct { | |
| 106 | 106 | POINT *winPoints; /* Array of points that is reused. */ |
| 107 | 107 | int nWinPoints; /* Current size of point array. */ |
| 108 | 108 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 1447 | 1447 | rect.bottom = y + height; |
| 1448 | 1448 | oldColor = SetBkColor(dc, (COLORREF)pixel); |
| 1449 | 1449 | SetBkMode(dc, OPAQUE); |
| 1450 | ExtTextOut(dc, 0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rect, NULL, 0, NULL); | |
| 1450 | ExtTextOutW(dc, 0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rect, NULL, 0, NULL); | |
| 1451 | 1451 | SetBkColor(dc, oldColor); |
| 1452 | 1452 | } |
| 1453 | 1453 | |
| 33 | 33 | * process. */ |
| 34 | 34 | } Container; |
| 35 | 35 | |
| 36 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 36 | typedef struct { | |
| 37 | 37 | Container *firstContainerPtr; |
| 38 | 38 | /* First in list of all containers managed by |
| 39 | 39 | * this process. */ |
| 159 | 159 | { |
| 160 | 160 | if(!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { |
| 161 | 161 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)winPtr->privatePtr; |
| 162 | int state = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 162 | int state = SendMessageW(hwnd, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 163 | 163 | |
| 164 | 164 | if (state < 0 || state > 3) { |
| 165 | 165 | state = NormalState; |
| 282 | 282 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 283 | 283 | } |
| 284 | 284 | |
| 285 | id = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY, 0); | |
| 285 | id = SendMessageW(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY, 0); | |
| 286 | 286 | if (id == PTR2INT(hwnd)) { |
| 287 | if (!SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE, 0)) { | |
| 287 | if (!SendMessageW(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE, 0)) { | |
| 288 | 288 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 289 | 289 | "The container is already in use", -1)); |
| 290 | 290 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "IN_USE", NULL); |
| 302 | 302 | * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future. |
| 303 | 303 | */ |
| 304 | 304 | |
| 305 | TCHAR msg[256]; | |
| 306 | ||
| 307 | wsprintf(msg, TEXT("Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\". Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching."), string); | |
| 308 | if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, TEXT("Tk Warning"), | |
| 305 | WCHAR msg[256]; | |
| 306 | ||
| 307 | wsprintfW(msg, L"Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\". Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching.", string); | |
| 308 | if (IDCANCEL == MessageBoxW(hwnd, msg, L"Tk Warning", | |
| 309 | 309 | MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) { |
| 310 | 310 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 311 | 311 | "Operation has been canceled", -1)); |
| 855 | 855 | Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr; |
| 856 | 856 | |
| 857 | 857 | if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { |
| 858 | ||
| 859 | /* | |
| 860 | * Send a ConfigureNotify to the embedded application. | |
| 861 | */ | |
| 862 | ||
| 863 | if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { | |
| 864 | TkDoConfigureNotify(containerPtr->embeddedPtr); | |
| 865 | } | |
| 866 | ||
| 858 | 867 | /* |
| 859 | 868 | * Resize the embedded window, if there is any. |
| 860 | 869 | */ |
| 1008 | 1017 | * it. */ |
| 1009 | 1018 | { |
| 1010 | 1019 | HWND hwnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topLevelPtr->window)); |
| 1011 | SendMessage(hwnd, TK_CLAIMFOCUS, (WPARAM) force, 0); | |
| 1020 | SendMessageW(hwnd, TK_CLAIMFOCUS, (WPARAM) force, 0); | |
| 1012 | 1021 | } |
| 1013 | 1022 | |
| 1014 | 1023 | /* |
| 1086 | 1095 | break; |
| 1087 | 1096 | } |
| 1088 | 1097 | if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { |
| 1089 | SendMessage(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0); | |
| 1098 | SendMessageW(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0); | |
| 1090 | 1099 | containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; |
| 1091 | 1100 | containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; |
| 1092 | 1101 | break; |
| 0 | 0 | /* |
| 1 | 1 | * tkWinFont.c -- |
| 2 | 2 | * |
| 3 | * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant font | |
| 3 | * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independent font | |
| 4 | 4 | * package interface. |
| 5 | 5 | * |
| 6 | 6 | * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. |
| 27 | 27 | |
| 28 | 28 | #define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10 |
| 29 | 29 | |
| 30 | #define FONTMAP_PAGES (1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT)) | |
| 31 | 30 | #define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT) |
| 31 | #define FONTMAP_PAGES (0x30000 / FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE) | |
| 32 | 32 | |
| 33 | 33 | typedef struct FontFamily { |
| 34 | 34 | struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */ |
| 49 | 49 | int isSymbolFont; /* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */ |
| 50 | 50 | int isWideFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0 |
| 51 | 51 | * otherwise. */ |
| 52 | BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC hdc, int x, int y, TCHAR *str, int len); | |
| 52 | BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC hdc, int x, int y, WCHAR *str, int len); | |
| 53 | 53 | /* The procedure to use to draw text after it |
| 54 | 54 | * has been converted from UTF-8 to the |
| 55 | 55 | * encoding of this font. */ |
| 56 | BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE); | |
| 56 | BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE); | |
| 57 | 57 | /* The procedure to use to measure text after |
| 58 | 58 | * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the |
| 59 | 59 | * encoding of this font. */ |
| 167 | 167 | {-1, NULL} |
| 168 | 168 | }; |
| 169 | 169 | |
| 170 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 170 | typedef struct { | |
| 171 | 171 | FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are |
| 172 | 172 | * currently loaded. As screen fonts are |
| 173 | 173 | * loaded, this list grows to hold information |
| 176 | 176 | Tcl_HashTable uidTable; |
| 177 | 177 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 178 | 178 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 179 | ||
| 180 | /* | |
| 181 | * Information cached about the system at startup time. | |
| 182 | */ | |
| 183 | ||
| 184 | static Tcl_Encoding systemEncoding; | |
| 185 | 179 | |
| 186 | 180 | /* |
| 187 | 181 | * Procedures used only in this file. |
| 212 | 206 | SubFont *subFontPtr); |
| 213 | 207 | static int CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 214 | 208 | Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, |
| 215 | LOGFONT* logFontPtr); | |
| 209 | LOGFONTW* logFontPtr); | |
| 216 | 210 | static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 217 | 211 | Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, HFONT hFont); |
| 218 | 212 | static int LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, |
| 228 | 222 | SubFont *subFontPtr, double angle); |
| 229 | 223 | static inline void SwapLong(PULONG p); |
| 230 | 224 | static inline void SwapShort(USHORT *p); |
| 231 | static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, | |
| 225 | static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, | |
| 232 | 226 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, |
| 233 | 227 | LPARAM lParam); |
| 234 | static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, | |
| 228 | static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, | |
| 235 | 229 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, |
| 236 | 230 | LPARAM lParam); |
| 237 | static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, | |
| 231 | static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, | |
| 238 | 232 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, |
| 239 | 233 | LPARAM lParam); |
| 240 | 234 | |
| 261 | 255 | TkpFontPkgInit( |
| 262 | 256 | TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ |
| 263 | 257 | { |
| 264 | systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); | |
| 265 | 258 | TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr); |
| 266 | 259 | } |
| 267 | 260 | |
| 330 | 323 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 331 | 324 | Tk_Window tkwin, |
| 332 | 325 | const char* name, |
| 333 | LOGFONT* logFontPtr) | |
| 326 | LOGFONTW* logFontPtr) | |
| 334 | 327 | { |
| 335 | 328 | HFONT hFont; |
| 336 | 329 | int r; |
| 337 | 330 | |
| 338 | hFont = CreateFontIndirect(logFontPtr); | |
| 331 | hFont = CreateFontIndirectW(logFontPtr); | |
| 339 | 332 | r = CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, name, hFont); |
| 340 | 333 | DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)hFont); |
| 341 | 334 | return r; |
| 391 | 384 | Tcl_Interp *interp; |
| 392 | 385 | Tk_Window tkwin; |
| 393 | 386 | const TkStateMap *mapPtr; |
| 394 | NONCLIENTMETRICS ncMetrics; | |
| 395 | ICONMETRICS iconMetrics; | |
| 387 | NONCLIENTMETRICSW ncMetrics; | |
| 388 | ICONMETRICSW iconMetrics; | |
| 396 | 389 | HFONT hFont; |
| 397 | 390 | |
| 398 | 391 | interp = (Tcl_Interp *) mainPtr->interp; |
| 412 | 405 | |
| 413 | 406 | ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics)); |
| 414 | 407 | ncMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(ncMetrics); |
| 415 | if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, | |
| 408 | if (SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, | |
| 416 | 409 | sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) { |
| 417 | 410 | CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont", |
| 418 | 411 | &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); |
| 431 | 424 | } |
| 432 | 425 | |
| 433 | 426 | iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics); |
| 434 | if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics), | |
| 427 | if (SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics), | |
| 435 | 428 | &iconMetrics, 0)) { |
| 436 | 429 | CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont", |
| 437 | 430 | &iconMetrics.lfFont); |
| 443 | 436 | */ |
| 444 | 437 | |
| 445 | 438 | { |
| 446 | LOGFONT lfFixed = { | |
| 439 | LOGFONTW lfFixed = { | |
| 447 | 440 | 0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET, |
| 448 | 0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, TEXT("") | |
| 441 | 0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, L"" | |
| 449 | 442 | }; |
| 450 | 443 | long pointSize, dpi; |
| 451 | 444 | HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL); |
| 650 | 643 | * because it only exists under NT. |
| 651 | 644 | */ |
| 652 | 645 | |
| 653 | EnumFontFamilies(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontFamilyEnumProc, | |
| 646 | EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontFamilyEnumProc, | |
| 654 | 647 | (LPARAM) resultObj); |
| 655 | 648 | ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); |
| 656 | 649 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); |
| 658 | 651 | |
| 659 | 652 | static int CALLBACK |
| 660 | 653 | WinFontFamilyEnumProc( |
| 661 | ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 654 | ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 662 | 655 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */ |
| 663 | 656 | int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */ |
| 664 | 657 | LPARAM lParam) /* Result object to hold result. */ |
| 665 | 658 | { |
| 666 | char *faceName = (char *) lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName; | |
| 667 | 659 | Tcl_Obj *resultObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam; |
| 668 | 660 | Tcl_DString faceString; |
| 669 | 661 | |
| 670 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 662 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 671 | 663 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 672 | 664 | Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), Tcl_DStringLength(&faceString))); |
| 673 | 665 | Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); |
| 750 | 742 | * character */ |
| 751 | 743 | FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr; |
| 752 | 744 | HFONT oldfont; /* Saved font from the device context */ |
| 753 | TEXTMETRIC tm; /* Font metrics of the selected subfont */ | |
| 745 | TEXTMETRICW tm; /* Font metrics of the selected subfont */ | |
| 754 | 746 | |
| 755 | 747 | /* |
| 756 | 748 | * Get the font attributes. |
| 757 | 749 | */ |
| 758 | 750 | |
| 759 | 751 | oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0); |
| 760 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
| 752 | GetTextMetricsW(hdc, &tm); | |
| 761 | 753 | SelectObject(hdc, oldfont); |
| 762 | 754 | ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc); |
| 763 | 755 | faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName; |
| 857 | 849 | (int) (p - start), &runString); |
| 858 | 850 | size.cx = 0; |
| 859 | 851 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, |
| 860 | (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 852 | (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 861 | 853 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, |
| 862 | 854 | &size); |
| 863 | 855 | Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); |
| 884 | 876 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, |
| 885 | 877 | (int) (p - start), &runString); |
| 886 | 878 | size.cx = 0; |
| 887 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 879 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 888 | 880 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, |
| 889 | 881 | &size); |
| 890 | 882 | Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); |
| 918 | 910 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote); |
| 919 | 911 | size.cx = 0; |
| 920 | 912 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, |
| 921 | (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 913 | (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 922 | 914 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, |
| 923 | 915 | &size); |
| 924 | 916 | if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { |
| 987 | 979 | } |
| 988 | 980 | |
| 989 | 981 | *lengthPtr = curX; |
| 990 | return p - source; | |
| 982 | return (int)(p - source); | |
| 991 | 983 | } |
| 992 | 984 | |
| 993 | 985 | /* |
| 1108 | 1100 | HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple; |
| 1109 | 1101 | HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap; |
| 1110 | 1102 | HDC dcMem; |
| 1111 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1103 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1112 | 1104 | SIZE size; |
| 1113 | 1105 | |
| 1114 | 1106 | if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { |
| 1135 | 1127 | */ |
| 1136 | 1128 | |
| 1137 | 1129 | GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size); |
| 1138 | GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1130 | GetTextMetricsW(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1139 | 1131 | size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang; |
| 1140 | 1132 | bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy); |
| 1141 | 1133 | oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap); |
| 1174 | 1166 | } else { |
| 1175 | 1167 | HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap; |
| 1176 | 1168 | HDC dcMem; |
| 1177 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1169 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1178 | 1170 | SIZE size; |
| 1179 | 1171 | |
| 1180 | 1172 | dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc); |
| 1189 | 1181 | */ |
| 1190 | 1182 | |
| 1191 | 1183 | GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size); |
| 1192 | GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1184 | GetTextMetricsW(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1193 | 1185 | size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang; |
| 1194 | 1186 | bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy); |
| 1195 | 1187 | oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap); |
| 1256 | 1248 | HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple; |
| 1257 | 1249 | HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap; |
| 1258 | 1250 | HDC dcMem; |
| 1259 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1251 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1260 | 1252 | SIZE size; |
| 1261 | 1253 | |
| 1262 | 1254 | if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { |
| 1283 | 1275 | */ |
| 1284 | 1276 | |
| 1285 | 1277 | GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size); |
| 1286 | GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1278 | GetTextMetricsW(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1287 | 1279 | size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang; |
| 1288 | 1280 | bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy); |
| 1289 | 1281 | oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap); |
| 1322 | 1314 | } else { |
| 1323 | 1315 | HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap; |
| 1324 | 1316 | HDC dcMem; |
| 1325 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1317 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1326 | 1318 | SIZE size; |
| 1327 | 1319 | |
| 1328 | 1320 | dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc); |
| 1337 | 1329 | */ |
| 1338 | 1330 | |
| 1339 | 1331 | GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size); |
| 1340 | GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1332 | GetTextMetricsW(dcMem, &tm); | |
| 1341 | 1333 | size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang; |
| 1342 | 1334 | bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy); |
| 1343 | 1335 | oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap); |
| 1444 | 1436 | Tcl_DString runString; |
| 1445 | 1437 | const char *p, *end, *next; |
| 1446 | 1438 | SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr; |
| 1447 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1439 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1448 | 1440 | |
| 1449 | 1441 | lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; |
| 1450 | 1442 | oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle); |
| 1451 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1443 | GetTextMetricsW(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1452 | 1444 | |
| 1453 | 1445 | end = source + numBytes; |
| 1454 | 1446 | for (p = source; p < end; ) { |
| 1468 | 1460 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, |
| 1469 | 1461 | (int) (p - source), &runString); |
| 1470 | 1462 | familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y, |
| 1471 | (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1463 | (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1472 | 1464 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont); |
| 1473 | 1465 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, |
| 1474 | (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1466 | (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1475 | 1467 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, |
| 1476 | 1468 | &size); |
| 1477 | 1469 | x += size.cx; |
| 1480 | 1472 | lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; |
| 1481 | 1473 | source = p; |
| 1482 | 1474 | SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle); |
| 1483 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1475 | GetTextMetricsW(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1484 | 1476 | } |
| 1485 | 1477 | p = next; |
| 1486 | 1478 | } |
| 1489 | 1481 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, |
| 1490 | 1482 | (int) (p - source), &runString); |
| 1491 | 1483 | familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y, |
| 1492 | (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1484 | (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), | |
| 1493 | 1485 | Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont); |
| 1494 | 1486 | Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); |
| 1495 | 1487 | } |
| 1550 | 1542 | HFONT hFont, /* Windows token for font. */ |
| 1551 | 1543 | int overstrike, /* The overstrike attribute of logfont used to |
| 1552 | 1544 | * allocate this font. For some reason, the |
| 1553 | * TEXTMETRICs may contain incorrect info in | |
| 1545 | * TEXTMETRICWs may contain incorrect info in | |
| 1554 | 1546 | * the tmStruckOut field. */ |
| 1555 | 1547 | WinFont *fontPtr) /* Filled with information constructed from |
| 1556 | 1548 | * the above arguments. */ |
| 1558 | 1550 | HDC hdc; |
| 1559 | 1551 | HWND hwnd; |
| 1560 | 1552 | HFONT oldFont; |
| 1561 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 1553 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 1562 | 1554 | Window window; |
| 1563 | 1555 | TkFontMetrics *fmPtr; |
| 1564 | 1556 | Tcl_Encoding encoding; |
| 1565 | 1557 | Tcl_DString faceString; |
| 1566 | 1558 | TkFontAttributes *faPtr; |
| 1567 | TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE]; | |
| 1559 | WCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE]; | |
| 1568 | 1560 | |
| 1569 | 1561 | window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 1570 | 1562 | hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); |
| 1571 | 1563 | hdc = GetDC(hwnd); |
| 1572 | 1564 | oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); |
| 1573 | 1565 | |
| 1574 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1575 | ||
| 1576 | /* | |
| 1577 | * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the | |
| 1578 | * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we | |
| 1579 | * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we | |
| 1580 | * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international | |
| 1581 | * characters. | |
| 1582 | * | |
| 1583 | * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names | |
| 1584 | * are not allowed, so the ANSI version of GetTextFace will work. On an | |
| 1585 | * internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with international | |
| 1586 | * names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in the | |
| 1587 | * international system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of | |
| 1588 | * GetTextFace because it only exists under NT. | |
| 1589 | */ | |
| 1590 | ||
| 1591 | GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf); | |
| 1592 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString); | |
| 1566 | GetTextMetricsW(hdc, &tm); | |
| 1567 | ||
| 1568 | GetTextFaceW(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf); | |
| 1569 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)buf, -1, &faceString); | |
| 1593 | 1570 | |
| 1594 | 1571 | fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr; |
| 1595 | 1572 | fontPtr->hwnd = hwnd; |
| 1618 | 1595 | |
| 1619 | 1596 | encoding = fontPtr->subFontArray[0].familyPtr->encoding; |
| 1620 | 1597 | if (encoding == TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) { |
| 1621 | GetCharWidth(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths); | |
| 1598 | GetCharWidthW(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths); | |
| 1622 | 1599 | } else { |
| 1623 | 1600 | GetCharWidthA(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths); |
| 1624 | 1601 | } |
| 1760 | 1737 | FontFamily *familyPtr; |
| 1761 | 1738 | Tcl_DString faceString; |
| 1762 | 1739 | Tcl_Encoding encoding; |
| 1763 | TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE]; | |
| 1740 | WCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE]; | |
| 1764 | 1741 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 1765 | 1742 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 1766 | 1743 | |
| 1767 | 1744 | hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); |
| 1768 | GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf); | |
| 1769 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString); | |
| 1745 | GetTextFaceW(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf); | |
| 1746 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)buf, -1, &faceString); | |
| 1770 | 1747 | faceName = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString)); |
| 1771 | 1748 | Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); |
| 1772 | 1749 | hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); |
| 1822 | 1799 | } |
| 1823 | 1800 | |
| 1824 | 1801 | if (encoding == NULL) { |
| 1825 | encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); | |
| 1802 | encoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); | |
| 1826 | 1803 | familyPtr->textOutProc = |
| 1827 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutW; | |
| 1804 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, WCHAR *, int)) TextOutW; | |
| 1828 | 1805 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = |
| 1829 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W; | |
| 1806 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W; | |
| 1830 | 1807 | familyPtr->isWideFont = 1; |
| 1831 | 1808 | } else { |
| 1832 | 1809 | familyPtr->textOutProc = |
| 1833 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutA; | |
| 1810 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, WCHAR *, int)) TextOutA; | |
| 1834 | 1811 | familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = |
| 1835 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A; | |
| 1812 | (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, WCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A; | |
| 1836 | 1813 | familyPtr->isWideFont = 0; |
| 1837 | 1814 | } |
| 1838 | 1815 | |
| 1942 | 1919 | SubFont *subFontPtr; |
| 1943 | 1920 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 1944 | 1921 | |
| 1945 | ||
| 1946 | if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) || (ch >= 0x10000)) { | |
| 1922 | if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) || (ch >= 0x30000)) { | |
| 1947 | 1923 | return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; |
| 1948 | 1924 | } |
| 1949 | 1925 | |
| 2028 | 2004 | canUse.ch = ch; |
| 2029 | 2005 | canUse.subFontPtr = NULL; |
| 2030 | 2006 | canUse.subFontPtrPtr = subFontPtrPtr; |
| 2031 | EnumFontFamilies(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontCanUseProc, | |
| 2007 | EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontCanUseProc, | |
| 2032 | 2008 | (LPARAM) &canUse); |
| 2033 | 2009 | subFontPtr = canUse.subFontPtr; |
| 2034 | 2010 | |
| 2050 | 2026 | |
| 2051 | 2027 | static int CALLBACK |
| 2052 | 2028 | WinFontCanUseProc( |
| 2053 | ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 2029 | ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 2054 | 2030 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */ |
| 2055 | 2031 | int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */ |
| 2056 | 2032 | LPARAM lParam) /* Result object to hold result. */ |
| 2070 | 2046 | fontPtr = canUsePtr->fontPtr; |
| 2071 | 2047 | nameTriedPtr = canUsePtr->nameTriedPtr; |
| 2072 | 2048 | |
| 2073 | fallbackName = (char *) lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName; | |
| 2074 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, fallbackName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 2075 | fallbackName = Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString); | |
| 2049 | fallbackName = Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 2076 | 2050 | |
| 2077 | 2051 | if (SeenName(fallbackName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) { |
| 2078 | 2052 | subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, ch, |
| 2115 | 2089 | { |
| 2116 | 2090 | int row, bitOffset; |
| 2117 | 2091 | |
| 2092 | if (ch < 0 || ch >= 0x30000) { | |
| 2093 | return 0; | |
| 2094 | } | |
| 2095 | ||
| 2118 | 2096 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; |
| 2119 | 2097 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { |
| 2120 | 2098 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); |
| 2155 | 2133 | { |
| 2156 | 2134 | int row, bitOffset; |
| 2157 | 2135 | |
| 2158 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; | |
| 2159 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { | |
| 2160 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); | |
| 2161 | } | |
| 2162 | bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); | |
| 2163 | subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); | |
| 2136 | if (ch >= 0 && ch < 0x30000) { | |
| 2137 | row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT; | |
| 2138 | if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) { | |
| 2139 | FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row); | |
| 2140 | } | |
| 2141 | bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1); | |
| 2142 | subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7); | |
| 2143 | } | |
| 2164 | 2144 | } |
| 2165 | 2145 | |
| 2166 | 2146 | /* |
| 2177 | 2157 | * None. |
| 2178 | 2158 | * |
| 2179 | 2159 | * Side effects: |
| 2180 | * Mempry allocated. | |
| 2160 | * Memory allocated. | |
| 2181 | 2161 | * |
| 2182 | 2162 | *------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2183 | 2163 | */ |
| 2244 | 2224 | end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT; |
| 2245 | 2225 | for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) { |
| 2246 | 2226 | if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, |
| 2247 | Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, | |
| 2227 | TkUniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, | |
| 2248 | 2228 | buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2249 | 2229 | continue; |
| 2250 | 2230 | } |
| 2476 | 2456 | { |
| 2477 | 2457 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 2478 | 2458 | HFONT hFont; |
| 2479 | LOGFONT lf; | |
| 2459 | LOGFONTW lf; | |
| 2480 | 2460 | |
| 2481 | 2461 | memset(&lf, 0, sizeof(lf)); |
| 2482 | 2462 | lf.lfHeight = -pixelSize; |
| 2493 | 2473 | lf.lfQuality = DEFAULT_QUALITY; |
| 2494 | 2474 | lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE; |
| 2495 | 2475 | |
| 2496 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &ds); | |
| 2497 | _tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), LF_FACESIZE-1); | |
| 2476 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(faceName, -1, &ds); | |
| 2477 | wcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), LF_FACESIZE-1); | |
| 2498 | 2478 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 2499 | 2479 | lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0; |
| 2500 | hFont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf); | |
| 2480 | hFont = CreateFontIndirectW(&lf); | |
| 2501 | 2481 | return hFont; |
| 2502 | 2482 | } |
| 2503 | 2483 | |
| 2544 | 2524 | return 0; |
| 2545 | 2525 | } |
| 2546 | 2526 | |
| 2547 | Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 2527 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(faceName, -1, &faceString); | |
| 2548 | 2528 | |
| 2549 | 2529 | /* |
| 2550 | 2530 | * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and |
| 2553 | 2533 | * non-zero value. |
| 2554 | 2534 | */ |
| 2555 | 2535 | |
| 2556 | result = EnumFontFamilies(hdc, (TCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), | |
| 2557 | (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontExistProc, 0); | |
| 2536 | result = EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, (WCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), | |
| 2537 | (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontExistProc, 0); | |
| 2558 | 2538 | Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); |
| 2559 | 2539 | return (result == 0); |
| 2560 | 2540 | } |
| 2583 | 2563 | |
| 2584 | 2564 | static int CALLBACK |
| 2585 | 2565 | WinFontExistProc( |
| 2586 | ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 2566 | ENUMLOGFONTW *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ | |
| 2587 | 2567 | NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */ |
| 2588 | 2568 | int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */ |
| 2589 | 2569 | LPARAM lParam) /* EnumFontData to hold result. */ |
| 125 | 125 | */ |
| 126 | 126 | |
| 127 | 127 | destPtr[3] = 0; |
| 128 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
| 128 | 129 | case 24: |
| 129 | 130 | /* |
| 130 | 131 | * Pixel is triplet: 0xBBGGRR. |
| 346 | 347 | |
| 347 | 348 | size = sizeof(BITMAPINFO); |
| 348 | 349 | if (depth <= 8) { |
| 349 | size += sizeof(unsigned short) * (1 << depth); | |
| 350 | size += sizeof(unsigned short) << depth; | |
| 350 | 351 | } |
| 351 | 352 | bmInfo = ckalloc(size); |
| 352 | 353 | |
| 177 | 177 | TkWin32ErrorObj( |
| 178 | 178 | HRESULT hrError) |
| 179 | 179 | { |
| 180 | LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL; | |
| 181 | TCHAR sBuffer[30]; | |
| 180 | LPWSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL; | |
| 181 | WCHAR sBuffer[30]; | |
| 182 | 182 | Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL; |
| 183 | #ifdef _UNICODE | |
| 184 | 183 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 185 | #endif | |
| 186 | ||
| 187 | FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | |
| 184 | ||
| 185 | FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | |
| 188 | 186 | | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError, |
| 189 | LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL); | |
| 187 | LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPWSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL); | |
| 190 | 188 | |
| 191 | 189 | if (lpBuffer == NULL) { |
| 192 | 190 | lpBuffer = sBuffer; |
| 193 | wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError); | |
| 194 | } | |
| 195 | ||
| 196 | if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) { | |
| 197 | *p = TEXT('\0'); | |
| 198 | } | |
| 199 | ||
| 200 | #ifdef _UNICODE | |
| 201 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer) * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); | |
| 191 | wsprintfW(sBuffer, L"Error Code: %08lX", hrError); | |
| 192 | } | |
| 193 | ||
| 194 | if ((p = wcsrchr(lpBuffer, '\r')) != NULL) { | |
| 195 | *p = '\0'; | |
| 196 | } | |
| 197 | ||
| 198 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)lpBuffer, -1, &ds); | |
| 202 | 199 | errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 203 | 200 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 204 | #else | |
| 205 | errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer)); | |
| 206 | #endif /* _UNICODE */ | |
| 207 | 201 | |
| 208 | 202 | if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) { |
| 209 | 203 | LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer); |
| 116 | 116 | * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types. |
| 117 | 117 | */ |
| 118 | 118 | |
| 119 | #define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkTopLevel") | |
| 120 | #define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkChild") | |
| 119 | #define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME L"TkTopLevel" | |
| 120 | #define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME L"TkChild" | |
| 121 | 121 | |
| 122 | 122 | /* |
| 123 | 123 | * The following variable is a translation table between X gc functions and |
| 200 | 200 | MODULE_SCOPE int TkpWmGetState(TkWindow *winPtr); |
| 201 | 201 | |
| 202 | 202 | /* |
| 203 | * The following is implemented in tkWinPointer.c and also used in tkWinWindow.c | |
| 204 | */ | |
| 205 | ||
| 206 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkSetCursorPos(int x, int y); | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | /* | |
| 203 | 209 | * Common routines used in Windows implementation |
| 204 | 210 | */ |
| 205 | 211 | MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkWin32ErrorObj(HRESULT hrError); |
| 212 | 218 | */ |
| 213 | 219 | |
| 214 | 220 | #ifndef GetClassLongPtr |
| 215 | # define GetClassLongPtrA GetClassLongA | |
| 216 | 221 | # define GetClassLongPtrW GetClassLongW |
| 217 | # define SetClassLongPtrA SetClassLongA | |
| 218 | 222 | # define SetClassLongPtrW SetClassLongW |
| 219 | # ifdef UNICODE | |
| 220 | # define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrW | |
| 221 | # define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrW | |
| 222 | # else | |
| 223 | # define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrA | |
| 224 | # define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrA | |
| 225 | # endif /* !UNICODE */ | |
| 226 | 223 | #endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */ |
| 227 | 224 | #ifndef GCLP_HICON |
| 228 | 225 | # define GCLP_HICON GCL_HICON |
| 232 | 229 | #endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */ |
| 233 | 230 | |
| 234 | 231 | #ifndef GetWindowLongPtr |
| 235 | # define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA | |
| 236 | 232 | # define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW |
| 237 | # define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA | |
| 238 | 233 | # define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW |
| 239 | # ifdef UNICODE | |
| 240 | # define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW | |
| 241 | # define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW | |
| 242 | # else | |
| 243 | # define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW | |
| 244 | # define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW | |
| 245 | # endif /* !UNICODE */ | |
| 246 | 234 | #endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */ |
| 247 | 235 | #ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC |
| 248 | 236 | #define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC |
| 10 | 10 | */ |
| 11 | 11 | |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| 13 | #include "X11/XF86keysym.h" | |
| 13 | 14 | |
| 14 | 15 | /* |
| 15 | 16 | * The keymap table holds mappings of Windows keycodes to X keysyms. If |
| 20 | 21 | * like a worthwhile improvement to use the table. |
| 21 | 22 | */ |
| 22 | 23 | |
| 23 | #define MAX_KEYCODE 179 /* VK_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE is the last entry in our table below */ | |
| 24 | #define MAX_KEYCODE 183 /* VK_LAUNCH_APP2 is the last entry in our table below */ | |
| 24 | 25 | /* cf. https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx */ |
| 25 | 26 | |
| 26 | 27 | static const KeySym keymap[] = { |
| 27 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol, | |
| 28 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, | |
| 29 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol, | |
| 30 | NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause, | |
| 31 | XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 32 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 33 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next, | |
| 34 | XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right, | |
| 35 | XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol, | |
| 36 | XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 37 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 38 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 39 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 40 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 41 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 42 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 43 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 44 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 45 | NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol, | |
| 46 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 47 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 48 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 49 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3, | |
| 50 | XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8, | |
| 51 | XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13, | |
| 52 | XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18, | |
| 53 | XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23, | |
| 54 | XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 55 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock, | |
| 56 | XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, | |
| 28 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol, /*0 0x0*/ | |
| 29 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, /*5 0x5*/ | |
| 30 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol, /*10 0xA*/ | |
| 31 | NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause, /*15 0xE*/ | |
| 32 | XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*20 0x14*/ | |
| 33 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*25 0x19*/ | |
| 34 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next, /*30 0x1E*/ | |
| 35 | XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right, /*35 0x23*/ | |
| 36 | XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol, /*40 0x28*/ | |
| 37 | XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*45 0x2D*/ | |
| 38 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*50 0x32*/ | |
| 39 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*55 0x37*/ | |
| 40 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*60 0x3C*/ | |
| 41 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*65 0x41*/ | |
| 42 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*70 0x46*/ | |
| 43 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*75 0x4B*/ | |
| 44 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*80 0x50*/ | |
| 45 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*85 0x55*/ | |
| 46 | NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol, /*90 0x5A*/ | |
| 47 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*95 0x5F*/ | |
| 48 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*100 0x64*/ | |
| 49 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*105 0x69*/ | |
| 50 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3, /*110 0x6E*/ | |
| 51 | XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8, /*115 0x73*/ | |
| 52 | XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13, /*120 0x78*/ | |
| 53 | XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18, /*125 0x7D*/ | |
| 54 | XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23, /*130 0x82*/ | |
| 55 | XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*135 0x87*/ | |
| 56 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock, /*140 0x8C*/ | |
| 57 | XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*145 0x91*/ | |
| 57 | 58 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*150 0x96*/ |
| 58 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*155 0x9b*/ | |
| 59 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*160 0xa0*/ | |
| 60 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*165 0xa5*/ | |
| 61 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_XF86AudioMute, XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume, /*170 0xaa*/ | |
| 62 | XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume, XK_XF86AudioNext, XK_XF86AudioPrev, XK_XF86AudioStop, XK_XF86AudioPlay /*175 0xaf*/ | |
| 59 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*155 0x9B*/ | |
| 60 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*160 0xA0*/ | |
| 61 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*165 0xA5*/ | |
| 62 | NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XF86XK_AudioMute, XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume, /*170 0xAA*/ | |
| 63 | XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume, XF86XK_AudioNext, XF86XK_AudioPrev, XF86XK_AudioStop, XF86XK_AudioPlay, /*175 0xAF*/ | |
| 64 | XF86XK_Mail, XF86XK_AudioMedia, XF86XK_Launch0, XF86XK_Launch1 /*180 0xB4*/ | |
| 63 | 65 | }; |
| 64 | 66 | |
| 65 | 67 | /* |
| 121 | 123 | |
| 122 | 124 | if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256)) |
| 123 | 125 | || (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) { |
| 124 | len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf); | |
| 126 | len = TkUniCharToUtf(keysym & 255, buf); | |
| 125 | 127 | Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len); |
| 126 | 128 | } |
| 127 | 129 | } |
| 185 | 187 | { |
| 186 | 188 | BYTE keys[256]; |
| 187 | 189 | int result, deadkey, shift; |
| 188 | TCHAR buf[4]; | |
| 189 | unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0); | |
| 190 | WCHAR buf[4]; | |
| 191 | unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKeyW(keycode, 0); | |
| 190 | 192 | |
| 191 | 193 | /* |
| 192 | 194 | * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s |
| 200 | 202 | } |
| 201 | 203 | |
| 202 | 204 | /* |
| 203 | * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys. | |
| 204 | */ | |
| 205 | ||
| 206 | if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) { | |
| 205 | * Use MapVirtualKeyW() to detect some dead keys. | |
| 206 | */ | |
| 207 | ||
| 208 | if (MapVirtualKeyW(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) { | |
| 207 | 209 | return XK_Multi_key; |
| 208 | 210 | } |
| 209 | 211 | |
| 260 | 262 | * Get information about the old char |
| 261 | 263 | */ |
| 262 | 264 | |
| 263 | deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]); | |
| 265 | deadkey = VkKeyScanW(buf[0]); | |
| 264 | 266 | shift = deadkey >> 8; |
| 265 | 267 | deadkey &= 255; |
| 266 | scancode = MapVirtualKey(deadkey, 0); | |
| 268 | scancode = MapVirtualKeyW(deadkey, 0); | |
| 267 | 269 | |
| 268 | 270 | /* |
| 269 | 271 | * Set up a keyboard with proper modifier keys |
| 571 | 573 | } |
| 572 | 574 | } |
| 573 | 575 | if (keySym >= 0x20) { |
| 574 | result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keySym); | |
| 576 | result = VkKeyScanW((WCHAR) keySym); | |
| 575 | 577 | if (result != -1) { |
| 576 | 578 | shift = result >> 8; |
| 577 | 579 | if (shift & 1) |
| 624 | 626 | } |
| 625 | 627 | } |
| 626 | 628 | if (keysym >= 0x20) { |
| 627 | result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keysym); | |
| 629 | result = VkKeyScanW((WCHAR) keysym); | |
| 628 | 630 | if (result != -1) { |
| 629 | 631 | return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff); |
| 630 | 632 | } |
| 18 | 18 | * The class of the window for popup menus. |
| 19 | 19 | */ |
| 20 | 20 | |
| 21 | #define MENU_CLASS_NAME TEXT("MenuWindowClass") | |
| 22 | #define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindowClass") | |
| 21 | #define MENU_CLASS_NAME L"MenuWindowClass" | |
| 22 | #define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME L"EmbeddedMenuWindowClass" | |
| 23 | 23 | |
| 24 | 24 | /* |
| 25 | 25 | * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle |
| 84 | 84 | |
| 85 | 85 | static BOOL showMenuAccelerators; |
| 86 | 86 | |
| 87 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 87 | typedef struct { | |
| 88 | 88 | int inPostMenu; /* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */ |
| 89 | 89 | WORD lastCommandID; /* The last command ID we allocated. */ |
| 90 | 90 | HWND menuHWND; /* A window to service popup-menu messages |
| 572 | 572 | TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 573 | 573 | HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; |
| 574 | 574 | char *itemText = NULL; |
| 575 | const TCHAR *lpNewItem; | |
| 575 | LPCWSTR lpNewItem; | |
| 576 | 576 | UINT flags; |
| 577 | 577 | UINT itemID; |
| 578 | 578 | int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base; |
| 609 | 609 | if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) |
| 610 | 610 | || (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) { |
| 611 | 611 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(itemText, -1, &translatedText); |
| 612 | lpNewItem = (const TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText); | |
| 612 | lpNewItem = (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText); | |
| 613 | 613 | flags |= MF_STRING; |
| 614 | 614 | } else { |
| 615 | lpNewItem = (LPCTSTR) mePtr; | |
| 615 | lpNewItem = (LPCWSTR) mePtr; | |
| 616 | 616 | flags |= MF_OWNERDRAW; |
| 617 | 617 | } |
| 618 | 618 | |
| 715 | 715 | } |
| 716 | 716 | } |
| 717 | 717 | if (!systemMenu) { |
| 718 | InsertMenu(winMenuHdl, 0xFFFFFFFF, flags, itemID, lpNewItem); | |
| 718 | InsertMenuW(winMenuHdl, 0xFFFFFFFF, flags, itemID, lpNewItem); | |
| 719 | 719 | } |
| 720 | 720 | Tcl_DStringFree(&translatedText); |
| 721 | 721 | if (itemText != NULL) { |
| 742 | 742 | * |
| 743 | 743 | * TkpPostMenu -- |
| 744 | 744 | * |
| 745 | * Posts a menu on the screen | |
| 745 | * Posts a menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the | |
| 746 | * specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates. | |
| 747 | * If the entry parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the | |
| 748 | * menu itself is placed at the point. | |
| 746 | 749 | * |
| 747 | 750 | * Results: |
| 748 | 751 | * None. |
| 757 | 760 | TkpPostMenu( |
| 758 | 761 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 759 | 762 | TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 760 | int x, int y) | |
| 763 | int x, int y, int index) | |
| 761 | 764 | { |
| 762 | 765 | HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; |
| 763 | 766 | int result, flags; |
| 769 | 772 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 770 | 773 | |
| 771 | 774 | tsdPtr->inPostMenu++; |
| 772 | ||
| 773 | 775 | CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr); |
| 774 | 776 | |
| 775 | 777 | result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr); |
| 776 | 778 | if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 777 | 779 | tsdPtr->inPostMenu--; |
| 778 | 780 | return result; |
| 781 | } | |
| 782 | ||
| 783 | if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) { | |
| 784 | index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; | |
| 785 | } | |
| 786 | if (index >= 0) { | |
| 787 | y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y; | |
| 779 | 788 | } |
| 780 | 789 | |
| 781 | 790 | /* |
| 840 | 849 | /* |
| 841 | 850 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 842 | 851 | * |
| 852 | * TkpPostTearoffMenu -- | |
| 853 | * | |
| 854 | * Posts a tearoff menu on the screen so that the top left corner of the | |
| 855 | * specified entry is located at the point (x, y) in screen coordinates. | |
| 856 | * If the index parameter is negative, the upper left corner of the menu | |
| 857 | * itself is placed at the point. Adjusts the menu's position so that it | |
| 858 | * fits on the screen, and maps and raises the menu. | |
| 859 | * | |
| 860 | * Results: | |
| 861 | * Returns a standard Tcl Error. | |
| 862 | * | |
| 863 | * Side effects: | |
| 864 | * The menu is posted. | |
| 865 | * | |
| 866 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 867 | */ | |
| 868 | ||
| 869 | int | |
| 870 | TkpPostTearoffMenu( | |
| 871 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the menu */ | |
| 872 | TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */ | |
| 873 | int x, int y, int index) /* The root X,Y coordinates where we are | |
| 874 | * posting */ | |
| 875 | { | |
| 876 | int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight; | |
| 877 | int result; | |
| 878 | ||
| 879 | if (index >= menuPtr->numEntries) { | |
| 880 | index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; | |
| 881 | } | |
| 882 | if (index >= 0) { | |
| 883 | y -= menuPtr->entries[index]->y; | |
| 884 | } | |
| 885 | ||
| 886 | TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); | |
| 887 | TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); | |
| 888 | result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr); | |
| 889 | if (result != TCL_OK) { | |
| 890 | return result; | |
| 891 | } | |
| 892 | ||
| 893 | /* | |
| 894 | * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead | |
| 895 | * and should go away. | |
| 896 | */ | |
| 897 | ||
| 898 | if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { | |
| 899 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 900 | } | |
| 901 | ||
| 902 | /* | |
| 903 | * Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the | |
| 904 | * screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right: | |
| 905 | * | |
| 906 | * 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates | |
| 907 | * are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu | |
| 908 | * uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for | |
| 909 | * the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root | |
| 910 | * (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu | |
| 911 | * itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead | |
| 912 | * (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use | |
| 913 | * for this...). | |
| 914 | * 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be | |
| 915 | * the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its | |
| 916 | * requested size, not its actual size. | |
| 917 | */ | |
| 918 | ||
| 919 | Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY, | |
| 920 | &vRootWidth, &vRootHeight); | |
| 921 | vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 922 | if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) { | |
| 923 | x = vRootX + vRootWidth; | |
| 924 | } | |
| 925 | if (x < vRootX) { | |
| 926 | x = vRootX; | |
| 927 | } | |
| 928 | vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 929 | if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) { | |
| 930 | y = vRootY + vRootHeight; | |
| 931 | } | |
| 932 | if (y < vRootY) { | |
| 933 | y = vRootY; | |
| 934 | } | |
| 935 | Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y); | |
| 936 | if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) { | |
| 937 | Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); | |
| 938 | } | |
| 939 | TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL); | |
| 940 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 941 | } | |
| 942 | ||
| 943 | /* | |
| 944 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 945 | * | |
| 843 | 946 | * TkpMenuNewEntry -- |
| 844 | 947 | * |
| 845 | 948 | * Adds a pointer to a new menu entry structure with the platform- |
| 899 | 1002 | LRESULT lResult; |
| 900 | 1003 | |
| 901 | 1004 | if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) { |
| 902 | lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 1005 | lResult = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 903 | 1006 | } |
| 904 | 1007 | return lResult; |
| 905 | 1008 | } |
| 996 | 1099 | if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) { |
| 997 | 1100 | break; |
| 998 | 1101 | } |
| 999 | ||
| 1102 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
| 1000 | 1103 | default: |
| 1001 | lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 1104 | lResult = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 1002 | 1105 | break; |
| 1003 | 1106 | } |
| 1004 | 1107 | return lResult; |
| 1145 | 1248 | if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { |
| 1146 | 1249 | int i, len, underline; |
| 1147 | 1250 | Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; |
| 1148 | Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar; | |
| 1251 | LPCWSTR wlabel; | |
| 1252 | int menuChar; | |
| 1253 | Tcl_DString ds; | |
| 1149 | 1254 | |
| 1150 | 1255 | *plResult = 0; |
| 1151 | 1256 | menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); |
| 1153 | 1258 | * Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar. |
| 1154 | 1259 | * True at least for wide systems. |
| 1155 | 1260 | */ |
| 1156 | menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam)); | |
| 1157 | ||
| 1261 | menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(LOWORD(*pwParam)); | |
| 1262 | ||
| 1263 | Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); | |
| 1158 | 1264 | for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 1159 | 1265 | underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline; |
| 1160 | 1266 | labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; |
| 1162 | 1268 | /* |
| 1163 | 1269 | * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check |
| 1164 | 1270 | */ |
| 1165 | wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len); | |
| 1271 | const char *src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(labelPtr, &len); | |
| 1272 | ||
| 1273 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 1274 | wlabel = (LPCWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds); | |
| 1166 | 1275 | if ((underline < len) && (menuChar == |
| 1167 | 1276 | Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) { |
| 1168 | 1277 | *plResult = (2 << 16) | i; |
| 1171 | 1280 | } |
| 1172 | 1281 | } |
| 1173 | 1282 | } |
| 1283 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 1174 | 1284 | } |
| 1175 | 1285 | break; |
| 1176 | 1286 | } |
| 1635 | 1745 | SetTextColor(hdc, gc->foreground); |
| 1636 | 1746 | |
| 1637 | 1747 | scratchDC = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); |
| 1638 | bitmap = LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(bitmapID)); | |
| 1748 | bitmap = LoadBitmapW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)MAKEINTRESOURCE(bitmapID)); | |
| 1639 | 1749 | |
| 1640 | 1750 | SelectObject(scratchDC, bitmap); |
| 1641 | 1751 | SetMapMode(scratchDC, GetMapMode(hdc)); |
| 1966 | 2076 | if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) { |
| 1967 | 2077 | int len; |
| 1968 | 2078 | |
| 1969 | /* do the unicode call just to prevent overruns */ | |
| 1970 | Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len); | |
| 2079 | len = Tcl_GetCharLength(mePtr->labelPtr); | |
| 1971 | 2080 | if (mePtr->underline < len) { |
| 1972 | 2081 | const char *label, *start, *end; |
| 1973 | 2082 | |
| 1989 | 2098 | * |
| 1990 | 2099 | * This function is invoked when keys related to pulling down menus is |
| 1991 | 2100 | * pressed. The corresponding Windows events are generated and passed to |
| 1992 | * DefWindowProc if appropriate. This cmd is registered as tk::WinMenuKey | |
| 2101 | * DefWindowProcW if appropriate. This cmd is registered as tk::WinMenuKey | |
| 1993 | 2102 | * in the interp. |
| 1994 | 2103 | * |
| 1995 | 2104 | * Results: |
| 2044 | 2153 | if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) { |
| 2045 | 2154 | switch (keySym) { |
| 2046 | 2155 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 2047 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0); | |
| 2048 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2156 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_LMENU, 0); | |
| 2157 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2049 | 2158 | WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, |
| 2050 | 2159 | (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)); |
| 2051 | 2160 | break; |
| 2052 | 2161 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 2053 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0); | |
| 2054 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2162 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_RMENU, 0); | |
| 2163 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2055 | 2164 | WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, |
| 2056 | 2165 | (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24)); |
| 2057 | 2166 | break; |
| 2058 | 2167 | case XK_F10: |
| 2059 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0); | |
| 2060 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2168 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_F10, 0); | |
| 2169 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2061 | 2170 | WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16)); |
| 2062 | 2171 | break; |
| 2063 | 2172 | default: |
| 2064 | 2173 | virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym); |
| 2065 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0); | |
| 2174 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(virtualKey, 0); | |
| 2066 | 2175 | if (0 != scanCode) { |
| 2067 | 2176 | XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey; |
| 2068 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2177 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2069 | 2178 | WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey, |
| 2070 | 2179 | (int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29))); |
| 2071 | 2180 | if (xkey.nbytes > 0) { |
| 2072 | 2181 | for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) { |
| 2073 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, | |
| 2182 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, | |
| 2074 | 2183 | Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR, |
| 2075 | 2184 | xkey.trans_chars[i], |
| 2076 | 2185 | (int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29))); |
| 2081 | 2190 | } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) { |
| 2082 | 2191 | switch (keySym) { |
| 2083 | 2192 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 2084 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0); | |
| 2085 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2193 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_LMENU, 0); | |
| 2194 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2086 | 2195 | WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) |
| 2087 | 2196 | | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); |
| 2088 | 2197 | break; |
| 2089 | 2198 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 2090 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0); | |
| 2091 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2199 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_RMENU, 0); | |
| 2200 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2092 | 2201 | WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24) |
| 2093 | 2202 | | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); |
| 2094 | 2203 | break; |
| 2095 | 2204 | case XK_F10: |
| 2096 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0); | |
| 2097 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2205 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(VK_F10, 0); | |
| 2206 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2098 | 2207 | WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10, |
| 2099 | 2208 | (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); |
| 2100 | 2209 | break; |
| 2101 | 2210 | default: |
| 2102 | 2211 | virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym); |
| 2103 | scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0); | |
| 2212 | scanCode = MapVirtualKeyW(virtualKey, 0); | |
| 2104 | 2213 | if (0 != scanCode) { |
| 2105 | CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2214 | CallWindowProcW(DefWindowProcW, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), | |
| 2106 | 2215 | WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16) |
| 2107 | 2216 | | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31))); |
| 2108 | 2217 | } |
| 2363 | 2472 | XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y, |
| 2364 | 2473 | (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); |
| 2365 | 2474 | } else if ((mePtr->image != NULL) |
| 2366 | && (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) { | |
| 2475 | && menuPtr->disabledImageGC) { | |
| 2367 | 2476 | XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC, |
| 2368 | 2477 | leftEdge + imageXOffset, |
| 2369 | 2478 | (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), |
| 2896 | 3005 | GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, |
| 2897 | 3006 | fmPtr, &width, &height); |
| 2898 | 3007 | menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height; |
| 2899 | ||
| 2900 | 3008 | } else { |
| 2901 | 3009 | /* |
| 2902 | 3010 | * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular |
| 2954 | 3062 | } |
| 2955 | 3063 | windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth |
| 2956 | 3064 | + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth; |
| 2957 | ||
| 2958 | ||
| 2959 | 3065 | windowHeight += borderWidth; |
| 2960 | 3066 | |
| 2961 | 3067 | /* |
| 3106 | 3212 | MenuExitHandler( |
| 3107 | 3213 | ClientData clientData) /* Not used */ |
| 3108 | 3214 | { |
| 3109 | UnregisterClass(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); | |
| 3110 | UnregisterClass(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); | |
| 3215 | UnregisterClassW(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); | |
| 3216 | UnregisterClassW(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); | |
| 3111 | 3217 | } |
| 3112 | 3218 | |
| 3113 | 3219 | /* |
| 3207 | 3313 | HDC scratchDC; |
| 3208 | 3314 | int bold = 0; |
| 3209 | 3315 | int italic = 0; |
| 3210 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
| 3316 | TEXTMETRICW tm; | |
| 3211 | 3317 | int pointSize; |
| 3212 | 3318 | HFONT menuFont; |
| 3213 | 3319 | /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */ |
| 3214 | 3320 | struct { |
| 3215 | NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics; | |
| 3321 | NONCLIENTMETRICSW metrics; | |
| 3216 | 3322 | #if (WINVER < 0x0600) |
| 3217 | 3323 | int padding; |
| 3218 | 3324 | #endif |
| 3229 | 3335 | defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER); |
| 3230 | 3336 | } |
| 3231 | 3337 | |
| 3232 | scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3338 | scratchDC = CreateDCW(L"DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3233 | 3339 | if (!firstTime) { |
| 3234 | 3340 | Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString); |
| 3235 | 3341 | } |
| 3243 | 3349 | nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int); |
| 3244 | 3350 | } |
| 3245 | 3351 | |
| 3246 | SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize, | |
| 3352 | SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize, | |
| 3247 | 3353 | &nc.metrics, 0); |
| 3248 | menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont); | |
| 3354 | menuFont = CreateFontIndirectW(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont); | |
| 3249 | 3355 | SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont); |
| 3250 | GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm); | |
| 3356 | GetTextMetricsW(scratchDC, &tm); | |
| 3251 | 3357 | GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName); |
| 3252 | 3358 | pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading, |
| 3253 | 3359 | 72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY)); |
| 3304 | 3410 | */ |
| 3305 | 3411 | |
| 3306 | 3412 | showMenuAccelerators = TRUE; |
| 3307 | SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0); | |
| 3413 | SystemParametersInfoW(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0); | |
| 3308 | 3414 | } |
| 3309 | 3415 | |
| 3310 | 3416 | /* |
| 3326 | 3432 | void |
| 3327 | 3433 | TkpMenuInit(void) |
| 3328 | 3434 | { |
| 3329 | WNDCLASS wndClass; | |
| 3435 | WNDCLASSW wndClass; | |
| 3330 | 3436 | |
| 3331 | 3437 | wndClass.style = CS_OWNDC; |
| 3332 | 3438 | wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinMenuProc; |
| 3338 | 3444 | wndClass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_WINDOW + 1); |
| 3339 | 3445 | wndClass.lpszMenuName = NULL; |
| 3340 | 3446 | wndClass.lpszClassName = MENU_CLASS_NAME; |
| 3341 | if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) { | |
| 3447 | if (!RegisterClassW(&wndClass)) { | |
| 3342 | 3448 | Tcl_Panic("Failed to register menu window class"); |
| 3343 | 3449 | } |
| 3344 | 3450 | |
| 3345 | 3451 | wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc; |
| 3346 | 3452 | wndClass.lpszClassName = EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME; |
| 3347 | if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) { | |
| 3453 | if (!RegisterClassW(&wndClass)) { | |
| 3348 | 3454 | Tcl_Panic("Failed to register embedded menu window class"); |
| 3349 | 3455 | } |
| 3350 | 3456 | |
| 3375 | 3481 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 3376 | 3482 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 3377 | 3483 | |
| 3378 | tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("MenuWindow"), WS_POPUP, | |
| 3484 | tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindowW(MENU_CLASS_NAME, L"MenuWindow", WS_POPUP, | |
| 3379 | 3485 | 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 3380 | 3486 | |
| 3381 | 3487 | if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) { |
| 3383 | 3489 | } |
| 3384 | 3490 | |
| 3385 | 3491 | tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = |
| 3386 | CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindow"), | |
| 3492 | CreateWindowW(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, L"EmbeddedMenuWindow", | |
| 3387 | 3493 | WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 3388 | 3494 | |
| 3389 | 3495 | if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) { |
| 99 | 99 | LPVOID lpMsgBuf; |
| 100 | 100 | |
| 101 | 101 | repeatError = 1; |
| 102 | if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | | |
| 102 | if (FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | | |
| 103 | 103 | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, |
| 104 | 104 | NULL, GetLastError(), |
| 105 | 105 | MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), |
| 106 | (LPTSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) { | |
| 107 | MessageBox(NULL, (LPTSTR) lpMsgBuf, | |
| 108 | TEXT("Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection"), | |
| 106 | (LPWSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) { | |
| 107 | MessageBoxW(NULL, (LPWSTR) lpMsgBuf, | |
| 108 | L"Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection", | |
| 109 | 109 | MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION); |
| 110 | 110 | LocalFree(lpMsgBuf); |
| 111 | 111 | } |
| 79 | 79 | } |
| 80 | 80 | if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) { |
| 81 | 81 | state |= Button3Mask; |
| 82 | } | |
| 83 | if (GetKeyState(VK_XBUTTON1) & 0x8000) { | |
| 84 | state |= Button4Mask; | |
| 85 | } | |
| 86 | if (GetKeyState(VK_XBUTTON2) & 0x8000) { | |
| 87 | state |= Button5Mask; | |
| 82 | 88 | } |
| 83 | 89 | return state; |
| 84 | 90 | } |
| 329 | 335 | /* |
| 330 | 336 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 331 | 337 | * |
| 332 | * XWarpPointer -- | |
| 333 | * | |
| 334 | * Move pointer to new location. This is not a complete implementation of | |
| 335 | * this function. | |
| 338 | * XWarpPointer, TkpWarpPointer -- | |
| 339 | * | |
| 340 | * Move pointer to new location. Note that implementation of XWarpPointer | |
| 341 | * is incomplete. | |
| 336 | 342 | * |
| 337 | 343 | * Results: |
| 338 | 344 | * None. |
| 342 | 348 | * |
| 343 | 349 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 344 | 350 | */ |
| 351 | ||
| 352 | /* | |
| 353 | * TkSetCursorPos is a helper function replacing SetCursorPos since this | |
| 354 | * latter Windows function appears to have been broken by Microsoft | |
| 355 | * since Win10 Falls Creator Update - See ticket [69b48f427e] along with | |
| 356 | * several other Internet reports about this breakage. | |
| 357 | */ | |
| 358 | ||
| 359 | void TkSetCursorPos( | |
| 360 | int x, | |
| 361 | int y) | |
| 362 | { | |
| 363 | INPUT input; | |
| 364 | int xscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN) - 1); | |
| 365 | int yscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN) - 1); | |
| 366 | ||
| 367 | input.type = INPUT_MOUSE; | |
| 368 | input.mi.dx = (x * 65535 + xscreen/2) / xscreen; | |
| 369 | input.mi.dy = (y * 65535 + yscreen/2) / yscreen; | |
| 370 | input.mi.mouseData = 0; | |
| 371 | input.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_ABSOLUTE | MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE; | |
| 372 | input.mi.time = 0; | |
| 373 | input.mi.dwExtraInfo = 0; | |
| 374 | SendInput(1, &input, sizeof(input)); | |
| 375 | } | |
| 345 | 376 | |
| 346 | 377 | int |
| 347 | 378 | XWarpPointer( |
| 358 | 389 | RECT r; |
| 359 | 390 | |
| 360 | 391 | GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(dest_w), &r); |
| 361 | SetCursorPos(r.left+dest_x, r.top+dest_y); | |
| 392 | TkSetCursorPos(r.left+dest_x, r.top+dest_y); | |
| 362 | 393 | return Success; |
| 363 | 394 | } |
| 364 | 395 | |
| 370 | 401 | RECT r; |
| 371 | 402 | |
| 372 | 403 | GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow)), &r); |
| 373 | SetCursorPos(r.left + dispPtr->warpX, r.top + dispPtr->warpY); | |
| 404 | TkSetCursorPos(r.left + dispPtr->warpX, r.top + dispPtr->warpY); | |
| 374 | 405 | } else { |
| 375 | SetCursorPos(dispPtr->warpX, dispPtr->warpY); | |
| 406 | TkSetCursorPos(dispPtr->warpX, dispPtr->warpY); | |
| 376 | 407 | } |
| 377 | 408 | } |
| 378 | 409 | |
| 537 | 568 | } |
| 538 | 569 | |
| 539 | 570 | /* |
| 571 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 572 | * | |
| 573 | * TkpGetCapture -- | |
| 574 | * | |
| 575 | * This function requests which window is capturing the mouse. | |
| 576 | * | |
| 577 | * Results: | |
| 578 | * The return value is a pointer to the capture window, if there is | |
| 579 | * one, otherwise it is NULL. | |
| 580 | * | |
| 581 | * Side effects: | |
| 582 | * None. | |
| 583 | * | |
| 584 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 585 | */ | |
| 586 | ||
| 587 | Tk_Window | |
| 588 | TkpGetCapture(void) | |
| 589 | { | |
| 590 | return Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetCapture()); | |
| 591 | } | |
| 592 | ||
| 593 | /* | |
| 540 | 594 | * Local Variables: |
| 541 | 595 | * mode: c |
| 542 | 596 | * c-basic-offset: 4 |
| 23 | 23 | #include <wchar.h> |
| 24 | 24 | #include <io.h> |
| 25 | 25 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 26 | #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 | 27 | #include <errno.h> |
| 27 | 28 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 28 | 29 | #include <malloc.h> |
| 89 | 90 | * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings |
| 90 | 91 | */ |
| 91 | 92 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 93 | # pragma warning(disable:4267) | |
| 94 | # pragma warning(disable:4244) | |
| 95 | # pragma warning(disable:4311) | |
| 96 | # pragma warning(disable:4312) | |
| 92 | 97 | # pragma warning(disable:4996) |
| 93 | 98 | #endif |
| 94 | 99 | |
| 58 | 58 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 59 | 59 | */ |
| 60 | 60 | |
| 61 | void | |
| 61 | int | |
| 62 | 62 | TkDestroyRegion( |
| 63 | 63 | TkRegion r) |
| 64 | 64 | { |
| 65 | 65 | DeleteObject((HRGN) r); |
| 66 | return Success; | |
| 66 | 67 | } |
| 67 | 68 | |
| 68 | 69 | /* |
| 81 | 82 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 82 | 83 | */ |
| 83 | 84 | |
| 84 | void | |
| 85 | int | |
| 85 | 86 | TkClipBox( |
| 86 | 87 | TkRegion r, |
| 87 | 88 | XRectangle* rect_return) |
| 93 | 94 | rect_return->y = (short) rect.top; |
| 94 | 95 | rect_return->width = (short) (rect.right - rect.left); |
| 95 | 96 | rect_return->height = (short) (rect.bottom - rect.top); |
| 97 | return Success; | |
| 96 | 98 | } |
| 97 | 99 | |
| 98 | 100 | /* |
| 111 | 113 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 112 | 114 | */ |
| 113 | 115 | |
| 114 | void | |
| 116 | int | |
| 115 | 117 | TkIntersectRegion( |
| 116 | 118 | TkRegion sra, |
| 117 | 119 | TkRegion srb, |
| 118 | 120 | TkRegion dr_return) |
| 119 | 121 | { |
| 120 | 122 | CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_AND); |
| 123 | return Success; | |
| 121 | 124 | } |
| 122 | 125 | |
| 123 | 126 | /* |
| 136 | 139 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 137 | 140 | */ |
| 138 | 141 | |
| 139 | void | |
| 142 | int | |
| 140 | 143 | TkUnionRectWithRegion( |
| 141 | 144 | XRectangle *rectangle, |
| 142 | 145 | TkRegion src_region, |
| 148 | 151 | CombineRgn((HRGN) dest_region_return, (HRGN) src_region, |
| 149 | 152 | (HRGN) rectRgn, RGN_OR); |
| 150 | 153 | DeleteObject(rectRgn); |
| 154 | return Success; | |
| 151 | 155 | } |
| 152 | 156 | |
| 153 | 157 | /* |
| 269 | 273 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 270 | 274 | */ |
| 271 | 275 | |
| 272 | void | |
| 276 | int | |
| 273 | 277 | TkSubtractRegion( |
| 274 | 278 | TkRegion sra, |
| 275 | 279 | TkRegion srb, |
| 276 | 280 | TkRegion dr_return) |
| 277 | 281 | { |
| 278 | 282 | CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF); |
| 283 | return Success; | |
| 279 | 284 | } |
| 280 | 285 | |
| 281 | 286 | /* |
| 222 | 222 | | SBS_HORZ; |
| 223 | 223 | } |
| 224 | 224 | |
| 225 | scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(TEXT("SCROLLBAR"), NULL, style, | |
| 225 | scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindowW(L"SCROLLBAR", NULL, style, | |
| 226 | 226 | Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 227 | 227 | parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 228 | 228 | |
| 244 | 244 | } |
| 245 | 245 | |
| 246 | 246 | scrollPtr->lastVertical = scrollPtr->info.vertical; |
| 247 | scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(scrollPtr->hwnd, | |
| 247 | scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtrW(scrollPtr->hwnd, | |
| 248 | 248 | GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) ScrollbarProc); |
| 249 | 249 | window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, scrollPtr->hwnd); |
| 250 | 250 | |
| 290 | 290 | if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) { |
| 291 | 291 | HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); |
| 292 | 292 | |
| 293 | SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc); | |
| 293 | SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc); | |
| 294 | 294 | DestroyWindow(hwnd); |
| 295 | 295 | |
| 296 | 296 | CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)), |
| 324 | 324 | HWND hwnd = winScrollPtr->hwnd; |
| 325 | 325 | |
| 326 | 326 | if (hwnd) { |
| 327 | SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc); | |
| 327 | SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc); | |
| 328 | 328 | if (winScrollPtr->winFlags & IN_MODAL_LOOP) { |
| 329 | 329 | ((TkWindow *)scrollPtr->tkwin)->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW; |
| 330 | 330 | SetParent(hwnd, NULL); |
| 567 | 567 | return result; |
| 568 | 568 | } |
| 569 | 569 | } |
| 570 | return CallWindowProc(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 570 | return CallWindowProcW(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 571 | 571 | } |
| 572 | 572 | |
| 573 | 573 | /* |
| 149 | 149 | return ""; |
| 150 | 150 | } |
| 151 | 151 | tsdPtr->initialized = 1; |
| 152 | TRACE("Initialized COM library for interp 0x%08X\n", (long)interp); | |
| 152 | TRACE("Initialized COM library for interp 0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x\n", (size_t)interp); | |
| 153 | 153 | } |
| 154 | 154 | |
| 155 | 155 | /* |
| 253 | 253 | if (*p) { |
| 254 | 254 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 255 | 255 | |
| 256 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(p + 1, -1, &ds); | |
| 256 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)(p + 1), -1, &ds); | |
| 257 | 257 | result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, |
| 258 | 258 | objList, |
| 259 | 259 | Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), |
| 783 | 783 | |
| 784 | 784 | ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR); |
| 785 | 785 | if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) { |
| 786 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vResult.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vResult.bstrVal) * | |
| 786 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)vResult.bstrVal, SysStringLen(vResult.bstrVal) * | |
| 787 | 787 | sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); |
| 788 | 788 | Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &ds); |
| 789 | 789 | } |
| 796 | 796 | |
| 797 | 797 | if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION && ei.bstrSource != NULL) { |
| 798 | 798 | Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo; |
| 799 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(ei.bstrSource, (int) SysStringLen(ei.bstrSource) * | |
| 799 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)ei.bstrSource, SysStringLen(ei.bstrSource) * | |
| 800 | 800 | sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); |
| 801 | 801 | opError = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), |
| 802 | 802 | Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 384 | 384 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && obj->interp) { |
| 385 | 385 | Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr; |
| 386 | 386 | |
| 387 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vCmd.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal) * | |
| 387 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)vCmd.bstrVal, SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal) * | |
| 388 | 388 | sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); |
| 389 | 389 | scriptPtr = |
| 390 | 390 | Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 439 | 439 | return hr; |
| 440 | 440 | } |
| 441 | 441 | |
| 442 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(v.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(v.bstrVal) * | |
| 443 | sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); | |
| 442 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)v.bstrVal, SysStringLen(v.bstrVal) * | |
| 443 | sizeof(WCHAR), &ds); | |
| 444 | 444 | scriptPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 445 | 445 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 446 | 446 | Tcl_Preserve(interp); |
| 146 | 146 | if (Tcl_IsShared(resultPtr)) { |
| 147 | 147 | resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(resultPtr); |
| 148 | 148 | } |
| 149 | length = FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | |
| 149 | length = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | |
| 150 | 150 | | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS |
| 151 | 151 | | FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error, |
| 152 | 152 | MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (WCHAR *) wMsgPtrPtr, |
| 174 | 174 | } |
| 175 | 175 | msg = msgBuf; |
| 176 | 176 | } else { |
| 177 | Tcl_Encoding encoding; | |
| 178 | 177 | char *msgPtr; |
| 179 | 178 | |
| 180 | encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); | |
| 181 | Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, (char *) wMsgPtr, -1, &ds); | |
| 182 | Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding); | |
| 179 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)wMsgPtr, -1, &ds); | |
| 183 | 180 | LocalFree(wMsgPtr); |
| 184 | 181 | |
| 185 | 182 | msgPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); |
| 418 | 415 | |
| 419 | 416 | /* |
| 420 | 417 | * testfindwindow title ?class? |
| 421 | * Find a Windows window using the FindWindow API call. This takes the window | |
| 418 | * Find a Windows window using the FindWindowW API call. This takes the window | |
| 422 | 419 | * title and optionally the window class and if found returns the HWND and |
| 423 | 420 | * raises an error if the window is not found. |
| 424 | 421 | * eg: testfindwindow Console TkTopLevel |
| 434 | 431 | int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 435 | 432 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ |
| 436 | 433 | { |
| 437 | const TCHAR *title = NULL, *class = NULL; | |
| 434 | LPCWSTR title = NULL, windowClass = NULL; | |
| 438 | 435 | Tcl_DString titleString, classString; |
| 439 | 436 | HWND hwnd = NULL; |
| 440 | 437 | int r = TCL_OK; |
| 448 | 445 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 449 | 446 | } |
| 450 | 447 | |
| 451 | title = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), -1, &titleString); | |
| 448 | title = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), -1, &titleString); | |
| 452 | 449 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 453 | class = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), -1, &classString); | |
| 450 | windowClass = (LPCWSTR)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), -1, &classString); | |
| 454 | 451 | } |
| 455 | 452 | if (title[0] == 0) |
| 456 | 453 | title = NULL; |
| 457 | #if 0 | |
| 458 | hwnd = FindWindow(class, title); | |
| 459 | #else | |
| 460 | 454 | /* We want find a window the belongs to us and not some other process */ |
| 461 | 455 | hwnd = NULL; |
| 462 | 456 | myPid = GetCurrentProcessId(); |
| 463 | 457 | while (1) { |
| 464 | 458 | DWORD pid, tid; |
| 465 | hwnd = FindWindowEx(NULL, hwnd, class, title); | |
| 459 | hwnd = FindWindowExW(NULL, hwnd, windowClass, title); | |
| 466 | 460 | if (hwnd == NULL) |
| 467 | 461 | break; |
| 468 | 462 | tid = GetWindowThreadProcessId(hwnd, &pid); |
| 475 | 469 | break; /* Found it */ |
| 476 | 470 | } |
| 477 | 471 | |
| 478 | #endif | |
| 479 | ||
| 480 | 472 | if (hwnd == NULL) { |
| 481 | 473 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1)); |
| 482 | 474 | AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); |
| 483 | 475 | r = TCL_ERROR; |
| 484 | 476 | } else { |
| 485 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd))); | |
| 477 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(((size_t)hwnd) + 1) - 1)); | |
| 486 | 478 | } |
| 487 | 479 | |
| 488 | 480 | Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); |
| 498 | 490 | { |
| 499 | 491 | Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam; |
| 500 | 492 | |
| 501 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd))); | |
| 493 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(((size_t)hwnd) + 1) - 1)); | |
| 502 | 494 | return TRUE; |
| 503 | 495 | } |
| 504 | 496 | |
| 509 | 501 | int objc, |
| 510 | 502 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) |
| 511 | 503 | { |
| 512 | long hwnd; | |
| 504 | Tcl_WideInt hwnd; | |
| 513 | 505 | Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL; |
| 514 | 506 | Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL; |
| 515 | TCHAR buf[512]; | |
| 507 | WCHAR buf[512]; | |
| 516 | 508 | int cch, cchBuf = 256; |
| 517 | 509 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 518 | 510 | |
| 521 | 513 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 522 | 514 | } |
| 523 | 515 | |
| 524 | if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK) | |
| 516 | if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK) | |
| 525 | 517 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 526 | 518 | |
| 527 | cch = GetClassName(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf); | |
| 519 | cch = GetClassNameW(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf); | |
| 528 | 520 | if (cch == 0) { |
| 529 | 521 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1)); |
| 530 | 522 | AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); |
| 531 | 523 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 532 | 524 | } else { |
| 533 | 525 | Tcl_DString ds; |
| 534 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds); | |
| 526 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)buf, -1, &ds); | |
| 535 | 527 | classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 536 | 528 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 537 | 529 | } |
| 539 | 531 | dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj(); |
| 540 | 532 | Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj); |
| 541 | 533 | Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2), |
| 542 | Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLongA(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID))); | |
| 543 | ||
| 544 | cch = GetWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf); | |
| 545 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); | |
| 534 | Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetWindowLongPtrW(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID))); | |
| 535 | ||
| 536 | cch = GetWindowTextW(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf); | |
| 537 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds); | |
| 546 | 538 | textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
| 547 | 539 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 548 | 540 | |
| 549 | 541 | Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj); |
| 550 | 542 | Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6), |
| 551 | Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd)))))); | |
| 543 | Tcl_NewWideIntObj((Tcl_WideInt)(((size_t)GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd)))) + 1) - 1)); | |
| 552 | 544 | |
| 553 | 545 | childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); |
| 554 | 546 | EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj); |
| 12 | 12 | #include "tkWinInt.h" |
| 13 | 13 | #include "tkBusy.h" |
| 14 | 14 | |
| 15 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 15 | typedef struct { | |
| 16 | 16 | int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */ |
| 17 | 17 | Tcl_HashTable windowTable; /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window |
| 18 | 18 | * handles. */ |
| 169 | 169 | { |
| 170 | 170 | HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0; |
| 171 | 171 | |
| 172 | /* | |
| 173 | * Use pointer representation, because Win64 is P64 (*not* LP64). Windows | |
| 174 | * doesn't print the 0x for %p, so we do it. | |
| 175 | * Bug 2026405: cygwin does output 0x for %p so test and recover. | |
| 176 | */ | |
| 177 | ||
| 178 | sprintf(buf, "0x%p", hwnd); | |
| 179 | if (buf[2] == '0' && buf[3] == 'x') { | |
| 180 | sprintf(buf, "%p", hwnd); | |
| 181 | } | |
| 172 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)hwnd); | |
| 182 | 173 | } |
| 183 | 174 | |
| 184 | 175 | /* |
| 276 | 267 | * order. |
| 277 | 268 | */ |
| 278 | 269 | |
| 279 | hwnd = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, | |
| 270 | hwnd = CreateWindowExW(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, | |
| 280 | 271 | (DWORD) style, Tk_X(winPtr), Tk_Y(winPtr), Tk_Width(winPtr), |
| 281 | 272 | Tk_Height(winPtr), parentWin, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 282 | 273 | SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 881 | 872 | */ |
| 882 | 873 | |
| 883 | 874 | GetCursorPos(&point); |
| 884 | SetCursorPos(point.x, point.y); | |
| 875 | TkSetCursorPos(point.x, point.y); | |
| 885 | 876 | } |
| 886 | 877 | |
| 887 | 878 | /* |
| 923 | 914 | */ |
| 924 | 915 | |
| 925 | 916 | GetCursorPos(&point); |
| 926 | SetCursorPos(point.x, point.y); | |
| 917 | TkSetCursorPos(point.x, point.y); | |
| 927 | 918 | } |
| 928 | 919 | |
| 929 | 920 | /* |
| 952 | 943 | int style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS; |
| 953 | 944 | DWORD exStyle = WS_EX_TRANSPARENT | WS_EX_TOPMOST; |
| 954 | 945 | |
| 955 | hWnd = CreateWindowEx(exStyle, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, style, | |
| 946 | hWnd = CreateWindowExW(exStyle, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, style, | |
| 956 | 947 | Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), |
| 957 | 948 | hParent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 958 | 949 | winPtr->window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hWnd); |
| 366 | 366 | NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ |
| 367 | 367 | }; |
| 368 | 368 | |
| 369 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 369 | typedef struct { | |
| 370 | 370 | HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently |
| 371 | 371 | * installed foreground logical palette. */ |
| 372 | 372 | TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This |
| 866 | 866 | if (!initialized) { |
| 867 | 867 | Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex); |
| 868 | 868 | if (!initialized) { |
| 869 | WNDCLASS class; | |
| 869 | WNDCLASSW windowClass; | |
| 870 | 870 | |
| 871 | 871 | initialized = 1; |
| 872 | 872 | |
| 873 | /* | |
| 874 | * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are in | |
| 875 | * pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS. | |
| 876 | */ | |
| 877 | ||
| 878 | ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); | |
| 879 | ||
| 880 | class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; | |
| 881 | class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE(); | |
| 882 | class.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME; | |
| 883 | class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc; | |
| 873 | ZeroMemory(&windowClass, sizeof(WNDCLASSW)); | |
| 874 | ||
| 875 | windowClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; | |
| 876 | windowClass.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE(); | |
| 877 | windowClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME; | |
| 878 | windowClass.lpfnWndProc = WmProc; | |
| 884 | 879 | if (titlebaricon == NULL) { |
| 885 | class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), TEXT("tk")); | |
| 880 | windowClass.hIcon = LoadIconW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), L"tk"); | |
| 886 | 881 | } else { |
| 887 | class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG); | |
| 888 | if (class.hIcon == NULL) { | |
| 882 | windowClass.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG); | |
| 883 | if (windowClass.hIcon == NULL) { | |
| 889 | 884 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 890 | 885 | } |
| 891 | 886 | |
| 896 | 891 | |
| 897 | 892 | tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon; |
| 898 | 893 | } |
| 899 | class.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); | |
| 900 | ||
| 901 | if (!RegisterClass(&class)) { | |
| 894 | windowClass.hCursor = LoadCursorW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)IDC_ARROW); | |
| 895 | ||
| 896 | if (!RegisterClassW(&windowClass)) { | |
| 902 | 897 | Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkTopLevel class"); |
| 903 | 898 | } |
| 904 | 899 | } |
| 1017 | 1012 | |
| 1018 | 1013 | /* |
| 1019 | 1014 | * Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or |
| 1020 | * SetClassLongPtr() since they return the previously set value | |
| 1015 | * SetClassLongPtrW() since they return the previously set value | |
| 1021 | 1016 | * which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN |
| 1022 | 1017 | * documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be |
| 1023 | 1018 | * checked. |
| 1024 | 1019 | */ |
| 1025 | 1020 | |
| 1026 | SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM, | |
| 1021 | SetClassLongPtrW(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM, | |
| 1027 | 1022 | (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL)); |
| 1028 | SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON, | |
| 1023 | SetClassLongPtrW(hwnd, GCLP_HICON, | |
| 1029 | 1024 | (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)); |
| 1030 | 1025 | tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) |
| 1031 | 1026 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 1070 | 1065 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1071 | 1066 | } |
| 1072 | 1067 | } |
| 1073 | SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 1068 | SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 1074 | 1069 | (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL)); |
| 1075 | SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, | |
| 1070 | SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, | |
| 1076 | 1071 | (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)); |
| 1077 | 1072 | |
| 1078 | 1073 | /* |
| 1161 | 1156 | * the window class. |
| 1162 | 1157 | */ |
| 1163 | 1158 | |
| 1164 | icon = (HICON) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize, | |
| 1159 | icon = (HICON) SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize, | |
| 1165 | 1160 | (LPARAM) NULL); |
| 1166 | 1161 | if (icon == (HICON) NULL) { |
| 1167 | icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, | |
| 1162 | icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, | |
| 1168 | 1163 | (iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM); |
| 1169 | 1164 | } |
| 1170 | 1165 | return icon; |
| 1236 | 1231 | */ |
| 1237 | 1232 | |
| 1238 | 1233 | if (lpIR == NULL) { |
| 1239 | SHFILEINFO sfiSM; | |
| 1234 | SHFILEINFOW sfiSM; | |
| 1240 | 1235 | Tcl_DString ds, ds2; |
| 1241 | 1236 | DWORD *res; |
| 1242 | 1237 | const char *file; |
| 1247 | 1242 | } |
| 1248 | 1243 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(file, -1, &ds2); |
| 1249 | 1244 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 1250 | res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM, | |
| 1245 | res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfoW((WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM, | |
| 1251 | 1246 | sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON); |
| 1252 | 1247 | |
| 1253 | 1248 | if (res != 0) { |
| 1254 | SHFILEINFO sfi; | |
| 1249 | SHFILEINFOW sfi; | |
| 1255 | 1250 | unsigned size; |
| 1256 | 1251 | |
| 1257 | 1252 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 1258 | res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi, | |
| 1253 | res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfoW((WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi, | |
| 1259 | 1254 | sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON); |
| 1260 | 1255 | |
| 1261 | 1256 | /* |
| 1748 | 1743 | if (tsdPtr->createWindow) { |
| 1749 | 1744 | return tsdPtr->createWindow; |
| 1750 | 1745 | } |
| 1751 | return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); | |
| 1746 | return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); | |
| 1752 | 1747 | } |
| 1753 | 1748 | |
| 1754 | 1749 | /* |
| 1885 | 1880 | } |
| 1886 | 1881 | tsdPtr->initialized = 0; |
| 1887 | 1882 | |
| 1888 | UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); | |
| 1883 | UnregisterClassW(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); | |
| 1889 | 1884 | } |
| 1890 | 1885 | |
| 1891 | 1886 | /* |
| 2128 | 2123 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? |
| 2129 | 2124 | wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString); |
| 2130 | 2125 | |
| 2131 | wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowEx(wmPtr->exStyle, | |
| 2126 | wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowExW(wmPtr->exStyle, | |
| 2132 | 2127 | TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, |
| 2133 | (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), | |
| 2128 | (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), | |
| 2134 | 2129 | wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height, |
| 2135 | 2130 | parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); |
| 2136 | 2131 | Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); |
| 2137 | SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr); | |
| 2132 | SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr); | |
| 2138 | 2133 | tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL; |
| 2139 | 2134 | |
| 2140 | 2135 | if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) { |
| 2185 | 2180 | * doesn't try to set the focus to the child window. |
| 2186 | 2181 | */ |
| 2187 | 2182 | |
| 2188 | SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWL_STYLE, | |
| 2183 | SetWindowLongPtrW(child, GWL_STYLE, | |
| 2189 | 2184 | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS); |
| 2190 | 2185 | |
| 2191 | 2186 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 2192 | SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc); | |
| 2187 | SetWindowLongPtrW(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc); | |
| 2193 | 2188 | } |
| 2194 | 2189 | |
| 2195 | 2190 | SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper); |
| 2196 | 2191 | if (oldWrapper) { |
| 2197 | 2192 | hSmallIcon = (HICON) |
| 2198 | SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)NULL); | |
| 2193 | SendMessageW(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)NULL); | |
| 2199 | 2194 | hBigIcon = (HICON) |
| 2200 | SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) NULL); | |
| 2195 | SendMessageW(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) NULL); | |
| 2201 | 2196 | } |
| 2202 | 2197 | |
| 2203 | 2198 | if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper) |
| 2204 | 2199 | && (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) { |
| 2205 | SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) 0); | |
| 2200 | SetWindowLongPtrW(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) 0); | |
| 2206 | 2201 | |
| 2207 | 2202 | if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) { |
| 2208 | 2203 | /* |
| 2235 | 2230 | |
| 2236 | 2231 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED; |
| 2237 | 2232 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED && |
| 2238 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0)) { | |
| 2239 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, | |
| 2233 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0)) { | |
| 2234 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, | |
| 2240 | 2235 | Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window) winPtr), |
| 2241 | 2236 | Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window) winPtr)); |
| 2242 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu, | |
| 2237 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu, | |
| 2243 | 2238 | (LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr)); |
| 2244 | 2239 | } |
| 2245 | 2240 | |
| 2259 | 2254 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; |
| 2260 | 2255 | |
| 2261 | 2256 | if (hSmallIcon != NULL) { |
| 2262 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 2257 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, | |
| 2263 | 2258 | (LPARAM) hSmallIcon); |
| 2264 | 2259 | } |
| 2265 | 2260 | if (hBigIcon != NULL) { |
| 2266 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hBigIcon); | |
| 2261 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hBigIcon); | |
| 2267 | 2262 | } |
| 2268 | 2263 | |
| 2269 | 2264 | /* |
| 2275 | 2270 | */ |
| 2276 | 2271 | |
| 2277 | 2272 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 2278 | if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { | |
| 2273 | if (state+1 != SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { | |
| 2279 | 2274 | TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); |
| 2280 | 2275 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; |
| 2281 | 2276 | } |
| 2624 | 2619 | VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask, |
| 2625 | 2620 | WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr); |
| 2626 | 2621 | wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL; |
| 2627 | if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != None) | |
| 2622 | if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != NULL) | |
| 2628 | 2623 | && !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { |
| 2629 | 2624 | UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr); |
| 2630 | 2625 | } |
| 2705 | 2700 | } |
| 2706 | 2701 | } else { |
| 2707 | 2702 | if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) { |
| 2708 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); | |
| 2703 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); | |
| 2709 | 2704 | } |
| 2710 | 2705 | } |
| 2711 | 2706 | if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) { |
| 3192 | 3187 | */ |
| 3193 | 3188 | |
| 3194 | 3189 | if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) { |
| 3195 | SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE, | |
| 3190 | SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE, | |
| 3196 | 3191 | *stylePtr); |
| 3197 | 3192 | } |
| 3198 | 3193 | SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper, |
| 3571 | 3566 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 3572 | 3567 | } |
| 3573 | 3568 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 3574 | if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) { | |
| 3569 | if (!SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) { | |
| 3575 | 3570 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 3576 | 3571 | "can't deiconify %s: the container does not support the request", |
| 3577 | 3572 | winPtr->pathName)); |
| 3715 | 3710 | { |
| 3716 | 3711 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 3717 | 3712 | HWND hwnd; |
| 3713 | char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; | |
| 3718 | 3714 | |
| 3719 | 3715 | if (objc != 3) { |
| 3720 | 3716 | Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); |
| 3727 | 3723 | if (hwnd == NULL) { |
| 3728 | 3724 | hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr)); |
| 3729 | 3725 | } |
| 3730 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd))); | |
| 3726 | sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)hwnd); | |
| 3727 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1)); | |
| 3731 | 3728 | return TCL_OK; |
| 3732 | 3729 | } |
| 3733 | 3730 | |
| 3779 | 3776 | height = winPtr->changes.height; |
| 3780 | 3777 | } |
| 3781 | 3778 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 3782 | int result = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1); | |
| 3779 | int result = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1); | |
| 3783 | 3780 | |
| 3784 | 3781 | wmPtr->x = result >> 16; |
| 3785 | 3782 | wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff; |
| 4128 | 4125 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 4129 | 4126 | } |
| 4130 | 4127 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 4131 | if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) { | |
| 4128 | if (!SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) { | |
| 4132 | 4129 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 4133 | 4130 | "can't iconify %s: the container does not support the request", |
| 4134 | 4131 | winPtr->pathName)); |
| 4370 | 4367 | iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE; |
| 4371 | 4368 | |
| 4372 | 4369 | /* |
| 4373 | * Create device-independant color bitmap. | |
| 4370 | * Create device-independent color bitmap. | |
| 4374 | 4371 | */ |
| 4375 | 4372 | |
| 4376 | 4373 | ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo); |
| 4386 | 4383 | if (!iconInfo.hbmColor) { |
| 4387 | 4384 | ckfree(lpIR); |
| 4388 | 4385 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 4389 | "failed to create color bitmap for \"%s\"", | |
| 4386 | "failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"", | |
| 4390 | 4387 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); |
| 4391 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "BITMAP", NULL); | |
| 4388 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "IMAGE", NULL); | |
| 4392 | 4389 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 4393 | 4390 | } |
| 4394 | 4391 | |
| 4821 | 4818 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 4822 | 4819 | } |
| 4823 | 4820 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 4824 | curValue = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1; | |
| 4821 | curValue = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1; | |
| 4825 | 4822 | if (curValue < 0) { |
| 4826 | 4823 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 4827 | 4824 | "Container does not support overrideredirect", -1)); |
| 4840 | 4837 | } |
| 4841 | 4838 | if (curValue != boolean) { |
| 4842 | 4839 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 4843 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0); | |
| 4840 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0); | |
| 4844 | 4841 | } else { |
| 4845 | 4842 | /* |
| 4846 | 4843 | * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes |
| 5197 | 5194 | |
| 5198 | 5195 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 5199 | 5196 | windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr); |
| 5200 | if (windows == NULL) { | |
| 5201 | Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed"); | |
| 5202 | } | |
| 5203 | ||
| 5204 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 5205 | for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) { | |
| 5206 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, | |
| 5207 | TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr)); | |
| 5208 | } | |
| 5209 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 5210 | ckfree(windows); | |
| 5211 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5197 | if (windows != NULL) { | |
| 5198 | resultObj = Tcl_NewObj(); | |
| 5199 | for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) { | |
| 5200 | Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, | |
| 5201 | TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr)); | |
| 5202 | } | |
| 5203 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); | |
| 5204 | ckfree(windows); | |
| 5205 | return TCL_OK; | |
| 5206 | } else { | |
| 5207 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5208 | } | |
| 5212 | 5209 | } else { |
| 5213 | 5210 | TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2; |
| 5214 | 5211 | int index1 = -1, index2 = -1, result; |
| 5354 | 5351 | Tcl_Panic("unexpected index"); |
| 5355 | 5352 | } |
| 5356 | 5353 | |
| 5357 | if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { | |
| 5354 | if (state+1 != SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { | |
| 5358 | 5355 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 5359 | 5356 | "can't change state of %s: the container does not support the request", |
| 5360 | 5357 | winPtr->pathName)); |
| 5407 | 5404 | int state; |
| 5408 | 5405 | |
| 5409 | 5406 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 5410 | state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 5407 | state = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 5411 | 5408 | } else { |
| 5412 | 5409 | state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state; |
| 5413 | 5410 | } |
| 5459 | 5456 | } |
| 5460 | 5457 | |
| 5461 | 5458 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 5462 | wrapper = (HWND) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0); | |
| 5459 | wrapper = (HWND) SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0); | |
| 5463 | 5460 | } else { |
| 5464 | 5461 | wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper; |
| 5465 | 5462 | } |
| 5466 | 5463 | if (objc == 3) { |
| 5467 | 5464 | if (wrapper) { |
| 5468 | TCHAR buf[256]; | |
| 5465 | WCHAR buf[256]; | |
| 5469 | 5466 | Tcl_DString titleString; |
| 5470 | 5467 | int size = 256; |
| 5471 | 5468 | |
| 5472 | GetWindowText(wrapper, buf, size); | |
| 5473 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString); | |
| 5469 | GetWindowTextW(wrapper, buf, size); | |
| 5470 | Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((LPCTSTR)buf, -1, &titleString); | |
| 5474 | 5471 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 5475 | 5472 | Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), |
| 5476 | 5473 | Tcl_DStringLength(&titleString))); |
| 5492 | 5489 | Tcl_DString titleString; |
| 5493 | 5490 | |
| 5494 | 5491 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString); |
| 5495 | SetWindowText(wrapper, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString)); | |
| 5492 | SetWindowTextW(wrapper, (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString)); | |
| 5496 | 5493 | Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); |
| 5497 | 5494 | } |
| 5498 | 5495 | } |
| 5525 | 5522 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ |
| 5526 | 5523 | { |
| 5527 | 5524 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 5528 | TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr; | |
| 5525 | TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr, *w; | |
| 5529 | 5526 | WmInfo *wmPtr2; |
| 5530 | 5527 | |
| 5531 | 5528 | if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 5583 | 5580 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL); |
| 5584 | 5581 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 5585 | 5582 | } |
| 5586 | ||
| 5587 | if (masterPtr == winPtr) { | |
| 5588 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 5589 | "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr))); | |
| 5590 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 5591 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5592 | } else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 5583 | for (w = masterPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL; | |
| 5584 | w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 5585 | if (w == winPtr) { | |
| 5586 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( | |
| 5587 | "setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle", | |
| 5588 | Tk_PathName(masterPtr))); | |
| 5589 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL); | |
| 5590 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 5591 | } | |
| 5592 | } | |
| 5593 | if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { | |
| 5593 | 5594 | /* |
| 5594 | 5595 | * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new |
| 5595 | 5596 | * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states |
| 5663 | 5664 | } |
| 5664 | 5665 | |
| 5665 | 5666 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 5666 | if (SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) { | |
| 5667 | if (SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) { | |
| 5667 | 5668 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( |
| 5668 | 5669 | "can't withdraw %s: the container does not support the request", |
| 5669 | 5670 | Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))); |
| 5968 | 5969 | wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 5969 | 5970 | if (wmPtr) { |
| 5970 | 5971 | if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) { |
| 5971 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin), | |
| 5972 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin), | |
| 5972 | 5973 | Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)); |
| 5973 | 5974 | } |
| 5974 | 5975 | if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { |
| 6180 | 6181 | * be ignored. |
| 6181 | 6182 | */ |
| 6182 | 6183 | |
| 6183 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y); | |
| 6184 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height); | |
| 6184 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y); | |
| 6185 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height); | |
| 6185 | 6186 | } else { |
| 6186 | 6187 | int reqHeight, reqWidth; |
| 6187 | 6188 | RECT windowRect; |
| 6810 | 6811 | (LPARAM) &pair) == 0) { |
| 6811 | 6812 | ckfree(windows); |
| 6812 | 6813 | windows = NULL; |
| 6813 | } else if (pair.windowPtr != (windows-1)) { | |
| 6814 | Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children"); | |
| 6815 | 6814 | } |
| 6816 | 6815 | |
| 6817 | 6816 | done: |
| 6876 | 6875 | } |
| 6877 | 6876 | |
| 6878 | 6877 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 6879 | SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW, | |
| 6878 | SendMessageW(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW, | |
| 6880 | 6879 | (WPARAM) insertAfter, aboveBelow); |
| 6881 | 6880 | } else { |
| 6882 | 6881 | TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow); |
| 7102 | 7101 | wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING; |
| 7103 | 7102 | } |
| 7104 | 7103 | } else { |
| 7105 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu, | |
| 7104 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu, | |
| 7106 | 7105 | (LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin)); |
| 7107 | 7106 | } |
| 7108 | 7107 | } |
| 7416 | 7415 | SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE); |
| 7417 | 7416 | RealizePalette(dc); |
| 7418 | 7417 | ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc); |
| 7419 | SendMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) NULL); | |
| 7418 | SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) NULL); | |
| 7420 | 7419 | return TRUE; |
| 7421 | 7420 | } |
| 7422 | 7421 | } else { |
| 7812 | 7811 | winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy; |
| 7813 | 7812 | } |
| 7814 | 7813 | if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) { |
| 7815 | long result = SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, | |
| 7814 | long result = SendMessageW(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, | |
| 7816 | 7815 | TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1); |
| 7817 | 7816 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16; |
| 7818 | 7817 | winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff; |
| 8003 | 8002 | * 2272] |
| 8004 | 8003 | */ |
| 8005 | 8004 | |
| 8006 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8005 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8007 | 8006 | goto done; |
| 8008 | 8007 | } |
| 8009 | 8008 | |
| 8080 | 8079 | HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr); |
| 8081 | 8080 | |
| 8082 | 8081 | if (hMenuHWnd) { |
| 8083 | if (SendMessage(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) { | |
| 8082 | if (SendMessageW(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) { | |
| 8084 | 8083 | goto done; |
| 8085 | 8084 | } |
| 8086 | 8085 | } else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, |
| 8099 | 8098 | result = 0; |
| 8100 | 8099 | } else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam, |
| 8101 | 8100 | &result)) { |
| 8102 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8101 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8103 | 8102 | } |
| 8104 | 8103 | } else { |
| 8105 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8104 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 8106 | 8105 | } |
| 8107 | 8106 | |
| 8108 | 8107 | done: |
| 8616 | 8615 | register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; |
| 8617 | 8616 | |
| 8618 | 8617 | if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { |
| 8619 | int state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 8620 | ||
| 8621 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0); | |
| 8622 | SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); | |
| 8618 | int state = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; | |
| 8619 | ||
| 8620 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0); | |
| 8621 | SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); | |
| 8623 | 8622 | winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED; |
| 8624 | 8623 | winPtr->privatePtr = NULL; |
| 8625 | wmPtr->wrapper = None; | |
| 8624 | wmPtr->wrapper = NULL; | |
| 8626 | 8625 | if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) { |
| 8627 | 8626 | wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; |
| 8628 | 8627 | } |
| 35 | 35 | #include <zmouse.h> |
| 36 | 36 | |
| 37 | 37 | /* |
| 38 | * WM_MOUSEHWHEEL is normally defined by Winuser.h for Vista/2008 or later, | |
| 39 | * but is also usable on 2000/XP if IntelliPoint drivers are installed. | |
| 40 | */ | |
| 41 | ||
| 42 | #ifndef WM_MOUSEHWHEEL | |
| 43 | #define WM_MOUSEHWHEEL 0x020E | |
| 44 | #endif | |
| 45 | ||
| 46 | /* | |
| 38 | 47 | * imm.h is needed by HandleIMEComposition |
| 39 | 48 | */ |
| 40 | 49 | |
| 59 | 68 | static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */ |
| 60 | 69 | static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL; /* Application instance handle. */ |
| 61 | 70 | static int childClassInitialized; /* Registered child class? */ |
| 62 | static WNDCLASS childClass; /* Window class for child windows. */ | |
| 71 | static WNDCLASSW childClass; /* Window class for child windows. */ | |
| 63 | 72 | static int tkPlatformId = 0; /* version of Windows platform */ |
| 64 | 73 | static int tkWinTheme = 0; /* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */ |
| 65 | 74 | static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL; |
| 76 | 85 | * specific date for threads. |
| 77 | 86 | */ |
| 78 | 87 | |
| 79 | typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { | |
| 88 | typedef struct { | |
| 80 | 89 | TkDisplay *winDisplay; /* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows |
| 81 | 90 | * screen. */ |
| 82 | 91 | int updatingClipboard; /* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */ |
| 83 | 92 | int surrogateBuffer; /* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */ |
| 84 | DWORD wheelTickPrev; /* For high resolution wheels. */ | |
| 85 | short wheelAcc; /* For high resolution wheels. */ | |
| 93 | DWORD vWheelTickPrev; /* For high resolution wheels (vertical). */ | |
| 94 | DWORD hWheelTickPrev; /* For high resolution wheels (horizontal). */ | |
| 95 | short vWheelAcc; /* For high resolution wheels (vertical). */ | |
| 96 | short hWheelAcc; /* For high resolution wheels (horizontal). */ | |
| 86 | 97 | } ThreadSpecificData; |
| 87 | 98 | static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 88 | 99 | |
| 126 | 137 | OSVERSIONINFOW os; |
| 127 | 138 | |
| 128 | 139 | if (!buffer[0]) { |
| 129 | HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("NTDLL")); | |
| 140 | HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandleW(L"NTDLL"); | |
| 130 | 141 | int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) = |
| 131 | 142 | (int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion"); |
| 132 | 143 | os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW); |
| 167 | 178 | Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void) |
| 168 | 179 | { |
| 169 | 180 | if (tkInstance == NULL) { |
| 170 | tkInstance = GetModuleHandle(NULL); | |
| 181 | tkInstance = GetModuleHandleW(NULL); | |
| 171 | 182 | } |
| 172 | 183 | return tkInstance; |
| 173 | 184 | } |
| 247 | 258 | childClass.hIcon = NULL; |
| 248 | 259 | childClass.hCursor = NULL; |
| 249 | 260 | |
| 250 | if (!RegisterClass(&childClass)) { | |
| 261 | if (!RegisterClassW(&childClass)) { | |
| 251 | 262 | Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkChild class"); |
| 252 | 263 | } |
| 253 | 264 | |
| 255 | 266 | * Initialize input language info |
| 256 | 267 | */ |
| 257 | 268 | |
| 258 | if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))), | |
| 269 | if (GetLocaleInfoW(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))), | |
| 259 | 270 | LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER, |
| 260 | (LPTSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(TCHAR)) | |
| 271 | (LPWSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(WCHAR)) | |
| 261 | 272 | && TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) { |
| 262 | 273 | UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset); |
| 263 | 274 | } |
| 297 | 308 | |
| 298 | 309 | if (childClassInitialized) { |
| 299 | 310 | childClassInitialized = 0; |
| 300 | UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); | |
| 311 | UnregisterClassW(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); | |
| 301 | 312 | } |
| 302 | 313 | |
| 303 | 314 | if (unicodeEncoding != NULL) { |
| 353 | 364 | if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) && |
| 354 | 365 | (os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) { |
| 355 | 366 | HKEY hKey; |
| 356 | LPCTSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance"); | |
| 357 | LPCTSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current"); | |
| 367 | LPCWSTR szSubKey = L"Control Panel\\Appearance"; | |
| 368 | LPCWSTR szCurrent = L"Current"; | |
| 358 | 369 | DWORD dwSize = 200; |
| 359 | 370 | char pBuffer[200]; |
| 360 | 371 | |
| 361 | 372 | memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize); |
| 362 | if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L, | |
| 373 | if (RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L, | |
| 363 | 374 | KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { |
| 364 | 375 | tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP; |
| 365 | 376 | } else { |
| 366 | RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize); | |
| 377 | RegQueryValueExW(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize); | |
| 367 | 378 | RegCloseKey(hKey); |
| 368 | 379 | if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) { |
| 369 | 380 | tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC; |
| 489 | 500 | screen->root_visual->visualid = 0; |
| 490 | 501 | if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) { |
| 491 | 502 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE); |
| 492 | screen->root_visual->class = PseudoColor; | |
| 503 | screen->root_visual->c_class = PseudoColor; | |
| 493 | 504 | screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0x0; |
| 494 | 505 | screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0x0; |
| 495 | 506 | screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0x0; |
| 496 | 507 | } else if (screen->root_depth == 4) { |
| 497 | screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor; | |
| 508 | screen->root_visual->c_class = StaticColor; | |
| 498 | 509 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = 16; |
| 499 | 510 | } else if (screen->root_depth == 8) { |
| 500 | screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor; | |
| 511 | screen->root_visual->c_class = StaticColor; | |
| 501 | 512 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256; |
| 502 | 513 | } else if (screen->root_depth == 12) { |
| 503 | screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor; | |
| 514 | screen->root_visual->c_class = TrueColor; | |
| 504 | 515 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = 32; |
| 505 | 516 | screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf0; |
| 506 | 517 | screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xf000; |
| 507 | 518 | screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf00000; |
| 508 | 519 | } else if (screen->root_depth == 16) { |
| 509 | screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor; | |
| 520 | screen->root_visual->c_class = TrueColor; | |
| 510 | 521 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = 64; |
| 511 | 522 | screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf8; |
| 512 | 523 | screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xfc00; |
| 513 | 524 | screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf80000; |
| 514 | 525 | } else if (screen->root_depth >= 24) { |
| 515 | screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor; | |
| 526 | screen->root_visual->c_class = TrueColor; | |
| 516 | 527 | screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256; |
| 517 | 528 | screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xff; |
| 518 | 529 | screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xff00; |
| 554 | 565 | Display *display; |
| 555 | 566 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = |
| 556 | 567 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 568 | DWORD initialWheelTick; | |
| 557 | 569 | |
| 558 | 570 | if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) { |
| 559 | 571 | if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) { |
| 584 | 596 | |
| 585 | 597 | twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); |
| 586 | 598 | if (twdPtr == NULL) { |
| 587 | return None; | |
| 599 | return NULL; | |
| 588 | 600 | } |
| 589 | 601 | twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW; |
| 590 | 602 | twdPtr->window.winPtr = NULL; |
| 609 | 621 | ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay)); |
| 610 | 622 | tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display; |
| 611 | 623 | tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE; |
| 612 | tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = GetTickCount(); | |
| 613 | tsdPtr->wheelAcc = 0; | |
| 624 | initialWheelTick = GetTickCount(); | |
| 625 | tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick; | |
| 626 | tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev = initialWheelTick; | |
| 627 | tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = 0; | |
| 628 | tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = 0; | |
| 629 | ||
| 630 | /* | |
| 631 | * Key map info must be available immediately, because of "send event". | |
| 632 | */ | |
| 633 | TkpInitKeymapInfo(tsdPtr->winDisplay); | |
| 614 | 634 | |
| 615 | 635 | return tsdPtr->winDisplay; |
| 616 | 636 | } |
| 759 | 779 | case WM_IME_COMPOSITION: |
| 760 | 780 | result = 0; |
| 761 | 781 | if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) { |
| 762 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 782 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 763 | 783 | } |
| 764 | 784 | break; |
| 765 | 785 | |
| 779 | 799 | |
| 780 | 800 | case WM_PAINT: |
| 781 | 801 | GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
| 782 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 802 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 783 | 803 | break; |
| 784 | 804 | |
| 785 | 805 | case TK_CLAIMFOCUS: |
| 816 | 836 | |
| 817 | 837 | default: |
| 818 | 838 | if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { |
| 819 | result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 839 | result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 820 | 840 | } |
| 821 | 841 | break; |
| 822 | 842 | } |
| 897 | 917 | ? ((NMHDR*)lParam)->hwndFrom : (HWND) lParam; |
| 898 | 918 | |
| 899 | 919 | if (target && target != hwnd) { |
| 900 | *resultPtr = SendMessage(target, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 920 | *resultPtr = SendMessageW(target, message, wParam, lParam); | |
| 901 | 921 | return 1; |
| 902 | 922 | } |
| 903 | 923 | break; |
| 909 | 929 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: |
| 910 | 930 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: |
| 911 | 931 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: |
| 932 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
| 933 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
| 912 | 934 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
| 913 | 935 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: |
| 914 | 936 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: |
| 937 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
| 915 | 938 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
| 916 | 939 | Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam)); |
| 917 | 940 | return 1; |
| 936 | 959 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
| 937 | 960 | case WM_KEYUP: |
| 938 | 961 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
| 962 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: | |
| 939 | 963 | GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
| 940 | 964 | return 1; |
| 941 | 965 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
| 980 | 1004 | ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) |
| 981 | 1005 | Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 982 | 1006 | |
| 983 | if (message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL) { | |
| 1007 | if ((message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL) || (message == WM_MOUSEHWHEEL)) { | |
| 984 | 1008 | union {LPARAM lParam; POINTS point;} root; |
| 985 | 1009 | POINT pos; |
| 986 | 1010 | root.lParam = lParam; |
| 1095 | 1119 | break; |
| 1096 | 1120 | |
| 1097 | 1121 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: |
| 1122 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: | |
| 1098 | 1123 | case WM_CHAR: |
| 1099 | 1124 | case WM_UNICHAR: |
| 1100 | 1125 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
| 1136 | 1161 | switch (message) { |
| 1137 | 1162 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: { |
| 1138 | 1163 | /* |
| 1139 | * Support for high resolution wheels. | |
| 1164 | * Support for high resolution wheels (vertical). | |
| 1140 | 1165 | */ |
| 1141 | 1166 | |
| 1142 | 1167 | DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount(); |
| 1143 | 1168 | |
| 1144 | if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev < 1500) { | |
| 1145 | tsdPtr->wheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam); | |
| 1169 | if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev < 1500) { | |
| 1170 | tsdPtr->vWheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam); | |
| 1146 | 1171 | } else { |
| 1147 | tsdPtr->wheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam); | |
| 1172 | tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam); | |
| 1148 | 1173 | } |
| 1149 | tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = wheelTick; | |
| 1150 | if (abs(tsdPtr->wheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) { | |
| 1174 | tsdPtr->vWheelTickPrev = wheelTick; | |
| 1175 | if (abs(tsdPtr->vWheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) { | |
| 1151 | 1176 | return; |
| 1152 | 1177 | } |
| 1153 | 1178 | |
| 1162 | 1187 | event.type = MouseWheelEvent; |
| 1163 | 1188 | event.xany.send_event = -1; |
| 1164 | 1189 | event.xkey.nbytes = 0; |
| 1165 | event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->wheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1166 | tsdPtr->wheelAcc = tsdPtr->wheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1190 | event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->vWheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1191 | tsdPtr->vWheelAcc = tsdPtr->vWheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1192 | break; | |
| 1193 | } | |
| 1194 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: { | |
| 1195 | /* | |
| 1196 | * Support for high resolution wheels (horizontal). | |
| 1197 | */ | |
| 1198 | ||
| 1199 | DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount(); | |
| 1200 | ||
| 1201 | if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev < 1500) { | |
| 1202 | tsdPtr->hWheelAcc -= (short) HIWORD(wParam); | |
| 1203 | } else { | |
| 1204 | tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = -((short) HIWORD(wParam)); | |
| 1205 | } | |
| 1206 | tsdPtr->hWheelTickPrev = wheelTick; | |
| 1207 | if (abs(tsdPtr->hWheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) { | |
| 1208 | return; | |
| 1209 | } | |
| 1210 | ||
| 1211 | /* | |
| 1212 | * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It | |
| 1213 | * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has | |
| 1214 | * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to | |
| 1215 | * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in | |
| 1216 | * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340]. | |
| 1217 | */ | |
| 1218 | ||
| 1219 | event.type = MouseWheelEvent; | |
| 1220 | event.xany.send_event = -1; | |
| 1221 | event.xkey.nbytes = 0; | |
| 1222 | event.xkey.state |= ShiftMask; | |
| 1223 | event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->hWheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1224 | tsdPtr->hWheelAcc = tsdPtr->hWheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA; | |
| 1167 | 1225 | break; |
| 1168 | 1226 | } |
| 1169 | 1227 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
| 1252 | 1310 | if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) { |
| 1253 | 1311 | MSG msg; |
| 1254 | 1312 | |
| 1255 | if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR, | |
| 1313 | if ((PeekMessageW(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR, | |
| 1256 | 1314 | PM_NOREMOVE) != 0) |
| 1257 | 1315 | && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) { |
| 1258 | GetMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR); | |
| 1316 | GetMessageW(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR); | |
| 1259 | 1317 | event.xkey.nbytes = 2; |
| 1260 | 1318 | event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam; |
| 1261 | 1319 | } |
| 1477 | 1535 | return; |
| 1478 | 1536 | } |
| 1479 | 1537 | |
| 1480 | wsprintfA(codepage, "cp%d", charsetInfo.ciACP); | |
| 1538 | sprintf(codepage, "cp%d", charsetInfo.ciACP); | |
| 1481 | 1539 | |
| 1482 | 1540 | if ((encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, codepage)) == NULL) { |
| 1483 | 1541 | /* |
| 1538 | 1596 | TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void) |
| 1539 | 1597 | { |
| 1540 | 1598 | if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) { |
| 1541 | unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); | |
| 1599 | unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-16"); | |
| 1600 | if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) { | |
| 1601 | unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); | |
| 1602 | } | |
| 1542 | 1603 | } |
| 1543 | 1604 | return unicodeEncoding; |
| 1544 | 1605 | } |
| 1554 | 1615 | * |
| 1555 | 1616 | * When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to |
| 1556 | 1617 | * an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the |
| 1557 | * GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000 | |
| 1618 | * GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProcW() on English Windows 2000 | |
| 1558 | 1619 | * arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to |
| 1559 | 1620 | * "?". |
| 1560 | 1621 | * |
| 1593 | 1654 | return 0; |
| 1594 | 1655 | } |
| 1595 | 1656 | |
| 1596 | n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); | |
| 1657 | n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); | |
| 1597 | 1658 | |
| 1598 | 1659 | if (n > 0) { |
| 1599 | 1660 | WCHAR *buff = (WCHAR *) ckalloc(n); |
| 1601 | 1662 | XEvent event; |
| 1602 | 1663 | int i; |
| 1603 | 1664 | |
| 1604 | n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n) / 2; | |
| 1665 | n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n) / 2; | |
| 1605 | 1666 | |
| 1606 | 1667 | /* |
| 1607 | 1668 | * Set up the fields pertinent to key event. |
| 1686 | 1747 | * TkWinResendEvent -- |
| 1687 | 1748 | * |
| 1688 | 1749 | * This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the |
| 1689 | * specified windo function. | |
| 1750 | * specified window function. | |
| 1690 | 1751 | * |
| 1691 | 1752 | * Results: |
| 1692 | 1753 | * A standard Windows result. |
| 1724 | 1785 | msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN; |
| 1725 | 1786 | wparam = MK_RBUTTON; |
| 1726 | 1787 | break; |
| 1788 | case Button4: | |
| 1789 | msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN; | |
| 1790 | wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON1, XBUTTON1); | |
| 1791 | break; | |
| 1792 | case Button5: | |
| 1793 | msg = WM_XBUTTONDOWN; | |
| 1794 | wparam = MAKEWPARAM(MK_XBUTTON2, XBUTTON2); | |
| 1795 | break; | |
| 1727 | 1796 | default: |
| 1728 | 1797 | return 0; |
| 1729 | 1798 | } |
| 1737 | 1806 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) { |
| 1738 | 1807 | wparam |= MK_RBUTTON; |
| 1739 | 1808 | } |
| 1809 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button4Mask) { | |
| 1810 | wparam |= MK_XBUTTON1; | |
| 1811 | } | |
| 1812 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button5Mask) { | |
| 1813 | wparam |= MK_XBUTTON2; | |
| 1814 | } | |
| 1740 | 1815 | if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) { |
| 1741 | 1816 | wparam |= MK_SHIFT; |
| 1742 | 1817 | } |
| 1745 | 1820 | } |
| 1746 | 1821 | lparam = MAKELPARAM((short) eventPtr->xbutton.x, |
| 1747 | 1822 | (short) eventPtr->xbutton.y); |
| 1748 | return CallWindowProc(wndproc, hwnd, msg, wparam, lparam); | |
| 1823 | return CallWindowProcW(wndproc, hwnd, msg, wparam, lparam); | |
| 1749 | 1824 | } |
| 1750 | 1825 | |
| 1751 | 1826 | /* |
| 69 | 69 | static HWND |
| 70 | 70 | CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp) |
| 71 | 71 | { |
| 72 | WNDCLASSEX wc; | |
| 72 | WNDCLASSEXW wc; | |
| 73 | 73 | HWND hwnd = NULL; |
| 74 | TCHAR title[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorWindow"); | |
| 75 | TCHAR name[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorClass"); | |
| 74 | WCHAR title[32] = L"TtkMonitorWindow"; | |
| 75 | WCHAR name[32] = L"TtkMonitorClass"; | |
| 76 | 76 | |
| 77 | wc.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX); | |
| 77 | wc.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEXW); | |
| 78 | 78 | wc.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; |
| 79 | 79 | wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)WndProc; |
| 80 | 80 | wc.cbClsExtra = 0; |
| 81 | 81 | wc.cbWndExtra = 0; |
| 82 | 82 | wc.hInstance = hinst; |
| 83 | wc.hIcon = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); | |
| 84 | wc.hIconSm = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); | |
| 85 | wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); | |
| 83 | wc.hIcon = LoadIconW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)IDI_APPLICATION); | |
| 84 | wc.hIconSm = LoadIconW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)IDI_APPLICATION); | |
| 85 | wc.hCursor = LoadCursorW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)IDC_ARROW); | |
| 86 | 86 | wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW; |
| 87 | 87 | wc.lpszMenuName = name; |
| 88 | 88 | wc.lpszClassName = name; |
| 89 | 89 | |
| 90 | if (RegisterClassEx(&wc)) { | |
| 91 | hwnd = CreateWindow( name, title, WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, | |
| 90 | if (RegisterClassExW(&wc)) { | |
| 91 | hwnd = CreateWindowW( name, title, WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, | |
| 92 | 92 | CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, |
| 93 | 93 | NULL, NULL, hinst, NULL ); |
| 94 | SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) interp); | |
| 94 | SetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) interp); | |
| 95 | 95 | ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
| 96 | 96 | UpdateWindow(hwnd); |
| 97 | 97 | } |
| 108 | 108 | static LRESULT WINAPI |
| 109 | 109 | WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp) |
| 110 | 110 | { |
| 111 | Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); | |
| 111 | Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); | |
| 112 | 112 | Ttk_Theme theme; |
| 113 | 113 | |
| 114 | 114 | switch (msg) { |
| 136 | 136 | } |
| 137 | 137 | break; |
| 138 | 138 | } |
| 139 | return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp); | |
| 139 | return DefWindowProcW(hwnd, msg, wp, lp); | |
| 140 | 140 | } |
| 141 | 141 | |
| 142 | 142 | /* |
| 98 | 98 | * if we are running at least on Windows XP. |
| 99 | 99 | */ |
| 100 | 100 | HINSTANCE handle; |
| 101 | *phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("uxtheme.dll")); | |
| 101 | *phlib = handle = LoadLibraryW(L"uxtheme.dll"); | |
| 102 | 102 | if (handle != 0) |
| 103 | 103 | { |
| 104 | 104 | /* |
| 454 | 454 | { |
| 455 | 455 | Window win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); |
| 456 | 456 | |
| 457 | if (win != None) { | |
| 457 | if (win) { | |
| 458 | 458 | elementData->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win); |
| 459 | 459 | } else { |
| 460 | 460 | elementData->hwnd = elementData->procs->stubWindow; |
| 828 | 828 | ElementData *elementData = clientData; |
| 829 | 829 | RECT rc = {0, 0}; |
| 830 | 830 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 831 | const char *src; | |
| 832 | int len; | |
| 833 | Tcl_DString ds; | |
| 831 | 834 | |
| 832 | 835 | if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0)) |
| 833 | 836 | return; |
| 834 | 837 | |
| 838 | src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len); | |
| 839 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds); | |
| 835 | 840 | hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent( |
| 836 | 841 | elementData->hTheme, |
| 837 | 842 | elementData->hDC, |
| 838 | 843 | elementData->info->partId, |
| 839 | 844 | Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0), |
| 840 | Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj), | |
| 845 | (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 841 | 846 | -1, |
| 842 | 847 | DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX, |
| 843 | 848 | NULL, |
| 850 | 855 | if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80; |
| 851 | 856 | if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20; |
| 852 | 857 | |
| 858 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 853 | 859 | FreeElementData(elementData); |
| 854 | 860 | } |
| 855 | 861 | |
| 861 | 867 | ElementData *elementData = clientData; |
| 862 | 868 | RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); |
| 863 | 869 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 870 | const char *src; | |
| 871 | int len; | |
| 872 | Tcl_DString ds; | |
| 864 | 873 | |
| 865 | 874 | if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) |
| 866 | 875 | return; |
| 867 | 876 | |
| 877 | src = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element->textObj, &len); | |
| 878 | Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, len, &ds); | |
| 868 | 879 | hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText( |
| 869 | 880 | elementData->hTheme, |
| 870 | 881 | elementData->hDC, |
| 871 | 882 | elementData->info->partId, |
| 872 | 883 | Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), |
| 873 | Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj), | |
| 884 | (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), | |
| 874 | 885 | -1, |
| 875 | 886 | DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX, |
| 876 | 887 | (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0, |
| 877 | 888 | &rc); |
| 889 | ||
| 890 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); | |
| 878 | 891 | FreeElementData(elementData); |
| 879 | 892 | } |
| 880 | 893 | |
| 1048 | 1061 | "SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL", |
| 1049 | 1062 | "SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK", |
| 1050 | 1063 | "SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE", |
| 1051 | "SM_CYSMSIZE" | |
| 1064 | "SM_CYSMSIZE", NULL | |
| 1052 | 1065 | }; |
| 1053 | 1066 | int flags[] = { |
| 1054 | 1067 | SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL, |
| 1101 | 1114 | XPThemeData *themeData = clientData; |
| 1102 | 1115 | ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL; |
| 1103 | 1116 | ClientData elementData; |
| 1104 | Tcl_UniChar *className; | |
| 1117 | LPCWSTR className; | |
| 1105 | 1118 | int partId = 0; |
| 1106 | 1119 | Ttk_StateTable *stateTable; |
| 1107 | 1120 | Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0}; |
| 1110 | 1123 | char *name; |
| 1111 | 1124 | LPWSTR wname; |
| 1112 | 1125 | Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec; |
| 1126 | Tcl_DString classBuf; | |
| 1113 | 1127 | |
| 1114 | 1128 | static const char *optionStrings[] = |
| 1115 | 1129 | { "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize", |
| 1127 | 1141 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1128 | 1142 | return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1129 | 1143 | } |
| 1130 | className = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length); | |
| 1144 | name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length); | |
| 1145 | className = (LPCWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(name, length, &classBuf); | |
| 1131 | 1146 | |
| 1132 | 1147 | /* flags or padding */ |
| 1133 | 1148 | if (objc > 3) { |
| 1139 | 1154 | "Missing value for \"%s\".", |
| 1140 | 1155 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))); |
| 1141 | 1156 | Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "MISSING", NULL); |
| 1142 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1157 | goto retErr; | |
| 1143 | 1158 | } |
| 1144 | 1159 | if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, |
| 1145 | 1160 | sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) |
| 1146 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1161 | goto retErr; | |
| 1147 | 1162 | switch (option) { |
| 1148 | 1163 | case O_PADDING: |
| 1149 | 1164 | if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1150 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1165 | goto retErr; | |
| 1151 | 1166 | } |
| 1152 | 1167 | break; |
| 1153 | 1168 | case O_MARGINS: |
| 1154 | 1169 | if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1155 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1170 | goto retErr; | |
| 1156 | 1171 | } |
| 1157 | 1172 | flags |= PAD_MARGINS; |
| 1158 | 1173 | break; |
| 1159 | 1174 | case O_WIDTH: |
| 1160 | 1175 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1161 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1176 | goto retErr; | |
| 1162 | 1177 | } |
| 1163 | 1178 | pad.left = pad.right = tmp; |
| 1164 | 1179 | flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; |
| 1165 | 1180 | break; |
| 1166 | 1181 | case O_HEIGHT: |
| 1167 | 1182 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1168 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1183 | goto retErr; | |
| 1169 | 1184 | } |
| 1170 | 1185 | pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp; |
| 1171 | 1186 | flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; |
| 1172 | 1187 | break; |
| 1173 | 1188 | case O_SYSSIZE: |
| 1174 | 1189 | if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1175 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1190 | goto retErr; | |
| 1176 | 1191 | } |
| 1177 | 1192 | elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec; |
| 1178 | 1193 | flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF); |
| 1179 | 1194 | break; |
| 1180 | 1195 | case O_HALFHEIGHT: |
| 1181 | 1196 | if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1182 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1197 | goto retErr; | |
| 1183 | 1198 | } |
| 1184 | 1199 | if (tmp) |
| 1185 | 1200 | flags |= HALF_HEIGHT; |
| 1186 | 1201 | break; |
| 1187 | 1202 | case O_HALFWIDTH: |
| 1188 | 1203 | if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1189 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1204 | goto retErr; | |
| 1190 | 1205 | } |
| 1191 | 1206 | if (tmp) |
| 1192 | 1207 | flags |= HALF_WIDTH; |
| 1200 | 1215 | Tcl_Obj **specs; |
| 1201 | 1216 | int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK; |
| 1202 | 1217 | if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK) |
| 1203 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1218 | goto retErr; | |
| 1204 | 1219 | /* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */ |
| 1205 | 1220 | stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); |
| 1206 | 1221 | memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); |
| 1216 | 1231 | } |
| 1217 | 1232 | if (status != TCL_OK) { |
| 1218 | 1233 | ckfree(stateTable); |
| 1234 | Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf); | |
| 1219 | 1235 | return status; |
| 1220 | 1236 | } |
| 1221 | 1237 | } else { |
| 1236 | 1252 | elementPtr->elementName = name; |
| 1237 | 1253 | |
| 1238 | 1254 | /* set the class name to an allocated copy */ |
| 1239 | wname = ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1)); | |
| 1255 | wname = ckalloc(Tcl_DStringLength(&classBuf) + sizeof(WCHAR)); | |
| 1240 | 1256 | wcscpy(wname, className); |
| 1241 | 1257 | elementPtr->className = wname; |
| 1242 | 1258 | |
| 1246 | 1262 | |
| 1247 | 1263 | Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData); |
| 1248 | 1264 | Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1)); |
| 1265 | Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf); | |
| 1249 | 1266 | return TCL_OK; |
| 1267 | ||
| 1268 | retErr: | |
| 1269 | Tcl_DStringFree(&classBuf); | |
| 1270 | return TCL_ERROR; | |
| 1250 | 1271 | } |
| 1251 | 1272 | |
| 1252 | 1273 | /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 0 | /*********************************************************** | |
| 1 | ||
| 2 | Copyright 1988, 1998 The Open Group | |
| 3 | ||
| 4 | Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its | |
| 5 | documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that | |
| 6 | the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | |
| 7 | copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | |
| 8 | documentation. | |
| 9 | ||
| 10 | The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in | |
| 11 | all copies or substantial portions of the Software. | |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR | |
| 14 | IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, | |
| 15 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE | |
| 16 | OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN | |
| 17 | AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN | |
| 18 | CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. | |
| 19 | ||
| 20 | Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be | |
| 21 | used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings | |
| 22 | in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. | |
| 23 | ||
| 24 | ||
| 25 | Copyright 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. | |
| 26 | ||
| 27 | All Rights Reserved | |
| 28 | ||
| 29 | Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | |
| 30 | documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, | |
| 31 | provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that | |
| 32 | both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in | |
| 33 | supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be | |
| 34 | used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | |
| 35 | software without specific, written prior permission. | |
| 36 | ||
| 37 | DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING | |
| 38 | ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL | |
| 39 | DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR | |
| 40 | ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, | |
| 41 | WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, | |
| 42 | ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS | |
| 43 | SOFTWARE. | |
| 44 | ||
| 45 | ******************************************************************/ | |
| 46 | ||
| 47 | /* | |
| 48 | * DEC private keysyms | |
| 49 | * (29th bit set) | |
| 50 | */ | |
| 51 | ||
| 52 | /* two-key compose sequence initiators, chosen to map to Latin1 characters */ | |
| 53 | ||
| 54 | #define DXK_ring_accent 0x1000FEB0 | |
| 55 | #define DXK_circumflex_accent 0x1000FE5E | |
| 56 | #define DXK_cedilla_accent 0x1000FE2C | |
| 57 | #define DXK_acute_accent 0x1000FE27 | |
| 58 | #define DXK_grave_accent 0x1000FE60 | |
| 59 | #define DXK_tilde 0x1000FE7E | |
| 60 | #define DXK_diaeresis 0x1000FE22 | |
| 61 | ||
| 62 | /* special keysym for LK2** "Remove" key on editing keypad */ | |
| 63 | ||
| 64 | #define DXK_Remove 0x1000FF00 /* Remove */ |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | ||
| 2 | Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group | |
| 3 | ||
| 4 | Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its | |
| 5 | documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that | |
| 6 | the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | |
| 7 | copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | |
| 8 | documentation. | |
| 9 | ||
| 10 | The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included | |
| 11 | in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. | |
| 12 | ||
| 13 | THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS | |
| 14 | OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF | |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. | |
| 16 | IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR | |
| 17 | OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, | |
| 18 | ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR | |
| 19 | OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. | |
| 20 | ||
| 21 | Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall | |
| 22 | not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or | |
| 23 | other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization | |
| 24 | from The Open Group. | |
| 25 | ||
| 26 | Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, | |
| 27 | ||
| 28 | All Rights Reserved | |
| 29 | ||
| 30 | Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | |
| 31 | documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, | |
| 32 | provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that | |
| 33 | both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in | |
| 34 | supporting documentation, and that the names of Hewlett Packard | |
| 35 | or Digital not be | |
| 36 | used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | |
| 37 | software without specific, written prior permission. | |
| 38 | ||
| 39 | DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING | |
| 40 | ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL | |
| 41 | DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR | |
| 42 | ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, | |
| 43 | WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, | |
| 44 | ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS | |
| 45 | SOFTWARE. | |
| 46 | ||
| 47 | HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD | |
| 48 | TO THIS SOFWARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED | |
| 49 | WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | |
| 50 | PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors | |
| 51 | contained herein or direct, indirect, special, incidental or | |
| 52 | consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, | |
| 53 | performance, or use of this material. | |
| 54 | ||
| 55 | */ | |
| 56 | ||
| 57 | #ifndef _HPKEYSYM_H | |
| 58 | ||
| 59 | #define _HPKEYSYM_H | |
| 60 | ||
| 61 | #define hpXK_ClearLine 0x1000FF6F | |
| 62 | #define hpXK_InsertLine 0x1000FF70 | |
| 63 | #define hpXK_DeleteLine 0x1000FF71 | |
| 64 | #define hpXK_InsertChar 0x1000FF72 | |
| 65 | #define hpXK_DeleteChar 0x1000FF73 | |
| 66 | #define hpXK_BackTab 0x1000FF74 | |
| 67 | #define hpXK_KP_BackTab 0x1000FF75 | |
| 68 | #define hpXK_Modelock1 0x1000FF48 | |
| 69 | #define hpXK_Modelock2 0x1000FF49 | |
| 70 | #define hpXK_Reset 0x1000FF6C | |
| 71 | #define hpXK_System 0x1000FF6D | |
| 72 | #define hpXK_User 0x1000FF6E | |
| 73 | #define hpXK_mute_acute 0x100000A8 | |
| 74 | #define hpXK_mute_grave 0x100000A9 | |
| 75 | #define hpXK_mute_asciicircum 0x100000AA | |
| 76 | #define hpXK_mute_diaeresis 0x100000AB | |
| 77 | #define hpXK_mute_asciitilde 0x100000AC | |
| 78 | #define hpXK_lira 0x100000AF | |
| 79 | #define hpXK_guilder 0x100000BE | |
| 80 | #define hpXK_Ydiaeresis 0x100000EE | |
| 81 | #define hpXK_IO 0x100000EE | |
| 82 | #define hpXK_longminus 0x100000F6 | |
| 83 | #define hpXK_block 0x100000FC | |
| 84 | ||
| 85 | ||
| 86 | #ifndef _OSF_Keysyms | |
| 87 | #define _OSF_Keysyms | |
| 88 | ||
| 89 | #define osfXK_Copy 0x1004FF02 | |
| 90 | #define osfXK_Cut 0x1004FF03 | |
| 91 | #define osfXK_Paste 0x1004FF04 | |
| 92 | #define osfXK_BackTab 0x1004FF07 | |
| 93 | #define osfXK_BackSpace 0x1004FF08 | |
| 94 | #define osfXK_Clear 0x1004FF0B | |
| 95 | #define osfXK_Escape 0x1004FF1B | |
| 96 | #define osfXK_AddMode 0x1004FF31 | |
| 97 | #define osfXK_PrimaryPaste 0x1004FF32 | |
| 98 | #define osfXK_QuickPaste 0x1004FF33 | |
| 99 | #define osfXK_PageLeft 0x1004FF40 | |
| 100 | #define osfXK_PageUp 0x1004FF41 | |
| 101 | #define osfXK_PageDown 0x1004FF42 | |
| 102 | #define osfXK_PageRight 0x1004FF43 | |
| 103 | #define osfXK_Activate 0x1004FF44 | |
| 104 | #define osfXK_MenuBar 0x1004FF45 | |
| 105 | #define osfXK_Left 0x1004FF51 | |
| 106 | #define osfXK_Up 0x1004FF52 | |
| 107 | #define osfXK_Right 0x1004FF53 | |
| 108 | #define osfXK_Down 0x1004FF54 | |
| 109 | #define osfXK_EndLine 0x1004FF57 | |
| 110 | #define osfXK_BeginLine 0x1004FF58 | |
| 111 | #define osfXK_EndData 0x1004FF59 | |
| 112 | #define osfXK_BeginData 0x1004FF5A | |
| 113 | #define osfXK_PrevMenu 0x1004FF5B | |
| 114 | #define osfXK_NextMenu 0x1004FF5C | |
| 115 | #define osfXK_PrevField 0x1004FF5D | |
| 116 | #define osfXK_NextField 0x1004FF5E | |
| 117 | #define osfXK_Select 0x1004FF60 | |
| 118 | #define osfXK_Insert 0x1004FF63 | |
| 119 | #define osfXK_Undo 0x1004FF65 | |
| 120 | #define osfXK_Menu 0x1004FF67 | |
| 121 | #define osfXK_Cancel 0x1004FF69 | |
| 122 | #define osfXK_Help 0x1004FF6A | |
| 123 | #define osfXK_SelectAll 0x1004FF71 | |
| 124 | #define osfXK_DeselectAll 0x1004FF72 | |
| 125 | #define osfXK_Reselect 0x1004FF73 | |
| 126 | #define osfXK_Extend 0x1004FF74 | |
| 127 | #define osfXK_Restore 0x1004FF78 | |
| 128 | #define osfXK_Delete 0x1004FFFF | |
| 129 | ||
| 130 | #endif /* _OSF_Keysyms */ | |
| 131 | ||
| 132 | ||
| 133 | /************************************************************** | |
| 134 | * The use of the following macros is deprecated. | |
| 135 | * They are listed below only for backwards compatibility. | |
| 136 | */ | |
| 137 | #define XK_Reset 0x1000FF6C | |
| 138 | #define XK_System 0x1000FF6D | |
| 139 | #define XK_User 0x1000FF6E | |
| 140 | #define XK_ClearLine 0x1000FF6F | |
| 141 | #define XK_InsertLine 0x1000FF70 | |
| 142 | #define XK_DeleteLine 0x1000FF71 | |
| 143 | #define XK_InsertChar 0x1000FF72 | |
| 144 | #define XK_DeleteChar 0x1000FF73 | |
| 145 | #define XK_BackTab 0x1000FF74 | |
| 146 | #define XK_KP_BackTab 0x1000FF75 | |
| 147 | #define XK_Ext16bit_L 0x1000FF76 | |
| 148 | #define XK_Ext16bit_R 0x1000FF77 | |
| 149 | #define XK_mute_acute 0x100000a8 | |
| 150 | #define XK_mute_grave 0x100000a9 | |
| 151 | #define XK_mute_asciicircum 0x100000aa | |
| 152 | #define XK_mute_diaeresis 0x100000ab | |
| 153 | #define XK_mute_asciitilde 0x100000ac | |
| 154 | #define XK_lira 0x100000af | |
| 155 | #define XK_guilder 0x100000be | |
| 156 | #ifndef XK_Ydiaeresis | |
| 157 | #define XK_Ydiaeresis 0x100000ee | |
| 158 | #endif | |
| 159 | #define XK_IO 0x100000ee | |
| 160 | #define XK_longminus 0x100000f6 | |
| 161 | #define XK_block 0x100000fc | |
| 162 | ||
| 163 | #endif /* _HPKEYSYM_H */ |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | * Copyright (c) 1991, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. | |
| 2 | * | |
| 3 | * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a | |
| 4 | * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), | |
| 5 | * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation | |
| 6 | * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, | |
| 7 | * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the | |
| 8 | * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: | |
| 9 | * | |
| 10 | * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next | |
| 11 | * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the | |
| 12 | * Software. | |
| 13 | * | |
| 14 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR | |
| 15 | * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, | |
| 16 | * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL | |
| 17 | * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER | |
| 18 | * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING | |
| 19 | * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER | |
| 20 | * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. | |
| 21 | */ | |
| 22 | /************************************************************ | |
| 23 | ||
| 24 | Copyright 1991, 1998 The Open Group | |
| 25 | ||
| 26 | Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its | |
| 27 | documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that | |
| 28 | the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | |
| 29 | copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | |
| 30 | documentation. | |
| 31 | ||
| 32 | The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in | |
| 33 | all copies or substantial portions of the Software. | |
| 34 | ||
| 35 | THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR | |
| 36 | IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, | |
| 37 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE | |
| 38 | OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN | |
| 39 | AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN | |
| 40 | CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. | |
| 41 | ||
| 42 | Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be | |
| 43 | used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings | |
| 44 | in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. | |
| 45 | ||
| 46 | ***********************************************************/ | |
| 47 | ||
| 48 | /* | |
| 49 | * Floating Accent | |
| 50 | */ | |
| 51 | ||
| 52 | #define SunXK_FA_Grave 0x1005FF00 | |
| 53 | #define SunXK_FA_Circum 0x1005FF01 | |
| 54 | #define SunXK_FA_Tilde 0x1005FF02 | |
| 55 | #define SunXK_FA_Acute 0x1005FF03 | |
| 56 | #define SunXK_FA_Diaeresis 0x1005FF04 | |
| 57 | #define SunXK_FA_Cedilla 0x1005FF05 | |
| 58 | ||
| 59 | /* | |
| 60 | * Miscellaneous Functions | |
| 61 | */ | |
| 62 | ||
| 63 | #define SunXK_F36 0x1005FF10 /* Labeled F11 */ | |
| 64 | #define SunXK_F37 0x1005FF11 /* Labeled F12 */ | |
| 65 | ||
| 66 | #define SunXK_Sys_Req 0x1005FF60 | |
| 67 | #define SunXK_Print_Screen 0x0000FF61 /* Same as XK_Print */ | |
| 68 | ||
| 69 | /* | |
| 70 | * International & Multi-Key Character Composition | |
| 71 | */ | |
| 72 | ||
| 73 | #define SunXK_Compose 0x0000FF20 /* Same as XK_Multi_key */ | |
| 74 | #define SunXK_AltGraph 0x0000FF7E /* Same as XK_Mode_switch */ | |
| 75 | ||
| 76 | /* | |
| 77 | * Cursor Control | |
| 78 | */ | |
| 79 | ||
| 80 | #define SunXK_PageUp 0x0000FF55 /* Same as XK_Prior */ | |
| 81 | #define SunXK_PageDown 0x0000FF56 /* Same as XK_Next */ | |
| 82 | ||
| 83 | /* | |
| 84 | * Open Look Functions | |
| 85 | */ | |
| 86 | ||
| 87 | #define SunXK_Undo 0x0000FF65 /* Same as XK_Undo */ | |
| 88 | #define SunXK_Again 0x0000FF66 /* Same as XK_Redo */ | |
| 89 | #define SunXK_Find 0x0000FF68 /* Same as XK_Find */ | |
| 90 | #define SunXK_Stop 0x0000FF69 /* Same as XK_Cancel */ | |
| 91 | #define SunXK_Props 0x1005FF70 | |
| 92 | #define SunXK_Front 0x1005FF71 | |
| 93 | #define SunXK_Copy 0x1005FF72 | |
| 94 | #define SunXK_Open 0x1005FF73 | |
| 95 | #define SunXK_Paste 0x1005FF74 | |
| 96 | #define SunXK_Cut 0x1005FF75 | |
| 97 | ||
| 98 | #define SunXK_PowerSwitch 0x1005FF76 | |
| 99 | #define SunXK_AudioLowerVolume 0x1005FF77 | |
| 100 | #define SunXK_AudioMute 0x1005FF78 | |
| 101 | #define SunXK_AudioRaiseVolume 0x1005FF79 | |
| 102 | #define SunXK_VideoDegauss 0x1005FF7A | |
| 103 | #define SunXK_VideoLowerBrightness 0x1005FF7B | |
| 104 | #define SunXK_VideoRaiseBrightness 0x1005FF7C | |
| 105 | #define SunXK_PowerSwitchShift 0x1005FF7D |
| 40 | 40 | /* Resources */ |
| 41 | 41 | |
| 42 | 42 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
| 43 | typedef __int64 XID; | |
| 43 | typedef unsigned __int64 XID; | |
| 44 | 44 | #else |
| 45 | 45 | typedef unsigned long XID; |
| 46 | 46 | #endif |
| 72 | 72 | * RESERVED RESOURCE AND CONSTANT DEFINITIONS |
| 73 | 73 | *****************************************************************/ |
| 74 | 74 | |
| 75 | #define None 0L /* universal null resource or null atom */ | |
| 75 | #ifndef _WIN32 | |
| 76 | # define None 0L /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */ | |
| 77 | #endif | |
| 76 | 78 | |
| 77 | 79 | #define ParentRelative 1L /* background pixmap in CreateWindow |
| 78 | 80 | and ChangeWindowAttributes */ |
| 178 | 180 | |
| 179 | 181 | #define ShiftMask (1<<0) |
| 180 | 182 | #define LockMask (1<<1) |
| 181 | #define ControlMask (1<<2) | |
| 183 | #ifndef _WIN32 | |
| 184 | # define ControlMask (1<<2) /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */ | |
| 185 | #endif | |
| 182 | 186 | #define Mod1Mask (1<<3) |
| 183 | 187 | #define Mod2Mask (1<<4) |
| 184 | 188 | #define Mod3Mask (1<<5) |
| 185 | 189 | #define Mod4Mask (1<<6) |
| 186 | 190 | #define Mod5Mask (1<<7) |
| 191 | ||
| 192 | /* See bug [9e31fd9449], this way prevents conflicts with Win32 headers */ | |
| 193 | #ifdef _WIN32 | |
| 194 | enum _Bug9e31fd9449 { None = 0, ControlMask = (1<<2) }; | |
| 195 | #endif | |
| 187 | 196 | |
| 188 | 197 | /* modifier names. Used to build a SetModifierMapping request or |
| 189 | 198 | to read a GetModifierMapping request. These correspond to the |
| 0 | /* | |
| 1 | * XFree86 vendor specific keysyms. | |
| 2 | * | |
| 3 | * The XFree86 keysym range is 0x10080001 - 0x1008FFFF. | |
| 4 | * | |
| 5 | * X.Org will not be adding to the XF86 set of keysyms, though they have | |
| 6 | * been adopted and are considered a "standard" part of X keysym definitions. | |
| 7 | * XFree86 never properly commented these keysyms, so we have done our | |
| 8 | * best to explain the semantic meaning of these keys. | |
| 9 | * | |
| 10 | * XFree86 has removed their mail archives of the period, that might have | |
| 11 | * shed more light on some of these definitions. Until/unless we resurrect | |
| 12 | * these archives, these are from memory and usage. | |
| 13 | */ | |
| 14 | ||
| 15 | /* | |
| 16 | * ModeLock | |
| 17 | * | |
| 18 | * This one is old, and not really used any more since XKB offers this | |
| 19 | * functionality. | |
| 20 | */ | |
| 21 | ||
| 22 | #define XF86XK_ModeLock 0x1008FF01 /* Mode Switch Lock */ | |
| 23 | ||
| 24 | /* Backlight controls. */ | |
| 25 | #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessUp 0x1008FF02 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ | |
| 26 | #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessDown 0x1008FF03 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ | |
| 27 | #define XF86XK_KbdLightOnOff 0x1008FF04 /* Keyboards may be lit */ | |
| 28 | #define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessUp 0x1008FF05 /* Keyboards may be lit */ | |
| 29 | #define XF86XK_KbdBrightnessDown 0x1008FF06 /* Keyboards may be lit */ | |
| 30 | #define XF86XK_MonBrightnessCycle 0x1008FF07 /* Monitor/panel brightness */ | |
| 31 | ||
| 32 | /* | |
| 33 | * Keys found on some "Internet" keyboards. | |
| 34 | */ | |
| 35 | #define XF86XK_Standby 0x1008FF10 /* System into standby mode */ | |
| 36 | #define XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume 0x1008FF11 /* Volume control down */ | |
| 37 | #define XF86XK_AudioMute 0x1008FF12 /* Mute sound from the system */ | |
| 38 | #define XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume 0x1008FF13 /* Volume control up */ | |
| 39 | #define XF86XK_AudioPlay 0x1008FF14 /* Start playing of audio > */ | |
| 40 | #define XF86XK_AudioStop 0x1008FF15 /* Stop playing audio */ | |
| 41 | #define XF86XK_AudioPrev 0x1008FF16 /* Previous track */ | |
| 42 | #define XF86XK_AudioNext 0x1008FF17 /* Next track */ | |
| 43 | #define XF86XK_HomePage 0x1008FF18 /* Display user's home page */ | |
| 44 | #define XF86XK_Mail 0x1008FF19 /* Invoke user's mail program */ | |
| 45 | #define XF86XK_Start 0x1008FF1A /* Start application */ | |
| 46 | #define XF86XK_Search 0x1008FF1B /* Search */ | |
| 47 | #define XF86XK_AudioRecord 0x1008FF1C /* Record audio application */ | |
| 48 | ||
| 49 | /* These are sometimes found on PDA's (e.g. Palm, PocketPC or elsewhere) */ | |
| 50 | #define XF86XK_Calculator 0x1008FF1D /* Invoke calculator program */ | |
| 51 | #define XF86XK_Memo 0x1008FF1E /* Invoke Memo taking program */ | |
| 52 | #define XF86XK_ToDoList 0x1008FF1F /* Invoke To Do List program */ | |
| 53 | #define XF86XK_Calendar 0x1008FF20 /* Invoke Calendar program */ | |
| 54 | #define XF86XK_PowerDown 0x1008FF21 /* Deep sleep the system */ | |
| 55 | #define XF86XK_ContrastAdjust 0x1008FF22 /* Adjust screen contrast */ | |
| 56 | #define XF86XK_RockerUp 0x1008FF23 /* Rocker switches exist up */ | |
| 57 | #define XF86XK_RockerDown 0x1008FF24 /* and down */ | |
| 58 | #define XF86XK_RockerEnter 0x1008FF25 /* and let you press them */ | |
| 59 | ||
| 60 | /* Some more "Internet" keyboard symbols */ | |
| 61 | #define XF86XK_Back 0x1008FF26 /* Like back on a browser */ | |
| 62 | #define XF86XK_Forward 0x1008FF27 /* Like forward on a browser */ | |
| 63 | #define XF86XK_Stop 0x1008FF28 /* Stop current operation */ | |
| 64 | #define XF86XK_Refresh 0x1008FF29 /* Refresh the page */ | |
| 65 | #define XF86XK_PowerOff 0x1008FF2A /* Power off system entirely */ | |
| 66 | #define XF86XK_WakeUp 0x1008FF2B /* Wake up system from sleep */ | |
| 67 | #define XF86XK_Eject 0x1008FF2C /* Eject device (e.g. DVD) */ | |
| 68 | #define XF86XK_ScreenSaver 0x1008FF2D /* Invoke screensaver */ | |
| 69 | #define XF86XK_WWW 0x1008FF2E /* Invoke web browser */ | |
| 70 | #define XF86XK_Sleep 0x1008FF2F /* Put system to sleep */ | |
| 71 | #define XF86XK_Favorites 0x1008FF30 /* Show favorite locations */ | |
| 72 | #define XF86XK_AudioPause 0x1008FF31 /* Pause audio playing */ | |
| 73 | #define XF86XK_AudioMedia 0x1008FF32 /* Launch media collection app */ | |
| 74 | #define XF86XK_MyComputer 0x1008FF33 /* Display "My Computer" window */ | |
| 75 | #define XF86XK_VendorHome 0x1008FF34 /* Display vendor home web site */ | |
| 76 | #define XF86XK_LightBulb 0x1008FF35 /* Light bulb keys exist */ | |
| 77 | #define XF86XK_Shop 0x1008FF36 /* Display shopping web site */ | |
| 78 | #define XF86XK_History 0x1008FF37 /* Show history of web surfing */ | |
| 79 | #define XF86XK_OpenURL 0x1008FF38 /* Open selected URL */ | |
| 80 | #define XF86XK_AddFavorite 0x1008FF39 /* Add URL to favorites list */ | |
| 81 | #define XF86XK_HotLinks 0x1008FF3A /* Show "hot" links */ | |
| 82 | #define XF86XK_BrightnessAdjust 0x1008FF3B /* Invoke brightness adj. UI */ | |
| 83 | #define XF86XK_Finance 0x1008FF3C /* Display financial site */ | |
| 84 | #define XF86XK_Community 0x1008FF3D /* Display user's community */ | |
| 85 | #define XF86XK_AudioRewind 0x1008FF3E /* "rewind" audio track */ | |
| 86 | #define XF86XK_BackForward 0x1008FF3F /* ??? */ | |
| 87 | #define XF86XK_Launch0 0x1008FF40 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 88 | #define XF86XK_Launch1 0x1008FF41 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 89 | #define XF86XK_Launch2 0x1008FF42 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 90 | #define XF86XK_Launch3 0x1008FF43 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 91 | #define XF86XK_Launch4 0x1008FF44 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 92 | #define XF86XK_Launch5 0x1008FF45 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 93 | #define XF86XK_Launch6 0x1008FF46 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 94 | #define XF86XK_Launch7 0x1008FF47 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 95 | #define XF86XK_Launch8 0x1008FF48 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 96 | #define XF86XK_Launch9 0x1008FF49 /* Launch Application */ | |
| 97 | #define XF86XK_LaunchA 0x1008FF4A /* Launch Application */ | |
| 98 | #define XF86XK_LaunchB 0x1008FF4B /* Launch Application */ | |
| 99 | #define XF86XK_LaunchC 0x1008FF4C /* Launch Application */ | |
| 100 | #define XF86XK_LaunchD 0x1008FF4D /* Launch Application */ | |
| 101 | #define XF86XK_LaunchE 0x1008FF4E /* Launch Application */ | |
| 102 | #define XF86XK_LaunchF 0x1008FF4F /* Launch Application */ | |
| 103 | ||
| 104 | #define XF86XK_ApplicationLeft 0x1008FF50 /* switch to application, left */ | |
| 105 | #define XF86XK_ApplicationRight 0x1008FF51 /* switch to application, right*/ | |
| 106 | #define XF86XK_Book 0x1008FF52 /* Launch bookreader */ | |
| 107 | #define XF86XK_CD 0x1008FF53 /* Launch CD/DVD player */ | |
| 108 | #define XF86XK_Calculater 0x1008FF54 /* Launch Calculater */ | |
| 109 | #define XF86XK_Clear 0x1008FF55 /* Clear window, screen */ | |
| 110 | #define XF86XK_Close 0x1008FF56 /* Close window */ | |
| 111 | #define XF86XK_Copy 0x1008FF57 /* Copy selection */ | |
| 112 | #define XF86XK_Cut 0x1008FF58 /* Cut selection */ | |
| 113 | #define XF86XK_Display 0x1008FF59 /* Output switch key */ | |
| 114 | #define XF86XK_DOS 0x1008FF5A /* Launch DOS (emulation) */ | |
| 115 | #define XF86XK_Documents 0x1008FF5B /* Open documents window */ | |
| 116 | #define XF86XK_Excel 0x1008FF5C /* Launch spread sheet */ | |
| 117 | #define XF86XK_Explorer 0x1008FF5D /* Launch file explorer */ | |
| 118 | #define XF86XK_Game 0x1008FF5E /* Launch game */ | |
| 119 | #define XF86XK_Go 0x1008FF5F /* Go to URL */ | |
| 120 | #define XF86XK_iTouch 0x1008FF60 /* Logitech iTouch- don't use */ | |
| 121 | #define XF86XK_LogOff 0x1008FF61 /* Log off system */ | |
| 122 | #define XF86XK_Market 0x1008FF62 /* ?? */ | |
| 123 | #define XF86XK_Meeting 0x1008FF63 /* enter meeting in calendar */ | |
| 124 | #define XF86XK_MenuKB 0x1008FF65 /* distinguish keyboard from PB */ | |
| 125 | #define XF86XK_MenuPB 0x1008FF66 /* distinguish PB from keyboard */ | |
| 126 | #define XF86XK_MySites 0x1008FF67 /* Favourites */ | |
| 127 | #define XF86XK_New 0x1008FF68 /* New (folder, document... */ | |
| 128 | #define XF86XK_News 0x1008FF69 /* News */ | |
| 129 | #define XF86XK_OfficeHome 0x1008FF6A /* Office home (old Staroffice)*/ | |
| 130 | #define XF86XK_Open 0x1008FF6B /* Open */ | |
| 131 | #define XF86XK_Option 0x1008FF6C /* ?? */ | |
| 132 | #define XF86XK_Paste 0x1008FF6D /* Paste */ | |
| 133 | #define XF86XK_Phone 0x1008FF6E /* Launch phone; dial number */ | |
| 134 | #define XF86XK_Q 0x1008FF70 /* Compaq's Q - don't use */ | |
| 135 | #define XF86XK_Reply 0x1008FF72 /* Reply e.g., mail */ | |
| 136 | #define XF86XK_Reload 0x1008FF73 /* Reload web page, file, etc. */ | |
| 137 | #define XF86XK_RotateWindows 0x1008FF74 /* Rotate windows e.g. xrandr */ | |
| 138 | #define XF86XK_RotationPB 0x1008FF75 /* don't use */ | |
| 139 | #define XF86XK_RotationKB 0x1008FF76 /* don't use */ | |
| 140 | #define XF86XK_Save 0x1008FF77 /* Save (file, document, state */ | |
| 141 | #define XF86XK_ScrollUp 0x1008FF78 /* Scroll window/contents up */ | |
| 142 | #define XF86XK_ScrollDown 0x1008FF79 /* Scrool window/contentd down */ | |
| 143 | #define XF86XK_ScrollClick 0x1008FF7A /* Use XKB mousekeys instead */ | |
| 144 | #define XF86XK_Send 0x1008FF7B /* Send mail, file, object */ | |
| 145 | #define XF86XK_Spell 0x1008FF7C /* Spell checker */ | |
| 146 | #define XF86XK_SplitScreen 0x1008FF7D /* Split window or screen */ | |
| 147 | #define XF86XK_Support 0x1008FF7E /* Get support (??) */ | |
| 148 | #define XF86XK_TaskPane 0x1008FF7F /* Show tasks */ | |
| 149 | #define XF86XK_Terminal 0x1008FF80 /* Launch terminal emulator */ | |
| 150 | #define XF86XK_Tools 0x1008FF81 /* toolbox of desktop/app. */ | |
| 151 | #define XF86XK_Travel 0x1008FF82 /* ?? */ | |
| 152 | #define XF86XK_UserPB 0x1008FF84 /* ?? */ | |
| 153 | #define XF86XK_User1KB 0x1008FF85 /* ?? */ | |
| 154 | #define XF86XK_User2KB 0x1008FF86 /* ?? */ | |
| 155 | #define XF86XK_Video 0x1008FF87 /* Launch video player */ | |
| 156 | #define XF86XK_WheelButton 0x1008FF88 /* button from a mouse wheel */ | |
| 157 | #define XF86XK_Word 0x1008FF89 /* Launch word processor */ | |
| 158 | #define XF86XK_Xfer 0x1008FF8A | |
| 159 | #define XF86XK_ZoomIn 0x1008FF8B /* zoom in view, map, etc. */ | |
| 160 | #define XF86XK_ZoomOut 0x1008FF8C /* zoom out view, map, etc. */ | |
| 161 | ||
| 162 | #define XF86XK_Away 0x1008FF8D /* mark yourself as away */ | |
| 163 | #define XF86XK_Messenger 0x1008FF8E /* as in instant messaging */ | |
| 164 | #define XF86XK_WebCam 0x1008FF8F /* Launch web camera app. */ | |
| 165 | #define XF86XK_MailForward 0x1008FF90 /* Forward in mail */ | |
| 166 | #define XF86XK_Pictures 0x1008FF91 /* Show pictures */ | |
| 167 | #define XF86XK_Music 0x1008FF92 /* Launch music application */ | |
| 168 | ||
| 169 | #define XF86XK_Battery 0x1008FF93 /* Display battery information */ | |
| 170 | #define XF86XK_Bluetooth 0x1008FF94 /* Enable/disable Bluetooth */ | |
| 171 | #define XF86XK_WLAN 0x1008FF95 /* Enable/disable WLAN */ | |
| 172 | #define XF86XK_UWB 0x1008FF96 /* Enable/disable UWB */ | |
| 173 | ||
| 174 | #define XF86XK_AudioForward 0x1008FF97 /* fast-forward audio track */ | |
| 175 | #define XF86XK_AudioRepeat 0x1008FF98 /* toggle repeat mode */ | |
| 176 | #define XF86XK_AudioRandomPlay 0x1008FF99 /* toggle shuffle mode */ | |
| 177 | #define XF86XK_Subtitle 0x1008FF9A /* cycle through subtitle */ | |
| 178 | #define XF86XK_AudioCycleTrack 0x1008FF9B /* cycle through audio tracks */ | |
| 179 | #define XF86XK_CycleAngle 0x1008FF9C /* cycle through angles */ | |
| 180 | #define XF86XK_FrameBack 0x1008FF9D /* video: go one frame back */ | |
| 181 | #define XF86XK_FrameForward 0x1008FF9E /* video: go one frame forward */ | |
| 182 | #define XF86XK_Time 0x1008FF9F /* display, or shows an entry for time seeking */ | |
| 183 | #define XF86XK_Select 0x1008FFA0 /* Select button on joypads and remotes */ | |
| 184 | #define XF86XK_View 0x1008FFA1 /* Show a view options/properties */ | |
| 185 | #define XF86XK_TopMenu 0x1008FFA2 /* Go to a top-level menu in a video */ | |
| 186 | ||
| 187 | #define XF86XK_Red 0x1008FFA3 /* Red button */ | |
| 188 | #define XF86XK_Green 0x1008FFA4 /* Green button */ | |
| 189 | #define XF86XK_Yellow 0x1008FFA5 /* Yellow button */ | |
| 190 | #define XF86XK_Blue 0x1008FFA6 /* Blue button */ | |
| 191 | ||
| 192 | #define XF86XK_Suspend 0x1008FFA7 /* Sleep to RAM */ | |
| 193 | #define XF86XK_Hibernate 0x1008FFA8 /* Sleep to disk */ | |
| 194 | #define XF86XK_TouchpadToggle 0x1008FFA9 /* Toggle between touchpad/trackstick */ | |
| 195 | #define XF86XK_TouchpadOn 0x1008FFB0 /* The touchpad got switched on */ | |
| 196 | #define XF86XK_TouchpadOff 0x1008FFB1 /* The touchpad got switched off */ | |
| 197 | ||
| 198 | #define XF86XK_AudioMicMute 0x1008FFB2 /* Mute the Mic from the system */ | |
| 199 | ||
| 200 | #define XF86XK_Keyboard 0x1008FFB3 /* User defined keyboard related action */ | |
| 201 | ||
| 202 | #define XF86XK_WWAN 0x1008FFB4 /* Toggle WWAN (LTE, UMTS, etc.) radio */ | |
| 203 | #define XF86XK_RFKill 0x1008FFB5 /* Toggle radios on/off */ | |
| 204 | ||
| 205 | #define XF86XK_AudioPreset 0x1008FFB6 /* Select equalizer preset, e.g. theatre-mode */ | |
| 206 | ||
| 207 | #define XF86XK_RotationLockToggle 0x1008FFB7 /* Toggle screen rotation lock on/off */ | |
| 208 | ||
| 209 | /* Keys for special action keys (hot keys) */ | |
| 210 | /* Virtual terminals on some operating systems */ | |
| 211 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_1 0x1008FE01 | |
| 212 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_2 0x1008FE02 | |
| 213 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_3 0x1008FE03 | |
| 214 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_4 0x1008FE04 | |
| 215 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_5 0x1008FE05 | |
| 216 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_6 0x1008FE06 | |
| 217 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_7 0x1008FE07 | |
| 218 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_8 0x1008FE08 | |
| 219 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_9 0x1008FE09 | |
| 220 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_10 0x1008FE0A | |
| 221 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_11 0x1008FE0B | |
| 222 | #define XF86XK_Switch_VT_12 0x1008FE0C | |
| 223 | ||
| 224 | #define XF86XK_Ungrab 0x1008FE20 /* force ungrab */ | |
| 225 | #define XF86XK_ClearGrab 0x1008FE21 /* kill application with grab */ | |
| 226 | #define XF86XK_Next_VMode 0x1008FE22 /* next video mode available */ | |
| 227 | #define XF86XK_Prev_VMode 0x1008FE23 /* prev. video mode available */ | |
| 228 | #define XF86XK_LogWindowTree 0x1008FE24 /* print window tree to log */ | |
| 229 | #define XF86XK_LogGrabInfo 0x1008FE25 /* print all active grabs to log */ |
| 529 | 529 | #endif |
| 530 | 530 | #ifndef _XEVENT_ |
| 531 | 531 | |
| 532 | #define XMaxTransChars 4 | |
| 532 | #define XMaxTransChars 7 | |
| 533 | 533 | |
| 534 | 534 | /* |
| 535 | 535 | * Definitions of specific events. |
| 548 | 548 | unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */ |
| 549 | 549 | unsigned int keycode; /* detail */ |
| 550 | 550 | Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */ |
| 551 | char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars]; | |
| 551 | char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars]; | |
| 552 | 552 | /* translated characters */ |
| 553 | int nbytes; | |
| 553 | unsigned char nbytes; | |
| 554 | 554 | } XKeyEvent; |
| 555 | 555 | typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent; |
| 556 | 556 | typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent; |
| 0 | /****************************************************************** | |
| 1 | Copyright 1987 by Apollo Computer Inc., Chelmsford, Massachusetts. | |
| 2 | Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company. | |
| 3 | ||
| 4 | All Rights Reserved | |
| 5 | ||
| 6 | Permission to use, duplicate, change, and distribute this software and | |
| 7 | its documentation for any purpose and without fee is granted, provided | |
| 8 | that the above copyright notice appear in such copy and that this | |
| 9 | copyright notice appear in all supporting documentation, and that the | |
| 10 | names of Apollo Computer Inc., the Hewlett-Packard Company, or the X | |
| 11 | Consortium not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to | |
| 12 | distribution of the software without written prior permission. | |
| 13 | ||
| 14 | HEWLETT-PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD | |
| 15 | TO THIS SOFWARE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED | |
| 16 | WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | |
| 17 | PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors | |
| 18 | contained herein or direct, indirect, special, incidental or | |
| 19 | consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, | |
| 20 | performance, or use of this material. | |
| 21 | ||
| 22 | This software is not subject to any license of the American | |
| 23 | Telephone and Telegraph Company or of the Regents of the | |
| 24 | University of California. | |
| 25 | ******************************************************************/ | |
| 26 | ||
| 27 | #define apXK_LineDel 0x1000FF00 | |
| 28 | #define apXK_CharDel 0x1000FF01 | |
| 29 | #define apXK_Copy 0x1000FF02 | |
| 30 | #define apXK_Cut 0x1000FF03 | |
| 31 | #define apXK_Paste 0x1000FF04 | |
| 32 | #define apXK_Move 0x1000FF05 | |
| 33 | #define apXK_Grow 0x1000FF06 | |
| 34 | #define apXK_Cmd 0x1000FF07 | |
| 35 | #define apXK_Shell 0x1000FF08 | |
| 36 | #define apXK_LeftBar 0x1000FF09 | |
| 37 | #define apXK_RightBar 0x1000FF0A | |
| 38 | #define apXK_LeftBox 0x1000FF0B | |
| 39 | #define apXK_RightBox 0x1000FF0C | |
| 40 | #define apXK_UpBox 0x1000FF0D | |
| 41 | #define apXK_DownBox 0x1000FF0E | |
| 42 | #define apXK_Pop 0x1000FF0F | |
| 43 | #define apXK_Read 0x1000FF10 | |
| 44 | #define apXK_Edit 0x1000FF11 | |
| 45 | #define apXK_Save 0x1000FF12 | |
| 46 | #define apXK_Exit 0x1000FF13 | |
| 47 | #define apXK_Repeat 0x1000FF14 | |
| 48 | ||
| 49 | #define apXK_KP_parenleft 0x1000FFA8 | |
| 50 | #define apXK_KP_parenright 0x1000FFA9 |
| 396 | 396 | #define XK_Otilde 0x0d5 |
| 397 | 397 | #define XK_Odiaeresis 0x0d6 |
| 398 | 398 | #define XK_multiply 0x0d7 |
| 399 | #define XK_Oslash 0x0d8 | |
| 399 | 400 | #define XK_Ooblique 0x0d8 |
| 400 | 401 | #define XK_Ugrave 0x0d9 |
| 401 | 402 | #define XK_Uacute 0x0da |
| 839 | 840 | #define XK_Greek_EPSILONaccent 0x7a2 |
| 840 | 841 | #define XK_Greek_ETAaccent 0x7a3 |
| 841 | 842 | #define XK_Greek_IOTAaccent 0x7a4 |
| 843 | #define XK_Greek_IOTAdieresis 0x7a5 | |
| 842 | 844 | #define XK_Greek_IOTAdiaeresis 0x7a5 |
| 843 | 845 | #define XK_Greek_OMICRONaccent 0x7a7 |
| 844 | 846 | #define XK_Greek_UPSILONaccent 0x7a8 |
| 49 | 49 | static TkpClipMask *AllocClipMask(GC gc) { |
| 50 | 50 | TkpClipMask *clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask; |
| 51 | 51 | |
| 52 | if (clip_mask == None) { | |
| 52 | if (clip_mask == NULL) { | |
| 53 | 53 | clip_mask = ckalloc(sizeof(TkpClipMask)); |
| 54 | 54 | gc->clip_mask = (Pixmap) clip_mask; |
| 55 | 55 | #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK |
| 116 | 116 | /* |
| 117 | 117 | * In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars |
| 118 | 118 | * are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed |
| 119 | * to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitely during | |
| 119 | * to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitly during | |
| 120 | 120 | * initialization. |
| 121 | 121 | */ |
| 122 | 122 | |
| 124 | 124 | |
| 125 | 125 | gp = ckalloc(sizeof(XGCValues) + MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE + gcCacheSize); |
| 126 | 126 | if (!gp) { |
| 127 | return None; | |
| 127 | return NULL; | |
| 128 | 128 | } |
| 129 | 129 | |
| 130 | 130 | #define InitField(name,maskbit,default) \ |
| 267 | 267 | Display *d, |
| 268 | 268 | GC gc) |
| 269 | 269 | { |
| 270 | if (gc != None) { | |
| 270 | if (gc != NULL) { | |
| 271 | 271 | FreeClipMask(gc); |
| 272 | 272 | TkpFreeGCCache(gc); |
| 273 | 273 | ckfree(gc); |
| 452 | 452 | * None. |
| 453 | 453 | * |
| 454 | 454 | * Side effects: |
| 455 | * Allocates or dealloates a TkpClipMask. | |
| 456 | * | |
| 457 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 458 | */ | |
| 459 | ||
| 460 | void | |
| 455 | * Allocates or deallocates a TkpClipMask. | |
| 456 | * | |
| 457 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
| 458 | */ | |
| 459 | ||
| 460 | int | |
| 461 | 461 | TkSetRegion( |
| 462 | 462 | Display *display, |
| 463 | 463 | GC gc, |
| 464 | 464 | TkRegion r) |
| 465 | 465 | { |
| 466 | if (r == None) { | |
| 467 | Tcl_Panic("must not pass None to TkSetRegion for compatibility with X11; use XSetClipMask instead"); | |
| 466 | if (r == NULL) { | |
| 467 | Tcl_Panic("must not pass NULL to TkSetRegion for compatibility with X11; use XSetClipMask instead"); | |
| 468 | 468 | } else { |
| 469 | 469 | TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc); |
| 470 | 470 | |
| 474 | 474 | TkpRetainRegion(r); |
| 475 | 475 | #endif |
| 476 | 476 | } |
| 477 | return Success; | |
| 477 | 478 | } |
| 478 | 479 | |
| 479 | 480 | int |
| 8 | 8 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 9 | 9 | */ |
| 10 | 10 | |
| 11 | #include <stdlib.h> | |
| 12 | #include <tk.h> | |
| 13 | ||
| 14 | #include <X11/Xlib.h> | |
| 15 | #include <X11/Xutil.h> | |
| 16 | #include <X11/Xatom.h> | |
| 11 | #include "tkInt.h" | |
| 17 | 12 | |
| 18 | 13 | /* |
| 19 | 14 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 74 | 69 | info->visualid = info->visual->visualid; |
| 75 | 70 | info->screen = 0; |
| 76 | 71 | info->depth = info->visual->bits_per_rgb; |
| 77 | info->class = info->visual->class; | |
| 72 | info->c_class = info->visual->c_class; | |
| 78 | 73 | info->colormap_size = info->visual->map_entries; |
| 79 | 74 | info->bits_per_rgb = info->visual->bits_per_rgb; |
| 80 | 75 | info->red_mask = info->visual->red_mask; |
| 88 | 83 | || ((vinfo_mask & VisualDepthMask) |
| 89 | 84 | && (vinfo_template->depth != info->depth)) |
| 90 | 85 | || ((vinfo_mask & VisualClassMask) |
| 91 | && (vinfo_template->class != info->class)) | |
| 86 | && (vinfo_template->c_class != info->c_class)) | |
| 92 | 87 | || ((vinfo_mask & VisualColormapSizeMask) |
| 93 | 88 | && (vinfo_template->colormap_size != info->colormap_size)) |
| 94 | 89 | || ((vinfo_mask & VisualBitsPerRGBMask) |